coe
Pet sereet ott
‘Srese’s Totes
Rt aay
cme
it. a
‘is
i |
wel 4 lap me ae
res i qe a ie
Leu i Ties Vhs rs
} 4 ee “ s
A f cre | 7 m <9 eh. ;
L fxd ie Se ae
‘ ‘ Ud
: —— Teh
J it i) “ ‘
q a -
3
- —_
%
*
~~
% \
Fast j
: *
) 4
a 5
hm tt CSN CPG mr ee 30h
" cn , > y .
- -* ya 1 ue 5 ' Bel? j
, i :
ad
7]
‘J _
mt ‘
cs ad
>
i ad 4 FP 4 << a Ani
Ate 44 7 i ad se | eur rt Me ‘
mes OTE A e ra Wa he ;
‘ 4 ’
' i U j . } “
» . ae
oe 0 _ fon ; 7 f i
i a > 4 i
‘ vv 7 y a ah , 4 ce
7) ae ; 44 \ ' Lily e api { ial | y. y]
yer oo rm P : i ry ) Ss We i vA "
|
ORS (lle One SB AR lg Oe et ete a ates ae
' NY. aS aie acta iy espa Siar nt a ae Nie eyeing re
a n Ne di j ,
be 7 Ati
A nee 5 4 } le a ee "
A fa gp iv \ou As). re | a,
: ay a aa ‘ = ra uy } AN ) t
ei) uh 7 ne’ ai ie J ne s oly , a
—— —y
Pe ee ee is
ad tn = tiv
4 } yer Aji.
REPORT
OF THE
-THIRTY-SEVENTH a
LK ory IS ON
OF THE | -_- ‘ ‘ IN Sy}
ere
a
BRITISH ASSOCIATION
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE;
HELD AT
DUNDEE IN SEPTEMBER 1867.
LONDON:
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.
1868.
PRINTED BY
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,
COANE Nee:
neem
Oxnsecrs and Rules of the Association............ 00 cee eee teen a
Places of Meeting and Officers from commencement .............. BX:
Presidents and Secretaries of the Sections of the Association from com-
“LSAT Tine 545 oat ononclio pious coos ROR Ce eprom tc ence Uichoas Rac rcRac RS met: XXV
AED B, ACOOUID L559 ane 4.4 Bers Vs bv alnotgeld ws here hea ed sa ROR XXXV
Pee nNeaO Gounctl. 107-05, 3.4 cen at ees nk wee eee XXXVI
Officers of Sectional Cominittiogs :.. 26.6. ce ube eet eees XXXVii
ummerrmmrneiin MOM bets 2% 56.602. . icles cvince s wahie de ac ae cise os XXXYili
Report of the Council to the General Committee ................ XXxix
Report of the Committee on Scientific Education in Schools ...... XXX1xX
Report of the Kew Committee, 1866-67 ......... cece eee es liv
Report of the Parliamentary Committee................ ee eguees Ix
Recommendations of the General Committee for Additional Reports
BemEcHeATChes I, SCLONCE ss... : sles pm Sana ris 8 ence ss lxi
Sees areMoney Greinta visi! 4 oh. . CSL S ereuatal. eee 4b os lxvi
General Statement of Sums paid on account of Grants for Scientific
MN ee cM orev he. vais Meee Chava eee NEN cate Oa Bre as Ixvii
Extracts from Resolutions of the General Committee ............ xxii
Arrangement of the General Meetings .........0 cscs veaseves lxxili
REPORTS OF RESEARCHES IN SCIENCE.
Report of the Lunar Committee for Mapping the Surface of the Moon.
Drawn up by W. R. Brrr, at the request of the Committee, consisting
of James GuaisnEr, F.R.S., Lord Rossz, F.R.S., Lord Wrorrestey,
F.R.S., Sir J. Herscuer, Bart., F.R.S., Professor Purxips, F.R.S.,
Rey. C. Prircnarp, F.R.S., W. Hucerns, F.R.S., Warren De La
Ruz, F.R.S8., C. Brooxn, F.R.S., Rev. T. W. Wusz, F.R.A.S., J. N.
Lockyer, F.R.A.S., Herr Scummpr, and W. R. Brrr, F.R.A.S....... 1
a2
lv CONTENTS.
Page
Third Report of the Committee for Exploring Kent’s Cavern, Devon-
shire. The Committee consisting of Sir Cuartes Lyxtt, Bart., Pro-
fessor Pures, Sir Joun Lussocx, Bart., Mr. Joun Evans, Mr.
Epwarp Vivian, Mr. Gzuorce Busx, and Mr. Witiiam PEnGELty
Reporter) Soscok c cea tree sees o's pen ane eee ees 24
The present state of the Manufacture of Iron in Great Britain, and its
position as compared with that of some other countries. By 1. Low-
TESTASN NDS LG oss ave lycos ose eee RIO Ses ATE = Slab oece Wee ee Oe eT To Tete ee 34
Third Report on the Structure and Classification of the Fossil Crustacea.
By Henry Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British Museum ...... 44
Report on the Physiological Action of the Methyl Compounds. By
IBENIAMEN, WVe IRTCHARDSON, MCA., MUD WOR Ss... «<.. che eemeer AT
Preliminary Report of the Committee for the Exploration of the Plant
Beds of North Greenland appointed at the Nottingham Meeting, 1866 57
Report of a Committee, consisting of Mr. J. Scorr Russert, Mr. T.
Hawxstey, Mr. J. R. Napier, Mr. Wittram Farrparen, and Pro-
fessor W. J. M. Ranxiyu, appointed to analyze and condense the in-
formation contained in the Reports of the “‘Steam-ship Performance”
Committee and other sources of information on the same subject .... 58
On the Meteorology of Port Louis in the Island of Mauritius. By
Guanine MELpRoM, (McAy gis Sie. <aitryn soe 2 ose nee eee 108
On the Construction and Works of the Highland Railway. By JoserH
Mircuett, F.R.S.E., F.G.8., C.E., and Member of the Institution of
Civil. Engineers) E250 SF Pee a Se ee ee 151
Experimental Researches on the Mechanical Properties of Steel. By
We ehATRBATEN, IGT aD 57 RSs, dc. pore eee coe eee bck: eee 161
Report of the Committee appointed to explore the Marine Fauna and
Flora of the South Coast of Devon and Cornwall.—No. 2. Consist-
ing of J. Gwyn Jurrreys, F.R.S., Rev. Toomas Hincxs, JonarHan
Covucu, F.L.S., Coaries Stewart, F.L.S., J. Brooxine Rowe, F.L.S.,
and J. Raurs, F.L.S. Reporter, C. Spence Bartz, F.R.S. &. ...... 275
Supplement to a Report on the Extinct Didine Birds of the Mascarene
Islands. By Atrrep Nrwron, M.A., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology in
the University of Cambridge tc . 8 «ie es ye ee 2 eee 287
Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors, 1866-67. By a Com-
mittee, consisting of James GuatsHerR, F.R.S., of the Royal Obser-
vatory, Greenwich, President of the Royal Microscopical and Meteo-
rological Societies, Ropert P. Gree, F.G.S., E. W. Braryzey, F.R.S.,
Avexanper S. Herscuen, F.R.A.S., and CHartes Brooks, F.R.S.,
Secretary to the Meteorological Society .....0......:e eset eee aeee 288
Fourth Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles. By J. Gwyn
J ER FREYS, EWR De Mele erste a 6 ele Sigua onan te loin ic OUR Pole ca felt od ein aati ene 431
CONTENTS.
Preliminary Report on the Crustacea, Molluscoida, Echinodermata,
and Ceelenterata, procured by the Shetland Dredging Committee in
1867. By the Rev. Atrrep Murite Norman, M.A. ..............
Report on the Foraminifera obtained in the Shetland Seas. By Epwarp
ere Berets 0 ace 8 ap fatter ao: # Sins iss ahaha + scotia E's Ob aie eee
Second Report of the Rainfall Committee, consisting of J. Graisuer,
F.R.S., Lord Wrortrestry, F.R.S., Prof. Puriiurs, F.R.S., J. F.
Bateman, F.R.S., R. W. Myune, F.R.S., C. Brooxz, F.R.S., T.
Hawxstey, C.E., and G. J. Symons, Secretary .............00000-
Report on the best means of providing for a uniformity of Weights
and Measures, with reference to the Interests of Science. By a
Committee, consisting of Sir Joun Bowrtne, The Rt. Hon. C. B.
AppERLEY, M.P., Sir W. Armsrrome, Mr. Samvrt Brown, Mr.
W. Ewart, M.P., Mr. Carpet H. Bererr, Dr. Farr, Mr. Franx
Fetiows, Prof. Franxiranp, Mr. Grorer Grover, Prof. Henvyessy,
Earl Forrescur, Mr. Freperick Henpricxs, Mr. James Herywoon,
Sir Roserr Kane, Prof. Leone Levi, Prof. W. A. Miter, Prof.
Ranxine, Mr. C. W. Siemens, Col. Syxzes, M.P., Prof. A. W. Wit-
tiamson, Lord Wrorrrstey, Mr. James Yares:—Prof. Leone Leyt,
MEE re rch 2 2 DREN os san he ee See PO IA oe este aig Sees
Report of the Committee on Standards of Electrical Resistance. The
Committee consists of Professor Wint1amson, Professor Sir C. Wurat-
stone, Professor Sir W. THomson, Professor Minter, Dr. A. Mar-
THIESSEN, Mr. Freemine Jenkin, Sir Cuartes Brieur, Professor
Maxwett, Mr. C. W. Sremens, Mr. Batrour Srewart, Mr. C. F.
Vartey, Professor G. C. Foster, Mr. Latimpr Crarx, Mr. D. Forsss,
See HAELES Hocwgn, and Dro Jouns 205 25) oy ooo E ae ees
448
468
NOTICES AND ABSTRACTS
OF
MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS TO THE SECTIONS.
MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS.
Address by Sir W. Tomson, LL.D., F.R.S., President of the Section ......
Sir Davip Brewster on the alleged Correspondence between Pascal and
ING WA hnaa ergs EES a 0 eS wi eR osc Coren oh Uae 2,3 ialh a. 5, SS epee
Mr. T. Ancuer Hirst on the alleged Correspondence between Newton and
Pascal recently communicated to the French Academy..........+e00eees
MatTHEMATICS.
The Hon. J. Cock1& on the Inverse Problem of Coresolvents..............
Mr. W. Barrerr Davis’s list of 5500 Prime Numbers ...............-..
The Rey. Professor R. HaARLEy on Finite Solutions of Algebraical Equations
Dr. D. Brrrens pr Haan on a Theorem in the Integral Calculus ..........
The late James Linpsay’s proof of the Binomial Theorem ................
Professor W. J. Macquorn RANKINE on the Approximate Drawing of Circular
Ares of given lengths ............ W, slilelelese ss. susle svalereie sictelere torethielets ream
ASTRONOMY.
Major J. F, Tennant’s Preparations for Observing the Total Solar Eclipse of
PATI SUSU MLS OOOH tents cys a smisle ies sieaciel ote fa aa siolinte sleie rete letefeltheletctet sete enemas
Licur.
Sir Davip BREwsTER on the Colours of the Soap-Bubble ................
—— on the Figures of Equilibrinm of Liquid Films ......
—_———- ’s Notice respecting the Enamel Photographs executed
by Mr, MoRaw, sof Mdinburgh —.5..0).dat. seen cos © + «+s ie eee ees
—_________———— on the Motions and Colours upon the Films of Alcohol,
Volatile Oils, ‘and other mids, 1.52: 2s aes Sek. «oc ae eee
onthe Radiant Spectrum... cmivemeiet sictelels tetera
5
CONTENTS.
Mr. A, R. Carton on the Laws of Symmetry of Crystalline Forms ........
—_—_—__————~’s contribution towards the expression of the angle between
the Optic axes of a Crystal in terms of the angles between the faces ......
—_——— on the Theory of Double Refraction, with special reference
to the influence of the Material Molecules on the propagation of Light in
CN GIEIE ARQ RO Gro neDpDrins Setaae Ae b pitioaa aie’ bhacCate Worse ear a
Mr. A. CuavpEtT on a Mechanical Means of producing the differential motion
required to equalize the focus for the different planes of a solid .....,. ,
’s New Fact of Binocular Vision ,..,..,.. {NAR AAAS HOTEL
’s Photographic Portraits obtained by Single Lenses of Rock
Cov BOGIES an de gdnedbonooddon Gb o.caGo soo Bae onaU CO Sr ouanen ac :
Mr. J. CLERK MAxwELt on a Real Image Stereoscope .......seeeeees eee
Dr. J. Morrar’s Experiments on the Luminosity of Phosphorus ........ ar
Hear.
Mr. R. RussELL on some Deductions by Dr. Tyndall from his recent Experi-
ments regarding the Radiant and Absorptive Properties of Vapour in the
PETIVO SPIELE! ~,% |ehsle ele. eiey dteihvaict ats wlehetecamgatiete fares uiavemnvenatatet’atoie'e, arefole! alu sferelaliais
Mr. C. WHeatsTone on a New Telegraphic Thermometer, and on the Ap-
lication of the Principle of its construction to other Meteorological In-
icators ....... A eas aoe rerinecurmhic donna sorters. eae
Erecrriciry, MAGNETISM.
Mr. Wix11am Hooper on the Electric Induction of Mr. Hooper’s Insulated
Wires, compared with Gutta-Percha Insulated Wires, for Telegraphic
(CIDER Ge Gosciaacs of 5 ta ORS RC To ioe to Oi ath ORR Gately a ee ear ee Cae AE
Ma. Wri11am Lapp on a new form of Dynamo-Magnetic Machine ...... as
on a Magneto-Electric Machine ...........+++e-e0e-
Dr. T. L. Purpson on the Phenomena which occur when Magnetized Steel is
Rabat Lge etal ANTS Sodas inves ota la ales wcll: cred ots ale eines) slcteiin's ean viele eiereVe hiatal
Mr. T, StreveNson’s Notice of a proposal to illuminate Beacons and Buoys
by Electricity, conveyed through Submarine Wires connected with the
Shore. With a description of the Induction-Spark Apparatus used for this
purpose in the first experiments made for the Northern Lights Board, also
the Electrical Apparatus recently designed for the Northern Lights, by
Pe IEMENG Ne helena pei eave ees er sar pere bedi pid peeps tolegey
Sir W. THomson on a Self-acting Electrostatic Accumulator ............++
———_—_——— 0. a Series of Electrometers for Comparable Measurements
EELOUC IAT AOLORANIR! 6.65 0% wipicle ame day presente Sele he dewiy pee die era = ties De
———————— on a Uniform-Electric-Current Accumulator .........+.-
on Volta-Convection by Flame ........ AMGEN ne Op aor
on Electric Machines founded on Induction and Convection
METEOROLOGY.
Sir Davin BrEewstTeER’s Notice respecting a Haystack struck by Lightning ..
Mr. ALEXANDER Brown’s Observations of the Rainfall at Arbroath ...... oe
Senhor CaPEtio’s Comparison of the Kew and Lisbon Magnetic Curves during
the Disturbance of February 20-25, 1866 10... .. cece cece ee tree ences
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
13
13
14
14
vill CONTENTS.
Pa;
Dr. J. D. Evrrerr on the Results of Observations of Atmospheric Electricity
at Kew Observatory and at Windsor, Nova Scotia. .........0s.eeeeeeuee 2
Mr. GrorcE Fores on the Meteor Shower of August 1867 ...........+.- 20
Mr. Cuartes Metprum on the Gales and Hurricanes of the Indian Ocean
Daubhvolsthe :MgimabOrycyerserss teh ctec=iehevots irae erectss doled sis) ele) dala ORENRepeES eee >
Mr, F. W. Morrar on Meteorological Observations at Sea ......6.+se000. . 25
Mr. Batrour Stewart on the Errors of Aneroids at various Pressures .... 26
Colonel SyxeEs on Storm-Warnings, their Importance and Practicability .... 27
Mr. JoHn TurvusTon on Evaporation from Rain-gauges .......0..eeeeenee 28
CHEMISTRY.
Address by Tomas ANDERSON, M.D., F.R.S.E., President of the Section .. 28
Mr. G, ANSELL on an Apparatus for indicating the Pressure and Amount of
Firedamp in Mines
ve.je)n.m,\oFu, ele is 0 [d's be ivie o.(6, 9 .evienw oie 0) 0 46)5i8).6..0b.6 @nelei be lwiaie ys (eae
Mr. I. Lowru1an Bett on a Method of Recovering Sulphur and Oxide of
Manganese used at Dieuze, near Nancy, France .........-..sseeeveseees 31
Dr. A. Crum Brown’s Remarks on the Calculus of Chemical Operations.... 31
Mr. Ducatp CamPBE.t’s Note on Messrs. Wanklyn, Chapman, and Smith’s
method of determining Nitrogenous Organic Matters in Water ..........
Mr. A. R. Catron on the Synthesis of Formic Acid................0.2085 32
on Loewig’s Researches on the Action of Sodium Amalgam
9005.9 (etnies (vv ¢ isi vib eta eis, 0s «e's s « ehe).s s/s a 0 iu.é 0 oe 6.8 5 6:0) oa ole ss) \s
on Oxalic Ether
Mr. A. E. Frercuer on a Self-Registering Perpetual Aspirator .......... 32
——______———_ on an Ether Anemometer for Measuring the Speed of
Jig abaya MUNG) chal (Cliibievieyye pono kon D0 de ws, Dood Opno ao aon oon oC
Dr. GLADSTONE on the Refraction Equivalents of Salts in Solution ........ 34
Dr. N. pe Kuanrkor’s Experiments for the Verification of the laws of Dr.
Henry and Dalton on the Absorption of Gases by Liquids .............. 34
Mr. J. B. Lawes and Dr. J. H. Girsrrr’s Preliminary Notice of Results on
the Composition of Wheat grown for twenty years in succession on the
seieE ILENE Gang cut o's nooauuinootundoo ooo bm oom peon tay Ydoipo..0 06h 36
Dr. Grorar Lawson’s Notes of the Analyses of Gold Coins of Columbia,
New Granada, Chili, and Bolivia; with some account of the operations of
Golds Manine inpNovaiscotials. .ctteriiaee at ie elect stellt a etree eae 37
Dr. W. Lavuprr Liypsay on the present Uses of Lichens as Dye-stuffs .... 38
Messrs. P. T. Mary and A. R. Carron on a New Synthesis of Ammonia.... 40
Mr. W. L. Scorr’s Note on the Artificial Production of Oil of Cmmnamon .. 40
-— on the Bisulphite of Calcium as a Preservative of Animal
Substancesi® Heep stays eidanietocsseielebeiemovere aioe ofeleielssa’s tlle a, «k's ee
Drs. MAXWELL Smrpson and A. GAUTIER on a Compound fortaeal by the
direct union of Aldehyde and Anhydrous Prussic Acid..............+4.- 40
Dr. MaxweELu Simpson on the Formation of Succinic Acid from Chloride of
Hthylideneyt.f5ch tlw. slccquilatareegts Sie aoe ode age «s+ «ae eee
Mr. R. F. Smrrx on the Gaseous Products of the destructive distillation of
Hydrocarbons, obtained from Shales and Coals at Low and High Tem-
POLAGUTES Sieve ete vae ts atte: ctcPepcvewoueee”s fojlarchislicts fais ads eked sss 8,5; saitenedels nieletcioi<iaia i alsa
CONTENTS.
Mr. Pater Spence on the Economization of Sulphurous Acid in Copper
STuEUIDE’ of 60 GeO ROO DOR MODEM DODOMGORDCOnD: Umodonurne popRacsecrE
Mr. Jon SPrcteR on the Preservation of Stone .......... cece cece renee
— on certain New Processes in Photography .......+++++++
Messrs. J. ALFRED WANKLYN and Ropert ScHENK on the Synthesis of
BI roe ca V6 pm sun aes tnatsinis is ops me a Woe ins « Mg gine BAe cele
Mr. J. ALFRED WANKLYN on the Existence of Putrescible Matter in River
SUPT TICEMRUNTELEOTSY torcccai tree Pale svd cite closets cin ues Wear Sum oh apoNeMen atta. NOt oledec enaten’s
[SALGIES 5:9 CHUIGE SCOR OSD UIN DROaIn ip Se apinine there Cec OMT aOR ise oe
My. T. T. P. Bruce Warren on the Electrical Resistances of the Fixed and
Volatile, Gilk\s eoetinot Opn splos aa ieomioninniee Gok COmotGe Od mmortcmnoerncor ci
Mr. WatrerR WELDON on a New Manufacturing Process for the Perpetual
Regeneration of the Oxide of Manganese used in the Manufacture of Chlorine
.
GEOLOGY.
Address by ARCHIBALD Gerxin, F.R.S., F.G.S., President of the Section ..
Mr. D. T. ANsTED on the passage of Schists into Granite in the Island of
(COMMEND ote oder oh onPens pe ONO OUarOr aoe DU ROmp on oO COOGodhC Ome me Teor
ont they bacoonstof Cansiea cic.) s aeikia nine cols els ciste obetel ot
His Grace the Duke of ARGYLL on the Granites and other Rocks of Ben
More, from a Letter addressed to Professor Phillips ~...e0.....--seeeee>
Capt. Frep. Brome’s Report on recent Explorations in the Gibraltar Caves .
Mr. F. M. Burton on the Lower Lias, and traces of an ancient Rheetic Shore
Tit) [LAR LIN SLT oto a cattle e IMIDE ciseacithe 0 Conon DD eGo cin GeICniGDK Inert
Mr, Witi1am Carruruers’s Enumeration of British Graptolites..........
— on Calamiteze and Fossil Equisetacee........
Mr. RopertT CuamBeERs’s Notice of an “Esker” at St. Fort ..............
Dr. Cottrnewoop on the Geology of North Formosa ............0..0 eee
a on the Geology of the Islands round the North of Formosa
The Rey. W. H. Crossxey’s Notes on the relation of the Glacial Shell Beds
of the Carse of Gowrie to those of the West of Scotland ................
Mr. F. Gorpon Davis on the Calamine Deposits of Sardinia..............
Mr. Henry S. Exxis on some Mammalian Remains from the submerged
Forest in Barnstaple Bay, Devonshire .......... 0 cesses eeeeeeceeevenes
Mr. C. Le Neve Fosrer’s Notes on the Perseberg Iron-Mines, Sweden .
Mr. A. Grrxim’s Account of the Progress of the Geological Survey of
20UIBTG le ieelt-0 0's 0! so, COeoaEin D SADE URED CEN Cnc To Digs cp OoeroOmOCne
The Rev. J. Gunn on Tertiary and Quaternary Deposits in the Eastern
Counties, with reference to Periodic Oscillations of Level and Climate....
Professor Harkness and Dr. H. A. NrcHouson on the Coniston Group of the
J SIG Allee hs ° 2 ean een eR ISe Bt Cnn Cemegen
Mr. D. MitnE Home on the Old Sea-cliffs and Submarine Banks of the Frith
BRBEVOE UNS eyeceet Pete PMPRNS oe oyolleig. ci ieic: ae via sreSc re atej6. 01 sialic) sss] elalaeeis atelsl ete & 6
Mr. Epwarp Hou on the Structure of the Pendle Range of Hills, Lanca-
shire, as illustrating the South-easterly Attenuation of the Carboniferous
Sedimentary Rocks of the North of England ........... 0... 0000 0.0000
——____———s Observations on the relative Geological Ages of the
principal Physical Features of the Carboniferous District of Lancashire... .
1x
Page
x CONTENTS.
Pa
Mr. E. Ray LankeEsTER on some New Cephalaspidean Fishes ...... Sontyehiut 63
Dr, W. LaupEr Linpsay on the Goldfields of Scotland .....,.....0000008
M. Cuartes Martins et Epovarp Cottoms sur |’Ancien Glacier de la
Walléerd Arcelés dansilesi br yrencese cr ciciriereyelels ties skocelels ielstetettereitel =
Mr. GeoreGr Maw on the Cambrian Rocks of Llanberis with reference to a
Break in the Conformable Succession of the Lower Beds................
Mr. P. W. Stuart MenTEATH on Tertiary and Posttertiary Action in the
PAY ACTEES Pie. oze lacie greitie a alisln sel sisi sel als fe oforafetniate otietalte steletcte tein fetoistototaietseeterae ts 9a
Mr. Henry ALLEYNE NICHOLSON on the Nature and Systematic Position of
Wey Coir Wigs) yooagn ooo dno a aoe pInCHOGONoddoO SON OKCO Se fe-fals st
———————_—___————-_ on the Graptolites of the Skiddaw Slates ,
Dr: OrpwAMron the Geology of indians is ¢aaketenyl slate vahenteamery tel
Mr. C. W. Pracn on Fossil Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone of Caithness
and Sutherland, with notices of some new to those Counties ............
Mr. Jonn Pxant on the Geology and Fossils of the Lingula Flags at Upper
Misinyd dachsuNorilmVvales iryeletcic sis sj ele slo n cilovaleiele) sis ¢ e(clohenelshelsieteretets socae
Dr. Jutrus Scuvarcz on the Internal Heat of the Earth ..... Geraci = Hinge
Mr. J. E. Tayior on the Relation of the Upper and Lower Crags in Norfolk
Mr. J. F. WatkeEr on a new Phosphatic Deposit near Upware, in Cam-
Torte esa barir Saver store eto otortetcrevakgra el GPa Nel@ctl 01 64d dla lS ig.sa ese ChE pal obo Naic ete atae ene ateter
Mr. E. A. Wounscu on some Carboniferous Fossil Trees imbedded in Trap-
pean’ Atshiinithe Vale. qh eA wep 1, 2) ieve sits rnc clale ore vernie oreivt Wiis re meeenrOn aT
Mr. J. Wyatt on the Gradual Alteration of the Coast-line in Norfolk ..... :
BIOLOGY.
Address by Professor Witt1aAM SHarpry, M.D,, Sec. R.S., F.R,S.E., Presi-
dentiof the SeCtON. coc io\. a/c) eles jo peela minis wis gies 3 steps wip lee she's sivun ee eye eta
Sir James E, ALEXANDER on the Preservation of Fishing Streams ........
Professor ALLMAN’S Notes on the Structure of certain Hydroid Meduse ....
Professor BaLFour’s Notice of some rare Plants recently collected in Scotland
Mr. Wi111AM Brown on the Claims of Arboriculture as a Science ........
Mr. WiL1L14M CARRUTHERS on British Fossil Cycadeze ..............005
Dr. Coppoxp’s Remarks on the Entozoa of the Common Fowl and of Game
Birds, in their supposed relation to the Grouse Disease..,..........0005 y
Dr. CoLLinewoon’s Observations on the Habits of Flyingfish (Zvocetus) ..
on Pelagic floating Animals observed at Sea............
4s Notes on Oceanic Hydrozoa ..........00eeeesseceess
— on some remarkable Marine Animals observed in the China
on Trichodesmium, or Sea-dust ........0e.eeneeeceees
Dr. Anton Dourn on the Morphology of the Arthropoda ..............5-
Dr. JoHN FRASER on Amblystegium confervoides, a Moss new to Britain ..,.
Dr. GriERSON on the Destruction of Plantations at Drumlanrig by a species
Of MOL sacs, oyoy oyeteverosa.os0 sieyeele\ete ore fA pealElScpimie ey) pic") Wie « pdt eae a
Dr. Joun DEaxrn Heaton on certain Simulations of Vegetable Growths by
Mineral Substances ........ Serr REIARP tele « oye ey bisa baeela 6G eee
64
66
70
70
71
71
72
72
72
73
73
73
73
73
82
83
m
CONTENTS.
x1
ay
Mr. W. P. Hiern on the occurrence of Aster salignus (Willd.) in Wicken a
84
HGH MAORGTTOPCSNITOS 05) ose lein aptin a's olem ence eRe ovo 016 Giri Reet
Mr. E. Ray LanKeEsTER on the Boring of Limestones by certain Annelids.. 85
on the Anatomy of the Limpet.......... Séncound 85
Dr. W. Lauprr Liypsay on the Conservation of Forests in our Colonies 85
—__—_____——.._ Is Lichen-growth detrimental to Forest and
ERTS CAE ECR ches tet cle oats: reece sive olais Site vista atone permaberatl ars diaries wes 87
——________—_——- on Plant Acclimatization in Scotland, with special
estore PCMUCARINSAC CRESS 9 icles stelergere el aise stone ici ce via > oruealeloiitel® a 6) 1 veratar el ay 88
———__—_—_—__——.. To what extent is Lichen-growth a testof Age? 88
———_—___-+ on Polymorphism in the Fructification of Lichens 89
Mr. E. J, Low on the Abnormal forms of Ferns ........0eseeeneeereees 91
Sir J. Lupsocxk on some Points in the Anatomy of the Thysanura ....... fers |
Dr. M‘Intosn’s Remarks on Mr. J. G. Jeffreys’s Collection of Hebridean
SIGNI (hQeeadigo magn Hea lin Gos c Hotiga amo ant. vor any se Pe sdccatigsctr ala axe 92
Report on the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of St.
“DODGE O RRRMIRG Gad ae ee BB OnE Epo oeiecouonopoapon do mat cma rae: Roby ee
onidhe Amnelids;o£ St. -AvidTe Wises c:cj a alsralelele «leeisic cs «ee 92
M. Cuartrs Martins sur les Racines Aériféres ou Vessies Natatoires, la
synonymie et la distribution géographique de quelques espéces aquatiques
POTTS SUSSICO. occ kee eb ne cnancrns se taberemmeevensseresererge 93
Dr. M. T. Masters on Polliniferous Ovules in a Rose ...,....00. se cece ees 93
M. O. A. L. M6rcu’s Notice of Dredging by the late H. P. C. Moller, off
Fair Isle, between Orkney and Shetland .........+ eee eeeenneeneeeees 93
Mr. AnpREw Murray on the future Administration of the Natural-History
Wollections of the British Museum .......500ccccesse cess tecrereesses 94
Mr. Henry ALLEYNE NicHoLson on the Nature and Systematic Position of
BEG EAPLOMIL A 2 cGleteviebalel ala deviate SbIS she oh cinind Bile WSR Peele ee veces nes 96
Mr. C. W. Peacu on the Fructification of Griffithsia corallina, found in the
West Voe, Outskerries, Shetland ....... 0... ccs e cece cence eee eeeeee 96
—________— on Naked-eyed Meduse found at Peterhead and Wick,
Met.vand other tritish Localities. 0. sacs cc tte eatin aces edens oe 96
The Rey. H. B. Tristram on the Zoological Aspects of the Grouse Disease.. 97
Mr. Atrrep R. WaLLacer on Birds’ Nests and their Plumage ; or the Rela-
tion between Sexual Differences of Colour and the Mode of Nidification in
eS riety. «icine <ieiaiew os ciel 4a? Bie crelalatniehelalshsiss) am phstose beeen en ew oes 97
Awatomy anpD PuysIoLoGy.
Professor HucHES BENNETT on Protagon in relation to the Molecular Theory
BP OPGANIZAUION ese ce es ee eee acne tence eens ee teneeteasnees 97
—__________ on New Investigations to determine the Amount
of Bile secreted by the Liver, and how far this is influenced by Mercurials. 98
Professor CLELAND on the Epithelium of the Cornea of the Ox in relation to
the Growth of Stratified Epithelium ........... cece eee eee e nents 100
—_—__-- on some Points connected with the Joints and Ligaments
BAUME CEANG. soc. se iste me elle etn ee FURR Ea Me MN ST ETT OU EE TES dra
-———— on the Microscopical Preparation of the Nerves of the
100
Can EOE ee ee RECO. cacicebt es oarednts Ph OdUp stats sea re sews "8 ——
xi CONTENTS.
Page
Dr. Cottinewoop on a new form of Cephalopodous Ova... 1... cesses eae 100
Dr. Joun Davy on the Influence of Atmospheric Air on Vital Action as
hested by theeAdT=PUMMP ye clee iis e «[ayoletedteMelelayasfeptollsts eterciatisle ieee ols 100
Mr. Ropert Dunn on the Phenomena of Life and Mind.................. 101
Dr. Groregre Duncan Grips on Vocal and other Influences upon Mankind,
from) Pendency of the Epic lottis: (y.. «an segae stdin tats ae 101
Mr. E. Ray LanxkesTEr’s observations with the Spectroscope on Animal
SS eSia:s1 (C2): ei eernE DORN Otis ODINDN wat ooo. OD Op DOD 90D uo devon DO taOt 101
M. Cuaries Marrtins’s Nouvelle comparaison des membres pelviens et tho-
raciques chez l’Homme, les Mammiféres, les Oiseaux et les Reptiles, déduite :
devlartorsion de l@hmmerus tec ciiactclaisttielenats!stelelctetetsieits stettene rater 102
Mr. P. MetvituE on Life—its Nature, Origin, &c.......... 2. eee c cece eens 102
Dr. M‘Intosu’s Notes of Experiments with Poisons &c. on Young Salmon .. 102
Dr. G. Oaitvie on the Adaptation of the Structure of the Shell of the Bird’s
Hee tothe Punction of Respiration ii, oles aer cle + vale’ cielo myelin aiesleveele 4 102
Dr. Pout on the Antiseptic Properties of the Sulphites ..............000. 103
Dr. W. B. RicHarpson on Coagulation of the Blood—a correction of the
gWithinoai ey MNO on a5 b OOOO Aa GOORIN Dthacb Oboe Hp Duo os 6.4 0.026 otic 103
—______——_-——_ on some Effects produced by applying Extreme Cold
to certain parts of the:Nervous System «0 ........050 dss sss ee deine rs 103
Dr. GrorGE Rosrnson on certain Effects of the Concentrated Solar Rays
upon the Tissues of Living Animals immersed in Water ................ 103
Mr. Wentworth L. Scort on the Presence of Quinine and other Alkaloids
inthe “Animal ‘Weononiype ase e eeichere ins sles tvs bake eh Ce Ree 104
Professor TuRNER on the Anatomy of the Pilot Whale (Globiocephalus —
[SOV ALCL) ae oli sR O10 Coch nish one GURte ale sieve oc ejar ovelelolateha teaver stenetete/emeenenetes 104
GEOGRAPHY any ETHNOLOGY.
Address by Sir Samurt Baxnr, F.R.G.S., President of the Section........ 104
Lieut. ANDERSON’s Notes of a Reconnaissance of some Portions of Palestine
made in 1865-66 for the Palestine Exploration Fund .................. 111
Professor D. T. ANSTED on the Lagoons of Corsica ..............eesseees 112
Mr. THomas Barnes on Walvisch Bay and the Ports of South-west Africa .. 113
Mr. J. W. Barnes’s Exploration of Beloochistan and Western Scinde, with a
view to examining the Subterranean Supply of Water ................0, 113
Dr. CoLLiInewoop’s Boat-journey across the North end of Formosa from Tam-
AIpuO INC op osapo cen dpoo Uo oUHOOGoMCOdODGOoIgNS IUbHOeUoonnoDos 113
Mr. P. N. Compton on the Coasts of Vancouver’s Island, British Columbia,
ANG SruUssIANy AMOTICA a oreo Ae leiegeeieies isis rislels + ae +) e slo le. steers 114
Myr. Joun CRAWFURD on the Antiquity of Man............... cesses vaees 114
—_—_— on the History and Migration of Sacchiferous or Sugar-
yielding plants in reference to Hthnology ..................sseeesvees 114
——____——————_ on the Animal and Vegetable Food of the Aborigines of
ATISETRITA Svs cre usre nekekeustan eee ac autvenn He eielt sierra vjepe't 0») ones 114
on the supposed Plurality of the Races of Man ...... 114
———___——_———— on the supposed Aborigines of India, as distinguished
fromits (Ciyalized Imbabitamte se 2 6 src. 5 oie. s «es «soe eeisier)eualels ane 114
Races’ of Man trrtcctiiccctt acest evsc t See ae ccc-s 0 ane Sune nne tte ee 114
CONTENTS. Xi
Page
Mr. Joun Crawrurp on the Dissemination of the Arabian Race and Language 114
Mr. H. C. Criswicx’s Life amongst the VeyS ........0.. ee ees addddarhoeec 115
Dr. Joun Davy on the Character of the Negro, chiefly in relation to Industrial
Pais | oN WAG ce BOGE ORCEOOETeGRDCSDOBAGmroD SuNmoeoacqe co noo Oo 115
Mr. Cyrm Granam on Exploration in Palestine .............. seen ees 116
Mr. H. H. Howorru on some Changes of Surface affecting Ancient Ethno-
MUL Sawa ct sp ess sles Fe eee Geen dae ACR de olacto io mou: 117
- on the Origines of the Norsemen ..........5ceeeees 117
Mrs. Lynn Lryron on the Ethnography of the French Exhibition, as repre-
sented by National Arts ......... ccc cece teeter eee n tenn e eens 117
Sir Joun Lussock on the Origin of Civilization and the Early Condition of
DIGS 3.6 an. RoW ier a OIE OPO PEE eee Pas OD loinc Gio Gion OponigaD qoker cierto ani 118
Capt. M. F. Maury on the Physical Geography of Nicaragua with reference
ROMIMIterOCEAMICUDTANIGIG - 55. cece. ences etree weeny aes veils Gees Bebalafeyelnione 125
Sir R. I. Murcnison on the International Pre-historie and Anthropological
Bepcan SP cS SAUIW Sha c'. cave lat urate’ elatgie ola telat ahah ate| ofthe! ofa Wile MOhabalaradebreperatt a als sf 126
’s Observations on the Livingstone Search Expedition
PARADOR EGSS |). .) 5 cyciet's dfs ju'a(e)s sin ajsieit © ys,ein eielee ei npaiste dadingy wee sleim ays 126
Lieut, S. P. Orrver’s Description of Two Routes through Nicaragua ...... 127
Mr. W. Perxrys’s Exploration of the Grand Chaco in La Plata, with an
Mecmamtirol the AnGians 6.5 i. wrote tore e000 Oo re 0 n\n we rein eles satel olor ela\ael ve) ele 127
Capt. Beprorp Pim on the Mining District of Chontales, Nicaragua...... ws 127
Mr. J. J. Pratr on the Colony of New Scotland, in Southern Africa ...... 128
M. Lucren pr Pvypr’s Exploration of the Isthmus of Darien, with a view
to discovering a practical line for a Ship Canal ............. eee eee ees 128
Professor A. Ratmonpy’s Account of the Wild Indians inhabiting the Forests
a) Sinmun, Rei Gee acp oo oeeoneeb dbo CObpOR oe COC Cech Sore Ondonm ue don 129
Major Rosert Srvarr on the Vlakhs of Mount Pindus ................-. 130
The Rev. H. B. Tristram on the Districts of Palestine as yet imperfectly ex-
MERE (heh ayipniapcajace’e the ev sis operate cla aumrels sfehoiahf oles mislaie stele lal qaiduiere els 131
Messrs. WALLACE and Mayne ona Peruvian Expedition up the Rivers Ucayali
_olil [Ean /itligtig Jo Rigieee Sole odieib GOOIbOD eid onto mdacoce eos hUomootnomn cnc 151
a C. W. Wrtson on Recent Discoveries in and around the Site of the
emple at Jerusalem ........ ss eee eee eee ene e ene teen nee enanenes 131
-—_—_——__——— Report of the Palestine Exploration Fund .......... 131
ECONOMIC SCIENCE ann STATISTICS.
Address by M. E. Grant Durr, M.P., President of the Section............ 152
Sir Jon Bowrine on Productive Labour in Prisons as associated with the
ped rmMeibiONy Of, OKiHaAA ll sish 2.2. s/t whe to eleletol ce» o Liofals afolai slalels orang 4% 135
Dr. CurHprrt CoLitinewoop on the Consumption of Opium.............. 187
Mr, Henry Govruay on the Shipbuilding of Dundee ............. 0. ee eee 137
Mr. F. P. Fellows on the various Methods in which our coinage may be De-
cimalized—the Advantages and Disadvantages of each ..............004. 138
Mr. Frank HENDERSON on the Leather Manufacture of Dundee .......... 140
Professor Lronr Levi on the Condition and Progress of Scotland compared
to England and Ireland in Population, Education, Wealth, Taxation, Crime,
consumption of Spirits, Savings’ Banks, &C. oi. css e serves Boca wel)
xiv CONTENTS.
Pa
Dr. W, Laupmr Linpsay on the Obstacles to the Utilization of New-Zealand
UE eg Shp eanan Merny A. Alcott er eo Ore oe ceteris MQ 6 Mao 141
Mr, Patrick MatrHew on Employer and Employed—Capital and Labour. . 143
Mr. Cuaries C. MaxweE tu on the Confectionery and Marmalade Trade of
1 v0 ey) cee Eee OIsocacks HioyR SE OOo tins Hest oGSr wn fin holo o's 4 6 aA 145
Mr. James OtpuAm on the Utilization or more Profitable Employment of
MVFae (CONVICTS \. coi: sauinis.n o aulelentiy,€ sa ve Aulsiels Alarm oiete eo eeiateain ae eee ee
Mr. James G. OrncHAR on the Engineering Manufacture of Dundee ........ 144
Mr. Henry J, Kur Porter on the Prevalence of “Spedalske,” or Leprosy,
MEG MO’ INOavehAs Gos nbosdehons Dndagadadcn: oascunnssccugoa.
Mr. E. Renats on Arbitration in the Nottingham Hosiery Manufacture .... 145
Mr. A. Roperrson’s Statistics of the Social Condition of Dundee.,........ 145
Professor J. E. T. Rogers on the Funds available for developing the Machinery
OL UGHUON s 614 aie a: 24, ayase. dig, aialoce oe sicie's 0 w-a'm statnsu ai alae ARRON Ont) aE Rea ee 145
Colonel SyxKes’s Analysis of the Report upon the state of the Empire of
France, presented to the Senate and Legislative Body, February 1867 .... 145
Mr. P. M. Tarr on the Population and Mortality of Calcutta .............. 145
Mr. P. H. THoms’s Observations on Community of Language, and Uniformity
of Notation, Weights, Measures, and Coinage........sssssseeneeeeeeees 146
Mr. AtExanpER J. WARDEN on the Linen Manufacture in Dundee and its
Neale mbourhood a cae ot we cis tin snare oes «ine sie ne NCIS eee eee 146
Mr. A. SrrpHEN WIxson on the Measure and Value of Oats .............. 147
Mr. James YarTeEs’s Reasons why the Office of Warden of the Standards
should include Standard Weights and Measures of the Metric System in
addition to those of the Imperial Weights and Measures ................ 147
Mr. James Yraman’s Notes on Seal- and Whale-Fishings as prosecuted by
the North-Sea Fleet, hailing from Dundee .............0.eeeeeveeeeees 148
MECHANICAL SCIENCE.
Address by Professor W. J. Macquorn Rankine, C.E., LL.D., F.R.SS.
lime Br) Sce;, resident of they Sechom tyes 6 yae\s.s smi > slave eterna anal 149
Mr. J. Van-NorpDEN BazaLGETTE on the Difficulty of obtaining Local Infor-
mation after reaching the Summits of Eminences from which extensive
INA OWE AFG ODtALHOM &. iiss: cetety how Sheed Seolec’ 1 ckghslavdielelevede/steiolelatanieniene 152
Admiral Sir E. Betcuer on the Methods for Testing the Speed of Vessels
Ovetihe Wessured Mite re caches. sretensge ouefetetene ialelcleia!s silelole rete] <fettttet menaee 153
The Rev. P. Bett on Reaping-Machinery .........eceveceereeereres tieeedloe
Mr. Jams K. Carrp on an Iron Camb for Power Looms...........+s0e00 153
Mr. Latmormr Criark on the Birmingham Wire Gauge...........sereeeees 153
My. J. Eoxerstey on J, R. Swan’s Improved Calcining Kilns ......99..., 153
Dr. J. D. EvERETT on the Results of Experiments on the Rigidity of Glass,
Brass, and Steel ... 2.0 dea repitmr er dere nn tenes tees cases ecco pimelies 153
Mr. Jomn Fernie on the Iron and Steel shown at the Paris Exhibition ,,.. 154
Dr. C. Lu Neve Fosrer’s Account of Bergstroem’s Boring Machine, used at
the Perseberg Mines, Sweden.-......e.spreceresecceeceseenees nSBocae 164
Mr. GrorGs Fawews on the Stowage of Ships’ Boats .........eee eee eeee 154
Mr. G. B. Gattoway on the Application of the Funds derived from Patent- ee
PEGS: 5.1.4 4 A OO euelersje eierele
la mater as
CONTENTS. XV
ie. Davin Gumre- on Steam Cultivation. .... 0... 6g cssccccedecevaseses 185
Mr. Jonn Hatimay on the Heating of Hot Houses...........00.cce eevee 155
Mr. A. 8, Hatimre on an Improved Suspension Bridge ..............0005 155
General Haupt on the Application of Machinery to Boring and Tunnelling .. 155
M, FEeRprnanD Kougn on the Iron and Steel at the Paris Exhibition........ 155
Mr, J. Lewis on an Improved Marine Steam-Boiler ..........e0cseeeeuuee 155
Professor Macponaxp on the Construction of the Lifeboat ............0005 156
On ai improved Paddle-wheel . 2. saeicsie sie ccs veces 156
Mr. 8. J. Macxre on Tron Floating Forts, Iron Harbours, and other Floating
Structures; and on Daft’s Method of Construction of Iron Fabrics ........ 156
Mr. J. CurrK Maxwett on the Theory of Diagrams of Forces as applied to
ee EA PS oo Be apse tla aia sie abs esee 6 vole G85 heh 156
Mr. GrorcEe Maw on Covered Life-Boats .........0cccececeecececneeees 156
Mr. Josep MiTcHE. on a new Mode of constructing the Surface of Streets
SM MNLLESESUM HEROS adres. Yu's AER EE HOA ard UR wie Od kecerde a wpe ne ot 156
Mr. James R. Naprer and Prof. W. J. Macquorn RankINeE on the Use of
Moveable Seats for Slide-Valves ...........00seeus WM Wide te evnbews 156
Mr. Wizt1am Paterson on the Consumption of Fuel............0.00000s 157
Mr. W. W. Urqunarr on some of the Difficulties the Scientific Engineer
SENN NE EEETECTICE, 35, 5ea. 6 a)eie ls e's ce a bale eNO Ryne Hi wwe y eae gure 157
APPENDIX.
Mr. Joun E. Taytor on the Relation of the Upper and Lower Crags in Norfolk 157
Dr. Juttus Scarvecz on the Internal Heat of the Earth...............005 158
M. Cuartes Martos’s Nouvelle comparaison des membres pelviens et tho-
raciques chez l’Homme, les Mammiféres, les Oiseaux et les Reptiles, déduite
de la torsion de humerus .............55 Me sik a NDS Grefelaitt die cintae sof einen 158
M. Cartes Martins sur les Racines aériféres ou Vessies Natatoires, la
synonymie et la distribution géographique de quelques espéces aquatiques
du genre Jussi@a...eesevevaes OOO OOO S 0h OO.cn Ger nosducnomet ao je 163
LIST ,.O} PLATS.
PEAPES SE, “f1;, Cit.
Illustrative of the Report of the Committee appointed to explore the Marine
Fauna and Flora of the South Coast of Devon and Cornwall.
PLATE IV.
Illustrative of the Report of the Committee on the Fall of Rain in the British
Isles.
PEAT ES V.. svi
Ilustrative of the Report of the Committee on Standards of Electrical
Resistance.
OBJECTS AND RULES
or
THE ASSOCIATION.
——
OBJECTS.
Te Assocratron contemplates no interference with the ground occupied by
other institutions. Its objects are,—To give a stronger impulse and a more
systematic direction to scientific inquiry,—to promote the intercourse of those
who cultivate Science in different parts of the British Empire, with one an-
other, and with foreign philosophers,—to obtain a more general attention to
the objects of Science, and a removal of any disadvantages of a public kind
which impede its progress.
RULES.
ADMISSION OF MEMBERS AND ASSOCIATES.
All persons who have attended the first Meeting shall be entitled to be-
come Members of the Association, upon subscribing an obligation to con-
form to its Rules.
The Fellows and Members of Chartered Literary and Philosophical So-
cieties publishing Transactions, in the British Empire, shall be entitled, in
like manner, to become Members of the Association.
The Officers and Members of the Councils, or Managing Committees, of
Philosophical Institutions, shall be entitled, in like manner, to become Mem-
bers of the Association.
All Members of a Philosophical Institution recommended by its Council
or Managing Committee, shall be entitled, in like manner, to become Mem-
bers of the Association.
Persons not belonging to such Institutions shall be elected by the General
Committee or Council, to become Life Members of the Association, Annual
Subscribers, or Associates for the year, subject to the approval of a General
Meeting.
COMPOSITIONS, SUBSCRIPTIONS, AND PRIVILEGES.
Lire Memerrs shall pay, on admission, the sum of Ten Pounds. They
shall receive gratuitously the Reports of the Association which may be pub-
lished after the date of such payment. They are eligible to all the offices
of the Association.
Awnvat Susscrizers shall pay, on admission, the sum of Two Pounds,
and in each following year the sum of One Pound. They shall receive
gratuitously the Reports of the Association for the year of their admission
and for the years in which they continue to pay without intermission their
Annual Subscription. By omitting to pay this Subscription in any particu-
lar year, Members of this class (Annual Subscribers) lose for that and all
future years the privilege of receiving the volumes of the Association gratis:
but they may resume their Membership and other privileges at any sub-
sequent Meeting of the Association, paying on each such occasion the sum of
One Pound. They are eligible to all the Offices of the Association.
__ Associates for the year shall pay on admission the sum of One Pound.
They shall not receive gratuitously the Reports of the Association, nor be
eligible to serve on Committees, or to hold any office.
1867. b
xvlu RULES OF THE ASSOCIATION.
The Association consists of the following classes :—
1. Life Members admitted from 1831 to 1845 inclusive, who have paid
on admission Five Pounds as a composition.
2. Life Members who in 1846, or in subsequent years, have paid on ad-
mission Ten Pounds as a composition.
3. Annual Members admitted from 1831 to 1839 inclusive, subject to the
payment of One Pound annually. [May resume their Membership after in-
termission of Annual Payment. |
4, Annual Members admitted in any year since 1839, subject to the pay-
ment of Two Pounds for the first year, and One Pound in each following
year. [May resume their Membership after intermission of Annual Pay-
ment.
5. edited for the year, subject to the payment of One Pound.
6. Corresponding Members nominated by the Council.
And the Members and Associates will be entitled to receive the annual
volume of Reports, gratis, or to purchase it at reduced (or Members’) price,
according to the following specification, viz. :—
1. Gratis —Old Life Members who have paid Five Pounds as a compo-
sition for Annual Payments, and previous to 1845 a further
sum of Two Pounds as a Book Subscription, or, since 1845, a
further sum of Five Pounds.
New Life Members who have paid Ten Pounds as a compo-
sition.
Annual Members who have not intermitted their Annual Sub-
scription.
2. At reduced or Members’ Prices, viz. two-thirds of the Publication
Price.—Old Life Members who have paid Five Pounds as a
composition for Annual Payments, but no further sum as a
Book Subscription.
Annual Members who have intermitted their Annual Subscrip-
tion.
Associates for the year. [Privilege confined to the volume for
that year only. |
3. Members may purchase (for the purpose of completing their sets) any
of the first seventeen volumes of Transactions of the Associa-
tion, and of which more than 100 copies remain, at one-third of
the Publication Price. Application to be made (by letter) to
Messrs. Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet St., London.
Subscriptions shall be received by the Treasurer or Secretaries.
MEETINGS,
The Association shall meet annually, for one week, or longer. The place
of each Meeting shall be appointed by the General Committee at the pre-
vious Meeting ; and the Arrangements for it shall be entrusted to the Officers
of the Association.
GENERAL COMMITTEE.
The General Committee shall sit during the week of the Meeting, or
longer, to transact the business of the Association. It shall consist of the
following persons :—
1. Presidents and Officers for the present and preceding years, with
authors of Reports in the Transactions of the Association.
2. Members who have communicated any Paper to a Philosophical Society,
which has been printed in its Transactions, and which relates to such subjects
as are taken into consideration at the Sectional Meetings of the Association.
RULES OF THE ASSOCIATION. X1X
3. Office-bearers for the time being, or Delegates, altogether not exceed-
ing three in number, from any Philosophical Society publishing Transactions.
4, Office-bearers for the time being, or Delegates, not exceeding three,
from Philosophical Institutions established in the place of Meeting, or in any
place where the Association has formerly met.
5. Foreigners and other individuals whose assistance is desired, and who
are specially nominated in writing for the Meeting of the year by the Presi-
-dent and General Secretaries.
6. The Presidents, Vice-Presidents, and Secretaries of the Sections are
ex-officio members of the General Committee for the time being.
SECTIONAL COMMITTEES.
The General Committee shall appoint, at each Meeting, Committees, con-
sisting severally of the Members most conversant with the several branches
of Science, to advise together for the advancement thereof.
The Committees shall report what subjects of investigation they would
particularly recommend to be prosecuted during the ensuing year, and
brought under consideration at the next Meeting.
The Committees shall recommend Reports on the state and progress of
particular Sciences, to be drawn up from time to time by competent persons,
for the information of the Annual Meetings.
COMMITTEE OF RECOMMENDATIONS.
_ The General Committee shall appoint at each Meeting a Committee, which
shall receive and consider the Recommendations of the Sectional Committees,
and report to the General Committee the measures which they would advise
to be adopted for the advancement of Science.
All Recommendations of Grants of Money, Requests for Special Re-
searches, and Reports on Scientific Subjects, shall be submitted to the Com-
mittee of Recommendations, and not taken into consideration by the General
Committee, unless previously recommended by the Committee of Recom-
mendations.
LOCAL COMMITTEES.
Local Committees shall be formed by the Officers of the Association to
assist in making arrangements for the Meetings.
Local Committees shall have the power of adding to their numbers those
Members of the Association whose assistance they may desire.
OFFICERS,
A President, two or more Vice-Presidents, one or more Secretaries, and a
Treasurer, shall be annually appointed by the General Committee.
COUNCIL.
In the intervals of the Meetings, the affairs of the Association shall be
managed by a Council appointed by the General Committee. The Council
may also assemble for the despatch of business during the week of the
Meeting.
PAPERS AND COMMUNICATIONS.
The Author of any paper or communication shall be at liberty to reserve
his right of property therein.
ACCOUNTS.
The Accounts of the Association shall be audited annually, by Auditors
appointed by the Meeting.
b2
I Ba IG ican sce vases onic ey, can fearon Bp one ses eR a aiey eae eee GRRE
Te Oa earn, aowaraee eo eieecoatvenebedoe A EBewtiyanNiatiNp fae ee S'U'd ‘ASSOU AO TUVA UL,
‘s'u'a “bsa ‘poomsay sourer
"CW ‘Surat “AN
‘stv'w'ad “bsg “ete[ Jojed
‘SPSL ‘ez oUNL ‘UALSAHONV]Y
tresses sored “at ‘AIuaH *O “AL SW “Vi SPmspag *y “aay teteereerersengeper ‘NOLHADE SIONVUI CUOT ML
*beq £18910 “UA *bsq ‘x09 rum viata 0” 0/sieieini#ia(e ei¢iele\ele)alaceis ainiala/a(aisic) @Biaimin'eiAib @]s'a Bley ep *mosurqoy Cah “Ady ) carat ny senSny ‘aap
ax “S'T'T ‘WaqieH *A\ ‘sey pue ‘uoH ‘Sud “T'O'd “uoyed yor
we eeeee saan ‘io “9a sata vgn seuaspon yon b
*bsq ‘unt ‘10j4e1, preyony ‘bsq *xoW alam Waqoy ft" eee eee eee eee sprig alo Ke us} “TELLER trap ‘Hzaoneig
Pere ATGI LTTE “JOCIALrantaneraeswse abedueevesoregeonForvenaeessernies a ae Ce ee Yee
go biey ‘SHIGE MOUS LAR Lveeeeeeeceeeeeeeereterseeoes eareyy Gong ploy — “MOPON Jo Leg OUT oy “SUT “TIAMAHM UOSSAAOUd ‘AAA OL
‘bsg “Suenyg uyor ¢ *‘aqumoaspg JUNO] Jo [eg ONL ‘Sw }
"Q'TT ‘TOON ‘ae 'A0u | “DSL “THOPPYT isoipuy (- ‘SU “laysmorg pravq 11S ‘E'S'U'A ‘Yooueery prory terouen-sofeyy J “sss SM “ANVEAIVAVAUd AO SINDUVN ML
« * BimWie sfidjereieve'ee\s ola K(pivin/e¥e ele se d's/s o/s 6p (io pin m 7 drug *Aoyy Ara, P : ;
*bsgq ‘12189 33°10A “'S'U'A “bso ‘uosSpoyy ydosor : SRB LEER ECU 32 Gest ‘92 Jsndny ‘WVHONIWaIg
"MN ‘wo snyetg woydagy ***""""* ‘sua “bey ‘er09 uyor "A'C “Wosulqoy "HL ASM OUD Pann, becenye gy Goer & 7 mata Lata 5
“gua “bsg ‘aaxieg oBx0ay | veers eter seers ees qgMoMared Jo [LUG -uojdmeyqi0N Jo smbre py V's wi WW LYCOOUVH NONUAA 'M ‘AAU P41
smal f eee e cere eerste ee eeaseseseeee “bs ‘Ki ag uyor xnvapug P P F 3 .
Sud “v'W ‘uoysuyor sossajorg pas ae a Aq ; SEsl ‘0G sNBNy “ANA,-NO-aTLSVOMAN
's'D'd ‘yoy "Ay 4 ttre teeeeeeeeeee sor Gigi GanooIVH UOUIIA "AN “ART IUD bo. ee eee Oe a -
‘omy giy yy ‘wosumepy uyop [rtrrset erste erste reer eres CUT SSar gd Tue jo doystg an, IBS DAS WA ANVTYAaWNNALUON 40 AHN PUL
jood ween eee ee re ee ‘SW TTOMeT AA *"M "AU "Lest ‘Tt raquuaydag “Tooaaa ary
“IOAUT *1019N3198UT yehow "sald ‘oHTE AN ‘N “ae ee es “Ss y: a fe ot a a “qieg orca ict Kary ap dyiqa Bitsy eee weeeee weer Be eee * uopuoTy jo Ajisz9atay) au} jo 10]]99
*bsgf farm edey[eAA “WA =" “Tet, sossajorg ('s*u'd “T'O'd “ose uyor *S'O'aA “S'T'd “Yorn Jo doystg anL -uey9 * ‘S'O'd “SUA ‘NOLONITUNG AO TUVA 24L
‘bsq ‘uepusa0y ‘AA S'S'U'aA “A'W ‘preyqoug ‘9 '¢ ‘soa “Sua ‘orvaqAuog *q “AA “AY “QE ‘2a JsNany ‘1OLsIug
Oy Conn a “an aoscneaL MONI ONT Cima nicl sie oualiniaTeniejaiers]elnicreie SOOUGCOI tt i: ‘uojdurey340 Nr jo smbaeyi ay! * oR “ona “TOG ‘AINMOCSNY1 a0 SINOUVIN au
‘S'a'a ‘pAOyT tossajorg *AoY rogst “Ol sndny ‘NiTaaq
‘oR *pue[ary jo eso *Uu01gSV ‘uoy[TUe W'M Us eee ewweee SOOO Fa ia ta | “‘CAOTT LSOAOUd ‘ADU OUT,
Ria clersialareipieteratole assim Pear arlene “PEST ‘g xoquiajdag ‘HOUoaNIag
"A'S" ‘29g ‘uosutqoy UNL Mg J ertrrte teste tt ett reste eese es OE “MORMON “LAOH | 2 .5..eeeeseceree en onencomuetenrs oiaicgt hatte
“op On Ry 'S'wWa ‘saqioy 1OSsajorg i sai aiaie SNR? e8 a ‘S'H'a daysMoIgT purq 1g emord og ey u aNVASIUA TIVONOGOVIN er nis
‘SW TTOMETAA "AA "AOU Ae ee ee ee veregeared 6 ‘TOA ‘noe uyor ; “E681 ‘eg aung ‘as arua Wy
‘SO OSTA CV ‘MO[suaH ossajorg saa Losssse tee ressess esses sot oy qudoy samouoysy “Syd Suva OS s'p'd'A “SUA VW Bp WVAV ‘AGH OL
a) & a AP ni ‘Teaod JOSSIJOIg "ANT ttt "* alnleca sieteleiméielesale tress 190g "Joan ‘sag Sonny ‘TTOaoqAL “AN *AOW bey “ees 51 aun ‘auo0axg
Bag OME UUW ‘AuaqnUcl aossajoug | veer eee a pea eae oy OORT ‘SU “toysmorg pura ug S oR “SO “S'S c anaes “M ADU OUL
: ss ES ‘sd JOS89JOld } ..... ee ee ee aoe eeatsiora Se IC SPEER RED aren "Test ‘22 requiaydag ‘xu0 x
SOE SH Sou unt kus weal F SOE “SW “VN IOI HOUND ALA Loy Genre Sra “TO NVITILMZLE TEVA OL
"SaIUVLIYDIS 1V9O7 "SLNAGISAUd-39IA "SLNAGISaYd
"JUIWMIOUIUAUIOY) S$} WOIT ‘SaTIVJaIOIg [BIOTT
pue ‘syuapiserg-ootA ‘SJUOpIsoTg IA “UOIwIOOSssY YSUG oy} Jo Suyoopy Jo souny, pue sooeyg oy} SULMOYS 9[QeI,
“bia Topptst mary ofs0ap | NUE MOPIPPIN “AA MONTUAN TIS Sia “eg Mneotiog “a utOL ng
RM SUIS MAMI) sss ess eeess ved ests FeeF Sneed TRE ON Eu ee oO
‘S'V' Wa “bsg ‘heyy sopreyg : “SW “WW “YaaSpag sossajorg *Aayy
wrreeeeees WOIMION JO doysig pxoy eYL ‘AW ‘WreysoTpuay px0y ay,
"rest ‘c Ame SHOIMsSaT
PHO e tere r ee ee ee esesreeeserseeseeeres yesoy Jomou
~onsy “S'yd “Tod “bsa ‘AUIV TITAGIA ADUOAD
CO
“sity “beg ‘gmosuey me wee ze i) *bsq "019489. . ‘L ‘ain “Ds *proqqop "9 ¢
qe g ‘uo:
‘osst ‘12 Ane ‘HOuUnaNIAG
CP CHRO OEE ee eee De ee ee eeressoves MaIpUuy 4S ‘preu0a'yT
‘AS PUL TOZwATUS “3g Jo aFaq[0p paytuy ay} Jo jedroug
“ERTS wad COT CHM ‘UALSMAUT GIAVC UIS
“a's'y'a “bso ‘por somer | J
as yrn Mar ojo sovoqoag 4, ESM Od “SCA “rT O'a “e “uses sy emo, os BoD
TSU “wi ‘puelexy TOSSOJOLT 'AD :
| te eeeeeeee eae a ‘Sw “TO'd “L's ‘Ataqasoy jo avg aq,
treteesees eongurar A SCPE MOSTLY ‘da “AA Iossajorg ‘*ysmquipy |
‘sar ‘soungg sommeg (“SHH VN SHAN ord “soy. “sry
"a “bsq ‘reyoyeTq Tq
“bsg ‘STIL wen A,
Oo “6FSI ‘SI taquiajdag ‘WVYHONIWUIG
‘NY ‘Tepary, ureydeg “Used “T'O'd “ait “ted ‘og woqoy ug ‘woH 4y Sry
SW WA SV TWH “a'd ‘NOSNIAOU “UY “LAT OL
Sara “bsg aaory “3 Ah ‘saad “bsg ‘udarig * story
"SPS ‘6 sndny ‘vasNvag
Cee reece eee sase ress secesesssseees ‘op ‘£ya100g [ekory
au} JO JuapIseid ‘NOLANVHLUON AO SINDUVN UL
. . ‘ .
-begr ‘aSipusaoyy ee {c1 1S" Bepuvyy Jo uvaq ayy saoy Ax9A ayy,
ty cece rec eccces “oy ‘solg “our ‘ayoogreaq ‘L‘H 1g
"77 SPIVC 4g Jo doystg prog aqL = ‘sua “a “bsg ‘uemt,a “Hyp
POSE UOCUONGRODOOL SI ir, ‘arepy yunoast, ‘L'a ‘ang jo smmbaeyy auL
‘SMa “VM TeMod “Jorg “Ay OL, "Sa “CCIW ‘Auoqneg sossayorg
‘Wa “beg ‘purpy ysoaquoyy | SW “aa “tajsuraysaay Jo uvaq ayy ‘aay A19A “prozxg “P81 ‘es oune ‘ax0axg
SUA “WN ‘Taxes qxoqoy “aoyz} 2° Aqisioatuy) 24} Lop "a “TO'G “bsg “moos TPUyong “HD SUMO estes ers erseeesee* HOKE Jo APISIOATULE 9} LOJ *g “HT
AMA F49qQ OU ELH Sevacshaiste eimiatare tolerate eee Me eed AJISIAATU) aI} Jo AOTJaoURYD-a91, 9 Evcytay ann Bhrorerc ate ‘ cs 7
Tn a Soe , ISIOAT TF JO IOTT YO-O1A PUL | “S'a'd “T'O'd “Wed ‘SIIONI AUUVH LUALOU UIs
( “""'S'e'a ‘ployxo Jo doysig piory oy, ‘Sua ‘assoy Jo preg aq)
eee eee we wees ‘S'Ua TEaog IOssajorg ‘Sua “aw ‘T3aMO IOSSIJOIg |
Fi z ; eae ae ern sity w ede er tide “S'u'd ‘pr0sxo jo doysig 10'T OUL
Sq “Apooly "9 *H ‘WL “Sra “Tod “an “weg ‘uojuneyg +7, 281095 a1g *OFSI ‘OI Joquiajdog ‘NOLAWVHLNOG
"CW “Hae Aruayy |) +++ ephacae ae "aT ‘araaya'T aveyg sapreyQ ‘uoy yy Sry ‘S'W'd“8'9S'0'D ‘NOSIHOUNNM ADIN MOIUACOU WIS
o. see ee ONE ‘uojs1omyeg junoost,. "T'0'a ‘uojmqysy poy
eeeeeeeorTO'd ‘Gsnorogie x Jo [ey ayy, ‘Ia}soyoutA\ Jo smbivyy ayy,
‘SW “VW ‘paisuy sossajorg
CP er er ecvececeseces esse eeessers acenye © Cippermerr bexrs “bsa ‘<r “ad
‘Sata “WH “bsg ‘sudo weil Sw “TO “Wnt “bsg ‘Airy “g +5
“CEST ‘61 oune ‘aOaIUAaNVO
eso “Sra “qe ‘THHOSUAH ‘M ‘d NHOL UIS
teem wee ‘a'a ‘arsury 'y "ANY ‘ada ‘meyeiy a “ANT
WOuoN jo doystg ayy, ‘axoImMpreyy Jo [egy oy,
~_ *bsot 96aqq WIEN
‘S'U'a “ATT ‘Aqsaxoag + yy ‘aay
'S'T'a “bsg ‘qjaudayy semoyy,
‘SOT “bsq ‘plrayey WENT AA
eee eee ee eee ee ee ‘S'U'a “Tog “Dbsq ‘Keprie,y yeeyorpy
‘SW “HM “Woysmorg preg mg ayy ‘AapIoA JzeNAg UYOL “uoOR ay,
ee err ‘'S'D'a ‘yyadio py qunoost, ‘SU URVIT [UZ ty eq
"PEST ‘9% xaquieqdag ‘wu0X
{ OT. oh: a0 3 ‘yommSpag r0ssajorg *AOY UL,
{ “Sra “(ATg Jo weed) ‘ad ‘MOOOVAd *D ‘ADU UL
Pee tee Wee eg ORO OO IISA Ey mooie ‘A "mM |
ee
a os
spud “dl “T'O'd “bsg ‘seurnt wosHoUOHT “YL
. reese emcee Sway “bsq ‘ Tleysivyy Wey soulue
: seeeeeees OBplmquing ‘9801109 AQWULL, JO 1098] *SS8I ‘Zz seqmiazdag ‘saaa'y
“sy'u'd “S'D'a owen uo “Sra “a'd ‘TOMeT AA (MA AR OU Ltrs sees oman ysug 943
acer aD ASU ad Caw “Me ‘uoj1e3q Aory sudyew ap dmyg ag fo syueujsedaq Ar0jstH-[eANJENY 943 Jo yUepuazutadng
eececccee aC ORO eT “TW Senye W ‘soured “LWW ‘uoH quant EAR “oO Ur'S'TA'S Wd’ A'T'O'A “CN ‘NAMO CuvHoly
eee eee rau x)’ bo i*d' WwW “qouepop qunoost, ploy ou
wat “bsq ‘most AN SeuIOYyy,
‘s'ora “bsa ‘prep soxds *M
*y'g ‘ByOUT_] SvUIOgy, Ady
poe Ee ee
PTeREUUU eee eee eee eee ‘Ss’ Ft a ‘a[dvazUOy, Ploy oul
neeeeeeeree ST OSM “WLM “OTT “Dit “mBED preMore
ae ee . eee eee USP Ce OL bate acolo aanaeL
x J pueyary Jo [eAoy qaMOLONsY Soma a CO'TT ‘aoyepy "Yy UeITYILAA IS on p F
ee Ae Pe oA ae at teste. teecrereenes teteeseeesesess unrgna ‘uoleg Joyo ploy ONL |............ ota Acer hs Fi a eae aed 9H
Fol ged) ee ea Rewteinslegiannh “++ puUpod] JO LOTTPOUTYO PLOT ME (aes rong “ara “Cd {
ceesseeeersesesess apmqUreyy 9p JOqreL PLOT “asUpTiy Jo SIMDIUHL OUT AOTT ATUHANAH ‘ATU ML
eee eee eee eee er tee “urqud ‘adat[oo Aya, Jo ySOAOIG auL
plete pecs treseseeess-unrqng Jo JodVP PLOT OY} a[QumnouoY 3491 Oy,
‘beq qeangy 480M UYOL see ewe nr faso[O srouBly “ASU auL ‘bs ‘Toye pAopT yormareg seuroyy, "QS8I ‘9 ysndny ‘WVHNALIAHD
eee eee eee ee . 6s, 6 ul om dUepoy I
‘sua “bea ‘ dad aL So\ainiaiacanioentea ete s28) wa ‘T Og ee anae ecasung: tans a : re SNA PLOFXO jo Ajsaoary) ay} ur Aunjog jo 10ssay
EVA ATACOBULCO MCU) tI ayy sisis.clsjieisie dsieielsiecessnieisieipiasie a ca daeight el Ae a a Sw “a1 “CW ‘ANAGNVG ‘A “D) SHTUVHO
eee eeeee ee “Ss uw a WW ‘aoswou.., WLI 1Ossajorg
oe seeessssquipy Tedoy ay} JO JoqsuIy “Sua “VI ef eee) seuloy,L
r Soy atpanoy WRIT were rece eee eese ce sere ees eeeseresesesessens s wa Nice ‘wing IOzTBAL * ~ r
‘a'ln ‘wosxapuy semoyy, rossajorgy ssttttttttetteeees Ss ceeh teasers ‘rm Tse “beg ‘taumg sxmep bs ....... Fe Yad aes rd ger eS .
‘a'T7 ‘sueyg ugor | ** se eeeeee tee e eee eee ne eeee ‘ou “OTT “VI ‘TeAT septeyg ag L
ot eee e eens bee eeee seen eee ‘a Sw “Veg ‘guipiee WRIA IS
pete ee eeeeee . eee ceneeeeee ‘qq ‘auepwyoeyy pedroursg *Aey AoA OL
ween eee eee eter ewer eeee on “-S'D'W A “vga ‘sojva syooig qdosor
tee reereeeeeee seeeees eguyeare Om a TE sua “beat posse] WHerITEAL
; Been enacts st BAL ARS Acceannicr +> gapuqmeg ‘o8oT109 Apa, tire ‘
QW “weuUy seIOT.L J 14 soapy & “ Sets “a 08 aed PSBL ‘0B 1aquiejdag ‘TOOAumAIT
‘sure COW ‘uosuryorg ydasor ) 3,7 os : m ee eet cing ‘a gone SO antl a “Sard ‘AGMOUWUVH TO TAVE eM
re Uso “Saad “aN “aed ‘uoqedq Aory svdieyy ep dig 41g
* ee ee * 'S' Nip ww a “Sua Sanya Ww ‘£o[89}}01 AA. pio'y auL
f- eee ee bene eens - 2 ee semen SANT REBT Es 1OSsajolg 4 4
: ‘ f tresses eeeeereguarer Ssaukg *fog-qnary "sw'a “sot ‘gouedg WRIA “eo81 qaquiezdag “110
ip 4suy , «soqueyoaTy | TIMH ‘821d s bsq noe puree. ‘Aqowog ‘sop PU “IV] TMH 84} JO ‘Sarg “V'g'a “bsg “ysorg seTtLYO Behe syecrhns sateieecisisiele - £y0100g “Ta ‘quieg “sorg
991908 "Ud 78TH “dA OW 9 AxuoH | vs: Wa CV HMSpag “Jorg "say “S'u'a “T'O'a ‘Aepesey sossejorg | 7B 2S" Da “Swa'aA “VW “bsa ‘SNIMdOH WVITIIM
Coes sees sgeary ‘ySnosroqsepuoy ploy —-*S"' ‘OISIIUD JO VA OL
eee ae M a Ardin ‘att *AT[9AIS JOSsojoIg 'S'W'aA ‘SOAS: x) '4) AOSSOsOIg
eevee reece eseceeees ‘SV “VLU ‘sald “aa ‘ WOSUIGOY “YW ‘WL ‘ACW
"WOSTIAA "A “AA JOssajorg Jo" osteo 4sUsTORT ‘adaq[09 8, uaant ‘sold “qr ‘siueH *S *d ‘40 "B98 *{ saquiajdag ‘isvatag
‘an 99D, WII ILM ween eee eee ee es 0 a Ww ‘aa ‘syouly preapa "AY ey ++ Aqa10g esoyy ayy jo WN
*bsq ‘UeTIV ‘o'r el wee eee ewe eee ee eee sin 0,aig/ein/eis glee snyeiry ‘oyoageled “1, Arua 1g | ear eM ane sere ANIAVS GUVMAA TANOTOO
eevee eeee oe pete tees eessemcuar esata “WT WT ‘assoy JO Wey oy,
oreo TO ‘UaTHsuug Jo LUA OUT
*saluvVLadoas 1V9071 "SLNAGISAYd-JDIA “SLNAGISAYd
“Sad “a'r “bsy ‘useqirey went A,
clones sry “Cg somfessyo eyduray, "aay
veuwe Cee eeeveesescscens a oja id eUsha) pls eleieeele teetsere grgamtd
*b ‘
“beg te "and ere ac Surry JO agNINSUT ULOYWON, 943 JO MopIsard “bsg ‘ poo, SBlomotny
treseeeesers-arasnoMman Jo Josey “bsg ‘lag uviy MoT oeesy
ED ase ** apRLy, [BOD 94} Jo uBMIIeEYD “bsg ‘rode, ySny
"eQ8I ‘oz ysndny ‘ANA J-NO-ATLSYOMIN
steeeeeeseseucurer SOIT “d'd ‘SNOULSNUV ‘AL WIS
“bsg “a1q0N
se eceene sora “ord “Tod “aT eA sapaeygg as
(ea: er i sees ‘WA “weg ‘uvdaaor "OD 12778 MA JIS
seeeee cesses eer sgorr “giay af "T'9* a‘ ‘V'W ‘suepy *9 "ff 1Ossojorg
Ce ee ae + oy ‘vag ‘ "T'D° a‘ ‘Wit ‘sayoqS 9) 9) TOSsojoIg
ve ‘goug gy any oy, | 100070 Mou smotoney “eta grav ae he Hay a3 ue ea
‘ ‘V' ‘Suteary *q “5 rossojorg ‘ ‘ “SOT UV 'SUPYO *f *Aau eat ee Solely ae Paty ens ee v1 ++ aSprquieg Jo Aqrs
‘STE “Sta Sy ‘uoySurqug “isp Nome Tana betee vane cea Sad “TOG “WI ‘yorns pag IOSsaorg *Aey ayy, { -seatagQ aq? ur Aqdosonyg Tequotpadx pug jemnjzeny jo
apy ‘edaq109 Agrunyy, JOLIN SUA “A'C TAMU M “AM *AOY OL, | Iossajorg uvtuosyour “SUA “VW “SITTIA “ADH OL
wseeee wees +. * Aq JO uvaq “aq ‘ur poor Aoaivyy “Ady AIDA OTT.
(tresses ospriquien jo Aj1sJoATUy) BY} Jo JOTJaOULYD-291A 94} “Ao OTT, )
{ CO rr) ‘TOT “S's “bs § YOM AA ydasor
Taber TEI SCR OG «(U9 1 1h 7G ts a Cp “Sry ‘uosurspoxy "| TOSsojorg
wlejesiorfejnte tee ele chscforelerarrtietse eis aliaisie. dn eeureti anit este ie + See93s0q19
*V'a ‘ooosoy “g “Fy aossajorg | TPIS “Md BIT “serd “SLA CATT “bsg ‘omnor yoosorg some
‘bag “yng Omtosuue mmTY.) . cvescssntosccsseed.ceoessdeowncot dewey ene, mat Y NCEE
“bsg PION payry? Ae ae, sce: AA Nee UW “beg ‘Aajzeg sewoyy,
S'O'a “yg “bs ‘garystqae ‘d “T eee ey “Sw “Weg ‘poomAapr uttueluag stg
‘OM “Sw ad Ca W “seg ‘uoysq Aory “WW ep did 1s
SDA SU “A'C “toysoqoueyy Jo doyste proy ou,
ee eee ‘SOU “TO “aw ‘Aojueyg proT ony,
ee ed ‘S'O'U'A ‘aowsal[q Jo [eq oy,
"1981 ‘Ff raquiaydag ‘daLSaHONVIT
sees guar Cao “GIT “bsg ‘NUIVaUlVA WVITILM
Sone eee ts SOM ST Sed “OTT “CW ‘Auaqneg sossayorg
sees
‘S'O'A “VTE “bs ‘ag aB109 | 111)! PHOIFO ‘dom IHD Jo UAC “Cd TEPPYT “H “A ‘Aout G19, OU,
‘SOM SWE “beg Wpttig "gf HY flee cccccsceccccceceee cqugpegg Dee LE PHOTO Jo donsre PLOT OL ORS Ee eae
"STA SCM ‘uoysaqpoxy 81099 SS va Sa OWN Sao essoy Jone og, ('S' Vd “S'A'd'A CV ‘ATISHLLOUM GUOT UL
|
|
)
‘S'V'H" A'S Wa VW UyUOd lossqjorg "SUA CA purpoy s0ssajorg |
aULYSPIOFEO Jo JUBUAINAYT PIO'T “Soa “T'O'a ‘YBnosoqire Jo ayn ay,
| * PlOjJxO Jo AqIs19AIUL) 9} JO JO[[aoUBYO-adIA ‘T'O"C ‘auNaL *yq “AY OUT,
** plogxXQ Jo*aruy ay} JoLoTTaoULYD “T'D'G “O'a “D'M ‘Aquoqjo peg ong, )
*usaplaqy jo 4yunop 943 Jo rausAUOD “Sy” “CIT “bsq ‘uosmoyy, "y
eee Peewee rene
Sake ook OSU ICCC OL) h0 hy “ad ‘mosuIqoy "WL ‘AO OWL
POA ICC CLR “Wh “qanoole yy “A *M *A0tT oU1L
Peete ew ee eee ee 8A Serger fee "7 ‘ .
eeticewveWbloelnigge treet Onan ME SEPM HoIsoue PIAGCL ae ‘68 ‘FI taquioydeg ‘Naaauaay
Hiteeeeeeeees coger oon “WH “aE PUOSEA ‘A a uyor ng | LHOSNOO SONIUd AHL SSANHOIH 'IVAOU SIH
“bso ‘az AA “wy UYor
; ‘Vv’ W ‘JayMy Iossajorg
‘SO CA'S'U'a ‘TOON *¢ IOSSajolg
el POEMS HS “uaapszaqy Jo 4719 ay} JO ySOACIg PLOT qT,
hh ils Ss Sa SL °O'M “aT ‘Uaepsaqy Jo [req ONT,
POLEMIC OED IU NIN <I “Oy ‘puowyory Jo oynq ou,
tebe terete eerste eeeeeeseeneeseereseeeeeseuherr TOMIUSIG SBUIOL,
‘ ‘a8puquieg jo Aqiss9atuy ay ut Axjautoay rr mg aeaacld jo LOSSajOIg
Ki + i “Deo ‘sure onog uyo.
*T]OMOH Spurpy WOULD *AoqT Bid ond SY 8 reas “T9d. Ae “4 nee Sets eet
"WH ‘Woxduror Ydasop*AeN} ......++ -aBpizquieg Jo & ISIOAIU) 943 Ut AZO[OAN JO LOSsajolg UBIPAVA
sayduadayeqy “Aq Pig) ashe oy eee Mier et po cd
“POM OR SOU “SW a1" T “VW ‘qoumapag Wepy "Asy oD
ee opsPar® a “qe ‘neaplog 1239q uyor 11g
++ 5" *HTOJION JO JUBUaINELT-psory ‘19}890I0'T JO [AUG OY} ‘MOH WYANT ONAL,
0 9019 018: eaiele SMaIpuy “3g JO ApISIAAIU—) ‘spren0ey ‘VS pus Lozeales
"S98 ‘61 Jsn3ny ‘HOIMAON
seee ee enseeeeceeteceenesesensuareseeeen teens BQuTag
“sw “1T'O'd “a'W ‘aaHNOOH NOLIVA Haasor
‘45 Jo 0 aa1109 payin, eu Jo Tedyoutra Sour ‘ar ‘soquoy "Cr eed
aaa elardeisis wae relat eiacbioleipinvate sipiatiegie seeeeeeseee USimq
“CPE J Agrexoatay) amy 50 jedwung “s" wa “mod ‘asnoig pur IIs
eee er oeseee tp eeesanssoesecceesssces ogager ‘OIxB_ PIABC IIS
Biptey “Soa “sua ‘ Soltis “TOM “qaug ‘ UOSIYIINT *T YUeEpoy AIS
Cee ec ence te ceeeeesee ee ececccere ‘aw “weg ‘Aas uyoe ag
sees ++) say Spareuury priory am) “UO IYSNT OL
+ Dey folptty Jo [eq oy} “UOH IYI OUT
Peewee ree eee eee eeneee **bsqy ‘a8010 “\L
US VW a “sa “bsg ‘spur Tressny uyor
re 'S'T'a “SW “CW ex00H Ydosor
teeeeeess scout oy} Jo Jase “Stara “bsa ‘ ureqeis) svuloyy,
"t* arystUEySUZON Jo Lays yay “bsg ‘qqaM ‘0 ‘f
Seiler ania twnee ga ‘aN ‘wostuac “@ “f ‘OH qs OWL
Baia PeacuammonSiTison jo juvuoqynary- ploy ‘sadjagq ploy ‘uo ISN OWL
see" ** Q11yB1az89dIE'T JO JUBUAINOIT-ps0'T ‘puvpynyy Jo ayn 94} eVIE SIH
++*+> aaqshquoql Jo yuvUaynary-p10'T ‘atTYsuOAa Jo ONC OY} BIH SIH
(°° WH ‘suas sopmeyg cao oy, [cette ss “bsg foourgg Lr )
| treeeeeees grape “bea 9180 ‘a ‘a “bsa ‘preyetoyos went |
fe Cec encnevecceece OOS ONE On ‘faptoppy "g ‘9 ‘UOH ETiealus g ELA A
*bsq ‘uosiapuy youre
“bsg ‘Bory eye] uysny uyor
‘unl “bso ‘wossopueyy *¢
“WN ‘UCTICO.W ‘Af "A
*LOsl ‘t yeqmiajdag ‘agaNnanq
eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee ‘sua “TO'a
“oH ‘HONGANONA AO ANNG AHL AOVUD SIH
*9o8I ‘ee sndny ‘NV HONILLON
‘ola “Siva “bso ‘amory *f pavapa seeeeees egeare a Swn'o’ dD “Desay ‘ TAOUD ‘WU WVITTIA
*uOs}LIqoYy ‘Aq
"gost ‘9 19qmiajdag ‘WVHONINUIG
seeeeess HIOIXG Jo AjISIAATU]) 943 UL AB0jo9H Jo 10ssajorg
“sou “Suda “ATT “VW “bse ‘SdITTIHd NHOL
‘vw ‘dog "a “5 ‘Aout ONL
*bsq ‘uteproquieyg Aruay uyor
‘stp’ Cunt “bsg ‘smouqeyy Wer AL
Trrteeeesess + *E9sa0H0 AA JO doysig, pxory oy) puasoaoy Iu SI OL
“os waa “sad CTO “WH ‘Aa[S04901.M\ piory ‘uOH F4SI ONL
* aU1yS194899I0 A JO JULUAINOYT-P4O’y “UOy99,4"T PAOTT "UOH qy3Vy OWL
ees OAT SHOUMTL AA JO JUBUIINITT - PLOT ‘ySloT priory “MOH FSU OUL
ee ee re Aoipud jo peg ayy ‘u0H WBN auL
‘e * QITYSPAOYUIg Jo JULMAINeIT-p10T ‘ployyory Jo [way omy ‘UOH FWA OL
““s'D'd “sed ‘bsq ‘sieputs "AV
ee ay ‘bso ‘uosuryorq "H Stouey
ib erare bie /piatale bis: eelecne an “bso “AeA ‘a 'V
ows os ot “sua “dW “bsa ‘aah "AN
rreeeseeeses URE Jo UOdvapyoIy oy} a[qesoU9 A OUT
‘bsg ‘surg “70% 7° teeereeeres HIOjalaH JO Uva([ 9Y} puetoAay AI9 A PUL
's'O'a “beg ‘orooyy *D | °°" roeresenibneheoey Uasmiann cod PIOT uoH IUSIT OUT
ee teeeveeeeeeeeeseses TOSTON [IVA ‘UOH IWIN OL
c *ses9* uaem Jo smbavyl OY} PIGON ISOM OGL
Scshunairovemabea sconce ate a ete erase tate take ter coe akePote ais ce @ITySas
-10W10g Jo JUBUAINOLT psOT ‘AlOIIO puL ALON JO [Le Oy ‘MOH IYSIY ONL
"saluvLaYOaS 1V9071 *SLNAGISSYd"3SIA *SLN3GISaud
“V'W ‘POOMUIMA "H 'H ‘A0u OUT *PO8I ‘FI saqmioydag ‘Hivg
“sad “TO “WW “Hed “ITAAT SATUVHO UIS
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS. XXV
Presidents and Secretaries of the Sections of the Association.
MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES.
COMMITTEE OF SCIENCES, I.—MATHEMATICS AND GENERAL PHYSICS.
Date and Place. Presidents. Secretaries.
1832. Oxford ...... Davies Gilbert, D.C.L., F.R.S....|Rev. H. Coddington.
1833. Cambridge |Sir D. Brewster, E.R. s. aL, LER Prof. Forbes.
1834. Edinburgh |Rev. W. Whewell, F.R.S.......... Prof. Forbes, Prof, Lloyd.
SECTION A.—MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS.
1835. Dublin ...... Rey. Dr. Robinson..............2... Prof. Sir W. R. Hamilton, Prof.
Wheatstone.
1836. Bristol ...... Rey. William Whewell, F.R.S..../Prof. Forbes, W. S. Harris, F. W.
Jerrard.
1837. Liverpool ...\Sir D. Brewster, F.R.S............. W.S. Harris, Rey. Prof. Powell, Prof.
Stevelly.
1838. Neweastle...\Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Bart.,/Rev. Prof. Chevallier, Major Sabine,
E.RS. Prof. Stevelly.
1839. Birmingham Rey. Prof. Whewell, F.R.S. ......\J. D. Chance, W. Snow Harris, Prof.
Stevelly.
1840. Glasgow ...|Prof. Forbes, F.R.S. ..............- Rey. Dr. Forbes, Prof. Stevelly, Arch.
Smith.
1841. Plymouth.../Rey. Prof. Lloyd, F.R.S. -|Prof. Stevelly.
1842. Manchester | Very aa G. Peacock, “=D. D.. Prof. M‘Culloch, Prof. Stevelly, Rev.
FR W. Scoresby,
1843. Cork......... Prof aT Oallbch, AST SAS 35.835 J. Nott, Prof. Stevelly.
1844. York......... The Earl of Rosse, F.R.S.......... Rey. Wm. Hey, Prof. Stevelly.
1845. Cambridge. .|The Very Rey. the Dean of Ely .{Rev. H. Goodwin, Prof. Stevelly, a.
1846. Southampton
1847.
1848.
1849.
1850.
1851.
1852.
1853.
Swansea ..
Birmingham
Edinburgh...
sent en ees
1854. Liverpool..
Sir sone F. W. Herschel, Bart.,
E.R
Rey. eee Powell, M.A., F.R.S.
.|Lord Wrottesley, F.R.S.
William Hopkins, F.R.S..
Prof. J. D. Forbes, F.R.S., Sec.
R.S.E.
....|Rev. W. Whewell, D.D., F.RB.S.,
&e.
Prof. W. Thomson, M.A., F.R.S.
L. & E.
The Dean of Ely, F.R.S.
.|Prof. G. G. Stokes, M.A., Sec.
B.S.
G. Stokes.
John Drew, Dr. Stevelly, G. G.
Stokes.
-|Rey. H. Price, Prof. Stevelly, G. G.
Stokes.
-.|Dr. Stevelly, G. G. Stokes.
--|Prof. Stevelly, G. G. Stokes, W.
Ridout Wills.
W. J. Macquorn Rankine, Prof.
Smyth, Prof. Stevelly, Prof. G. G.
Stokes.
8. Jackson, W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
Prof. Stevelly, Prof. G. G. Stokes.
Prof. Dixon, W. J. Macquorn Ran-
kine, Prof. Stevelly, J. ai
..|B. Blaydes Haworth, J. D. Sollitt,
Prof. Stevelly, J. Welsh.
J. Hartnup, H. G. Puckle, Prof.
Stevelly, J. Tyndall, J. Welsh.
XXV1
REPORT— 1867.
Date and place.
1855.
1856.
1857.
1858.
1859.
1860.
1861.
1862.
1863.
1864.
1865.
1866.
1867.
1832.
1833.
1834.
1835.
1836.
1837.
1838.
1839.
1840.
1841.
1842.
1843.
1844.
1845.
Glasgow ...
Cheltenham
Dublin
Aberdeen ...
Oxford ......
Manchester .
Cambridge
Newcastle...
Birmingham
Nottingham
Dundee......
Presidents.
an’ Prof. Kelland, M.A., F.R.S.
L. & E.
Rey. R. Walker, M.A., F.R.S. .
Rev. T. R. Robinson, DD., F.B.S.,
M.R.LA.
Rev. W. Whewell, D.D., V.P.R.S.
The Earl of Rosse, M.A., K.P.,
ERS.
Rev. B. Price, M.A., F.R.S. ......
G. B. Airy, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S.
.|Prof. G. G. Stokes, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
C.E., F.R.S.
M.A, FERS,
W. Spottiswoode, M.A., F.R.S.,
E.R.AS.
Prof. Cayley,
FE.R.A.S.
Prof. Wheatstone, D.C.L., F.R.S.
Prof. Sir W. Thomson, D.C.L.,
E.BS.
Secretaries.
Rey. Dr. Forbes, Prof. D. Gray, Prof.
Tyndall.
..1C. Brooke, Rev. T. A. Southwood,
Prof. Stevelly, Rev. J. C. Turnbull.
Prof. Curtis, Prof. Hennessy, P. A.
Ninnis, W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
Prof. Stevelly.
Rey. 8. Earnshaw, J. P. Hennessy,
Prof. Stevelly, HS Smith, Prof.
Tyndall.
J. P. Hennessy, Prof. Maxwell, H. J.
Smith, Prof. Stevelly
(Rey. G. C. Bell, Rev. T. Rennison,
Prof. Stevelly.
Prof. R. B. Clifton, Prof. H. J. 8.
Smith, Prof. Stevelly.
Prof. R. B. Clifton, Prof. H. J. S.
Smith, Prof. Stevelly.
Rey. N. Ferrers, Prof. Fuller, F. Jen-
kin, Prof. Stevelly, Rev. C. T.
Whitley.
Prof. Fuller, F. Jenkin, Rey. G.
Buckle, Prof. Stevelly.
Rey. T. N. Hutchinson, F. Jenkin, G.
8. Mathews, Prof. H. J. 8. Smith,
J. M. Wilson.
Fleeming Jenkin, Prof. H. J. 8. Smith,
8. N. Swann.
Rev. C. Buckle, Prof. G. C. Foster,
Prof. Fuller, Prof. Swan.
CHEMICAL SCIENCE.
COMMITTEE OF SCIENCES, II.—CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY,
Oxford
John Dalton, D.C.L., F.R.S....... James F. W. Johnston.
Cambridge..|John Dalton, DOT. Wa. ..cns. Prof. Miller.
Mr. Johnston, Dr. Christison.
Dr. Apjohn, Prof. Johnston.
Dr. Apjohn, Dr, C. Henry, W. Hera-
path.
Prof. Johnston, Prof. Miller, Dr.
Reynolds.
Prof. Miller, R. L. Pattinson, Thomas
Richardson.
..{Golding Bird, M.D., Dr. J. B. Melson.
..|Dr. R. D. Thomson, Dr. T. Clark,
Dr. L. Playfair.
J. Prideaux, Rebert Hunt, W. M.
Tweedy.
Dr. L. Playfair, R. Hunt, J. Graham.
R. Hunt, Dr. Sweeny.
..|Dr. L. Playfair, E. Solly, T. H. Barker.
Hidinburgh) A) Dr SH Opes-cme seas. -aeesesebeeaseeeeans
SECTION B.—CHEMISTRY AND MINERALOGY.
Dublin ...... Dr. T. Thomson, F.R.S. .........
Bristol ...... Rev. Prof. Cumming...............
Liverpool .../Michael Faraday, F.R.S. .........
Newcastle ...|Rev. William Whewell, F.R.S....
Birmingham|Prof. T. Graham, F.R.S8. ...
Glasgow ...|Dr. Thomas Thomson, E.R. S.
Plymouth...|Dr. Daubeny, F.R.S. ..............-
Manchester .'John Dalton, D.C.L., F.R.S.......
Cork. ...4.c0s (Prof. Apjohn, M.R.LA. .........
York ree Prof. T. Graham, F-.R.S.
Cambridge . Rev. Prof. Cumming ..........0665
R. Hunt, J.
E. Solly.
P. Joule, Prof. Miller.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
enn eee EUaEEE EIS nInIEISS ISSUE UnS SSUES
|
Date and Place. Presidents. |
1846. Southampton|Michael Faraday, D.C.L., ERBS.|
1847. Oxford ...... Rey.W. V. Harcourt, M.A., F.R.S.
1848. Swansea ...,Richard Phillips, F.R.S. .........|
1849. Birmingham|John Percy, M.D., F.R.S..........
1850. Edinburgh .|Dr. Christison, V.P.R.S.E. ......
1851. Ipswich _ ...|Prof. Thomas Graham, F.R.S. ...
1852. Belfast ...... Thomas Andrews, M.D., F.R.S..
Pesos Eta ......<. Prof. J. F. W. Johnston, M.A.,|
ERS.
1854. Liverpool...|Prof. W. A. Miller, M.D., F.R.S.
1855. Glasgow ...'Dr. Lyon Playfair, C.B., F.R.S. .|
1856. Cheltenham |Prof. B. C. Brodie, F.R.S..........
1857. Dublin ......|Prof. Apjohn, M.D., F.BS.,
M.R.LA. ’
1858. Leeds ...... Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Bart.,|
D.C.L.
1859. Aberdeen .../Dr. Lyon Playfair, C.B., F.R.S. .
1860. Oxford ...... Prof. B. C. Brodie, M.A., F.R.S. .|
1861. Manchester ./Prof. W. A. Miller, M.D., F.R.S.)
1862. Cambridge .|Prof. W. A. Miller, M.D., F.R.S.|
1863. Newcastle.../Dr. Alex. W. Williamson, F.R.S.
1864. Bath......... W. Odling, M.B., F.R.S., F.C.S..
1865. Birmingham Prof.W. A. Miller, M.D.,V.P.B.8.|
1866. Nottingham |H. Bence Jones, M.D., F.R.S. ...
1867. Dundee....../Prof. T. Anderson,M.D., F.R.S.E.
Secretaries.
Dr. Miller, R. Hunt, W. Randall.
B. C. Brodie, R. Hunt., Prof. Solly.
T. H. Henry, R. Hunt, T. Williams.
R. Hunt, G. Shaw.
Dr. Anderson, R. Hunt, Dr. Wilson.
T. J. Pearsall, W. S. Ward.
Dr. Gladstone, Prof. Hodges, Prof.
Ronalds.
H. 8. Blundell, Prof. R. Hunt, T. J.
Pearsall.
Dr. Edwards, Dr.
Price.
Prof. Frankland, Dr. H. E. Roscoe.
J. Horsley, P. J. Worsley, Prof.
Voelcker.
Dr. Davy, Dr. Gladstone, Prof. Sul-
livan.
Dr. Gladstone, W. Odling, R. Rey-
nolds.
J. S. Brazier, Dr. Gladstone, G. D.
Liveing, Dr. Odling.
A. Vernon Harcourt, G. D. Liveing,
A. B. Northcote.
A. Vernon Harcourt, G. D. Liveing.
H. W. Elphinstone, W. Odling, Prof.
Roscoe.
Prof. Liveing, H. L. Pattinson, J. C.
Stevenson.
A. V. Harcourt, Prof. Liveing, R.
Biggs.
A. V. Harcourt, H. Adkins, Prof.
Wanklyn, A. Winkler Wills.
J. H. Atherton, Prof. Liveing, W. J.
Russell, J. White.
A. Crum Brown, Prof. G. D. Liveing,
Gladstone, Dr.
W. J. Russell.
GEOLOGICAL (anp, unri. 1851, GEOGRAPHICAL) SCIENCE.
COMMITTEE OF SCIENCES, III.—GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY.
1832. Oxford...... R. I. Murchison, F.R.S. ......... John Taylor.
1833. Cambridge..|G. B. Greenough, F.R.S. ........./W. Lonsdale, John Phillips.
1834. Edinburgh../Prof. Jameson ..........-...-+6-+++ Prof. Phillips, T. Jameson Torrie,
Rev. J. Yates.
SECTION C.—GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY.
1835. Dublin ...... Df Pade (Gari iai ph anes apedbeeinenoncees Captain Portlock, T. J. Torrie.
1836. Bristol ...... Rev. Dr. Buckland, F.R.S.— Geo- William Sanders, S. Stutchbury, T. J.
1837. Liverpool...
1838. Newcastle ..
1839. Birmingham
graphy. R.I.Murchison,F.R.S.
Rey. Prof. Sedgwick, F.R.S.— Geo-
graphy. G.B. Greenough, F.R.S.
C. Lyell, F.R.S., V.P.G.S.— Geo-
graphy. Lord Prudhope.
Rey. Dr. Buckland, F.R.S.— Geo-!
graphy. G.B.Greenough,F.R.S. |
Torrie.
Captain Portlock, R. Hunter.—Geo-
graphy. Captain H. M. Denham,
N
W. C. Trevelyan, Capt. Portlock.—
Geography. Capt. Washington.
George Lloyd, M.D., H. E. Strickland,
Charles Darwin.
XXVill
REPORT—1867.
Date and Place.
1840. Glasgow .
1841. Plymouth ../H. T. De la Beche, F.R.S.
1842. Manchester |R. I. Murchison, F.R.S8. ........
1843. Cork......... Richard E. Griffith, F.R.S.,
M.RB.I1.A.
1844. York......... Henry Warburton, M.P., Pres.
Geol. Soe.
1845. Cambridge .|Rev. Prof. Sedgwick, M.A., F.R.S.
1846. Southampton|Leonard Horner, F.R.S.— Geogra-
1847. Oxford...... Very Rey. Dr. Buckland, F.R.S.
1848. Swansea
E.B.S.
1849. Birmingham Sir Charles Lyell, F.R.S., F.G.8.
1850. Edinburgh *|Sir Roderick I. Murchison,F.R.8.
1851.
1861.
1862.
1863.
1864.
. Glasgow ...
Presidents.
..|Charles Lyell, F.R.S.— Geogra-
phy. G. B. Greenough, F.R.S.
phy. G. B. Greenough, F.R.S.
..\Sir H. T. De la Beche, C.B.,
Secretaries.
W. J. Hamilton, D. Milne, Hugh
Murray, H. E. Strickland, John
Scoular, M.D.
W.J. Hamilton, Edward Moore,M.D.,
R. Hutton.
.|E. W. Binney, R. Hutton, Dr. R.
Lloyd, H. B. Strickland.
Francis M. Jennings, H. E. Strick-
land.
Prof. Ansted, E. H. Bunbury.
Rey. J. C. Cumming, A. C. Ramsay,
Rey. W. Thorp.
Robert A. Austen, J. H. Norten, M.D.,
Prof. Oldham.— Geography. Dr. C.
T. Beke.
Prof. Ansted, Prof. Oldham, A. C.
Ramsay, J. Ruskin.
Starling Benson, Prof. Oldham, Prof.
Ramsay.
J. Beete Jukes, Prof. Oldham, Prof.
A. C. Ramsay.
A. Keith Johnston, Hugh Miller, Pro-
fessor Nicol.
SECTION ¢. (continued. )—GEOLOGY.
Ipswich ...{William Hopkins, M.A., F.R.S...
. Belfast...... Lieut.-Col. Portlock, R.E., F.R.S.
Bullets Prof. Sedgwick, F.R.S. ..........4.
Liverpool ..|Prof. Edward Forbes, F.R.S. ...
Sir R. I. Murchison, F.R.S. ......
Cheltenham|Prof. A. C. Ramsay, F.R.S. ......
Dublin...... The Lord Talbot de Malahide ...
Leeds William Hopkins, M.A., LL.D.,
E.R.S.
Aberdeen...|/Sir Charles Lyell, LL.D., D.C.L.,
E.R.S.
. Prof. Sedgwick, LL.D.,
E.RB.S., F.G:8.
Manchester|Sir R. I. Murchison, D.C.L.,
LL.D., F.B.S., &e.
Cambridge |J. Beete Jukes, M.A., F.R.S.......
Newcastle.../Prof. Warington, W. Smyth,
E.RBS., F.G.8.
C. J. F. Bunbury, G. W. Ormerod,
Searles Wood.
James Bryce, James MacAdam, Prof.
M‘Coy, Prof. Nicol.
Prof. Harkness, William Lawton.
John Cunningham, Prof. Harkness,
G. W. Ormerod, J. W. Woodall.
James Bryce, Prof. Harkness, Prof.
Nicol.
Rey. P. B. Brodie, Rey. R. Hepworth,
Edward Hull, J. Scougall, T. Wright.
Prof. Harkness, Gilbert Sanders, Ro-
bert H. Scott.
Prof. Nicol, H. C. Sorby, E. W.
Shaw.
Prof. Harkness, Rey. J. Longmuir, H.
C. Sorby.
Prof. Harkness, Edward Hull, Capt.
Woodall.
Prof. Harkness, Edward Hull, T. Ru-
pert Jones, G. W. Ormerod.
Lucas Barrett, Prof. T. Rupert Jones,
H. C. Sorby.
E. F. Boyd, John Daglish, H. C. Sor-
by, Thomas Sopwith.
Bath i..5: Prof. J. Phillips, LL.D., F.RS.,
F.G.S.
W. B. Dawkins, J. Johnston, H. C.
Sorby, W. Pengelly.
* At the Meeting of the General Committee held in Edinburgh, it was agreed “That the
subject of Geography be separated from Geology and combined with Ethnology, to consti-
tute a separate Section, under the title of the “ Geographical and Ethnological Section,”
for Presidents and Secretaries of which see page xxxi.
a ee eee
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS. XxXix
Date and place. Presidents. Secretaries.
1865. Birmingham|Sir R. I. Murchison, Bart., K.C.B./Rev. P. B. Brodie, J. Jones, Rev. E.
Myers, H. C. Sorby, W. Pengelly.
1866. Nottingham|Prof. A. C.Ramsay, LL.D.,F.R.S..R. Etheridge, W. Pengelly, T. Wil-
son, G. H. Wright.
1867. Dundee ...|Archibald Geikie, F.R.S., F.G.S./Edward Hull, W. Pengelly, Henry
| Woodward.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES.
COMMITTEE OF SCIENCES, IV.—ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, PHYSIOLOGY, ANATOMY.
1832. Oxford...... Rey. P. B. Duncan, F.G.S. ....../Rev. Prof. J. 8S. Henslow.
1833. Cambridge*|Rev. W. L. P. Garnons, F.L.S....|C. C. Babington, D. Don.
1834, Edinburgh |Prof. Graham..................c6008 W. Yarrell, Prof. Burnett.
SECTION D.—ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY.
1835. Dublin...... ID TS WAU AIY, ccssnccessececanccresseuce J. Curtis, Dr. Litton.
1836. Bristol...... Rey. Prof. Henslow ............ ...(J. Curtis, Prof. Don, Dr. Riley, S.
Rootsey.
1837. Liverpool...|W. S. MacLeay ..............:00000 C. C. Babington, Rev. L. Jenyns, W.
Swainson.
1838. Newcastle |Sir W. Jardine, Bart............... J. E. Gray, Prof. Jones, R. Owen, Dr.
Richardson.
1839. Birmingham|Prof. Owen, F.R.S...................|H. Forbes, W. Ick, R. Patterson.
1840. Glasgow .../Sir W. J. Hooker, LL.D.......... Prof. W. Couper, E. Forbes, R. Pat-
terson.
1841. Plymouth {John Richardson, M.D., F.R.S....|J. Couch, Dr. Lankester, R. Patterson.
1842. Manchester|Hon. and Very Rey. W. Herbert,|Dr. Lankester, R. Patterson, J. A.
LL.D., F.L.S. Turner.
1843. Cork.........;William Thompson, F.L.S. ......|G. J. Allman, Dr. Lankester, R. Pat-
terson.
1844. York ...... Very Rey.The Dean of Manchester|Prof. Allman, H. Goodsir, Dr. King,
Dr. Lankester.
1845. Cambridge |Rev. Prof. Henslow, F.L.S. ......|Dr. Lankester, T. V. Wollaston.
1846. Southampt"/Sir J. Richardson, M.D., F.R.S.../Dr. Lankester, T. V. Wollaston, H.
Wooldridge.
1847. Oxford...... H, E. Strickland, M.A., F.R.S..../Dr. Lankester, Dr. Melville, T. V.
Wollaston.
SECTION D.—ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, INCLUDING PHYSIOLOGY.
[For Anatomical and Physiological Subsections and the temporary Section E of Ana-
_ tomy and Medicine, see pp. xxx, xxxi. For the Presidents and Secretaries see p. xxxi.]
1848. Swansea ...|/L. W. Dillwyn, F.RB.S. ............ Dr. R. Wilbraham Falconer, A. Hen-
frey, Dr. Lankester.
1849. Birmingham] William Spence, F.R.S. ......... Dr. Lankester, Dr. Russell.
1850. Edinburgh ..|Prof. Goodsir, F.R.8.L.& EH. ...|Prof. J. H. Bennett, M.D., Dr. Lan-
kester, Dr. Douglas Maclagan.
1851. Ipswich...... Rev. Prof. Henslow, M.A., F.R.S./Prof. Allman, F. W. Johnston, Dr. E.
Lankester.
1852. Belfast ...... Wie Optloyarcs atti ass 2nchoat hades Dr. Dickie, George C. Hyndman, Dr.
dwin Lankester.
#853: Hull ......... C. C. Babington, M.A., F.R.S....|Robert Harrison, Dr. E. Lankester.
* At this Meeting Physiology and Anatomy were made a separate Committee, for
Presidents and Secretaries of which see p. xxx.
XXX
Date and Place. Presidents.
1854. Liverpool ...|Prof. Balfour, M.D., E-R.S......-
1855. Glasgow .../Rev. Dr. Fleeming, F.R.S.E. ...
1856. Cheltenham ./Thomas Bell, F.R.S., Pres. L.S.
1857. Dublin ...... Prof. W. H. Harvey, M.D., F.R.S.
1858. Leeds......... C. C. Babington, M.A., F.R.S. ...
..|Sit W. Jardine, Bart., F.R.S.E. .
‘fie Rev. Prof. Henslow, F.LS. ......
. Manchester .|Prof. C. C. Babington, F.R.S. ...
. Cambridge ..|Prof. Huxley, F.R.S................
. Neweastle ...|Prof. Balfour, M.D., F.R.S.......
Ath costoeeea Dr. John E. Gray, F.R.S.
. Birmingham|T. Thomson, M.D., IDM iris Reoeeene
1866, Nottingham.|/Prof. Huxley, LL.D, F.R.S.—|
Physiological Dep. Prof. Hum-
phry, M.D., F.R.S.—Anthropo-
logical Dep. Alfred R. Wallace,
| F.R.G.S.
Dundee ...... ‘Prof. Sharpey, M.D., Sec. R.S.—
Dep. of Zool. and Bot. George
1867.
REPORT— 1867.
Secretaries.
Isaac Byerley, Dr. E. Lankester.
William Keddie, Dr. Lankester.
Dr. J. Abercrombie, Prof. Buckman,
Dr. Lankester.
Prof. J. R. Kinahan, Dr. E. Lan-
kester, Robert Patterson, Dr. W. E.
Steele.
Henry Denny, Dr. Heaton, Dr. E.
Lankester, Dr. E. Perceval Wright.
Prof. Dickie, M.D, Dr. H. Lankester,
Dr. Ogilvy.
W.S. Church, Dr. E. Lankester, P.
L. Selater, Dr. E. Perceval Wright.
Dr. T. Alcock, Dr. E. Lankester, Dr.
P. L. Sclater, Dr. E. P. Wright.
Alfred Newton, Dr. E. P. Wright.
Dr. E. Charlton, A. Newton, Rey. H.
B. Tristram, Dr. E. P. Wright.
H. B. Brady, C. E. Broom, H. T.
Stainton, Dr. E. P. Wright.
Dr. J. Anthony, Rev. C. Clarke, Rev.
H. B. Tristram, Dr. E. P. Wright.
SECTION D.—BIOLOGY*.
Dr. J. Beddard, W. Felkin, Rey. H.
B. Tristram, W. Turner, FE. B.
Tylor, Dr. E. P. Wright.
C. Spence Bate, Dr. 8. Cobbold, Dr.
M. Foster, H. T. Stainton, Rev. H.
Busk, M.D., F.R.S.
B. Tristram, Prof. W. Turner.
ANATOMICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL SCIENCES.
COMMITTEES OF SCIENCES, V.—ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
1833.
1834.
Cambridge .|Dr. Haviland .................-...4..
Edinburgh ..|Dr. Abercrombie
SECTION E. (UNTIL 1847.)—anat
1835. Dublin ...... DEP ritGHALOs, saceenssccseeee seas cues
1836. Bristol ...... Drs Rotel, HORS: 12; .sesdecckns sence
1837. Liverpool ...|Prof. W. Clark, M.D. ............
1838. Newcastle ...|T. E. Headlam, M.D.
1839. Birmingham|Jobhn Yelloly, M.D., F.R.S. ......
1840. Glasgow ...|James Watson, M.D................
1841. Plymouth ...|P. M. Roget, M.D., Sec. R.S. ..
1842. Manchester .|Edward Holme, M.D., F.L.S. ...
1843. Cork ......... Sir James Pitcairn, M.D..........
1844. York ......... JsCebrtenardy MID. s....205.5.-
Dr. Bond, Mr. Paget.
Dr. Roget, Dr. William Thomson.
OMY AND MEDICINE.
Dr. Harrison, Dr. Hart.
Dr. Symonds.
Dr. J. Carson, jun., James Long, Dr.
J. R. W. Vose.
T. M. Greenhow, Dr. J. R. W. Vose.
Dr. G. O. Rees, F. Ryland.
Dr. J. Brown, Prof. Couper, Prof.
Reid.
.|\Dr. J. Butter, J. Fuge, Dr. R. 8.
Sargent.
Dr. Chaytor, Dr. Sargent.
Dr. John Popham, Dr. R. 8. Sargent.
I. Erichsen, Dr. R. S. Sargent.
* At the Meeting of the General Committee at Birmingham, it was resolved :—“ That the
title of Section D be changed to Biology ;” and ‘“ That for the word ‘Subsection’ in the
third paragraph of the business of the Sections, the word ‘ Department’ be substituted.”
1856. Cheltenham.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES
OF THE SECTIONS. XXX1
Date and Place. Presidents.
Secretaries.
~ SECTION E.— PHYSIOLOGY.
1845. Cambridge ..|Prof. J. Haviland, M.D. .........
1846. Southampton|Prof. Owen, M.D., F.R.S.
1847. Oxford*...... Prof. Ogle, M.D., F.R.S. .........
Dr. R. 8. Sargent, Dr. Webster.
C. P. Keele, Dr. Layeock, Dr. Sargent.
Dr. Thomas, K. Chambers, W. P.
PHYSIOLOGICAL SUBS
1850. Edinburgh ..{Prof. Bennett, M.D., F.R.S.E. ...
1855. Glasgow ...|Prof. Allen Thomson, F.R.S. .
1857. Dublin Prof. R. Harrison, M.D. .........
wegeches Sir Benjamin Brodie, Bart.,F.R.S.
..|Prof. Sharpey, M.D., Sec. B.S...
1860. Oxford ......|Prof. G. Rolleston, M.D., F.L.S.
1861. Manchester .|Dr. John Davy, F.R.S.L. & E....
1862. Cambridge ..|C, E. Paget, M.D. ..................
1863. Newcastle ...|Prof. Rolleston, M.D., F.R.S. ...
1864. Bath Dr. Edward Smith, LL.D., F.R.
1865. Birmingham|Prof. Acland, M.D., LL.D.,F.R.
8.
8.
Ormerod.
ECTIONS.
..|Prof. J. H. Corbett, Dr. J. Struthers.
Dr. R. D. Lyons, Prof. Redfern.
C. G. Wheelhouse.
Prof. Bennett, Prof. Redfern.
\Dr. R. M‘Donnell, Dr. Edward Smith.
Dr. W. Roberts, Dr. Edward Smith.
G. F. Helm, Dr. Edward Smith.
‘Dr. D. Embleton, Dr. W. Turner.
J.S. Bartrum, Dr. W. Turner.
Dr. A. Fleming, Dr. P. Heslop, Oliver
Pembleton, Dr. W. Turner.
GEOGRAPHICAL AND ETHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES.
[For Presidents and Secretaries previous to
1851, see Section C, p. xxvii.]
ETHNOLOGICAL SUBSECTIONS.
1846. Southampton|Dr. Pritchard
1847. Oxford Prof. H. H. Wilson, M.A.
1849. Birmingham
1850. Glasgow .../Vice-Admiral Sir A. Malcolm
Dr. King.
Prof. Buckley.
G. Grant Francis.
Dr. R. G. Latham.
Daniel Wilson.
SECTION E.— GEOGRAPHY AND ETHNOLOGY.
1851. Ipswich
1852. Belfast
1853. Hull
1854, Liverpool ...
1855. Glasgow ...
Sir R. I. Murchison, F.R.S., Pres.
R.GS.
Col. Chesney, R.A., D.C.L.,
E.R.S.
R. G. Latham, M.D., F.R.S.
Sir R. I. Murchison, D.C.L.,
E.RBS.
Sir J. Richardson, M.D., F.R.S.
Col. Sir H. C. Rawlinson, K.C.B.
1857. Dublin ...... Rev. Dr. J. Henthawn Todd, Pres.
R.LA.
1858, Leeds......... Sir R. I. Murchison, G.C.St.S.,
E.R.S.
* By direction of the General Committee at Oxfor
R. Cull, Rev. J. W. Donaldson, Dr.
Norton Shaw.
R. Cull, R. MacAdam, Dr. Norton
Shaw.
...|R. Cull, Rey. H. W, Kemp, Dr. Nor-
ton Shaw.
Richard Cull, Rey. H. Higgins, Dr.
Thne, Dr. Norton Shaw.
Dr. W. G. Blackie, R. Cull, Dr. Nor-
ton Shaw.
R. Cull, F. D. Hartland, W. H. Rum-
sey, Dr. Norton Shaw.
R. Cull, 8S. Ferguson, Dr. R. R. Mad-
den, Dr. Norton Shaw.
R. Cull, Francis Galton, P. O’Cal-
laghan, Dr. Norton Shaw, Thomas
Wright.
d, Sections D and E were incorporated
under the name of “ Section D-—Zoology and Botany, including Physiology ” (see p. xxix).
Section being then vacant was assigned in 1851 to Geography.
KXX11 REPORT—1867.
Date and Place. Presidents. Secretaries.
1859. Aberdeen .../Rear-Admiral Sir James Clerk|Richard Cull, Professor Geddes, Dr.
Ross, D.C.L., F.R.S. Norton Shaw.
1860. Oxford ...... Sir R. I. Murchison, D.C.L., |Capt. Burrows, Dr. J. Hunt, Dr. C.
E.RBS. Lempriere, Dr. Norton Shaw.
1861. Manchester .|John Crawfurd, F.R.S. ............ Dr. J. Hunt, J. Kingsley, Dr. Norton
Shaw, W. Spottiswoode.
1862. Cambridge ../Francis Galton, F.R.S. ............ J. W. Clarke, Rey. J. Glover, Dr.
Hunt, Dr. Norton Shaw, T. Wright.
1863. Newcastle ...\Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., |C. Carter Blake, Hume Greenfield,
F.B.S. C. R. Markham, R. S. Watson.
1864. Bath ......... Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., |H. W. Bates, C. R. Markham, Capt.
FE.R.S. R. M. Murchison, T. Wright.
1865. Birmingham|Major-General Sir R. Rawlinson,|H. W. Bates, S. Evans, G. Jabet, C.
M.P., K.C.B., F.R.S. R. Markham, Thomas Wright.
1866. Nottingham.|Sir Charles Nicholson, Bart., |H. W. Bates, Rey. E. T. Cusins, R.
LL.D. H. Major, Clements R. Markham,
D. W. Nash, T. Wright.
1867. Dundee...... Sir Samuel Baker, F.R.G.S.......,H. W. Bates, Cyril Graham, C. R.
Markhan, S. J. Mackie, R. Sturrock.
STATISTICAL SCIENCE.
COMMITTEES OF SCIENCES, VI.— STATISTICS,
1833. Cambridge .|Prof. Babbage, F.R.S. ............ J. E. Drinkwater.
1834. Edinburgh .|Sir Charles Lemon, Bart. ........./Dr. Cleland, C. Hope Maclean.
SECTION F,—STATISTICS.
1835. Dublin ...... \Charles Babbage, F.R.S. ........./W. Greg, Prof. Longfield.
1836. Bristol ...... Sir Charles Lemon, Bart., F.R.S.|Rev. J. E. Bromby, C. B. Fripp,
James Heywood.
1837. Liverpool ...|Rt. Hon. Lord Sandon ............ Sy are. W. Langton, Dr. W. C.
ayler.
1838. Newcastle ...|Colonel Sykes, F.R.S. ..........4. W. Cargill, J. Heywood, W. R. Wood.
1839. Birmingham|Henry Hallam, F.R.S. ............ F. — R. W Rawson, Dr. W. C.
‘ayler.
1840. Glasgow ...|Rt. Hon. Lord Sandon, F.R.S.,/C. R. Baird, Prof. Ramsay, R. W.
M.P. Rawson.
1841. Plymouth .,.|Lieut.-Col. Sykes, F.R.S. ........./Rev. Dr. Byrth, Rev. R. Luney, R.
W. Rawson.
1842. Manchester .|G. W. Wood, M.P., F.L.S. ......|Rev. R. Luney, G. W. Ormerod, Dr.
W. C. Tayler.
1843. Cork ......... Sir C. Lemon, Bart., M.P. ....../Dr. D. Bullen, Dr. W. Cooke Tayler.
1844. York ......... Lieut.-Col. Sykes, F.R.S., F.L.S. |J. Fletcher, J. Heywood, Dr. Laycock.
1845. Cambridge ..|Rt. Hon. The Earl Fitzwilliam.../J. Fletcher, W. Cooke Tayler, LL.D.
1846.Southampton|G. R. Porter, F.R.S. ............... J. Fletcher, F. G. P. Neison, Dr. W.
C. Tayler, Rev. T. L. Shapcott.
1847. Oxford ...... Travers Twiss, D.C.L., F.R.S. ...|Rev. W. H. Cox, J. J. Danson, F. G.
P. Neison.
1848. Swansea ...|J. H. Vivian, M.P., F.R.S. ....../J. Fletcher, Capt. R. Shortrede.
1849. Birmingham|Rt. Hon. Lord Lyttelton ......... pe Finch, Prof. Hancock, F. G. P.
eison.
1850. Edinburgh ..|Very Rev. Dr. John Lee, Prof. Hancock, J. Fletcher, Dr. J.
V.P.R.S.E. Stark.
1851. Ipswich...... Sir John P. Boileau, Bart. ...... J. Fletcher, Prof. Hancock.
1852. Belfast ...... His Grace the Archbishop of|Prof. Hancock, Prof. Ingram, James
Dublin. MacAdam, Jun.
1853. Hull i ecc.. James Heywood, M.P., F.R.S. ...{Edward Cheshire, William Newmarch.
PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF THE SECTIONS.
XXxlli
Date and Place. President. Secretaries.
1854. Liverpool ...|Thomas Tooke, F.R.S. ............ E. Cheshire, J. T. Danson, Dr. W. H.
Duncan, W. Newmarch.
1855, Glasgow ...../R. Monckton Miles, M.P.......... J. A. Campbell, E. Cheshire, W. New-
1856.
1857.
1858.
1859.
1860.
1861,
1862.
1863.
1864.
1865.
1866.
1867.
1836.
1837.
1838.
1839.
1840.
1841.
1842.
1843.
1844.
1845.
march, Prof. R. H. Walsh.
SECTION F.—ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS,
Cheltenham
Manchester
Cambridge. .
Newcastle ...
Birmingham
Nottingham
Rt. Hon. Lord Stanley, M.P.
His Grace the Archbishop of
Dublin, M.R.I.A.
Edward Baines
..|Col. Sykes, M.P., F.R.S, .........
Nassau W. Senior, M.A. .........
William Newmarch, F.R.S. ......
Edwin Chadwick, O.B. ............
William Tite, M.P., F.R.S. ......
William Farr, M.D., D.C.L.,
E.R.S.
Rt. Hon. Lord Stanley, LL.D.,
M.P.
Prof. J. E. T. Rogers
Bristol
Liverpool ...
Neweastle ...
Birmingham
Glasgow
Plymouth...
Manchester .
Cambridge ..
1846. Southampton
1847.
Oxford
. Swansea......
. Birmingham
. Edinburgh ..
. Ipswich
. Belfast
sees
1867.
M. E. Grant Duff, M.P.
Rey. C. H. Bromby, E. Cheshire, Dr.
W. N. Hancock Newmarch, W. M.
Tartt.
Prof. Cairns, Dr. H. D. Hutton, W.
Newmarch.
T. B. Baines, Prof. Cairns, 8. Brown,
Capt. Fishbourne, Dr. J. Strang.
Prof. Cairns, Edmund Macrory, A.M.
Smith, Dr. John Strang.
Edmund Macrory, W. Newmarch,
Rey. Prof. J. E. T. Rogers.
David Chadwick, Prof. R. C. Christie,
E. Macrory, Rev. Prof. J. E. T.
Rogers.
H. D. Macleod, Edmund Macrory.
T. Doubleday, Edmund Macrory,
Frederick Purdy, James Potts.
KE. Macrory, E. T. Payne, F. Purdy.
G. J.-D. Goodman, G. J. Johnston,
E. Macrory.
R. Birkin, Jun., Prof. Leone Levi, E.
Macrory.
Prof. Leone Levi, E. Macrory, A. J.
MECHANICAL SC
Warden.
TENCE.
SECTION G.—MECHANICAL SCIENCE,
Davies Gilbert, D.C.L., F.R.S....
ive urs Robinsons ......desscseesse
Charles Babbage, F.R.S. .........
Prof. Willis, F.R.S., and Robert
Stephenson.
..(Sir John Robinson....... Pras eneee
John Raylor HRS. ..:.s.cm.ssee:
Rey. Prof. Willis, F.R.S. .........
Prof. J. Macneill, M.R.I.A.......
John Taylor, F.R.S. ...............
George Rennie, F.R.S. ............
Rey. Prof. Willis, M.A., F.R.S. .
Rey. Prof. Walker, M.A., F.R.S.
Rey. Prof. Walker, M.A., F.R.S.
‘Robert Stephenson, M.P., F.R.S.
T. G. Bunt, G. T. Clark, W. West.
Charles Vignoles, Thomas Webster.
R. Hawthorn, C. Vignoles, T. Web-
ster.
W. Carpmael, William Hawkes, Tho-
mas Webster.
J. Scott Russell, J. Thomson, J. Tod,
C. Vignoles.
Henry Chatfield, Thomas Webster.
J. F. Bateman, J. Scott Russell, J.
Thomson, Charles Vignoles.
James Thomson, Robert Mallet.
Charles Vignoles, Thomas Webster.
Rev. W. T. Kingsley.
Wiliam Betts, Jun., Charles Manby.
J. Glynn, R. A. Le Mesurier.
R. A. Le Mesurier, W. P. Struvé.
Charles Manby, W. P. Marshall.
Revie OpInsOW ssc....ccc0ssa+s0
William Cubitt, F.R.S. ............
John Walker, C.E., LL.D., F.R.S.
Dr. Lees, David Stevenson.
John Head, Charles Manby.
John F, Bateman, C. B. Hancock,
Charles Manby, James Thomson.
¢
XXXIV
Date and Place.
1853.
1854.
1855.
1856.
1857.
1858.
1859.
1860.
1861.
1862.
1863.
1864.
1865.
1866.
1867.
Liverpool ...
Glasgow
Cheltenham
Aberdeen ..
Oxford ......
Manchester .
Cambridge ..
Newcastle ...
Bathi sss...
Birmingham
Nottingham
Dundee......
..|W. J.
REPORT—1867.
President.
William Fairbairn, C.E., F.R.S.
John Scott Russell, F.R.S..........
Macquorn Rankine, C.E.,
E.R.S.
George Rennie, F.R.S. ............
The Right Hon. The Karl of
Rosse, F.R.S.
William Fairbairn, F.RS..........
.|Rey. Prof. Willis, M.A., F.RS. .
Prof. W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
LL.D., F.R.S.
J. F. Bateman, C.E., F.R.S.......
William Fairbairn, LL.D., F.R.S.
Rev. Prof. Willis, M.A., F.R.S. .
J- Hawkshaw, F.R.S................
Sir W. G. Armstrong, LL.D.,
E.RS.
Thomas Hawksley, V.P-Inst.
C.E., F.G.S8.
Prof. W. J. Macquorn Rankine,
Secretaries.
James Oldham, J. Thomson, W. Sykes
Ward.
John Grantham, J. Oldham, J. Thom-
son.
L. Hill, Jun., William Ramsay, J.
Thomson.
C. Atherton, B. Jones, Jun., H. M.
Jeffery.
Prof. Downing, W.T. Doyne, A. Tate,
James Thomson, Henry Wright.
J.C. Dennis, J. Dixon, H. Wright.
R. Abernethy, P. Le Neve Foster, H.
Wright.
P. Le Neve Foster, Rey. F. Harrison,
Henry Wright.
P. Le Neve Foster, John Robinson, H.
Wright. i
W. M. Fawcett, P. Le Neve Foster.
P. Le Neve Foster, P. Westmacott, J.
F. Spencer.
P. Le Neve Foster, Robert Pitt.
P. Le Neve Foster, Henry Lea, W. P.
Marshall, Walter May.
P. Le Neve Foster, J. F. Iselin, M.
A. Tarbottom.
P. Le Neve Foster, John P. Smith,
LL.D., F.R.S.
W. W. Urquhart.
=
L 9 Loree
¢ OL FIé
“LOST “deg F
‘AMOOMSILLOdS “M
ye Te i ee
0 0 0S¢
¥G
1¢Z
OL 61 3&e¢
P
(ONI
° §
09 0 sereesees JOINSBIIT, [VIaUIy JO spuey ur =‘
Gc Ff Fliey* Yueg JIISUINIASI AA PUB UOPUOT 4e aourleq
0 0 OR titttittteeetsess ort ren SME QUAINT “
00 ‘ eIMyoRNUB [204g pus uoIyT sr
0 0 OOT ““speg JuRTq ‘og “
0 0 ¢L “Bune iy PUB[UIeT4) 4410 jy “6
0 F * 194844 Jepun punog “
00 & BIOBISNIC [ISSO T s
0 0 &% ates eyo pus afAyrT :
0 0 OOT cits spaupurnyg [eoroorg iz
0 0 O00OL woryvsmepuon syaodayy diys-ureayg I
0 0 Ge) Oe eeeceerseneereseees pueyeyg ‘Suispoaq “
0 0 O8 spog Jeary ‘02 ‘yjnomeumog ve
0,40 09 &= “* goajapy SnourmmyT “
OPT omg pag Jey [ssog Avg umTy nf
00 & “““ spparg [v09 AuuexTry | “
O05 O95 = ““[peyurey Ysa lrg a
0 0 OF oulqse[eq ‘Bun Joosuy &
0 0 og ““suotjRIO[dxgy aurysopeg “
0 0 OOT suoyeso[dxgy o[OH §4uey uo 9ax4rarUI09
0 0 08 e VOqPIUMMOD [ROLAYa PL
0 0 O@I eaqgUTUIOD eu
0 0 O¢ oulyse[eg ‘jue uMA4sUT [Bodo [OLOaO TL
0 0 O09R **ATOZBAIESYO Moy Jo FuSUTYSTTG EIST Surareyure yy 10g
—"ZIA
‘Sunsoy] WeySuyjoN ye apeur szuery Jo yunodde uO pIeg
PPP eee eee ee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee eer ey (ava 1) Salle]eg Jog
SOOT R Heme e eee tent aneearan ee eeeerane (meysuruig) Suyaayy
yice jo yodey Supurg pure ‘Suraessuq ‘Sunumg 10; peg
“" sgsuadxg Ayjag [euaplouy pur ‘Suisyseapy ‘Surpurg
‘Suynuitg Arpung osje ‘Surjsayy weySuryj0N jo sosuadxy pred fg
“SENGWAVd
L 19 LoveF
‘SATUATAL NXMD ‘£
Te “ONITGO ‘WM
‘AMLWIOS “I “a
¢ Il +P
6 8 OL “'** ‘029 ‘sivig Jo anZoeyeyg ‘xopuy
N oooocoo
8 Z 8 sete eet et eeeessenee sy10day
*“ZIA—Suoneolqnd Jo a[eg ut
“'reak [ ‘003g UO spuaprIAt(y wi
weet eee senate uorisodmoy yoog “
Pre eeee eee eee Terr rer
ip 0341p ‘syoyorL SarpeyT “*
Perret eT 0131p 0431p ‘SgaYOLL, (So]voossy “cc
ee ae oIp oIP ‘suoydriaZOsqng [enuuy gi
asia ae rocathin derirsdhshag deve elades tony pahsdes Bade eter
pur Sunoap weySumoy ye suomsoduog ayry 107 paatooay
Pee eee e eee teeeensesennseee qunoo0y 4sv| WOdy 4ysno1qg soueleg OL
“‘SLdIGOTa
‘(ATANN) Z98t ‘F taquiardag 09
LAAN WVHONILLLON Jo Jueutsouswwios) ggg] ‘Zz ysusny Woy TNOOIOV SMAUASVAUL TVYANGDS AHL
“AONAIOS JO LNAWAONVAGV AHL YOd NOILVIOOSSV HSILId
¢2
OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1867-68.
TRUSTEES (PERMANENT).
Sir RopERick I. Murcuison, Bart., K.C.B., G.C.St.S., D.C.L., F.R.S.
Lieut.-General EDWARD SABINE, R.A., D.C.L., Pres. B.S.
Sir Poitip DE M. GREY EGERTON, Bart., M.P., F.R.S.
PRESIDENT.
HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BUCCLEUCH, K.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., ETC.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
The Right Hon. The EArt oF AIRLIE, K.T. Sir Davip BAXTER, Bart.
The Right Hon. The Lonp KrnnairD, K.T. JAMES D. Forses, LL.D., F.R.S., Principal of
Sir Joun Oaityy, Bart., M.P. the United College of St. Salvator and St.
Sir RopERICK I. MURCHISON, Bart., K.C.B., Leonard, University of St. Andrews.
LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.8., &e.
PRESIDENT ELECT.
JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, M.D., D.C.L., F.R.8., F.L.S., F.G.S8.
VICE-PRESIDENTS ELECT.
The Right Hon. The EARL oF LEICESTER, Lord- Sir Joun LuBsBock, Bart., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.
Lieutenant of Norfolk. Joun Coucu ADAMS, Esq., M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S.,
Sir JoHN PETER BOILEAv, Bart., F.R.S. F.R.A.S., Lowndean Professor of Astronomy
The Rey. ADAM SEDGWICK, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., and Geometry in the University of Cambridge.
F.G.S., &c., Woodwardian Professor of Geologyin| THOMAS BRIGHTWELL, Esq.
the University of Cambridge. |
LOCAL SECRETARIES FOR THE MEETING AT NORWICH.
Dr. DALRYMPLE.
Rey. Canon Hinps HOWELL.
Rey. JOSEPH CROMPTON, M.A.
LOCAL TREASURERS FOR THE MEETING AT NORWICH.
8. GURNEY BuxToN, Esq.
ROGER KERRISON, Esq.
ORDINARY MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL.
BATEMAN, J. F., Esq., F.R.S. PRICE, Professor, M.A., F.R.S.
Bropik, Sir B., Bart., F.R.S. RAMSAY, Professor, F.R.S.
Busk, GEORGE, Esq., F.R.S. RAWLINSON, Sir H., Bart., M.P., F.R.S.
CRAWFURD, JOHN, Esq., F.R.S. SHARPEY, Dr., Sec. R.S.
DELARUE, WARREN, Esq., F.R.S. Smiru, Professor H., F.R.S.
Durr, M. E. Grant, Esq., M.P. SmMyTH, WARINGTON, Esq., F.R.S.
GALTON, Capt. Dougtas, C.B., R.E., F.R.S. Sykes, Colonel, M.P., F.R.S.
GassiotT, J. P., Esq., F.R.S. SYLVESTER, Prof. J. J., LL.D., F.R.S.
Gopwin-AUSTEN, R. A. C., Esq., F.R.S. TxHomson, Dr. T., F.R.S.
HUXLEY, Professor, F.R.S. TiTE, W., Esq., M.P., F.R.S.
JONES, Sir WILLOUGHBY, Bart. TYNDALL, Professor, F.R.S.
MILLER, Prof. W. A., M.D., F.R.S. WHEATSTONE, Professor, F.R.S.
ODLING, WILLIAM, Esq., M.B., F.R.S. WILLIAMSON, Prof. A. W., F.R.S.
EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL.
The President and President Elect, the Vice-Presidents and Vice-Presidents Elect, the General and
Assistant General Secretaries, the General Treasurer, the Trustees, and the Presidents of former
years, viz.—
Rey. Professor Sedgwick. G. B. Airy, Esq., the Astronomer | William Fairbairn, Esq., LL.D.
The Duke of Devonshire. _ Royal. The Rev. Professor Willis.
Rey. W. V. Harcourt. Lieut.-General Sabine, D.C.L. Sir W. G. Armstrong, C.B., LL.D
Sir John F. W. Herschel, Bart. |The Earl of Harrowby. Sir Chas. Lyell, Bart., M.A., LL.D.
Sir R. I. Murchison, Bart., K.C.B. | The Duke of Argyll. Professor Phillips, M.A., D.C.L.
The Rey. T. R. Robinson, D.D. The Rey. H. Lloyd, D.D. William R. Grove, Esq., F.R.S.
Richard Owen, M.D., D.C.L.
GENERAL SECRETARIES.
FRANCIS GALTON, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.R.G.S8., 42 Rutland Gate, Knightsbridge, London.
T. ARCHER Hips’, Esq., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Professor of Mathematicsin niversity College, London.
ASSISTANT GENERAL SECRETARY.
GEORGE GRIFFITH, Esq., M.A., 1 Woodside, Harrow.
GENERAL TREASURER.
WILLIAM SPOTTISWOODE, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.R.G.8., 50 Grosvenor Place, London, 8.W.
AUDITORS,
J. Gwyn Jeffreys Esq., F.R.S. P. L. Sclater, Esq., F.R.S. Dr. Odling, F R.S.
Sette
OFFICERS OF SECTIONAL COMMITTEES. - XXXVI
OFFICERS OF SECTIONAL COMMITTEES PRESENT AT THE
DUNDEE MEETING.
SECTION A.—MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS,
President.—Professor Sir W. Thomson, D.C.L., F.R.S., &c.
Vice-Presidents.—Professor Fischer, F.R.S. ; y, 124 Gassiot, F.R.S.; Professor Kel-
land, F.R.S.; J. Clerk Maxwell, F 1R4SHe "Rev. C, Pritchard, F. R. S., Pres. Astr.
Soe. ; Professor Tyndall, LL.D., "F.R.S.; Charles Wheatstone, D.C. ime F.R.S.
Secretaries.—Rey. G. Buckle, M. "”A.; Professor G. C. F oster ; Professor Fuller,
M.A.; Professor Swan.
SECTION B.—CHEMISTRY AND MINERALOGY, INCLUDING THEIR APPLICATIONS TO
AGRICULTURE AND THE ARTS,
President.—Professor Thomas Anderson, M.D., F.R.S.E.
Vice-Presidents.—I. Lowthian Bell; Dr. J. H. Gilbert, F.R.S. ; Professor Odling,
F.R.S. ; Professor Penny ; Dr. Maxwell Simpson, ER. S.; Professor William-
son, F. RS.
Secretaries.—Dr. A. Crum Brown; Professor G. D. Liveing, F.C.S.; Dr. W. J.
Russell.
SECTION C,—GEOLOGY.
President.—Archibald Geikie, F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.G.S
Vice-Presidents.—The Earl of Enniskillen, F.R.S. ; Sir Philip Egerton, Bart., M.P.,
F.R.S.; Professor Harkness, F.R.S.; Dr. T. Oldham, F.R.S.; Professor Ram_
say, F. RS.
Secretaries, wes Hull, F.R.S., F.G.S.; W. Pengelly, F.R.S.; Henry Wood-
ward, F.G.S.,
SECTION D.—BIOLOGY.
President.—Professor Sharpey, M.D., Sec. R.S.
a esidents.— Professor ‘Allman, F.R.S.; Professor Balfour, F.R.S.; G. Busk,
F-.R.S.; Professor Christison, D.C.L. ; De: J. Davy, F.R.S.; J. Gwyn Jettreys,
F.RS.; Sir John Lubbock, Bart., F. R. S.; Professor Allen Thomson, F.R.S. ;
ALR. Wallace, F.R.G.S.
Secretaries.—C. Spence Bate, F.R.S.; Dr. Spencer Cobbold, F.R.S.; Dr. M. Fos-
ter; H. T. Stainton, FBS; Rey. I. B. Tristram, M.A., "ELS.; ’ Professor W.
Turner, F.R.S.E.
SECTION E.—GEOGRAPHY AND ETHNOLOGY.
President.—Sir Samuel Baker, F.R.G:S.
Vice-Presidents.—Sir James E. Alexander, K.C.L.S.; Admiral Sir Edward Belcher,
K.C.B.; John Crawfurd, F.R.S.; Colonel Sir Henry James, R.E., F.R.S.; Sir
John Lubbock, Bart., F. R. S.; Sir Roderick I. Murchison, Bart., K. C. B., F. R. S.;
Admiral E. Ommanney, C.B.; Major-General Sir A. 8. W augh, F.RS.
Secretaries.—H. W. Bates, Assist. Sec. R.G. SiH Ox aul (Ce Graham, E.R.G:S. ;
Clements R. Markham, F.R.G.S.; 8. J. Mackie, F.G.S.; R. Sturrock,
SECTION F.—ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS,
President.—M. E. Grant Duff, M.P.
Vice-Presidents.—Sir John Bowring, F.R.S. ; Dr. Farr, F.R.S.; Professor Rogers ;
Colonel Sykes, M.P., F.R.S. ; Principal Tulloch.
Secretaries.-Professor Leone Levi, F.S.A.; Edmund Macrory, M.A.; Alex. J.
‘Warden.
SECTION G.—MECHANICAL SCIENCE.
President.—Professor W. J. Macquorn Rankine, C.K., LL.D., F.R.S.
Vice-PresidentsSir W. G. Armstrong, C.B., FR. 8. ; yaar Bateman, F.R.S. ;
Admiral Sir Edward Belcher, K.C.B. ; ; William Fairbairn, LL.D., F.R. S.; ; Capt.
Douglas Galton, R.E., F. R. SF General Lefroy, R.A., F.R. S.; J aneA Old-
* ham, C.E.
Secretaries.—P. Le Neve Foster, M.A. ; J. P. Smith, C.E.; W. W. Urquhart.
X&XVIil
REPORT—1867.
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.
Professor Agassiz, Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts.
M. Babinet, Paris.
Captain Belavenetz, R.I.N., Cronstadt.
Dr. H. D. Buys Ballot, Utrecht.
Dr. D. Bierens de Haan, Amsterdam.
Professor Bolzani, Kasan.
Dr. Berzsma, Utrecht.
Mr. P. G. Bond, Cambridge, U.S.
M. Boutigny (d’Evreux).
Professor Braschmann, Moscow.
Dr. Carus, Leipzig.
M. Des Cloizeaux, Paris.
Dr. Ferdinand Cohn, Breslau.
M. Antoine d’Abbadie.
Geheimrath yon Dechen.
M. De la Rive, Geneva.
Professor Wilhelm Deltfts, Hezdelberg.
Professor Dove, Berlin.
Professor Dumas, Paris.
Dr. J. Milne-Edwards, Paris.
Professor Ehrenberg, Berlin.
Dr. Eisenlohr, Carlsruhe,
Dr. A. Erman, Berlin.
Professor A. Escher von der Linth,
Zurich, Switzerland.
Professor Esmark, Christiania.
Professor A. Favre, Geneva.
Professor E, Fremy, Paris.
M. Frisiani, Ilan.
M. Gaudry, Paris.
Dr. Geinitz, Dresden.
Professor Asa Gray, Cambridge, U.S.
Professor Grube.
M. E. Hébert, Paris.
Professor Henry, Washington, U.S.
Dr. Hochstetter, Vienna.
M. Jacobi, S¢. Petersburg.
Dr. Janssen, Paris.
Prof. Jessen, Med. et Phil. Dr., Griess-
wald, Prussia.
Professor Aug. Kekulé, Ghent, Belgium.
M. Khanikof, Paris.
Professor Kiepert.
Prof. A. Kolliker, Wurzburg.
Professor De Koninck, Liége.
Professor Kreil, Vienna.
Dr. Lamont, Munich.
M. Le Verrier, Paris.
Baron von Liebig, Munich.
Professor Loomis, New York.
Professor Gustav Magnus, Berlin.
Professor Mannheim, Paris.
Professor Martins, Montpellier, France.
Professor Matteucci, Pisa.
Professor P. Mevian, Bale, Switzerland.
Professor von Middendorff, St. DPeters-
burg.
M. l’Abbé Moigno, Paris.
Dr. Arnold Moritz, Z7flis.
Chevalier C. Negri.
Herr Neumayer, Munich.
Professor Nilsson, Sweden.
M. E. Péligot, Paris.
Prof. B. Pierce, Cambridge, U.S.
Gustav Plaar, Strasburg.
Professor Pliicker, Bonn.
M. Constant Prévost, Paris.
M. Quetelet, Brussels.
Professor W. B. Rogers, Boston, U.S.
Professor F. Romer.
Herman Schlagintweit, Berlin.
Robert Schlagintweit, Berlin.
M. Werner Siemens, Vienna.
Dr. Siljestrom, Stockholm.
Professor J. A. de Souza, University of
Coimbra.
Professor Adolph Steen, Copenhagen.
Professor Steenstrup.
Dr. Svanberg, Stockholm.
M. Pierre de Paris Tchihatchef.
Dr. Otto Torell, University of Lund.
M. Vambéry, Hungary.
M. de Verneuil, Paris.
Baron Sartorius yon Waltershausen,
Gottingen.
Professor Wartmann, Geneva.
Dr. Welwitsch.
—
REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC EDUCATIONAL COMMITTEE, p.0.0.00.4
Report of the Council of the British Association, presented to the
General Committee, Wednesday, September 4, 1867.
The Annual Reports of the Treasurer, the Parliamentary Committee, and
the Kew Committee have been received, and will be presented to the General
Committee.
At the last Meeting of the General Committee at Nottingham, the following
Resolution was adopted :—
“That the Kew Committee be authorized to discuss and make the neces-
sary arrangements with the Board of Trade should any proposal be made re-
specting the superintendence, reduction, and publication of Meteorological
Observations, in accordance with the recommendations of the Report oi the
Committee appointed to consider certain questions relating to the Meteorolo-
gical Department of the Board of Trade.”
The arrangements which have been made by virtue of the power thus
granted to the Kew Committee are described in detail in their Report, to
which the Council beg to refer the General Committee.
The General Officers of the Association were requested by the Council
to inquire into the practicability of having lectures delivered to the Opera-
tive Classes when the Association meets in large towns. The Officers having
reported in favour of the occasional delivery of such lectures, and having like-
wise ascertained that a lecture of the kind was desired by the Local Officers
at Dundee, the Council have requested Professor Tyndall to deliver one on
Thursday next.
At the last Meeting of the Association, the Committee of Recommendations
referred to the Council certain Resolutions which- had been adopted by the
Committees of two Sections, relative to the teaching of Natural Science in
Schools. The Council, fully impressed with the importance of the subject,
appointed a Special Committee for the purpose of inquiring into the question,
and of preparing a report thereon. This Committee consisted of the General
Officers of the Association, the Trustees, the Rev. F. W. Farrar, M.A., F.R.S.,
the Rev. T. N. Hutchinson, M.A., Professor Huxley, I’.R.S., Mr. Payne, Pro-
fessor Tyndall, F.R.S., and Mr. J. M. Wilson, M.A. The Council, having con-
sidered the Report presented by this Committee, adopted the recommenda-
tions contained therein, and resolved that the Report be submitted to the
General Committee at Dundee.
The Council recommend that Sir Roderick Murchison, Bart., be elected a
Vice-President at the present Meeting.
At their Meeting on the 9th of March, the Council also decided to recom-
mend for election, as a Vice-President, the late Provost Parker. They after-
wards learned, with deep regret, that death had deprived the Association of
the services of so esteemed and zealous an officer,
The name of M. Janssen has been added to the list of Corresponding
Members.
The Council have been informed that the Association will be invited to
hold future Meetings at Norwich, Plymouth, Exeter, Edinburgh, Liverpool,
and Brighton.
Report of the Committee appointed by the Council of the British
Association fur the Advancement of Science to consider the best
means for promoting Scientific Education in Schools.
1. A demand for the introduction of Science into the modern system of
education has increased so steadily during the last few years, and has re-
xl REPOoRT—1867. 4
ceived the approval of so many men of the highest eminence in every rank
and profession, and especially of those who have made the theory and prac-
tice of education their study, that it is impossible to doubt the existence of
a general, and even a national desire to facilitate the acquisition of some
scientific knowledge by boys at our Public and other Schools.
2. We would point out that there is already a general recognition of
Science as an element in liberal education. It is encouraged, to a greater or
less degree, by the English, Scotch, and Irish Universities ; it is recognized
as an optional study by the College of Preceptors; it forms one of the sub-
jects in the Local Examinations of Oxford and Cambridge; and it has even
been partially introduced into several Public Schools. We have added an
appendix containing information on some of these points*. But the means
at present adopted in our Schools and Universities for making this teaching
effective, are, in our opinion, capable of great improvement.
3. That general education in Schools ought to include some training in
Science is an opinion that has been strongly urged on the following grounds :—
As providing the best discipline in observation and collection of facts,
in the combination of inductive with deductive reasoning, and in accu-
racy both of thought and language.
Because it is found in practice to remedy some of the defects of the
ordinary school education. Many boys on whom the ordinary school studies
produce very slight effect, are stimulated and improved by instruction in
science ; and it is found to be a most valuable element in the education
of those who show special aptitude for literary culture.
Because the methods and results of Science have so profoundly af-
fected all the philosophical thought of the age, that an educated man is
under a very great disadvantage if he is unacquainted with them.
Because very great intellectual pleasure is derived in after life from
even a moderate acquaintance with Science.
On grounds of practical utility as materially affecting the present
position and future progress of civilization.
This opinion is fully supported by the popular judgment. All who have
much to do with the parents of boys in the upper classes of life are aware
that, as a rule, they value education in Science on some or all of the grounds
above stated.
4, There are difficulties in the way of introducing Science into schools ;
and we shall make some remarks on them. They will be found, we believe,
to be by no means insuperable.
First among these difficulties is the necessary increase of expense. For
if science is to be taught, at least one additional master must be appointed ;
and it will be necessary in some cases to provide him with additional school-
rooms, and a fund for the purchase of apparatus. It is obvious that the
money which will be requisite for both the initial and current expenses, must
in general be obtained by increasing the school fees. This difficulty is a real
but not a fatal one. In a wealthy country like England, a slight increase in
the cost of education will not be allowed (in cases where it is unavoidable)
to stand in the way of what is generally looked on as an important educa-
tional reform; and parents will not be unwilling to pay a small additional
fee if they are satisfied that the instruction in Science is to be made a reality.
Another ground of hesitation is, the fear that the teaching of Science
will injure the teaching in classics. But we do not think that there
* See Appendix A.
REPOR? OF THE SCIENTIFIC EDUCATIONAL COMMITTEE. xli
need be the slightest apprehension that any one of the valuable results
of a classical education will be diminished by the introduction of Science.
It is a very general opinion, in which schoolmasters heartily concur,
that much more knowledge and intellectual vigour might be obtained
by most boys, during the many years they spend at school, than what
they do as a matter of fact obtain. It should, we think, be frankly
acknowledged, and indeed few are found who deny it, that an exclusively
classical education, however well it may operate in the case of the very
few who distinguish themselves in its curriculum, fails deplorably for
the majority of minds. As a general rule the small proportion of boys
who leave our schools for the Universities consists undeniably of those who
have advanced furthest in classical studies, and judging the existing system
of education by these boys alone, we have to confess that it frequently
ends in astonishing ignorance. This ignorance, often previously acknow-
ledged and deplored, has been dwelt on with much emphasis, and brought
into great prominence by the recent Royal Commission for Inquiry into
our Public Schools. We need not fear that we shall do great damage
by endeavouring to improve a system which has not been found to yield
satisfactory results. And we believe, further, that the philological abilities
of the very few who succeed in attaining to a satisfactory knowledge of
classics will be rather stimulated than impeded by a more expansive training.
Lastly, it may be objected that an undue strain will be put upon the
minds of boys by the introduction of the proposed subjects. We would renly
that the same objections were made, and in some schools are still made, to
the introduction of Mathematics and Modern Languages, and are found by
general experience to have been untenable. A change of studies, invol-
ving the play of a new set of faculties, often produces a sense of positive
relief; and at a time when it is thought necessary to devote to games so
large a proportion of a boy’s available time, the danger of a general over-
pressure to the intellectual powers is very small, while any such danger in
individual cases can always be obviated by special remissions. We do not
wish to advocate any addition to the hours of work in schools where it is be-
lieved that they are already as numerous as is desirable ; but in such schools
some hours a week could still be given up to science, by a curtailment of
the vastly preponderant time at present devoted to classical studies, and
especially to Greek and Latin Composition.
5. To the selection of the subjects that ought to be included in a pro-
gramme of scientific instruction in public schools we have given our best
attention, and we would make the following remarks on the principles by
which we have been guided in the selection that we shall propose.
There is an important distinction between scientific information and scien-
tifie training; in other words, between general literary acquaintance with
scientific facts, and the knowledge of methods that may be gained by
studying the facts at first hand under the guidance of a competent teacher.
Both of these are valuable ; it is very desirable, for example, that boys should
have some general information about the ordinary phenomena of nature, such
as the simple facts of Astronomy, of Geology, of Physical Geography, and of
elementary Physiology. On the other hand, the scientific habit of mind,
which is the principal benefit resulting from scientific training, and which is
of incalculable value whatever be the pursuits of after life, can better be at-
tained by a thorough knowledge of the facts and principles of one science, than
by a general acquaintance with what has been said or written about many.
Both of these should co-exist, we think, at any school which professes to
xli REPORT—1867. z
offer the highest liberal education; and at every school it will be easy to
provide at least for giving some scientific information.
I. The subjects that we recommend for scientific information as distinguished
from training, should comprehend a general description of the solar system ;
of the form and physical geography of the earth, and of such natural phe-
nomena as tides, currents, winds, and the causes that influence climate ; of the
broad facts of Geology ; of elementary Natural History, with especial reference
to the useful plants and animals; and of the rudiments of Physiology. This
is a kind of information which requires less preparation on the part of the
teacher ; and its effectiveness will depend on his knowledge, clearness, method,
and sympathy with his pupils. Nothing will be gained by circumscribing
these subjects by any general syllabus; they may safely be left to the dis-
cretion of the masters who teach them.
IT. And for scientific training we are decidedly of opinion that the
subjects which have paramount claims, are Experimental Physics, Elementary
Chemistry, and Botany.
i. The science of Experimental Physics deals with subjects which come within
the range of every boy’s experience. It embraces the phenomena and laws of
light, heat, sound, electricity, and magnetism; the elements of mechanics, and
the mechanical properties of liquids and gases. The thorough knowledge of ~
these subjects includes the practical mastery of the apparatus employed in their
investigation. The study of experimental physics involves the observation and
colligation of facts, and the discovery and application of principles. It is
both inductive and deductive. It exercises the attention and the memory,
but makes both of them subservient to an intellectual discipline higher than
either. The teacher can so present his facts as to make them sug-
gest the principles which underlie them, while, once in possession of the
principle, the learner may be stimulated to deduce from it results which lie
beyond the bounds of his experience. The subsequent verification of his
deduction by experiment never fails to excite his interest and awaken his
delight. The effects obtained in the class-room will be made the key to the
explanation of natural phenomena,—of thunder and lightning, of rain and
snow, of dew and hoar-frost, of winds and wuyes, of atmospheric refraction
and reflexion, of the rainbow and the mirage, of meteorites, of terrestrial
magnetism, of the pressure and buoyancy of water and of air. Thus the
knowledge acquired by the study of experimental physics is, of itself, of the
highest value, while the acquisition of that knowledge brings into healthful
and vigorous play every faculty of the learner’s mind. Not only are natural
phenomena made the objects of intelligent observation, but they furnish
material fur thought to wrestle with and to overcome ; the growth of intel-
lectual strength being the sure concomitant of the enjoyment of intellectual
victory. We do not entertain a doubt that the competent teacher who loves
his subject and can sympathize with his pupils, will find in experimental
physics a store of knowledge of the most fascinating kind, and an instrument
of mental training of exceeding power.
ii, Chemistry is remarkable for the comprehensive character of the training
which it affords. Not only does it exercise the memory and the reasoning
powers, but it also teaches the student to gather by his own experiments
and observations the facts upon which to reason.
It affords a corrective of each of the two extremes against which real
educators of youth are constantly struggling. For on the one hand it leads
even sluggish or uncultivated minds from simple and interesting observa-
tions to general ideas and conclusions, and gives them a taste of intellectual
=a vy
REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC EDUCATIONAL COMMITTER. xh
enjoyment and a desire for learning. On the other hand, it checks over-
confidence in mere reasoning, and shows the way in which valid extensions
of our ideas grow out of a series of more and more rational and accurate ob-
servations of external nature.
It must not, however, be supposed that all so-called teaching of chemistry
produces results of this kind. Young men do occasionally come up to public
examinations with a literary acquaintance with special facts and even prin-
ciples of chemistry, sufficient to enable them to describe those facts from
some one point of view, and to enunciate the principles in fluent language,
and yet who know nothing of the real meaning of the phrases which they
have learnt. Such mere literary acquaintance with scientific facts is in
chemistry an incalculable evil to the student if he be allowed to mistake it
for science.
Whether the student is to learn much or little of chemistry his very first
lessons must be samples of the science. He must see the chief phenomena
which are described to him; so that the words of each description may after-
wards call up in his mind an image of the thing. He must make simple ex-
periments, and learn to describe accurately what he has done, and what he
has observed. He must learn to use the knowledge which he has acquired
before proceeding to the acquisition of more; and he must rise gradually
from well-examined facts to general laws and theories.
Among the commonest non-metallic elements and their simplest compounds
the teacher in a school will find abundant scope for his chief exertions.
ii. Botany has also strong claims to be regarded as a subject for scientific
training. It has been introduced into the regular school course at Rugby
(where it is the first branch of Natural Science which is studied);
and the voluntary pursuit of it is encouraged at Harrow and at some other
schools with satisfactory results. It only requires observation, attention, and
the acquisition of some new words; but it also evolves the powers of comparison
and colligation of facts in a remarkable degree; of all sciences it seems to offer
the greatest facilities for observation in the fields and gardens; and to this
must be added the fact that boys, from their familiarity with fruits, trees,
and flowers, start with a considerable general knowledge of botanical
facts. It admits therefore preeminently of being taught in the true
scientific method. The teaching of Science is made really valuable by train-
ing the learner’s mind to examine into his present knowledge, to arrange and
criticise it, and to look for additional information. The science must be
begun where it touches his past experience, and this experience must be
converted into scientific knowledge. The discretion of the teacher will
best determine the range of Botany at which it is desirable to aim.
6. The modes of giving instruction in the subjects which we have re-
commended are reducible to two. I. A compulsory system of instruction
may be adopted, similar to that which exists at. Rugby, where science has
now for nearly three years been introduced on precisely the same footing as
Mathematics and Modern Languages, and is necessarily taught to all boys.
Il. A voluntary system may be encouraged as has been done for many years
at Harrow, where scientific instruction on such subjects as have been enume-
rated above is now given in a systematic series of lectures, on which the
attendance of all boys who are interested in them is entirely optional.
Of these systems it is impossible not to feel that the compulsory system is
the most complete and satisfactory. The experience of different schools
will indicate how it may best be adopted, and what modifications of it may be
madetosuit the different school arrangements. It will often be very desirable to
xliy REPORT—1867.
supplement it by the voluntary system, to enable the boys of higher scientific
ability to study those parts of the course of Experimental Physics which
will rarely, if ever, be included in the compulsory school system. Lectures
may also be occasionally given by some non-resident lecturer with a view of
stimulating the attention and interest of the boys. We add appendices con-
taining details of these two systems as worked at Rugby and Harrow*, and
we believe that a combination of the two would leave little or nothing to be
desired.
The thorough teaching of the Physical Sciences at schools will not, how-
ever, be possible, unless there is a general improvement in the knowledge of
Arithmetic. At present many boys of thirteen and fourteen are sent to the
Public Schools almost totally ignorant of the elements of Arithmetic, and in
such cases they gain only the most limited and meagre knowledge of
it; and the great majority enter ill-taught. It is a serious and lasting
injury to boys so to neglect Arithmetic in their early education ; it arises
partly from the desire of the masters of preparatory schools to send up
their boys fitted to take a good place in the classical school, and from the
indifference of the public schools themselves to the evil that has resulted.
7. With a view to the furtherance of this scheme, we make the following
suggestions :—
i. That in all schools Natural Science be one of the subjects to be
taught, and that in every Public School at least one Natural Science
master be appointed for the purpose.
ii. That at least three hours a week be devoted to such scientific instruc-
tion.
iii. That Natural Science should be placed on an equal footing with
Mathematics and Modern Languages in affecting promotions, and in
winning honours and prizes.
iv. That some knowledge of Arithmetic should be required for admission
into all Public Schools.
y. That the Universities and Colleges be invited to assist in the intro-
duction of scientific education, by making Natural Science a subject of exa-
mination, either at Matriculation, or at an early period of a University
career.
vi. That the importance of appointing Lecturers in Science, and offering
Entrance Scholarships, Exhibitions, and Fellowships for the encourage-
ment of scientific attaimments be represented to the authorities of the
Colleges.
With reference to the last two recommendations, we would observe that,
without the cooperation of the Universities, Science can never be effectively
introduced into School education. Although not more than 35 per cent., even
of the boys at our great Public Schools, proceed to the University, and
at the majority of schools a still smaller proportion, yet the curriculum of
a public school course is almost exclusively prepared with reference to the
requirements of the Universities and the rewards for proficiency that they
offer. No more decisive proof could be furnished of the fact that the Univer-
sities and Colleges have it in their power to alter and improve the whole
higher education of England.
* See Appendices B and C.
ee ee
REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC EDUCATIONAL COMMITTEE. xlv
APPENDIX A.
I. Oxrorp.
The Natural Science School at Oxford was established in the year 1853. By
recent changes the University allows those who have gained a first, second,
or third class in this school to graduate without passing the classical school,
provided they have obtained honours, or have passed in three books at least, at
the second classical examination, viz., moderations (which is usually passed
in the second year of residence) ; honours in this school are thus placed
on an equality with classical honours. The first classical examination, ‘ re-
sponsions,’ is generally passed in the first term of residence. Arithmetic and
two books of Euclid, or algebra up to simple equations, are a necessary
part of this examination.
The University offers ample opportunities for the study of physics, che-
mistry, physiology, and other branches of natural science. At present only a
few of the Colleges have lecturers on this subject ; while for classics and mathe-
matics every College professes to have an adequate staff of teachers. At Christ
Church, however, avery complete chemical laboratory has been lately opened.
A junior studentship at Christ Church and a demyship at Magdalen College,
tenable for five years, are, by the statutes of those Colleges, awarded annually
for proficiency in natural science. A scholarship, tenable for three years,
lately founded by Miss Brackenbury at Balliol College for the promotion
of the study of Natural Science, will be given away every two years. With
the exception of Merton College, where a scholarship is to be shortly given
for proficiency in natural science, no College has hitherto assigned any
scholarships to natural science. The number of scholarships at the Colleges
is stated to be about 400, varying in annual value from £100 to £60.
With these should be reckoned College exhibitions*, to the number of at least
220, which range in annual value from £145 to £20, and exhibitions awarded
at school, many of which are of considerable value.
The two Burdett-Coutts geological scholarships, tenable for two years, and
of the annual value of £75, are open to all members of the University who
have passed the examination for the B.A degree, and have not exceeded
the 27th term from their matriculation. Every year a fellowship of £200 a
year, tenable for three years (half of which time must be spent on the Con-
tinent) on Dr. Radcliffe’s foundation, is at present competed for by candidates
who, having taken a first class in the school of natural science, propose to
enter the medical profession.
At Christ Church two of the senior studentships (fellowships) are awarded
for proficiency in natural science: at the examination for one of these, che-
mistry is the principal subject, and for the other physiology.
At Magdalen College it is provided that, for twenty years from the year
1857, every fifth fellowship is assigned to mathematics and physical science
alternately. In the statutes of this and of every College in Oxford (except
Corpus, Exeter, and Lincoln?) the following clause occurs :— The system of
* At Magdalen College there will be twenty exhibitions tenable for five years, and of
the value of £75 a year, to be held by persons in need of support at the University ; in the
election to these, “‘ the subjects of examination, for one exhibition at least in each year, shall
be mathematics and physical science alternately.”
+ These Colleges exercised the powers of making statutes granted to them by the Oxford
University Act of 1854, 17 and 18 Vic. cap. 81. In the statutes of Exeter College it is
provided that, in the election of Fellows, “preference shall be given to those candidates in
whom shall be found the highest moral and intellectual qualifications, such intellectual
qualifications having been tested by an examination in such subjects as the College from time
xlvi REPORT— 1867.
examinations shall always be such as shall render fellowships accessible, from
time to time, to excellence in every branch of knowledge for the time being
recognized in the schools of the University.” This clause, so far as it relates
to the study of natural science, has been acted on only by Queen’s College
and at Merton College, where a natural-science fellowship will be filled up
during the course of the present year.
At Pembroke College one of the two Sheppard fellows must proceed to the
degree of Bachelor and Doctor of Medicine in the University. At the late
election to this fellowship natural science was the principal subject in the
examination. The number of College fellowships in Oxford is at present
about 400.
II. Camprwce.
It is important to distinguish between the University and the Colleges at
Cambridge as at Oxford.
There is a natural-science tripos in which the University examines in the
whole range of natural sciences, and grants honours precisely in the same
manner as in classics or mathematics.
The University also recognizes the natural sciences as an alternative sub-
ject for the ordinary degree. As the regulations on this point are compara-
tively recent, it will be well to state them here.
A student who intends to take an ordinary degree without taking honours
has to pass three examinations during his course of three years,—the first,
or previous examination, after a year’s residence, in Paley, Latin, Greek,
Euclid, and arithmetic, and one of the Gospels in Greek; the second, or gene-
ral examination, towards the end of his second year, in the Acts of the
Apostles in Greek, Latin, Greek, Latin prose composition, algebra, and ele-
mentary mechanics; and the third, or special examination, at the end of his
third year, in one of the following five subjects:—1. Theology ; 2. Moral
Science ; 3. Law; 4. Natural Science ; 5. Mechanism and applied science.
In the natural-science examination a choice is given of chemistry, geology,
botany, and zoology.
There are only five Colleges in Cambridge that take any notice of Natural
Science ; namely, King’s, Caius, Sidney Sussex, St. John’s, and Downing. At
King’s two exhibitions have been given away partly for proficiency in this
subject ; but there are no lectures, and it is doubtful whether similar exhi-
bitions will be given in future. At Caius there is a medical lecturer and
one scholarship given away annually for Anatomy and Physiology. At
Sidney Sussex two scholarships annually are given away for mathematics
and natural science; and a prize of £20 for scientific knowledge. There is
also a laboratory for the use of students. At St. John’s there is a chemical
lecturer and laboratory ; and though at this College there is no sort of exami-
nation in natural science either for scholarships or fellowships, it is believed
distinction in the subject may be taken into account in both elections.
Downing was founded with “ especial reference to the studies of Law and
Medicine ;” there is a lecturer here in medicine and natural science, and in
the scholarship examinations one paper in these subjects ; no scholarship is
appropriated to them, but they are allowed equal weight with other subjects
to time shall determine.” In the statutes of Lincoln College the following clause occurs :—
“ Pateat autem societas non iis tantum, qui in literis Grecis et Latinis se profecisse pro-
baverint, sed etiam aliarum bonarum artium peritis juvenibus.” And in the statutes of
Corpus Christi College, ‘‘ Quicunque se candidatos offerant examinentur in bonis literis et
scientiis, sicut Preesidenti et sociis videbitur.”
REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC EDUCATIONAL COMMITTEE. xlvii
in the choice of candidates. It is believed that the same principle will
govern the election to fellowships in this College, though no fellowship has
yet been given for honours in natural science. We believe that, owing to the
new University regulations (mentioned above), the authorities of Trinity
College have determined to appoint a lecturer in natural science ; the matter
is under deliberation in other Colleges, and it is not improbable that the
same considerations will induce them to follow this example.
It must always be remembered that the practice is rare in Cambridge of
appropriating fellowships and scholarships to special subjects. At present
public opinion in the University does not reckon scientific distinction as on a
par with mathematical or classical ; hence the progress of the subject seems
enclosed in this inevitable circle—the ablest men do not study natural
science because no rewards are given for it, and no rewards are given for it
because the ablest men do not study it. But it may be hoped that the dis-
interested zeal of teachers and learners will rapidly break through this
circle ; in that case the subject may be placed on a satisfactory footing
without any express legislative provision.
III. Tuer Untverstry or Lonpon.
At the University of London the claims of science to form a part of every
liberal education have long been recognized. At the Matriculation Exami-
nation the student is required to show that he possesses at least a popular
knowledge of the following subjects :—
a. In Mechanics: the composition and resolution of forces ; the mechanical
powers ; a definition of the centre of gravity; and the general laws of
motion.
6. In Hydrostatics, Hydraulics, and Pneumatics: the pressure of liquids
and gases; specific gravity; and the principles of the action of the
barometer, the siphon, the common pump and forcing-pump, and the
air-pump.
¢c. In Acoustics: the nature of sound.
d. In Optics: the laws of refraction and reflection, and the formation of
images by simple lenses.
‘é. In Chemistry: the phenomena and laws of heat; the chemistry of the
non-metallic elements ; general nature of acids, bases, &c. ; constitution
of the atmosphere ; composition of water, &c.
At the examination for the degree of B.A. a more extensive knowledge of
these subjects is required, and the candidate is further examined in the fol-
lowing branches of science :—
f. Astronomy: principal phenomena depending on the motion of the earth
round the sun, and on its rotation about its own axis ; general description
of the solar system, and explanation of lunar and solar eclipses.
g. Animal Physiology: the properties of the elementary animal textures ;
the principles of animal mechanics ; the processes of digestion, absorption,
assimilation ; the general plan of circulation in the great divisions of
the animal kingdom ; the mechanism of respiration ; the structure and
actions of the nervous system ; and the organs of sense.
Besides the degree examination there is also an examination for honours
in mathematics and natural philosophy, in which, of course, a much wider
range of scientific knowledge is required.
We would venture to remark that, if a similar elementary acquaintance
with the general principles of sciences were required for matriculation at
xlvili REPORT— 1867.
Oxford and Cambridge, it is certain that they would at once become a subject
of regular teaching in all our great public schools.
There are also two specially scientific degrees, a Bachelor of Science and
a Doctor of Science. For the B.Sc. there are two examinations of a general
but highly scientific character. The degree of D.Sc. can only be obtained
after the expiration of two years subsequent to taking the degree of B.Sc.
The candidate is allowed to select one principal subject, and to prove his
thorough practical knowledge thereof, as well as a general acquaintance
with other subsidiary subjects.
LY. Tue Cottece oF PREcEPTORS.
In the diploma examinations at the College of Preceptors, one branch of
science, viz. either chemistry, natural history, or physiology, is required as
a necessary subject for the diploma of Fellow. In the examinations for the
lower diploma of Associate or Licenciate some branch of science may be
taken up by candidates at their own option. The Council recently decided
to offer a prize of three guineas half-yearly for the candidate who showed
most proficiency in science, and who at the same time obtained a second
class in the other subjects.
In the examinations of pupils of schools, natural philosophy, chemistry,
and natural history are optional subjects only, and are not required for a
certificate for the three classes. Two prizes are given to those candidates who
obtain the highest number of marks in these subjects at the half-yearly
examinations; and it is an interesting fact that last year, out of a total of
651 candidates, 100 brought up natural history, and 36 brought up che-
mistry as subjects for examination. Two additional prizes were conse-
quently awarded.
VY. Tue Frencu Scuoots.
In France the “ Lycées”’ correspond most nearly to our Public Schools, and
for many years science has formed a distinct part of their regular curriculum.
A strong impulse to the introduction of scientific teaching into French schools
was given by Napoleon I., and since that time we believe that no French
school has wholly neglected this branch of education. The amount of time
given to these subjects appears to average two hours in every week.
The primary education is that which is given to all alike, whatever may be
their future destination in life, up to the age of eleven or twelve years.
After this period there is a “bifurcation” in the studies of boys. Those
who are intended for business or for practical professions lay aside Greek and
Latin, and enter on a course of ‘special secondary instruction.” In this
course mechanics, cosmography, physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, and
geology occupy a large space; and the authorized oflicial programmes of these
studies are very full, and are drawn up with the greatest care. The remarks
and arguments of the Minister of Public Instruction (Mons. Duruy) and
others, in the ‘ Programmes officiels &c. de l’enseignement secondaire
spécial,” are extremely valuable and suggestive; and we recommend the sylla-
buses of the various subjects, which have received the sanction of the French
Government, as likely to afford material assistance to English teachers in
determining the range and limits of those scientific studies at which, in any
special system of instruction, they may practically aim. The ‘“ Enseigne-
ment secondaire spécial” might very safely be taken as a model of what
it is desirable to teach in the “ modern departments ’’ which are now attached
to some of our great schools.
REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC EDUCATIONAL COMMITTEE. xlix
The boys who are destined to enter the learned professions continue a
classical course, in which, however, much less time is devoted to classical com-
position than is the case in our Public Schools. Nor is science by any means
neglected in this course, which is intended to cover a period of three years.
Besides the “elementary division’’ there are five great classes in these
schools, viz., a grammar division, an upper division, a philosophy class, and
classes for elementary and special mathematics.
In the grammar division there is systematic instruction on the physical
geography of the globe.
In the second class of the upper division the boys begin to be taught the
elements of zoology, botany, and geology in accordance with the ministerial
programmes ; and in the rhetoric class descriptive cosmography (which seems
to be nearly coextensive with the German Erdkunde) forms the subject of a
certain number of weekly lessons.
In the class of philosophy, the young students are initiated into the ele-
mentary notions of physics (including weight, heat, electricity and magnetism,
acoustics, and optics) and of chemistry, in which, at this stage, the teaching
is confined to “ general conceptions on air, water, oxidation, combustion, the
conditions and effects of chemical action, and on the forces which result
from it.”
In the classes of elementary and special mathematics this course of scientific
training is very considerably extended; and if the authorized programmes con-
stitute any real measure of the teaching, it is clear that no boy could pass
through these classes without a far more considerable amount of knowledge
in the most important branches of science than is at present attainable in any
English Public School.
VI. Tue German ScHoots.
In Germany the schools which are analogous to Public Schools in England
are the Gymnasia, where boys are prepared for the Universities, and the
Biirgerschulen or Realschulen, which were established for the most part about
thirty years ago for the purpose of affording a complete education to those
who go into active life as soon as they leave school. An account of the
Prussian Gymnasia and Realschulen may be seen in the Public-School Com-
mission Report, Appendix G; further information may be obtained in ‘ Das
hohere Schulwesen in Preussen,’ by Dr. Wiese, published under the sanction of
the Minister of Public Instruction in Prussia, and in the programmes issued
annually by the school authorities throughout Germany*.
At the Gymnasia natural science is not taught to any great extent. Ac-
cording to the Prussian official instructions, in the highest class two hours,
and in the next class one hour, a week are allotted to the study of physics.
Tn the lower classes two hours a week are devoted to natural history, 7. ¢.
botany and zoology. ‘The results of the present training in natural science
at the Gymnasia are considered by many eminent University professors in
Germany to be unsatisfactory, owing to the insufficient time allotted to it.
In the Realschulen about six hours a week are given to physics and che-
mistry in the two highest classes, and two or three hours a week to natural
history in the other classes. In these schools all the classes devote five or
six hours a week to mathematics, and no Greek is learnt. In Prussia there
were in 1864 above 100 of these schools.
* See also Etude sur V'instruction secondaire et supérieure en Allemagne, par J. F.
Minssen, Paris, 1866. A brief Report addressed to the Minister of Public Instruction in
France.
1867. d
1 REPORT—1867.
APPENDIX B.
On tae Narurat-Scrence Tracuine at Rucsy.
Before the summer of £1864 a boy on entering Rugby might signify
his wish to learn either modern languages or natural science; the lessons
were given at the same time, and therefore excluded one another. If he
chose “natural science he paid an entrance fee of £11s., which went to
an apparatus fund, and £5 5s. annually to the lecturer. Out of the whole
school, numbering from 450 to 500, about one-tenth generally were in the
natural science classes.
The changes proposed by the Commissioners were as follows: — That
natural science should no longer be an alternative with modern languages,
but that all boys should learn some branch of it. _ That there should be two
principal branches,—one consisting of chemistry and physics, the other of
physiology and natural history, animal and vegetable; and that the classes
in natural science should be entirely independent of the general divisions of
the school, so that boys might be arranged for this study exclusively accord-
ing to their proficiency in it.
‘Since, owing to circumstances which it would be tedious to detail, it was
impossible to adopt literally the proposals of the Commissioners, a system
was devised, which must be considered as the system of the Commissioners
in spirit, adapted to meet the exigencies of the case.
The general arrangement is this,—that new boys shall learn botany their
first year, mechanics their second, geology their third, and chemistry their
fourth.
In carrying out this general plan certain difficulties occur, which are met
by special arrangements depending on the peculiarities of the school system.
We need not here enter upon these details, because it would be impossible
to explain them simply, and because any complications which occur in one
school would differ widely from those which are likely to arise in another.
Next, as to the nature of the teaching.
In botany the instruction is given partly by lectures and ‘partly from
Oliver’s Botany. Flowers are dissected and examined by every boy, and
their parts recognized and compared in different plants, and then named.
No technical terms are given till a familiarity with the organ to be named
or described has given rise to their want. The terms which express the
cohesion and adhesion of the parts are gradually acquired until the floral
schedule, so highly recommended by Henslow and Oliver, can be readily
worked. Fruit, seed, inflorescence, the forms of leaf, stem, root are then
treated, the principal facts of vegetable physiology illustrated, and the prin-
ciple of classification into natural orders explained, for the arrangement of
which Bentham’s ‘Handbook of the British Flora’ is used. Contrary to all
previous expectation, when this subject was first introduced it became at
once both popular and effective among the boys.
The lectures are illustrated by Henslow’s nine diagrams, and by a large
and excellent collection of paintings and diagrams made by the lecturers and
their friends, and by botanical collections made for use in lectures. When
the year’s course is over, such boys as show a special taste are invited to
take botanical walks with the principal lecturer, to refer to the School Her-
barium, and are stimulated by prizes for advanced knowledge and for dried
collections, both local and general.
In mechanics the lecturer is the senior Natural Science Master. The
lectures include experimental investigations into the mechanical powers, with
REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC EDUCATIONAL COMMITTEE. hi
numerous examples worked by the boys; into the elements of mechanism,
conversion of motion, the steam-engine, the equilibrium of roofs, bridges,
strength of material, &. They are illustrated by a large collection of
models, and are very effective and popular lectures.
The lectures in geology are undertaken by another master. This subject is
only temporarily introduced, on account of the want of another experimental
school. When this is built the third year’s course will be some part of experi-
mental physics, for which there already exists at Rugby a fair amount of appa-
ratus. {It is very desirable that boys should obtain some knowledge of geology,
but it 1s not so well fitted for school teaching as some of the other subjects on
several grounds. Perhaps a larger proportion of boys are interested in the
subject than in any other; but the subject presupposes more knowledge and
experience than most boys possess, and their work has a tendency to become
either superficial, or undigested knowledge derived from books alone. The
lectures include the easier part of Lyell’s Principles, 7. e. the causes of change
now in operation on the earth; next, an account of the phenomena obsery-
able in the crust of the earth, stratification and its disturbances, and the
construction of maps and sections ; and, lastly, the history of the stratified
rocks and of life on the earth. These lectures are illustrated by a fair geo-
logical collection, which has been much increased of late, and by a good col-
lection of diagrams and views to illustrate geological phenomena.
For chemistry the lecturer has a convenient lecture-room and a small but
well-fitted laboratory*, and he takes his classes through the non-metallic and
the metallic elements : the lectures are fully illustrated by experiments. Boys,
whose parents wish them to study chemistry more completely, can go through
a complete course of practical analysis in the laboratory, by becoming private
pupils of the teacher. At present twenty-one boys are studying analysis.
This being the matter of the teaching, it remains to say a few words on
the manner. This is nearly the same in all the classes, mutatis mutandis :
the lecture is given, interspersed with questions, illustrations, and experi-
ments, and the boys take rough notes, which are recast into an intelligible
and presentable form in note-books. These are sent up about once a fort-
night, looked over, corrected, and returned; and they form at once the test of
how far the matter has been understood, the test of the industry, care, and
attention of the boy, and an excellent subject for their English composition.
Examination papers are given to the sets every three or four weeks, and
to these and to the note-books marks are assigned which have weight in the
_ promotion from form to form. The marks assigned to each subject are pro-
portional to the number of hours spent in school on that subject.
There are school prizes given annually for proficiency in each of the branches
of natural science above mentioned.
This leads us, lastly, to speak of the results.
First, as to the value of the teaching itself ; secondly, as to its effects on
the other branches of study.
The experience gained at Rugby seems to point to these conclusions :—That
botany, structural and classificatory, may be taught with great effect and
interest a large number of boys, and is the best subject to start with. That
its exactness of terminology, the necessity cf care in examining the flowers,
and the impossibility of superficial knowledge are its first recommendations ;
and the successive gradations in the generalizations as to the unity of type
of flowers, and the principles of a natural classification, are of great value to
* Another and larger Jaboratory and school for Experimental Physics will shortly be
built at Rugby.
d 2
ln REPORT—1867.
the cleverer boys. The teaching must be based on personal examination
of flowers, assisted by diagrams, and everything like cram strongly dis-
couraged.
Mechanics are found rarely to be done well by those who are not also the
best mathematicians. But it is a subject which in its applications interest
many boys, and would be much better done, and would be correspondingly
more profitable, if the standard of geometry and arithmetic were higher than
itis. The ignorance of arithmetic which is exhibited by most of the new
boys of fourteen or fifteen would be very surprising, if it had not long since
ceased to surprise the only persons who are acquainted with it; and it forms
the main hindrance to teaching mechanics. Still, under the circumstances,
the results are fairly satisfactory.
The geological teaching need not be discussed at length, as it is temporary,
at least in the middle school. Its value is more literary than scientific. The
boys can bring neither mineralogical, nor chemical, nor anatomical know-
ledge ; nor have they observed enough of rocks to make geological teaching
sound. The most that they can acquire, and this the majority do acquire,
is the general outline of the history of the earth and of the agencies by
which that history has been effected, with a conviction that the subject is
an extremely interesting one. It supplies them with an object rather than
with a method.
Of the value of elementary teaching in chemistry there can be only one
opinion. It is felt to be a new era in a boy’s mental progress when he has
realized the laws that regulate chemical combination and sees traces of order
amid the seeming endless variety. But the number of boys who get real
hold of chemistry from lectures alone is small, as might be expected from the
nature of the subject.
Of the value of experimental teaching in physics, especially pneumatics,
heat, acoustics, optics, and electricity, there can be no doubt. Nothing but
impossibilities would prevent the immediate introduction of each of these
subjects in turn into the Rugby curriculum.
Lastly, what are the general results of the introduction of scientific teach-
ing in the opinion of the body of masters? In brief it is this, that the school
as a whole is the better for it, and that the scholarship is not worse. The
number of boys whose industry and attention is not caught by any school
study is decidedly less ; there is more respect for work and for abilities in
the different fields now open to a boy; and though pursued often with great
vigour, and sometimes with great success, by boys distinguished in classics,
it is not found to interfere with their proficiency in classics, nor are there
any symptoms of overwork in the school. This is the testimony of classical
masters, by no means specially favourable to science, who are in a position
which enables them to judge. To many who would have left Rugby with
but little knowledge, and little love of knowledge, to show as the results of
their two or three years in our middle school, the introduction of science
into our course has been the greatest possible gain: and others who have
left from the upper part of the school, without hope of distinguishing them-
selves in classics or mathematics, have adopted science as their study at the
Universities. It is believed that no master in Rugby School would wish to
give up natural science and recur to the old curriculum.
REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC EDUCATIONAL COMMITTEE, li
APPENDIX C.
On THE TEACHING OF ScIENcE AT Harrow Scuoor.
From this time forward natural science will be made a regular subject for
systematic teaching at Harrow, and a natural science master has been
appointed,
But for many years before the Royal Commission for Inquiry into the
Public Schools had been appointed, a voluntary system for the encouragement
of science had been in existence at Harrow. ‘There had been every term
a voluntary examination on some scientific subject, which, together with the
text-books recommended, was announced at the end of the previous term.
Boys from all parts of the school offered themselves as candidates for these
voluntary examinations, and every boy who acquitted himself to the satisfac-
tion of the examiners (who were always two of the masters) was rewarded
with reference to what could be expected from his age and previous attain-
ments. The text-books were selected with great care, and every boy really
interested in his subject could and did seek the private assistance of his tutor
or of some other master. The deficiencies of the plan, if regarded as a sub-
stitute for the more formal teaching of science, were too obvious to need
pointing out; yet its results were so far satisfactory that many old Harro-
vians spoke of it with gratitude, among whom are some who have since de-
voted themselves to science with distinguished success.
One of the main defects of this plan (its want of all system) was remedied a
year ago, when two of the masters drew upa scheme, which was most readily
adopted, by which any boy staying at Harrow for three years might at least
have the opportunity during that time of being introduced to the elementary
conceptions of astronomy, zoology, botany, structural and classificatory, che-
mistry, and physics. These subjects were entrusted to the responsibility of
eight of the masters, who drew up with great care a syllabus on the subject
for each term, recommend the best text-books, and give weekly instruction
(which is perfectly gratuitous) to all the boys who desire to avail themselves
of it; indeed a boy may receive, in proportion to the interest which he
manifests in the subject, almost any amount of assistance which he may care
to seek. Proficiency in these examinations is rewarded as before; and to
encourage steady perseverance, the boys who do best in the examination du-
ring a course of three terms receive more valuable special rewards.
As offering to boys a voluntary and informal method of obtaining much
scientific information this plan (which was originated at Harrow, and has
not, so far as we are aware, been ever adopted at any other school) offers
many advantages. It is sufficiently elastic to admit of many modifications ;
it is sufficiently comprehensive to attract a great diversity of tastes and incli-
nations ; it cannot be found oppressive, because it rests with each boy to decide
whether he has the requisite leisure or not; it can be adopted with ease at
any school where even a small body of the masters are interested in one or
other special branch of science; and it may tend to excite in some minds a
more spontaneous enthusiasm than could be created by a compulsory plan
alone.
We would not, however, for a moment recommend the adoption of any such
plan as a substitute for more regular scientific training. Its chief value is
purely supplemental, and henceforth it will be regarded at Harrow as entirely
subordinate to the formal classes for the teaching of science which will be
immediately established.
In addition to this, more than a year ago some of the boys formed them-
liv REPORT—1867.
selves intoa voluntary association for the pursuit of science. This Scientific
Society, which numbers upwards of thirty members, meets every ten days at
the house and under the presidency of one or other of the masters. Objects
of scientific interest are exhibited by the members, and papers are read gene-
rally on some subject connected with natural history. Under the auspices of
this Society the nucleus of a future museum has already been formed ; and
among other advantages the Society has had the honour of numbering among
its visitors more than one eminent representative of literature and science.
We cannot too highly recommend the encouragement of such associations for
intellectual self-culture among the boys of our public schools,
Report of the Kew Committee of the Briiish Association for the
Advancement of Science for 1866-67.
The Committee of the Kew Observatory submit to the Council of the British
Association the following statement of their proceedings during the past
ear :-—
; At the Nottingham Meeting it was resolved, “ That the Kew Committee
be authorized to discuss and make the necessary arrangements with the Board
of Trade, should any proposal be made respecting the superintendence, reduc-
tion, and publication of Meteorological observations, in accordance with the
recommendations of the Report of the Committee appointed to consider cer-
tain questions relating to the Meteorological Department of the Board of
Trade.”
On the 18th of October last, a joint Meeting of the Kew Committee, and
of the President, Vice-Presidents, and other Officers of the Royal Society, took
place, to take into consideration a communication which had been received
by the President of the Royal Society from the Board of Trade relative to
the Meteorological Department, and to consider what reply should be sent.
At this joint Meeting it was recommended that the Department under
whose care the Meteorological observations, reductions, and tabulations are
to be made should be under the direction and control of a Superintending
Scientific Committee, who should (subject to the approval of the Board of
Trade) have the nomination to all appointments, as well as the power of
dismissing the usual officials receiving salaries or remuneration. It was also
understood that while the services of the Committee were to be gratuitous,
they would yet necessarily require the services and assistance of a competent
paid Secretary.
Finally, the draft of a reply to the above-mentioned communication from
the Board of Trade was agreed to at this Meeting, for consideration of the
Council of the Royal Society.
The Council of the Royal Society, on 13th Dec, 1866, nominated the following
Fellows of the Society as the Superintending Meteorological Committee :—
General Sabine, Pres. R.S., Mr. De la Rue, Mz. Francis Galton, Mr. Gassiot,
Dr. W. A. Miller, Captain Richards (Hydrographer of the Admiralty), Colonel
Smythe, and Mr. Spottiswoode; and on the 3rd of January this Committee
appointed Mr. Balfour Stewart as its Secretary, on the understanding that
he should, with the concurrence of the Kew Committee of the British Associa-
tion, retain his present office of Superintendent of the Kew Observatory.
It was also proposed that Kew Observatory should become the Central
Observatory, at which all instruments used by or prepared for the several
observatories or stations connected with the Meteorological Department should
REPORT OF THE KEW COMMITTEE. lv
be verified,—the entire expense attendant thereon, or any future expense
arising through the connexion of the Observatory with the Meteorological
Department being paid from the funds supplied by the latter, and not in any
way from money subscribed by the British Association. These proposals
haying been submitted to the Kew Committee, they approved of the Kew
Obseryatory being regarded as the Central Observatory of the Meteorological
Department, and of Mr. Stewart’s holding the office of Secretary to the
Scientific Committee superintending that Department.
When the Meteorological Department was placed under the superinten-
dence of a Scientific Committee, one of the main objects contemplated was
the establishment of a series of meteorological observatories, working in unison
with the Kew Observatory, provided with similar self-recording instruments,
and distributed throughout the country in such a manner that by their means
thé progress of meteorological phenomena oyer the British Isles might be re-
corded with great exactness.
For this purpose it was proposed to have observatories in the following
places :—
Kew (Central Observatory). Aberdeen (probably).
Falmouth. Armagh,
Stonyhurst. Valencia.
Glasgow. ,
Such a plan of course involves an additional annual expenditure; but, the
appointment of a Committee having been sanctioned in the first instance by
the Government, and the estimates attendant thereon afterwards by the
House of Commons, the arrangement may now be regarded as established,
without involving any additional expense to the British Association, The
consequence will be a considerable access of work to Kew Observatory,
and the duties now undertaken by that establishment may, for clearness’
sake, be considered under the two following heads :—
(A) The work done by Kew Observatory under the Direction of the
British Association. :
(B) That done at Kew as the Central Observatory of the Meteorological
. Committee.
This system of division will be adopted in what follows of this Report.
(A) Work Done By Kew OnseRvaTory UNDER THE DIRECTION oF THE
British Assocration,
1. Magnetic.—The Self-recording Magnetographs ordered by the Vic-
toria Government for Mr. Ellery, of Melbourne, have been verified at Kew,
and dispatched to Melbourne, where they have arrived. They will, it is be-
lieved, be very shortly in continuous action.
It was mentioned in the last Report that a set of Self-recording Magneto-
graphs ordered by the Stonyhurst Observatory had been verified at Kew and
dispatched to their destination. These instruments are now in action at
Stonyhurst, under the direction of the Rev, W. Sidgreaves.
Mr. Meldrum, of the Mauritius Observatory, who is now in this country,
has received at Kew instruction in the various processes of that establish-
ment. His Self-recording Magnetographs have been verified in his presence,
and they are now in the hands of the optician, who is awaiting Mr, Meldrum’s
instructions regarding them.
It is hoped that very soon a considerable number of Magnetographs after
the Kew pattern will be in continuous operation at different parts of the
lyi REPORT—1867.
world; and as during the next two or three years magnetic disturbances
may be expected to increase, it will be interesting to institute comparisons
between the simultaneous records produced by these various instruments.
The usual monthly absolute determinations of the magnetic elements con-
tinue to be made by Mr. Whipple, magnetic assistant ; and the Self-record-
ing Magnetographs are in constant operation as heretofore, also under Mr,
Whipple, who has displayed much care and assiduity in the discharge of his
duties.
The photographic department connected with the self-recording instruments
is under the charge of Mr. Page, who performs his duties very satisfactorily.
The observations made for the purpose of determining the temperature
coefficients of the horizontal-force and vertical-force magnetographs have
been reduced.
In order to obviate the chance of any break in the continuity of the series
of absolute magnetic determinations made at Kew which might arise from
a change of the magnetic assistant, the Superintendent has commenced taking
quarterly observations of the dip and horizontal force, with the view of cor-
recting any change in personal equation which might be produced by change
of assistant.
The magnetic curves produced at Kew previously to the month of Ja-
nuary 1865, have all been measured and reduced under the direction of
General Sabine, by the staff of his office at Woolwich, and the results of this
reduction have been communicated by General Sabine to the Royal Society
in a series of interesting and valuable memoirs. It is now proposed that the
task of tabulating and reducing these curyes since the above date be performed
by the staff at Kew working under the direction of Mr. Stewart.
2. Meteorological work.—The meteorological work of the Observatory con-
tinues in charge of Mr. Baker, who executes his duties very satisfactorily.
Since the Nottingham Meeting 89 Barometers have been verified; 608
Thermometers have likewise been verified, and two Standard Thermometers
have been constructed at the Observatory.
The Self-recording Barograph continues in constant operation, and traces
in duplicate are obtained, one set of which is regularly forwarded to the
Meteorological Office. :
A Self-recording Barograph and Thermograph on the new Kew pattern
about to be made for Mr. Ellery of Melbourne, and a Self-recording Baro-
graph for Mr. Smalley of Sydney, will be verified at the observatory before
they are dispatched to their destination.
The Anemometer is in constant operation as heretofore.
Dr. R. Coleridge Powles, before he proceeded to Pekin, received meteorolo-
gical instruction at Kew.
The well-known apparatus employed for so long a time by Mr. Robert
Addams for liquefying carbonic acid, has been purchased by Mr. Stewart from
funds supplied by the Royal Society; and Mr. Addams has kindly under-
taken to make a preliminary experiment with his apparatus, as well as to
give specific instructions regarding it. As the exact thermometric value of the
freezing-point of mercury has been previously determined by Mr. Stewart, it
is expected that the apparatus will furnish the means of verifying thermo-
meters at very low temperatures.
At the request of the Meteorological Committee, several Aneroids have
been obtained from the best-known makers of these instruments, and, by
means of an apparatus constructed by Mr. Beckley for this purpose, they
have been compared with a standard Barometer at different pressures, being
ee ee ae
REPORT OF THE KEW COMMITTEE. lvii
meanwhile tapped so as to imitate as well as possible the tapping by the
hand which these instruments are usually subjected to previously to the read-
ings being taken.
These experiments show that, while Aneroids cannot be considered equal
in accuracy to standard Barometers, yet the best-constructed Aneroids, within
certain limits, give reliable results.
3. Photoheliograph.—The Kew Heliograph, in charge of Mr. De la Rue,
continues to be worked in a satisfactory manner. During the past year 204
negatives have been taken, on 144 days. Pictures of the Pagoda in Kew
Gardens are regularly taken by this instrument, in the hope that by this
means the angular diameter of the Sun may be satisfactorily determined.
Since the last Meeting of the Association, a second series of solar researches,
in continuation of the first series, has been published (the expense of print-
ing having been defrayed by Mr. De la Rue), entitled “‘ Researches in Solar
Physics, Second Series, Area Measurements of the Sun-spots observed by
Mr. Carrington during the seven years 1854-1860 inclusive, and deduc-
tions therefrom. By Messrs. De la Rue, Stewart, and Loewy.”
The Heliographic latitudes and longitudes of all the spots recorded by the
Kew Photoheliograph during the years 1862 and 1863 have been calculated,
and it is hoped that the results may soon be published, forming a third
series of Solar Researches. It is believed that these results will demon-
strate the superiority of photographic pictures over all other methods of
observation.
The sum of £60 has been obtained from the Government Grant fund of the
Royal Society, to be applied to the discussion of Hofrath Schwabe’s long and
valuable series of Sun-spots, at present in the possession of Kew Observatory.
These pictures are now being examined with this object.
Sun-spots continued likewise to be numbered after the manner of Hofrath
Schwabe, and a table exhibiting the monthly groups observed at Dessau and
at Kew for the year 1866 has already appeared in the Monthly Notices of the
Astronomical Society, vol. xxvu. No. 3.
4. Apparatus for verifying Sextants—The apparatus constructed by
Mr. Cooke, for verifying Sextants, has for some time been erected at the
Observatory ; and a description of it has been communicated by Mr. Stewart
to the Royal Society, and published in their ‘ Proceedings,’ vol. xvi. p. 2.
Seven Sextants have been verified during the past year.
5. Miscellaneous work.—The preliminary observations with Captain Kater’s
pendulum, alluded to in last year’s Report, have been made; but the reduc-
tions are not yet quite finished.
An account of certain experiments on the heating of a disk by rapid rota-
tion in vacuo has been communicated to the Royal Society by Mr. Stewart
in conjunction with Professor Tait, and has been published in the ‘ Pro-
ceedings ’ of that body.
The instrument devised by Mr. Broun for the purpose of estimating the
_ magnetic dip by means of soft iron, remains at present at the Observatory,
awaiting Mr. Broun’s return to England.
During the past year two standard yards for opticians have been compared
with the Kew standard.
Several instruments, chiefly magnetic, have been sent to Kew by General
Sabine from his office at Woolwich.
The Superintendent has received grants from the Royal Society for special
experiments ; and when these are completed an account will be rendered to
that Society.
viii REPORT—1867.
(B) Worx pont at Kew As tHe Cenrrat OnsERVATORY OF THE
MerroroLoGi0aL CoMMITTEE.
Mr. Stewart, as Director of the Central Meteorological Observatory, having
been called upon to arrange the self-recording instruments required by the
Meteorological Committee, has obtained the cooperation of Mr. Beckley, me-
chanical assistant at Kew, from whom he has derived very great aid, and in
conjunction with*him has arranged the Self-recording Thermograph and
Barograph which have been adopted by the Meteorological Committee.
The following are the chief characteristics of these instruments ;—
Thermograph.—tin this instrument an air-speck, formed by a break in the
mercurial column of a thermometer, allows the light of a gas-lamp to pass
through it, yielding an image that is obtained on a revolving cylinder coyered
with photographic paper.
As the cylinder revolves once in forty-eight hours, and as the thermometric
column rises and falls, these motions delineate a curve, by means of which
the temperature of the thermometer is denoted from moment to moment.
There would be but one curve if there were only one thermometer; in
practice there are two, the dry and wet bulb, the object of the first being
to register the temperature of the air, and of the second to register that
of evaporation. In this Thermograph the simultaneous records of these two
thermometers are obtained, the one under the other, on the same sheet of
paper. We have thus an under curve denoting the readings of the wet-bulb
thermometer, and a curve above it denoting those of the dry-bulb thermo-
meter,
An arrangement connected with the clock of this instrument has been
proposed and executed by Mr. Beckley, by means of which the light is cut
off from the sensitive paper for four minutes every two hours, <A small
break is thus produced every two hours on each curve, by means of which
the time of any phenomenon may be easily ascertained. By drawing lines
through the simultaneous breaks of the wet and dry-bulb curves, a series
of lines is obtained perpendicular to the direction of motion of the cylinder,
which serves the purposes of a zero-line. Lastly, a Kew Standard Ther-
mometer, similar in size and figure to those of the Thermograph, and placed
between them (outside the house), is used as the standard of reference, and,
as such, is read (by eye) five or six times a day. By this means an independent
determination of the temperature of the air may be obtained from time to
time. ;
The Thermograph has been for some time ready to commence continuous
registration. Hitherto this has been delayed with the view of making ex-
periments designed to improve the working of the instrument, because up to
the present time these improvements could be easily adapted to the other
instruments in course of construction. It is intended to commence the regular
working of the instrument before the beginning of September.
Barograph.—The arrangement for cutting off the light every two hours, and
the precaution of comparing the observations with those of a standard instru-
ment, read five or six times a day, will be introduced in the Barograph as
well as in the Thermograph. The correction of the Barograph for tempe-
rature is the only thing to which it is necessary to allude. Here the curve
denotes an uncorrected Barometer: the zero-line is not a straight line, but
is formed by the interception of the light from the cylinder by a stop which,
by means of a lever arrangement, rises and falls with temperature as much
as the barometric column rises and falls from the same cause; that is to
‘“NOLLOH ‘tf "LOST ‘gsnbnpr ypey
Weenewswe tuacsveneunesecee 0} Suyunoure pueq ur gourleq e SuravaT
Ce eer Terr Teer er Terre rrr rire rere reer errr Pere reer ere erry Trt re qeok aud IO} ainjipuedxg 12303 auL
seer
£G
It Z
2 8 F9L CO ree ener sree cs cecereceneces wectee see setend cee tes ceuseses cee sevcseeebesesesees syuaTIN.AYSUT JO WOTVOIIOA pue UOTON.YsTIOD oy Loy ‘solmpung WoL
00 009 ° sresectensenensgrenseseesenscssesceenseectsesersseesneeserees | HOMBIOOSSY YSU U9 JO LAANSVOLT, a1} WOAT pastonayy
66. we ee: oe vcevvereseeene TT reeeeeeaeecenevearerenssarsesseneasserasesesreteescacseserecseerer tpn qsBl Ol} WorZ aoULTe BUI,
“at 0} payuasard sxatonoa ayy YIM 9t paredmoo pue yunodde aaoqe 94} pourwexd aavy J
TL LT 98LF Il LZ 98LF
7% OL sresearovaseneenenenasegenscnsassuenenstncasescacaneseneseneess OOUUIDE
0c T serseteaserecsstrseseanneeserereceeeseeesneesesUOMTD JO POOMUSTIG
0 0 Tt * L981 ‘190190 WIOT 0} puey Fo yuayy
OL FI 9Z pice nec oes seers sgsuadxa Aad puv ase1aq10g
8 9L LZ eee eee eee rere rrr rr iP.) ‘Aroppuryg, ‘sosuodxiy asnoyyT
0 L 6F stenvaseresereanereasestsesenesssesnasseereterecstaes SBK) DUB §[BOD
Z 61 9¢ **: advysog pur ‘syoog ‘Arauoyeyg ‘Suyuig
© SL et srreeeereee OSB TAL pur ‘taquadieg ‘1eSuouluo0ry
g al T¢ FOOTE Heme TET e eH eee eee ee teeareeee® ‘ON ‘s[ooy, ‘s[eroqe yy ‘snyerrddy (A 8 FOL oe
0 0 8g —- 0 0 Fo" suOteArasqo oLuTjoe Suryeu
0 0 80T dechasthictnes yoo tad ‘sop 4e ‘ZggT 19q ut padojdue amy 10x soosoy ‘Jorg mom “4
-mojdog pug Surpua ‘syoom FCG ‘AaTyoog “yy 0 0 O9 itt syderZoqau
0 0 & he ah eae ee Fo OcF 3 -Svyy Surpsodai-jjas Jo uovoytzea 974 10 «a
* ‘981 ‘1940199 pug Surpua ‘siaq.1enb om} ‘ond WN me FPS J ; vou ies
0 0 06 “"'* wWnuur sod OFy 42 s1ojAeNb omy ‘aSeg “q 0 0 9B “rr *** WopuoTy ‘ao1YO JeaIdojox
Fee a ala L981 ‘104 -O9}9W OY} 0} YUIaS SOAIND Ydeisoreg 10 =“
0 0 & -woydag 436% Surpua ‘sioq1enb nog ‘1oyeg *, 6 6 1G sueydg woz " Ws
Pann cee Bal awueis’e 88 0/s)5)< swo\sip wa T ‘taquiey eee e cece eevecaveneoeseesens Oe eeceeecee
0 0 OOL | -ae 3 ‘ 498 ‘ ; 0 61 2% 200
§ WISI Surpua ‘sx1ojrenb oy ‘apddiy “9
0 0 OL ‘“* 'sosuadxo Suyjoxery Aq,0d 107 pomorye ‘0731CT Pepeciae aap 2) ON, Sma
seeeseseneeneseeesessseeeseeneeeees 79QT LOGO] ‘P'S F -Uy [eosoporoazayy Jo uoyeoyrioa oy a0y
0 0 002 4-09 487 Surpua ‘stajzenb moy ‘y1emaqg “gq Og, 0 0 ONG Wrrrrrrrrrrerresseerreeeess JOINSVOLT, [BIOUIH 94} Woy paatooay
Cad am 4 — "09 ‘SOLIeyes GC GB GS Nt seeasteeeccseeceesseeeeroeerroees aTNOgIB qe] Woy souRleg
Ds F&F D8 F
“SINGWAVd “SLdI GOTH
en ie ee gi a Sh ae
"JOST ‘“F taquuiag dagy 02 “9981 ‘ZS asnbny wou uoynuossy ysyrug ayz fo aaqUumlog may ayn fo spunoao
Ix REPORT—1867.
say, in order to find the true height of the barometer, we measure between
the zero-line and the line denoting the top of the uncorrected column, since,
when the top of the column rises or falls through temperature, the zero-
line rises or falls just as much. This mode of correction, although sufficient
for most purposes, cannot yet be absolutely perfect; a little reflection will,
however, show that the curved zero-line may not only be used as the
means of correcting the readings of the instrument, but also as giving the actual
temperature of the mercurial column from moment to moment, so that the
true temperature-correction may with very little trouble be obtained and
applied.
en comparison of the curves of the old Kew Barograph at present in
operation, with those of the Oxford Barograph, has shown that there is
probably a slight adhesion of the mercury to the sides of the tube of the
former instrument; moreover the instrument is not in all respects the same
as those about to be supplied to the other observatories. It has therefore
been resolved that one of the new instruments shall be substituted for it.
Anemometer.—This instrument is a modification of Dr. Robinson’s. Its
time-scale corresponds in length with those of the Thermograph and Baro-
graph,—the object of haying all the time-scales of the same length being to
obtain the means of accurately placing the simultaneous records of the
different instruments, one under the other, on the same sheet of paper. The
present Anemometer will have to be altered, as it is not self-recording for
direction ; and it is then intended to support it above the moveable dome of
the Observatory so as to be independent of it.
In order to fit the Observatory for the purposes of the Meteorological
Committee, one of the outhouses, at present only occasionally used for the veri-
fication of Magnetographs, has been altered so as to make it also available for
the verification of meteorological self-recording instruments ; this, together
with the addition of a small brick building outside, will be sufficient for the
purposes of the Meteorological Committee. When this building is completed
it will receive all the moveable iron at present in the Observatory; this
arrangement will at the same time set free the present workshop, additional
room being required for the increasing work of the Observatory.
J. P. Gasstor, Chairman.
Kew Observatory, 22nd August 1867.
Report of the Parliamentary Committee to the Meeting of the British
Association at Dundee, September 1867.
The Parliamentary Committee have the honour to report as follows :—
Your Committee have to express their regret that the Public Schools Bill
has again failed to obtain the sanction of the Legislature ; but it is a subject
for congratulation that the discussions in Parliament and elsewhere, which
have followed its introduction, have already borne fruit. The attention of
the public appears to have been awakened to the necessity for introducing
scientific teaching into our Schools, if we are not willing to sink into a con-
dition of inferiority as regards both intellectual culture and skill in art when
compared with foreign nations. The voluntary efforts of the Masters of two
of our great schools to add instruction in Natural Science to the ordinary
Classical course are deserving of all praise; and some evidence of their suc-
RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE GENERAL COMMITTEE. lxi
cess may be derived from the interesting fact, disclosed in the able Report
of the Committee appointed by the Council of the Association to consider this
subject, that some of the boys at Harrow have formed themselves into a
yoluntary Association for the pursuit of Science.
Your Committee have communicated to the Lord Chancellor the Reports of
the Committee on Scientific Evidence in Courts of Law ; and his Lordship
has promised to consider the subject during the recess.
The Chairman of your Committee has also lately been in communication
with the President of the Board of Trade, with the object of prevailing
on the Government to amend the unsatisfactory provisions now in force,
under the authority of the Merchant Shipping Act, for securing the proper
adjustment of the Compasses of the iron-built ships of the Mercantile Marine.
This measure was strongly and ably advocated by the President and
Council of the Royal Society, in a correspondence which passed between
them and the Board of Trade in 1865, but hitherto without success.
Wrortrstey, Chairman.
31st August, 1867.
RECOMMENDATIONS ADOPTED BY THE GENERAL CoMMITTEE AT THE DUNDEE
Meeting In SerremBer 1867.
[When Committees are appointed, the Member first named is regarded as the Secretary,
except there is a specific nomination. }
Involving Grants of Money.
That the sum of £600 be placed at the disposal of the Council for main-
taining the Establishment of the Kew Observatory.
That the Lunar Committee be reappointed, and consist of Mr. J. Glaisher,
Lord Rosse, Lord Wrottesley, Sir J. Herschel, Bart., Professor Phillips, Rev.
C. Pritchard, Mr. W. Huggins, Mr. W. De la Rue, Mr. C. Brooke, Rev. T. W.
Webb, Mr. J. N. Lockyer, and Mr. W. R. Birt; and that the sum of £120
be placed at their disposal.
That Dr. Joule, Sir W. Thomson, Professor Tait, Mr. Balfour Stewart, and
Professor G. C. Foster be a Committee for the purpose of executing a re-
measurement of the Dynamical Equivalent of Heat; that Professor Foster
be the Secretary, and that the sum of £50 be placed at their disposal for the
purpose.
That the Committee for reporting on the Rainfall of the British Isles, con-
sisting of Mr. Glaisher, Lord Wrottesley, Professor Phillips, Mr. G. J. Symons,
Mr. J. F. Bateman, Mr. R. W. Mylne, and Mr. T. Hawksley, be reappointed ;
that Mr. G. J. Symons be the Secretary, and that the sum of £50 be placed
at their disposal.
That the Balloon Committee, consisting of Colonel Sykes, Mr. Airy,
Lord Wrottesley, Sir David Brewster, Sir J. Herschel, Bart., Dr. Robinson,
Mr. Fairbairn, Dr. Tyndall, Dr. W. A. Miller, and Mr. Glaisher, be reap-
pointed for the purpose of ascents, and a further reduction of the observa-
tions ; and that £50 (remaining undrawn from the last grant) be placed at
their disposal.
That a Committee, consisting of Sir W. Thomson, the Astronomer Royal,
the Presidents of the Royal and Astronomical Societies, Lord Wrottesley,
Mr. W. De la Rue, Professor Stokes, Professor Adams, Professor Price, Pro-
Ixii REPORT—1867.
fessor Fuller, Professor Kelland, Professor Rankine, Professor Fischer, Mr.
Gassiot, Dr. Robinson, Mr. J. F. Bateman, Mr. J. Oldham, Mr. W. Parkes,
Mr. T. Webster, Mr. W. Sissons, Admiral Sir Edward Belcher, K.C.B., and
Mr. J. F. Iselin (with power to add to their number), be appointed for the
purpose of promoting the extension, improvement, and harmonic analysis of
Tidal Observations ; that Professor Fuller and Mr. J. F. Iselin be the Secre-
taries, and that the sum of £100 be placed at their disposal for the purpose.
- That Sir William Thomson, Dr. Everett, Sir Charles Lyell, Bart., Prin-
cipal Forbes, Mr. J. Clerk Maxwell, Professor Phillips, Mr. G. J. Symons, Mr.
Balfour Stewart, Professor Ramsay, Mr. Geikie, Mr. Glaisher, Rev. Dr.
Graham, Mr. E. W. Binney, Mr. George Maw, and Mr. Pengelly be a Com-
mittee for the purpose of investigating the rate of increase of Underground
Temperature downwards in various localities of dry land and under water ;
that Dr. Everett be the Secretary, and that the sum of £50 be placed at
their disposal for the purpose.
That the Committee on Luminous Meteors and Aérolites, consisting of
Mr. Glaisher, Mr. R. P. Greg, Mr. E. W. Brayley, Mr. Alexander Herschel,
and Mr. C. Brooke, be reappointed; that Mr. Herschel be the Secretary,
and that the sum of £50 be placed at their disposal for the purpose.
That Dr. Anderson and Mr. Catton be a Committee for the purpose of
prosecuting the researches of Mr. Catton on the Synthesis of Organic Acids ;
and that the sum of £60 be placed at their disposal for the purpose.
That Sir Charles Lyell, Bart., Professor Phillips, Sir John Lubbock, Bart.,
Mr. John Evans, Mr. Edward Vivian, Mr. William Pengelly, and Mr. George
Busk be a Committee for the purpose of continuing the exploration of Kent’s
Cavern, Torquay ; that Mr. Pengelly be the Secretary, and that the sum of
£150 be placed at their disposal for the purpose.
That Mr. W. 8. Mitchell, Mr. Robert Etheridge, Professor J. Morris, and
Mr. G. Maw be a Committee for the purpose of investigating the Leaf-beds of
the Lower Bagshot Series of the Hampshire Basin; that Mr. Mitchell be the
Secretary, and that the sum of £50 be placed at their disposal for the pur-
pose.
That Dr. P. M. Duncan and Mr. Henry Woodward be requested to Report
on the British Fossil Corals; and that the sum of £50 be placed at their
disposal for the purpose,
That Mr. C. Moore, the Rey. L. Jenyns, and the Rey. H. H. Winwood be
a Committee for the purpose of investigating the veins containing Organic
Remains which occur in the Mountain Limestone of the Mendips and else-
where ; that Mr. Moore be the Secretary ; that the sum of £40 be placed at
their disposal for the purpose, and that the objects of interest found shall be
disposed in a manner satisfactory to the Council of the Association.
Dr. Bryce, Sir W. Thomson, Mr. D, Milne-Home, and Mr. Macfarlane be
requested to resume the researches on Scottish Earthquakes; that Dr. Bryce
be the Secretary, and that the sum of £35 be placed at their disposal for the
purpose.
That Mr. Henry Woodward, Professor Phillips, and Mr. C. Spence Bate
be a Committee for the purpose of continuing their investigations on the Fossil
Crustacea; and that the sum of £25 be placed at their disposal for the
purpose.
That Professor Phillips, Professor Huxley, and Mr. H. G. Seeley be a
Committee for the purpose of drawing up a Report on the present state of
our knowledge of Secondary Reptiles, Pterodactyles, and Birds; and that
the sum of £50 be placed at their disposal for the purpose,
RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE GENERAL COMMITTEE. Ixili
That Mr, Gwyn Jeffreys, Mr. R. McAndrew, the Rev. A. Merle Norman, Mr.
E. Walker, Dr. W. C. M°Intosh, and Mr. E. Ray Lankester be a Committee
for the purpose of continuing the investigation of the British Marine Inverte-
brate Fauna by means of the dredge ; that Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys be the Secre-
tary, and that the sum of £100 be placed at their disposal for the purpose.
That Sir John Lubbock, Bart., Mr. H. T. Stainton, and the Rev. H. B.
Tristram be a Committee for the purpose of preparing a record of the pro-
gress of Zoology in the year 1867; that Sir John Lubbock be the Secretary,
and that the sum of £100 be placed at their disposal for the purpose.
That Mr. C. Spence Bate, Mr. Couch, Sir John Lubbock, Bart., Mr. Gwyn
Jeffreys, and Mr. Cornish be a Committee for the purpose of exploring the
Fauna of the south coast of Devon and Cornwall; that Mr. C. Spence Bate
be the Secretary, and that the sum of £30 be placed at their disposal for
the purpose.
That Mr. G. Busk and Mr, W. Carruthers be a Committee for the purpose
of carrying on investigations on Fossil Flora; that Mr. Carruthers be the
Secretary, and that the sum of £25 be placed at their disposal for the pur-
pose.
That Mr. E. Ray Lankester, Mr. Charles Stewart, and Dr. Arthur Gamgee
be a Committee for the purpose of investigating Animal Substances with the
Spectroscope ; that Mr. E. Ray Lankester be the Secretary, and that the sum
of £15 be placed at their disposal for the purpose.
That Dr. Bennett, Dr. Christison, Dr. Rogers, Dr. Arthur Gamgee, Dr. W.
Rutherford, and Dr. Frazer be a Committee for the purpose of carrying on
investigations to determine the action of Mercury on the Secretion of Bile ;
that Dr. Bennett be the Secretary, and that the sum of £25 be placed at their
disposal for the purpose.
That Dr. B. W. Richardson, Professor Humphry, and Dr. Sharpey be a
Committee for the purpose of continuing the investigations on the physiolo-
gical action of the Methyl Series and allied organic compounds; and that
the sum of £25 be placed at their disposal for the purpose.
That Sir R. I. Murchison, Bart., Dr. J. D. Hooker, Captain Sherard
Osborn, and Mr. C. R. Markham be a Committee for the purpose of pro-
moting the exploration of the interior of Greenland, now in prosecution by
Mr. Edward Whymper ; that Mr. C. R. Markham be the Secretary, and that
the sum of £100 be placed at their disposal for the purpose.
That the Metric Committee be reappointed for the purpose of diffusing
knowledge of the relations amongst systems of Moneys, Weights, and Mea-
sures, such Committee to consist of Sir John Bowring, The Right Hon. C. B.
_ Adderley, M.P., Mr. Samuel Brown, Mr. W. Ewart, M.P., Capel H. Berger,
Dr. Farr, Mr. Frank P. Fellows, Professor Frankland, Professor Hennessy,
Mr. James Heywood, Sir Robert Kane, Professor Leone Levi, Professor W. A.
Miller, Professor Rankine, Mr. C. W. Siemens, Colonel Sykes, M.P., Professor
A. W. Williamson, Lord Wrottesley, Mr. James Yates, Dr. George Glover,
Mr. Joseph Whitworth, Mr. J. R. Napier, Mr. H. Dircks, Mr. J. V. N.
Bazalgette, Mr. W. Smith, Mr. W. Fairbairn, and Mr. John Robinson ; that
Professor Leone Levi be the Secretary, and that the sum of £50 be placed
at their disposal for the purpose.
That the Committee, consisting of Mr. J. Scott Russell, Mr. T. Hawksley,
Mr. J. R. Napier, Mr. William Fairbairn, and Professor W. J. M. Rankine,
to analyze and condense the information contained in the Reports of the
*Steam-ship Performance” Committee and other sources of information on
the same subject, with power to employ paid calculators or assistants, if ne-.
Ixiv REPORT—1867.
cessary, be reappointed; and that the sum of £100 be placed at their dis-
posal for the purpose.
That the Committee, consisting of Mr. W. Fairbairn and Mr. Tait, for con-
tinuing experiments with a view to test the improvements in the manufac-
ture of Iron and Steel, be reappointed ; and that the sum of £100 be placed
at their disposal for the purpose.
Applications for Reports and Researches not involving Grants
of Money.
That the Committee on Electrical Standards, consisting of Professor
Williamson, Professor Wheatstone, Professor Sir W. Thomson, Professor W.
A. Miller, Dr. A. Matthiessen, Mr. Fleeming Jenkin, Sir Charles Bright,
Mr. J. Clerk Maxwell, Mr. C. W. Siemens, Mr. Balfour Stewart, Dr. Joule, Mr.
C. F. Varley, Mr. G. C. Foster, and Mr. C. Hockin, be reappointed; and
that Mr. Fleeming Jenkin be the Secretary.
That Professor Stokes be requested to continue his Researches on Physical
Optics.
That Mr. E. J. Lowe, Mr. Glaisher, Dr. Moffat, Mr. C. Brooke, Dr. Andrews,
and Dr. B. Ward Richardson be a Committee for the purpose of promoting
accurate Meteorological Observations of Ozone; and that Mr. Lowe be the -
Secretary.
That Dr. Tyndall, Dr. Lyon Playfair, Dr. Odling, Rey. C. Pritchard, Pro-
fessor Kelland, Professor W. A. Miller, and Professor Foster be a Committee
for the purpose of inquiring into the present methods of teaching the elements
of Dynamics, Experimental Physics, and Chemistry in schools of various
classes, and of suggesting the best means of promoting this object in accord-
ance with the Recommendations of the Report of the Committee appointed
by the Council; and that Professor Foster and Dr. Odling be the Secretaries.
That Dr. Matthiessen be requested to continue his researches on the
Chemical Constitution of Cast Iron.
That Mr. Thomas Fairley be requested to continue his researches on
Polycyanides of the Organic Radicals.
That the Committee on Scientific Evidence in Courts of Law, consisting of
the Rev. W. V. Harcourt, Professor Williamson, The Right. Hon. J. Napier,
Mr. W. Tite, Professor Christison, Dr. Tyndall, Mr. James Heywood, Mr.
J. F. Bateman, Mr. Thomas Webster, Sir Benjamin Brodie, Bart., and Pro-
fessor W. A. Miller (with power to add to their number), be reappointed ;
and that Professor Williamson be the Secretary. ;
That the Patent Law Committee be reappointed, such Committee to con-
sist of Mr. Thomas Webster, Q.C., Sir W. G. Armstrong, Mr. J. F. Bateman,
Mr. W. Fairbairn, Mr. John Hawkshaw, Mr. J. Scott Russell, Mr. H. Dircks,
Mr. J. V. N. Bazalgette, Professor Rankine, and Mr. P. Le Neve Foster,
with power to add to their number.
That a Committee, consisting of the Duke of Buccleuch, the Rey. Patrick
Bell, Mr. David Greig, Mr. J. Oldham, Professor Rankine, Mr. William Smith,
Mr. Harold Littledale, The Earl of Caithness, and Mr. Robert Neilson, be
appointed to prepare a Report on Agricultural Machinery ; and that Messrs.
J. P. Smith and P. Le Neve Foster be the Secretaries.
That a Committee, consisting of Admiral Sir Edward Belcher, Mr. J.
Oldham, Mr. J. R. Napier, Mr. George Fawcus, Mr. William Smith, and Mr.
J. Sissons, be appointed to Report on the Regulations affecting the safety of
Merchant Ships and their Passengers.
RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE GENERAL COMMITTEE. Ixv
Involving Application to Government.
That the President of the Association be requested to communicate the
Report of the Committee appointed by the Council to consider the best means
for promoting Scientific Education in Schools, to the President of the Privy
Council and to the Parliamentary Committee on the part of the Association ;
and that the General Officers be authorized to take steps to give publicity to
the Report.
_ That Sir Bartle Frere, Sir Arthur Phayre, Colonel R. Strachey, Colonel
Yule, Sir Proby Cautley, Mr. W. Spottiswoode, Dr. J. D. Hooker, and Sir
John Lubbock be a Committee for the purpose of representing to the Secre-
tary of State for India the great and urgent importance of adopting active
measures to obtain reports on the physical form, manners, customs, &c. of
the indigenous population of India, and especially of those tribes which are
still in the habit of erecting Megalithic monuments; and that Dr. J. D.
Hooker be the Secretary.
That General Sir Andrew 8. Waugh, Sir Arthur Phayre, General G.
Balfour, General Sir Vincent Eyre, Captain Sherard Osborn, Mr. George
Campbell, and Dr. Thomas Thomson be a Committee for the purpose of
waiting on the Secretary of State for India to represent the desirability of
an exploration being made of the district between the Burhampooter, the
Upper Irrawaddy, and the Yang-tze-Kiang, with a view to a route being
established between the navigable parts of these rivers; and that Dr.
Thomas Thomson be the Secretary.
That Sir Roderick Murchison, Bart., Admiral Erasmus Ommanney, Ad-
miral Collinson, Admiral Sir E. Belcher, Captain Sherard Osborn, Captain
Allen Young, and Mr. C. R. Markham be a Committee for the purpose of
representing to Her Majesty’s Government the desirability of their under-
taking an exploration of the area around the North Pole; and that Mr. C.
R. Markham be the Secretary.
Communications to be printed in extenso in the Annual Report of
the Association.
That Mr. C. Meldrum’s paper, “ On the Meteorology of the Mauritius,’’ be
printed in eaxtenso among the Reports.
That Mr. I. Lowthian Bell’s paper, “ On the present state of the Manu-
facture of Iron in Britain, and its position as compared with that of some
other countries,” be printed in full in the Report of the Association.
That Mr. Mitchell’s paper, “On the Highland Railways,” be printed at
length amongst the Reports.
Resolved that Resolutions :—
(1) Relating to the continuation of Storm Signals,
(2) The introduction of the knowledge of the Metric System into Govern-
ment Schools,
(3) Natural-History Collections in the British Museum,
(4) The pollution of rivers, and the preservation of Salmon Fisheries,
be referred to the Council of the Association.
1867. €
Ixvi © REPORT—1867.
Synopsis of Grants of Money appropriated to Scientific Purposes by
the General Committee at the Dundee Meeting in September 1867.
The names of the Members who would be entitled to call on the
General Treasurer for the respective Grants are prefixed.
Kew Observatory.
Maintaining the Establishment of Kew Observatory........ 600 0 O
Mathematics and Physics.
*Glaisher, Mr.Lunar Committee ...............0ce eee 120 0 O
Joule, Dr—Remeasurement of the Dynamical Equivalent of
cil) eS) Cn nL ee ian eb A 50 0 0
*Gilaisher, Mr. — British Rainfall 34.0... Te Pa 50 0 O
*Sykes, Colonel.—Balloon Committee (renewed)............ 50 Oe)
Thomson, Professor Sir W.—Tidal Observations .......... 100 0 O
Thomson, Professor Sir W.—Underground Temperature .... 50 0 0
*Glaisher, Mr.—Luminous Meteors ...............:.+++s- 50 0 0
Chemistry.
*Anderson, Dr.Synthesis of Organic Acids ...........045 60 0 0
Geology.
*Lyell, Sir C., Bart.—Kent’s Cavern Investigation.......... 150 0 0
Mitchell, Mr. W. S.—Leaf-beds of the Lower Bagshot series.. 50 0 0O
Duncan, Dr. P. M.—British Fossil Corals ................ 50 /0Fe0
Moore, Mr. C.—Veins containing Organic Remains in the
Miputipar Pimestone: Pee MP Se ee 40 0 0
Bryce, Dr.—Scottish Earthquakes ...,..........00000 eee 35 0 0
*Woodward, Mr. H.—Fossil Crustacea (renewed) .......... Be ree
*Phillips, Professor.—Secondary Reptiles, Pterodactyles, and
LT eg I AR AU mE LE Rae ER RAR RR IEA od 50 0 0
Biology.
Jeffreys, Mr. J. Gwyn.—British Marine Invertebrate Fauna.. 100 0 0
Lubbock, Sir J., Bart.—The Record of the Progress of Zoology 100 0 0
Bate, Mr. C. Spence.—Fauna of the South Coast of Devon
ait Gorwall erase ox is Gece erties ia | Sore 30 0 0
Bus kee Nir: Geb ossilen lord sete eee oe chs y eee ett ee 25 0 O
Lankester, Mr. E. Ray.—Investigation of Animal Substances
Ayuee phe! Specttosdopa. i" eA am A weitere be 5 ia a tye eure 15 0 0
Bennett, Dr.—Action of Mercury on the Secretion of Bile .. 25 0 0
*Richardson, Dr.—Physiological Action of the Methyl Series.. 25 0 0
Geography and Ethnology.
Murchison, Sir R, I., Bart.—Greenland Exploration........ 100 0 0
Statistics and Economie Science.
*Bowring, Sir J.—Metrical Committee.............0..0005 50 0 0
MMechanies.
*Russell, Mr, J. Scott—Analysis of Reports on Steam-ship
Perigumgneay ice eine ile Ei... +>.» fea 100 0 O
*Fairbairn, Mr. W.—Manufacture of Iron and Steel ........ 100 0 O
Toth at 2200 0 0
eee
* Reappointed.
GENERAL STATEMENT. Ixvil
General Statement of Sums which have been paid on Account of Grants
for Scientific Purposes.
Sap Sa, Gs £ s. a,
1834. Meteorology and Subterranean
Tide Discussions ....seccserseeree 20 0 0 Temperature ...... Satieddasvecwe ay tO
Vitrification Experiments......... 9 4 7
A ; a eo 62 0 0 Cast Iron Experiments......,..... 100 0 0
See eCUESEONS, eescetarisesseer.” 62 Railway Constants ......+6 Raceeteh oO, mids ee
British Fossil Ichthyology nae ee Land and Sea Level.........+ area, Dl eet Ue
£167 0 | Steam-vessels’ Engines.......++.. s LOG OF 0
1836 Stars in Histoire Céleste ...... Seis B i Wed lhe ats
=A 5 . : Stars in Lacaille ..... Pas tuacicews'ss Ly oO 0
Tide ae ieasreerectissts) GG 1'0 0 Stars in R.A.S. Catalogue......... 616 6
British Fossil Ichthyology ...... 105 0 0 Kntnall Seckatioua nee 10 10 0
Thermometric Observations, &. 50 0 0) goon encines in Casawall is i. 50 0 0
Bxperiments on long-continued Are mage
SE re Sek as Cast and Wrought Iron...,....+... 40 0 0
Rain-Gauges ...sseseccsecsescseeers seGrtae 0 Heat on Organic Bodies ......... 3 0 0
Refraction Experiments Histon, Sree Oo Gases on Solar Spectrum......... 22 0 0
mes tenOTLAas5+43+55 akties: Re ake Hourly Meteorological Observa-
Thermometers stersesesssaseeserree 15 6 0 tions, Inverness and Kingussie 49 7 §&
£434 14 0 | Fossil Reptiles ....s.cceseseeeeeeees 118 2 9
1837. Mining Statistics .....ssseeeees aecot ON One
Tide Discussions ....csssseeeeeeeee 284 1 0 £1595 11 0
Chemical Constants .........00008. 2413 6
Lunar Nutation...........000068 BueezorO* 0 eee 1840 e braate
Observations on Waves........4+5 - 100 12 O TISLOL LIGES vessseee steneeeenee freee
Tides at Bristol..sssesssccsceeceees . 150 0 0 | Subterranean Temperature ...... 13 13 6
Meteorology and Subterranean ee peat Weneutaencestes 4 19 4
Temperature ...scccccccccsssessss 89 & 0 | Lungs MxperimMents ......seerssees 3
Vitrification Experiments......... 150 0 0 pie Wee Te wa seeee i. r 4
Heart Experiments ......:.5.5. 8 4 6 ANG ANA GEA LEVE! seerseseserees
Berinetric Observations ......... 30 0 0 a en ea ste eeees : ate i 3
Barometers wssisescssscsvesees veces 11 18 6 | StALS CLACALLE) serevesserereeeeseees
£918 14. 6 | Stars (Catalogue) ......... Seasreehe 264 0 0
—= | Atmospheric Air .......... eecserse 15 15 0
1838. Water on Iron .......0. Sencha varere 10 0 0O
Tide Discussions ....... sececessese 29 0 0 | Heat on Organic Bodies ......... Uy 40
British Fossil Fishes ........0... 100 0 0 | Meteorological Observations...... 5217 6
Meteorological Observations and Foreign Scientific Memoirs ...... Pie le 6
Anemometer (construction)... 100 0 0 Working Population teens te teeeeees 100 0 0
Cast Iron (Strength of) ...... see 60 0 0 | School Statistics......csccscssecsseee 50 0 0
Animal and Vegetable Substances Forms of Vessels se ee eee eeeec neues 184° 7 0
(Preservation of) ........ cSttet 19 1 10 | Chemical and Electrical Pheno- Fi aa es
Railway Constants .......... susae 41 12-10 TMCTA so eseeeeecseesereresscensnenes
Pofeitides........... eee. ae ot, 8 fa Meteorological Observations at
Growth of Plants ......00.0.. 75 0 0} Plymouth ......... seseseseseeeees 80 0 0
Mud in Rivers .....sceesseeeeeseeee 3 G 6 | Magnetical Observations ....,.... 185 13 9
Education Committee ....008. 50 0 0 $1546 16 4
Heart Experiments wise. 5 8 0 es
Land and Sea Level.....ssssees0s. 267 8 7 1841,
Subterranean Temperature ...... 8 6 0 | Observations on Waves.......+000. 30 0 0
Steam-vessels.....ssss0008 sesessseeee 100 0 0} Meteorology and Subterranean
Meteorological Committee ...... 31 9 5 Temperature ........sescsccessees 8 8 0
AMELMOMECLErS .esscvesceccecsscseoe 16 4 0 | Actinometers..sr.,:csccccscreceveee 10 0 0
$956 12 2 | Earthquake Shocks .......... acoavemliihae c. O
SS | Acrid Poisons........ iets WE scoeaners 6 0 0
1839, Veins and Absorbents .....s.s00s ae oe CG
Fossil Ichthyology........sssee08s. 110 0 0 | Mud in Rivers ...... keadssias pipes FU 2 0
Meteorological Observations at Marine Zoology...... cncvcesecens Sry papel im ef
Plymouth vicccsseccceesesssevesse 63 10 0 | Skeleton Maps .....scsesseeseee cece eA SU KD
Mechanism of Waves .,..se.s01.. 144 2 0} Mountain Barometers .......... 6 18 6
Bristol Tides ....sssesseesesvesreeess 30 18 6 | Stars (Histoire Céleste).seeee 185 0 0
Ixvili REPORT—1867.
Bei.8, Ud. £ s. d.
Stars (Lacaille) ....cssecssseeeeeeeee 79 5 0 | Meteorological Observations, Os-
Stars (Nomenclature of) ...... feo 96 ler’s Anemometer at Plymouth 20 0 0
Stars (Catalogue of) ......... Pacees 40 0 0 | Reduction of Meteorological Ob-
Water on Tron ,.........csseeeeeeee DOO a0) SETVALIONS .....sceceeeees Speeesese) OO) 0-20
Meteorological Observations at Meteorological Instruments and
IMVErNeSS © .....-0-ccnsesesereseens 20 0 0 Gratiities cic cccccenece ares oe. GaO
Meteorological Observations (re- Construction of Anemometer at
duction of) Se serecnweete a ie 1) INVEINeSS ...cecscsceseererereres ~ 5612.02
Fossil Reptiles seesssesseseseeeeeene 50 0 0] Magnetic Cooperation ............ 10 8 10
Foreign Memoirs ......0+0..+0008 .. 62 0 0] Meteorological Recorder for Kew
Railway Sections .......++++ sacoesomect lds Observatory .cc.scocerersesecees 2 ro 0ia0) 510
Forms of Vessels ...sssseessseceeee 193 12 0} Action of Gases on Light. nance . SbS oGieed
Meteorological Observations at Establishment at Kew Observa-
Plymouth ...... “popaghasasoseaa 55 0 0 tory, Wages, Repairs, Furni-
Magnetical Observations ......... 61 18 8 ture and Sundries .....seeeeeeee . 133° 4 7
Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone 100 0 0 | Experiments by Captive Balloons 81 8 0
Wades tat Leith cosecsesscccceoeus-e 50 0 0] Oxidation ofthe Rails of Railways 20 0 0
Anemometer at Edinburgh ..... . 69 1 10] Publication of Report on Fossil
Tabulating Observations ......... De Ainge} Reptiles ....... seneomis woman ee an 40 0 0
Races Of Men .co..seceessecseseees 5 0 0] Coloured Drawings of Railway
Radiate Animals ............e000+) 20. 0 NECEONS)<¢.cecosccacecsnasknecsenee 147 18 3
£1235 10 11 | Registration of Earthquake
Se Shocks ...... eeenevece a asearateee 30 0 0
1842. Report on Zoological Nomencla-
Dynamometric Instruments ...... 113 11 2 LUTE sereecsaeeetensesseseeesens +» 10 0 0
Anoplura Britannia ......+0+..+0+ 52 12 0 | Uncovering Lower Red Sand-
Tides at Bristol............+0+0 ree DON BO eO stone near Manchester ...... etry (28
Gases on Light ..........c.esseeeees 30 14 7 | Vegetative Power of Seeds «2 5 3 8
Chronometers .......ssesseeeeeeeee 26 17 6 | Marine Testacea (Habits of ) 10 0 0
Marine Zoology.......ssereseeeeees . 1 5 0 | Marine Zoology...........+. sveeeeee 10 0 0
British Fossil Mammalia ......... 100 0 0 | Marine Zoology. ..s+++..+++++s+e0.0 214 11
Statistics of Education .........++. 20 0 0| Preparation of Report on British
Marine Steam-vessels’ Engines... 28 0 0 Fossil Mammalia sereeeeseeesene 100 0 0
Stars (Histoire Céleste)..........+ 59 0 0 | Physiological Operations of Me-
Stars (Brit. Assoc. Cat. of) ...... 110 0 0 dicinal Agents scbaseesnnassesasdaon mm ane
Railway Sections ........seeeeeeee- 161 10 | Vital Statistics .......se..seeee wee 86 5 8
British Belemnites.......++-.+e0e00 50 0 0 | Additional Experiments on the
Fossil Reptiles (publication of Forms of Vessels ..sse+ssesereee 70 0 O
Report) ......- Le CEE SE ca 210 0 | Additional Experiments on the
Forms of Vessels wse.ssseeeeeeeeees 180 0 0 Forms of Vessels «+++. tense we 100 0 0
Galvanic Experiments on Rocks 5 8 6 Reduction of Experiments on the
Meteorological Bog at Forms Of Vessels .scccooerecsene 100 0 0
Plymouth ........ccceeeeecseeeees 68 0 0 | Morin’s Instrument and Constant
Constant Indicator and Dynamo- Indicator ssecsssscessesseecenrees 69 14 10
metric Instruments .......++++ . 90 0 © | Experiments on the ‘Strength of
Force of Wind ...........- peceecees 10 0 0 Materials ...sesssseeseereesersees 60 0 0
Light on Growth of Seeds ...... 8 0 0 £1565 10 2
Vital Statistics ........sseeeseeeeees 50 0 0
Vegetative Power of Seeds ...... Se leit 1844.
Questions on Human Race ...... 7 9 0} Meteorological Observations at
£1449 17 8 Kingussie and Inverness ...... 12 0 0
Completing Observations at Ply-
1843. mouth ...... cosoceeseeeeet payee too SOR nO
Revision of the Nomenclature of - Magnetic and Meteorological Co-
Stars v.coockesoscbesssrsrscesevese 2°30 20 operation .. cen seent 200-10 [eet
Reduction of Stars, British Asso- Publication of ihe "British Asso-
ciation Catalogue ...........+04+ 25 0 0 ciation Catalogue of Stars...... 35 0 0
Anomalous Tides, Frith of Forth 120 0 0 | Observations on Tides on the
Hourly Meteorological Observa- East coast of Scotland ......... 100 0 0
tionsat KingussieandInverness 77 12 & | Revision of the Nomenclature of
Meteorological Observations at Stars, .sc..serssossesvcesssvsel Oaw 2 0) 16
Plymouth sovscecescsseeveeeneeees 55 0 0 | Maintaining the Establishmentin
Whewell’s Meteorological Ane- Kew Observatory ..seseeeeeeeee 117 17 38
mometer at Plymouth seseseeee 10 0 0 | Instruments for Kew Observatory 56 7 3
GENERAL STATEMENT,
£8. de
Influence of Light on Plants...... 10 0 0|
Subterraneous Temperature in
WRCIAMG ccsrcscesscsesssccceccesece 9 0 +0
Coloured Drawings of Railway
BELIGHS asescses-ececcdsaclesseves ve lor Lig 6
Investigation of Fossil Fishes of
the Lower Tertiary Strata ... 100 0 0
Registering the Shocks of Earth-
quakes ...... Raden aseen oeee1842 23 11 10
Structure of Fossil Shells......... 20 0 0
Radiata and Mollusca of the
ASgean and Red Seas.....1842 100 0 0
Geographical Distributions of
Marine Zoology..........+. 1842 010 0
Marine Zoology of Devon and
BIOMMWAN ccc. scaccssscncceseveeee 10 0 0
Marine Zoology of Corfu......... 10 0 0
Experiments on the Vitality of
BeCHdiadsascsdscecsssccasccscasccen, 9 OF 3
Experiments on the Vitality of
EEOS cacsesccasccccoseceusses 1842 8 7 3
Exotic Anoplura ..........sesse00e 15 0 0
Strength of Materials .........+0- 100 0 0
Completing Experiments on the
Forms of Ships ......seesseseneee 100 0 0
Inquiries into Asphyxia ..... Repel ek aa)
Investigations on the Internal
Constitution of Metals ..... rasarouy O_O
Constant Indicator and Morin’s
Instrument ...............1842 10 3 6
£981 12 8
1845.
Publication of the British Associa-
tion Catalogue of Stars...... «on GOL 14 G6
Meteorological Observations at
PRIVEDMEES vescesssocconssecnecerss G0 18 11
Magnetic and Meteorological Co-
GMELAMOM Secicccaseacarsssstieses 16 16 8
Meteorological Instruments at
UMDUTEAD. vsoceccnsasceasescosece 18pik 9
Reduction of Anemometrical Ob-
servations at Plymouth ......... 25 0 0
Electrical Experiments at Kew
PURERVALOTYE cscsecssesvestacssexe, 4d 17. , 8
Maintaining the Establishment in
Kew Observatory .........000¢ - 149 15 0
For Kreil’s Barometrograph..,... 25 0 0
Gases from Iron Furnaces ...... 50 0 0
The Actinograph ............000. we do 0” 0
Microscopic Structure of Shells... 20 0 0
Exotic Anoplura ............1843 10 0 0
Vitality of Seeds...............18483 2 0 7
Vitality of Seeds............ 1844 7 0 0
Marine Zoology of Cornwall...... 10 0 0
Physiological Action of Medicines 20 0 0
Statistics of Sickness and Mor-
tality in York ........0..s000.. 20 0 0
Earthquake Shocks ..........1843 15 14 8
£830 9 9
1846.
British Association Catalogue of
RILATS Wevceserscsesosscensenes .1844 211 15 0
lxix
=p bee
Fossil Fishes of the London Clay 100 0 0
Computation of the Gaussian
Constants for 1859....... wasesese O00) 0 0
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory ...... scsasoese L46) 16) 7
Strength of Materials.........s+0006 60 0 0
Researches in Asphyxia......... s »6 16° 2
Examination of Fossil Shells...... 10 0 0
Vitality of Seeds .....ss.s0 1844 215 10
Vitality of Seeds .......ee.0e 1845 712 38
Marine Zoology of Cornwall...... 10 0 0
Marine Zoology of Britain ...... 10 0 0
Exotic Anoplura .........00. 1844 25 0 0
Expensesattending Anemometers 11 7 6
Anemometers’ Repairs ........ saoel) ita oe O
Atmospheric Waves ......00... 38 3 3
Captive Balloons ............ 1844 819 38
Varieties of the Human Race
1844 7 6 3
Statistics of Sickness and Mor-
tality in York ......0.0......02- 12 0 O
£685 16 0
1847.
Computation of the Gaussian
Constants for 1839 .........0. 50 0 0
Habits of Marine Animals ...... LOS 0E 0
Physiological Action of Medicines 20 0 0
Marine Zoology of Cornwall 10 0 0
Atmospheric Waves ............. 6 9 38
WitalityofSeeds! <...c0.s.0ccdessee Aa
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory ......ss0000. 107 8 6
£208 5 4
1848.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory .....sscecseeee 171 15 11
Atmospheric Waves ...csccesseeee - 3 10 9
Vitality of Seeds. cc.--cetcsvectecs 915 0
Completion of Catalogues of Stars 70 0 0
On Colouring Matters .......... » 5 0 0
On Growth of Plants..........0004. 15 0 0
£275 1 8
1849.
Electrical Observations at Kew
Observatory ...... cccscccceesceee FO 0 O
Maintaining Establishment at
ditto ....... SPaesaceusaseeasn ne days Os
Vitality of Seeds. te Secasderen Jit Oie L
On Growth of Plants........... ae 5 0 0
Registration of Periodical Phe-
NOMENA weesescsecececeeresceceess = 5 LOM ONe O
Bill on account of Anemometrical
Observations .........4. aeorececa, lee? WY)
£159 19 6
1850.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory ....... socsesee LOD 18 0
Transit of Earthquake Waves... 50 0 0
lxx
Gags. 1d.
Periodical Phenomena .........0+- 15 0 0
Meteorological Instrument,
ING seo ee enmmretonnccthed dicate VERY
£345 18 0
1851.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory (includes part
of grant in 1849) ..eccseeeeeeees 309 2
Theory of Heat .....ccscecsseeseeees 20 el el
Periodical Phenomena of Animals
and Plants .......:5. Rietevaneectss 0 0
Vitality of Seeds ..sscesseseceeeeee Dr oO ae
Influence of Solar Radiation.....- 30 0 0
Ethnological Inquiries .,..++++++++ 12 0 0
Researches on Annelida .....++++ 10 0 0
391 (90 4
1852.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory (including
balance of grant for 1850) ... 283 17 8
Experiments on the Conduction
Ol Heat schwaessutcoaiieseeeitevs es HD 789
Influence of Solar Radiations ... 20 0 0
Geological Map of Ireland ...... 15 0 0
Researches on the British Anne-
Tid a.v..ccesccurcesseensecns Recon 10 gj 20
Vitality of Seeds .....064 amends LOG a2
Strength of Boiler Plates ...... peo tOp0.70
£304 6 7
1853.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory ......sseeeeees 165. 70) 10
Experiments on the Influence of
Solar Radiation ......sss-ssees ae5- te OE OW
Researches on the British Anne-
Matec... ccsedasuseecsavceconectaas wy LQ: 0-80
Dredging on the East Coast of
Scotland...... davuaee ces cooueces soba L Oa OleaD
Ethnological Queries wt 5 0 0
£205 0 0
1854.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory (including
balance of former grant) ..... . 830 15 4
Investigations on Flax ..,.s0...00e 1170) 0
Effects of Temperature on
Wrought [ron ceecceseseeeeveees 10' 0.0
Registration of Periodical Phe-
nomena ..... eeeeeveevenvenecsess « 10 0 0
British Annelida ..........ee0 gece LOO! 70
Vitality of Seeds ......606- sececese 5 2 3
Conduction of Heat .........--0008 42> 0
£380 19 7
1855.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory .o...sccssevese 425 0
Earthquake Movements ......... 10 0
Physical Aspect of the Moon...... If 8&
Vitality OfISCeds) <i vccccsscresees = crag NE tai
Map of the World....... wscenceens - 150
Ethnological Queries .........006 Hil
Dredging near Belfast 00... (44 0
£480 16
Rmloooruace
REPORT—1867.
£s. a.
1856.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory :-—
1854.,:0.70, 0 0
1855..100.£500 0 ar aE ee
Strickland’s Ornithological Syno-
NYMS .....000 paaysucnss aos atree -. 100 0 0
Dredging and Dredging Forms, a oS dda 8
Chemical Action of Light ....... 20 0 0
Strength of Iron Plates............ 10 0 0
Registration of Periodical Pheno-
MENA seeceee iWebas aantanee sagen MANOR 10
Propagation of Salmon sss. 10 0 0
£734 13 9
1857.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory sesceccesereeee 300 0 0
Earthquake Wave Experiments... 40 0 0
Dredging near Belfast ............ 10 0 0
Dredging on the West Coast of
Scotland,....... eceenshecvsatepenese tO .10ne\0
Investigations into the Mollusca
Of California ..,.cccccocccgerrreee 10 0 0
Experiments on Flax .ssseeeee Pec at AV
Natural History of Madagascar.. 20 0 0
Researches on British Annelida 25 0 0
Report on Natural Products im-
ported into Liverpool ,........ 10 0 0
Artificial Propagation of Salmon 10 0 0
Temperature of Mines ..........+ eee)
Thermometers for Subterranean
Observations ..... ecggagesccsuccrs ee (Gumi ms
Lhife-Boats .cccysescstsassavansentseas Mic ULinee
£507 15 4
1858.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory .ss.sscosrseeee 500 0 0
Earthquake Wave Experiments. 25 0 0
Dredging on the West Coast of
Scotland --ccsits,scucscsavccatessemlO Orea0
Dredging near Dublin ......... cee ee OTD
Vitality-of Seeds-.......ccocsessoua OO
Dredging near Belfast .......... 18 13 2
Report on the British Annelida... 25 0 0
Experiments on the production
of Heat by Motion in Fluids... 20 0 0
Report on the Natural Products
imported into Scotland......... 10 0 0
£618 18 2
1859.
Maintaining the Establishment at
Kew Observatory .....++ cpsaameg ODO 0070
Dredging near Dublin ......e000e 15 0 0
Osteology of Birds....cccccrsrsreeee 50 0 0
Trish:Tunicata, «. (caaussnssssscssesdun MOI NAC
Manure Experiments ...s.000. 20 0 0
British Meduside ....... atieariod ge Fo
Dredging Committee.......s2sceees 5 0 OU
Steam-vessels’ Performance ..... ay ta: 210), 30
Marine Fauna of South and West
of Treland. <igeretncesuesns picohnra sl ee oe
Photographic Chemistry ......... 10 0 0
Lanarkshire Fossils ...s00.sss00008 20 0 1
Balloon AScentStzv.,scrseveccesuscss Gi ae th Gs)
£684 11 1
GENERAL STATEMENT,
1860. & sx a.
Maintaining the Establishment
of Kew Observatory .........06. 500 0 0
Dredging near Belfast............. 16 6 0
Dredging in Dublin Bay wasesan de io Oaeo
Inquiry into the Performance of
Steam-vessels...cssesssesererees - 124 0 0
Explorations in the Yellow Sand-
stone of Dura Den...........000+ 20 0 0
Chemico-mechanical Analysis of
Rocks and Minerals..........0. 25 0 0
Researches on the Growth of
Dlavteyeeectsatestestsszissseusserse | FO! 0''0
Researches on the Solubility of
Dim iNemeyecserserscccsseeretsnercenss 30 0 0
Researches on the Constituents
of Manures ses....e. see iveccevess 25 0 0
Balance of Captive Balloon Ac-
COUNES. .cevcccevcrcescceveceessseees 3 6
£1241 7 0
ee
1861.
Maintaining the Establishment
of Kew Observatory ............ 500 0 0
Earthquake Experiments,,....... 25 0 0
Dredging North and East Coasts
of Scotland...... suesteveseseericee, “20” O20
Dredging Committee :—
1860 ...... £50 0 0 72 0 0
1861....... £22 0 0 i,
Excavations at Dura Den......... 20 0 0
Solubility of Salts ...........4. faest 620) 2100-0
Steam-vessel Performance ...... 150 0 0
Fossils of Lesmahago ........... 15 0 0
Explorations at Uriconium ...... 20 0 0
Chemical Alloys ...... Seesenacecs PP ZO200
Classified Index to the renee
RIED (Fe. saasscsésaaccccccesse .. 100 0 0
Dredging in the "Mersey oad Dee 5 0 0
Dip Circle......... Sot bsanctaves ceogm CEU ALY
Photoheliographic Observations 50 0 0
PRIBOM TICE: sasasacccccessesscesouss 20 0 0
Gauging of Water...ccccsseceeseeee 10 0 0
Alpine Ascents ...... eeeeceeeres 6 5 1
Constituents of Manures ........- 25 0 0
£1111 5 10
1862.
Maintaining the Establishment
of Kew Observatory ......sseeee 500 0 0
Patent Laws .........seseseees eee 21 6 0
Mollusca of N.-W. America...... 10 0 0
Natural History by Mercantile
IMEATIBC v.04 cccasscqoncess wauseasiela 5 0 0
Tidal Observations seeececees m 20-00
Photoheliometer at Kew ......... 40 0 0
Photographic Pictures of the Sun 150 0 0
Rocks of Donegal ....ecceeseseeeee - 25 0 0
Dredging Durham and North-
tumberland ..........0-cceceseseres 25 0 0
Connexion of Storms..........0.... 20 0 0
Dredging North-East Coast of
Scotland......... dveresacccconvatns) 1 OLD (6
Ravages of Teredo .........e0ee00 311 0
Standards of Electrical Resistance 50 0 0
Railway Accidents w..ccceseseeees 10 0 0
hae sas
Balloon Committee ............66. 200 0 0
Dredging Dublin Bay ............ 10 0 0
Dredging the Mersey .........+.. 5 0 0
Prison. DG -iiiaciidiiasinaesssaseas 20 0 0
Gauging of Water.........sseeesees 12 10 0
Steamships’ Performance......... 150 0 0
Thermo-Electric Currents ...... 5 0 0
£1293 16 6
1863.
Maintaining the Establishment
of Kew Observatory............ 600 0 0
Balloon Committee deficiency... 70 0 0
Balloon Ascents (other expenses) 25 0 0
Entozoa.......... san aeteavaenlcoweus 25 0 0
Coal! Fossils)... 2-20. .g6.<.00000. Be 20 0 0
FLCMTINGSis.c7r<<scdeoqeesmessen aes 20 0-0
Granites of Donegal............... 5 0 0
Prison Diet....5.......c Sucdiensaeds 20% 101.0
Vertical Atmospheric Movements 13 0 0
Dredging Shetland ............+.. 50 0 0
Dredging North-east coast of
NOUN ...cedetinseedseancowact’ 25 0 0
Dredging Northumberland and
MINH ANS irate eecice tose Giadice 17° 3:10
Dredging Committee superin-
tENdENCE ...00....000. accdtscizeces £10:00).0
Steamship Performance ......... 100 0 0
Balloon Committee ............... 200 0 0
Carbon under pressure............ 10 0 0
Volcanic Temperature ............ 100 0 0
Bromide of Ammonium ......... 8 0 0
Electrical Standards............... 100 0 0
Construction and distribu-
LID NeRenc aoe ere rrr’ Eecc crtcticc 40 0 0
Luminous Meteors ............... 17 0 0
Kew Additional Buildings for
Photoheliograph ........0....4- 100 0 0
Thermo-Electricity ...... dcopenace 15 0 0
Analysis of Rocks ......... eieeee 8 0 0
ES YOROUES acess. nate ctarsesaacnsct ee 10 0 0
£1608 3 10
1864.
Maintaining the Establishment
of Kew Observatory............ 600 0 0
Coal Fossils ‘ios scsacssscecscceesess 20 0 0
Vertical Atmospheric Move-
THENtSS ses. diese <del ssesssessersee 20 0 0
Dredging Shetland ............ as, fo 0 0
Dredging Northumberland ...... 25 0 0
Balloon Committee .............. . 200 0 0
Carbon under pressure............ 10 0 0
Standards of Electric Resistance 100 0 0
Analysis Of Rocks..........ceeeeses 10 0 0
EV ONOIG de teagetn de dove ccukseweesaecs 10 0 0
Askham’s Gift ............... Jeopee 50 0 0
Nitrite of Amyle ..............000 10 0 0
Nomenclature Committee ...... 5 0 O
Rain-Gauges....... oaae ide anode eS
Cast Iron Investigation ......... 20 0 0
Tidal Observationsinthe Humber 50 0 0
Spectral Rays! cdiscsesscsaveseee 45 0 0
Luminous Meteors ........... aw. 20 0 0
£1289 15 8
Ixxii
1865. £
Maintaining the Establishment
of Kew Observatory............ 600
Balloon Committee ............... 100
HAVA TOIGAN . cwscsesecess sas as cactus’ 13
Rain-Gauges ............seseeeeeeees 30
Tidal Observationsinthe Humber 6
Hexylic Compounds............... 20
Amyl Compounds.............0.0+. 20
Irish Flora ...... /PSioenddeansceas 25
American Mollusca ............... 3
Organic ACIGS feecscsssseaescaecsas 20
Lingula Flags Excavation ...... 10
BURY PuChUS ase sacecesbes es esac ene se 50
Electrical Standards............... 100
Malta Caves Researches ......... 30
Oyster Breeding ..............004 25
Gibraltar Caves Researches 150
Kent’s Hole Excavations...... -»» 100
Moon’s Surface Observations... 35
Marine Fauna ..............sce000e 25
Dredging Aberdeenshire ......... 25
Dredging Channel Islands ...... 50
Zoological Nomenclature......... 5
Resistance of Floating Bodies in
\ WB? Srocnassatiesnage oo 5550006 100
Bath Waters Analysis ............ 8
Luminous Meteors .............- 40
£1591
1866.
Maintaining the Establishment
of Kew Observatory........ save 600
Lunar Committee.............. eee 64
Balloon Committee ............. - 50
Metrical Committee............... 50
British Rainfall ee yecnc lace. «nbieres 50
Kilkenny Coal Fields ............ 16
Alum Bay Fossil Leaf-Bed ...... 15
Luminous Meteors ............... 50
Lingula Flags Excavation ...... 20
Chemical Constitution of Cast
LING TI Soa Sasa bind apepee meee per ore 50
Amyl Compounds.................. 25
Electrical Standards............... 100
Malta Caves Exploration......... 30
REPORT—1867.
s. d. £ 8.
Kent’s Hole Exploration ......... 200 0
0 0 | Marine Fauna, &c., Devon and
0 0 Cornwall s s7-c.s5--ses-evcnseee-sr 25 0
0 0 | Dredging Aberdeenshire Coast... 25 0
0 O | Dredging Hebrides Coast......... 50 0
8 0 | Dredging the Mersey ............ 5 0
0 0 | Resistance of Floating Bodies in
0 0 WAGER Y \ncossicce-ss ste crescents 50 0
0 0 | Polycyanides of Organic Radi-
9 0 (Gl ie Sadia snenoneeesonhoomade nc Ae CAD TD
O10) | Rigor Mortisi.ccesswoncer.-cemcnere 10 0
0 O | Trish Annelida ..............:ccc00e 15 0
0 O | Catalogue of Crania............... 50 0
0 0 | Didine Birds of Mascarene Islands 50 0
0 0 | Typical Crania Researches ...... 30 0
0 0 | Palestine Exploration Fund...... 100 0
0 0
6.0 £1750 13
0 0 1867.
0 0 | Maintaining the Establishment
0 0 of Kew Gbservatory............ 600 0
0 O | Meteorological Instruments, Pa-
0 0 leStine Mec ensecasarnpe-eueeees .. 50 0
Lunar Committee.......... sseveses wLZOn 0
0 O | Metrical Committee............ seiol a0
10 0 | Kent’s Hole Explorations ...... 100 0
0 0 | Palestine Explorations............ 50 0
7 10 Insect Fauna, Palestine 30 0
British Rainfall................ cso saeoue 10
Kilkenny Coal Fields ............ 25 0
Alum Bay Fossil Leaf-Bed ...... 25 0
Luminous Meteors ..............5 50 0
0 O | Bournemouth, &c. Leaf-Beds... 30 0
13 4 | Dredging, Shetland ............... 75 «(0
0 0 | Steam-ship Reports Condensa-
0 0 TION) essex-speeaes Sts casheweeeree . 100 0
0 O | Electrical Standards............... 100 0
0 0 | Ethyle and Methyle series ...... 25 0
0 O | Fossil Crustacea .......... seraeee 25 0
0 0 | Sound under Water ............... 24 4
0 0 | North Greenland Fauna ......... 75 0
Do. Plant Beds... 100 0
0 0 | Iron and Steel Manufacture 25 0
; 4 Patent Laws | 1... ssscoscscecsser se OULO
0 0 £1739 4
plococsccosco co coooo of
eclococooocooocooo cocoscooce|ecescseo ©&
Extracts from Resolutions of the General Committee.
Committees and individuals, to whom grants of money for scientific pur-
poses have been entrusted, are required to present to each following Meeting
of the Association a Report of the progress which has been made; with a
statement of the sums which have been expended, and the balance which re-
mains disposable on each grant.
Grants of pecuniary aid for scientific purposes from the funds of the Asso-
ciation expire at the ensuing Meeting, unless it shall appear by a Report that
the Recommendations have been acted on, or a continuation of them be
ordered by the General Committee.
In each Committee, the Member first named is the person entitled to call on
the Treasurer, William Spottiswoode, Esq., 50 Grosvenor Place, London, 8.W.,
for such portion of the sum granted as may from time to time be required.
GENERAL MEETINGS. Ixxii
In grants of money to Committees, the Association does not contemplate
the payment of personal expenses to the members.
In all cases where additional grants of money are made for the continua-
tion of Researches at the cost of the Association, the sum named shall be
deemed to include, as a part of the amount, the specified balance which may
remain unpaid on the former grant for the same object.
General Meetings.
On Wednesday Evening, September 4, at 8 p.m., in the Kinnaird Hall,
Sir R. I. Murchison, Bart., K.C.B., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the absence of
William R. Grove, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., resigned the office of President to
His Grace the Duke of Buccleuch, K.G., F.R.S., who took the Chair, and
delivered an Address.
On Thursday Evening, September 5, at 8 p.m, a Soirée took place in the
Volunteers’ Hall.
On Thursday Evening, September 5, in the Kinnaird Hall, Prof. Tyndall,
LL.D., F.R.S., delivered a Discourse on “ Matter and Force,” to the Opera-
tive Classes of Dundee.
On Friday Evening, September 6, at 8.30 p.m., in the Kinnaird Hall,
Archibald Geikie, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S., delivered a Discourse on the “ Geo-
logical Origin of the present Scenery of Scotland.”
On Monday Evening, September 9, at 8.30 p.m., in the Kinnaird Hall,
Alexander Herschel, Esq., F.R.A.S., delivered a Discourse on “‘ The Present
State of Knowledge regarding Meteors and Meteorites.”
On Tuesday Evening, September 10, at 8 p.m., a Soirée took place in
the Volunteers’ Hall.
On Wednesday, September 11, at 3 p.m., the concluding General Meeting
took place, when the Proceedings of the General Committee, and the Grants of
Money for Scientific purposes, were explained to the Members.
The Meeting was then adjourned to Norwich*.
* The Meeting is appointed to take place on Wednesday, August 19, 1868.
ERRata IN REPORT OF THE ELECTRICAL STANDARD CoMMITTEE FOR 1863.
P. 140, in equation 9, for hk? read kh.
P. 144, line 19 from top, for R read Rj.
P. 152, for force equal to —— gramme weight, read
0:0002951 — 0002951 absolute units, or 0: edon00 708
P. 157, in equation 28, a= aa
and three lines lower, for 24861 and °4157 read 24861 and 4157.
P. 158, for By the definition of electrochemical equivalents, E=N read Q=N.
absolute units, or ——
force equal to
gramme weight.
, omit the decimal point erroneously put before 4157 ;
ns
REPORTS
ON
THE STATE OF SCIENCE.
REPORTS
ON
etHH STATE OF SCIENCH.
Report of the Lunar Committee for Mapping the Surface of the Moon.
Drawn up by W. R. Brrt, at the request of the Committee, consisting
of JamEs GuatsHeER, F.R.S., Lord Rossz, F.R.S., Lord Wrorrestey,
F.R.S., Sir J. Herscuet, Bart., F.R.S., Professor Puriuies, F.R.S.,
Rey. C. Pritcuarp, F.R.S., W. Huceins, F.R.S., Warren Dr ta
Ruz, F.R.S., C. Brooxe, F.R.S., Rev. T. W. Wess, F.R.A.S.,
J. N. Lockyer, F.R.A.S., Herr Scumipnt, and W. R. Birt,
F.R.A.S.,
Tue Report now presented contains an account of the proceedings of the
Lunar Committee during the past Association year, These proceedings have
reference to the following subjects :—First, the registration of craters and
other visible objects. Secondly, the construction of an outline map. And
thirdly, an examination of an alleged change upon the surface of the moon.
Tue Rueistration or Ossects.—In connexion with this head nothing has
transpired during the past year to render necessary any addition to the plan
proposed by the Committee in 1865. The mode of registration was treated
very fully in the Report presented at Birmingham, and published in the
volume of Reports for 1865, pp. 287-300.
The number of objects now registered are as follows :—
514 on 124 Areas in Quadrant I.
349 r 86 - - ia
205, 57 i" 2 TII.
557 . 62 $9 Ki 1
Total 1625 Ff 329 ,, on the moon’s surface,
Tae Ovrtme Mapr.—During the past year the Committee authorized the
engraving and printing of Areas IV A* and IV, also the printing of the
catalogue of objects inserted on those areas, and the distribution of copies to
gentlemen taking part in the work. As the printing was completed, and
the issue had commenced before the last Report had gone to press, it was
considered advisable, in. order to give them greater circulation, to append
these areas and catalogue to that Report. They form Appendix III., Report,
1866, pp. 239-280.
The Committee, recognizing the great importance of obtaining periodical
examinations of the moon’s disk, suggested that the entire surface should be
divided into subzones of 1° of latitude (Report, 1866, p. 240), and allotted to
1867, a B
=
2 REPORT—1867.
gentlemen willing to cooperate in the work. The two areas at present
issued embrace 10 degrees of latitude, and the allotment has been so arranged
that each pair of subzones overlap and dovetail into the adjoining pairs.
In Appendix III. to the last Report, the objects in each pair of subzones are
specified in the order of their conspicuousness (see Report, 1866, p. 241).
The following subzones have been allotted as under :—
Area IVA“. inches.
No.1. G.J. Walker, Esq., Teignmouth, Devon. Aperture 33, achr.
» 2 D. Smith, Esq., Birmingham. rs 3, achr
Mrs. Jackson, Old Brompton. y, 33, achr.
55 ees {2 Whitehouse, Esq., West Bromwich. eS 123, - achr.
J. Leigh, Esq., "Wa wrineton. a 8f, refl.
4 Bird, Esq., ‘Birmingham. ss 12, refi.
Ban Cased Griliam. Esq., Ashton-under-Lyne. i 4}, achr.
» 6. Rey. W. O. Williams, Pwllheli, North Wales. ,, 41, achr.
Area IVA‘. inches.
No.1. Rev. W. 0. Williams, Pwllheli, North Wales. Aperture 4,1, achr.
» 2. H. Ingall, Esq., Camberwell. Se 4:5, dial.
», 3. OC. Grover, Esq., Chesham, Bucks. 3 63, refi.
» 4. F.C. Penrose, Esq., Wimbledon. 5 53, achr.
» 0. TT. Petty, Esq., Deddington, near Oxford. ig 3, achr.
» 6. D. Gill, Esq., Aberdeen. As 12, ~ refi.
In addition to the above named, the following gentlemen have kindly
offered to make occasional observations, and to examine particular ob-
jects :— inches.
J. Buckingham, Esq., Walworth. Aperture 9 & 213, achr.
J. N. Lockyer, Esq., Finchley Road. 5 eo ehir:
H. Barnes, Esq., Holloway. Bs 103,. refi.
D. A. Freeman, Esq., Upper Tooting, Surrey. 5 4%, achr.
W. Huggins, Esq., Upper Tulse Hill. . oy Achy.
J. Browning, Esq., Holloway. * 12, refi.
E. Crossley, Esq., Halifax. z 5 9:3, achr.
D. M. Webster, Esq., Dundee. " 7, achr.
G. Knott, Esq., Cuckfield, Sussex. 9 73, achr.
. Rey. W. R. Dawes, Haddenham. a 8, achr.
Rey. T. W. Webb, Hardwick, Herefordshire. = 97,, Teil.
H. J. Slack, Esq., Camden Square. ea Ge, Tei.
T. Barneby, Esq., Worcester. s 9, achr.
J. Joynson, Esq., Waterloo, Liverpool. us 6, achr.
G. Williams, Esq., Liverpool. 43, achr.
Capt. Noble, Maresfield, Sussex. *5 4:2, achr.
C. L. Prince, Esq., Uckfield, Sussex. A. 6°8, achr.
Rey. J. Simpson, Dysart, Fife. ” 12 aan
Several returns have been received, but they are not yet in a state fit for _
publication. ;
It has been proposed that, previous. to publishing any returns, that may
be made to the Committee, the objects reported by the several observers
shall be re-examined by Mr. Birt, or by some other gentleman on behalf of the
Committee, with the aid of a telescope of superior power, The annual grant,
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON. 3
which the Committee request may be renewed, is not available for supplying
an instrument suitable for this purpose, as it is necessarily expended in
carrying on the work of mapping, registration, &c. Nevertheless the Com-
mittee hope that aid may be afforded by which this desirable object may be
attained, as, by the use of such an instrument, an authority will be given to
the work of a kind which it would not otherwise possess.
Atrecep Caner on THE Mooy’s Surrace.—On the 27th of November
1866, the Committee received a communication from Herr Schmidt, Di-
rector of the Observatory at Athens, announcing that a remarkable change
had taken place in the crater “ Linné.” The importance of this communi-
cation was at once apparent, as bearing in one direction on an interesting
question on lunar physics, and in another on the labours of the Committee,
Two years ago the Committce urged the necessity of so registering an object
that it might ever after, in alltime, be sufficiently identified by all future
observers (Report, 1865, p. 294). The announcement of Schmidt suggests a
modification ; for if a change sufficiently extensive should take place in any
object, the condition of which had been definitely settled by more than one
observer, it might be difficult to identify it as the same object, but the value
of the determination of its former condition would be increased, both deter-
minations being equally good. In the particular case of “ Linné,” it is only
in the latter part of 1866, and up to September 1867, that its real state may
be regarded as settled upon the testimony of numerous observers, whose
observations fairly agree among themselves. With regard to its former
state there is some doubt, in consequence of real or supposed inexactitude in
previous observations, from which it is difficult to arrive at a conclusion;
an earlier observation agreeing (in the opinion of most astronomers) with
its present appearance, while others of a later date are irreconcileable with
it. In the present state of Selenography a record of its real condition at any
particular epoch is so obviously important that nearly the whole of the obser-
vations, both carly and recent, that have come into the possession of the
Committee, are given in an appendix ; those not inserted are mere repetitions
of similar features.
Herr Tempel’s opinion of the round white spots on the moon’s surface
(analogous to the appearance which Linné now presents) being of interest
for the existence of a chemically warm: activity (Astronomische Nachrichten,
No. 1655, translated by W. T. Lynn, B.A., F.R.A.S., Astronomical Register,
No. 58, p. 219), demands attention. These spots, which are very numerous,
have usually been considered as ground-markings, but as Linné, in 1788,
and in 1866-67, presented a similar appearance, they will in future com-
mand more attention.
During the past year the Committee have issued three Circulars :—No. I.
announcing the change in Linné; No. II. Tables of the periods of visibility
of those portions of the surface near the moon’s limb periodically concealed
by changes of libration ; and No. III. a véswmé of the results of observations
of Linné up to June 1867. A portion of this Circular, with additional obser-
vations, will be found in the Appendix.
APPENDIX.
Liynfé,—Oxservations, EARLY AND RECENT.
Linné is marked A in Lohrmann’s Section TY.
1 (a). Scurérer’s opsrnvarton, 1788.—“ Noy. 5, 4° 30™ to 8" (Seleno-
topographische Fragmente, yol, i. p.181). Diesechste Bergader kommt yon
By Bick
4. REPORT—1867.
einer fast dicht an den siidlichen Griinzgebirgen befindlichen, verhaltlich
gezeichneten Einsenkung w, streicht nérdlich nach v, wo selbst sie wieder cine
ohngefahr gleich grosse, aber ganz flache, als cin weisses, schr kleines rundes
Fleckchen erscheinende, etwas ungewisse Hinsenkung in sich hat.”}
Translation—The sixth ridge comes from a depression w, situated almost
close upon the south boundary mountains, passes northwards towards v, where
it again has within it a somewhat uncertain depression of about the same size,
but quite flat and resembling a white, very small round spot.
(6). Scumipr’s REFERENCE To Scurérer’s Osservarion.—“ I. Scurérer,
5. Noy. 1788, Abends, beriihrte die zunehmende Phase den Ostrand des
Mare Serenitatis, so dass die Berge des Caucasus und der nérdliche Apennin
schon erleuchtet waren. Schréter beobachtete diesmal mit 95-maliger
Vergrésserung des siebenfiissigen Reflectors. Seine Abbildung yom 5. Nov.
ist Tab. [X., Band I., der Selenotopographischen Fragmente. Der kleine
Crater v daselbst entspricht am néichsten dem Orte des Linné, keineswegs aber
y, der jetzt noch sichtbar ist, und noch weniger der dunkle Fleck g.’
Translation.—\. Scuréter, 5 Noy. 1788, in the evening, at the increas-
ing phase, the terminator was in contact with the eastern boundary of the
Mare Serenitatis, so that the mountains of Caucasus and the northern
Apennine were already illuminated. Schroter observed this time with a power
of 95 on the 7-foot reflector. His drawing of 5 Novy. is in Tab. IX. vol. i.
of the Selenotopographic Fragments. The small crater v in it corresponds
nearest to the place of Linné, y (which is now still visible) not at all so, and
still less the dark spot ¢.
Note.—In the Monthly Notices R. A. 8., vol. xxvii. p. 298, Mr. Huggins
has italicized the portion of Schréter’s observation of the spotv. In Schmidt’s
reference I have italicized the word “ niichsten” (nearest). Schmidt does not
appear to have identified v with Linné (see post, p. 21).
2. Lonxmann’s Osservation.—1823, May 28, 2" 12™ to 2" 15™ Morgens,
Wahre Dresdner Zeit (Topographie der Sichtbaren Mondoberfliche, p. 92):—
«A ist die zweite Grube auf dieser Fliche....neben einer von Sulpicius
Gallus herkommenden Bergader, hat einen Durchmesser der etwas mehr
als eine Meile betriigt, ist sehr tief, und kann in jeder Beleuchtung gesehen
werden.”
Translation.—A is the second crater upon this plain....near a ridge
beginning at Sulpicius Gallus, it has a diameter of somewhat more than a
mile, is very deep, and can be seen under every illumination.
Louruann’s Note to his measure of A (Topographie der Sichtbaren Mond-
oberfliche, p. xv of Observations):—‘‘ Conon kann zur Zeit des Vollmondes
nicht deutlich gesehen werden ; dagegen zeigt sich A immer als heller Punkt
im grauen Mare Serenitatis.”
Translation.—Conon cannot be seen distinctly at the time of the full moon,
whilst A shows itself always as a bright point in the grey Mare Serenitatis.
3. Breer anp Mipuirr’s Measures.—1831, Dec. 12 and 13. Extract from
a letter of Professor Midler in English, dated 1867, June 6.
«<The crater Linné, situated in 27° 47' 13” N, lat., and 11° 32’ 28” W.
long., has a diameter of 1-4 geographical miles (6:4 English miles). In full
moon the edge of it is not very sharply limited, but in oblique illumination
it is very distinct, and I have measured it seven times with great facility.
The light of the ‘edge i is noted permanently 6°; the very small inner space
has nearly, or full the same brightness till the moment when shadows begin.”
- 4, Scmmrpr.— Uber die gegenwiirtige Veriinderung des Monderaters “ Linné.”
Sitzungsberichte der K, Riendemie, ‘Wien, Bad. ly, F eb. 1867,
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON. 5
In this letter to Herr Haidinger, Herr Schmidt assigns to Linné a diameter
of 5700 toises, or 36449 English feet, with at least a depth of 170 toises, or
1087 English feet.
Scumrpr’s EARLY OBSERVATIONS, which included nearly 1300 lunar drawings.
1840. “ Auf einer Generalcharte des Mondes, von 12 Zoll Durchmesser
die ich nach eigenen Beobachtungen wahrscheinlich Ende 1840 ausarbeitete,
finde ich ‘ Linné’ als Crater angegeben. Lohrmann’s und Midler’s Werke
wurden mir erst 1843 in Hamburg zugiinglich.”
Translation.—On a general chart of the moon, diameter 12 inches, which
I constructed from my own observations probably about the end of 1840, I
find Linné marked as a crater. The works of Lohrmann and Midler were
not accessible to me until the year 1848 at Hamburg.
* 1841, April 27. Abends ; zunehmende Phase im Ostrande des Mare Sere
nitatis. Tn Nr. 4 fehlt Lame: aber zwel kleine Crater im Nordwesten sind
stark ausgezeichnet.”
Translation —1841, April 27, evening. The morning terminator on the
eastern boundary of the Mare Serenitatis. In No. 4 Linné is wanting, but
two small craters are strongly marked on the north-west.
“1841, Mai 28. Abends; Phase iiber Eratosthenes und Plato. In Nr, 11
ist Linné nicht angegeben.”
Translation. May 28, evening. The terminator on Eratosthenes and
Plato. In No. 11 Linné is not marked.
** 1841, September 6. Abends; abnehmende Phase tiber Eudoxus und Me-
nelaus (Nr. 36); Linné nicht gezeichnet.”
Translation—September 6, evening. Evening terminator on Eudoxus
and Menelaus (No. 36); Linné not marked.
“1841, December 2. Morgens; abnehmende Phase iiber Atlas und
Gutenberg. In Nr. 52 habe ich Linné in grossem Abstande von der Licht-
grenze als Crater gezeichnet.”
Translation — December 2, morning. Evening terminator on Atlas and
Gutenberg. In No. 52 I have marked Linné as a@ crater at a great distance
from the terminator.
' ©1841, December 2. Abends; abnehmende Phase iiber Isidorus und
Fracastor. In Nr. 53 ist Linné verhiiltlich sehr gross als Crater angegeben.”
Translation.—December 2, evening. Evening Terminator on Isidorus and
Fracastor. In No. 53 Linné is given proportionately very large as a crater.
“©1841, December 3. Morgens ; abnehmende Phase iiber Posidonius und
Piccolomini; Nr. 54 stellt den Linné deutlich als Crater dar.’’
Translation.— December 3, morning. Evening terminator on Posidonius
and Piccolomini; No. 54 represents Linné distinctly as a crater.
«©1842, Jinner 3. Morgens; abnehmende Phase iiber Eudoxus und Me-
nelaus. In Nr. 63 ist Linné, hart an der Phase, nicht verzeichnet.”
Translation.—1842, Jan. 3, morning. Evening terminator on Eudoxus
and Menelaus. In No. 63 Linné, close to the terminator, is not marked.
©1842, Februar 16 und 17 (Nr. 74 und 75); bei zunehmender Phase ward
Linné, der Lichtgrenze nahe, nicht gesehen.”’
Translation.—Feb. 16 and 17. Morning terminator. Linné, which was
near the light-boundary, was not seen.
«1842, Juli 14. Abends; zunehmende Phase im Ostrande des Mare
Serenitatis. Beobachtet ward zu Hamburg an einem guten Fernrohre von
Banks. Unter 88-maliger Vergrésserung ward Linné als sehr kleiner Crater
gezeichnet.”
Translation—July 14, evening. Morning terminator on the eastern
6 REPORT—1867.
border of the Mare Serenitatis. Observed Linné at Hamburg with a good
telescope by Banks. With power 88, it was represented as a very small
crater.
“1843, Mai 9. Abends; zunehmende Phase schon iiber den Copernicus
hinaus. Bei vorziiglich guter Luft zihlte ich am zuletzt-genannten Fernrohre —
22 Crater im Mare Serenitatis, darunter in Nr. 270 sicher den Linné.”
Translation.—May 9, evening. Morning terminator already passed over
Copernicus. The air being particularly favourable, I counted with the last-
mentioned telescope 22 craters in the Mare Serenitatis, and amongst them in
No. 270 is certainly included Linné.
“ 1843, August 17, um 13 Uhr; am grossen Fernrohre der Hamburger
Sternwarte beobachtet bei guter Luft. Beide Bergadern von Sulpicius Gallus
nach Norden ziehend, an der abnehmenden Phase, gut sichtbar,aber vom Linné
keine Spur (Nr. 326).”
Translation.— August 17, about 13 hours; observed in good atmosphere
with the great telescope of the Hamburg Observatory. The two mountain
veins running northerly from Sulpicius Gallus were well visible on the evening
terminator, but of Linné no trace.
RecEnT OnseRvATIONS—RESULTS.
1°, An ill-defined white spot, not unlike a cloud, greater in extent than the
crater of Lohrmann, Beer and Miidler, and Schmidt.
2°. A large shallow crater that has been very rarely seen.
3°. A small crater within the shallow crater, first seen as a crater by Father
Secchi on Feb. 11, 1867.
These appearances of Linné have not been recorded previously as co-
existing *.
OBSERVATIONS OF THE WHITE Spor.
These have been very numerous. No doubt whatever has been cast on
this appearance of Linné since Oct. 15,1866. The only question that exists
has reference to the variability or invariability of its size, and probably of its
reflective power.
Scmaupr’s Recent Onservarions. WVote.—It will be sufficient to quote
merely the dates of these observations except the first, in which Schmidt
speaks of his missing for the first time the crater-form of Linné.
“1866, October 16. Abends; zunehmende Phase iiber den Caucasus. Luft
sehr still, schwach dunstig. Viele kleine Crater im Mare Serenitatis sichtbar ;
Linné aber, obgleich héchst giinstig beleuchtet, erschien nicht als Crater,
sondern als kleine Wolke, iihnlich dem weissen Flecken éstlich bei Posidonius
in der grossen Bergader, welcher Fleck (in Wirklichkeit ein grauer héherer
Gipfel jener Bergader) in Lourmany’s Sect. III. mit 16 bezeichnet ist, bei
Mipuer aber y heisst. Zum Ersten Male vermisste ich den Linné, oder viel-
mehr seine Craterform, die sich jetzt tief beschattet, und in besonderer
Deutlichkeit hiitte zeigen miissen.”
Translation —1866, October 16, evening. Morning terminator over Cau-
casus. Air very still, slightly misty. Many small craters visible in the Mare
Serenitatis ; but Linné, although most favourably illuminated, did not appear
as a crater, but as a small cloud similar to the white spot eastward near
Posidonius in the great mountain-ridge, which spot (in reality a grey highish
* 1867, Noy. 3. Mx. Prince, of Uckfield, saw the shallow crater and the small crater at
the same time: see post,-p. 13,
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON, a
peak of that mountain-ridge) is denoted by 16 in Lohrmann’s Sect. III., but
is called y by Miptrr. For the first time did I miss Linné, or rather its
-evater-form, which at that time ought to have shown with especial distinct-
ness and deeply shadowed.
Schmidt observed Linné as a spot of light only, more or less similar to y
Posidonius, on the undermentioned days: 1866, Oct. 18; Noy. 14, 17, 19,
22, 23, 24, and 25. On Nov. 26 he recorded “no trace of Linné.” He also
observed it as a light-spot on Dec. 14-16 (and following evenings), 25, and 27.
On Dec. 27 he speaks of it as ‘‘inconsiderable.’* 1867, Jan. 13, 14 to 19,
and 24, he still observed it as a light-spot or small white cloud. Also on
May 23, he estimated it at 0-6 of Sulpicius Gallus ; May 24, estimated at 0-25
of §. Gallus ; June 22, 0°33 of 8. Gallus; and July 9, as the usual spot of
light.
nM. Framarton observed the white spot on May 10, 1867, and described
it as under (Comptes Rendus, tom. lxiv. 20 Mai, 1867, No. 20, p. 1020.)
He does not appear to have seen either the large shallow crater, or the small
erater or hill which were observed on the same day by Respighi and Schmidt,
** Une observation attentif montre immediatement que Linné n’est plus un
cratére. Aucune ombre extérieure 4 l’est, aucune ombre au centre. En sa
place il n’y a plus maintenant qu’une nuée blanche circulaire, ou plutét une
tache blanche attenant au sol, laquelle, loin de s’élever comme un cratére
sur le fond un peu verditre de la mer de la Sérénité parait n’étre ni en relief
ni en creux et ressemble 4 un lac plus claire que la plaine avoisinante,”
Translation.—An attentive observation shows immediately that Linné zs
no longer a crater. No exterior shadow to the east, no shadow at the centre,
In its place there is now nothing more than a white-circular cloud, or rather
a white spot contiguous to the ground, which, so far from elevating itself as a
crater on the slightly greenish ground of the Mare Serenitatis, appears neither
to be in relief nor as a depression, but resembles a Jake brighter than the
neighbouring plain.
1867, July 9. Mr. Hueerns measured the length and breadth of the white
spot, viz. 7'*854 length, and 6-138 breadth. On the same evening I measured
the white spot in the direction of position angle 0°, and found the diameter
in this direction 7-004; the mean of the length and breadth gives 6-996
for an intermediate diameter.
1867, August, 6°8", Distance of meridian of Linné from meridian crossed
by terminator at the moon’s equator 0° 64, Linné being unenlightened,
Later, when the moon was low in the west, Mr. BuckrneHAm saw an oval spot
rise gradually out of the dark part of the moon, which projected a shadow to
the edge.
From the sketch accompanying the note, it would appear that this spot
was somewhat elevated above the general surface, as the shadow extended to
the terminator, also the cone of the little crater is shown casting an exterior
shadow, the orifice being a black spot. On the same evening, at 8"30™, Mr.
Bird noticed two notches on the terminator near the neighbourhood of Linné.
1867, Oct. 5. Mr. Stack, of Camden Square (telescope 63-inch aperture,
silyered glass reflector), observed the white spot. He says, “The next
night (Oct. 5) I thought the white patch round Linné smaller than on many
former occasions, but changes of this sort are very common.”
Mr. Wessrer, of Dundee (telescope 7-inch aperture, achromatic. object
glass by Cooke), records, “Oct. 5, I could see Linné only as a small faint
nebulosity.”
1867, Oct. 10. Mr. Stack. “The white spot Linné did not melt off gra-
8 REPORT— 1867.
dually into the colour of the surrounding sea as in some previous months.
It showed as a distinct clear white spot, round which the sea was distinctly _
of a deeper tint—one of the nondescript ochreous browns. No symptoms of
a cloudy edge was visible with my 6} and power 100.”
In contrast with this and as illustrative of Mr. Slack’s opinion of varia-
tions in the appearance of Linné (see post, p. 22) I quote the following passage
from my note-book under date 1867, July 8 :—
« The portion near the south border of the Mare Serenitatis was greatly in
contrast. with Linné and its neighbourhood. While the most minute furrow
or cleft could have been seen near Sulpicius Gallus, Linné was so indistinct that
nothing was visible except the spot of light, and this was quite undefined, so
that any well-marked margin was ivisible. Linné appeared as a light spot,
brighter towards the centre.”
On Oct. 17, to 15", G. M. T., Mr. F. Bird, of Birmingham, observed the
white spot but could not see the small crater, nor any trace whatever of sha-
dow, but he noticed that the place occupied by the small crater in July was
in October unusually bright. It is to be remarked that the state of the air
was almost as bad as possible at the time, so that it is doubtfulif the small
crater was really replaced by the small bright spot.
1867, Oct. 18, 16" to 20" 30™. Mr. Bucxinenam observed the white spot
to be convex.
Mr. Crosstry on the same day saw the white spot as an irregular badly-
defined patch, especially towards Bessel, on which side near the centre was
the only shadow visible, which might have been the shadow of the supposed
central peak from its position.
Awatocovs Sports. :
The spot which, so far as I am aware, exhibits the closest analogy to
Linné in its present state is TV A* 17 TV A&39: see Report, 1866, pp. 251,
262 and 276, where it is simply recorded as a bright spot. 1867, May 11,
8" 0™ to 8° 30™, record :—IV A*!7, TV A%89 is a shallow crater on the
S.W. side of the ridge forming the N.E. boundary of Hipparchus. 1867,
Oct. 7, Rev. W. O. Williams of Pwllheli recorded it as “‘ very bright,” but
said nothing of a crater.
On Oct. 17, 13" to 15", G. M. T., Mr. Wittrams noticed it as a very con-
spicuous crater, and on Oct. 18, 17" to 19", G. M. T., it was also very con-
spicuous with a central cone casting a shadow. . In preparing area IV AB
for engraving, I have met with a spot still more analogous to Linné. It is
west of Horrox, is marked IV Af *7, and will be fully described in the letter-
press of IV AP,
EstIMATIONS AND MEASURES OF THE WHITE Spor.
Table I. contains estimations and measures of the extent of the white spot
in seconds of arc, English feet, and French metres. Those marked (*) are
measures, all at an angle of position=0°, except the measures by Mr. Huggins
marked respectively (+) the length, and (+) the breadth of the white spot.
The angles of position of these measures are not given. As the same angle
of position gives a different line of measurement on the moon’s surface from
day to day, the measures are not referable to the same line across the
white spot.
The number of English feet subtending an angle of 1-0 at the centre of
the moon’s disk at mean distance is 6116-7. At any given distance from the
centre this quantity is increased in the proportion of the secant of the angle,
ee eee eee eee
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON. 9
measuring the distance from the centre, which in the case of Linné is equal
to 29° 54’ 40”, therefore 6116-7 x secant 29° 54’ 40’=7056-6 English fect,
which subtend an angle of 1'°0 at the mean position of Linné; but as this
mean position may be either at perigee or apogee, where the value of 1'-0
may be greater or less, the above is the value at mean distance, which is
never contemporaneous with mean libration. See Report, 1866, p. 245.
The apparent sizes of objects on the moon’s disk are affected both by dis-
tance and libration. ‘The former presents them alternately to the eye under
larger and smaller angles, according as the moon is nearer to or further from
us. The latter alters their positions on the disk, sometimes bringing them
nearer to the apparent centre, at others removing them to a greater distance
from it. Approximately, distance may aficct the measurements of objects to
an extent of about a 9th part of the greatest measures at the epoch of mean
libration ; for as mean libration may occur when the moon is in perigee,
a measure taken at the time of apogee, when the moon is in a state of mean
libration, will be less by about the 9th part of a measure taken at perigee
mean libration.
Libration affects the measures of objects by presenting them under larger
or smaller angles, according as they are nearer to or further from the centre
of the apparent disk; thus an object of 6116-7 English feet in diameter,
occupying the centre of the disk at mean distance, would subtend an angle
of 1-0. At mean Libration, moon in Perigee, an object of the same ex-
tent would subtend an angle of 1"-059 + ; moon in Apogee 0'-941. In the
first case a similar object at an angular distance of 19° 54’ 40" would appear
foreshortened in a radial direction, the longer axis.at right angles to a radius
measuring 1":059, the shorter axis 0”: 996; the shorter axis of an object of
the same diameter at a distance of 29° 54’ 40” on the same radius would
measure only 0-918; the difference, 0'-078, is the change of angle arising
from the displacement of such an object by libration (about the epoch of
Perigee) equal to an arc on a radius of the moon’s apparent surface of 10°, i. e.
between 20° and 30°; on the opposite side of the orbit it is less.
Taste I.
Estimations and measures of the extent of the white spot on the Crater
Linné reduced to 29° 54’ 40” =angular distance from the moon’s centre.
Authority. Epoch. Date. ~ |Seconds.| Eng. feet. | Fr. metres.
Bebmidt,.;..2...... 1866°794 | 1866, Oct. 18 6°90 48688 14840
BSECTHD syeseces Aen: 1866°953 | 1866, Dec.15 | r1°61* $1932 24972
Maths cccee Ceconne 1866-961 -| 1866, ,, 18 | 7'07% 49871 15201
LEU oe eeeeeeeeeae 1866:964 | 1866, ,, 19 Gee ois 51652 15744.
HEE seacces =. cnn. <- 1866969 | 1866, ,, 21 6°75% 47644 14522
Schmidt............ 18667986 | 1866, 27 181 12789 3898
1 eee eee Caer 1867°036 | 1867, Jan. 14. 795* 56105 17100
Buckingham ...... 1867°197 | 1867, Mar. 14 6:co* 4.2340 12905
PUG ie occas. caweseee 1867°443 | 1867, June 12 4°50 31755 9679
SEIN weak ecto. “eee| 1867°515 | 1867, July 8 533% 37626 11468
Huggins ......... UeG7rG1se | 1867, 4) Oo eaeg® 554231 16893
Huggins .........| 18677518 | 1867, ,, 9 6714* 433141 13202
ESI ba si seeicicoccases 1867°518 | 1867, ,, 9 700% 49426 15065
BESTE EY wesc arene tee|p TSOFERTOM IETS OT 5%. TO 5°36* 37848 11536
133001 peee adeeeces 1867°528 | 1867, ,, 13 6°31* 44528 13572
10 REPORT—1867.
BRIGHTNESS OF THE WuttTIsH Spor.
Since Schmidt suspected a change in Linné he has recorded nine compari-
sons of the brightness of Linné with that of the spot on the 8.E. of Posi-
donius marked y by B. & M. (see ante, p. 6). On seven occasions he found it
less bright than y, viz. on 1866, Noy. 17, 19, 22, 23, and 24; and 1867,
Jan. 13 and14§. On Dec. 16, 1866, he recorded it equal to y; and on Dec.
14, 1866, brighter than y. I also found it less bright than y on seven even-
ings, viz. 1866, Dec. 19, 1867, Jan. 14§, 15, Feb. 11, May 11 and 15, and
Aug. 12. On May17 andJuly 13 I recorded it as equal to y, and brighter than
y on March 14 and Aug. 10; on March 14 Mr. Buckingham estimated it as
equal to y. The above are comparisons with y only, they give no informa-
tion as to the degree of brightness with which Linné reflected the sun’s light.
The following are my estimations of the brightness of Linné, the scale being
shadow=0°, the bright mountain in Aristarchus= 10°.
1866, Dec. 14. 3-0 1867, Jan. 12. 3:0 1867, July 10. 4:5
Or ie: 5 0 ae ai » 13. 5:0
teil |< bas » 15. 50 Aug. 10. 40
» > 19. 5:0 July 8. 3-0 ETB O
ee ey) sila) » 9. 40
These numbers appear to indicate that between 1866, Dec. 14, and 1867,
Aug. 12, Linné increased in brightness as the altitude of the sun increased.
The following are estimations of the brightness of y Posidonius contempo-
ranecous with those of Linné.
1866, Dec. 19. 5-1 1867, July 8. 5:0 1867, July 13. 5:0
21. 45 oe Diet see Aug. 10. 3°9
1867, Jan. 15. 5:5 SPs EO » 12. 62
Observations were made on the evenings of Dec. 18 and 19, 1866, with
the view of confirming the estimations by comparison with other objects.
They were as follows :—
Dee. 18. Dee. 19.
Pro citis 2 geen ei 5-0 5:0
Censorinus 85 9-0
Dionysius ...... 8:0 8:5.
\Gonon AA eee 7:0 7:0
Tanne)" 3 eee 5:5 5-0
y Posidonius.... 5-1
IBeSBel Fess ene 4-0 (ring) 4°5
The similarity of appearance under high illumination exhibited by Linné
and y Posidonius [I E®*] is remarkable, especially as the two objects are so
very dissimilar in character. The white spot on the site of Linné, so far as
we know at present, differs, as we see it, very little, if any, in level from the
surrounding surface of the Mare Serenitatis. Most of the former records place
Linné on or very near a ridge crossing the Mure Serenitatis. Since October
16, 1866, the appearance of this ridge in the immediate neighbourhood of
Linné has nor been recorded. On July 8, 1867, I have this note :—‘ The
ridge between Linné and Sulpicius Gallus quite perceptible, ewcept a small
portion near Linné.” This ridge is of variable height, the shadows distinct,
§ Indicates that Schmidt's observation was contemporaneous with mine.—W. R. B.
——— ee eee
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON. 11
especially of the highest part, a little south of Linné. I E** [y Posidonius],
-when near the morning or evening terminator, shows: itself as a distinct
mountain peak of 150 toises, or 959-2 English feet in height. It is only
when the sun attains a considerable altitude on y that it presents the same
appearance as Linné, viz. that of a white diffused cloudy patch. So far as I
am aware, it is only recently that this similarity of appearance between these
objects has been observed. Although many mountains and craters lose their
distinguishing features, and appear as round white spots when the sun is at
a great altitude above their respective horizons, there are numerous craters
that present the characteristic appearance of having a dark interior, sur-
rounded by a bright ring under the more direct rays of the sun, when most
mountains are seen as bright spots.
Connected with the similarity’of appearance under high illumination is
another interesting feature characterizing Linné and y Posidonius [I E**],
viz. the existence during the period of observation, of crater-openings 02
both. Of that on Linné I EY? we have numerous records. That on y [I E® =
is certainly smaller than I EY”, and has been seen only on five occasions.
It was discovered 1867, January 14, by Mr. Kyorr, with his 74-inch O. G.
by Alvan Clark. His own words will best describe the nature of the disco-
very. Writing under date of March 3, 1867, he says, “‘ While observing
- Linné on the 14th of January, at about 10°30" G.M.T., I had myself a
strong impression of a dark spot, as described by Schmidt, but definition was
so poor, and I saw, or fancied I saw, traces of a similar appearance on Posi-
donius y, that I regarded it as an illusion, and made no note of it at the
time. I could not, however, free my mind from the idea that there might be
something in it, and accordingly, two days afterwards, I added the following
note, which I transcribe verbatim :—
“Thad a very strong impression, with various eyepieces, of a small cen-
tral dark spot on the diffused patch covering (?) Linné, so strong that I
inclined to regard it as having a real existence ; as, however, I saw a similar
appearance, though not nearly so strongly marked, on y [Posidonius], I can
only regard it as a curious optical illusion.”—-Note added January 16, 1867,
This dark spot on y Posidonius was next seen by Mr. Buckinenam on the
11th of April, 1867. His observation is thus recorded :—
*« 1867, April 11, 6" to 10" 59", Air very steady, but slightly hazy, and
found y Posidonius a fine crater, 0-5, seen well with 360 and higher,
clearly with 250, but could not with 120.”
1867, May 11. Herr Scmmopr recorded as follows :—“<TI also see a deli-
cate black point in y Posidonius ”.
1867, Oct. 16. Mr. Bucxryenam saw and described it as very black.
1867, Dec. 4, 7" 30", G.M.T. Mr. Knorr records that it was well seen *.
The increase of the brightness of Linné as the sun attains a greater alti-
tude above its horizon, especially as y Posidonius does not exhibit it in so
marked a degree, may bear a passing remark without at all hazarding an
* About the middle of January 1866, Mr. Leigh, then of Birkenhead, now of War-
rington, detected a curious group of three small craters and three small mountains north
of Aristoteles, which is figured by Webb in the ‘Intellectual Observer,’ No. 60. vol. x.
Jan. 1867, p.441. April 11, 1867, Webb detected on the western of the three mountains
a shallow pit (I I‘7) (see ‘ Intellectual Observer,’ No. 64. vol. xi. May 1867, p. 282). Webb
had previously (1866, April 21) detected a cavity or pit (I I°*) on the western mountain
of B. & M.’s P north of Aristoteles, which was extremely plain on April 11, 1867. In
connexion with the phenomena presented by Linné, the value of observations of these and
similar objects is obvious.
12 REPORT—1867.
opinion as to change. Varying angles of illumination appear to affect objects
on the moon’s surface differently ; for example, under an oblique illumination,
when the sun shines more directly on the steep sloping sides of some craters,
they appear very bright ; this brightness arises from two circumstances, viz.
the nature of the surface of the sloping sides, and the angle of illumination
upon them being more direct; this of itself will make a difference in the
brightness (when no real difference exists in the reflective power of the in-
terior and exterior surfaces) at the times of sun-rising and setting; as the
sun rises higher above the horizon the brilliancy from this cause declines.
The variations in the brilliancy of Linné, y Posidonius, and other spots which
are similarly affected, do not appear to be produced in the same manner.
The difference arising from elevation in the case of Linné (if it exists) seems
to be too slight to occasion any appreciable effect. The gradual brightening
of such spots as Linné, especially when situated on a ground which darkens
under the more direct rays of the sun, appears to point to something in the
nature of the surface of the spot—as contrasted with that of the surrounding
surface—on which the sun’s rays exert an influence, rendering it, for the time
being, capable of reflecting a greater amount of light. While there is a more
or less constant relation between reflective power and angle of illumination,
the recorded differences of reflective power under the same angles of illumina-
tion, would indicate that these differences depend upon other circumstances
than increase and decrease of illuminating angle. The phenomena presented
by Linné during the last twelve months are strikingly in contrast with those
presented by Plato, as observed by me between 1859 and 1863, Linné is
faint under oblique rays, bright under those that are more direct. Plato re-
flects more light under oblique, and less under more direct rays, 7. e. the sur-
face is of a darker tint under a higher angle of illumination,
Tur SHALLOW CRATER.
This object, of which no measures exist, has not been previously recorded,
unless Schriter’s description of the spot v refers to it (see ante, pp. 3 & 4).
His language is, however, rather ambiguous, and it is doubtful as to whether
he describes a plain on the same level as the adjacent surface of the Mare
Serenitatis, or one bounded by a low wall which did not rise above the sur-
rounding level. It appears that he did not determine the precise nature of
the spot v. Schroter’s description is quite irreconcileable with the appearance
of Linné as given by Lohrmann and by Beer and Midler.
OBSERVATIONS OF THE SHaLLow Crarer.—These have been but few, as
under :—
1. 1867, Jan. 12. Mr. Kxorr, 71 Alvan Clark, Dawes’s eyepiece, powers
145 and 240, saw the “ Ghost” of the ring of Linné. His observation is
recorded as follows, January 12, 6 40™ to 7" 15", G. M. T. :—
««T saw clearly the ‘ Ghost’ of the ring of Linné. * * * It is broader (and
brighter?) on the western side. The shading in the interior is of about equal
intensity with that of the surrounding Mare. I do not see any real interior or
exterior shadow, though the shadows in neighbouring craters, even those of
very small dimensions, are very distinct. The ring or wall of the crater has
a slightly nebulous appearance, and is in brightness barely equal to that of
the knoll on the Mare east of Posidonius, marked y on B, & M.’s large map.
Its diameter is, to my eye, less than that of Sulpicius Gallus.’”—Astronomi-
cal Register, No. 50, Feb. 1867, p. 33.
2. Jan. 12. Mr. BuckrneHam saw, in moments of quiet air and good de-
finition, ‘a very shallow depression all over the enlightened spot of Linne,
———
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON. 13
except on the south-west, where an elevation could be seen brighter than
other parts ” *.
3. Jan. 12,5.15 pw. The Rey. Henry Cooprr Key examined Linné
with his silvered glass reflector of 12 inches aperture. He says “the air was
very tremulous (the temperature had fallen to 22°); but still definition was
fairly sharp with powers of 250 and 300. At first the appearance was cer-
tainly that of a whitish cloud obscuring the crater; but upon long gazing
and using ayerted vision, I could plainly make out a centre or nucleus, and
presently afterwards a marginal ring of perhaps twice the diameter of the
original Linné.”—Astronomical Register, No. 50, Feb. 1867, p. 33.
4, Feb. 14. Mr. Grover, with a 2-foot Gregorian Reflector, 4-in. aper-
ture, powers 50 to 75, saw the ring of Linné faint, plainest on the preceding
side, very obscure on the following. His observation is thus recorded :—
* T saw the ring of Linné with certainty, though but faint ; it was much
the plainest on the preceding side, and I was tolerably certain of an interior
shadow; be this as it may, the interior floor was certainly seen, and very
dusky, * * the following side of the object is very obscure.”
5. April 11. Rev. T. W. Wess saw the ring faintly. He says, “ With
close attention I once or twice thought I saw the ‘ Ghost,’ described by Mr.
Knott as a pale ring, about as large perhaps as that figured by B. and M., a
little brighter than the included or exterior surface.”—Intellectual Observer,
No. 64, May 1867, p. 282.
6. May 10. M. Resprent.—Les Mondes, 13 Juin 1867. “ Dans certains
moments ou l’air était parfaitement tranquille, le contour de la tache blanche
paraissait formé par le couronnement d’un grand cratére 4 petite profondeur.
Le bord de la tache paraissait mieux défini du cété oriental que dans les
autres parties, et avec quelque trace d’ombre.”
Translation.—In certain moments, when the air was perfectly tranquil, the
contour of the white spot appeared formed by the crown of a large crater of
little depth. The border of the spot appeared better defined on the eastern
side than on the other parts, with some trace of a shadow.
7. July 8. Mr. Hveerns. “On the evening of July 8, when a great part
of the light reflected from our atmosphere was removed by means of a Nicol’s
prism placed next the eye, I observed a shadow within the western margin
of the shallow crater.”—Monthly Notices, vol. xxvii. p. 296.
8. Oct. 18, 16" 30". Mr. Bucxineuam saw several small projecting points
of the old ring, and describes the ring-summit of the white spot as very white.
9. Noy. 3,5"5™. L.M.T. Maresfield, Sussex. Capt. Nosix saw the shallow
rater complete. The following is an extract from his note-book :—
‘For the first time I see Linné unmistakeably as a crater, with an un-
doubted depression in the interior of the ring. The bottom of the crater is
_ very light, in fact practically identical in tint with the surrounding Mare ;
but Linneeus is a ring surely enough * * * It has a good deal of the effect,
of the annular nebula (57M) in Lyra. The 8.W. part of the ring is the
thickest portion of it. I first detected these appearances with a power of
154, and subsequently used one of 255; but this only rendered them more
indubitable. Nothing resembling the dark spot seen by Mr. Huggins on the
11th of last May (Monthly Notices, vol. xxvii. p. 296) could be detected.”
10. Nov. 3, 5" 30™. Mr. C. L. Prince, of Uckfield, saw the large shallow
erater of Linné well defined, and the smaller crater as a black point. The
observation is thus recorded ;—
* See ante, p. 8, 1857, Oct. 18, when Mr. Buckingham saw the white spot convex,
14. - REPORT—1867,
“Noy. 3. Upon looking at the moon this evening I saw Linné as a well-
defined crater, with little of that cloudy haziness which has lately supervened
it; also by glimpses I saw a dark line (as if a shadow) on the side next the
sun, and within the crater. Saw also the smaller crater as a black point.”
Mr. Prince adds, “ On the following evening the cloudy spot had completely
obscured the crater again. I could not detect any crater”*.
11. 1867, Dec. 3, 5" 0". Messrs. Joynson and Wuturams, of Liverpool,
saw the shallow crater. The record of the observation is as follows :—“ The
‘ shallow’ oval crater was quite distinct, and south preceding there appeared
to be the commencement of another (see ante, p. 7, Aug. 6, 8"). The thin
black line of shadow was well defined; but the impression given was that
the hill is either very low and rounded, or, if not low, thaf the sides are of a
very gradual ascent. The ‘small’ crater could not be seen.”
Tue SmAatt CRATER.
There is no record whatever of this object as a crater until 1867, Feb. 11.
As a white hill or black point it appears to have been noticed about two months
earlier, From the time when Herr Schmidt suspected that a change had
taken place in Linné until December 13, 1866, nothing was seen but the
large white spot. On this day Schmidt discovered a delicate shadow-project-
ing hill. The next evening, December 14, Mr. Buckingham saw a shadow,
or very black point. Dec. 26, and 1867, Jan. 25, Schmidt again saw these
objects; and on Feb. 11, 1867, Secchi found a small crater. During March,
April, May, June, and July, this small crater was seen by several observers, and
estimates of its diameter given. On July 9 its diameter was measured by Mr.
Huggins. The following are the most important observations of this object :—
“1866, Dec. 18. [Herr Scuaumpr.] Abends. Luft mitunter recht gut.
Die zunehmende Phase hatte soeben den Linné iiberschritten. An seiner
Stelle war Anfangs nicht der geringste Gegenstand zu entdecken, obgleich die
dortigen feinen, 10-30 Toisen hohen Adern sich eben so deutlich darstellten,
als die kleinen Crater im Nordwesten. Unter Anwendung einer 300-maligen
Vergrésserung bemerkte ich am Orte des Linné, der sich nicht durch helleres
Licht auszeichnete, einen iiusserst feinen schattenwerfenden Hiigel, fiir den
eine sorgfiltige Schiitzung 300 Toisen Durchmesser, und 5-6 Toisen Hiéhe
ergab. Gegen 6 Uhr betrug die Sonnenhohe fiir den Horizont des Linné 13
Grad. Weder innerer noch iiusserer Schatten war sichtbar ; das ganze Crater-
gebirge fehlte durchaus, und ich sah nur glatte graue Ebene.”
Translation —Dec. 13, evening. Air at times very good. The morning
terminator had just passed over Linné. At first there was not the smallest
object to. be discovered in its place, although the delicate ridges about, of
from 10-30 toises in height (between 60 and 200 English feet), were clearly
visible, as well as the small craters in the N.W. By applying a power of
300, I remarked in the place of Linné, which did not show itself distinctly
through the brighter light, an extremely delicate shadow-projecting hill, for
which a careful estimation gave a diameter of 300 toises (about 1918 English
feet), and a height of 5-6 toises (between 30 and 40 English feet). Towards
6 o’clock, the sun’s altitude for the horizon of Linné amounted to 1°5,
Neither interior nor exterior shadow was visible; the whole crater-mountain
was entirely wanting, and I saw only a smooth grey plain.
1866, Dec. 14. Mr. Buckryenam. 6" to 7", equatoreal 9 inches aperture,
power 240 and 361. Mr. Macgull of Glasgow present. ‘ Air unsteady, but
* 1867, Noy. 5, 8 30™. Mr. Lockyer found Linné very difficult to see. It was only
a white patch.—Astronomical Register, No. 60, Dec. 1867, p. 254. .
.
i"
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON. 15
occasionally could see a shadow very black near the centre of Linné. Either
in the crater, or it might be the shadow of a very small peak, very white.
Several times distinctly seen on the W. part of the centre of Linné (not at the
edge), but no appearance of usual crater or shadow; the shadow seen was a.
black but not round spot, but longer N. and 8.”
“1866, Dec. 26. [Herr Scumipt.] Yon 12-16 Uhr. Vorziiglich klare, ganz
stille Luft, so dass ich die stiirksten Oculare anwenden konnte. Die Phase
beriihrte den Westrand des Mare Serenitatis ; da y Posidonius, der Phase nahe,
Schatten warf, und also nicht mehr als Lichtfleck erschien, konnte er
nicht mehr mit Linné verglichen werden. Im Mare zihlte ich tiber 100
Crater, darunter nordwestlich yon Linné deren sieben fast in einer Reihe, die
schon Schréter am 27 fiissigen Reflector bemerkt hatte. Aber auch jetzt war
Linné ein gewohnlicher Lichtfleck von geringer Augenfilligkeit. Von 143-
16 Uhr sah ich in ihm mit 500—600-maligen Vergrésserung, einen iiusserst
; : : @ es Bessel
feinen schwarzen Punkt, den ich = as schiitzte, aber v= ), was
6°5
auf emen wahren Durchmesser von 265 Toisen ftihrt. Entweder war es der
Schatten eines sehr kleinen Hiigels, oder der Rest des ehemals 5700 Toisen
breiten Craters. Die Hohe der Sonne fiir diese Gegend war jetzt =15°-9.”
Translation —Dee. 26. From 12" to 16" particularly clear and perfectly
still atmosphere, so that I could use the most powerful eyepieces. The ter-
minator was in contact with the western edge of the Mare Serenitatis. As y
Posidonius, being near the terminator, threw a shadow, it could no longer be
‘compared with Linné. In the Mare I counted more than 100 craters,
several N.W. of Linné, seven of them almost in a row, which Schréter had
already noticed with the 27-feet reflector. But even now Linné was an ordi-
nary spot of light, but little conspicuous. From 14% 30™ to 16" 0™ I saw in it
with a power of 500-600 an extremely delicate black point, which I estimated
x Bessel é
as equal to (a). but @= -S *, which indicates a real diameter of 265
toises (1695 English feet). It was either the shadow of a very small hill,
or the remainder of the crater, 5700 toises (36,449 English feet) wide. The
height of the sun at this region was 15° 9’.
* As illustrative of Herr Schmidt's estimations of heights the reader is referred to B. and
M.’smethod, as described in ‘ Der Mond,’ § 65, p. 98, a translation of which, by W. T. Lynn,
Esq., is as follows:—To measure and calculate the heights of all the mountains in the
moon which, under favourable circumstances, throw perceptible shadows, would not only
be inconceivably tedious and troublesome, but, besides this, the desired degree of ac-
curacy would still, in the majority of cases, not be attained, because the shadows are too
short. But when an observer has acquired sufficient practice by repeated measurements
under different angles of illumination, he may use one measured mountain (selecting
one as high as possible) as a standard of estimation for others lying in its neighbour-
hood, especially when they are nearly the same distance from the terminator. Pos-
sessed of some practice in eye-estimations, he will easily be able to find how many times
the length of a small shadow is contained in the greater one formed by the principal
mountain. Thus it was estimated on the 17th of March, 1834, that the shadow of the
N.W. wall of Egede was equal to 3; of the shadow of the wall of Hudoxus, the height
of which latter was determined by calculation to be 1627 toises. Egede is situated in the
neighbourhood of Eudoxus, and its distance from the terminator was then 3 that of Eu-
doxus, so that approximately the height of its N.W. wall was 3; x} x 1627=54 toises above
the interior surface. In this, or a similar manner, have many of the elevations given in
the topographical description been determined ; those actually calculated according to the
above formulx are set down in § 67 following.”
Herr Schmidt, speaking of this method in a letter to Mr. Lynn, says, “Such estima-
tions are very accurate, and between hills of the height of 50-200 toises which have been
measured, differences of elevation of 5 or 6 toises can, when close to the terminator, be sa-
tisfactorily and certainly estimated.”
16 REPORT—1867.
“1866, Dec. 27. [Herr Scumrpr.}] Von 13 bis 19 Uhr. Luft sehr still,
aber nur zeitweilig ganz dunstfrei. Anfangs zog die Lichtgrenze wher
Bessel, zuletzt war am Linné die Sonnenhohe nur noch 3°. Keine Spur eines
Craters erschien, kein Schatten, weder innen noch aussen an dem unbedeu-
tenden, matten Lichtfleck dessen jetzt sehr verringerter Durchmesser nur
etwa noch 2000 Toisen halten mochte. Der gestern in ihm sichtbare sehr
kleine schwarze Punkt fehlte heute. Es war also nicht der Schatten eines
Hiigels, der heute viel grésser hatte erscheinen miissen.”
Translation.—Dec. 27, from 13" to 19". Air very still, but only occa-
sionally quite free from mist. At first the terminator passed over Bessel,
afterwards the sun’s height at Linné was at the most 3°. There appeared
no trace of a crater, no shadow, either within or without the inconsiderable
faint spot of light, of which the now much diminished diameter might mea-
sure only about 2000 toises (12,789 Eng. feet). The very small black point
visible in it yesterday was wanting to-day. It was therefore not the shadow
of a hill, which would haye appeared much greater to-day.
1867, Jan. 12. Mr. BuckineHam saw an elevation on the S.W., in the
shallow crater, brighter than other parts. See ante, pp. 12, 13.
“1867. Jan. 25. [Herr Scumipr.] 13'-5-16"5. Luft besonders gut.
Sonnenhohe nur noch 12°-13°._ Linné ein matter Lichtfleck. Aber an 500-
maliger Vergrosserung zeigt sich mitten ein iiusserst feimer schwarzer Punkt,
und éstlich daneben eine sehr feine, weisse Kuppe. Beide im Durchmesser
respective 200 und 300 Toisen. Keine Spur eines Craters, wie solche in schar-
fen Formen iiberall im Mare zu sehen sind. Auch der westliche matte Facher
am Linné noch kenntlich.”’
Translation.—Jan. 25, 13” 30-16" 30. Air particularly good. Sun’s
height still only 12°-13°. Linné a faint spot of light,' but with a power of
500 there appeared within an extremely delicate black point, and east of
that, close to it, a very fine white summit. The respective diameters of the
two 200 and 300 toises (1279 and 1918 Eng. feet). No trace of a crater, as
such are to be seen generally in the Mare in sharp forms. The westerly
faint fan of light in Linné is also still discernible.
During the interval between Jan. 25 and Aug. 20 Herr Scummpr appears
to haye seen the cone only, which he describes as a hill, and not the orifice
which he had formerly seen and described as a fine black point.
“1867, Feb. 10. Ganz unruhige Luft am 9". Linné in der Lichtgrenze
erscheint als sehr feiner Hiigel, viel kleiner als die Nachbar-Crater gegen
Wee
Translation.— 1867, Feb. 10. The air very much disturbed. About 9
o'clock Linné, on the terminator, appeared as a very delicate hill, much
smaller than the neighbouring craters towards the N.W.
“©1867, Feb. 11. Sonne Hohe fiirLinné=12°, Keine Spur einesCraters; eine
gewobnliche matte Wolke, darin ein sehr feiner Hiigel, noch mit Schatten.”
Translation.—1867, Feb. 11. Sun’s altitude at Linné=12°. No trace of a
crater ; an ordinary faint cloud, in which is a very delicate hill, still having
a shadow.
Herr Scumrpr adds this note :—“ Von dieser Art sind alle hiesigen spaitern
Beobachtungen. Wenn Andere jetzt noch behaupten dass sie am Orte des
Linné einen Crater schen, so zeigt es mir dass sie den Ort des Linné tiber-
haupt ganz verhehlt haben, oder falls sie einen sehr feinen Crater am Orte
des Linné sehen, dieser Umstand meine Beweisfiihrung nur bestiitigen kann.
Linné war friiher cin bedeutender Crater, der dritt-grosster im Mare, nach
Bessel und Gallus,”
Ve
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON. If
Translation.—Of this kind are all the more recent observations at this
place. If other persons now still assert that they sce a crater in the place of
Linné, this only proves to me that they have quite missed its place; or, in
case they do see a very delicate crater in the place of Linné, this circum-
stance can only confirm the fact brought forward by me. Linné was for-
merly a considerable crater, the third in magnitude in the Mare, next after
Bessel and Gallus.
“1867, Feb. 11. [Papre Sxccur.] Le 11, au soir, Linné était déja assez
avancé dans la lumiére et 4 7 heures on voyait nettement un trés petit
eratére enyironné d’une éclatant auréole blanche qui brillait franchement
sur le fond sombre du M. Serenitatis. Le grandeur de Vorifice du cratére était
de 3 de seconde au plus, et l’auréole était un peu plus large que Sulpicius
Gallus.” —Comptes Rendus, tom. lxiv. 25 Fevrier, p. 345.
Translation.—On the 11th, in the evening, Linné had already advanced
into the light, and at 7 o’clock a very small crater was distinctly seen, sur-
rounded by a brilliant white aureole, which glittered against the dark ground
of the Mare Serenitatis. The size of the orifice of the crater was at most 3
of a second, and the aureole was a little larger than Sulpicius Gallus.
1867, March 14. Mr. Buckrncuam measured the “ cloudy bright patch,”
and found it to be 6" in diameter. He saw into the small crater, which he
estimated to be equal to the largest on and near to the centre of Plato. He
saw a slight shadow within the crater on the west side.
1867, March 15. Mr. Dawes, with power 160 on his 8-inch Cooke, saw
“an eacessively minute black dot in the middle of Linné.”
1867, March 15. Mr. Bucxineam again saw the small crater without the
shadow seen on March 14.
1867, April 10. Respreur saw at sunrise on Linné, and precisely at its
place, a brilliant spot or point entirely isolated on an obscure ground.
1867, April 11. The small crater on Linné was seen by Messrs.
REsPIcHt.
Buckinenan, west of the centre, with the cone leading to it.
Wess, who saw the ring of the shallow crater faintly, not at the same
time that he saw the small crater, but only ina few doubtful glimpses.
Houeers, but only its bright west margin.
Dawes, who saw the dark spot and bright west edge. Mr. Dawes says,
“On the west side there is a little curved edge which looked slightly
raised like the edge of a crater.”
April 12. Mr. Carprnrer, with the Great Equatoreal at the Royal Obser-
vatory, Greenwich, saw a crater which he has drawn as on the site of Linné,
_ surrounded by the aureole as described by Secchi.
In the suitable and favourable evenings of April and May 1867, Pro-
fessors pD’ARREST AND ScuseLLEeRuP saw the crater opening in the middle of
the large bright and somewhat diffused spot, and estimated the diameter of
the circular shadow at not more than 0-9, at the most 1/1. Prof. Schjel-
lerup adds, “ I will just remark that the crater-opening is not nearly so stri-
king as might be supposed from Mr. Huggins’s drawing in the June Number
of the Monthly Notices.”
1867, May 10. Scuatrpr saw, in place of the small crater, an enlightened
mountain, or bright shadow-projecting hill, half the size of the next neigh-
bouring crater on the north-west (Linné A, B.& M.; IE *), of 0-45
* B. and M. assign a brightness of 5° to this crater, and delineate it as larger than the
northern of the three craters N.W. of Linné, which they do not notice in their text. A
is now smaller than the northern crater, and on the evening of Dec. 7, 1867, it was scarcely
18 REPORT—1867.
diameter, or 500 toises* (8200 Eng. feet), and 80-90 toises (between 500
and 600 Eng. feet) high (Les Mondes, Ist Aoitit 1867, p. 566). Also, in a
letter to W. T. Lynn, Esq.t, he says, “1867, Mai 10. Phase durch
Calippus und Hadley. Fiir Linné stand also die Sonne erst wenige Grade
hoch. Linné sehr veriindert, an seinem Orte ein auffallend heller Schatten-
werfender Hiigel halb so gross als der erste nordwestlich benachbarte Crater.
Ks ist sicher eine neue Veriinderung eingetreten.”
Translation.—The terminator through Calippus and Hadley. On Linné
the sun was therefore only a few degrees high. Linné was much altered; in
its place a remarkable bright hill casting a shadow, half as large as the
nearest crater on the north-west [I E’*]. A new change has undoubtedly
taken place.
1867, May 10. Resprent saw the little crater on an obscure ground. In
his résumé of his observations, Respighi assigns a diameter of 4:0 to this
crater and a great depth.
1867, May 10. Mr. Ineart, with a 4°5-inch Dialyte, power 200, saw the -
small crater ‘‘ very faint, only as an ‘ aspect’ or ‘1pEA’ of a small crater in the
centre.”
“1867, Mai 11. Scuipr. Linné als weisse Wolke: darin ein feiner weisser
schatten-werfender Punkt, ohne der gestrige Hiigel. Auch in y Posidonius
sehe ich einen feinen schwarzen Punkt.”
Translation.—Linné like a white cloud: in it a delicate white point casting
a shadow, without the hill noticed yesterday. I also see a delicate black
point in y Posidonius.
1867, May 11. The small crater was seen by Messrs.
Kyorr, with interior shadow intensely black.
Hueerns, very sharply defined. In centre nearly, but rather nearer
the west margin. Mr. Huggins adds, “The appearance suggested
that the bright walls of the crater were a little elevated above the
‘nebulous light.’” ;
Mr. Huggins’s observations, with engraving of the white spot and crater-
opening, will be found in the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical
Society, vol. xxvii. pp. 296 to 298.
“1867, Juni 9. [Scumipr] Linné eine unscheinbare Lichtwolke: in ihr,
etwas westlich, ein feiner hellerer Hiigel, fast schon ohne Schattenspur.”
Translation.—Linné an insignificant light cloud: in it, somewhat west-
erly, a delicate brightish hill, now almost without trace of shadow.
1867, June 9 & 10. Messrs Browning and Barnes, with a silvered glass
reflector (With) 83-inch aperture, power 225?, saw a white nucleus on Linné,
which Mr. Browning regarded as a Hill.
brighter than the adjacent surface of the M. Serenitatis. I recorded its brightness as 3°'1,
that of the northern crater being 5°. See also Schmidt’s observations on Aug, 20, post,
p. 19, 20.
Pr On Jan. 25, Herr Schmidt recorded a delicate black point, and east of, and close to
it, a fine white summit. The diameters of these he respectively estimated at 200 and
300 toises ; he did not give the height of the summit. Linné at the time being under the
eyening illumination, the positions of these objects were such as a small erater would
present, the enlightened exterior rim being east of the dark spot. If the objects were the
interior and rim of the erater seen afterwards by Secchi, and recorded as a remarkable
hill by Schmidt on May 10, Schmidt’s estimates on Jan. 25 and May 10 agree as to the
diameter of the crater. This diameter, up to May 10, appears, from Schmidt's and
Secchi’s estimates, to haye been under 0''5.
_t.All the following remarks by Herr Schmidt are taken from that letter, which bears
date, Athens, 1867, August 23.
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON. 19
1867, June 10. Wotr saw the little crater very distinctly ; he speaks of
it as yery deep. Messrs. Dawes and Knorr also saw it on this day.
1867, June 12. Wotr estimated the diameter of the little crater at 1-0, or
a little less.
“ 1867, Juli8, 8". [Scumrr.] Luft nicht still. Linné ein sehr kleiner deut-
licher Hiigel mit Schattenspur, diam. + des nordwestlichen Craternachbars.”’
Translation — 1867, July 8, 8%. Air disturbed. Linné a very small
distinct hill, with trace of shadow, + diameter of the neighbouring erater on
the north-west [I E’*).
Herr Scumrpr adds this note :—‘‘ Mit sehr michtigerm Fernrohr und bei
guter Luft wiirde man viel mehr gesehen haben ; vielleicht Spuren des alten
Craterwalls. Phase sehr giinstig.”
Translation.—Much more would have doubtless been seen with a much
more powerful telescope and still atmosphere ; perhaps traces of the old crater-
wall. Position of the terminator very favourable.
1867, July 9. The small crater was seen by Messrs. Hueeins and Brrp.
Mr. Huggins measured its diameter and found found it 1°71.
1867, Juli 12 [Qy. 22]*, 15". [Scummr] Sehr unruhige Luft. Linné genau
im der abnehmenden Phase: ein isolirter kKlemer Punkt, d. h. ein ganz un-
bedeutender Hiigel.”
Translation—July 22, 15". Air much disturbed. Linné exactly on the
evening terminator; an isolated small point ; that is, an utterly insignificant
hill.
1867, Juiy 22. Tempe. “ Den Crater Linné habe ich am 22 Juli beobachtet.
Ks scheint als habe sich der kleine Crater ausgefiillt ; ja es ist jetzt sogar eine
kleine Anhéhe, ein kleiner runder Bergkegel an dessen Stelle sichtbar. Die
angewandte Vergrésserung war eine 300-malige und die Nacht sehr rein.”—
Astronomische Nachrichten, No. 1656.
Translation.—I observed the crater Linné on the 22nd of July. It
appears as if the small crater was filled up; nay, there is now a small eleva-
tion, a small round conical hill in its place. The power used was 300 and
the night very fine.
* 1867, August 7, 6%5-8"-5, [Scumipr,] Luft sehr unruhig: Phase bei
Arvistillus. Linné ein unbedeutender Lichtfleck, darin ein feiner Hiigel von
1” bis 2" diam.” :
Translation —Aug. 7, 65-85. Air much disturbed ; terminator over
Avistillus. Linné an insignificant spot of light: in it a delicate hill from
1” to 2” in diameter.
1867, Aug. 20. Terminator bisecting Bessel. Mr. Buckryeuam observed
the cone very distinctly, it projected a short shadow towards the W. The
following measures were taken :—
Dark interior of the crater, mean of 8 measures,... 0'°64
Exterior base of the cone, mean of 7 measures .... 2'°35
_ « Aug, 20, 11" und 15°. [Herr Scuurpr.] Luft unruhig. Abnehmende
Phase tiber Bessel. Linné ein matter Lichtfleck, etwas kleiner als der Crater
§. Gallus: der westliche hiigelartige Kern der Lichtwolke =}, 8. Gallus.
Die nordwestlich von Linné liegenden Crater hatten schon iiussere Schatten.
Der siidliche dieser Crater war auffallend klein: kaum } vom nordlichen
Nachbar.”’
* At 15, Athens mean time of the 22nd July, Linné would be close on the evening
terminator. : : :
c2
20 REPORT—1867.
Translation. Aug. 20, 11" and 15". Air disturbed. Evening terminator
over Bessel. Linné a faint spot of light somewhat smaller than the crater
S. Gallus. The westerly hill-like nucleus of the light cloud = ;}, S. Gallus.
The craters situated on the north-west of Linné had already exterior shadows.
The southern of these craters [I E’*] was remarkably small, scarcely 3 of its
northern neighbour.
1867, Sept. 18, 16". Mr. Carpenter, of the Royal Observatory, Green-
wich, observed the small crater with the great Equatoreal. His record is as
follows :—‘ The definition was very good indeed: the crater-form distinctly
visible: there was a delicate line of light running round the interior shadow,
indicating the slightly elevated nature of the crater.”
1867. Noy. 3, 5°30". Mr. Prrvce saw the small crater as a black point.
See ante, p. 13.
1867, Dec. 4, 7" 30", G.M.T. Mr. Kworr had a very fair view of the small
crater. The atmosphere was too unsteady to set the wires, but from the
known thickness of the webs Mr. Knott estimated the diameter to be about
15,
Prosection or THE VaLvEs IN Taste II,
D J F M A M J J
0 30 60 9 120 150 180 210
4” Respighi 40.
1”
2
=
L610 Fprayag
“PS+0 Iprayog
“CF-//0 IPLUATyS
"€8-,0 1Y909g
SF-.0 IPAS
“O/T FIOM
TL T Sussn yy
The vertical lines represent intervals of 30 days; the horizontal, incre-
ments of 0-5. Respighi’s estimate, 4-0, is not connected with the curve,
as it does not fall in with the other estimates.
In the following Table the estimations of Schmidt on Dec. 13,1866, and Jan.
25, 1867, were of the shadow-projecting hill and the fine black point (see
foot-note on p. 18). These features were also seen by Buckingham. After
Feb. 11, the small crater was the object generally observed. The exact date
of Respighi’s estimate is not given.
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON. 21
Taste II,
Estimations and measures of the diameter of the small crater reduced to
29° 54’ 40’ =angular distance from the moon’s centre.
Authority. Epoch. Date. Seconds.| Eng. feet. | Fr. metres.
“al
Schmidt............ 1866'947 | 1866, Dec. 13 0°27 1918 584°7
Schmidt.........0..| 18667983 | 1866, ., 26 0°24. 1695 516°5
Schmidt 1867°066 | 1867, Jan. 25 o'18 1279 389'8
Schmidt 1867°066 | 1867, ,, -25 O27 1918 5847
Secchi 1867°112 | 1867, Feb. 11 0°33 2352 7169
Schmidt... 1867°353 | 1867, May 10 0°45 3197 974°4
Respighi 4°00 28226 86034
\G eee 1867°443 | 1867, June 12 1°00 7057 2150°9
Huggins ......... 1867°518 | 1867, July 9 Tyr 12067 3678°0
Buckingham.,..... 1867°632 | 1867, Aug. 20 | 064* 4516 1376°6
Buckingham.....| 1867°632 | 1867, ,, 20 2°35 'F 16583 5054°5
Oprntons.
In the preceding parts of this Appendix facts (as given by observation)
only are mentioned. Since Schmidt’s announcement of change several
opinions have been expressed on the phenomena observed. It is manifestly
desirable to avoid hazarding an opinion until the observations on the one
hand have become sufficiently numerous to afford a solid basis on which to
found a conclusion, and on the other have been so arranged and discussed
that that conclusion may itself partake of the nature of a more general fact.
Nevertheless, as the opinions that have been published may assist (in
connexion with the observations) in arriving at a safe and general conclusion,
they are given in the order in which they refer either to the early or recent
observations.
OPINIONS OF THE WHITE Spot In ScHROTER’S TIME.
For Scnrérer’s description of the spot v, see ante, pp. 3 and 4.
Mr. Hveerns seems to regard this description as closely agreeing with the
appearance of Linné at the present time, with the exception of the interior
erater.—Monthly Notices, vol. xxvii. p. 298.
Professors D’ArRest and ScuyELLERUP agree with Mr. Huggins.—Astro-
nomische Nachrichten, No. 1655.
Scumrnr. ‘“ Der kleine Crater v daselbst entspricht am niichsten dem Orte
des Linné.”
Translation.—The small crater v corresponds nearest to the place of Linné.
Respicur. “Il est positif que Schréter, dans ses Selenotopographische
Fragmente, Table IX., représente cet objet avec une tache blanche, d’un dia-
métre presque égal a celui du cratére de Sulpicius Gallus, avec la trace d@’un
petit cratére, tel qu’on l’observe maintenant, et non comme quelques uns l’ont
affirmé, sous la forme d’une grande tache noire; il est positif que le cratére
ades dimensions 4 peu prés égales 4 celles que lui assigne M. Schmidt lui-
méme, c’est-a-dire environ quatre milles de diamétre.”—Bulletin Météorolo-
gique de l’Observatoire du Collége Romain, 31 Mai 1867.
Translation.—It is positive that Schroter, in his Selenotopographische Frag-
* The orifice of the crater. + The base of the cone.
22 REPORT—1867.
mente, Table IX., represents this object as a white spot of a diameter almost
equal to that of the crater Sulpicius Gallus, with the trace of a small crater
such as we now observe, and not as some have affirmed under the form of a
large black spot. It is certain that the dimensions of the crater are almost
equal to those assigned to it by Schmidt himself, that is to say, about four
miles in diameter.
Wor. “D’aprés la note méme de M. Schmidt, Schréter semble ne pas
avoir yu Linné, au moins comme un des cratéres principaux de la mer de
Sérénité, bien qwil en ait noté de plus petits.” Comptes Rendus, Séance- du
17 Juin 1867.
Translation —From the note itself of M. Schmidt, Schréter seems not to
have seen Linné, at least as one of the principal craters of the Mare Serenitatis,
although he has noticed some smaller (see ante, p. 45).
Recent oprnron or THE Wurte Sror.—Mr. Sracx, writing under date of
Oct. 11, 1867, says, “‘ There can be no doubt that Linné varies in appearance,
sometimes justifying the epithet ‘cloudy,’ at others gradually toning down
from the bright central part to an edge difficult to define or discriminate from
the adjacent portion of sea, and last night (see observation, ante, pp. 7, 8)
clear at the margin and distinct from the sea.” Mr. Slack adds, “ But is
this peculiar to Linné? I think not, but it must be considered in relation to
other changes of tint and hue.”
OPINIONS ON THE GENERAL RESULTS.
Herr Scumrpr, 1867, Feb. 7. “ Nachdem nun yier Lunationen hindurch
die sorgfiltigste Priifung dargethan hat, dass ‘ Linné,’ in seiner Tagesperiode
etwa 13 Tage lang als kleine Lichtwolke, an der Lichtgrenze aber durchaus
nicht als Crater, geschen wird, sondern zur Zeit sehr geringer Sonnenhohen
uberhaupt ganz unsichtbar ist, halte ich jetzt, gestiitzt auf Thatsachen der
Beobachtung, den Ausspruch geniigend begriindet ‘dass auf dem Monde
gegenwiirtig noch Verinderungen eintreten, die durch den Wechsel der Belewch-
tung nicht erklirt werden konnen.’”
Translation. —Now that after the most careful examination, continued
through four lunations, has proved that Linné in its day-period, about 13
days long, is visible as a small white cloud, but on the terminator not at all as.
a erater, whilst at the epochs of very small sun-heights it is quite invisible,
I regard it as satisfactorily established, relying on the facts of the observa-
tions, that changes are now still taking place on the moon, which cannot be
explained by the differences of illumination.
Herr Scuurmr, 1867, August 23. In a letter to Mr. Lynn of this date,
before referred to, Herr Schmidt says, “ Alle Beobachtungen lehren einfach
desselbe, nimlich, dass jetzt an Stelle des vormals sehr tiefen und 5000
Toisen breiten Craters Linné, nur noch eine nicht vertiefte helle Fliche und
ein kleiner Hiigel gesehen werden.”
Translation.—All the observations teach precisely the same thing, namely,
that in the place of the formerly existing crater in Linné, which was very
deep and 5000 toises wide, there can now be seen only a bright spot, not a
depression, and a small hill.
Framaarion. “8i Linné avait eu cet aspect & l’époque ou Beer et Madler
ont construit leur Mappa Selenographica il est impossible qu’ils Petssent in-
diqué comme un cratére.”—Comptes Rendus, tom. lxiv. (20 Mai 1867) No: 20,
p. 1020.’
Translation.—If Linné had had this aspect at the epoch when Beer and
ON MAPPING THE SURFACE OF THE MOON. 23
Midler constructed their Mappa Selenographiea, it is impossible that they
could have indicated it as a crater.
*«On peut donc penser maintenant que notre satellite n’est pas un monde
entiérement mort, et que des mouvements assez sensibles pour étre vus Vici
s’accomplissent intervalles 4 sa surface.”
Translation._—We are therefore able now to consider that our satellite is
not an entirely dead world, and that movements at intervals on its surface
are sensible enough to be seen from hence.
Papre Seccut, Comptes Rendus, tom. lxiv. 25 Fevrier 1867, p. 345.
“La grandeur de l’orifice du cratére était de 3 de seconde au plus, et l’auréole
était un peu plus large que Sulpicius Gallus. J insiste sur cette comparaison,
car elle fait voir que MM. Miidler et Beer, dont j’employais la velle carte,
n’auraient jamais figuré un cratére aussi grand et aussi bien fait que celui
quwils assignent 4 Linné, pour une tache blanche comme celle qui existe a
présent; en effet Sulpicius Gallus est actuellement beaucoup pius grand
que le petit cratére qui forme le centre de la tache. Ce dernier est méme
encore plus petit que ces autres cratéres qu’on indique seulement par des
lettres, sans leur donner de nom, et qui sont répandus a grandes distances
dans le Mare Serenitatis. ‘Onne peut done douter qu'il y ait eu un change-
ment, et il parait probable qu’une éruption a rempli l’ancien cratére, d’une
matiére assez blanche pour paraitre beaucoup plus claire que le fond de la
mer qui l’environne.”
Translation.—tThe size of the orifice of the crater wasat most + of a second,
and the aureole was a little larger than Sulpicius Gallus. I insist on this
comparison because it shows that B. & M. could never have figured a crater
as big and as well marked as that which they assigned to Linné, for the
white spot which at present exists; in fact Sulpicius Gallus is actually much
larger than the little crater which forms the centre of the spot. This last is
even smaller than those craters which are indicated merely by letters with-
out names, and which are distributed at great distances in MW. Serenitatis. It
cannot be doubted that a change has taken place, and it seems probable that
an eruption has filled the ancient crater with a material white enough to look
bright against the dark ground of the sea.
Cuarcornac. “Sil est vrai, comme l’a décrit Lohrmann, que c’etait un
eratére profondément sculpté dans la plaine, representant l’aspect d’un creux,
rond comme un pot, il est incontestable que ce cratére s’est effacé et qu'il
n’en est reste qu’une surface blanche.”—-Comptes Rendus, tom. Lxiv. (20 Mai
1867) p. 1022.
Translation.—If it be true, as described by Lohrmann, that this was a deep
erater sculptured in the plain and represented by the aspect of a pit, round
as a pot, it is incontestable that this crater is effaced and that there remains
nothing of it but a white surface.
“ Une derniére éruption dans le vide efface donc ce cratére en comblant le
creux et en annulant les ramparts en forme de bourrclet. Cet important phé-
noméne montre que I’activité volcanique de notre satellite persiste encore.’
Translation.—The last eruption therefore effaced the void of this crater in
filling the pit and reducing the ramparts to the form of a hood. This im-
portant phenomenon shows that the volcanic activity of our satellite stall con-
tinues.
Worr. “ En résumé, 4 part Vindication fournie par les cartes de Lohrmann
et de Beer et Miidler, 4 laquelle on peut opposer la contre-indication de Lahire
et de Schréter, nous ne possédons ectuellement qu’un seul document positif
sur le changement qu’aurait subi Linné; c’est l’affirmation de M. Schmidt que
24. REPORT—1867.
ses notes et ses dessins de 1841 représentent cet objet autrement qu’on ne le
voit maintenant.”—-Comptes Rendus, tom. Ixiv. (17 Juin 1867).
Translation.—Résumé:— Apart from the indications furnished by the maps
of Lohrmann and Beer and Miidler, to which we are able to oppose the contra-
indication of Lahire and of Schroter, we actually possess only one positive docu-
ment on the change which Linné has undergone: this is the affirmation of
M. Schmidt, that his notes and his drawings in 1841 represent this object
otherwise than as we now see it. °
M. pr Beaumont. “ Au surplus on doit désirer que les observations rela-
tives 4 la permanence absolue ou 4 de trés légéres, altérations des accidents
de la surface lunaire se multiplient, car une seule altération méme trés légére,
suffirait si elle était bien constatée pour établir que la vie géologique encore
dans l’intérieur de la lune aussi bien que dans l’intérieur de la terre.”—
Comptes Rendus, tom. lxiy. (17 Juin 1867) p. 1242.
Translation Moreover it is to be desired that observations relative
to the absolute permanence, or to very small alterations of the details of the
lunar surface, should be multiplied ; for even only one very small change, if
it were fully proved, would be sufficient to establish that geological life is
still in the interior of the moon as well as in the interior of the earth.
Respicur. ‘ Je crois done pouvoir conclure que le cratére n’a pas éprouvé
de changement sensible ou du moins que les arguments produits en faveur
de ce changement sont vagues et ne sont pas concluants.”
Translation.—I therefore think that we may conclude that a sensible change .
of the crater is not proved, or at least that the arguments produced in fayour
of this change are vague and inconclusive.
I am greatly indebted to my friend Mr. Lynn, of the Royal Observatory,
Greenwich, for his assistance in kindly translating the records and opinions
of Foreign observers, and also in furnishing the additional observations by
Herr Schmidt. Wk, B.
Third Report of the Committee for Exploring Kent’s Cavern, Devon-
shire. The Committee consisting of Sir Cuaries Lyer1x, Bart.,
Professor Puinuirs, Sir Jonn Luszock, Bart., Mr. Joun Evans,
Mr. Epwarp Vivian, Mr. Grorcn Busx, and Mr. Witi1am Prn-
GELLY (Reporter).
Tur Reports presented by the Committee, in 1865 and 1866, render it
unnecessary to give a detailed description of either the situation or the cha-
racter of Kent’s Hole. The Cavern may be briefly stated to consist of two
parallel series of chambers and galleries—an eastern and a western; and to
have two external openings or entrances—a northern and a southern. The
entrances occur in one and the same low vertical cliff, on the eastern side of
the hill in which the Cavern is situated. They are nearly on the same level,
about 50 feet apart, from 180 to 190 feet above the level of mean tide, and
about 70 feet above the bottom of the valley immediately adjacent.
The Committee have found it convenient to assign names to the various
branches of the Cavern; and in order to avoid the risk of confusion, they
have retained those which had been previously bestowed by the Rey. J.
M‘Enery and others.
The northern entrance opens, through a short narrow passage, into a
ON KENT’S CAVERN, DEVONSHIRE. 25
somewhat spacious chamber—the most northerly of the eastern series, —which
Mr. M‘Enery termed the “ Vestibule,” or “ Sloping Chamber.” It measures
about 64 feet from north to south, and 28 from east to west.
From the north-western angle of the Vestibule, a gallery, about 32 feet
. long, and varying from 6 to 14 feet broad, extends in a north-easterly direc-
tion, and is known as the “ North-east Gallery.”
About 22 feet south of the entrance of this Gallery, an opening in the
western wall of the Vestibule, about 35 feet wide, leads into the western
series of galleries and chambers. So far as is known, this is the only passage
connecting the two series.
A passage, about 22 feet in length and varying from 19 to 27 feet in
breadth, which Mr. M‘Enery termed the “ Passage of Urns,” leads out of the
Vestibule southwards into the most spacious chamber of the eastern series,
which, therefore, has been termed the “‘ Great Chamber.”’ It measures about
62 feet from east to west, and, where longest, 53 from north to south. In
its eastern side is the second or southern entrance of the Cavern ; and from
its back or western wall—almost immediately opposite the entrance—there
extends a cul de sac in a westerly direction, for about 29 feet, and varying in
breadth from 15 to 10 feet. This is known as the “ Gallery.”
The Great Chamber opens southwards into an apartment measuring about
40 feet from north to south and 26 from east to west. From the fact that,
during the last twenty years, Mr. Vivian has frequently lectured in the Cavern,
and has on these occasions always taken his stand here, this apartment has
received the name of the “ Lecture Hall”—a designation which it is proposed
to retain.
About 12 feet north of the junction of the Great Chamber and the Lec-
ture Hall, a gallery opens out of the eastern wall of the former, in a south-
easterly direction. Its width is about 7 feet at the entrance, and its length,
which at present is undetermined, exceeds 30 feet. The entrance of a
similar and parallel gallery occurs near the south-eastern corner of the Lec-
ture Hall. In accordance with the names given them by Mr. M‘Enery,
they are respectively termed the “ North” and ‘ South Sally Ports.”
The Lecture Hall opens southwards into a gallery about 17 feet wide, and
at least 50 feet long; but as its further end is blocked up with large accu-
mulations of stalagmite and stalactite, its true dimensions are at present
unknown.
_— During the year which has elapsed since their Second Report was sent in,
the Committee have continued their labours uninterruptedly ; the Superin-
tendents have made daily visits to the Cavern; the methods of excavation
and investigation described in detail in the First Report, and which render it
easy to define accurately the position of every object found, have been uni-
formly followed ; the daily journal has been carefully kept; and monthly
reports of progress have been regularly forwarded to the Chairman of the
Committee.
From the commencement to the present time, the work has been carried
on, under the direction and inspection of the Superintendents, by the same
two workmen—Charles Keeping and George Smeardon—and the Committee
have great pleasure in stating that nothing can surpass their zeal, industry,
intelligence, and integrity.
The investigation naturally excites much interest amongst the visitors and
residents at Torquay, and draws a considerable number of them to the
Cavern. But, whilst every reasonable facility is afforded them for witnessing
the operations, no one is admitted to those parts which are under examina-
96 REPORT—1867.
tion unless accompanied by one of the Superintendents. The other branches,
and these only, are shown to visitors by the guide appointed by the proprie-
tor, Sir L. Palk, Bart., M.P. Such visits, however, can be made only when
the Committee’s workmen are present, by whom, and not by the guide, the
keys are kept. In short, every care is taken to find all the objects really
belonging to the Cavern; and every precaution to prevent anything being
maliciously or mischieyously placed in the deposits for the workmen to find.
Amongst the visitors during the present year, the Superintendents had
the pleasure of receiving Captain Galton, Mr. Godwin-Austen, Mr. Gwyn
Jeffreys, and Mr. Prestwich—all members of the British Association. They
were conducted over the Cavern by the Superintendents, the mode of opera-
tion was fully explained to them, and they inspected a large and character-
istic series of the fossils, as well as of the flint implements and other relics of
human industrial art, which the Cavern has yielded. .
Hitherto the labours of the Committee have been confined to the eastern
series of galleries and chambers. Of these, the Great Chamber, the Gallery,
the Passage of Urns, the Vestibule, and the North-east Gallery have been
completely explored to the depth of 4 feet below the base of the Stalag-
mitic floor; to which, from the beginning, and as a first exploration, the
excavation has been restricted. In the Lecture Hall, in which the workmen
are at present engaged, considerable progress has been made. On its com-
pletion, it is intended to proceed to the gallery leading out of it southwards,
and then to the Sally Ports.
Mr. M‘Enery and the other early explorers carried on some part of their
researches in a small portion of the Vestibule, and in the Lecture Hall. In
the latter their works were probably on a somewhat larger scale. Unfor-
tunately, instead of taking out of the Cavern that portion of the deposits
which they had examined, they simply threw it on one side. The Commit-
tee have found it necessary to remove this disturbed material, and, in
doing this, they have examined it with a care almost equal to that they
bestow on the virgin ground. The result has been the discovery of a large
number of fine specimens of teeth and other relics of the ordinary Cave
mammalia, which were either unnoticed or neglected by the early explorers.
Indeed, the largest Mammoth molar which the Committee have found
occurred in these old workings. In order to the thorough investigation of
cavern deposits, they must be removed without the cavern—partly to secure
their complete examination by daylight, and also to prevent the commingling
of disturbed and undisturbed soil. Great as may be the paleontological
value of the specimens thus recovered, they can be of no service as evidence
on questions of chronology or contemporaneity, as they are confusedly mixed
up with objects belonging to many and widely-separated eras. Hence the
Committee have carefully kept them apart from the specimens yielded by
the ground which was unquestionably intact.
Except in one limited locality, to be noticed hereafter, the succession of
deposits in the Cavern has been uniformly the same as that described in the
two previous Reports, viz. :
First, or uppermost: Huge angular blocks of limestone.
Second: Black Mould, from 3 inches to upwards of a foot in depth.
Third: Stalagmitic Floor, varying in thickness from 3 inches to as many
feet, but usually ranging from about 12 to 18 inches.
Fourth, or lowest yet found: Red ‘“ Cave-earth,” with angular pieces
of limestone, and occasionally rounded stones of kinds not derivable from the
Cavern hill.
ON KENT'S CAVERN, DEVONSHIRE. 27
The excepted locality, just mentioned, was a part of the Vestibule, where
a layer of black soil, apparently identical with that found almost everywhere
above the Stalagmitic Floor, occurred beneath the floor. This layer, termed
the ‘‘ Black Band,’ was of irregular outline, and covered an area of about
100 square feet. It contained numerous bits of charcoal, and varied in
thickness from 2 to 6 inches. Throughout about half of its area, it
immediately underlay the Stalagmite, but elsewhere it was separated from
the nether surface of the floor by a layer of ordinary Red Cavye-earth,
from 3 to 6 inches in thickness. At its nearest approach, it was 32 feet
from the northern entrance ; but as a great part of the intermediate ground
had been broken up by the early explorers, it is impossible to say whether
or not it formerly extended further in that direction. No trace of such
material beneath the Stalagmite has been encountered by the Committee
elsewhere. The floor immediately overlying the Black Band was loaded
with fallen blocks of limestone, which were heaped one on another, and
cemented by stalagmitic matter into a firm grotesque pile. This mass rose
to the roof of the Cavern, and originally extended from its eastern almost
to its western wall, thereby dividing the Vestibule into two separate cham-
bers. Mr. M‘Enery states that when he first visited the Cavern, before some
of the impediments were removed, the only passage—on the west side—was
“accomplished on all fours’”*. A few years ago, Sir L. Palk had a more
convenient passage cut through the pile on its eastern side. In the course
of their researches the Committee have had to remove the entire mass.
The Black Mould overlying the Stalagmitic Floor has, during the last twelve
months, yielded a large number of objects, such as were described in the
Reports of 1865 and 1866, as well as several of which no examples had
been previously found. Marine shells occurred everywhere in this aceumula-
tion, but in the Vestibule they were very abundant; those of the common
oyster sometimes forming considerable heaps. It does not appear that in all
cases they are necessarily to be regarded as evidence of a molluscous diet,
since many of them, chiefly pectens and oysters, were certainly “dead”
valves, as serpulee and other small shells are attached to their inner surfaces.
Potsherds also have been numerous ; but though some of them are of con-
siderable size, nothing approaching a perfect vessel has been found. Judging
from the varied forms of ornamentation on them, the pieces represent a
large number of utensils. In most cases they are composed of a coarse clay,
having an admixture of small stones.
Three spindle-whorls have been added to the collection. One of them is
composed of coarse grit, and, unlike all the others which have been met with
in the Cavern, its upper and lower surfaces are curved, and give it an oblate
spheroidal form. Either for ornamentation or some unguessed purpose of
utility, a groove has been cut round its greatest circumference. The two
remaining whorls are of slate, and have numerous ornamental lines. In
this connexion may be mentioned an Amber “ bead,” larger than some of
the whorls, and in form resembling the grit whorl just mentioned.
Flakes of both black and white flint, but chiefly the former, have occurred
in large numbers. During the last twelve months, not fewer than about 220
were found in this overlying Black Mould. Almost all of them were met
with in the Vestibule, and it seems not improbable that, at least, some of
the white specimens were dug up from the Red Cave-earth, and either lost
or neglected by the earlier explorers.
* Cavern Researches, page 5.
28 REPORt—1867.
Amongst the metal articles, there are a small bronze hook, an almost per-
fect bronze socketed celt, a halfpenny of 1806, and a sixpence of 1846.
The bone implements include an awl; a portion of some prismatic tool with
rounded edges, and having on its surface a series of equidistant grooves or
notches, such as to suggest that it may be part of a measuring rod; two bone
combs, and fragments of two others. The combs belong to the same class as
that described in the First Report— having the form of a shoe-lifter, with
teeth at the broad end.” One of them is small, and rudely formed ; the other
is larger, and is highly finished. Two parallel lines traverse its surface, ina
zigzag series, from end to end. At the end opposite that containing the
teeth, there is a hole, as if for suspending it. This interesting object, the
two fragments of combs, the grit spindle-whorl previously mentioned, a cockle
shell, several potsherds, and a bone cut with sone keen-edged tool were found
in the south-eastern portion of the Great Chamber, where the overlying Black
Mould was itself overlaid by a cake of stalagmite, which was attached to the
wall of the cavern, from 1 to 2 inches thick, and which measured 7
feet from north to south by 6 from east to west. In many instances, sta-
lagmite, fully as thick, had been found on the large blocks of limestone lying
on the Black Mould ; but this was the first, and, indeed, is at present the only
example of such a cake formed immediately on the Black deposit itself. The
interest attaching to it lies in the fact that there the lodgement of the Black
Mould had closed before the formation of the stalagmite lying on it had
begun; and that thus a certain amount of antiquity is secured for the objects
which, as has just been stated, were found sealed up. In short, the geolo-
gical evidence concurs with the archeological.
The overlying Black Mould has continued to yield alarge number of bones
of various mammals and birds, none of them probably belonging to extinct
species. In this series, the most interesting objects found during the last
year, are several portions of the human skeleton—including vertebra, parts
of lower jaws containing teeth, several loose teeth, and a skull. The skull
was found about 6 inches below the surface, adjacent to the limestone rock,
and immediately within the northern external entrance of the Cavern. The
other human remains were met with in different parts of the Vestibule, and
on different occasions. ‘The first relic, indeed, the first vestige of the human
skeleton met with during the present exploration, was part of a lower jaw
containing two molars, and was found in December 1866.
The Stalagmitic Floor has presented its usual characters; being sometimes
crystalline and extremely hard, and at others granular and comparatively soft.
Not unfrequently it is composed of thin lamin, alternately crystalline and
granular. The Committee have still to report that comparatively few objects
have been found in it. Amongst those which have presented themselves, are
stones of different kinds, charcoal, flint flakes and cores, and remains of various
animals, including the bear, fox, horse, and man. The stones, when not
fragments of limestone, are commonly well-rounded, and were probably
selected at the adjacent sea shore. One of the artificially formed flints has
the appearance of being a fragment of a polished celt, or axe, and is the only
specimen of the kind which has been found in the Cavern. Since the Second
Report was sent in, a totalof ten flakes and chips, of probably artificial
origin, have been met with in the Stalagmite. The human remains are a
tooth, and a portion of an upper jaw containing four teeth. They were
found lying together in the Vestibule, about 30 feet from the northern en-
trance of the Cavern, and deeply imbedded in the floor, which was 20 inches
thick. These interesting relics—the most ancient remains of man’s osseous
ON KENT’S CAVERN, DEVONSHIRE. 29
system which the Cavern has yet yielded—were found on the 3rd of January,
1867.
The Black Band below the Stalagmitic Floor was extremely rich in objects,
many of which are of great interest. They include bones and teeth of various
animals, and traces of the presence of man. The list of animals represented
in this Band includes the ox, deer (more than one species), horse, badger,
bear, fox, Rhinoceros tichorhinus and Hycna spelea.
The indications of human existence are chips, flakes, cores, and implements
of flint ; bone tools ; and bones partially burnt, The flint specimens form a
total of 366 in number, or about ten on the average in every cubic foot of the
material composing the Black Band. Though many of them are mere chips,
and the majority are flakes, no inconsiderable number are more or less per-
fect lanceolate implements. By far the greater number are white, and have
an almost chalky aspect and texture. Some of them are so extremely fragile
as to break on the least pressure. It appears utterly impossible to suppose
that they were introduced into the Cavern by other than human agency, or
that they had ever been moved from the spot where they were primarily
lodged. The bone tools are two, perhaps three, in number. One of them is
an awl about 3? inches long, and cut at one end toa sharp point. It was
found on the 27th of November 1866, beneath a floor of Stalagmite 16 inches
thick, and perfectly intact and continuous in all directions, at a spot about
40 feet from the northern entrance of the Cavern. The second tool is a por-
tion of a so-called harpoon, barbed on one side only, and about 3? inches long.
It was found on the 17th of January, 1867, The third is of a nondescript
and doubtful character. "
With the exception of the Black Band—found only in one branch of the
Cavern, and occupying a very limited space—the deposit below the Stalag-
mitic Floor is everywhere tolerably uniform in character—Red Cave-earth
with angular fragments of limestone. The latter vary from mere splinters to
blocks weighing many tons. Typically, this Cave-earth may be said to be
composed of about equal parts of loam and stones; but in some places the
latter greatly preponderate, whilst in others the former is most prevalent.
Rolled stones, not derivable from the Cavern hill, occur here and there in
every part which has been explored ; but in those branches with which the
_ Committee have been occupied during the last twelve months, they have not
been so numerous as they were in the Gallery described in the Second Report.
Blocks of stalagmite, the broken remnants of an old floor, continue to be
abundant. They occur at all levels, both in the Cave-earth, and in the
Stalagmitic Floor which the Committee found intact, and occasionally they
project obliquely through the latter to the height of a foot or more. Many of
them are of considerable size, measuring upwards of a cubic yard. Indeed
one block, in the Lecture Hall, measured fully three cubic yards. So far as
at present appears, no part of the Cavern is exempt from them, with the ex-
ception of that part of the Great Chamber extending from the southern en-
trance to 40 feet within it. From their first appearance, it was obvious
that they were either of stalagmitic or of stalactitic origin. Their structure
was strongly in favour of the former view, and this has been recently con-
firmed by the discovery of stones and bones incorporated within several of the
blocks found in the Lecture Hall. It was stated in the First Report that matter
of probably fecal origin was frequently met with in the Cave-earth in the
Great Chamber. A large quantity of this material, frequently forming consider-
able heaps, was found in the southern portion of this Chamber, which has
been recently explored. With the exception of a few small pieces in the
30 REPORT—1867.
Lecture Hall, nothing of the kind has presented itself in the other branches
of the Cayern which the Committee have yet investigated.
In the Lecture Hall, as well as in the immediately adjacent part of the
Great Chamber, a series of subterranean tunnels have occasionally been broken
into by the workmen. They are more or less cylindrical, sensibly horizontal,
and except in rare cases, upwards of 4 feet below the upper surface of the
Cave-earth. ‘Their size appears pretty uniform, and is such as would allow
a fox, or perhaps a badger, to turn in them. Mr. M‘Enery, who mentions
them, thinks, and with much probability, that they are “ Fox-earths.”
Fragments of burnt bone have been found, here and there, in the Cave-
earth in every chamber and gallery.
No other branch of the Cavern has proved to be quite so rich in bones as the
Great Chamber, the larger portion of which was explored in 1865, and of
which the particulars were given in the Report presented that year. Never-
theless, a very large number of teeth and other remains of the ordinary cave
mammals have been exhumed from the Red loam during the last twelve
months. It may be doubted, however, whether any important additions have
been made to the list of animals given in the two previous Reports. As a
provisional statement, the mammals represented by the vast collection which
has now been made, may be still said to be the Cave-bear, Cave-lion, Cave-
hyzna, Fox, Horse (probably more than one species), Ox, several species of
Deer, the tichorhine Rhinoceros, Mammoth, and Badger. The condition of the
bones is the same as that of those described in the previous Reports. Many of
them are of an almost chalk-like whiteness, whilst others are discolored ; some
are more or less coated with films of stalagmite ; many are merely fragments
or splinters; a considerable number have been gnawed ; those found imme-
diately under heavy blocks of limestone are crushed; several are split longi-
tudinally in such a manner as to betoken human agency; they are all cha-
racterized by a specific gravity greater than that of the bones found in the
Black Mould overlying the Stalagmitic Floor; on the tongue being applied to
them, they all more or less adhere to it ; and in no instance have the elements
of anentire skeleton, or anything approaching it, been found together. It is
still true that, so far as is known, no bone or tooth of Machairodus, Hippopo-
tamus, or Man has yet been found in the Caye-earth.
The Red earth has also yielded a considerable number of chips and flakes
of flint during the last twelve months. The aggregate from the four foot-
levels amounts to 238 specimens, which were thus distributed: 120 in the
first foot-level, 53 in the second, 36 in the third, and 29 in the fourth or low-
est. There are not amongst them any ovate implements, nor can the series
as a whole, perhaps, be regarded as quite equal in interest to those which were
described in the Reports of 1865 and 1866. The artificially wrought flints,
inclusive of chips and flakes, which have been found in the Cavern during
the last twelve months, form a total of 834; =220 from the overlying Black
Mould, +10 from the Stalagmitic Floor, +366 from the Black Bard, +238
from the Red Caye-earth.
Though the Committee have not on this occasion the pleasure of laying
before the Association any highly-wrought flint implements, they have the
gratification of producing tools formed of another material, and of a kind not
previously found in the Cavern. Though it may be difficult to understand it,
there is reason to believe that a few persons continue to be sceptical respecting
the artificial character of even the best unpolished flint implements found in
the Cavern or elsewhere. The Committee venture to entertain the opinion
that the evidence which the last twelve months haye put into their possession
ON KENT’S CAVERN, DEVONSHIRE. 31
renders it impossible for any one to doubt that Man occupied Devonshire
when it was also the home of the extinct lion, hyena, bear, rhinoceros, mam-
moth, and their contemporaries.
Of the tools alluded to, two have already been mentioned—the bone awl and
the “harpoon” found in the Black Band, beneath the Stalagmitic Floor, in
the Vestibule. As has been stated, in this same thin band there occurred,
with the implements just mentioned, teeth of rhinoceros, hysna, and other
of the common cave mammals ; and the story they tell is at once clear and
resistless. These, however, are neither the only, nor the best bone imple-
ments which have been exhumed. ‘Two others have.been met with, and both
of them in the Red Cave-earth, below the Black Band. One is a portion of a
highly finished “ harpoon,” 2} inches in length, and differing from that pre-
viously mentioned, in the form of its point, and in being barbed on two sides.
To use a botanical term, the barbs are “ opposite,” not “alternate,” as is the
case with many of the doubly-barbed implements of the kind found in cer-
* tain French caverns. It is worthy of remark that whilst in France the same
cavern has rarely, if ever, yielded both singly- and doubly-barbed “ harpoons,”
an example of each kind has been found in Kent’s Hole. This implement
was met with on March 18th, 1867, in the Vestibule, in the second foot-level
of Red Cave-earth. Vertically above these 2 feet of loam, there lay the Black
Band about 3 inches thick, and containing flint flakes and remains of extinct
Mammals; over this again came the Stalagmitie Floor, 18 inches thick, gra-
_hular towards its base, crystalline and laminated towards the upper surface,
continuous in all directions, unquestionably intact, and without fracture or
erevice of any kind; and superposed on this, was the ordinary Black Mould
with Romano-British potsherds. Like all bones found in the Cave-earth,
the “harpoon,” when applied to the tongue, firmly adheres to it. It has the
condition which, fromthe spot it occupies, might have been looked for.
The second bone tool from the Cave-carth is a well-finished pin, 34
inches in length. It was found on the 8rd of January, 1867, and, like
all the other bone tools, in the Vestibule. It was met with in the fourth
foot-level below the Stalagmite—the greatest depth to which the excavation
has been carried,—and in immediate contact with the crown of a molar of
Rhinoceros tichorhinus. Vertically over this specimen there lay, in ascending
order, 4 feet of Cave-earth; then the Black Band; over this the Stalga-
mitic Floor, 20 inches thick, perfectly intact, and continuous in all directions ;
this was surmounted by the Black Mould; and the whole was crowned with
large blocks of limestone, cemented with carbonate of lime into a firm breccia,
which reached the roof of the Cavern. The pin is well made, almost per-
fectly round, tapers uniformly from the head to the point, and has a consi-
derable polish. It is, perhaps, more than probable that it was an article of
the toilet, and hence the polish it bears, instead of having been designed, may
have been the result of the constant use to which it was put. It may pro-
bably be said of its original possessor, as it has been of a more modern savage,
“The shaggy wolfish skin he wore,
Pinned by a polished bone before.”
Though the Committee abstain from drawing any inference from the fact,
since it applies to a limited number of objects only, it may be worthy of re-
mark that the most highly finished implements, whether of flint or of bone,
are those which have been found at the lowest levels.
Each of the great divisions of the Cavern—the Great Chamber, the Vesti-
bule, and the Lecture Hall—in which the researches of the Committee haye
32 REPORT—1867,
been carried on, has been marked by some prominent facts. Thus, ovate flint
implements have been found in the Great Chamber only, and there too the
fecal matter was almost exclusively met with. Bone tools and the Black
Band presented themselves in the Vestibule, but not elsewhere ; and the same
branch of the Cavern was marked by the great numbers of chips and flakes
of flint, and of blocks of old Stalagmitic Floor. Indeed the latter were so
numerous and so piled on one another, especially on the western verge of the
area occupied by the Black Band, as to assume the aspect of a rudely formed
wall. In the Lecture Hall, extremely few specimens of flint occurred; but
many of the blocks of old Stalagmite contained bones and teeth, the great
majority of the latter being those of the Cave-bear. The blocks themselves
were just as numerous in the other branches, but not one of them was found
to be ossiferous.
Were we to speculate respecting the probable interpretation of the Black
Band found beneath the Floor of the Vestibule—bearing in mind its very
limited area, its position near the northern entrance of the Cavern and within
the influence of the light entering thereby, its numerous bits of charcoal and
of burnt bones, its bone tools andits very abundant, keen-edged, unworn, and
brittle chips and flakes of whitened flint,—we might be tempted to conclude
that we had not only identified Kent’s Cavern as the home of one of our early
ancestors, but the Vestibule as the particular apartment in which he enjoyed
the pleasures of his own fireside ; where he cooked and ate his meals; and
where he chipped flint nodules, and cut and scraped bones into implements
for war, for the chase, and for domestic use.
It is not improbable that some feeling of disappointment may rest in a few
minds, and possibly something akin to rejoicing may find a place in others, at
the fact that the labour which has been expended on this Cavern from the
time of M‘Enery to the present moment, has failed to detect beneath the
Floor of Stalagmite any portion of the human skeleton. The results of these
labours, however, do not justify either of those feelings, nor do they increase
our confidence in negative evidence. Mr. M‘Enery, at the end of the re-
searches which, from 1825 to 1829, he carried on, was able to report the dis-
covery of flint implements as the only indications of human existence. To
the same effect were the subsequent investigations of Mr. Godwin-Austen ;
and, in like manner, the Torquay Natural History Society, at the close of their
search in 1846, were unable to report further than that they had found man’s
flint tools mixed up, in the Red Cave-earth, with the remains of extinct ani-
mals in such a way as to render it impossible to doubt their contemporaneity.
In 1865, the Committee appointed by the British Association commenced the
exploration entrusted to them; and for some months they too were unable to
report more than the discovery of flint implements.
Tn 1858, moreover, the celebrated cavern at Brixham, on the opposite side
of Torbay, was discovered and methodically explored. The trustworthiness
of the facts disclosed there may be said to have at once revolutionized the
opinion of the scientific world on the question of human antiquity. The facts
themselves, however, were identical with those which Kent’s Cavern had
yielded, at intervals, for upwards of thirty years,—flint tools inosculating with
the remains of extinct mammals, in the Cave-earth, below a continuous floor
of stalagmite. If ever merely negative evidence, then, could establish a pro-
position, it seemed safe to conclude that the only traces of man contained by
the ossiferous caves of Devonshire were the so-called flint implements, about
whose human origin some persons were still sceptical.
The Kent’s Cayern Committee, however, were enabled in their First Re-
ON KENT’S CAVERN, DEVONSHIRE. 33
port, in 1865, to add the new fact that several pieces of burnt bone, as well
as a stone haying the appearance of a whetstone, and undoubtedly of distant
derivation, had been met with in the caye-earth. Before the end of another
twelvemonth, their attention had been arrested by a further phenomenon,
and in their Second Report they remarked that ‘ many of the long bones had
been split longitudinally,” and that it was “ difficult to suppose that less than
human agency could have so divided them.” In this, their Third Report,
they are able to advance another step, and to record the discovery of bone
tools, about the character of which there can be no difference of opinion,
which have the mineral condition characteristic of bones found in the deposit
they occupied, which occurred with the remains of extinct mammals in soil
indubitably intact, one of them at the greatest depth to which the excavation
has been carried, and all of them beneath a thick unbroken Floor of Stalag-
mite, which has itself yielded remains of at least three of the extinct cave-
mammals. These successive discoveries, after labours so protracted, are cal-
culated to warn us not to place implicit confidence in merely negative evi-
dence; to encourage the hope that the bones of man may yet be exhumed,
though probably in sparing numbers only; and, should this hope be never
realized, to justify even the most cautious in holding and avowing the belief
that man was, in Devonshire, the contemporary of animals that had become
extinct before the times of history or of tradition.
Again, that Kent’s Hole was largely visited in Romano-British times, is
testified by numerous and varied objects of that age, found in the Black
Mould overlying the Stalagmite; and that the curious frequently made
excursions to it during the last century, may be safely inferred from state-
ments in the works of the local historians Polwhele and Maton. But waiving
this point, and going no further back than the last forty years, it is capable
of proof that, within that time, the Cavern was visited by more than ten
thousand persons—including not only scientific inquirers, but large pic-nic,
dancing, and Bacchanalian parties. All the visitors had to be accompanied
by the appointed guide, who was invariably paid for his attendance. The
payments were generally made in the Vestibule; and it might have been
expected that, from time to time, money would have been lost, at least, in
that part of the Cavern. Nevertheless, though the Black Mould has been
most carefully examined, and has yielded a very large and most miscellaneous
collection of objects, it was not until the close of twenty-one months that the
labours of the Committee met with a pecuniary reward, in the form of a half-
penny of George the Third. Two months afterwards, they had the happiness
of finding a sixpence of forty years later date. Besides these, no coin has been
met with from the commencement of the work to the present time.
Further, in their First Report the Committee reminded those who were
disposed to attach importance to the fact that man’s bones were not forth-
coming as readily as his implements, that in the Black Mould, as well as in
the Red Loam of the Cavern, the only indications of his existence were rem-
nants of his handiwork; that pottery, implements varying in kind and in
material, the remnants of his fires, and the relics of his feasts were numerous,
and betokened the lapse of at least two thousand years; but that there, as
well as in the older deposit—the Cave-earth below,—they had met with no
vestige of his osseous system. This remained to be their experience, not only
when their Second Report was sent in, but up to December last. Then the
spell was broken by the discovery, in the Black Mould, of part of a human
lower jaw containing two molars. This, as has been stated, was followed by
the eo from the same deposit, of parts of other jaws, a skull, and
1867. D
34 REPORT—1867.
other portions of the skeleton ; and, as if to emphasize the fact, whilst these
remains were being found, a fragment of a human upper jaw containing four
teeth was, as previously mentioned, detected deep in the next older formation
—the Stalagmitic Floor,
Lastly, during the past two years, the blocks of stalagmite previously men-
tioned have been found in every branch of the Cavern, and in all parts of the
deposits. Their structure indicated that they were portions of an old floor,
which, in some way not easy of explanation, had been broken up, and the
fragments incorporated in the detrital accumulations subsequently lodged in
the Cavern, and on which was formed that Stalagmitic Floor which the Com-
mittee found intact, and are breaking up every day. This view of the origin
of the blocks was confirmed by the fact that a considerable remnant of an
old floor still remains in situ in one branch of the Cavern, and which, under
the name of “The Ceiling,’ was minutely described in the Report sent in
last year. Nevertheless, as the existing floor very often graduates down-
wards into a breccia, and frequently contains bones, stones, and other
extraneous bodies, it was reasonable to expect that some objects of the kind
would be found attached to, or incorporated in the blocks if they were really
fragments of an old floor which formerly spread over the Cavern. Accord-
ingly, as the blocks presented themselves, all their surfaces were carefully
examined, but no such trace or indication of their haying once covered a
detrital mass was to be seen on any of them, The more thoroughly to sift
this question, hundreds of them have been broken by the workmen into small
pieces, with the same invariable results—a structure indicative of stalagmitic
origin, but without the disclosure of either bone or stone. At length, how-
ever, this large accumulation of negations was utterly set aside. On the
6th of last month (August 1867), one of these blocks, in the second foot-
level of Cave-earth, and in the Lecture Hall, was found, on being fractured,
to contain a bone; and thus any lingering doubt respecting its claims to
represent an old perished Floor disappeared at once and for ever. Since that
time ossiferous blocks have been found in the same Hall, at least two or
three times a week,
The foregoing facts are calculated to stimulate to continued researches,
and to encourage the hope that whilst a spadeful of deposit remains dis-
lodged, a discovery may remain to be made.
The present state of the Manufacture of Iron in Great Britain, and
its position as compared with that of some other countries. By
I. Lowru1an BE t.
[A communication ordered to be printed among the Reports.]
Tue object of such exhibitions as that which now occupies so large a share
of public attention at Paris being to compare the results of human industry,
it is not surprising that we have been favoured with many expressions of
opinion on the relative merits of manufacturing science, as manifested in
individuals as well as in nations.
These opinions are necessarily founded upon the information conyeyed by
the specimens of workmanship exposed for inspection; and therein, it is to
be feared, is involved more or less of a serious fallacy. No one of any
practical experience has difficulty in, or attributes the slightest skill to a
manufacturing chemist for, exhibiting any of his usual products in a state of
ON THE PRESENT STATE OF THE MANUFACTURE OF IRON. 35
great purity, provided he pays a little additional care in their preparation,
and is regardless of the expense incurred in this exceptional mode of treat-
ment. In like manner the iron-master, by selecting very pure ore and pure
coke, may run from his furnaces an unusually fine specimen of pig iron,
which, being puddled by his best men, hammered and rolled any number of
times, gives, as it cannot fail to do, a sample of iron of great excellence.
If the question were asked, whether the articles we have the opportunity
of examining upon such oceasions convey in every case a correct idea of the
average quality of the goods manufactured by and sold at the current rates
of the exhibitor, it is much to be apprehended that such would not be found
to be the fact.
The Industrial Exhibition at Paris has afforded an occasion for the iron-
masters, engineers, and practical chemists of the United Kingdom to be told,
on the authority of very influential names, and possessing, we are informed,
very intimate acquaintance with the subject, that while foreign nations have
in recent times been making wonderful advances in manufacturing science,
little progress has been effected in this country. It will probably be beyond
the power of any one individual to speak with a proper degree of confidence,
from personal knowledge, on all the questions embraced in the general charge
against our national industry. This paper will be confined to an attempt to
institute a comparison between our position and that of our neighbours in
the treatment of the ores of iron and their products.
This subject is selected because it is one to which the most pointed allusion
has been made, and because in it any deficiency on our part would be the least
excusable, seeing that nature has provided us with advantages which ought
to afford the means of our competing with those nations which, by their
superior intelligence and energy, are said to threaten us most.
If cost of production has to form no element in the calculation, it is clear
results might be obtained which would lead to very erroneous conclusions in
any comparative estimate. It is equally evident that any inherent excellence
in his ores of iron would confer upon the smelter the power of producing a
superior quality of metal, in doing which little, if anything, may be due to
skill in manipulation. These circumstances are referred to merely to remind
you of the difficulty in pronouncing, with certainty, upon a question where,
in drawing a parallel, so many allowances have to be made. For the present,
however, these disturbing influences will be disregarded, and attention only
directed to the information conveyed by the numerous specimens of the metal
to be seen at the Champs de Mars, and which by many have been assumed
to proclaim our inferiority as manufacturers of iron.
No one who gives himself the trouble to study this department of the
International Exhibition at Paris, can be otherwise than impressed with the
pains the French makers have taken, not only to afford proofs of the quality
of their produce by ingenious devices in showing fracture and tests of resist-
ance, but also by a great number of sections of iron, which, from thinness
and distribution of material, or great length, or with all these conditions
combined, prove at once the chemical excellence of the metal, and the per-
fection of the machinery used in its mechanical preparation. After giving
the most ample margin to the French, who in their own country would wish
to do it all honour, and probably would possess some superior facilities in
securing the necessary space for the display of their manufactures, an
Englishman cannot but feel disappointed at the attempts, as exhibitors,
made by some of our iron-masters, who have aspired to represent their own
nation ; indeed, nothing can excuse the careless indifference of one or two
d2
36 REPORT—1867.
who have intruded slovenly heaps of raw materials, intermingled with pieces
of rusty iron, upon an occasion which may be looked upon as a state cere-
monial of industry.
The practical man, however, notwithstanding these disadvantages, has
there materials and opportunity enough, to enable him to pronounce an
opinion with sufficient precision, on the question of quality of the samples
submitted for examination. I have myself carefully and repeatedly studied
all the great divisions of this important branch of metallurgical industry at.
Paris. I have done so alone, and in company with English and French
engineers, iron-shipbuilders, and iron-masters, both British and foreign,
including men of the greatest experience and knowledge of the subject,—and,,
supported by their concurrent testimony, I unhesitatingly advance the opinion
that no evidence whatever is to be found there that this country occupies a
position less conspicuous for excellenee of its produce than that of other
nations. Of course, it is not pretended that in such a competition the four
and a half millions of tons of British-made iron have to be brought into com-
parison with those 300,000 or 400,000 tons of the metal which it requires
the collective power of every European nation to smelt from the purest and
rarest known ores and charcoal, and which cannot be made or sold at much
under double the price of our most esteemed brands.
It is of importance, in an inquiry like the present, to bestow especial atten-
tion to what may be considered the purely mechanical treatment of iron—to
that treatment by which it is obtained in the various forms known in com-
merce. Those sections of bars which present mechanical difficulties in rolling,
have those difficulties greatly increased by the presence of certain chemically
combined impurities. A good skin, as it is called, and unbroken edges, par-
ticularly in some forms, may be accepted as a fair indication of quality of
iron as well as of excellence of machinery employed. Judged by this standard,
the French as well as some other nations, have every reason to congratulate
themselves on the state of iron-manufacturing science in their respective
countries, as evinced by some of the really marvellous pieces of iron they
exhibit. One firm, for example, has sent solid rolled bars of double TT iron
27 inches, and others 33 inches deep, by 30 and 40 feet long, each bar in
both cases weighing forty-six, cwts.; but the greatest chef d’ewvre in this
way is a girder of the same form as the preceding, from the works of
Chatillon and Commentary, 43 inches deep, with flanges 11? inches wide and
web of 13 inch in thickness. This last achievement has not so far met with
any practical application, but it is of value in showing engineers what can
be done, and that when occasion requires it, they have it within their power
to obtain perfectly solid masses of wrought iron of these large dimensions:
at the same time it may be questioned whether, looking at the lengths which
generally accompany the use of iron of such sectional strength, it will not be
found more economical to construct the girder by rivetting plates or bars and
angle-iron together. It should be stated that the Butterly Iron Company
have for some time past rolled iron of this description, in a somewhat different
way, for which they charge 40s. a ton less than the French quotations. Plates
of iron, too, are exhibited, rolled so as to require no shearing along the sides,
as has hitherto been practised. In many instances, such, for example, as in
the construction of tanks, bridges, and other articles where a slight deviation
from perfect soundness on the edge is immaterial, this mode of manufacture
offers advantages by reason of the economy it effects. Against these proofs
of efficiency of mill-machinery and skill in its use, may be placed the armour-
plate, weighing eleven tons and a quarter, from the works of Messrs, Brown
ON THE PRESENT STATE OF THE MANUFACTURE OF IRON. 37
and Company, of Sheffield, who have rolled plates of this kind weighing nearly
twenty-five tons each. There are, it is true, pieces of forged iron in the
Exhibition heavier than eyen this, but the difficulty our manufacturers had
to encounter in transhipment would offer impediments in carriage not expe-
rienced by continental nations in sending objects to Paris, where size alone
formed the test of merit.
Any one having any recollection of the state of metallurgical science at the
time of the London Exhibition of 1851, will detect, in the means afforded
him at the Champs de Mars, a wonderful change in the manufacture of steel.
This is apparent in the number and dimensions of the objects now produced
in that material. More recently even than sixteen years ago, the use of
steel might almost be said to have been confined to small articles of cutlery ;
today, railway wheels, axles, heavy working parts of steam-engines, and
even railway bars, absorb immense quantities of this form of iron. The
manufacturers of other nations, in this substance as in iron, maintain their
superiority as exhibitors, and probably at the head of all will be placed the
name of Krupp (of Essen), from whose establishment has proceeded, among
other admirable specimens of workmanship, the gigantic mass of cast stecl in
’ the shape of a piece of ordnance, weighing upwards of fifty tons.
We shall presently endeavour to discover to whose energy and inventive
genius the credit is most due of haying led the way in dealing with iron
and steel of such extraordinary dimensions as are to be met with in our own
days; and at the same time seek to establish what is the true position of
different nations which hare laboured in raising this remarkable branch of
industry to its present colossal proportions.
In attempting this, the only mode of procedure is by reference to the
history of the past, which shall be done in terms as brief a3 is consistent with
clearness ; at the same time it is obvious that in a manufacture involving
both mechanical and chemical appliances, upon this occasion as well as here-
after, we shall be compelled to exceed those limits which ought to be observed
in any section set apart for discussing a particular science. Some indulgence
also must be extended to any minor inaccuracies in an endeavour to trace the
progress of an art which owes improvements in its details to different indi-
viduals, whose position in questions of priority it is sometimes so difficult to
determine.
It is not so very long ago that the attention of the Government of this
country was called to the fact that the iron furnaces of that day threatened
to place the kingdom in a position of considerable difficulty, from the rapid
manner in which they were consuming the forests of certain districts, and,
indeed, for a time, under the pressure of circumstances which arose, the make
of iron, insignificant as it was, suffered considerable diminution. From this
state of things the nation was relieved by the Darbys, in the midland counties,
succeeding during the last century in applying upon a practical scale Dudley’s
discovery “of the “capabilities of mineral fuel being employed as a substitute
for charcoal in the blast furnace. It is quite impossible to overrate the im-
portance of this event in the history of the iron trade, because in localities
where timber is only of little value, the rapid manner in which even a limited
make consumes the forests near the smelting establishment, causes charcoal
quickly to rise in price, owing to the increasing cost of carriage. This is easily
perceived when it is remembered that in Styria and Carinthia something like
twenty-five square miles of wood are stated as being required to supply the
wants of each furnace, and that in consequence the best charcoal, owing to
the distance it has to be conveyed, often costs nearly 50s. to 60s. per ton
38 REPORT—1867,
before it reaches the iron works. Simple as this substitution of pit-coal for
charred wood appears, it was a long time before the difficulties attending its
introduction were overcome, and the prejudice against its use set aside—
Dudley himself being in his graye long before the accomplishment of either.
This cardinal improvement in iron-smelting brings us, without further
change, down to about the beginning of the present century, when our blast-
furnaces were running thirty or forty tons a week, and that portion of their
produce which had to be converted into bar iron was obtained in this con-
dition by means of the old ‘hearth,’ a most laborious, costly, and wasteful
mode of treatment. In it charcoal was frequently the fuel still employed,
and the small tilt hammer the only means possessed for reducing the malleable
preduct to the state of the bar.
This was our position when our countryman Cort effected an entire reyolu-
tion in the character of the operations carried on in our forges, by the inven-
tion of the rolling mill and the puddling furnace. The latter contrivance
was subsequently greatly improved by Rogers abandoning the old sand
bottoms used by its original designer, and by substituting iron plates pro-
tected by iron slag.
Fostered by the discoveries of Dudley and of Cort, the use of iron extended
in eyery direction, rendering each subsequent improvement of increased im-
portance, by reason of the enlarged field provided for its exercise.
It was thus a fortunate circumstance that the labours of James Watt, in
connexion with the steam-engine, placed in the hands of the iron manufac-
turer the means of driving his new machinery, for which the water-wheels of
our old forges were, in many instances, totally inadequate.
If the other changes which have been introduced in later times into our
iron processes are to be considered as modifications and improvements only
of what Dudley and Cort effected many years ago, that of Neilson in applying
heated air to the blast furnace has been followed by results of such magni-
tude as to rank in importance with discoveries of the highest order. The
effect Neilson’s idea has had in reducing the consumption of fuel and the
expense generally in smelting the ores of iron, is too familiar to all to require
repetition here.
It would appear, however, that it is only to those greater and more sudden
changes that the world at large seems to attach any significance ; for, judging
by recent criticism on the progress of metallurgical science in this country,
the fact apparently has been overlooked that the iron-masters of Durham and
North Yorkshire, within the last four years, have introduced great alterations
in the character of their furnaces, and have succeeded in raising the tempe-
rature of the blast they employ to a point never contemplated by Neilson
himself. These progressive changes have enabled their projectors to effect a
saying in coal and an increase of produce, greater than the difference between
those cold and hot blast furnaces still in common use in other parts of
England.
Our rolling-mill engineers had kept pace with the constantly increasing
requirements for malleable iron, until about a dozen years ago, when the
example of the Emperor of the French ereatcd a demand for an article
beyond the powers of any rolls then in existence. Possibly they were never
applied to, owing to the belief then prevailing that hammered slabs of metal
alone would satisfy the necessary conditions attending the protection of ships
of war, by means of the so-called armour-plating—at all events it was by
means of the steam-hammer (a French idea, it is said, originally, but in-
debted for its practical introduction here to Nasmyth) that we in this country,
ON THE PRESENT STATE OF THE MANUFACTURE OF IRON. 39
in the year 1855, manufactured the iron for two floating batteries. .To Mr.
G. G. Sanderson, of the Park Gate Works, we owe the idea that rolled plates,
by reason of their toughness, would be found superior in resisting shot to
those of hammered iron; and to him, and to the owners of that establish-
ment, is due the merit of having, in the same year, provided a mill and rolled
the plating for a third floating battery, built by Messrs. Palmer on the
Tyne*. ‘The correctness of Mr. Sanderson’s views have been justified by
subsequent experiments. Sir William Armstrong’s ingenious method of
building up wrought iron so as to produce ordnance, haying incredible
powers of penetration, has called for greatly increased thickness in armour-
plating. Manufacturers of this description of iron, however, by increasing
the powers of their heating furnaces, mills, and other appliances, are now able
to supply our naval yards and military establishments with material still more
inyuinerable‘than that formerly deemed sufficient as a means of defence.
It is this character of machinery which has enabled mill-owners here and
abroad to handle such huge masses of wrought iron as have excited the
admiration of all who interest themselyes in such matters, and it is by means
of the so-called universal mill designed by Mr. Arrowsmith that our friends
in France are rolling their smooth-edged plates.
This hasty sketch is, it is hoped, an impartial account. of what has been
done in this country towards advancing the manufacture of iron to its present
position.
As soon as the occasion arose, other nations profited by the wisdom our
more matured experience had acquired, and every improvement in machinery
or in process, found immediate imitators in each locality where the “ forge
Anglaise” had been constructed. It is mere repetition of a truth, admitted
on all sides, that the modern blast-furnaces, forges, and mills abroad are in
principle, and in most details identical with those of this country, and of
such excellent construction as to have placed their owners on a level with
ourselves so far as perfection of machinery is concerned.
It is, however, not to be expected that those conditions which prevail here
should find an exact counterpart abroad; and wherever a deviation from
things as they exist with ourselves occurred, the foreign iron-master was
found, of course, adopting his mode of procedure so as to suit the change of
circumstances. The chief difference between other countries and this is in
the important matter of fuel. Here, regular lying beds of coal, generally of
great purity, and in very accessible positions, haye furnished us with abun-
dant supplies of this clement for the production of iron, and upon terms more
favourable than those within reach of the continental iron-maker, who yery
frequently has to work with a combustible costly in itself, and containing a
considerable amount of impurity. Long before it was thought of here,
because the same necessity did not exist, our neighbours occupied themselves
with devising ingenious methods of washing out the dirt contained in their
coal, and afterwards in constructing ovens so as to coke the purified product
with the least possible waste. They also conceived, and now practice on a
very large scale, the idea of securing the advantages of large coal by cement-
* Since writing the above, I perceive Mr. Charles M. Palmer, in a paper on “ Ship
Building,” read before the British Association in 1853, claims to have originated the idea
that rolled plates would be found superior in power of resistance to those of hammered
iron, and that it was at his request that the Park Gate Iron Company, then under thio
management of Mr. G. G. Sanderson, undertook to provide the necessary means for
manufacturing the plating for the floating battery then in course of construction at Mr.
Palmer’s works.
40 REPORT—1867.
ing together in very well-contrived machinery the improved small coal thus
placed at their disposal. To meet the increased demand for pitch, which
constitutes the cement used in this last-mentioned process, coke-oyens are
now in use abroad for condensing all the products of distillation, both of a
tarry as well as those of an ammoniacal nature. In like manner the excess
of heat, which passes away from the puddling and balling furnace, instead of
being permitted to escape, was made available in France for raising the steam
for driving the forge and rolling-mill machinery ; but perhaps the most ele-
gant and interesting application of a waste product was that effected by em-
ployi ing the gases, which formerly flamed at the tops of their blast-furnaces,
for a variety of purposes for which hitherto solid fuel had been used.
Now, it may be asked, were our own iron-masters indifferent spectators to
those valuable ameliorations contributed by other nations to an art in which
Britain might be supposed to occupy the first rank? The answer is, that no
sooner did a change in the price of our fucl enable them to adopt, with profit,
the purification of coal and the improvements in its conversion into coke, than
both processes were imported into this kingdom; and at the present day there
is scarcely an ircn-work in it of any consideration, where the machinery is
not driven by the waste heat from its own furnaces in the manner suggested
by the example of our neighbours. As regards the use of the blast-furnace
gascs, not only have our furnace-owners availed themselves of the lesson
taught them by foreign industry, but the mode of collection has been so im-
proved as to afford in many cases results better than those obtained by the
original inventors. At this time not less than 500,000 tons of coal are
annually saved in the Cleveland iron district alone, by the state of perfection
to which this admirable discovery has been carried.
For many years past such are the advantages possessed by this country for
the economical working of metals that, although the raw material for the
finer kinds of steel had to be imported from other nations, we have been able,
notwithstanding, from our position in other respects, to rank first as manu-
facturers of this modified form cf iron. The rapid speeds attained on our
railways, and the great strain to which the machinery there, as well as on
other occasions, is exposed, has rendered increased strength of material,
combined with lightness, an object of the highest importance. Metallurgists
have thus been led to devise some more ready and less expensive methods of
producing steel, this substance being, as is well known, possessed of the
desired qualities, unequalled by any other known condition of iron. It is
needless to dwell on the various projects which have been suggested for
securing this desideratum, inasmuch as every one appears to have been
driven out of the field by that last great discovery of Bessemer, the success
of which still maintains for this nation its old position in an industry in
which it has laboured so incessantly and to such good purpose. It is true in
Prussia there exist gigantic steel-works (those of Krupp and others) where
the process is carried on by methods confined, it is alleged, to themselves.
Whatever these methods may be, they are not of that character to have pre-
vented the directors of the establishments named from adding the converters
of Bessemer to any appliances or modes of procedure of which they have the
merit of being the original inventors.
In concluding this endeavour to trace, in its main features, the progress of
the manufacture of iron, I may be permitted to mention that, during a per-
sonal acquaintance with the works of this and other countries, extending
over twenty-five years, I can detect no change in the relative position of our-
selves and continental nations as iron manufacturers. No doubt, abroad, the
ON THE PRESENT STATE OF THE MANUFACTURE OF IRON. 41
production of this metal has increased immenscly in late years, but this is due
to circumstances entirely disconnected with any greater comparative pro-
ficiency than that possessed in former days. During the whole of the period
named, the existing iron-works were equal to similar establishments of our
own, and certainly those which have been constructed of late have no pre-
tensions whatever to be otherwise considered.
The present depressed state of our own iron trade and its recent extension
abroad, have probably countenanced the idea that the distress here has some
connexion with the nature of the progress of the continental manufactures.
It becomes, therefore, not unimportant to ascertain upon what grounds such
a supposition is based.
The first question to which an investigator would address himself in such
an inquiry, is the powers possessed by different localities for obtaining the
raw materials required in the works themselves. Immediately connected
with this matter is the right of ownership in the minerals. In foreign
countries geverally, this charge is one of trifling extent, which is far from
being the case with ourselves, where, on a ton of pig 1ron worth about 45s.,
the manufacturer will contribute about 4s. for royalty to the owner of the
soil; while on the continent one-fourth of this sum will sometimes cover
all that is levied for the right of working the coal and ironstone for the same
quantity of iron. In spite, however, of these disadvantages, and of others
related to the extraction of coal in Britain, the purity of the produce of our
collieries and the favourable conditions under which it occurs, conduce to
place this country, so far as fuel is concerned, in a position rarely approached
by that of any European nation. When the ores themselves have to be con-
sidered, much greater difficulty meets us than is experienced in the case of
coal. In addition to price we have to look to the percentage of iron they
contain, and als6 to the widely different qualities of the metal they yield.
Any very lengthened exposition of facts, however, would not only be tedious,
but would lead to some confusion. We must therefore content ourselves
with the statement that the advantages in cost and quality of iron ore pos-
sessed by Scotland, Staffordshire, Wales, and the West of England, are all to
be severally met with on the continent, and from this general statement we
cannot even except the Cleveland ironfield. for a similar deposit is extensively
wrought in the Moselle district, and at a price fully below that paid in North
Yorkshire.
Conditions, however, immediately connected with the economy of producing
pig iron, obtain in this kingdom which are seldom met with abroad. The ore
which has to be smelted is here either often got from the same strata which
furnish the coal, or the space of country which separates the two is incon-
siderable. The distances, on the other hand, which as a rule intervene
between the coalfields and the iron mines on the continent, are so great as
to prove a source of considerable outlay for conveying the produce of the one
to the other.
With regard to the application of science to those sections of our operation
which are dependent on chemical action, viz. the blast-furnace and the pud-
dling process, the iron-master in other countries, as here, can only lament
how little chemistry has hitherto been able to effect for either. The labours
of Karsten, Scheerer, Bunsen, Tunner, and others, have thrown great light
on the intricate and interesting problems connected with the working of our
blast-furnaces. We have been informed by means of their investigations,
and those of philosophers in this country and elsewhere, that differences we
know to exist between certain qualities of iron were due to minute quantities
42 REPORT—1867.
of silicon, phosphorus, or sulphur; but these experimenters haye never
taught us how to separate, economically, those almost infinitesimal amounts
of substances, to rid our produce of which has defied their science and our
practice.
Both on the continent and in this country, the success attending the use
of the blast- and puddling-furnaces rests, in a great measure, with the work-
men; and so far as waste of material, quality of produce, or any other test,
enables one to judge of the results, it is as absurd to impute any superiority
to either side, as it is impossible to find a higher degree of science, where
both British and foreign artisans are equally uninstructed in respect to the
true nature of the process under their control.
It may be well, at the same time, for our own workpeople to know that,
although we had the start in this particular field of industry, there is not one
department, from rolling the finest wire iron and the thinnest tin plates or
hoops, to turning out the largest rails or heaviest armour plating, in which
these operations are not performed quite as well by foreign labour as by the
most expert rollers in the best mills in this country.
Reverting now to the relative facilities enjoyed on the continent and here
in the manufacture of iron, it may be remembered that ours have been stated
to lic in the possession of mines yielding coal upon more favourable condi-
tions, and in the more convenient geographical distribution of our minerals.
To the last may be added the easier transport of our manufactured produce
to a seaport, due to the insular character of our country, Against this we
have to set the lesser charge for royalties on coal and ironstone abroad,
together with the fact, not previously noticed, that their railway transport
is somewhat less costly than with us, reckoned for equal distances. ‘The
saving thus effected in France and other places cannot account for the dis-
appearance which occurs, to a great extent, of the effect of those natural
advantages, economically speaking, placed at the disposal of the iron manu-
facturers of this kingdom. !
So far as a careful examination of iron-works producing above one-half
of the collective make of France, Belgium, and the Ruhr district has enabled
Mr. Lancaster, the iron-master of Wigan, and myself to judge, this is due
neither to greater science possessed by the iron-master, nor to greater skill
on the part of the workmen, but is wholly to be ascribed to the cheaper rate
at which labour is obtained abroad than with us.
To ascertain as exactly as possible whether the foreign artisan could, from
surrounding circumstances, dispose of the work of his hands upon cheaper
terms than persons of his own condition are able to do with ourselves, I
made myself acquainted, while in Sweden, France, Belgium, and Prussia,
with the cost of the necessaries of life consumed by the working population.
It is almost superfluous to say that the creation of additional industry abroad,
and above all, the equalizing effect on prices by the introduction of free trade
here, have entirely changed the aspect of affairs, and that, in consequence,
provisions are at least 20 to 30 per cent. dearer to the foreign labourer than
they were twenty years ago. Without going into details, it may suffice to
say that animal food is only 3 per cent. cheaper in the chief seats of con-
tinental manufacture than with us—while house-rent and clothing are about
the same in value with both. On the other hand, at the present moment,
“wheat is fully lower in England, and our own workmen do not pay half the
price charged to persons of their own class abroad for firmg employed for
domestic use.
Notwithstanding this almost perfect equality in the cost of the necessaries
Se
ON THE PRESENT STATE OF THE MANUFACTURE OF IRON. 43
of life, labour on the continent is, in very many instances, 30 per cent. below
the price it commands in this kingdom. This estimate is based on calcula-
tions where there is no room for any great difference in the nature of the
work performed, common brick-making being assumed as one of the standards
of comparison. In the manufacture of iron itself this difference is occasionally
still more remarkable. Colliers, miners, mechanics, iron workers, in short,
eyery one engaged in the process appear to be receiving 20 to 80 per cent.
_below the rates current in this country, and in some cases double, and more
than double, the wages paid abroad are earned in our English iron-works.
The iron-masters here have endeavoured to meet what would be an intole-
rable burden in the production of an article made up almost exclusively
of labour, by adopting means for reducing its amount, often considerably
in advance of those met with in foreign establishments. After all this has
been done, however, it leaves us to contend with an extra charge of at least
15 to 20 per cent. in the item of wages, which, in the majority of instances,
will be found to annihilate any advantage of position we may otherwise
possess.
It must be clear that when this country has to compete with foreign
nations in articles involving a still higher amount of labour, such as steam-
engines and other kinds of machinery, the difference in wages just alluded to
acts still more prejudicially to the advancement of our national industry.
To the political economist, the question of the future of our iron trade, from
its magnitude, cannot fail to be one of great interest. The extent also to
which steel has lately taken the place of iron in the arts, necessarily confers
upon this material a conspicuous position in anyconsideration he or the
metallurgist may bestow on the subject. This becomes more necessary from
the fact that only a very limited number of ores are capable of affording iron
of the necessary quality for the production of steel, by any of the processes
now in existence. It is of importance, therefore, to know that even in
Austria, Sweden, and Germany, where suitable mineral for this purpose does
occur, it is found in quantities quite as limited in extent as prevails with us ;
in France also, where preparations for manufacturing Bessemer steel on a
very extensive scale are being made, large quantities of ore are required to
be imported from Algeria and elsewhere to obtain that kind of pig iron which
their own minerals alone are found incapable of supplying.
The great strength, however, of our own position as iron manufacturers, it
appears to me, must be sought for in these incomparable fields of coal which
constitute so important a feature in our mineral wealth. I am very sanguine
that the advantages thus secured to us will, notwithstanding present diffi-
culties, maintain the iron trade among the most prominent of our national
branches of commerce. This conclusion is arrived at from a consideration of
the various circumstances connected with the use of coal and the means
possessed by different nations of satisfying the constantly increasing demands
this use creates. In Great Britain we raise annually something like
100,000,000 tons of this mineral, of which 10,000,000 are exported, and
about 20,000,000 are devoted to the use of our iron-works, leaving thus
70,000,000 of tons for consumption in other descriptions of manufactories,
purposes of locomotion, and for domestic use. In France and Belgium
together, less than one-fourth of our production is obtained, and this only by
great exertions being made to obtain the largest possible quantity their mines
are capable of affording. After satisfying the requirements of the iron-works
of these two countries, not much over 15,000,000 of tons would remain for
carrying on those operations in which, with a smaller population, we are
4A. REPORI—1867.
consuming 70,000,000 tons of coal. ° Now, when we remember the various
purposes to which coal is now applied, and where even a considerable aug-
mentation of price will not preclude its use, we must at the same time perceive
the serious effect any great change in the value of fuel must exercise on the
production of an iron railway bar requiring five or six tons of coal for its
manufacture. In reality, this disproportion between the value of coal and
iron as compared with this country is already perceived abroad, where, not-
withstanding greater mining difficulties than we have to contend with, fuel
commands a price sufficient to cover this, and also leave a greater margin of
profit than falls to the share of the coal owner in this country.
Favoured thus, as we undoubtedly are by nature, there scems nothing
wanting for our success in this noble branch of manufacturing science than
a continuance of that unflagging spirit of enterprise on the part of the
masters, and the exercise of that operative skill on the side of our workmen,
which is still unsurpassed in any iron-producing country of Europe; but in
this alliance a correct knowledge by both of the competition we have to meet,
and a thorough belief in the inseparable union of the interests of cach, are
indispensable.
Third Report on the Structure and Classification of the Fossil
Crustacea. By Henry Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British
Museum.
Sryce I had the honour to submit to the British Association my last Report
on the Structure and Classification of the Fossil Crustacea, the first part of
my monograph on the Merostomata has been issued by the Paleeontographical
Society. About seven more plates are already prepared for the second part,
of some of which I am enabled to exhibit proofs.
The magnificent collection of remains of this remarkable group of Crus-
tacea from the Devonian of Forfarshire, belonging to Mr. James Powrie,
F.G.S., of Reswallie, are on view in the Volunteer Drill Hall.
A fine series, comprising seyeral new forms, from the black shales (Upper-
most Silurian) are exhibited at the present Meeting (Panmure St. Chapel) by
Mr. R. Shimon from Lesmahagow, Lanarkshire, and are worthy of a careful
inspection by all who are interested in geology.
In the immediate neighbourhood of Dundee, at Montrose, at the Univer-
sity of St. Andrews, at Arbroath, at Rossie Priory, and in the Watt Insti-
tution in the town itself, some of the best specimens ever yet found of the
remains of Pterygotus are to be scen; whilst Balruddery Den, Carmyllie,
and the quarries in the Sidlaw Hills, exhibit the ‘* Arbroath paying-stones ”
and overlying fissile shales, whence these remains were procured.
Among the new forms which haye becn obtained by Mr. Slimon in his
exploration of the shales of Logan Water, are some almost entire remains
of a form allied to Pterygotus punctatus (called by Mr. Salter Pt. scorpioides*),
which prove it to be an Kurypterus and not a Pterygotus. Another new form
allied to Pt. bilobus and perornatus, but having the antcrior segments much
broader and shorter, and with a somewhat different form of thoracic plate,
* A MS. label bearing this name is attached to a specimen of a portion of this same
species in the Museum at Jermyn Street.
ON THE STRUCTURE AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOSSIL CRUSTACEA. 45
has been met with. It will be needful to modify the specific name of Pt.
bilobus, as the new form, and perornatus ;.both have a bilobed telson likewise.
If the name is retained, it must be applied to all three forms thus :—Pt.
bilobus, var. inornatus ; Pt. bilobus, var. crassus* ; Pt. bilobus, var. perornatus.
In the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. xxii. part 1,
February 1867, p. 28, and in the British Association Report for 1866,
p. 180, and Sections, p. 79, I pointed out the affinities of the Limulide
with the Hurypteride, and in the first-named paper I recorded all the forms
then known which tended to confirm their alliance.
I have now to notice a new genus from Lesmahagow, Lanarkshire, which
offers further evidence in confirmation of the correctness of the above-men-
tioned classification.
It is a small Limuloid form+, the carapace of which measures only 6 lines
in breadth and 2 in length, having 5 thoracic and 3 abdominal segments, all
of which appear to be free and distinet. The telson is unfortunately
wanting, the specimen being close to the border of the matrix.
This little form carries the Limulide back in time from the Coal-measures
to the Uppermost Silurian, a great and important extension.
I shall take an early opportunity to describe this form in detail, and to
work out its relationship to Belinwrus on the one hand and Hemiaspis on the
other.
New Lower Lias Crustacean from Barrow-on-Soar.
A new Crustacean, obtained some years since by Sir Philip Egerton, Bart.,
M.P., from the Lower Lias of Barrow-on-Soar, has since been also found by
Mr. Charles Moore, F.G.S., near Bath. It is quite distinct from every other
form which I have examined from the Lias or Oolite. Its nearest analogue
is the recent Atya scabra of Leach, from South America. The limbs are
monodactylous and extremely rugose; the antenne are rigid, and the basal
joints thick and spinose, resembling in these points of structure the genus
Palinurina. The rostrum is short and curved downwards. The carapace
was extremely thin, and less chitinous than in the genera Aeger and Pencus,
it is therefore more easily destroyed or distorted.
I propose to name this new form Preatya scabrosa.
Upper Lias Crustacea from Ilminster.
Having been favoured with the loan of a large series of specimens for ex-
amination from the Upper Lias of Ilminster, collected by Mr. Charles Moore,
F.G.8., of Bath, I have been enabled to add a considerable number of genera
and species to our list of Liassic Crustacea.
The two species of Hryon, EH. antiquus and E. Moorei, have been already
noticed by me from this locality (see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxii.
p- 499, pl. 25, fig. 3).
I have since determined the following genera and species, which will be
described at length in a paper by Mr. Charles Moore on the Ilminster Lias,
now in preparation ¢ :—
* This interesting form of dé/obus exhibits in one instance well-preserved branchiz, to
which attention was called, and drawings of which were shown by Mr. Woodward.
They will be figured in the Palzontographical Society’s Monograph on the Merostomata.
t The original specimen was exhihited of this, and also figures and specimens of the
other forms from Mr. Slimon’s collection, believed to be new.
{ See the Proceedings of the Somersetshire Archeological and Natural-History €ccict
vol, xiii. Published November 1867. Taunton.
4G REPORT—1867.
1. Eryon, Desmarest.
— antiquus, Brod. sp.
Moorei, H. W.
2. Palinurina, Minst.
pygmea, Miinst. Upper Lias, Ilminster.
longipes, Miinst. Upper Lias, Ilminster.
3. Penceus, Fabricius.
latipes, Oppel. Upper Lias, Ilminster. 25
4, Eryma, Meyer.
— elegans, Oppel. Upper Lias, Ilminster.
Greppini, Oppel. Upper Lias, Ilminster.
fuciformis, Oppel. Upper Lias, minster.
5. Hefriga, Miinster.
Frischmanni, Oppel. Upper Lias, Ilminster.
6. Glyphea, Meyer.
Heeri, Oppel. Upper Lias, Ilminster.
7. Pseudoglyphea, Oppel.
Winwoodi, H. W. Lias, Weston.
(Figures and specimens of these new species were exhibited.)
The above list shows an addition to our Liassic Crustacea of seven genera,
and probably nine species new to Britain.
It is extremely interesting to notice so many forms common to our Lias
and to the Lithographic stone of Solenhofen in Bavaria,
The persistence of such forms as Eryon, Eryma, and Glyphea through
the whole Oolitic series seems clearly to demonstrate that having escaped
total extinction in the Lower Lias sea, they migrated from time to time to
more favourable areas, and thus were enabled to live on during the periods
of time represented by the long series of deposits from the Lower Lias to the
Lithographic stone, in which so many examples are found fossil.
Oolitic forms of Decapoda Brachyura.
The genus Prosopon was established by H. von Meyer for certain minute
forms of Crustacea from the Upper White Jura of (irlinger Thal, and other
localities in Germany, of which he has described 29 species (see Palsonto-
graphica for December 1860, vol. vii.). In addition to these he has described
1 species from the Lower Oolite, 3 from the Coral Rag, and 1 from the Neo-
comian.
Amongst them, however, are placed forms belonging to a widely different
genus in no way related to the Corystide.
In Professor Bell’s monograph on the Crustacea from the Greensand and
Gault (Pal. Soc. Mon. 1862) he has figured and described one of these, and
has correctly referred it to the Pmmotheridw, under the generic name of
Plagiophthalmus.
This genus would probably include the following species of H. von Meyer :—
Prosopon hebes, P. simplex, P. rostratum, P. spinosum, P. elongatum, P. de-
pressum, P. obtusum, P. lave, P. subleve, P. punctatum, P. Stotzingense, P.
tuberosum.
The following are doubtful: P. insigne, P. wquilatum, P. marginatum,
P. grande, P, excisum, P. lingulatum.
ON THE PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTION OF THE METHYL COMPOUNDS, 47
For the remainder the generic name Prosopon should be retained, viz. :
P. aculeatum, P. ornatum, P. torosum, P. Heydeni, P. equum, P. paradoxum.
To this last division I have now the pleasure to add a new British species
from Stonesfield.
This form was first noticed by Professor Morris, F.G.S., who obtained an
imperfect carapace many years since; it was next observed by Mr. Samuel
Stutterd, of Banbury, but likewise in an imperfect state. The perfect cara-
pace now exhibited was kindly lent me by George Griffith, Esq., M.A., the
Assistant-General Secretary of the British Association. All these three
specimens are from Stonesfield, and they add another new genus to our list
of British Oolitic Brachyura. I propose to name it Prosopon mammillatum.
New Fossil Land-Crab from the Lower Eocene.
Lastly, I wish to call attention to a new genus of Crustacea from the
Red Marl of the Plastic Clay, High Cliff, Hampshire, and is, I believe, the
first discovered example of a British land-crab, or shore-crab, yet met with.
Its oblong quadrangular-shaped carapace, with obtusely rounded anterior
angles and short blunt rostrum, remind one immediately of the Ocypoda. In
addition to this, the eyes have extremely elongated peduncles, which are
seen preserved in the fossil, lying in the groove along the fronto-orbital
margin of the carapace, as in the recent genera Gelasimus, Macrophthalmus,
and Ocypoda. The hands are both small ; and from this, as well as from the
very broad posterior border of the carapace, I infer that this is a female
example, as in most of the recent species of Quadrangulares the male has one
hand enormously developed for burrowing, whereas the hands of the female
are both small and very feeble. The other limbs are, like those of the recent
species, well formed for rapid movement along the ground. I propose to
name this interesting little Crustacean Goniocypoda Edwardsi, in honour of
the great French carcinologist to whom science is so much indebted*,
Report on the Physiological Action of the Methyl Compounds.
By Bensamin W. Ricwarpson, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.
In the present paper I produce the fourth of a series of Reports which I have
had the honour to prepare for the British Association. The Reports have all
had relation to the physiological action of bodies of organic type. The first
Report treated of the action of the substance known as nitrite of amyl. The
second was on amylic alcohol, acetate of amyl, and iodide of amyl. The third
was on the nitrite of amyl as a remedy, and the action of the amyls as anti-
septics ; it included also notes of a research on the physiological action of
absolute ether, hydrofluoric ether, acetate of ethyl, and nitrite of ethyl.
As the matter of the present Report is long, I shall not attempt to reca-
pitulate at any length the results of previous Reports ; I shall be content to
offer as the more salient points the following facts :—
In respect to the amyls—
1. Nitrite of amyl was found to be the most active known excitant of the
circulation.
* See Geol. Mag. Dec, 1867, vol. iv. p. 529, pl. 21. fig. 1.
48 REPORT—1867,
2. All the compounds of amyl which were studied were found to modify ir
a singular manner the motive animal power.
3. One compound, amylene, is an anesthetic.
4, All the amyls were found to be antiseptics ; and acetate of amyl, it was
suggested, might probably be used, on an extensive scale, for the preservation
of animal substances.
In respect to the ethyls—
1, Pure oxide of ethyl was found to be the best and safest anesthetic for
general anesthesia.
2. Hydrofluoric ether was found to be a most powerful agent for the de-
struction or resolvency of living animal tissues.
3. Nitrite of ethyl was discovered to possess an action similar to that of
the nitrite of amyl, but with this striking difference in young animals,—that
when they are made to receive it until they seem to be quite dead, they
will remain as if dead for eight and even ten minutes, and will then faintly
recommence to breathe, the heart following in its action ; this condition, look-
ing like an actual return of life, will sometimes last as long as half an hour,
and will then gradually cease, the animal lapsing into actual inertia or death.
Such are a few of the facts elicited hy these preceding researches; but as
the Association is always anxious to learn what practical results have been
obtained from its works, or from works performed under its auspices, I shall
be pardoned if I refer to one or two of the results that have followed upon
the present series of Reports.
The experimental truths which have been brought out in regard to the
nitrite of amyl have led to the application of this substance to the alleviation
of human suffering. Dr. Heydon of Dublin has used the nitrite with advan-
tage in the treatment of cholera, in the later stages of the malady. Diluted
with ether in the proportion of 5 per cent., the nitrite has been shown
to exert a marked controlling influence over painful spasmodic breathing;
and I hear that Dr. Brunton, of Edinburgh, has resorted to it with great
success in the treatment of one of the most terrible of all maladies, cardiac
apneea, or angina pectoris.
The Report last year on ether, although written very briefly, has excited
much practical interest both here and in America. It has led to the intro-
duction into medicine of a more stable and reliable ether compound; and it
has caused many surgeons to return, with satisfaction, to the use of ether as
an anesthetic in preference to the more dangerous agent chloroform.
It is my hope that the Report now in hand, and which at the request of
the Committee is, this year, on the Methyl compounds, will not prove of less
service.
RESEARCH ON THE METHYLS.
The methyl series of organic compounds are already known in physiologi-
cal science through one or two of their representatives, direct or substituted.
Thus we have in the series the hydride of methyl, or marsh-gas, or fire-
damp, which, as a cause of death, has been generally studied, and which, in-
deed, has not escaped the intelligent observation of Mr. Nunneley, of Leeds,
as an anesthetic agent. Then, again, as substitution-products of this series,
we have the well-known agent chloroform, the terchloride of formyle: and
lastly, we have a substance concerning which there has been considerable
discussion of late, the tetrachloride of carbon, also an anesthetic.
Before I go further, and that all may be carried with me, let me briefly
ON THE PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTION OF THE METHYL COMPOUNDS. 49
state what compounds of the methyl series are about to engage our attention,
and what is their nature and derivation.
The most common methyl-compound, that, infact, which came first to the
use of the world at large, is what is called methyl-alcohol or wood-spirit-
naphtha,—a substance which comes over in combination with water during the
dry distillation of wood. Chemically considered, this and all the other bodies
of the series are constructed on a radical called methyl. This radical, which
has only been isolated by one or two observers, exists as a permanent gas. Its
composition, according to the new formula, is C H,.
From this radical we have handed to us by the chemist two sets of com-
pounds. In one set we have the radical acting as a base, producing by com-
bination with other elements bodies which may be taken as the analogues of
salts. In the second set we have the carbon continuing steady, but the hy-
drogen replaced by some other element. For convenience sake, I will place
such compounds as I have studied physiologically in two groups, as fol-
lows :—
Group (A).
Mremryuc alcohol . 5.6 6065 pecs does ce dncnas . i} 0.
Hydride of methyl
as brstamp } es Aan aN CH, H.
Bemore Of Methyl 2153 .. lek ee e fe CH, Cl.
NE CEO CH. I:
mranide of Methyl 5.16... c eee lee eS CH, Br.
UEP RSE a ola. - ddan Sms aiaed eatin « oe } O
on,
MRA RCNR. oo, Pa «6 ier x, 0h hoo sg ssiebar dix cE \ 0.
Nitrite of methyl...............2..00000 CH,, NO,.
4 CH.
ERGO MCUNYL 5 so o/a Go's suse eglan anes { NO, i 0.
Grovr (B).
ON Sy 2 a CH Cl,.
Pemmenloride Of Carbon 24. .6.. cee. weal ee CCl,.
Bichloride of methylene .................. CH, Cl.
PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTION oF Mrrnyric ALCOHOL.
The methylic alcohol used was the pure alcohol. It is a colourless spirit,
its specific gravity 0-810, its boiling-point 140° Fahr. The physiological ac-
tion may be obtained either by direct administration with water, or by inha-
lation of the vapour. When the methylic alcohol is thus administered so as
to produce distinct effects, the first symptoms are those of excitement followed
by languor. These symptoms are succeeded by laboured breathing, and soon
by gaspings, and by deep sighs which occur at intervals of about four
seconds. There is evidenced upon this, want of power in the limbs with rol-
ling movements on the side and complete intoxication. From this time, if
the dose of the alcohol is continued, the animal lapses into utter prostration,
and the breathing becomes blowing, with what is technically called bron-
chial rale, due to the passage of air through fluid in the finer bronchial pas-
sages. Throughout all these stages of intoxication there is imperfect
1867. E
50 REPORT—1867.
anesthesia, and, up to what would seem the extremity of living action, some
evidence of sensibility—reflex—is shown when irritation is applied. Brought
to the lowest state of prostration by methylic alcohol, an animal will always
recover slowly in a warm atmosphere; the period required for recovery being
from four to six hours at 65° F. During recovery there are no active con-
vulsive movements, and tremors are not marked symptoms.
When the intoxication arising from methylic alcohol is carried to the ex-
tent of destroying life, the respiration and circulation cease almost simulta-
neously. The lungs are left with a fair amount of blood, and both sides of
the heart contain blood. The brain is much engorged with blood, and all the
vascular organs are in the same state. The blood is not objectively changed
in character. At first, during the state of excitement, it gives to the external
vascular parts a marked redness; but as the symptoms are more permanent
on the one side, or as recovery is pronounced on the other side, this passes
away. The coagulation of blood is somewhat prolonged, but is not pre-
vented.
The evidence, on the whole, is to the effect that methylic alcohol influences
principally the motor centres of the nervous system. At all events these
centres are prominently influenced, and it is probably only when they begin
to fail that the centres of consciousness and sensation succumb. In this
respect the methylic, the ethylic, and the amylic alcohols have a common
action. But on comparing the effects generally of methylic alcohol with those
of amylic and of ethylic or common alcohol, I find the methylic much less
potent. It produces prostration and muscular paralysis more quickly, but from
that prostration recovery is far more rapid. I showed, previously, in regard to
amylic alcohol that when the loss of power of the animal under its influence
is complete a peculiar symptom is developed, viz. a universal tremor, accom-
panied with avery deep inspiration. There is no spasm, no pain, no rigidity,
but, in medical language, rigors of an intense kind. ‘These rigors are soon
established in regular rhythm, and by maintaining the experiment cautiously,
they may be kept up for several hours. I have seen them for one hour at
the rate of sixteen in a minute as regularly as possible, and by reduction
of the agent have lowered them to twelve, eight, and four per minute. All
through the breathing is tranquil and the action of the heart good. The
rigor occurs spontaneously in this manner, but it can be excited at any mo-
ment by touching the animal or blowing upon it, or even by a sharp noise,
such as the snap of the finger. When the animal is reduced to entire insen-
sibility, if it be laid in the open air it begins to recover its sensibility at
once, but the power to move is suspended for two or three hours, and the
rigors also continue, but with decreasing force and frequency. Ultimately
the animal recovers thoroughly, and is always very eager for food. When
these urgent and, as they would seem, extreme symptoms are carried to their
full extent, even an experienced observer would think that recovery were im-
possible ; but in truth the animal cannot be killed by any fair play with amylie
alcohol. In order actually to kill, it is necessary to complicate the experi-
ment by actual reduction of air, or by closing the chamber and retaining the
carbonic acid of the breath. I showed again, in regard to ethylic alcohol,
that in a minor degree these same symptoms were developed. In poisoning
by methyle alcohol these symptoms are nearly altogether absent. The recovery
is not only rapid, but easy, approaching, in fact, recovery from the inhala-
tion of ether.
I notice specially this difference of action of the three analogous alcohols
I i et
ON THE PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTION OF THE METHYL COMPOUNDS. 51
for two reasons; first, because the fact is an exposition of a general physio-
logical law in relation to bodies of the same series; and secondly, because
there is a practical lesson behind bearing upon the employment of these sub-
stances. ‘The physiological law is this, that the period of time required by
these bodies to produce their effects, and the period of time required for re-
covery, turns altogether on the evaporating-point of the fluid used. This isso
certain that when in an analogous series of fluids the action of one of the
series is well learned, the action of the others may be safely predicted from
the boiling-point. In illustration, here are these three alcohols—amylic
alcohol, ethylic alcohol, and methylic; the first boils at 270° Fahr., the
second at 174°, the third at 140°. If we intoxicate three animals of the
same kind with these alcohols, carrying the symptoms in each case to the
same degree, and then leave the animals to recover in the same temperature,
say 60°,—then if the animalin the methylic alcohol be four hours recovering,
the one in ethylic alcohol will be seven hours, and the one in amylic will be
sixteen hours.
The explanation of this fact is very simple, and reduces the phenomenon
to a question, I had almost said, of mechanical force. The alcohols taken
into the body enter into no combination which changes their composition,
They pass out of the body chemically as they entered it, and their evolution
and the time of their evolution is a mere matter of so much expenditure of
force (caloric) to raise them and carry them off. To test this more directly,
intoxicated animals were placed in different degrees of temperature with the
unerring result of a quickened recovery in the higher degrees.
The practical lessons I would refer to are two in number. I would sug-
gest that in all cases of alcoholic poisoning in the human subject, the most
important condition for recovery is a high temperature. The use of the hot-
air bath raised to 150° or even 180° would be the most perfect means of re-
covery. Next I would point out that as methylic alcohol is much more rapid
in its action, and much less prolonged in its effects than is common alcohol, it
would be used with great advantage by the physiological physician in all
cases where he feels a demand for an alcoholic that shall act instantly, and
with the least possible ultimate expenditure of animal force for its elimina-
tion. It must be observed that in the end all these alcoholic bodies are
depressants, and although at first, by their calling vigorously into play the
natural force,-they seem to excite, and are therefore called stimulants ; they
themselves supply no force at any time, but take up force, by which means
they get away and therewith lead to exhaustion and paralysis of power. In
other words, the calorific force which should be expended on the nutrition and
sensation of the body is expended on the alcohol.
T have only to add to this recommendation of methylic alcohol as a me-
dicine in substitution for common alcohol, that the methylic spirit when quite
pure is extremely palatable, that it mixes easily with water, hot or cold, and
that it makes excellent toddy in the proportion of half an ounce to half a
pint of hot water. In a conversation I had a few days ago with one of those
veterans in physic, who links the medicine of the last generation with the
present, he told me that the most celebrated physician and scholar of his
acquaintance having once tasted wood-spirit took to it as a drink, and liked
it so much better than any other stimulant that he held to it to the last, to
the long term of well nigh ninety years.
52 REPORT—1867.
Tan Hyprive or Merny.
The hydride of methyl occurs naturally in the form of firedamp in mines,
and marsh-gas on land. It is made artifically by heating together in a strong
flask acetate of soda, caustic potash, and well-dricd lime. For physiological
experiment the hydride of methyl can only be administered by inhalation. It
is a pleasant gas to inhale, producing no irritation, nor yet giving rise to any
of those feelings of excitement which are induced by nitrous oxide gas, or
the vapour of chloroform.
As the gas is often a cause of death in mines, I thought it was worth in-
quiring what percentage of it would prove fatal in the air. I therefore had
constructed a glass chamber through which an atmosphere charged with
known quantities of the gas could be passed. To my surprise I found that
even pigeons, animals peculiarly susceptible to the influence of narcotic gases,
could live in an air charged with not less than 35 per cent. of the gas for the
space of half an hour, while I could myself inhale the air coming from
their chamber without anxiety.
When by pushing the inhalation further death is induced, it is as a very
gentle sleep, so gentle indeed that it is difficult to say when the action
either of the circulation or of the respiration is over. The lungs are left
with blood in them, the heart has blood on both sides, and the blood itself
retains its natural character. The death is by the slow negation of breath-
ing. We may gather from these facts many important lessons in regard to
the risks and dangers of miners from firedamp. I should think it is almost
impossible that any body of wen, or any men who were awake in a mine,
could be so entrapped with firedamp only as to die in the absence of an ex-
plosion. In accidents where this seems to have occurred, I should imagine
that with the firedamp there is also evolved carbonic acid gas. I can, how-
ever, imagine after an explosion, when the mine becomes for a moment a
great vacuum, that there would be sufficient entrance of the gas to produce
a fatal atmosphere. In such case death would be prolonged, but as easy as
sleep; two truths, which in cases of accident should inspire thankfulness and
hope—thankfulness that those who thus die for us suffer little, hope as to
the possibility of rescue which should not for days be abandoned. The best
direct means of recovery of those under the influence of firedamp is expo-
sure to heated air, with the administration of warm nourishing drinks, such as
milk. Alcoholics do decided harm.
[From this point the author proceeded at length with the descriptions of
the actions of chloride of methyl, the iodide, bromide, and acetate, methyhe
ether, nitrite of methyl, and the nitrate, which we must very briefly record,
and pass to his researches on chloroform and its allies. |
Crroripr or Mrrnyn.
The chloride of methyl made by the direct action of hydrochloric acid on
methylic alcohol can only be conveniently used for physiological purposes,
as a gas, or as a gas saturating cther. It must therefore be administered by
inhalation to see its full effect. I took some of it by the mouth in solution
with ether, but the heat of the mouth prevented me from swallowing it per-
fectly. Inhaled with atmospheric air, in the proportion of 15 per cent. it
produces in all animals good anesthesia, without excitement and with excel-
lent recovery. Carried to the extent of causing death, the action of the
heart outlives the respiration; the lungs are left with blood in the pulmonic
ON THE PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTION OF THE METHYL COMPOUNDS. 538
circuit, and both sides of the heart are filled with blood which is little
changed in colour. The muscles retain their irritability after death, and are
capable of response to galvanism for two and even three hours after death,
while the heart will continue to pulsate spontaneously for half an hour or
even forty minutes.
Topipr or Mrtuyt,
The iodide of methyl that was used was made, in the usual way, by distil-
ling wood-spirit with iodine and phosphorus; viz. 12 of spirit with 8 of
iodine, and 1 of phosphorus. The fiuid at first was nearly colourless, and
boiled at 108° Fahr., its sp. gr. being 2199. Although kept well excluded
from the light it underwent slight change, setting iodine free. It is altoge-
ther a very difficult compound to manipulate with, physiologically, in the con-
centrate form. It can be managed better when diluted with methylic alcohol
or with ether. I succeeded, however. to subject animals to the vapour, and
discovered that in proportions of 10 per cent. the action of the iodide is the
same as that of the chloride, 7. ¢. it is a very good anesthetic. When, how-
ever, the iodine is escaping there is profuse lachrymation and salivation.
There is also free secretion from the bronchial surface, and one animal died
from this accidental bronchitis some hours after it had recovered from the
angesthesia.
Bromipe or Mrruyn.
The bromide of methyl, the analogue of the chloride and iodide, bromine
taking the place of chlorine or iodine, is a substance haying a specific gravity
of 1-660, and a boiling-point of 55°F. I used it in experiment by inhalation
alone, and also in combination with ether in equal parts. It was discovered
as good an anesthetic as the chloride, and recovery was perfect ; but there
was some degree of irritation and salivation excited, results probably due to
free bromine. The irritation is produced chiefly in the eyes and in the
salivary glands, causing lachrymation and salivation.
AcETATE oF Mernuyu.
The acetate of methyl obtained by distilling acetate of soda, oil of vitriol,
and methylic alcohol, with rectification over lime and chloride of calcium, is
a clear fluid with an agreeable odour. Its specific gravity is ‘910, and its
boiling-point 136° Fahr. It is administered easily by inhalation, and in four
minutes, in the proportion of 9 per cent., it produces gentle sleep with quick
recovery if the administration be short. Prolonged inhalation causes difficult
breathing. It is a substance which admits of being largely used in medicine,
in cases where a diaphoretic and narcotic are required in combination,
Mernyric Eruer.
This substance, obtained by the action of sulphuric acid on methylic alcohol,
is a gas at ordinary temperatures, and does not admit of being used physio-
logically in any other state. It has an agreeable odour, and is taken up
easily by ether. I used it most conveniently with ether, liberating it by heat
below the boiling-point of the ether. Administered by inhalation it produced
perfect anesthesia, and that in an easy and rapid manner. The breathing
is scarcely disturbed, and the action of the heart is extremely regular. Re-
covery is not very rapid, but perfect.
54 REPORT—1867.
Nireire Anp Nirratn or Mrrayt.
The nitrite and the nitrate of methyl possess an action so much in com-
mon that I may take them together. The nitrite made by the action of ni-
trous acid on methylic alcohol is most conveniently used with ether. The
nitrate made by distilling the wood-spirit with nitrate of potash and sulphuric
acid can be'used directly. It is a heavy liquid, having a specific gravity of
1-180 and a boiling-point of 140° Fahr.
As with the nitrites of amyl and ethyl, the action of these substances is
to produce intense excitement and rapid action of the heart and arteries.
The action, however, is not so vehement as from nitrite of amyl, and a lon-
ger inhalation is required before the excitement is perceived. In the human
subject the face becomes red, the vessels of the head seem full and distended,
and the pulse is readily brought up to 120 and even 180. On the inferior
animals the same excitement is manifested, and death is preceded by convul-
sive jerks. After death the lungs are found collapsed and white, and the
heart flaccid and full of blood on both sides. On exposure to the air the
heart recommences to contract, and continues its contractions for long periods,
in one case (a rabbit being the subject) for forty minutes. The blood in the
blood-vessels remains fluid for an hour or more, but coagulates readily on
exposure to a warm air. The muscles throughout the whole of the body are
flaccid, but will contract, for periods of one and two hours after death, under
the influence of the galvanic current. Neither nitrite nor nitrate of methyl
produce true anesthesia.
Of the two substances the nitrate of methyl is most conveniently used,
and as it possesses all the physiological properties of nitrite of amyl with less
energy, it would, I think, be the best agent in medicine. Its power in pro-
ducing muscular relaxation is most marked and general, and its employment
in cases of a desperate spasmodic character, as in tetanus, would bea rational
scientific procedure.
I now come to the second group of substances to which I have directed
aie viz., chloroform, tetrachloride of carbon, and bichloride of methy-
ene.
CHLOROFORM.
Chloroform made by the action of bleaching-powder on methylie alcohol,
or ethylic alcohol, is a substance so well known as an anesthetic that I shall
dwell but very briefly upon it. It has a specific gravity of 1-495, and it boils
at 142°Fahr. From the large number of experiments I have made with this
substance to determine its mode of action, and the manner in which it some-
times destroys life, I am led to the conclusion that its first influence is always
exerted on the centres of motion of the nervous system with an extension of
that action to the centres of volitionand sensation. I agree with Dr, Snow
in tracing out four distinct stages in its action, one of gentle excitement of
the circulation, a second of exalted action of the motor centres, a third of
depression of motion with destruction of consciousness, and a fourth of com-
plete paralysis of motion and sensation. I have also been led slowly to the
conviction that the cause of death from chloroform is in every case due to
arrest of nervous function, and that the idea of any direct action of the agent
on the muscular structure of the heart is without foundation. In eighty-seyen
experiments conducted specially to determine the direct influence of chloro-
form on the heart, I found in every case that organ capable of reaction on its
ee
and
ON THE PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTION OF THE METHYL COMPOUNDS. 00
exposure to the air, and the lungs always bloodless, white, and collapsed; I
found, in fact, precisely the same state of things as occurs when the medulla
oblongata is rendered inactive by extreme cold. The mean period of time
during which the muscles respond to galvanism after death by chloroform
yaries from twenty minutes to half an hour. The coagulation of the blood
is natural.
The advantages of chloroform over other anesthetics, so far known, are its
readiness of application, and the prolonged action of the anzsthesia induced.
Its main disadvantage lies in its high boiling-point, and the consequent
amount of force required to eliminate it from the body. Indeed, according
to my experience it is never eliminated purely by the lungs, but by all the
excreting organs, so that any error or deficiency in those organs may lead to
such suppression of elimination that the nervous centres may become over-
whelmed, with consequent arrest of their activity. The;temperature of the
air exerts a marked influence on the effects of chloroform in this respect of
elimination ; the influence of the anesthetic being greatly prolonged when
the air is loaded with moisture and the thermometer is low. The best means
of restoration in impending death from chloroform is the introduction into
the lungs by artificial respiration of air heated to 130° Fahr. Under this
influence, in animals even with the chest laid open, the heart is seen to leap
into instant activity and the arteries to recommence pulsation. In one expe-
riment this restoration of vascular motion was so distinct that the blood made
its way round the arterial circuit, the nervous centres regained power, and
the animal (a dog) may be said temporarily to have_lived again.
To fill the lungs with warm air for the purpose described, a small pair of
handbellows connected with a tube of thin metal, in a coil, answers well.
With a spirit lamp the coil can be almost instantly made hot, and the air
passing through it with brisk force can easily be raised to 130° Fahr. It is
only necessary to inject the air through one nostril.
TETRACHLORIDE OF CARBON.
Recently, the substance known as C Cl,—the tetrachloride of carbon—
has been brought into use as a substitute for chloroform, In this body all
the hydrogen elements of marsh-gas are substituted by chlorine, and it is
indeed the final result of the action of chlorine on that gas. It is a fluid of
not very pleasant odour; its boiling-point is 172° Fahr., its specific gravity
is 1600. As this substance is now gaining importance, I have thought
it proper to subject it to very careful experiment, and I feel it my duty to
state, both on theoretical and practical grounds, that it is more dangerous
than chloroform, and if it were as generally used it would act fatally in
a much larger number of cases. In its action it presents the same four
stages as chloroform, but the second stage is more prolonged and intensified.
In one animal (a rabbit) tetanic convulsion of an extreme character was
presented during this stage. But the worst feature in the administration
of this body is the slowness of its elimination, a slowness fully accounted
for by the boiling-point. Saturating the nervous centres, and expending
their force to the fullest, it kills far more quickly and determinately than
chloroform, and so completely is motion paralyzed that the muscles scarcely
respond to galvanism five minutes after dissolution. In order to make an
exact comparison (and it is from this comparison I draw the results arrived
at), I placed animals of the same kind, at the same time, at the same tem-
56 REPORT—1867.
perature in chambers of the same size, and administered the same doses of
chloroform and otf the tetrachloride of carbon. Pigeons and rabbits alike
gave evidence of the more severe effects of the latter substance. In this opi-
nion my friend Dr. Sedgwick, who has rendered me the most valued aid in
these inquiries, entirely coincides,
Tue BicHioripE oF METHYLENE.
The last compound on our list is of great interest, from the circumstance
that it promises to be a new and valuable anesthetic. In experimenting
with chloride of methyl in ether, I was so struck with its good action that I
asked Mr. Robbins, the chemist who has prepared the compounds for me, to
endeavour to find a more stable compound, having similar physical properties,
from the methyl series. In a few days he brought me the fluid I now place
before the Section, made for him by Dr. Versman. This fluid is the bichlo-
ride of methylene. It is formed by the action of nascent hydrogen on
chloroform, and it differs from chloroform in that one atom of chlorine is re-
placed by an atom of hydrogen. Its boiling-point is 88° Fahr, and the odour
of its vapour is sweet and much like that of chloroform. On testing it phy-
siologically I found it to be a gentle and perfect general anesthetic. Under
its influence animals lapse into the third stage of anesthesia, with the
slightest exhibiton of the stage of excitement. The insensibility is deep and
well sustained, and the recovery quiet and good. [Dr. Richardson here
showed an experiment of putting a pigeon into a deep sleep.] In some
experiments, in order to see the extreme effect, I have carried the adminis-
tration to the extent of arresting the phenomena of life. I have thus learned
that the respiration and circulation, under the last action of this agent, cease
simultaneously, and that the muscles retain their irritability for even an
hour after death. The lungs are left with blood in the respiratory circuit,
both sides of the heart are charged with blood, and the blood itself remains
unaltered in physical property. Compared with other anesthetics, the bichlo-
ride of methylene appears to me to combine the anesthetic power of chloro-
form with the safer properties of ether. It is too early to speak positively on
this point, but if the expectation be fulfilled, the perfection of a general
anesthetic will have been obtained for the benefit of the world. And, even
should this happy result not be accomplished, the way at least is paved to-
wards the discovery of some intermediate body which shall answer to the re-
quired physical demand.
In reviewing all the facts connected with the physiological action of the
methyl series, we gather that, according to their composition, they exert cer-
tain definite influences on different parts of the nervous organism. The oxide
produces an influence of its own, that of slowly paralyzing the motor func-
tion before destroying common sensibility. The nitrite and nitrate rapidly
paralyze the centres of motion; while the chloride, the iodide, and the bromide,
together with the substitution chlorine compounds, not only paralyze motion
but also destroy sensation. I conclude this Report with one other observa-
tion. At first sight it may seem that the isolation of the phenomena pro-
duced by special agents, and the discovery of a new anesthetic are sufficient
characteristics of this research. With every respect, I submit that a broader
question is involved. At the Meeting at Birmingham I suggested, almost
with a feeling of fear, that out of these studies might spring up a fixed prin-
ciple of therapeutical discoyery. Now I have the conscious happiness of
EXPLORATION OF THE PLANT BEDS OF NORTH GREENLAND. 57
knowing that the hypothesis was correct. I feel convinced, on this longer
experience, that by continued labour we shall be able to pronounce the pre-
cise physiological meaning and value of all the organic compounds, to extend
the knowledge of the curative action of these compounds to every condition
of disease that is physically remediable, and to bring therapeutics into the
position of a positive science.
Postscrier.
While these Transactions have been in preparation the opportunity has
been afforded me of testing the action of bichloride of methylene as a general
anesthetic on the human subject, and with the happiest results. On October
15th of last year (1867), having first inhaled the vapour myself to complete
anesthesia, I afterwards administered it to a lady while Mr. Spencer Wells
performed one of the formidable operations in surgery. Not one unfavour-
able symptom resulted, and since then the bichloride of methylene has been
in frequent use in surgery. Up to the present time (January 20, 1868) no
untoward event has followed its administration.—B. W. R.
Preliminary Report of the Committee for the Exploration of the
Plant Beds of North Greenland, appointed at ithe Nottingham
Meeting, 1866. ;
Mr. Wurmrer, one of the Members of the Committee, having made arrange-
ments for visiting Greenland, a meeting of the Committee was held on the
4th of April, in London, and it was there resolved that the sum of £100
voted by the British Association for the purposes of this exploration be
handed to Mr. Whymper, on his giving a written undertaking to fulfil the
conditions laid down by the Association, as far as lay in his power.
In addition to this grant, Mr. Whymper was further assisted by a grant of
£200 from the Government Grant Committee of the Royal Society.
Mr. Whymper started from Copenhagen about the 20th of April, taking
with him as assistant Dr. Robert Brown, a gentleman already well known
for his explorations in North-west America, especially as to the Natural
History of British Columbia.
Since the expedition left Copenhagen, no intelligence from it has been
received by this Committee.
The description of the plant remains from North Greenland which have
been already brought to these countries has been completed by Prof. Oswald
Heer of Zurich, and his work on the ‘ Fossil Flora of the Polar Regions’ is
now nearly printed, and will be published in a short time.
Rozerr H. Scort, Sec.
58 REPORT—1867.
Report of a Committee, consisting of Mr. J. Scorr Russett, Mr. T.
Hawxstry, Mr. J. R. Napier, Mr. Witiram Farrparrn, and Pro-
fessor W. J. M. Rankine, appointed to analyze and condense the
information contained in the Reports of the “ Steam-ship Perform-
ance”? Committee and other sources of information on the same sub-
ject.
Ar the Nottingham Meeting of the British Association in 1866, the following
recommendation was passed,—‘‘ That Mr. J. Scott Russell, Mr. T. Hawksley,
Mr. James R. Napier, Mr. William Fairbairn, and Professor W. J. Macquorn
Rankine be a Committee to analyze and condense the information contained
in the Reports of the Steam-Ship Performance Committee, and other sources
of information on the same subject, with power to employ paid calculators or
assistants, if necessary ; and that the sum of £100 be placed at their disposal
for that purpose.”
The Committee so appointed employed as a calculator and assistant
Mr. John Quant, Naval Architect, who has discharged the duties entrusted
to him with great industry and ability.
The whole of the sum of £100 has been expended.
The contents of the present Report are arranged as follows :—
Catalogue of Tables as published in the years 1857, 1858, 1859, 1860,
1861, 1862.
Method of condensation.
Table I. Condensed Table of Merchant Paddle Steamers.
Table II. Condensed Table of Merchant Screw Steamers.
Tables III., IV., V., and VI. Condensed Tables of Men-of-War, forming
four groups.
Catalogue of Tables as published in the years 1857-62.
“1857, Appendix A.—Tabular comparison, the old, the present, and proposed
measurement for tonnage ; an analysis of ships and steamers, their proportions, dis-
placement, weight, and resistance ; engines and steam-power, and result of speed
realized.”
This Table is of little or no use for analyzation, for this reason—that of
the few steamers of which the displacement and speed are given, no indi-
cated horse-power has been returned, and vice versd. Some of the vessels
contained in it are mentioned in the condensed Tables ; but their quantities
are given as taken from other Tables.
“Table A.—Summary of returns, showing the performance of the Chester and
Holyhead Company’s steam-vessels ‘ Anglia,’ ‘Cambria,’ and ‘Scotia,’ and the
consumption of coal between Holyhead and Kingstown, under certain conditions
taken at standard tests.”
“1858, Appendix II.—Table showing the difference which exists between the
‘register tonnage ’ of vessels and the ‘ tons weight’ of cargo actually carried in the
trade and navigation of the United Kingdom with foreign countries and British
ossessions in 1852, 1853, 1854, and 1855, deduced from returns of the Board of
rade.”’
“1859, Appendix V., Table I—Return of the performance of the Chester and
Holvhead Company’s steam-vessels, under trial for a standard test.”
“ Appendix V., Table Il.—Copy of a return laid before a Select Committee of
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE. 59
the House of Commons. See Blue Book on Dublin and Holyhead Mail Service,
1853, Appendix, p. 176. A return of the speed and consumption of fuel of the
steamboats under regulated conditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for the
undermentioned periods.”
“¢ Appendix V., Table III.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment, 1857. A return of the speed and consumption of coal, under regulated con-
ditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for the undermentioned period (namely,
three months, from January 1 to March 31, 1857).”
« Appendix V., Table [V.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment. A return of the speed and consumption of coal of the steamboats, under
regulated conditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for the undermentioned
period (namety, from April 1 to June 30, 1857).’
“ Appendix V., Table V.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment, A return of the speed and consumption of coal of the steamboats, under
regulated conditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for the undermentioned
period (namely, from July 1 to September 30, 1857).”
“ Appendix V., Table VI—A return of the speed and consumption of coal of
the steamboats, under regulated conditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for
the undermentioned period (namely, from October 1 to December 31, 1857).”
“ Appendix V., Table VI.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat, Depart-
ment. A return of the speed and consumption of coal of the steamboats, under
regulated conditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for the undermentioned period
(namely, from January 1 to March 31, 1858).”
“ Appendix V., Table VI1I.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat De-
artment. A return of the speed and consumption of coal of the express and cargo
oats, under regulated conditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for the under-
mentioned period (namely, from April 1 to June 30, 1858).”
“ Appendix V., Table IX.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment. A return of the speed and consumption of coal of the express and cargo
boats, under regulated conditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for the under-
mentioned period (namely, from July 1 to September 30, 1858).”’
“ Appendix V., Table X.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment. A return of the speed and consumption of coal of the express and cargo
boats, under regulated conditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for the under-
mentioned period (namely, from October 1 to December 31, 1858).”
“ Appendix V., Table XI.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment. Consumption of coal for the six months ending June 30, 1858,”
“ Appendix V., Table XII.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment. Consumption of coal for the six months ending June 30, 1858.”
“ Appendix V., Table XIJI.—A return showing the number of years run before
the ‘Anglia, ‘ Cambria,’ ‘Scotia,’ and ‘ Hibernia’ had new boilers; number of miles
run, and consumption of coal per mile, with and without raising steam, banking fires,
lying at Kingstown and Holyhead ; steam-pressure in boilers.’’
“ Appendix V., Table X1V.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment. A return of passages made by the steamboats in 34 hours,” &c.
“ Appendix V., Table XV.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment. Mileage run, and expenses per mile, of the passenger boats in the years 1849
and 1856, 1857, 1858.”
“Appendix VIL, Table I—Result of experiments with the yacht ‘Undine,’
July 6, 1858, on the measured mile at Greenhithe.”
“Appendix VIL., Table IL—Result of experiments with the yacht ‘Undine,’
July 29 and 30, 1858.”
“ Appendix VIL, Table 1I.—Result of experiments with the yacht ‘ Undine,’
October 26, 27, and 28, 1858.”
“ Appendix VII., Table 1V.—Experiments with the yacht ‘ Erminia,’ 12th Oc-
tober 1858, in Stokes Bay.”
This Table does not give indicated horse-power nor displacement.
“1860. Appendix I. , Table I.—Table showing the results of performances at sea
and on the measured mile, of seventeen vessels of the Royal Navy, of twenty-two
60 REPORT—1867.
vessels in the Merchant Service, and of two vessels of the United States Navy ;
together with the particulars of their machinery.”
This Table contains data of the Chester and Holyhead Railway boats, as
mentioned in former Reports; the quantities given in it have therefore
been selected for the present Report. But in taking the dimensions of the
ships, former printed Tables have been compared with this in order to ensure
accuracy.
“ Appendix L, Table I.—Results of performances of the steamships in the
service of the ‘ Messageries Impéviales’ of France during the year 1858.”
No dimensions of these ships have been given; they have therefore been
left out of the present Report.
“ Appendix II., Table I—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment. <A return of the speed and consumption of coal of the express and cargo
boats, under regulated conditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for the under-
mentioned period (namely, from January 1 to December 51, 1859).”
“ Appendix II., Table [I.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment. Chester and Holyhead steamboat’s consumption of coal for the six months
ending 30th June 1859.”
Appendix II., Table III.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Depart-
ment. Chester and Holyhead steamboats’ consumption of coal for the six months
ending 31st December 1859.”
These three Tables show the performance of eight ships, the ‘ Anglia,’ ‘Cam-
bria,’ ‘ Scotia,’ ‘ Telegraph,’ ‘ Hibernia,’ ‘ Hercules,’ ‘ Ocean,’ ‘Sea Nymph.’
“ Appendix IV.—Table showing the ratios between the indicated horse-power
and the grate, the tube, the other heating and total heating-surfaces, and the in-
dicated horse-power ; also between the grate- and heating-surfaces and between
the indicated horse-power and the coal consumed.”
This Table contains two ships of the United States Navy, the same as have
been mentioned in Appendix I., Table I.: nineteen vessels of the Royal Navy,
whose quantities also are mentioned in other Tables: and nineteen vessels of
the Merchant Service, amongst which are the ‘ Anglia,’ ‘ Cambria,’ ‘ Scotia,’
and ‘ Telegraph.’
“« Appendix V.—Description of the hull, engines, and boilers of the United
States sloop ‘Wyoming.’ Table I. Performance of United States steam-sloop
‘Wyoming’ under steam alone. Table I. Performance of United States steam-
sloop ‘ Wyoming’ under steam and sail.”
“Supplementary Appendix.—Table showing the trial performance of the steam-
vessels ‘Lima’ and ‘ Bogota’ when fitted with single-cylinder engines, and after
being refitted with double-cylinder engines. Also the sea performances of the
same vessels under both these conditions of machinery, and on the same service.”
This Table has also been embodied in Table II. of printed Report, 1861.
“1861. Table I—Return of performance of Her Majesty’s vessels, furnished
by the Admiralty.”
“Table I1.—Showing the results of the performance of six of Her Majesty’s
vessels under various circumstances.”
“Table I1I.—Performance of Her Majesty’s Ship ‘ Victor Emmanuel’ at sea.”
“Table [V.—Return of seven trials on the measured mile in Stokes Bay of Her
Majesty’s Ship ‘ Victor Emmanuel.’ ”
“Table V.mReturn showing the results of performance of eighteen vessels in the
Merchant Service under various conditions.”
“Table VI.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboat Department. A return
of the speed and consumption of coal of the express and cargo boats, under re-
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE. 61
gulated conditions of time, pressure, and expansion, for the undermentioned period
(namely, from the 1st January to 31st March 1860).”
“Table VII.—Chester and Holyhead Railway, Steamboats. Consumption of
coal for the twelve months ending December 31, 1860.”
“Table VIII.—City of Dublin Steam Packet Company. A return of the average
time of passage and consumption of coal of the mail steamers for six months, end-
ing June 30, 1860.”
“Table IX.—City of Dublin Steam Packet Company. A return of the average
time of passage and consumption of coal of the mail steamers for three months,
ending September 30, 1860.”
“Table X.—Resultats de la navigation des paquebots des services maritimes
des Messageries Impériales pendant l’année 1859.”
No dimensions of those ships have been given; and they have therefore
been left out of the present Report.
“Table XI.—Resultats de la navigation des paquebots des services maritimes des
Messageries Impériales pendant l’année 1860.”
Of those ships also no dimensions have been given; and they have there-
fore been left out of the present Report.
“ Appendix, Table XII.—Return of the average passages of mail packets, and
consumption of coal for six months, ending 3lst March 1861.”
“ Appendix, Table XIII.—Steamship ‘Leinster,’ on trial from Holyhead to Kings-
town, April 4, 1861.”
“ Appendix, Table XTV.—Steamship ‘ Ulster,’ on trial from Kingstown to Holy-
head, April 5, 1861.”
“1862. Table Il.—Return of the particulars of the dimensions of twenty vessels
in Her Majesty’s Navy, with the results of their trials upon completion for service.”
“ Table I1l.—Results of the performances at sea, and when on trial, of Her
Majesty’s ships ‘ Colossus,’ ‘St. George,’ and ‘ Arrogant.’ ”
Of these steamers also no displacement or indicated horse-power has been
recorded.
“Table [V.—Results of the trials of Her Majesty’s Screw Ships, officially tabu-
lated by the Admiralty in 1850,” rt
“Table V.—Results of the trials of Her Majesty’s Screw Ships, officially tabulated
by the Admiralty in 1856,”
“Table VI.—Results of the trials of Her Majesty’s Screw Ships, officially tabu-
lated by the Admiralty in 1861 (being a continuation of Tables IV. and V.).
Steam Transport Service, Tables VIL, VILL, IX., X., XL, XII., XUL, XIV., XV.,
and XVI. (the last five Tables being summaries of the Tables VII. to XI.).”
These Tables give the results obtained from vessels employed in trans-
port service during the latter part of the Crimean war, showing ‘the respective
values of the several steamships, classified according to the nature of the
employment, or the special character of the duties required to be performed ;
and giving, in addition, the cost of moving each ship 1000 miles, &c.
“Table XVII. (continued).—Royal (West India) Mail Packet Company. St.
Thomas to Southampton, distance 3622 iniles.”
“Table XVII.—Royal (West India) Mail Packet Company. Southampton t
St. Thomas, distance 3622 miles.”’ Sago ean
In these Tables, namely, Table XVII. and Table XVII. (continued), no
draught of water is stated. They give the speed of the ship and consumption
of coals, under various conditions of the state of the hull, of five steamers,
viz., the * Seine,’ ‘Tasmanian,’ ‘ Atrato,’ ‘Shannon,’ and « La Plata’
“Table XVIII.— Royal (West India) Mail Packet Company. Summary made
from the Tables of diagrams from indicator and working of the engines belonging to
the various ships included in the return furnished of the performances from Nouth-
62 REPORT—1867.
ampton to St. Thomas, between June 3, 1861, and June 17, 1862, as given in the
preceding Tables,
“Table XVHI a—tTable of diagrams from indicator and working of engines,
showing the manner in which the summaries in the above Table are obtained.”
In both these Tables dimensions are wanting.
“Table XIX.—Return of particulars of the dimensions of the Peninsular and
Oriental Steam Navigation Company’s Steamship ‘Moultan, with tabulated
statement showing the results of her performance as compared with six other
vessels in the same service.”
“Table XX.——Table of results of the performances of sixty-eight vessels of the
Imperial and Royal Austrian Lloyd’s Steamship Company.”
No dimensions of ships nor indicated horse-power are given in this Table.
“Table XXI.—Table of experiments with Her Majesty’s Gunboat ‘Stork.’ ”
No displacement given.
“Table XXII.—Hight logs of voyages of the ‘Great Eastern.’ ”
Of the eight logs only three are returned with the indicated horse-power ;
and those are used in the condensed Tables.
“Table XXIII.—Dimensions and abstract of performances of the Pacific Steam
Navigation Company’s new paddle-wheel steamships ‘ Peru’ and ‘ Talea.’”
No dimensions of wheels are returned.
“Table XXIV.—Abstract log of, and notes upon, the performances of the African
Royal Mail Company’s steamship ‘ M‘Gregor Laird.’ ”
“Table XXV.—Notes on the performance of the North German Lloyd’s Com-
pany’s steamship ‘ Hansa.’ ”’
“Table XXVI.—Log of the Earl of Durham’s sailing yacht ‘ Beatrix’ on her
recent Mediterranean voyage.”
The Tables published in the Report of the British Association for 1863,
and various data as to the performance of steam-vessels which have been
obtained from other sources, still remain to be condensed, in the eyent of the
reappointment of this Committee.
Method of Condensation.
The following method of condensation was drawn up by the Committee in
order that it might be followed as far as practicable. In some cases the
nature of the data rendered deviations from the method in matters of detail
unavoidable; but its principles have been adhered to throughout.
1. All results belonging to any special theory, and all quantities calculated
approximately by inference, or ascertained otherwise than by direct mea-
surement, to be excluded from the condensed Tables.
2. Vessels for which any of the essential data (marked E in the annexed
list) are wanting to be excluded.
3. The remaining vessels to be divided into groups, according to. their
speed on trial; for example,—
Group 1, below 7 knots.
ee drome Lita Ooi,
? ” 9 ” 11 ”
ies)
” 4
~
S
H
H
S
i
co
“
5 3) 13 ” 15 29
33 15 re) 17 39
> ~¢, above 17 knots.
i
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE. 63
4. Groups that are very numerous to be divided into subgroups, according
to displacement, viz. :—
Subgroup A, below 125 tons
aie By trom. 125. Mo: 250.tons
29 C, ”? 250 ” 500 ”
Do i 500 ,, 1000 ,,
» E, ,, 1000 ,, 2000 ,,
F 2000 ,, 4000 ,,
G, 5, 4000, ,, 8000..,,
Bete Eley) (ian 4 BOOM 4 60007.
» . 1, aboye 16000.
5. Results of trials at low speeds, or “ half-boiler power,” to be placed in
the group proper to the speed.
6. In the following plan for the arrangement of a Table, each vessel of a
group or subgroup occupies a column, and the several data for each vessel
appear in a series of lines. The data consist of twelve essential items
marked E (without which no vessel should be admitted) and twenty others,
making thirty-two in all; so that octavo pages will hold the Tables.
7. Where trials of performance under sail have been recorded, supple-
mentary Tables may be added.
Arrangement of Table for a given group or subgroup.
Group No. ...., speed between .... and .... knots.
Subgroup No. ...., displacement between .... and .... tons.
1, E. Name of vessel (or reference number) | |
VESSEL.
2. KE. Length on loadwater-line, in feet.
3. », Of fore-body (marked F., in tables).
4, », middle-body (marked M. in tables).
5. », after-body (marked A. in tables).
6. E. Breadth, extreme immersed, in feet.
7. KE. Depth of immersion, mean, in fee.
8. Immersed midship section in square feet.
9. E. Displacement, tons of 35 eubic feet.
10. Mean immersed girth, feet (from actual measurement, and not other-
wise).
11. Material iy state of skin.
12. Coefficient of fineness of waterlines=displacement +(L x @).
PROPELLER.
13. E. Description (paddle, common or feathering: screw, Smith’s, Wood-
eroft’s, Mangin’s, Griffith’s, dc. : jet propeller).
14, E. Diameter (for common paddles, to outer edge; for feathering
paddles, to journals ; for screw, to tips of blades), in feet.
15. Number of blades or paddles.
16. KE. Pitch of screw (if not uniform, state extreme and mean pitches),
in feet.
17. Aggregate mean length of screw-biades (along axis).
18. Immersion (of upper and lower edges of paddle or screw), in feet.
64 REPORT—1867.
19. Area (pair of paddles ; screw disc, deducting boss; pair of jet-nozzles),
in square feet.
20. E. Speed of vessel in nautical miles* per hour.
ENGINES.
21. Description (single, double, treble; single-cylindered, double-cylin-
dered; condensing, non-condensing, geared, not geared, &e.).
22. Final volume of steam per revolution of propeller, in cubic feet.
23. Steam cut off at (decimals of final volume).
24, E. Revolutions of propeller per minute (paddle or screw).
25. Effective pressure of steam, lbs. per inch.
26. E. Indicated horse-power.
Boiters.
27. Total capacity, in cubic feet.
28. Heating surface, in square feet.
29. Firegrate area, in square feet (including dead-plate and bars).
30. Pressure during trial (Ibs. on the square inch).
31. KE. Fuel consumed; description and weight, in Ibs. per hour.
32. Remarks and cross references.
In drawing up the preceding form of arrangement, the Committee have had
in view not only the guidance of themselves and their calculators, but the in-
formation of those who may hereafter furnish the British Association with
data as to the performance of steamships.
Paddle steamers, screw steamers, and men-of-war have been separately
condensed and grouped.
In condensing the Tables of the ships of war, there are vessels of which
many trials were reported. The mean of the majority of trials with the same
draught and the same propeller have been given in this Report.
The diameter of the paddle-wheel, as given in the condensed Tables, is the
diameter as returned in the printed Reports, and must not be confounded
with the effective diameter of the wheel. In only a few cases the effective
diameter has been returned, and even upon these quantities very small de-
pendence can be placed. For example, in Table V., Report 1861, the diameter
of paddle-wheel of the ‘ Delta’ is 26 feet, and the effective diameter is given
as 22 feet; the ‘Lima’ has the same diameter of wheel, but the effective
diameter is given as 25-16 feet. Both are feathering wheels, and there is
only a difference of 1:5 feet in the width of the float, the ‘Delta haying
a float 4:5 feet broad, and the ‘ Lima’ a float of 3 feet broad.
* The length of the nautical mile is variously estimated. By the British Admiralty, it
is defined to be one minute of the equator, which, according to the latest determinations,
is 6086 feet. Another estimate is the mean length of a minute of latitude, or 6076 feet.
Most of the speeds in the Tables are given in Admiralty knots.
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE. 65
Taste I—MERCHANT PADDLE-STEAMERS.
=
3.
NSronpRiof ayspecd ............:.....05.0000.- Eat 9 Ee II Between 11 and 13 knots.
ee ee eee 0
F.
Subgroups of Displacement.................. Between 2000 Bet Med t
andbegcets ten ween 500 and 1000 tons.
2 GG Ca) a La Plata. Anglia. Admiral. Cambria.
F=84
sength on load-water-line, in feet ........, 284 187°83 | M=54 | 210 197°75
A= 75
Beemer Meet sf). 7c. 00.0...0beeeidecessee 40°5 26°16 32 26°16
Mean draft of water, in feet.................. 19'09 75 8°87
of immersed midship section, sq. ft.| ......... 186°25 214 201°!
Jisplacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet 3809 620 820 840
Seesed arth, in feet...) loses | cee... Bigs) ete Laos
Meermband stateofskin 0...) ec OL Tron, pamited’:) | 22.:...0
Red clean.
NGINES.
UP ee Side lever. Doub. cyl. |Double cylinder.| Side lever.
umber of cylinders ........................ 2 4 4 2
iameter of cylinders, in inches............ 103 43°5 ea \ 735
ength of stroke, in feet ...............0000.. 9 45 4°25 5
umber of revolutions, per minute ...... 12°31 25 24 23
fominal horse-power ............0cceecee002. 876 FG 2s anil SUL cane 392710
ndicated horse-power ................c00001 cecceees. 816°07 74.4, 995°35
PRopevieEr.
PRM ey Oe. coven cesccllcsecsacs Radial, fixed. Modif.Morgan’s.| F eathering. Modif. Morgan’s.
(8, TRS) 9 oa 36 24°5 20°05 to journals. 28
mgth of paddle, in fect..................... 10°5 9°5 7 Fi
veadth of paddle, in feet .................. 3°16 3°67 3 4
limaber Of paddles’ ..................d.000-... 28 12 II 16
epth of immersion of lower edge, in feet; ... ..... Sean) let dotnet / 5:8" |
d of vessel, in nautical miles per hour 10°79 12°96 12 12°2
Boiters.
0 Ee ee Tubular. Rubolarhe | Wee rrak Tubular,
ressure of steam in boiler, lbs.on the sq.in. 14°82 14 25 14°5
jeam-room, in cubic feet..................... 4240 ZOO de = «sie IEE Saeed Bs Pere eedaen,
fater-room in cubic feet .................. SEG vara =|: ol atdasrcictnone ts sla RST Ae nn) [lex Gy se
pumber Of furnaces ................006...0000. 24 TD yay ih notes Jace | 12
TMMPGMIHOUETE.S... 25... 6.6... ceeds .sceee Bah ihedyltes haaasace oe
ate surface, in square feet. ............... 616 160 100 165
tal heating surface ........................ 16947 AROS AA. | Wk ay Sete 6134
nsumption of coals, in Ibs. per hour ... 8149 5580 2206 5760
WEercuts.
tal of engines, in tons ..................... CTO G AM) meereerpere 210, with boilers. | 117
205s esecec sans sstvbencce. B75 eat Pell at 2, eee et | 23°5
poetry. AuBerppecaeconece 219 40°97 Bae on Aa 66
Hop AE OBURSEY Pope Seneca tcc: 131 35 Waa soee 60
CPCOne Ren A asocackocees 1860. 1860. 1860. 1860 & 1861.
3 ada e pantera Royal Mail Co.) Admiral [Prof. Rankine& .........
log. Moorsom. J. R. Napier.
12 BA gia ennMn case Acer te A Aarer ane Moderate wind|Fairwind; fair Radeon Wind light.
and tide. tide; mo-
derate sea.
66 REPORT— 1867.
Groups of a Speed ....-..-:s.sseereeersreeees
D.
Subgroups of Displacement..............++-- Between 500
and 1000 tons.
Cambria
Name of Vessel .........scssecseereeeeeeeeeeenes (lengthened).
Length on load-water-line, in feet ......... 237
Breadth, in feet ........ecseeseeeeeeeer erences 26°16
Mean draft of water, in feet .........+-+.+. 9°31
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. 20003
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet ... 980
Mean immersed girth, in feet........00000-) © seseeenns | sennevnte UJ eamiltuins
Winterialiand stateiOfSKIN s.isvsececccesonss|, | vomssrmece-» || | ¢ue=ebareeedecmmllll (a sehCnnae
ENGINES.
Description .......ccesseeeeeseeseeeeeenreesnnes Side lever. |Double cylinder.
Number of cylinders .........::ssesseeeeeees 2 4 4
Diameter of cylinders, in inches............ 73°5 12 e a } { 5 f \
Length of stroke, in feet ........-...seeseee 5 5 5
Number of revolutions, per minute ...... 20°25 24 24
Nominal horse-power .....--sseeeeeseeeeeeees 392°10 320 320
Indicated horse-power ........seeeereeereeeees 837°34 1050 800
PROPELLER.
Description .....ccesseeeeseeeeeereeneeeenneees Common. Feathering. | Feathering.
Diameter, in feet .........scseceenerecneneenees 25 26 26
Length of paddle, in feet...........::+0000 8 8°5 8°33
Breacth of paddle, in feet ......:....-1.00+ 2°16 3°08 3716
Number of paddles +........:.:::2esseeeseseee 32 12 Io
Depth of immersion of lower edge, in feet 3°33 4 3°5
Speed of vessel, in nautical miles per hour 1228 12°9 11°53
Boiers.
Description .........sesseeeeceeseneeeeeeeeeeees Tubular. Tubular. Flue
Pressure of steam in boiler, lbs. on thesq-in. 14 26 22
Steam-room, in cubic feet .......seeeeeeeees| 0 teen ee ees 1600 390
Water-room, in cubic feet .........eeceeeeee| ee eeeeeee 2000 720
Number of furnaces ..........:6cseeeeeeree eens 12 6 6
Number of boilers .........cceeeeeeeeneeeeees 4 2 2
Grate surface, in square feet ............+5- 450 140 130
Total heating surface .........:sseeeeeeeerees 6893 3340 2530
Consumption of coals, in Ibs. per hour ... 5241 2240 2464
WErGuts.
Total of engines, in tons ..........6-+seeeeeee 117 220 200
Fach wheel .......csceceeseeee eee eeeseeeeesees 11°95 26 25
Boilers without water .........:eseseseeeeeees 83 60 34
Water in boilers ........cceceeeeneneeeeenenees 63 40 36
Reference to Reports ......1.ssesseeeeeeee ees 1860 & 1861. | 1860 & 1861. 1860.
Information supplied by ........-:sseseseeeee] 0 veeeeeees Randolph, Elder| Randolph,
& Co. Elder & Co.
Roamans fs 20. cecopswekonveses eneperae sees Moderate breeze;|Light head wind;| Light wind ;
variable tide;| variable tide;| alternate
comparatively, light head sea.| tide ; no sea.
smooth sea.
ween nee
wee teeeee
shee eeee
Hee teneee
tee eeeees
Double cylinder.
4
2 of go
2 of 52
5
23
320
1100
Feathering.
2
Tubular.
26
1600
2000
6
2
140
334°
2240
220
26
60
40
1860 & 1861.
Wind abeam;
variable tide;
short beam sea.
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE. 67
5.
Between 13 and 15 knots.
B. : E.
Between 125 and | Between 500 and | Between 1000
250 tons. Iooo tons. and 2000 tons,
Vulcan. Scotia. Telegraph.
F=8
Ange } 160 192°57 243'8
163 27 23°16
wonaadiee 4°5 8°83 9°67
Rogdneoce 56 188-78 224°7
Soceace 140 680 1173
aes oa= 14°75 ayaa ete 8 secede ots
wataceees Tron painted, clean. roemuiadee Peat ene
Side lever Oscillating. Double cylinder. Side lever.
2 2 4 2
73 36 52 | 77°25
6 3°5 4°5 5°5
SCCCOH ORE About 50. 24 | 25
BOOS, TAME SP Ors Cg Fe 379°92 448
1300 412 93418 1165°98
Ordinary. Feathering. Modif. Morgan’s. |Modif.Morgan’s,
27°5 122 to journals. 24°5 26°33
8°5 6 10 10
2°5 2°25 3°67 4
Ae pel Satetane te 12 14
caeccmeeee hie WM sc cstacee 6 4°42
12°75 14°5 13°61 13°23
Pobolarsee de ese coerce Tubular Tubular.
oasis) MMW ns hocde a 12 14
TALOU PRS we o55504 325 406
ZEZOG ) ROSEY cocoon betplalls> 2c eet OER Teed
CS Ne || aie g ae eee 12 12
See BI P sekierwae 2 2
215 2 NM SS Siocon 186 166°25
GE2Y eras = oe A 5390°91 8758°o1
C720) EN, alg ee 6240 7800
ZOD TEL |. nc Seicabicrwom i Apees (> drwyracac ce ite Pe ci gies oe
ji re oh eR ee 23 23
Sommer ty Lo tae 47°17 7o
pho) A tl epee 39 65
1860&1861, | ss. 1860. 1860.
see eeeees
and Jas. R. Napier.
Professor Rankine,|Admiral Moorsom.
Light wind; tide
Admiral Moor-
som.
partly favourable.
Light wind ; tide
partly fayour-
able.
eee
F2
68
REPORT—1867.
Groups of a Speed ......---seeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeess
E.
Subgroup of Displacement .............+..++++- Between 1000
and 2000 tons.
Name of Vessel ............cecceceereeeeereereneees Mersey. Delta.
Length on load-water-line, in feet ........-..- 254°42 308
Breadth, in feet ........-.ecseeeeeeeceeceece eens 30 35°25
Mean draft of water, in feet...............2-0++ 10°25 15
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. ... 261 400
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet ...... 1300 2300
Mean immersed girth, in feet ...........20005-| 0 seeeee ees 39°7
WMiaterial and state Of SKIN <s.cc..s-c-ceecesc0ss] © secestene © | | neeueteee
Enaines.
Description .........:seeerseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeennees Oscillating. Oscillating.
Number of cylinders ..........secseseseeeeeeees 2 2
Diameter of cylinders, in inches ........---- 60 72
Length of stroke, in feet ...........-:-esseeees 5 7
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 30°25 25°5
Nominal horse-power ........-+-+e0eeeeeeeeeeees 250 400
Indicated horse-power. .......-..s1eeseeseeeeeees 1088 1624
PROPELLER.
Description .........:secerseeeeeesenceeeeeeee eres Feathering. Feathering.
Diameter, in feet .........sesececseeecneneeeee eres 21°33 26
Length of paddle, in feet ...........-..:0eeeeeee- 85 9°5
Breadth of paddle, in feet ............+-.040++- 3°42 4°5
Number of paddles ..........c:ssseeseeeeesreeees 12 12
Depth of immersion of lower edge, in feet... 4 6°25
Speed of vessel, in nautical miles per hour 12°288 14°67
Boiiers.
Description ........csccceeeneeeeeeseeesean essences Tubular. Lamb's flue.
Pressure of steam in boiler, in lbs.........-... 20 20
Steam-room, in cubic feet ..........-..00200++ 1125 460
Water-room, in cubic feet ..........0eeeee eee T6205 7 Owlehe “iii
Number of furnaces ...........:e:seeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 4
Number of boilers.............:0seseeeeeeeeeeenees 4 4
Grate surface, in square feet ........-..-020++- Tse = Beene Scone tee
Total heating surface .........::-essseeeeee eres iyteGp © |) aosdnhoc
Consumption of coals, in Ibs. per hour......) seeseeeee | settee
WEIGHTS.
Total of engines, in tons ........-...ses0esseeee- 81 95
Hachiawheell) (.p.acccececeteheost-sressane-sesesesiec 13 1°45
Boilers without water ........:s.sseeeseseeeeeees 75 120
Water in boilers .........ccsseceeeeereeeeeenseees 45 sodu eee
Reference to Reports .........:essereeeeeeeee ees 1860. 1861.
Information supplied by ........-..:.:-+eeee00++ Royal Mail Com-ThamesShipBuild-
pany. ing Company.
Remarks | (cbc. .tedcsssesuewaies soesitertenesvnss nome Wind No. 4; ebb) Wind light, 8.W.
tide; smooth sea.
Taste I. :
Feathering. — .
36°5
12
1860.
Caird & Co.
Confused tide.
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE.
69
continued.)
6.
id 15 knots Between 15 and 17 knots.
I es pete
: Between 250 etween 1000
d 4000 tons Emererascioai tons: and 500 tons. | and 2000 tons.
Shannon Paramatta. Great Eastern. John Penn. Tomster and
Ulster.
F=330 iy) F
¢ : _ : =172
330°13 329°42 M= 120 } 680 171°75 ar 327
A=230 A=155
43°75 82°5 18°75 35
16°96 16°71 23°62 23°71 23°60 6°79 13°37
606 606°16 1678 1685°42 | 1676-35 99 330
3840 3862 20250 20500 20240 280 1815
fy S| een 75°3 75°4 F553 hil) nan peste 40°24.
out Iron painted. Beer. Iron painted.
Side lever. | Double cylinder. Oscillating. Oscillating. Oscillating.
2 4 4 2 2
97 68-125 74 46 96
9 9 14 4°16 7
19°075 U7, 10°95 10°58 | 10°49 40 23°5
775 764 To0o 150 750
2928°5 2940 3600 3411 | 3411 798 4160
‘eathering Feathering Radial, fixed floats. Feathering. Feathering
to journals 38°5 56 14°83 33
11 Xz 13 6716 12
4°5 45 3 292 4
15 15 30 Io 14
5°96 6°67 Tie 11°84 D777 0°83 625
13°898 13°906 14°28 13°40 13°13 153 16°28
Tubular Tubular Tubular. Tubular. Tubular
16 17°5 Average. LE Vien vis |i eg ce satires
3070 BOR) setachines 1 Wo alen, 3500
5250 MOB) eRe) busy. chsh cc eae edad tiptoe bs os
24 24. 40 8 48
4 4 + 2 8
567 SAE 8 Adbabeces 129 870
8456 Sey eet, fy ae en, eee ae 3575 17670
bose, 12700 =| 16150 | 11804 scale 22400
709 291 836 27 710
77°5 69 185 8 60
282 CO | i a ae 170
150 DES | ee so eee } ee { 140
1860. 1860. 1862. 1860, 1861.
pe and Royal MailCom-J. Scott Russell, and results of John Penn and\James Watt and
pany. three logs. Son. Company.
Bedeses. Wind variable ; Data ae ate Wind No. 8;|Against tide; calm
tide and sea flood tide. sea.
moderate.
70 REPORT— 1867.
Groups of a Speed ........-.c.sssescssseeccnssneees
Taste I].—MERCHANT
3.
Between 9
Subgroups of Displacement ........-....-..000+
Namie lol Vessel. ...c<c<seeetdadtevertwecessaceecsess
Length on load-water-line, in feet .............+.
Breadth (extreme), in feet ..........:seeseeeeeeee
Mean draft of water, in feet .........c0:eeereeees
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. ......
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet .........
Mean immersed girth, in feet ...............:0600
Material and state of skin ...............ee0eeeee
ENGINES.
Deseription ..........cecsasecssccnecaseosecssccescees
Number of cylinders ............cecceceeeeeeeeee es
Diameter of cylinders, in inches...........--.--+-
Length of stroke, in feet ..............sseeeeeeeeee
Number of revolutions, per minute ...........-
Nominal horse-power .........csceersesereeeeneeees
Indicated horse-power ...........secseeeeeeeeeeneene
PROPELLER.
MD PRCENOMOT Rips. couse. sate sader sheen <e-cnk ecto sany
DIAM Cher ata eObe secs cevs tem asta ck ees aca sssiesc'e=
IPitcharaMeebaessnscens ace sete eh neces ccebecscsnaces
Length in line of shaft............:..:seeeeeeeeeeees
WNinmbersof blades <.:,.c0.recseseressarevencvoscdaees
Boss, diameter in feet .............:scsseeeseeeeeees
Depth of immersion at bottom ..............06+-
Speed of vessel, in nautical miles per hour ...
Number of revolutions, per minute ............
Boi.eErs.
DDESCrIPHON) so6..00-sscoscessrecensraesesssrseseesse>
Pressure of steam in boiler, in lbs................
Steam-room, in cubic feet ............sceeeee eee
Water-room, in cubic feet ..............cceee eee
ENT DET OF LULTIACES \..cs0s.cctlecde-cvnese-ccasussence
UNM ber OMBOMELS: rs... 0-5--eserdeveseacececeswecees
Grate surface, in square feet .............2.0204+-
Total heating surface, in square feet ............
Consumption of coals, in lbs. per hour .........
WEIGHTS.
Total of engines, in toms .........+ssseeeeeeeeee eee
Total of boilers, in tOnS ........scseeseeeeeeeeeeees
Total of water in boilers .........cs.s:seeeeeeeeenes
Propeller ...seesececssecssrseeseaeeeeees SpdagnessonNac
Reference to Reports ......:sccseeeseceeeneensen eens
Information supplied by............ Reet eneocess
Remarks .......... Leenane seh recee sma tetnassaesesea
Under 12 5 tons.
Midge. Penelope.
58°75 74°33
12°67 12°75
4 4°08
40 32
45 46°5
I 2
16 I1°5
1°33 I
n60:. ) po't | ficcpsean
25 20
100 93
Adeulall| Gis
4°67 4°25
9 10°5
15 "67
3 3
96 X1'16 “70
5°24 4°67
10°53 10°85
160 146
Cyl mult. tub. Tubular.
60 45
7o 38°05
140 86°45
I I
I I
19°8 13°062
3263 311°302
280 336
2°5 27
es si)
5°75 2°5
25 15
1861. 1861
T. W. Dudgeon.|Morrison & Co.
GaleN.E.; heavy|Moderate wind;
head-and beam-| no sea; withand
sea. against tide.
Duke of Suther
andJ.ScottR
beet eneee
eeneeceee
fen eeetee
1859 & 1860.
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE,
{
SCREW-STEAMERS.
and 11 knots.
Lancefield.
27°64
Tron painted.
ebb; favourable
«
Inverted. Inverted geared
2 2
28 62
2°5 3°16
84 34°9
50 200
200 550
Gaining pitch | ...,.....
DO eee
Li iD Dt.” i ear
3 we eeeceee
oc “oe
9°6 95
gs ae GON soe
Chamb. 2, uprt. Tubular.
water-tubes.
eae Sa « Average.
Vea SN
I 2
48 96
1278 4200
icc: ll ae
1861. 1862.
fessor Rankine,/Royal African
md Jas. R. Napier.) Mail Co.
derate sea; quar-| —.,........
Between 2000 and 4000 tons.
Macgregor
Laird.
wee eeeee
George Rennie &
Son.
Candia.
1861.
71
Between 11 and 13 knots.
Between 250 and 500 tons.
Cc
San Carlos,
Double cylinder.
4
53 and 31.
2°92
13°33
Variable.
2
2G
II
11°75
48
Spiral flue.
50
759°
800
I
I
76
2276
1176
70
16
55
27
1860.
Randolph, Elder &
Co.
Leonidas.
1861.
Morrison & Co.
Topsail breeze; mo-
derate swell; last o:
flood, first of ebb.
72
Groups of a Speed
Subgroups of Displacement..................-.-
Name of Vessel
Length on load-water-line, in feet
Breadth (extreme), in feet
Mean draft of water, in feet
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. ...
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet
Mean immersed girth, in feet
Material and state of skin
ENGINES.
Description
Number of cylinders..................s.cesseeeees
Diameter of cylinders, in inches
Length of stroke, in feet
Number of revolutions, per minute
Nominal horse-power
Indicated horse-power
PROPELLER.
Description
Diameter, in feet
Pitch, in feet
Length in line of shaft...............:..::0seeee
Number of blades
Boss, diameter in feet ............sscesceseeseees
Depth of immersion at bottom ...............
Speed of vessel, in nautical miles per hour...
Number of revolutions, per minute
Borers.
Description
Pressure of steam in boiler, in lbs.............
Steam-room, in cubic feet
Water-room, in cubic feet
Number of furnaces
Iii benLOrPOWers: 5... 525 -creckacsssesesceuveans
Grate surface, in square feet ................2-
Total heating surface, in square feet
Consumption of coals, in lbs. per hour
WEIGHTS.
Total of engines, in tons
Total of boilers, in tons
Total of water in boilers
Propeller
Reference to Reports ...........:seceeeseeeeeees
Information supplied by
Remarks
REPORT—1867.
Cc
Between 250 and 500 tons.
Double cylinder.
4
53 and 31
12
104,
Patent spiral flue.
52
1000
1200
1861.
West India Mail
Company.
Light wind ; heavy
sea.
Maurocordato.
Tubular.
15
415
1165°4
6
2
1113
1861.
Morrison & Co.
Calm ; no sea; tide
in favour.
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE. 73
ntinued.)
5.
{ 13 knots. Between 13 and 15 knots.
Cc.
1000 tons. 2: are Between 500 and rooo tons. Above 16000 tons.
Thunder. Ceylon. Tasmanian. Great Eastern.
Let F= 330
240 yin ao 300 332 M=120 } 680
ae A=230
30 41 39 82°5
14 18°25 19°08 23°62 | 23°71 23°60
342 582 577 1678 168542 | 1676°35
1000 2940 3375 20250 20500 =| 20240
epee 52°4 Sodtassica 75°3 75°4 | 75°3
SPieiee Ot Mebwvedhoe tole cca cs Iron painted.
Vertical dir. Iny. dir. Trunk inverted. Horizontal direct.
2 2 3 4
55 72 68 84
3 3 3°5 4
56°5 61°3 52 38°58 22 | 36°35
210 450 550 1600
924. 2040 2800 4656 4886 4886
re See ty eas - g sr a ie
21 24. 33°5 44
4 4 D7 SCE 1A wenuaatattues
2 3 3 +
RTE ipa Mee Geter Sis pies > Fe Pe pat Seer eee
DE OVe we sll Odea cya ae TOD Siey es Soh SARE RY LARS
14°5 13°34 14°25 14°28 | 13°40 13°13
56°5 61°3 52 38°58 37°45 36°35
Tubular. Lamb's sheet flue. Tubular. Tubular.
13 20 19 Average.
Pocemts Hee NGS, Je BOF WY let, Fak ced na acne
eee scars vse OAS «Wee Nii Ane ck ace tLe
3 20 26 72
2 4 6 6
214'6 450 SLO pala ely iain s a ee
4796 9450 ROSS IN he Aaa ort Be tee
EA OW tag hfe cc cck iy 8400 15859 | 16161 ~— | 14186
96 ores 390 500
4 7 14 36
56 136 CS) 9 atl it Ment 2 Ao a a
49 64. BEOW ey itu Oh Saitetes. tae
1861, 1861, 1860, 1862.
ie J. W. Dudgeon. Humphreys, Ten-'A. & J. Inglis, J. Scott Russell, and logs of G.B,
nant & Co.
@alns NO? feas|\2 ) vessccsee Fresh breeze;
1 mile against flood 2 runs;
tide. ebb 2 runs.
an REPORT—1867. ?
Groups of a Speed ......-:....0.ssees
B. D
Subgroups of Displacement..... saoncnmee eee a 5 Between 500 and 1000 tons.
INEIRIO OF WIESBGlin se lelelel eteieiseielels) oie ors y= 810! =i Minx. Plumper. Wasp. Cruiser.
Length on waterline, in feet ............ 131'02 140 188°33 160
Breadth (extreme), in feet .............. 22°08 27°5 33°83 31°92
Tonnage, builder’s measurement.......... 303 490 970 753
Mean draft of water, in feet ............ 4°16 12°58 12 13°41
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. .. 59 252 302 328
Displacement; in tons of 35 cubic feet .... 145 679 970 998
ENGINES.
ID Lei COWS | 85 Bid oUig sic, 46 cords ee aero. H.H: P. /V.o.geared.| V.os. | H. geared.
Womber of.cyitaders” 2... scr. 2 50002 dee 2 2 2 2
Diameter of cylinders, in inches.......... g'18 27 34. 28°06
Liength of stroke, in feet ..............+% "15 2 2°75 2
Number of revolutions, per minute ...... 196 54. 58°58 49
Weight per sq. in. on safety valve, in lbs. .. 55 14 II 10
Nominal horse-power ..........4....-+- 10 60 100 60
Indicated horse-power’.......... licks cs 365 127°3 2362 123°7
PRorerer.
Dinmeter-initeet! shaves. Se seta ve bees sc 08 4°08 8:69 It 9
PEL UCIMIIRTGEL icra an jaraasseteieyeretssteisie gece, See 3°56 G10 13°5 6°67 |
ibengthiin: line: of:shatt.|. 25 sj.r0)s+.40 «0 gse8 57 1°16 ve rer
Immersion of lower edge, in feet ........ 223 6°42 4°75 7°83
| Number of revolutions, per minute ...... 196 10908 58°58 98
Speed of ship, in knots per hour ........ 5°441 6°381 6°976 6°295
Speed of propeller, in knots per hour .... 6388 6°568 7°801 67445
Speed* x Dt$+indicated horse-power ....| ....-- 157°6 TAGS. glee terete
IVRAITICL eter RMA EMR Ee er a cSs Bucee eevee Yom s whats No. 3 No. 4 Calm
[S22 aia GA OAS DAG DU SABE EIR ERCO Oa | Dee CEE] OM | Me Geran |) Sodas ns
Remarks. jvehiiwinies Finyioo yee its Sa aces COM OE, |mooomeries bet ac.
Reference to Reports, ..°.. ena. as eans 03 1862. | 1862. | 1862. 1862.
| :
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE. 7
AR (Group ])..
© and 2000 tons. Between 2000 and 4000 tons.
latton, |- Massa- Amplhion. | Cornwallis.| Hastings. | Blenheim.| Hawke Ajax
* | suchetts. shi wh : eo pee ‘ J
q25 156°25 177 177°08 176°87 18123 176°08 176
45°20 32 43°16 49°08 48°5 48°5 43°46 48°54
- 2 OS eee 14.74. 1809 1763 1832 1753 1761
8°5 15°67 19 21°37 20°83 DIT, 21°37 22°21
79 495 546 736 25 738 757 79°
40 1361 2025 2718 2730 2790 2808 3013
iP.) D. Ae. Hor H. Tr.H. P.| H. H. P Hor. /|H.Tr.H.P Hor
2 2 2 2 2 4 2 4.
.5 24°875 48 = 30°02 30 52 =30 55
2 3 4 2°5 2°5 3 2°5 2°5
7 44°39 45 96 78 43 89 521
re 10 60 65 10 50 10
0S) | aieeore 300 200 200 450 200 450
34 162°54 592°2 5728 597°3 933°4 500 930°6
6°21 10'S 15 12 12 16 12 16
4 16, 21 9°5 12°29 20 9°5 18°42
2°27 2 2°5 1°57 192 3°33 57 3°08
516 RETA ed [Ds Saran ve ere 14°75 DAS Bil careers 14°08 12°57
7 44°39 45 96 78 43 89 52
45 5616 6°75 58 6:702 5°816 67525 6°83
7539 | vevreeees 9°321 8'996 9°457 8483 8340 9447
Ee oe No: 2 Light.
Moderate] ...... Smoodies|) “shires o be 2 see ie) 3 Smooth.
water; a
little swell.
Desf, ges Rigged and) ...... ‘Aros (Ripped andl ais...
fully partially
equipped. equipped.
1362. 1862 1862. 1862. 1862 1862.
1
Or
76 REPORT—1867.
Groups of a Speed ...cccsessccsscesesecneesennes
B.
Subgroups of Displacement.........+:.1+00e008 Between 125
and 250 tons.
Name of Vessel...... S pubonap Sooce sag OcubcconaeeD Teazer.
Length in waterline, in fect............ Waerece 130
Breadth (extreme), in feet’ ............:sssee0e 21°79
Tonnage, builder’s measurement............-+- 296
Mean draft of water, in feet ..........0.2.0e 8 5°25
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. ... 82'9
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet ...... 205
ENGINES
FERCMIpP OW aes. cvosqesemnderren ss! Ra Rocce V. os.
Number of cylinders .........seceseeeneeeeeees 2
Diameter of cylinders, in inches ............-+ 27°06
Length of stroke, in feet ............s.eeeseeeeee 2°5
Number of revolutions, per minute ........... 51°5
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, in lbs....) - 9
Nominal horse-power .........:ssseseeene eeeeee 40
Indicated horse-power ..........-+ceeseeeneeneeee 123°2
PRropewLer.
Diameters, 1n tech” ss. aceesedswsciwn wes owneuveaenes 5
IPiteh ein heel secs .seipe ta Be are ad ecoce 7
Length in line of shaft ...........0eeeeeeeeeeee 1°16
Immersion of lower ledge, in feet ..........66) seeeeeeee
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 192'09
Speed of ship, in knots per houv.............-. 7°685
Speed of propeller, in knots per hour......... 13263
Speed? x Dt} indicated horse-power ......-..) sreeesees
RIVIERA acs caasctacevescwsnsearendeouccl| " “sendalecue
SOD i dodensoaheB concede sont once ease De aBeEratcrocccc.o |aammoc pric
PRGIMAEKS OG sce te csanecaenianvabeececseegrasaveinrsins Not rigged ;
fine stern.
Reference to Reports ....ccssscccrreeeesssneeeees 1862.
* Half boiler power,
Taste [LV.—MEN-O
C.
Between 250 and
500 tons.
Cygnet*. | Swallow.
145'08 139
25°42 27°92
428 486
914 10°25
168 180
393 455
fete eenee
seadaeees
Between 7
D
Between 500 and 1000 tons.
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE,
Torch.
Hor. trunk.
2
—= 35:1
1°67
80
20
160
222°1
It
9°75
2°42
4°92
80
7033
7694.
109°7
No. 4.
Moderate
swell,
Reynard.
147°67
27°33
516
10’92
222
604.
Rigged and
fully
equipped.
1862.
Lyra.
139
27°83
485
12°20
239
638
Rifleman.
150
26°57
486
EUS
230
678
34
275
Sey SW)
Io
100
166°5
Fully rigged
and ready for
sea.
1862.
Y. os. geared.
2
Pantaloon.
No. 3.
Hornet.
160
31°87
753
13°37
312
937
tet eeeeee
teeter eee
Bee eeeeee
78. , REPORT—1867.
Groups of a Speed .........scesececnnseeerensee-
Subgroups of Displacement........-...::00
INameiot Vessel jcccssiserdzceseristenas=-><>spreee Falcon. Supply. | Harrier.
Length on waterline, in feet......,.....+-.+000+ 160 179'5 160
Breadth (extreme), in feet: .....,......00++-+09- 31°83 27°12 31°83
Tonnage, builder's measurement........-.....- 748 638 747
Mean draft of water, in feet ...,........06-44 14 14°25 14°75
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. ...| 330 324 356
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet ...... 1006 1070 =| 1097
TEnGINES. |
ID) (GRE 18. espe eqod Bement erry PERE ory Pen | Hor. (|In.Sing.Tr.| Hor. H. geared. |H, Tr.
Mamiper/O CylMdeyS.....pac-cs5ce-t-+esenersnese | 2 2 2. 2
Diameter of cylinders, in inches .............-. 2 Sob 34. 46°01
Length of stroke, in feet ..............s200000805 2 2°25 175 3
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 81°5 45 93°83 42
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, inlbs....) 20 14 20 10
_| Nominal horse-power .......-.:sescseeseeeen eres 100 80 100
Indicated horse-PpoWer .....-.ssseececeecseeereees 312°2 265'2 323°5
PROPELLER.
SDV Sreatayi 1, ahilg: (c°7\ eee enn eR oP eer Ser 10°02 10 Io
fein hMaaaeteObLnttevouaseneccceaky gneorssty xis bac 11'77 12 II'l2
Treneth in line of shaft........06.:0.20scesesenes 1°98 1°67 1°92
Immersion of lower ledge, in feet ............ 7 8°57 8°33
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... S15 45 93°33
Speed of ship, in knots per hour............... 7°87 7655
Speed of propeller, in knots per hour......... 9°465 107653 10'297
Speed? x Dts+ indicated horse-power ......... 156°7 202 147°5
SVU IIe oer eM cure, s pagacib sen posggglncs <wosceeayirs INO: es 5 ||P cemnaee No. 3,
MED. jatgncaigductnocnc a yconBSay Hache hrs Sebpenosod te feamesmnnaa ss AN nemageende 8h vacnar 3:
TR DUEDEAA NE, Sh, 42 ao RODRIG A DE noe OEE DE EDR Roce aa fetmnodbecooeet lmeragenachach |) |mebornacr.s
Reference to Reports .........s.:eeseeeeeneeenes 1862 1862 1862
Malacca.
Cossack.
34°33 38°5
1034 1322
14°16 ~ 14°04
377 383
1363 1365
APEC Sy tse tteseps
erry
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE. 79
Phenix. Wyoming, Hale ho erpr. Conflict. Forth,
1745 209°75 194°33 192°54. 159
31°83 33 34°67 34°33 42°16
809 997 1072 1038 1228
15°62 13°29 15°79 15°08 17°62
405 a5 437 421 493
1460 1475 1496 1530 1704.
Y.o. geared, Hor, Hor. H. Ty. Hi, Py.
2 4 4 2
62°25 47°62 40°25 = 30°25
; 1°83 2 25
55 72 IIo
12 10 60
eeeEspae 400 400 200
oeedants 4318 799 814
13°08 12°5 13°52 12
17°25 16°37 Io
2°48 2°73 1°67
Papaadso> $25 7°83 157 |
55 72 IIo
76 8°85 36
rpan ROSE 9°359 11°630 1o°85r
Sasa bigasia UH. © katte ss 133 1165 ADrGeree
Sota ne | Sal Severe cette Bl leRErEe ren No. 3 to | Fresh breeze.
UN OrAS
deanna hee eel Me Caste scr al REMERRRAR <r Light swell. | Little swell.
1862. 1362, 1862.
80 REPORT—1867,
TABLE
Gronpstofia Speed ta.- ss vedencwesveataaraesnces Betw
i
Subgroups of Displacement..............2...04- Betw cell
iNawmie i Pav Edel se eescetetas seers taesks-pa-o-bs2 Russell. | Pembroke. | Arrogant. | Edinburgh. Maje
Length on waterline, in feet..................45- 176.5 176 200 176°5 19 7
Breadth (extreme), in feet ..................065 48°33 48°5 45°73 48°61 56°
Tonnage, builder’s measurement ............ 1751 1758 1872 1772 2590
Mean draft of water, in feet’ .................- 12°85 19°5 19°41 22°12 2
Area of immersed midship section, sq. feet...) 585 660 604. 785 746
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet ...... 2106 2465 2565 3005 302
:
ENGINES. .
AD ERPRIP WOH Gerace e-oees.p-ciedecsssodstersess cme nt A. Tro. P| Pee Hhranike Hor Hc
IN MmDerOLeCyINGENSin s.ccnoakessssctsr.caecne 2 2 2 4 2
Diameter of cylinders, in inches ............ = 30°25 30 =n 55 64
Length of stroke, in feet ..............000080008- 2°5 2 3 2°5 3
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 103 82 64833 52 49'
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, in lbs....| 60 65 12 6 20
EN oniiial“Horse-POWEP “ts.....c.co2-neosecdeecese 200 200 360 450 40 >
Indicated horse-power .............ssssscessevees 7013 $72 894'8 96376 I 199"
PRopeLurr. :
Diameter, in. FeGhoFe 6 Sr. eae oeeceamedbbedosewes 12 12 155 16 7
iteh wn feeb aes ..s come reddecaecuoeskteee scone 9°5 12 15°46 18°75 I
Tength in line of shaft.............20020..0.0000- 1°57 2 2°42 3°08 3
Immersion of lower ledge, in feet ............ 10°46 12°08 10°16 11°71 (I
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 103 82 64°333 52 49)
Speed of ship, in knots per hour............... 75 7'602 8°935 8498 g
Speed of propeller, in knots per hour......... 9°652 9°706 9886 9618 10
Speed* x Dt§+ indicated horse-power......... O8i8 Tl iecakenkes 149°4 A TAR sc secens I 8
pa MNNR GET 48P ec ae yawns N aavede No. 2 Ho.'g. dae =
CM rete ee deta dents cenae Ubekesdeees veveknenpacwente|’ Mavedtard . Ih Gecetuases 10 SSebeakes: <i aed a
TRE So} = Me aoosoecee Udaposenaroeriecep sa oxen er Pearoascsaes|) coescndcgee| WEesaGSead, || ee ico o : |
Reference to Reports ..........scssssesseseeeees 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. I |
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE,
81
and 4000 tons.
184 217°5
48°37 48°13
1846 3136
22°49 2255
805 777
3081 3300
H. geared.
2
71°25
4
27°5
12
450
1071'2
sete eeeae
eee eeeene
Launching ;
cleats not
removed.
1862.
Brunswick.
1862.
Between 4000 and
8000 tons.
; hid tee ors Niagara,
Centurion. | Cressy. Sanspareil. Nile. U
190 198°42 200 205.5 328°87
57°08 55 52°25 54°29 53°67
2590 2540 2339 Sova St Peal | eer erm
24°37 24°41 24°14 24°96 22
895 855 994 1013 856
3680 3797 38co 4480 5075
Hor Hor Hor. Hor. Hor.
2 2 2 4 3
64 64 64. 62°25 72
3 3 3 oS 3
54 48-2 58 30 45
20 20 15 16 19
400 400 400 5c0 700°
1255 1076°3 1471 1247°3 195°509
17 17 16 17 18°27
21 21 23 16 Srtes
3 3°08 3 2°67 1°888
13°57 12°92 14°20 TSO). 4 if e opdeiatave ee
54 482 58 60 45
8-5 7206 9°3 8:2 10°9
11°186 9°984 13159 9470 13°88
anderen 3°3 shear 120'1 bitewody ob
Fresh breeze.| ......... Calm. /Lightbreeze.| .........
Considerable! ......... Smooth Smooth) sh) itsee. ’
swell.
1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862.
82. REPORT—1867.
Tanne V.—MEN-OF
:
Groups of a Speed ....eseeseeeeeseeeeseesenrees Betwrebm gull ‘|
‘ |
A. ;
Subgroups of Displacement...........-.er0 Under Bohiveoniie cele }
125 tons.
EE ee
Name of Vessel......cscceseeeeecrecsereeeeeenenees Dwarf. | Dart. Lee. Snipe. | Sparrow.| Nimble. }
Length on waterline, in fect.......--eseseee 130 145 145 145 145 145
Breadth (extreme), in feet .....--...eeeeereeee 16°5 25°33 25°33 25°33 25°33 259m
Tonnage, builder’s measturement.....-.....---- | 164 42.5 425 425 425 425
Mean draft of water, in fect.......-..-..e.seree Bos 9108 gti2 g'16 9°20
Ayvea of immersed midship section, sq. ft. ...! 44. 166 167 168°5 169°5 170°5
Displacement, in tons of 35 eubie Hest ..c9: 98 399 392°5 395 398 401
ENGINES. ¢
Description .......:esessscssrreeereseeeeenereeees Vert. Hor. Hor. Hor. Tor. Tior.
Number of cylinders .......:+-ss0seepereeeee es 2 2 2 2 2 &
Diameter of cylinders, in inches....:.....+-++- 40 32 32 a2 32
Length of stroke, in feet .......-.--ese0 2°67 15 zo5 15 U's
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 35°5 1a 98 103 108 100
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, in Ibs....| 8 20 20 20 20
Nominal horse-power ......+0sssseeseeeeeeeeeee go 80 80 80 80
Tndicated horse-PpOWE? ..-..-.sseeeeseeeeoreneees 216 361°7 343°1 363°4 391°8 5
PROPELLER.
Diameter, in feet .........:eeeeeeeee ee eeeee eens 5°67 9 9 9 9
Pitch, in feet.........seceeeeeeeee eer eeeeeeeeneee ees 8 12°33 1233 12°33 13133
Length in line of shaft...........ssssseereseeees I 2 2 a 2
Tmmersion of lower ledge, in feet ..........+-| +++ sede 4°67 5 5°25 Bag
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 182°8 101 98 103 108 100 7
Speed of ship, in knots per MYC Eas conan toceee 10°537| 10°19 10'022 | 10°32 10°872
Speed of propeller,'in knots per OUP; inaaeet 14°427| 12°287| 11922] 12°531) 13°139
Speed? x Dt} + indicated horse-power ......++:) errr 156°2 1572 162°3 yp 1596
MA ried cis haesna > dishtla Men caessvonvad) nds vpdubee a woinieas® OF Ginrr zea | 2°S5A3 Anan Reopen :
Sea on... Gis elaibisTavE te alate e)evointg'pie'sinVgiaivio/eisle/n(via's 0\giwisiercre‘ehe.eforeih) = 8i2(e Riais.e/0ip teeeeneee seeeeeeee ve eeeeeee eoccevene ace e acai
Remarks ......s0eeeee Peeeeeeaccateracsgnesso-EarG Not coducars -(hosaneaagad: | apgeaenGe Ul MiERSe pees aaa ,
rigged
Reference to Reports ....-.:.:sesseseererreeeees 1862. | 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862.
WAR (Grovr 3).
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE.
83
Mullet. | Hspoir, | Griffon. | Snake. | Shaxp-
145 TA5 160 150
F533 | 25°33 | 25°93 26°61
425. 425 477 593
9°45 9°46 9°62 9°25
176 176 179 196
416 416 482 518
Hor. Tor. |H. trunk Hor,
2 2 2 2
30 32°125 |=35°1 46
1°67 15 1°67 3
98 IOI 109°83 Al'S
20 20 20 fe)
80 80 160 200
3303 | 32599 | 459°8 365°
9 Ds 9
11°75 T2328 IO 9
2 233 5
4°33 5 CGT iy [pore ae
101 10983 124°5
10°05 IOII9] 10°303 9°189
11359} 12°287| 10°834 11052
177°2 LONG RE) (a ee
EVAL aie So a hts ec
No. 5.
Ere Ne ctyacecs 4 oc cocaty,,
teen scvaseves | cessaeccs Rigged and
partially
equipped.
1862. 1862. 1862, 1862,
D.
Between 500 and roo0 tons.
Beagle. | Ranger. | Philomel.| Gannet.
160 145 145 IS1
45°39.) 2533] -25°39 29°08
Ane 425 425 | 577
IO'I25] 11°33 11°58 10°87
192 223 230 202
523 55° 570 583
Hor. |H.sing.T.| Hor, Hor.
2 2) 2 2
42°I25 |=30'2 32 39
1'75 MTs I's 2
72 95°5 108 90°6
20 20 20 20
160 80 80 150
295 283°6 354'2 616°6
II‘08 9 9 10
14°71 II's 12°18 14°5
2°29 1°83 Zrair 2°5
442 | 6 6-42 4°5
72 95°5 108 go°6
9'409| 9'006) 9'548 | 10°817
10°446| 10°833 13'032 12°958
183°3° | 1729 | 168'9 143°3
No. 1 to| No. 3 to} No. 3 to | Calm.
No. 2 No. 4. No. 4.
wae ci eel Meares aul aceon Smooth.
BORSCEE Or | corhoence Rased se eee
and
stored.
1862, 1862. 1862. 1862,
Cordelia.
ISI
29°08
577
II
204
591
Serene
84 repoRrT—1867.
Tasiy Ve
i
Groups of a Speed 2 34
p p seen ones eaeeereneeneees tevese Between 9 and
ee
Subgroups of Displacement D.
WnaaRavoseiireins aan Between soo anil
ee ——— &
Name of Vessel......:scsecseeeeneeeeeeeeeneceerees Alacrity.| Icarus. | Eclipse. | Lily * ven |.
aaa = ee a pale ere
Length on waterline, in feet........-.-+++.0008++ 180 151i 185 185 180
Breadth (extreme), in feet .......--...sseeeeee 28°33 29°08 28°33 28°33 28°33 |
Tonnage, builder’s measurement...........-.-- 670 577 695 695 670 |
Mean draft of water, in feet ............00066 g'25 | I 9°33 9°33 9°57 |
Area of immersed midship section, sq. feet...| 195 211 198 200 206 |
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet ...... 605 618 625 634 645
ENGINES. @
Description .....cccceeeeeseerseeesseeseeenennerens Hor. |H.sin.Tr.) Hor. Hor Hor.
Number of cylinders ...........-sseceeeeeeeeees 2 2 2 2 2
Diameter of cylinders, in inches.............. 45 =38°875| 45 45 45
Length of stroke, in feet ...........-:see 2 1°83 2 2 2
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 85°5 92 96 76 88°5
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, in lbs....]_ 20 20 2.0 20 20
Nominal horse-power .....-.-+seseeeeeeeeeeeeees 200 150 200 200 200
Indicated horse-pOWer ......ssseseeeeseceesserees 587°2 602'8 $38°4 4741 62773
PRopE.yer. |
Diameter, in feet ........sccseegeneee eee eee een eees 11 10 II II II |
Pitch, in fect ......:..csesceeeceeeeeedeceeseeeeeees 16 14°42 16°5 Ly 16°54
Length in line of shaft............000:sseeeeee 2°5 219 2°42 3°25 2°67
Tmmersion of lower ledge, in feet ............ 3°42 5°67 3°92 4°83 75%
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 85°5 92 96 76 88-5 |
Speed of ship, in knots per hors eee seer 10651} 0146] 11 Io 10°25 a
Speed of propeller, in knots per HOUT aacceo 13°494.| 13°083) 15°625|) 12°744 14°440
Speed$ x Dt$+ indicated horse-power......... 147°2 125°7 116°E 155°7 1284
Thain lt nso, couhlcococn ant Gouge: GRRio ago ong tbsoectee, a9 fs eiaupoaa. i Mseauas cea Ile cscgacoo). | ccc “Cc No. 39
Re Matte eed. rtreiionsatse cA AV WAP en| tac Aeron Re snetes, | eR ensAaNR | abHoes or a
TRA g, cae be ek ne a cbognus iar coone dre occaooe er eer angootk |)" agtooo ll RES SS Ieocce ug
Reference to Reports ....s.sessseeeeeereneeesee> 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862
* Hall-boiler power.
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE,
Light.
Smooth.
Without
masts or
rigging.
1862.
Lapwing.
180
23°33
670
10°83
240
781
seen ewnee
1862.
Mohawk.} Vigilant.
180
28°33
670
10°87
242
785
sentewees
1862,
180
28°33
670
TI"'04
24.5°5
803°5
Steam main-
tained at not
more than
18 lbs,
1862,
86 ruPORtT—1867.
Tanie V.
Groups of a Speed 3.
p feels (i araeecooecnnagcore Betwooti-y anil
Fi
D .
Subgroups of Displacement......... Between 500 and 1000 tons. i
Name of Vessel...i.sccccsceseeeeteseee Osprey. | Racer. | Victor. |Industry.| Zebra. |Intrepid.| Rattler, |
Length on water-line, in feet ...... 180 151 200 179°5 185 200 1765
Breadth (extreme), in feet ......... 28°33 29°08 30°16 27°12 33°16 30°16 |_ 32°71 |
Tonnage, builder's measurement... 670 elf 851 638 950 851 888 \
Mean draft of water, in feet ...... T1°20 13°37 10°04 12°66 11°83 11'29 13°79 |
Area ofimmersed midship sect.sq.ft.| 250°5 272 233 281 277 270 338
Displacement, in tons of 35 cub. ft. 8265 829 875 993 giz 1040 1112
ENGINES. ,
Description s...civist...s..0talveess. Hor. | Hor. | Hor. | Oscil. | Hor. | Hor. |V. d.c.g
Number of cylinders ..........-..+. 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 |
Diameter of cylinders, in inches... 45°06 40 55 36°5 42°5 58°06 4O'I25
Length of stroke, in feet ..........-. 2 1°67 25 3 z'16 2°25 4
Number of revolutions, per minute] 80 96'5 84°5 42 112 70 25°43
Wt. per sq.in. on safety valve,inlbs.| 20 22 20 12 20 20 10
Nominal horse-power ..........+06++ 200 150 350 100 200 350 200
Indicated horse-power ...........56+ 593°4 522°2 9738 317'8 984'8 930°! 5192
PROPELLER.
Diameter, in feet :..........sseedeeees II*O4 10 il 9 12 II 10
Pitehy da feet | sevttetec. sb oes 15°83 13°5 20°5 II 15 21°25 II
Length in line of shaft............... 2°59 2°19 3 1°83 2°75 3°02 1°25
Immersion of lower ledge, in feet 4°5 6:92 4°16 6°92 4°25 5716 75
Number of revolutions, per minute} 80 96°5 84°5 97°548 | 112 70 101°72
Speed of ship, in knots per hour IO'1S 9°519 9'056 g12 Io'714| 10°25 g'I41
Speed of propeller,in knotsper hour) 12°495 12°85 17°087| 10°585| 167572) 14°673| 10°03
Speed? x Dt2+ indicated h.-p....... 1552 145°8 69°8 2231 117°4 118°9 159
Baka WE cshrsniis.stoadioh| sents ity j08l | cain | sie, c).0 Ga :
DEB cqenens PoE cetaHEN iGo AL scOaTe|| MONODMIE Piece tee tl Msaanns a /nasreee. ll Maaeone Smooth.| ..... a
EREIMET ICA wriers xanifdamansda iy etscaransaal (Mebaatae | |) assess Bottom.) isss3s. | Yaesby eal eh eo d
foul.
Reference to Reports ..........0006 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862. 1862,
(continued.)
11 knots.
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE.
me-
leon.
10°742
984
ight.
Between 1000 and 2000 tons.
Flying
Fish.
173°5
No. 2.
Grey-
hound.
172°S
33°16
878
13°78
342
1175
Hor.
2
45
2
80'5
20
200
744-9
12°33
14°5
2°42
5°67
80°5
9°87
11448
143°7
Light.
Smooth.
seen
Mutine.
Hor.
2
45
2
82
20
200
786°4,
Rinaldo. || Fox. |Miranda.
185 159°33 | 196'04
33°16 42°33 | 34
950 1131 1039
14°62 16°29 12°37
367°4 449 336
1286 1340 1350
Hor. Hor. |H.geared.
2 2 2
42°5 45 56°375
2°16 2 CBI]
92°083 | 93 28°5
20 20 13
200 200 250
752°4 7403 | 613°1
12 12'04 12
13°87 10°86 Las
S12 2 1°92
733 9°42 5°25
Bee 2 >| 94 87°87
10°588 9°325| o0'75
12°60 10°884. 9°968
186°6 DaSiag | O46 ccosacee
No. 3 No. 3 No. 5
abeam
Bhaliiye Oi) ot aoe
equipped
for sea.
1862. 1862. 1362,
|
Tartar.
—_—— | ___
wh)
38°5
1322
13°96
379)
1350
Brisk.
En-
counter.
190
43°20
953
13°70
382
esnele)
H. trunk.
Secece
Fully
rigged.
1862.
88 REPORT—1867.
Groups of a Speed .....s.ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees
Subgroups of Displacement —«....---++++++++-
|
: - Despe- | Terma-| High-
Name of Vesseli.ccccssscsccvsessssecscasesseesoees Niger. | Megera.| “to, eat cee
Length on waterline, in feet.....----.sresereeres 194°33 | 207 192°33 | 210°08 | 192
Breadth (extreme), in fect .........--seeeeeees 34°67 37°83 34°35 40°5 36°33
Tonnage, builder’s measurement ........++-- 1072 1395 1037 1547 1153
Mean draft of water, in feet .......-..:.s0ee 15'79 13°29 15°96 14°05 16°5
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft....) 437 383 452 436 476
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet ...... 1497 1554 1663 1670 1775
ENGINES.
Description ......ccccccccceeeeetesseseeeeneneeeees Hor. Hor. |f. geared) Hor.
Number of cylinders ..........:-s0eeeseesee eres 4 4 4 2
Diameter of cylinders, in inches .......+-++- 47°625| 49°5 55°01 62°5
Length of stroke, in feet .........:+-.sseeereeees 1°33 2 es
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 78 74/21 37
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, in Ibs... a2 8 TO. Cf | snc Ot Viper
Nominal horse-power ....-..seesseeeeeeereeeees 400 350 400
Indicated horse-pOWeD ...-...sereseeessseeeeerees 1002'I 925°6 891°7
PROPELLER.
Diameter, in feet .......ccecseerteneenen eee eeneens 12°5 14°46 13°08
Witchy; in feet si deevsc.svsceacse-seneecerenanene 17°25 16 13°83
Length in line of shaft .......--.ssseerreeee ee 2°45 2°73 2°25
Immersion of lower ledge, in feet ........-..- 8:25 6°67 8-42
Number of revolutions, per minute .......-- 78 74°21 80°727
Speed of ship, in knots per hour ........-++- 10°25 10241 ;
Speed of propeller, in knots per hour......... 13'272| 1711] 11016
Speed’ x DtZ+indicated horse-power ...... TACIO® Vl) Cisse 1393 7 tee ber Rocce tg coc:
VATE RRS sc sutioun Cece ebearweNesener| Wenvues, il \aiewde Light
breeze.
SEE or aduno so vgocer pe Le eerg ice Windeeeersccienateueeies Memes si\tueeknest Smooth.}| ......
PRem ark ch... csenereses hae ddettratev vies Fe Soho bac sel intaetlee faatite stnuae
Reference to Reports s......0 Meaaa sol ean Rites Brae Peco
ee nnn
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCRE. 89
tinued.)
d rx knots.
F.
oo tons. Between 2000 and 4000 tons.
Esk; Green- Pylades Chal- Pearl. |Racoon*. Satellite. | Satellite*.| Tribune. {Assistance
. ock. y. a ls lenger. n i. a ei PR 2 le °
92, 213 192'°75 200 200 200 200 200 192 282°87
36°25 37°40 38°42 40°33 40°33 40°33 40°33 40°33 43 36°39
39 1418 1278 1462 1462 1462 1462 1462 1570 1793
(6°87 14°20 Ty ats 17°43 17°92 17°96 18°08 18°08 18°5 16°62
38 419 522 522 538 540 546 546 578 440
5 1835 {1956 2018 2107 2115 2138 2138 2220 2260
Hi. trunk.) H. trunk. |H. trunk.) Hor. | H.trunk.! H.trunk.| Hor. |H.S. Tr.
2 2 2 2 2 2 z 4
=55 =581r |=5811 64. =5811 | =58'11 55 =45'16
3 3°25 3°25 3 3°25 3°25 2°5 5)
62°5 54°6 55°25 | 56 57 47°5 72 5- 45°083
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 12
350 400 400 400 400 400 300 400
1106 1190°8 10781 = |1485 1213°5 700°4. 1068 878°8
15°75 16 16 16 16 16 14°08 17°18
20 23°5 22°92 26 23°5 23°5 17°57 22°62
3 3 3 3 3 3 2°87 2°75
8°33 7°67 8°33 8°92 8°92 892 9°83 7°67
62°5 54°6 5525 | G6 57 47°5 72°5 54083
Io‘lIg 10°60! 10°988| ro'g18 10°S5 9°366 10°418 10°663
12°330 12°656 12°49 14°362 13°213 Il‘oll es yi 12°075
ase 1598 202°2 144°3 160°6 194°7 ee, 8 237°6
No.4. | No.5 to | No.2. |No.3 to} Fresh Fresh No.2. | No. 2 to
No. 6 No. 4 breeze breeze. No. 3.
Nee PReaser Tas cenes: |! senate Little Trbilexs eee celeb hccceee
swell swell.
seers
teens
* Walf-hoiler power.
90
REPORT—1867.
Groups of a Speed
Se Eee
Subgroups of Displacement
Ad-
venture.
Length on waterline, in feet
Breadth (extreme), in feet .....-.....:s.0e2e0+
Tonnage, builder's measurement
Mean draft of water, in feet
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. ...
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet
ENNGINEs.
Description
Number of cylinders
Diameter of cylinders, in inches
Length of stroke, in feet .............ccsseeenees
Number of revolutions, per minute
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, in lbs. ...
Nominal horse-power ............sseceenceneeee
Indicated horse-power ..........sssesesseeeares ae
Cae e eee e ere e ene nese ease eneneaetes
282°87
orn ae.
7.93
17°21
461
2388
PROPELLER.
Diameter, in feet
WIDOT OO a be sss occ" cane niceat cand cua viene Sse
Weuothiaa line of Shafts, secs: xr. .susensecnensss
Immersion of lower ledge, in feet ..........--
Number of revolutions, per minute
Speed of ship, in knots per hour...............
Speed of propeller, in knots per hour
See ee
Speed? x Dt2~+indicated horse-power .....-
\WIHEDG | ig cocdbHoSainey Spree eer Doce eects eee oe <a cae
"SEY gener CO EGR BERC EBERT? GaP RE nERC GRR Ceeteers Pe
PRRSIATES Miner eresy un nceendas Sav igtiwdGerseos vesnee®
Reference to Reports ...........05. area daithten
Vulcan.
17°08
22°87
3
10°67
48°375
Sex
IO'9I5
185°8
No 5 to
| No. 6.
| Supply
| of steam
| deficient.
Lion.
192
261
19°75
2540
H. trunk.
2
=5811
Simoon.
246
41
1980
15°95
528
2550
Pheebe*.
240°5
515
2848
¥7°95
573
2700
No. 4.
Moderate
swell.
* Tfalf-boiler power.
>
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE.
91
| In- c «| Windsor
ton. ee péciguse: London*.) Aboukir.| Nelson*. Castle. | Czsar. George. | peake.
= ———— See aes
igo | 212 215'25 | 204 21625 | 204 207°33 205'57 212
57> -| “50 54°29 | 60 54°5 6or04 56°06 54°54 50
2590 2355 |2687 3C91 2736 3101 2767 2616 2356
21°04 20°49 19°83 20° 19°66 20°25 21°04 20°16 21°66
708 638 73559 |. 7408) | [7586 || 796 726 760 746
2855 (3044 3115 (3150 3158 3245 3259 3270 3334
he. Mu
or. |H. trunk.|/H.trunk.! Hor. 4H. trunk. Hor. | H. trunk. | H. trunk. | H. trunk. Hor.
Spe" 2 2 ae 2 2 2 2 2
= 5825 |=55 70°07 |=58'25 | 71 = 64°33 | =58 =58'11 64
325 3 3 | 96525 3 3°33 3°25 3°25 3
33 61-83 68 49 62°3 54°66 68°5 60 60°33 52
20 20 20 20 20 20 22 20 20
400 360 500 400 500 500 400 400 400
‘2 (14206 =| 1199°8 8787 |1533°3. |1190°8 2052°3 1420 1397°9 T1592
|
pre 15°96 18 17 18 17 17°12 17 17
18°46 17 20 Lgcs 20°16 185 18°89 18 22°5
2°89 2°61 gg ti, 48 3°75 3 2°96 3 3
10°42 1r25 9°83 | 1016 9°33 10°75 Ti"42 10 11'75
61°83 68 49 | 62°3 54°66 63°5 60 60°93}. ..§2 |
9°66 IO‘III 9508 9°55 10°363 | 10'955 | 10°274 9°568 9°658
°11258) 41403 9°667 | 16°754.| 10°875 T2°503 | 11°183 10°712 T1541 |
134°9 181 2086 | I22°5 | 201-2 poly, Neh Va 138 197474, > |
i bags} No. 4 No. 4 No. 7 to | No ge No. 4. No.1 Calm. | No: 4 to
| No. 8. | No. 5
1 ae Little | Heavy ocr Cie Sane ees Smooth. ote age
swell. swell. |
* Tlalf-boiler power.
H 2
92 REPORT—1867,
Groups of a Speed elas BCR ae
Sub f Displacement F.
ubgroups of Displacement.........+.+++++++++- Bétween 2000:and 4080 tons.
Nar- Royal . «| Immor- | Tra-
Name of Vessel ......cscseerececeeceeees seeeeee cissus. | William. Algier s*, talité*, falgar.
Length on waterline, in feet......+.s1ee 228 216°75 | 218°57 | 251% 216
Breadth (extreme), in feet .......--.s6ee-s1ee++ 51°25 Soars 60 52°08 55°46
Tonnage, builder’s measurement .....----++- 2665 2849 3347 3059 2900
Mean draft of water, in feet ........-.-..s00+ 21°42 21°04 | 21 21°42 22°91
‘Avea of immersed midship section, sq. ft....) 706 820 814 715 880
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet ...... 34.12 3520 3550 3625 3850
Encinrs.
Description .....cccccccseeeeeeeceeenereeeeeeeenees Hor. Hor. Hor. Hor. Hor.
Number of cylinders .......:....seeeeeeeeree ees 2 2 2 2
Diameter of cylinders, in inches.........-..+++ 64 65 76'125| 76 66
Length of stroke, in feet ........-...0.:seeeee0e 3 3 a5 3°5
Number of revolutions, per minute ........- 63°5 62°5 47°75 46 62
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, in lbs....| 20 20 20 20 20
Nominal horse-power .....-..+++seeeseeeeeeerees 400 500 600 600 500
Indicated horse-power —.....-sseeeeeeeeeeee eee rorr |1763°r = |1361°8 (13377 |2275°2
PROPELLER.
Diameter, in feet ..-....stccsscecesenseeeceeceees 17 18 1812 19°42 18
Pitclwm tech , | stesscsod eseeadehu chem eeenmns— soos 13°5 20 26°08 25°5 19
Length in line Gr shatta ten eee vsvatennees es 3°57 3 3 3°39 ;
Immersion of lower ledge, in feet ..........-. 11°67 10°42 10°75 9°5 11°33
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 6375 62°5 47°75 46 62°166
Speed of ship, in knots per hour ........-.-+ 10°936| ro'581| 10'487| 10°94 10°908
Speed of propeller, in knots per HOULIwr 5. 11°588| 12°330| 12°286| ‘11°571 11°651
Speed? x Dt2~+ indicated horse-power ...... 174°3 155°5 156°6 231 140°!
Wiibive |e 2 noo ete Heese SEORE Oe omg ono eer Licht | Light | No.4. | No.2 Calm
: breeze. | breeze.
SETS ue pop ocongdaaose Gaddotiak Uueceya oar noouboncar Little | Little | Slight | ..... Smooth
swell. | swell. | wave.
Remarks: ...iicsicceess-s. NSiardeseitaneawacitecnes | seaseae. jl meant. azaste, | 4 Wastes
References to Reports ..s.cyeccvenerceesecsoresH cosenne: | oovete |: sebees i) deen
* Tfalf-boiler power,
_ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE, 93
utinucd.)
11 knots.
Between 4000 and 8000 tons.
- Saint : Aga- Duke of | Victor | Victor | James Re-
uth. | George. Orion. | Neptune. memnon. |Wellington./Emanuel*./Emanuel.| Watt. | nown*.
216°5 238 216°5 230 240°5 230 230 230 244°75
54°37 55°75 55°42 55°33 60 55°33 515933 55°42 55°33
2864 = 3232/2830 3°74 3759 3087 3087 3083 3318
37 23°95 24°12 24°96 23°04 23°62 24°12 24°12 24°33 23°67
966 894. 1018 1012 988 1065 1065 1085 1050
4313 4580 4589 4806 5080 5106 5106 5226 5320
Hor. |H.trunk. Hor. | H. trunk. H. geared.| Hor Hor. Hor. |H. trunk.
2 2 2 D 2 2 4 ve
70:75) | 72 79°75 93°87 76125 | 76°125| S225 |=82
3°5 3 3°5 4°5 3:5 355 3 4
59°5 54 63°5 60°58 29°5 45°75 SOT 52 43°5
zo 20 20 15 20 20 16 20
6co 500 600 700 600 6co 6co 8co
17304 |1956°7 |2002°5 | 1948°5 1979 12738 = 2423°8 [1531 1427
18 18 18 18 18°16 18°16 M7 19
23 19°75 21°33 16°25 26°16 26°16 24. 28
3°16 3 3°33 281 3°08 3°08 3 3°5
12°57 12°25 14°42 13°33 II'g2 12°83 12°83 13 11°16
59°5 54. 63°5 60°58 66°6 45°75 56°75 | 52 43°5
10°933 I0°1 10°897 10°717 IO'I5 9°072 10°874. 9°5 9°45
11738 | 12°251| 12°371 13 048 10°675 11°809 14°648| 12°310| 12-014
200°! 145°2 1734. DOO? “ihe Were 4.2 173°8 157°3 168°6 163°3
No.5. | Light | No.2 to! No. 4 to No. 4 No. 4. No.4. | Light. | No.4
breeze. | No. 3. INo:i5.
oa en (ae Ce | Smooth. oes
* Half-boiler power.
94. | REPORT— 1867.
Taszu VI—MEN.O
Groups of a Speed .
Srevecccccevecevcvvecsscvesces
: 2 Cc.
Subgroups of Displacement.......++++:.01s++++ Between 259 and 500 tons. {
Name of Vessel Cyenet. | Steady. | Penguin.| Arrow st
a cecovecnsecesavecgscresnscessscsees ys | + y: § . ° hound a
| i
Length on waterline, im feet ...-..+ss+ee0+e 145708 | 145 145 160 180 185
Breadth (extreme), im feet ......+5---+ ree es 25°42 2.5733 25°33 2533 23°33 2
Tonnage, builder’s measurement.........++ + 428 42.5 425 A477 670 695 |
Mean draft of water, in feet .......6.-.eseeees 914 9°33 9°37 10°83 917
‘Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. ...) 168 173 T74 209 194 201
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet ...... 393 407 410 586 6o1 63:
ENGINES.
Description ........ccececccecceeeesteeees eee tnenes Hor. Hor. Hor. Hor. Tior. E
Number of cylinders Reteety Seon ra encce|. meee 2 2 2 2
Diameter of cylinders, In Inches.......++--+-++| 3 32 32 42 | 42 '
Length of stroke, in fect ... ++ .+.s.seerereeees 1'5 rcs I's 1°75 2°16
Number of revolutions, per minute ........- IIo 106 107 93 94
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, in ibs....| 21 20 20 20 20
Nominal horse-powe? ...-s-seeessecseeseeeeete| 80 80 80 160 200 2
Indicated horse-pOwer ...sseceeeeeeensee eee ece es 3542 360°4 3646 594 | §99°5 7
PROPELLER.
Diameter, in feet .........:ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeee eee 9 9 9 1104, It
Pitch, in fect ......-c.ceecsesesenneen ere ces eeeeecees 12°01 12°33 12°33 13 15
Tength in line of shaft........-.----eeccereee 197 2 2 2°30 2°54
Tmmersion of lower ledge, in feet .........++- 4°96 45 4°5 4°57 3
Number of revolations, per minute .......-- 110 106 107 93 94
Speed of suip, in knots per HOWVce ccc sears 11°233| 11°053| 11'078| 1X 11°6
Speed of propeller, in knots per heur........- 13°032| 12°896) 313°017| 1 1'926| 13°908 |
Speed* Dt? + indicated horse-power........- 214°7 205'3 205°S | ve davenes 185°4
WANG coco secscesteeloctdecdectecseecuacseteeshensigs Wor Zev \eacacdecs ct Rathices Peeieinses uiiReeree eras
Sea Pee Meteo riets s aibra ahhh seas siomsle inwaiv sinnerman ign aia es Pehbasdek. [Pateweacots [uke uea Kelsie] es ema ne Ray Cones oe
Reference to Reports ....-.-.:ssesesreeereereees 1862. 1862. 1862 1862. 1862
AR (Group 4).
knots,
Between 500 and roco tons.
| Cormo- | Sparrow-/
EP sant. | hawk,
7 185 185 180
m33 | 28°33 | 28°33 | 28°33
| 895 695 670
"42 9°62 10'r6 10°83
+ | 206 221 240
657 718 781
or. Hor. Hox. Hor.
2 z 2
45 45 42°25
2 2 2°16
102 85 92
20 20 20
200 200 200
3 892°3 722'8 725°6
II II II
16°5 16°5 14°25
46 2°42 2°46 2°58
67 3°92 4°42 4°33
} 102 85 92
56) rrr TH*05 5) pa S65
Gor} 16°601| 13°834] 12°932
: 1158 WEA cakes las
bo ee No. 2. | No. 2 to
No. 3
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE,
Between 1000 and 2000 tons.
E
Assur Pelican. | Roebuck.| Pioneer. | Scout.
rance.
180 185 200 200 200
28°33 | 33°16 30°16 30°33 40°33
670 950 851 868 1462
10°83 11°89 10°49 10°91 14°37
240 279 24.6 262 399
781 920 935 Io1o 1478
Hor. Hor. Hor, Hor. /|H. trunk.
2 2 2 2 2
45 45 55 55 = 58°11
2 2 2:5 | 2G 725
87 89°75 95°833] 82 66
20 pze) 20 20 20
200 200 350 350 400
744. 7538°5 12779 IIg0 14216
II 12 1108 Ir 15°94
16 14'13 20°42 20°5 23°5
2°5 2°42 3 3 3
425 467 4°42 5 5716
87 89°75 95°833| 82 66
1rr42| 11°666 IVI44. 11°332 116
13°731 | T2514 19°300 167582 15°299
agentes 198 103'6 sagittis 142°5
Calm. | Calm. | No. 4 to | No.6on| ,........
No. 5. | the beam.
“1862, | 1862. | 1862. | “2862. | “1862.
Pelorus.
96
REPORT—1867,
Groups of a Speed .....-+++ apescigeanacnencanea
Pe Se
Subgroups of Displacement....-......011000+- ‘Sckeaoneeee seal eGcoNaane
Name of Vessel ss... sceeeeceesereecnesterenenes Clio Cha- | Orpheus.| Orestes
So eine' wu ojatiniaiae «disp wieleme nla © ic rybdis. Pp i :
Length on waterline, PEL CRRCE <psia sccm can: | aco 200 225 225
Breadth (extreme), WML Reece lees steer Cees. 40°33 40°33 40°67 40°67
Tonnage, Builder’s measurement .....-.-----! 1462 1462 \1702 1702
Mean draft of water, in feet ..-.-......-- esse] 14°87 1492 | 15°25 15°49
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft...) 419 421 443 453
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubie feet ...... 1565 1572 \1672 1720
ENGINES.
Description ....-..-ssesseeeeeeeceeeeaeeeesen esse es Tior Hor Hor Hor.
Number of cylinders .....--..:-.0e-0eseeeeeees 2 2 2 2
Diameter of cylinders, in inches ...........- 64 64 64 60°75
Length of stroke, in feet ........-.-...sseeeee0 3 3 2°67 3
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 57°83 61°5 65 65
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, in Ibs....| 20 20 20 20
Nominal horse-power .......-+++eresseeeeeeeeees 400 400 Aco 400
Indicated horse-power ........sseeeeeeeseeeees 15392 |1580°6 |1445°2 |1521°6
PROPELLER.
Diameter, in feet ............c0.csereceeeereseees 16 16 16 16
Pitchein feeb. So sresc.<d.koseeatecwgaeseqerce-oe= 26 2 23 2
Length in line of shaft..........---1.s.eeeeeeee 3 3 3°81 3°81
Immersion of lower ledge, in feet ........-.-. 6 4°83 6°16 6°c8
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 57°33 615 65 65
Speed of ship, in knots per hour ...........- 11°96 11°752| 12°449| 12°265
Speed of propeller, in knots per heur......... | 147831! 15°773| 14°747| 134°747
Speed’ x Dt2+ indicated horse-power ...... | 1a9°8 138°8 183°1 174'1
VATION | tecnc sec ccasciagecbaeasedsnweaeces oPesaeme= Hedikeoceceteal Parocacerediee) Bass Coors No. §
SIZE Aon. sncanl Sop DOEDOHOS ES Dapp aS paekIggn corre Hee Re cial ib bent va teal, Aenecceel| Lae
RREMABLES pesersesoreseuterovensnsasss Penn tadeeesnee APEC | uaroscenime Pe cdonrs all) risen
Reference to Reports ....cssccsccsserscensenseen| seenes wie (ll denesnee tl | ae
FS
Barossa.
66
20
400
17982
seeeee
3
58°66
“21
fo)
1651°r
16
26
3
3)
58°66
11°416
157046
152°1
ascor. Perseve-
rance.
225 272°58
40°67 | 38°5
1702 1967
18°5 18°04
575°5 500°5
2294 2299
Hor Hor. T.
2 2
64 = |=55
3 3
54°5 575
20 16
400 360
1549°2 9118
16 16°06
26 21°97
SEY 3°02
9°67 8°5
54°5 575
11°632| 11°297
13°977| 12°460
1767 | 2754
Calm.
Urgent.
273°90
38°54
1981
18°37
513
2370
No. 2.
Smooth,
eeeeee
FF.
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE,
Between 2000 and 4cco tons.
Forte.
Transit.
seeeee
Severn.
240°5
515
* |2848
17°95
573
2700
119
Ui )5)
185°6
mene.
237
52
2852
18°53
568
2741
12°436
14°562
dpe is
|
Phoebe. Melpo- Emerald.
237
52
2852
1891
586
2835
REPORT— 1867.
98 \
TaBie
Groups of a Speed .......::eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenees onus i
Subgroups of Displacement..............-:000- palwco
Nains of Vossdlt iin. {) cncuette-beaionsctias on Trresist- | ponaze. | London. | Rodney. | Nel Preder
severe] rng. paze. : y-| Nelson. | -winiags
2 | Se ee eee
Length on waterline, in feet ...........+..06- 1990 235 2525 | W2taage | 216265 214
Breadth (extreme), in feet .......-....sssseeee- 56°75 50 §4'29 54. 54°5 60 |
Tonnage, Builder’s measurement ............ 2642 2651 2687 2770 2736 3241
Mean draft of water, in feet ...............
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. ...
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet...
TINGINES.
Description ..:..1...0scccessecepevesersesestves
Number of cylinders .......--..-2-ss-seeee0
Diameter of cylinders, in inches............
Length of stroke, in feet ...... Radin Mame enced
Number of revolutions, per minute ......
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve; in lbs...
Nominal horse-power ...........ss0eeeseeeee
Indicated horse-power .......6eseeseeeeee
PROPELLER.
IDtameter.sin! feet Mess. css -se tate. e-ec shes:
Pitch nam PeGh wectsace.ns oss de Eoae<ian-r tab.»
Length in line of shaft .............2+..--
Immersion of lower ledge, in feet ........
Number of revolutions, per minute .....
Speed of ship, in knots per hour. .........
Speed of propeller, in knots per hour ..
Speed? x DtZ+ indicated horse-power ..
ae Zz 2 |= 2 2 2
... {S58 11 76 70°875| 66 71
fas 325 he] 3 a5 3
ke: 49 60°75 71°666| 65°83
20 20 20 20 20
...| 400 600 500 500 500
al eat) Bg's4-]) te 18 18
le ed 29 bao 16°5 20°16
Bs 3°33 35 3 3 3°75
ea: Aees 75 9°83 9°67 9°83
Fe Pe 49 60°75 | 177166} 65°83
hao 12°16 11°522| 11°479) 41°533
...{ 22068] 14'017'| 11°985] 117583) 13°096
ool Ur 175°5 180°3 144 157°!
Ran ary es No. 5 to| No.4. | No. 1 to} No. 4.
No. 6. No. 2,
Pe ES, Consid. | Little Beaces Arf
swell. | swell.
apeal|. Geeenine Ly (svenweh | Swiss) af Coen Bees | Meena
21°08 18°71 19°33 20°12 19°66 20°25)
708 635 735 737 758 779°
2855 3000 3115 3126 3158 3245
~ (continued. )
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE,
99
and 4000 tons.
Princess
Royal. Waterloo.
217 218°20
5812 55°33
3129 2845
20°90 20°79
305 807
3400 acto
Hor. Hor
2 2,
64-125 71
3 3
53 62
20 20
400 500
i491 1889°9
17°08 18
2°54 20
3 3°75
Ue} eo35
58 62
11031 11°329
12°324 12°231
Vanes : 175°3
No.3 to, No. 2 to
No. 5. No. 3
Hood.
233
55°75
3232
20°58
697
347°
6co
2335°3
18
23
3'16
9°42
62
LE Fk2
14°066
156
No. 3.
Smooth.
Algiers. Bacchante. | Tr Doris. |Himalaya.| Diadem.
|
218°57 235 fe 25m 240 340°42 240
60 50 52°08 48 46°14 48
3347 2651 3059 2479 3453 2479
21°07 21 2145 20°49 18°83 20°54.
819 75° 717 732 652 763
3562 3631 3638 3714 3357 3880
Hor Hor, Lor. Bom 4° Hor. i Hor
2 2 2 vs 2 2
FS125 76 76 =82 =e 82
a 3°5 3°5 4 3. 4
57°66 55 55 53°71 55 56°33
20 20 20 290 12 20
Goo 600 [ 600 8co 700 800
2518°4. 2490°1 2392 3005 1830 2978's
1812 19°33 19°42 20°08 18-08 18
26°08 25°79 25°5 30 28 33°42
3 3°25 3°39 BO 475 3,57
10°83 10°33 | 9°5 9°75 O92 10°42
57°66 55 55 53°71 55 56°33
I2‘Igi 12°074 12°538 12°158 12°5 12°CO3
14°835 13°993| 13°334) 15894) 5191) 18-568
167°8 167 197 143°4 2.62°5 143°4
No. 5 No. 2 to | No. 2 to | No. 1 to |Lit. breeze.| Calm
No. 3 : No. 2
100 REPORT—1867.
Taste VI. 4
ee em
Groups of a Speed ......sseserseecesseeerenreese 4. @
From 11 i
Subgroups of Displacement...... aeaeusivosns Gag
Between 400c
Mame of Vessel “Poste. sar aana ens cocpgdenneacins Seelam Gibraltar. ore Anson. | Edgar.
Leneth on waterline, in feet .......... merece) keys 252 252 244°75 | 230°25
Breadth (extreme), in feet .......0.+e0 60° 58 60°16 55°33 55°33
Tonnage, builder's measurement 3759 3716 _ 13994 3317 3086
Mean draft of water, in feet .........-.-...00- 20°54. 20°25 20°42 | 20°16 22°42
Area of immersed midship section, sq. ft. ...| 802 832 800 856 977
Displacement, in tons of 35 cubic feet ...... 4023 4120 |4170 4190 4614
|
ENGINES.
Description -.....ce..0e.e00 Hor Hor. | Hor. Tr.| Hor. Hor.
Number of eylinders 2 2 2 2 2
Diameter of cylinders, i in padlina ie Wake secure 82 82 |=82 82 76
Length of stroke, in feet ............+++ Aas 4 4 4 4 3°5
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 54. 59 574 59 54°83
Weight per sq. in. on safety-valve, i in lbs... 20 20 20 20 20
Nominal horse-power ........s.sceecsereeeeerees 8co 800 800 800 6co
Indicated horse-power .........:.csesseceeeneenes 2795 3504-8 13352 13582°6 = |24.74°5
PROPELLER.
Diameter, in feet .......--.s:seeees peer epaeanaeers Ig'I2 19 I9'c8 19 18
Bibahyeicteah Lisahscn+cesenssace ee sauces 27°52 27.5 29°27 27°5 25°5
Length in line of shaft.................ceccvssee 3°59 4°33 3°97 4:16 3°04.
Immersion of lower ledge, in feet ............ g'08 10 10°16 7°67 10°16
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... |’ 54 59 57°4 59 54°38
-| Speed of ship, in knots per hour.............. | 12°253 12°48 12°569| 12°984] 11°371
Speed of propeller, in knots per hour......... 14°659| 16:co5| 167573) 16005] 13°792
Speed? x Dt2~+ indicated horse-power......... 16674 | 142°5 153°5 158°7 164°7
AVE eles ica cate ns's asaccegees wae ceastueeees No. 2. | Light Calm. | No. 2 to m
breeze. No. 3.
ROAM R rE Melanie vila sss sire phiiests'ce viene Seaceees|) © sdede- | Smooth. | ...... Smooth.| ......
REIN AGER ay dy shies oaiexv'ss Tatiquerhceemnconbanr aegeace fe aeice Cesiile cogdteeie | ecto |lo Gnopo- pendee
Reference to Reports) c...-cccassssveavesveness- wiped ieeunce Fe lhe cbc Jee
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE. 101
(continued.)
to 13 knots,
ee
and 8cco tons.
Hero. | Howe*. | Donegal. ee Revenge. | Renown. | Mersey. ape.
23425 260 240 238 244°75 244°75 300 245°5
55°33 61 55:33 55°33 55°33 55°33 52 61°20
3127 4236 3224. 3200 3318 3318 3727 4000
22°70 21°62 23°16 24°25 24 24°33 22°57 26°25
993 949 1004. 1067 1065 1082 917 11°89
4765 4770 4960 5340 5446 55°20 | 5678 6035
Hor. Tr.| Hor.Tr.| Hor. Ty. Hor. Hor. Tr Hor Hor
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
=92°5 =82 =70°75 82 = 82 92 $2
4 4 spi 4 4
45°75 52°5 61 54°5 56'5 57°66 54°66
20 20 20 20 20 20 20
1000 800 600 8co0 800 800 800
2186°7 28323 2136 3028'2 3182°6 3877°8 3054°3
20 19 i8 19 19 20 19
28 28 21°67 2G 28 29°42 2728
4°5 3°5 35 3°5 a5 425 3°61
9°25 II 13°25 11°67 12 1142 14°5
45°75 52°5 61 54°5 56°5 57°66 54°66
II161 II‘giz II‘I99 Tien 11815 12°796 1I‘217
127636 14°5co 13°037 13°440 15°605 16°728 14°692
180'2 St Ore ee osccnte 158°6 161°9 172 153°2
No.3 to} Calm. INO. re | No: Gr tolls eee No. 2. | No. 2 to
No. 4 No. 7. No. 3
bree Smooth. Pebene code Suen Sunies Smooth,
* Talf-hoiler power,
102 REPORT—1867,
Taste VII.—MEN-OF-
Pears of aieical a.
ps ora pee reece ec cccescncceeceeressseceesscesosecs Between 1 3
Babecoepe a? wispias F.
groups of Displacement...........seeereeereeeeeneneeees Ratween aa08
‘Names of Vessels .....cse-sesseseesees Rees ste esgscvseus ss| Neweastle. Sutlej.
Length between the perpendiculars ..............ee00e 250
SPEABEN (EXILE) x. kde.cs sec dactenneaicnecdesdeeeaerss- 52
ARIE Sea ore eee cncitie sade ates: Seaailae | aadaa taeda SOR 3027
MWoumrdraf, Olswater.s. 2Av so «..j.-crpacescecdss dee der ee 17°20
HEME OL LILLIE SBE ocd ae eee cees ons 5 he eas “oan e teak lae ee maces 581
Wanplaeenentiy ms sire. ckvc tet oeeccs+ devs: co deeae. cee uneven eee 2655
ENcIneEs. :
ASHER PLO eeeeecs cscekers seve tedsetsaetercsanuegtecsesnd=vs Horizontal.
Nicobar Of GyMN ers... .<.fiqcssc0scs.sssraasee rte sscecte eee 2
ameter OF CYHNGELS, ¢..02:..c8-ceecs.cne ss sete genketereee’= 76
PreTIPANFOLISUPORG Is. o0-5 3% toden o2 Daceew ea nsess ctie< ncaN Fen ees as 35
Number of revolutions, per minute..................:6006- 60°166
Weight per square inch on safety-valve ...............04- 20
Wanrinial NOrse-HOWEN 2. .22-0 cee st coven cascode sesdescsstees 600
Indrentad! Horke=power ..20<-..-0s<a---5---c0ebesseavsese donee 2452°2
Proretter.
WDESGREPTOW Masiredsssceerccagasctecesevasssecsesvantuenseeses: Wt esene-Gopco c
Diameter “ii... Aesiectscciness Posten eeteate DAE ee koe ot 18
72516) San Wecrn cord pr ecAcn ete nosy coe ter beard Hnee Peceriae 26
TOT Ne aaacsogsace o cudeaechd deer cr bactbooa net Scouse ft bd. 3°57
Immersion of centre at trial ...............0cceeeeeeeeeees 8°67
WNumber, OF FOVGLULIONS .- 2.5 -\e2s=hsasec.s0ceaenebaecors es: 60°166
Speed of ship, in knots...........-.::ccceeseeseeeeeeeeene eee 13°287
Speed of propeller, in knots...........-..::s:eeeseeeeeeeseee 15°431
Speed? x If + indicated horse-power ...........2+es10eee- 183°3
UCIT bag SA eee ee Ce Pec ee ee APE ET No. 3
eee ee ee enee
254°5
51°67
3065
18°70
530
2760
‘Horizontal.
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE.
WAR (Grove 5).
and 15 knots.
and 4000 tons.
Atlas.
Horiz. trunk.
2
=32
4
55
20
800
3217°5
Common, 3 blades.
Between 4000 and 8000 tons.
Ariadne.
280
50
3214
21°39
771
4426
Tlorizontal.
2
82°06
3°67
61°6
20
800
3350°3
| No. 3 to No. 4.
Howe.
260
61
4236
21°61
949
477°
Horiz. trunk.
2
92°5
4
57°375
20
1000
4523°8
20
28
4°5
9°25
57°375
13°565
15°347
1564
Smooth.
Orlando.
Horiz. trunk.
2
92°5
4
50
20
Icoo
3616°6
20
32°5
45
10°25
50
13°cor
16°029
187°4.
Light breeze.
Smooth.
103
104 REPORT—1867. :
Tints VIII.—MEN-OF-WAR of
Grovr 1. Under 7 knots. |Gnrour 2. 7 to :
=
Py
St. George. Colossus. | Chesapeake. |
Pyonoths) mi feet spencecchekeeset a tas@eese= eee aoe 206°5 19433 207
Breadth, in feetierec dere tenet teeters nts seed 55°46 56°42 50 7
Mean draft of water, in feet ............60006- 24°85 12°92 21°93
Area of immersed section, in square feet ... 10124 gil 758 .
Displacement, iM 'tOM§ .....:0ccecceereereeeee one 4559 3785 34.02 !
ENGINES. ;
De@SCrIpPtION. vp yecn.o.decsesevessetarde sere neeeeees Horizontal. | Hor. trunk. | Horizontal. |
Number of cylinders .........scs..sscreeeseeees 2 2 2
Diameter of cylinders, in inches...........-..- 71 58°25 64 :
Length of stroke, in feet ..........--.--.+--+0++ 3 3°25 3
Number of revolutions, per minute ......... 46 53 Foren é
Speed of piston, in feet per minute ......... 276 BY eG) Y obseesans
Nominal horse-power ............s0sseeeeeeeeees 500 400° 400
Indicated horse-power ...........cs.ceeeeeeeeeees 1123 1020 897 :
Total weight of engines, in tons ..............- 115 70 93
Proret.er.
DESCRIP MON nae ceaetedeonses-cdsetateaveercemescece|y) yeeeeress Ml Suameetmey | Ol Mmmeseraeien
TRS SEGUGT oS NS) coniaee BiG SnD eee eee ToSeRSonOn crear 18 1702 17
TEN CIT BPE ogo. desent ae Genet toc apo seeeo pene mere 20 18°46 2255
Dhength in line of shaft.......:.cci.s-sse0teos---- 3 2°89 3
iINummberiof blades: 2... .s.¢-.c-n-msnetet-sote ect one 2 2 2
Depth of immersion from top of blade to : é ;
surface Of Water -........-1s.0--+-resesaeers } Bae see ahd
IBOSS MSTORE Mast tiaciecceaccats seas enierbenccstae 3°75 X 1°83 316X2 3X1'75
Weight of screw, in tons.........-..--.--ce+-08e 6°6 6°95 6°55
Speed of ship, in knots per hour............... 4°5 6 72
No. of revolutions of propeller, per minute.) .....-... | eeeeeeene | tetee ees
BoiieErs.
Pressure of steam in boiler, lbs. on the sq. in. 17 ee $20) | Re caenas
IDYEe(chalolntosall So ge paseseceeots soo soy sadbarec-eectricg Tubular. Tubular. Tubular.
Hberiptilis ain stoet Wee <a--penmesnteehustearaensesn== a 15°5 12°08 13°08
Irena, adeeb. cath vgetengat nays arose heres oe 11°33 11°75 II's
[Blorphtasin’ Leet) jsc<t./-oce.nesene sue bance aenace aE II'08 11°67 II's
Steam-room, in cubic feet. ................000+ 1996 1288 1568
Water-room, in cubic feet ................0000 2170 1680 2100
ING DEM Of TULDACES,. «-<enac«ccengesawessehere core 20 12
Grate surface, in square feet ................:. 337°5 753
Total heating surface, in square feet ......... 9449°5 6644
INiiaa bor iO TW HOMWOrSss ses acceccorsc cues sce oe anes 4 4
Weight of boilers, total, in tons ............... 123 go
Weight of water in boilers,in tons .........] seseeeses | ddeen sees
—
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE.
which the particulars of Boilers are given.
———
Grovr 3. 9 to 11 knots.
9 knots.
Bullfinch.
106
22
6°75
132
266
Renown.
Half-boiler.
244°75
55°33
23°67
1050
5320
H.p.doub.trunk.| H. doub. acting.| Hor. H. Pr.
2
0°08
167X175
0°30
8°534
194
60
Cyl. tubular.
13°67
2 2
89°5 & 36 18
4 aes
43°5 154
342 462
800 80
1429 303°6
163 6:05
4a Gore Mal Me nnes a
28 7°67
0 eet te eecrerecnc
2 2
1°83 o'61
3°5X2 116 X°75
10°75 o°612
9145 9°270
43°5 154
20 60
Com. tubular. | Cyl. tubular.
13°67 16°25
Leven.
Hor. H. P.
eee eeeeee
er eereee
60
Cyl. tubular. | Cyl.
16°25
4°67
Algerine.
Hor. H. P.
feereenee
0°87
116X075
o°612
158
16°25
105
———————— ee eeeesesesesesesS(—ie
Slaney. -
teen renee
1°04,
16 X0'75
o'612
9352
B55
60 60
tubular, | Cyl. tubular.
106 REPORT—1867.
TABLE VIII.
Grove 4, 11 to
Marlborough: Flyingfish: Renown.
Length, in feet .......cscseeeeseeneeeeee ee teees asd 245°5 200 244°75
Breadth, in feet........cc:.cscseveececececesecerert 61°20 30°33 55°33
Mean draft of water, in feet ......:.-.-..0e08: 26°24. 11°42 23°67
Area of immersed section, in square feet ...). 1169 226 1050
Displacement, in toms ......sseesseseeetee neers 6035 1033 5320 ‘
ENGINES. 3
Description .......sscssessdetessesesessseseteees Horizontal. | Horizontal. {H. doub. acting.| —
Number of cylinders ........sscceeeeeseeeeeeees 2 2 2 }
Diameter of cylinders, in inches.......-...-.-. 82 58°5 8975 & 36 {
Length of stroke, in feet ............sssseeeeeees 4 2°25 4 ;
Number of revolutions per minute............ 54°66 79 54°5 |
Speed of piston, in feet per minute......:..... 437°33 355°4 436 :
Nominal horse-power .....-ssssscseseeseseeeeees 800 350 800 |
Indicated horse-power ..:......+.eseeeeceeteeee es 3054'26 1049°68 2754'64 4
Total weight of engines, in toms .............+- 160 49 163 E
PROPELLER.
Description .1....cssi2065: ecoatacenefTsenete s.s---| Maudsley. Common, | - iii tt: |
Diameter ....bsscccovcedsccecsesscccsssiave aabu6od, 19 13°16 19 |
IPitClt tes csscactiaoes Cott GREG Se ora: aes waweae’ 28 ‘
Length in line of shaftii:..........5:085 ibsbeoe |
Number of blades .....:.....ceseeeeees aastascreas 4
Depth of immersion from top of blade to
surface Of water ....secsserrsessere Geassase
Boss, i feeb .1..c.cccccdecceceecoees Hekate
Weight of screw, in tons ..... Pacodtatstees
Speed of ship, in knots per hour.....-........-
No. of revolutions of propeller per minute..
Borers.
Pressure of steam in boiler, Ibs. on the sq. in. 20 19°5 20
Description. .:..2.ch.cccccteeseccdtecceesessecoees Com, tubular. |High & low tub.| Com. tubular.
Length, in feet ....60cccceceeeeseeeee ARSR cd 13°92 10°25 13°67
Breadth, in feet.......60...++ eeosestees 11°75 10 11'25
Height, im feet ...s..056.03 nie cachwos stSseeees Sececd 13°33 II a kGvaye
Steam-room, in cubic feet..........66+ Pier. 2700°8 1528 3562
Water-room, in cubic feet ...........-..0ee ee 3920 1365 3780
Number of furnaces .........scecscscecedercencees 24 18 24
Grate surface, in square feet ..........0-..-.4: 544 247 544
Total heating surface, in square feet ........: 15166°3 7005 14854
Numbef of boilers.............0ssssseseederceeeses 6 6 6
Weight of boilers, total, in tons .............- 211'°8 76°6 1798
Weight of water in boilers, in tons 11270 39 108
ON STEAM-SHIP PERFORMANCE.
(continued.)
13 knots. Grove 5. 13 to 15 knots.
Diadem. Doris. Orlando. Mersey.
240 240 300 300
48 48 52 52
20°67 20°49 23 21°57
768 HERE 876 865
3918 3716 5456 5308
Horizontal. | H. doub. acting.| H. doub. acting. | H. doub. acting.
2 2
2 2
82 89°5 & 36
4 4
55°25 53°71
442 429°68
800 800
268504. 3009'03
160 162
Griffiths Griffiths.
13 20°08
13°08 30
conaeese 4°20
2 2
1°35 0°29
3°75X5 3°67 X 5°00
10°20 11°38
11'89y 12°158
55°25 53°71
18°5 20°6
Com. tubular.) Com. tubular,
13°83 13°75
1161 1125
12°57 175
24544 2263
3920 4620
24 24.
544 544
15166°3 14749
6 6
192°25 172
112 132
Com.
100 & 38
4
53
424
1000
3992
194
3°83 X2'25
12
19°67
tubular.
92
4
55°25
442
eekteeeee
20
Com. tubular.
14°57
a)
107
108 REPORT—1867.
On the Meteorology of Port Louis in the Island of Mauritius.
By Cuartes Metprvum, M.A.
[A communication ordered to be printed in extenso. |
Mavritivs lies nearly between the parallels of 20° and 21°S. latitude and
the meridians of 57° and 58° E. longitude. With the exception of the small
islands of Réunion, Rodrigues, and the Cargados, which are from 100 to 300
miles distant, the nearest land is Madagascar, about 500 miles due west.
The nearest point of Africa is about 1100 miles W. b. N., and of India about
2000 miles N.E. b.N. ‘Towards the E.N.E., E., and E.S.E., are the Indian
archipelago and Australia, at distances of 2600 to 3400 miles; while to the
southward an almost unbroken ocean stretches away to the polar seas.
Thus surrounded by a great expanse of ocean, especially to windward,
Mauritius may be regarded as a locality in which the meteorological elements
may be determined in a form comparatively free from the complications
caused by neighbouring masses of land.
The island itself, which is of volcanic origin, has an area of 700 square
miles, and is of an oval form. Its greatest length is 39 miles, and its
greatest breadth 34 miles. Nearly one-third of it is under the cultivation
of the sugar-cane, the other two-thirds consisting chiefly of pasturage,
forest, and mountain. In the interior, and more or less surrounded by three
chains of mountains, varying from 1000 to nearly 3000 feet in height, and
sending off spurs towards the coast, is a tableland, which attains an eleva-
tion of 800 to 1400 feet, and a considerable portion of which has of late
years been planted with the sugar-cane, the primeval forests having, to a
great extent, been cut down for the purpose. Between these mountain-
chains and the shore, particularly in the northern parts of the island, are
plains generally covered with sugar-cane, and gently sloping to the sea,
above which they are but little elevated. For beauty and variety of scenery,
for bold mountains, generally clothed halfway up their steep sides with ever-
green trees and shrubs, and rearing their naked heads against skies of the
softest blue, for rugged precipices, fantastic knolls, peaks, and ridges, for
tangled forests, deep ravines and caverns, picturesque waterfalls, shady groves,
and rich fertile plains and valleys, this little island is perhaps unsurpassed.
The Observatory is situated on the west side of the harbour of Port Louis,
on the north-west coast of the island, in 20° 9’ 56" 8., and 57° 29’ 30” E.
It stands upon a coral-rock. From W.S.W. to E.N.E., through the east, it
is surrounded by a chain of mountains rising to the height of 700 to 2707
feet. As these mountains bear in the direction from which the prevailing
wind blows, and are only from a quarter of a mile to a mile and a half dis-
tant, the position of the Observatory is not very favourable.
The observations which form the basis of this communication embrace a
period of seven years, namely 1860 to 1866 inclusive.
There are two classes of observations,—I1st, observations taken daily at
31 a.m., 93 a.M., 33 P.M., and 93 P.M. ; and, 2nd, observations taken hourly
on the 21st of each month.
The former are referred to as the sia-hourly observations, and the latter as
the term-day observations.
As the principal use of the term-day observations is for determining the
epochs of the turning-points and the range of the meteorological elements
in their diurnal march, they are not, like the six-hourly observations, dis-
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 109
cussed for the whole period, but for such portions of it as have been deemed
sufficient for the object in view.
The instruments are by Newman, Negretti and Zambra, and Casella, and
have been compared with the Greenwich and Kew standards. The barometer,
the tube of which has an interior diameter of 564 inch, is, with the thermo-
meters, 30 feet above the sea-level. The rain-gauge and solar thermometers
are 40 feet above the ground, and the vane of Osler’s anemometer 10 feet
above the highest point of the building.
From 1852 to 1859 a similar series of observations was- taken by the
Royal Engineers, in a tower about 400 yards west of the Observatory ; so
that the two series embrace a period of 14 years. I confine myself to the
second series (1860-66), taken under my own direction. The results are
given in 42 Tables, to which I beg to prefix a few remarks, intended to
direct attention to some of the more salient features. I begin with the
temperature.
I, TempERATURE.
Diurnal Variation.—The last line but one in Table I. exhibits the mean
temperature of the air at 33 a.m., 94 aw., 34 pw, and 93. p.m. The means
for these hours are 75°-50, 77°-59, 78°99, and 76°-36, respectively, which
gives a mean daily temperature of 77°11. The last line shows the excess
or defect of the mean for each observation hour on the mean (77°11) of
the 10,220 observations taken during the whole period of seven years.
As the intervals between the observation hours are considerable, it is neces-
sary, in order to obtain more complete information regarding the diurnal
march of the temperature, to have recourse to,the hourly observations taken
on the term-days. The results of these, for a period of four years, are pre-
sented in Table II., in which the last column but one gives the mean tem-
perature for each hour, commencing with 6 a.m. We perceive that there is
a single progression, having one ascending and one descending branch, the
temperature gradually increasing from 75°55 at 6 4.u. to 79°43 at 1 p.m,
and then decreasing till 6 a.m. This progression, it need scarcely be
remarked, is dependent on the earth’s rotation on its axis with regard to the
sun. In the last column is presented the amount by which the mean for
each hour falls short of (—), or exceeds (+), the mean for the 24 hours
(77°14). We see that there are nine hours, namely, 10 a.m. to 6 p.m.
inclusive, during which the temperature is above the mean for the day, and
fifteen hours during which it is below the mean. The range is 3°88. The
greatest increase in any two hours takes place between 9 and 11 a.m., and
amounts to 1°81, and the greatest fall in any two hours from 3 to 5 p.m.,
and amounts to 1°. The mean temperature for the day occurs very nearly
at 9 a.m. and 7 p.m.
On inspecting the other columns, which give the diurnal variation for
each month, it may be seen that, though the minimum generally occurs at
6 s.m., and the maximum at 1 p.m., the epochs of the turning-points vary a
little with the season.
Comparing Tables I. and II., we find that the mean daily temperature is
almost identical in both, being 77°11 in the one, and 77°14 in the other,
notwithstanding the fewness of the observations in the latter case.
Greatest Diurnal Range.—Table III. shows the greatest range of tem-
perature, on any one day, in each month, obtained from daily observations of
the maximum and minimum thermometers for five years (1862-1866). It
will be seen that the greatest range on any one day during that period was
110 REPORT—1867.
13°, in March 1866, and the least of the extreme diurnal ranges 6°-4, in
October and November 1862, and that the greatest variations of temperature
take place during the summer months, namely, from November to May.
Least Diurnal Range-—The least range of temperature, on any one day,
during the same five years, was 1°-4 in June 1866, and the greatest of the
least diurnal ranges 6° in January 1865, as appears from Table IV., which
likewise shows that the summer months are subject to greater fluctuations
of temperature than the winter months,
Mean Diurnal Range.—Table Y., in which the mean diurnal range for
each month is given, shows that the mean diurnal range for the year is
6°-69, and that the greatest fluctuations occur in the summer months.
Amal Variation—The annual march of the temperature, derived from
the daily six-hourly observations for seven years, is exhibited in the last
column but one of Table VI. Like the diurnal march it is a simple progres-
sion, haying one ascending and one descending branch. The. least mean
monthly temperature is 71°-95 for July, and the greatest 81°-72 for January.
From July to January the temperature increases, and from January to July
it decreases. This progression, as is well known, depends on the motion of
the earth in its orbit. The epochs of highest and lowest temperature, how-
ever, do not coincide with those of the sun’s highest and lowest meridional
altitudes, but occur at later periods, the maximum temperature about the
4th of February, and the minimum about the 7th of August. The last
column shows the amount of variation, or the excess and defect of the mean
temperature (77°11) on the monthly means. During the six summer
months the temperature is aboye, and during the six winter months below,
the mean temperature, the epochs of which are the 7th of May and the 5th
of November. *
For the sake of comparison, I have given in Table VII. the mean monthly
temperature obtained by taking the mean of the daily readings of the maxi-
mum and minimum thermometers. The mean annual temperature thus
derived is 77°80, or 0°69 higher than that given by the six-hourly obser-
yations.
Temperature in the Sun’s Rays.—Table VIII. shows the mean monthly
maximum temperature in the sun’s rays, obtained by daily observation of a
black bulb thermometer inclosed in an exhausted tube, exposed at an eleva-
tion of 40 feet above the ground, and protected, as far as possible, from local
radiation. The results, which, as measures of solar radiation, are, of course,
subject to the usual objections, present a progression similar to that of the
temperature in the shade, the greatest mean monthly maximum heing 117°-6
for January, and the least 101°-2 for July,—the progression being harmo-
nious, except that the temperature in February is somewhat lower than in
March, owing probably to the former month being cloudier than the latter.
Extreme Monthly Range.—Table IX. shows the maximum and minimum
temperature and the extreme range of temperature for each month, and
their monthly and yearly means. The greatest range in any one month was
18° in November 1864, and the least 6°-4 in October 1862. The greatest
fluctuations occur in the warmest months.
Secular Variation.—tThe last line in Table VI. shows that the tempera-
ture has varied little, it being for four years out of the seven almost the same,
and the greatest difference between any two years being only 0°-95.
A similar remark applies to the numbers in the last line in Table VII.,
showing the mean annual temperature as derived from the self-registering
thermometers.
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 111
The last line in Table VIII. shows that the temperature in the sun’s rays
was considerably greater in 1860 than in any other year, and that, upon the
whole, it decreased till 1864, and has been increasing since that year.
Extreme Annual Range—The extreme annual range of temperature for
each year is given in Table X., containing the highest and lowest readings
of the self-registering thermometers, and the epochs of occurrence, The
mean annual range is 22°:52.
II. Exasrro Forcr or Vapour.
The pressure of the atmosphere, as measured by the barometer, is the
combined pressures of the dry air and the aqueous yapour suspended in it;
and many are of opinion that, by means of simultaneous obseryations of the
barometer and dry and wet thermometers, the two pressures may be sepa-
rated and exhibited apart.
Diurnal Variation.—The last line but one in Table XI. gives the diurnal
march of the yapour-pressure in inches of mercury, as deduced by Glaisher’s
Tables from the six-hourly observations of the dry and wet thermometers.
We perceive that the pressure is greatest (-658) at the warmest observation
hour (33 p.m.), and least (-646) at the coldest hour (33 a.m.), which is what
would be expected, since the’ capacity of air for vapour is directly as the
temperature. The last line shows the amount of variation, which is slight.
The last two columns in Table XII, exhibit the mean yapour-pressure for
each hour of the day, and its deviation from the daily mean, obtained from
the hourly term-day observations for four years (1863-66). Here we haye
complete evidence of a direct harmony between the diurnal march of the
yapour-pressure and that of the temperature, the hours of the greatest yapour-
pressure coinciding with those of the greatest temperature, and vice versd. We
see that the march of the yapour-pressure, though a little irregular, is like the
march of the temperature, a single progression, haying two branches, the one,
upon the whole, ascending from 4 4.m., when the pressure is least (621), to
1 p.m., when it is greatest (-646), and the other descending from 2 p.1, to
4 a.m. Between 6 and 8 a.m., as the heat increases, the pressure takes a start
upwards, and from 8 4.m. to 3 P.M. it is nearly stationary, From3 to 4p.x.,
as the heat declines, the vapour-pressure also declines, and again continues
nearly uniform till 2 .21., between which hour and 4 a.m. it falls once more.
From 8 4.. to 5 p.1. it is above the mean for the day, and from 5 p.m. to
8 a.m. below it, attaining its mean value about 7 a.m. and 5 p.m.
Annual Variation.—The last two columns in Table XIII. give the annual
march of the vapour-pressure, and the amount of its deviation from the
annual mean, derived from the six-hourly observations. Here also we have,
upon the whole, a single progression. The vapour-pressure attains its maxi-
mum (:767)in February, and its minimum (-550) in July. From F ebruary to
July it decreases, and from July to February it increases, except in September,
when it is less than in August,—August, as we shall presently see, being a
month in which not only the yapour-pressure, but also the humidity, rain-
fall, and cloud are greater than in the months immediately preceding and
following it, these elements showing a tendency to a small second maximum.
During the six summer months the yapour-pressure exceeds the mean for
the year (:652), and during the six winter months it falls short of it. There
is thus a connexion between the annual variation of the vapour-pressure
and that of the temperature of a kind similar to that between the diurnal
variations of the same elements, the progressions being in the same direc-
tion, and the turning-points nearly coincident.
112 REPORT—1867.
Extreme Monthly Range-—From Table XIY., which gives the maximum
and minimum vapour-pressure and the range for each month, together with
their monthly means, it will be seen that the greatest range in any one
month was ‘384 in March 1864, and the least -149 in May 1863 and Septem-
ber 1864, and that January to May inclusive are the months subject to
the greatest fluctuation.
Secular Variation—An examination of the last two lines in Table XIII.
will show that, upon the whole, the yapour-pressure has been decreasing since
1860. This becomes more evident when we take the means of the results
for every two consecutive years. The mean pressure for 1866 was 033
below the mean for the seven years, and -061 below the mean for 1860.
Looking at the columns which give the monthly means in each year, we find
that the greatest mean monthly pressure was ‘792 in February 1860, and
the least -498 in July 1866.
Extreme Annual Range.—Table XY. gives the greatest and least vapour-
pressure and the range for each year, with the dates. The mean annual
range is ‘494 inch.
III. Hosoorry.
The degree of humidity is the ratio of the amount of vapour contained in
the air to the amount it would contain if saturated with vapour. Hence, if
complete saturation be denoted by 100, and complete dryness by 0, the
degree of humidity at any temperature will be obtained by multiplying the
actual tension of vapour at that temperature by 100, and dividing the
product by the tension required for complete saturation at the same tem-
perature.
Diurnal Variation.—Table XVI. gives the diurnal variation of the rela-
tive humidity, so far as it can be directly determined by six-hourly observa-
tions. An inspection of the last line but one will show that the humidity is
least (67:3) at the warmest observation hour (33 P.m.), and greatest (73°7)
at the coldest observation hour (33 a.m.), and that at the other hours it has
intermediate values. The mean relative humidity is 70-9, or, complete satu-
ration being 100, nearly 71 hundredths.
Table XVIIT., in which the hourly means of the relative humidity, and
their deviation from the daily mean, are given, as obtained from four years’
term-day observations, shows that the diurnal march, like that of the tem-
perature and vapour-pressure, is a single progression, with two branches
and two turning-points. In this vase, however, the march is in a contrary
direction, the greatest humidity occurring at the coldest hours of the day,
and the least at the warmest. Thus, the least humidity (63°6) occurs at
1 p.m., from which hour till 2 a.m. it increases to 69°9. It then remains
nearly stationary till 8 a.m., showing, however, a tendency to a second
minimum at 4 a.m. From 8 a.m. to 1 p.m. it decreases. From 9 a.m. to
7 P.M. it is below the mean for the day, and during the other hours above
it, attaining its mean daily value about 9 a.m. and 7 p.m.
Annual Variation—The annual march of the relative humidity, and its
variation, are shown in the last two columns of Table XVIII. Here we see
that February is the most humid month, and November the driest, the
mean for the former being 74:7, and for the latter 68-1. - From February
to June the humidity decreases ; from June to August it increases; from
August to November it decreases again, and from November to February
increases. There are thus two maxima and two minima, the February
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 113
maximum, however, being considerably greater than the August maximum,
and the November minimum considerably less than the June minimum.
We have seen that the diurnal march of the humidity corresponds with
that of the temperature in an inverse sense, the coldest hours being the
moistest, and the warmest hours the driest. Such is not the case with the
annual march, for the most humid months are the warmest. This seems to
arise from the greater length of time that the high temperature prevails in
the one case than in the other. From August (which is nearly the coldest
month) to November, the humidity goes on decreasing with an increasing
temperature, the relation between the two elements in their annual march
being here analogous to that between them in their diurnal march; but it
would appear that by December the vapour has accumulated so much that,
notwithstanding the increasing temperature, the humidity, instead of de-
creasing further, begins to increase, and it goes on increasing till February.
Owing to the excess of accumulated vapour, time is now required to restore
the two elements to their normal relation; and although the temperature
decreases, the humidity does not increase but decreases, the evaporation from
the surrounding ocean becoming less active; and it is not till June that the
humidity begins to increase with a decreasing temperature. In August the
temperature commences to rise, and then the humidity decreases with the
increasing temperature till November or December, when the overpowering
effect of evaporation again causes the humidity to increase with the tem-
perature.
Extreme Monthly Range.—Table XIX. gives the highest and lowest
humidity and the extreme range for each month. The greatest range for
any one month was 38-7 in January 1860, and the least 17:5 in November
1866. January, February, March, and August are the months in which
the greatest fluctuations occur.
Secular Variation.—The last two lines in Table XVIII. show that 1860
was the most humid year (73°6), and 1866 the driest (66-4) ; and that, upon
the whole, the humidity, like the vapour-pressure, has been decreasing since
1860. The most humid month during the seven years was August 1860
(77:8), and the driest November 1866 (57-0), when a severe drought pre-
vailed.
Extreme Annual Range.—Table XX. shows the maximum and minimum
relative humidity, the epochs, and range for each year. The mean annual
range is 41:5.
IV. ArmospHeric Pressure.
Diurnal Variation.—Table XXI. exhibits the mean pressure of the atmo-
sphere for each of the hours 33 a.m., 94 a.m., 33 p.m., and 93 p.m.; and
whether we regard the monthly results, or the "yearly results, for ‘aid
hours, we find two maxima and two minima, the maxima occurring at 93
A.M. and p.m., and the minima at 3} a.m. and P. mM. From the last line but
one it appears that from 33 a.m. to on A.M. the barometer rises from 30-038
to 30-086 inches, which gives a range of ‘048 inch; from 93 a.m. to 33 P.M.
it falls from 30: 086 to 30-015, that is, to the extent of O71; from 31 P.M.
to 93 p.m. it rises from 30- 015 to 30- 085, or to the extent of 070; and
from 94 p.m. to 33 A.M. it falls to the extent of -047,
But 1 in order to inow with certainty whether the march is a double progres-
sion, and, if so, what are the epochs of the turning-points, we must examine
the term-day observations, The results of these for four years are pre-
sented in Table XXII. The last two columns exhibit the mean atmospheric
114 REPORT—1867.
pressure for each hour of the day, and its deviation from the mean of all
the observations. Beginning with 9 a.m., we find that for that hour the
mean height of the barometer is 30:090 inches. It then gradually falls to
30:017 at 3 P.m., from which hour it ascends till 10 p.m., when it stands at
30-086. It again gradually falls to 30-037 at 4 a.m., from which hour it
again rises till 9 a.m. We thus see that the diurnal march of the atmo-
spheric pressure is a double progression with four turning-points, namely,
two maxima at 9 a.m. and 10 p.m., and two minima at 4 a.m. and 3 P.M.
This diurnal oscillation of the atmospheric pressure at Mauritius, as at
other tropical stations, is extremely systematic and regular, Its amount,
and the epochs of its turning-points, vary a little according to the time of
year, as may be seen from the Table; but, except on very rare occasions, as
on the 13th of January 1863, when the centre of a revolving storm was pas-
sing near the Observatory, it makes its appearance unerringly in all kinds of
weather. Several theories have been framed with the view of explaining it,
but none of them has met with entire acceptance.
Annual Variation.—In the last two columns of Table XXIII. we have
the annual march of the atmospheric pressure, and the monthly deviation
from the mean for the year. We perceive that the mean pressure for
February is 29:843 inches, that from February to August it gradually in-
creases to 30-193, and then gradually decreases till February, and that thus
the progression is single, having one maximum and one minimum. The
annual march of this element, therefore, is in a contrary direction to that of
the temperature, the maximum of the one corresponding nearly, but not
exactly, with the minimum of the other, and vce versd, the turning-points
of the atmospheric pressure occurring later than those of the temperature.
From December to April inclusive, the barometer is below its mean for the
year (30:056), and during the other months above it, the epochs of the mean
being about the 11th of May and the 9th of November.
Extreme Monthly Range.—Table XXIV. gives the maximum and minimum
pressure and the range for each month, with their means. The greatest range
in any one month was 0-977 inch in February 1861, and the least 170 inch
in December 1860. December, January, February, March, and June are the
months in which the greatest fluctuations occur.
Comparing the mean monthly oscillation of the atmospheric pressure given
in this Table with that of the vapour-pressure in Table XIV., we find that,
if the oscillations of the vapour-pressure affect the barometer to their full
extent, the barometric oscillations depend more upon those of the vapour-
pressure than of the dry pressure.
Secular Variation.—On looking over the last line in Table XXIII., show-
ing the annual means, we find that since 1861 the atmospheric pressure has
been increasing. The lowest annual mean is 30°032 for that year, and the
highest 30:081 for 1864 and 1866, which gives a range of ‘049 inch, an
amount no doubt mainly due to the disturbing effect of hurricanes. Owing
to the great prevalence of hurricane weather in February 1861, for ex-
ample, the mean for that month (29°665) is less than it would otherwise
have been, and consequently that for the year.
Extreme Annual Range.—Table XXY. gives the greatest and least pres-
sure, the epochs, and range for each year. The mean annual range is 0:918
inch, while that of the yapour-pressure (Table XY.) is 0-494 inch.
Y. PRESSURE OF THE Dry AIR.
The phenomenon of the double maximum and minimum, exhibited by the
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 115
diurnal march of the total atmospheric pressure, has received from M. Doye,
and, after him, from General Sabine, Sir John Herschel, and others, an ex-
planation founded on the supposed effect of one of the constituents of the total
pressure, namely, the aqueous pressure. Assuming that observations of the
wet and dry thermometers enable us to determine the whole pressure of the
yapour in ,the atmosphere, and finding in many instances that when the
yapour-pressure thus obtained is deducted from the total pressure, the march
of the residual dry pressure presents a single progression, having one maxi-
mum and one minimum, corresponding with the coldest and hottest hours,
it has been inferred that the double maximum and minimum of the total
pressure is owing to the march of the vapour-pressure being contrary to
that of the gaseous pressure, an increase of temperature causing an increase
of yapour-pressure, but a decrease of dry pressure, and vice versd.
Let us see whether this view will afford an explanation of the double
maximum and minimum of the total pressure at Mauritius.
Diurnal Variation.—In Table XXXYVIIT. will be found the total atmo-
spheric pressure, the yapour-pressure, and the dry pressure for each hour,
derived from the term-day observations; and it will be seen that the dry
pressure does not present a single progression, but, like the total pressure, a
well-marked double progression, haying two maxima at 9 a.m, and 10 p.m,
and two minima at 3 p.m. and 3 A.M.
The hourly observations from which these results have been deduced were
not numerous, but there is little doubt that more extensive observation
would have led to the same conclusion; for the six-hourly observations,
extending over a period of seven years, also give a double maximum and
minimum for the dry pressure, as will appear from an inspection of Table
XXXVII., which shows that the dry pressure has a maximum at 94 a.m.
and P.u., and a minimum at 33 a.m. and p.m., just like the total pressure.
We are thus led to conclude that, if the observations of the dry and wet
thermometers afford the means of determining the vapour-pressure, the
gaseous pressure at Mauritius has a progression in every respect similar to
that of the total atmospheric pressure, and therefore that the phenomenon
in question cannot be accounted for by the direct action of the vapour-
pressure.
A similar progression of the dry pressure at Bombay has been referred to
the relations which arise from the juxtaposition of land and sea, causing
land and sea breezes. At Mauritius, surrounded on all sides by the Indian
Ocean, the double progression of the dry pressure occurs in all kinds of
weather, and from whatever quarter the wind may come, and is most marked
on those days when the trade-wind blows steadily; and hence it is presu-
mable that it occurs at sea, away from the influence of land.
Annual Variation.—At many extratropical stations, the annual variation
of the total pressure shows little trace of periodicity, but when the vapour-
pressure is deducted, the dry pressure is found to have a progression in
inverse harmony with that of the temperature. On examining Table
XXXIX., it will be seen that at Mauritius the annual march of the dry
pressure is exactly like that of the total pressure, and that both have appa-
rently the same relation to the temperature.
VI. Drrecrion AnD VEERING OF THE WIND.
Table XX VI. shows the number of times the wind blew from the principal
points of the compass. The observations were taken four times a day during
116 REPORT—1867.
five years, and their number therefore was 7300, of which 1076 were for
calms, and 98 for variables, leaving 6126 for the direction of the wind. The
distribution of this latter number for the four quarters of the horizon was as
follows: from north to east (not including east) 683, from east to south (not
including south) 4740, from south to west (not including west) 158, and
from west to north (not including north) 545,—showing that the number of
times the wind came from the points between east and south was nearly four
times as great as the number of times it came from the remaining three
quarters together. From east to S.E. inclusive, the number of observations
was 4286, which is more than two-thirds of the total number of observations.
This shows the great preponderance of the trade-wind, which prevails
throughout the whole year, but is strongest and steadiest from May to No-
vember, and more especially in June, July, and August.
The wind veers almost always with the sun, or from S.E. through east to
north, N.W., &c., decreasing in force as it veers. It often remains steady at
E.S.E. for a week or ten days. After it passes N.E., calms and variables
with light north-westerly and westerly breezes, and close sultry weather pre-
vail for two or three days. The trade-wind then reappears at 8.S.E. A similar
revolution sometimes takes place in the course of a day. The wind seldom
veers in the opposite direction ; but it always does so during the passage of a
revolving storm on the east side of the island.
VII. Force or tHe Winp.
Diurnal Variation.—As Osler’s anemometer is not affected by light breezes,
the force of the wind at the observation hours has usually been estimated.
Table XXVII. gives the mean estimated force derived from the six-hourly
observations. The results are but approximations; for, independently of
other sources of error, the site of the Observatory is not favourable for de-
termining the true force and direction of the wind, even with the most ap-
proved instruments. Still, the observations indicate that the force varies
directly as the temperature, the greatest pressure occurring at the warmest
hours.
The last column in Table XXXYVIII. gives the mean estimated force for
each hour derived from the term-day observations. Here likewise, notwith-
standing the fewness of the observations, we see a general agreement between
the variations of the force of the wind and the temperature.
Annual Variation.—Table XXVIII. gives the mean estimated force. Ja-
nuary, February, and March are the months in which the wind is strongest
at the observation hours, and next to them June, July, and August. In the
former months hurricanes occur, and in the latter the 8.E. trade-wind blows
in full force. From February to May the wind decreases ; in June, July, and
August it is high; from August to November it decreases, and from Novem-
ber to February it increases. There is thus an indication of a double pro-
gression.
Mean Monthly Maximum Force.—Table XXIX. shows the mean maximum
force of the wind for each month, as recorded by Osler’s anemometer, with-
out regard to the hour of the day. We find that, notwithstanding the severe
hurricanes which occasionally occur in the summer months, the mean maxi-
mum force of the wind is greater for June, July, and August than for any
other three months. We perceive also that this Table, like the former, points
to a double maximum and minimum. From November to February the wind
increases with an increasing temperature, and from February to April it de-
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. gL
creases with a decreasing temperature. But from April to June it again in-
creases with a decreasing temperature, and stands high in the latter month,
and in July and August, owing probably to the high temperature in the
northern hemisphere causing an influx of air (S.W. monsoon) towards the
heated regions, and thus exciting the §.E. trade-wind in the southern hemi-
sphere. From August to November the mean maximum force decreases.
Secular Variation.—The last lines in Tables XXVIII. and XXIX. show
that 1860, 1861, and 1863 were the years in which the force of the wind
was greatest, and we shall presently see that these were the years in which
hurricanes were most frequent and violent. The years 1862 and 1864 were
remarkable for an absence of hurricanes, and these were the years in which
the mean force of the wind was least.
Extreme Annual Force.—Table XXX. shows the greatest force of the wind,
and the epoch, for each year.
VIII. Croup.
Tables XXXI. and XXXII. exhibit the mean amount of cloud for each of
the four daily observation hours, each month and each year. The nights
and mornings are comparatively cloudless. Towards 10 a.m. the clouds be-
gin to gather, by 2 p.m. the sky is often overcast, and in the evening the
weather usually clears up. The mean amount of cloud for the year is
47, 100 denoting completely overcast. February is the cloudiest and June
the least cloudy month, the means being 59 and 40 respectively. The last
column in Table XXXII. points to a connexion between the amount of cloud
and the temperature. From November to February the amount of cloud in-
creases, and from February to June it decreases. From June to November,
however, there is a tendency to a second progression.
IX. Rarnratt.
Table XXXIIT. gives the amount of rainfall for each month and year.
The greatest fall in any one month during the seven years was 46:57 inches in
February 1861. In September 1861 and November 1866 there was no
rainfall sufficient to affect the gauge. The greatest mean monthly fall is
14-23 inches for February, and the least 0:39 inch for September. From
September to February the rainfall increases; from February to June it de-
creases; from June to August it increases again, and then falls in September,—
showing, upon the whole, a double progression, having its maxima in Febru-
ary and August, and its minima in June and September. The mean annual
fall is 37°87 inches, and the mean monthly fall 3-16 inches. The greatest fall
in any one year was 68-76 inches in 1861, and the least 20-56 inches in 1866.
The principai rain-bearing wind is the trade-wind from E..8.E. to E.N.E. ;
but at times, during the summer months, torrents of rain descend with north-
erly and north-westerly winds, and on those occasions the mountains become
enveloped in dense mist. The greatest rainfall on any one day, in each year,
with the date, is shown in Table XXXIV.
There is reason to fear that the rainfall is decreasing: the fall during the
first three years was considerably greater than that during the last four years
of the period of seven years.
In some parts of the island the rainfall is much greater than at Port Louis,
as will be seen from Table XXXY., showing the rainfall at nineteen stations
for periods ranging from two to five years. Of these stations, Gros Cailloux
and Port Louis, both on the coast, and not many feet above the sea-level, are
118 REPORT—1867.
the furthest west, and it is at them that the rainfall is least, the mean annual
amount for five years being 28-03 inches at the former, and 30-24 inches at
the latter station: Mont Choisy is also on the west coast near the northern
extremity of the island, but further east than Gros Cailloux and Port Louis,
and at it the mean annual fall for the same period was 51°54 inches. Some
miles south-eastward of Mont Choisy, further from the coast, and at elevations
of 200 to 600 feet, are four other stations, namely, Les Rochers, Labourdon-
nais, the Botanical Gardens, and Lucia; and, with the exception of Les
Rochers, where the mean annual fall was 50-10 inches, the rainfall at each
of these stations was considerably greater than at Mont Choisy, having been
63°62 inches at Labourdonnais, and 67-98 inches at Lucia; while at the
Botanical Gardens, in 1864 and 1865, it was also greater than at Mont Choisy,
It should here be remarked that Lucia, the station at which the greatest
rainfall occurs in that part of the island, les south-eastward of the other
stations, and at a higher elevation. About fourteen miles due north of Lucia
is a small island, called Flat Island, about five miles from the mainland.
Observations on the rainfall were taken there in 1862 and 1863, and it will
be seen that the amounts for those years were 28-02 and 36°54 inches, re-
spectively, or nearly the same as at Port Louis. About seven miles 8.8.W.
of Lucia, and at the same distance E.S.E. of Port Louis, is Espérance, on the
central tableland, at an elevation of about 1400 feet. Here, in 1865, the
rainfall was 147-74 inches against 101-56 at Lucia, 44:73 at Port Louis,
and 36-57 at Gros Cailloux. Westward and south-westward of Espérance, at
distances of five to eleven miles, and at elevations of 900 to 1300 feet, are five
stations more, namely, Croft-an-Righ, Beau Sejour, Trianon, the Braes, and
Mesnil, at each of which the rainfall, though more than double what it is at
Port Louis, is considerably less than at Espérance. At a distance of about
eight miles east of Espérance, and about four miles from the east coast, is
La Gaité. Here the rainfall is also less than at Espérance, but greater than
at the stations westward and south-westward of it (except Mesnil, the highest
of them), although these are more elevated than La Gaité. But the rainiest
station of all is Cluny, which lies about eleven miles south of Espérance, and
sixteen miles S.E. of Port Louis, at a height of about 900 feet above the sea,
and nearly surrounded by mountains and forests. At this station, in 1865,
the rainfall was 192-45 inches, and the mean fall for five years was 142-80
inches. Southward and south-eastward of Cluny, nearer the coast, and at
lower elevations, are three more stations, namely, Gros Bois, Beau Vallon, and
St. Aubin, at each of which the rainfall is also very considerable, haying, in
1865, been 135-21, 100-85, and 115-61 inches, respectively.
These observations illustrate the influence of local circumstances, as eleva-
tion, direction of wind, mountain, and forest on the rainfall of a place. Thus,
at La Gaité, near the east coast, the rainfall (in 1865) was 97-55 inches; at
Espérance, nearly due west, but at a much higher elevation, it was 147-74
inches; at Croft-an-Righ, westward of Espérance, and at a lower level
than it, but at a considerably higher level than La Gaité, the rainfall was
79°44 inches ; and at Gros Cailloux, west of Croft-an-Righ, on the west coast,
it was only 36°57 inches, or not much more than one-third the rainfall at
La Gaité on the east coast. These stations are situated nearly in a line and
in the direction of the prevailing wind; and the greater fall at Espérance
than at La Gaité is probably due to the higher elevation and lower tempera-
ture of the former; while the greater fall at La Gaité than at Croft-an-Righ,
though the latter stands at a higher level, seems to be due to the situation
of La Gaité on that side of the island on which the vapour first impinges
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 119
as it comes up from the sea. Comparing the rainfall at Beau Vallon, Cluny,
Beau Sejour, and Gros Cailloux, which lie nearly in a §.E. and N.W. diree-
tion; we find similar relations.
For some years past many parts of the island, particularly on the western
and northern coasts; have been suffering from drought; the rivers have been
gradually diminishing, and the lakes and marshes in the interior been drying
up. As we have already seen, last year (1866) has been the driest of all,
the rainfall in some places having been little more than half the average fall.
The consequence is that this year’s crop will be very much reduced.
The eyil which is thus pressing on the colony is generally attributed to
the extensive clearings which have been carried on in all directions during
the last fifteen years. The primeval forests with which this little island was
at one time clothed have to a great extent been replaced by the sugar-cane,
and now the cane languishes and dies for want of moisture. It would be
satisfactory to those interested in the welfare of Mauritius to have the
opinions of men of science as to the probable effect of the destruction of
forests on the rainfall and humidity, and I am glad of having an opportunity
of bringing the subject before the Association. Given a small mountainous
island in the trade-wind region, covered with dense forests; and surrounded
by a tropical sea: what effect, if any, with respect to rainfall and humidity,
would be produced by stripping that island of its forests, and exposing
soil and rocks to the sun’s rays? It seems to me that, whether the annual
rainfall would diminish or not, the air would become drier, as the greater
portion of the rains would be speedily carried away to the sea, and the reé-
maining portion speedily evaporated. This last year, however, shows a very
marked decrease of rain, and if the previous six years do not so to the same
extent, they show a tendency to a recurrence of floods and droughts—that
is, to a disturbance in the distribution of the rainfall. The humidity of the
air also has, as we have seen, been upon the whole decreasing at Port Louis
since 1860. In that year it was 73:6, while in 1866 it was only 66-4;
X. Tutnper snp Licgurnine.
Table XXXVI. shows that in the course of the seven years no lightning was
seen between May and November, except on one day in August 1864. Ja-
nuary, March, February, and April are the months in which thunder-storms
preyail; they generally occur in the afternoon, but occasionally at other
periods of the day, or in the night. Some are local, and others travel over a
considerable extent of ocean. The average number of days per annum on
which lightning was visible is 26-4. The greatest number of days in any one
year on which lightning was observed was 40 in 1863, and the least 19 in
1862.
XI. Gates anp Hurricanes.
Mauritius, as is well known, is subject to hurricanes. The hurricane
months are December to April inclusive, but more especially January, Feb-
ruary, and March, particularly February. Strong gales occur also in June,
July, and August. I will present a few of the leading facts connected with
the gales and hurricanes which took place during the period under review.
1860.—Four gales occurred in 1860. ‘The first took place between the
11th and17th of January. The barometer fell to 29-680 inches. The wind
veered from 8.E. to 8., 8.W., and W., and attained a maximum pressure
lod
of 10 lbs. on the square foot. The rainfall was 7 inches. This was a
120 _ REPORT—1867.
great revolying storm, the centre of which passed on the east side of the
island, at a nearest distance of 129 miles.
Another gale took place between the 22nd and 27th of February. The ba-
rometer fell to 29660. On this occasion the wind veered from §.E. to E.,
N., and N.W., and had a maximum force of 9 Ibs. The rainfall was 7-455
inches. This was another revolving storm, which, as shown by the veering
of the wind, passed the island on its north and west sides. The nearest
distance of the centre was 220 miles.
The next gale occurred between the 18th and 27th of March. The lowest
reading of the barometer was 29-464. The wind veered from §.E. to &.,
S.W., W., and N.W., and exerted a maximum force of 13 Ibs. on the square
foot. The rainfall was 4:075 inches. This was another revolving storm,
which, like the first, passed on the east and south sides of the island. The
nearest distance of the centre was 170 miles.
A fourth gale took place on the 21st of June, with the barometer standing
at 30-252 to 30-314. The wind was from south to §.8.E., and blew with a
maximum force of 18 lbs. There was no rain. This was not a revolving
storm, but one of the winter gales, in which the wind veers very little, and
which are apparently the immediate effect of the trade-wind being put in
violent motion by the same causes that produce the 8.W. monsoon of the
Bay of Bengal, which the 8.E. trade-wind supplies with air.
1861.—In February 1861 a hurricane occurred which lasted six days,
namely, from the 11th to the 17th. It was a revolving one. For three
days it remained nearly stationary, its centre bearing about 110 miles N.N.E.
of the Observatory. The wind blew in fearful gusts, attended with torrents
of rain, from §.S.E. to E.S.E., for five days, and then veered to E., N.E.,
N.W., and W. The barometer fell to 29-009 on the morning of the 16th,
the centre of the storm at that time bearing N.W. 50 miles, which was its
nearest distance. In the night of the 13th, the vane of Osler’s anemometer
was blown away, the pressure being then about 30 lbs.; the greatest pres-
sure afterwards cannot have been less than 40 Ibs, From 94 a.m. on the
11th to 94 a.m. on the 17th, 44-730 inches of rain fell at the Observatory,
and at Vacoas, 13 miles to the southward, at an elevation of 1200 feet, 99
inches fell in the same time. The centre of the storm passed between
Mauritius and the neighbouring island of Réunion.
Another severe hurricane took place from the 7th to the 16th of February,
in the space between 10° and 20° 8. and 76° and 84° E.; so that two hurri-
canes raged at the same time.
A third severe hurricane, but of much shorter duration, took place on the
Qnd and 3rd of March. The wind veered from 8.E. to 8., 8.W., and W.,
and blew with a maximum force of about 36 lbs. The barometer fell to
29-282, the centre of the storm, which was a rotatory one, being then 140
miles E.8.E. of the Observatory. This hurricane passed on the east side of
the island.
1862.—This was comparatively a tranquil year at Mauritius, only two gales
having occurred, neither of which was violent. The first took place on the
26th of February. The wind was from §.8.E. to E., and attained a maximum
force of 12°50 Ibs. The barometer fell to 29-888. The weather at Port
Louis, except on the 26th, when it was overcast and showery, was fine ; but
away to the north-eastward, between 8° to 16° 8. and 60° to 110° E., the
S.E. trade-wind and N.W. monsoon were in stormy collision, and two severe
hurricanes were encountered in that locality, both raging on the same days.
The next gale in the course of this year was experienced on the Ist and
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 121
2nd of December. The wind veered from 8.E. to S., S.W., and W., and
its maximum force was 9:50 lbs. The rainfall was only 0-430 inch. The
barometer fell to 29°666. This was a small revolving storm, which passed
on the east side of the island. Its nearest distance was 150 miles.
1863.—Several hurricanes occurred in 1863. The first took place on the
13th of January. The wind veered from E. b. S. to N.E., N., N.W., W.,
and W.S.W., and its maximum force was 17 Ibs. The rainfall, from 92 a.m.
on the 11th to 95 a.m. on the 14th, was 7-225 inches. This was a rotatory
storm, which came down from the north-westward, and the centre of which
passed over the 8.W. extremity of the island. The barometer fell to 29-332.
A second gale took place between the 31st of January and the 4th of Feb-
ruary. The wind veered from E.S.E. to N.E., N., and N.W., and attained a
force of 12 lbs. The barometer fell to 29-700. The rainfall was 1-681 inch.
This was another revolving storm, which passed about 50 miles west of Ré-
union, and caused great loss in that island.
A third revolving storm passed on the northward and north-westward of
the island between the 9th and 13th of February. Its nearest distance was
200 miles. The barometer at the Observatory fell to 29-816. The wind
veered from S.E. to E. and N.E., and attained a force of 141bs. The rain-
fall was 3°192 inches.
Between the 18th and 22nd of February a fourth rotatory storm of great
violence passed on the north and west of the island, the wind veering from
S.E. to E. and N.N.E., and attaining a maximum force of 36 Ibs. The
nearest distance of the centre was 50 miles. The barometer fell to 29-438.
The rainfall was 2:430 inches.
1864.—The year 1864 was remarkable for an absence of hurricanes. The
strongest gale took place on the 2nd of July, with the barometer at 30-209.
The wind blew from 8.E. to E., with a maximum force of 8°7 Ibs. Scarcely
any rain fell.
1865.—This year was also characterised by an absence of hurricanes.
One or two gales, however, occurred in February. On the 12th of that
month the wind, which had been previously veering from §.E. to E., sud-
denly increased from N.E. by E., and attained a force of 7-5 Ibs. at 3:15 p.m.,
and then died away to light airs till midnight, when it increased to a force of
3 Ibs. from N.W. When the wind came round to N. and N.W., the moun-
tains became speedily enveloped in dense masses of vapour down to their
bases, and between 7 and 9 p.m., during a thunder-storm, rain fell in torrents.
The streams rose rapidly ; bridges and causeways were swept away, stores
inundated, and several lives lost. The rainfall at Port Louis in 24 hours was
7-460 inches, the greater portion of which fell between 6 and § p.m. ; but at
La Gaité it was 18-307 inches, and at Croft-an-Righ 14:65 inches. The baro-
meter fell to 29:507. There was no revolving storm in the neighbourhood of
the island on this occasion ; but the N.W. monsoon advanced to the south-
ward, and heavy rains, accompanied with strong winds, thunder, and light-
ning, fell in the localities where it came into collision with the 8.E. trade-
wind.
The strongest gale during this year took place between the 19th and 22nd
of February. ‘The wind remained at §.S.E. to E.8.E., and its maximum force
was 13-5 lbs. The rainfall was only 0:665 inch. The barometer fell to
29°730. On this occasion two or three revolving storms occurred at some
distance to the northward and north-eastward of the island, between the
confines of the N.W. monsoon and §.E. trade-wind.
Te strongest gale in the course of this year took place between
1867. K
122 REPORT—1867.
the 13th and 20th of April. The wind remained at 8.E. to E.S.E. and E.
throughout, and in the gusts blew with a force varying from 1 to 13:5 Ibs on
the square foot. The barometer ranged from 30°174 to 29-944, and oscillated
during the gusts. Very little rain fell. On the 21st the wind veered to the
north of east and fell ight. It was afterwards ascertained that several re-
volving storms occurred from the 6th to the 25th of April, between the inner
borders of the monsoon and trade-wind, away to the northward and north-
eastward of Mauritius.
This is not the time to enter into a discussion regarding the nature and
origin of these storms: I will only remark that, by watching the barometer,
the wind, and the clouds, their existence and approach may be known with
certainty, even when the distance is very considerable.
XIL. Synopsis or Resunts.
With a view of facilitating a comparison of the results, I have prepared
a few Tables in which the diurnal, monthly, and annual means of the prin-
cipal elements are placed side by side.
Diurnal Variation.—Table XXXVII. exhibits the means for each observa-
tion hour of the six-hourly series, derived from seven years’ observation ;
and Table XXX VIII. those for each hour of the day, derived from term-day
observations taken for four years. As already remarked, the diurnal march
of the temperature, vapour-pressure, force of wind, and amount of cloud are
all more or less accordant, being in the same sense, and having the turning-
points nearly at the same hours. The diurnal march of the humidity is in a
contrary sense, but the turning-points are nearly coincident with those of
the temperature. With regard to the total atmospheric pressure, and the
pressure of the dry air, they have a double progression, with four turning~-
points.
Annual Variation.—Table XXXIX. exhibits the monthly means. The
temperature in the shade and in the sun’s rays decreases from January to
July, and then increases from July to January. The atmospheric pressure
increases from February to August, and then decreases from August to Feb-
ruary ; and the march of the dry pressure is similar. The vapour-pressure
has a progression in direct agreement with that of the temperature, showing,
however, a tendency to a second maximum in August. With respect to the hu-
midity, we see that it has a double progression, with two maxima in February
and August, and two minima in June and November. The mean monthly
force of the wind also has, upon the whole, a double progression, having
two maxima in February and June, and two minima in April and November.
The rainfall, too, has a double progression, with two maxima in February
and August, and two minima in June and September. The amount of cloud
has a maximum in February and a minimum in June, with a tendency to a
second maximum in August. A similar remark applies to the frequency of
lightning.
Table XL. gives the means of the extreme monthly range of the principal
elements. The temperature and humidity are, on the whole, subject to greater
fluctuations in the summer thanin the winter months, and the greatest fluc-
tuations of the vapour-pressure take place from January to June inclusive,
A comparison of the oscillations of the total atmospheric pressure and va-
pour-pressure will show the important part played by the latter.
Secular Variation.—Table XLI. exhibits the extreme annual range, and
Table XLII. the annual means of the several elements for each year.
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 123
As might be expected of an island exposed to the bracing 8.E. trade-
wind, having a mean annual temperature of 67° to 77° (the temperature in
the interior is from 4° to 10° lower than at Port Louis), and a mean humi-
dity of 71, clothed with vegetation, and subject to so small variations of
temperature and humidity, Mauritius possesses one of the best tropical cli-
mates in the world. At one time it was a sanatorium for invalids from
India in search of health; and if, of late, it has been the scene of dread-
ful mortality, this is not to be ascribed to an unbountiful Nature, but, there
is reason to fear, to a neglect and violation of her laws.
I mentioned at the outset that the site of the Observatory was objection-
able. In conclusion I beg to state, that a new Observatory is about to be
erected in a more favourable locality. The old Observatory and grounds
haye been sold for £10,000, and the local government have voted a portion
of that sum for the erection of a new Observatory, which is to be supplied
with self-recording meteorological and magnetical instruments. Plans of
the buildings have been prepared at the request of the Secretary of State
for the Colonies; and although Mauritius has lately been sorely tried,
it is expected that the buildings will soon be commenced. The Governor,
Sir Henry Barkly, who has done so much for science in other colonies,
isa warm promoter of the measure, and His Excellency’s influential endea-
yours are seconded by the principal Government officials and the leading
planters and merchants. Nor can I close this communication without making
mention with becoming respect of the efforts and recommendations of Gene-
ral Sabine, who, for a number of years, has lost no opportunity of urging the
importance of Mauritius as a meteorological and magnetical station, and is
still pleased to take much interest in the subject.
Taste I.—Showing the Mean Temperature of the Air for each Observation
Hour, derived from Six-hourly Observations taken daily from 1860 to
1866, both inclusive.
(+) above
Monthly; (—) below
nths. 32am. | 92 am. | 34 p.m. | 92 Pm.
Mont 2am. | 92 am. | 3h p.m. | 92 P.M means. |mean for yéir.
S|
—_———$VX ——— |
o ie) ° ° °
82°23 83°67 80°97 81°72 +461
81°61 82°98 80°58 81°26 +4°15
81'00 82°51 79°93 80°64. +3°53
80°38 | 8177 | 79°07 | 79°86 +2°75
7705 | 78°30 | 75°63 | 7645 —0'66
737792 75°37 72°65 73°46 — 3°65
7214 | 73°64 | 71°30 | 71°95 — 516
72°50 73°95 71°57 7221 —4°9°
73°54 | 75°16 | 72°37 | 73°12 — 3°99
75°35 | 77°97 | 74°50 | 75°22 —1'89
79°47 | 80°74 | 77°71 | 78°62 +151
81°53 82°64. 80°04. 80°79 + 3°68
Mean for each hour............ 75°50 77°59 78°99 76°36 77°11
(++) above (—) below mean...| —1°61 | --0-48 4138 —o'75
K2
1867.
REPORT
124
““UBOUL
99-£+ | cooz+ | thi— | 6c.b— | 19.4—- | HHS— | 69.8— | gz.1— | bLz+ | 6z.E+ | SEb+ | gS.b+ Aojaq (—)
aaoqt (+)
Z t1.LL | 08.08 $1.62 zL.Sl Sg.cLl See oL.1L Sv.€2 33.SL gg.6Z £+.0g 64.18 ZL.1g “URaTL
ee 6S.5Z | of.g2 $6.9 L6.£L gz. of.1Z gf.oL eek, S+.bL 95.84 or.6Z 36.62 o+.0g §b-'S
Chr—. TLL | sre Lo.LZ ozbl PS.1L o$.1Z 79.0L gtb.cl S+.bL Zg.gl 96.92 81.08 of.0g Oe 2
zy.r1— |7zlSL] zf.gZ zr.LL SEt.vl eL.al br.rZ gS.oL of.z2L ob.bZ VL.gl v6.32 81.08 S.0g Cee
ze.1r— |zg.GL | £8.92 zr.Ll St.bL gli og.1L zS.oL VS.2L ZL.vl 9L.gZ 00.62 87.08 75.08 Oy 4
Sz.r— |69.$2 | $£.62 Lo.LL Le.bl go.rZ 9$.1L bb.oL oL.zL ZS.0L gg.gZ gz.6L gl.og o$.0g | ‘Wy I
gi.r— |96.52 | S¥.62 Lo.LL St.bL zg.1L o$.1Z gS.oL 9S.zL zg.bL 83-82 gt.62 0$.08 89.08 qystupryyl
$6.0— |61.94 | $9.62 LS LL LLL 96.12 zL.tL 09.0L 9.7L 00.$L 07.6L 95.64 9+.08 $3.08 Il
Bao |ire.o/s|-s99.04 So.g 06.02 Z1.2L 9g.tL 96.0 PLL gz.SL 36.g2 99.64 9.08 00.1g “or
g9.0— |9b.gL | 20.08 $z.gl Lo.SL gz.zL br.zl vol og.zZ 9z.SL 01.62 09.64 $L.0g §z.18 s6
gt.o— |92.94 | 0S.0g 09.84 z.SL VE.cL bz.7L ve1L gg.zZ gb.SL gz.6Z 96.62 09.18 gZ.1g Om
go.o— |go.lL | Lg.0g zt.6L SS.SL 09.2 09.7 gb.t gr.£Z 09.52 $S.6L br.og g4.1g ZI.Z aL
Zv.o+ |19.LL | L6.rg ot.0g $o.9L 36.2 6.2L 96.12 gv.£L gg.SL 96.62 26.08 ob.zg gf.78 Ho)
go.r+ |zz.gl | of.zg zb.1g $6.94 gL.EL oll of.zZ ot.bl 79.94 oL.0g g£.18 8.28 v8.78 s :
£
C4
zit |9g.gZ | L9.zg Ol.zg o$.LL gi.bZ 00.bL gi.eZ z6.bL gZ.L2 08.18 00.78 99.£8 00.£8 si
go.z+ | 72.62 | Lr. Lz.zg ZL Li \mOowL o9.bL g9.£Z gt.SZ 09.84 VL.18 90.73 Z1.£8 ov.£8 “
zz.z+ |9£.62 | Lv.bg Lo.zg SLLL gg.rZ 2v.vl gg.b2 gL.SL 39-8 gL.18 gb.zg 75.8 9L.£8 iS
6z.2+ |tb.62 | zg.£8 $0.zg L6.LL oz.SL 9$.bL 99.£L Z0.gL Z1.9L 06.18 95.78 LL.E8 gL.£9 Wa I
vo.z+ | 91.62 | Lr.€g 79.1 oL.LL 00.$4 v1.02 9S.€L 00.94 gg.Ll 06.18 9.28 gt.£3 Bz.£8 WooNy
glit |z6.gl | z.zg 70.1 SE.LL gt.bl $g.EZ gz.tL g.SZ gt.LZ gt.og b+.28 9L.z8 Z9.78 ai
g6.0+ jzr1.gl | Lb.zg 7$.08 ot .LZ 0S.€L 4o.EL gz.zL 9.0L gS.g4 00.18 $9.18 Qz.78 0S.zg OS toh
£o.o— |11.4Z | of.1g L£2.6L Lz.gL gg.cl ob.2L gt.1Z o1.€Z 75.52 07.08 Z9.08 gf.1g 00.78 «6
o9.0— |+S.92 | S$S.08 o7z.gl ZE.9L vP.zL gs.1L 09.04 70,72 o1.$L gz.6L gl.6L ZL.08 8z.18 "9
Wap tae N¢Heksel| ateney [> Gears LEAL gL.1tL ZLeLL, VE.oL ov.1L 99.bL 5.9L 91.6L oF.0g 9S.09 ed 2
65.1— |SS.S2 | o1.6Z $6.94 L6.£2 $9.12 00.1Z z£.oL gt.1Z g9.bL of.gZ 30.6 76.64 £7.08 WV 9
° ° re) ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
fo}
*“UBaUT UOAT
| uoenaag psuwoyy] “0 “AON 490 “ydag “any “Aine oun “ACT qudy | ‘yorpe | “qa ‘uRp "SAMO FT
“OAISNPOUL TOC “OORT OF GOST Woz “YZUOPT Yowo Jo ysTZ oy} wo
WoL} sSuowAdosqy ATIMOP wWosz postop ‘Av oy} JO Moy Yovo 4v ary oy} Jo oanzosodwoy, uvopy oy} Surmoyg—]] wavy,
Or
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 12
Tare I1I.—Showing the Greatest Range of Temperature on any one Day
in each Month, from 1862 to 1866, both inclusire.
: 2 Month]
Months. 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 18GB. | a ana
| |
|
° ° ° ° °o °
ATUALY: cnsce<e--ssees- 0 i Wek) A) ae Q7t +124, | Dio 10°4.
IBEDMMAEYE ces... 2-00: 0es | 8x 2. || Tae | Wx! ||\ex2:0 9°9
LS ER ee 70 823° | are: go | I3°0 9°7
PATE wane seg ootscceecs cn- 9°5 98 G20 LOrOn ants 9°9
IWR Meres= see soce24-c0.c- DESr 8°8 | 12°7 | Io'g 9°5 10°6
June ....... Copecre Bonde I1°3 7:8 |) 9140 | 70 $4 3°38
CITT (2cee Re eee eee See eile 30 | ero.c V1 F3 8-9
PROIETNUD 2.ou.doeocese- ss 73 9°4 9°6 76) Nantes 970
September ............... Gion | X70) | 1 98" |etors |p rr-o 9°6
Wchabary 7......... 6 .cse. | 64 84 | 9g'5 | 10°0 o°5 3-7
INavemiber’ <3. ....2..<tse- 64 | 10°6 | 12°r | 10‘0 | 10'g I0°0
Deeomper |s..<..2-.52-0- 89 | 12°5 | 12°0 Oran (raz: 10°8
Yearly means ...... 841] 9°54| 10°47 9°56 | 10°50 9°69
Tare IY.—Showing the Least Range of Temperature on any one Day in
each Month, from 1862 to 1866, both inclusive.
|
Monthly
Months. 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866. sidan,
° ° fo) ° ° °
January .,.c00....--2000e- 4°6 3°0 Sr 6:0 46 4°6
Webroarys acveee es 570 354 34 | 4/0 51 4:1
Moreh. ¢2..-saigeies- 1 48 34 | 44 3°9 4°5 42
Lol epee seer eee seh eee ET 372 370 4/0 31 3°8
MAY ise cact oe so scecotioecs 39 4°6 370 36 5 3°3
UNGle ae teva see wsas.c-5 3°38 3°9 4°5 4:0 1°4. 355
MDM G penne ct andes vets3 st 2°I cu 3°0 3°5 31 2°9
PAUIDUSHS sivc-cesissses.ss< 25 4:2 4°5 370 3°4 3°4
September ............... o7 3°5 5°0 3°8 AI Co
@etabert.3.%.-<20.; -seees0 21 a5 51 3°9 2, 3°6
November’... .<c.<...505 3°9 58 570 3°9 6"0 4°9
December |... <2... 40 cg 50 3°0 5°4 4/1
Yearly means ...... 3556). 3:65] 4:25) - 3°90] - 3°70 3°81
126 © REPORT—1867.
Taste V.—Showing the Mean Diurnal Range of Temperature for each Month
and Year, from 1862 to 1866, both inclusive.
7 Monthl
Months. 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866. eke |
O° Le) ie} ie} ° °
SIBUMANY iegevarec es teoss 59 6°5 6:0 EE 31 72 aX
February’ .....2.s.s50.. 6°9 53 7a 74. 85 70
ISOS ctsrenar cess sree: 6°2 Bay, 7g 6°3 8-0 6-7
AAjoudll 205 assaropraa ree 74 | 68 Gin5 i) 8625 6-9 6'9
IER spn q-asoninae So fe 6°6 ie) 70 5°6 69
JIERGY esa yas nade. 69 Gd 6°83 ir as! 6:0
PUR Gans s 570 63 6°4. 5°83 ee 5°8
AUBUSt ...cssescocenseore 4°3 6-6 6a 5°9 58 58
September ..............- 47 6°9 pei 7D 6°5 6°5
Octo beri. te. carcarks races 48 7-2, 72, 6°7 5°9 6"4.
November ....02-=-s.0- 49 8-2 3°7 79 3-9 77
December .........+0008 6°5 7°97 78 6°6 3:7 75
Yearly means ...... 5°994| 660] 7:23] 6:78] 6:90 6°69
Taste VI.—Showing the Mean Temperature of the Air for each Month and
Year, from 1860 to 1866, both inclusive.
Months. | 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866.
for year.
eee ——$_—_ | —___ ———_— — | —qgq| i cxcqcr—
January ... 81-22 82°85 81°42 82°32 81°37 82:22.) 80°62 31°72 44°61
February ..| 80°90} 80°10| 81°12) 81°55! 81°02| 32°17| 81'97| 81-26 415
March..,...| 80°02] 79°75| 79°92 | 81°48} 80°47| 80°87| 81°95| 80°64 +3°53
April i555 78°77| 79°27| 79°92 | 80°55| 79°17| 80°50| 80°82} 79°86 42°75
May ...... 76°62 76°70) 75°97 |. 77°82| 75°07| 76°70| 76°30] 76:45 —0°66
June ......! 73°00] 73°05 | 74°35 | 74°00] 73°15 | 72°85 | 73°82) 73°46 —3°65
July ...... 72°77| 71°87| 72°95 | 7111) 71°42) 71°75| 71°80} 71°95 —516
August..... 73°15 | 71°30| 73°85 |. 72:05 | 71:35 | 71:87 | 71°85) -7a-20 —4'91
September.) 74°07 | 72°70) 74°72 | 73°05| 72°52] 72°82| 71°95| 73°12 —3°99
October ...| 75°25] 75°65| 76°35 | 74°42| 76°07| 75°25| 73°60| 75°22 —189
November.| 79°27) 78°39] 79°15 | 76°75 | 78°57| 78°85] 79°45 | 78°62 $l x
December..| 81°02] 81°25] 82°32 | 79°62] 80°47| 79°32] 81°52| 80°79 +3°68
77°17| 76°90| 77°67| 77°10| 76°72] 77°10] 77°34) 77°11
Yearly |
means.
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS.
127
Taster VII.—Showing the Mean Temperature of the Air for each Month and
Year, obtained from Daily Observations of the Maximum and Minimum
Thermometers, from 1860 to 1866, both inclusive.
Months. | 1860.| 1861.| 1862.| 1865.) 1864.
1865. | 1866, | Monthly
Deviation
from
mean.
means.
fo] ° ° o ° ie)
January 81°20] 82°30] 82°55] 83:20] 82:45| 82°85] 81°60] 92°30
February 82°10 | 80°10} 82°45] 82°35] 81°95} 83°20} 82°75] 82°16
March ...,.. 80°90 | 79°90| 81:20} 82°25] 81°65| 81°85] 83:00) 81°53
ZATSE 'Sis.5 5. 79°90] 79°35| 80°80] 81°20| 80715] 81°45] 81°55] 80°63
NTT eases 0s 77°70| 76°65] 77°20| 78°70! 75°70] 77°50| 76:40] 77°12
June ...... 74°45 | 73°10] 74°15 | 74°85 | 73°90| 73°65] 73°95| 74°00
anyones t >. 73°40| 72°40] 73°20| 71°18] 72°10| 72°60] 72°05] 72°52
August ...,.. 74°35 | 73°79| 73°75 | 73°00| 72°20] 72°75] 72"I0| 72°33
September | 75°55 | 73°10] 74°75| 74°05| 73°35| 73°60] 72°05] 74°16
October .,..) 76°30] 75°50] 76°50] 75°40] 76:90! 76°25] 73°65] 75°78
November ..| 80°00} 78°65 | 79°35 | 77°60} 79°35| 79°65| 79°95] 79°22
December,..| 81°05 | 81°25} 82°95| 80°45 | 81°60} 80°30| 82-45]. 81°44
Yearlymeans| 77°80] 77°00] 78:23| 77°93| 77°61] 77°97| 77°62| 77°80
Taste VITI.—Showing the Mean Monthly Maximum Temperature in the
Sun’s Rays, obtained from Daily Observations of the Black Bulb Thermo-
meter (im vacuo), from 1860 to 1866, both inclusive.
Months.
MOREY. 5.50 cca cn one4 eran
October ..... AS REESE
November .............6.
December ...............
1860. | 1861.
IIg'I 113°5
116°9} 112°4
I1g'I| 115'0
115°6| 114°3
108°3] 10475
To5"0} 102°9
103°0| ror8
108" | 10373
II1I*3| 106'9
113°38| 112°8
118'2| 115°5
DIZ | p73
II2°9| 110°4
1862.
°
rI7'5
116°4
114'6
114°3
1059
103°4
102°7
1031
709"3
1124
11473
116°5
TI0°9
1863.
°
116°5
113°2
114°3
112°9
108'2
102°5
I00'0
104'2
106'6
T1i‘2
113°5
115°5
TO99
1864.
°
r116°8
115°3
T14"5
Ir0'9
103°6
1014
99°8
103°3
106°2
112°2
114'6
116'0
EU)
1865.
Foo'9
1866.
IIo0’L
Monthly
means.
o
117°6
1153
115°7
TUGex
106°!
102'°8
IoI‘2
I04°0
107°3
312°3
115‘
115°
110°5
128 REPORT—1867,
Tasrz IX.—Showing the Maximum and Minimum Temperature, and the
Extreme Range of Temperature in each Month, from 1860 to 1866,
both inclusive.
Monthly
means.
°o fe} Le) Le} Le} fo} ie] o
Maximum] 88-1 | 88:0 | 880 | 88:0 | 87°5 | 890 | 88:0 88°07
January Minimum] 73:0 | 76°5 | 76:9 | 75°0 | 77°38 | 75°6 | 74°0 75°54
Range mee 15°3 | 1125 tars. | xgto evo ||| 13°4. ||“aaco 12°55
Months. 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866.
Maximum} 87:0 | 87°5 | 87°0 | 86:9 | 88:0 | goto | 88'2 87°80
February ) Minimum] 75:0 | 72°0 | 769 | 77°1 | 75°6 | 75°5 | 76°0 75°44
Range ...| 12°0 | 15°5 | 101 98 | 124 | 14°5 | 1272 12°36
{ Maximum) 85-0 | 85-8 | 87°5 | 87°5 | 871 | 88:0 | 88-6 87°07
March ...4 Minimum] 73:0 } 75:0 | 75:0 | 77:2 | 74:1 | 76°5 | 75:0 75°24
I eae oes ele Ou TOS) a MeO |) LO | ESsO mi oes. a emaro 11°83
: | Maximum) 86-0 | 85"5 | 87:0 | 869 | 869 | 88:0 | 89:0 87°04
April..,.... Minimum] 71°5 | 74:0 | 74:9 | 75°4 | 73°9 | 760 | 740 74/24.
| Range ...| 14°5 | 1375 | 12:1 | x1°5 | 13°0 | r2°0 | 15:0 12°80
Veh o een Minimum} 70°0 | 72°0 | 70°8 | 714 | 66°8 | 719 | 692 70°30
Maximum] 82°0 | 82:2 | 861 | 85:4 | 82:1 | 85:0 | 84'0 83°83
May
Range ...| 12°0 | 102 | 15°3 | 14°0 | 15°3 | 1372 | 14°8 13°53
Maximum} 79°0 | 79°8 | 80:2 | 814 | 812 | 79°5 | 79°0 80°01
Minimum] 66°5 | 67:2 | 68:0 | 7o°0 | 66:4 | 67°8 | 65:5 67°34.
Range ...) 12°5 | 12°6 | 12°2 | 11°4 | 14°8 | 11°7 | 13°5 12°67
Bhd008 Minimum} 68°5 | 68:2 | 682 | 659 | 66°5 | 67°6 | 661 67°29
Range ...| zo"5 | 7°83 | 11°3 | 12°3 | 11-9 94 | 12°3 10°78
Maximum] 79:0 | 76°0 | 79°5 | 78:2 | 784 | 7770 | 784 78°07
July
( Maximum 79°0 | 760 | 78°3 | 79°5 | 79°0 | 780 | 78:0 78°25
August ...) Minimum] 68:0 | 67:8 | 69:0 | 66°6 | 66:0 | 68:0 | 62°8 66°89
| ate oie | MAIO om Bre, 9°8 | 12°99 | 13°0 | Io‘o | 15°2 11°36
Maximum} 80°5 | 78:9 | 79°0 | 79°5 | 80'0 | 80°0 | 78°5 79°49
September Minimum} 690 | 67°0 | 70'0 | 680 | 67:2 | 680 | 64°6 67°69
peees -.| I1'§ | 11°9 HO errs) | 1258) || rez» ergo 11°80
{ Maximum 82°0 | 8170 | 8074 | 81°0 | 83:4 | 81°5 | 80°0 81°29
October.. Prarie 67°5 | 70°5 | 74°0 | 69°9 | 71°0 | 69'0 | 6874 69°93
i ease pen) Aa) Ons Gey mre 274 e235) or r6 11°36
Maximum] 86:0 | 83°5 | 8570 | 85:2 | 88:0 | 86:0 | 86:9 85:80
November; Minimum] 73:5 | 73:0 | 73°6 | 719 | 700 | 73°6 | 73°4 72°71
Range ...| 12°5 } 10°5 | 1174 | 13°3 | 180 | 12°4 | 13°5 13°09
Maximum] 87:0 | 86°5 | 89°4 | 87°3 | 89°0 | 87:0 | 89°6 87°97
December } Minimum} 74°5 | 76:0 | 754 | 71°9 | 74°0 | 74°0 | 75°2 74/43
RATES wess|izus) | KOr6 I r4co Winea | eco | mero || AAT! 13°54.
Veal ee 83°38) 82°56] 83°96] 83:90] 84°22| 84°09} 8401 83°74
oe Minimum] 70°82) 71°67] 72°73] 71°69} 70°78! 71°96| 70°35 71°43
“| Range ...| 12°56] 10°89| 11°23] 12°21 | 13°44] 12°13] 13°66 12°30
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS.
129
Tarte X.—Showing the Highest and Lowest Readings of the Self-registering
Thermometers, the Dates of occurrence, and the Range in each Year.
Years ......... 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866. | Means.
° e ° ° oO 7 ie) ie) °
Maximum ...; 388"1 83°0 89°4 88-0 89°0 go'o 89:0 | 88-77
lus | es
D 31st 14th 27th 23rd 2nd 4th 1st 23rd
Bes aes Jan. | Jan. | Dec. | Jan. | Dec. | Feb. | April. | Jan.
Minimum 66°5 | 67°0 68°0 65°9 66°0 67°6 62°8 | 66:25
Dat 22nd | rith | 24th 8th and roth | 29th | 24th
ale ses?) 1 June. | Sept. | June. July. | Aug. | July. | Aug. | July.
Range......... 216 21°0 21°4 22°1 23°0 22°4, 262 22°52
Tarte XI.—Showing the Mean Vapour-pressure for each Observation Hour,
obtained from Six-hourly Observations taken daily during seven years
(1860-66).
Months. 34 AM.
JANUATY ........-02.00e08. "749
IRB RUALY A) s.0cc-crccssest 756
1 SN0 Se ae 736
J SUE ee: Seen ee aoe 706
INE a ian site ses - >< oxesecce 630
LUTE, cede Gea Ce aaaApe aa 564
SPU ea: sccatsesses0-. 547
70 Le 555
epbember <5... .22. 6.5. 553
October’. ...2.5.<.c0x 0s “591
November ............-.. "649
MEeeMbEr skis eesec ees 714
INERANS,. .oecsunasaveeseaes 646
Deviation from mean..| —-006
92 aM. | 33 P.M.
764. +767
“772 773
749 °752
“715 “719
*639 "639
°575 “580
555 “551
“562 *565
557 "562
"595 °599
"654. "659
716 725
"654 “658
+:'o02 | +:006
Monthly| Deviation
means.
wag
“767
"744
“713
636
“572
(5°
561
"558
595
"654
wiLe)
652
from mean.
-+-"107
eo LiES
+ "092
+'o61
—-'o16
—‘o80
—*I02
—‘ogl
— "094.
STS
— ‘002
+:067
Z10.—
V10.—
oo. —
goo. —
Soo, —
goo. —
too.—
£00. —
100. —
100. —
Z00. —
100.
100.
100.
+
600.+
+
=
REPORT—1867.
TIO.
TIO.
600.
Oro.
600.+
Soo.
Loo.-+
ZOO, —
Loo. —
“uBoul wmOay
WOIeLAa Cy
130
tego.
949.
Llo.
Ogg.
Lg9.
689.
669.
889.
889.
969.
889-
Lek
ofZ.
orZ,
iralia
LEE.
6E2,
obs
ozZ.
CEL.
gil.
6zZ.
EEL,
f1Z.
20¢f
of9.
“AON
‘po
Lor.—
OCI. —
$rS.
CRIS
£15.
Z1S.
61S,
CAT
vzS.
BIS.
OS
6S.
61S.
77S,
-Aqne
£g0.—
zo.
vrs.
SSS
v9S.
o$S.
gtS.
2S.
gos.
19S.
£os.
£5.
gSs.
EGS.
SS.
Sie
19S.
LSS.
1vS.
LYS.
£95.
€S$.
SS.
LES.
egs.
oun
S+S.
zbo.—
£6S.
995.
£95.
nAS.
SLS.
HLS,
vLS.
fs.
16S,
009.
96S.
£09.
Sog.
tog.
36s.
909.
719.
Sog.
Gog.
119.
Sog.
109.
Sog.
1gS.
$gS.
“AVP
960.+
me Le
LeL.
orl,
ord.
CEL.
zi.
ozZ.
ozZ.
ozZ,
ved.
eek,
Pale:
SzL.
1eZ,
1zL.
gSL.
SZ.
fol.
gSL.
obZ.
gzL.
vel.
6£2.
gil.
6rZ.
‘YOIR TL
Ogi.
Sig.
S6L.
L6L.
tog.
tog.
Log.
tr.
ZIg.
f1g.
gig.
Crg.
o1g.
rr.
gig.
gg.
oz.
17g.
QZ.
zg.
fz.
zfg.
gts.
ofg.
6rg.
Log.
“qeuT
O1r.+
SrZ.
gf.
VEL.
ecL.
bed.
gz.
frZ.
Sel.
6rZ.
Sue.
LeL,
fel.
IZ,
652.
zoL.
Sol.
1gl,
69L.
gLZ.
fo.
1gl.
VoL.
tL.
LEZ.
LEL.
“uRe
“UROT WHO.
UOTFVLAIy
PoCEEDEOOOOT ST A AE
st eeeweee “
wee eenane e
“cc
a mtu
“cc
ve SU a!
“* 9USTOpLL
“ee Ir
a eeeeenee
ween eeee 17 oL
fon)
eee tenes “
set eeeeee ce
neat etone ce
eee eeeee a
a cst MO b-00
wet eeeeee
stat enone 6c 6
seen eeeee “ce 8
stew eeeee “ L
FOC STIIO Se a)
*saNOFT
*(99-G98T) stornvarosyg Avp-waoy, oy woaz ‘Avg oy} Jo IMoPT Yoo roy ornssord-rmode A wvoy oy} Surmoyg—' GTAV
F {OQ Avp i 9 F He oUt H 4 J A ERO off surmoys— TTX L
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 131
Tanrz XITI.—Showing the Mean Vapour-pressure for each Month and
Year, derived from Six-hourly Observations taken daily from 1860 to
1866, both inclusive.
Deviation
Months. | 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864, | 1865. | 1866, |Monthly) “" som
means. TORY
January...... 7a eee Aa Wet 773), 225 e754 749 1° 2759 +°107
February ...| °792| °757| °764) °773| .°739| °790| °752| °767 + 'r15
March ...... 709) °725 | :720| -767) °738\" 738! °743)|. °743 +*o91
APT i yesese- 698) 708) *73x || "711! -709| “Flo! °72e| "713 +061
May ........, °662] °663] *640}) °644| “600] *629| *621| :637 "015
AUMeheserass=. oes 8559) 503 *hSoill s Soy eto o ns Sarai Rs, —o80
pl Ul Vaiees sae +9s *605| °540} °585| 531] °547| °544] 498] ‘550 —"102
August ...... 628} °5571 °587! 554} *550| °549| *508 "562 —"ogo
September...) °625| +536) '584] °558] °535| °558] ‘507| 558 —"094
October ...... *627| 613) °595] °579| “619| “607| °531] 596 —056
Noyember...| -649} °687] °689] °627| °681| °674| °575| 655 +:003
December... °747| °748) °722| °717| *710] °*741! ‘650| ‘719 +:'067
Yearlymeans| ‘680| *655} °663] *652| °643| °655| ‘619| *652
ean | +'028 |+-'003 |+'011} 07000 }—‘o0g de A He
The above Table, as already remarked, indicates a gradual decrease of the
yapour-pressure. ‘This becomes more evident when we take the means for
consecutive periods of two years each. Thus :—
Years. Vap.-pressure. Weare,
5a a WOU CoP 667
wer 0 (aed | i. 657
ae ta) wee: 649.
The pressure for 1866 (-619) is so much lower than the greatest (-680)
that it is very probable the mean pressure for 1866 and 1867 will be the
least of all,
It is possible that this diminution of vapour-pressure may be owing to
the great extent to which the primeval forests have been cut down during
the last twenty years. As the rains are evaporated and carried away sooner
than they would be if protected from the sun’s rays, we may suppose that the
mean annual amount of vapour in the air must be less than it was before
the forests were cut down; and thatif this is the case at Port Louis, on the
west coast, it must be still more so in the interior of the island, where the
forests existed.
132 REPORT—1867,
Taste XIV.—Showing the Maximum and Minimum Vapour-pressure, and
its Extreme Range, for each Month, from 1860 to 1866, both inclusive.
Months. 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1868. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866, | Monthly
Maximum} ‘914 | °896 | °903 | ‘955 | °827 | ‘910 | ‘925 "904.
January Minimum) °657 | °659 | °638 | *659 | *638 | *617 | ‘607 639
Range ...) ‘257 | ‘237 | ‘265 | ‘296 | *189 | ‘293 | °318 "265
Maximum) °879 | 847 | “896 | -925 | °854| "940 | “940 897
February 4 Minimum] ‘707 | *620 | °643 | *715 | °597 | *628 | ‘617 647
Range ...| °172 | °227 | °253 | :210 | 257 | “312 | +323 "250
{ Maximum *866 | *814 | ‘903 | *868 | *868 | ‘940 | “840 871
March ...) Minimum} *594 | °626 | ‘519 | *648 | °578 | *597 | *648 “601
| pete sa-|\ns272 || e108) || =384' | 220) || e200) aaaaulincrg2 270
Maximum} 872 | °847 | °847 | °854.] ‘840 | ‘827 | ‘854 849
PAP bemy ee Minimum) °542 | °586 | °622 | 578 | 607 | *559 | -578 581
Range ...| *330 | ‘261 | ‘225 | :276| ‘241 | ‘268 | ‘276 2.68
Maximum] ‘805 | °756 | *745 | °727 | °787 | ‘S40 | ‘840 786
May <stes Minimum] *503 | °571 | *460 | °578 | *450 | ‘481 | *515 *508
Range ...) 302 | “185 | °285 | ‘149 | °337 | °359 | °325 °277
Maximum] ‘694 | °789 | +704 | °739 | “692 | °751 | *670 *720
June ...... Minimum) -443 | “463 | ‘450 | °473 | *450| °437 | ‘450 452
Range ...) °251 | °326 | :254 | °266| ‘242 | °314 | :220 2.68
Maximum) 722 | °636 | °681 | -638 | *692 | °638 | -646 665
July ...... Minimum] *507 | “449 | °489 | ‘400 | ‘408 | "465 | +383 "443
Range e205 P87) et2. | 238! *a8A | Senza T | eaoGg 222
Maximum) 721 | *686 | ‘692 | “659 | *692 | ‘704 | “621 682
August ...4 Minimum] ‘505 | ‘474. | °464] 461 | ‘408 | *435 | °382 "44.7
Range ...| ‘216 | ‘212 | °228 | *198 | ‘284 | *269 | -239 "235
Maximum] -760 | *628 | °670 | *692 | ‘607 | ‘692 | °637 "669
September, Minimum] 514 | 470 | -473 | ‘450 | “458 | °465 | °367 "456
Range "246 | "158 | "197 | °242 | *149 | °227 | 270 213
Maximum) °752 | ‘776 | -715 | 727 | °727 | *727 | *648 °724.
October...) Minimum] 482 | *520 | 506 | 481 | ‘541 | -498 | ‘410 "491
Range "270 | "256 | ‘209 | *246 | °*186 | +239 | ‘238 72.33
Maximum] 783 | °827 | °827 | °751 | “827 | °854.| ‘598 “781
November} Minimum] ‘542 | °513 | *541 | °541 | 550] *578 | °533 "542
Range ‘2AI | °3%4 | “286 | “210 | "277 | -276| 7065 239
Maximum] 859 | °868 | -840 | °827 | *814 | °868 | ‘802 *840
December 4 Minimum] °668 | *622 | *617 | ‘597 | °588 | *617 | *513 "603
Range "191 | ‘246 | 223 | *230 | 226 | ‘251 | *289 2.37
Yearly Maximum poz iy "785 EA "769 "807 "752 "782
means Minimum} °555 | *548 | °535 | 548 | 522 | *531 | “500 534
Range ...| 247 | °233 | ‘250 | °232 | ‘247 | 276 | ‘252 248
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS.
135
Tantz XV.—Showing the Greatest and Least Vapour-pressure, the Dates of
occurrence, and the Range in each Year.
Years ...0c000 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864.
Maximum ...| ‘914 | “896 | *903 "955 868
2gth | 31st 27th | 19th 6th
Date ... { Jan. | Jan. | Jan. | Jan. | March.
Minimum 446 "449 "4.50 *4.00 “4.08
Dat 2oth | roth | rsth | 20th | 31st
ope June. | June. | June. | July. | July.
Range.........| °467 | “447 | “453 | °555 | ‘460
1865. | 1866. | Means.
"940 *940 +916
19th | 21st 8th
Feb. | Feb. | Feb.
435 | °367 | ‘421
12th | 27th | 21st
Aug. | Sept. | July.
*5°5 °573 “494
Taste XVI.—Showing the Mean Humidity of the Air (complete saturation
being 100) for each Observation Hour, obtained from Six-hourly Obser-
vations taken daily during seven years (1860-1866).
Months.
JANUALY «0. see esses
February .........
INTC. ..-5%06
Fee e ew eee teneee
August .....
September.........
October ............
November .........
December .........
Monthly means...
Deviation from
mean... .....
.
3% AM.
747
771
75°3
745
73°6
723
729
73°8
72°6
726
719
73°6
3h
gy AM.
712
74°3
72°3
7°°4.
79°3
70°1
711
79°
67°7
67°6
66'0
68-5
700
1019
3% P.M.
68°5
714
69°4
638°1
67°3
67°4
66°5
68-2
65°2
65"0
64°1
66°3
67°3
Ox P.M.
73°5
76'0
73°9
73°3
729
7V7
71'9
734
713
70°83
704
719
726
+17
Monthly } Deviation
means. | from mean.
72°0 +1'1
747 +3°8
727 +1°3
71'6 +07
71'0 +o'1
79°4. OS
70°6 —0;3
716 +0'7
69°2 7
69°0 —1'9
68°1 —2°3
7O'L —o'8
HES
REPORT—1867.
134
i ig
t.Lo 9.L9 £.%9 1.49 1.99 3.69 £.99 6.99 LSo9 6.59 $.g9 9.$L £.g9 0 |e survey
wo+ 9.69 g.oL 8.99 9.69 0.69 S.oL 9.49 9.L9 Z.99 6.L9 S.1L Lgl (50) im ey
g.I+ 0.69 9°69 8-99 g.L9 7.99 7.69 t.oL V.oL L.$9 z.Lo v.oL S.gL Salas Soe ae.
Ze 9.69 6°69 L.Lg £.L9 g.Lo 0.1L 1.04 1.04 z.Lo 6.89 t.0L V.LL TG Qian. [Ps esi ae
S.c+ 6.69 8.69 g.Lg 7.89 $.99 €.12 L.69 £.69 0.49 £.g89 £02 LL TER Stove | Os = Sg
fc L.69° $.g9 $.69 Z.89 4.89 6.04 £.69 £.69 1.l9 +.89 a oe PLL SiGO |e ensvan
6.1+ £.69 9.89 t.oL g.Lg 8-89 0.69 Z.89 Z89 8-99 L.g9 8.69 1.32 2.89 = | “quSTUpIPT
Lit 1.69 0.69 $.39 0.89 L.99 6.69 Z.99 7.99 zLg 0.69 9.69 g.LL Lelio = een
S.r+ 6.89 0.89 9-99 6.$9 8-89 1.0L 9:99 9-99 0.99 8-69 $.69 V.LL Oo || eee on
ZI 9-89 9.99 0.99 g-b9 £.99 g.oL 0.99 0.99 6.99 £.69 g.oL 3.9L OrLO alps GS
Lo+ 1.39 0.99 1.$9 z.v9 9.L9 g.tL 3.99 8-99 L.99 7.89 6.69 g.SZ G00) seen ees:
0.0 >.L9 0.59 $.£9 £.£9 £.99 6.0L AT) 4.89 6.99 0.99 7.69 6.0L Lief Gil asia BE
I.I— £.99 L.Lo £.19 9.19 Z.99 9-89 z.£9 z.£9 4.99 S.99 o.L9 6.€L Lip ge aie S50
£.2— 1.$9 8-59 8-85 0.09 L.£9 £.L9 S.£9 S.£9 0.59 %.£9 v.99 g.cL TENG mney SFG.
9.6— g.£9 9.59 1.25 v.gs Z.19 S.g9 L.z9 L.tg $.19 0.79 +.89 £.2L 3 CY GVM PE OE
S.f— 6.£9 9.59 1.L$ $.%9 1.79 Z.99 L.09 L.og £.19 6.09 z.Lg Eck EASY Nee ie et 3
V.E— 0.9 3.59 ZLS 6.19 £.£9 9.L9 %.19 4.19 8-19 @.19 L.$9 g.1Z DIOG ae ee ke
g.b— 9.£9 6.£9 £.95 0.79 0.79 Z.99 1.79 1.79 Z.79 4.09 0.99 S.1Z 9.59 ‘Wd 1
$.€— 6.£9 1.$9 $.3S v.19 $.09 7.89 9.£9 9.£9 6.29 8-09 9.59 g.z2 £.29 * WOON,
v.2— 0.89 9.59 6.19 0.79 1.49 £.04 L.£9 L.f9 b.t9 9-19 6.£9 b.EL Hey Tiley ||
br — 0.99 %.99 £.£9 Z.79 g-r9 1.0L z.$9 z.$9 Z.S9 $.19 6.9 £.S2 LeLoe |ee soy
z.0-+ 9.L9 8-99 S.Lo L.o9 $.99 +.69 3-89 z.lg 6.99 0.+9 6.99 OLE ELSTe yi CS ACERS
1.24 $.69 9.69 $.L9 v.79 1.49 f.2L b.oL 1.69 L.L9 g-L9 b.oL 6.3L roy Ane 10% ies iar)
bet g.69 o.tL £.L9 6.£9 0.89 Ll 8.69 1.89 £.99 z.oL 9.1L S.gZ ZL ap eee,
bot 3.69 £.12 6.49 $.S9 9-89 0.2L 6.69 0.89 $.L9 7.69 $.69 $.gL 210 Lael SP SeentV19
ey ‘sUvoT]] “loqttesay | “uteAo yy | -aq070Q | *ma}dog | -ysnsny | ‘Ayne *aune “AUT dy | -ysrepy | Aaenaqaq |-Arenuee} -smoyzy
(99-2987) stoypwasesqg Sep-mx07, 43
Woz poattop ‘Kv(q oy} Jo mmoy youd azoy (NOT Sutoq uoyvanzes o40[dux00) Iry oy Jo Apiprunyy uvoyy oy SutaoygS—'TT AX ATV,
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 135
Taste XVIII.—Showing the Mean Humidity of the Air for each Month and
Year, from 1860 to 1866, both inclusive.
|
Months. | 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866. | Monthly, Deviation
January ...... 74:6 | 704 | 74°5 | 71°6 | 69°3 | 70°2 | 73°% 719 +1'0
February ..... q7°0 | 76:2 | 7470 | 79°5 | 71°6 | 73°8 | 70°6 74-7 +33
March......... 7675 | 73:1 | 72°7 | 73:2 | 72°8 | 71°7 | 69°9 72°83 +1'9
APES heasezs: 72°6 | 72°4 | 73°0 | 69°9 | 72°8 | 69°6 | 70°7 716 +07
INV apetee sss 73°3 | 73°5 | 72°7 | 68°6 | 7o°0 | 692 | 69°8 710 o'r
JUNE §... 000205 712 | 69°6 | 691 | 71°0 | 70°4 | 71°3 | 69°8 70°3 —o'6
July ........-| 75°6 | 69°9 | 73°5 | 69° | 71°9 | 70°8 | 634 70°6 —0%3
August........ 97°8 | 73:4 | 7t1 | 704 | 72°4 | 713 | 64:7 716 +07
September....} 75°7 | 67°7 | 69°5 | 69°6 | 68°0 | 7o"r | 64:2 69'2 —I'7
October ...... 72°3 | 70°3 | 66-7 | 68-7 | 7o°2 | 7o°5 | 63°8 68'9 —2°0
November....| 67°3 | 72°3 | 70°6 | 69'0 | 7o'2 | Jor | §7°0 68'1 —2'8
December.....| 72°2 | 71°8 | 67°6 | 72°4 | 70°0 | 75*9 | 60°72 70'O —o:9
aM } 73°6 | 71°7 | 712 | 71x | 708 | 712 | 66-4 70°9
means.
from meen. ¢ [+27 +o°8 |+0'3 |+0°2 |—o'1 |+03 |—4'5
We have seen that Table XIII. indicates a decrease of vapour-pressure.
We now see that Table XVIII. indicates a decrease} of humidity ; in other
words, an increasing dryness of the air. This decrease is perhaps more ap-
parent when we take the means for periods of two years each. Thus:—
Years. Humidity. Mahan
pee | ee dk aig ces 99
hls (ee eat art re
POL tae Aan b faseya- nt
The humidity for 1866 is so small as to render it almost certain that the
mean for 1866 and 1867 will be the least of all.
These results are interesting in connexion with the destruction of the fo-
rests, and the diminishing sugar-crops.
The year 1866 was remarkable not only for diminished humidity, but also
for diminished vapour-pressure, diminished rainfall, absence of hurricanes,
and a severe drought, which, after destroying a large portion of the young
canes, was followed by a terrible fever, which has not yet disappeared. At
the Observatory the
Humidity was ...... od 6 OR AR aD 66:4 (100—0).
V ARGUT—PRGESIRG (hte wy Sets ty sto nie > 0-619 inch.
Painted o's sue ah ahabe it aetee pA ee 20:56 inches.
136
REPORT—1867.
Tasrn XIX.—Showing the Maximum and Minimum Humidity, and the
Ixtreme Range of Humidity, for each Month, from 1860 to 1866,
both inclusive.
Months.
January |
February
March ...
August .., {
September
October...
November
Means for
years...
|
December il
“s(n
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
| Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range .
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
1860.
94-1
55°4
38°7
89°9
57°83
Bor
1861.
86°6
61°8
24'8
95°3
57°6
37°7
93°6
58°9
34°7
83°8
574
314
84°9
571
27°8
862
53°9
32°3
822
582
24°0
86°5
59°6
26°9
80°0
564
23°6
86-9
54°4
32°5
86°5
49°6
36°9
85°3
52°2
33°
86°9
5674
30°5
1862.
33°8
562
32°6
9°°9
53°38
3271
88°83
60°3
28°5
737
60°2
18°5
8274
5915
22°9
82°4
58°0
244
83°9
57°6
26°3
1863.
86°8
58'9
27°9
86-7
64°7
22°0
82°6
61°7
20°9
D2
55°8
34°9
82°3
58°6
237
82°3
58-2
24°1
824
580
244
1866.
gI‘o
53°4
37°6
86°7
53°6
33°1
Monthly
means.
88-1
57°2
30°9
89°8
579
319
869
579
29'0
854
538°6
26'8
1864. | 1865.
82°6 | 86°6
561 | 589
26°5 | 27°7
86°5 | go'9
561 | 53°6
3074 13753
86'7 | 866
553 | 55°9
SJonGy |) Choo
867 | 82°6
58°38 | 61°8
27°9 | 20°8
867 | 865
52°6 | 553
34:1 e312
8675 | 864
55°3| 61-0
32 | 254
86°5 | 85-4
52°5 | 527
34°90 |. 32°7
99°71} 9847
55°E | 52°5
35°6 | 38-2
81-0 | 78°4
552 | 581
25°38 | 203
84°3 | 8274
58:2 | 58:2
261 | 24°2
82°6 | 82°4
558 | 558
26°38 | 26°6
78°7 | 90°7
56:0 | 56'0
22°7 | 34°7
849 | 85°8
55°6 | 56°6
2953 | (2912
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS.
137
Taste XX.—Showing the Greatest and Least Humidity, the Dates of occur-
rence, and Range in each Year.
WANS o005 0608 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866. | Means.
Maximum ...} 96°7 95°3 90°9 90'7 90°7 90'9 gro | 92°31
|
——- —___ ‘i ——_-— \——_ — —
Date 2ist | 16th gth 5th 12th | 12th 4th 8th
5 Be Aug. | Feb. | Feb. | April. | Aug. | Feb. | Jan. | April.
Minimum 503 46°3 533 52°8 igoae 52°5 48'0 | 50°81
Tata { 7th 1oth 17th Ist 11th | 12th 26th 29th
4 Oct. | June. | Nov. | Nov July. | Aug. | July. | Aug.
Range......... 46°4. 49°0 37°6 379 38-2 33°4. APOu \" Aree
Taste XXI.—Showing the Mean Height of the Barometer (corrected and
reduced to 32°) for each Observation Hour, obtained from Six-hourly
Observations, taken daily, from 1860 to 1866, both inclusive.
Months. 31 aa, | 9b act. | 3hzac, | Of poe. | Monthly
means.
in. in. in. in. in.
MANUANY: Ah. ceotheseoscs te. 29°908 | 29°951 | 29°890 | 29°958 | 29'927
IMGHRUBRY tieceyacacorecsec 29°823 | 29°870 | 29°804 | 29°877 | 29°843
arabes tthe ts5.i 29°912 | 29°963 | 29895 | 29°968 | 297934
PALES Mowat etessesencsssass 29°977 | 30°026 | 29954 | 30°027 | 29°996
1057 To eecee Reece 30°050 | 30°105 | 30°030 | 30°097 | 30°070
PRU teesesact 2300s. 32-0. 30°138 | 30°190 | 3o0°121 | 307181 | 30°157
MLA ee. ctccwessceieos: 30°174 | 30°228 | 30°152 | 30°22 | 3o'Kg!
NUE GaGa pa ee 30°176 | 30°228 | 30°150 | 307218 | 30°193
September .............2. 30°169 | 30°221 | 30°140 | 30218 | 307186
October. ..:c:cc- 25-2202 30°113 | 30°160 | 30°082 | 307158 | 307129
November ............06+ 30°045 | 30°084 | 30°017 | 30°094 | 307060
December ............00 29°967 | 30°007 | 29°947 | 30°017 | 297984
IMGAnG). deextsusens ser ones 30°038 | 30°086 | 3o°015 | 30°085 | 30°056
Deviation from mean..| —‘or8 | +’030 | —‘o4r | + 029
1867. L
1867.
REPORT
188
v1o.—
ozo. —
gio, —
o10.—
zoo.-+
Sto.
bzo.-+
6z0.+4
Lzo.+
Lio.+
£0o,-+
f10o.—
Lzo.—
L£o.—
oto. —
zto,—
gio. —
Z00,-+
gto.+
of0,+
££0.+
Szo.-
tio,+
£00.
“WROTE WOy
WOTBIAR
£90.—
LSo.0€ | 66.62
fto.0f | £66.62
Lfo. $36.
6£0, 936.
Lto, £66.62
650. £00.
zLo. Sto,
1go. $zo,
980. gfo.
tgo. gzo.
tLo. Sr0.08
ogo. $66.
tho. £26.
ofo, 656.
O7o, LY6.
Lio. Lv6.
$zo. 36.
6£0. zL6,
6S0. 986.
Lo. 366.62
Lg0. Soo.
060, E10.
“7230, goo.
1Zo, Loo.of
090.08 | 766.62
“UL “UL
“SUROTL 09(T
gto.— | Evo.t | LSr.4- | Eb1.4
610.08 | oor.0€ | viz.0€ | o0z.of
¥66.62 | zor.of | L61.0£ | zgr.of
986. obo, Lgr. gli.
$96, go. £61. 1gt.
+396.6¢ | 160. 00%. o6r.
too. Lol. TZ. g6t.
Lio. £71. ofz. Olt.
Sfo, Lz. Léz. rz.
S$£o. Ler. gtz. Luz.
ofo, fr. gtz. Loos
Lzo. tcl. Qzz. €1z.
610. err, 6oz. 661.
I10.0£ | o60. 661. gr.
66. £90. ogt. eZt:
796. SSo. oLt. tgr.
186.62 | vSo. tor. ogi.
100, 190. SLi. 9gI.
TTO, £Lo. z6I. ogt.
1£0, 260. Siz. oz.
Sto, Lot. gic. 622.
>So, Lil. gSz. fz.
6S0, fen. SSz. bbz.
6S0, OI. 6vz. rez.
SO. | er. 6£z. Ott.
bVO,0£ | Eor.0£ | gzz.of | 117.08
“UL “mL “UL “UL
‘ON "220 ‘qdeq | qsnsny
(998T-G9RT) storArosqg Avp-UIAy, OY} MOI, pouTeyqo sv
vEr.+
161.0£
ZgI.0f£
ool.
IgI.
Li.
98t.
z6r,
g6r,
voz,
£oz,
L6r,
Sst.
69r.
zgl.
SSin.
vr.
zl.
gLt.
£oz,
of%,
1vz.
zabz.
Sz.
Tl Z
661.08
at
“Ame
glo.
SE1.0£
gor.of
gol.
cum,
gtt.
git.
gtr.
Si.
6Sr.
ool.
Ltt.
gtr.
Io Ae
+11.
360.
S60.
for:
ZL:
Dole
Sst.
Ae
SLI.
6901.
1S.
otr.of
“Ur
“oun pr
zbo.+
660.0£
260.0£
160.
z6o,
L6o0,
Sor,
VII.
Cex.
rer.
clr.
gz.
Sor.
Lg0.
LLo,
tgo.
9So,
$So,
999°.
$go,
601,
gzt.
Come
@7I.
Sor.
360.0
“UL
ALT
090.— | 1g0.—
166.62 | 916.62
796.6% | 6£6.62
$L6. vE6.
£36. 96.
266.62 | oS6,
goo, 996.
gio. £36.67
£zo, foo,
Szo. ZI10.
$zo. I10.0£
Lio. 666.
100,0£ | 196,
gg6. | z96.
VLG6s -- ||) “656;
£96. Lt6.
€S6. | g¥6.
656. | 956.
396. | 396.
166.62 | £96.62
600. | zoo,
QZO. 110.
ofo, ) uro,
ozo. | 100.08
o10.0£ | Lg6.
966.62 | $L6.6z
“Ur | “ur
‘Trady | “Youeyy
SSz.—
703.67
661.62
£62.
z6L.
fog.
078.
Sfg.
1tg.
gts.
££.
17g.
tog.
Lgl.
39f.
zgl.
oh.
Sol.
zgl,
L6L,
o1g.
61g.
618.
Irg.
z6L,
ELL 6%
“Ur
‘Oe
£60, —
496.62
996.62
356.
£56.
796.
oL6,
£96.
$66.
$66.
£36.
glé.
zL6,
$96.
0S6.67
“UL
“uve
“UROT WOAT
wolyeIAey
senstecrs**SnGOTAT
ween eens “ee
wy
eeeeee GUuSIUPIAL
see eeenee c
moe
em} ww moo OVO &
we eeeeeee
eeaeeteee
eaateeeee “ee
rr ce
tener eee ay i¢,
WV 9
“SANOTT
‘Avq oy} Jo MOF yoo 10j (,gE 0} poonpor puv poyooa1o0o) cojouoavg oy} Jo WYStoFT uvoyy oy} Sursoyg—]TYY wavy,
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 139
Taste XXIII.—Showing the Mean Height of the Barometer (corrected and
reduced to 32°) for each Month and Year, as derived from Six-hourly
Observations taken daily from 1860 to 1866, both inclusive.
Months. | 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1g66, | Monthly} Deviation
means. /from mean.
in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in.
January ...| 29°846| 29°909| 29°899| 29°921| 29°950| 30°007| 29°952) 29'927 —"129
February ..| 29°842) 29°665| 29°890) 29°324| 29°937| 29°836| 29°914| 29°843 —'213 .
March......] 29°859) 29°950) 29°944| 29°929| 29°923| 29°960| 29°969| 29°934. —"122
April is... 3.0°026| 30°035| 307018] 29°957/ 29°986) 29°990] 29°965| 29°996 —‘060
May ......| 30°048) 30°050) 307062! 30°102| 30°080| 30°080| 30°062| 30°070 +014
JUNE ...... 30°71] 30°127| 30°093) 30°170| 30°1g5] 30°190] 30°59] 30°157 +101
duly 2... 30°196| 307182) 30°151] 30°161| 30°21G]| 30°237| 30°195| 30°191 47135
August.....| 30°167| 30°87) 30°174) 30°184! 30°206| 30'221] 30°212] 30°193 +137
September.| 30°142) 30°193] 30°151) 30°147| 30°258] 30°196| 30°221] 30°186 +130
October-....| 30°102) 30°116) 30°139] 30°r15| 30°142| 30°136| 30°152| 30°129 +°073
November.| 30°088) 307026] 29'992| 30°057| 30°064| 30°085| 30°102| 30°060 +:004
December..| 29°994) 29°943| 29°921| 30°012) 30°017| 29°935] 30°072| 297984 —072
Yearly
means, [ | 30049} 30°032| 307036 30°048] 30°081| 30°073] 30°081| 30°056
While Tables XIII. and XVIII. show a decreasing vapour-pressure and
humidity, Table XXIII. shows an increasing atmospheric pressure. Hence
the gaseous pressure has also been increasing.
The gradual diminution both of the vapour-pressure and humidity may
be due to the clearings which have been extensively carried on in the interior
of the island during the last fifteen or twenty years. It would be easy to
attribute the change to some general cause affecting the surrounding ocean,
but there seems to be no necessity for having recourse to that supposition
when we know that forests must act as preservers of moisture, and that the
forests of Mauritius have been rapidly disappearing. If observations had
been taken at localities where forests existed, before and after they were cut
down, the change would doubtless be much more marked than at Port
Louis.
As to an increase of the atmospheric and gaseous pressures, with a de-
erease of vapour-pressure, that is in accordance with a general law.
The following are the means of the atmospheric and dry pressures for con-
secutive periods of two years each :—
Vande, Ser pret Dry
ressure, Pressure.
TSEGO-Glkiin: dei oe. eu'G SWOBG See, ea bob tr 29-369
WOG2—-GS ood. hc.cu ak OOM ee ere koe « 29-385
WOUEAGS cin a bch ae SRN Th fee toe wb bs 29-428
These results are no doubt partly due to the disturbing action of hurri-
canes.
L2
140
REPORT—1867.
Taste XXIV.—Showing the Maximum and Minimum Readings and the
Extreme Range of the Barometer for each Month, from 1860 to 1866,
both inclusive.
Months.
Maximum
January Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
February
Maximum
Minimum
Range .
Maximum
Minimum
Range .
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ..
seenee
Maximum
Minimum
Range ..
Maximum
Minimum
August ...
| Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
September
October...
Maximum
Minimum
Range ...
Maximum
November + Mininum
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
December
Range ...
Maximum
Minimum
Means for
Range ...
years ...
1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866. | Monthly
means.
in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in.
29°991| 30°011| 30°029| 30°081| 30°085| 30°142| 30°107| + 30°063
2.9°542| 29°544| 29°745| 29°231| 29°706| 29°875| 29°748| 29°627
0°449| 0°467| 0°284) 0850] 0°379) 0'267/ 9°359] 07436
29°996) 29°986] 30°039) 30°013| 30°107| 30°037| 30°044| 30°03
29°520] 29°009) 29°730) 29°329) 29°693 29°511| 29°746| 29°505
0°476| 0°977| 0°309, 0°684) 0-414) 0°526| 0°298) — 0°527
30°059| 30°083] 30°1 50) 30°065| 30096] 30°088] 30°072| 30'088
29°454| 29°282| 29°750) 29°734| 29°667| 29°757| 29°836] 29°640
0°605| o'801} O40] 0°331] 07429] 0°331| 0°236) 07448
3O°L31) 30°10) 30° 117) 30°123} 307094] 30°071] 30°132) 9 3orrrl
29°834| 29°897) 29°898) 29°755| 29°85q| 29°871| 29°820| 29348
0°297| 0°212| 0°'219| 0°368) 0°235| 0o'200] 0°312| 0'263
30°190| 30°127| 30°85) 30°229 30°209) 30°218/ 30°227/ 30"198
29°848| 29°893) 29°947| 29°953| 29°963, 29°941| 29°882) 2g"918
0°342| 0°234) 0°238] 0°276| 0°246) 0°277| 0°345| 0280
30°297| 30°2.46] 30°25 5) 30°282) 30°335| 30°400) 30°295/ 30°301
29°969| 29°94.5] 29°863] 30°048) 30°069! 29°971/ 29°988] 29°979
0°328] 0°301] 0°392| 0°234| 0°266| 0°429| 0°307| 0°322
30°384| 30°253/ 30°300| 30°31) 30°356) 30°382) 30°313) 30°328
30°05 1] 29°977| 30°025) 30°007| 30°077| 30°1I1| 30°15) 307038
0°333| 0°276] 0275] 0°303/ 0°279] 0°271/ 0°298! o'290
39'24.5} 30°304) 30°337) 30°323) 30°373| 30°355] 30°340), 307325
29°954| 307016) 30°065| 30°087| 30°063| 30°073| 30°004] - 30°037
0°291| 0°288] 0°272) 0'236| 0-310! 0°282) 0°336) 0288
30°240) 30°279] 30°259| 30°279| 30°385| 30°375| 30°358] 30°311
29°963| 30°006| 30°062| 29°983| 30°137| 29°964) 30°009] 30°018
0'277| 0°273] o*197| 0°291| 0'248] o'411]} 0°349] 0293
30°186) 30°208] 30°265| 30°273] 30°311) 30°288] 30°257| 30°255
29°930) 29°951| 30°053) 29°859 30°01 4) 29°823] 30°008| 29°948
0°256| 0°257] o'212| 0°414| 0°297| 0°465] 0249] 0°307
30°164] 30°076| 307124] 30°147| 30°199| 30°231| 30°230] 307167
29°938| 29°844| 29°$26| 29°925) 29°933/ 29°962|29°986, 29.916
0°226} 0°232] 0'298| 0°222] 0°266/ 0°269) 0°244) 07251
30°048) 30°018} 30°029) 30°111| 30°1 Ig] 30°081] 30°202) 30°087
29°878| 29°773| 29°564) 29°915) 29°936) 29°650| 29°709| 29°775
O'I70] 0°245] 0°465| 07196] 0°183] 07431] 07493] 07312 :
30°161| 30°142] 30°174| 30°186| 30°222] 30°222| 30°215| 307189
29°823| 29°765 29°377| 29°820] 29'926] 29°876| 29°896| 29°854
0°338| 0°377, 0°297/ 0°366) 0°296/ 07346 07319) 0°335 ;
ee
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 141
Tantr XXV.—Showing the Greatest and Least Readings (corrected and
reduced) of the Barometer, the Dates, and Range in each Year.
Wears ne. ses 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866. Means.
Maximum ...| 30°327| 30°334| 30°337| 30°323) 30°385| 307400] 30°358| 30°352
|
25th | 26th | sth | 15th | 22nd | 3oth | gth | s2th
June. | Aug. | Aug. | Aug. | Sept. | June. | Sept. | Aug.
Minimum ...| 29°454| 29°009| 29°564! 29°2 1] 29°667| 29°511| 29°630| 29°438
9 O29 9°237; 955 9 9
Dat 24th | rsth | 2nd | 13th | ath | r2th | 7th | 28th
ca March.| Feb. | Dec. | Jan. |March.| Feb. | Dec. | Jan.
|
Range......... 0°873| 1°325| 0°773| 1°092| 0°718| 0889] 0°728| o-g14!
|
Taste XXVI.—Showing the Number of times the Wind blew from the
principal points of the Compass during each Year, from
1861 to 1865 inclusive.
Direction. 1861. | 1862. 1863. 1864.
Worth ves-.c0 iersese 26 14 12 5
North to N.E. ... 14 14 8 3
PINHIES | vanes denen ca 19 14 15 14
N.E. to East...... 173 88 95 66
LETS Lis espn parebcarbo 395 2.26 209 288
Hast to $.E. ......) 203 376 366 403
SHLD ore 136 227 281 2.68
8.E. to South...... yi 80 102 82
BORUNE eo .cee> sass 3 3 4 9
South to S.W. ... 5 3 6 5
isn, pegeeecd Soca. 6 5 4 7
S.W. to West...... 12 19 13 12
nee Se 28 31 21 22
est to N.W. ... 29 fo) ° 4
INE VPgpecser oeeeeares 14 a 38 He
N.W. to North ... 19 21 32 18
Walihy ssaceens.ces ds: 233 271 207 181
Variable,........... 83 6 a I
Hobals,< sc2. scorers 1460 1460 1460 14.60
142 REPORT—1867.
Taste XXVII.—Showing the Mean Estimated Force of the Wind, in Pounds’
Pressure on the Square Foot, for each Observation Hour, derived from
Six-hourly Observations, taken daily during Seven Years (1860-1866).
Hours. 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866. | Means.
lb. Ib. lb. lb. Tb. lb. lb. lb.
Sfape is tidor Congsraso-neee 0°74} 0°55 | 0°23 | 0°38 | 0°27 | O31 | 0°35 | O41
OER IES. neoatsdctoneeseaye 0°86 | 0°59 | 0°36 | 0°43 | 0°34 | 0°32 | 0°37 | 0748
Bee NM vireseeusauavas alas 0°76 |/0:53 || (0:31 | om7 | O89) oI ||| ovenieoals
Oe RTNDIS = Bannon aaheadcrBane 0°72 | 0-49 | 0:29 | 0°37 | 0:25 | 0°33 | 0°30} 0°39
Yearly means ......... 0°77 | 0754.| 0°30] ot | 0:30 | 0°32 | 0°36] 0°43
Taste XXVIII.—Showing the Mean Estimated Force of the Wind for each
Month, in Pounds’ Pressure on the Square Foot, as derived from Six-
hourly Observations, taken daily during Seven Years (1860-1866).
Months. 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866. | Monthly
means.
lb. lb. lb. lb. lb. lb. lb. lb.
VANUBIY siocsssevenoasny I'rz |0757 | oa | 048) | 0127 |) 0°92 || oa niio an
Hebruary: <.-..0sc+cns-iee 1:25)|. 0°72 | 0799 | 1°72 | 0°25-| 0°57-} Otag } e182
Mar Chig hts. eeregarceen? o-7t | 1:72 | 0°56 | 018 | 0°24 | 0°32 | o72% 0°56
PANQUI resnscicagernasee shat 0°62 | o750 | O12 | 0°27 | 0129 | 0°20 | 0°64 | 0°38
INE Ry padeedobaanpscnin yc occ E121 (0729 | O75] 6:34) "or23 || owen oenamo es
RNUTLO “Boss sen see sy omen 0°82 | 0°63 | o14 | o'50 | 0°42 | 047 | 0°45 | O49
“UJ Buesarpeneeeepocresocc 0°77 | 0°46°| o18 | 0°34 | 0°33 | 0°36 | 0742] or
JV EVE) Baer coer eaecrting 0°60 | 0°68 | 0:20] o4o |] 0°35 | 0°35 | O42 | 0°43
September ............... 0°54. | 0°29 | 0116 | 0°24 | 0°45 | 0°27 | 0°48 | 0°35
OGiOPEr)..<.sceegeensrares 0°69 | O17 | O19] O19 | 0°28 | 0°26 | 0°33 0°30
November .,.....,....:. 0°53 | 0-24 | ox | O13 | o'21 | 0°24 | 0°26] 0726
DECeMbED yes sg0ee->-+ ss 0°35 | 0°26 | 0123 | 016] O72 0°295| COZ 7a mares
Yearly means ......... 0°76 | 0°54} 0729 | 041 | 0°30 | 0°33 | 0°36] 0°43
The general accordance of the results in Tables XXVIII. and XXIX. is
evident, both showing two maxima in February and June, and two minima
in April and November. The discrepancy in the amount of force is due to
the results in the former Table having been derived from four daily obser-
vations of the estimated force during seven years, while the results in the
latter have been obtained by taking the means of the daily maximum force
recorded by Osler’s anemometer during six years.
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS.
143
Taste XXIX,—Showing the Mean Maximum Force of the Wind for each
Month, during Six Years, in Pounds’ Pressure on the Square Foot, as
obtained by Osler’s Anemometer.
Months. | 1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865. | 1866. | Monthly
lbs. | lbs. | Ibs. | Ibs. | Ibs. | Ibs. | lbs. lbs.
January ...... Azoon|| | 20) || aig3) || 2320/0774. xer0y|) 1203) 1°69
February 3700 | 106g | 2°85 | 4°46 | 0°93 | 1°88} 0°63 2°29
March ,:.<.- 200 : 2:28 | 0°38 | 0753 | 1°59 | 0°63 1°23
April \..c4:+43° r85| § o2g | 1°35 | ot51 | 0178 | 2°49] 125
IVPangNS <2 2-2, - 344.| ‘So o'99 | 1°79 | 0°66 | 3°34 | 1°31 1°59
June ,........ 4:70) & Og) 2:34) 2148 |, 2752 | 2748 2°48
divi “Sercaeeee 260} E54}. 2!08 || 232g | 2°28 | 2°05 2rk3
August ...... 2°50 | © 115 | 1°96 | 2°34 | 2°60 | 2°20 2°12
September 2°50 eB o50 | o'85 | 2°50 | 1°79 | 2°06 1°70
October ...... 2°34.| # 0°68 | o'50 | 0°95 | 0°83 | 0°84 10%
November ...} 1°95 q ogi | 0:27 | 0°94. | O771 | 0°42 0°87
December ...| 2°35 < | 0°65 | 040} O85 | 1°03 | 049 0°96
Yearly means} 2°77 | ...... LTO. VSG eoEiG De a54 |) or So, 161
Taste XX X.—Showing the Greatest Force of the Wind, in Pounds’ Pressure
on the Square Foot, and the Dates, in each Year.
Maximum
force
seeeee
1860.
Tosee |) Ubss) |) Toss...) Tbs. 3) Tbs:
180 | 4o'o0 | 12°5 | 36:0 | 8-7
21st | 15th | 26th | 20th | 2nd
June. | Feb. | Feb. | Feb. | July
1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864.
1865.
1866.
lbs.
13°5
16th
April.
Means.
lbs.
20°3
5th
April.
Tantr XXXIJ.—Showing the Mean Estimated Extent of Cloud for each Ob-
servation Hour, as derived from Six-hourly Observations taken daily
during Seven Years (1860-66), 10 being taken for an entirely overcast
sky, and 0 for an entirely cloudless sky.
Hours.
1860. | 1861.
41 4°0
6'0 5°7
6°7 61
4°0 as
52 | 48
1862.
1863. | 1864.
Ror fle
55 | 5:6
(il eg
ZO) 3°5
Eee. || Ry
1865.
5°O
1866.
ao
Means.
144
REPORT—1867.
Taste XXXI1I.—Showing the Mean Extent of Cloud, in each Month and
Year, from 1860 to 1866, both inclusive, 10 being taken for an entirely
overcast sky, and 0 for an entirely cloudless sky.
Months.
JANUATY sees ces seweseerseacees|
NeDruany) \.cecrcnareeease ses
March
See ey
ee cece e nee ne en eaeeeenes
November
December
1860. | 1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1865.
Glog)? 5:8’ Oss 9) Ria ae aaa SAB
Gr 720! $69 Hees 3 Ayes ae SN 55
AiG O] 25°31 Ut ea 1'8 518 GlgeazO a= 5 °0
44 | 5:0 | 34 | 40 | 572 | 38
49 | 52 | 39 | 2°99 | 40 | 43
4°6 42 2°8 31 38 51
59 | 41 | 35 | 42 | 457) ax
46 | 43 | 42 | 35 | 49 | 54
4919) 2 3795) 3°87). 3°9 1 aig a eer
SBR S 207M Sez) aS de
48 | 42 | 42 | 32 | 52 | 43
<7 ga (oie eat We ee I a eV
52 | 48 | 42 ) 43 | 47 | So
1866.
Monthly
means.
Taste XX XIII.—Showing the Amount of Rainfall, in inches, for each
Month and Year, from 1860 to 1866, both inclusive.
Months. 1860. | 1861. | 1862.
in. in. in.
January ...... 14°65 5°37 | 4°02
February ...| 13°55| 46°57| 4°69
March ...... 7°58 2°48| 5°97
2A Soageoaee 1°25 3°23) 184
May ~......06 1°33 3°73) 6°76
UE. Pess<-s. 0°45 0°87| o'58
DULY psccssces 0°85 045] 060
August ...... 2°18 1°84.| I'og
September 0°38 o'00| 0°31
October ...... 0°53 0°03| 0°59
November ...| 0°16 2°74! Ota
December ...! 2°27 2°04.| 1°13
Fall for year | 45°18] 68°76| 28-39
Deviation 3 : .
from mean } Pai ese 2) 9°48
1863. | 1864. | 1865.
in. in. in.
948) 2°32) 3°27
10°95 Di 2) a1 5%
3°43 2199 "|= 5312 7)
1°49 Re Si
o'71 o'51| o'22
Tayi o'31] o78
0°73 147) 2°35
0729} 3°94} 3°28
o'72 0°37] 0o'60
118 0°83] o82
O35 x90 sed
2°37 1°83 | 12°09
SIG LE les Sea) Ge AS
—4°46 |—13°73 |+6'86
1866.
in,
543
25%
3°81
478
1°16
C7
0°36
O73
PEN
o'24
0°00
o'79
i Ui fait
20°56 |
Monthly
means.
in.
6°36
14/23
4°20
2°18
2°06
o'72
OOF,
I'gI
0°39
o'60
3°16
Deviation
from
mean.
The rain-gauge is 40 feet above the ground; the mouth of the receiver is
20 by 10 inches; and the rain is conducted by a leaden tube to a room in
the Observatory.
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS,
145
Taste XXXIV.—Showing the Greatest Rainfall, in inches, on any one day,
in each Year, with the Date.
Years. 1860. | 1861. | 1862.
j in. in. in.
Greatest rainfall | 582 | 10'00.| 3°25
in 24hours J
26th | r5th | 25th
f
UO A ctecen ce ces | Jan: Feb. May
1863. | 1864. | 1865.
Means.
Taste XXXV.—Showing the Annual Rainfall, in inches, at different
Stations in Mauritius, from 1862 to 1866, both inclusive.
Stations. 1862.
in.
Flat Island ......... 28°02
Gros-Cailloux ...... 25°35
Port Louis............ 28°39
Mont Choisy ......... 41°56
Les Rochers ......... 41°84
Botanical Gardens...) ......
Labourdonnais ...... 52°23
LDV ECET Rae | 60°71
Croft-an-Righ ......] ......
Beau Séjour ......... 69°07
ESTEE) 0 Reape grece cass) | posers
HiNey Brace ..-.....<.5- | 59°51
IAN CGUaiTIS Sete Pine soneede | upeecna
IMISMERANCE)cs..cecaecs |) 0-55
Wa Gaieté& ............ aero
CHT 79 paeeecnce pcre | 122°54
(ELORPROIS 2c-ceesccece] ts «ase
Beau Vallon ......... osteo
CP ATDIM 2cc eee. cos eset
1864. 1865.
in in
24°17 | 36°57
24°14 | 44°73
48°89 | 67°53
42°65 60°95
SESS: ile ona
57°94. | 101°56
56°61 | 79°44
56*60 87°12
48°58 SI'Ig
ZOS9 Ns FE7Z
eecoee 147°74.
Aen 97°55
Raa. 192°45
3°36 | 135-21
100°85§
coated 115°61
1866.
Means.
It may be proper to mention that, with the exception of Port Louis, Mont
Choisy, Les Rochers, the Botanical Gardens, Labourdonnais, Mesnil, and La
Gaieté, all the stations are supplied with rain-gauges of the same form and
size, viz., Glaisher’s rain-gauge as made by Negretti and Zambra. Except
at Port Louis and La Gaieté the gauges are placed on the ground.
146
REPORT—1867.
Taste XXXVI.—Showing the number of Days on which Lightning was
seen, or Thunder heard, in each Month and Year, from 1860 to 1866,
both inclusive.
Months. 1860.
January ........-... 9
Hebruary .....-... I
Marg st igsccg<s: IO
PATEL pose gsce shine == 3
Naya seeae-escs se2 |=: =
RUUMOM AN ce attacestnrel seess
CUA qaddaoe Seerased [areee
AUPTISH 2 ocgerecesss
September «........| .....-
“CJC 0} of} es. Codocneee fp SaBo54
Novem beric.se---|\0-- 20-6
December ........- I
Motels igeccc2sss:se. 24
1861. | 1862. | 1863. | 1864. | 1868. | 1866. | Means.
10 $ II (| Saehcey 2 6°6
2 4 9 7 II 8 6:0
eae 2 13 2 B 10 59
2 4 6 be) 2 5 45
3 Edel sees 5 2 I Tap
cess | see weed |p CX ee ee
2 Bae ae gs: Re es Sale aa Sak
Bahl saw et lls conse |ipemetae BA oka o'7
20 19 40 33 22 26 26°74
Taste XXXVII.—Showing the Mean Values of the principal Meteorological
Elements for each Observation Hour, derived from Six-hourly Observa-
tions taken daily during Seven Years (1860-66).
Tempe- Atmo-
Hours. rature of | spheric
air. pressure.
a in.
35 AM. os; 75°50 30°038
92 AM. . 77°59 30°086
3R PM. .. 78°99 30°01
95 P.M. ... 76°36 30°085
Means 7711 30°056
Vapour-
pressure.
Dry | Humidity
pressure. I00—O.
in.
29°392 73°7
29°432 7o0'O
29°357 67°3
29°433 726
29°404, 70°9
| Estimated
force of
wind,
in lbs.
lb.
O'41
048
0°45
9139
0°43
Amount
of cloud
10—o.
3°77
56
62
35
47
It appears from Table XXXVII. that the march of the dry pressure is
similar to that of the total or atmospheric pressure, the rise and fall for both
being as follows :—
Total Dry
Period. Pres. Pres.
z AM. to 93 A.M. +048 +-040
94 a.m. to 34 P.M. —-071 — 075
33 P.M. to 94 P.M. +-070 +-076
93 p.m. to 33 A.M, —'047 —041
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS. 147
Taste XXXVIII.—Showing the Means of the principal Meteorological
Elements for each Hour of the Day, derived from Hourly Observations
taken on the 21st of every Month, from 1863 to 1866, both inclusive.
Tempe- Atmo- ite Estimated
Hours. Bone 4 of | spheric Vapour. ey Humidity | “force of
air. PeeETe, Ero er ee bor wind.
- in. | in. in. lb.
GG Abmey co|P. 195559 30'060 628 29°432 69'8 0°20
Teese as|t «F597 30°071 633 29°438 69°8 0°30
RS) age eo 76°54. 30'082 “642 29°440 69°5 o18
yey were q7 11 30°090 *640 29°450 67°6 0°25
EOpayvces|, 73'°I2 30°087 644 29°443 6670 0°30
THO Gc! | -FS°92 30°075 645 297430 65°0 O31
Noon .....- 79°18 30°059 "644 29°415 63°9 0°30
HEM ss.) 79°43 30°039 646 29°393 63°6 0°30
Za «s|, 79°36 307025 "646 29°379 64'0 o'40
Z| Usp eee 79°22 30°017 "644. 29°373 63°9 0°26
ee 78°86 30°020 "634 29°386 63°83 0°25
J eae 78°22 30°030 636 29°394 65"1 0°25
(as ae 77°61 30°044. 634 29°410 66°3 022
Wass 7 7OS 30°060 633 29°427 67°4 0°30
ae te cl) ) ear 30°074 634. 29°44.0 68°1 0°23
2) ase yda8 76°46 30°084. 634. 29°450 68°6 ors
TiO ey eee 76°31 30°086 "632 29°454. 68°9 O17
Tivos si 76°19 30°081 631 29°450 691 o'19
Midnight.., 75°96 30°072 "629 29°443 69°3 org
MAM ct) 5789 30°059 *630 29°429 69°7 0°23
2 en Siber 75°82 30°047 629 29°418 69°9 0°25
Bow | 75°72 30°039 "625 29°414 69°6 0°23
eee |) 6 FETE 30°037 621 29°4.16 69'0 0°26
eee ces 7.5359 30043 | 623 29°420 69°6 0°20
Dail : : : ¢ g E
eps) 774 |. geg7 635 29°422 67°4 0°25
Taste XL*.—Showing the Means of the Extreme Range of the principal
Meteorological Elements for each Month, derived from Six-hourly Ob-
servations taken daily from 1860 to 1866, both inclusive.
|
Tempe- Atmo- BEA
Months. mien of | spheric Vapour- Humidity
pia pressure. | Pressure. | 100—o.
- in. in.
JANUALY .00,.-.000000,-] 12°55 0°4.36 "2.65 30°9
IODEUBLY? 0053.50.50 12°36 0°527 "250 31°9
Weetnaling "votes sesenucees 11°83 0448 "270 29°0
PASI Mec so ee aiteatelsaceae 12°80 0°263 268 26°8
Win yid den sus.cowvadicenes 13°53 07280 2.76 27°9
MUU Ge cicducdesseaun sas 12°67 0°322 "268 28°2
elit Yinhen eas seasecensest 10°78 0°290 "222 280
AUSUEE s-anseuscege se 11°36 0'288 Za 30°4
September ............ 11°80 0°293 e203 26°8
Odtaber’ csiseaaseoss 11°36 0°307 233 27°9
November’ .......<:-0« 13°09 O'251 229 27°3
Depember 2.-25-...s56| | 14259 0°312 237 28°38
Yearly means ...... 12°29 | 0°335 246 28°7
* Tables XXXIX. and XL, haye been transposed in order to save space,
1867.
REPORT.
148
ia
9.4
6.5
0.9
9-9
‘skep
jo wequnu
‘tapunt{y 10
Surayysyy
“Sot[OUT UL
TLRpare yy
Ss
+
|
|
ih Sie
ST ADNMO MAM MH
mo¢e etree rnd
‘o—oI
pnoyo jo
junowy
“= OF ‘asa | Eb.0 19.1
‘a'N'd O} “a'S"d) 97.0 96.0
“OF ‘a's'a | 9%.0 £g.0
‘© 03 ‘a's'a | Of.0 ZO.1
“aE 0} ‘a's S£.0 ol.
“I 0} “a's £t.0 1.7%
‘dE 0} ‘a's 1t.0 £1.z
"A 0} “O'S 6+.0 gt.z
“I OJ ‘a's'a | gf.o 6S.1
‘N'A 0} “a's"a| gf.o IZ.
‘W'N'E O} *a's'a} 9$.0 aa
‘I'N 0} ‘asa | 7B.0 672.2
‘'N 0} ‘asa | 1.0 69.1
“qd “a
*(poquut .
*WOTJOOATP wie) pan
Suyteacrg | 0405 ar
= uvoyL UvOTAL
*PUrAA
*O—OOI
“AVyp Lean FL
‘aanssoad
Aut
‘aamssoad
-mode A.
gSo0.0f
$36.62
090.08
6z1.0£
9gr.0f
£6r.0£
161.0£
LS1.0£
oLo.o£
966.62
bt6.6z
£+8.67
£26.67
UL
‘aaussoad
ooyds
-Oulyy
S.orr
g.S1L
o.SIr
£.c11
£.Zor
o.bor
Z.1OL
g.cOL
1.901
1.€1r
LSu4
€.S11
9.211
o
‘sfua suns
UL OANYBA
-odto}
TUN UTXB OE
uvoy,
11.ZZ
62.08
79.92
Z7.GL
zx.eL
17z.2L
$6.12
gv.£2
St.gZ
£3.62
9.08
97.18
tL.1g
“18
jo oangua
-odway,
suvour paw 7K
“+ toquteoaqy
"+ aqUOAO NT
“= T9qG0700
[+ cequriaydag
[eenenon
ea
‘ees oop
> Ken
* pady
Youn TAL
oe Lewnaqoyy
seeees Kern
“STFUO PY
“OAISNTOUT Y}OF “QOST OF OOST Wory ATrep
UOC} SMOYVAIOSYG ATMOY-XIg Wo] poAttop ‘s}UOWMOTT [VoLsooroozo PY oy Jo suvoyy ATYJUOPL oy} SuLAOYYG—NINNY LMA,
ON THE METEOROLOGY OF PORT LOUIS.
149
Taste XLI.—Showing the Highest and Lowest Values, and the Extreme
Ranges, of the principal Meteorological Elements for each Year, from 1860
to 1866, both inclusive, with the Epochs of Maximum and Minimum.
Observations.
2 ( Highest ...
ra} Dates A.
ee
2 34 Lowest .
5S
E Date ..
g Range......
2 { Highest
BS | Date
vane
a z 4 Lowest
Ba | Date
4 l
| Range.
{ Highest
us Date
3%
2.24 Lowest
Zo
Pe | Date
| Range......
{ Highest
Humidity.
—
a
S
a
B
cr
Maximum force }
of wind in
pounds press-
ure on square
BDOU asecscs <<
in _ twenty-
four hours...
Date ...
i
4
Greatest rainfall }
{
1860.
881
31st
Jan.
66°5
22nd
June
21°6
30°327
25th
June.
29°4.54
24th
Mar.
0873
o'914.
29th
Jan.
07446
20th
June.
0467
96°7
21st
Aug.
50°3
7th
Oct.
46°4
18'0
21st
June.
5°82
26th
Jan.
1861.
880
14th
Jan.
67°0
11th
Sept.
21°0
30°334
26th
Aug.
29°009
15th
Feb.
1-925
0°896
gist
Jan.
0°449
1gth
June.
0°447
95°3
16th
Feb.
4.6°3
roth
June.
49°0
40°O
15th
Feb.
10°00
15th
Feb.
1862.
1863.
88°0
23rd
Jan.
65°9
Sth
July.
22°5
30°323
15th
Aug.
29°231
13th
Jan.
1'092
21955
19th
Jan.
2oth
Feb.
By
13th
Jan.
1864.
890
2nd
Dee.
66'0
2nd
Aug.
23°0
30°385
22nd
Sept.
29°667
4th
Mar.
0718
0°868
6th
Mar.
0408
gist
July.
04.60
9°°7
12th
Aug.
52°5
1ith
July.
38°2
87
and
July.
2°45
11th
Feb.
1865.
goo
4th
Feb.
67°6
roth
July.
22°4
30°4.00
30th
June.
29°51
12th
Feb.
0889
0°940
19th
Feb.
0°435
12th
Aug.
0°505
9°°9
12th
Feb.
52°5
12th
Aug.
38"4.
1866.
16th
April.
1 pd
24th
Mar. &
3rd Apr.
Annual
means.
88°77
23rd
Jan.
66°25
24th
July.
22°52
30°352
12th
Aug.
29438
28th
Jan.
o'914
0'916
8th
Feb.
4°34.
26th
Feb.
1867.
REPORT—
150
Ot
tz
*sfep
jo aequinu
‘tepuntyy
10
Suruyysyy
£g.L£
95.07
tL.vy
bi.bz
1y.£f
6£.gz
94.89
gi.sy
“ut
“SOYOUL
aL ‘[peyUreyy
‘oO—o1
pnoyo jo
qunoury
“(peyeurtse )
90.L0F
URI
“ODLOF
TONUUTX BU
uRayL
“PULAA
‘OATSNPOUL YOY “QORT OF OOST wosz ATep usyR} suotArsq¢
*o—oor
Ayprany
‘aamsseard
Aa
-aanssord
-anode A
9$0.0£
1g0.0£
£Lo.0f£
1g0.0£
gto.of
gfo.0£
z£o0.0€
obo.o£
“Ul
‘oanssa.rd
ortayds
“OUT
‘sfva suns
Ul amgra
-odumay,
“118
Jo omngea
-oduoy,
seen e eee eeee
ery err
Sorry
suvout Ayavo x
9981
Sogt
togt
£ogr
ZOQI
I98I
Ogg
‘SIO
A[MOY-X1IG WOIJ poaatiop “IvoX Ovo LoF s}WMOWT | [VoLsoposoojoy Tedroutd oy} Jo suvayy oy} SuLAOYY—]]TX TIAVI,
ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE HIGHLAND RAILWAY. 151
On the Construction and Works of the Highland Railway. By Josnru
Mircuett, F.R.S.L., F.G.S., CE. and Member of the Institution
of Civil Engineers.
Tus title represents the union of several Companies in the north of
Scotland, amalgamated three years ago under the name of the Highland
Railway Company. The works consist of a main line from a point near
Perth, extending northward 117 miles to the town of Forres, and a base-
line running nearly at right angles to the other, extending westwards from
the town of Keith by Elgin and Forres along the shores of the Moray Firth
to Inverness, and thence along the Beauly, Dingwall, and Dornoch Firths,
northwards to Bonar Bridge, measuring from Keith to Inverness 55 miles,
and from Inverness to Bonar Bridge 55 miles, and making together a base=
line of 113 miles. These railways traverse the northern part of Perthshire,
and are the main lines of communication through part of Banffshire and
the counties of Inverness, Nairn, Moray, and Ross, the whole including three
branches—two to the ports of Burghead and Findhorn in Morayshire, and the
other to the village of Aberfeldy in Perthshire—and extending to 246 miles
length.
The country is fertile and comparatively flat for a distance of about 40
miles north of Perth, and also along the shores of the Moray, Dingwall, and
Dornoch Firths ; but between Perthshire and Morayshire the line crosses two
ranges of the Grampian Mountains, the one separating the valley of the Tay
from that of the Spey, and the northern range separating the Spey from the
valley of the Findhorn.
The large rivers which drain these mountain-regions debouch into the Tay,
the Moray, the Dingwall, and the Dornoch Firths, and as the railway in
most cases crosses these rivers near the sea, bridges of considerable magnitude
were required. Besides the crossing of these rivers, other difficulties of a
formidable character arose in crossing the mountains at so great an eleva-
tion, and in passing the rocky and precipitous defiles through which portions
of the line had to run.
The northern counties traversed by these railways, except along the shores of
the Firths, are chiefly pastoral, exporting large numbers of sheep and cattle.
The fisheries also are on an extensive scale; besides the salmon fisheries
in the rivers, the annual take of white fish in the Moray Firth amounts to
about 60,000 tons.
The object of the promoters, therefore, was to sweep the fertile shores of
the Moray Firth, and to send the produce of the country by the most direct
route to Perth, across the mountains, thus saving a detour by Aberdeen of
nearly 60 miles. In laying out the main line and crossing the Grampians
between Perth and Forres, long and steep inclines could not be avoided, but
there is no steeper gradient than 1 in 70 throughout. The line to Blair,
36 miles from Perth, rises only 443 feet above the level of the sea, but from
Blair to the summit of the southern range of the Grampians, a distance of 17
miles, the line rises 1045 feet, making the extreme summit 1488 feet above
the sea. In this distance there are gradients for 10 continuous miles of 1
in 72 and 1 in 70, and in the remaining 7 miles the inclines vary from 1 in
78 to lin 110. After passing this summit the line descends into the valley
of the Spey, falling 747 feet in 18 miles, the steepest gradient being 1 in 80.
On crossing the Spey, the line is comparatively level for a distance of 24 miles,
when it again ascends by gradients of 1 in 84, 80, and 100, in order to pass
the northern ridge which separates the valley of the Spey from that of the
152 REPORT—1867.
Findhorn. This summit is 1046 feet above the sea-level. It afterwards de-
scends to Forres (the point of junction with the base-line) by gradients, the
steepest of which are 1 in 70 for 8 miles, and 1 in 76 for 4 miles.
In this length of the main direct line of 104 miles, there are two small
tunnels, one of 350 yards near Dunkeld, and the other in the Pass of Killie-
crankie of 110 yards in length, both constructed very much with the view of
avoiding injury to the adjoining scenery.
The principal difficulties that arose in laying out the line were in passing
through the narrow defile at Dunkeld, the beautiful demesne of the Duke of
Athole, and again in penetrating through the picturesque Pass of Killiecrankie,
where the mountains, as it were, close in upon each other for a great height ;
likewise in passing along the narrow, precipitous, and rocky valley of
the Garry, close to a large and rapid mountain-stream ; also the Park at
Castle Grant, and the defile at Huntley's Cave near Grantown. These
points in particular required much study, with repeated trial and contour
levels, so as to obtain a knowledge of the precise formation of the ground,
and to choose the best direction at the lowest possible cost. At the Pass of
Killiecrankie the banks were so precipitous and steep that the line had to be
supported by breast or retaining walls to the extent of 690 lineal yards, and
to the average height of 26 feet, the extreme height of one being 55 feet;
and in order to carry the railway at the narrowest point in the Pass where
the precipices close in, as it were, on either side, and afford scarcely any ad-
ditional space beyond that occupied by the channel of the river, instead of
supporting the line by breastwalls, it was deemed prudent to construct a
viaduct of 10 arches, 60 feet above the river, which with a tunnel at the
north end carries it successively through the Pass. At two other points on
the line, in running up the sides of the Garry, breastwalls had to be formed,
respectively 94 and 35 yards in length, and 15 feet in average height. All
these breastwalls, extending to 1650 lineal yards, are built with lime, and
set on a solid foundation of dry gravel or rock, at right angles to the face of
the wall, which batters at the rate of 13 inch to the foot.
The spaces behind the walls are filled with rubble stones, set by hand for
10 feet wide, and further back with dry gravel, it being important that all
earth or clayey substances should be excluded. The writer prefers the curved
to the straight batter, as it gives more effectual resistance if well built; but
breastwalls are to be avoided wherever earth embankments can be substi-
tuted, as, in his experience, there are subtle influences in the Scottish climate
of alternate frost and wet in winter, which operate imperceptibly to their
destruction, and they require careful and constant inspection. Except where
those breastwalls became necessary, the whole of the lines were formed in
cuttings and embankments, and for considerable distances along the slopes of
valleys. Where the ground was precipitous or irregular in the cross
section, level benchings were formed, 10 feet in width, immediately under-
neath the permanent way, in order that the sleepers should have an equal
and solid bearing throughout.
In running through so large an extent of mountainous country, the line,
as might be expected, had to pass over some lengths of soft ground and
morass. The principal of these were for two miles near the town of Nairn,
also for about two miles near Keith, one mile on Daya Moor, and about a
mile in crossing through a hollow at Drumochter on the summit of the
Grampians. In all places where the ground was particularly soft, a uniform
mode of treatment was adopted. Two parallel drains were first cut outside
the fences, about 50 feet apart, from 4 to 6 feet deep, and with slopes of 1
ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE HIGHLAND RAILWAY, 153
to 1. This drained off the surface-water; and, after making up the holes
and other irregularities of the surface with turf, the space for the railway to a
breadth of about 15 feet was covered with two or three layers of swarded
or heather turf, having the sward side of the lower layer undermost, and
that of the top layer up, the joints breaking band, In this way a good sus-
taining surface has uniformly been obtained*. On this bed of turf the
ballast was laid for 2 or 3 feetin depth. This was quite sufficient to support
the traffic, but as in some cases the bed of moss was from 20 to 30 feet in
depth, the railway merely floated on the surface, and was in the first instance
undulating, and yielded in some parts from 3 to 4 inches under the weight
of the engines passing over. ‘To obviate this undulation longitudinal beams
of timber were tried at one place, 30 to 40 feet long, below the sleepers, but
this was found objectionable, as rendering it more difficult to raise or repair
the surface of the road; and an additional sleeper (making the sleepers 2
feet 6 inches from centre to centre, instead of 3 feet) was found preferable.
There was nothing for it, at the worst, but to lift the road every other week
as it sunk, until it had acquired a solid bearing. In many places we had to
lay on 4, 5, or 6 feet in depth of additional gravel, and in one place no less
than 27 feet, before the road became solid. In the course of two or three
years, however, with due attention, the rails being fished, the lines through
these mosses were all that could be desired for solidity and permanence.
As the writer has said, in crossing so many mountain-rivers, bridges of
magnitude had to be constructed, involving considerable varieties of execution.
The principal of these bridges may now be described, and any peculiarity
will be noticed which may have arisen during the progress of the works. It
will be observed that the beds of the rivers in the north of Scotland differ in
many respects from what is common in England, consisting frequently of
depths of 10 or 12 feet of gravel and boulders, the solid and compacted débris
of successive floods, below which, if the country is of rocky formation, there
is usually hard clay, and then rock, or, as in one case at the mouth of the
River Ness, after penetrating 12 feet of shingle and boulders, a sort of ad-
mixture of whitish clay and sand was obtained. In some cases we had to
deal with soft clay and mud of great depth, but these were exceptions. Nor
was it possible in general to ascertain, by boring, the precise nature of the
foundations, because many df the boulders in the gravel were of large size,
and were often mistaken for rock. The only way in which an approximate
knowledge of the foundations could be obtained was by driving iron rods at
various places, and, when the bed of the river admitted of it, wooden piles.
Still we worked very much in the dark; but the writer’s long experience of
these rivers, and of the nature of their floods, was of great advantage in
enabling him to fix the depth of the foundations and the precise description
of works, to secure the necessary stability of construction. In only two or
three cases was there any fear of sinking. What had chiefly to be guarded
against was sudden and impetuous floods, sometimes accompanied with
floating ice and trees, undermining the foundations and damaging the piers ;
it was therefore important to provide ample waterway. The construction of
these bridges ranged over twelve years, and during that time there has been
considerable changes in bridge building, by the adoption of iron cylinders for
piers, and lattice girders in spanning the waterways, so that, as the works
progressed, these improvements were adopted where found suitable.
* Had this plan, which the writer has found to answer so well both for roads and
railways, been adopted in the clayey ground at Balaklava in the Crimea, a good road might
have been formed.
67, M
154 REPORT—1867.
In planning these works, the writer, while having every regard to economy,
felt the importance of their being of the most substantial character, seeing
that they were exposed in these districts to every vicissitude of climate and
flood; but indeed he feels that all permanent public works involving the
safety of the lives of the community should be of undoubted stability. On
the whole system there are only three timber bridges, which he was forced
to adopt, chiefly with a view to save time, but these are very substantial of
their kind. All the other bridges are constructed of stone, and where iron
is adopted the piers are in general constructed of masonry.
The iron work of the bridges on all these lines were constructed by Messrs.
Fairbairn and Sons of Manchester, for about £20 per ton on the average,
and are admirable specimens of workmanship in this department.
Accompanying this paper, the writer furnished the working drawings of
fourteen of these bridges, with the sections and dimensions in detail. They
exhibit a variety of forms suited to the localities in which they are built.
No. 1 is an iron-girder bridge across the Tay, 6 miles north of Dunkeld,
with stone abutments and pier, constructed on platforms and piles in the
usual way. The banks are low, and the river is spanned by two openings,
one of 210 feet, and the other of 141 feet. The cost of this work was
£20,395. Extreme length 515 feet; height above the bed of the river
67 feet ; cost per lineal foot £39 12s.
Nos. 2 and 3 are the most recent bridges erected by the writer; and here
he has taken advantage of the modern plan of using cylinder piers to carry
the girders. Both bridges are constructed in the same manner, and on the
same principle. The cylinders form the piers in the centre and abutments.
Each cylinder is 8 feet in diameter, and has been sunk into the bed of the
river 274 feet in their extreme depth, by means of divers. When these cy-
linders were adjusted and brought to the full depth, about 3 feet of cement
concrete was lowered into the bottom. On the concrete setting, the water
was pumped out, and the interior filled in with rubble masonry, laid with
Portland cement. To provide for extreme floods, two side openings were
made, 412 and 35 feet span, of plate girders, one end resting on the masonry
in the cast-iron cylinders, and the other on a stone abutment landward, secured
on a platform and piles. These bridges answer their purpose very satisfactorily.
The cost of No. 2 bridge, which consists of two openings of 122 feet, and two
side openings of 35 feet span, was £11,156. Total length of No. 2 350 feet ;
cost per lineal foot £31 17s. 6d.; height above the bed of the river 36 feet.
The cost of No. 3 bridge, consisting of two openings of 137 feet span, and
two side openings of 414 feet span, the cylinders being sunk into the bed of
the river 25 feet, amounted to £13,772. Length of No. 3, 4193 feet; cost
£32 16s. 7d. per lineal foot; height above the bed of the river 49 feet.
No. 4 is the viaduct in the Pass of Killiecrankie already alluded to. It
consists of 10 arches of 35 feet span, with an extreme height from the foun-
dations to the top of the parapet of 54 feet, and is built with a curve of 20
chains radius. The Pass of Killiecrankie is a well-known object of picturesque
beauty, and it is generally admitted that the railway, now that the slopes
have attained their proper verdure, has in no way diminished its attractions.
Indeed this viaduct is thought to give it additional interest. The cost was
£5720. It is adapted to the single line, and is 17 feet in width over
parapets. Length 508 feet ; cost per lineal foot £11 5s.
No. 5 is a viaduct across the River Tilt, near Blair Athole, spanning the
river by one wrought-iron girder of 150 feet. The abutments are of stone,
laid three feet below the bed of the river on a platform of timber 6 inches
155
ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE HIGHLAND RAILWAY.
SS a eee
“ce
‘omy epsurg
“cc
“oury eqnoqy
‘aut eTSuIG
‘auly e[qnog,
oe
“ee
“ce
tts
ce
OUI] O[SUIS B OF 4M
ES RCLU CD
“
“ce
“
“ee
6c
“ce
0G
GL
s
0
0
9
€
6
0
L
9
0
12
"4OO} [wouty
1G
1g
68
F
aad 4s0—9
166‘I1
SIL'P
OLF'SI
0298
OSF1G
BSF FE
1&G0L
866'E
C00) ie
00¢‘9
O@L'¢
LSI
9sT'IT
G680G
F
"W809
cP
9g
19
“yoy
“AOALL OY}
FO poq.euy
9A0qe IYSIOFT
OFS
c1g
“49oF
“yy Suey
CLECRUD Gf
“sqia oxenbs ur 47mq
uvds yooy @y Jo soqoae G
‘aT qRyuAny
®@ WO Jas ‘Guo, yoo} OZT
Tov SOPALS UOAT FYSNOIM F
~ueds
J90F QZ JO soyoae opis
fF pues ‘yooy ey Jo sayoue G
uvds yoay GG Jo soypae F
“MOAT JULSNOTM
JO Youa yaar QeT jo sueds ¢
‘ueds qoay Qe ove
‘Yolaq puv ou0}s Jo soyore
apis g puR ‘uoat 4 SNOT
JO jooy ogg jo ueds {
‘> uvds yooy GF Jo soyoae 7»
"qooy
0g Jo ueds uom yqsnorM T
‘ueds yoo} QF soyore
eZ ‘weds qoay Og your T
“P22F OCT
Uom 4ysnomM jo ueds _
“ uuds aay Ge Jo soyore OT
90°F TIF JOG pue
‘qowe yoay Jey jo suds Z
902F GE JO G pus
‘qoue Jooy ZZT Jo surds z
“J02F TFL Pure 49°F OG
uodt Jysnoim jo sueds 7
oGh JO ways
eB qe pues ou0js ITV
saerd au0yg
‘saotd pur
SsyWooTynqe qUod}g
‘OAIYS-SSOY WL UOMO
TOATY 9} JeAO yonperA
‘yeuURD uLtUOpeTeD
9q} JaA0 eSpiq Sutag
“SSOUIOAUT 48 SSO \7
“** 9U0}8 TTV|M0ATY otf} 1eA0 gonperA|
“UALR NT 4B Ware Ny
9uo%ys [[V TOANT Of} TAO JONpeI A |
‘SOMMOT AVI WLOYPUTT
JOATY 94} 10A0 gonper,
“Ypey rvou Ledg
‘OUT PUB OUL04S [TV
* syueuIyNGe e107
‘sUIT] PUB OUOYS TTY
“91078 JO syuoMyNGY
“* “QUIT pur e049
“sdopurpéo
UOMI-48SVI JO SLOT
"saopurpso
UOdI-}8Vs JO saorg
*2u048 JO
Jord pursynomynqy
TOATY 9} AAO Jonprrd
TOrar
WAN OY} AAO YonperA
“uleupN
TANT Of} IOAO gonpetA|
‘oulayey ye Aare
TOA OY} 1AAO yonpetA
SPOUTY PLL 98 ITNT
WANT Of} AAO yonperA|
“* “JOOpLlA oLpUBIDaTTT OY
‘yleaotsory ye Av,
JOAN Of} AAO gonpetA
“SulUryeg ye pouumy,
HOATY 04} 19A0 JonperA|
‘osinsyeq. ye Lez,
JOAN OY} A2AO JonpLtA
“‘uoHEnzig
FI
Oo W909 © Fe DO
SON
|
“AVMTIOY, PULTYSIFT oy} Wo syonper, Jorge oy} JO oj0U JourjsqyY—'AVATIVY GNVIHOTT
156 REPORT—1867,
thick secured to piles. As it is situated close to Blair Castle, it has been
made somewhat more ornate than was otherwise necessary. The cost of
this bridge is £6500, being for a single line. Length 256 feet; cost
£25 7s. 9d. per lineal foot; height above the bed of the river 40 feet.
No. 6 is a bridge across the River Garry at Calvine of 3 spans, one of
80 and two of 40 feet, and is 55 feet from the bed of the river to the top of
the parapet. There was considerable difficulty in fixing the crossing of the
river at this place. The Garry is here a large and rapid mountain-stream,
on a rocky bed, with several falls immediately adjoining, running through an
ornamental plantation, and as this was a spot of interest in the grounds of
Blair Castle, we were precluded from crossing the river at any other point
within the demesne. It occurred to the writer, however, as the road-bridge
passed over about the narrowest part of the river, the object aimed at could be
effected both economically and unobjectionably byspanning both road and river,
thus forming an object of additional interest in this peculiar locality. The cost
of this bridge was £5100. Length 274 feet ; cost per lineal foot £18 12s. 3d.
No. 7 is a bridge of no particular interest, 80 feet span, crossing the
River Dulnain, a mountain-stream near Grantown, but is given as a specimen
of a substantial bridge of this size. The cost was :—Masonry £2238 ; iron
work £1060. Total £3298. Length 148 feet; height 27 feet; cost per
lineal foot £22 5s. 6d.
No. 8 is a viaduct crossing a picturesque ravine and stream called the
Divie, 10 miles south of Forres. Its length is 477 feet, constructed for a
single line, and the cost amounted to £10,231. Itis 106 feet in height from
the river-bed to the top of the parapet, and 16 feet in width; all the piers
within the limits of the stream are founded on rock. It consists of seyen
arches of 45 feet span each. Cost per lineal foot £21 9s.
These viaducts constitute the principal works on the through line between
Perth and Forres. The writer will now proceed to allude briefly to the
principal works on the coast-line between Keith and Bonar Bridge.
The portion from Keith to Inverness being one-half the distance of the
railway from Aberdeen to Inverness, the capital of the Highlands, extends
to 55 miles in length. It may be stated that this portion from Inverness to
Keith originally formed part of the Great North of Scotland Railway, the act
for which was obtained in 1846, but pecuniary difficulties prevented the
promoters from constructing this part of their scheme, involving, as it was then
supposed, the construction of very heavy work in the neighbourhood of the
River Spey, and it was eventually left to the Highland Companies to carry it out.
There is a deep and precipitous ravine on the south side of the Spey,
with flat meadows on the north side, and the original plan of the Great
North of Scotland Company was to cross the river at a gradient of 1 in
90 with a high viaduct, with expensive works in the ravine, at a cost
of about £100,000, the bridge being estimated at £60,000. After much
careful survey and consideration, and consultation with Messrs. Locke
and Errington regarding this work, it was fixed to pass through the ravine
by a gradient of 1 in 60 for 24 miles, which is the steepest gradient on
the Highland system, and span the river by a box girder of 230 feet, with
six side arches of masonry, each of 30 feet span, to meet the contingency
of flood waters, which are on this river very sudden and very rapid, and the
work has been carried out successfully. It may be mentioned that this was
about the greatest single span of an open girder at the time built (1856),
The propriety of a stone bridge at this place, with a gradient of 1 in 70, was
considered by the Directors, but it was found to be too expensive. The
present line, however, answers quite sufficiently for the traffic of the country,
ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE HIGHLAND RAILWAY. 157
which is now chiefly local since the opening of the Highland line. The cost
of the bridge, which is 660 feet long and 74 feet high from the foundations
to the top of the towers, constructed for a double line, was £34,480; cost
per lineal foot £525s. The east abutment of this bridge is founded on rock,
and it was provided that the west abutment should be sunk and founded on
piles and a platform, the first imperfect trials having led to the conclusion
that there was nothing beyond indurated shingle at this place. On sinking
14 feet from the surface, however, through a conglomerate of boulders 2 to
3 feet in diameter, hard mountain clay appeared, and on penetrating this
for about 3 feet, rock was found, thus securing for this structure a rock
foundation on either side. Immediately at the east end of this viaduct, the
line, as already said, runs through a narrow and precipitous ravine, the
stream of which had to be diverted for the railway, by a new channel cut out
of the solid gravel 30 feet wide, sloping longitudinally 1 in 40, and pitched
with stones from 12 to 18 inches deep, This pitching, which consists of squared
stones, had to a small extent broken up several times since the line was
opened ten years ago, from the floods bringing down stones and trees, and
we found that the most effectual way of securing it was by insertingywalings
of timber 40 feet apart, 12 inches by 4 inches, across the channel, secured
at every 3 feet by iron piles, and grouting the joints of the pitching in dry
weather with liime-grout so as to prevent the lodgment of air and water,
which under the pressure of floods has a tendency to dislocate the stone work.
No. 10 is a viaduct crossing the Findhorn, a dangerous and rapid river.
It sometimes comes down in great flood, almost in a body of 2 or 3 feet
of perpendicular height at a time, notwithstanding that in summer it is a
very moderate-sized stream. This bridge consists of three spans of 150 feet
each, with stone abutments and piers of solid ashlar, and is constructed for a
single line. There was no appearance of rock in the immediate neighbour-
hood of the site, although rock appeared on one side of the river about half
a mile above; and the channel, as far as could be ascertained, consisted of
shingle and gravel. It was provided, therefore, that the foundation should
be sunk 6 feet below the deepest part of the bed of the river on a platform and
piles. The east abutment was so sunk, and the piles were driven through
the gravel to a depth of 10 feet, making 16 feet below the bed of the river.
It was observed that at that depth the piles uniformly would drive no further,
and this suggested the possibility of rock. Rock was accordingly searched
for, and it was found that about 18 feet under the bed of and across the
river, rock existed. Cofferdams were therefore formed, and rock foundations
were secured for the remaining piers and abutment. The cost of the bridge,
including a pitched embankment on the east side, the bottom of which was
secured by piles and a waling of timber, amounted—masonry to £11,170 ;
ironwork £10,260, making a total of £21,430. Extreme length 6082 feet ;
height above foundations 463 feet ; cost per lineal foot £35 4s. 4d.
No. 11 ts a bridge across the River Nairn, consisting of four arches of 55 feet
span, and is an admirable piece of masonry. An incident connected with the
foundations of this bridge deserves to be mentioned. The contractor, when
instructed to ascertain the nature of the foundations, insisted that it was
unnecessary to take any trouble about them, as rock cropped out on either
bank; the turnpike-road bridge across the river a quarter of a mile below
was founded on rock, and he said there could be no doubt that rock would
be got in the centre 3 or 4 feet below the bed of the river. Rock, however,
was not reached until we sunk from 13 to 14 feet, showing that experienced
persons may be misled even under the most convincing circumstances. The
structure, however, is founded on the solid rock throughout, and the cost for
158 REPORT—1867.
a double line was £8620. Length 371 feet; height 56 feet; cost per
lineal foot £23 4s. 8d.
No. 12 is a viaduct across the Ness, consisting of five arches of 73 feet span
over the river, 4 land arches of 20 feet span, and 2 cast-iron openings
of 27 and 35 feet span over roads. The foundations of this bridge, as in
many others, consisted of shingle for 20 feet down, but at the north abut-
ment and pier the iron rods driven in appeared to penetrate considerably
easier than at other points of the channel, and it was deemed prudent to
construct this abutment and pier upon bearing piles and a platform, and
they were accordingly so done, as exhibited in the drawings. The total
length of this bridge, including the side arches, is 669 feet, and the total
height from the bed of the river to the top of the parapet is 40 feet. It is
constructed for a single line, and cost £13,410. Cost per lineal foot £20.
No. 13 is a good example of a swing bridge built across the Caledonian
Canal, which the line spans on a skew of 65 degrees. It consists of 2
girders of 126 feet in length, 78 feet of which, from the centre of the turn-
table, spans the canal, and the remaining 48 feet forms the balance weight.
Advantage was taken of the canal being emptied for repairs to lay the foun-
dations of the masonry, which are on aplatform and piles in the solid gravel,
9 feet below the surface of the water. The depth of the canal is 18 feet,
and the width of the locks 40 feet, the canal banks being 120 feet apart.
Some difficulty occurred at first during hot weather from the expansion of
the iron affecting the adjustment and closing of the bridge, which was
remedied by means of a powerful screw, and the bridge has been worked with
satisfaction and safety for the last five years. This bridge, with its machinery,
timber, wharves for protection from vessels, distant and station signals, &c.,
complete, cost £4718.
No. 14 spans the River Conon in Ross-shire. From peculiar circumstances
it was necessary that this bridge should cross the river on a skew of 45
degrees to the stream, and as there were rock foundations, there was no
difficulty to contend with beyond that of 4 or 5 feet of water in the channel
of the river to reach the rock, which was successfully accomplished. The
peculiarity of the skew with the river at this place would have been more
easily provided for by the adoption of iron girders from pier to pier, but
as the writer found at that time that iron girders would be fully as expen-
sive, and not so permanent as a stone bridge, and as there were admirable
quarries in the neighbourhood, he resolved to construct this bridge, as already
said, on a skew of 45 degrees with the river, by a series of right-angled ribs
or arches spanning from pier to pier. This is no new arrangement; but the
writer is not aware of the plan being adopted for a series of arches of so
large a span in any previous instance. The bridge consists of 5 arches of
73 feet span each, the arches being constructed of four ribs, each 3 feet 9
inches wide; the arch-stones are 4 feet deep at the springing, and 3 feet
deep at the crown. The keystones of the centre part of each arch were made
to connect with each other, as were the stones in the haunchings of the
arches, and some cramps of iron were inserted at the joints to connect the
ribs. The work was successfully accomplished, and constitutes a very perfect
piece of bridge masonry. The total length of the bridge is 540 feet, and the
height 45 feet from the bed of the river. The north abutment is founded
304 feet lower down the river than the south, and the whole structure, when
the centres were removed, was found so accurately built that no joint in it
showed any indication of setting. The cost of this bridge for a single line
was £11,391. Cost per lineal foot £21 2s.
There are many other bridges, as may be supposed, over so great an extent
ee A aw a ee
ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE HIGHLAND RAILWAY. 159
of country, and a country so much exposed to floods, but those above de-
scribed are the principal ; the entire waterway spanned over the entire system
being 9828 feet.
On the Central Railway from Dunkeld to Forres, 104 miles, being a single
line, there are 8 viaducts, 126 bridges over streams, 119 public and ac-
commodation road-bridges, and 8100 yards of covered drains, varying in size
from 18 to 36 inches square. There are 1650 lineal yards of breastwalls,
304,700 cubic yards of rock cutting, and 3,416,000 cubic yards of earth-
work, being, including rock and earth, at the rate of 35,776 cubic yards to
the mile. The largest embankment was at Rafford near Forres, which con-
tained 308,000 cubic yards.
The permanent way consists of larch and natural-grown Scotch fir sleepers
of the usual size, 3 feet apart; the chairs are 22 lbs. in weight; the rails
weigh 75 lbs. to the lineal yard, are in lengths of 24 feet, and are fished at
the joints.
The total cost of the works, including all extra and accommodation works,
amounted for the 104 miles, to £798,311; the land, including severance, to
£70,000 ; and the preliminary, parliamentary, engineering, and law expenses
to £50,893, making the cost of this portion of the Company’s lines £919,204,
or £8860 per mile*,
The contracts were entered into immediately after the passing of the Bill
in July 1861 ; the first turf of the railway was cut on the 17th of October of
the same year, and the whole line was passed by the Government Inspector,
and opened for public traffic on the 9th of September 1863, being one year
and ten months, an unprecedentedly short time for works of such magnitude.
The works between Forres and Dunkeld were divided into nine contracts let
by public competition, and were undertaken £15,705 below the Engineer’s
estimate, and were completed at 12 per cent. over the Engineer’s estimate,
including 4 per cent. for accommodation works ordered by land yaluators.
The traffic has been worked successfully and without accident for four
years. The mail trains perform the journey between Inverness and Perth
(144 miles) in 5} hours. It was proposed to the Post Office, but not agreed
to, on account of the expense, to run them in four hours.
An ordinary goods train of 20 waggons, or 200 tons gross load, is drawn
up the steepest inclines by one engine, having 17-inch cylinders and 24-
inch stroke.
The traffic is rapidly increasing. The sheep and cattle, which used to
reach the southern markets by a toilsome journey of a month or six weeks,
are now conyeniently transported in a day at less cost, the Company having
carried in one week upwards of 21,000 sheep.
In passing over the mountain-ridges already described, it was feared that
serious interruptions would arise from snow during the winter, but as the
writer had a knowledge of the whole country for many years, he did not
anticipate any difficulty on this head which might not be overcome. The
summit is about 500 feet higher than that of the Caledonian line, or some
1500 feet in all above sea-level, and is no doubt more exposed. The first
winter, viz. 1863-64, it was wholly open and the traffic uninterrupted ; in
February of the second winter, viz, 1865, a very heavy snow-storm occurred
all over the north of Scotland, impeding the traffic of almost all the northern
railways, and stopping the traffic on the Highland line for four or five days,
which was only restored with great difficulty by the labour of large bodies of
* The extra work claimed by one Contractor is still unsettled, but is valued and paid at
tee at which the extra works on 160 miles of this system of railways have been amicably
settled.
160 REPORT—1867.
men. It was evident, therefore, that some decided steps must be adopted
to overcome the snow difficulty, and in the beginning of 1866 the road was
kept pretty well open by the application of snow-ploughs ; and the expe-
rience of that winter made it quite clear that this difficulty might, with
proper appliances, be effectually overcome, and means were accordingly
adopted for that purpose.
In these elevated regions, when a snow-storm occurs, it is accompanied
with high wind, and the snow is consequently drifted with great rapidity
into the hollows and cuttings. With the view of obviating this, screen
fences of light timber, or of decayed sleepers, or earthen mounds were
erected a few yards from each side of the cuttings where the line was exposed.
These were found very effective for intercepting the drifts. There was then
provided snow ploughs of three descriptions, viz :—One, a light plough fixed
to all the engines running on the line, and capable of clearing 12 to 24 inches
of new snow. The second was a more formidable snow plough, which was
fixed to a pilot engine, and was found capable of clearing 2 to 5 feet of
snow. This pilot engine was attached to goods or passenger trains. The
third, and largest class of plough was found to clear snow 10 or 11 feet
deep, with the aid of four or five goods engines. These appliances, notwith-
standing the very serious snow-storms which were encountered on the line
in January last, were capable of keeping the line almost wholly clear.
This I consider a great triumph, inasmuch as the Highland line, over
such high elevations, was kept clear, while, by the same storm, the lines
throughout Scotland, England, and France were more or less blocked up ;
the lines in the north of Scotland being stopped entirely five or six days—
the mails for Aberdeen being delayed three days from London, and two from
Edinburgh. The Norfolk line was blocked up for some days; the Holyhead
mail detained from 12 to 16 hours ; the London, Chatham, and Dover blocked
up for two days, as well as the trains in France to Marseilles.
Much credit is due to the activity and attention of the Highland Company’s
officers—Mr. Stroudley, the Locomotive Superintendent, and Mr. Buttle, Su-
perintendent of Permanent Way—Mr. Stroudley having planned and con-
structed the snow-ploughs.
As a specimen of a cheaply constructed line of railway, the writer annexes
a note of the details of the northern portion of the Highland Railway, from
Invergordon to Bonar Bridge, 26} miles in length. ‘The country through
which this section of the line passes is comparatively level, and several parts
skirt and run through the sea, where the works had to be protected at con-
siderable cost. The cuttings amounted to 549,000 cubic yards, of which
about 20,000 were rock. There are 27 bridges over streams, 4 of them
40 to 50 feet span, 26 public and accommodation road-bridges, and 2942
lineal yards of drains, varying from 18 to 36 inches square. ‘The rails are
double-headed and weigh 70 lbs. to the yard, and are fished at the joints ;
2 of the chairs are 203 lbs., and 3 28 Ibs. in weight. There are ten stations,
with permanent dwelling-houses for the agents and porters.
The total cost of this portion of the line, the works being of the very best
quality, and the masonry all of stone, amounted to £5018 per mile, or in-
cluding parliamentary and law expenses and land, £5888 per mile.
Commercially, these lines, extending over 246 miles, have not as yet been
quite successful, from the fact of too great an extent of line having been
undertaken at once, it requiring in an agricultural country considerable
time to develope the traffic.
Under the whole circumstances, however, the traffic is satisfactory.
The works are of the most substantial character. The capital account,
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 161
which is under £2,800,000, is about closed as far as new works are concerned,
while the revenue is rapidly increasing. For the half-year just ended, the
Company will be able to pay its preference and debenture stocks, 5 per cent. on
its floating liabilities, and about 2 per cent. on its ordinary stock of £740,000.
It will thus be seen that if the revenue increases in the same ratio that it
has hitherto done, viz. from £15,000 to £20,000 per annum, the Company will
be able to pay in two or three years a satisfactory dividend of 5 per cent. When
that event occurs, the Directors may with propriety give some moderate aid
to the further extension of the main lines of communication to Caithness and
Skye, both of which must prove valuable feeders to the Highland system.
These lines were promoted chiefly by the great landed proprietors in the
country, among the most prominent of which were the Earl of Seafield,
Lord Fyfe, Mr. Matheson of Ardross, M.P., Mr. Merry of Belladrum, M.P.,
Mr. M‘Intosh of Raigmore, Col. Fraser Tytler, the Duke of Sutherland, &c.
Experimental Researches on the Mechanical Properties of Steel.
By W. Farrsairn, LL.D., F.R.S., &e.
Tuerz is probably no description of material that has undergone greater
changes in its manufacture than iron; and, judging from the attempts that
are now making, and have been made, to improve its quality and to enlarge
its sphere of application, we may reasonably conclude that it is destined to
attain still greater advances in its chemical and mechanical properties. The
earliest improvements in the process of the manufacture of iron may be
attributed to Cort, who introduced the process of boiling and puddling in the
reverberatory furnace, and those of more recent date to Bessemer, who first
used a separate vessel for the reduction of the metals, and thus effected
more important changes in the manufacture of iron and steel than had been
introduced at any former period in metallurgic history. To the latter system
we owe most of the improvements that have taken place ; for by the compara-
tively new and interesting process of burning out the carbon in a separate
vessel almost every description of steel and refined iron may be produced.
The same results may be obtained by the puddling furnace,—but not to the
same extent, since the artificial blast of the Bessemer principle acts with
much greater force in depriving the metal of its carbon, and in reducing it to
the state of refined iron. By this new process increased facilities are afforded
for attaining new combinations by the introduction of measured quantities
of carbon into the converting vessel, and this may be so regulated as to form
steel or iron of the homogeneous state, of any known quality.
By the boiling and puddling processes, steel of similar combinations may
be produced, but with less certainty as regards quality, as everything depends
on the skill of the operator in closing the furnace at the precise moment
of time. This precaution is necessary in order to retain the exact quantity
of carbon in the mass so as to produce by combination the requisite
quality of steel. It will be observed that in the Bessemer process this un-
certainty does not exist, as the whole of the carbon is volatilized or burnt
out in the first instance; and by pouring into the vessel a certain quantity
of crude metal containing carbon, any percentage of that element may be
obtained in combination with the iron, possessing qualities best adapted to
the varied forms of construction to which the metal may be applied. Thus
the Bessemer system is not only more perfect in itself, but admits of a greater
pat certainty in the results than could possibly be attained from the
1868. N
162 REPORT—1867.
mere employment of the eyes and hands of the most experienced puddler.
Thus it appears that the Bessemer process enables us to manufacture steel
with any given proportion of carbon, or other eligible element, and thus to
describe the compound metal in terms of its chemical constituents.
Important changes have been made since Mr. Bessemer first announced his
new principle of conversion, and the results obtained from various quarters
bid fair to establish a new epoch in metallurgic manipulation, by the pro-
duction of a material of much greater general value than that which was pro-
duced by the old process, and in most cases of double the strength of iron.
These improvements are not exclusively confined to the Bessemer process,
for a great variety of processes are now in operation producing the same
results, and hence we have now in the market homogeneous, and every other
description of iron, inclusive of steel of such density, ductility, &c., as to meet
all the requirements of the varied forms of construction.
The chemical properties of these different kinds of steel have been satis-
factorily established ; but we have no reliable knowledge of the mechanical
properties of the different kinds of homogeneous iron and steel that are now
being produced. To supply this desideratum, I have endeavoured, by a
series of laborious experiments, to determine the comparative values of the
different kinds of steel, as regards their powers of resistance to transverse,
tensile, and compressive strain.
These experiments have been instituted not only for those engaged in the
constructive arts, but also to enable the engineer to make such selections of
the material as will best suit his purpose in any proposed construction. In
order to arrive at correct results, I have applied to the first houses for the
specimens experimented upon, and judging from the results of these experi-
ments, I venture to hope that new and important data have been obtained,
which may safely be relied upon in the selection of the material for the
different forms of construction.
For several years past attempts have been made to substitute steel for
iron, on account of its superior tenacity and increased security in the con-
struction of boilers, bridges, &c.; and assuredly there can be no doubt as to
the desirability of employing a material of the same weight and of double the
strength, provided it can at all times be relied upon. Some difficulties, how-
ever, exist, and until they are removed it would not be safe to make the
transfer from iron to steel. These difficulties may be summed up in a few
words, viz. the want of uniformity in the manufacture, in cases of rolled
plates and other articles which require perfect resemblance in character, and
the uncertainty which pervades its production. Time and close observation
of facts in connexion with the different processes will, however, surmount
these difficulties, and will enable the manufacturer to produce steel in all
its varieties with the same certainty as he formerly attained in the manu-
facture of iron.
In the selection of the different specimens of steel, I have endeavoured to
obtain such information about the ores, fuel, and process of manufacture as
the parties supplying the specimens were disposed to furnish. To a series of
questions, answers were, in most cases, cheerfully given, the particulars of
which will be found in the Tables.
I have intimated that the specimens have been submitted to transverse,
tensile, and compressive strain, and the summaries of results will indicate
the uses to which the different specimens may be applied. Table I. gives
for each specimen the modulus of elasticity and the modulus of resistance to
impact, together with the deflection for unity of pressure; from these experi-
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 168
mental data the engineer and architect may select the steel possessing the
actual quality required for any particular structure. This will be found
especially requisite in the construction of boilers, ships, bridges, and other
structures subjected to severe strains; where safety, strength, and economy
should be kept in view.
In the case of transverse strain some difficulties presented themselves in
the course of the experiments, arising from the ductile nature of some part
of the material, and from its tendency to bend or deflect to a considerable
depth without fracture.
But this is always the case with tough bars whether of iron or steel,
and hence the necessity of fixing upon some unit of measure of the deflections,
in order to compare the flexibility of the bars with one another, and, from
the mean value of this unit of deflection, to obtain a mean value of the
modulus of elasticity (E) for the different bars. This unit or measure of
flexibility given in the Table is the mean value of all the deflections corre-
sponding to unity of pressure and section. The modulus of elasticity has
also been calculated from the deflection produced by 112 Ibs., in order that
it may be compared with the results of experiments on cast iron, given at
pages 73 and 74 in my work ‘On the Application of Iron to Building Pur-
poses.’ In order to determine the resistance of the bars to a force analogous
to that of impact, the work in deflecting each bar up to its limit of elasticity
has been calculated. These results differ considerably from each other,
showing the different degrees of hardness, ductility, dc. of the material of
which the bars are composed. The transverse strength of the different bars
_ up to their limit of elasticity is shown by the amount of the modulus of
strength or the unit of strength calculated for each bar.
Table I1., on tensile strain, gives the breaking strain of each bar per
square inch of section, and the corresponding elongation of the bar per unit
of length, together with the ultimate resistance of each bar to a force analo-
gous to that of impact.
Table III., on compression, gives the force per square inch of section
requisite to crush short columns of the different specimens, with the corre-
sponding compression of the column per unit of length, together with the work
expended in producing this compression.
Having selected the requisite number of specimens from different works,
the experiments commenced with the transverse strains, which were con-
ducted as on former occasions, by suspending dead weights from the middle
of the bar, which was supported at its extremities, the supports being 4 feet
6 inches apart. The apparatus for this class of experiments consisted of the
164 REPORT—1867.
wooden frame A, to which were bolted two iron brackets, BB, on which the
bars were laid. Immediately over the centre of the bar, at a point equi-
distant between the supports, the wheel and screw C was attached to the
scale D on which the weights were placed, 56 lbs. at a time; after each
weight was laid on, the deflections were taken, and the experiment was con-
tinued until a large permanent set was obtained. The permanent set was
observed at intervals in the following manner :—After the deflection pro-
duced by the load had been ascertained, the screw C was turned so as to raise
the scale and relieve the bar of the load, thus enabling the experimenter to
ascertain the effects of the load upon the bar and to register the permanent
set. This operation was conducted with great precision, as may be seen on
consulting the Tables in the experiments which follow.
Each of the bars have been treated in this way, care having been taken to
secure portions of each bar for the experiments on tension and compression.
In addition to these distinct tests, I have the advantage of my friend
Mr. Tate’s assistance in the reduction of formule as follows :—
Formvunz or Repvucrion.
For the reduction of the Experiments on Transverse Strain.— When a bar
is supported at the extremities and loaded in the middle,
wh
~ Beka?’ . . . . (1)
where 7 is the distance between the supports, K the area of the section of
the bar, d its depth, w the weight laid on added to 3ths of the weight of the
bar, 6 the corresponding deflection, and E the modulus of elasticity.
When the section of a bar is a square,
wl
er a
These formule show that the deflection, taken within the elastic limit,
for unity of pressure is a constant, that is, £ =p, a constant.
4, : LE ; on be a series of values of D, determined by experiment
w,° w, Wn
in a given bar, then
Let
17 @, AD, é
gD es (ee ae ee ee eer
ae +=), (3)
which gives the mean value of this constant for a given bar.
Now, for the same material and length,
6 d.
,r Dora (4)
and when the section re : bar is square,
6 1
py rea: So te 8 oe! oe
If D, be put for the value of D when d=1, then
D,= Dd*
eed 5, Oo 4 &n L 6
Si(Gtet te )e- +. ++ ©
which expresses the mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure and
section, This mean value, therefore, may be taken as the measure of the
. ect
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 165
flexibility of the bar, or as the modulus of flexure, since it measures the
amount of deflection produced by a unit of pressure for a unit of section.
Substituting this value in equation (2), we get
he a
Bees etch eam a Aged 3°.)
which gives the mean value of the modulus of elasticity, where D, is deter-
mined from equation (6).
The work U of deflection is expressed by the formula
1 6 wo
US5XWXs5=57 Bete cet Se Be a eee (3)
where 6 is the deflection in inches corresponding to the pressure (w) in lbs.
If w and 6 be taken at, or near to the elastic limit, then this formula gives
the work, or resistance analogous to impact, which the bar may undergo,
without suffering any injury in its material. This formula, reduced to unity
of section, becomes
Uae ys ) cs pepile Ballehmatte> Vee) Mea. "(O)
If C be a constant, determined by experiment for the weight (W) straining
the bar up to the limit of elasticity, so that the bar may be able to sustain
the load without injury, then
ESM Shei Cube a a etdire 2 eNO)
where C=15, or 1 of the corresponding resistance of the material per square
inch at the upper and lower edges of the section,
_ Wi
oO eke 2 Bs 1)
When the section of the bar is a square,
ce Ww!
=
which gives the value of C, the modulus of strength, or the unit of working
strength, W being the load, determined by experiment, which strains the bar
up to its elastic limit: this value of C gives the comparative permanent or
working strength of the bar.
Up to the elastic limit the deflections wre proportional to their corresponding
strains, but beyond this point the deflections increase in a much higher ratio.
Hence the deflection corresponding to the elastic limit is the greatest deflec-
tion which is found to follow the elastic law just explained.
Tensile Strain, §¢e.—The work u expended in the elongation of a uniform
bar, 1 foot in length and 1 inch in section, is expressed by
Re roe. 0
. (12)
. (13)
where P, = F =the strain in lbs. reduced to unity of section, and ioe
=the corresponding elongation reduced to unity of length.
This value of wu, determined for the different bars subjected to experiment,
gives a comparative measure of their powers of resistance to a strain analogous
to that of impact.
By taking P, to represent the crushing pressure per unity of section, and
J, the corresponding compression per unity of length, the foregoing formula
will express the work expended in crushing the bar.
166 REPORT—1867.
FIRST SERIES OF EXPERIMENTS.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exprrtment I.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co,, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar ‘97 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ B1,”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. Ibs. inches. inches.
1 50 088 Mast Specimen of best cast steel
2 100 148 from Russian and Swedish
3 150 219 iron. Used for turning-
4 200 283 ‘004 tools.
5 250 *353 ‘006
6 300 -415 ‘008
v4 350 1433 009
8 400 "DDD
9 450 ‘616 ‘011
10 500 -690 7012
an 550 “760.
12 600 °837
13 650 ‘927
14 700 O77:
15 750 1:047
16 800 1117 :012
ive 850 1:187 -015
18 900 1:237
19 950 1-307 7016
20 1150 1:747 101
21 1400 Zac gs
Sunk with this weight.
Results of Exp. I.
Here the weight (w) corresponding to the limit of elasticity is 960 Ibs.,
and the corresponding deflection (8) is 1:307. See formule of reduction,
p. 165.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = 0012048.
By formula (7).—The mean yalue of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 32,672,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (EZ) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 33,047,000. _
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 52:280.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (uv) for unity of section = 55-563.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6:326
tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 167
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Exp, I1.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co., Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar ‘97 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. - Mark on bar, “‘ B 2.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No, of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 50 088 AS tat Specimen of best cast steel
2 100 166 from Russian and Swedish
3 150 236 iron, of milder quality than
4 200 310 No.1. Used for chisels &c.
5 250 393
6 300 462
7 350 537
8 400 614
9 450 692
10 500 LL
11 550 "852
12 600 932
13 650 1-012
14 700 1-082 001
15 750 1-172
16 800 1:242
17 850 1-312 001
18 900 1-402 005
19 950 1-482 012
20 1150 2-642 327, Gradually sinking with this
weight.
Results of Exp. II.
Here the weight (w) corresponding to the limit of elasticity is 960 Ibs.,
and the corresponding deflection (6) 1°482.
By formula (6).—The mean yalue of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = :0013377.
By formula (7)—The mean yalue of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,415,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 29,465,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 59-280.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 63-003.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6:326
tons.
168
REPoRT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exe, I1I.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co., Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar 1:001 inch square.
Mark on bar, “B 3.”
6 inches.
No. of ibe Ry
Exp. Ibs,
il 50
2 100
3 150
4 200
5 250
6 300
7 350
8 400
9 450
10 500
11 550
te 600
13 650
14 700
15 750
16 800
17 850
18 900
19 950
20 1150
21 1400
sponding deflection (0) is 1°507.
Deflection,
1:507
1:887
Permanent
set, in
inches.
‘000
‘0166
“0420
Length between supports 4 feet
Remarks.
Specimen of cast steel from
Swedish iron. Employed
in the construction of tools,
&e.
Sinking with this weight.
Results of Exp. II.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1160 Ibs., and the corre-
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = :0012891.
By formula (7)—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 30,550,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 32,171,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 72°838.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 72-690.
tons.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6-958
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 169
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. [Y.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co., Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar ‘98 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet 6 inches.
Mark on bar, “B 4.”
Weight laid | Deflection, Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 50 “082 ers: Specimen of cast steel from
2 100 “160 Swedish iron, of milder
3 150 214 quality than No.3. Used
4 200 282 for chisels.
5 250 “348
6 300 +423 000
ff 350 “494 004
8 400 *556 007
9 450 618 -008
10 500 “691
11 550 Oy (515) ‘009
12 600 “820
13 650 “908 -011
14 700 ‘978 012
15 750 1-048 ‘008
16 800 1-113
as 850 1:178
18 900 1-258
19 950 1-318 ‘008
20 1150 1-708 “095
21 1400 Spine -... | Sunk with this weight.
i
Results of Exp. IV.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 960 Ibs., and the corre-
ponding deflection (5) is 1°318.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -0012581.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,463,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 29,370,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 52-720.
By formula (9).— Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 54-893.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6-134
tons.
170 REPORT—1867,
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr, Y.—Bar of Steel from Messrs, John Brown & Co., Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar ‘98 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ B 5.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks,
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 50 083 ine Specimen of steel cast from
2 100 149 Swedish iron, of mild qua-
3 150 209 lity for welding.
4 200 277
5 250 349
6 300 427
7 350 497
8 400 527
9 450 631
10 500 “702
11 550 aT Sieaals This specimen is consider-
12 600 "845 ably more ductile than any
13 650 927 of the previous bars expe-
14 700 ‘997 rimented upon. It is simi-
15 750 1:057 000 lar in character to that in
16 800 1:127 003 Exp. I.
ay. 850 1:197
18 900 1267 004
19 950 1:337 ‘014
20 1150 2:402 664 The deflection continues to
increase with this weight.
Resulis of Exp. V.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 960 Ibs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (0) is 1-337.
By formula (6),—The mean value of the deflection for the unity of pressure
and section (D,) = :0012673.
By formula (7).—The mean yalue of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,248,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 31,510,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 53-480.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (u) for unity of section = 55-685.
By formula (12),—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6:134
tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 171
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Exe. V1.—Bar of Steel from Messrs, John Brown & Co., Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar ‘992 inch square, Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ B 6,’
No. of Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
on, in in set, in Remarks,
Exp. lbs, inches. inches,
1 50 :076 Paeere Bar of Bessemer steel.
2 100 188
3 150 +208
4 200 +280
5 250 ‘346
6 300 414
7 350 "486
8 400 “554
9 450 624
10 500 “694
11 550 “757
12 600 +824
13 650 894
14 700 964
15 750 1:024
16 800 1:094 ‘000
aly é 850 1:174 7008
18 900 1/284 7044.
19
950 1-434 133 Experiment discontinued,
Results of Exp. VI.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 860 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1-174.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = ‘0013024.
By formula (7),—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 30,224,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 32,361,000.
By es (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 42-068.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 42749.
: By formula (12).—Value of OC, the unit of working strength = 5:297
ons.
172 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr. VIJ.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co., Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar ‘978 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ B7.”’
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. Ibs. inches. inches.
1 50 073 ore Specimen of double shear
2 100 141 steel from Swedish bar.
3 150 *215
4 200 281
5 250 *355
6 300 “425
fe 350 493
8 400 “565
9 450 630
10 500 -703
11 550 775
12 600 *855
13 650 "925
14 700 1-015
15 750 1:065 ie The experiments in this and
16 800 1:145 ‘000 the two next Tables were
17 850 1-225 “005 made for comparison with
18 900 1-325 -031 Exp. VI.
19 950 1:535 “142
Results of Exp. VII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 860 Ibs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (é) is 1:225.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = 0012643.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 31,135,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 33,523,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 43-900.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 45-897.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5-527
tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 173
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp, VIL[I.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co., Sheffield. Di-
mension of bar ‘986 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ B 8.”,
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 50 069 Fae Specimen of “ Foreign Bar,”
2 100 143 not melted, but tilted direct
3 150 204 from the ingot.
4 200 273
5 250 *340
6 300 418
7 350 “485
8 400 550
9 450 623
10 500 -700
Bi 550 WAC
12 600 850
13 650 930
14 700 “990
i) 750 1-050
16 800 1-130
17 850 1-210 “000
18 900 1:310 017
19 950 1-430 059
Results of Exp. VIII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 860 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1-210.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = °0012863.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,335,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 30,686,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 43°358.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 44-598.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5394
tons.
174 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exe. [X.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co., Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar 1 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet 6 inches.
Mark on bar, “ B 9.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 50 076 Bes, 3 Specimen of (JB) bar. Eng-
2 100 136 lish tilted steel made from
3 150 206 English and foreign pigs.
4 200 270
5 250 318
6 300 380
if 350 450
8 400 516
9 450 ‘570
10 500 -640
‘lg! 550 “700
12 600 “780
13 650 *840
14 700 ‘900 vee. It will be observed that the
15 750 “960 value of C, formula (12) of
16 800 1:020 “008 this experiment, is lower
7 850 1-100 than those of Exp. VL,
18 900 1:180 024 VIL., and VIII.
19 950 1:300 083
Results of Kup. UX.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 860 Ibs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1:100.
By formula (6).—The mean yalue of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=-001258.
By formula (7).—The mean yalue of the modulus of elasticity (EZ)
= 31,292,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 31,833,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 39-416.
By formula (9).—-Work of deflection (1) for unity of section = 39-416.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5-170 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 175
Expr. X—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Charles Cammell & Co., Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1:054 inch square. Length between supports 4
feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “1.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks,
Exp. Ibs. inches. inches.
1 50 064 aeons Specimen of cast steel, termed
2 100 ‘UG ‘Diamond Steel.”
3 150 172
+ 200 "225
5 250 273
6 300 333
7 350 382
8 400 427
9 450 476 ~ +000
10 500 534 006
ial 550 “585
12 600 632
13 650 “687
14 700 “TAL
15 750 801
16 800 “860 Tare This is a remarkably fine
a 850 932 specimen of flexible steel ;
18 900 982 006 highly elastic.
19 950 1:042 O11
20 1000 1-092 019
21 1050 1:162
22 1100 1-192
23 1150 1-242
24 1200 1-302 022
25 1250 1-362
26 1300 1:372
27 1350 1-452
28 1400 1-512
29 1450 1-562 023
30 1500 1-662 028
31 1550 1-742 059
32 1600 1-832 065
33 1654 1-922 120
34 1710 2-062 189
35 1766 2-302 356
36 1822 2-662 546
37 1878 3042 “800
38 1934 3°732 1:302 | Sinking with this load.
Jo
Resulis of Lup. X.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1460 lbs., and the corresponding deflec-
tion (8) is 1-562.-——By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pres-
sure and section (D;) == -0013081.——By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of
elasticity (BE) = 30,088,000. By formula (2)—The modulus of elasticity (E) corre-
sponding to 112 Ibs. pressure = 29,996,000. By formula (8).—Work of defiection (U)
for unity of section = 95000. By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of sec-
tion=85'515.——By formula (12).—Value of ©, the unit of working strength= 7:04 tons.
176 REPORT—1867.
Exe. XI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Charles Cammell & Co., Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1:104 inch square. Length between supports 4
feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “ 2.”
No. of Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
Th. G on, in in set, in Remarks.
1g lbs. inches. inches.
il 50 064 rie - Specimen of steel termed
2 100 120 « Tool Steel.”
3 150 ‘174
4 200 232
5 250 287
6 300 324
a 350 396
8 400 437
9 450 500
10 500 563
11 550 “624
12 600 665
13 650 ‘718
14 700 sir
15 750 834
16 800 “884
17 850 944
18 860 “964 Bee This appears to be a supe-
19 890 "994 rior quality of steel, well
20 920 1:024 adapted for the purpose
21 950 1-054 for which it was manufac-
22 990 1:094 tured.
23 1010 1-134
24 1040 1-164
25 1070 1:194
26 1100 1:224
27 - 1130 1-254
28 1160 1:284
29 1200 1:314
30 1230 1:374
31 1260 1:404
32 1300 1-414
33 1350 1524
34 1400 1614 000
35 1450 1:684 010
36 1500 1:784 -019
37 1550 1:854 “059
38 1600 1:864 137
39 1654 1:964 306
Results of Exp. XI.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1460 lbs., and the corresponding deflection
(6) is 1-684. By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -001637.—-By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elas-
ticity (E) = 22,965,000.— By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding
to 112 Ibs. pressure = 24,288,000. By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the
limit of elasticity = 102-443. By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of sec-
tion = 84-048, —By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5-904 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 177
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exe. XII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs, Charles Cammell & Co., Sheffield.
Dimension of bar -994 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “3.”
Weight laid | Deflection, Permanent
te. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
xp: lbs. inches. inches.
A 50 076 eae Specimen of cast steel, termed
2 100 141 “Chisel Steel.’
3 150 202
4 200 268
5 250 330
6 300 398
y 350 464
8 400 522
9 450 634
10 500 653
11 550 °726
12 600 804
13 650 *864
14 700 924 ates This is a description of steel
15 750 1-004 similar to that in Exp.
16 800 1:064 XI., but more ductile.
17 850 1-104
18 900 1-194 000
19 950 1244 001
20 1000 1-274
21 1050 1-347 002
22 1100 1-454 007
23 1150 1:504 014
24 1200 1-594 022
25 1300 1:924 165
26 1380 2484 589
27 1400 2-884 898
28 1430 3-114 1-076
29 1450 3:294 1-285
Results of Exp, XII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1210 Ibs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1°594.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = 0012612.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 31,212,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure =31,474,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 77-864.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 78-825.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 7-413 tons.
867. 0
178 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. XIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Charles Cammell & Co., Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1-04 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “4.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 50 068 oe Specimen of cast steel, termed
2 100 +125 “Double Shear Steel.”
3 150 179
4 200 -239
5 250 -298
6 300 *346
7 350 “389
8 400 -456
9 450 “508
10 500 -568
‘fh 550 *626
12 600 693
13 650 “740 -000
14 700 797 ‘001
15 750 *850
16 800 -936 “002
iby 850 ‘996 003
18 900 1-056
19 950 1-106 ‘003
20 1150 1:946 ‘106
Bal 1400 3°536 1:695 Sunk with this weight.
Results of Exp, XIII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 960 lbs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1-106.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -0013254.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
“= 29,700,000.
By formula.(2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 30,126,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 44-240.
By formula (9),—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 40-903.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5-182 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL, 179
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp, XIV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Charles Cammell & Co., Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1:02 inch square, Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “ 5.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. Ibs. inches. inches.
1 50 ‘060 asia Bar of hard Bessemer steel.
2 100 120
3 150 169
4 200 228
5 250 288
6 300 *350
ib 350 “425
8 400 ‘487
9 450 550 oR This metal is of nearly the
10 500 604 same quality as that in
‘lal 550 ‘664 Exp. VI.
12 600 ‘733
13 650 ‘780 ‘000
14 700 *880 “004
15 750 -940 ‘O11
16 800 1-000 ‘O11
ile 850 1-060 -018
18 900 1:140 028
19 950 1:270 083
Results of Exp. XIV.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 810 lbs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1-000.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = :0012805.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 30,742,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 33,205,000.
By aga (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 33°750.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (x) for unity of section = 32-439,
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 4-588 tons.
02
180 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. XV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Charles Cammell & Co., Sheffield.
Dimension of bar -992 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “6.”
No.of Weight laid Deflection, Permanent
Ex on, in Sa set, in Remarks.
1 Ibs. inches. inches.
1 50 ‘O77 ees Bar of soft Bessemer steel.
2 100 142
3 150 *208
A 200 *280
5 250 +343
6 300 427
ai 350 “481
8 400 “544
9 450 615
10 500 673 ‘000
11 550 *739 ‘001 This bar is much more duc-
12 600 818 tile than those previously
13 650 888 experimented upon,
14 770 1:052 001
15 800 1-098
16 850 1:188 094
17 860 1:228
18 890 1-248 104
19 900 1-318
20 920 1:358 160
21 950 2:898 1-588
Results of Exp. XV.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 810 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection, (8) is 1-098,
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=:0012995,
By formula (7).—The mean yalue of the modulus of elasticity (E)
pressure = 30,291,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure=31,056,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
=37:057.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section =37-657.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength=4-988 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL, 181
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr. XVI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor & Vickers, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ Axle Steel.”
No, of Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
Exp. on, in _ in set, in Remarks.
Ibs. inches. inches.
vi 50 072 meats Specimen of cast steel, con-
2 100 140 verted in the crucible
3 150 200 from bar-iron with the
4 200 261 “000 addition of manganese.
5 250 340
6 300 404
i 350 460
8 400 *522
9 450 580
10 500 648 010
11 550 -700
12 600 -780
13 650 *840 From this experiment it
14 700 900 would appear that man-
15 750 *950 ganese has a considerable
16 800 1-020 016 effect in combination with
lf 850 1:090 the other constituents of
18 900 1:180 ‘018 steel.
19 950 1:250 046
20 1000 1:370
21 1050 1-620
22 1100 3°380 1:915 | Sunk with this weight.
Results of Exp. XVI.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 910 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1-180.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=-001273.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
=30,923,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure=30,940,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
=44-741,
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section =44-741.
By formula (12).—Yalue of C, the unit of working strength=5-472 tons.
183 REPORT—1867,
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. XVII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor & Vickers, Sheffield. Di-
mension of bar ‘998 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ Tyre Steel.”
No. of Weight laid Deflection, Permanent
Exp. cen, in i ‘set, in Remarks.
lbs. inches. inches.
if 50 087 pate Specimen of cast steel, con-
2 100 "157 verted in the crucible from
3 150 ‘219 bar-iron with the addi-
4 200 287 “002 tion of manganese.
5 250 “342
6 300 “412
7 350 A75
8 400 547
9 450 591
10 500 ‘667 015
11 550 “732
12 600 “197
13 650 *857
14 700 ‘927
15 750 ‘987 023
16 800 1-057
il7e 850 ale lilr™
18 900 1:197 ‘027
19 950 1:287 038
20 1000 1:367 O74
21 1050 1:537
22 1100 2-697 1:192
Results of Exp. XVII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 910 lbs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1:197.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=-0013124.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
=29,994,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure= 27,847,000.
By formula (8)—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 40-025.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section=40-184.
By formula (12),—Value of C, the unit of working strength=5:505 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 183
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr. XVIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor & Vickers, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1:026 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet Ginches. Mark on bar, “ Vickers’ Cast Steel, Special.”
Wa. of Weight laid Deflection, Permanent
on, in in set, in Remarks.
Epp. Ibs. inches. inches.
1 100 133 nes Specimen of cast steel, con-
2 200 *253 verted in the crucible from
3 300 363 bar-iron with the addition
4 400 485 of manganese.
5 500 599
6 600 fa.
7 700 *828
8 800 983
9 900 1163 “000
10 950 1-213 ‘000 |The bar in this and the
11 1150 1:393 following experiment in-
12 1250 1:523 dicate a fine quality of
13 1400 1:693 ‘016 metal, and great powers
14 1500 1:183 of resistance to a trans-
15 1600 1:973 verse strain,
16 1712 2:133 072
Results of Exp. XVIII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1410 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (0) is 1:693.
By formula (6).—The mean yalue of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=:0013386.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (EK)
= 29,407,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 29,385,000,
al oe (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
=99-463.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section= 94-485.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength =7-856 tons.
184 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp, XIX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor & Vickers, Sheffield. Di-
mensions of bar 1:01 inch square. Length between supports 4
feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “ Naylor & Vickers’ Cast Steel, 2-66.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
ie of on, in in set, in Remarks.
ee lbs. inches. inches.
1 50 ‘076 Sits Specimen of cast steel, con-
2 100 -140 verted in the crucible
3 150 +195 from bar-iron with the
4 200 "257 000 addition of manganese.’
5 250 +313
6 300 372
tf 350 -440
8 400 +500
9 450 -560
10 500 *620 008
11 550 ' +678
12 600 ‘737
13 650 *800
14 700 *870
15 750 940
16 800 1-000 ‘010
17 850 1-050
18 900 1:120 ‘014 +| This bar is similar to the |
19 950 1/190 017 foregoing, but less rigid.
20 1000 1-250
21 1050 1-310
2D 1100 1:370
23 1150 1-440
24. 1200 1:500
25 1250 1-570 ‘017
26 1400 1:850 J
27 1500 2-310 *353
28 1585 2:650
29 1637 3°350 1-020
Results of Hap. XIX.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1260 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (0) is 1-570.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=:0012789.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
=30,788,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (EZ) corresponding to 112 lbs,
pressure = 29,752,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 82-412.
By formula (9).— Work of deflection (w) for unity of section=80°788.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength=7:358 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 185
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exr. XX.—Bar of Steel from Mr. 8. Osborn, Clyde Works, Sheffield. Di-
mension of bar 1-038 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “1. Best Tool Cast Steel, C=.”
: Weight laid | Deflection, Permanent
ee of on, in in set, In Remarks.
alee lbs. inches. inches.
a 100 140 pee Specimen of turning - tool
2 200 -252 -010 cast steel.
3 300 364
4 350 424
5 400 "482 ‘017
6 450 *540
7 500 ‘600 -020
8 550 -666
9 600 727
10 650 “787
11 700 *844
12 750 “904
13 800 ‘964 034
14 850 1:044
15 900 1:094
16 950 1:144 *035
17 1000 1-204
18 1050 1:274
19 1100 1-324 ‘059
20 1200 1-474 ‘076
21 1300 1:684.
22 1350 2°044. 343
23 1400 2°344
24 1450 2°654
25 1500 3034 1-001 Sinking under this load.
Results of Exp. XX.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1010 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1:204.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=:0013886.
By formula (7)—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 28,353,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 26,689,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
=50°668.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section =48°813.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength=5-432 tons,
186 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp, XXI.—-Bar of Steel from Mr. 8, Osborn, Clyde Works, Sheffield. Di-
mension of bar 1:01 x1:014 inch. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ 2. Best Chisel Cast Steel.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. 0 on, in in set, in Remarks.
Esp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 100 136 ae Specimen of best cast steel
2 200 260 002 for cold-chipping chisels.
3 300 382
4 400 508
5 500 628 "009
6 600 712
7 700 836
8 800 ‘978 010
9 850 1:068
10 900 1-138 ‘008
11 950 1:198 013
12 1000 1-248
13 1050 1318 agen This bar is close ground and
14 1100 1-388 029 well adapted for tools.
15 1150 1-448
16 1200 1:538
17 1250 1:648
18 1300 1:808
19 1350 2:028
20 1400 2-328 ‘471
21 1450 2-588
22 1500 3:058 ‘970 | Sunk under this weight.
Results of Exp. XXI.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1110 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1°388.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and seetion (D,)=-001278.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 30,802,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (Z) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure =30,523,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 64195.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 62-684.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength =6-400 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 187
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Expr, XXII.—Bar of Steel from Mr. 8. Osborn, Clyde Works, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1:09 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “3. Silver Steel, GS.”
Wnt Af Weight {laid | Deflection, | Permanent
on, in in set, In Remarks.
Exp. Ibs. inches. inches.
i 100 139 Specimen of best cast steel
2 200 +266 007 for hot and cold sates-
3 300 ‘387 cups, shear-blades, and
4 350 458 boiler-makers’ steel.
5 400 +520 ‘014
6 450 ‘576
uf 500 636 ‘014
8 550 ‘TOL
9 600 *760
10 650 “840
11 700 ‘910 014
12 750 ‘950
13 800 1-010 019
14 850 1:090
15 900 1:150
16 950 1:230 019
17 1000 1-290
18 1050 1-370
19 1100 1-500 ‘075
20 1150 1:660
21 1200 1/910 314
22 1250 2-210
23 1300 2-760 931 Yielded with this weight.
Results of Exp. XXII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1010 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1°290.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -0017814.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 22,098,000.
By ‘formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 22,072,000.
oes ee (8). Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
By formula (9).— Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 47-845.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 4-691 tons,
188 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Exp. XXIII.—Bar of Steel from Mr. 8. Osborn, Clyde Works, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar -994 x 1:006 inch. Length between supports
4 feet Ginches. Mark on bar, “4, Improved Die Steel, @==.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in t, i
Exp. lbs. inches. fiction. -—~
1 100 144 Specimen of best cast steel
2 200 284 010 for taps and dies,
3 300 408
4 350 "472
5 400 538 O11
6 450 600
i 500 672
8 550 748
9 600 “804
10 650 894
id” 700 ‘954 012
12 800 1-074 016 Specimen of steel similar to
13 850 1:154 the last.
14 900 1:214 7018
15 950 1-264 025
16 1000 1-344
Ly 1050 1-434
18 1100 1-544 091
19 1150 1-694
20 1200 1:934
21 1250 2°474 688 Sunk with this weight.
Results of Exp. XXIII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1010 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1°344.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = *0013409.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,368,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 29,718,000.
By formula (8)—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 56°433.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 56-435.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6-037 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 189
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. XXIV.—Bar of Steel from Mr. 8S. Osborn, Clyde Works, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1:03 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “5. Toughened Cast Steel for Shafts, &c.”
Weight laid Deflection, Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Esp. Ibs. inches. inches.
1 50 072 Specimen of toughened cast
2 100 130 steel for shafts, piston-
3 150 185 rods, and machinery pur-
4 200 238 010 poses.
5 250 298
6 300 358
| 350 414
8 400 "474
9 450 532
10 500 586 014
11 550 642
12 600 -700 An ayerage quality, suitable
13 650 764 for general purposes.
14 700 818
15 750 900
16 800 "940
17 850 1-030
18 900 1-080 “009?
19 950 1-140 "009?
20 1000 1:190
21 1050 1:270
22 1100 1/330
23 1150 1-420
24 1200 1-560 152
25 1300 2-880 1-259
Results of Exp. XXIV.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1010 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1-190.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -0013112.
By formula (7)—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 26,398,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 29,610,000.
fy a (8)—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (uw) for unity of section = 53-194.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5-559 tons,
190 REPORT—1867,
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp, XXV.—Bar of Steel from Mr. 8. Osborn, Clyde Works, Sheffield. Di-
mension of bar 1-04 inch square in centre. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “‘ 6. Double Shear Steel, C=.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 300 346 007 Specimen of best double
2 500 572 ‘020? shear steel.
3 550 *625
4+ 600 "682 018
5 650 °737
6 700 *802
7 750 872
8 800 “942 *030
9 850 1-012
10 900 1:072 051
iti 950 1-152 O74
12 1000 1:272
13 1050 1:432
14 1100 1:562 321
15 1150 1:892 BAT
16 1200 2°362 *920
Results of Exp. XXY.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 860 lbs, and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1:012.
By formula (6).—The mean yalue of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = *0016881,
By formula (7)—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 23,319,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 23,948,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 31°792.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 29-393.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 4-329 tons.
——— a
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 191
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. XXVI.—Bar of Steel from Mr. 8. Osborn, Clyde Works, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1-02 inch in middle. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “‘ 7. Extra Best Tool Cast Steel, = Ey?
————
No. of Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. : inches. inches.
t 100 143 eae Specimen of extra best cast
2 200 265 007 steel for turning-tools,
S 300 388 wheel-axles, &c.
+ 400 503 010
5 450 576
6 500 627
i 550 683
8 600 ‘748
9 650 823
10 700 883
dia 750 943 RG fi: This is a superior quality,
12 800 1:013 well adapted for axles,
13 850 1-083
14 900 1:143 ‘009
15 950 1-203 ‘009
16 1000 1:263
17 1050 1:313
18 1100 1:363 029
19 1150 1-443
20 1200 1-503 025
21 1250 1-553
22 1300 1-643
23 1350 1-743
24 1400 1-803 055
25 1450 1-913
26 1500 2-103
27 1550 2°323
28 1600 2-653
29 1650 3°153 824 Sunk with this weight.
Results of Exp. XXVI.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1210 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1-503.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -001348.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (BE)
= 29,188,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 28,013,000.
ol aaa (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 75776.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 72826.
By formula (12),—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6-860 tons.
192 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. XXVII.—Bar of Steel from Mr. 8S. Osborn, Clyde Works, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1:006 inch square in centre. Length between
supports 4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “8. Cast Steel for Boiler
Plates, G=3-”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. Ibs. inches. inches.
1 100 143 Shee Specimen of cast steel for
2 200 266 °012? boiler plates.
3 300 390
4 400 500
5 500 *630
6 550 693
c 600 “751 010
8 650 823
9 700 ‘900
10 750 -960 eee It is assumed that this bar
11 800 1-020 ‘016 has been taken from the
12 850 1:120 ingot intended for boiler
13 900 1:180 013? plates.
14 950 1-250 021
15 1000 1°320
16 1050 1-390
Af 1100 1-450 063
18 1150 1:550
19 1200 2-000 430
20 1250 2-240
21 1300 3-160 1:399 Disabled with this weight.
Results of Exp. XXYVII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1010 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection (é) is 1:320.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = *0013007.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 30,335,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 29,585,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 50-000.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 49-406,
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5°671 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 193
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. XXVIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Bessemer & Co., Sheffield. Di-
mension of bar ‘99 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches, Mark on bar, “BS 1.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of i in set, in Remarks.
Exp. inches. inches.
1 155 Wine Specimen of hard Bessemer |
2 294 010 steel.
3 434
4 570
5 ‘710 012
6 840
7 “980 010
8 1:050
9 1:090
10 1-170 eis This is a valuable quality of
11 1-250 metal.
12 1-320 010
13 1390
14 1:450
15 1:530 023
16 1-690 060
17 1-990 165
18 2-180
19 2-520 519
20 3660 1-450 Disabled with this weight.
Results of Exp. XXVIII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1110 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1-530.
. By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -0021814.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,652,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 29,104,000.
cA gens (8)—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= (02.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 72-199.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6-882 tons.
194 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr. XXIX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Bessemer & Co,, Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar 1x1:02 inch. Length between supports 4 feet 6 inches.
Mark on bar, “BS 2.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. Ibs. inches. inches.
it 100 144 ees Specimen of milder Besse-
2 200 274 ‘021 mer steel than No. 1.
3 300 *305
4 400 ‘466 “029
5 500. *590 ‘030
6 600 ‘716
a 700 *850 ‘030
8 750 910
9 800 :970 ‘030
10 850 1:020
ial! 900 1:110 ‘034
12 950 1:270 047
13 1000 1-340
14 1050 1:540
15 1100 2:98 1-565
Results of Exp. XXIX.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 910 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1:110.
By formula (6).—-The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -0012946.
By formula (7)——The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (2)
= 30,478,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (EZ) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 28,379,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 42:087.
By formula (9),—Work of deflection (7) for unity of section = 41-261.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5:317 tons,
aes
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 195
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Exp, XXX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Bessemer & Co., Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar -957x-966 inch. Length between supports 4 feet 6
inches. Mark on bar, “BS 3.”
No of | Weight laid | Deflection, Permanent
Exp. on, in in set, in Remarks.
Ibs. inches. inches.
i 100 176 See Specimen of soft Bessemer
2 200 +328 ‘006 steel.
3 300 “479
4 400 628 ‘009
5 450 *704
6 500 ‘788 ‘014
Ui 600 “944
8 650 1:034
9 700 1-094. 026
10 750 1-204
ial 800 1°454. 237 This bar is much inferior to
the two preceding ones,
Results of Exp. XXX.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 710 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1-094.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=-0015293,
By formula (7)—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,310,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure= 28,536,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
=32'364,
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section =35:008.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength=4-778 tons.
P2
196. REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Exe. XXXI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Sanderson Brothers, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1:048 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “S$ 1.”
No of Weight laid | Deflection, Permanent
Exp. on, in ia set, in Remarks.
uy lbs. inches. inches.
1 100 114 ae Specimen of bar of cast
2 200 216 “002 steel, from K. B., a Rus-
3 300 "322 slan iron, suitable for
4 400 424 welding.
5 500 530 002
6 600 -640
* 700 *740 “002
8 800 *856 *002
9 900 “990 “004
10 950 1:050 -006
ait 1000 1-130
12 1050 1-180
18 1100 1-240 057
14 1150 1-340
15 1200 1-440
16 1250 1:500
17 1300 1-590 “409
18 1350 2-100
19 1400 2-790
20 1450 3-480 1-720
Results of Exp, XXXI.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1060 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (¢) is 1-180.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=-0012822.
By formula (7)—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 30,700,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure =31,482,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 52-116.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section =47-452.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength=5-539 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 197
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exr. XXXII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Sanderson Brothers, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1-044 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “8S 2.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. Ibs. inches. inches.
of 100 130 Specimen of double shear
2 200 238 010 steel, from G Swedish
3 300 342 iron.
4 400 448
5 500 568 010
6 600 682
fi 700 “794
8 800 "920 ‘010
9 900 1:040 018
10 950 1-110 “054
11 1000 1-190 ‘O75
12 1100 1:680 427
13 1200 2-110
14 1250 2-470
15 1300 2-740 954
| 16 1350 3°130 1:450
Results of Exp. XXXII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 910 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (0) is 1-040.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -0013412.
By formula (7)—-The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,351,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure= 28,074,000.
By formula (8).—The work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
=39-433.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section =37-022.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength=4-808 tons.
198 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exr. XX XIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Sanderson Brothers, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1-024 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “8S 3.”
N Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
ie of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 100 132 Pasi Specimen of single shear
2 200 *250 004 steel from Ga Swedish
3 300 364 iron.
4 400 ‘478
5 500 596 “004
6 600 ‘716
a 700 “832 004
8 800 “956 “004
9 900 1:076 ‘004
10 950 1:136 ‘007 | A fine flexible metal, not
cut 1000 1/186 subject to fracture.
12 1050 1-256
13 1100 1:306 021
14 1200 1-416
15 1300 1:586 045
16 1500 2°546 647
17 1600 3:°576 1:883
Results of Exp. XXXII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1210 lbs., and the cor-
responding deflection (8) is 1-416.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = '0012963.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity ()
= 30,368,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (Z) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 29,858,000.
By formula (8)—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 71390.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 68-082.
‘By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength=6-780 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 199
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Exe, XXXIV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Sanderson Brothers, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1-046 inch square. Length between supports
A feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “8 4.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 100 124 eae Bar of faggot-steel drawn
2 200 "235 008 from G bar-steel, simply
3 300 “341 welded to make it sound.
4 400 | 446
5 500 550 ‘008
6 600 *657
if 700 ‘768
8 800 “890 “008
9 900 1:000
10 950 1-050 “O11
11 1000 1:120
ie 1050 1-170
13 1100 1-240 “045
14 1150 1:320
15 1200 1-460
16 1300 2-300 ‘763
lv 1400 3:190 1-479 | Sinking with this load.
Results of Exp. XXXTY.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1060 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection (d) is 1-170.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -0013616,
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,922,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 29,184,000.
By oo (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 51:675.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 47-230.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5:572 tons.
200 REPORT—1867,
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Expr, XXXV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs, Sanderson Brothers, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1:037 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “85 extra CS.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
ne: f on, in in set, in Remarks,
Ps Ibs. inches. inches,
1 100 133 sae Specimen of drawn bar from
2 200 "245 “O11 G steel, not welded.
3 300 “309
4 400 459
+5) 500 573 015
6 600 “691
7 700 ‘807
8 800 927 016
9 900 1-057 “019
10 950 1:137 034
11 1000 1-217
12 1100 1:737 420
13 1200 2-757 1-237
Results of Exp. XXXY.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 910 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1057.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = :0013333.
By formula (7)—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (Ey
= 29,524,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (K) corresponding to 112 Ibs,
pressure = 28,179,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
=> 40-078. ua
By formula (9).--Work of deflection (u) for unity of section = 37-269.
By formula (12).-—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 4907 tons,
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL, 201
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Exr. XXXVI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar 1:023 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “ A.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 100 128 ree Specimen of steel employed
2 200 ‘246 007 in the manufacture of
3 250 300 cups.
+ 300 360
5 400 476 007
6 500 “596 006
i 600 ‘714
8 700 “850 O04,
9 800 970 -005
10 900 1-090 009
11 950 1:160 013
12 1000 1-230
13 1050 1-370
14 1100 1-910 574
15 1150 2°660 1187 | This steel is very soft.
Results of Exp. XXXVI.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 960 lbs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (é) is 1-160.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = :0018033.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
z= 30,204,000,
By formula (2)—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 30,895,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 46°400,
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 45-369.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5-392 tons,
202 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp, XXX VII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Di-
mension of bar 1-032 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “ B.”
Weight laid | Deflection, Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in
Exp. lbs. inches. inches. tay
i 100 122 were Specimen of steel used in
2 200 ‘933 “002 the manufacture of drills.
3 3600 *B58
4 400 “460 003
5 500 “580
6 600 *690
7 700 *830 “004
8 800 -930
9 950 1-100 ‘004
10 1050 1:220 ‘O11 Useful tool steel.
al ey 1100 1-280
12 1150 1:340 ‘O14
13 1200 1-410
14 1250 1:480 ‘030
15 1300 1:540
16 1350 1:630 037
17 1400 1-700
18 1450 1-870
19 1500 2-140
20 1600 2-810 ‘748 Disabled. -
|
Results of Exp. XX XVII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1210 Ibs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1-410.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = °0012958.
By formula. (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (£)
= 30,590,000.
By ‘formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 31,297,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
— 71-087.
By formula (9)..-Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 66-748.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6°625 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 2038
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr. XXXVIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton and Sons, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar +998 inch square.
6 inches.
No. of ae
Exp. Ibs.
1 100
2 200
3 300
4 400
5 500
6 600
7 700
8 800
9 950
10 1050
11 1100
2) 1150
its 1200
14 1250
15 1300
16 1350
ee 1400
Deflection, Permanent
in set, in
inches. inches.
137
+259
“395
“527 )24
*645
“Ha
IGL5 025
1-035
1°225 025
1:335
1:415 ‘031 ment.
1:495 ‘034
1-575
1-685 077
1:805
2305
2:935 “968 Sunk,
Mark on bar, “ C.”
Length between supports 4 feet
Remarks.
manufacture of cutters.
The same in quality as that
in the previous experi-
responding deflection (6) is 1°415.
Results of Exp. XXXYVIII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1100 lbs., and the cor-
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -0012598.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 31,247,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 31,859,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 65:443.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 65-705.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6-718 tons.
204
REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Exr. XXXIX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton and Sons, Sheffield.
Dimension of bar :986 inch square.
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ D.”
Taal hes
Exp. Ibs
il 100
2 200
3 300
4 400.
5 500
6 600
ff 700
8 800
9 950
10 1000
11 1050
12 1100
13 1150
14 1200
15 1250
Deflection,
in
inches.
141
278
417
*5d8
693
828
‘978
1-078
1348
1:408
1:488
1:578
1-828
2-078
2:538
Permanent
set, in
inches.
‘001
“002
‘009
055
"185
619
Length between supports 4 feet
Remarks,
Specimen of steel used in
the construction of turn-
ing tools.
The same quality as before.
responding deflection (6) is 1:408.
Results of Exp. XXXIX.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1010 lbs., and the cor-
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = °001287.
By formula (7)—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 30,887,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 32,462,000.
By formula (8).— Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 59-253.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 60-949.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6-337 tons.
OU
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 20
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr. XL.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Dimension
of bar 1-02 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet 6 inches.
Mark on bar, “ E.”
No. of | Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
on, in in set, in Remarks.
es lbs. inches. inches.
£ 100 130 roa Specimen of steel used in
2 200 254 the manufacture of ma-
3 300 373 chinery.
+ 400 484 “004
5 500 593 “006
6 600 ‘718
ff 700 842
8 800 982 007
9 950 1:172 “O11 The whole of these specimens
10 1050 1-262 (CUR XVE. 4) 9 RAV,
11 1100 1342 “014 XXXVITI., XXXIX.,
12 1150 1:402 015 and XL.) are remarkable
13 1200 1-472 for uniformity in strength
14 1300 1:722 138 and texture.
15 1350 1:942
16 1400 2°162
‘7 1450 2-472
18 1500 2°842 818
Results of Exp. XL.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1160 lbs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1°402.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) =-001303.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
=30,211,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 30,764,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 65°131.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6:576 tons,
206 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
fxr. XLI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheftield. Dimension
of bar 1:02 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet 6 inches.
Mark on bar, “ F.”
No. of | Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
Exp. on, in : in set, in Remarks.
Ibs. inches. inches.
1 100 123 eats Specimen of steel used in the
2 200 "242 manufacture of punches.
3 300 +396
4 400 A87
5) 500 *605
6 600 *735
th 700 ‘866 ‘000
8 800 ‘976 “000
9 950 1:156 “015
10 1100 1:426 “099
11 1150 1:616 “169
12 1300 2-266 5) 55)
13 1400 2°876 “982 Disabled.
Results of Exp. XI.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 960 lbs,, and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1:156.
By formula (6).—The mean yalue of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = :001302.
By formula (7).—The mean yalue of the modulus of elasticity (1)
= 30,218,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 32,480,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 46-240,
By formula (9),—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 44-444.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5-440 tons.
ee ee
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 207
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr. XLII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Dimension
of bar -995 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet 6 inches.
Mark on bar, “ G.”
No. of | Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
Exp. on, in _in ‘set, in Remarks.
Ibs. inches. inches.
1 100 141 Specimen of steel used in the
2 200 +280 manufacture of Mint dies.
3 300 ‘410
4 400 541 “009
5 500 672 ‘010
6 600 “805
a. 700 -950
8 800 1-070 ‘009
9 900 1:210
10 950 1-290 ‘O11
el 1050 1-520
12 1100 2-250 ‘735
13 1150 3:280 1:627 Sunk under load.
Results of Exp, XLII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 960 lbs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (¢) is 1:290.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = *001295.
By formula (7)—The mean yalue of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 30,398,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 31,525,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 51-600.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 527120.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5-161 tons.
208 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN,
Exe. XLITI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Dimension
of bar 1-012 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet 6 inches.
Mark on bar, “ H.”
No. of | Weight laid | Deflection, Permanent
Exp. on, in . in set, in Remarks.
lbs. inches. inches.
1 100 150 eset Specimen of steel used in the
2 200 "282 manufacture of dies.
3 300 406
4 400 533 ‘O11
5 500 *653 ‘016
6 600 *782
i 700 -910 ‘021
8 800 1-050
9 900 1-190
10 950 1:270 ‘021
11 1000 1:350
12 1050 1-470 ‘099
13 1100 1-720 “249
14 1150 2-000 +432
15 1200 2°390
16 1250 2:820 “995 Disabled.
Results of Exp, XLIII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 960 Ibs., and the corre-
sponding deflection 1:270.
By formula (6),—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = °001382.
By formula (7).—The mean yalue of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 28,484,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 27,542,000.
ey formula (8).—The work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 50-800.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 49-602.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5-570 tons,
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 209
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr. XLIV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar -98 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “I.”
Weight laid | Deflection, Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. Ibs. inches. inches.
1 100 “17 QO. eet Specimen of steel used in
2 200 310 the manufacture of taps.
3 300 455
4 400 604 012
5 500 746 013
6 600 -900
7 700 1-040 012
8 800 1-190 018
9 900 1:390 030
10 950 1-530 094
11 1000 1-900 349
12 1050 2-460 ‘TAT Disabled.
Results of Exp. XLIV.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 910 lbs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1-390
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -001368.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 31,198,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 27,646,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 52-704. ;
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (u) for unity of section = 54877.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 5-788 tons.
1867, Q
210 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. XLV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Dimen-
sion of bar 1:022 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ U.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
ch 100 127 ete Specimen of double shear
2, 200 *256 : steel.
3 300 Ol
4 400 -A92 007
‘55 500 604 010
6 600 730
ff 700 -866 010
8 800 “986 011
9 950 1-216 034
10 1000 1:316
itil 1050 1:436 113
12 1100 1-696 277
13 1150 2-186 601
14 1200 2°506
15 1250 3°216 1:420
Results of Exp. XLV.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 810 Ibs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is -986.
By formula (6),—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -001325.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,710,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 31,232,000.
By ae ee (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
‘= 33:277,
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 31:859.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 4:561 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 211
Exp. XLVI.—Bar of Steel from the Titanic Steel Co., Worcester. Di-
mension of bar 1:004 inch square. Length between supports
4 feet 6 inches. Mark on bar, “A X.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No, of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. lbs. inches. inches.
1 50 065 pe This steel is intended for
2 7 "095 rods, plates, and girders.
3 100 133
4 125 163
5 150 195
6 175 231
vg 200 258
8 225 292
9 250 313
10 300 383
Eh, 350 -449
12 400 “508 We have no particulars of
13 450 569 the properties of this
14 500 "632 metal.* It is one of our
15 550 *692 best specimens.
16 600 “754
vs 650 839
18 700 “889
19 750 969
20 800 “999
21 850 1-079
22 900 1-129
23 950 1-199
24 1000 1-279
25 1050 1-369
26 1100 1-389
27 1150 1-449
28 1200 1-509
29 1250 1-589
30 1300 1-669 000
31 1350 1°739 ‘000
32 1400 1-809 000
33 1450 1-899 012
34 1500 1-969 025
35 1600 2-319 206
36 1712 3°289 “855 Experiment discontinued.
Results of Exp. XLVI.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1460 lbs., and the corresponding de-
flection (6) is 1-899, By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of
' pressure and section (D,) = -001265.——By formula (7).—The mean value of the modu-
lus of elasticity (E) = 31,119,000.— By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E)
corresponding to 112 lbs. pressure = 32,120,000. By formula (8)—The work of de-
flection (U) up to the limit of elasticity = 115-522. By formula (9).—Work of deflec-
_ tion (w) for unity of section = 114-600. By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of
working strength = 8-682 tons.
a2
212 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr, XLVII.—Bar of Steel from the Titanic Steel Co., Worcester. Dimen-
sion of bar ‘99 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet 6 inches.
Mark on bar, “ BX.”
Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
No. of on, in in set, in Remarks.
Exp. Ibs. inches. inches.
1 ap | O62 a Steel intended for “ Wheel
2 100 129 Tyres.”
3 150 182
4 200 “247
5 250 “Boe
6 300 376
ff 350 -440
8 400 *500
9 450 "559
10 HOO 628
iil 550 “692
12 600 S57
13 650 +832
14 700 +892
15 750 "952
16 800 1°012
ie 850 1:092
18 900 1-152
19 950 1-212 -000
20 1000 1-232 ‘008
21 1050 1:382 027
22 1100 1-482 ‘078
23 1150 1-612 "142
24 1200 2-172 596
25 1250 3°042 1-446 Experiment discontinued.
Results of Exp. XLVII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1010 Ibs., and the cor-
responding deflection (6) is 1-232.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = :001177.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 33,446,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 34,935,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 51°846.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 52:892.
By formula (12),—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6-621 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 213
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr. XLVIII.—Bar of Steel from the Titanic Steel Co., Worcester. Dimen-
sion of bar 1:002 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “‘ C X.”
No. of | Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
Exp on, in ‘ in set, in Remarks.
Ibs. inches. inches.
it 50 "062 te Steel intended for general
2 100 123 purposes.
3 150 185
4 200 "256
5 250 “319
6 300 “376
7 359 443
8 400 “005
9 450 “O72
10 500 631
11 550 692
12 600 “752
13 650 *829
14 700 “889
15 750 “959
16 800 1-029
17 850 1:119
18 900 1-169 ‘000
19 950 1-249 “004
20 1000 1:329 032
21 1050 1-459 099
22 1100 1-719 "282
23 1150 1899 1-296 Experiment discontinued.
Results of Exp, XLVIIU.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 960 Ibs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1-249.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -001237.
By formula (7)—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 31,823,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure = 34,879,000.
By formula (8)—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 49-960.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 49-76.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength =5:739 tons.
214. REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Expr. XLIX.-—Bar of Steel from the Titanic Steel Co., Worcester. Dimen-
sion of bar 1-008 inch square. Length between supports 4feet 6inches.
Mark on bar, “D X.”
No. of | Weight laid | Deflection, | Permanent
Exp. on, in ei set, in Remarks.
lbs. inches. inches.
di 50 ‘059 bine Steel intended for “ Wheel
2 100 138 Tyres.”
3 150 ‘178
4 200 "248
5) 250 “316
6 300 O84
Z 350 440
8 400 “500
9 450 ‘559
10 500 *621
11 550 “687
12 600 “748
13 650 808
14 700 878
15 750 938
16 800 1:018 “000
17 850 1-098 ‘018
18 900 1:188 “O46
19 950 1:348 “159
20 1000 3°308 i997 Experiment discontinued.
iiesults of Exp. XLIX.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 860 lbs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1:098.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = -001261.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 31,218,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 30,418,000,
By formula (8).—The work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 39°345,
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 36-915.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 4-699 tons.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 215
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. L.—Bar of Steel from the Barrow Hematite Co., Furness. Dimension
of bar 1:02 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet 6 inches.
Mark on bar, “H 1.”
eight laid | Deflection, Permanent
ge aig on in in set, in Remarks.
. Ibs. inches. inches.
il 50 065 AT ihe Hard steel.
2 100 118
3 150 179
4 200 -240
5 250 “309
6 300 *364
‘a 350 426
8 400 491
9 450 Dap
500 *611
550 ‘676
600 “742
650 -803
700 -866
750 “946
800 1-006
850 1:076
900 1:146
950 1:206
1000 1-266
1050 1:346
1100 1-406 “000
1150 1-476 “000
1200 1-546 ‘016
1250 1-646 “055
1300 1-796 "133
1350 2-156 *429
1400 2:746 883 Experiment discontinued.
Results of Exp. L.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 1210 Ibs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is 1-546.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,) = 001308.
By formula (7)——The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 30,096,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (E) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 33,830,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
7944,
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section = 77-917.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength = 6-860 tons.
216 REPORT—1867.
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp, LI.—Bar of Steel from the Barrow Hematite Co., Furness. Dimen-
sion of bar -995 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ H 2.”
No. of Weight laid Deflection, Permanent
Exp on, in es set,in - Remarks.
_ lbs. inches. inches.
1 50 -065 Sahat Soft steel.
2 100 128
3 150 201
4 200 -266
5 250 +330
6 300 “396 |
7 350 -466
8 400 “534
9 450 “601
10 500 “682 “000
1a 550 -760 ‘027
12 600 “886 “052
13 650 1:020 “415
14 700 2-040 1-068
15 750 opis a Destroyed.
Results of Exp. LI.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 510 lbs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (6) is ‘682.
By formula (6).—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=-001280.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (I)
=30,754,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (IE) corresponding to 112 lbs.
pressure=34,443,000.
By formula (8).—Work of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
= 14-242
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section =14°385.
By formula (12),—Value of (C), the unit of working strength=3-108
tons,
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 217
TRANSVERSE STRAIN.
Exp. LII.—Bar of Steel from the Barrow Hematite Co., Furness. Dimen-
sion of bar 1:01 inch square. Length between supports 4 feet
6 inches. Mark on bar, “ H 3.”
Roof Weight laid | Deflection, Permanent
Tx on, in in set, in . Remarks.
es Ibs. inches. inches.
1 50 ‘O74 Sato Soft steel.
2 100 127
3 150 195
ae 200 -262
5 250 *330
6 300 395
fh 350 453
8 400 515
9 450 ‘O77 “000
10 500 645 -007
11 550 ‘716 018
12 600 ‘793 “019
13 650 873 032
14 700 1-029 118
15 750 1279 287
16 800 2-709 1:625 | Experiment discontinued.
Results of Hap. LII.
Here the weight (w) at the limit of elasticity is 610 lbs., and the corre-
sponding deflection (¢) is 793.
By formula (6)—The mean value of the deflection for unity of pressure
and section (D,)=-001319.
By formula (7).—The mean value of the modulus of elasticity (E)
= 29,717,000.
By formula (2).—The modulus of elasticity (EZ) corresponding to 112 Ibs.
pressure = 32,717,000.
By formula (8).—Work’ of deflection (U) up to the limit of elasticity
=20°155.
By formula (9).—Work of deflection (w) for unity of section=19-757.
By formula (12).—Value of C, the unit of working strength=3-540 tons.
‘sqL Off TIM yung
*sq] OSTI TIM Yung
“ce
sq] 086 Gy yum
336.
ggs.v
ZEr.§
€xrb.L
406.5
voS.Z
1867.
oLt.$
V6E.S
L2S.S
L6z.S
VEr.9
bE1.9
356.9
“
‘sq 0S6 TIM yung
REPORT
“ce
“ce
“e
“Sq] OS TI ITM Yung
‘be kg
“Wysueq4s
SUTYIOM
jo
frum. ot}
‘D enqeA
“sy {eutoyy
Stg.Ly
+g9.z9
£19.90
ggZ.og
Sgv.+6
¥gr.oF
IvL.vy
LS9.LE
6£v.2£
206.04
$zg.gL
gbo.rg
$1$.Sg
g1v.6£
g6S.br
L63.S¢
6bL.cb
$98.58
£69.15
069.24
£00.£9
£95.56
*(6)'ba kg
“moTo0s
jo Ajram.
roy (7)
uoroapep
Lgz.vS
$61.t9
399.08
Z1¥.zg
£9+.66
$z0.0¥
Ivl.vy
LSo.LE
oSZL.Ef
obz.by
%9g.LL
£vb.zor
000.56
g1v.6€
gSt.ev
006.£¢
890.24
ogt.t$
ozl.cS
gfg.cL
0gz.6$
0gz.z$
“(g) ‘bo
kg +4410
-1yse Jo
Peery
04 du (q)
toMoayep
JOPTIOAN
218
oo0'zLo‘zz
ooo‘ 2S ‘of
000‘6g9 ‘gz
000'z$ L‘6z
000'S gf 6z
ooo‘ Lbg‘lz
000‘ob6 ‘o£
| O00'9S 0‘
oooSoz‘eé
| COO'QZ1‘O£
ooo PLY‘1E
o00'ggz‘tz
000'966‘6z
ooo E9‘r£
000'9 gg ‘of
oof 7S EE
oo0o'rgf‘*zF
ooofor$‘1€
0000 £‘6z
ooo'rZ1°zF
o00'Sgh‘6z
ooo lvoe &
*(z) ‘bo
kg ‘ams
-soad *sqy
ZII 0} SUL
-puodsa.a.t09
Ayrorseya
JO SOAK.
jo sn—npoy,
| 000'g60'zz
o000‘zog‘o€£
oof S$ E'gz
ooo'ggl‘of
000 ‘Lov'6z
000'F66‘6z
000‘£26‘0£
000‘1t 6z‘o£
oo0zpLio£
000‘00L‘6z
ooo'ziz‘ rf
000'$ 96‘zz
o00‘ggofoft
o00'z6z‘1
oo0'S ££'6z
aoo'S Er'rf
oo0'tzz'o£
000! ehz'6z
000‘£gb6z
000'0S$‘of
ooo S1h'6z
o00'zlg‘zF
‘(L) ‘ba
fq -(q)
Ayonseya
jo snjnp
-OUl ot} Jo
anyeA Urey)
t1gLtoo.
ogLzioo,
98gE 100.
6gLz100.
98EEIOO,
bz1£100,
ofLz100.
$66z100.
Sogz1oo.
bSz£100.
ZIQTZIOO.
oLfgr00.
IgofIoo,
ogSzioo.
£g9gz100.
£vgz100.
Vzo£ 100.
€Lgz100.
IgSzroo.
16gz100.
LLEE roo,
gtozroo,
‘(9) “be dq
‘uoT00s pu
arnssord
jo Aqrun oy
uoWepep | yay
aug Jo ("q)
on[vA UBETT
Laas BOR)
a)
nN
shan
aed Hig
THAAICD HID OD
RAAAARARA
“egy
Lie)
Cee eee eee rey
‘op astra ‘od Iz
nHtereunalneseondhas ss 2eerreiee! tpeng aeRO “TOOqI4E—q) JO uettedg oz
“NUOUSO “Sg
“re Jaaqg 4seQ StoyorA puv aopkeyy,, ‘op ‘oq | 61
cmos | Tetoedg PAS 4sup StexOIA., “op ‘oq | gt
UDO Peete en cerasersaceenseees «PA oaXT, 5; ‘op ‘0 lr
: nine be AHCBOr «P48 OTXV 5 Payfe yoo9s yseQ | gt
"SUTMOIA GNV YOTAV NT
‘op qjos oq | St
yae7}s Jautossog prey Jo avg | bx
«98 TvoyY s_qnog ,, pour1a} “op ‘oq | f1
startesseres | T9QqG TAS ,, PAULL} ‘Too}s 4Svo oq | ZI
wresereresss T9Q9IG TOOT, ,, PAUIte} ‘Tae}s ‘oq | 11
* [299 puomer ,, pautse} ‘Ja0}s ysvo Jo uetmtoedg | or
‘O09 ANY TIGHNVD "9
ssid uBLaIO} pue ysipsugy moa epeur [9948 pet} ystpsuny | 6
Tee “**"999aTp pet “req UsTaLOF ‘op ‘OL 8
‘ree LOTT TETpeag ulOay [ee}8 vey eTqnOp Jo uauatdedg | Z
SqHRROSHGONe canbe. aadsoeodeREE SA: LABBESSOAGoHE [29}8 amassagq | 9
e* Suppo LOF “pyrat ‘on. 5
oe veneceecgmaseces ca reressereessessess* TOSI dO “opyrut on, +
Be sgenrne.yelnbces sing S100} OF “WOaT YSTPAAG Toy [0898 4889 E
adboonornpdemenganhe onsdkpMecadanedsaptnng Hireerreeegaprien ‘ogi | Z
Vearcceneeecenrenns secre ae
-UIN} TOF ‘MOAT YSTPOMY PUB ULISSNYT WOIF [9048 ySvo ysoq | 1
OF) UNV NMOUG ‘sassayl
dx
“SLOIMJORINUL TT jo
‘ON
“UIBI}Y OSIOASUBIT, UO sjustUTIodxY oy} Jo s}[nsoy Jo Aremung—y] atavy,
"te" 79998 § LOYBUI-ToTIOg pue ‘sopeyq-avays ‘dno-soqug 44
219
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL.
Sq] OSZI IIA yung
‘sql OSOr ITM yung
‘Sq OSTI YIM yung
sq] OST I WTA yung
‘Sq, OS7I YJLM yung
Sq] oSi1 TIM yung
"Sq[ COTI WIM HUNG
‘sq, OS £1 yyIMm yung
*Sq[ OOTT TIM yung
sq] OOfT UIIM yung
RECT OS@ I-A TAC aTUMS
"Sq] COLT YIM yung
*sq[ OStI TIM yung
sq] OS 3 Ty yung
ovS.€
gor.
098-9
669.4
6£1.S5
179.9
789-8
19S.V
ggl.s
oLS.$
198.5
ot.
945.9
Lit.g
gil.g
$z9.9
76£.S
L06.¥
zLS.S
ogl.g
g08.F
6£S.5
gll.r
LrE.S
788-9
1L9.5
298.9
6cE.P
655.5
Lfo.9
LSL.61 | SSt.0z
Egt.br | cher
£16.42 | $76.42
$16.9 | SwE.6E
09L.6b | 096.67
z6g.zS | gbg.1S
009.b11 | ez$.Sr1
6Sg.1& | LLz.£€
LLg.vS | bol.zS
zog.6b | 00g.0S
oz1.z$ | 009.18
bbr.by | obz.or
1£1.$9 | £92.49
676.09 | £52.65
Sol.Sq | Ebb.S9
gbl.gg | Leo.xl
69£.5% | oob.gt
692.LE | glo.ob
ofz.ly | SLo.1S
Zg0.g9 | o6f.12
zzo.L& | &bb.6€
zSt.ly | o11.2$
goo.SE | Hof.cf
19z.zb | Lgo.zh
661.22 | 29.02
90.6% | 000,05
gzg.cL | gLL.GL
£6£.6z | z6L.1€
$61.€5 | 6Lo.0$
SEv.9S | EEb.oS
ooo SLi L‘zt
ooo'f phe
ooo fg “EE
00g rb‘of
0006 Le"bt
00'S £6bE
lololoWey 5 art
ooo'cEz‘ rt
c00gtg‘Lz
o00'ztS ‘Lz
ooo'S z£‘1€
ooofogh'z£
oo00'tgL‘o£
o00'zgh‘zt
00065 91
000‘L6z‘r£
o00'S 6g‘of£
000‘6L1‘9z
ooo'ber'6z
000'gS 9‘6z
oooh Lo‘gz
ooo zgh1e
000g £S ‘gz
0006 LE ‘gz
ooofvor'6z
0009'S 9S ‘6z
o00'£ 10‘gz
o00'gh6‘Ez
000019 ‘6z
ooo'gr L‘6z
ooo L1L‘6z
o00'rS Lfof
000'960‘0£
ooo'grz‘1t
ooo fzg‘1t
oooghhE€
ooof61r1‘1£
cooforl‘6z
o00‘g6r'r€
ooo rgh'gz
000'g6£ ‘of
o00'g1z‘o£
oo0'r1 z‘0£
000‘ g3‘of
ooo lbz'1£
co0'o6E ‘o£
oo0o'toz‘o£
0007S ‘6z
000'tz6‘6z
o00%ggf ‘o£
000'1$ £‘6z
000 ‘oo L‘o£
ooofor’ 6z
o00gLh‘o£
000'zS9‘6z
oo00'S £££
Coogee 6z
ooo61£‘Ez
000'g6£‘gz
000'ggf‘6z
61£100.
OgZIOO.
gofroo.
OLgzZIOO.
oLlfzroo,
oLZr100,
o$9z100,
oSzfr100.
OggfI00.
ozgf1oo.
o$ 6z100,
ozof£r100,
ofo£100,
oLgzioo.
g6Sz100,
£S6z100.
££0£r100.
£EEL1OO.
g1S £100.
£96z100.
zIv£t1oo.
ZTZZIOO,
£6zS100.
gt6z100,
F1gIz0O0.
Looftoo,
ogt£ roo.
EYggroo.
ZIILI0CO,
60vE 100.
i
len l(c senweedes Titers gH IO AA MOMIRE OT] THO 2S
CH qoorp sivq Mow wo pozreder oq T[TM syuautedxo 1S
lH aT, ‘sivq esoyy gnoqe Ayureytaoun outos st cast, } | OF
‘ANVENOD TWOLY GIL RW ET
EO bed ae sdiaiemeaalae ar sO srereeees gar) TOTEM 0 6+
. . trteterreereees gogodand yeaoues ‘od gh
stevens eeeeee we eee omnes souky oot Ya Ly
“"" slapdts pue ‘seyuid ‘spor zoy papuazut poazg | 9P
"ANVANO() TUALY OINVENT,
a ar ate “oes To9]g auays a[qnop Jo uounoadg| S+
TI sheen tenet enees sdvy ‘op ‘OL by
BO ft sanp ‘op “OE ey
3) me 0 ee0's wie sorp jurtT ‘op 0g ab
a “+ soround ‘op 0g Iv
m fot * £rouryoeut ‘op 0g ov
Q = |" 8700} Surmmy ‘op Od, 6£
‘0b all csi $40}9n0 ‘op ‘od gt
L * SqTEIp ‘op ‘od Lg
Vo oypouccress sdno zo aangoyynuvur ay} «of papuaqut yaaqyg | 9f
"SNOG GNV NOMUAT, ‘Sassoyl
eg * pepyaa you ‘aq wavap Jo uouttaedg | $f
#9 STi dels Sea's eas ean TO aN ‘Tooqs yossey jo reg ve
eg sigan’ ‘op outs. «og cE
Ze |rrcrsesseseeeeee Trreeeeeseeres T9QQIS BAYS BTGNOp Jo ueumtoadg a3
LQ Surpyos sz0F opqryzms ‘uoat UeIssnyy ULOAT [9048 Jsvo JO avg | IE
SUTHLOUG NOSUTENVE
ip FO OG) of
‘op Jap] Tat 0 | 6z
wep trresseesecceseeree Toone TaUTOsSAg PAV Jo uoumaadg | gz
| “UMNaASSaET “FT |
8 | wwe ececeeeeeererseee soe seeseseenes soyujd-aopioq «oj y209s 48k) | Lz
J rrertirteeeeesserereeseseneraeeonenss Tagg agp TOO} 4804 BIIRA | 97
9 seen e tee nner een eteee Jeaqs avoys a[qnop aseq jo woumtoodg Sz
Fe hee “"* “oop ‘SYFLYS Loy Joo}s ysvo pouoysnoy, | bz
Fo ocuuteseeeeees soup puw sdeq xoy Jo04s yswo ysaq fz
220 REPORT—1867.
From the above Summary of Results may be taken almost every descrip-
tion of steel manufactured for the purposes of construction, when subjected to
a transverse strain. The utmost care has been taken to work out the con-
ditions and properties of the specimens; and assuming that these conditions
would be fulfilled by the manufacturer, the engineer, the architect, or the
builder, he could have no difficulty in selecting such material as he may
require in the varied forms of constructions and uses for which it is in-
tended.
It will be observed that in every description of manufacture, and in every
description of each manufacture, the whole of the transverse properties
have been determined, both as regards the modulus of elasticity and de-
flection, and the measure of work done (as indicated by the unit of working
strength, which will be found in the last column). The deflections up to the
limit of weights laid on, as also for unity of section, will be found in the
fourth and fifth columns.
It might have been desirable to have received from the makers more ex-
tended information as regards the different processes of conversion, and the
quality of the ores, crude iron, &c. from which the specimens were obtained ;
these with the chemical constituents of the material would have been highly
valuable. But in my endeavours to arrive at correct results, much had to be
left to the discretion“ of those who selected the samples, and to the honesty
of purpose by which they were guided in the selection. It is only natural
that the manufacturer should select samples from which the best results
would be obtained, in order that he might in every test stand high in the
scale of utility. On the other hand, it must be observed that it is not the
material of the greatest density and strength that is required on all occasions ;
on the contrary, it is quite the reverse for many purposes, as in some cases it
is essential to have the metal soft and ductile, easily worked, and convertible
into shapes where its flexibility would be important. Again, any hard
brittle steel capable of retaining a fine edge is of inestimable use for tools,
but it is totally inapplicable to structural purposes, where elasticity and
strength is required for endurance. All these are points which I have en-
deavoured to attain and simplify in the experiments, and having indicated
their properties in the above Summary on Transverse Strain, we now proceed
to those which refer to tension.
In submitting wrought iron or steel bars to a transverse strain, the same
resul{s are not obtained as in cast iron, as bars 4 feet 6 inches long of the
former material will bend or deflect through a depth of some feet before
fracture ensues, the deflections in this case being equivalent to a permanent
set nearly equal to the deflection. Under these conditions, when the per-
manent set arrives at one-half the amount of the deflection, I have considered
the resisting powers of the bars so much injured as to render any additional
strain of no practical value. In the case of steel bars of greater density and
hardness, the same law between the deflection and the permanent set does
not exist, and hence the difference of elasticity in the different kinds of steel
of which the bars are composed. To remedy these discrepancies and effect a
comparison between the different qualities of the material, it was necessary
to fix some limitation to the weights laid on, and to ascertain the point of
strain corresponding to the elastic limit,—which in the calculations is that
point where the deflection is not in excess of what the law of deflection (viz.
in proportion to the strain) would indicate, whilst the next greater strain
gives a deflection decidedly in excess of that law. This is, however, clearly
explained in the abstract of results.
eS
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 221
A very slight variation in the observed deflection at the commencement of
the experiments before the bar had got its natural set would increase the
difficulty of ascertaining the correct permanent set corresponding to very
limited strains. We all know when a bar is a little bent we can make it
straight by hammering or by pressure, but the probability is that the first
form is the natural disposition of the material.
This principle is adopted in the calculations, as the elasticity of a bar is
impaired when the deflection decidedly exceeds what the law of deflection
would give. After the elastic limit is passed the deflections increase in a
geometric progression, whereas up to that limit the deflections are in propor-
tion to the strain.
One of the marked peculiarities of steel as compared with iron is, that the
strain corresponding to the elastic limit approaches more nearly the breaking
strain. Hence will be found the comparative high value of the constant C,
or the unit of pressure determined for the bars. A load of one-third the
breaking weight has always been considered a safe rule, but it is only con-
ventional; but there is something still wanting relative to the point of strain
corresponding to the injury done to the material, as the inference drawn
from the Tables indicates that the strain producing the permanent set had
not seriously affected the soundness of the bars. This is a question of con-
siderable importance, and requires further investigation, which I hope to
accomplish at some future time.
SECOND SERIES OF EXPERIMENTS.
TENSILE STRAIN,
Exp. I.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Brown & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “B1.” Diameter of specimen
‘77inch. Area -4656 square inch. Reduced diameter after fracture
‘77 inch. Area -4656 square inch.
Per unit of length.
a Weight | Breaking strain per Bentarka.
Exp. laid on. | square inch of section. flanietdon: Bent
lbs. lbs. tons. |
1 | 22009 ora mae ee 0018 .... | Specimen of best
m2os69 | .... Hie) 0018. | cast steel from
3 | 28729 Bi soe ‘iol ‘0031 Russian and Swe-
4 | 30304 ae mes “0056 dish iron. Used
for turning-tools.
5 31849 68404 30°53 gang *0025 | Broke in neck.
Resulés—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
68,404 Ibs., or 30-53 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is 0056. By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 191. :
222 REPORT—1867.
Exp, I].—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Brown & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “B 2.” Diameter of speci-
men ‘744 inch. Area °43847 square inch. Reduced diameter after
fracture -74 inch, Area -43 square inch.
ee ee Le a
No. a : : : Per unit of length.
of Weight | Breaking strain per.
Exp. laid on. | square inch of section. Wignietica’ Permepege Remarks.
set.
lbs. lbs. tons.
1 | 10249 oe Sa ae ; Specimen of best
2} 18609 oe Bs sage cast steel from
go ede Russian and
4} 18649 Be te erat Swedish iron,
Fol) GBOBBI hoes si of milder qua-
6 | 23689 ees i di lity than No. 1.
7 | 25369 ahidots ei 0012 Used for chisels
8 | 27049 es oe ies -0012 &e.
9 | 28729 th: Severs ‘0012
10 | 30304 ear Gt 0012
11 | 31879 sGieh arc “0012
12 | 33439 se nye “0087
13 | 36664 face ee “0118
14 | 38224 a ake Hh: *0275
15 | 39784 | 91520 | 40°85 oe ‘0150 | Broke in neck.
Resulis—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
91,520 lbs., or 40°85 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is 0275. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture=686.
Exp. I1.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Brown & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ B 3.” Diameter of specimen
-602inch. Area 2846 square inch. Reduced diameter after fracture
-602 inch. Area *2846 square inch.
I
be) 10451.) os nee Sot .... | Specimen of cast
2) A2131 apet' joey 0006 steel from Swe-
Zyl disisilt mikiete a 0012 dish iron; for
4 | 15494 fave see “0012 tools, &e.
‘5 feat bra ge eae Bernie 0031
6 | 18851 Ae ree “0031
7 | 20531 Hoes Rpt 0037
8 | 22211 pe be 70044
9 | 23891 Pee Pe ae 0044
10 | 25571 BS eee 70044
TY Wo eee) bea se 0050
12 | 28796 see ane 0143
13 | 30371 .| 106714 | 47-64 5 Petes -0100 | Broke in neck.
Results-—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
106,714 lbs., or 47°64 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit
of length is -0143. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in produ-
cing rupture=763.
|
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 223
Exe. IV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Brown & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “B4.’” Diameter of speci-
men °737 inch. Area *4266 square inch. Reduced diameter after
fracture *726 inch. Area ‘4139 square inch.
a Weight
Exp. aid on.
lbs.
1 | 25369
21 28729
3 | 31849
4 | 33439
5 | 35014
6 | 36664
7 | 38224
8 | 39784
9| 41344
10 | 42904
11 | 44464
12 | 46249
13 | 47959
14 | 49564
Breaking strain per
square inch of section.
Ibs.
116183
tons.
51-86
Per unit of length.
Elongation.
“0001
0012
“0025
0037
0118
0125
“0150
0181
0193
0231
“0262
0293
0337
Remarks.
Permanent
set.
Specimen of cast
steel from Swe-
dishiron, of mild-
er quality than
No.3. Used for
chisels.
-0362 | Broke in neck.
Resulis.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is 116,183 lbs., or
51:86 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of length is ‘0337, By
formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture = 1957:
Exp. V.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Brown & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ B 5.” Diameter of spe-
cimen -608 inch. Area -29 square inch. Reduced diameter after
fracture ‘60 inch. Area -2827 square inch.
10249
11929
13609
15289
16969
18649
20329
22009
23689
10 | 25369
11 | 27049
12 | 28729
13 | 30371
14 | 31916
Nolo ois Ror) i: aS \2 aes
110055
49-13
“0006
‘0060 °
“0087
0137
0168
0187
0250
“0300
0375
Specimen of steel
cast from Swe-
dish iron, of mild
quality for weld-
ing.
‘0331 | Broke in neck.
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is 110,055 Ibs., or
49-13 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of length is -0375. By
ormula (13).—The work (~) expended in producing rupture = 2063.
224 rEPortT— 1867.
Expr. VI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Brown & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ B6.” Diameter of specimen
‘742 inch. Area -4324 square inch. Reduced diameter after fracture
525 inch. Area ‘2164 square inch.
No Per unit of length.
of Weiee Breaking strain per nae.
Big, aid on. | square inch of section. Hieueuron’ Pas
lbs. Ibs. tons.
1 | 10249 aan “0012 Bar of Bessemer
2 | 18649 -0025 steel.
3 | 25369 -0043
4 | 27049 ‘0187
5 | 28729 ‘0275
6 | 30304 0325
7 | 31849 ‘0387
8 | 33439 “0475
9 | 35014 -0612
10 | 36664 “0650
11 | 38224 Rong sone 0837
12 | 39764 91972 41:05 *1962
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
91,972 lbs., or 41-05 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is 0837. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 4522.
Exp. VII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Brown and Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, ‘B7.” Diameter of specimen
‘74 inch. Area *43 square inch. Reduced diameter after fracture
‘72 inch. Area *4071 square inch.
1 | 22009 “0012 Specimen of dou-
2 | 25369 ‘0018 ble shear steel
3 | 28729 °0143 from Swedish
4 | 30304 ‘0175 par.
5 | 31849 0200
6 | 334389 0218
7 | 35014 -0268
8 | 36664 “0300
9 | 38224 Bert Hales -0406
10 | 39799 92555 41°31 ‘0543 | Broke in neck.
Results——Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
92,555 Ibs., or 41°31 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is 0406. By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 1878.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 225
Exe. VIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Brown & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ B 8.” Diameter of specimen
“607 inch. Area=*2893 square inch. Reduced diameter after
fracture ‘555 inch. Area ‘242 square inch.
Per unit of length.
x P Weight Breaking strain per Rowinks.
Exp. laid on. | square inch of section. Blongation. Br
lbs. Ibs. tons.
1 | 10451 eae peer: ‘0000 .... | Specimen of “ fo-
2] 12131 ote HAs: “0000 reign bar” not
3 | 13811 prenere eee 0087 melted, but tilted
4 | 15491 5 Rog te 0250 direct.
5 | 17171 ee ate Bibee ‘0362
6 | 18851 aG0¢ S50 0518
7 | 20531 ets vas 0968 [neck.
8 | 22211 76774 34:27 oeteus ‘1356 | Broke 1 inch from
Results——Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
76,774 lbs., or 34:27 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is ‘0968. By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture =3715.
Exp, [X.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Brown & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ B 9.” Diameter of specimen
606 inch. Area ‘2884 square inch. Reduced diameter after frac-
ture 41 inch. Area ‘132 square inch.
1 | 10451 ess Ait 0143 o. | Speeimen’’ of (B)
2} 12131 Sue aves | "0275 bar. English
3 | 13811 eas A Ses 0412 tilted steel,
4} 15494 ore: Secs ‘0762 made from En-
glish and fo-
reign pigs.
5 | 17171 | 59588 26:57 eae ‘2106 | Broke in the cen-
tre.
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
59,538 lbs., or 26°57 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is 0762. By formula (13)—The work («) expended in producing
rupture = 2268.
1867, R
226 REPORT—1867.
Exp, X.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on 85 inches length. Mark on bar, “1.” Diameter of
specimen 608 inch. Area -29 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture ‘606 inch. Area :2884 square inch,
neers Od ete il beeen li
No Per unit of length.
‘| Weight Breaking strain per
Ep. laid on. | square inch of section. Hlonpaiian. Penance Remarks.
lbs. lbs. tons
1 | 10451 Pest arch eo Pide ot ae Specimen of cast
2} 12131 steel, termed
3 | 13811 “Diamond
4] 15491 Stitt Beer “0000 Steel.”
5 | 17171 aoe s ae 0005
6 | 18851 0005
7 | 20531 0005
8 | 22211 0005
9 | 23891 +e. sera 0005
10 | 25571 coe San ‘0011
11). 27146 ono ee ‘0118
12 | 28796 rag nes ‘0160 ees,
FRE a aa eee ee Te Hiald hiemnighe a.
14 | 31916 | 110055 | 49-138 nae) |< ORES 22 ioe hoes cee
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
110,055 lbs., or 49:13 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is ‘0177, By formula (13),—The work (u) expended in producing
rupture =974,
Exp. XI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “2.” Diameter of specimen
‘61 inch. Area +2922 square inch. Reduced diameter after frac-
ture ‘605 inch. Area 2874 square inch.
1 | 10451 stati Pee ees .... | Specimen of steel
2 12151 termed “ Tool
3 | 138811 Steel.’’
4 | 15491
5) ie abalyal
6 | 18851 Ae St ache 0025
fel Sesal atte eg 0025
8 | 22211 Tides Pek. "0025
9 | 23891 6 Fe a 0025
10 | 25571 Beats mee -0025
| Sas Ais alee -0150
12 | 28706 Lae eae -0150
138 | 30281 bie Larne -0206
14 | 31871 | 109072 | 48:69 a oe ‘0150 | Broke in neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
109,072 Ibs., or 48-69 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (7,) per unit of
length is ‘0206. By formula (18)—The work (wv) expended in producing
rupture=1123,
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 227
Expr. XII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “3.” Diameter of
specimen ‘609 inch. Area -2912 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture ‘605 inch, Area ‘2874 square inch.
Per unit of length.
ef r Weight | Breaking strain per Ticceaslli
Exp. laid on. |square inch of section. Hieeaoe poe
lbs. lbs. tons.
1 | 10451 Trak . a 0018 .... | Specimen of cast
2} 12131 bene eaoy ‘0018 steel, termed
3 | 18811 Sao wae -0018 « Chisel Steel.”
4} 15494 Scart ee tO °0018
eee |... |. ye aif O0L8
6 | 18851 5 fae boas 0025
7 | 20581 Reon ire Aone 0025
8 | 22211 ier aire 0037
9} 238891 Tate tows -0050
10 | 25571 Patty's Foret 0143
11 | 27221 donc Yous “0162
12 | 28796 SCRE Roa ere 0194
13 | 30371 sane ao aye ‘0217
14 | 31916 ShKe paiks 0243
15 | 33506 Sess geet 0281
16 | 35066 | 120398 | 53°75 cin oe “0250 | Broke in neck.
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
120,398 Ibs., or 53°75 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (7,) per unit of
length is ‘0281. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture =1691.
Exp. XIIJ.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “4.” Diameter of
specimen *738inch. Area-4277 square inch. Reduced diameter after
fracture -729 inch. Area °4173 square inch.
1 | 25369 caer Jy 0025 .... | Specimen of cast
2 | 28729 Sate bs at 0081 steel, termed
3 | 30304 renee bse “0100 * Double Shear
4 | 31849 ce bees 0137 Steel.”
5 | 33439 ome 3s “0150
6 | 35014 ana bie 0162
7 | 36664 bate bhes 0187
8 | 38224 oy eee 0218
9| 39784 arr eve 0250
10 | 41344 | 96665 | 43-15 ee ‘0237 | Broke in neck,
Results ——Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
96,665 lbs., or 43°15 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is 0250. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture =1208.
R2
228 REPORT—1867.
Exp, XIV.—Bar of Stecl from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “5.” Diameter of spe-
cimen ‘739 inch. Area ‘4289 square inch. Reduced diameter after
fracture *511 inch. Area °2042 square inch.
No Per unit of length.
‘| Weight Breaking siram pey | —<—<—
ae low square inti of ss ty . | Permanent Remarks.
xp. Elongation. see.
Ibs. Ibs. tons.
1 | 25369 A reer ee "0206 ...+ | Bar of hard Bes-
2| 27049 aes ie ot 0268 semer steel,
3 | 28729 Se sone 0337
4 | 30304 aanuecs Siettvas -05438
5 | 31849 Ascalie Sbsats -0687
6 | 383439 bye Re :0700
7 | 35014 ANA Sone 0937
8 36664 Nee asta 1437
9 | 38224 89121 39°78 ee ‘2087 | Broke near centre.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
89,121 Ibs., or 39°78 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is -1437. By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 6403.
Exp, XV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “6.” Diameter of specimen
‘611 inch. Area +2932 square inch. Reduced diameter after fracture
*391 inch. Area +12 square inch.
1] 10451 Sare wee aw, f ban Bar of soft Bes-
Atal HERE her SEE semer steel,
3 | 13811 Paes a
4 | 15491 Asa Lie -0000
5 | 17171 Ne: AR ‘0056
6 18851 A Sestak ‘0331
7 | 2esal oe es, ‘0743
8 | 22911 Leer eS +1200
9 | 28891 81483 36°37 AP Face -2043 | Broke near centre.
Results——Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
81,483 lbs., or 36°37 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (J,) per unit of
length is -1200. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 4888.
PP Ari
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL,
Exp.
229
XVI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor, Vickers & Co., Sheffield.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ Axle Steel.”
Diameter of specimen *606 inch. Area :2884 square inch. Reduced
diameter after fracture -44 inch. Area ‘152 square inch.
Weight
laid on,
lbs.
10451
12131
13811
15491
17171
18851
20531
22211
23891
25571
SOMONDUE WHrH
an
Breaking strain per
square inch of section.
Ibs. tons.
88665 | 39-58
Per unit of length.
Elongation.
0031
‘0031
0031
0031
‘0031
“0218
0300
“0412
"0625
Permanent
set.
"1625
Remarks.
Specimen of cast
steel, converted
in the crucible,
from __ bar-iron
with the addition
of manganese.
Broke in centre.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
88,665 Ibs., or 39°58 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is 0625. By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in, producing
rupture = 2270.
Exe, XVII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor, Vickers & Co., Sheffield.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ V T.” Diameter
of specimen *744 inch.
18649
25369
27049
28729
30304
31849
33439
35014
36664
38224
39784
FOOD ONOOUrRWNHH
He
91520 | 40-85
0031
0068
"0100
*0150
"0225
0287
0362
‘0475
“0900
Area ‘4547 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture ‘53 inch. Area *2206 square inch.
Specimen of cast
steel, converted
in the crucible,
from _ bar-iron
with the addition
of manganese.
Broke 23 in. from
neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
91,520 lbs., or 40°85 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
By formula (13)—The work (wv) expended in producing
length is :0475.
rupture = 2173.
230 REPORT—1867.
Exp, XVIIL.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor, Vickers & Co., Sheffield.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “V8.” Dia-
meter of specimen *738 inch. Area ‘4277 square inch. Reduced
diameter after fracture *734 inch. Area ‘4231 square inch.
No.’ Per unit of length.
ae Weight Breaking strain per Renieks
Exp. laid on. | square inch of section. Elongation. Aupissaie
Ibs. lbs. tons.
1 25369 Tera thee See? 3 Biers 2a3- Specimen of cast
2 27049 steel, converted in
3 28729 the’ crucible, from
4 30304 par-iron with the
5 31849 addition of man-
6 33439 ganese.
7 35014
8 36664
9 38224 re ee sph 0006
10 39784 Ais see “0012
11 41344 ids KS 0014
12 42904 ath be 0018
13 44464 sea ce 0020
14 46054 ie aa “0025
15 47764 ctnk 2€;,% ‘0087
16 49549 pm vehi vers
17 51619 cee ee “006
18 53525 jade Arran (eats (05 33 Held this weight
19 55414 eis Poe “0100 15 seconds, and
20 57374 184145 59°87 AnoS “O100 then broke.
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is 134,145 Ibs., or
59°87 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of length is 0100. By
formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture = 670.
Exp. XIX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor, Vickers & Co., Sheffield.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ 2°66 Cast Steel.”
Diameter of specimen °615 inch, Area ‘297 square inch. Reduced
diameter after fracture -609 inch. Area -2912 square inch.
1 10451 seit. wetaye 0000 gets Specimen of cast
2 121381 eicias «the “0016 steel, converted in
3 18811 eae eee te aeRO the crucible, from
4 15491 iatiate aes 0016 bar-iron with the
5 17171 Bae 3 ORR 0016 addition of man-
6 18851 pievete oaks 0016 ganese.
7 20531 ie ets “0016
8 22211 Bisicvs Re s:3 0016
9 23891 Rees ie 0093
10 25571 ieee oes “0093
11 27221 Sona Cas “0131
12 28796 aie sisi “0150
13 380371 OO ees ‘O175
14 31960 A Ga seh ec a5)
15 33506 estes aot 0287
16 35066 118066 52°70 ote 0175
_Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is 118,066 Ibs., or
5270 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of length is ‘0287. By
formula (13).—The work (7) expended in producing rupture = 1694.
Se ee
ee
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 231
Exp, XX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Osborn & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “‘O1.” Diameter of specimen
‘745 inch, Area ‘4359 square inch. Reduced diameter after fracture
-739 inch. Area ‘4289 square inch.
Per unit of length.
No.| Weight | Breaking strain per
jan laid on | square inch of section. Wichita Permanent Remarks.
Ibs. Ibs. tons
1 | 18649 Ss. eo rot .... | Specimen of best
2 | 22009 bravike | was “0012 cast turning-tool
3 | 253869 Pelee ba as ‘0012 steel,
4} 27049 | tase 0012
5 | 28729 0012
6 | 380304 ‘ 0018
7 | 31849 0025
8 | 385014 0060
9 | 36664 0160
10 | 38224 0160
11 | 389784 0118
12 | 41344 sone bows 0156
13 | 43129 98942 44-17 Fae ‘0093 | Broke in neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
98,942 lbs., or 44°17 tons; and the corresponding elongation (J,) per unit
of length i is 0156. By formula (13),—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 771.
Exp, XXI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Osborn & Co., Sheffield, Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “0 2.” Diameter of specimen
‘731 inch. Area+4196 squareinch. Reduced diameter after fracture
‘721 inch. Area -4082 square inch.
1 | 25369 aw nee 0018 .... | Specimen of best
2 | 28729 ates eis 0031 cast steel for
3 | 31849 mitt 2 ES 0068 cold-chipping
4 | 35014 Binete aa} "0106 chisels,
5 | 38224 sac 1) 0143
6 | 41344 creas nak 0193
7 | 44464 bata ase 0238
8 | 46054 vee: a 0256
9 | 47764 ees =a 0275
10 | 49694 Selo sat 0318
11 | 51899 | 123686 | 55:21 a, t?. °0318 | Broke in neck.
Results —Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
123,686 lbs., or 55°21 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit
of length i is -0318. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 1966,
232 ; REPORT—1867.
Expr, XXII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Osborn & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “03.” Diameter of specimen
‘738 inch. Area ‘4277 square inch. Reduced diameter after fracture
*728 inch. Area ‘4162 square inch.
No a ant gs Per unit of length.
: eig reaking strain per
ep. laid on. | square inch of section. Tl eipation: Permanent Remarks.
Ibs. Ibs. tons.
1 | 22009 eis ane 0018 .... | Specimen of best
2) 25369 Large soe -0025 cast steel for hot
3 | 28729 Liars Ns ded ly, BCODO and cold sates-
4 | 31849 Re Aesop ‘0081 cups, shear
5 | 33439 Boch ie 0093 blades, and
6 | 35014 ewe fated ‘0118 boiler - maker’s
7 | 36664 ree eee ‘0156 steel.
8 | 39784 Sree? eee -0193
9 | 42904 Bd bee °0225
10 | 44464 ee ae es 0237
11 | 46054 Bue Speed “0268
12 | 47764 eee Pete ‘0298
13 | 49549 | 115849 | 51-71 Ses ‘0212 | Broke in neck.
Resulis—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
115,849 Ibs., or 51°71 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is -0298. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 1726,
Expr, XXIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Osborn & Co., Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “O04. Diameter of
specimen *73 inch. Area’4185 square inch. Reduced diameter after
fracture *725 inch. Area ‘4128 square inch.
1 | 25369 Bitlet pci 0037 .... | Specimen of best
2 | 27049 Sea's 7, 0050 cast steel for taps
3 | 28729 Be ae he ane “0062 and dies.
4 | 30304 es ee 0075
5 | 31849 baste ~aee 0100
6 | 33439 ree vio 0118
7 | 35014 Sore see 0131
8 | 36664 tae. eae 0143
9 | 38224 ews ores ‘0168
10 | 39784 5 oat bi aes 0181
11 | 41344 | 98790 | 44-10 a 0168 | Broke in neck.
Resulis——Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
98,790 Ibs., or 44:10 tons; and the corresponding elongation (J,) per unit of
length is ‘0181. By formula (13).—The work (wv) expended in producing
rupture = 894.
i
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 233
Exr, XXIV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Osborn & Co., Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “05.” Diameter of
specimen -714 inch. Area ‘4312 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture *72 inch. Area ‘4071 square inch.
Per unit of length.
No. Weight Breaking strain per
Exp | laid on. | square inch of section. niga ceca Permanent Remarks,
Ibs. Ibs. tons.
1 | 28729 ae 5 ages 0125 .... {Specimen of tough-
2 31849 Bese < ect -0168 ened cast steel
3 | 33439 ie aie 0200 for shafts, piston-
4 | 35014 Poet Ee 0231 rods, and machi-
5 | 38224 a ss be tok 0312 nery purposes.
6 | 41344 He Maas 0431
7 | 44464 | 103116 | 46-03 staheg ‘0525 | Broke in neck.
|
Results —Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
103,116 Ibs., or 46-03 tons; and the corresponding elongation (7,) per unit of
length is ‘0431. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 2222,
Exp. XXV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Osborn & Co., Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “06.” Diameter of
specimen -744 inch. Area ‘4347 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture ‘734 inch. Area ‘4231 square inch.
1 | 22009 Roe Peaks ‘0031 .... |Specimen of best
2 | 25369 eee Fe “0062 double shear
on 28729 Lee shee *0125 steel.
4 | 30304 Sra Fae 0143
5 | 31849 5 hee Rc ‘0168
6 | 33439 coer Pha: ‘0187
7 | 35014 3 A Woe “0206
8 | 36664 feet rae 0243
9 | 38224 7931 | 39:25 Ae ‘0243 | Broke in neck.
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
87,931 Ibs., or 39:25 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (7,) per unit of
length is 0243. By formula (13).—The work (uw) expended in producing
rupture = 1068.
234 REPORT—1867.
Exp, XX VI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Osborn & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 incheslength. Mark on bar, “07.” Diameter of specimen
738 inch, Area ‘4277 square inch, Reduced diameter after fracture
-736 inch. Area *4254 square inch.
Per unit of length.
nD Weight Breaking strain cule iia seas Te RG, Remarks.
Hxp. laid on. | square inch of section. Bongélton: a
lbs. lbs. tons.
1 | 28729 Pee. het 0037 .... | Specimen of extra
2 | 31849 a Baie ae ak 0037 best cast steel
3 | 35014 é hele sad 0037 forturning-tools,
cast steel wheel
axles, &e.
4 | 36664 | 85724 | 38-26 | See -0043 | Broke in neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
85,724 lbs., or 38-26 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is -0037. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 158.
Exe. XXVII.—-Bar of Steel from Messrs. Osborn & Co., Sheffield. Elongations
taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “08.” Diameter of bar
-738 inch. Area -4277 square inch. Reduced diameter after fracture
‘596 inch. Area *2789 square inch.
1 | 28729 Ps.s sabend 0131 .... | Specimen of cast
2} 31849 baw A scan ‘0162 steel for boiler-
3 | 385014 BNE cir Se 0231 plates.
ZWoif GASP I Pe ke pots 0312
5 | 41344 Sees 5 ea *0456
6 | 44464 5 or Pout 0625
7 | 46054 eee Mee 1062
8 | 47764 | 111676 | 49-85 5 oe ‘1350 | Broke in centre.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
111,676 lbs., or 49°85 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (1,) per unit of
length is ‘1062. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 5930.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 235
Exp. XX VIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Bessemer & Co., Sheffield. Elon-
gations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “BS1.” Diameter of
specimen ‘728 inch. Area ‘4162 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture *719 inch. Area -406 square inch,
N Per unit of length.
a Weight | Breaking pe per Palas
Exp. laid on. | square inch of section. lon gatitin: se eye
Ibs. Ibs. tons.
1} 18649 5 eG tise ava .... | Bar of hard Bes-
2 | 25369 ee Be 0018 semer steel,
3 | 28729 Bs fia -0068
4 | 30304 See 5s ee ‘0081
5 | 31849 ae ais aie 0093
6 | 35014 Saves “iu we 0131
7 | 38224 ee Savi 0168
8 | 41344 Aer | Seiak 0187
9 | 42904 | 103085 | 46-02 ae ‘0187 | Brokeintwoplaces.
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
103,085 lbs., or 46-02 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (J,) per unit of
length is -0187, By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 963. i
Exp, XXIX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Bessemer & Co., Sheffield. Elon-
gations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “BS2.” Diameter of
specimen *743 inch. Area *4335 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture 531 inch, Area +2214 square inch,
1; 18649 Seat ywas- ft 0012 >... | Specimenof milder |
2) 22009 SES Bey -0017 , Bessemer steel
3 | 25369 tine Shea: 0237 than No. 1.
4 | 27049 dias BRE | 0300
5 | 28729 5 Pe 4k 0332
6 | 30304 ae Ate “0362
7 | 31849 ee fae *O462
8 | 33439 Age BBB A -0600
9 | 35014 ee ate ‘0818
10 | 36664 at Tee 1093
} 11 | 88224 88175 | 39-36 5 awk *2000 | Broke near centre.
an RE EUs oe OG een. ES ok aN ee Oe ON Re EY
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
88,175 lbs., or 39-36 tons; and the corresponding elongation (J,) per unit of
length is 1093. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 4818.
236 REPORT—1867,.
Exp. XXX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Bessemer & Co., Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “BS 3.” Diameter of
specimen *736 inch. Area -4254 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture -486 inch. Area °1885 square inch.
Per unit of length.
No. | Weight | Breaking strain per
Esp. laid on. | square inch of section. Mloeestiran: ener a
Ibs. Ibs. tons.
1 | 22009 BE ic ee 0025 .... | Specimen of soft
2 | 253869 ROae at 0293 Bessemer steel.
3 | 27049 ate cei Mik “0418
4 | 28729 sfeicis Bae 0593
5 | 30304 seen Sees 0718
6 | 31849 tie AS “0981
7 | 33439 | 78606 35:09 3 a ‘1912. | Broke in centre.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
78,606. lbs., or 35°09 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is 0981. By formula (18).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture =3855.,
Expr. XXXI.—Bar of Steel from Mr. Sanderson, Sharrow Vale Works.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “S$ 1.” Dia-
meter of specimen ‘697 inch. Area’ *3815 square inch. Reduced
diameter after fracture -694 inch. Area ‘3782 square inch.
1 | 22009 kits eres 0050 Specimen of bar of
2) 25369 Sid = pe ‘0087 cast steel, from
3 | 28729 Stee spies “0162 K. B., a Russian
4} 30304 she ctis Bee ‘0187 iron, suitable for
welding.
5 | 381849 | 83484 | 37-26 2 ie ‘0225 | Broke in neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
83,484 Ibs., or 37°26 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is -0187. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture=780.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 237
Exp, XXXIJI.—Bar of Steel from Mr. Sanderson, Sharrow Vale Works.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “$ 2.’’ Diameter
of specimen ‘737 inch. Area ‘4266 square inch. Reduced dia-
meter after fracture ‘723 inch. Area 4105 square inch.
a Per unit of length.
o- | Weight | Breaking strain per
Tap. laid on. / square inch of section. Mlongatiar, Sieger Remarks,
Ibs. lbs. tons.
1 | 22009 Pe oe 0018 .... | Specimenof double
2 | 253869 Renae ics “0050 shear steel, from
3 | 27049 ee joa 0075 Gi, a Swedish
4 | 28729 Sete Be “0093 rene
5 | 31849 Ne jae “0100 7
6 | 33439 ovat stor ote ‘0131
7 | 36664 cashoke yea 0875
8 | 39784 Lae seontees ‘0231
9 | 41344 aye saspege -0256
10 | 42904 ares Bs 0293 Rs)
11 | 44464 | .... ie Bo { Heed ie yee
seconds, an
12 | 46054 | 107940 | 48-18 TAFE 0331 (i ieokeay neck
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
107,940 Ibs., or 48°18 tons; and the corresponding elongation (7,) per unit
of length is :0318. By formula (13),—The work (wu) expended in produ-
cing rupture=1716.
Exe. XXXIII.—Bar of Steel from Mr. Sanderson, Sharrow Vale Works,
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “§ 3.”” Diameter
of specimen *714 inch. Area 4003 square inch. Reduced dia-
meter after fracture *693 inch. Area ‘3771 square inch.
1 | 22009 Hees: bai 0037 .... | Specimen of single
21 253869 Base i -0100 shear steel from
3 | 28729 Stic Sa aes -0156 G., a Swedish
4} 31849 ae 2, -0212 ig
ma5014 | .... Pole. 0295 ek
6 | 38224 Sie as -0250
7 | 41344 eye es, *0275
8} 42904 | 107182 | 47-84 Rs. Fe -0281 | Broke in neck.
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is 107,182
Ibs., or 47-84 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (J,) per unit of length is
0275. By formula (13),—The work (wv) expended in producing rupture
238 REPORT—1867.
Exp. XXXIV.—Bar of Steel from Mr. Sanderson, Sharrow Vale Works.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “8 4,” Diameter
of specimen +744 inch. Area 4374 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture ‘737 inch. Area *4266 square inch.
Per unit of length.
ne Weight | Breaking strain per |—————_——___ Remarks
He, laid on. | square inch of section. Mlowpation. ale ow ESS
lbs. lbs. tons
1 | 22009 Sere Bar of faggot steel
2 | 25369 drawn from G
3 | 27049 bar steel, simply
4 | 28729 welded to make
5 | 30304 it sound.
6 | 31849 weet Bh
7 | 382689 75199 33°57 ae ‘0125 | Broke in neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
75,199 lbs., or 33°57 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit
of length is ‘0137. By formula (13),—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 515,
Expr, XXXV.—Bar of Steel from Mr. Sanderson, Sharrow Vale Works.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “85.” Diameter
of specimen *738 inch. Area 4277 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture *723 inch. Area 4105 square inch.
1 | 25369 sig joie eats 0037 .... | Specimen of drawn
4| 30304 | .... gt hg T Be nok welded.
5) sie79 |", LO sig
6| 33489 | |... IPO) 0187
72 eon ae ee ia Re Por
s| 36664 | .... “eee | 902438
9| 39784 | .... -... | 0262
10 | 41344
14) 49002")... 8
12| 44464 | 1038960 | 46-41 | .... | -0343. | Broke dn neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
103,960 Ibs., or 46-41 tons; and the corresponding elongation (J,) per unit
of length is 0262. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 1782.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 239
Exp. XXXVI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “A.” Diameter
of specimen -725 inch. Area -4128 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture ‘709 inch. Area *3948 square inch.
Per unit of length.
Weight | Breaking strain per
laid oa square inch of section. longation. Penn anent Remarks.
lbs. Ibs. tons.
1 | 22009 ore eS 0025 .... | Specimen of steel
2 | 25369 Ae apd 0043 employed in the
3 | 28729 5 eee Belch -0100 manufacture of
+ 31849 Boi oe ae 0143 cups.
5 35014 aoe sieeve 0187
6 38224 bs Gh inna 0250
7 39784 aavsys Ftc k 0312
8 41344 | 100155 | 44-71 Bor ‘0275 | Broke in neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
100,155 Ibs., or 4471 tons; and the corresponding elongation (1,) per unit
of length is -0312. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 1562.
Exp, XXXVII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ B.” Diameter
of specimen *745 inch. Area ‘4359 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture -74 inch. Area ‘43 square inch.
1 | 22009 ee yas 0018 .... | Specimen of steel
2 | 25369 win <a ih ‘0018 used in the manu-
s | 28729 Had i Sf 0018 facture of drills.
4 | 31849 sistas aera ‘0031
5 | 35014 cae eons 0106
6 | 36604 age feet oly -0106
7 | 38164 | 87552 | 39-08 Sieg ‘0106 | Broke in neck.
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
87,552 Ibs., or 39-08 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit
of length is 0106. By formula (13),—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 464,
240
REPORT—1867.
Exr, XXXVIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield.
Elongations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “C.”
Diameter
of specimen *743 inch. Area -4335 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture *74 inch. Area ‘43 square inch.
Weight
laid on.
lbs.
22009
25369
28729
380304
31849
83439
35014
36664
38224
39784
41344
FOO ONOOURWNEH
ae
Breaking strain per
square inch of section.
lbs. tons.
95372 | 42:57
Per unit of length.
Remarks.
Elongation. 5 sagas
0031 Specimen of steel
0031 used in the ma-
0031 nufacture of
‘0031 cutters.
0037
-0106
‘0137
-0150
‘0162
‘0181
0137 | Broke in neck.
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
95,372 lbs., or 42:57 tons; and the corresponding elongation (,) per unit of
By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in producing
length is :0181.
rupture = 863.
Exp, XXXIX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Elon-
gations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ D.”
Diameter
of specimen *719 inch. Area ‘4060 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture *717 inch. Area ‘4037 square inch.
1 | 22009
2 | 25369
3 | 28729
4 | 31849
80273 35:02
0006
0018
0012
Specimen of steel
used in the con-
struction of
turning-tools.
Broke in neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
80,273 lbs., or 35-02 tons; and the corresponding elongation (7,) per unit of
length is ‘0018. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 72.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 241
Exp. XL.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Elon-
gations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “EH.” Diameter
of specimen *743 inch. Area -4335 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture °737 inch. Area -4266 square inch.
No es) 0) wh . Per unit of length.
; el reaking strain per = |=
Eep. laid ott square ich of catia Wiowntions puberie Bomar,
Ibs. Ibs. tons.
1 | 22009 <a ene 0006 .... | Specimen of steel
2 | 25369 ae a heay 0018 used in the ma-
3 | 28729 Mess tae ‘0031 nufacture of ma-
4/ 31849 ai en “0062 chinery.
5 | 35014 Sag Jas 0093
6 | 36664 Pct ae -0106
7 | 39784 se od ers 0143
8 | 42904 A ae OSes -0181
9 | 44614 | 102915 45-94 Be ee ‘0143 =| Broke in neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
102,915 lbs., or 45-94 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit
of length is -0181. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in produ-
cing rupture = 929.
Exp. XLI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Elon-
gations taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “ F.” Diameter
of specimen -743 inch. Area ‘4335 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture ‘738 inch. Area °4277 square inch.
1/ 22009 | .... | .... | 0025 | .... | Specimen of steel
2 | 25369 re Bey 0050 used in the ma-
3 | 28729 core eee 0081 nufacture of
4 | 31849 aes eth, acd 0100 punches,
5 | 35014 Se ik) as 0125
6 | 38224 Sts oe ath ‘0181
7 | 41344 a ae Sony -0206
8 | 44464 | 102567 | 45-79 bea id ‘0162 | Broke in neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
102,567 Ibs., or 45-79 tons; and the corresponding elongation (1,) per unit
of length is -0206. By formula (13).—The work (7) expended in producing
rupture = 1056.
1867. 8
242 REPORT—1867,
Exp, XLII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield, Elonga-
tions taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, “G.” Diameter of
specimen ‘743 inch. Area °4335 square inch. Reduced diameter
after fracture ‘729 inch. Area ‘4173 square inch.
No. 4 a ae ‘ Per unit of length.
of | Weight | Beeking ein per | ———— | Remark
Exp. aid on. | 84 ‘Elongation, eee
Ibs. Tbs. tons.
1 | 22009 4 3 E- 0018 .... |Specimen of steel]
2 | 25369 BB ys Ag. -0018 used in the manu-
3 28729 ER 8 ee “0050 facture of Mint
4 31849 ee Bh aid ‘0081 dies,
5 35014 0112
6 38224 0150
7 41344 0187
8 42904 A pore betes 0243
9 46054 | 106237 | 47:42 BP ee ‘0287 | Broke in neck.
Results.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
106,237 Ibs., or 47:42 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit
of length is -0243. By formula (13),—The work (4) expended in producing
rupture = 1290.
Exp, XLIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar, ‘“‘H.” Diameter of speci-
men -746 inch. Area °4370 square inch. Reduced diameter after
fracture *741 inch, Area -43 square inch.
1 | 25369 EtG Sse “0025 .... | Specimen of steel
2 | 28729 a5 FN a 0031 used in the ma-
3 | 31849 oe Lge d 0093 nufacture of dies.
4 | 35014 o Ee ase 0131
5 | 38224 | 87471 | 39-04 .... | °0087 | Broke in neck.
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
87,471 lbs., or 39-04 tons; and the corresponding elongation (J,) per unit of
length is -0131. By formula (13).—The work (uw) expended in producing
rupture = 572.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 243
Exe. XLIV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on Sinches length. Mark on bar, “I.” Diameter of spe-
cimen ‘733 inch. Area *4219 square inch. Reduced diameter after
fracture ‘725 inch, Area *4128 square inch.
Per unit of length.
of | Weight | Breaking strain per P 4 Remarks.
Exp. laid on. | square inch of section. Elongation. ie ig
lbs. Ibs. tons,
1 | 25369 ee Eee 0031 .... |Specimen of double
2 28729 eer at: 0056 shear steel.
3 | 31849 ie one 0087
4 | 33439 me ee -0106
5 | 35014 + aah ‘0118
6 | 36664 Bae b ae 0143
i \ BI el ele aa conde :0169
8 | 39784 sie eS 0193
9 | 41344 | 97994 | 43-74 ae 2 ‘0187 | Broke in neck,
Results—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
97,994 lbs., or 43-74 tons; and the corresponding elongation (J,) per unit of
length is 0193. By formula (13),—The work (u) expended in producing
rupture = 945,
Exp. XLY.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Elonga-
tions taken on 8 inches length. Mark on bar,“U.” Diameter of spe-
cimen ‘744 inch. Area 4347 square inch. Reduced diameter after
fracture ‘74 inch. Area -43 square inch.
1 j 22009 as boar 0037 .... | Specimen of double
2 | 25369 Zs bet oo -0050 Shear steel.
3 | 28729 aw ae 0087
4 | 31849 | 73266 | 32-70 Lee ‘0081 | Broke in neck.
Resulis.—Here the breaking strain (P,) per square inch of section is
73,266 Ibs., or 32:70 tons; and the corresponding elongation (/,) per unit of
length is -0087. By formula (13),—The work (uw) expended in producing
rupture = 318.
s2
a $691 Lgzo. oL.z$ ggogir gg0St Lz6L.L | 9498 4 PIG IU) §S12HTA Pur aopdeyy,, “op ‘oq | 61
O02 ANY ‘SUTMOIA “AOTAVNT “SAssoyL
‘yoou ut eyoag | og oo1o, Lg.6$ Strives PLELs 6S£6.2 | g _«Teoadg ‘12049 SBD SSIOYOIA,, “Op ‘od. | gt
‘yoou oy} worz ul fz oyorg | fiz SLY. $3.04 oz$ 16 VgL6E POEL. Lae 7 ar) ponses pe rmaemaseiias "+ yaeig eaky,,, ‘op ‘oq | Li
‘oaymeo ur exoIg | oLLz Szg0o. | 9gS.6£ $9988 1LSSz StoL.g | yo frites T qaang oxy yy alle Jooxs ysuq | gr
“ BBgv oozl. LE.9€ Egtrg 16gfz 6978.2 | 9 Pewee reese ee eeesesessenes eee op 4yos ‘od Sr
‘amjue0 avou oyorg | fLobg Ltvr. g.6€ 1z16g bzzgt OVZS-L5 5 eye Trtereeecesescccosesceres Tg9Q48 oMesseg pavy Jo avg | bi
s gozr oSzo. $1.£¥ $9996 bred $164.2 | FH |,,JaxQarvaygeyqnoq,, poutiey ‘op ‘oq | £1
bs 1691 IQZO. SL.E¢ gblozr g90St mshi bce ae 28's * [2G [PSD ,, pautto} ‘Joo}s ysvo ‘O(, | zr
‘yoou uloyo1g | f€zrr gozo. 69.34 zLobor tLgrf vEog.L ge lige: Psa galS "* Ja249 TOOT, ;, poumie ‘Ja948 ‘oq | rr
*yoou or} woaz “utr Sz oyorg | 46 LLio. £1.6% SSoorr g161f Bais ec I *,, 299 puowmerg ,, peutz9} ‘[e0}s ysvo Jo ueuttoadg | or
‘OD ANY TIANNVD ‘SIssoyy
*a1jued UI exOIg | ggzz zgLo. LS.9% gts6s tZ1L1 gggl.L GL [rtiteesettteeseeeecseetesteeeesteneesesteererseenee Sid
~ USIOLOF PUB SI[Suy WoOI, opvUt [9048 pot} Ystpsugr | 6
SS ‘yoou ot} WOIay POUT Teyorg | Sr1Lt $960. Lzve bLtgl IIZZZ WLZL.L | Qe [rtttereretererrrs qoartp poz, ‘req wsta10s ‘oqy1qT | g
pa As gLgt goto. 1f.1v $$S26 66L6£ gSLL.L | Lg | UOAT YSsipaMg WOIT [9938 Leays a_qnop Jo ueutoedg | Z
J “ 27S LEB80. So.1b zL616 +oL6£ of9L.£ GG. [tersrernrtettegeareoscccendeacscaseoseraneee TaQg ganmQssoRT | 9
s £90z SL£o. £1.6% SSoort g161€ fb1g.2 eg | es Furppom «oF ‘pyro ‘oyyrq | $
sé L£S6r LE£o. 93.15 EgIgrI t9S 6b 0632. PA [eee esteeseeees ee srastgo tog Stapyror ‘oqI1q |
S “5 f9L Evo. t9.Lv biLgor 1L£ok 3962.2 @q [tects too} coz ‘Moat Ysrpaag wos 10948 488 £
fe 989 oSto. Sg.ob oz$16 Vglb6E ezSL.l oa | sr eeereantiud ‘OIG | z
*yoou Ul oyorg| 161 goo, £5.08 totgg 6rgrt zo6L.L La ** $[00}-suTUAINY
*sul0} "Sq | IO} ‘WOAL YSIPAMY PUL URISSNY UIOAF [9048 ysvo ysog | 1
‘OD ANY NMOUG ‘sassey(T
T
Cepia G ="
‘bo kg | ‘onqea ‘aangdna
‘aanydna | 19 yySuey “m0Tq003 sutonp | ‘uouttoeds ‘dxq
*syIBULOY sutonp jo q1un jo yout orenbs -oad “sqy| jo Aytavas *sLIINJORJINUBL jo
-ord yA0a| rod t101y sod ureays Suryvorg jut‘aoprey) ogrwedg ‘ON
10 ‘n | -vSuoqa WUSIOM
JO OnT®A | Gurpuods
-d.109)
244:
"UILI}G OTISUAT, UO syusTUIIEdxTY oY} Jo s}[NSey Jo ATeMUNg—]] TIAVy,
245
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL.
"Yoou UL oyoag
ce
te
“
“
‘yoou Ut oyolg
“eajUdD UI eYOLT
"9199 Iwau OYOAE
‘soonyd 0m Ut oyoag
“od; UI ayo
“e
‘yoou Url oxoag
gre Lg00., oL.z€ ggztL 6bg1f 1zgZl.Z DL fr tteereereees Toags aways eTqnop jo usuttadg | S¢
S+6 £610. vLer 76626 prtry 691¢.2 I ** sdvy ‘op ‘0g vy
als 1£10, $0.6€ 1Lblg bezge 6462.2 Ho ess. arp: ‘op ‘og tt
o6z1 £¢Z0, zb.lLy LEzgor bSogr 1vgZ.L ft" sarp guaran ‘op ‘og zy
gSor gozo. 6L.Sb | LoSzox bobby bEgL.L a ot saqound ‘op ‘og 1b
626 Igro, b6.Sb $16zor tight gogl.Z m | Arourrovut ‘op ‘og oF
aL BIO, 70.S€ €Lz0g 6rg1f T1gZ.Z d_«‘|s[00}-Sura.my ‘op 0g 6£
£98 Ito. LS.zv ZLtS6 very bbgl.L fe) * g7099n0 ‘op ‘0g gt
bor goro, go.6£ zSSLg borgt gSrZ.Z qos s_rap ‘op ‘0d Le
zoSt z1£o, IL.bv $St1oor breir 1LgZ.z Voss sdno Jo omjorjnuenr oy tof popuoyzut yaa4g | of
*SNOG ANY NOLUAT, ‘sassoyy
zglt oe : 1b.9+ og6£or tobbh 1SzZ.£ Cg pu papyeas you “teq uMerp Jo uauttoadg | S€
SxS L£r0, LSE 6612 6ggz& S6LL.L #9 * popyes ATdunts ‘Joojs oSseyz Jo avg | bE
fLtr $Lzo. bg.ly zgiLor yobzr 6122.2 Ce gecuss ge ao see sysels ‘op —s- oy sats ‘OL £¢
gilt gifo, Bt.gt ob6Lor tSogv £08L.L GS foc T8948 avays e[qnop Jo uoeurtoadg | z£
ogZ Lgto, gz.Le tsbfg 6bgrf oSLL.L 1g sweceasssovneslys0itsis sins aiaataaaaE aero
TOF O[qejMs “WOM UBIssNy, UOAT Joo} ysvo Jo req | 1£
“‘SUTHLOUG NOSUMANVY “sIssaT{l
SSgf 1g60, 60.S€ goggl 6EVEE QBIQLL |e Gull Mosere esse e ere arena * ‘op 4y0s 0d of
sigh £601. 9£.6£ SLr1gg bzzgt Zgog.L | Ogg fcc eeeeeereers Karenb aopyrur ‘0d 6z
£96 Lgro. Z0.9F Sgotor bobzh gLbZ.Z TS@ pc Joos aoutossagr pavy Jo uaumroadg | gz
0D GNV UTWaASsag ‘sussoy
of65 ZgOl. $3.6¥ gLorir toLLy 6462.2 BO fcr goaerd-raptog tof aaqs ysegQ | Lz
go LEoo, gz.gf, | bzlSg b999f bogl.Z LEOw werereseceressseesTQ948 98BO JOO} y8aq BIXEE | gz
8901 £bz0. $z.6€ 1£62g bzzgt oL6Z.L 9O JCC Jaaqs avays oTqnop 4seq Jo wauttoedyg | Sz
TLC 1£v0, £0.9+ gti1for bobby brgl.L GO uc soap ‘sqyeys toy Jo0}8 ysvo pousysnoy, | bz
$63 Igro, o1.ty 0636 vrirh zoSL.L FO foc sarp puw sdez tof Joys ysvo ysog | £z
gzLt g6z0, 12.1 6rgSi1 6+ 6b toLL.L GO [uc Ya078 8 .toywVur-ceyIoq pur ‘sepryq rvoys
‘dno-seyes pfoo puv yoy AOF [oa}s ysvo ysoq jo avg | zz
9961 gifo. 1z.$S gggtzr 66g1S 6942.4 GO ee ee Op Re Testo ‘0g Iz
1ZZ gSto, | Lib th6g6 6zrkh anaes oxy TO [oc Ja0qs 4svo ‘1003 ysaq Jo ueuttoadg | oz
09 ANY NUOESG “sUssoTT
246 REPORT—1867.
It will be observed from the above Summary of Results, that in the re-
duction of the experiments to the value of u, or work done in producing
rupture, some of the specimens are as low as 72 when the metal is hard and
brittle, and as high as 6403 (in Exp. 14) where the specimen is of ductile
Bessemer steel. It required the utmost precision to determine with perfect
accuracy the elongations of the harder specimens at the point of rupture ; and
although the elongations were magnified and carefully taken, they are never-
theless not to be relied upon where the value of wis under 300. It would
have been more correct to have taken the elongations from bars three or four
times the length; but this could not be accomplished from the same bars, as
in most cases it was next to impossible to have them reduced to the required
dimensions without heating the bars and drawing them out under the hammer.
This process would have rendered them useless for comparison, which is not
the case in the present experiments, where the rupture by tension is identical
with that by compression, as they were cut from the same bars after having
been submitted to a transverse strain. From this it will be seen that each
bar has undergone without change the three separate tests of tensile, com-
pressive, and transverse strain.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 247
THIRD SERIES OF EXPERIMENTS.
COMPRESSION.
Exp, I.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co.; Sheffield, Mark on
Bar; “5 1.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ....:... 1-004 inch. .+++ ‘755 inch.
Diameter of specimen ...... ‘“T2inch, = .... “774 inch. ©
Area of specimen :::.:.:..- -40715 sq.in. .... °47015 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Compres-
of on on per square inch sion; in Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. inches.
Ibs. tons. Ibs. tons.
374388 | 16°731 | 91951 | 41-049 020 rae reet
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 025 : :
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 043
58950 | 26:316 | 144786 | 64-637 049
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 078
73134 | 32°649 | 179772 | 80-233 ‘117
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 166 E
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 °225 Wa
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 253 om very slight
crack appeared.
CO OT Oo Or & COLO
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is +253. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 28533.
Exp, II.—Bar of Steel from Messrs, John Brown & Co., Sheffield. Mark on
bar, “ B 2.”
; Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen...... -980 inch. oad: hoe Be,
Diameter of specimen .... *72 inch. Sane yor Deen Wilees
Area of specimen........ 40715 sq. in. .... -48398 sq. in.
37438 | 16°731 | 91951 | 41-049 “020
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 "025
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 “043
58950 | 26:316 | 144786 | 64-637 “069
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 "088
73134 | 32-649 | 179772 | 80-233 147
80214 | 35-809 |. 197023 | 87-952 "196
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 265 i
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 °263 | No cracks.
© CONT SD OV > Oo bo
___ Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression G ) per unit of length
is $263. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 29592.
248 REPORT—1867.
* Exp, I1.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co. Mark on
bar, “ B3.”
Before experiment. After experiment,
Height of specimen........ 1-002 inch, eee. °832 inch.
Diameter of specimen...... -72 inch. -s he ao iment.
Area of specimen.......... ‘40715 sq.in. .... °43943 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Compres-
of on on per square inch sion, in Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. inches.
Ibs. tons. lbs. tons.
37438 16°713 91951 | 41-049 -010 Bee ck TPG BH,
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303] -015 -
52166 93-288 | 128124 | 57-198 023
58950 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 ‘029
66022 29-474 | 162516 | 72-391 “038
73134 32°649 | 179722 | 80-233 067
80214 35:809 | 197023 | 87-952 096 i
88134 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 155 aI. iE
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 ‘183. | One very slight
crack of outside
skin.
C COTS Or Ww be
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding elongation (J,) per unit of length
is 183. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 20591.
Exe. [V.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co. Mark on
bar, “ B 4.”
Before experiment, After experiment.
Height of specimen .......... 1-01 inch. eves “Loo Se
Diameter of specimen ........ “72 inch. vues FOL tiene
Area Of SPECIMEN... . . wees ‘40715 sq. in. .... *47783 sq. in.
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049 | -030 “pee
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303] -035
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -053
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -079
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72391 | +108
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | +157
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | 206
88134 | 39°345 | 216465 | 97-636] -955
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 |100-700 | goa
OMONIADNF Whe
No cracks.
Results—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is‘293. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
=32968.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 249
Exp. V.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co. Mark on bar, “B5.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... “99 inch. .».. *743 inch,
Diameter of specimen ........ “72inch. —....*776 inch,
Area of specimen............ ‘40715 sq.in. .... 47299 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Com-
of on on per square inch pression, Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. in inches
lbs. tons. lbs. tons.
37438 | 16°713 | 91951 | 41-049 | -010 | ---—
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -015 | i
52166 | 23°288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -023
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -039
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -068
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -107
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -166
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -215
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -243 | No cracks.
OOD OB WOH
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is
225,568 lbs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (Z,) per unit of
length is -243. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 27342,
Exp. VI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co. Mark on bar, “B 6.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen .......... ‘987 inch. ns on) SR eindh.
Diameter of specimen ........ ‘72 inch. nous | OSineh.
Area of specimen ............ ‘40715 sq.in. .... °55417 sq. in.
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41:049 | -050
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -075
52166 | 23°288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -123
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -179
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -238
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -297
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -346 | WH
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -385 | ©
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -403 | No cracks,
6 COmT OD Ort GH bO rR
Results ——Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is
225,568 Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (Z,) per unit
of length is -403. By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture =45345.
950 REPORT—1867.
Exr, VII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co. Mark‘on bar, “ B 7.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......:.. 101 inch, .i:. ‘659 inch.
Diameter of specimen ........ *72 inch. 2:23 4886 inch.
Area of Spetimen....2...:.%3 ‘40715 sq.in. ...+. *61653 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Com-
of on on per square inch _ |pression, Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. iminches.
lbs. tons. lbs. tons.
37438 | 16-7138 91951 | 41:049 | -030
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -065
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57:198 | -103
58950 | 26°316 | 144786 | 64:637 | -169
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72:391 | -238
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -297
80214 | 35°809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -366 | AN
88134 | 39°345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -425 | ¥ “me
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | 443 | Three large cracks,
with several
smaller ones.
© MH ~ Woo Gu & bor
Results—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is
225,568 lbs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of
length is -443. By formula (13).—The work (wv) expended in producing
rupture=49846.
Exe. VIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Co, Mark on bar, “B8.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... 989 inch. i..s “497 Jaen,
Diameter of specimen ........ °72 inch. +36 OOO MmeH.
Afea. OF SPECIMEN... 2. secs ‘40715sq.in. .... *61653sq. in.
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049 | 040 | oy
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -os5 | i
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -143| |
58950 | 26:316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -219 | _|
66022 | 29:474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -298
78134 | 32:649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -347
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -426
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -475
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -493 | Much cracked.
Om Wa or Ww or
Results—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is
225,568 Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of
length is -493. By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in producing
rupture = 55472.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 251
Exp. IX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. John Brown & Oo., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “ BY.”
; Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ........ ‘985 inch. .... ‘430 inch.
Diameter of specimen ...... “(2 inens “**** *s.3/ 9g inehs
Area of specimen’.......... ‘40715 sq.in. .... 75429 sq. in.
No.| Weight laid Weight laid Com- |
of on on per square inch | pression, Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. ininches.
lbs. tons. lbs. tons.
1 | 37488} 16-713 91951 | 41-049 | -150
2 | 44966} 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -215 | Commenced to crack.
3 |52166| 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -273 oe Seta
4 |58950| 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -359 : i
5 | 66022! 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -418 H
6 | 73134 | 32°649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -457
7 | 80214} 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -486 | Three large cracks.
8 | 88134} 39:°345 | 216465 | 96-636 | +535
9 | 91840} 41:000 | 225568 | 100-700 | ‘553 | Much cracked.
Atesults—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is 553. By formula (13).—The work (wv) expended in producing rupture
= 62223.
Expr. X.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Mark on
bar, “1.”
' ; Before experiment, After experiment,
Height of specimen ........ ‘971 inch. 2:3: “749 inch.
Diameter of specimen ...... “72 inch. veos "172 inth:
Area of specimen.......... ‘40715 sq. in. .:.: -46808 sq: in.
prem enn nena eeeecee---,
37438 | 16-713 91951 | 41-049 | -010
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -015
52166| 23288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -023
58950 | 26316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -029
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -058
73134 | 32°649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -087
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | +146
88134 | 39:345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -205
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -233 | No cracks.
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is ‘233. a formula (13).—The work (uv) expended in producing rupture
= 26217.
252 REPORT—1867,
Expr. XI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Mark on
bar, * 2.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ........ 1-005 inch. > 2 shia kee eee
Diameter of specimen ...... -72 inch. >> sage de ange
Area of specimen.......... ‘40715 sq.in. .... °46808 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Compres-
of on on per square inch sion, in Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. inches.
lbs. tons. lbs. LODS. fie. 7. yl) | Se
1 | 37438 | 16-713 91951 | 41:049 020 ve
2} 44966 | 20:074 | 110440 | 49-303 "025
3 | 52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 033
4 | 58950 | 26:°316 | 144786 | 64:637 | -049
5 | 66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72°391 068
6 | 73134 | 32:649 | 179722 | 80°:2383 | +117
7 | 80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 176
8 | 88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 235 E i
9 | 91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 263 No cracks.
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is 263. By formula (13).—The work (wv) expended in producing rupture
= 29592.
Exp. XII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Mark on
har, 37:
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ........ 1:00 inch. w+» “FOG Thieme
Diameter of specimen ...... -72 inch. .. te *fe eee
Area of specimen. ........> ‘40715 sq.in. .... °49016 sq. in.
374388 | 16°713 91951 | 41:049 | -020 WEB: GF.
44966 | 20:074 | 110440 | 49:303 | -0385 : i
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -053
58950 | 26°316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -089
66022 | 29:-474 | 162156 | 72:391 138
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | °187
80214 | 35:809 | 197023 7°952 | +236
88134 | 39°345 | 216465 | 96°636 | +285 :
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 |100-700 | -313 | No cracks.
WONDUSWhHH
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is 313. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 35218.
—_—_”
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 253
Exp. XIUI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, ‘‘ 4.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen .......... 1-001 inch. vee! “704 inch.
Diameter of specimen ........ *72 inch. Joe) OO inele!
Area of specimen ............ -40715sq.in. .... 50265 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Com-
of on on per square inch | pression, Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. in inches.
lbs. tons. lbs. tons.
37438 | 16:713 | 91951 | 41:049 | -030 ie Sag ee rg ae
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -045 ;
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -053
58950 | 26:316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -079
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | :128
73134 | 32°649 | 179722 | 80-233 | ‘177
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | :236 :
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96°636 | -285 :
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | 303 | Very slight cracks.
COIS Ue Whe
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is 303. By formula (13).—The work (uw) expended in producing rupture
= 34171.
Exe, XIV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Cammell & Co., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “5.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen............ “996 inch. Jute) iS inehe
Diameter of specimen.......... *72 inch. eo BGR meh.
Area of specimen ...........- 40715sq.in. .... °58765 sq. in.
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049 | -060 a
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -095
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -143
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -199
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -268
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -317
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -406
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -415 i
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 |100-700 | -433 | No cracks.
COONADUPWNrH
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is -433. By formula (13).—The work («) expended in producing rupture
=48721.
254 REPORT—1867.
Expr. XV,—Bar of Steel from Messrs, Cammell & Co,, Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “ 6,”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......,.... -997 inch. ...: 514 inch,
Diameter of specimen...,..,... *72 inch. v:er *SOL ingh.
Arga ofippscimen ..5% pa yeisade ‘40715sq.in. ..., °63334 sq. in.
No. Weigut laid Weight laid Com-
of on on per square inch | pression, Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. in inches.
lbs. tons. lbs. tons.
37438 | 16°713 91951 | 41:049 | -080 Pv" aed
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -185
52166 | 23:288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -203 H
58950 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -269 i
66022 99-474 | 162156 | 72-391 7328
73134 | 32:649 | 179722 | 80-233 | :387
80214 | 35°809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -426
88134 | 89°345 | 216465 | 96°636 | -465 |
91840 | 41:000 | 225568 |100-700 | :493 | No cracks.
'
i
i
H
i
OMT OO De
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is 493. By formula (13)—The work (uw) expended in producing rupture
= 55472.
Exp. XVI,—Bar of Steel from Messrs, Naylor, Vickers & Co, Mark
on bar, ‘* V. A.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of gpecimen.. .. yey cs: ‘983 inch. ver: 1969 inch,
Diameter of specimen.......... -72 inch. ++: °865 inch,
Area pF apeGiMen . 2p, ; vege pals ‘40715 sq.in. .... *58765 sq. in.
37438 | 16°713 91951 | 41-049 | -050
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -075
52166 | 23°288 | 128124 |} 57-198 | -123
58950 | 26:°316 | 144786 | 64:637 | -179
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72:391 | -248
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -307
80214 | 35:809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -356
88134 | 39°345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -395 ue !
91840 41:000 | 225568 |100:700 | -423 | No cracks.
OM Took Wwe
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs,, or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is 423. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 47596
-
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 255
Exr. XVII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor, Vickers & Co., Sheffield.
Mark on bar “ Y.T.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... -992 inch. ..., 605 inch,
Diameter of specimen........ ‘72 inch. — .... *840 inch. —
Area of specimen” .....,;--- -40715 sq. in. .... *55417 sq. in,
: : eight laid Com-
a Weight lant ae on bh eaten inch | pression, Remarks.
Exp. apopmen. of section. in inches
lbs. tons. Ibs. tons. jeter Se
1 | 37488 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41:049| -050 H i
2 |- 44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303) -075
3 | 52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198] :113 TF
4} 58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637] :169
§ | 66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391) :228
6 | 73134 | 32:°649 | 179722 | 80:233]| :257
7 | 80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952) :326
8] 88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636| -365
9 | 91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700] -388 | No cracks,
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568]bs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (J,) per unit of length
is 388. By formula (13).—The work (uw) expended in producing rupture
= 43758.
Exe. XVIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor, Vickers & Co., Sheffield.
Mark on bar “ Y.S.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... ‘989 inch. +e 3, 3 Oe Ag.
Diameter of specimen........ Hie meh. "see eG,
tea of ppegimen’ 22... 5... 2). ‘40715 sq. in. .... 43241 sq. in.
a(438..| 16h! O1951 | 49-049) -010.).. PF tow. i
j
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303] -015 re
52166 | 23:288 | 128124 | 57-198! -023 4
58950 | 26°316 | 144786 | 64-637] -029
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72:391] :038
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233] -047
80214 ; 35°809 | 197023 | 87-952] -076
88134 | 39°345 | 216465 | 96:636| -125 cA
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700| :153 | No cracks.
COON OOF WWF
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568 Ibs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (7,) per unit of length
is Tee: By formula (13),—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 17255.
256 REPORT— 1867.
Exe. XTX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Naylor, Vickers & €o., Sheffield.
Mark on bar, “ Y.2.”
. ; Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... ‘998 inch. » boo "OLS inches
Diameter of specimen........ ‘72 inch. -» esl, 10 anEE.
Afes Of APeeimen |"... oj. <1.) ‘40715 sq. in. .... *45364 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Com-
of on on per square inch __|pression, Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section in inches
lbs. tons. Ibs. tons.
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049] -010
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303] -015
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198] -023
58950 | 26:316 | 144786 | 64-637} -029
66022 | 29:474 | 162156 | 72°391} -0388
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233] -057
80214 | 35°809 | 197023 | 87-952] -096
88134 | 39°345 | 216465 | 96-636) +155
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700| -183 | No cracks.
OO TIM|EIOPWwrH
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P, ) causing rupture is 225,568 lbs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (1,) per unit of length
is 183. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 20591.
Exp, XX.—Bar of Steel from Samuel Osborn, Esq., Sheffield. Mark on
bar Gay”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.........-. ‘999 inch. .sse),.°100 INCH
Diameter of specimen........ “72 inch. + +0 pe ioe ames
Area of specimen .......... ‘40715 sq.in. .... °45843 sq. in.
37438 | 16°7138 | 91951 | 41°049) -020 ry ee i
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49°303| -025 i
52166 | 23:288 | 128124 | 57-198] -033
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64:637| -039
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72°391! -058
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233) -077
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952] -126
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636) 185
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 Bh 0 203 | No cracks.
Results.—-Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568lbs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is ‘203. By formula (13).—The work (wv) expended in producing rupture
= 22841.
COIM|DOaSWhrH
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL, 257
Exe. XXI.—Bar of Steel from Samuel Osborn, Esq., Sheffield. Mark on
bar, “02.”
Before experiment, After experiment,
Height of specimen ........ -991 inch. .... 766 inch,
Diameter of specimen ...... *72 inch. pate oH Ghinche
Area of specimen.......... ‘40715 sq.in. .... -45364 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Compres-
of on on per square inch sion, in Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. inches.
Ibs. tons. lbs. tons.
1 | 37438 16:713 91951 | 41-049 -030 Bo re ae Sak ee i
2 | 44966 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 ‘035 i
3 | 52166 23:288 | 128124 | 57-198 043
4 | 58950 26°316 | 144786 | 64-637 ‘069
5 | 66022 29°474 | 162156 | 72-391 “088
6 | 73134 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 127
7 | 80214 35:809 | 197023 | 87-952 "176
8 | 88134 39°345 | 216465 | 96-636 “225
9} 91840 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 °243
Results.—Here the strain per square inch(P,) causing ruptureis 225,568 lbs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (J,) per unit of length
is -243. By formula (13).—The work (wu) expended in producing rupture
=27342.
Exe. XXII.—Bar of Steel from Samuel Osborn, Esq., Sheffield. Mark on
bar; “O32”
Before experiment, After experiment.
Height of specimen ........ “986 inch. ate erie,
Diameter of specimen ...... -72 inch, ie Sl -7eeermen:
Area of specimen.....:.... ‘40715 sq. in. .... °46324 sq. in.
37438 | 16-713] 91951 | 41-049 | -030 pee
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -035 :
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -043
58950 | 26:316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -059
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72391 | -078
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -117
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -166
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 | +225 E
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 |100-700 | +253. | No cracks.
OONAMNIEWhHH
Results.—Here thestrain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568 lbs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is -253. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
t= 28467,
1867, 1
258 REPORT—1867.
Exp. XXIII.—Bar of Steel from Samuel Osborn, Esq., Sheffield. Mark on
bar, “04.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ........ -993 inch. «s.00 “fda nich:
Diameter of specimen ...... -72 inch. . <7.) S76Sanelt
Area of specimen.......... -40715 sq. in. .... 746824 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Compres-
or on on per square inch sion, in Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. inches.
Ibs. tons. Ibs. tons.
37438 | 16-713 91951 | 41:049 | -020 ponnmrtcennenencnnnny
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49°303 | -035 : :
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57°198 | -043
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | 059
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72°391 ‘078
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | °117
80214 | 35°809 | 197023 | 87-952 | +186
88134 | 39°345 | 216465 | 96°636 | -235 i il
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 "263 No cracks.
COI}.AP.MAPWNHre
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568 lbs.,
or 100:7 tons; and the corresponding compression (J,) per unit of length
is -263. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
=29592.
Exe. XXIV.—Bar of Steel from Samuel Osborn, Esq., Sheffield. Mark on
bar, “05.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ........ 1:01 inch. os 0) [G97 ingk,
Diameter of specimen ...... -72 inch. cee, 9 nehe
Area of specimen.......... ‘40715 sq.in. .... *49016 sq. in.
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049 | -030 0 | pee
i
i
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -045
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57:198 | -083
58950 | 26°316 |.144786 | 64-637 | -109
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72:391 | -:158
73134 | 32-649 |.179722 | 80-233 | °197
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | °266
88134 | 39°345 | 216465 | 96°636 | °295
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -323 | N
:
HL
ODM IAMEWNHeE
o cracks.
Results.—Here the strain persquare inch (P,) causing rupture is225,568 lbs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is 323. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
=36344
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL.
259
Exr. XXV.—Bar of Steel from Samuel Osborn, Esq., Sheffield. Mark on
Height of specimen
Diameter of specimen
Area of specimen
eee
aicie’ 6) @) ete
WMS aes 6 ev oe
bar, “0 6.”
Before experiment.
982 inch
“72 inch. Jas
40715 sq. in. .
After experiment,
*669 inch.
‘80 inch.
50265 sq. in.
No.| Weight laid Weight laid | Com- |
of on on per square inch pression Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. in ins,
Ibs. tons. Ibs. tons.
1) ates 16-713; 91951 | 41-049 |-030)}..0 re
2 | 44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -045 i
3 | 52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -073 a
4 | 58950 | 26:316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -099 |
5 | 66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -148 ill
6 | 73134 | 32°640 | 179722 | 80-233 | -207 MIE
7 | 80214 | 35°809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -266 \ | | i
8 | 88134 | 39:345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -305 jE AU
9 | 91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -323 | No eracks.
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568 lbs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (J,) per unit of length
is “323. By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
=36344.
Exp. XXVI.—Bar of Steel from Samuel Osborn, Esq., Sheffield. Mark on
hax, “OF?
Before experiment, After experiment.
Height of specimen .......,.. 1-011 inch. *826 inch.
Diameter of specimen ........ “72 inch. *748 inch.
INFOS OL APEELMED, . 5 0... cs ee 40715 sq.m. .... 43943 sq. in.
Peiease| 16713 | 91951 | 41-049 | 010) 1
2 | 44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -015
3 | 52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -023
4 | 58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -029
5 | 66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -038
6 | 73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -077
7 | 80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -106 i
8 | 88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -165 MH
9 | 91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -193 | No cracks.
Results—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is
225,568 lbs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (2,) per unit
of length is -193, By formula (13).—The work (u) expended in producing
rupture= 21716,
tr 2
260 REPORT—1867.
Exp. XX VII.—Bar of Steel from Samuel Osborn, Esq., Sheffield. Mark on
bar, “O 8.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... -984 inch. +. o» .*652 inehs
Diameter of specimen........ “72 inch. ry poll htric 7
Area of specimen ..\......... ‘40715 sq. in. .... °51784 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Com-
of on ou per square inch _ |pression, Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. in ins.
Ibs. tons. lbs. tons. govvnseenersennenenennns
37438 | 16°713 91951 | 41:049 | -030 E
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -035
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | :063
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64:°637 | -099
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72°391 | -158
73134 | 32°649 | 179722 | 80°233 | :217
80214 | 35°809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -266
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96°636 | °315
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -333 | No cracks.
CO OTS OF Whe
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compession (/,) per unit of length
is *333. By formula (13).—The work (uw) expended in producing rupture
= 37469.
Expr, XXVIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Bessemer and Co., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “BS 1.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... ‘993 inch. Lees (Oho miei
Diameter of specimen........ ‘72 inch. 7. | GE aineh:
Awea of Specimen’ "5... 2605 ‘40715 sq. in. .... *45843 sq. in.
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049 | -0380 H
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -035 :
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -043
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -049
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -068
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -097
80214 | 35-809 | 197028 | 87-952 | -146
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -195 :
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -223 | No cracks.
COONS OR WNW H
Results—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is
225,568 lbs., or 100°7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit
of length is -223. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing.
rupture = 25092.
ON THE*MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 261
Expr. XXIX.——Bar of Steel from Messrs. Bessemer & Co., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “BS 2.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ...... 1-01 inch. < apera = Inehte
Diameter of specimen *.... +72 inch. 56) SOO ich,
Area of specimen....’.... ‘40715 sq. in. .... + *57549 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Compres-
of on on per square inch sion, in Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. inches.
lbs. tons. lbs. tons.
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049 ‘060 Foca orretatrenscneonnn 1
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 "095 i
52166 | 23°288 | 128124 | 57-198 143
56950 | 26:316 | 144786 | 64-637 219
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 27
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 337
80214 | 35:809 | 197023 | 87-952 386
88134 | 39:345 | 216465 | 96-636 425
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 443
COMO WDB wWdeH
No cracks.
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is ‘445. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 49846,
Exp. XXX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Bessemer & Co., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “BS 3.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ...... 1-002 inch. ~ wee) *SS2inehe
Diameter of specimen .... *72 inch. .... °894 inch.
Area-of specimen........ A015 dq. 4... “6207 Pag. in:
1} 37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049 | +080. | jrenrrreenneeeenne
2! 44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303] -125 | |
3 | 52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198| -183 | |
4| 56950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -249
5 | 66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -318
6 | 73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233] -367
7 | 80214 | 35:809 | 197023 | 87-952| -416
8 | 88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -445 |
9 | 91840 | 41-000 | 225568 |100-700 | -473. | No cracks. .
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is ‘473. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 53222.
262 REPORT— 1867.
Exp. XXXI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Sanderson & Co., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “5.1.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ...... -98 inch. .... *576 inch.
Diameter of specimen .... °72 inch. — .... 7850 inch, —
Area of specimen........ ‘40715 sq.in. .... °56745 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Compres-
of on on per square inch sion, in Remarks,
Exp. specimen. of section. inches.
eecnnenmnecasesnesery
lbs. tons. Ibs. tons. r
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049 030 :
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 “045
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 073
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64:637 139
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 198
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 *257 |
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 316 AS
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 ‘375 | 'Two large cracks
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 398 and a small one.
OMNIA WhWrH
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is ‘398. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 44783.
Exp, XX XII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Sanderson & Co., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “8. 2.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ...... *992 inch. »» ss “698 ament
Diameter of specimen .... *72 inch. aoe Gatien:
Area of specimen....,... 40715 sq. in. .... *48398 sq. in.
37438 | 16°713 | 91951 | 41:049 030
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 035
52166 | 23:288 | 128124 | 57-198 053
58950 | 26°316 | 144786 | 64-637 079
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 118
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 BELT
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 236
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 275
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 *303 | Very slight crack.
C CTO Or WDE
|
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is ae By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 34093.
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 263
Exe. XX XIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Sanderson & Co., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “8 3.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ........ “99 inch. ieee “710 ines
Diameter of specimen ...... *72 inch. owe 768 nel.
Area of specimen .......... 40715 sq.in. .... *46324 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Compres-
of on on per square inch sion, in Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. inches.
lbs. tons. Ibs. tons.
37438 | 16-713 91951 | 41-049 °020 fe easigr otras i
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -025 i H
52166 | 23-288. | 128124 | 57-198 | -033 i :
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -049
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72:391 |] -078
73134 | 32:649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -147
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -206
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -255 il
91840 | 41:000 | 225568 | 100-700 | +283 | No eracks.
© ONT So Ot He CO DO
Results——Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is -283. By formula (13)—The work (wv) expended in producing rupture
=31843.
Exp. XXXIV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Sanderson & Co., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “8S 4.”
: Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ........ ‘977 inch. i «0, “OOo Inen,
Diameter of specimen ...... -72 inch. sc, Sheen.
Area of specimen .......... 40715 sq.in. .... °49514 sq. in.
37438 | 16-713 91951 | 41:049 | -030 iy aa ote
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | +035 : i
52166 | 23:288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -0538 : i
58950 | 26°316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -079
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -128
73134 | 32:649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -187
80214 | 35°809 | 197023 | 87-952 | -246
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 | -295 < HWE
91840 | 41:000 | 225568 |100-700 | -323 _ | Several slight cracks.
Ooo Ob OO hoe
Results—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100°7 tons; and the corresponding compression (i ) per unit of length
is -323. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing 2a
=36344,
264 REPORT—1867.
Exp. XXXV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Sanderson & Co., Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “8 5.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ........ 1-01 inch. ..+. 7678 inch.
Diameter of specimen ...... *72 inch. ..+- 790 inch. —
Area of specimen .......... ‘40715 sq. in. .... °*49016 sq. im.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Compres- Renanks.
of on on per square inch | sion, in eS
Exp. specimen. of section. inches. : :
lbs. tons. lbs. tons. Hl
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41:049 | -030
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 | -045
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198 | -063
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637 | -079 SNM
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391 | -138 4 a
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233 | -187 | Commence to
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 | +246 crack.
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96:636 | -305
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -333 | Cracks widened.
CeoIHSOKWWrH
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length:
is ‘333. By formula (13)—The work (uw) expended in producing rupture
=37469.
Exp. XXXVI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Mark
Onpar, eA
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen ........ -988-inch. * \ .... .°71 inch.
Diameter of specimen ...... *72 inch. eee Lee
Area of specimen’..:....... -40715 inch. .... °47783 sq. in.
7438 | 16-713 91951 | 41-049 020 3 ar i
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303 -035 : i
52166 | 23:288 | 128124 | 57-198 043
58950 | 26°316 | 144786 | 64-637 ‘069
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72°391 108
73134 | 32°649 | 179722 | 80-233 °157
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 7:952 +206
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636 "265 d
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700 +283 No cracks.
OCmISaI-wWWwrH
Results—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is *283. By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
=31843.
Ee
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 265
Exr, XXXVII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield.
Mark on bar, “ B.”
: Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... *986 inch. -~t« °804 inch.
Diameter of specimen........ 72 inch. swasené40 Ineh,
Area of specimen .......... 40715 sq. in. .... 43943 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Com-
of on on per square inch _|pression, hance
Exp. specimen. of section. in inches {
lbs. tons. Ibs. tons.
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049] -020 | | [9
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303) -025 |
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198) -033
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637| -039
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391] -048
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233| -077
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952) -116
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636| -175| ©
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700) -193 | No cracks.
OMIAM AP wWhH
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568 Ibs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is ‘193. By formula (13).—The work (wu) expended in producing rupture
=21716.
Expr, XXXVIII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield.
Mark on bar, “ C.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... 96 inch. 3 eye, Sake eek:
Diameter of specimen........ -72 inch. ee cia ee
Area of specimen .......... 40715 sq.in. ..... “47783'sq.. in.
87438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41-049] -030 | © fo
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303] -035| |
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198] -043 | pi at
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637] -049
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391) -078
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233| -127
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952 -166
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636| -225
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700| -243 | Wo eracks.
OOS] OP WH
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P_) causing rupture is 225,568 Ibs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (1,) per unit of length
is -243. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
=27342.
266 REPORT—1867,
Exp, XX XIX.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Mark
on bar, “ D.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... *982 inch, £275 anos
Diameter of specimen........ -72 inch. vie! eee ad
Area of specimen ....:..... ‘40715 sq.in. .... ‘47051 sq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Com-
of on on per square inch /pression, iMeransiep
Exp. specimen. of section. iminches.
lbs. tons. lbs. CONS. Meme ee ced. aan
37438 | 16°713 91951 41:049| -030 { as kat
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303) -035 :
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198} -043 \
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637] :059
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391} :078
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233] 117
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87:952| -186
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96°636] +235
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700] +263 | No eracks.
COonaw»roehwore
Results.—Here the strain per square inch(P, ) causing rupture is 225,568 lbs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is -263. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 29592.
Exp. XL.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Mark on
bare abe?
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... 1-00 inch. i (its:
Diameter of specimen........ ‘72 inch. Joa of/Ginehy
Avea Of Specimen: 5 0.4.3" ‘40715 sq.in. .... 45364 sq. in.
374388 | 16-713 91951 41-049} -020
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 49-303) -025
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 57:198| -033
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 64:637| -049
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 72°391| -068
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 80:233| -107
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 87:°952| -156
88134 | 39°345 | 216465 96°636| +205
91840 41-000 225568 100-700 -233 No cracks.
© ONTO Or B® OO DOr
Results—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568 lbs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is ‘233. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 26217,
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 267
Exe, XLI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Mark on
bar, “ F.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......--- 1:0 inch. aribidd ftom lite iy
Diameter of specimen........ 72 inch. See? SOO Wich.
Area of specimen .........- 40715 sq.in. .... °48398 sq. in.
No, Weight laid Weight laid Com-
of on on per square inch _ [pression, Remarks,
Expt. specimen. of section. ininches.
Ibs. tons. lbs. tons.
37488 | 16°713 | 91951 | 41-049) -020
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49:303) -025
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198] -033
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64:637| -049
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391] -078
73134 | 32°649 | 179722 | 80:233| :127
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87:952| -176
88134 | 39:345 | 216465 | 96:636| -225 Mi
91840 | 41:000 | 225568 | 100-700} +253 | No cracks.
OONIMSP. ME WH
Results—Here the strain per square inch(P,) causing rupture is 225,568 lbs.,
or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is -253. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
= 28467,
Expr, XLII.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Mark on
bar, *SG2”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... -998 inch, woe, 2leinchrs
Diameter of specimen Be Sas ore -72 inch. Seae uO Inch
Area of specimen .....-.+.. ‘40715 sq. in, .... °49016 sq. in.
37438 | 16-718 | 91951 | 41-049) -030 cn ae:
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303) -035
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198| -053| ¢ st
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64:637| 079 | ff TN
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72:391| -118 | i i
i
73134 | 32:649 | 179722 | 80°233| -167
80214 | 35-809 | 197023 | 87-952| -216
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636| -265
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700! -293 ir Ge
/ I
i Hill
OM WM| UF WWF
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568 Ibs.,
or 100°7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is 293. By formula (13).—The work (uw) expended in producing rupture
=32968,
268 REPORT—1867.
Exp. XLITI.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Mark on
bar, “ H.”
2 Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... ‘993 inch. . + se Shel IBGRE
Diameter of specimen........ °72 inch. s» oni eee
Area of specimen .......... 40715 sq.in. ....., 4729480. am
No. Weight laid Weight laid Com-
of on on per square inch (pression, - Remarks.
Exp. specimen. of section. in inches.
lbs. tons. lbs. tons. ee :
37488 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41:049| -020
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303] -025
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198] -043
58950 | 26-316 | 144786 | 64-637] -059
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | 72-391| -088
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233! +137
80214 | 35:809 | 197023 | 87-952]: -196
88134 | 39-345 | 216465 | 96-636] °245 : :
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700! -273 | No cracks.
CONIDUEWHH
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is ‘273. By formula (13)—The work (wu) expended in producing rupture
=30718.
Exp. XLIV.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Mark on
Ibamse6* oie
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... ‘988 inch. ++. *722 inch.
Diameter of specimen........ “72 inch. oe 7781 nel
Area of specimen .......... ‘40715 sq. in. .... °47783 8q. in.
o1458..\. 16°713 | 91951 | 41-049 |. -0205). Jy ae H
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303} -025 | ; i
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198] -043
58950 | 26316 | 144786 | 64-637] -059
66022 | 29:474 | 162156 | 72-391] -108
73134 | 32:649 | 179722 | 80-233] +157
80214 | 35°809 | 197023 | 87-952) -206
88134 | 39:345 | 216465 | 96-636| +255
91840 | 41:000 | 225568 | 100-700 | -273
6 OO TO Ore WO DOH
Very slightly cracked.
Results.—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (J,) per unit of length is
*273. By formula (13)—The work (w) expended in producing rupture ~
=30718.
a Th
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL, 269
Exp. XLY.—Bar of Steel from Messrs. Turton & Sons, Sheffield. Mark on
bar, “ U.”
Before experiment. After experiment.
Height of specimen.......... ‘984 inch. oleae sO Ten:
Diameter of specimen......., *72 inch. Bor, exis a gucie
Area of specimen............ 40715 sq. in. .... *48398 aq. in.
No. Weight laid Weight laid Com-
of on on per square inch pression, eamarkes
Exp. specimen. of section. In inches,
Ibs. tons. Ibs. tons. cee se ee
37438 | 16-713 | 91951 | 41:049| -030
44966 | 20-074 | 110440 | 49-303| -035
52166 | 23-288 | 128124 | 57-198) -053
58950 | 26°316 | 144786 | 64:637| -069
66022 | 29-474 | 162156 | . 72:391| -118
73134 | 32-649 | 179722 | 80-233] -167
80214 | 35°809 | 197023 | 87-952] -226
88134 | 39°345 | 216465 | 96-636| -275
91840 | 41-000 | 225568 | 100-700| -293 | No cracks.
COOnNnok Whe
Results—Here the strain per square inch (P,) causing rupture is 225,568
Ibs., or 100-7 tons ; and the corresponding compression (/,) per unit of length
is -293. By formula (13).—The work (w) expended in producing rupture
=32968.
1867.
REPORT
270
—
us 16S0z fg. ooL.oo1 ggsSzz | 949 cTOOS 188) 8,840H01A PUL IopARNY 5, ‘op ‘oq | 61
bs SSzlr eS. ool.oor ggSSzz g - Tejoodg * ‘19048 4SU) S,S1OHOLA 5, ‘op ‘oq! gt
v6 gi lib sgt. ooL.oor ggsSzz aT > || ae aeeectcereabacnssisces «(9949 O4AT, 5, ‘op ‘oq | Zr
‘syorto on | 9 6SL fcr. ooL.oor ggsszz Yo [riritettteeessssseeeseress Ta09G OTXW ,, PoT[BO [9998 8M | 91
‘OF ANY SUTMOTA ‘MOTAVNT “Susse]{l
Wy zLyss £64. ooL.001 ggSSzz GQ [ttttttrttesectescsssercresseee Togas courassog? Jos Jo aegr| $1
“syorto ON | =IeLey £fr. ooL.0or gos Sz (6 PO FL “ees T9918 JOUMOSsegT pavy Joavg | 1
‘syowao qysis Aton | rL1bt fof. 00,001 ggSSzz F |, JooQavoyqgoerqnoc ,, poutao} ‘[eo4s 4svo 0d fr
Ob gizse fr. ooL.001 ggsSzz G [ttt (.Ja049 estyO ,, pourtoy Toe qseo od, ca
ae 26S 6z £97. 00.001 ggsSzz GZ |r Joojg TOO, ,, pourte, ‘Taos 4svo OL II
‘syowto ON | LIQ Efz. 004.001 ggsSzz I |'**,10019 puoureicy ,, pouttey ‘[oays ysvo Jo uommtoodg | of
09 GNV TIANNVY ‘Stssoy\,
“ fzzz9 €SS. 0oL.001 ggSSzz Ga see eeeerenssece saesceeecsseccecees eeecceres seeceeee es Std
ws 19103 pure YsIpsugy wo. opeUt [e048 poy[ty ystpsuq | = 6
‘poyovao yonyy| 72S £ 6+. ooL.oor ROSS ee. | Cie || rnnemanene sreeeeeseees Hoarty ‘Bq USIOLOZ “OP ‘oq | 8
*soul0
TOT[BUIS [BAOAOS TYLA ‘SYOVIO od.Ley OILY I, gtg6r tr. 004,001 ggsSzz | ¥q juoar ystpamg uToaz joos Iwoys giqnop jo uounoedg |
ss SbESb for. 00.001 ggssez | OG Joos toumessogy | 9
“ zbile Cz. ool.oo1 ggsSzz eg Seo enenntnny se eeeesecascens wees Sutpjom IOy “pprut ‘OWL g
‘syouto ONT | 9 g6zt £6<. o0L.001 SOSGIeS, iN Gigi. jetneasepenessieneec ok eeee eace s[ostyo Loy ‘xopyrur ‘ote | ¥
“ULYS OpIsNO Jo youso Wyss Atoa ouQ | 16S0z gr. 00.001 Rossen. \eia™ | ipansstine "5"* 87009 LOF ‘MOAT YsTpeag WO} Joos qsug | £
‘syouso on, | = 76S62 £9z. 00.001 gossez | aq | dopyrm ‘oytq¢ | z
‘powwodde youso yy srs Auoa ouQ | FESgz Sz. 00.001 ggsszz | Tq “ sT00}-SUTTANY
*SULOY "Sq IO} ‘UOAL YSIPOMY PUL UISSNY UTOAT [oo}8 ysvo ysogr | I
09 ANY NMOUG “Sassoy{T
(£1) ‘ba Aq|"qySuoy Jo
“req o tun aed
arated ul : mors fusbie on
*SyIVULOY papuadxa |-soadit09 “youl pombe sad 0 uo "SLOIMJORINUBIN, ae
yao 10 | Surpuods PIB] FY oto Ysoyworpy | YCBIAL oN
‘nN JO oNTVA | -91L0D
‘uorssaudwog uo spwoumadur ayy fo synsayy fo hunuung
271
~
Lie
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEE
—
*sORIO ON
*poyoeso AY sT[S At0 A
“
ay
ee
ee
“cs
ec
“SOWA ONT
“poyorro PONT
“SOBA JUILSITS [RAAIG
"syORIO ON
*yorao qystis Aro 4
*syORIO OFALT OAT,
“ee
"Syoulo ON
“
*syoudo ON
ooLl.oor
ooL.001
ool.oor
00.001
ooLl.oor
ooLl.oor
ool.oor
ooL.0cor
004.001
ooL.oo1
00.001
004.001
00.001
ooL.001
ooLl.oo1
o0oL.oor
ooL.oor
00.001
ooL.oo1
ooLl.oor
OoL.Oor
ooZ.oor
ooL.0o0r
o00L.oo1
ooZl.oor
00.001
SRORERORHpP
rt QU 6D SH 19
RANRM
|
mao
MRR
AAA
OD <H 1M 6S = 00
Hteseessesssssssseeess Toga aways a[qnop Jo ueutoadg
Pres a Govink an) ‘op “op OT
Ge tees gorp ‘op ‘op od
Si selp JUTUL ‘op “op ‘og
seereseesees sououNd ‘op ‘op ‘od
reese Argon wut ‘op ‘op od
**8]00}- -surany ‘op ‘op og
ve aa _suaqqno ‘op ‘op Oc
Vaart vere grrmap ‘op ‘op od
sreeersseeeeeee cing FO OINYOVJNUBUL Ot[} UL pasn [9039
*SNOG CNY NOWIOAG, ‘sassopy
sees pA CLLR OUCe DEMO CCH 70} uMetp jo uemttoedg
PSCC OU REC CECE PERSO COM OOUCOGROOLE CK eit yosavy jo reg
Pee nae ay ‘op ep suis ‘0d
"T9948 IBoYs B[qnop Jo usuttoedg
GUIPOA LOF [GRIMS WOT UBISSHYT WOT] [9938480 Joe
‘OD UNV NOSUMANVY “sassoy
sueeiers ieee ATOR JO ‘od
anes gus es odie sieeve eee VAC TT ETL dopytur jo ‘0d
coeeesegeseereesessss [9048 Aoulesseg plBty JO uouttoedg
“OD ANY UAWaSSa “sasso]AL
AERO eee ween w eee eeeteneres soye[d-.0]T0q IOF yo238 tg)
PT eee eee TCee eT Pee eee eee ee 19048 4sBo [004 4s80q, BAX
19048 IwoYs e[qnop ysoq Jo uoumtoedg
"* +929 S]FRYS LOF Joos ySvo pouoysnoy,
FOP e meee tamer teeter aenne sorp pue sdvy OF qeo}8 4suo 4sogy
pacts * Ja0}8 Slo VUI-Le]Toq pu ‘sopeyq-avoys ‘sdno
~soyus Pfoo pue Joy 1OF [oays yeuo 48eq Jo ueuttoadg
ee sereeees Tasty qsoq ‘OCT
oO 900000
La |
se eeeeeeee Oe eeereeeceee . Jo0qs8 4svo 700} 4s0q jo uauttoadg
“bsgy ‘NuoasQ IaANVY
272 REPORT—1867.
AxsTRACT oF THE Resutts or Tastes I., IL., anp III.
Transverse Strain.—Table I.
The results of these experiments show that, within the elastic limits, the
deflections are in proportion to the pressures ; for example, in Experiment 1,
the deflections are almost exactly expressed by the formula 6=-001361 w,
where the constant -001361 is the mean, D,, of all the deflections for a
unity of weight derived from formula (3). By aid of this principle the value
of the weight, w, with its equivalent deflection, corresponding to the elastic
limit, was determined.
The mean value of D,, given in col. 4, the deflection corresponding to unity
of pressure and section, may be taken as the measure of the flewibility of the
different bars. In general, the least flexible bars give the highest values of
E and C, and, other things being the same, or nearly the same, the most
flexible bars give the highest values of wu, the work of deflection correspond-
ing to unity of section.
The bars of some of the experiments, 10, 18, 28, &c., with more than
an average flexibility, gave very high values for C, the working unit
of resistance to transverse strain, showing their great value when applied to
the springs of carriages and other constructions, where flexibility and
strength should be combined. Such bars as those of experiments 1, 12, 21,
&c., with less than an average flexibility, gave at least an average value for
C, showing their applicability to all constructions where rigidity and strength
are required; and so on to other cases.
The mean value of E, the modulus of elasticity, given in col. 5, taken for
thirty of the best specimens, is 31,000,000 nearly, whilst the mean taken
for a like number, in col, 4, is about 32,000,000. This modulus exceeds
that of wrought iron by more than the 30th part. Steel having a much
greater flexibility than wrought iron, accounts for the approximation of their
values for the modulus of elasticity. The bars that have the greatest flexi-
bility, or the great value of D,, other things being the same, have the least
value for the modulus of elasticity.
The values of u, or the work of deflection for the unity of section up to
the elastic limit, may be taken as measures of the qualities of bars where
flexibility and strength are required.
The bars generally exhibit very high powers of resistance to transverse
strain. The mean value of the unit of working strength, C, given in col. 9,
taken for one-half the number of experiments, is 6°83 tons, and for the
remaining half (omitting the last two experiments) this constant is 5-23
tons, giving a general mean of 6 tons. In the model tube of the Britannia
and Conway bridges, the value of the constant for breaking weight is
6:7 tons.
Taking 11 tons per square inch as the mean value of the compressive and
tensile resistances of wrought iron at the elastic limit, the value of C in
this case will be less than 2 tons; hence it follows that the transverse
strength of these steel bars will be about 33 times the strength of wrought-
iron bars of the same dimensions.
In order to determine the relative value of the two kinds of material
undergoing transverse strain, let us suppose two bars of the same length,
one steel and the other iron, having the same strength, to be similar in their
transverse sections ; then, as the strength of bars of similar section are as the
cubes of their depths,
ON THE MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STEEL. 273
3/C— ;
a=r/% x d=3'5: x d,
where d is the depth of the steel bar, d, that of the iron bar, and = ee,
the ratio of their units of working strength. i
_ But as the areas of similar section are as the squares of their like dimen-
sions,
Section iron bar 3-53 @?
= = 3°5% — 9-2805¢
Section steel bar? OO = 79082.
Now taking the cost of iron at £7 per ton, and that of steel at £12, we
have for the relative cost of the two materials of the same strength,
Tron 7X2-3052 16:1364
Steel ~~ 12 ae
that is, the cost of the iron would be about 11 times that of the steel.
In the case of railway bars and such constructions, besides this saving in
the cost of material, it must be borne in mind that the stecl rail would last
four times as long as the iron rail.
=1-3447,
Tensile Strain.—Table II.
Taking the mean of the results of the experiments on thirty of the best
specimens, we find the mean tenacity per square inch =47°-7 tons.
Now if we take 25 tons per square inch as the tenacity of the best English
hammered iron in bars, it follows that the tenacity of these steel bars will
be about twice (1°91 time) that of the iron bars.
Economie use of the Material.
For bars of equal strength, undergoing tensile strain, the iron bar should
be about twice the section of the steel bar; now if the cost of steel be £12
per ton, and that of iron £7, then, for a ton of metal in each case, the com-
parative cost of bars of equal strength will be
Iron bars 71:91 13°37
Sieibamsir yo 1260p Bayan te?
that is, the cost of the iron would be more than once and one-tenth that of
the steel; in this case, therefore, the steel would be the more economical
metal. The saving per ton of material would be £1:37, or £1 7s. 43d.
The work producing rupture in the different specimens is very variable,
owing probably, to some extent, to the errors arising from the determina-
tion of such exceedingly small elongations. This irregularity would have
been avoided if the specimens had been of greater length, so that the elonga-
tions might have been ascertained with greater accuracy.
The greatest value (6403) of this work of elongation is given in expt. 14,
where the breaking strain of the specimen is below the average, being only
about 40 tons per square inch.
The specimen (see expt. 18) which had the greatest tenacity, viz. about
60 tons per square inch, required only 670 units of work to produce rup-
ture ; this arises from the very small elongation, viz. -01, which the bar
sustained at the point of rupture.
1867,
U
274 REPORT—1867.
The ultimate elongations are unaccountably variable, and seem much below
what might have been expected; eyen the greatest elongation, :1437, given
in the Table, is below the average for iron bars, whilst the least elongation,
‘0037, produced by a strain of 381 tons per square inch, is only about the
50th part of this average. ;
Compression.——Table IIT.
Thirty-two of the bars supported each a pressure of 100-7 tons per square
inch of section without undergoing any sensibble fracture, whilst twenty-
three bars were more or less fractured with this pressure.
The mean value of the compression per unit of length, given in col. 6 of the
Table, taken for 24 of the best specimens, is -372 ; whilst the mean taken for
the remaining specimens is -232, giving a general mean deflection of -302.
The work, «, expended in crushing the material in short columns is re-
markably large. The mean value of wu, given in col. 7, taken for 26 of the
best specimens, is 41300; whilst the mean taken for the remaining speci-
mens is 25400, giving a general mean value of 33400,
If 6000 be taken as the value of u, in the case of tensile strain, then the
work expended in rupturing the material by compression will be 54 times
the work expended in rupturing the material by extension.
Tensile and compressive Resistances compared.
Taking the mean tensile resistance to rupture at 47-7 tons per square
inch, it follows that their resistance to compression is more than double
(2:1 times) their resistance to extension: thus ete, Hence it fol-
lows that the most economic form of a steel bar undergoing transverse strain
would be a bar with double fianches, having the area of the bottom flanch
about double that of the top flanch.
This conclusion is borne out by the results of experiments on transyerse
strain, where §,, the strain per square inch of the material at the elastic
limit, =6C=6 x 6:83 tons=40-98, or 41 tons nearly; but the mean break-
ing strain per square inch by extension =47-7 tons, clearly indicating that
the compressive resistance in the former case was considerably in excess of
the fensile resistance,
It is important in every experiment on the strength of materials, which
enters so largely into constructive art, that we should be thoroughly ac-
quainted with the properties of the material of which the structure is com-
posed, and that its resistance in all the different forms of strain should be
clearly and distinctly ascertained. In the foregoing experiments we have
determined the resisting powers of the different specimens to bending, ten-
sion, and compression; but we have omitted that of torsion, or twisting,
until we have an opportunity of doing so upon the same identical bars.
These I hope to accomplish in a separate communication, and also to give
some further results on an enlarged scale, calculated to confirm what has
already been done, and to ascertain some additional facts in regard to the
changes now in progress in the manufacture of Bessemer steel.
SOUTH DEVON AND CORNWALL MARINE FAUNA AND FLORA. 275
Report of the Committee appointed to explore the Marine Fauna and
Flora of the South Coast of Devon and Cornwall.—No. 2. Consist-
ing of J. Gwyn Jurrreys, F.R.S., Rev. Toomas Hincxs, JonarHan
. Coucn, F.LZ.8S., Cuartes Stewart, F.L.S., J. Brooxine Rowe,
F.L.S., and J. Raurs, F.L.8, Reporter, C, Spencz Barn, F.R.S. &e.
Ty presenting their Second Report, the Committee beg to state that their
endeayour has been, as much as possible, to direct their researches towards
the discovery of rare or new species,—to retake, upon the ground on which
they were originally found, specimens similar to those that haye been de-
scribed by Leach and Montagu, some of whose typical specimens have been
lost, misplaced, or destroyed. This is more true in regard to the Crustacea
than perhaps of any other class of animals—a circumstance, when taken in
connexion with the curt descriptions of the animals given by the authors,
that materially interferes with the power of zoologists to pronounce with con-
fidence upon the relation that any fresh specimens may bear to those types.
To carry out this plan as muchas possible, we have directed our inyestiga-
tions hitherto mostly between Bigbury Bay toward the east, and the Dodman
toward the west. Within these limits our dredging and trawling has been
mostly carried on within a distance of about twenty miles of the shore, and
in water that has not exceeded fifty fathoms in depth.
Fisu.—aAs regards the obtaining of fish, the sweep of a dredge, Mr. Couch
says, is too limited to afford a prospect of much success ; and our notes about
them can be but few. In shallow depths the Megrim or Scaldfish (Rhombus
arnoglossus) was obtained in abundance; but none were found at between
forty and fifty fathoms. At the latter depth the Launcelet and larger Launce
had lain buried in the sand; as regards the latter, it seems worthy of notice
that at this season the large abundance of its species haye changed their
quarters so as to approach the shore, while at least in this one instance an
example has remained buried in its winter haunt. An observation made by
an intelligent fisherman may also be deserving of notice. It refers to the
habit of some small individuals of several kinds of fish seeking shelter within
the cavity of some of the larger species of medusee. Very small Scads, Bibs,
and Whiting Pollacks are often found thus attending on these meduse, so as
to accompany them wherever they float; and on the least alarm they have
recourse to the shelter thus offered to them; so that on lifting one of these
creatures into the boat there were found concealed within the cavities no
less than siwty-two young Scads—from which the question arises, As these
medusz are generally believed to come to us from a warmer region, may they
not be the means of conveying to us young fishes of rarer sorts, which other-
wise might not have visited us ?
Among the rarer fishes which have come to our knowledge since our last
Report to the Meeting of the British Association, I may be permitted to
mention Ausonia ewvier’, of which an account is given in the Journal of the
Zoological Society,—and also what there is some reason to judge a distinct
species, to which the name has been assigned of A. cocksii. We haye had
also the Scabbard fish (Lepidopus argyreus), which was found floating on
the surface near Falmouth, and also the Silvery hairtail (Tvrichiurus lep-
turus) taken in a drift-net near Penzance.
Mou1vsca.—Rostellaria pes-pelecani, in all stages of growth; Psammobia
vespertina, Crassina danmonii, Cardium espinatum, C. levigaium, Cerithium
lima, Acmea virginea, from a trawl (but this example differs from the figure
u2
276 REPORT—1867.
given by Forbes, as if from greater age), Chione islandica, Venus sarniensis,
V. fasciata, Solen pellucidus, Saxicava arctica, Lima hians, or L. losiconii (a
single valve from thirty-five fathoms); Pectens, numerous, among them P.
tigrinus, but all empty shells; Dentalium entalis; D. tarentinum (?), Pilidium
fulvum, on the dead shell of Pinna nigra; Fusus propinquus ; F. longirostris,
from forty fathoms; Bulla lignaria; Turritella terebra ; Trochus papzillosus ;
Scalaria clathratulus; Natica alderi; N. nitida, from the stomach of Asterias
aurantiaca ; Pandora incequivalvis; two or three examples of a genus which
Forbes terms Trophon, but of which he has not given figures ; Emarginula
rosea ; Marginella rosea.
Crustacra.—The Reporter states that the number of Crustacea that have
been taken off this south-western coast of England has been very large,
being, with few arctic exceptions, the whole that have hitherto been known to
the British seas, to which we have the pleasure of adding several interest-
ing and important species.
The entrance to the English channel appears in its position to be the
boundary or extreme limits of two several faunas. We find species that are
decidedly arctic in their character represented by specimens that have a
generally depauperized appearance, both as to size and typical expression,
while Mediterranean species are represented without any large amount of
variation in form or dimensions of specimens. But our observations induce
us to believe that the southern forms, when taken on our shores, are gene-
rally dredged from water of considerable depth, whereas those of the arctic
types are as invariably taken in shallow water.
The variation of depths and local habitats appear to us to depend more
upon the condition of food and its general supply than from other causes;
we therefore think that the geographical distribution of animals in limited
regions can only be worked out by a previous knowledge of the history of the
animals, particularly in relation to their food—and even then cannot be very
reliable.
The annexed list of Crustacea exhibits the various species that have been
recently taken by members of this Committee.
BRACHYURA.
Range Ground. Frequency.
Stenorhynchus, Lamarck. Fath.
phalangium, Penn. ...... 3-45 | Zoophytic. Common.
tenuirostris, Leach ...... 6-30 | Zoophytic. Frequent.
Acheeus, Leach.
eranchii, Leach ............ 6-20 | Zoophytic. Occasionally.
Inachus, Fabr.
dorsettensis, Penn. ...... 5-30 | Rocky. Occasionally.
Pisa, Leach.
tetraodon, Leach ......... | 10-20 | Weedy. Not common.
Hyas, Leach.
aranes, HAO... 26. sc. ee 6-40 | Weedy. Frequent.
Maia, Lam.
squinado, Herbst ......... 3- 8 | Weedy. Frequent.
Eurynome, Leach.
aspera, Leach ............ 4-40 | Weedy. Frequent.
Xantho, Leach.
florida, Leach.............. 6-20 | Rocky. Occasionally.
riyulosa, Hid. ..........2.-.- 6-20 | Rocky. Occasionally.
tuberculata, Couch......... 4-45 | Stony. Frequent.
SOUTH DEVON AND CORNWALL MARINE FAUNA AND FLORA. 277
Bracuyura—continued.
Range. Ground. Frequency.
Primula, Leach,
denticulata, Mont.......... 4 3 | Zoophytic. Frequent.
Carcinus meenas, Lini.......... O- 4] Rocky. Common.
Portunus, Leach.
PUEN, LANs, cvcgssnccess +0 O- 1 | Rocky. Frequent.
depurator, Leach ......... 4-45 | Zoophytic. Occasionally.
marmoreus, Leach......... 3-45 | Zoophytic. Occasionally.
pusillus, Leach ............ 5 Rocky. Occasionally.
Polybius, Leach.
henslowii, Leach .........| .ceceee Trawled. Occasionally.
Pinnotheres, Lats.
pisum, Penn. ............4..| (0) Oyster-bed. 1 in mussel, Saltash,
veterum, Bose ............ 30 | Stony. 1 in Pinna.
Gonophax, Leach.
angulata, Leach............ 12 | Zoophytic. Occasionally.
Planes, Leach.
Imnieana, Leal ......0..] wessacees On living turtle. 2 near French coast.
Ebalia, Leach.
pennantii, Leach ......... BOD seaysaade Frequent.
bryerii, Leach ............ 4-45 | Shelly. Frequent.
eranchii, Leach ............ 40-45 | Shelly. Frequent.
Atelecyclus, Leach.
heterodon, Leach ......... 30-45 | Stony. Occasionally.
Corystes, Leach.
cassivelaunus, Leach...... 12 | Zoophytie. | Common.
ANOMURA.
Range. Ground. Frequency.
Pagurus, Fabr. Fath.
bernhardus, Zinn. ......... 0-30 | Stony. Common.
prideauxii, Leach ......... 6-45 | Zoophytic. Occasionally.
cuanensis, Thom. ......... 3-10 | Rocky. Not common.
hyndmanni, Thom. ...... 6 | Mud and stone, Occasionally.
Veevis, DROM. vcvccscassersse 4-10 | Rocky. Occasionally.
dillwynii, Sp. B. ......... O— 6 | Sand, rocky. CommonatExmeuth, oc-
casionally at the mouth
of the Yealm.
Porcellana, Lam.
platycheles, Penn. ......... 0- 3 | Rocky. Common.
longicornis, Penn. ......... 4-40 | Zoophytic, rocky. Common.
Galathea, Fadr.
squamifera, Leach ......... 12 | Zoophytie. Occasionally.
dispersa, Sp. B............. 4-40 | Zoophytic. Common.
strigosa, Fabr, ............ 0-10 | Stony. Common.
TEKS, HN. 0 ceececcsees 40 | Shelly. Occasionally.
andrewsii, Ki. ...........- 10-45 | Zoophytic. Frequent.
bamffica, Penn. (Munida
rondeletii, Bell) ...... 20-30 | Stony. Occasionally. Mr. Couch
says, common in sto-
mach of codfish.
digitidistans, Sp. B. ...... 30 | Stony. 2 specimens.
ae REPORT—1867.
MAcRURA.
Range. Ground. Frequency.
Scyllarus, Fabr. Fath.
arctus, LiNts iiisiisics.e 6 | Rocky. 5 specimens: 1 Ply-
mouth, 1 Polperro,
and 3. Penzance.
Palinurus, Fabr. ;
vulgaris; Dat, iisissis.s. 3-10 | Rocky. Common,
Callianassa, Leach, |
subterranea, Leach ...... 4 | Mud. | 1 specimen.
Homarus, J17,-#d.
marinus, abr. wiicecees- 1- 6 | Rocky. Common.
Crangon, Fabr.
vulgaris, Fabr. .........55- 0-40 | Sand. Common.
boreas, Phipps (fasciatus,
Risso, sculptus, Bell) 20 | Stony. Occasionally.
spinosus, Leach .........+-: 6-15 | Zoophytic. Frequent.
trispinosus, Hailstr. ...... 6 | Rocky. A specimens, Bigsby Bay.
Alpheus, Fabr.
Tuber, HAW. ...00.0.-ds000- 30 | Stony. Several specimens.
edwardsil. d.sasisiss.4..0.- 30 | Stony. Several specimens.
Typton, Costa.
spongiosum, Sp. B. ...... 4 | Stony. 4 specimens in a sponge.
Nika, Risso.
edulis (Risso), couchii,
(GAAP econsoedeenge: |sonde 30 | Stony. Occasionally.
Athanas, Leach.
nitescens, Montisccsieses-| soe fessraneat Off Polperro.
Hippolyte, Leach.
eranchii, Leach ............ 6-10 .| Stony. Common.
Caradina, Hdw.
varians, Leach ............ 6-10 | Stony. Common.
tenuirostris, Sp. B. ...... 4— 6 | Stony. Several,
Pandalus Jettreysii (Sp. B.),
(LThompsoni?, Bell) ...... 6 | Rocky.
Paleemon, Fabr.
serratus, Peni. .........4.. 1-40 | Rocky. Common.
Among the Brachyura we know not of any that call for especial remark,
except Planes linnwana, of which Mr. Couch says, “In the spring of the
present year (1867) an example of the Hawk’s-bill Turtle was taken in the
Channel, at not a great distance from the French coast, and therefore not to
be classed as British ; but when brought alive and active to Polperro, there
were found, adhering closely under the shelter of its tail, two full-grown
examples of the Crab Planes linnceana,—the situation evidently chosen for
support and shelter; for, from the structure of their hind legs, it does not
appear probable that they can maintain themselves at the surface without
the aid of some extraneous support.”
These would not have been recorded here if the species had not pre-
viously been taken on our coast; for there can be little doubt that they are
mere strangers; and the specimens haying been taken attached to a living
turtle corroborates the fact, while it also shows that the exotic reptile must
have gathered them as it travelled by the Sargossa weed.
Amongst: the anomurous Crustacea we would wish to notice the genus that
Leach has named Mimida in order to distinguish it from that of Gialathea ;
but the points of distinction are not sufficient to warrant so great a separation,
and naturally they appear to us to be but species of one genus.
SOUTH DEVON AND CORNWALL MARINE FAUNA AND FLORA. 279
We have recently taken three fine specimens on the shelly ground off the
Dodman in about thirty fathoms of water. The first specimen that we ob-
tained differed from those previously known and described by having, instead
of a long central rostriform spine flanked by two shorter ones of ahalogous
construction, three equally important anteriorly porrected spines—this in
consequence of the two lateral spines being developed to a length corre-
sponding with that of the central in normal specimens; whilst in another
specimen the central spine appears to be rather longer in proportion to the
lateral ones than that figured by either Leach or Prof. Bell, and the specimen
bears a very close relationship to Galathea monodon of Milne-Edwards from
Brazil—a circumstance that supports an opinion that we have elsewhere
expressed, that there is a very considerable resemblance between the crustacea
of the South-American coast and that of the British seas.
This species, Galathea bamffica (Munida rondeletii, Bell), is stated to be one
of the rarest of our crustacea, and is seldom to be met with in our museums.
Its habitat is most probably the temperate latitudes in tolerably deep water
on the western shores of Kurope ; for although extending as far as the Shet-
lands, yet the specimens that have been dredged in the colder regions are,
we believe, invariably very small and the inhabitants of very deep water.
Among the G'alathece that we have taken on our coast, and which embrace
all that have been previously known as British, is one that we think must be
accepted as not having been previously described.
The largest specimen, measuring from the extremity of the tail to that of
the extended hands, is little more than two inches, of which the animal
itself, measuring from the extremity of the rostrum to that of the tail, is
little more than one inch. This species differs from either of the others in
having the large pair of chelate pereiopoda flat and broad, the fingers much
curved, very distant, and meeting only at their apex when closed, furnished
on the inside with a considerable brush of hairs, and armed near the base of
the moveable finger with a prominent tubercle or tooth, but which appears
to be of little importance, since it is not able to impinge against the opposite
finger. We have sometimes thought that this specimen may only be an
extreme form of the male of Galathea squamifera; but the armature of the
surface of the hands, which is generally a safe guide in specific character,
has a distinct variation. In G. sguamifera the arms are covered generally
with a series of curved scale-like tuberculations, the anterior margin of
which is divided into a series of bead-like elevations, while in the most
typical parts, such as on the surface of the meros and carpus, the central
prominence is elevated to a point, and the whole of the tubercular ridge is
crowned by a row of short hairs so minute that they are not perceptible ex-
cept by the assistance of a lens. These tuberculations are closely packed and
regular.
In the supposed new species the tuberculations are less prominent and
defined, the margins of which can only be perceived to be at all baccated by
careful arrangement of the light, while the cilia, being far less numerous, are
yet more conspicuous under the lens. If it be only a variation of G. squami-
jera, as we are much inclined still to consider it, it is too important a
‘variation to be passed over without notice, and the Reporter has named it
provisionally Galathea digitidistans, until the observation of a larger series
of specimens than we have as yet seen may enable us to arrive at a correct
conclusion.
The zoé of the genus Porcellana has, we believe, been figured from exotic
species by Dana; and haying the opportunity of observing that of P. platy-
280 REPORT—1867.
cheles, we have taken advantage of the circumstance (PI. I. fig. 4). It differs
from the recognized typical zoé of the common shore-crab (Careinus meenas)
in the monstrous development of an anterior and two posterior cornuous pro-
cesses to the carapace, and in the formation of the telson; but in its complete
character it offers an intermediate condition between the larvee of the bra-
chyurous and macrurous crustacea. It has the appendages of the cephalon
and pereion developed to a similar extent with those of the Brachyura,
whereas the telson and carapace bear a nearer resemblance to the same parts
in the Macrura, from which they differ in degree only. In the carapace,
instead of the rostrum and the posterior angles of the carapace being only
just pronounced, as in the macrurous zo0é, they are developed to a larger ex-
tent in the anomurous larvee, and in the young of the Porcellane to nearly
twice or three times the length of the animal; while the telson, instead of
being shaped like the caudal fin of a fish, has in the Anomura the central
portion sometimes produced to an angle posteriorly.
Beyond this stage of the development of this species, or, we believe, any
species of the Anomura, we have no sure knowledge, except that which we
stated in the last Report relative to the genus Glaucothoé being a stage in the
development of the genus Pagurus.
The zoé of Pagurus (Pl. I. fig. 1) is probably tolerably well known to car-
cinologists, but we are not aware of its having been figured or described. It
has the anomurous character of haying a pointed rostrum and a projecting
point at each of the posterior angles of the carapace, and the telson termi-
nating in a gradually widening fishtail-like appendage, fringed with a few
terminal spines—the appendages being developed rather on the type of those
of the Brachyura than of the Macrura, During our expeditions we have
taken specimens that we believe to be the zoé of the same genus still further
developed ; we say believe to be, because it is only from analysis that we have
come to this conclusion, and we have not the testimony of direct observation
that the one is the older stage of the other.
That which we take to be the second stage of the genus Pagurus (Pl. I.
fig. 2) we took, in the latter end of May, in a towing-net, in Plymouth Sound.
From its general appearance our first impression was that it was the young of
a Palemon; but closer observation and a careful dissection of its parts induce
us strongly to believe that it is the young of one of the anomurous group
of Crustacea,—in the first place the form of the carapace, in the next the
general divergence from and the resemblance to the appendages of the zoé of
a macrurous decapod. The superior antenna is developed upon the brachy-
urous type, but the inferior has the squamiform appendage of the macrurous
erustacea. All the other appendages that pertain to the cephalon and pereion,
except the last pair of pereiopoda (and these are not developed, at least they
were not perceptible to our examination), have the macrurous type—a cir-
cumstance that would accord with the animal being that of an undeveloped
anomurous crustacean. ‘The pleon and its appendages bear a very close resem-
blance to those of the larva of a prawn, since it is equilaterally developed and
furnished with a pair of appendages, posteriorly and ventrally, attached to each
somite, the last of which is much larger than the others, and is evidently a
progressive stage in the development of the great caudal plates of the macru-
rous crustacea.
We attribute it to the genus Pagurus rather than to any of our other
anomurous crustacea, because it differs from the known z0é of Porcellana,
and of that of Galathea we have no knowledge; but from the nearer
approach of these last genera to each other in their adult stage than to
SOUTH DEVON AND CORNWALL MARINE FAUNA AND FLORA. 281
Pagurus, we are inclined to believe in a near resemblance of their lary.
Hence our assumption that this present immature species is a young Pagurus,
The next stage (Pl. I. fig. 3) to which we allude is one that we noticed
in our preliminary Report to this Association.
The animal is a small creature that we took floating near the surface of
the sea in a warm day in June. Its general appearance is that of a young
macrurous crustacean ; and as such has been classified near to Callianassa and
Calliadina. It is symmetrical, except in the larger development of the great
chela of the right side. The two succeeding pereiopoda are very long, but
simple, in their formation. The last two are considerably reduced in size ; and
the anterior terminates in a small imperfectly didactyle forceps; and the pos-
terior has a copious brush, consisting of cilia and short and broad spines,
amongst which the short obtuse and spinous dactylos is discernible. The
pleon is well developed, having each somite clearly defined, and all, except
the first, carrying an equally developed pair of appendages, each of which
consists of a peduncle and two unequal rami. The posterior pair, or uropoda,
differ from the others in haying the peduncle shorter, and the outer ramus
longer and more robust ; it is likewise, in the older specimens, curved slightly
more on the left side than on the right.
In this condition they probably continue until they find a suitable molluscous
shell in which to reside. We imagine that they may continue to cast their
exuvia and grow according to the length of time that they are deficient of such
shell, because we have taken specimens occupants of shells that are still smaller
than the one described, and yet further advanced to maturity. It would be
curious to see if, when deprived entirely of the use of a shell for a habitat,
they should continue to grow and retain the normal form of the pleon gene-
rally—a feature that characterizes some of the exotic closely allied genera.
Thus a careful examination of numerous specimens has enabled us_ to
demonstrate the progressive development of the genus Pagurus, and to affirm
with much confidence, judging by the descriptions and figure of the authors,
that the genera Glaucothoé of M.-Edwards, and Prophylax of Latreille, are
none other than an immature stage of the genus Pagurus; but since their
specimens were exotic, they were probably the young of some foreign species.
Amongst the macrurous crustacea, we have had the opportunity of exa-
mining and figuring the larva of Palinwrus (PI. II. fig. 2). The young of this
genus was first made known to this Association by the late Mr. R. Q. Couch
of Penzance, at the Meeting at Dublin in 1857, when he drew attention to the
near resemblance existing between it and the genus Phyllosoma. In 1864—65
M. Gerbe (see the ‘Comptes Rendus’) repeated the discovery of Mr. Couch,
and asserts that the larva of Palinurus is identical with the genus Phyllosoma.
The larva of most of the decapod crustacea has the largest amount of deve-
lopment, commencing with the cephalon and the pleon ; whilst in the larva
of the Palinurus the greatest advancement exists in the anterior part of the
cephalon and in the pereion, whereas the pleon is almost rudimentary.
On comparing it with the genus Phyllosoma (PI. IT. fig. 1), as M. Gerbe
has done, there is little in the general structure of the animals that can war-
rant a separation of the two, or that might not be accounted for by an
increasing development of the younger specimens. Yet there are certain
points that weigh heavily in the balance of evidence against the larva of Pa-
linurus and Phyllosoma being but different stages of the same animal :—
_ (1) It is contrary to our experience that so small an amount of progressive
development shall have taken place in an animal that has increased in
growth to about thirty times its size. We generally perceive in the develop-
ment of crustacea that the most important changes are those that imme-
282 REPORT—1867.
diately succeed the birth of the larva. (2) The most certain mark by which
a young animal may be known is the immature condition of the antenne,
more especially the flagella; now, whilst in the larva of the Palinurus they
are very rudimentary, in Phyllosoma they assume an adult character, and, in
the second pair, one that is of a peculiar feature, at least in the species to
which we refer. (3) The oral appendages appear to be present, though
only as the germs of the future parts, whilst in Phyllosoma they appear to
exist in a rudimentary condition that assimilates little to a progressive stage.
(4) Double branchial vesicles are attached to the cox of each pair of
pereiopoda, whilst none exist in the larva of Palinurus. We must admit,
however, that this argument is not very strong, seeing that in the adult
Palinurus branchial organs are present, and that there must be a period
when they first appear; and it is most probable that their earliest stage
is of the most simple character. And perhaps we should not have thought
it sufficiently important to have remarked upon, had not M. Gerbe stated
that Phyllosoma, like the larva of Palinwrus, was without branchial appen-
dages; and M. M.-Edwards remarked that these vesicular appendages are
vestiges of the external branch of the limbs. (5) Phyllosoma is a tropical
genus, and with such we can only compare the larva of Palinurus; two
specimens only of the former have been obtained in the British seas, whereas
Palinurus is very common on our coasts—an argument that might be very
forcible were we not cognizant of the fact that we are quite as much, if not
more, in the dark in relation to the development of the common lobster.
Our ignorance upon these interesting and important points in the history
of the crustacea, together with the discovery of Fritz Miller, that the larva
of Peneus, and probably that of some other prawns, very closely resembles
that of the cirripedes and other entomostracous larve, shows that there is
much yet to be done of far more interest to zoological science than the mere
discovery of new species to be added to our fauna. The great diversity of
structure and the wonderful variation in the development of animals that
possess a great similarity in their adult condition indicate that careful study
of these animals will probably assist in throwing considerable light on some
of the more profound problems of biological knowledge.
Several specimens of Scyllarus arctus have been taken recently on our
coasts. It is some years since Mr. Couch announced the first appearance of
this as a British species; and none has since been recorded until these last
two years, when several have been taken near Penzance by Mr. Cornish, and
one off the Mewstone, near the eastern entrance of Plymouth Sound; two
of these were furnished with spawn, and two were found in the stomach of
a cod-fish. That which we obtained off the Mewstone was four inches and
a half long, and one of the most interesting additions to our local fauna.
This length is half as long again as that recorded by M. Milne-Edwards
of the Mediterranean specimens.
In the dredging list published by this Association, the common lobster of
Europe is called Astacus gammarus (L.), marinus (Fabr.), and Homarus vul-
garis (M.-Edwards). But since the descriptions of Linnzus of crustacea are so
very general, and the specific name used by him has been long closely associ-
ated with that of a very distinct genus, we think that of Fabricius (the
next in sticcession) should be adopted. Again, the generic name given by
Fabricius, Astacus, although prior to all others, yet included the freshwater
genus, with which it is so closely associated that it would be inconvenient
to make an exchange. We therefore propose, in accordance with the rules
laid down by this Association, to retain the generic name of M. M.-Edwards
and the specific name of Fabricius, and call it Homarus marinus (Fabr.).
SOUTH DEVON AND CORNWALL MARINE FAUNA AND FLORA. 283
We cannot turn away from this species without noticing the manner in
which the process of repair is carried on in the development of a new
flagellum to the inferior pair of antenna. My. Lloyd, Conservator of the
Marine Zoological Collection at Hamburg, to whom the reporter is indebted
for the preparation from which fig. 4 in Plate II]. is taken, writes to us,
*¢ The animal lost the antenna by accident, just where the juncture with the
peduncle takes place; and then the antenna began to grow in a spiral case,
the spiral growing larger and increasing the number of its turns as it grew
older, but never getting hard or coloured. When the entire exuviation of
the lobster took place (in about four months after the antenna was broken
off), the antenna was drawn out of its special case and came forth straight,
the spiral skin retaining its shape. Hardening of the antenna does not take
place (or at least it does not appear hard) till after exuviation; and in like
manner the limbs of all the lobsters here which renew their limbs.”
A specimen of the genus Awius was taken by Mr. Couch off Polperro, and
deseribed by him as new in the ‘ Zoologist,’ pp. 52-82, 1856 ; but we are not
aware that it has been since met with.
We have taken what we believe to be specimens of Crangon fasciatus and Cr.
sculptus ; and a careful comparison of them with the descriptions and figures
of the authors has failed to convince us that they are not more or less spinous
varieties of the same species; and in character they agree so well with the
description of Crangon boreas (Phipps) that it is difficult to believe that they
are not depauperized specimens of that large arctic species.
Several specimens of Alpheus ruber have been taken on shelly ground off
the Dodman, and from the same locality two other specimens of A. edwardsit,
(P1. II. fig. 2)—which we believe is the first time that this latter species has
been recorded as British. We had them alive for several days. Their colour
is a brilliant crimson red, A. ruber being rather paler and more banded
than A. edwardsii. One peculiar and interesting feature in the structure of
this animal is the alteration of the character of that portion of the carapace
that covers and protects the organs of vision; this, which is due not so much
to the anterior development of the carapace as it is to the eyes having re-
ceded beneath it, is so changed that, while it offers protection to the organs
of vision, yet it has become so transparent that it is only by close and careful
examination that, in the living state, the relation of the two parts to each
other can be distinguished.
The next genus to which we have to allude is one that is new to our
fauna. It was first described under the name of Typton by Costa, from
species taken at Naples as far back as 1844 (Annali dell’ Acad. degli Aspir.
Nat. di Nap. i1.), by Grube (Ein Ausflug nach Triest und dem Quarnero, pp.
65 and 125), and in 1856 by Heller under the name of Pontonella (Verhand-
lungen des zool.-bot. Vereins in Wien, p. 627, Tafel ix. figs. 1-15).
The British species differs in several points of detail from the figure of the
Mediterranean species given by Hellerin his ‘ Crustaceen des siidlichen Europa.’
We have therefore considered it a distinct species, and have named it
Typton spongiosum, of which the following is a short description :—
GEN. CHaR.—Carapace short and deep, covering the entire pereion. Pleon twice
as long as the carapace, with the lateral walls deep. Eyes prominent, not
concealed under the carapace, superior antenna having a secondary branch,
First pair of pereiopoda equal, slender, long, and chelate. Second pair large,
in general the right much larger than the left.
Spec. CHar.—Carapace haying a short, simple rostrum. Eye longer than the
rostrum. Anterior antennee with the secondary appendage longer than the
primary; posterior antenne haying the squamiform plate of the third joint
284 REPORT—1867.
small, pointed, and not ciliated. Second pair of pereiopoda having the pro-
podos as long and nearly as broad as the carapace. Dactylos of the right
hand with the cutting margin convex and simple, on the left hand less convex
and cuneated. Posterior pair of pleopoda with the posterior external angle of
the outer ramus dentated, the inner tooth being the longest. Telson armed
with four lateral dorsal spines, and tipped with a few spines and hairs.
We have taken several specimens of Mika; and from their general resem-
blance to NV. couchit, while possessing the channelled telson of JV. edulis, so
particularly pointed out by Bell as a specific distinctive test, we are much
inclined to believe that there is but a single British species yet known,
and that WN. couchit is but a variety of WV. edulis, Risso. An examination of
its parts in detail has shown us that the mandibula (PI. III. fig. 3) is formed
on a plan that nearer associates the genus with that of Crangon than with
Alpheus, in the family of which, the latter being the type (AtrHrm=), Mika
is placed by M.-Edwards and Bell, while Dana, more correctly we think, has
placed it in a subfamily of the Cranconipm, the Lysmatin=.
Two or three specimens of Athanas nitescens have been taken off Polperro.
Hippolyte barleei, which was described by us from a Shetland specimen
several years ago, must, we think, be expunged from the list of species, since,
as pointed out by the Rev. A. M. Norman some time since, it is only an
accidental variety of H. cranchii. Our observations of the Stomapoda have
been limited to a few of the commoner species; whether this arises from the
species not being abundant on our southern shores as compared with those
on the northern, or from accidental causes, attributable to our collecting-
arrangements, is yet to be determined.
Amongst the smaller crustacea there is little to which we should wish to draw
special attention, except that we have recently taken what may prove to be
an undescribed Anthura, and to some observations on the structure of Tanais.
In 1861 Van Beneden asserted that the proper place of the genus Tanais
was near to that of the family of the Diastylide, because the cephalon was
developed upon the type of the carapace of the Decapoda. In 1864 this
opinion was followed by Dr. Fritz Miller, who stated that though he had
been unable to identify branchial appendages, yet he felt assured that it
possessed rudimentary organs, because he had observed a current of water
playing from beneath the carapace. Recently having obtained some living
specimens, we have been able to support Dr. Fritz Miiller’s conclusion relative
to the current of water; for by the assistance of transmitted light we have
been able through the walls of the carapace to see the branchial appendage
waving to and fro; we have since dissected out the organ, a drawing of
which accompanies this Report (Plate III. fig. 5, h).
Ecurnoprrmata.—Mr. Couch, reporting on the Echinodermata, says :—We
have taken Echinus sphera, E. miliaris, Echinocyamus pusillus, Spatangus
purpureus, Amphidotus roseus, small examples of Palmipes membranaceus,
‘Asterias aurantiaca, A. glacialis, Porania pulvillea (by far the most beautiful,
in splendour and variety of colour, of all our native starfishes, and also the
scarcest; the colours are liable to variation in different individuals), Luidia
fragilissima, Ophiocoma filiformis.
There was a time when the flexible species of corals were in abundance on
the rather hard and what fishermen, from its being free from large stones
and rocks, term clean ground; but this for the most part has been swept
doubly clean by trawling; and the shelter of these corals and the lower
animals which grew among them, which invited fish to seek it for spawning,
and also afforded refuge especially to the young fish, is destroyed, on which
account very little of these corals was seen. From a fisherman’s hook, how-
SOUTH DEVON AND CORNWALL MARINE FAUNA AND FLORA. 285
ever, in rather shallower water, was obtained a large example of the species
named, in the Journal of the Zoological Society, by Dr. J. E. Gray, Rhodo-
phyton couchii, the second that has been met with, more fleshy than the
former, and now also deposited in the British Museum. An incrusting
Alecyonium was also found, which took the form, in its contorted windings,
of the slender substance that passed through and supported it. Added to
these, we dredged up Cellepora ramulosa, and what I believed to be C.
levigata; but haying sent the specimen to our lamented friend the late
Joseph Alder, he hesitated to decide regarding it.
Sronecrs.—The sponges were not the least interesting of the objects that we
have obtained—and so much the rather as our observations on them have had
the advantage of the assistance of Dr. Bowerbank, to whom specimens of all
were submitted for his opinion. Among the sponges examined by Dr.
Bowerbank, we have to congratulate ourselves on the acquisition of two
which that naturalist pronounces new to science and the first as such which
he has seen since the publication of his Treatise on this department of Natu-
ral History by the Ray Society.
These examples, of course, remain with Dr. Bowerbank, who has done
Mr. Couch the honour to name the first of them Halichondria couchii. Of
these we annex the author’s descriptions.
“ Halichondria couchii, Bowerbank.—Sponge massive, compressed, sessile.
Surface even. Oscula simple, dispersed, minute. Pores inconspicuous.
Dermal membrane pellucid, spiculous, reticulated ; spicula of the rete same
as those of the skeleton; tension specula acerate, minute, and very slender,
few in number; retentive spicula simple and contort bihamate, minute and
slender, not very numerous. Skeleton :—Reticulations regular and distinct ;
rete rarely more than unispiculous ; spicula acerate, rather stout. Intersti-
tial membranes pellucid, spiculous; tension and retentive spicula same as
those of the dermal membrane.
* Colour. Dried, light grey.
“ Habitat. Coast of Cornwall, Mr. Jonathan Couch.
** Examined in the dried state.”
The next novelty was observed to bear a resemblance to the rare Micro-
ciona fictitia, but on dissection, with the aid of a microscope, it also showed
itself to be new, and it is accordingly named M. fraudator :—
* Microciona fraudator, Bowerbank.—Sponge massive, sessile, parasitic on
Fuci or Zoophytes. Surface uneven, pustulous. Oscula simple, dispersed.
Pores inconspicuous. Dermal membrane abundantly spiculous; tension
spicula same as those of the skeleton, irregularly fasciculated or dispersed ;
fasciculi broad and flat, multispiculous ; retentive spicula bidentate, equi-
anchorate, minute, not very numerous. Skeleton :—Columns diffuse, long, and
very irregular; spicula fusiformi-acerate, short and stout. Internal defen-
sive spicula attenuato-acuate, variable in length, very numerous, rather
stout; tension spicula same as those of the skeleton, intermixed with internal
defensive spicula ; retentive spicula same as those of the dermal membrane.
“Colour. Dried, brown, with a tint of yellow.
“ Habitat. Polperro, Mr. Jonathan Couch.
«* Examined in the dried state.”
Halichondria panicea, a large specimen ; H. albescens, Johnston ; Hymeni-
acidon albescens, Bowerbank ; H. simulans, Johnston; Isodictya simulans,
Bowerbank.
Halichondria suberea—In a ball of this I found shut up, but with an ori-
fice, the crustacean Pagurus cwanensis; and in one or two similar balls there
286 REPORT—1867,
were other hermit crabs; but in these instances there was not a shell on which
the sponge had incrusted itself. I can scarcely imagine how a shell can
have disappeared after haying been thus incrusted; and it is difficult also
to imagine how, without a solid support, this sponge could have formed itself
into a ball round the crab (which had a defined cayity within) as we find it
to have done*,
H. incrustans, covering the carapace and legs in patches, of a species of
spider crab.
Hispida dictyocylindrus, H. Bowerbank.—There is something remarkable
in the circumstances which have attended the dredging of this species, and
which I can explain only by supposing that two species are confounded
together, which on the other hand I am assured, on high authority, is not
the case, Thus, in spaces or districts at the depth of about twenty, and
again in forty fathoms, there came up examples of this slender, branched
sponge, measuring, some of them, a foot in length, with the surface truly
hirsute, and which had been fixed to the ground by a well-marked and
rather broad root. But at other places and in deeper water, there clearly
had never been, of any one of the many examples obtained, an attachment
to the ground; and the branching growth proceeded from both ends, with an
intermediate space, not always in the middle, of from one to two or three
inches in length, and which appeared to be that middle line or stem from
which the branches at each end derived support, but which had not even a
slight mark of a root or point of attachment. Secondary branches are at
least rare, if they occur at all in this (variety); and its surface has a much
finer grain than is common on the rooted examples. Some of these speci-
mens at least appear to have lain along the ground; but in a single instance
one of the ends must have been erect, since on it was growing, parallel with
it, a flexible coral and two examples of Pollicipes scalpellum. In one instance
also a fine specimen of Grantia ciliata had become fixed on a prostrate branch ;
and of another, of small size, now in the possession of Dr. Bowerbank,
with three branches at each end of a short middle stem, it was the opinion
of that gentleman that two examples had been brought into contact with
each other and had thus become united; but on examination I was not able
to discern any such mark of union, and of a root or footstalk there was no
appearance.
Other species of sponge obtained in these dredgings are :—Halichondria
ficus, named by my late friend Joshua Alder, from sixty fathoms; Desma-
cidon fruticosa, Bowerbank; Hymeniacidon virgultosa, Bowerb., near the
land at Lantwit Bay; Dysidea fragilis, Johnston; Grantia compressa ;
G. fistulosa, Johnst.; Leuconia fistulosa, Bowerb.; G. ciliata; G. lacunosa,
Johnst.; Leucosolenia, Bowerb., in shallow water, on the carapace of the
Corwich crab; Amouracium proliferum and A, lave, from rocks in Lantwit
Bay.
Of a large abundance of Annzrips we are not able to give an account, but
they have been placed in safe hands, examples having been sent to the Re-
portery and to the British Museum, ‘What appear to be three species of
Aphrodyte have afforded me figures. Polynoé squamata, Ocnus brunneus, and
two or three species of Sipunculus derive their interest in our labours from a
knowledge of the depth of water and distance from land in which they live.
* [The sponge is first formed on the shell, which is afterwards destroyed hy the sponge,
by the same power that enable sponges to bore into shells—Reronrrr. |
+ These are sent to Dr. Mackintosh for examination, and will ke described in our next
Report.
Plate I.
e 37° Report Brit: Assoc 1867
W West ump.
CM Bate lith
a
E 7” Report Brit Assoc. 1867
Plate IT.
W West unp
37% Report Brit Assoc 1867
CM Bate. lurk.
Plate Jif
Se
ON THE EXTINCT DIDINE BIRDS OF THE MASCARENE ISLANDS. 287
: Puate I, Development of Pagurus.
Fig. 1. First stage*.
Fig. 2. Second stage. The author gives this with the reservation stated, haying taken it
swimming in the open sea. c. Dorsal yiew of cephalon. a, Hye. 06, Sup. ant.
ce. Infant. d. Mandible. g. Posterior maxilliped. %. First pair of gnathopoda.
z. Second pair. 4. First pair of pereiopoda. J/, m, , 0. Four posterior pairs of
pereiopoda. p, g,%. Pleopoda. w. Sixth pair of pleopoda, z. Telson.
Fig. 3. Third stage, representing the genus Glaucothoé of Milne-Edwards and Profo-
phylax of Latreille. . Penultimate pair of pereiopoda. o. Ultimate pair of
pereiopoda. p. A pleopod. x. Sixth, or posterior pair of pleopoda. z. Telson.
P, Pleon of an older specimen.
Fig, 4. Zoé of Porcellana platycheles, 1, Telson.
Pure II, :
Fig. 1. Phyllosoma. - Fig. 2, Zoé of Palinurus marinus.
Puare III,
Fig. 1. Typton spongiosum, new species. References as above.
Vig. 2. Alpheus edwardsii, Fig, 3. Nika edulis,
Fig. 4. Homarus marinus. Development of flagellum to lower antenna.
Fig. 5. Tanais. h. First pair of gnathopoda, with branchial appendage attached.
Supplement to a Report on the Extinct Didine Birds of the Mascarene
Islands. By Aurrep Newron, M.4., F.L.S,, Professor of Zoology
in the University of Cambridge.
Ty 1865, at Birmingham, a Committee was appointed to assist the author’s
brother, Mr. Edward Newton, Auditor General of Mauritius, in his researches
into the Didine Birds of the Mascarene Islands. Last year, at Nottingham,
the Committee reported; but their Report, printed in the Annual Volume of
the Association for 1866 (p. 401), was in one respect very unsatisfactory ; it
could only speak of promise, not of performance. Indeed almost the sole
feat it could recount was the having drawn the money granted. The powers
of the Committee, however, being now ended, the only thing left was to show
that they had been properly applied, and this was best done by exhibiting a
selection from the large series of bones of the Didine Birds of the island of
Rodriguez, which had been collected by labourers sent expressly to that island
by Mr. Edward Newton in the autumn of 1866, as stated in the Report of
the Committee. It had been formerly shown by the late lamented Hugh
Edwin Strickland (The Dodo and its Kindred, p. 46) that this bird, Pezophaps
solitaria (Gmel.), was Didine in its affinities, though generically separable
from the true Dodo, Didus ineptus, Linn. This conclusion, though originally
arrived at on very slight evidence, was now shown to be completely correct,
and the establishment of the genus Pezophaps is proved to have been fully
justified by the examination of the almost complete series of bones obtained
by Mr. Edward Newton. On some of the peculiarities presented by these
bones the author dwelt slightly, but in particular on an unexpected confirma-
tion of the eyidence of Leguat, by the discovery of an extraordinary bony
knob near the extremity of the wing. Leguat, whose account? of the habits
of the Solitaire was the only one we possessed, mentioned that “los de
Vaileron grossit 4 l’extrémité, et forme sous la plume une petite masse ronde
comme une balle de mousquet.” Now the existence of this “ masse ronde”
was proved by the bony knobs attached to several metacarpal bones exhibited ;
and thus the veracity of Leguat was established on this point, as it had been
on somany others. In conclusion, the author stated that at present we know
little more of the Didine Bird of the Island of Réunion than that it was nearly
white. In the course of last year Mr. Tegetmeier had shown him an old
* This was taken so young from the oyum that the reporter is not certain whether thé
long projecting rostrum is a feature or not, as at this period it is generally folded under.
t Voyage ef Avantures de Frangois Leguat, &e. (Londres: 1708. 2 vols. 12mo), vol. i. p. 9%
288 REPORT—1867.
water-colour painting of a nearly white Dodo, which he was inclined to
believe might represent this lost species; but he trusted that the French
naturalists in that island would succeed in obtaining actual relics of it.
Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors, 1866-67. By a Committee,
consisting of JamMus GuaisHER, F.R.S., of the Royal Observatory,
Greenwich, President of the Royal Microscopical and Meteorolo-
gical Societies, Rosprrt P. Gree, F.G.S., E. W. Brayiey, F.R.S.,
ALEXANDER S. Herscuet, F.R.A.S., and Cuartes Brooks, F.R.S.,
Secretary to the Meteorological Society.
THE object of collecting observations of Luminous Meteors to serve as a basis
of reference for calculations, and pointing out whatever conclusions may be
drawn from them, is kept in view by the Committee, in presenting with this
Report a continuation of the Catalogue of former years.
The apparent places of the meteors are given either (most conveniently) by
their right ascensions (a) and declinations (6, + north, and — south), by the
well-known method of their allineations with certain neighbouring stars, or
(in some cases of, generally speaking, less accurate approximations) by their
apparent azimuths and altitudes with respect to the visible horizon.
A large proportion of the descriptions contained in the present Catalogue
refer to great meteors recorded on the morning of the 14th of November,
1866, <A long list of meteors of a less striking description than those se-
lected for entry in the Catalogue, noted on the same morning, was received
by the Committee from observers, whose reports on the particular phenomena
of the shower are noticed, with more or less detail, in the fourth Appendix
of the Catalogue.
The greatest multitude of the meteors on the morning of the 14th of No-
vember made their appearance exactly during the hour from one to two
o’clock a.m., which was the hour appointed beforehand by the Committee,
with a view to secure the cooperation of observers, for making simultaneous
observations of the shower.
One meteor during the hour was simultaneously recorded at Sidmouth, at
Cardiff, and at Stretton, Hereford; and the length of the terminal portion of
its phosphorescent streak, which remained visible for ten minutes, was found
to be eighteen miles (Appendix I.).
The heights of three other meteors of the November shower were satisfac-
torily found. One, which left a remarkably persistent luminous streak over
the town of Dundee, was from 51 to 57 miles above the earth’s surface.
One meteor also, on the 10th of August last, was simultaneously observed
at London and at Birmingham. This disappeared at a height of 76 miles
above the neighbourhood of Bristol.
The supposed region of the true radiant-point of many of the individual
meteors in the Catalogue is indicated by the observers. Excellent means
are thus afforded for distinguishing the obvious peculiarities of light and
motion which characterize meteors from particular radiant-points. To assist
observers in this inquiry, all the observations hitherto entered in the Cata-
logue are mapped on a series of charts, the first four maps of which series
are now lithographed, and 25 impressions are presented to the British Asso-
ciation with this Report.
The position of each radiant-point amongst the constellations is conspi-
cuously entered upon the maps, with its annual dates of maximum, and dura-
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 289
tion; and upon the same chart the meteor-tracks proceeding from the parti-
cular radiant-point are denoted by such plain signs as to indicate directly
the particular radiant-point with which they are connected.
In the case of the best-established star-showers, the meteor-tracks engraved
upon the maps will generally be found to tell beforehand the course which
meteors appearing at any part of the sky from one of those radiant-points
will pursue across the sky, like wires stretched for the meteors to run upon
(to use the words of one observer of the November shower last year).
Tn other cases, where the position of the radiant-point is not yet so well
established, its printed place must be regarded as provisional and as requiring
further confirmation by observations to decide its real place. A copy of one
of the first four maps exhibited, showing the radiant-point of the November
meteors, as observed at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, will be found in
the fourth Appendix of the Catalogue. The three other plates refer to the
special radiant-points in January, August, and October. The whole series
will be in readiness to distribute to observers this year before the reap-
pearance, as anticipated, of the great star-shower on the morning of the
14th of November next.
If the space of the Committee has been taxed to secure insertion in the
Catalogue for the multitudinous observations of meteors of the 14th of No-
vember last*, it is much more difficult to represent adequately more than
twenty French, and about as many German descriptions of a large detonating
fireball seen by daylight in the north of France on the 11th of June last,
which the Committee have received. The luminous streak left by the meteor
was visible, at many places, for more than an hour after the first appearance
of the meteor, and exhibited unusual contortions. Its occurrence very near
the date of the 9th of June, marked last year by the prodigious stonefall of
Knyahinya, and in the present year by the fall of three aérolites at Tadjera,
in Algeria, is pointed out, in Appendix IT. and III., as probably connecting
these three extraordinary occurrences together in a single aérolitic period.
At the end of the Report is placed an addition to the Catalogue of large
meteors and aérolites, by Mr. R. P. Greg, in continuation of that printed in
the volume of Reports for the year 1860; supplying the omissions, and
bringing up the date of that Catalogue to the present time. It will, it is
believed, be found a perfect repertory of this kind of meteoric occurrences,
for the possession of which the British Association will congratulate itself.
Abstracts of a number of important papers on the subject of shower-
meteors are deferred until a time when the maximum display of the Novem-
ber star-shower will probably have been observed in America in November,
1867, and the spectacle, in that case, will probably give rise to a new discussion
on the subjects of which they treat. Some recent papers by M. Daubrée, on
the synthesis and classification of meteorites, will also then be reviewed.
Approaching hours of daylight will probably deprive observers in the
British Isles of all participation in the specially interesting display of the
November meteors in the current year, although the stage of the gradual
commencement of the shower will be better observed in England than in
America. It was thus that the August meteors, this year, were nearly in-
visible, from the hours of daylight appearing in England ; but according to an
American account contained in Appendix IV., they were visible there “ in
countless numbers” soon after midnight, on the night of the 10th of August
last.
* The Greenwich observations of meteors which hitherto have appeared in these Cata-
logues, will in future be printed in the volumes of the Greenwich Magnetical and Meteoro-
logical Observations for their respective years.
1867, x
290 REPORT—1867.
Place of A : :
Date.| Hour. 3 Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
Observation. Azimuth.
1857.| h m
June 1) 9 15 p.m./Hobart Town, |Twice as bright as/Red colour ...{About 2 secs...|Between « and
localtime.| Wan Diemen’s} Jupiter. Capricorni.
Land.
Sept.22} 5 10 a.m.|Ibid ............00 = OP ante een ..(Faint white ...)2 seconds ...|/From Mira (o Ceti)
local time. to B Ceti.
1858.
Apr. 24] 8 10 p.m.|Ibid ............+5 One-third diameter|Pale white, {4 seconds.,....|From 3 Canis Ma-
local time. of moon; 10’ di-| inclining to joris to « Hydri.
ameter; well de-| blue.
: ; fined disk. ae
May 24) 5 5 p.m.jIbid ...............Equal Mars in in-|Pale white .,.|7 seconds....,.|From ¢ Sagittarii to
Sept. 3] 4.10 a.m. |[bid ..ssc.seceeeees| == MW sssscesncssceeeees White .........,2 seconds From 6 Canis Ma-
local time. joris to y Eri-
1862. dani
Apr. 25) 8 20 p.m.|Ibid ...............|Estimated diameter|.........ssss0+.../4 SECONdS.:.... From » Centauri to
local time. 15’, Nebula Major.
1864.
July 13/10 15 p.m,|Boston, Mass., [AS bright as Vegal.ccssssssccssessesleceeessccssceeee ../Commenced near e|
local time.) U.S.A. Lyre appears in Delphini. Passed]
a telescope of low 2° or 3° below e}
power. and 6 Pegasi.
1865.
Junel0j11 48 p.m.| Weston - super -|=Ist mag.x......... White ........./1 second ...... 2= =
Mare. From 318°+ 47°
to 314+ 39
10/11 55 p.m.|Ibid.......... cece] ME Me ercecssecesscesees| WHILE ccscceese 1 second ......| From 72 + 55
to 80+ 46
18) 1 17 am. |Ibid ..........06...| = 18t magt...ceecee/YCHOW ...04. 1 second .,....| From 225 + 13
i | to 209+ 10
1911 30 p.m{[bid ........ wet ord mage) oss..-|Blue ‘evevssear 1 second ...... From 250 — 3
: to 218 — 15
21/10 55 p.m/Ibid .............../Brighter than alYellow ...... 1 second ...... From 230 + 28 | —
| Ist mag.x to 210+ 20
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS
Position, or
local time. tensity. A disk B Scorpii.
about one-tenth
diameter of the
moon.
a
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 291
OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
Direction ; noting also
Length of | whether Horizontal,
Path. Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
Appearance; Train, if any,
Remarks. Observer.
and its Duration.
ee
By ise. voeee{StAtiONATY |..scccssscceccceccesccssevsnes|seeeeeecessceons ScoDEE ECOL he ‘Twenty - five
object. years’ Meteo-
rological Ob-
servations at
Hobart Town,’
F. Abbott,
Hae
Left no train ....... PITTA essesa|ivcspegi jececeecesceeeeeeeeses{J0ain not visible, be-|Id., p. 14.
cause of the com-
mencement of twi-
light perhaps.
Left a train 8° in length...|..s.ssssscessee|scessseeceessereeeseeeseveeees|S€€N by several persons|ld., p. 16.
i
Left a train of yellowish seeeeeeeeeeeeee|*® CEOe eee e eee aeeneresnsscere Belt et eee eererereraseeeseersseves Id.
colour 4° in length.
Left a train 3° in length... sGessbevesiivvosaflie, pe L7.
PreeeEUT TOPO PET ICOO OEE eee User eee eee
Left a long train of/60° ...secse./eees eens Satie eee The meteor gave a bril-|{d.
sparks for ten minutes, liant —_ illumination,
which gradually con- much more incandes-
tracted itself into an cent than that pro-
oblong form from 1° duced by the full
to 2° in diameter, moon.
and for a time ap-
peared to station itself!
a little to the west of
_ y Crucis. d
t first tailless, but/...... Picccotelinc soeeerces ces Seen also at Hartford, James Gardner,
“shortly afterwards left 100 miles S.W. from| Am. Jour. Sci.,
train 3° or 4° lon Boston. 2nd Ser., vol.
which was cigar-shaped, pete Ese
_ apparently consisting
of condensed particles,
and remained visible 3
Seconds; from e to @
Bist... PEP <1 SHARPE is ec heans HUA ees sazescdzebh RATT caves seicdveosddbvverso| Ws Hs Wooil.
MIN ciasin os eesses|cisvssescahecis|aee deatpvesebetnscdan’ pistes m clear ; full moon .,.|Id.
4 pee TN
OSES eee e eek e scsi tecocccsctodeclsshebdbindecees|ersace edececcesacecs seeneeesseleseeeneee wecescdeseeveuseees
A eeeeeeebee sis ana eee eeenesoneee Pearce eeleorreceesens TTT Tee Id.
POR O bee eee ebb bit teen ee
a ee sesccseestssseeceseeseeeeseees( Principal Radiant during|!d.
| this month, W.
WARY Sernccane 0°5 second ...|From « Cephei to x
292 REPORT—1867.
Date Hour are Apparent Size Colour
; : Observation. dee ;
1865.|h m
June21/11 0 p.m.|Weston - super -|=3rd mag.x ...... Blue .......5.
Mare.
21)11 O p.m.jIbid ............... =3rd mag.x ...... Blue” J. ccees--
Za PAY Ue opie WG | ea earagee nace | = 2nd mag.* ...... INTE copcndene
22] 0 45 a.m. |Ibid .........0000- Brighter than ajWhite .......,.
Ist mag.x
22)11 0 p.m.|Ibid ........000+ oo = 1st mag... .eesees White e0.<...-
26/11 30 p.m.|[bid ........e.ceee = Ist mag.*......... Wihittedecceessee
27| 0 40 am.|Ibid ............06 =Ist mag.x%......... White ss..0.50
28/12 0 p.m.|IDid o00.......0008 =2ndmag.% ...... Bloc» vessseece:
1866.
Feb. 210 50 p.m.|West Peckham, |Very brilliant me-|Bluish, chan-
Maidstone. teor. ging to red.
Mar.13)10 39 p.m,/Hawkhurst =Ist mag.*, then) White, then
(Kent). =2nd mag.x red.
May 14| 9 55 p.m.|Manchester ...... =14 mag.«.........|Bright white...
July 22)11 11 p.m./Hawkhurst =2nd mag.* ...,.,./ White .........
(Kent).
221 AO prem lDId .cccescves docs =2nd mag.* ...... YENOW essevsees
Aug. (6) 19) 15) (pim|[bidisss.scousavsene =drd mag.x sea,
Sept.24/10tollp.m.|Birmingham ...!......00.. sernens teeeeeleneses teen peeneres
Position, or
Altitude and
Azimuth.
Duration.
0°5 second ... a= 6=
From 260°+ 27°
to 270+ 20
...| From 260 + 27
to 257+ 34
From 218 + 30
to 211+ 20
..| From 317 + 70
to 0+ 90
.| From 70 + 60
to 77+ 50
From 218 + 28
to 190+ 41
From 346 + 23
to 6+ 29
From 32-+ 48
to 50+ 49
0°5 second ...
0°75 second ...
Searcely a sec.|About 5° above the
horizon, a little
east of south.
2°5 seconds .../From 4 (2, 78) two-
thirds of the way}
to z Virginis.
% second Close to 6 Aurige
1*5 sec.; very/From 4
swift. Herculis
Serpentis.
1:3 sec.; mo-|From f Pegasi to 3
derate speed.| (y, n) Cygni.
Draconis.
COP e OOOO e ner eee ee CEH EEN EERE Ap eats eenesen
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
9
i
93
Appearance ; Train, if any,) Length of
and its Duration. Path.
PPereeetr et iter t errata
eee eeeenaeereeelenes
Direction; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
Tee TE eee Ree e ee etereee
Remarks. Observer.
W. H. Wood.
POCO eee er eeeers eee eesenenseees
Biaeccsstesc.ccsssoeees RUcRHHV ss |CNUEMcEanC ESS Et|eccubadvslsessciussadeavseeosec|scscesrts beaceessdsaccccceeese Id.
POT PETIT CUES eee Peso eee ee erases eersseneere Id.
Left an irregular pho-|........ccesese{eeceees Sra eranesensnetecsnent iis Rea ceeapnessecauacsiesveres| ECs
phorescent patch about
14’ diameter near the
centre of its path, which
remained visible 3 or 4
seconds,
PTTTTITITIT TELL ey wae Pees eee terse lteeeeee weeeeees OOveeevene weees Id.
Beata der tedersdecsces 00s Geawed|nenaeewbacascs|o0 ACCOR BOOSEDOCEOB PD aGNC LCS Recencnoe Heececsehconnicece| (ie
PRPS PEEH Se EEER HHH ewe Meterteeserig SORTER EHH eee e ee eee eens Pt eeeeeeeeeee eeeel te ereeee wee eerene teen eeee ee Id.
. Pree eee eee eee oe OOF ce weet wee eeeererene PROC H ee eee HHH Hee PPP ee eee es ‘Td.
{It burst with very greatly|Almost sta-/Rather ascending, and|
increased brilliancy, but
without any fragments,
and disappeared.
In the first half (a, d)}....
of its course, bright
white. Then dimi-
nished, and changed
to red, drawing a
train of red _ sparks,
and disappearing with
a flash at c.
Left a streak on its whole/30° ...
course for 14 second.
tionary.
wee eee
Left no train or sparks.|15° .........
Disappeared gradually.
ING train Or sparks ......20-|escscccsceeesss
De ee nn er rs
then slightly falling.
+-|Two meteors seen in
\View in the south-east|Ernest Jones.
direction uninter-
rupted; no sound
heard.
A.S Herschel.
20 minutes: clear
sky; no moon; one
observer,
Directed from Polaris...!........ Peer cedeccnaeede -»(R. P. Greg.
Directed from Perseus..,.|....,..cccccssescsveccesvere --|A. S. Herschel.
Last half of course de-\Seven meteors in one Id,
cidedly serpentine. hour: clear sky;
no moon; one ob-
server.
neeaan seeeeeccsccessesssseeee/SiX Meteors seen inlId.
45 minutes: beauti-
fully clear sky; no
moon ; one ob-
server.
Piceeneate ee secssveeeeeeeeree-/Clear fine night. In|W. H. Wood.
one hour no me-
teors seen. On the
nights of the 25th
and 26th sky over-
cast.
294 REPORT—1867.
Place of Position, or
Date.| Hour. Obscreation Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
ay Azimuth.
1866.| h m
Oct. 14) 7 28 p.m.|West Hendon, |=2nd magus ...ce.|.cosersecseeeerees Moved slowly |From near Z to
Sunderland. 2° below ¢ VPe-
gasi.
14) 9 -Sopsms|Mhids.,.ccccescectes =2nd mag.x ....../Yellow...,,...-|Rapid ,...+....|Disappeared at a
point about a =
180°, 3=+78°.
15} 6 34 p.M.|Ibid ......e00ese0e =Sirius ............/Orange colour|Moyed slowly |Went behind a
cloud about 10°
preceding 9 Bé-
otis.
16) 8 58 p.m.|/Hawkhurst =2nd mag.x ....., NWelOWalessage 1 second ...,.. From 7 Cephei to ¢
(Kent). Draconis.
19/About3a.m./At sea, on the/5’ or 6’indiameter.|Violet, ap- |.....-.s.e00e0 »+,|Appeared at an alti-
passage be-| Most brilliant. | proaching to tude of about 70°.
tween Dover scarlet.
and Holyhead.
21) 8 25 p.m.|Hoboken, New |Large fireball ...... Bright green..|....cccceeseeeseees From near the}
(local time),| Jersey, U.S. A. zenith; moved}
towards the ©
Ds Wes disap-
pearing over}
Jersey city.
24) 4 40 p.m./The Curragh, {Much brighter than)..........,....... Fell slowly .../From about R. A,
Kildare, the planets. 335°, N. Decl. 3°,
Ireland. to about R. A.
358°, S. Decl. 5°.
Rough positions!
from a drawing.
28) 7 50 p.milYork .........0.- =drd mag.¥ ...... Yellow ...... [s second ...... Near « Urse Maa
F joris. |
28, 7 54 p.m.jIbid .............-- =Ist mag.x........./Yellow ...... 4 second ...... From 0 Cygni tol”
Equuleus. iy
;
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METERS. 295
and its Duration.
StH e neato eee ereene Pe eneenenee eee
PEO rere eee Pee neeeteneeeenes sevens
FOP e eee mene meee eeeeeaeeaeseeenes
Brightest near the middle
of its path.
Left a train for five
minutes by the watch,
which changed its form
from a straight line
to two straight lines,
making an obtuse angle
thus—
og
and then resumed its
former rectilinear ap-
pearance. Sparks were
projected forward by
the meteor towards the
direction where it dis-
appeared.
Burst without noise into
a thousand brilliant
green fragments, leay-
ing a_ bright green
train, which, like the
head, broke into a per-
fect rain of emerald-
green-coloured frag-
Appearance; Train, ifany,| Lengthof | whether Horizontal,
Direction; noting also
Path. Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer.
Inclined.
seeeeseeeceeeee| Horizontally to the right}--..+5++..0+ OER? T. W. Backhouse.
Leet ee rere ee teh eeer ert OPeeeesneeesersererrege HOO meee tess eee eee ee enases eee Id.
sesseceeeeseees(Q0” tO the left of per-|......... Fiddpakstts daaeevacss| Ld.
pendicular ; down.
Dadeeseges ann lewtcngtacccacavasscecaua .«....,Lwo meteors seen in/A.S. Herschel.
forty-five minutes :
clear sky; quarter-
moon.
seoveeseceeeeee{ErOm S. to N.......00...-/Suficiently brilliant to|J. 8. Davies.
illuminate the whole/Communicated
vessel. The attention|byA.S. Herschel.
of all on board of the
steamer was drawn to
it.
reanere Ranesesalsnesevancdeses seoveceseseeees/A Curious circumstance| Ernest Turner,
was its stationary} ‘ Scientific
appearance at first,) American,’
and its rapidly in-| Nov. 17th.
creasing velocity
afterwards; the
brilliant emerald
colour of the me-
ments. teor, and of the frag-
’ ments.
Like a piece of lighted|About 40°...) ........ccss-.sesssseeseeeeee[Seen in twilight; two|Communicated
paper falling. stars only visible. byA.S.Herschel.
Horizon.
HORE R meee seen etoreene eenceeee Peal reo eeeeeeetteeelseseee POO e tener eereeetseeetaeeles Oe eeeereene et OPeeeseseneees i E. Clark.
ales ecodusaseecs's eaacavacs aeeeadone Pees seca aaa Pieignitedeeuaacre vuesevuadebs su S. Thomson.
296 REPORT—1867.
Plies of i Position, or
Date.| Hour. Obschaiion: Apparent Size. Colour. Duration, eeente and
1866.| h m
Oct) 28) 7 58) p.m.i[bid sivss3ss.ss000. = Ist mag.#...... (Yellow ......|4 second ...... From cluster in
Perseus to Great] |
Nebula in An-
dromeda.
288 0" pimilbidtpsesss.ss0¢e ool =U st mapt.ccss. Yellow ...... 3 second ...... From 8 Aurige to
Pleiades.
ORCS" Gu ipamillbideeres..0s000 =2P mae. .cscee Yellow ...... 3 Second ...... From y Cassiopeiz
to y Persei.
30,10 29 p.m./West Hendon, |=3rd magex ....../Orange colour!........ceeesseee Disappeared near
Sunderland. | 30 Aquarii.
31/10 30 p.m.\Chesham(Bucks) Telescopic ......... Wery rediea.e Momentary ...\Crossed the Pleia-
des west of Al-
| eyone.
|
| Aviles
| *
ae
x
ele
4
Nov. 1/ 8 40 p.m./West Hendon, |=2nd mag.» ...... WV EOW ol sssess|eerasscsvaseecer ..|Disappeared at
Sunderland. e—220°,. =
50°.
3} 6 58 p.m./Primrose Hill ....=4th mag.*, then|Vivid blue ...|2 seconds...... a= =
twice as bright From 63°+ 50°
as 2. to 185 + 69
3/10 16 p.m. |[bid ......6.000. »+./Twice as bright asjBlue_ ...... wve|sasi dvessverdsen ee Began 4° to left of]
Aly a Arietis.
6) 5 55 p.m,/Ewhurst About three times|....scee.eeeeee 7 or S8seconds,' From near Venus
(Sussex). as bright as Ve- motion un-| to Ursa Major,
nus. usually slow.| disappearing be-
neath 6 of that
constellation. "
{Position of Ve-| —
nus « = 2625,
d= —28°.]
6] 6 30 p.m./York ............ =3rd mag.x ...... Yellow ....s5. 13 second ...... From x Persei to p
Andromedz.
6) 6 59 p.m.) Wimbledon Apparent diameter]......cossesscsees 3 seconds inFrom 8° north.
(Surrey). and brightness half its path. west of Capella
of Y. to 4° north and|
4° west of a
Ursz Majoris.
ppearance; Train,if any,| Length of
and its Duration. Path.
7
y
el2BO. veeeon eve
SUeRaeUscccacsccscocchcccccsnss|24° sescesecs
Gees toSdeeaccese Be aiaaie aaanes ep orosavediees
esuesevssess+s eaecen sates Meet d os cae aesdes
Left no train ....... Ravens: | wscncscscats oe
Left a long scarlet
streak on its whole
course for 5 seconds,
which became sepa-
rated from the nucleus
_ just before final disap-
pearance.
nded with a brilliant
flash. Left a train on
the whole length of
its path, which faded
suddenly.
rom its slow motion,
the eye could easily
see a process of com-
bustion like that of
ignited iron wire in a
nearly exhausted vessel
of oxygen gas.
10°
SS
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
97
Observer.
J. E. Clark.
Id.
Id.
T.W. Backhouse.
Direction ; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or Remarks.
Inclined.
EOUEL Y WEOMIS ssc sseve|ccescssestccececevacrstossacts
Cenbenneonassctaddcecess ...(Four or five other me-
teors seen with the
above.
Directed from ¢ Pegasi |......... attsesccnees Beoeeates
SEONG sesecestecceessseeeeeeeee/Darted across the field
of view of the tele-
scope like a red star
of the 5th magnitude;
very slightly woolly
at the edges.
20° to the left of per-
pendicular, down.
40° or more|From Radiant, £ Persei../The nucleus threw off al,
few sparks, and be-
came quite detached
from the train,
Directed from Aldeba-|Imperfect view ...
ran.
arsed seuss (Stars faintly visible.
Hazy vapour in the
sky. There was no
continuous train, but
sparks were thrown
off which died away
immediately. Its
more vivid phases
see neenee
NZ ays yd K ou te peercaenes a the
_ + ae =ca= -=- oe etch.
oA \ = tan a. <= Fas
uM
Be cas sce Mesetos doses »./14° aie , Macteceaeels| stent -vacceceaaress asaeeeters
eparated just beforel....sssseerseeteveeee NeceasiveseeMenvaere eat: No detonation audible...
vanishing into several
heads.
C. Grover.
T.W. Backhouse.
Crumplen.
H. P. Harrison.
J. E. Clark.
Ff. C. Penrose.
298
Date.
Hour.
1866.) h m
Nov. 6/11 30 p.m.
6j11 40 p.m.
Place of
Observation.
Wisbeach (Cam-
bridgeshire).
Ibid
6\Evening ...|Carthagena,
o Oo 7
“TI
40
Columbia,
U.S.A,
p-m.}West Hendon,
Sunderland.
Di10.| [pid -.--- -sssessees
Yori tes (i ae peer Ps
a.m.|Glasgow ....0....
a.m.|Primrose Hill
(London).
a.m,|Glasgow ......+0.
eee eeeeeeene
seem eweeeteenee
p-m|,West Hendon,
Sunderland.
p-m.|Chesham(Bucks)
REPORT—1867.
Apparent Size. Colour.
BrighterthanVenus/Bright blue...
Nearly as bright asjBlue_ .........
Venus.
Like a ship’s redjRed ..... desetns
light, as seen at
a distance of 200
yards.
= Ist mag.x......... Bright orange
=3rd mag.x ..,... Yellow |...
== Srd) MAgse Wows ualevases=s¥esp esses
== PGMA E OH -ianessluesasaccesemeacnee
EOL HAPS scans lees sas voneoeteenes
i) eroree eopcenosn Orange yellow
Twice as bright as)Pale blue......
Capella.
=8rd mag.x ...... WhIt6 sss sseees
=2nd mag.* ....../Yellow ......
ONG MARK ce seeee linia cgoskeexp teins
=Ist mag.x ......]. sasessensc tate cre
Far surpassed Ve-|Bluish white...
nus at her bright-
est.
Duration.
FORE H ere eeeerenee
About 10 secs.
Floated away
3 minutes.
seeeee
fetes
we ebeeeeee
Ree eee ereneneeres
Seen e meee tetenenee
Swift motion..
0°4 second ...
4 second ......
sen eee
SOO neem ee eeeneenee
steadily for
Position, or
Altitude and
Azimuth.
From Taurus to
Cetus.
Through Gemini to
Taurus.
At a low altitude in
N.W. by W.
Disappeared at a@
Corone Bore-
alis.
From # Aurige to
N.E. horizon.
Passed close to p
Ceti.
Disappeared at
a=277F°, O=+
51°.
Passed midway
between @ and
2 or 3 seconds| Fi
a=
From 31°+ 62°
to 8+ 48
From 6 Leonis t
2° over a Come
Berenicis.
Pleiades.
Passed between ¢
and « Pegasi.
Appearance; Train, if any,
and its Duration.
LO A Ta eS.
Length of
Path.
——S=S | ———— —— —_
Direction; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
Remarks.
299
Observer.
MISUATION £E]) 10 SPalkS).cseceenedanahle«ecnssefdanecacchegecsastennd| sdeepaccanseage Ride cups theasia S. H. Miller.
| like liquid drops.
Mhe train brightened up|Fully 25°...|....sccessesssegressececseess{ClEAT SKY — secsseceseeeees Id.
| and ran back in this
| form—
widening as it short-
ened, and remaining
several seconds. ;
Like a parachute - light|...............|Descending towards the|The sky was cloudy|A. De G. de Fon-
thrown off from a N.W. by W. aud the night dark,| blanque, ‘The
rocket. Disappeared be- but the light could) ‘Times,’ Jan. 2,
hind houses. not have had any} 1867.
artificial origin.
ERE sae Rinaanis eneeseay <ocpews FEOEEOREOUSEE Senscesnacensesce|esssnmeca settee eeenenees ++++/S, Thomson.
| AoE _s90097 GI REBOARE COD BOOHEEe CERLCL | RLLERRCEED eter Dectaeveroadl sedehaeaseerecens anes tr nltas
‘i
SS eee Bis isperes|smscatchivageis OMRECLEM Atte A ( PICHIol.. aps sgygarnpagsagnys «ones, We, Bapkliouse)
| des, 41 Arietis).
esos sc,cclsescebeeeeseses Directed from p Dra-|......sssesssccsoesesseoeeeel Td,
Neen tome neers teres se ese eeeses|s
‘Gradually increased and
then gradually dimi-
: nished in brightness.
Left a streak for two
: seconds.
Left a ruddy orange-
| coloured train for ten
| seconds.
|Left a streak for 2 seconds
|
|
‘i
|
[PPPEP Rees eeersenasetesenes teseee
}
|
|
HaSeecvccecesss teeneveceseeeeens
|,
I
Ed
\Left notrain. It increased
‘in size and brightness,
: and vanished suddenly
_ without bursting.
tle eewweeereeeres
seen eee eeeenene
,,|Directed from Leo ......
conis.
Directed from Taurus...
From Radiant, near y
Leonis.
HOPPE OCR e eee eererseserenegees
eee eee errr eT) Pee ee eeeeeee
.|Fell straight downwards [t paused three times
this night.
Nine meteors seen in
one hour; two of
them from Leo. A
fourth part of the
sky clear ; no moon;
one observer.
eee eee eres reer
Directed from y Leonis|Three smaller meteors|[q,
A.S. Herschel.
T. Crumplen.
Bright double au-
roral arch over
north-west horizon
on the previous
evening.
OOOO emcee eee etn aceseeeeees
SOPH ROO e ee eee ean en es Ete ebnne
in its descent. Lit
up the sky with daz-
aling brightness.
A. 8S. Herschel.
J. E. Clark.
.-|Id.
T. W. Backhouse.
C. Grover.
800 REPORT—1867.
Place of ; Position, or
Date.| Hour. : Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
Observation. :
Azimuth,
Sunderland. faint, gradually phei towards «
increasing to a Cephei, — disap-
Ist mag.x pearing 1° or 2°
9/11 26 p.m.!Primrose Hill,
Three times as|Pale orange |,............0e...|From near 7 Pe-
London.
bright as Cygni.| colour. gasi to a point
lateral
with e
1866.|h m
Nov. 9)10 15 p.m.|West Hendon, |At first small and/Deep yellow...|Rather slow...|\From near ¢« Ce-
Majoris.
Cygni.
105 10 a.m. /Glasgow ......... =2nd mag.* ...... White ......... l second ...... From 8 Geminorum)
to B Canis Mi-
noris.
10} 5 35 a.m.|[bid ........s.s0e-j=2nd Mag.% ...00 White ......++-/1 second ....../From H Geminorum
to y Orionis.
11) 5 46 p.m.)West Hendon, |=2nd mag.x ......)ecceceeeeeeeeeel ices seat e+e.-/Centre, of path at
Sunderland. 2 (y Urse Ma-
joris, Cor Ca-
roli)
12} 2 4 am./Primrose Hill, |=2nd mag.x ...... Pale blue...... 0°7 second .., a= b=
London. From 47°-++ 54°
to 34+ 50 |)
12} 2 14 a.m.|Tbid ........0. seeee[= 1st Magex sees Vivid blue .../0°5 second ...; From 423+
to 1444:
123 92 asm: Glasgow ......00 =2nd mage os... White .........,0°7 second ....\Commenced at
Urs Majoris.
12! 3 5 am.ilbid..... ecebawers =Ist mag.t......00. Yellow .,,...,0°9 second ....From « to f Urse)
Majoris. i
12] 5 20 a.m.|[bid .........e0+6..;=oFd Mag.x ...... Orange yellow)1°5 second ... From @ Aurigz to 3)’
(g Lyncis, Castor)
12/10 25 p.m.|West Hendon, |=2nd mag.* ...... | sess aviebs esse on]: oeeee cee aeeeeeeee Near 16 Draconis|
Sunderland.
12)11 16 p.m.|Observatory, GEO MNAP. to scces|. secre es cbse ssnpalacdaee sceeemuceee From B to 6 Urse}
Aberdeen. d
e A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 301
Direction ; noting also
ppearance; Train, if any,) Length of | whether Horizontal,
and its Duration. Path. Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
Remarks. Observer.
rew a tapering red tail,|......seees|eecsseeessseeesecseesseeeeee.{One Smaller meteor this|T, W. Backhouse.
2° or 3° long, vanishing evening.
| with the head.
The head surrounded by,-++++...ss000
spedosacesen 09 stenevcsseeseeelssereeseesseeeeeeneeereeseceoel T, Crumplen.
a large nebulous haze.
Threw off many sparks.
Hazy nucleus; left no].........+...{Course slightly undula-|......sssssesessesseeseseeetA, S. Herschel.
train. ting.
]
Left no train .....scce..esee|ees Bodcedtctessftecieoreene tu cusveds Ssiiaan Four meteors seen_in/]d,
thirty minutes. Sky
mostly clear. On
the nights of the
10th and 11th, sky
cloudy with rain and
wind.
SUURMMMGNNGsINc cise Cele cc caccevcss|scceseccesssceai rected from € Ursael:rssssssseeeeee sesseeseeeeeess| 1. W, Backhouse,
Majoris.
eft a short train ; took a|8°.....0......[:se0eeseseecee ccteatc ssseeess.|Moved as if retarded in/T. Crumplen.
sudden turn after three- From Radiant, in Leo,| 18 fight; very cu-
fourths of its course. : ‘| rious.
ot
eft a short bright train.,.|25° .........|from Radiant, near y|Well observed. Three|[d,
Leonis. meteors seen in one
hour fifteen minutes.
Two from Leo and
one from Cassiopeia,
at right angles to
Milky Way. Morn-
ing hazy. Stars rather
dull. Overcast at 3"
25".
eft a streak for 2 seconds/10° .........|Directed from j Leonis.|Four meteors seen injA. S. Herschel.
15 minutes: no moon;
one observer.
MEER Ea cneme re Seta eae |, iveclecedes scoesseeceeeesss(/Sky generally clear but|Id.
hazy. Afterwards
overcast.
SMIEMISRSTP Rs eee s ecco lescess caccsssea{vosv sass cov sessseeesseseeeees{LWO Meteors seen in|Id.
fifteen minutes: sky
hazy ; one - third
clouded, then quite
overcast.
MMOD inc akeeraic\asicouatscavscdlveescvivessn’ vatberaachoneestas|tcassecdedarcessssecesecrceaes| L's We Backhouse:
Tees neste eeaestescesceneness: [eseeaesoet nace lstetsetentens Eine vaststtenae tats Another, 3rd magnitude,|D. Gill.
simultaneously with
it from ¢ to y Urse
Majoris.
REPORT—1867.
302
Place of
Date. Hour. Observation.
|
1866.|h m 5
Nov.12|11 33 p.m./Observatory,
Aberdeen.
D211 39 pani \Thid/ sc. .s+00c0-o.
12/11 50 p.m.|[bid ............00fe.
12/11 55 p.m.[[bid sesssceveseeees
TSIN2 27 43: PE |UDId sissesces- es.
a.m.
13/12 40 33 [Ibid .,....s00...0..
a.m.
Ue ALE COmuTS Warts Waa acanoences
a.m.
13) 3 0 am./Glasgow .........
13] 3 2 am,Ibid....... sebeones
13] 8 37 pam|York .......0....
13) 8 40 p.m.|[bid hits toereee »
13) 9 30 p.m.|Bracondale,
Norwich.
Position, or
Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
Azimuth.
=Srd magex ......]e-. decscconsreas dalpesecoueval fete »».|From Aldebaran to
belt of Orion.
=Ist MAgex sseeeeles eeyicacestaccantn Wencccscvevevcons From a point 2
above « to y Ge-
minorum.
SPORE PO eee eee reeset Peer etereee Pewee el ttt ee tent ereeesee See eee eeeeeeeeee eeeeeee
Castor. 9
Pollux. 8, Meteor.
.
Mars. Ny
SIst MAag.% seeceleceeees Loe: eae Tienenusdeaeaaess Passed across w
Urse Majoris,
which bisected
its flight.
=Ist mag. se. Greenish yel-|24 seconds ...,Crossed over « and
low. ¥ Tauri.
=Ist MAQ* ssess[eossssseeeeesee.(L2 Second .../From e¢ Virginis,
=AUst mag.x cccor|.ssseccsvees sosssscecssecorse ftom the uppers
jor to « Gemino-|;
rum.
3rd MAag.x veeee Yellow {ince 0°5 second ...\Commenced at 4
(B, 6) Aurigz.
=8rd mag.* ....../White ........./0°9 second ...|Disappeared at 7
Lyncis.
=3rd mag.x ....../Orange yellow/+ second .,.... From y Urse Ma-
joris to « Urse'
Majoris.
=2nd mag.x .... Red sescee 15 second .../From Delphinus to
a Aquile.
Splendid meteor: |\csesavocsveseacelineess wadeamnosers |sccey aan ei
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 3803
= ; . . F
e Direction ; noting also
Appearance; Train, ifany,| Length of | whether Horizontal,
and its Duration. 1 Path. Perpendicular, or Remarks, Observer.
2 Inclined.
ee Peete Mibesessfakecs tubers cedead. acess bua cd From 105 to 11" p.m,|D. Gill.
7 six meteors seen:
clear sky; five ob-
bs servers.
0 ee rr ee Pea eniceat vane eberwctiewarseraagd: From 11) to 125 p.m.|Id.
twenty-four meteors
seen: clear sky; five
| observers.
Nebulous appearance ; like ASC ODOROA Aber) CLOCOURIOCISUS JEDCORODOOCCOD CLIO The dotted line indi- Id.
a dense train without a cates the direction
nucleus. and length of are.
eft a brilliant pale green}...+..++....... Directed from Leo to-|...... Pibcoasscwdscsmees zee Id.
wards a Urse Ma-
joris.
From « to y Tauri
seeeeerevesesee SAUL & WY YY LAULL ooaeee
meteor’s flight.
Poe ee Ue TOS EOC O TI OSI eT er err e ry
brilliant meteor, leaving
a long train.
Streak left ......0..00000
ft a faint streak for half|Course 2 of|Directed from Castor
a second. the way
from Cas-
d a quarter of a
econd; burst at last.
N
POR e eee h eee eweeeeetesasenl ee Hee e een teens
From nearly E. to W....|....+.
From 125 to 1% am.ltqd,
fifteen meteors seen:
clear sky; five ob-
servers.
Foc, BEA soscceccerereeseer (1G.
We cstanneee tereseveeeserseees(From 12 to 14 30™ a.m.lId.
seven meteors seen;
clear sky; five ob-
servers.
Directed from v Cancri.|Two meteors seen in/A. S. Herschel.
twenty minutes; one
observer.
.../Sky one-third overcast.|Id,
The rest generally
clear but hazy; no
moon.
++s..-19. Thomson,
Paves cdevedsteceessseene|J. Crompton
304: REPORT—1867.
Position, or
Date.| Hour. of ae Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. ae and
zimuth.
1866.;}h m s
Nov.13/11 8 p.m.|Primrose Hill, |=4th mag.x, then/Pale biue ...|1°9 second .../From 3 (a, 6) Ge
London, 2x 2 minorum. Passe
between (a, y
Orionis to Eri
dani and 5° be
yond.
13/11 15 p.m.|Newcastle - on -|Splendid meteorss.|.......c.c.cseeees[erseerees seraceuee Swept across Orio
Tyne. disappearing nea
Cetus
13/11 22 p.m.|/Haddenham, Brighter than Mars|Pinkish .,....|++++s+re+ses evans Passed a __ littl
(Bucks). or Sirius. Nearly south of Rige
equal Venus. and became ex
tinguished =a
an altitude
250.
13)11 23 p.m.|Primrose Hill, |One-sixth diameter},...........ssesec[ecreeeeeeners ve (From 6 Orioni
London. of full moon. to e¢ Eridan’
and onwards t
wards the h
rizon.
13,11 29 p.m.|Birmingham ...|=Sirius veeeeee|Orange Colour |.+ssceeseeseeeees From Musca to
Ceti.
13/11 30 p.m,|Primrose Hill, |2X QD ..c..rescccsee|ecsscccccnsenecens[rennenecesennuenes From 4° belo
London. Castor to 2° abov
Aldebaran.
13/11 30 p.m.|Hawkhurst Brighter than Sirius}. ........,.. uc Giveegangoeevesens Through the zenit
(Kent).
13/11 30 30 |Primrose Hill, |One-eighth diame-|................se|eeeeeeeeeneeeeeees Shot from Cas
p.m. London. ter of full moon. across the Ple
ades, and 5° b¢
yond.
13/11 37 38 |Observatory, Twice as bright as|Same colour as}. .,, ho Passed 3° abo
p.m. Aberdeen. Venus. Venus. the pointers
and 6) U
Majoris, and pi
rallel with the
13/11 45 p.m.|Haddenham, — |As bright as Vemus)..sse.sesseeteseeslaeseseeeeeeeeeees Shot from M
(Bucks). at maximum. over the zenit
13/11 48 p.m.|Primrose Hill, |One-sixth diameter|.........-.:sseleeseeereenenerenes From a Aurige to
London. of full moon. above n Tauri, ai
beyond. Endn
seen.
13/11 59 p.m.|Hawkhurst Almost as bright as}....sss+0++ SPeocdl i rernces seseeeeee[Passed near
(Kent). Venus. Pole - star, @
disappeared
Cassiopeia.
14/12 5 acm.|London seeseeee.{Wery large meteor... .scsveesssttsecelecccesseenensenserlesceessesesseees oadl
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 305
ae : H
sp fia Direction ; noting also
pearance; Train, if any,| Length of | whether Horizontal
and its Duration. | Path. Perpendicular, or . bein Gheetress
(" Inclined.
Left a superb streak ofj.......+. sdedsleceveveeeveessene eb dalaaales Bleasccte WPI. T. Crumplen.
scarlet about 50° long.
MeO 1b A PONG TRIN (cess. 60s0026ibscecdssdecscsciecssvecccaccaceléoveseee sic ttt .+e.|‘ Newcastle
of blue light. Chronicle,’
Nov. 15th.
weft a long bright train ...|.......ce.ece0e(|COUrse Cue We secsceces[tecsscescoseecrscescesssecesee W. R. Dawes,
? ‘Monthly
Notices,’
Vol. xxvii. p.
46.
ucleus egg-shaped. Left)....sssessseeeleiccseeee gasnvayeasapete .+.-/[Identical with the pre-|T- Crumplen.
a fine train. ceding ; see Appendix
ik
eft a red train for 2 secs.|..........6...{Radiant, pp LeOmis s.sseslecsceesssseseceeeves isn... W. H. Wood.
Breese etcdue de esdescvdsceslesecsecedeooses ans attr tok ee | bee pure de bat T. Crumplen.
eft m train at least 60°......ssssssselsccsssssccssceceecsssseesss ..|[Probably _identieal Communicated
long. with the preceding|byA.S. Herschel.
or with the follow-
ing. ]
eft a ruddy streak Kasdoaes|vccessenstcteceesceteaise lodge Well observed............ T. Crumplen.
Memes, SNE Ys scsscstlccersseccsodsosceasvexesees weplansa “Buosebococscacacecerac D. Gill.
burst without noise, |
and remained sus-
pended like a_nebu-
lous cloud, visible for
some seconds.
a long bright zenith..)... wed. abs. 2 aes | Aa ewer wos.|W. R. Dawes,
GCagdedeeecssslanoleaneee <M” Notices,
Vol.xxvii.p.46.
Bective... A ae eS ea ee en INES T. Crumplen.
meteors exactly pur-|,.............. Peiigaeee 1 Aes Be oe A binary pair ........6... |\Communicated
suing each other. by A.S. Herschel.
in Tike sparks from a)........scsessleesesessereeesscoesesssvevse Another tolerably large‘ Evening Stand-
cket-stick.
one about 12h 45™
a.m., and a third very
bright one about 15
25" a.m., but not
equal in size to the
first, though perhaps
equal in train.
ard,’ Nov. 15.
306 REPORT—1867,
Place of Position, or
Date.}| Hour. Obgennnan. Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
1866.{h m 5s sh
Noy.14]12 6 30 |Haddenham, |As bright as Venus}......+--ssecersesfoeeeesesenensesens
a.m. Bucks. at maximum.
14/12 10 a.m,|Carlton Hill Ob-jLarge meteor ..1...Jcecssseeeseeeeses|essserseeeeees RACH Pocaocanonea co o6 seve
servatory.
14/12 17 am.|Birmingham ...J/=2L.......00.0 seoee| White .,......(1°5 second .../From a Leonis —
( e= =
to 149°+ 8° |
14/12 28 a.m.|Ibid ............5 pale DP ec wenens sesseees[bale green .../2°5 seconds ...} From 150°+38° —
to a Urse Ma
joris.
14/12 29 49 {Sidmouth Much brighter than| White ......... Momentary ...|Just over Sirius ..
a.m. (Devonshire). | Sirius.
14/12 30 a.m,|St. Andrews am OMe seeaduscnssscus|atatieaseeed Rebitclacavteepeeeeenee
(Scotland).
14/12 32 50 |Observatory, Three or four times|/White .........1 second .,....
am. Glasgow. as bright as Ju- Frederici
piter. Pegasi.
14/12 40 45 JIbid......... sees.-|LWO or three times|/White ...,.....{1 second .../From } (a, 7) U
a.m. as bright as Ve- ; Majoris to » U:
nus. Minoris.
ee
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS, 307
Direction ; noting also
Appearance ; Train, if any, Length of | whether Horizontal,
and its Duration. Path. Perpendicular, or
Tnclined.
Remarks. Observer.
tices,’ vol.
' Xxvii. p. 46.
Left a train for 12 minutes!.........,.....|... Ce eececnsnceccecscsccarerea[tet ree eeteccveceveccecaseccens
Left a brilliant green train}............ ...|Directed from 7 Leonis|-++.+sss0+-.00e see daaesves ++». |W. H. Wood.
for 33 seconds.
eft a greenish streak ...1..........0000.
teor’s brightness. Left
no streak.
st teeerrneeeeeccesenleceeeseccseerss|DITECtEd FLOM the Va-lccescecerecececees Secucderpede G. Forbes.
diant in the head of|
Leo.
( Geeeuniny) ; Dright|,..,.2..<scesss
train. The first part,
broken into pieces,
quickly disappeared.
The latter half, 8°
long, soon formed a
wisp +° wide, con-
cave to the south,
which gradually col-
lected itself into a
knot 1° wide, and
drifted south to
Andromedz, which it
reached at 125 37,
and soon afterwards
disappeared. Total du-
ration 5 minutes.
ft a brilliant straight},........... Bo aa ee eee Souudeveredlaacwatavewseansscaa ccusew svete
streak upon its whole
course. The first
half became diffuse,
collecting itself at the
same time into a
knot at 4 (d Urse
Majoris, 2 Draconis),
brightening up as it
R
where it disappeared
at 125 49" a.m. Total
duration 8 minutes 15
the streak remained
in a straight line, and
so faded in less than |
30 seconds,
7 uD ee
308 REPORT—1867.
Position, or
Place of . : :
Date. Hour. Obseruation. Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Toc
1866.| h ms 2),
INOW. 12! All) Yasin StepAMOne WS a... t)|sdexcaecenaccvarcacasselsGoieeess sos aachaqalispispesr neta teime Position of th
(Scotland). meteor not re
corded. The ova
mass of the trai
disappeared
the Milky Way
close to 0 Perse)
14/12 41 30 |Observatory, /Twice as bright as|..........+ esate seauere centre ...../| Commenced in Lec
a.m. Aberdeen. Venus. and disappeare/
in the wester
horizon, crossin
the zenith com
pletely across t
vault.
14/12 45 a.m.|Birmingham .../Brighter than a Ist/Blue ......... 4 seconds...... Stationary at «
mag.*., then equal 148°, d= +25%
to Venus.
14/1 7 a.m.|Primrose Hill _ |Large and bright...|.s.csssssssssscsefecessessersceasees Disappeared 5° be
(London). low Aldebaran.
14) 1 8 am.'Cardiff...,........ BCD Mecbeitah Purple ........-[esereseee seeseeees/Appeared nee
Castor, and sha
across the Plei
ades.
:
*
i
14) 1 8 am.|Stretton (Here-|Very large meteor..|....... ad sige sa enstelanceaneee sesseeeee{Passed across —
ford). Orionis, and dis
appeared beneat.
the Pleiades 2
a point whe
7 both.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
Length of
Appearance ; Train, if any,
Path.
and its Duration.
zi
.
iple meteor, each
equal to Venus. A
part of the train got
shorter and _ thicker,
until it was of an oval
shape. This part re-
mained visible until
125 49™ a.m., the stars
being visible through
it.
t a long train which/An arc of
remained luminous for| 160°.
30 seconds after the
disappearance of the
nucleus.
St Hooke ...|Stationary
object.
eft no train ...
eft a train visible in the
telescope for 10 minutes.
seeeeneeee
eft a train some mi-
nutes broad, and at first
quite straight. A part
of the train, 15° long,
near the Pleiades and
Aldebaran, remained
Direction; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
Directed from Leo......
visible after the ends
had faded and assumed
a serpentine form.
After this it took
the form of a small
oval cloud, and
moved from between
a and <Z Tauri to-
wards y Orionis ;
being visible as a
faint cloud until 1»
20™ a.m.
eft a streak which re-|...
mained visible for 2™ 8°.
Pere ee
A eee eee went arenes eneasteeeenles
eens staiceccatertonts | ne
309
Remarks. Observer.
[Identical with the pre-|G. Forbes.
ceding ; see Appendix
I.
Se eeeeeeeeeses OCs ee eeaee D. Gill.
estdvantencetenecsesbaseesiee| Vii Ee WOOKs
train was first/T. Crumplen and
a band about 5’ H. J. Wix.
broad, and then be-
came a circular patch
slightly elongated
eastwards, which
drifted about 5° to-
wards the north-west
horizon before it dis-
appeared.
The brightest meteor of|A.and J. Thomp-
the night. son.
[Identical with the pre-|H. Cooper Key.
ceding. |
Date.
1866.
Noy.14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
REPORT—-1867.
Place at : ’ Position, or
Hour. Observation. Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
Azimuth.
hm s
1 8 9 /|Sidmouth,........JOne-third diameter|...........0..00s.{scevesees A 350
a.m. of full moon.
1 8 20 |Wimbledon ......|......000006 seasavetarn seowshevcessbactau| cet eep resent namens
a.m. Capella, and di
appeared near
Urse Minoris.
1 10 am.|Chesham(Bucks)|One-third of the|Very red ...... 2 seconds .../Moved at an alt
moon’s apparent tude of 10° alon;
diameter. the N.E. horizon
115 a.m./London ......... Large meteor ...... pies escuecs Sects eal tovosecateaneneeee Commenced nearl
at ¢ Orionis.
1 20 a.m./Wimbledon...... Werybricht meteors ic.ncicersoceecsss|: son,eceueenemenes In the S.W.........
probably as bright
as Venus.
123 40! siRadcliffe SOMSEr | ihrecdesecscscsc0cssss0|scucccercvaserenns|ongcccesaweueas ..j|Appeared in th
a.m. vatory, Oxford. sword - belt
Orion.
1 27 28 |Sidmouth....... «Quite one-third di-|........scccssssselesecceveeseeseeeeef[A few degre
a.m. ameter of full south of th
moon. zenith.
1 30 a.m.|Haddenham About the size of/Dull colour of/Motion much|/From near Pr
(Bucks). Mars. red-hot iron.) slower than} cyon; passed
that of most} little above
others. and y Orioni
disappearing
bout 25° W.
y Orionis.
1 40 33. |Observatory, |3X 2b secccseseseeees White ......... 1:3 second .,,|From » Tauri to 3
a.m. Glasgow. south of « Pi
scium.
i A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. sll
Direction ; noting also
{Appearance ; Train, if any,| Length of | whether Horizontal,
| andits Duration. | Path. Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer.
: Inclined.
(Left a splendid Dluish)........:..0i..[scessesevsiecseoeesssevasseeee|[Identical | with the/H. S. Heinecken.
| train which was very preceding ; see Ap-
conspicuous for six pendix I.]
minutes, and remained
visible for at least ten
seeeceeceecsescecressenarscteeses/40° scieeesee|{Se tO N. § ObVIOUSLY UN-|.s+eeeeee+s-cecersesseeseeseeel, CO, Penrose.
| minutes.
|
|
Left a magnificent green
train.
Left a bright streak, a
part of which remained
visible as a fleecy cloud
of faintly luminous
light for several mi-
nutes.
Left a train plainly visible
for two minutes.
Left a bright streak; at
first attached to Z Ori-
onis, but afterwards
separating from it to a
conformable to the
Leo radiant.
vissiedessssias|Moved early horizon-|[lumined the whole
se eeeeeeereee
distance of one degree.
Left train which
was very conspi-
cuous for three mi-
nutes.
Perfectly round; like
a large red-hot shot
a
at a great distance.
Its brightness gra-
dually faded after
passing Orion, with-
out any —appear-
ance of | combus-
tion, and it left no
train.
Disappeared with a
sudden flash ; nearly
as bright as Venus;
leaving a patch of
green light at the
- spot for fifteen se-
conds.
sere eeereeereeels
tally.
SOTO eet eee eens eseeeeereeees
Pere rere Peer ress seeeereneee
weer eben seeenes
Preece
a [sete sececeeeterreres eevee eenee
aleeenee
north-east horizon.
It partly disap-
peared, and lighted
up again, in its
course.
The meteor itself was
not seen, but it pro-
duced a very sensible
light.
The streak remained
visible four or five
minutes, collecting
itself into a _ ball
of faint cometic ap-
pearance, of about
15’ in diameter,
before it disap-
peared. [Seen also
at Haddenham, Bucks,
by Mr. Dawes].
The attention of another
observer was called to
it, who saw it exactly
the same.
C. Grover,
‘Evening Stand-
ard.’
F. C. Penrose.
R. Main,
‘ Monthly
Notices,’ vol.
XXVil. p. 45.
H.S. Heinecken;
W. R. Dawes,
‘ Monthly
Notices,’ vol..
Xxvil. p. 48.
.....jA. S. Herschel
and A. Mac-
gregor.
rrr rr nnnnenennEnnEnSnn EERE
312 REPORT—1867.
Place of ; Position, or
Date.| Hour. Obsersat Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
” Azimuth.
1866.; hm s
Nov.14) 1 45 a.m.|London ......... Large meteor ......|Greenish yel-|..........+- seveee(Shot from near
low. Regulus through
the belt of Orion
14) 1 51 a.m./Birmingham ...)= Y..ccoeeses eae ---|Blue or green-|1°5 second ...|Commenced at
ish. Leonis.
14) 1 59 a.m.\[bid ....ee.e sees =U ssseeeseeeeeceeess White or green|2 seconds .../From Z Leonis to ¢
Urse Majoris.
14, 2 6\a.m)|Ibid 04... =i acerastuystecers Deep red...... 2°5 seconds .../ Appeared at 6 Le-
onis.
14) 2 10 a.m.|Wisbeach, Cam- Larger than VenusiBlue ......... 4 seconds...... From Sirius to 6
bridgeshire. Leporis,
14) 2 10 a.m./Newcastle-upon-'As bright as Venus..|........., Aosconls sesssseeeeesereee/Passed through
Tyne. Cassiopeia, and
onwards to
Pegasi, when it
became extinct.
14; 2 12 a.m.|Beeston ODSEr-|sssssseescerceccceeceees See vewecssecesneeslonsose sesseseeveee/Passed 2° above!
vatory, Not- Procyon. |
tingham.
14) 2:12 30 |Hawkhurst AS bright! ag) Sirius), .; ..s.csseoocsacslssoeeversecedetee Disappeared at
a.m. (Kent). Arietis.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
313
Appearance ; Train, if any,| Length of
and its Duration. Path.
|Left a train of steel-
_ grey colour, which
remained visible for
nearly three minutes,
although partially ob-
scured by fleecy
clouds.
Left a bright train
Left a train...... Pee vadidts ee
seer ee eset eseee
Left a brilliant train ......
see ee eeenee
BUCTIGNUDANTI “csecesececescos|LO cevecsaes
Left a long luminous).
streak which gra-
dually collected to
a nebulous cluster.
The line and cluster
moved 5° and re-
mained visible four
minutes. ;
Left a streak that was|.«........ “us
visible three minutes,
and drifted slowly
along in a south-west
current.
Left a train (a), of
which the part from
a to £ Arietis lasted
fully six minutes by
watch, and drifted gra-
dually southwards (6),
gathering together, and
curving and turning as
it went, so that another
brilliant meteor (c), also
conformable, crossed
over it almost at right
angles ; see figure.
Very
path.
long
Direction ; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
eee aeeeeteee
Directed from % Leonis.
tne meee nent nen ee enone eens
Directed from y Leonis.
Horizontal .....
aeetenee -
Seem eee eee eee een eenenennees
Remarks. Observer,
.|J. Browning.
....|S« H. Miller.
see
T. P. Barkas.
cengecs vovccccesevccceesecuaes Possibly identical with|E. J. Lowe.
the
beach, 22 10™ a.m.
preceding, at Wis-
Communicated
by A.S. Herschel.
314
Date. Hour.
1866.}h m
Noy.14| 2 13
14) 2 14
14) 215
14) 2 15
a.m.
14; 2 15
am,
14) 2 16
14) 2 20
14) 2 39
14| 2 40
REPORT—1867.
Higeae . , Position, or
Olseisation Apparent Size. Colour, Duration. Altitude and
ji Azimuth.
8 ¢
a.m.|St. Andrew’s; |= Q..scccsssesesesveefiaes decddescccevee[csssssocscccsses.(EOSition 4@ little|l
Scotland. north of a Ceti. i
a.m.|Observatory, BO OL Veatonaasetatee White .........|1°5 second .../From 4 (#, 0) Ge-| |
Glasgow. minorum to 4)
(a, 0) Tauri.
a.m.|Peebles ..... ..../Very brilliant me-|Bright blue ...|..........sseseee./Appeared between! _
teor. the zenith and
Orion, and shot
far westward.
30 |Wisbeach......... Equal to Venus ...|.........s0see0 -.|20 seconds .../From 6 Geminorum
7 to X Tauri.
43 |Greenwich ,...../Twice as bright as|Green ......... 13 second ...|Burst near Leonis| —
Jupiter. B
a.m.|Birmingham ...|/Brighter than Green ......... 2 seconds...... e= =f
Venus. From 148°+ 25° |
to 135 +20 |
a.m.|Hawkhurst =Ist mag.x, then]........ccccscceee|seccoesedecerseeee(COMMenced on al
(Kent). 2x9. line from ¢ Le-|
onis, continued)
through @ Le-
onis, to about}
the distance}
between _ those
stars.
a.m.|Beeston Obser-|Eight times as|Bright blue...|.............0008 Just above the}
vatory, Not-| bright as Venus. N.N.W. horizon.}
tingham.
a.m.jOundle (Notts.) |Exceedingly large].....s.ssssesessse|eceeee veoveseeesee(Fell in the nort
fireball. point of the ho-
rizon.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 815
¢
7
and its Duration.
‘|Left a train for 2 minutes
/
Left a bright streak on
its whole course, di-
vided into two por-
tions at ec Tauri.
The part from: to a
Tauri became curved,
concave to the south,
and collected itself
into a knot, which
drifted across y Ori-
onis southwards, half-
way to A _ Orionis,
and disappeared at
the latter point at
2h 19™ 30° a.m.
(Duration 5 minutes 45
seconds.)
\Left an orange - yellow
streak for 60 seconds.
|Left a train which lingered
several seconds.
The meteor burst into
several sparkling frag-
ments and left a dense
vapour which entirely
obscured 7 Leonis.
Left a broad green train
in sight for one or two
minutes.
Suddenly blazed out just
before disappearing,
leaving a puff and a
short tail, which lasted
two minutes and fifty
seconds, and drifted
very slightly eastward.
|Appearance; Train, if any,) Length of
Path.
a eeeeerereeeeee
Direction ; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer.
Inclined.
ACERS TYE bsnomsocddusbOdisda]oecest oadekddesoosbtcdadeeless}@s POLHES!
Paacedllsth dascacasecsesccosntarsce} tobuncsneeseactesresteas|As oe) Herschel
and A. Mac-
gregor:
pronads sbecdacelscavesancccbearecevensssseonss|sostabeoseveoscsdbdtsattecdsoel’ Daily Review,’
Nov. 16, 1866.
25° ....+se«e|Directed from Leo ...... | dan vanecssdascveorevonetesd| Se Ele Maller:
Nearly sta-|......sccsssecesssseeseseeeees|Lhe vapour, while|/W. C. Nash.
tionary. dense, was examined
through the spectro-
scope, but nothing
could be elicited.
After the lapse of
some seconds, the star
(n Leonis) was seen
faintly through the
vapour, but this ap-
pearance was not dis-
sipated until one
minute and a_ half
had elapsed ; the va-
pour gradually fading
away during that
time.
seneeene Brectasili.;eelestaabsvavetecctsccsdeie|taecduseseaecsdonesseeeceatean| Wi tae) WV DOG.
Equal to the|Directed from the same}.:-.+-.+.+s+0+ se ceeeeeeeeseee|COMmunicated
space be-| two stars. by A.S. Herschel.
tween €
and ¢ Le-
onis.
ssenes0ssessoes|,.,osscescdscessvecessorcoes./ NCH through trees..i... E. J. Lowe.
sesesesee Apasct saccccscececsscessesseseeesees(FOr 2 moment it lit up|H. Weightman.
the whole heavens as
with the light of day.
316 REPORT—1867.
Position, or
Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
Azimuth.
Place of
Date.| Hour. Observation.
i fe ——$. +
1866.| h m ‘s
Nov.14) 2 40 a.m./Carlton Hill {Large meteor ......|... seco Theluminous streak
Observatory. remained nearly
stationary —_be-|*
tween the ‘ Poin-
ters’ in Ursa Ma-
jor and Polaris.
14) 2 40 a.m./Newcastle-upon-|Three times as\.........+0 Bulceese| van tecvesceccccers
Tyne. bright as Venus.
14/ 2 41 a.m./Glasgow Obser-|Very LEY aa aay | boc
vatory.
14) 2 40 58 |Observatory, One-fifth diameter Slow motion,|Commenced be- .
a.m. Aberdeen. of full moon. and appa-| tween Mars and
rently di-| Pollux, — rather
minishing nearer to the
speed. latter. Disap-
peared at 6
Tauri. Fig. 1,
appearance 0:
the streak when] —
first
25 44™ 308 a.m, |
=f ev
————
;
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 317
1 Direction ; noting also
Appearance; Train, if any,] Length of | whether Horizontal, Renidiie Ghaceven
and its Duration.
i
i
|Left a train for ten mi-
nutes, which underwent
a series of changes of
its form before it disap-
peared.
{Left a train like molten
silver several minutes in
width and 15° in length,
which gradually became
contorted, like a skein
of silk when thrown
upon a table, until it
resembled a letter L, or
a horseshoe; the sum-
Path.
SS ee
seat OP eeeceeees
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
eee etme eee ee nese eneeneeeees
Cast the observer’s sha-|C. P. Smyth.
dow on the ground.
abenonaaeebuchderteonengese T. P. Barkas.
mit of the arch pointing
to Ursa Major, and
curved round 6 Cephei.
Left a bright orange-|...... nehisccute| teeters sadgelewasmccsaeeees pouleueeuscsaredesvarsies aanne case A. S. Herschel
red light cloud of and A. Mac-
horseshoe form (fig. 1), gregor.
extending from 5 Ca-
num Venaticorum to
near y, 0 Urse Ma- Xe ae
joris. At 25 44™a.m., ss
the streak was heart- if @2 x
shaped (fig. 2), the apex € e o a ty
at x Urse Majoris. At ey, " fe
2h 48™ a.m., one branch , le 3, o'\ * iN
extended to 3 (8, y), and sy % ‘ Nh
the apex was at (p) \ <3 14 is, ‘y ‘th
Urse Majoris (fig. 3). ® ad vy or2 iy MY uy
At 2 52™a.m., the ex- % WN er, dl a yn :
tremity of one branch (ON iv y Ly
was at the ‘Pointers’ («, X ed dy
° \
8); the apex was at & \ ES Ys
Urs Majoris, and the nN p AE
other extremity was sta- Ys 1
tionary throughout the \ 2 f
time at 5 Canum Vena- ie tt
ticorum, until 22 58™ Ursa Major. ee
am., when the light uv
faded away and disap-
| peared.
—|Left a luminous streak|........ccsscce|ecssesseeseeserseeeeesseseeee-|Lhe light of the meteor,D. Gill.
| which assumed succes- was more like sun-
sive forms, as in the light than any other.
figure. The brightest meteor
© P Castor. of any seen on this
x Pollux. Le night. No report
1, heard. (See Ap-
= + pendix IT.)
@ Aldebaran.
Cs
a
,
CD ot Bn a
‘Aldeb _& Hi ~~. @
ebaran 4 CANN
Aldebaran.
REPORT—1867.
Position, or
Altitude and
Azimuth.
Place of
Observation.
Date.| Hour. Apparent Size. Colour. Duration.
1866.) h m
Noy.14] 2 41 30 {Royal Observa-
a.m.
conis towards 7
Cygni.
14) 3 6 a.m./Wimbledon...... Centre at
a o=
135 12™,+37°,
WA omeasameerits | WMISDCACH segescase|svaceneesssccusscoaraeelerensmeerestecen ce ---|First appeared at 3
(y, $) Leonis.
14; 3.18 20 |Beeston Obser-jLarge meteor ......|..... aeewe
a.m. vatory, Not-
tingham.
14) 3 20 a.m./Wimbledon...... About equal to Mars|Very red ...... Slow motion...
12° above the|
horizon,
14} 3 26 a.m.|Wisbeach.........
Equal to Venus ... 5 seconds....,.|From near B Ursze| —
Majoris to 3 -
(y, v) Urse Mi-|
noris.
14) 3 35 a.m./Wimbledon......
Berenices.
Crossed e¢ Ursx
Majoris.
14) 3 39 am./Beeston Obser-
vatory, Not-
tingham.
14) 5 35 a.m.|Wimbledon ......
meteor.
Verybright meteor,
brighter than Si-
rius.
Bright mMeteorsccacaleeciccsdedictece ss i In the S.W.; de-|_
scending to the}
horizon. :
=Ist mag.x ...... ish .........[2 Second ...... From 4 (y, x), past] —
x Urs Majoris.| —
Disappeared near
5 Monocerotis.
14] 6 16 a.m.|Near Primrose
Hill (London),
14] 6 40 p.m./YOrk...ccsseeeese
14) 6 40 p.m.|Greenock.........JBrighter than any|........c...sssssslessesesessccoeees
in the previous
shower.
east and shot
upwards,
14) 6 55 p.m. /York......000ee0s. =Ist mag.x 0 From « Persei to
within 2° of a
Aurige.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 319
Direction; noting also
|
Appearance ; Train, if any,| Length of | whether Horizontal,
BP and its Duration. ' Path. Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer.
Inclined.
{Left a train lasting 10 se-|10° ......... Inclined ........-..sesee+-{This meteor burst .,.,..jArthur Harding.
conds after disappear-
ance of the meteor.
Left a bright short train|.......:s:ssss[essserrereeeeereetsenes The train seen in the\F. C. Penrose.
which remained visible telescope appeared like
in the telescope for a riband with many
many minutes. bends. :
Left a train which curled|......ssccsssee|teesereesteeeseeerees asgaasees The curved train re-|S. H. Miller.
mained visible for
three minutes, and
appeared like a dim
nebula in the tele-
scope. (See Appendix.)
.|E
IE so ocr e cal cos cassvanssson|cecseaqeQuecsccacsccecesepeces|sesus Rod ebaneet cadens naeceugne|Esa/d's| LONRGs
up thus—
Pere eee eeeeree
Its path appeared undula-.......++... ...|Nearly horizontal, from|..-+-:++++++ee++e+ conceceapes F. C. Penrose.
ting as in the sketch. left to right. Slightly
unconformable in its
_—l_—— direction.
“o
2 12°
Horizon. :
A
South.
Left a train for 20 seconds|....++seeeee-+-|.. eoreesaune cugtacecives seeeee{eeees qreeeeeeeneeseneceees eveelS. H. Miller.
Gees cs sesteessssetecceeaeeeeesaeelesesseeegeeeeee(Eroml W. to E. Totally|Unsteady flight ......,..|F. C, Penrose.
unconformable in path
to the Leo Radiant.
Wen teen eeeneneseeess seeeseteseeaslaneassegerereet lenny PPITTTITETITTITET TTT E. J. Lowe.
Left a very brilliant andj......., jreecodprenere' frncperporcrerey cere. Two other bright me-|F, C. Penrose.
rather persistent streak. teors appeared nearly
at the same time.
Are eee Mirae |aeetssaanascous|<ccscscescajneavededecnsaiea=: Seen in broad daylight/T. Crumplen.
and in sunshine.
Left a train which lasted|12° ..,......J... guaenee see sen sse Sanesacaelcok eesnaseesass desccecsssspoo(Mte Gs and C.
1$ minute. Barclay, and A.
J. Crossfield.
HJasehawesyssarsescosccenysccsccsceleases ROnAESSCen Foor choosnane woarsessaceuarans The light was so great|‘ North British
| as to cause observers} Daily Mail,’
looking in an opposite] Nov. 16th.
direction to turn
round. Seen also at
Glasgow.
Left a slight train; moved|19° ..,...... incline diac tesccchvelecsarlosdactocsivascacarensesectatoc| ha Hq. Clatice
in curves, seeming to
oscillate. Sh ae
320
REPORT—1867.
Plate at ; Position, or
Date.| Hour. Observation Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
Azimuth.
1866./h m s
Nov.14) 8 8 p.m.lYork.......0000.. =3rd mag.* ...... Yellow ....... +-[¢ Second ...... From y Andro
mede to @ Ari
etis.
14) 8 11 p.m|Ibid «00.0... Si babhoy eens. \Bright yellow/ second ...... From
Aurigz.
14°38 21 SOP ibid Vr hokes =2nd mag.x ...... Yellow ...... 1 second ...... From 6 Andro
p-m. mede to a Cas
siopeiz.
14/8 16 p.m.lIbid .......... sooo [=Srd MAG cesses. Yellow ..0...... + second ...... From 16 Cephei t
wW Draconis.
14) 8 21 p.amTbid «0... = Ist mage¥ee..ses. Yellow......... 1} second ...|From y Cephe
to 78 Andro-
mede.
148 26 pm.|[bid =25 mage sso. Reddish ...... + second ,..... From y Andro-
medz to @ Ari-
etis
Hid 3728 Spm |Wid eae cece sees =2nd mag.* ...... Orange......... 4 second ...... From c to y Urse
Minoris.
20; 4 0 a.m.!Nashville, Appeared as large’.........ss0..00+. Rapid motion|In the direction of
(local time.)} Tennessee as the sun. Rome (Georgia).
(U.S. A.).
25} 5 52 p.m.|West Hendon |=2nd MAG: sasees|secarse Sousdessseellvecussesacensvetos Near «@ Lyr@ ws...
(Sunderland),
25) 7 30 p.m./Birmingham =3drd mag.¥ ...... Orange....... »-/l second ...... a= =
From 42°+ 10°}
to « Ceti.
Bore cad! panatbid eee., Sone, =3rd mag.* 1... BUG ays ceatvans 15 second ...| From 5°+4 4°
to ll —25
27/6 2 30 /York...........0.6. Ea) le ceseestouecs areas Greenish ...... 1 second ...... From A Bodtis to}
p-m. n Herculis.
27) 7) 37 pim-|Ubid vitsse,ese. ees. (=3yrd MAPK seoeee| LELOW .eceeeeee % second ...... From 3 Cassiopeiz
: to within 4° o
B Lacerte ; very
near the zenith.
27| 7 57 p.m./Ibid.........000. f=14 mage oa... Yellow ...... 1 second ...... From « Cassiopeix
to o Cygni
i A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 821
Appearance ; Train, if any,
and its Duration.
K
—_——
a a very slight train ...
SEE Hee eee ee eeeeeeeaseeeteneeneses
SORE ER EET eee eeeenesessEeeeeres
Left a short train for a
quarter of a second.
POPC eee e ee eAe teers ee aneeereeses
Like a ball of fire lighting
the whole heavens.
;
seneevanacwseeeneneetacanneauerns
Length of | whether Horizontal,
Direction; noting also
Remarks. Observer.
Path. Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
NSD Mecca ds |Getkeseaet cect cavisadcedicasac|terdeasaassetessmeserteoeesscsjae Co Marriages
Bieaetbe rc calte sc couse dees eee Sotecekeeslsasias: See ebecuasekses| Ld:
i Obratcnenaen|ecccscccetdatentsvenssevasases|eacctaned Weecubsvadvseossesess|( So LOOMSON-
HONE 5 Picecee RT Ae Siete Biescelaceadtiaushenescesessesussveess| Aa Cs Marmages
Oe Ae [Dean eh caer atco ots fahest sis, Ih cuntcoeaees ort adda tevaanche salts Bs LOW Me
13°
12°
Left a train of sparks for
an instant.
Mee aietes ss ecsteeversss(30°
“teanvesessecsvenscsescesceteeses 40
1867.
FOR ee PPO e eee eee te OOH errs eeaeererP OOTP E ne seeteesstenenee eee eeeeneee
°
A. C. Marriage.
PEPER eee CORE eee eee RHEE EHH RE EH EF EOE EEE SO ee er ee EE eT PESO e EEE een t eee
aiewes +e-(Inclined at an angle Of|secccvcccccseecccccccevesceces Id.
80°.
ssseeeeeseeseee|Moving south-west......{Exploded apparently|New York ‘ Jour-
about ten miles off} nal of Com-
with a tremendous} merce’ and
report like a 40-Ib.| ‘ World,’ Nov.
cannon, which shook} 24th.
the earth and made
the windows rattle.
...|1. W. Backhouse.
W. H. Wood.
Sede eeee FPP CEH OE Dares eee eEeeeeeeelsereeeessseereHenasHrenerarene
Id.
PPPee erred Cee e PEO eee SU er see reece eee ver errr r tiie re ree
seeeeeeee{Moved in a curve fromjIt seemed brighter at/J. E. Clark.
Ursa Major. one time and’ hazy
at another, but each
stage was about the
same _ brightness.
There was still a
good deal of twi-
light.
vesseveee[Directed from y Le-|.ssssssesceeereeeeerereeeesee fe
onis.
sessseees{Directed from y Le-|Another 3rd magnitude|J. E. Clark and
onis. meteor near « Cas-| J. Waller.
siopeie nearly simul-
taneous.
3822 REPORT—1867.
Place of ’ Position, or
Date. Hour. Once: Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. aude and
1866.;h m s oe
Noy.27| 8 35 p.m.|York,,.ccesesyeee+|= AP gecceeeceernerse|LELOW — sveaee 2seconds ,..\From » to a little}
west of 8 Cygni.}
281 6 O a.m.|Ibid ..............|—=2nd mag.x ...... Yellow ...sseees 4 second ...... From within a few
y degrees of a Le-|
onis towards the
south.
28] 8 55 p.m. |[bid ....scseeceeeee =2nd mag.% ...+..| Yellow seers. % second ..,.,.|From Cygnus to-
wards Aquila, |
28} 9 0 pmilIbid....... aeons =Ist mag.*......... Yellow .sesese 4 second ...... Same as the last ...
30} 6 49 p.m./West Hendon |=2nd mag. ...s00]..,. seeesepeneees[erneeeceseeeees --|Disappeared at |
(Sunderland). (Castor, @ Aus
rige). |
DO 7 DE SO) | York:,..ccsescesens =2nd mag.* «... Yellow ..,.+00+ 1 sec., quick...|From 3° W. of
p-m. Alpharet to 3° E,}
of Algenib,
30] 8 14.15 [Ibid sesserseeeeeees|= 2H MAS% sarees Yellow .,....{1 second ...... From Mirfak to} |
p.m. within 5° of the|
Pleiades. ;
BOW Sel7 BO |Thidcsserseeaccses =2nd mag.x .,,,../Yellow,,....,...|1 sec., rapid.../From 10° E. off)
p.m. Mirfak to 6 An,
dromede.
30) 8 35 p.M.|Tbid ....cccserevees a): bencobooeo .we-(Light blue .../2 sec., slow...|From 10° N. of «
Cygni to 6 Del
phini.
30) 8 38 p.m.|[bid ...,.,.see0e00-/= Ord Mage wees, Yellow ....../$ second..,...,From Z Aurige to
within 5° of the
Pleiades,
30/9 12 P.m.lTbid .......seceseee =8rd mag.x ......|Yellowish......|About 4 sec....\Seen near Ursa
; Major. |
30/10 2 p,M|Thid .........000 Half as bright again)..,............... One-tenth of aj|Appeared in the}
ag Jupiter. second while} W.N.W., a few)
in sight. degrees above’
the horizon. —
Disappeared be-)
hind a_ house-
roof.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
Direction; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined,
Appearance ; Train, if any,
~ and its Duration.
—_—__—
Downwards; 75°; in-
moment. clined; from y Leonis.
Disscuxcptanggnttedssssecocesccss|scooee pr pRACHd BOOCeCeneE -“pocodecseoar aoe
BE, ocecse secsseseeeeceqeeeseeeeee[O° While in|From y Leonis ......0+
as
SEPP e ee eee eeeepeesenneescsers
SPP rere tee ees eee neeeaceeeces
Poe secerssececcesesesseeeeeeses| st seereeren|srnwissnuin UM seeeee
THER OOTE Peete reser eeseseeeeoeane Pee mepeee Teese e tee eeenaesesenaseeeee
—| —_
323
Remarks. Observer.
It nearly disappeared in|R. G. Barclay.
the middle of its
course, but regained
its former brightness.
C. Barclay.
Seen through a break in|J, B. Clark.
clouds.
As described in the last|[q,
meteor,
Pee eee ceases eseeeeeeoneseners
T. W. Backhouse.
At 75 30", a smalllj, E. Clark and
meteor on nearly the| F, Bewley.
same path.
A. C, Marriage.
AO Rees erences ePesesesaneresere
J. E, Clark and
FEO PROP ene eran teres eeeeesnes weeerereeles Peet POO OHO R HEE HPO EOH eee SO ee ee eee eeeeeereeOaReeeren
A. C. Marriage.
Disappeared gradually 345° .........|... Ere PCC Ee Eee PR RECoRCEn sesseseees{Je Ee Clark
left a slight train for
1 second.
sepapesanrserrcsecepececerseceses/19° sascoecssen
feee
almost on a level with
the opposite roof.
Zz 2
B24
REPORT—1867.
Place of ; Position, or
Date.| Hour. Obs . Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
servation. A
zimuth.
1866.;h m s
Der e2 104. 30 iO My MOTKE Ion ccondes ese] sadcessesscoccsssssesveclenssatcercessasdadlaees dcceoescbeu. ee) MeNNaneenht nae Orewa
7 45 p.m.
B09 27 prmelNDidies vse. ecse nn =Ist Mag.%....ce0+ Yellow ...... 4 second, very|From 10° E. of, to}
rapid. 2° W. of Algenib.)
4) 8 23 p.m.|[bid......... bserss| 8b Maaeek sete Very _bright|} second, very|From 4° S. of |
yellow. rapid. to within 1° of @
Aurigze,
4) 9 44 p,m.|[bid .....cssceeeee =3rd mag.* ......{Blue ........./4 sec., rapid...|From « Equulei to
within 3° of »
Capricorni.
5} 9 17 p.m./West Hendon /=2nd mag.x ......|White ......... Slow ........./Disappeared at
(Sunderland). R. A. 115 40™)_
N. Decl. 613°. |
5/9 58 30 /York......... acees|—=18t MBE soo.n: Light yellow...|2 sec., rapid,,,|From # Aurigz to-|—
p-m. wards the N.
510 18 p.m./West Hendon |=8rd MAX sevaee Orange colour|Quick ......... Disappeared at |
(Sunderland), R. A. 135 36™, N,
, Decl. 62°. fee
7) 9 21 30 York ssessscooesf—= 15 MAG.X sreees Yellow ......{L second..,...|From 4° E. of a
p.m. Aurigz to / Urs
Majoris.
710 4 p.m.|West Hendon |=2nd mag.x ...s.Jeeccssecenecees Sctleatonadenrcnancrsed Disappeared at 9)
(Sunderland). (€ Geminorum,|
to B Canis Mi-)
noris). |
B\i5 0% qemilVork vayccreeseees =Mars or I} Red ....eseseee/13 second ,..|From 10° to 40°
below Polaris. |
8) 7 49 p.m.|Ibid.........4. coe{—= 20d Magee 45.0) YELLOW seveee 1 second, slow a= d= |!
From 38°-+ 55° |
to 73+ 58 ||
8/8 O10 jbidii.eccsevesee =3Srd mag.t «..0./Blue — .,..+++6.|2 sec., rapid... From 87°+ 45° ||
p.m. to 105+ 43 |
3
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
Appearance; Train, if any,
and its Duration.
eee eee reser er teases eesertereee
Left a very slight train ...
Towards the end of its
course it left a bright
green train 2° long, and
15’ broad for about 1 sec.
SOT OO Oe eet e tees anne rrerettone
Extremely bright meteor ;
left a slight train.
Length of
Path.
A pospencar
Sires
UE cadaccosd
train.
A few sparks were seen
to fall from it when
brightest.
POP e eee eee eeeesseeseees Hee eeeeee
>
See eee ee eeeeeeresees eee e ee eeeeee
Left a short sparkling),
LOS
10°
eee
Direction ; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
seenee beeen ee ee earn ee eeeneneee
Nearly horizontal ......
Directed at first from 6
Aurige.
(
FORO O EDRF eer eeeneeeeenee
y
Horizontal ....scecssseees
fe
Directed from 3 (8, y)
Ursze Minoris.
PO e eee ee nest ehesenoeee
Remarks,
Sky clear; astrict watch
kept; none seen.
Appeared from behind
a cloud whose edge
it slightly illuminated.
Path distinctly curved,
as shown by the
arrow.
Sees eaeeeeeeereeereeenee
during the evening.
.|From 72 40™ to 72 55™;/A.
on the morning of the} and J. E. Clark.
7th watched for me-
teors, but none seen.
f
norum.
sseeeee eee ee eee eerereeereee
Ursa Major.
| Directed from Cassiopeia
From Cassiopeia ...+++++.
in twilight.
Reauitasss Sacosaanacnapamececse| ECs
325
—————— Onna,
Observer.
J. E. Clark.
J. E. Clark and
A.
C. Marriage.
J. E. Clark.
.. [Perpendicular .....s000...|sseeceeesereeeeeesseeeeeeeees! TH, Backhouse.
seeelJ. E. Clark.
Four other meteors seen|T. W. Backhouse.
C. Marriage
Directed from 2 Gemi-]......00.sssssseesseseseeseee| Ls We Backhouse.
,..|Only a few stars visible|J. E. Clark.
826 , REPORT—1867.
Plage af Position, or
Date.| Hour. Observation Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
: Azimuth.
1866.;h m s
Dec. 8} 8 4 p.m./York wei... =2nd magix «.../Blue - sisssss..¢ SeC., rapid... a= d=]
From 18° +262°
to 124 +384
8} 8 24 pm. Ibid ..isis.iee0e..| = 2nd mage .....:/Yellow ....../3 sec., rapid.,.] From 25°-++63°
to 836 +58
8| 8 27 p.m. Ibid ..........06...,= 1st mag.x .... i]Green ..i....../¢ SEcoHd ...... From 70°+663° |
to 20 +984
818/28 30) | [bid ....:..0.0..0e. =2nd mag.* ...... Red ..... peogs: + sec., rapid...| From 90°+60°
p.m. to 105 +40
SINS OU) MUD. es nencosese se = 1 apparent dia-|Red ..... beseoes 1 second ......| From 323°-+70°
p.m. meter of full to 245 +623
moon.
8/9 4 p.m.|Ibid...... idedeonss =Ist mag.* 2.4... Yellow ss. 4 sec., rapid,..| From 348°+ 272° |
to 350412 ©
8/9 12) pim.|[bid ....3....-0050. =3rd mag.* ...... Blue sse.seeee } sec., rapid... From 11° +16°
to 103 +11
Bl 1B pati TBH c28s cs. sssc |S Ob ccvcselecccitveces Yellow ...... 1 second while] From 310°+45° |
in sight. to 318 +30
8| 9 28 p.m.|Birmingham .../=2nd mag.x, then/Ruby - red, j........eeeees From 0 Draconis to}.
' =Sirius. then orange- R.A. 290°, Ny
colour. Decl. 35°.
8] 9 35°pim:|/ York *<cieterevees =2nd mag# ...... Yellow ..... One-fifth sec., e= O=
very rapid. | From 3°+323°
to 11 +164 }
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
827
Appearance ; Train, if any,| Length of
and its Duration. Path.
“SOEELELLE EL CREEPER EEL Pg CU
Dheasencvccccccccccscebovsevesces(1 7” shsccees
Sec obaleciedscsdisedetescvesseee/ 12>
shore SaswescessbetovcceveclLO®
Was not very bright, but|18°
emitted sparks which
disappeared with the
nucleus; the latter
separated into small
fragments at disappear-
ance.
Left a slight train
eroesenes ee
Left a bright green train
during its whole course.
sight.
Left a train 25° in length
ween eeew eens
Extremely rapid,
rather faint.
ANGLES tevevees
20° while in|From Cassiopeia ...
Direction ; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
eben ee eet ee ee er er tesaeetetees
<—
.|From Cassiopeia ....++...
.|Perpendicular from Cas-
siopeia.
:
.|From Cassiopeia ......+..|-++-
J
.|Directed from 7 Leonis
.|From Cassiopeia .......++
f
Remarks.
setters Perera wereeeseees eee
Coe edeeeersseeeseeteranetitens
(The north declination|
at disappearance is
apparently in error.]
eee ebereeteteaereneerreseee eee
Soe b ee ee seen eer eeeeeeeeasenee
seen eesercessee
Came into view from
behind a house and
gradually disappeared.
Increased from a 2nd
mag.* to larger than
Sirius; drew a smoke-
like tail which disap-
peared with the me-
teor.
Preece TOO Ceeee ist eee e es fees
Observer.
J. E. Clark.
Id,
Id.
S. Thomson.
J. E. Clark and
A. C. Marriage.
J. E. Clark.
J. E. Clark and}
A. C. Marriage.
W. H. Wood.
J. E. Clark and
C. Barclay.
328 REPORT—1867,.
Placeint . / Position, or
Date. Hour. Ob F Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
servation. re
zimuth,
1866./h m s
Dec. 8) 9 37 p.m.|York ........0++2|=1st mag.x........./ Yellow .,....|One-tenth sec. a= b=
: while in sight.) From 23°+50°
to 25 +47
8/10 43 p.m.|Birmingham .../=Ist mag.* ...... Ruby-red_.../1°5 second ...| From 95°— 1° |
to y Canis Ma-
: joris. |
10} 5 28 p.m.|York sscssseeeeee =3rd mag.x ......|Bright yellow |1 second ...... a= 6= @
From 313°+47°
to 48 +483
10} 5 28 3 |Ibid....... hiveden’ =8rd mag. stars...|Dull red ...... 1 second ...,..| From 313°+47
p-m. to 48 +484
MOS 42 SO) Mids... ssecsesc0se =Ist mag.*,........| Yellow.,......./4 second ......| From 166°+633°
p-m. to 2104465
10) 6 49 p.m.|[bid ..........0e...(= one-eighth dia-
meter of full to 5 +20
moon.
10} 7 1 p.m.|[bid...... aropestes Dl iecscateenmependoes Bright yellow13 sec., very} From 115°+33° |
slow. to 142 +73 |
LOY DO. pam Whid sicssaover.oe0e =Ist mag.¥.....e0¢/Yellow oss. 3 second ......| From 54°+20° |
to 38 +12
10) 8 41 p.m |Ibid ....... cee .| = Ist mag.%......... Yellowish l second ...... From 72°+46°
to 54 +50
10) 9 20 p.m.|[bid .....sc00..000. =3rd mag.x ....../Yellow ......|One- tenth | From 26°++623° |
second ; to 32+461 |
almost in-
stantaneous.
Pale yellow .../ second ......) From 7°+433°
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 3829
Direction ; noting also |
ppearance; Train, if any,| Length of | whether Horizontal, :
and its Duration. ' Path. Perpendicular, or Rema Observer.
Inclined.
ft a slight train ...... wee[Ooassceeeeees-(ETOM CasSiOpeid ......cce|eceecesseesscceceeseescrsseese J. E. Clark.
APE AVERAUR cecncsscccobseclcnssessdeccescs|cocsecscencseeavecncesacsecars|sovecuseccsuueccenceoses seoeee |W. H. Wood,
Meee ecer ee sccwanct-ccsnccsee|4O% scocccace|ssseersssacaveonscaseeressas Crossed the zenith ......|J. E. Clark.
his meteor appeared|45° ......... madea=cs eC eupso oBadoccaaeoca Crossed the zenith ...... Id.
to consist of 5 meteors
very close together ;
so that a circle of 20’
of diameter would have
enclosed all of them.
It moved in just the
same path as the
last.
ft a slight train .........[12° .........| Directed from CastOr...|.....s.sssssserrssssecererene(Ld,
SM Mcectaeeressseensssrt|O oven crass see[eeceeee daedesiveaseyevesssicents|suasasseseessreteesresueeerres| es Cn) MOLTIAges
eft a green train for|40° .........|Directed from Castor...|Moyed in a curve ...... J. E. Clark and
1 second. A. C, Marriage.
eft a slight train which|12° ..,...,..{From the Pleiades ......|secersesssesseseeeereeseeld Be Clark,
disappeared with the
meteor, i
MIS EUT Ess ie cccscsccesesseess|(Goacecees .s.e-(£rom Castor ......0+.+e.|Clouded view ........ PPA Gb
ioe
Rete seeeeceeconsenssescsseee[O cesseseesees(LLOM CASSIOPELA ......50.|ececeesereseeeeeerersssseeereslAs C, Marriage,
Ss
330 REPORT—1867.
D Place of ‘ \ ‘
ate.| Hour. Obsaevation Apparent Size. Colour. Duration.
1866.| h m s
Dec.10| 9 20 15 |York ...sse...0./=ord mag.x ....«./Yellow ....../Same as the
p-m. last.
10| 9 21 pim,Ibid ........es.ss6./=3rd mag. ......|Yellow ....../One - eighth
ag second ;
moderate
speed.
10/11 25 pim.|Ibid .........0..00 te rceepesrcenacdsnes Bluish white...1 second, very
slow.
10|11 37 p.m.|Ibid .........00 veo|= St MAZ.Keearseeee Wihite citecccze 1 second, slow
11/12 48 aim. |Ibid .......ccceceee = 3rd magee ws. Yellow ...... + second ......
11] 5 48 p.m.Ibid.......00.0 Fee eecssvabiteasy s.|Yellow ......{14 sec., very
slow.
11) 6 27 p.m.\Ibid...... sessceega| = L8t mag.x ....../Yellow ......{One - eighth
sec., rapid.
Wy 2 pims hid sessecsncs: = I .sissccsseetscses./ Yellowish .../1 second, slow
11} 7 14. pom|Tbid ..........0....! =2nd mag.* ....../ Yellow ......00 4 sec. rapid...
1l| 7 29 p.m. Ibid ......... sauees SS Tet magi eiccsieesellst.ttsbi.:.vevenelf SECON wees
|
Position, or |
Altitude and
Azimuth,
e= d=
From 26°+623°
to 32 +61 i |
: |
an
From 32°+61° |:
to 45 +53
From 112°+32°
to 114 435
From 141°+24°
to 150 +424
From 131°— 3°
to 121 —19
From 340°+33° |)
to 325 +30 |
: i
From 45° +65° |
to 464 +47
From 45°-+20°
to 38+ 5
a
From 105°+60° |
to 322 +703
From 332° +33°
to 333% +11 |
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 881
Direction ; noting also
Appearance; Train, if any,| Length of | whether Horizontal,
and its Duration. Path. Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer.
Inclined.
Tesbdsecessccesiesvetsscssaeeeess(O evesecssses|FYOM CAaSSIOPClh ...s5006/s.csscsecesbacssbesscosssssses[A. @, Marriage.
POURS ee SST ee EEESSSEES eeeeeeeeeee Drapes COsecslevcabesdseddbeanaccobrevecesecees FOC e eee eeee eee teeeseseines Id.
seasiceesstensrcedeecrssconsstsbelD cesccevcccesleccssscssesescesscsessssesse(Eifteem meteors seen|T.H. Waller.
between 11 and 12
o'clock, mostly radi-
ating from Castor.
Me ebecehetvccctttscdeccscescce(L IL? cdsiass selbtecsecsd RBsts, sasteccecrerers seetbesecsssesssssserssceseoes| Le
~HEBESPEEEE EEE Bri sbdtscccensss WS? cheisac walirierakds Rides Hele Ss Blea be eeessereceseeeeseseees+|D. Marriage.
rew a red tail at the end|13° ......... cian Rautlatebiehinsssceeers sald dseceascaxs sos kscee |S. a: GEER
of its course, which dis-
appeared with it. ae
MEMES cawUN SS iseooeeese=|LS” sbecess. |, .cccecesedbsnsecissessscceses|scochsnseseceesccosocsset duce Id.
J
BEERS sessvancsccccesbsccwsccccelLO” sdsascoeslsscceccescdtieaceccssascsecese Very misty sky with|J. E. Clark and
cirri, which it illumi-| A. J. Crossfield.
nated to the breadth
: of 2° or 3°.
Bh airs} Fev eed 2 bebe era 5 Se eer seeeeees/A. Js Crossfield.
J. E. Clark.
332 REPORT—1867.
Placelof : Position, or
Date.| Hour. Obseeyatiah. Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
Azimuth.
1866.) h ms
Dec.12|Morning ...|Kishnaghur, Bright meteor......|.. Diatewedeeagneaslte picteweciusaiete Shot across Gemini
India, from « Hydre
to @ Urse Ma-
joris.
12) 5 41 p.m.|York ssecosseesss| = 18t Mag.x.eeeeeee./YEllOw ..00. + second, very o—
: rapid. From 17°+47°
to 30 +26
12} 7 29 30 |Ibid..... AOOAEEEIIC =2nd mag.x ...... White ......... 3 sec., quick} From 30°+22°
p.m. motion. to 8 +30
12) 7 33 p.m.|Ibid ........ net = Ist mag.*.....+00.| White ....s0./4 sec., Slow...| From 98 +48°
to 87 +50
12} 7 38 p.m.|Ibid........ Seetaue =3rd mag.x ......{Light yellow...|2 S€¢-» rapid...! From 240°+467°
to 250 +45
12| 7 42 p.m.|Ibid...... Robern =8rd mag.* ...... Yellow ......|4 sec., rapid...| From 210°+65° ©
to 240 +27
12} 7 47 p.m.|[bid soosceccceeesee| = 18 MAZ.#.sceeeree] WHILE «...0.0.. 3 second ......| From 98°+25°
to 112+432 |
12/7 48 pimlEbid ....seseeeeseee 2xXCapella ....0-...|White ......0. 4 second ...... From 79°+28°
to 65 +183
12} 8 4 p.m.|Ibid ....... scuvaves =3rd mag.x ..... Yellow. ......|L second, slow} From 132°+40%
to 163 +473
12} 8 5 p.m.|Ibid...... seeeestes|—NIATS, tmesewee sass: INES aconpeces 13 second ...| From 20°+488°
to 318 +62
12} 8 10 p.m. |Lbid ...secceesseese = Ist mag.x......06 Yellow ......+--/L second ...... From 309° +44°
to 300 +15
12| 8 10 p.m.|Ibid......... seoes.[= 3rd mag.x ......|Reddish ...... 3 second ...... From 76°+28°
to 67 +16
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
Direction ; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
Length of
ppearance ; Train, if any,
Path.
and its Duration.
sees to N.3 quite across
Left a long train.......00+00|.ccseeeee
the principal radiant
region for the night.
SERCH ERE E EHH eee HE EEE HH eee 15 SOR e ee HEHEHE Hee Eee eeeeeeree
=
eft a red TLAIN sevceeseceee oraccnusesess SOO Hee Oe eer e reese ee eeeeeeee
ie
CORPO rere ee erenenee
v
Cee e renee eee eeeeeorereeees
18°
SEEPS eH er ee tener etseseanterneenes Oeee renee leearereee
PO eee Oe eeeeeereeseeeeersreetoee 40° Pe ee eeeneleees
SREP CERO eee ee ee eeeeeteeereeere CE CARCCRCCET SOOO Rete ee teres eeeeeeetereees
MERE sn cocececscaces|LU'> <scceccss|aseacceecsceeosss ROCACCSCOCOC
oO
BUGesesccerstecccseeccssssess 100[ 12° receeves|eeeeseeeerseresseneseeseneeees
a
eft a bright green train/15° ......,..{Imclined ......cccssssesees
for a short time,
a slight train ..,....../30° ....,....|Directed from Castor...
Pl
SEPE Poe eel sere ree eee e ter eeeeerereenrenD
™
FRPP Tee eee eereeeceeetreneeeeees 10
333
Remarks. Observer.
_. — ———
See Appendix IV.,3 ...|W. Masters.
sleceeesseceees adabeaeascaccsnxe lds, bie Clarks
Pe leupue cobveetenieabanerscscescet te Iie: EXOVWIie
specadcsedanstuuetevecuaceyscn|Usitiol Giclee
oabdeetecceccveccarrsssc}ens |e: Ckassneld.
Two minutes later two|J. E. Clark and
meteors, 3rd magni-| A. J. Crossfield.
tude, from Cassiopeia
towards Capella. (A.
C.M.)
Five others in five mi-|Id.
nutes about the same
time.
Two other meteors|T.H. Waller and
nearly at the same time.| A. C. Marriage.
Two other meteors at/Id.
about the same time.
Gesesoestccusescasaauseoessano|LQe
Grew gradually fainter..|J. E. Clark.
This and the last were|A. J. Crossfield.
seen at the same mo-
ment.
834 REPORT—1867.
Position, or
Place of Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
Date. Hour. :
Observation. Azimuth.
1866.| h m
Dec.12) 8 13 p.m,jYork .,.......,..;=3rd mag.# .,...,|Orange colour|2 second ...... c= 0=9
From 99°+28°
to 75 +25 |
12) 8 23 p.m.|[bid ........0ce000e|= QD cessrsessececeee--(First yellow, 13 sec,, slow... From 215°+45° |
then green. to 236 +20 —
ae gL pont hid csesesesvssacen =Ist mag.x....,....,Yellow ..... One-tenth sec.|About 5° above the
while in sight.) horizon
N.N.E.
12) 9 6 p.m.|Ibid .........c0000. =3rd mag.* ...... White ....... .-|L second ...... a=
From 2823°+37
to 270 +25
12/9 9 pmilIbid......... oo. Eee ree Cee Dull yellows ,sless--csgs>-osaane From 72°+460° }|
to 135 +68 —
12) 9 12 p.m.\Ibid ,.,.seseeeeeeee]= 2nd mag.x ...... Red irevschsessee 3 sec., rapid.../From 118°+29° |
to 140 +60
12] 9 14 p.m.|Ibid .......s00c000 ae ae Beigsteseet ellie areseanees 1 second ...... From 240°+39° |
if to 268 +52 |
12) 9 24 p.m,|Ibid .,........,...-|= one-sixth appa-|Dull red ...... 1} sec., very/From 220°+28° |
rent diameter of slow. to 230 +20
the moon.
12) 9 27 pim.Ibid .......-02 ....|Apparent diameter|Dull yellow .../¢ second ....../From 249°+423° ]
4’, to 254 +214
L249 (58 pimalbidineeeeess este: =I1st mag.x....... ap lROG cscs sbseeses 4 sec., rapid.../From 70°+ 5° |
to 83 +15
12/10 53 p.m.|Birmingham ~ .,.!=4th mag. .,.... Blue ..,....../0°5 second ...|From a Tauri
——
64° +6°
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 8385
Direction ; noting also
Appearance; Train, if any,) Length of | whether Horizontal,
and its Duration. Path. Perpendicular, or Remarky, Shscrvan,
; Inclined.
MMAR NG tTAIN, U1 GHE|LO2 srecsarlersesbarstcsacese++ssguacds chlassdapecnsaadecgpeaseneeag ses W. Malone and
middle of its course. A. K. Brown.
n the first half Of its|....cccsseoseeelsscsssesecaseessseeeeeeeeeess.(Path slightly curved .../J- E, Clark.
course equal 4th mag-
nitude star, then sud-
denly brightened up
and disappeared sud-
denly.
seeseveeuescsssavessssssepeeseee(4Q” While in|Almost perpendicular.,.|........
sight.
R. G, Barclay.
PE Deere reese ee setceseeeeerees ees 10° seereeees Perpendicular Poon e server seer eee neeneneser ee Rete ngees Id.
Brew 2 yellowish tail,|14° ..,...004]...cesssrcsnscecesseeeeseseeeeleos sssesessscesessseveeeeseeee| fee G. Barclay and
which disappeared with A. C, Marriage.
it. Je
COPE SRP a eee ern sateen eeesseeeens 10° eee eoerleeeeeesereessesesces Sevacencnal, —- Sl SoPenecvveasderaenvasgs's R. G, Barclay.
°
eft a slight train .,....... GO Rees Paw. be Pea oe ee a ea Bei sta we cceenest oor ae
SEES ce ssesespyeceasscss| Uo? gepaanaas|.ohetsocchres seresepeeeeeeeeee(Although large in appa-|J. E. Clark.
rent size, it gave very
a little light,
MEET TG UOTE brpyy ccs aes|AOataproocnpual.ossceesseeameagns eis seakacgs|spetteosesgsvesssossggagatens| b> fy Barclay.
See see 15° ..escnnee|escdccsccsccoorecccepecesseee(seeD through pretty|J. EB. Clark,
dense clouds.
RMMMEE EES ccacvesns sy. eiacuasuses|ecaeepseyseoece|sentcsealcsepsecsvacecsdsseess/5ky Clouded sat 110:80,/W..H. Wpod.
clearing; at 10.50, half
cloudy.
336
Date.
1866.
Dec.12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
Plagease Position, or
Hour Observation. Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. ae
hem 8
10 54 p.m./Birmingham ...|=1st mag.* ...... Blue .........(0°5 second ...;Commenced at
a =
105° —3°
LONSGs p-rn:|LD1d coss.cceose cece Brighter than Ist/White ........./0°5 second ...|Commenced at
mag.*. 2—)
314° +48°
MPA Z pi UB fess cates esses] = SITIUS cos eces sen es White ........- 0°5 second ...|From a= d=
97° +70°
to Polaris.
12 5 3 (|Ibid...............|Brighter than Ist/White ......... 0°25 second...|Commenced at
a.m. mag.*. [= b=
122° +61°|
UAT 24 Seema ss ,ceesoscsene Brighter than IstOrange ....../1°5 second ...|\Commenced at
mag.*. Orionis.
B09 mpamil|Vork s.sctssceees =8rd mag.x ....+./White .....0.- 4 sec., rapid... [= =
From 13°+58°
to 40 +45
DAA SOA Did esesccossacvess =8rd mag.x .se0e-|White ser...00 4 second ...... From 210°+ 75°
p-m. to 200 +70
dine, BPG DIG wees seoneaeee = Ist Mag.x.ersseeee WWE! gs-ncoene 1 second ...... From 288° +67°
to 287 +38
7 8 p.m.|Near York ...... = Ist mag.%.........| White ......++-|3 sec., rapid.../From a point to th
eastward of t
moon to a poii
near the moon.
7 43 30 {Ibid .........00 ...[=2nd mag.x ...... Yellow ws... 4 second ...... a= 0=—
p-m. From 290°+73°
to 300 +52
7 59 p.m.|[bId voc... vove(= 3rd Magex veeeee| White wo... J SECON «sees. From 73°+41°
to 84°+37
8 9 p.m.|[bid ..........00+6./=2nd mag.x ....0.|White ......../1 second ...... From 165°+63
to 240 +59
8) 13.30) | Ebidlcceeseeneea =2nd mag.% sore. WHItG: osseecnes 4 second ...... From 60°+40
p.m. to 50 +47
REPORT—1867.
«
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
Direction; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
Appearance; Train, if any,
Length of
and its Duration.
Path.
Directed from « Gemi-
norum.
ERUDIOWULAIN .cspewsrecosses(LO°® ceveccss
Left no train .......esse000e/L0° ......e-|Directed from Castor...
Directed from 0 Gemi-
norum.
POP e eee rere eee FORE P eee re ee eeneelsseeesseeaeenes
Left no train ....... -|Directed from Pollux...
..|Directed from Pollux...
PERTH HERO eee eee ereneesrereteD tee
POCCECH OTHE Seer er eneerene POPE Re eee eee eee ee rereseneesreeeeene
°
JORDoeseecaranetesneecccccccnenes |S seen Feeeeerereeenes
25°
SUP OUISUUIOSESUCEUCOC TIT Try SOOO Hee CORT OO TERRES Eee eeeeeeeeeter
yi
FO OAE TORO HEHEHE SE TE“ SOF OReES
\
seveeereevevenrerssctenesessseer| LO” seaeeenes
SERRE OPE OOH OE Peers terene
+/10°
Mm
»
Pater eeeeenee é Ce ARE SOOO E er er eRe ree eee rert et seeeas
Feet eee reeeererees
eft 4 slight train .,.......{20°
PPE PP EP Reet ee ee reer eesSOOeeeens
rr
1867,
SOOO POO Oe cere ee eeer deere eObeseeeeeeeres) **
seeeveees
TVe cece ee | COePOOPOCenereseneeeernsegeeael|***
Shee FOPOCO TC eee EPO esereeeeroneeerie*®
Remarks.
Meteors very frequent.
One per minute. Un-
assisted observer.
View clouded : sky four-
fifths cloudy; over-
cast at 115 p.m.
Sky four-fifths cloudy ;
clear in zenith only;
overcast at 11) 55™.
Sky one-fourth cloudy,
with fine rain.
Sky three-fourths cloudy
COED REO eee ee ee neneeeeeetere
SOO eRe rere eer ereeeeeeeeteenene
POOP O EOF e reser enenEreeeseeeeD
eee ee tearene
tee eenene
hee an eeeeerene eens
ER eee eee Her ee ete e rset etene
Bede ee eee POP Oe eereneeeeore
837
Observer.
en
W. H. Wood.
Id.
Id.
J. E. Clark.
A. K. Brown.
J. E. Clark.
C. Brightwen.
A. K. Brown.
Id.
J. E. Clark and
A. K, Brown.
F. Bewley.
338
ee
Place of ; , Position, or
Date. Hour. Obscevation. Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Aifiaude and
1866.| h m
Dee.13) 8 18 p.m,York ....... seove| = OFA MAQH seoees White ......:..|4 second ...... a= b=
From 87°+40° |
to 74442 |
13) 8 23 p,m.|Ibid ......- Misvest =2nd mag.* v.00 Vellow sees. 2 see,, rapid...| From 135°+48° |
to 135 +45
13) 8 35 p,m.|[bid .......0s = 22 MAag.# orcs White ,......../4 second ...... From 207°-++65°
to 57 +55
13} 9 30 to [Birmingham .../.cesssecseseeseeeeeees Pee. Wane
9 50 p.m.
13|11 45 p.m.|[bid .......seeeeeee| = 2d Mag.x sees Nucleus dark..|1°5 second ...| From 119°+27°
to a Canis M
noris.
14|11 55 p.m.jAlderley Edge, |Very large ...+++++./Rainbow cesesaegeseeeeeeee}Commenced wit
Cheshire. colours. 4° or 5° of P
laris.
15) 6 80 p.m.|Brest, France .,. Large fireball ..++6+)....000- feyvcute About 2 secs...|Disappeared in
constellation Ly.
. |
16] 5 23 prm.|York ....ce.0000- = Ist mag.%.,s00004+/ Yellow speveeese 4 sec, rapid... a= b=
From 296°+ 8°
to 299+ 4
16| 5 26 p.m.Ibid...... rousseten = Ist MAG.%.sseeeee+| YELLOW .yseeeee-/L SCCONA «44. From 300°+80°
to 330 +60
1S| 6 27 p.m.jIbid....... seeecees =2nd mag.x sso Yellow | <a: 4 second ......| From 152°-+139)
to 140+ 0
i]
{
19| G6 30 p.m|[Did ....sseneevee =2nd magek wee Yellow esses! second .s+0s.| From 185°--15°
to 175 —11
f
nEPORT—1867.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 339
Direction; noting also
Appearance; Train, ifany,| Length of | whether Horizontal,
and its Duration. Path. Perpendicular, or Remarks: Observer,
Inclined.
RES |r ee ee oe sities A EE Bani
aa Seis ster eves| 2 ocarct ops wal maar asyis Bos dacches wat a usalvaautevales Seetiss Vateaseonsys|Aa/Ke BEQWN:
Left a slight PAIN .<:- 6 ARO Me et rey sleatace cas ic sietacan Sapconalce SP aeLsansehie sas cpibesse pists ue Olark:
\ Sree Reis yeeneienne Sate eee oe ae sstleeaserenssagesersssersseersays(clcmtgginenmipht. No|W. EH. Wood.
meteors seen in
twenty minutes.
Fine = display —of
Aurora Borealis with
streamers, in the
N.N.W.
es ety non-|......, seveseee|Described twO equial|scorseseseereeereee teases geese:
uminous, but seen in curves or undulations :
relief. see drawing. AY 2X of
ser -g
Av=5° 45!
ay=1 30
pesrai Rovegpeck Of|.......c.cs0e0- Shot at an angle of 45°|/Followed by a loud de-|S. Lavey and W.
light. Gradually grew across the sky. tonation. Illuminated} W. Chambers.
larger, drawing a fan-| . the district for miles| ‘ Manchester
shaped tail of sparks. round, Seen also at| Courier.’
Burst at maximum Rusholme.
brightness.
urst with a flash at dis-}..,..........., Brom SsPatovNaWas.c- sus lycostexcispscbneessstues tet see M. Kumaree, Les
appearance. Mondes, 2nd
Ser., vol. xiii
p: 28.
MERC aaTeosn ses bie spss eae nh Rea R Naan ea waste] tue taas Capes caweeae exes veee-{L wo similar meteors/A. K. Brown and
near the same place} J. I. Clark.
and nearly simulta-
neous.
MEE ses seeerrsceeeeeseerenese|20” sescesseslecevscseesseeeesscesceessssefA Similar one near to it/Id.
Mg ten seconds before.
Meemttain for 2 scconds,.|10° isssysce|eossvesssoceccecscececos Devseniteubderss endicetecsaprenest seeks
MIEN Sse 5 «da'vs'a seaees| D>!) puncsnaes lsecheeseetescehes soeeecenen lacs BNexasesnerasnesmes avers LG
————
340 nErort—1867.
Pigccuge Position, or
Date. Hour. Observati Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
pservation. re
zimuth,
1866.| h m
Dec.19| 6 30 p.m./Strect =| Openers vies Yellow ...... 2 seconds ... z= d=9
(Somerset). From 5 +60° |
to 0 —10
19] 6 48 pam] York .s0...s00064] = 18t MAH. 000s ws/Yellow s..+e./4 second ......| From 151°+14°
to 149 +10
22} 6 30 am.|/Falmouth ....../=2nd mag.* ...... Reddish 3 seconds ...| From 200°—10° |
yellow. to 220 —16
23| 7 14 p.m.|West Hendon, |As bright as Venus|Pale yellow...|1 second .,..../Passed 3° above
Sunderland. at its brightest. Arietis; disap.
pearing aboul
midway betweel
a Arietis and 4
Pegasi. |
24) 7 27 p.m lIbid ...ccccoocseeee|=2nd magek soe. (Orange ..se.fesrsesreereeeeeeee/Disappeared at
(6, ) Draconis. |
28) 5 48 p.m./Street = Ist mag.*.....000+| White ss... % S€C., SOW... a= OF
(Somerset). From 290°+50°
to 278 +70
29] 7 57 p.m.|West Hendon, |=3rd mag.x .+..|Bluish seve, secsssseseeesesees[ Appeared near
Sunderland. Cygni.
29} 8 15 p.m.|Street = Ist mag.t......004|GTEEN sesseeee, 1 second ...++. a= o=
(Somerset). From 30°+444°
to 51 +63
29 9 30 p.m.|/Birmingham .../=2nd mag.x ...... Pale blue ....+. 15 second ...| From 51° + 7°
to 44 — 5
31) 8 30 p.m.|[bid ......ceseeee ..|=2nd mag.x ve. White <rr..0-08 Lsecond «....| From 20°+63°
to 352 +60
31) 8 31 p.M.|[bid ......eeeeee =3rd mag.t ws... White ........./9 seconds......| From 110°4+33°
to 101 +36
31) 9 15 p.m.|\Cheshire ......... =8rd mag.X ...... Reddish ....../0°5 second .,.|/From @ Canis }
joris, halfway ©
Procyon.
31) 9 20 p.m.|[bid ......000 veee| = Ord MAG.x crass. Reddish ......|-+++++ ieiresteevans From « Orion
to y Gemin
1867. rum.
Jan. 2/From 11 tolIbid ...........6. |= ord mag.x ...... Reddish ...c0leseeeees epee. From £ to a Arie
11 45 p.m. .
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
ppearance; Train, if any,| Length of
and its Duration. Path.
SpuE ODN eeeseaes
ueft a bright greenish train
for 5 seconds, fading
from the ends towards
the centre,
see eeeeeeretare
15°
COREE eee ee Beer eeteeeaereetetase
eeaveeserls
At least 40°
isappeared suddenly.
Left a long faint
train, broadest in the
middle, and _ discon-
nected from the head,
which remained visible
about 1 second after the
head had vanished.
eft a short train 1° inj10° ..,......
length.
MEMMeeseribediavdressseaes00s(0° OF 10°...
Direction ; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
POee OOO rears ee rareesrereeeees
Remarks.
AOU eee eee rere seeeeeseeeeaenes
COO e sence nears sees eaeeeeberens
eke eee e ee eeeeeeee
SOO e meme nese rereeeeneseee
Directed from 2. (% Dra-|,,<..,.s.secsecooevevseceseese
conis, y Urse Mi-
noris).
OUP UECUCETS CCC O eee eee eee
Inclined 70° to vertical,
downwards to left.
il
Directed from & Tauri...
ae pe Ne
PETER RR eee eet P eee ease terse eee 10° eeetetnee
ENO train © .......00c000s Doayreweea ses
SP aeapaswadaies
SORE e eee eee e eee ee neeeetengtee
ences 4°
Ceeevnccccsccecrccceccecses|L sescecescees
J
Pad
From Radiant M,, ,; or
K,.
From Radiant Mj, .; or
Ke
From Radiant M,, .
SOO nemo eee ener ee eee eOeenarer
SSOP ee Peer ee neeeeeeerasasonnes
d41
Observer.
W. S. Clark.
J. E. Clark and
R. G, Barclay.
C. Barclay.
T. W. Backhouse.
Id,
J. E. Clark.
T. W. Backhouse.
pinconecteusreudeddacccesteatslils dle Clark.
Neeaenebdldasensnsuaenenecanse| NVeLiaVNOOds
seaceccceveccccgecsescccscesee|Se Oe Clark,
Caen ee ee neers reese enaeees
see eeeererenae eee ee ee enee eens
see tere ee race eeeereeeeessoneee
Ht le we were ee eeeeeeseeree® teeeetee
\
E. O. Clark.
R. P. Greg.
Id.
Id,
842
REPORT—1867.
F Place of ‘
Date.| Hour. Observation. Apparent Size.
1867.| h m
Jan. 2|From 11 to|Cheshire .........,—=2nd mag.x
11 45 p.m.
Dlr sescanaceestes[LDIC saversresvacses|—=-GLO IMAL soovee
[bid .....sceceoos-/== 20d MAgex sees.
bid. +2452. <s.e8es
Dhaisiecdsesesese
».(=Srd Magee cae
Ibid ..sccseeeseeeee/= rd MAG sevens
83\About 5 45)Street
=Ist MAg.x.eereeeee
pm. (Somerset).
3/About 5 5O|[bid .......seeeeeee| = 18t MATH. ses
p.m.
3\About 8 Ojlbid.......:.
p-m.
cooeee[=2NG MALX sesave
Position, or
Altitude and
Azimuth.
Colour. Duration.
.|0°8 second. ....|From Procyon to
Canctri.
1 second ......
Se
0°5 second ...
seo ee ete eneeneenee
to « Honorum. |
From hk Urse Ma-)
joris to z Ursa
Majoris, and}
rather further. |
j cecedvevaea[eccesesedvcsvererd HXOM > (OmOyLCamE
num Venatico-})
rum to % (%, y
Urs Majoris. |
sanadevesc sesevess[0°7D SCCONG ss.
Red .....sss..+.{1 second ......|Near the southern}
horizon.
White ..:..s...(L second ...... From Capella to
Tauri.
White .........{4 second ......{{m the S.By ceed
8) 8 2 p.m.|[bid.....seeee./ = 2nd mage ...066/White .......s.|¢ Second .,..../Near the zenith ..
16) 7 25 am.|Falmouth ......,=2hd mag.x .,,.../Yellow ......{L second, very £= j=5
rapid. From 150°+65°
to 108 +26
{
24/8 46 p.m./West Hendon, |=2nd mag. ......\Orange colour veceaceaceseseeee|Disappeared at
Sunderland. (0, a) Piscium.
24] 8 52 p.m.[[bid .....600.se0ee)=2Nd MAg.x ....|Deep OLANgel.se..seseeeseeees Disappeared at
colour. R.Av 125 40,3
iS . Decl. 37°.
30) 7 45 p-m. Voth. Sasdscasasen SHS Magek.....seee+| White sccoccce 12 second e —
= From 20°+66°
to 40 +40
l
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS,
343
Appearance ; Train, if any,
Length of
and its Duration.
Path.
Inclined.
evr CEEOL seseeeees|soeeceseseceeee/FrO Radiant Ky
Pubs ecnsensescscdeséescssorseese-[10° sss.s00.[from Radiant K,
seceeveedseeess[Er0M Radiant K,
PPT R eee etme eet att enebeereneens
Wisi Wvesrad-stcelsecsitscc..s0..|-ceveseodess.-/Erom Radiant K,
Direction; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Remarks. Observer.
Sbb ewes dee eteserteteebesstesoebituer ie be Greg.
Pee Oe lamer abeweree
saaltes|o48e Bt epee ctOGce AUCSErOL see i Ld.
The display on thisj[d.
night very inferior
to that of the 2nd
of January 1863,
from 115 p.m, to 12
30™ a.m.
seeenec|*OOeeeeoeees seer eeeeeeneeedens J. E. Clark.
wee bebeeetbbadettanes bette
POF eee eOeR ee ee etbaeeeweees From Radiant K,
eeP PSPS PPPS SRI STE LEE 10° Sete ee meal ones eee teres eraraneree
Left a fine train .16........./15°
wehbe nee ee eeeee se eee tte e eee eee reeeereereeeeebons Id.
a
Weeteteartdliersésticssererce|L WO). QlMOSt
\/ V n Ss.
sHebt aber casi be eebeeeeteererecees 10° ebeseeees simulta-
MPa seeedetccs se coets. VHRSLNEsERCSIA ) ngaceeces|=se=noasdahatneccataedseqss cine From 8.30 to 8.45 p.m.,|J. E. Clark and
eight meteors seen| T. Stevens.
vs at Bridport.
pebebas cere set eb dete eeetdanenies 40° Eeoeeeede |e tee Re eeseeeenenneeetenennsagslsereserscsecaseseneusasareases E. Barclay. |
From the Pleiades secsss|sssssccsseveceeeessessessseeee| Ls We Backhouse,
SBEUEOR aS edCS CNET ti cee set eoaey 12° teeeesees
FPR ER RET OO Hee ere esse be OOH Eeeearisees Peed eeecoerreeerersnseees feces Id.
Heb eames eel eer cree seeeeebereseeres eeeee
Left no train sscsescssecess(25° sed tersdgevesecccsootanteesesa/Ae Ke BOW
es deeeaee ene eeeeeenane eeeee
B44 REPORT—1867.
Date.
1867.
Feb. 3
6
6
6
6
22
24
28
28
Positior. or
Place of ‘ vide é
Hour @bscrvtiom Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. eens
hm 5 }
7 34 p.m.|West Hendon [=Ist mag.x, then|...ccssseeeeele soe4diagetebwanee At first seen near]
(Sunderland).| gradually __ less B Tauri. After}
until it disap- the head dis-| |
peared. appeared, _ the |
tail still moved}
on; and
8 14 30 |York...... iieedetys =Ist mag.% ...... Yellow ....../0°5 second ... a= O= |
p-m. From 212°+ 584° |
to 220453 |
818 p.m.|[bid ...,.....00 eee) =Ist mag.x..... .+../Dull red ....../l second, very] From 17°+51°
slow. to 38 +57
ORI9 20) UTbidtssccc<cteevesss|—=SvlUS <cseseeeecet Bright red ...|2°5 seconds ...| From 69° +132°
p.m. to 713 +123 |)
9 35 p.m.|IDId .....seeeeeeees =2nd mag.% sereee VEU eae demetcn ae 0:25 sec.,rapid| From 105° —5° |)
to 100 —74
B L115 [Did vrecereeeees =3rd mag.* ...... lie Wieeraeses 0°7 second ...| From 105°+-33°
p.m. to 100 +36
9 56 p.m.|Ibid .........s0006 =ISb MAE Krespsoeae Wihite!vecsrers 1 sec., pretty) From 113°+50°
slow. to 110 — 2
OW25 Spin |Lbideceeewacsee sss = stiMagne \eswees Bright white...|0°25 second.,,| From 80° +28°
to 80 +27
190 pirat bid’ eracsscersss nel ASU p Mencase ses Bright blue ...|0°5 sec., rapid) From 105°+-4°
to 90 —0
10 030 |fbid..... ROMS teb magix sess: White ........|0°7 sec. slow] From 100°--0°
p.m. to 95 -—5
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LU
MINOUS METEORS, 345
a ——
Direction ; noting also
whether Horizontal,
\ppearance ; Train, if any, Length of
Perpendicular, or
and its Duration. Path.
Inclined.
jeft a long blue train,|At least 50°,|.....cccscsccsessseeseereeeees
broadest at the head;|} including
after the head went out} the path
the tail still advanced| of the tail
but gradually grew] after the
fainter and disappeared.| head dis-
_It did not remain after) appeared.
its foremost extremity
ceased to move.
Peer eeeeeee steer eteeees 10° Cerne coal tOSeeeO OSes -seeesosersesoeres
/
v
veft red sparks in the last|3°............,Moved ina curve thus—
14° of its course, which
soon disappeared.
PRR ERE O Ome e eee eee eae et OF ee eer lessens neenenes
Nearly disappeared in thel....... Ricsaeng dev <tuemavucsacauernscecaiees
middle of its course.
UP GRPGRGencusesecdeceseecess: Boece e cece: ltaacsnuatunsaessncde Siaislaistiaee
GEE ae isso ce seelcaeuees|h essa .sees-{Directed from Mars ...
EP TIOR ceSccecccssecstevenfld> sazens ...|From Procyon......... ve
MIMEIGALIIN o's ccna e'saSene|Ois co aeea ess <<ls hanataae Bac cuansca decane seses
Remarks. Observer.
A singular appearance|T. W. Backhouse.
was presented by the
headless meteor
shooting along, such
as I never saw before.
The meteor went per-
haps 20° after the
head disappeared.
Seen through clouds; a\J. E. Clark.
misty evening.
Seen through clouds ...
\Motion apparently im-|Id.
peded as if forcing its
way.
Another very similar\Id,
meteor at right angles
to it.
Eight other meteors in)J, E. Clark and
a short time seen| T. H. Waller.
before this one.
eecccececcsceesoccsenee-(J, B. Clark.
sees
SOOO eee ee Fern eneeeeeeesenee
w|seecerecceccceccecsscssseseeeel Oe
:
816 REPORT—1867,
Pl f ‘
Date.| Hour. ouieesaeah. Apparent Size. Colour.
1867.| hm s
Mar, 4| 8 0 p.m./Highlands of Brighter than Ve-|Bluish ,........
Scotland, nus.
4) 9 27 p.m.|York ..sssse¢¢ee.)=2nd mag.* ......|Bright blue...
<BpeF AS) Gans Bid ses evstcsdeceel =D sgecasercnaceesovs| Rd. cecseseseses
PAI ¢ 4d, Pal: |[Did vscsscevesseote(——SITIUS Guedtacesne Red) ccvesrsccsne
24) 8 12 p.m.[IDid ......s.0cee...,=2Nd Mag.x ..00./ Yellow ......
24] 8 14 p.m. |[bid .eree.sereesee)= 2nd mag.x ...06./WhIte sscceeee
25) 8 35 p.m./Glasgow ......... =2nd mag.* .......Orange yellow
26) 8 12 p.nr./York sssseeseeees(—= Ist mag.x ....0.) Red ...s4 Aserees
27) 8 14.30 [Ibid secescecererees}—= 3rd MARK seseee/ WHIEC sesserese
p.m.
27| 9 15. pam Ibid sccvcosescscess =Ist mag.t.eeee/ White wee.
31| 8 37.ipim.|bid sacsssweceacss =Ist mage ws... Vellows. -cevec
Position, or
Duration. Altitude and
Azimuth.
1 sec., very|Not far above the
quick. horizon.
0-5 second ... a= $=
From 60°—3?
to 61-8
23 secs., very; From 44°+ 32°
slow. to 40 -—10
2seconds. ...| From 230°+56°
to 130 +60
0°7 sec., slow..! From 200°+45°
to 205 +42
1 sec, slow) From 230°+56°
motion. to 290 +65
2°7 seconds...|From 6 Urs Ma
joris to m Cu
todis, }
2seconds ... e= d=
From 145°+263°
to 176 +29
0:2 sec, very} From 263°+4-45°
rapid. to 256 +44
1 sec., rather} From 110°+ 9°
slow. to 114 —14
0-4 second ,,.| From 121°+24° |}
to 125 +20
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
547
Appearance; Train, if any,| Length of
and its Duration. Path.
————.$ —— ——— | —__—
Broke very distinctly into
several small pieces,
when it disappeared.
5°
SPREE E Heeb eee ede ereeaaeareeeee seco ee eeeees
Drew a tail of red sparks
1° long.
15° cseceeeee
Left a blue train gradually/40° ........
fading along its whole
length together.
A vavaaiaas| i073
From Aldebaran .......+.
CEPR e Ta Rare meee eee eeeee et eeeel eneeeetaeaeees
Left no train or sparks ..
seen eetbetennes
Left a red train 24° long..|22° ......44.
« AE 4°
POeee TOUS SUCUESI COSCO S OSES sree eeeeeene
Weececssesebscastisversesccveoeve( LO”
Be F1E Ac ocaiccias is. scoavanea [even ienatare
Direction ; noting also
whether Horizontal,
POeeeTER Ee
y
From N.E. to zenith ...|Faded gradually
PYUTeTE LIP
|
Senter Oe ee me een ee setae ee aaa ee ete rae eeeseeennnes
—
Directed from 6 Vir-|.csessccesesssseeees
ginis.
PPUTeTETIVTTIS TT tiei irr ec
MA
pereeceeensareete tense ebaoeeee
tot
POC Renee het eee neeeesesererarelsHeheeeasaneersetes
shew eaerereerer geese
Pre eee UOPECOCOOCEE eee ess Seen deen ee tarenneee
Fine clear night; stars
extremely bright.
..-..|At first equal Ist mag.x,
then brightened up
to its full size.
Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer,
Inclined.
dubacdesasesassstedes fds feboncrinanawadaesiaues secsvevee(d« Clarke.
Communicated
a by A.S. Herschel.
horizon.
J. E. Clark.
Id.
ssccesees(J. E. Clark and
F. Bewley.
veveveesro TQ,
éseseveees FY Bewley.
seosssseestA, S. Herschel.
seeeenians F. Bewley.
secdsaceoe(J. Be Clark.
so JA. C. Marriage.
seseseceselde Es Clark,
‘
348 REPORT—1867. .}
ee EEE
Placak Position, or ¥,
Date.| Hour. Obscrraion Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. mee ene ‘
1867.;h m s 2
Mar.31; 9 14 30 |York....... seoosee|= Ord MAg.X ...00-/ White ......06-/0°2 sec., rapid —
p-m. From 123°+9° |
to 12447 2
31) 9 15 p.m.|[bid ..........60 +-|=3rd mag.* ......,Yellow ...../0°2 sec., rapid) From 125°—3°
to 125 —5
Apr. 2}10 0 p.m. |IDid .......eccenee. =I1st mag.x...e0e00-[RED .sreereseeee 24 seconds, | From 153°—10°
extremely to 141 —14
slow.
28] 9 27 p.m.|IDid .....s.esse00 =Ist mag.x Yellow sess. 0°25 sec., very| From 108°+15°
rapid. to 104 +14 |
2910 30 to |Prestwich, Man-|— 1st MAZE eeeeeees White ....00... 05 second ...|\Zenith .........c..eee
11 45 p.m.| chester.
7 Sans scaretee [DIG )ccsaccensvaee es =4th mag.* ...... Dull white ...|0°8 second ...\From ¢ Ursze Maj.)
to a Telescopium.
Pt) a renee ses Wbidlseatsswenecees =5th mae% ..... Dull white .../0°4 second ...|To4 (a, 8 Gemin.)
halfway from J
Cancri.
DO Erasers itern cs. Ibid see ssctasnasees =4th mag.* ...... Dull white .../1 second ...... From « Virginis to
d Leonis.
2 soaroncoeassne Tbidissesisccens cess] ORG MDAC eeces Dull white ...|0°75 second.../From @ Leonis to
c Leonis.
39110 10 p.m.JIDid ......ececeeces =3'5 mage oo... Dull white .../0-5 second ...\From 7 Herculis to
: H Bootis.
May 1j11 18 p.m.|Ibid ........0.c000 = Ist mag.%.e...00s- White 2)... cess 05 second ...,At z Virginis “
T/11 40 p.m.|[bid ....coccccoosee =2nd mag.* ......|White ........ 0-5 second ...|From Y Herculis to} |
2 Bootis. |
V11 35 p.m.|[bid ...........000 =6th mag.x ......].. pavsasee seresee/O°2 second .../From @ Leonis to}
48 Leonis. I
1}11 30 p.m.|Ibid....... TORE — STO sMAP He Mscaves (ices. ecemegenesses 0°5 second .../4 (4, x) Virginis to
t Leonis. | i
Vj1l 46 p.m./Ibid . sseseeee| = 24 diameter .../Bluish green...|0°7 second ...\Commenced at 4] -
(x Leonis, f Sex-| a
tantis). | |
1)11to12p.m.|[bid ........e008.../ = 3rd MAg.* sees, Dull white .../4 second ..,...|Disappeared at
Herculis, i
V)...seeseeeneeee/ TDI sesssseeeeeeeee|/ = 18t MAG sisves White_........./4 second ...... Disappeared at 110)
Virginis. 4
112 20 a.m.|[bid....... eererae =2nd mag. ...... Bluish white...|0°5 second ...'3 (A, v) Corone.....
5|10 12 p.m. Ibid ......ceecseeee =1} mag.x ...... Vivid white ...|1 second ...... From g_ Leonis}
Minoris to
Cancri.
5/10 24 p.m.|Ibid senceeee{—=OFd MAG. vases, Reddish white/4 second ...... Disappeared at f
Geminorum,
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 349
Direction ; noting also
Appearance; Train, if any, Length of | whether Horizontal, ‘ ;
and its Duration. | Path. Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer.
Inclined.
OMNES ace cathtevectbeveses[am) Cavsbesmeles aUsdecsupvecssvearebbicescccelscvcuccevesrtwibastersece eeee(J. E, Clark.
vacueeeevcecccecsenceesasecs Id.
°o
SOO eRO eee eee eer ereneeeeeesereeee 2 Pewee eeee (seers reese ebro erer serene te haar ise
Brightened and faded|{d.
Left a slight train siscscces|eevsesneesceus|ers Seseveadsuunuesbucsseheets
away several times.
SPORE OOP eee ee eoereretoeeneeeoes A eceecavs aeeleeeeensees Cho eeeeeteeeetenseee PET U TTL Id.
Like a flash of rather dif-|2°...... cvcbes| Radiant My, at alUirsceliatsecccuavccdeveseesbesseces R. P. Greg.
fused light. Majoris.
No train ...,. Ree eee Ss G,, Radiant? .........|. esccccscdccccscece eecccccvecs Id.
TNO train .occccsscssscssessess[ecesseeeeseeees/Ss2 Radiant, at o Vir-
ginis.
PNQUETAID s 20... r.ccsseecsasccnfense sesevceeeee| My gp Radiant ss... oul Wesidswesistr esa vecaees iens| Os
eee Co Sie Y, Radiant ? sesso.
Bright flash of diffused|1°....... Tro eG. suspecrecconscos: Gecee| reso fedeWeuaeetecosectinee Foctll GE
light.
SHR e eee ee eases eet eneseasssessses ls e® eeertereee .
POETS OES E eee eee eeerereesenes weenltee Ceoreeeetoee
IL Bi L6 Gs cca cccecgzeag|osveecareeotes SFC) CE eee sbsaddasianeeraretples Id.
Rocket-like s..ccecccsesseesee(40eeeeeeeveeee{Xy Radiant. Directed|Most beautiful; mo-|Id.
from @ Leonis. mentary train; bril-
liant.
Directed from a Lyr@,)....... Seseasiestcnmavectis eles Id.
Radiant Q, (?).
fo)
OPPS UTE Creerer erie rire woe 2 eoeetteveeee
Lone ceacaeisss
HPO Dee eb eterrene eeeeee ee eoreeeses
Decteaaseaete
Left a slight train ......... Bistansesee ees
[2° .eeesseeve [Directed from y Le-
onis; Radiant Y
(?).
SERRE ee ERO Os ee rsseneesene etoeeee
350
REPORT—1867,
D Ul Place of | Apparent Si Co! Durati Danae ne
ate, our. ; sparent Size. olour. uration. Jtitude an
Observation. pp ‘Agimuth.
1867.) h m
May .5)10 27 p.m./Prestwich, Man-\=drd-mag.x ...... Dull white ...{3 second ..,.../From 61 Ursa Ma-
chester. joris to d Le-
onis.
5jLO) 48 pps bid! ...2se003--.. 0 =14 mag.x_....../ Vivid white ...|] 4 second...... From h Ursee Mi.
noris nearly to
wW Cancri.
6| 7 50 p.m,|Regent’s Park, |Two or three times|.,,... bank sswconeeiinienet Penewity see /First appeared . on) |
London. as bright as Ve- the meridian}
nus; very bril- abeut 15° N. off)
liant. the zenith. |
711 0 p.m.|Manchester ...... =1i mag.*.....,.../Bright white...|2 second .......From-e to 9 Bog
otis.
7j1l 5, p.m.|[bid’......000-++6-{=2nd mag.x .,....|Reddish white|l second ,...../reom W to 6 -virdl
inis.
8)10 tol] p,m.| {bid ...........c06 aa Pewanpetessens Peal ices vecsseaentes ax| vest asia aera eee coos
Junell| 8 O pym.|Paris ............ Great fireball ...... At first yellow, |.....++s+s+0++-+++|Disappeared in the}
(Paris time.) then bright N.N.E., altitude}
; green, about. 35° i
July 30)10 10 p.m.|Boulogne ,..... =2nd mag.x ..,.,.|Orange red ,,.|1°8 second ,..|Disappeared at
Leonis.
3010 30° p.m.|Straits of Dover|=2nd mag.*. ,...../White ,.....,,.{1°5 second .../From u Herculis to}.
B Cerberi.
30/10 57° p.m.|[bid ..,.sereensee00{ == 20d MAg.4 .,005. White ..,.....,{0°S second .../From. co, to & Ursa}
Majoris. 4
3011 0 pwm.jIDid ........ ee. =3rd mag.x ....../White ........./0°8 second .../From 6 Lyre to pl
f ne Ophiuchi, ;
30/11 30 p.m.lIbid ...........000. =8yd mag.* ..,.., Whitt sisscen 0-4 second ... From n Tarandi to
‘ - # (M, P) Camby
lopardi.
31/12 2 am-J[bid.,,,.....0¢60..;= 2nd mag.x ....../Yellow.,.,-...-/0°G second ,../From a Lyra to €
Cerberi.
3112 9 a.m.|[bid .....seereeees| =Srd mage .,..../Yellow....,.,../0°9 second .,,/From K, halfway te
| © Herculis.
31/12 20 am. |[bid ......,.....05.)= 2nd mag.% ...... Bright white...|0°7 second ...|From 3 (7, x) tod
yeni.
31/12 25° am.|Ibid....,.....00...,/=]8t mages... .|White .,...,-,-(1°6 second ...!From ¢ Cygni, half
way to a Ceq
phei. _
31/12 30 am.|[bid...............,=3rd mag.x ....../Yellow ...... 0:5 second ...!Commenced at
: Aquila.
31/12 40 a.m.jibid ....,...0......;=drd Mage oo...) Wellaw .(ass00- 0°6 second ... Cheteceoe at
Aquile.
Aug. 2:10 30 to |Prestwich, Man-/=2nd mag. ...... White ...... .../0°5 second ...\From y Urse May
12 O -p.m.| chester. joris to near
; Bostis.
i ospeinaacoon-03 ibid ever aes wevess[—SEd MAE scree White ........./0°2 second .../From o to o Here
culis.
Oloierace eee Whidsecstsseses aeace =2nd mag.x .-+.+-| White sesereeee(O 25 Sec, rapid) Frem 6 Aquila
2 Tauri Ponia
tovii. {
Appearance ; Train, if aa
and its Duration.
¢
4
——--—
PP epeercccevovceres
Steet eee eee ee eee
left a faintly luminous
_ train after disappearance
of the nucleus.
Left a train for 4 a second
Left no train
Apne tee wenn ee
Nucleus a misty-looking
object.
Left a streak for } second
Left a very slight streak...
Left a slight train ..
eeeeeae
Left no train
Sete pee eerarees
Disappeared suddenly, left
no train,
oo ree. eerie eeeteeeoriserreee
Drew a train of sparks andj35°
Length of
Path.
Left a train for 1 second...|.sccesserseeees
Clearly kite-shaped . ..s0s|.sseeesecsenees
went e ene
. From Radiant W
ef A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
851
Direction ; noting also
whether Horizontal, aves
Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer.
Inclined.
From Radiant M,, ,
From Radiant W
Ase taser eteereeeeeeees
From Radiant S G,
POO T ewe Penne ea ee rere parereee
Left to right, nearly|A few minutes after
horizontal.
—>
TOPO awe eteeeiaee
Steen eee eeeree
POO rem eseae
Left no train ....,...-...... 122
Left no train ............ «ih?
MMMPEEED EVAL iW ses costeeseeces|os
Peer eter eeeeee
seat cer eernes
TEPER E ETT R Errore ests eee eeOteas eer iseerasennnee nee
Pros
.|From Radiant A,
Drew a train of red sparks|15° ...,,...«.|Directed from Lacerta..|Disappeared gradually...
POEM eter eRe eM mere reget ereeeees
Oe P eee tate ee eeeeeeees
lating at last.
phini,
Directed from Altair ...
From Radiant A,
From Radiant A,
seleee
POPP deme eee meer eeeee een earnee
,.,.[{n strong twilight; none
eee cee eer re? Peewee ee vageareer
Path crooked and oscil-|:.
Directed from e Del-
Poe eee eee ee neers eecneres
of the brighter stars
yet visible.
peer eecaseer
In one hour no meteors
seen.
sunset; seen in full
daylight. The streak
R. P, Greg.
Td.
T. Crumplen.
R. P. Greg.
id.
Id.
J. J. Silbermann.
was seen for an hour
at Basle and else-|:
where. (See Ap-
pendix.)
POR D vere er ee avers PO aranannye
|A.S. Herschel.
id.
eS Pere once Sane Id.
OF h sas ETE? ore
Botte agaake vpacuphoatt atlas
eins celia ubhacnantane vetda tle
Ser APRS tater cee eca-ikds
We pet enswuias sarees sesapega-(lGs
‘ eaten gaesel dpievese(UGe
Pe cia ree Sep eee CRN aE
Sixteen meteors in two
hours and ten mi-
nutes; perfectly
clear sky ; no mocn;
one observer.
sre teeeee
R. P. Greg,
Id,
Id.
352 REPORT—1867.
Pincelok g Position, or
Date.| Hour. Observation Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and ~
: Azimuth.
1867.| h m
up. Glissccveccescnne Prestwich, Man-|=3rd mag.* ......| White ......4.. 0-2 second ...\From a |
chester. to 2 (7,
gasi.
T\secssssesceeees{LDIG sesseeveeeeveeef= 2nd mag.x ......|Bright white.../0°25 second .../From 7
pentis.
\wenvebiveleeceol LDC cecssvesss cas se =S3rd mag.% «eese/Dull .......4 0°3 second ...|From p Aquilz t
18 Aquilz.
dlecsesessecesvss|LDi@i cscataves.¢ccee SEA AGe Veress| DULL eneeeeem ss (0:3 second ...|From jp Delphini
three-quarters
the way to
Aquilze.
dlsceevestoetses|LOIG) ses cecteus vaste [== 1% MAB.x ve.cev0ee] WHILE! oc 5vres 0:4 second .,.|Close to «, Capri
Corni.
7Nesoanicd specs |LDIG\ssescceosescves|—=2NG MAP: wease- White ........./0°75 second .../From 4 (g, e) P
gasi to A H
FA Goss seconvece[LDIG secsessesceeeee|== 14 MAL.% seeevvvee| WhItE ...c0000-/0°75 Second .../From y Triang
7|10 30 to {Ibid...... Retake: =Brd MAQ.t assoreleceee asaasavestaes 0:2 sec., rapid|From e Cephei t
12 0 pm. a Sagitte.
dl troesteclsteess| DIG orccescvekvetes =Ist Magex ceoeee Bluish white...!1 second ...... From I Aquile t
v Andromede.
dl eet cttnbevens Ebid'328, «<% avebseor =14 mag.% sseeee Reddish white|1*5 second ...|From 7 Pegasi to
Andromede.
W\ ceteeeterese Ubi Satin: Steet =Srd mag.x si. sasstaceceeseseees/O°2 sec., very|From (3 B, A) P
rapid. gasi to A Ion
8/10 42 p.m./Birmingham ..,/=2nd mag.x ....../White ......+../0°5 second ... 2= =
From 103°+77°
to X Draconis.
BAY AROS =3rd mag.x ......Blue ....sse+-/0°5 second ...|From ¢ Ursee Mi
joris to Cor Ci
roli.
S|L2) 10) pims|[bid' ccccccsacvers =Istmag.x ..... NWWIDLEC: Susssess 0-5 second ... o— 0-4
From 270°+15°
to 263 — 3
noe) SOC CIDE =3rd mag.x ....../Blue .,,....4./0°5 second .,./From ¢ Aquilz to
Serpentis.
seaiviWesseeses =Ist mag.* ....../Yellow ......]0°3 second .../From @ Draco
to y Urse
noris.
9/12 30 am.iIbid ........ secoees[=2nd mag. se.../Blue ...0000|0°75 second ... a= 0=
From 124°+61°
to 6 Urse
joris.
O23) fasms\bidverenscet sn. ras =2nd mag.* ws... White <ncsensss 0°75 second ... e= 0=
From 108°+50
to « Urse M
Oo
—_
i=)
(ot)
Oo
o
°
Prestwich, Man-|=13 mag.x ......0.. White Snivessss 0:5 second .../From 4 (y,
12 0 pm. chester. Urse Major
halfway to d
num Venati
run.
, A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 353
Direction ; noting also
Appearance; Train, if any,| Length of | whether Horizontal, "
a. and its Duration. Path. Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer.
Inclined.
=e = Se eee
eft a train......... Pocbotroal sQboouséencoes RrommladtanGeAl sc, c.cliset-eceadee seb eeveseee ice: R. P. Greg.
MMDNNS site ssstscedeceeceeves|acsearnesceseces (Brom Radiant 1s (ON cre booenooeneeec sae acine Sosiddata cc Id.
coco chad acti ApS eennee BEEBE EEE eee From Radiant Ty, . 9 ...|sserreceseseeeesereeeeeeeee aes id.
eee eee rere rere Oeeweae TTT THe tee ennee From Radiant dns Pe RGIS) A DE SO CEO Oe Id.
RIMS MeU eae Sse sav asccances|2 sosacee vee. Brom Radiant Ty, 9 (?).../..c6 ssseeaee theta e eee nes fd.
BAIGHSENAUIR CE ye ae ssseseess|.cccesnocessess EromiRadiant Sem yee. leecces Gatcnssesoepastawecss cas Id.
BSTC MIET AU ose sses5) s<0+5.0 OE ei aaeees Directed from y Per-l.......... eecce Savedn ace Id.
sei.
From Radiant A,.
MMUMEMRESICENevseonessceesssc.|ssscseeases ++-.|Prom Radiant A, ......[....ceees apeeecn? Baa tiwicttay Id.
eft a train for 3 seconds................ From Radiant A, ......|... saniessisc enue crobonriocee sce Id.
Bees tteteeeeeeeeeeecesseeses/seeserseeeeese/Opposite in direction to/Slower than the pre-|Id.
the last. vious meteor.
DEP nenev yr cosien crs taeneeess|scecncsshvecees From Radiant A, ....../The rapid meteors of [d.
the chief August
shower radiate ra-
ther from ¢ Cassio-
peiz than from y
Persei.
reeeseruesteeseteceesreseeeses|eeseessesseeees/ Directed from C Came-|One-half of the sky) W. H. Wood.
lopardi. overcast.
SEeeasencsescsesssccscesssees ma lenessenan cranes Directed from ¢ Cassio-|Seven-tenths of the sky/Id.
peiz. cloudy.
GEO tTal........0..-0 vese|steeeeseeeeeee./Directed from ¢ Cassio-/Sky clearing .........6. Id.
peiz.
BMMEER nade esocisyscoccosss]ovcecsiiness ...|Directed from ¢ Cassio-|.................00... Pronten Id. "
peiz.
hod wane fevsaeeneeeeee Directed from # Lyre...|Sky clear seseeeeeeeces Td.
BMPNECAIN .cdvcecossscavees teeeeseseseesss Directed from C Came-|............65 Prronpacnscene Id.
lopardi.
RUESP sR esecncescss.cseececss| sos seereeseeees| Directed from ¢ Persei...,No other meteor seen Id.
till 1" a.m.
i
MUMMIES ES ss es0s00es0esseescoelsene cosceveoeee[FrOm Radiant Ag ss.eselssssescseessssseesssseerseeeellt. P, Greg |
1867,
354 REPORT—1867.
Piacewe ; Position, or
Hour. Obsession Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
: Azimuth.
hm s |
S| secceseseessss|Prestwich, Man-|=14 mag.#.......+- Mesto Aeoobote 0°3 second ...\Erom 6 Ursee Ma
chester. joris to Cor Ca
roli.
Olen ceoveecees{EDIG coc cee cee seeeee| = OLG MAG sesresleaees Lei Secrcecsdvesws os oraneeare EEO Oto
Bootis
Wescoec nosaeesed [bid .......c000200.[= 200 MAg.% wee White ........./0°5 second .../From d Custodis t
T Cephei
OD) cccccccvaseencs Dsl eeseeneneeaeo: =Srd Mag.x sees Dull ...cesee 0°75 second...|From « Pegasi t
& Cygni.
Ui enedeobost Stace Ibid ..........0....(= 2nd mag.x ..1... Bright white .|0-25 second ...|From 7 Herculis t
a Serpentis.
hecddocaobnr cae [bid cases. Serena =]} mag.x ...... Inish white...!0°75 second ...|From « Pegasi to ;
Andromede.
HO 0 te Hibid .c..6...0065 .(=14 mags .....- \cclettntoverWeids .../0°75 second,../From ec Pega
12 0 p.m. to a Andro
medz.
QO. .ccccccsceesee[LDIG. ... 000 000eecee| = 2NGA MAL ......[eecaserecsceaseaee 0-4 second .../From ( Aquar
to @ Andr
medz.
} ooaepagponatods TBId 5. c0.+seessnee SHTh magez ssseealereeseees sesseeeee(? Second ......|Centre at ¢ Andr
| bor pear er mede.
GQ)... escccdveeede{EDIG 2. eeceoeees «| =Srd Mags sees seveeenes beeeeeees savevasecieueds ...(Centre at % (¢; 7
| Trianguli.
916 9 p.m.|Birmingham ...|=Sirius .........-- Yellow ...... 0:5 second ...\From ¢ to B
dromede.
9/11 32 p.m.|Ibid ..........0006 =Ist magee......60:|BIUC sseeereee 0°5 second ...\From 7 Pe
to @ An
med.
911 45 p.m.|London ......... = 23 mage sees |Pale DIVE screw ocsesiehescerss ws a= a
From 39° +683
to 24 +57
OWL AG wpm. |[ bid) ci.cc.ecsvaress Almost = Y...s00+-[Pale DIUG ooe--.)eeeeeeeeeeeenae eee From 27 +68
to 133 +52
911 46 p.m./Birmingham ...;=Sirius wees Orange ...-../0°75 second...| From 33 +60
to v Androme
911 53 p.m.|Ibid .........ceeee-| = OF MAG. ssvee ‘Blue ss+.s+++-/0°75 second .,.|From # Persei t
| Aurigze.
911 53 30 |Ibid......... vecee| =3rd magee s.44/Blue sss.e+e4-/0°5 second «+. From 0 Auri
p-m. oo é=
to 108°+52
9111 55 p.m.|Ibid.......... [Brighter than 7....|Blue «....-4«-/2°5 seconds ...}From 16°+72
to « Aurige.
|
KOWWD SA aaxbidlcece eases esse SSIURIVIS: wis cvastemces Orange-colour|0"5 second ... e= 08
| From 50°+ 39
| to Pleiades.
j
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 355
| Direction; noting also
Appearance; Train, ifany,| Length of | whether Horizontal :
and its Duration. Path. Perpendicular, or Hemnthe; Observer.
Inclined.
BEG o oso sedeee sce cccccesee cis cus|sadesedesseotac From Radiant Ay ......)..ceceeeee steretesereeesssees (RP, Greg.
COCBRURBBECE REE pe oe mages aa »-|From Radiant A, ......J.60 theca eet eeereneenees veeae [ld
BeRree CLA FAG2 6855.02 cceee|aseosesscecesee| Bromy Radiant JA, Orj:.:seeseeeeucecccdsccaasae i... (Id.
Nay aw (?).
Moved towards Per-
seus.
_LUEEBE Ge. CEEOEEEECEE PRET Bee secoceeeeeees/ From Radiant Ty, .....0,{:s#seseessecesesscseteceesees LG
Bete NG train .... ces <testhieecas sesabass From Radiant B, ..c;).)ssecseteasesstesccccssssssee: Id.
Left a train ......... teeeeeleces dacgeaes ---/From Radiant AN ceacenteoes Me sccdecwverseernadeahede Id.
|
Left atrain ...... PETS A BW Poot, Brom Hediant A ...:4-|e21tdedeessisvecscas Meatses|lde
mete & train © g3sscc5s..8cecels:, eseccesésee.(From Radiant Aj siceeslscscessse seoetee siecececcdasestlds
a ECE se siccesees Directed from y Per-|..::..::. Soscssedecececests ... Id.
sei. Radiant A,.
SG oe FP ETEEEEEE 3° .ssseeecees-|Directed from X PersOisscisscsésscscelecdeccodsscaccs Id.
Radiant A,.
Medea i eeeeeeees tettseeeeeeseees sessessedeneses Directed from e Cassio-/From 9" to 10% p.m.,\W. H. Wood.
peiz. s| sky clear ; no meteors
seen.
Bee attain ssc. cccccccccccles wsageritteees ‘Directed from e¢ Came-|Two meteors seef in/Id.
| Iopardi. 1» 30”,
Bees. UBL CERO ESSERE EE mageadstactsd hateboae cdots, senscaussseees These two meteors from/T. Crumplen.
| the same Radiant
| | nearly simultaneous.
Left a fine blue streak on)............... Bvaceaaedadies scenes ecscuvass|conddsaseatiy es canmecnveeel fenjlds
_ its whole course.
Left a train of sparks......|.......s6....../From Radiant ¢ Came- (See Appendix I.) ..,.../W. H. Wood.
lopardi.
Heftatrain ....c660 sees ee Orr rier ere ere et rr errr Sededde|seccessecsscccceceseesenceceds(AGe
| a Rasdeuadee «.se-(From Radiant C Came-|..ccsscseccssrsssesccereseees[LGe
lopardi.
Inereased from 2nd mag-|...............|Directed from P CoM) aise ld:
| nitude star to the ap-
parent size of Jupiter,
changing from round to
pear-shaped. Anterior
part silvery white, body
blue. Left a phospho-
rescent streak on its .
whole course for 3 or 4!
‘seconds.
etait ............, Chi KondooeeHeedene Directed: from) €. Cas-|2.;.4..3.0.6..-< sasen cancer Id.
siopeiz.
2B2
856 REPORT—1867.
PI ¢ Position, or
Date. | Hour. ance aee Apparent Size. Colour. Duration. Altitude and
Azimuth.
1857.| h m s
Aug.10)12 10 a.m.|Birmingham ... =2nd mag.% ...+- Blue ......---/0° second .../From y Andro-
mede to
| ie =
| 21° + 22
10|12 21 a.m.|Ibid .............+. |=2nd mag.* «.+.-./Blue «+--+. 0-5 second ...|From « to @ Pe-
| gasi.
10|12 46 am. |[bid ..........00665/ = 2nd mag.x oeee.|BlUe sees 0°5 second ...|From 6 Persei to
48° + 23°
10|12 46 30 [Ibid .........eeees =2nd mag.% «..+ elue\ seeeerener 0-2 second ....From « to » Persei
a.m.
10)12 52 am.|[Did ......eeee Brighter than Ist Orange colour ‘5 second ... a= 6=
mag.*. From 10°+ 60°
to 332 +48
1012 59 am.|[bid .........+..0+- =Ist mag% .-. Yellow ....../1 second ...... From 70 +60
to 94 +59
10} 1 O am. |Ibid.........e =SBrd mag.% sees Blie weseesss (0°5 second ...| From 67 +66
to 120 +60
10/110 am. |Ibid...........6.|=Ist mag.# ...+/Yellow .....-/0°5 second ...| From 97 +60
to « Urse M
joris.
10) 1 22 am.|[bDid............00 =Ist mag.* ......Orange ...... 0°75 second.../From » sage: t
a= —
67° + 28
10| 9 39 p.m.|London ......06-)=25 MAH veeeeeleeees Bees ssisws| sues SPO ORISIOC co
From 58° +78
to 17 +63
10| 9 57 p.m.|[bid .......0+.000- QE MAR — cereeelasccsrsccereereeee|seeterees seoseeees{EtOm 275 +83 |
to 322 +64
TOO 5-30 [[bids...iveteecsss =3rd mag.% «ess! Seasmenteaseees ereser Weak ...-(From 97% +734
p.m. to 53 +652
10/10 11 p.m.|Ibid......... chest =Ist Mag.x ..+0- Bright orange).......-+ Spanos From 102 +26
colour. to 150 +37
TUCO Ce ts We Se 9 by G Es acasecemocr |=Ist mag.¥ -e.00. Bright orange|.........c000. ../From 184 +39
p-m. colour. to 154 +292
10|10 16 p.m. |Ibid .........0ee0e =2nd MAg.% ....0-[eeee Mare vany se euoe) Senerence sessseeee[From 317 +5
to 5 +65
10|/10 28 p.m.|[bid............... QL MATH cesses leeneeeaeeceeeecenelesneeeaeceenes .-.|From 357. +18
to 3563 +10
10|10 36 p.m.|[hid .........4006-.| =S1Td Mage .e- ee |eeee sister ae'els entee| sitesi seeoeees/Erom 340 +28
to 2% +15
10)10 43 p.m.|[bid ..........06+..;= 1% Mag.% «..+- Palewblue..<-s|csnesseesees veeeee(Erom 35224 +66
to 351 +41
10/10 48 p.m.\[bid .........+ Spo] Reodoonee SROREOCLORDOCO: |Pale blue .....-|c.nnceensemeitees From 20 +70
to 4 +50
10)10 56 p.m.|Ibid........ Miteee| 2 AGIMIAD SRS serera|sineaces ae eaten sdeascaccdassucacs| HUOTI Sige tetany
to 12 +37
1010 57 p.m. Ebid ....c.cceceeeee = ISt MAG ceeeee Pale DIUC.....-|.cescceeeeeresaee Disappeared ne
a Coronz.
10/10 57 p.m./Birmingham ...;=1st mag.%......... Yellow ...+- 1 second ......,. From y Cygni to
; Aquilz.
LOW WS pina petwsneeser =3rd maz.% ..... Bienes ..../0°5 second hie ~ Cygni to
Equulei.
olf
en
: A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS, 357
-
| Direction ; noting also
earance; Train,ifany,| Length of | whether Horizontal, 2 = rs
“i and its DuraGon, : Path. Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer.
Inclined.
ae phe elscets ee .seee/Directed from Z Came-|......,..... Seesuecatess: ....|W. H. Wood.
lopardi.
. chccoscodECOsncc ope eeeenee aueldereeseccaeves| J CECted {OM € PELSEl:.|sccscedveterecessescsseceoed IU:
Bens res'./.0..- seeseceerecereclsoeserecesesees| Directed from € CassiO-|...cecsccsccscsssscaseccscoeselLde
peie.
Reaiiencastagtiesendes|res Scsrsenasna-(Winected: from ie Cagsi0-.s.cecesssceccoriceccctece.. {lds
peice.
Seeeaaiesseslsoeeacessie a+ |Directed from C Came-|.......... Fodigodponcencenceaee \Id.
lopardi.
Peaches ccsen - dec anes gneeene Shor Ucdtosaccasacnd Directed’ from’ Ci Cames):cteseterksaccss<odsesess oe. Id.
lopardi.
EERCGaRe esc axcheses|cesesosec+ acho. |Direeted trom: 2'Came:|Prtees s<vvaticisee. te alla
lopardi.
>: ¢coc BASRA Be sooccesseeee[Directed from C Came-|.....:...0sssseeessescessccec(1dy
lopardi.
eft a pale green train ...|.......... ».... Directed from y Cas-)At 1" 30™ am. rate 14/Id,
siopeiz. meteors per hour,
MMESROsEs ew nencencueraceacess|socc0tsscenanes|ssescescesuscedcessascsnsccnss[sesescnssaessnosecseoece see.) T. Crumplen.
cos Soc Niscvasecs Ba ontacetace tnt: [satinvccoresta anath< eee Followed by another'[q,
with bright streak
more to the right.
BMEertrnedes Ses sossicecccsves ROG REP OSE REE oe COCOSC UD EEE EER y: seein: [sactanaareateetesosneas BSE Id.
Git a short train Which]...-<...-.00...|ss0seceesees Se Poo Recent Ended beyond _ the Id.
faded quickly. boundary of the map.
Two bright globular
meteors remarkably
alike,
eft a short train WHICH |...sscccccesse|sccessseessenseccnascece miescnn|=0*seseseeursioesss cea teseeeee Id.
faded quickly.
no feared Bcneniee: Brom Radiant, enear |*.-accsc sen aascseeaeus Foe otic!
Lyre.
Meee tsvecsccsscceccucs Redan eaeie meeeelontesae sok face avcuawensaxet. A 2nd mag. meteor pre-i[d.
ceded this one from
near a Lyre.
_ 940 See pel Pasocteceosccee jEromi Radiant, neat! (al--.=s+m-rescsssssoerosece..-\1d.
Lyre.
Ea ae eseceesecescs.| sco cee hassecwentaacedanisravess’essoaraues ese ed)eassenshine sce sarcasdaseswes| Id.
Saaasseanesslnaduhi-Weshnnaaalanesa-sceiacct a(n ses scesey see |scetesaneees dense osecescucves Id.
Rescate Biabnit | ecrsiacldact-Wisinaisie ins sie seis siaicliae segie\se\nsin'as's's sls veisiestecjon cas LCL
oo Breast Ceebrano tends tans esiensedecscs Imperfect view. Identi-|Id.
cal with the next. (See
Appendix I, 8.)
ME ioor6 ais sis vx sis Sav] ecw cree nse fon Directed from ¢ Cassio-/Tortuous path; sky|W. H. Wood.
peiz. eight-tenths clouded.
RP OA Kessenaechecee |Directed from Pclaris...|From 98 to 10® p.m. no/Id.
1 meteors seen; clear sky.
l
358 REPORT—1867, y
Pienaar ; : eee Position, or
Date.| Hour. Obsenaan: Apparent Size. Colour. uration. mien ane
1866.|h m
Aug.10)11 36 p.m.|/Birmingham ...)=Ist mag.*.....+4+ Bue hxgssceae2: \0°5 second ...| a= p=
\From 57° + 45°
to 90 + 62
10)11 45 p.m. Vbid .........eeeees =SId MAg.t ...... JBI). einsnasoe 0-5 second ...|From (£ Andro-
mede to 3 Pi-
scium.
JOVI 55 p.m-|Tbid ........-.00+0. Brighterthan Sirius| Yellow ../......,1°5 second .../From y Cephei to
t Draconis. |
1011 56 p.m. Ibid.......... sooo] =2Nd MAG seeeee iBlue ......+..|0°5 second ... i 0
From 25°+71°
to ve Cephci.
TO|LL 58 p.m. |Ibid ........ceeeees =3rd mMag.% «+004 OTT eae soee 0°5 second .,./From 25°+71°
to y Cephei.
MOU LG. ala Ebid' 63.2... ese. Brighter than 1st Orange-colour0°5 second .../from @ to p An-
mag.%. | dromede.
11/12 45 a.m.lIbid ..............- =2nd mag.x ....../Yellow ...... 9°5 second ...\From @ Andro-
mede to y Pi-
| scium.
11/12 48 a.m.|Ibid ..........0006 |= 2nd mag.* ....., Yellow. .......0°5 second ...|From 6 Andromede
| e= C=
to 11° + 14°
1112 54 am./Ihid ............... =Ist mag. ...... (Blue ......... /1'25 second .../From » Persei to
| @ Aurige.
11/12 55 a.m.Tbid...... drsevere| sxlstmag.% ...-0 [Ney etasnane® \1:25 second ...|From Pleiades to
C= o=
| 70) gate 93°
11/12 59 a.m.jIbid...... os eactiee =Ist mage ...... le Hae eee con 9:75 second ....From y Pegasi to
c= (=a
350° — 6°
LS aca hide cn. sseceeane |=2nd mag.x ...... Blue «s....... \0°5 second ...|/From p to ¢ Persei
UL 38 Ps UDG cere. p ogee |=3rd mag-x ...... BIW; .sdace> ../0°5 second .../From 7 to @ Her-
culis.
1111 14 p.m.|Mbid ...........e ee |= Ist mag. ...... |Blue_ ........./0°75 second... co
| From 70°-+60°
| | to 100 +64
TAWA ise: Sy or LD ey lie aeeeesninenee = 2nd mag.* ...... Orange colour|9°75 second...|From 67 +66
| to 78 +69
PAS RD AMADA. cccses ess 06: Brighter than Ist/Blue ......... 0:75 second...|From (6 Persei to
mag. | | fie
| 41° 4°32°
12\From 10 to|Prestwich, Man-|=2nd mag. ....... White ......6. ‘94 second .../Erom 6 Cassio
11 p.m. chester. | peiz to 2 Ce
| phei.
THR RH ea Apcsitcs| |i cite Maspanocee aaeesa [dere nads soon eee nptnede [Dull reddish....0°S second ...|From g Cephei t
m Custodis.
WA) eseseic seassper| LDL beanstarenceest: =2nd mag.x ...... INOUE <cree een \0°25 second.../From A Draconi
| to 6 Urse Ma
| joris.
Vl cwecesiexeetan MD idsvesse sates nes 2nd Maes ....0: [Willies cee caer 9-5 sccond ...)from o Cassiopeia
Tel sapbagnanccce er (L Dl cs-ceevsegneaen Hee DA! «cave o|sawiel sens veeesencin|seaniics Bef ntact Centre at } (e¢, 7
| . Trianguli.
1. [Eee oe ESR NNTODE 03 .s-lecucscncmanes cates ‘0-5 second ...|\Centre at e Persei..
MD wasoscciseleaay Tid ...,..eeeseeee, =2nd mag.x ...... | weraneg a paleter 0-3 second ...\Centre at » Urs
| Majoris.
seconds.
Fete eee een eenee
eft a train
eft a train
eft a red train
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
Appearance ; Train, if any,
and its Duration.
Left a green train on its
whole course for three)
Tere weeereneeee He eee ersten on
FOP eee renee eneeees
FO ee eee erereees
Length of
Path.
see ee eee eene
Feet ee ewer eees
teen eee Pe eeeeee
weet eneee Ce ee
veweee Tener weer e ne steerer etaneres
ee cs er errs oo
OPPO eee sewers eeeeeaee
ed rrr ry oy
wees wee seeeeeee
Pere eeeeeene See l eee ee ress eeees
POR eee e eter eee coer rer enes eee
1
TRE e eee eee wre ter tee teh ees eeees
teeeee Ree eee eee ee eee eens
POM ee enreee eee ee eee ere Ty
90
eee errr ry re ee
20
teeee vere ee ee eee
-|Directed from « Cassio-
..|Directed from e¢ Came-
eee errr errr
. Directed from e¢ Came-
....|Directed from ce Came-
.|Directed from y Persei..|
-|Directed from e¢ Came-
.|From Radiant A,
Direction; noting also
whether Horizontal,
Perpendicular, or
Inclined.
.|Directed from ¢é Cassio-
pei.
peie.
lopardi.
Directed from B Came-
lopardi.
lopardi.
Directed from e Cassio-
peiz.
Directed from ¢ Cassio-
peiz.
Directed from y Pegasi
Directed from e Came-
lopardi.
lopardi.
Directed from g Came-
lopardi.
lopardi.
Directed from C Came-
lopardi.
From Radiant A, (?) ...
Directed from Radiant
From Radiant A,
From Radiant B, (?) ...
From Radiant A,.
errr
‘From Radiant 4,
. Directed from v Persei..
Directed from » Persei. |.
Directed from X Persei.|,.,
Sky four-tenths clouded
| round the horizon,
|
Td.
(Pete eeeeee * eee eens vee is
SCAR B REN STs eae oe iiotomuian Id.
Sky (round the horizon),
two-tenths clouded.
No meteors seen in the
last interval,
STEM O OOOH OHHH OOO nee rnereeeee
Id.
Id.
Lee eee eee eee eee eee ey eteee Id.
ere re, eT eA
Basset vas dette wos outivnnass/ CG
At 1" 20" am. skyjld.
hazy; stars scarcely
visible.
Fine moonlight night .../[d.
Three meteors per hour|[d.
ssid ackeasaide Patapoesbacrened Aer
Fiat: dacoteyeeae iacvcostieved| Lie
bet ae ecdaanpdtee ete LCE
Raeca aa see svete notasees: td.
deeded cite paeaausse heb. Id.
Bates anpidvarssquesei facet fd.
Peace deg avarudueen® ce can; Id.
Moon nearly full; fine Id.
night.
359
Remarks. Observer.
eee! sssesossssssnsee| We HL, Wood,
360
Place of
Hour. Observation.
Date.
1866.| h m s
Aug.12| 9 3 p.m. Birmingham
12/11 37 p.mjIbid................
19/10 O p.m. Palisades, Dobb’s
(local time).| Ferry, U.S. A.
20'About 8 25 Hawkhurst
p-m. | (Kent).
2019 0 p.milibid..............
20 9 5 p.m. Ibid..
7:59 30
p.m.
Sept. 1
..|=I1st mag.
i]
.. =2nd mag.+
REPORT—1867.
Apparent Size.
= 2nd mag.x
Appeared — several
times larger than|
Jupiter.
\As bright as Jupiter
= 2nd mag.*
weeeee
Two or three times
brighter than a
lst mag.x.
Colour.
Duration.
— |
Saas .../L second ......
sbatheeeee 0°5 second ...
Blue, thenlilac 2 or 3 seconds
‘Colour of Ju-1°3 second ...
piter.
White: \..c00.«- \l second ......
ccsunbaee ‘1 second ......
Greenish white 15 second ...
Position, or
Altitude and
Azimuth.
6B Aquarii
a= —
From 121°+62° |)
to @ Urse Ma-
joris. }
Appeared —_ about}!
midway between]
From 6 to » An-
dromede.
Commenced at hj
From altitude 35°)
to altitude 10°,))
N.
APPENDIX.
Observations of Meteors made at the Cambridge Observatory between No-
vember 13th, 11" 30™ and November 13th, 14" 15™, in the year 1866. By
Professor CHaL.is.
The observations were made by means of a small wooden meteoroscope on a tripod
stand, furnished with a straight bar about 21 inches long, and readily moveable in
altitude and azimuth. The movement in altitude carried a graduated are which
was read off by an index partaking of the azimuth motion. The movement in
azimuth carried a horizontal graduated circle read off by an index fixed to the tripod
stand. I marked the lines of graduation roughly to integral degrees for use on this
occasion. In taking an observation, the bar was pointed by hand to the place of
the meteor, the eye looking along the straight edge. The point selected for obser-
vation was sometimes the middle of the course, but more generally the end of it.
At the instant of seeing the meteor I called out “now,” and Mr. Todd, the Junior
Assistant at the Observatory, gave the time from a mean-time chronometer from
which he was ccunting to himself. I then took the altitude- and azimuth-readings,
about 20° W. of i
=
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 361
bid ———
J Direction ; noting also
<ppearance ; Train, ifany,) Length of | whether Horizontal, ee
and its Duration. Path. Perpendicular, or Remarks. Observer.
Inclined.
laeoseeseeseeeee Hissssesecseaes/eeeeteeeeseees-|Directed from y Persei.. Fine moonlight night ....W. H. Wood.
“oSodep tteseesss ers erreeeees|seeaseeeeseeeee|Directed from C Came-|Meteors two per hour ;Id.
lopardi. one observer.
regular globular mass,|2° or 3° Moved along a_line/Seen apparently at the W. S. Gilman,
rather elongated in| while in} drawn from a Lyrx| closeofits flight. The) jun.; N.Y,
the direction of its} sight. to 7 Ursx Majoris. observer’s attention) Tribune.
flight; roughly di- called to it by a blue
vided into at least flash of light.—Seen
two, probably three, also at New London,
parts, like a mass of Conn. Yellow, sur-
molten iron from a rounded by blue and
ladle. At first sur- green light. Roughly
rounded by bright co- globular; elongated
ruscations; subsequently in the direction of its
by a pale ruddy lilac fall. Altitude 45°.
glare, and then disap-
peared.
ightest near the middlel0° ......... Nearly perpendicular ;|Light slightly inter-|A. S. Herschel.
of its path. No train or downwards. rupted at small in-
sparks. tervals.
ightest near the middle 8°............ (Directed from P Camc-]...........00. mines daeisnts Sac Id.
of its path. lepardi.
train or sparks ......... Pentcan sd asventlensemenaras cnsscoeee ofeoonetc: ee ah eT err eh ae ee Id.
ther less bright at first,|.............../ Vertically down ......++ Sky cloudy. The meteor/H. Airy.
hen it was seen through disappeared and re-
slight veil of cloud. appeared behind the
clouds.
which, with the time and the other circumstances, were recorded by H. Wilberforce
Clarke, Esq., R.E., of Chatham. The direction of flight was estimated by con-
ceiving the face of a watch to be projected on the heavens, its centre coinciding
with the observed place of the meteor, and the hour XII pointing towards the
zenith. The meteor’s course was in the direction from the centre of the watch to-
wards the recorded hour. No especial care was taken to place the axis of motion
of the meteoroscope in a vertical position, but I had previously adjusted the lengths
of the legs of the stand so that if it were placed on a horizontal plane the axis
would be very nearly vertical. From time to time altitude and azimuth observa-
tions were taken of stars, for the purpose of obtaining data for calculating the error
of position of the axis. The stand was placed on the flat roof of a small out-
building, covered somewhat unevenly with lead, and not being attached to the roof
and being of light weight, it was liable to be shaken and displaced. Ihave reason
to say that in consequence of accidental disturbance, it did not retain exactly the
same position during the whole of the observations. With regard to magnitude,
the meteors are divided into three classes called a, 8, and y. Those of class a were
as bright as stars of the first magnitude, and a few as bright as Venus when brightest.
The class 8 were of the second or third magnitude; and the class y were compara-
862 REPORT—1887.
tively faint, but not smaller than fifth-magnitude stars. The letter T in the sub-
joined list indicates that the meteor had a train, which was the case with by far
the greater number. Observations were made at the same time and place with
another meteoroscope by Professor Adams and his Senior Assistant Mr. Graham,
and it was agreed to divide the heavens into the northern and southern halves. As
I took the northern half, my observations are principally in that portion, the ex-
ceptions occurring in the earlier and later observations, and when the north quarter
was nearly covered with clouds, (See Table, pp. 364, 365,) ¢
Notes explanatory of the Calculations.
The chronometer was 2™ 51°82 fast on Observatory Mean Time at November
13th, 11" 28™, and 2™ 52*:35 fast at November 13th, 16" 49™. Hence as the Ob-
servatory is 22575 east of Greenwich, 3™ 15° has been subtracted from each of the
chronometer times to calculate the Greenwich Mean Time to the nearest second.
The azimuths are reckoned from the N. point through E. to 360°. Let A represent
the azimuth-reading, and « the zenith-distance reading for any star, and let a and ¢
be its true azimuth and zenith distance calculated from its mown R. A. and N. P. D.,
the colatitude of the Observatory being 37° 47’, and the longitude east 22°75. Also
suppose the axis of the instrument to have inclined by the arc x from the zenith
towards the south, and by the arc y from the zenith towards the east. Then if m
be the index-correction of the zenith-distance readings, and » the index-correction
of the azimuth-readings, we have the following equations :—
(—Z=m—z cos a+y sin a,
a—A=n-+ cot ¢ (x sina+y cos a).
The values of A, Z, a and 90°—¢ are given in the foregoing Table. By using
these values, two equations were derived from each of the observations of stars.
It should, however, be stated that, instead of using the recorded value of z, I have
adopted in each instance a value greater by one-fourth of a degree, having found
by experiment that the eye was almost necessarily elevated a little above the end
of the bar in order to see the opposite end in coincidence with the object. The
experiments gaye a difference of pointing equal to about 15’. Also the small cor-
rection required for refraction has been taken into account to the nearest minute.
In this manner the following equations were obtained for determining the values of
m,n, © and y:—
No, No. of No. of
of the the equa- the equa-
Series, (¢—Z) tion. (a—A) tion.
1, 21°27'*=m—0-04652r+0-9989y (1). .—52°10' =n+0:84662+0:0394y (8)
3. 21 25 =m+0-64942-+0-7604y (2)..—53 Ot=n+0:5337x—0-4559y (9)
22, 17 11 =m—0:8650xr—0:5018y (3)..—56 37 =n—0-06340-+0-1093y (10)
46, 21 21 =m+0:22302+40-9748y (4)..—53 7 =n+1-2205r—0-2791y (11)
51. 20 51 =m+00311¢+0-9995y (5)..—54 13 =n+0-31232—0-0097y (12)
62. 19 41 =m+0:7755x2+0-6314y (6)..—55 9 =n+0-4766r—0-5854y (13)
70. 19 56 =m-+0-2275r-+0-9738y OF .—53 51 =n+0-47042—0:1099y (14)
Any displacement of the stand would be likely to exhibit itself in discordances
of the values of a— A, rather than in discordant values of (—Z.’ The above values
of a—A show that there was no azimuthal change sufficient to affect the values of
x and y, but that there may haye been small changes of the index-correetion n,
These changes, must, however, haye been too small to have any perceptible effect
on the values of (—Z. Asthere was an interval of only three minutes between Nos.
i and 3, it may be assumed that for these observations both m and m had the same
values. Accordingly, after eliminating mand x from the equations (1), (2), (8) and
* Instead of the recorded reading 32° Thave used 28°, an error having been apparently
committed by mistaking the direction of the graduation.
t Instead of the azimuth-reading 188} Ihave adopted 1834, a mistake having been pro-
bably made in reading off or recording. ;
s
;
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 3638
d
-~ ee eee
(9), the resulting two equations have been employed for finding z and y. These
- equations are—
— 2'=0:6959x—0-2385y,
+50'=0:31297-+0-4953y,
which give z=+26', y=+84!. As I had no reason to suspect any azimuthal
disturbance of the instrument between Nos. 62 and 70, the interval between them
being not more than seventeen minutes, I have similarly employed the equations
(6), (7), (18), and (14) for finding v and y, The two resulting equations are—
—15'=0:54802r—0-2424y,
—78'=0:0062r—0-4755y,
which give e=+76', y=+165'. These values are not accordant with those ob-
tained from the other set of equations ; but perhaps the deviations from the mean
values, which do not exceed 25'in altitude and 40’ in azimuth, are not greater than
what might be expected from the mode of observing and the character of the in-
strument. I haye therefore adopted the values r=50', y=125', using 50! instead
of the exact mean 61’ for facility of calculation. I tried other combinations of the
equations, but found none that gave as probable results as those derived from the
above yalues of x and y.
Hence the values of m derived from the equations (8) and (9) are —52° 57!
and — 52° 30!, the mean of which, —52° 44’, is adopted for Nos. 1 to 17 of the series,
a note haying been made that just after No. 17 the stand was disturbed. The
values of n, similarly derived from the equations (10) to.(14), are —56° 47’, —53°
83!, —54° 27’, —54°20', and —54°1', The two first seem to indicate unsteadiness
of the stand, but as their mean does not greatly differ from the mean of all, it was
thought right to adopt the latter mean, viz. —54° 37’, for all the observations after
No. 17.
When the same values of « and y are substituted in the equations (1) to (7), the
resulting values of m are 19° 24’, 19° 17', 18° 57', 19° 7’, 18° 44’, 17° 43', and 17° 43!
the mean of which is 18° 42/. For verification of this result I also obtained the
index-correction in the following manner :—An adjusted spirit-level was placed on
the upper flat side of the bar, and the bar being made to point horizontally by
bringing the bubble into middle position, the altitude-circle was read off. The same
thing was done after changing the azimuth by 180°. The two readings being 71°
15’ and 71° 35’, the complement of half their sum is + 18° 35’, which consequently
is the index-correction. By another trial made in azimuths 90° from the former,
the two readings were 70° 0! and 73°0!, and the index-correction is consequently
+18° 30’. The mean between the two results, viz. 18° 33’, is the adopted value
of m; this mode cf determining it heing-thought to be more accurate than the other,
The small difference between this value and +18° 42! is considerable confirmation
of the accuracy of the adopted values of wand y. It should be added that in ob-
taining these corrections, the meteoroscope was placed, as nearly as could be con-
_ jectured after about a month’s interval, in the same position that it had during the
observations, and that consequently the values of v and y may be inferred from the
differences of the altitude-readings in the respective positions. The values thus
obtained are z=+10', y=+90!. As I could not be sure that the meteoroscope in
this trial had exactly the same position as before, I have preferred using the values
of « and y deduced from the observations of stars.
Representing now by A and Z the azimuth- and zenith-distance readings for the
observation of any meteor, the following equations were employed for calculating
its true azimuth and altitude as given by the observation :—
True altitude (8)=71° 12'—Z+50! cos (A+n)+125' sin (A-+7) —refvaction.
Trne azimuth =A-+n-+ tenB (50! sin (A-+-n)+125’ cos (A+7)).
The value of 2 is —52° 44! for Nos. 1 to 17, and —54° 37! for the remaining Nos,
The constant 71°12’ is 90°—18° 35'—15'; the correction — 15‘ being applied for
1867.
REPORT
364
7 by UAL otGUuUOr) (7, v ¥ SLUL BOY U
potunsse si curpracoouRjsip-qytuez oy, “Le ‘ON
*poAdosqo JOU opsue-MOTJOOAICE “TE “ON
‘qurod-SurystuA “6% “ON
"EST Bl} ssoy ooURYSIp TILUOZ
0} Surjutod jo yrurpe you prp yor ‘adoos
-O10990 UL otf} Aq petovat oq Jou plhoo spnyryye
sy, “Yptuoz on} ysnoayy A[twou posseg “FZ “ON
“BUIYSIUBA JO BOB "EZ “ON
‘aaktyT 2 sea qoalqo oy, “GG ‘ON
‘OUUT} OURS Ot[} 4B oUNND TOYJOUW
‘urejataoun st $B opsue-woMoodtp oy, “1G ‘ON
*paq-tngstp ATpeyueptooe sea odoaso.t00y
ol 94} JO PUjs Ot} “ON SI 4qPY “PT “ON
‘OTQISTA UIeT} ON “OT ‘ON
‘aoyje ATyomb pamoypoy ouo
}YSIIq Y “popxoset you sean om} oy, “GT ON; _
*OSINOd OU} JO OPP ST “ON
‘osm0d oY} JO pus oy} JV “TL ON
‘9s.M00 OY} JO pus oy} FV “RON
“PAVASOM O.TOM SUOTJOUL TOT
‘OSINOD OY} JO UOTPROIPUL Sty WHOA, potdopUt
918 oo Sutpodoad oy} puw ‘ONT sty} Ur sopsue
“WOModip oy, “WozMoy oy Suyaryg “2 ‘ON
“TB }.100
“UOZILOY OY} SuyATYG "9 ‘ONT
“paadasqo JOU o[suUe-ULOT}
-UN ST OUT} OT,
“09M *OSIN09 OY} JO puso oy 4v UoyVy, °C “ON
*T ‘ON 0} syreut
-04 0} 00Y ‘SIMOIIQ #7 SLM RIS OYJ, “Ee ‘ON
‘sojony Axoyeuepdxo oy} cag = *suOTy
-BAIOSqO-LO}JoUt oy sv ysnl{ poywpoTea otosr
Pre RaC RE oResOUT iCinciaNh RUG ai oT
UMOUY LOY] UOT] poyBPNOTBOaLOA ‘SUOTFVATOSGO
-1B}8 JO OS¥O OT} UT Sjoyouaq Ut sopnyzyye pur
suze sy,y, “oseQ sv yoolqo oyy, *[ “ON
“syvutayy
Q9RT ‘TIGL toqutoroyy ‘stotyRAresq,) LO9}eT{
9G I 9%
00g | 2¢ 09
ecg | OF HF
Sle |: ST es
0L6| OF 6G
Ggz | 9% 2S
o¢ | + % 69
€9z'| 0€ Iz
éI 2)
ad 9¢ 4
Zone Sal Te
0L6| Gb &
0rG | LI &
G6 | 0G FP
OFZ | SI 8I
Cla
age." ZZ
Ola way eakaee|
cco | 6 SF
098 | SF SF
or | sees |
BG > {8 TI
042 | 2¢ 68
O16 | #2 SL
Ogee 2G
O42 |" 18
; LG OF
GOL | 06 98
(F cg)
ae SF os
Z8 oO Ee
(LT OF)
* 8 IP
fo} ‘ °o
Q
be eelet ts |
53 S| ‘epnygry
‘SS 5) payepmoyeg
: 3 =
ay a\-4e 2
0G rs”
— Y& — Pe cS) aero
LI 18 b Ee iD g
66 9G Gr Ig iL g
TaroL LE 08 ot D
8 8EE L6G L g
0G #8 IG 8G iD k
1g ggg OF 9G iL g
¥Z G6 | FE GS me A
FL &6 9 6 iL 9
OF S&S | 94 Ai g
(8¢ 628)
€ Gee | & Bs e “
G 9G 96 61 L d
Go FE ¥ SI L g
ae Ne reratay iD »
Coney Go GI D g
€ .Glz rae iL g
8% 19 FG GI SS D
OF 0z Looe 5 =,
68 & gg 6 i g
6F 66S GF 8 L g
€ OL ped ny g
eis. Gs & nF A
9¢ 928 | BEG iD »
1g 9¢ yt L S)
91 6G La OneG i ¢
ro 6c8. | TF LG-IL “a ¢
1g ese | ge EG en D
6F SIs ef EG L g
08 LIZ Li oF iL 9g
(Og Of)
OT O&T Ch OF = aft
1G CGI GE 68 iL J
(0@ Lg)
68 18 9g LE IT 5 5
cams s mw
i!
“EL Ysno.ay ‘uorywasasqojo| 5 e
N WoqF | owt, uv || FZ 5
qinuyzV | yormueasy 5 S
poyemmoyep : . a
“‘BUIPvaYT
aouryst(y
~yyuaz,
“BUIPRAYT
“GQQULIZy
IT
See 1
(OO;
TOPOULO MOAT,
*soldag
9} JOON
365
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
‘snqnsay “OY, ‘ON
“THBT} TTBS “89 “ON
(quonbeaz ssoy Tonur 019M 8.100}
-OUr of} OMNI} SIG FV) g,, PLM ONT, “C9 “ON
‘UIeT} ON “FO “ON
‘med, ON “EO “ONT
‘uofoorg sea qoalqo oyy, “G9 ‘ON,
SO IUTO Nala ON!
6 « PBF SUT» 09 “ON
“urRdy ON “GG ‘ON
‘quiod-juerpey ou} eAoqy “LG ‘ON
‘yurod-querpey ory Mopsg “9G “ON
(soovrd yuo1eytp ye paadosqo oq pynom
Ioajout ommes oy} yeyy AqrIqeqoad 97441, OY
PUL SIO9}OUT JO TaqUINU yro.L8 OTT FO JUNO. TO
paevoypeys OM SUOTZRATOSqO oY T,) ‘Appna svar
TOIJOUT OY} {UALS LO ONT svar UBT} ONT, “ZG ‘ONT
‘snqnsey sem qoalqo ey, “TG ‘ON
‘4xoU oY] pUL OUT SIT] SurqQ00dse.c Soq0 NT ONY dg
“THFIqQnop st oury oy} £ out, oes oy 4e ATAROTL
aed pue ‘Areuo1yeys yuRysur ue 10F poavodde
YIM OAXg Jo suor}isod or} Jo Urow ey, “OG “ON
“paydnadozUt 010M SUOTZVALOS
-q0 ot} pure ‘aTOT[A ot} 19A0 proads pnojo “10478
Aytoyg “papnozo sv sueavoy otf} Fo Javed u.10
-Y}LOU Ot} OULY SI] FY “UTeAy WYSITS YP ‘GF “ON
“LOJSVD sv Joolqo oy, “OF ‘ON
‘qurod-querpeyy or sp.comoz ATyo0.u1p paaout
HUIAVY SlOoJaUI PaAdesqo orf} JO ouoU ‘EQ «OZ
DYLISIUL B OG YSNUI MOY-UOOoIIpoyy, “EF “ON
“FG ON 999 + “yuomMAYsUT
aT} JO Towa.t orf} JO JNO SBM pu OY JO soULYSIpP
WjItozeyT, “osano0d9T]} JooTppruroyyIW “Zh ON
“ssR[d pmooes
IO 4SA OY} JO SVAA JI AoNJOYM [NFWQnop svar
ql Woy gf ‘M payvo st opnyruseut oy, ‘OF ‘ON
ae Paou jou von “Gg ‘ON
ied ee te — + & P} F
— *§H0 TWN)
(4% GS)
1G FG
FL 66
LG GI
GZ 69
0% IG
OF GF
9¢ 81
IT
(¢ 28)
&1 98
9¢ 8
OF FE
&¢ ST
Fh 9G
ZI 6E
gE LT
ZI GG
LF 98
91 09
€@ 61
(1@ 41)
Ge LT
8g Lg
cg FE
0 ¢9
(&% Te)
8¢ 1g
CZ GE
GG SF
91 Ge
+81 69
LL GF
GE FE
(6
$e
I
1g
G01)
ZOL
8
OOL
GI SI FI
0 GL
OL OL
6G kL
FL
GF G
FE 1
&F 6
66 89
OL 9G
IG ¥¢
Gg €¢
Go 6F
8 lf
€¢ HF
6F GP
SI GP
69 OF
IT 86
GF LI
GF OT
GG GG
GT &¢
FG IG
0G OG
IL 8F
Ig OF
GG GF
OG &F
IL &F
0G GP
96 IF
LE OF
FS 66
GE 8&
cP
61
P
te
€
G
I
I
T
I
BREASHAeHHH8he
cht
ten)
SO mt OD SH cH
rei
& ales ist ont ooh
eavale
69 $1
06 &T
8¢ GI
‘OL
‘69
89
“LO
‘99
Se)
*9
69
ws)
“T9
‘O09
‘6G
"ge
“Le
‘9g
“GG
Fe
“a
eg
akg
‘0¢
‘67
‘SP
LY
‘OF
CF
FF
‘Ch
366 REPORT—1867.
error of pointing, as already explained. The altitudes and azimuths of the stars
were calculated by the same formule, and are placed in the foregoing Table, to-
gether with their altitudes and azimuths calculated from their known R. A. and
N.P.D., in order to give the means of judging of the degree of accuracy to be
ascribed to the cbservations. (The latter are put in brackets.)
I made an observation of the mean of the positions of two stationary meteors
(No. 50) soon after the clouds had cleared off, and before counting from the chro-
nometer had recommenced. The time was taken roughly by my watch, which
was found by subsequent comparison to be seven minutes slower than the ehro-
nometer. The recorded time, 1" 20", takes into account this difference. The
time of observing Regulus (No. 51) was not noted; but as this observation fol-
lowed immediately after No. 50, it was conjectured from other similar cases that
the interval between them was about one minute. The times for Nos, 50 and 51
are, consequently, quite uncertain; but as the place of Regulus, calculated from
the observation, agrees well enough with its true place, it is not likely that they
are much in error. By caleulation of the R. A. and Deel. of the mean stationary
point from the azimuth 83° 24’ and the altitude 25° 12’, it is found that the R. A.
=150° 58’, and Decl. = +23° 36’.
Soon after secing the stationary meteors, I noted down the mean position with
reference to neighbouring stars, by mapping the stars and the estimated position
on a piece of paper, from which the annexed diagram
has been transferred by punctures through the paper. Ay
(It should be observed that the two meteors had about
the same altitude, and the move northward one was ex
much fainter than the other.)
By making use of the star-map in Johnston’s ‘ Atlas
of Astronomy,’ I estimated the place of the meteors
to be R. A.= 148° 45', and Decl.=22°50', The date °*
of the map being 1850, if allowance be made for an-
Mean position
© i: the meteors,
nual variations, the place for 1867-0 will be R. A.= pik
148° 59’, Decl. =22° 47",
This determination I consider to be more trust- 1%
worthy than the other, the R. A. of the former being
probably too much in excess of that of Regulus. Lf % Regndus
double weight be given to the second determination
of R. A., and equal weights be given to the declinations, the radiant point comes
out R. A. =149° 39/, Decl. = + 23° 12),
Cambridge, January 3rd, 1867, J, CHALLIS.
Meteors, 1866, November 13th to 14th.
Noy. 13th, 11» 28”, Noy. 13th, 16 49™, Noy. 15th, 14" 10",
nem as hm s s
F3312=11 27 33:5 F 3312=16 49 415 Sid. T., H slow 34:26
H= 2 55 30:0 H= 8 18 30:0 Daily losing rate= 1-68
sa DE an ED
256 3:47 819 3:85
15 29 29°31 15 29 29:31
11 26 84-16 16 49 84-54
= 15248 = 2 45:39
11 24 41-68 16 46 49°15 ©
- — 2 61:82 — 2 52:35
Hourly rate of Chronometer= — 0-69,
8 °. fe} oO /
Procyon ..11 43 40 62 45 20138 287 26
Polaris ....11 45 6 380416 5348 178 47
Aldebaran..11 4610 9720 5210 332 8 51 25
S Arcturus ..16 24 13 9
Sirus ....1695 6 14545 20 0 19 48
Aldebaran, .16 25.48 195 0 38610 69 2
Polaris ....16 26 48 304 0 8212 177 47 51 55
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 367
Stars for Instrumental Corrections.
Observed Observed ‘True True
Meantime. Azimuth. Altitude. Azimuth. Altitude.
h m
Meteors, 1866, November 15th to 14th.
Corr. of | Corr. of
Observed Observed
Azimuth, Altitude.
234 3] —0 18
234 48 —O 45
Spe iae =O) 8
284 3 —0 46
234 2 —0O 42
Observed at the Observatory at Cambridge, by Professor ADAMS.
(Error of Chronometer —2™ 52s.)
~ Mean
- Solar
—
i
ee| F
iss) He bo Co Ore °
—_
e
on on en
DO ATEThO HM OO
BS ot BAS om?
o n
True og oe |Sord | Bes | 8 a &
Mean Se a Pas ae eS = ze Not Fs
Time. om | OF [O28 /5O48/H8] A oF
hm s OMe! are on Cie h
11 49 12 | 321 0} 10 O} 195 16 9 3B | ass Qe pasedtadecceates G.
52 26 4 30} 39 O|} 2388 46| 38 33) y Oke | cdpabetoaas ss has G.
56 0] 349 O} 23 0} 223 16) 23 27) B Qala hsigdtsadcctge ’ G.
58 43 | 806 0 1 0 | 180 16 0 33 | « ir it | testa sescce daa fut Gi
RRDO VSG ciattdea: bi daceted, 9 Pse.bcdeh Wh aneted B 10 |Across@Ursee Majoris} G.
12 255/297 0} 18 O} 171 16} 17383) B 8 SeadeE cea ccctal G.
4 11 | 230 3 24 30 | 104 46) 2 3] B 5 sed G.
5 44 | 325 0] 68 30| 199 16] 68 3] 2 Qe!) seioaat-cssiaee ‘ G.
6 50 | 247 O| 23 30| 121 16] 23 3) » 3 diedtlivescoted G.
8 26} 125 0| 39 O 916} 38 33 | a« 4k |Train .......6. iecsecaes} G
9 41 | 1385 30 | 31 O 9 46| 38033] Bp Bot) decebe Reececs $8 G.
10 40 | 111 30} 27 O| 3845 46 | 26 33] 2 4 Pers Sere tee G.
11 44 | 102 30| 23 O| 836 46| 22 33] B 4 HAR chez G.
15 52] 54 0} 25 O| 289 16| 2 33) « 3 [Shower ....s.dscededp G
18°37 | Lis 0} 63) 0 |, AT 1G, |) 62 33) |e 5 |Fine train .....écecee| G.
19 25 | 197 80| 86 O| 71 46| 35 33]! « 54 |Fine train ...... aaeseay Gy
21 32 | 100 80 | 27 80 | 334 46] 27 38] 2 Be) eh ae eiaes apes G.
23 5 rage het Bete all hace eet (eke ee & 2} |Finetrain ; from Mars) G.
24 5| 54 O| 24 80| 28816] 24 38] « 3 |Fine train ...j.,......) G.
25 26 | 129 O0| 22 O 316 | 21 33) 6 4, \Train ssc... .ccaeddeoces| G.
28 1) 122 ©} 48 0} 356 16) 47 3 a AG PAD OD Api ssac otes G.
23.58 | LOGrSONp ee.aes 10) 46 |). gsscca a“ ... |Horizon wh Ge.
29 50 | 124 0] 85 O| 358 16| 34 33| B EW. These desccavseds G.
31 5 | 356 0] 24 O| 230 16| 23 33 | « 9 Hextnsdeediaed G.
SEs itis) |p isedsee . Wakte sats {|e aseadd & 9 Je Urse Majoris ..... ) G.
32 16.) aden SO) WO We secacger easiest @ Gol OU sesdanecseccae G.
33 27 9 0} 21 30 | 245 16) 21 3] B Qh vali by evedeanedesetes G.
34 26} 10 O| 16 80 | 24416] 16 3] «@ Gr ollie | bazegtacsccccazs G
SO LD wacked Metewsaedae (etasseaa & 2 |From Castor eet G.
35 32.| 85 0] 32 30:|.269 16} 32 3) 6 2 Sache eppeoet er G.
36°32) |) Saddev®: | end eae ine lie sete a ... |Across Castor ... e500. G.
36 59 |} 7 OO} sl O} 30716) 30:3 y Zibihe A | steds decenessea G.
ol & 23.0 )) SL (0) 257 16s 50: 3 B OF | wesddievceset id G.
38 16] 355 0} 27 OO} 22916) 26 33 | B 83 oer, ad G.
3868 sosasig 20. REPORT—=1867~i5 us BESGILTAS ;
DANE oe tea ee nm
True Grd. | 36 Sat | Bey Bole Be] 2g ig 3
Mean | Mean [.sesi-|- 2S | ESS | ESS | abuses ee ac
Solar Solar |< S:5 Bf | $88 | SSS | Ss lee ga]
Time. ss =2'5 r= ane lees a Sale mish sa 28
Time. Og | OF (O48 [O48 | SaMArle: vas OA
hmsj|hwms ea; he wt Pe | eS fee
12 41 41 38 49| 25 0| 64 0] 25916] 6333] « G.
42 18 39 26 | 43 30] 37 30| 277 46] 37 3] « G.
43 10 ADutealas... eg Oly eae Scan ata a G.
43 52 41 0] 356 01° 28 30] 23016] 28 3] « G.
44 34 Al 42} 313 01-21 0] 18716] 2033] « G.
45 15 42 93! 16 01 32:0} 25016! 31 33] B G.
46 0 43 81 45 01 25 30] 27916] 25 3] « G.
46 37 43 45 | 11 0] 28-0] 24516) 2733] « G.
47 30 44 38 230! 23 0| 236 46] 22 33] « G.
48 28 45 36 | 353 0] 40 0] 22716] 39 38] « G.
49 6 46 14] 91 0] 29 0} 32516] 28 33] « G.
50 22 47 30 9 0| 44 30| 24316] 44 3] @ | 10 |Clouding over ...... G.
51 26 AB 4-8 Merhncs 70] Wetter eonmeaeste) 1S Zeeacs a 9 8, e Urse Majoris ...| G.
52 40 49 48] 36 0| 41 0O| 27016] 40 33] « 1d |S heer es G.
53 16 50 24| 70 O| 34 30| 30416] 34 3] « CY eae Se G.
53 52 510] 85 30| 22 0] 319 46] 21 33] 6b 5 ||" aoe ad G.
54 24 51 32] 5230] 44 0] 28646] 43 33] « 8 rain aeereien scare ..| G
55 18 5226] 10 0| 45 0O| 24416] 4433] «| Il i G.
56 4 53 12] 99 0O| 22 30 | 33316] 22 3] «@ 4 G.
56 45 53853 | 14 0] 49 0] 24816] 4833] «]} 11 G.
57 40 54 48] 96 0] 25 0] 33016! 24 33] « 4 G.
12 58 48/12 5556] 46 0] 22 0} 28016] 21 33] « 4 G.
13 33 35 | 13 30 43 6 0] 38 30] 24016] 38 3] 86 5 G.
34 36 31 44 | 4130] 29 0] 275 46] 28 33] 6 3 G.
35 18 32:26 | 59 0] 20 0] 29316] 19 33] B& 44 G.
35 46 32 54 | 22 0] 27 0}| 25616] 26 33] » 9 G.
36 8 33:16 | 74 0] 81 0] 80816] 3033] « 3d G.
37 38 34.46 | 59 30| 27 0 | 29346] 26 33] « 4 G. |
38 2 35.10'|- 60.30 | 21 30 | 294 46] 21 3] 6 43 G.
38 30 35-88-| 84-30] 20 0] 318 46] 19 38] 2 Dy) G.
38 50 35-58;|-61° 0} 36 0] 295 16] 35 33/| B 33 G.
39 15 36-23-| -26:30'| 69 0 | 26046] 6833) «| 11 .| Ge.
39 48 36-56 |. 70:3 51 30 | 304 46] 51 3|-2 14 G.
40 27 37 35 |-59°0| 50 0] 29316] 4933 | «¢ |.-a— G.
40 56 38.4 | 29°30] 51°30 | 253.46) 51-37 e | 11 G.
41 38 38 46 | 67-30] 76 O| 301 46] 7533) @ 1 G.
42 5 39 13 | 74°30] 87 0] 308 46 | 36 33] 33 G.
42, 27 39 35 | - 333 53 30 | 267 46 |. 53 3-|'2 | ‘OE G.
43 29 40°87 | 5430] 23 O| 288 46| 22 33] « 3 G.
43 42 40 50| 22 0| 389 0| 25616] 3833] 6B | 103 G.
44 8 41:16 | 77-0] 15 0] 311.16) 14 33]-2« 2 G.
44 48 41 56 5 30] 61 0O| 239 46] 6033.) « | 102 G.
45 24 42 32! 73 30| 28 0| 307 46] 27 33] B 34 G.
45 57 43 5| 70 0| 43 0O| 30416] 4233] 3 G.
46 30 43 38| 39 0] 20 30] 27316] 20 3] B 52 G.
46 55 44 3/ 63 0] 29 O| 297.16] 28 33] a 6 G.
47 28 44 36 | 67 30] 40 0] 301 46| 39 33] B 23 Ga. |
48 21 4529] 84 0| 42 30] 31816] 42 3] 6 QR G. 4
49 0 46 8] 56 0| 28 30] 29016] 28 3] «@ 4 G.
49 29 46 387 | 66 0} 33 30] 29016]: 33 3] 32 G.
49 58 47 6| 70 0} 18 0O| 30416] 1733] > 42 G.
50 27 47 35 | 74 0| 38 30| 30816] 38 3] » 3 G.
51 16 48 94! 48 0| 17 30| 28216] 17 31] B 41 Gg.
52 8 49 16| 96 0| 28 0} 32016 )| 27 33 |-« 4 G. |
52 52 50 (0/127 01) 57 0 116] 5633] B 32 G:
54 3 51 39 | 164 0/] 6630] 8816] 66 3] @ 41 G.
5o 10 5218! 89 0| 55 0O| 32316] 5433] » Bis| ok ie Sa. @
5D 53 53 1/151 30! 62 0| 2546] 61 33] « BA) cee Be eae G.
56 39 53 47| 85 O| 86 0]| 31916] 85 33] « Ba ee G.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 369
uy a : re : : a) S mn
Mean Sok 34 3 eae dh #5 = $8 “| 3 io S
Bor | Sor | go | ge | gee | SSe:| | E Nots. 5 §
‘ 3 25 S-e oe 3| oe a |S | 8 at aa
a Time. | O69 |.O5 (OSS | OS S|] A- . Ow
hm s hms os (2 ag | be] Ow She, |e h.»
13 57 12 | 13 54 20 88 30 44 0°} 322 46 43 33°|-B 33 G.
57 42 54 50 | 133 .0 42 30 7 16 42-3] B 4°? G.
58 10 55 18 93° 03) edl 102): 327°16 30 33 | 41° G.
58 49 5a Oa 80 30 0} 314 16 29.33'|*y |? 44 G.
13 59 25 56 33 72°30 | 42 0 | 306 46 41 33.) y 3 G.
14 0 54 58 2 20 0 25 0 | 254.16 94 33.| 'e | °10 G.
2. 2 59 10 76 O 25 0] 310 16 24 33 | 6B 14 G.
2 37 | 13 59 45 | 105 O 21 0} 339 16 20 33° |.<6 a G.
3 20 | 14 0O 28 95.0 28 0} 259 16 QE 88.\-+a es G.
4 1 ‘Tee 9 26 0] 38 30 | 260 16 38° 3.| £ Pi VEE G.
4 36 14 81 0] 29 30} 315 16 29 3} a] +4 G.
5 25 2 33 65 0 45 0 | 299 16 | .44 33./.6 2s G.
G& 0 3.8 42 30 42 0 | 276 46 4} 33° |e nab G.
6 48 3 56 14 30 42 0} 248 46 4 33. oF G.
7 33 4 41 76 0 29 0} 310 16 28 33 | «@ 43 G.
8 11 5.19 27 30 18 0 | 261 46 17 33.) 2 7s G.
8 44 5 52 20 0 37 (0 | 254 16 36 33 | « a a.
9 25 6 33 22 0} .18 0] 256 16 17 33 | > 4 G.
9 36 6.447). 74. 0 24 0 | 308 16 23.3. | @ 43 G.
10 44 7:52:| 78. 0} 29 0:|.312-16)|. 28:33 |p] 4 G.
me 8 8 .16:| .83:30 | 42 0.|'317 46°} 141, 33 | B 3 G.
11 37 | = 846°|'197' 0.) -34:0:|: 361 16: |) 83°33] B | 4 G.
13 10 | 10) 48%| 124:90.j]! 24 (0']’358 46 | 723 33 | @ |.) 43 G.
13 21 10°29 ‘817-0 A6:°0°| 315 '16 |: 45 33:| « 3 G.
14 52 12 .O-|: }58is-04) --53 <0") 292 16 52-33 | @ me G.
15 27 12 35 Hadtee S| Seeccseas fa pacemec te” wyeece a 4 G.
16 52 14 0/115 0 60 0} 349 16 59 33 | B 4 G.
17 44 ee Ola ee Gee. ill Meas Me a csak fimeeasaes ues ... |Across Pleiades; 263) G.
19 36 16 44 91 O} .11 30 | 325 16 LY ee ee, 3 visible. G.
20 29 ion | iG? 0) -39' O 344 16 38 33) az 4} G.
22 26 19 34 2 0 39 0 | 259 16 38 33 | «@ 9 G.
23 11 20 19 59. O 65 0 | 293 16 64 33 | 12 G.
23 41 20 49} 101 0} .29 0] 335 16| 28 33) B 4 G.
24 30 21 38 32) 0 50 0 6 16 49 33 | «@ 4¥ G.
25 20 22 98 | 121 O 37 0 | 355 16 36 33 | @ 4 a.
25 44 22 52 42 0 48 0 | 276 16 47 33 | B 12 G.
26 50 23 58 99 O 12 0 | 333 16 11 33 | B 44 G.
31 38 28 46 | 102 O 23 0 | 336 16 22 33 | B ay G.
32 9 29 17 53) O 33 30 | 287 16 38) Us! he 5 G.
53 35 30 43 | 112 0 24 30 |.346 16 24 3/ ax G
34 56 32 4 69 30 45 0 | 303 46 44 33] « 33 G.
35 27 382 35 25 0] :36 <0 |:259 16 35. 83 | 6B 8k G.
355 50 32 58 61 30 56 0 | 295 46 DO every vec 7 be Ga.
36 28 33 36 | 49 0} 21 0 | 283 16 20 33 | « GRAS CR eee cies G.
37 18 34 26 5 ) 16 0 | 239 16 tb 33 | 6 Megat ah bceas.Seewestas G.
38 4 35 12 | 358 30 27 0 | 232 46 26 83 loa SEEN: meets te G.
39 14 36 22} 20 0] 387 0 | 254 16 | 86 33 | & | + 82.|Greenish colour...... G.
39 49 36 57 | 349 30 | 47 0 | 223 46| 46 33 | B SiS? Oe aR ee Se G.
41 8 388 16} 92 0] 33 30 | 326 16 30 3] 4 PR) Ves G.
42 6 39 14 63 0 34 30 | 297 16 34 3) B ae G.
43 52 41 0] 3851 0 32 O | 225 16 31 33 | > BP) || a hs es eetens G.
44 28 41 36 | 285 30 8 0] 159 46 733) Ales Bak |Hlagh:) eceeaceeee ee G.
46 3 43 11 72 0} 65 O | 306 16 64 33 | > TORS |, eee RS G.
47 19 44 27 17 0 58 O |} 251 16 57 33. | B IGE, 5S Ga.
48 44 45 52] 104 O 35 0 | 338 16 34 33 | B TELS. © iccaeeseeneases G.
49 38 46 46 58 30 17 0 | 292 46 NG Sart a 5 |Little more than a} G.
50 38 47 46 | 2030] 43 0 | 254 46] 42 33] > 9 flash. G.
14 52 2/)144910] 52 0} 25 O| 28616] 2433! « Gi. |e aR eetetedeed G.
1867.
370 REPORT—1867,.
™ a . ES ra] nm
Mean ee Sa Fe cS) Fy 23 3 {3 £ nS e k
Solar eee 5 5 BE 5 ae] 3 B 2 B, 3 Notes E I
5 C nD = ag Bee a 2S 3 5 a DQ =|
Hime Time | O94 | 63 [SS8/598/H81 Sz
hms/]}hms sat oh a rah h
14 53 45 | 14 50 53 | 341 0} 62 0] 21516] 61 83] « 9 G.
54 49 bl 57 | 885 0 59 O | 209 16 58 33 | a ona G.
55 35 52 438 6 0 44 0 | 240 16 43 83 | « S G.
58 40 55 48 60 O 53 O | 294 16 52.33 | » 1 G.
14 59 32 56 40 | 95 OO} 47 O| 82916] 46 83] « 3 G.
1 U5 Sr aa 58 9 | 355 0} 32 O| 22916] 81 33] « 8 Ga.
2 32 | 14 59 40 | 308 O 68 0} 172 16 67 33 | « 8 G.
3 341}15 042] 39 O| 37 O| 273 16| 3683] « 7 G.
4 54 Re Betdtes wil) Mrocaveeniaccckos © \ilmease a eae, DS teehee ee eeys G.
4 54 eS Reed i Pesgeser Wetisscvvelis Nees eae a To. the "We .ssesssss aes G.
6 8 316] 60 0} 387 O|} 29416] 36 33] B veal Uh ob Mitepaederees G.
8 4 Dealer eees. ||, beceseate eects [Mies oc B 4 |From Procyon west- G.
8 25 5 33 | 127 0 32 0 1 16 31 33 | B 5 ward. G.
9 28 6 36 | 14 30] 25 30 | 24846] 25 38] « 74 |Lasted 58°; green ...| G.
11 48 ee ae ier ea ee ap ea e | 4 G.
14 11 11 19 | 322 0} 17 30/196 16) 17 8] 'e 8 G.
14 54 12 2}| 296 0| 62 80|17016) 62 3] « 74 G.
15 47 12 55 | 349 O 64 30 | 223 16 64 3! « 9 G.
16 40 13 48} 15 0] 33 30] 24916] 33 38] B 74 G.
17 16 14 24 1 0} 31 80 | 23516) 31 3] Bg 74 a.
18 15 15 23-| 291 30 37 0} 165 46 36 33 | 6B 74 G.
19 15 16 23 | 262 O|] 24 0} 18616] 23 338] e« ves G.
20 09 18 7} 300 0} 28 0/| 17416] 27 33] B ves G.
21 34 18 42 | 337 80] 42 O| 211 46] 41 33] « 8 G.
22 28 19 36 0 O| 38 30 | 23416] 88 3] 5 G.
25 0 22 8/141 0} 238 OO} 1516] 2233] « 42 G.
25 11 2219] 1230] 34 O| 24646! 33 33] RB 74 G.
26 13 23 21 | 354 0] 21 O]} 22816] 2033) B 74 G.
27 13 24 21 17 0 36 0 | 251 16 35 a3 | @ 74 G,
28 14 25 22 | 3832 0] 56 0} 20616] 55 33] e& 74 G.
28 23 25 31 | 261 0] 63 0] 138516] 62 33] « 63 G.
29 2 26 10 | 381 0) 40 30] 20516] 40 8)... 8 G.
31 29 28 37 3 30] 55 30 | 237 46/ 55 38! e 8 G.
33 19 30 27! 62 0} 66 O|} 29616] 65 33] « 11 G.
34 10 31 18 | 324 80] 42 80| 198 46| 42 38] « 73 G.
37 (7 34 15 | 339 0| 24 0] 213 16} 23 33] » 74 G.
387 45 34 53 | 59 30] 72 0} 293 46] 71 338] « 11 G.
38) 2 35 10} 6430] 27 80| 298 46] 27 3) .e4 5 G
39 42 36 50} 46 0} 25 0/| 28016] 2433] » ls a.
40 26 37 34 | 93 0} 20 0] 82716] 1938] « 44 G.
40 38 SURAG | RRA, ses et adenae ale Mee chia'e a .... |Ran across Leo in a} G.
41 36 38 44 67 30! 49 30] 301 46] 49 3] « 13} curved direction. | G.
43 44 40 52 | 359 3 23 0} 238 46} 22 33] « 7S |Fime train ......,.ce2+ G.
44 40 41 48 16 21 0} 250 16 20 33} B 7 G.
45 33 42 41 | 326 30 39 O | 200 46 38 33 | 8 G.
46 24 43 32 | 293 0| 28 0O| 26716] 22 83] a 74 G.
47 4 44 12} 352 0| 37 0] 22616] 36 33] 2 73 Ga.
49 27 46 35 | 295 30} 18 30 | 269 46} 18 3] « 7 -| G.
51 19 48 27 | 322 0 53 0 | 196 16 52 383 | B 8 G.
53 28 50 386 5. 0 26 30 | 239 16 26 3) B 74 G.
55 30 52 38 4 30 14 O |} 238 46 13 33 | «@ 74 G.
15 58 18 55) 26420707). 5a 20/9276 16 |. 52983 |i a | 407 G.
16 012/ 15 57 20) 25 0} 34 O| 25916) 33 33] gp 73 G.
2 21 | 15 59 29 9 0}; 54 0} 24316] 53 83] pg 8 G.
356]16 1 4 331 30} 41 30 | 205 46 41 3] ea 7s G.
4 31 1 39 | 331 30 | 28 30 | 205 46] 28 8] « 74 G.
5 26 2 34 | 298 30 6 30 | 172 46 6 B81 tz G.
TUS Sy thea Oe: 9) la |G eo a a“ G.
tenons
10 Between a, B Urse.
4
;
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 371
q 5 £ si a
oir} so | Soc Ss ss he
Solar Solar omr| op ogo a5 0 5 Ss Notes. ag
Time. ae a5 SS | SRR | SSRIS | 3 Ba
Time. or Oa peas (O48 /8]/ a Og
16 848/16 5 56] 223 80} 28 0} 9746) 27 33) e 53 G.
9 4 6 12 | 290 0} 31 30 | 164 16 oo woiiez ie G.
11 29 8 37 | 22 0 60 O | 256 16 59 33 | «@ 9 G.
12 48 9 56 74 0 59 O |} 508 16 58 33 | @ 11 G.
14 29 11 37 69 0} 380 O| 303 16 29.33 | « 43 G.
15 2 12101116 0} 48 80} 35016) 48 3] @ di G.
16 8 1316] 6730] 53 O|} 3801 46 52 33 | «@ 103 G.
16 53 {ee 29 0} 61 O} 263 16 60 38 | @ 9 G.
20 3 7 bt | spi 0 14 30 | 225 16 14 3 | te ve G.
20 47 17 55 | 327 0] 21 30/| 20116] 21 3] y 7 G.
22 22 19 30 | 231 0 57 O |} 105 16 56 33 | @ V4 Ga.
30 4 27 12 | 214 0 56 O 88 16 55 383 | a 53 G.
31 18 28 26 bie Oo} sl OF) 285 16 30 3] ¥ 7 a.
32 1 99 9| 12 0| 4030) 24616| 40 3| «@ 724 Ga.
34 33 31 41 | 341 30 | 65 O| 215 46 64 38 | a 8 G.
38 47 35 55 | 23 0| 86 0} 257 16) 35 33] » 74 G.
89 52 387 0 | 322 0) 59 380} 196 16| 59 3] » 74 G.
42 6 39 14| 43°70 |, 65 0 | 277.16 64 33 | B 9 G.
16 44 46 | 16 41 54] 56 0} 81 O/} 29016! 8033! » 11 G.
Number of meteors observed, 229.
11 46 32 | 11 43 40} 2013) 52 45 | 254 16 | 52 18 | ... }, PP roayonssdece.eiss wei || Ale
11 59 56 57 4] 4830} 51 O| 27746) 5033 | e@ 2 miaddata tee svete A.
12 1 35 | 11 58 43 5 O| 42 O| 2389 16] 41 33] « CTSA ol inchs ae a eee A.
437|12 145] 46 0} 15 30| 27016| 15 3| > 3 A.
6 138 321 | 48 0| 22 Oj 282 16| 21 33| » 3 A.
9 44 6 52| 47 0} 21 30 | 281 16 es |h\ ee 33 A.
12 41 949} 34 30 13 O | 268 46 12 335 | @ -t A.
13-0 1031-28: 0 16 0 | 262 16 Pape: | 2 4 A.
14 30 ie se) bt 0) 30 305) 28b 1G) 30h 3°) 2 2. A.
15 35 12 43 | 21 30] 34 30 | 25546] 34 3] @ 14 A.
16 37 13 45| 42 0O| 25 30 | 276 16 25 3] 6 3 ‘A.
17 37 14 45 46 0} 25 30} 280 16 25 3| » 3 A.
18 2 1p AO 55 0} 23 O | 289 16 22 33 | «@ 3t A.
18 33 15 41 54 0) 24 30 | 288 16 2 Ble 3 A.
19 59 Whats 41 30 19 O | 275 46 18 33 | @ 34 A.
26 15 23 23 8 0| 48 0) 237 16 42 33 | « il A.
27 36 9A 44!) 46 0} 21 30) 280 16| 21 3] 6 3 A.
28 26 Sy) ote (eee mero) ateeecaps.” atecosean |p (ssaese a 34 .| A.
29 51 9659 | 83 O| 48 80| 31716] 48 3] 2 23 A.
30 44 27 52| 90 0} 45 O| 224 16| 44 33 | « 3 A.
31 16 98 244.) 39 0} 25 0) 273 16) 2438) 6 3 A.
32 38 29 46 7 O| 25 O| 241 16| 24 33| « 10 A.
33 29 80 37 | 52 0] 26 80) 286 16| 26 3] « 33 A.
34 5 8113| 21 O| & O} 255 16] 383 33 | e& 12 A.
34 57 32) Ds scsspia lMiacecerere acreeds! «|! Us Becks a“ 9 A.
36 34 33 42 | 1384 0) 28 30 816} 28 3} 4 42 A.
46 42 43 50 | 215 0} 57 30] 8916) 57 3| a 6 A.
48 25 45 33 | 209 80 | 52 0} 7846) 51 33| @ Gabel: tke ee A.
49 48 46,56 1. cctv, letaceste’s, lian ccacsty MM texsecd a 4 |Across the Nebula in} A.
5O 1 47 91 132 0 15 30 6 16 Ney ee 4 Orion. A.
‘yy 48 13| 74 0} 27 380 | 238 16| 27 3] @ yall PE CCE cere ve
54 29 51 87 | 104 0} 26 30} 338816} 26 3] « GOD TNS Gt iidecowaeeran 3 A.
56 45 53 53 | 62 30] 34 0} 296 46} 33 33 | « SLD ry be eheehintias anaes A.
57 24 54 3821 32 0} 48 O| 266 16 42 33 | B sl vuacmecenages a A.
12 58 18 55 261} 57 O]} 29 O| 291 16| 28 33] @ as scekaadounenees A.
iS) 155 | 1259 3/133 0} 18 0 elGuh es Ue a3) |. 24 |Flash; began to rain} A.
Sermrtrpaeals |) 14 AA Orb ie eiseioe lB seasac eit ceduen atlll pieaaris a 42 | Across mid.xin Orion] A.
PA
372 REPORT—1867.
oO . n
True iS tS i sgeg lagen |B = os
Mean os on oso | P52] s ae So
Solar Sa He ae 28 ae ° | & 8 Notes. fb z
- = Bm pape sh] SSH |e | 8 a
Time Time | 69 | OF [OAS |SOSS |S] A oye
hms|hwms i nS h
BE 0.) salagieee | x Ml Yael ee a | 4 |A little above y| A.
55 10 Del Reet |= he eec ban! Gacesenss sl Ubseone 43 | Orionis. A.
14 56 9 Pies liia|imeeseaste |||) <oeicers ell Maas oti gl Umames ax ... |d-way Mars to Pol-| A.
15 1 1/1458 9] 355 O} 82 O| 22916) 31 33] « 8 lux. A.
RAS Ale omSeoOON| Lak aee ili geese tt |) Mistaces:) || ueeeens a 43 \Nearly across little] A.
12 31 9 39/169 O| 2430] 48316] 24 3] « 43 | star above B Orion.) A.
19 54 ig 2a| 12 SO" 20" Os) S86416 4) LD aa 9B (Ey A.
21 18 18 26 | 99 30] 81 30 | 333 46] 381 3] B 44 A.
25 13 22 21 | 205 30} 45 30| 79 46] 45 3! « 5 A.
28 23 25 31 | 261 0] 63 0O| 1385 16] 6233] « 64 A.
30 5 27 13 | 347 30 | 22 O| 221 46] 21 33] « (65 A.
32 41 29 49 | 151 O| 20 0] 25 16 19 33 | « 4t A.
35 49 32 57 | 124 0] 36 30] 35816] 36 3] « ay A.
40 1 37-9} 27 0| 2 O| 26116) 2433) 2 ify A.
41 51 38 59 4 0] 62 0} 23816] 6133] « 10 A.
51 48 48 56/155 0| 34 0] 2916] 3333] « 42 A.
52 43 49 51 | 129 30 | 49 30 346] 49 3] « 44 A.
53 46 50 54 | 192 0] 3230] 6616] 32 3] B 5 A.
54 37 51 45 | 170 0| 25 O| 4416| 2433] B 5 A.
56 5 53 13} 210 0} 31 0] 8416] 3033] « 5 A.
15 57 10 | 15 54 18] 64 0O| 27 30| 29816) 27 3) B 63 A.
Gee g) bOI) Bla) vases oo) F cecil] cee peieal|| | makers a ... |Aeross the four stars] A.
8 48 5 56 | 223 30] 28 0O| 9746] 27 33] « 53 | in Great Bear. A.
22 25 19 33 | 253 30 | 19 O| 127 46 18 33 | « Gil. | iecbecsketecees A.
23 20 20 28 | 260 0} 27 O| 13416) 26 33] « 6 SameigonaEnctot A.
16 25 52 | 16 23 0| 268 0} 65 O| 142 16| 6433] « SF ile : eee wosene A.
Number of meteors observed, 63. Total number 292.
I. Mrrnors DOUBLY OBSERVED.
(1) 1866, November 13th, 11" 22™ p.m. (Haddenham).
At an early stage of the great November shower, when bright meteors were
yet uncommon, a meteor nearly as bright as Venus was recorded by Mr.
Dawes at Haddenham, in Bucks; and almost simultaneously with it a me-
teor of unusual brilliancy was seen by Mr. T. Crumplen at Primrose Hill in
London (see Catalogue). The descriptions of its appearance at the two places
are essentially the same, and evidently refer to the same meteor. The paral-
lax of these observations is 12°, and the height of the meteor, assuming a
distance of thirty-six miles between the stations, is Just sixty miles above the
surface of the earth.
(2) 1866, November 14th, 12" 40™ 45° a.m. (Glasgow).
The meteor passed nearly over St. Andrews, in Scotland, where it appeared
to consist of three parts, each equal to Venus. A part of the streak remained
visible as an oval light-cloud for eight minutes before it disappeared (see Ca-
talogue). This portion of the streak was seen at an altitude of 40° above the
horizon at Glasgow, in the direction of St. Andrews. At St. Andrews it dis-
appeared at an angle of 15° from the zenith, nearly towards Glasgow. The
distance between the two stations is nearly sixty-five miles, and the parallax
of about 60° corresponds to a height of not quite fifty miles above the surface
of the earth,
——
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 373
(3) 1866, November 14th, 1" 8™ a... (Cardiff).
The apparent position of the meteor at the beginning and end of its visible
path, as referred to the stars by Messrs. A. and J. Thomson at Cardiff, and
Mr. H. 8S. Heinecken at Sidmouth, are in the most perfect geometrical accord-
ance with the respective geographical positions of the two stations from one ~
another. As the stations are respectively north and south from one another,
and the meteor passed between them from east to west, the real altitude of
the meteor, and the extent of the luminous streak which it left floating upon
its path for at least ten minutes before it disappeared, can be determined with
exactness. The direct distance of Sidmouth from Cardiff is just fifty British
statute miles. The parallax of the meteor at its first appearance was 20°,
and corresponds to a height of 100 miles above Petersfield, in Hampshire
(lat. 51° N., long. 0°55! W. from Greenwich). The meteor disappeared be-
tween the two stations, and its parallax was then 50°. Its real altitude at
the instant ofits disappearance was fifty-three miles above Tiverton, in Devon-
shire (lat. 50°55’ N., long. 3°39’ W. from Greenwich), which point it reached
after an aérial flight of 120 miles directed exactly from the radiant-point
(near x Leonis) of the November meteoric shower, in the centre of Leo’s
* Sickle.”
At the final distance of the meteor from Cardiff, sixteen or eighteen miles
would subtend 15°, which was the length (see Catalogue) of that portion of
the luminous streak which collected itself into a cloud after the nucleus had
_ disappeared. A “few minutes of are” (see Catalogue) would correspond to
as many hundred fect at the same distance; this was accordingly the width
of the straight portion of the luminous streak, while the oval light-cloud,
which remained visible ten minutes, if it subtended the apparent width of
only two diameters of the moon, must have measured at least one mile in
thickness,
(4) 1866, November 14th, 2" 12” 30° a... (Hawkhurst).
The apparent position of the meteor, seen at this time to leave a very per-
sistent streak at Hawkhurst, is not compatible with the apparent place of a
very similar meteor observed at very nearly the same moment by Mr. Lowe
at Nottingham, so as to make it possible to compute their distance as if the
meteors were identical. Butit is probable that two meteors, nearly simulta-
neous in time, were seen at the two stations in nearly the same quarter of
the heavens.
(5) 1866, November 14th, 2" 14™ a.a. (Glasgow).
An observation of the meteor seen at Glasgow was also recorded by Mr.
G. Forbes at St. Andrews. It moved, however, with reference to the two
stations, so nearly in a plane containing the base-line drawn between them,
that although a considerable parallax of the kind attributable to their very
wide displacement is perfectly apparent, additional observations at other places
are required to define its real altitude.
(6) 1866, November 14th, 2" 40™ 58% (Aberdeen).
A brilliant fireball of the November shower was seen over the whole of
Scotland and as far south as Nottingham, in England. Observations of its
apparent place were recorded at Sunderland in England, and at Glasgow,
Edinburgh, and Aberdeen in Scotland (see next page). A comparison of
these accounts assigns to the light-cloud left by the meteor near the termination
of its course an altitude of between sixty-one and sixty-seven miles aboye the
=
374 REPORT—1867.
earth’s surface in the neighburhood of Dundee. (Proceedings of the Glasgow
Philosophical Society, vol. vi. p. 207.)
(7) 1867, August 9th, 11" 46™ p.w. (London and Birmingham),
Two bright meteors of the August shower, in almost exactly the same
quarter of the sky, were recorded simultaneously at Birmingham and London
at this hour (see Catalogue). The resemblance between the two meteors is,
however, casual; for the lines of sight, instead of converging towards each
other very rapidly, as might be expected to take place from the great distance
between the stations if a single meteor were under consideration, actually
diverge from each other to an extent of 5° or 6°, and evidently point to two
different meteors appearing almost simultaneously in time and in the same
quarter of the sky at either place.
(8) 1867, August 10th, 10" 57™ p.m. (Birmingham and London).
The two bright meteors simultaneously recorded at this time by strict ob-
servations at Birmingham and London, during a period of positive scarcity of
shooting-stars, correspond exactly in their apparent place of disappearance
with the supposition of a large displacement by parallax (of about 45°) in
the direction of a straight line joining Birmingham and London. The iden-
tity of the two meteors must accordingly be regarded as perfectly confirmed,
although the partial view obtained at London permits only the end point, or
point of disappearance, to be fixed. This was at a height of seventy-six miles
above the earth’s surface in the neighbourhood of Bristol.
TI, Lance Mereors.
(1) 1862, April 25th, 8" 20™ p.at. (local time), Hobart Town,
Van Diemen’s Land.
The following account of a large meteor seen in the southern hemisphere
appears in the ‘ Results of twenty-five years’ Meteorological Observations for
Hobart Town,’ by F. Abbot, F.R.A.S., p. 17. Although appearing in the
southern sky, the meteor belongs to a date when fine meteors are not uncom-
monly seen in considerable numbers in the northern hemisphere ; and it is
frequently the case that meteoric displays are visible at the same timein both
the north and south hemispheres of the globe.
“On the 25th of April 1862, while observing the accompanying cluster
x Crux at 8" 20™ p.m., a remarkably fine meteor crossed the zenith from y in
the constellation of Centaurus, to Nebula Major. By estimation the meteor
was about 15’ in diameter, traversing about 60° in four seconds of time, leaving
a long and remarkable train of sparks that continued, from first to last, about
ten minutes, which gradually contracted into an oblong form from 1° to 2°in
diameter, and for a time appeared to station itself a little to the west of y Crux.
During the time of transit the meteor gave a brilliant illumination, much
more incandescent than that produced by the full moon.”
(2) 1866, November 14th, 12" 52™ 30° a.m., G. M. T (Aberdeen)*.
‘“‘ Being in the observatory for a few minutes, I was called by Professor
Thomson ; thinking it simply an expression of delight, I paid no attention to
it, except to note, the time. I was twice called again, and running out, was
* This and the two following descriptions of large meteors are contained in a Report
on the Meteors ot the 13th-14th of November, 1866, to Professor Grant, of the Glasgow
Observatory, by Mr. D. Gill, Assistant at the Observatory, King’s College, Aberdeen,
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 375
just in time to see a glare of light which suddenly disappeared, leaving a
luminous patch in the east.
‘ « Professor Thomson describes it as a brilliant meteor of half the apparent
diameter of the moon, of an intense white light, which rose due east of our ob-
servatory, apparently from the sea, slowly describing a small semicircle of 3°
diameter from S. to N., occupying nearly thirty seconds in doing so, and
leaying behind it a faint luminous track, which soon disappeared.
(3) Ibid. 1" 11™ 33° a.m.
« My attention at this instant was attracted by a glare of light in the east.
This proceeded from a brilliant ball of a reddish colour, fully half the appa-
rent diameter of the moon, which seemed to be rising i
from the sea directly under the star ¢ Virginis. After ‘ 3
attaining an altitude of 8° or 10°, it seemed to arch over }}
towards the north, describing a semi-circle of about 2°
radius ; when the lower half of the meteor seemed to
shell off, emitting a train of luminous sparks which fell ,
vertically downwards, completing the arch formed by the
slightly luminous train of the meteor. The accompany-
ing rough sketch is a copy of one made in my notebook
at the time, and represents the meteor when it first
burst. The total time of visibility of the meteor may
have been about ten seconds.
(4) Ibid. 2" 40™ 58° a.m.
“‘On my way home, when about half a mile due south of the observatory,
my attention was attracted at this instant by a glare of light. Looking up,
I feared that I had missed some brilliant meteor, when presently, beyond a
housetop close to the east of me, appeared a most billiant meteor moving
nearly horizontally with an apparently slow and diminishing motion. I ran
to the middle of the street, which enabled me to see backwards (eastwards)
along its path (indicated by its train), which appeared to have commenced
somewhere between Mars and Pollux, rather nearer the latter. The nucleus
passed over @ Tauri, rested an instant over the little pair of stars in the ¥,
and disappeared without noise. The path and point of disappearance can be
represented thus (fig. 1).
Se
—o
Aldeharan® ©
ae. Aldesarans, %
Riss ets SR 5 rx oe N22,
376 REPORT—1867.
“‘T should estimate the apparent diameter of this meteor as one-fifth that
of the moon. But the intensity of its light was incomparably greater than
that of any previously observed, and its character more resembled sunlight
than any other.
“The most remarkable feature of this meteor, however, was the train.
This was of a pale-yellow colour, and at first it remained as a band of dense
nebulous-looking light, about half a diameter of the moon in breadth, along
the path of the meteor, as in No. 1.
“ After two minutes the train wound about, and assumed the appearance
of No. 2.
“ After 34 minutes it had collected itself into a nebulous-looking cloud, as
in No. 3, which remained vividly distinct until four minutes (by the watch)
after the appearance of the meteor, when it was obscured by a cloud.”
Professor Grant’s notes of its appearance at Glasgow refer principally to
the luminous streak, of which a drawing
at the time, by Mr. Herschel, is here
appended in illustration of Professor > yete
Grant’s description. 6°
“At 14" 41", G. M. T., my attention a iN
was directed to an extraordinary blaze oe wy
of light in the constellation Ursa Ma- = 3 os, v
jor. When first seen it presented the GMiad < or
: fh 2 Ya "4
appearance of a slightly curyed broad © Ne Se re
band of light, indicative of the train of Sey cal iy i
a meteor which itself had already dis- © Sse Sgt ?
Se tae es , bs iekp
appeared, and which, judging from what See Mf
was left behind, must have far exceeded Sy. @
: Z PSs pe
in lustre any of the meteors seen during Sz
the night. The first apparition of this
remarkable phenomenon I unfortunately
lost, having been engaged at the time in writing down some details in
my notebook. It was obvious, however, that the meteor had only just va-
nished, for the residuary mass of light was still very bright. I could only
compare its appearance in this respect to that presented in a dark night by
the blazing furnace of one of the great iron-works in the neighbourhood of
Glasgow. In less than a minute after it was first seen it assumed the appear-
ance of a horseshoe, or inverted arch, of diffused and rapidly diminishing
light, one extremity of which was projected upon e Ursee Majoris, and the
other upon y and 6 of the same constellation [No.1]. Gradually it expanded
in dimensions and grew fainter; at the same time the arch became more
elongated and pointed, suggesting its resemblance to a merry-thought, or the
outline of a heart. At 14" 48™ the western extremity was still attached to
e Urse Majoris, but the eastern had drifted from y and 6 to @ and f of the
same constellation | No. 3]; an effect doubtless attributable to the prevalence
of a westerly wind, which was blowing at the time. The apex was seen
to descend as far as Urs Majoris, or perhaps a little lower. This remark-
able object continued to be distinctly visible till 14" 56™; even at 15" traces
of it might still be discerned”.
Professor Piazzi Smyth thus describes the appearance of the train at the
Carlton Hill Observatory at Edinburgh :—
* Explanation of the figure.—No. 1. Appearance of the streak at 14" 42™, G. M. T.
No. 2. Appearance at 14% 44™, No.3. Appearance at 145 48™, No. 4. Shortly before
disappearance at 14» 52™,
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS, 377
“ Of bright meteors .. . there must have been one about 2" 40™ a.m, between
@ Urse Majoris and a Urse Minoris; for immediately thereafter the central
part of its luminous track was brilliantly conspicuous, like a silver snake in
the sky. From minute to minute the luminous line became more corrugated,
widening and becoming fainter by degrees; and also drifting, apparently
under the action of the north-west wind blowing at the time; even after a
quarter of an hour the train-matter was still visible, but changed to some-
thing like the outline of a gigantic pear, and drifted some 30° from its first
position.”
At Sunderland, in Durham, Mr. Backhouse obtained a view of the persistent
light-streak, and to his report is added a de- Ree
scription of another meteor, and drawings of Fonks=
their appearance.
“At 2" 21™, a meteor as bright as Jupiter,
directed from ¢ Leonis, left a train, a part of which
lasted two minutes. At 2" 22” 30° it was like
fig. 1.
“On looking out of the window at 2" 42™ a...
I discerned the train of a meteor, the upper part Canis
being a patch of light much brighter than the rest. 2@207 Ox
“ Fig. 2 shows it soon after I discovered it, and fig. 3 at 2" 44™ 405 a.m.
It was visible at 2" 53",
Fig. 2. Fig. 3:
eX Cephet ox Cephet
ee
Pe
ar,
en Cygni oa Cygut
“T did not sce the meteor, but am told that it was as bright as the moon.”
A description of the meteor, as seen at Newcastle-upon-Tyne by Mr. T. P.
Barkas, gives a perfectly similar account of its appearance. The meteor shot
past Polaris, and became extinguished in the neighbourhood of £3 Cephei.
(4) 1866, November 20th, 4” 4.21. (local time), Nashville, Tenn. U.S.A.
Extract from the New York ‘ World,’ 24th November.
Meteorological Phenomenon.—At Nashville, about four o’clock last Tues-
day morning [the 20th of November 1866], a meteor lighting the whole
heavens was seen in the direction of Rome, Ga., moving rapidly south-west.
Tt appeared like a ball of fire as large as the sun. It exploded apparently
ten miles off with a tremendous report, like a 40-lb. cannon, that shook the
earth and made the windows rattle.”
The “ phenomenon,’ if it actually took place as here described, forms an
addition to the list of detonating meteors happening about the 20th of No-
vember, already enumerated in previous Reports (British Association Report,
1866, p. 125).
378 REPORT—1867.
(5) 1867, Junc 11th, 8" p.., G. M. T. (France and Switzerland).
Accounts of this meteor were collected by Professor Ed. Hagenbach-Bis-
choff at Basle, and by M. W. de Fonvielle at Paris. The following description
of its appearance, first ascending vertically and then slightly falling, at Basle
shows that a projection of its course prolonged, would pass nearly through
that town.
Basle, June 13th, 1867.—I stood with a telescope on the ‘ Bruderholz,’
near my house at Madérg, when the meteor made its appearance. As soon
wi
i,
Race
rae
Cree
“AKT
ew eaneese.
Sion
PP eae =
—ee wrasse, pa
P- ess me WILTED T Papo ip ge ko
i ees Lae
Fireball of June 11th, 1867; and appearance of the streak, as observed in tho telescope,
at Basle, by H. Christ.
as it appeared, directly over the middle of the forest, I pointed the telescope
to it and examined therewith the successive changes of the white, semitrans-
parent, faintly luminous cloud which it left for the space of about an hour.
“Immediately after the disappearance of the nucleus (which rested like a
fixed star at the summit of its course for about half a second, fig. 1) there re-
mained at the spot a small globular cloud (fig. 2) which rapidly extended itsclf,
as if dissipated by an upward current of air, as in fig. 3.
_ Tt then took the form of a winding, riband-like, or irregularly spiral curve
(fig. 4), which it preserved for the space of about half an hour, and at last
gradually assumed the cirrus-forms shown in figs. 5 and 6, and disappeared
in the approaching darkness after nine o’clock. The accompanying figures
are exact and careful representations of its successive transformations. One
remarkable feature of the phenomenon was that the originally deposited
small globular cloud of vapour remained visible for a long time, as shown in
figs. 3 and 4, at the basis of the streak.” (Report of H. Christ to Professor
E. Hagenbach-Bischoff.)
Excellent bearings of the meteor taken in the neighbourdood of Basle en-
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 379
able Professor Hagenbach to fix the summit of its apparent path at that place
at 123° above the horizon, 45° west from north, in the direction of Dunkirk,
Oise, Aisne, Meuse, and Marne in the North of France.
The meteor was seen in daylight at Paris proceeding almost horizontally
at an altitude of about 225°, from 3° west to 34° east of north (Comptes
Rendus, 24th June, 1867)*. Comparing together the observations at Basle
and Paris, Professor Hagenbach concludes that the meteor moved from over
Dunkirk to over the neighbourhood of Cambray, in the Département du Nord,
at a height of between sixty-five and eighty-five miles above the earth in a
direction from north-west towards south-east.
The following observation at St. Quentin, in Aisne, twenty-five miles south
of Cambray, shows that the meteor continued its course still further towards
the east, and probably passed a short distance south of St. Quentin; and of
the course assigned to it by Professor Hagenbach.
“A very small point of crimson-red light was first scen, appearing in
the east and proceeding rapidly north- ‘
wards, as from a to 0} in the figure “ ; >
(No.1). It then changed its appear- F 7
ance to a flame-colour, and suddenly eek HIE ge e
altered its direction at an obtuse angle
descending towards the west of north,
as from 6 to c, and gradually became extinguished. Its duration was about
two seconds. After its disap-
pearance there remained in the
sky, traced with wonderful di- eae
stinctness, a bright white streak 4 ; (hh
in the form of fig. 2. In the
course of ten minutes its lines
grew wider and became diffuse.”’
(Report of Hormisdas Leblanc,
Mayor of St. Quentin, to M. W. de Fonvielle.)
The sudden change of course, noticed by M. Leblanc, was probably attended
by a detonation ; for at Braine sur Viste, near Soisson, in Aisne, about thirty
miles south of St Quentin, M. Ed. Lainney reports to M. de Fonvielle :—
“‘ Walking in the fields at about eight o’clock on the evening of the 11th
of June, we heard a heavy report like that of a distant mine exploding, or of
a battery of cannon fired offin the distance. Twenty miles from this place, at
Fresnes, a luminous meteor was seen moying from N.W. to 8.E., and it burst
_ with a loud explosion.”
Distant views of the meteor were obtained in the Cote d’Or and in Haute
_ Marne, which confirm the other accounts of the long duration of the smoke-
_ like train, and afford some more details of the position of the meteor. The
_ first of these reports is by M. L. Roussy, chronometer-maker to the Toulouse
_ Observatory, whose acquaintance with the writings of M. Petit on the sub-
_ ject of luminous meteors led him to observe the phenomenon with particular
attention.
__ “Twas in the train which had just left the station near Dijon (Cote d’Or)
returning to Paris, and leaning against the window on the right of the train,
when at 8" 9™ (Paris time) I perceived a luminous streak of very intense
light preceded by an advancing fireball, of which the accompanying figure
* M. J. J. Silbermann, who saw the meteor from the Collége de France, thought that
its altitude was “about 60°” (Letter to M. de Fonyielle); and other accounts at Paris
assign intermediate heights to these.
380 REPORT—1867.
(fig. 1) is a rough sketch. A break in the streak about the middle of its
Fig. 1.
LN
=
ices ca) Abytluas ™x«
W/Z 2
es ce
Horizon
length showed a point where the fireball, on arriving from A to B, must have
undergone a partial extinction for an instant before acquiring again the splen-
dour with which I saw it in its course from B to C, At the latter point it
disappeared, as shown in the figure, with a shower of sparks at about 31°
or 32° above the horizon.
«During the space of eight minutes the train of light preserved its form,
while its brilliancy at the same time gradually decreased. It then grew more
diffuse, both lengthening and widening, and undergoing a deformation of its
shape at the ends, which folded Fig. 2.
in upon themselves thus—(see ,
fig. 2). It still continued to in- Qe ~
crease in length and volume, and oD
to move pretty rapidly towards
the west, while the changes of
its shape continued. At nine o’clock it was still visible with its original
brightness, and haying now the shape shown in fig. 3, which it preserved
Fig. 3.
until it vanished. Its colour at this time resembled that of steam from the
funnel of a locomotive engine discoloured by coal-smoke. The point a formed
the apex of a triangle where two lines of the streak ab, ac met together
without any portion of the streak between them. At 9" 5" p.m. a star (E)
a little over, and to the right of the sunset made its appearance, and by its
aid the gradual motion of the streak towards the west was easily perceived.
“T expected that from the great height at which the streak was probably
placed, it would still continue to be illuminated for a much longer time, but
it gradually disappeared at the same time that the stars began to make their
appearance in the sky.
« At 9" 15™ p.m. the length from a to R was three times the length which
the streak had whenit was first deposited.”
At Vignes (Haute Marne) the meteor appeared in the north-west and
moved slowly and nearly horizontally at a small apparent height above the
horizon from north-west to south-east. It was brilliant white, and disap-
peared in ten or twelve seconds without explosion, leaving a white streak of
light, which at first had the appearance represented in fig. 1, which it pre-
ee
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 381
served for some minutes. The streak then expanded, and became bent and
Fig. 1.
EE -—
2 EE=FIEDG 2 ae
ZA. Ze oe
twisted without losing its bright and dense appearance into the form of fig. 2,
Ten or twelve minutes after its first appearance its form was that of fig. 3.
It was now drifting slowly from the east towards the west, and without
losing anything of its sharpness of definition and bright white appearance it
was hidden behind a cloud, fifteen or twenty minutes after the time of its
first appearance. (Report of M. Gilbin to M. de Fonvielle.)
The accounts of numerous other observers in Paris, Rheims, and Strasbourg,
in France, at Luxembourg, and at Geneva, Bern, Z iirich, and Lielthal, in Swit-
zerland, as well as at Lindau on the eastern shore of the Lake of Constance,
testify to the same general appearance of the meteor, the occurrence of which
near the date of the 9th of June, marked in the present year by the fall of
an aérolite (noticed in the next paragraph) in Algeria, and in 1866 by the
stonefall of Knyahinya, appears to connect it with the same aérolitic period to
which the latter meteorites belong.
Il. Awrozires.
1867, June 9th, 10" 80" p.r. (local time). Plain of Tadjera, Amer Gue-
bala, near Setif, Algeria.
A luminous body was seen to descend towards the earth, and when arrived
at a certain height to burst into fragments. The flash of light was followed
by rumbling noises, which ended in three loud reports, and were attended
by a fall of aérolites. Three stones, which are undoubted meteorites, were
afterwards picked up, and brought to Setif, which is ten miles from the place
of fall. A fragment, which is deposited in the museum at Algiers, is placed
at the disposal of the French Academy. (Comptes Rendus, August 5th, 1867.)
IY. SuHowrr-Mereors.
Meteoric shower of October 18th to 20th, 1866.
In these Reports for the year 1847, the following observation occurs,
Which refers to an abundance of meteors about the date of the 17th to the
26th of October, seen at Whitehaven by Mr. J. F. Miller, in the previous
ear :—
7 “JT never saw more meteors than this winter. From October 17th to
December 17th they appeared in great numbers every clear night, some as
large as Jupiter. The most remarkable were between October17th and 26th,
and on November 10th, 11th, and 12th.”
382 REPORT—1867.
The occurrence of a meteoric shower with a very precise and well-defined
radiant-point at v Orionis on the 18th of October 1864 and 20th of October
1865, was noticed in these Reports (for 1865, p.122; and 1866, p. 134),
and the remarkable peculiarity of meteors emanating from this radiant-point
was pointed out, that they are characterized by very ruddy colour, and by
leaving voluminous streaks.
On the nights of the 18th—-20th of October 1866, the sky was so gene-
rally overcast in England that no special observations of the recurrence of
the shower could be collected. An incidental confirmation of the periodical
recurrence of remarkably fine meteors on this date is, however, afforded in
the present catalogue by the account of an unusually large meteor, seen at
sea between England and Ireland, on the morning of the 19th of October
1866; and described by Mr. J. Seymour Davies. The fireball presented
precisely those peculiar features which characterize the meteors emanating
from this special radiant-point, both by its violet colour, approaching to
crimson, and by leaving a persistent luminous streak, which remained
visible five minutes by the watch. The direction of the meteor, “ from south
to north,” also agrees with that which meteors passing nearly overhead from
this radiant-point would pursue at 3" a.m. (which was the hour of the obser-
vation), when the constellation of Orion, in which the radiant-point is placed,
is situated upon the southern meridian.
Meteor-shower of November 13th—14th, 1866.
On the night of the 12th-13th of November the densely overcast state of
the sky in England permitted few observations to be recorded.
At the Observatory, King’s College, Aberdeen, five observers took their
station at 10" p.m., and watched until 1" 30" a.m. on the 13th. Mr. D.
Gill reports :—
«The sky was beautifully clear, excepting a low bank of cloud, which
extended all round the horizon. At 12"50™ small patches of cloud appeared
in different parts of the sky, but entirely disappeared by 1°30" a.u. Streaks
of aurora appeared irregularly throughout the whole night.
«Comparatively few meteors with trains were observed on this evening
and the following morning, most of the phenomena partaking more of the
appearance of ordinary shooting-stars. In the accompanying journal their
general position only is noted.”
The particulars of a few meteors of a marked description are entered
above, in the Catalogue. The numbers of the meteors seen in the successive
half hours by the five observers were as follows :—
hem hm hm hm hom Open
Tn the half-hour ending ...... IO 30 JI Oo I 30 2 0. 3230 “Rio 1730
Number of meteors seen ...... 4 2 12 12 7 8 7
Two flashes of lightning, in the 8.8.E., were seen at 1" 1™ and 1” 6™ 435
A.M.
At Glasgow, with the sky two-thirds clear, Mr. A. 8, Herschel recorded ~
two meteors in twenty minutes on the same morning, from 3" to 3" 20™ a.m.
November 13th—14th.—Clouds generally prevailed on the eyening of the
13th, and cleared off on the morning of the 14th of November. The follow-
ing are extracts from the principal reports on the apparition of the shower :—
At Manchester.— The night was tempestuous, with lightning, rain, and ~
hail until 12" 15™ a.m. on the 14th, after which the sky frequently became
partially, or even totally obscured at intervals, but remained tolerably clear —
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 383
until 1" 30" a.m. The finest part of the display endured from 12” 45™ until
1* 15™ a.w., when the numbers seen fell off most rapidly, contrary to the
ordinary rule of horary increase, until 4 o’clock a.m. As far as I can esti-
mate, the number seen by one person about 1 o’clock must have averaged
about 50 in one minute. At 1" 45" I counted 50 in six minutes, and at
3 o’clock only 15 in five minutes !
«‘ There was rather a remarkable glare during the display, and the sky was
not nearly so dark as it should have been.” (Letter from Mr. Greg).
Report of Mr. Dancer, optician and practical astronomer, of Manchester, to
Mr. Greg.—* Meteors. Morning of November 14th, 1866, Manchester.
No. of meteors
Interval, seen. Remarks.
Brom 12° 87" a.m, to 12° 538" a.m. 16™ 146 3 observers.
eee Me tS 5) af ond OPS yg 625 100 2 ‘
At 25, 5a 66 3 a
“¢ The largest seen had a purplish train and colour.
** One gentleman, in a very favourable position in Cheshire, reports fifteen
meteors seen at once.” (Communicated by Mr. Greg.)
Blackburn, Lancashire.—“ At 12" 15™ a.m, meteors appeared at the rate of
two or three per minute. At 1" a.u., four or five conspicuous meteors were
nearly constantly to be seen in the sky. One observer might, if his view
were entirely uninterrupted by clouds, see fifty simultaneously. At 2" 15™
A.M. a comparative cessation. At 3" a.m., only afew weak ones in the space
of two or three minutes. At 4", 5", and 6" a.m. no further appearances, the
sky becoming more permanently overcast, with few glimpses of the stars.
Immediately before sunrise, the sky being clear, there were no meteors
visible.” (From the Manchester ‘ Examiner and Times.’)
Beeston Observatory, Nottingham. Extract from Mr. Lowe’s observa-
tions :— The first meteor seen was at 7" 59™ p.m., on the N.E. horizon,
large and bursting like a rocket. From 8" until 10" p.w. much cloud. From
10° p.m. until 11" p.m. cloudless, twelve small meteors seen. Between 9" p.m.
and 11" p.m. six flashes like faint reflected lightning *. At 10°36™ p.m. an
indistinct meteor, a mere dull spark, moved from N. to 8. horizontally (this
was evidently very low down, as a hill behind it was higher than the meteor.
It was impossible to be deceived in this, and I consider that it passed within
100 yards of me). The sky was again cloudy until nearly half-past 1 o’clock
A.m., but quite light from the meteors.
h m
* About 1 20 a.m, I counted myself 104 in a minute,
at 1 30 ,, . si 100 -
at 1 50 ” ” ” 80 9)
at 3 30 ,, they had diminished to © 6 i
andat4 30 ,, - pe 4 ¥
* T watched all through the night before, and we had three different times
clear sky of from 20™ to 30™ duration between heavy showers, but not a
single meteor was seen; and on the night following the shower, when
clear, there were but few seen here.”’,
Oundle.—Report of H. Weightman:—“ On the night of the 12th, although
keeping a strict watch between 6" 30™ and 7" 30™ p.a., and again between
8" 30" and 9° 30™ p.w., I saw no meteor, I watched again in the open air
“f oe The lightning flashes had not the looks of lightning. Was it reflected meteor
ig 9?
884 REPORT—1867.
from 11 p.m. until 5" a.., on the morning of the 14th, and recorded the
following numbers :—
Numbers| Average number R k
Hour. seen. per minute. emer ess
LTD PM tO NIZE Mecensc ese. 75 I Some time lost in preparations.
120 PM, 5,122 95™A-M....... 500 14 Several observers on the watch.
12) 35M a.m. to 124 50™a.M.| 500
3 3 ”
(Their number then became too great to admit of being counted.)
AIAN LOWS. <r ecicosemar | .rag5O-al I | Several observers on the watch
“ A few flashes of sheet lightning occurred at intervals. From 1" to
1°15" a.m., during which time I should think that the meteors were most
plentiful, an intensely dark cloud gradually overspread the heavens, but
went off again very quickly. The effect produced by the meteors seen
through the breaks was very striking.”
Wisbech, Cambridgeshire.—The numbers registered during the night of
the 13th-14th, by Mr. 8. H. Miller, with the assistance of Mr. J. Kerridge
and Mr. T. Williams, were—
Number of} Average
Hour, G. M. T. meteors |number per Remarks.
seen. minute,
h m a em
Fromir oPp.M.to1z oA.M. 30 I Floating clouds in the sky.’
» I2 0 ” IO 4%) 452 8 ” ”
A gale of five pounds’ pressure
springing up with clouds and
ie ulcer gece) a 4 rain. Meteors in rapid suc-
cession seen through breaks.
” I 29 ” 2 0% 199 7 o *
8 f Frequent clouds. Lightning
Mes {zu ens AOU ny ee as was seen, of a ruddy hue.
ya Salo nb. ssh POs 162 3 Floating clouds.
The sky after this became over-
DP eens SE! of spe Rey 45 a cast; with rain.
Total number seen | 1157
On the night of the 14th—-15th, which was much more fayourable for ob-
servations, there were few meteors seen.
At Norwich.—Report of Mr. J. Crompton, assisted by Mr. R. Pinder :—
«Clouds passed constantly from N.W. to8.E. during the evening of the 13th.
Lightning was seen near the §.E. horizon, but no thunder was audible. A
splendid meteor passed from east to west at 9" 30™.
« From 11> 55™ to 12"55™ we counted 193 meteors. Average 3 per
minute. At that time the sky was overcast. By 1" 30™ it was clear in the
south (S.E. to 8.W.), though still cloudy in the N. and N.E. From 1" 30"
to 1" 45™ a.m. we counted 350 meteors at least. Average 23 per minute.
They appeared in rushes of 3, 4, or 5 at once. Several were visible through
the fleecy clouds. Had the sky been clear all the time, I verily believe that
we should have counted thousands. Gathering clouds drove us in with rain,
at 2"15™ a.m. However, at a later hour it cleared somewhat, and I saw
several more following the tracks of their predecessors.”
At Aylsham, Norfolk.—Mr. W. H. Scott reports that on the morning of
the 14th, “at 1" 15™ a.a. there was for about 10 minutes a perfect shower of
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 385
meteors. In 60 seconds I counted 28, although my place of observation was
shut in by a house on one side. The least number that I counted in 60 se-
conds during the time mentioned was thirteen. A dense cloud then came
over from the N.W., and I could see no more. They were quite observable
through the edges of the cloud when it first came over.”
At Wimbledon.—A record of the number of the meteors was kept, with
other particulars of the shower which will be given later on, by Mr. F. C.
Penrose, assisted by one other observer. The names of the observers are in-
dicated by the letters F. and H. in the register.
Int Li Number of meteors seen by the observers
o nterval, in F, and H. looking
od pagats minutes and 5
,G. M.T.
than were counted).
tr 30 § |53. F. Sky nearly 81. H. Sky clear.
clear.
seconds. South. North.
m 8
} 2 30 © |33. H. Sky partially] 51. F’. Sky clear.
cloudy.
} I 35 |24. H. Sky consider-| 50. F. Sky clear.
ably cloudy*.
} r 45 |1g. F. Sky much 100. H. Sky clear. Number
clouded. by estimation (many more
J
At London.—On the top of Primrose Hill, Mr. T. Crumplen, assisted by
Mr. H. J. Wix, recorded the number of meteors seen during the shower.
The sky was absolutely cloudless. A bright auroral glare spread itself over
the north and north-eastern sky between 10" and 11" p.m, sufficiently
luminous to obscure the fainter stars. Occasional sheet-lightning was ob-
served during the progress of the shower. The observers looked in opposite
directions, and counted audibly to prevent reduplication.
Number of meteors
Hour of obser- | Interval seen by Total in all} Average
yation, Nov. in parts of the number per
14th, a.m. minutes.| Mr. Wix, |Mr.Crumplen, sky. minute.
looking 8. | looking N.
hm
From 12 25 6
to 12 35 19 19 B25 42% 4%
From 2 7
to 217 10 69 80 149 15
_ The above numbers, in both cases, appear to show that more meteors were
visible in the northern than in the southern half of the sky. The maximum
was reached between 1" and 1" 15" a.a., when 103 meteors were counted
in 90 seconds in a space not exceeding one-third part of the sky, in a N.W.
direction.
* After this time the observers changed places. During the interval from th 4o™ to
2h a.m. there was a comparative absence of meteors. Soon afterwards the sky became
much overcast.
1867, 2D
386 REPORT—1867.
At Hawkhurst, Kent.—After midnight, on the morning of the 14th, the
sky was nearly cloudless. One observer, looking towards the north,
From 12" 0™ to 12" 5™ a.m., counted 25 meteors, Average 5 per min.
From 12°48™to1l2°50iam., ,, 68 vA aah a
Flashes, like faint lightning behind a small cloud, oceurred at 12" 35™ 4.m.,
and another later on. A third was seen about 2" 30™ a.m., which could not
be traced to any spot.
At Cowes, Isle of Wight.—Report on the meteors of the 13th-14th of
November 1866. (‘The Times,” Noy. 16th.)
Hour of observa- | Interval,| No. of | Average
tion. in meteors | No. per Te soiane
eon To minutes.| seen. | minute.
hm h m
TL ZOU ||| 12) Fo 30 66 2
12) fo 30 30 200 7
30 50 20 201 Io
50 58 8 190 24
58 Lara 4 201 50
2 5 3 206 70
5 Io 5 214 42
10 II I 100 100
II 13 2 206 103 Rate of apparition now too great for
the meteors to be counted for some
minutes.
I 50 I 54 4 83 21 At 1» 30™ rain fell sharply.
2 20 2 35 15 73 5 Rain fell again during the last in-
at Grrr ehegiteanitates sees 2 OY 3 terval. :
at 5 ene daate none seen) ......
At Sidmouth, Devonshire.— Report of Mr. H, 8. Heinecken on the meteor-
shower of the 13th-14th of November 1866,
The sky was overcast, with frequent showers, until 12" 8™ a.m., and again
from a quarter before one to one o’clock. Atone o’clock it cleared for about
ten minutes, and after this it only cleared again at intervals throughout the
night. Three observers looked due north, east, and south, through the closed,
sloping windows of an observatory, which exactly faced in those directions,
and obtained the following enumerations :—
Hour of obserya- | Interval) No. of | Average
tion, Nov.14th, ae in meteors | No. per Rivathe!
From To | minutes. seen. minute,
h ms{h m s) i) 58 :
12 8 10/12 45 of 36 50| 457 12 Three observers, looking N., E. and 8.
t ©. Olet. TO!) Gc! to 130 13 Two observers only, looking E.and 8.
3.10 ©] 3.20 Oo} ro 31 3 Do.
At 5" 10™ a.m. the sky was suddenly illuminated by a flash of lightning ;
but the light was of longer duration, and the meteor (if such was the cause
of it) was “not seen.
Bathwick Hill, Bath.—Report of Mr. W. Dobson, on “ Meteors observed
at Bath. Nov. 14th, 1866.”
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
Hour of observa-
tion, Noy. 14th, a.m.
From To
h m h m
Iz 9 12 15
15 30
30 43
Pg I 10
10 15
15 20
20 25
25 30
3° 35
35 40
40 45
45 5°
50 2 0
20 5
5 10
To 20
Interval,| No. of | Average
in meteors | No. per
minutes.| seen. | minute.
15 75 5
15 124 8
13 221 15
5 222 44
5 260 52
5 214 43
5 163 33
5 103 21
5 62 12
5 60 12
5 44 9
5 43 9
Le 35 7
5 45 e!
5 44 9
lh ao 24 5
387
Remarks.
————————
| Sky overcast with clouds since the
last interval.
The numbers were counted by Mr. Dobson when not occupied with observa-
tions at the telescope ; when thus employed, another observer took up the
numbers, and continued to register the meteors.
At Birmingham.—Report of Mr. W. H. Wood on the November meteors
of 1866, at Birmingham.
“Numbers counted in one-third of the heavens, containing the radiant-
point, by Mr. Wood, observing singly.
Hour of observa- |
£ tion, Noy.
A From To
hm hm
13] Io 4 P.M.| 1E 15 P.M.
Ir 15 34
34 55
55 12 OAM.
an 52 OAL 10
10 22
22 26
26 28
28 33
33 36
36 39
39 43
43 45
45 56
Seas" I 29
35 4I
41 47
55 iy
57 2 4
2 10 14.
20 23
Interval,
in
minutes.
OBRIUY AAS
No. of | Average
meteors | No. per
minute.
seen.
Remarks.
Paths and particulars mostly
noted.
Amount of cloud 3. Light-
ning in N, at 104 57™,
Amount of cloud 3.
Overcast, rain. Cloud -3,.
Cloud 3.
Then cloud, 3.
Cloud, -2,.
Sky clear, and remained so
till 28 25™, then cloudy.
The rate of apparition is
now so great, that only
special phenomena are re-
corded,
. [in N.
Sky hazy. Clouds gathering
Cloudy. Observations dis-
continued.
2
=
2D
388 REPORT—1867.
«‘ Number of meteors seen, in half hours, in a third part of the sky.
bom bm Yh m -- hms boa fotal,
In the half hour ending 1230 10 130 20 2 30
Number of meteors seen 56 510 684 308 70 1628
Estimated, for all the sky 170 1540 2050 920 210 4890
“Time of Max., 12 O0™ a.w.—l» 25™ a.m, No. for all parts, not less than 70 p. min.
Hour of Max., 12 30™ a.m.—1» 30™ a.M., A e 3590 meteors.”
At Aberdeen.—Report of Mr. D. Gill to Professor Grant, on the meteors
of the evening of Tuesday the 13th of November, and morning of Wednesday
the 14th of November 1866.
‘“‘ Two observers took their stations at 10" p.m.
«The evening was beautifully clear. A low bank of clouds surrounded
the horizon to a height of 3° or 4°; but this soon cleared off.
«A breeze from the west became stronger as the night advanced, but no
cloud appeared until 2" 30™ on the morning of the 14th, and by 3 o’clock the
sky was totally obscured. Aurora was visible in regular rays from the north.
“From the accompanying journal, giving details of observations up till
12" 483™ a.m., it will be seen that the number of meteors seen in the previous
minute was 200.
- “ From this time meteors, generally with nuclei of the brilliancy of Venus,
and apparently emanating from Leo, shot out in all directions in such great
numbers as to defy computation.
“« By 1" 30™ the numbers had so fallen off that from that moment 100
were counted in 3™ 57° (about 25 per minute), and at 2" the same number
in 5™ 208, or a little less than twenty per minute. The following is a list of
the numbers visible as observed :—
Evening of 13th November. Morning of 14th November.
|
Hour of observa- Hour of observa-
tion, P.M. Total No.) Number | tion, A.M. rie ae Average rate
AT S| of apparition
vom To P.M. |minutes. | ou To the 13th. per minute.
bit heal flay ant h m s/h ms
I0 Oo Io 15 2 2 IZ 0 OIZ 7 30) 100 3
10-15 30 5 3 7 30 18 30} 200 Opus
30 45 Io 5 18 30/ ~24 30) 300 17 i
Ae Xt te ‘7 : 24 30| 30 301 goo 17 | uniform,
II 0 15 29 12 30 30] 34 ©} 500 30 :
15 BS 38 Bl. dea el eer gel wee ae uniform.
319 45 53 Siem So] aCe IS eS 40
45 | 12 0 85 32, || +449 Of 45 30} goo | 45
45 30} 47 3c} 1000 | 50
At 15 30™ 4.m., ay. rate per min 25. 47 30, 48 30] 1200 | 200
gation A a yea By]
«‘ A very striking feature is the markedly rapid increase compared with
the gradual decrease. A curve representing the observations would indicate
bands, or periods of uniform numbers.”
At Glasgow.—After midnight, until 1 o’clock, passing clouds from the
west occasionally obscured the sky. From 1 o’clock until after 3 o’clock a.m.,
the sky was perfectly free from clouds. The rate of apparition of the me-
teors was registered at intervals throughout the shower by Professor Grant, as
given in the subjoined list. Some notes of their numbers from Mr. Herschel’s
observations are also placed in the register, and are denoted by the letter H.
Those numbers observed by Professor Grant are designated by the letter G.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 389
|
Hour of | Hour of Hour of
No. of meteors No. of meteors No. of meteors
observa- er minute observa- er minute observa- er minute
tion, A.M. P * |Ition, a.a.| P * Iltion, A.M.| Pp 2
h. m. h. m. hm
12 15 |zestimated. H.*|| 1 10 |56counted.H.| 1 35 | 21 counted. H.
12 45 |12 do. H.* Gers 9/5 7- Oe 2 AS ela
1 o |25 do, H.* 1 20 |43. G. 2 34 3 in 2™count, H.
125 |30. G. 1 bee as er 2.G.
B30) sl43hins2™, Gall 4s 30 1 in2™or3™ G.
At about 12" 30™ a.m. an extremely vivid flash of lightning was observed,
which could not be traced to any cloud, nor to any meteor then visible in
the sky. The last observations were made at 5 o'clock a.m., and the heayens
had then resumed their normal aspect.
At Sunderland, Durham.—Report of Mr. T. W. Backhouse on the November
meteors, 1866, as seen at Sunderland.
**T looked out for meteors now and then on the morning of the 13th, but
saw none. It was mostly cloudy.
«On the evening of the 13th I looked out frequently for meteors until
after 10" p.w., but saw only one, at 8" 23",
“On the following morning I watched from 12" 15™ to 3" 35" a.m. The
night was splendid, though there were often small clouds; but I do not
think that they at all affected the number of the meteors that I counted.
It was windy. I saw a flash of distant lightning, unless it was the light of
a meteor below the horizon. There was a very faint aurora of an irregular
kind, J counted the meteors now and then, and saw
a out of a S.W. window.
b out of an KE. window, which commands not quite so much of the sky
as the 8.W. window.
ec, d, e out of doors; ¢ looking towards y Geminorum; d towards
Capella ; and ¢ in different directions.
“The most that I ever counted visible at once was six meteors. It was
between 12" 52™ and 12" 53" a.m. At 12" 31™ I first saw three at once,”
f observati
ee ee “ee Interval in | Number of Average rate
7 minutes and | meteors seen. per minute,
| From To seconds. | abcde el) bede
hm s hm s me 8
12 32) 0 12-34 45) 2 45 SPU Xo BRE Ceam | anes Fpeoree se
39 «0 40 45 Tae Aigt |) AOrarensasen 1 DA a setmanioeniat
52 0 53.0 i TN Ov ies iem ecneceour Di. caeaeee ite
IIo § Darla lal lige og anesonceer i
+ B28 ia 9 5tlor?o 4ot ‘far. beaten bes for GGr{)
26 53 27 57 Nyt 2 BRA Re pre ae Op pSobsenge coe
29 50 31 10 20 aed Ob nase ee a Br Reese
34 35 35 35 Tee Ont eae c bceocecalim lank EEDA 2 Seeoas
42 50 Aree Fas Oe) A ieee Ore cfete,. 4] Pee ane TAs
52. 0 Its ge: Sie | Wacdaenecnacee i) © all litpocraduece 8
226 25 2 28 45 2 20 MOue adc ences 7 eo ee
aed. 33 3 38250 GENO WET Rs. ese: : Ia dedncecriiee
¥5) 9 18 45 aes SRL eee jt Videeahereersag es
31 45 33 35 I 50 7 APE ROE I ee
é 16 of 6 18 45 2 45 Lede aeet os a. Ora te
* These numbers were recorded, from recollection of the appearance of the meteors, im-
mediately after the cessation of the shower.
+ Conflicting journal entries make this statement doubtful.
¢ Approaching twilight made stars below the third magnitude invisible.
390 REPORT—1867.
At Flimwell, Hurstgreen, Sussex.—Mr. Howlett obtained an uninterrupted
view of the shower from an elevated situation near his residence, with a per-
fect view of the horizon on all sides. The numbers which he reckoned,
although higher than those of the foregoing estimates, were fairly counted,
and indicate the time of the maximum with considerable precision. Two
observers looking towards opposite directions counted aloud to prevent redu-
plication, and as each counting of meteors was registered, the time by a chro-
nometer was taken as nearly as possible.
any, can hardly have exceeded one minute.
The error of the chronometer, if
Date, Hour of |Interval,in} Number | Average Date Hour of | Interval, | Number | Average
1866, observa- | minutes counted rate | 1866. observa- |in minutes counted rate
Noy. tion, and _in the per Nov. tion, and _in the ‘per
G.M.T. | seconds, | interval. | minute. G.M.T. | seconds. | interval. | minute.
hyn 84 Ya “8
pM. 13th jr1 54 © ‘AM. 14th 5 30) © 30 100 200 |
to 6 30] I o 100 100
AM. 14th |12 14 30] 20 30 100 iF Weaol TiO 100 100 |
20 5 30 50 9 8 o| 0 30 100 200
26 6 0 50 8 8 30] © 30 100 200
30 4 0 100 25 §°30) Fo 100 a
35 58 100 20 Io oO] © 30 100 200
39 4 0 100 25 Il 30) =X 30 100 66
42 “pnis) 100 33 12.30) £ 0 100 100
45* en) 100 33 14 30} 2 6 100 5°
46 30] 1 30 100 66 ig 30) “2° 100 100
48 I 30 100 66 16 30) 3 6 100 100
50 2 0 100 50 18 o| 1 30 150 100
51, 4o|) 1040 100 66 19, Oo), 3 6 100 100
52 30| I oO 100 100 20 36] 1 30 200 133
54 O| 1 30 100 66 ze e430 250 56
55, | 2 -o 100 100 2640) 1 36 100 66
56 of i 0 100 100 28..0| 190 100 66
BO eG) (2 000, 100 50 a2, Ol) 4 18 100 25
eee) ae A) 100 100 Br Oo} Ig 6G 500T 53
iro 3" 6 100 50 ee | aio roof 25
Se folweL?- Ss 100 b foe) 2.3, 39) eisege 100 12
2 30] © 30 100 200 15 oO} 11 30 100 9
3) 16) sGuRg0 100 “ 27 30) 12 30 100 8
Avera as 0 100 100 240 Oo] 12 30 100 8
| Foleo) aah fe tai 2 100 100 |
The watch was then suspended until 4" 5™ a.m.
AM.14th| 4 5 o a.m. 14th T7110] 7 Te 20 2§.
to 23.0) 1m yo 19 18
29 - 0] “24. 0 50 235
BRNO) 23). 6 50 22
5 10 oO} 18 oO 20 Iz |
i}
The numbers projected on a curve (fig. 1) show that the observer’s station
traversed the richest portion of the zone of meteors between 1” 2™ and 1° 10™
A.M. on the morning of the 14th of November 1866; and that lesser max-
* From this time attention was almost exclusively confined to merely counting the meteors
without continuing to record their apparent paths amongst the stars.
t These 500 were counted by one observer during the other's absence.
might have counted 1000, or 53 per minute.
{ Began again to have time to record the apparent paths of the meteors amongst the.
stars.
Two observers
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 391
ima of the display also occurred about 12°50", 1" 20", and 1" 40™ a.m. during
the progress of the shower.
Fig. 1.—Rate of apparition per minute of meteors observed by Mr. Howlett
at Flimwell, near Hurst Green in Sussex, on the morning of the 14th of
November 1866, with one assistant.
Hours of Observation, 1866, November 14, a.m.
2AM. 20 40 2AM.
At Leyton, Essex.—The total numbers of meteors and their average fre-
quency per minute, in successive five minutes on the morning of the 14th of
November 1866, as observed at Mr. Barclay’s observatory at Leyton, are
thus stated by Mr, Talmage :—
Total Average || Average
In the five minutes ks number In the five minutes Total number
ending at a per } ending at number per
@ POuRLCEs minute, |! counted. minute.
h m h m
Noy. 14th 12 A.M. Ii 2 Nov. 14th 1 A.M. 10 22
4 57 5 3 4 37 9
tr .2 125 25 42 3p an
7 231 46 | 47 55 II
12 324 64 52 31 6
17 239 47 If 57 22 4
22 214 43 2 2 28 6
27 147 29 || 7 37 7
I 32 104. 20 Ali 2.12 20 4
j
The numbers projected, like the former, in a curve show that the greatest
frequency of the meteors at Leyton, on the morning of the 14th of November
1866, took place at very nearly ten minutes after one o’clock, and that ten-
392 REPORT—1867.
dencies to other maxima were observed at twenty minutes and thirty-five
minutes after one, agreeing nearly with the previous curves.
Fig, 2.—Average rate per minute of meteors observed at the Cape of Good
Hope, and at Leyton, in Essex, November 14th, a.mw., 1866.
50 LAM 20 40 2AM.
oe
~ At the Cape of Good Hope.—Royal Astronomical Society’s ‘ Monthly Notices,’
yol. xxvii. p. 66. The meteoric shower was well observed at the Royal Ob-
servatory, and described by Mr. G. W. H. Maclear, commencing at 1"3™ a.m.
(Cape time), and reaching its maximum between 2" 10™ and 2" 13" a.m., when
in three minutes 200 meteors were observed.
Deducting 1" 13™ 55* (long. of the Cape of Good Hope Observatory, FE.
from Greenwich) from the hours of observation, and projecting the numbers
of the Cape register, like the}foregoing numbers, in a curve, it is seen
(fig. 3) that the maximum at the Cape of Good Hope took place, in point of
absolute time, about thirteen minutes earlier than at Leyton; and the other
inflections of the curve at the Cape of Good Hope are displaced from those
at Leyton by about an equal interval. Mr. G. Forbes, of St. Andrews Uni-
versity, accounts for the difference* by showing that, in the relative position
of the earth with respect to the zone of meteors on the morning of the 14th
of November 1866, the Cape of Good Hope would touch their boundary, and
would become plunged into the thickest portion of their stream about thirteen
minutes before the same phenomena would be perceived in England.
At Greenwich.—Royal Astronomical Society’s ‘Monthly Notices,’ vol. xxvii.
p. 54._-The rate of frequency of meteors per minute at the Royal Observa-~
* Philosophical Magazine, 8. 4. vol. xxxiii. p. 282.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS, 393
tory, Greenwich, during the night of the 13th—14th of November 1866, was
recorded by a party of eight observers under the direction of Mr. Glaisher.
The diagram (fig. 3) shows, in the same manner as the preceding, the average
Fig. 3. Hours of observation, 1866, November 13-14.
==———ol
jeer Ab
R
y
S|
i
=
Ss a
B
ETT,
CTA
ATE
|
{Is
des ol PES
number of meteors per minute observed at Greenwich, on the 13th-14th of
November, between the hours of 11 p.m. and 4 a.m. Besides four principal
maxima of frequency at 12 40™, 12 10™, 1 20™, and 1" 50™ a.m., two other
smaller maxima are seen to have occurred at 2 45™ and 3" 45™ a.m. The
Greenwich observations, in eatenso, are printed in the Greenwich ‘ Results of
Magnetical and Meteorological Observations ’ for the year 1866.
At the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, Mr. J. W. L. Glaisher recorded
a number of the apparent paths of the meteors, amply sufficient to determine
the positions of the principal radiant-point in Leo, and of two others of less
consequence, one in Gemini and the other in Perseus.
Among the tracks of meteors recorded by Mr. Glaisher’s staff of observers
at the Royal Observatory, about sixty of the apparent paths were projected
394 REPORT—1867.
on a general chart of the constellations (see figure)* specially provided by
the Committee of the British Association for this purpose, with a view of de-
Tracks of Meteors observed at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, 1866,
: November 13-14.
—
termining the exact position of the radiant-point. The tracks prolonged
backwards, with very few exceptions, pass across a small circular area, about
10° in width, having its centre near the star x Leonis, about 3° north of that
star in right ascension 148° 50! (9 55™), N. Decl. 23°. The position of the
small star # Leonis (Bode) is the identical place assigned to the radiant-
point of the great November shower, in the year 1833, by Professor Twining.
At Glasgow.—The tracks of eighty-three meteors recorded between the
period of the greatest intensity of the shower at 1" 15™ a.m, and 2? 40™ a.m.
were projected by Mr. Herschel, with the assistance of Mr. A. Macgregor, on
a similar chart, and indicate nearly the same position of the radiant-point in
R. A. 149° (9" 56™), N. Decl. 24°+. Professor Grant, by means of the same
star-chart and with forty-three alineations, obtained for the position of the:
radiant-point R. A. 147° 35’ (9" 50™), N. Decl. 22° 53!; while his assistant,
Mr. J. Plummer, with the projections of twenty-six alineations on the same
map, found the position of the radiant-point in R. A. 150° 30’ (10" 2™), N.
Decl. 21° 36’. Allowing twice the weight to the former determination, the
definitive position of the radiant-point that results from both of these obser-
vations combined is in.R. A. 148° 33’ (9" 54™), N. Decl. 22° 30’. A list of
fifteen of these positions of the radiant-point are given by Mr. Herschel in
* Diagram at p. 55, vol. xxvii. of the ‘Monthly Notices’ of the Royal Astronomical
Society. : ,
t Diagram at p. 56, vol. xxvii. of the ‘Monthly Notices’ of the Royal Astronomical
Society.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 395
the ‘ Monthly Notices’ of the Royal Astronomical Society, vol. xxvii. p.19*,
of which this and the following paragraphs contain the original descriptions.
At London.—Mr. T. Crumplen and Mr. 8. H. Wix report :—‘* Watching
carefully at 12" 45™ to 1" 15", and indeed at other times throughout the
morning, we came to the conclusion that the radiant was in the space con-
tained between the stars Z, w, w, « Leonis, at a spot indicated on the Chart of
the British Association as R. A. 147°, N. Decl. 24°. This was arrived at by
observing meteors in the immediate neighbourhood of those stars, some of
them coming almost from the very point itself, and visible only as enlarged
stars with scarcely any perceptible train.”
Report of H. M¢Leod :—* I only noticed four meteors from other points ;
but the principal radiant-point was most clearly
defined, @Ec
‘The figure represents the six stars in Leo ; and ¥ ®
the radiant-point appeared to me to be as near as
possible to the intersection of lines joining the
opposite stars of the trapezium. One very bright @ @7
one appeared about 2h 15m a.m., just to the right ‘% 8 e
of the radiant-point, and burst, leaving a green ¥. ou
spot which lasted about half a minute.”
At Wimbledon.—Mr. F. C. Penrose states that ‘“ the origin or radiant-point
in Leo was clearly between y and e; but I
question if a single point gives a satisfactory
origin, and I submit that a circle of about 3°
in diameter is more consistent with the direc-
tion of the paths of the meteors, as P in the
figure.”
_ At Hawkhurst—Sir John Herschel laid
down the position of the radiant-point with
great precision on Bode’s chart of the constel-
lation Leo on the morning of the 14th of No-
vember, and found its “longitude for 18662
(allowing 55! for precession since 1801, the
epoch of the chart) to be 142° 20', and its lati-
tude 10° 15! North.” (Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society,
vol. xxvii. p. 20. f
At Freshwater, Isle of Wight.—Mr. Pritchard, the President of the Royal
Astronomical Society, in a letter to Mr. Herschel states that on the 14th of
November he marked the radiant-point thus, {© Noy. 13, 1866}, “at a Leonis
(the least bit above it). I should say that it was too plain to admit mistake
to those who looked long enough.”
At Clifton, Somersetshire—In a letter to <The Times’ (of November
15th) Mr. G. F. Burder writes :—“ It was especially interesting to watch the
meteors which took their origin in the immediate neighbourhood of the centre
from which they all radiated. With the aid of these, it was easy to deter-
mine with exactness the radiant-point. This spot was in a line between y
and yu Leonis, about 3° from the former, and 53° from the latter star.”
At Birmingham.—Mr. Wood’s report, under the head of General Remarks,
* Two errata in that paper require correction. The positions there excluded f
] n. 2 rom the
final average are Nos. 6, 10, 11, and not Nos. 9, 10, ks stated. The final average in
the paper is the arithmetical mean of the remaining twelve positions in R. A. and decli-
nation, giving equal weight to every point: and not, as there stated. ¢ _
Gecnlar area containing tham-A- & HL lot, as there stated, the centre of a small
396 REPORT—1867, =
contains a description of phenomena at the radiant-point. Stationary ob-
jects continually appeared at a point situated in the centre of the quadrilateral
y, 6, p, € Leonis, at R. A. 148°, N, Decl. 25°; and these appeared as blue ne-
bulous patches 3’ or 4' in diameter. Meteor-streaks within a circle of 4° radius
round this point appeared more compact and brighter than those observed
elsewhere.”
A printed account of the meteoric shower by Mr. D. Smith describes the
radiant-point, or point from which the meteors emanated, as most clearly and
beautifully kept. “This point was, in the present instance, about the centre
of the ‘sickle’ in the constellation Leo.”
At Beeston Observatory, Nottingham.—Mr. Lowe reports that “ At 2" 1™,
and again at 2"9™, and at 4" 31” a.., meteors appeared on the exact radiant-
point in Leo, blazed out, and died away without moving. I traced sixty
meteors to ascertain the exact point, and I made it nearer e than n Leonis.
If a line were drawn from a to p, and another from y to e Leonis, where
those two lines cut each other I conceived the point was close to.”
At Wisbech, Cambridgeshire.—Mr. 8. H. Miller briefly describes the radiant-
point thus :—*“ The point of radiation was manifest from the first. I should
fix the radiant-point between y and ¢ of Leo.”
At Manchester.—Mr. Greg considcred that the radiant-point, “ though not a
mathematical centre-point, was very closely round the star Z Leonis, extend-
ing from y Leonis towards e Leonis Minoris.”
At Sunderland.—The position of the radiant-point was determined with
care by Mr. Backhouse, who states that “ the meteors belonged to two classes.
Class I. These radiated from Leo. I carefully traced back the courses of
fifty-four of them, and found the radiant-point to be R. A. 9" 57™ (148° 15’),
N. Decl. 23° 50’. But tracing it only from those in and near Leo, between
12" 30™ and 2" 8™ a.a., it seemed to be R. A. 9" 563™ (149° 15'), N. Decl.
23° 15'; and from those in and near Leo between 2" 8" a.m, and 3° 35™ A.m.;
R. A. 9" 582™ (149° 37'), N. Deel. 22° 45'.”
Mr. J. Crompton reports from Wisbech, Cambridgeshire :—“ It seemed as
if we could mark out in the sky the path that they would take, or almost hang
wires for them to run upon, so regularly did they pass over, in lines conyerg-
ing backwards over a space in or about Leo. I think that we noticed only
three which took any other or opposite direction.”
The point of radiation during the principal part of the display on the morning
of the 14th of November 1866, was observed in France, at Metz, by M. C.
M. Goulier, who frequently projected it from comparison with the sky upon
the planisphere of Chazallon. Corrected for precession since the date of the
map (1850-0), the coordinates of the position of the radiant-point were
R. A. 149:5 (92 58™), N. Decl. 23°. M. Goulier adds that “ the uncertainty
attaching to this position of the radiant-point is certainly less than one degree.”
(Comptes Rendus, December 1866.)
Brightness of the Meteors,
Mr. F. C. Penrose, at Wimbledon, Surrey, reports on the morning of the
14th, that “at 1» 20™ a.m., or thereabouts, a very bright meteor passed to-
wards the south-west and produced a very sensible reflected light. Neither
F. or H. saw the meteor, but only the reflected light. On looking up, the
train was distinctly seen, and remained visible for at least two minutes by
estimation.
« H. recorded one meteor, only, which was clearly brighter than Sirius;
and F, questions having seen any brighter than Sirius. That above men-
Pd neta Noe
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 397
tioned (which was made known by its reflected light alone) may have ap-
proached the maximum brilliancy of Venus.”
The méteor which appeared over Scotland at 24 41™ 4.m., as seen by obser-
yers watching the meteors from the top of Carlton Hill, threw their shadows
on the ground. It was the reflected light, also, which first drew Mr. Gill’s
attention to it at Aberdeen.
A writer in the ‘ Newcastle Chronicle’ states that “‘ sometimes, when two
or three large meteors would fall straight down in a parallel course leaving
long streams of light behind them, a greenish glare was cast around.”
The scale of brightness of eighty-three considerable meteors, whose appa-
rent paths were recorded at the Glasgow Observatory by Mr. Alex. S.
Herschel, assisted by Mr. A. Macgregor for the purpose of determining the
radiant-point, was as follows :—
As bright as Jupiter, or brighter.. 2 meteors = 3 per cent.
¢ Seria ris fi tok: are ds 5 12 Ly
9 Ist-mag. star...... 2 ae Fe: |:
y 2nd-mag. star...... 26e, ah Oe 5,
The report of Mr. Backhouse at Sunderland contains a similar estimate of
their brightness.
« About 15 50™ a.m. I tried to ascertain the proportion of meteors of dif-
ferent magnitudes, with the result below :—
Brighter than 1st-mag. star.... 2 = 7 per cent.
sai ge ane eee 4= i.
—1 Pinar e ae ere So 17 55
ca en re G-=420 ad
| ee rn. ae 8 = 28 a
— |) oe ere 4= 14 si
Totaling. 29 100
Mr. Baxendell, at Manchester, gives the following enumeration :—
Out of every 100 meteors, 10 were above the Ist mag.; the brightest
of these were two or three times brighter than Sirius:
15 were between Ist and 2nd mag.
25 rr, Qnd-,;\ 3rd” ,,
30 4 3rd yy ‘4th’ 5,
15 4th ,, 5th ,,
5 were below the 5th mag.
100
Mr. 8. H. Miller reports at Wisbech, Cambridegshire :—‘ With very few ex-
ceptions, those I registered were equal to stars of the 1st or 2nd magnitude,
but some were as bright as Sirius.”
Colours of the Meteors.
Mr. Birmingham, at Tuam, describes the meteors as “ having the nuclei
generally red or deep orange, while the tails were greenish blue.”
Mr. V. Fasel, at Dr. Wrigley’s Observatory at Clapham, describes the nuclei
as “yellow, orange, and sometimes red, while the luminous paths were of
an emerald green, or bluish hue, though in some cases red.”
Mr. Hugh Weightman, at Oundle (Notts), reports that “ the colour of the
nuclei, from being a mixture of red, green, purple, and yellow, became
398 : REPORT—1867.
gradually a bright reddish yellow, and the trains, even after the nuclei
became yellow, were generally green.”
The writer in the ‘ Newcastle Chronicle’, already mentioned, states that
the meteors “moved across the sky, leaving in their track, lines sometimes
of greenish light, and sometimes of a dull red colour.”
Mr. Howlett, at Flimwell (Kent), states that “the nuclei were mostly
bluish white, except when near the horizon they appeared of an orange or
ruddy tint. The trains were generally of a greenish-white hue, except for
the last two degrees or so, which at the moment of explosion assumed a
ruddy appearance.”
Mr. Lowe reports, at Beeston, near Nottingham, that “ the great number
of large meteors, on the S.E. horizon up to 15° altitude, were mostly
orange-red, whilst those between Leo and the north were bluish white.”
Mr. J. Crompton states, at Norwich :—‘ The colours of the nuclei were
mostly white, blue, metallic-green, and sometimes a coppery red. One
which I saw cross the foot of Ursa Major was marked as changing its
colour from whitish blue to red.”
An observer at Hawkhurst (Kent), reports that “the brighest colours,
whether of head or streak, appeared in those which were nearest to the
radiant-point. One brilliant one at that place, seen by four or five of us,
turned pure mauve [lilac] colour before it exploded.”
At Saragossa, in Spain, “The meteors all left a well-defined tail or track
of sparks of a pale bluish colour, and they finally exploded with a brilliant
white or yellow flame; in some instances the flame appeared tinged on the
edges with a vivid emerald-green colour, and others exhibited tints of pink
or crimson and blue.’””—(The Times, Noy. 19.)
Mr. T. Crumplen states, in his report of observations made on Primrose
Hill with Mr. S. Wix :—‘‘ We saw a number of meteors differing in colour,
some of a gold or copper tint, some quite ruddy ; but the very great majority
were brilliant white or blue, resembling the electric light.
“The prevailing tinge of the trains was decidedly green.” In his letter
to the ‘ Evening Standard (Nov. 15th), Mr, Crumplen also remarks, that
“the general colour of the nuclei was of a pale blue, while a brilliant pea-
green marked the trains.”
Amongst other observations at Cambridge, Professor Challis records, that
“‘ a circumstance, which I had not noticed at the August period, was a blue
or green appearance of several of the trains, with heads of a ruddy colour.
Some few of the heads also were thought to be blue.”—(Monthly Notices,
R.A.S., vol. xxvii. p. 77.)
Mr. Greg, at Manchester, considers that “the prevalent colour of the
meteors was a dull white..... I saw one fine green one, with a defined
disk, near the radiant-point, about 12" 30™, which began with a brilliant
nucleus, and another crimson and green; and I fancy that I occasionally
perceived a very slight bluish tinge in the trains.”
Mr. H. S. Heinecken, observing at Sidmouth, states that “ almost invari-
ably the colour of the head was ruddy. The trains of py far the greater
proportion were greenish blue ; some of them more intense greenish blue,
and more compact and less powdery than others. The green was not unlike
the combustion of silver by the galvanic current.”
At the Cape of Good Hope Observatory the shower was noticed by Sir
Thomas Maclear as consisting of ‘ orange-coloured meteors, leaving streaks
of green, mingled with ordinary-looking shooting-stars.” (Edinb. Quar-
terly Review for January 1867,) Mr, G. W. H. Maclear considered ‘ the
_— eo as
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS, 399
prevailing colour [of the nuclei] to be orange, with a long sea-green train.
Others were of a deep red, like balls of fire, without any train at all.”
Mr. D. Gill, at Aberdeen, further noticed that the trains, “ which at first
were of a bluish or yellow colour, changed into a beautiful emerald-green,”
At Clifton, Mr. G. F. Burder particularizes the colour of the trains as
being “ of a most delicate greenish hue. This greenish tint was very con-
stant. The meteors themselves, on the contrary, had often a ruddy glow;
and in cases when the path was very much foreshortened to the eye, and both
trains and meteor could therefore be seen in opposition, the contrast between
the colours of the two was very remarkable.” (The Times, Noy. 15.)
At Chesham, Bucks, according to the report of Mr, C. Grover, ‘‘ Most of
the meteors exhibited a decidedly red head, with a bluish-green train. I
noted that their altitude had a great influence on their colour, those on the
horizon being much more tinted than those in the zenith, where some of the
brightest looked nearly white, with blue trains. Their position, with regard
to the radiant-point, also greatly influenced their colour. Those whose paths
were considerably foreshortened, in and about Leo, showing brilliant colours,
the red head and greenish train being strongly contrasted, while those with
long trains in the west were comparatively pale in colours,”
Spectroscopic Observations.
At the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, Mr. Carpenter of the Astronomical
Department of the Observatory, and Mr. Nash of the Meteorological Depart-
ment, had spectroscopes, but neither detected any luminous or dark lines in
the spectra of any of the meteors, or of their trains; not even the sodium
line found by Mr. Herschel in some of the August meteors.
The rapid cessation of the shower, and the desirability of filling up a chart
of meteor-tracks for determining the radiant-point during the brief time that
it lasted in what was at first considered to be the earliest part of its display,
was the reason why no extensive observations with the meteor-spectroscope
were made at Glasgow by Mr. Herschel and Mr. A. Macgregor. The fol-
lowing observations were recorded (Intellectual Observer, vol. x. p. 461) :—
« At 12" 41™ a dazzling object, two or three times as bright as Venus,
passed in a second from midway between the ‘ pointers’ to the nose of the
Lesser Bear, leaving a bright streak, divided, like the last, into two parts ;
but the first part in this case remained visible the longest. The end-half
afforded a decided spectrum, appearing as a single bright band in the
spectroscope no broader than if looked at through an ordinary piece of
glass.....
« The number of streaks now visible in the sky gave another opportunity
for using the spectroscope.
« 1866, Nov. 14th, 12" 54™ a..2.—Equal to Sirius; from ?Canis Minoris
to Eridani. Left a streak for five seconds. The streak appeared as an
extremely fine line in the spectroscope *.
« A more powerful spectroscope was now employed, consisting of the cen-
tral portion only of a Herschel-Browning spectroscope, containing two
prisms, and producing therefore twice the dispersion of a single prism. My
assistant, Mr. Macgregor, looking at the streaks with the unassisted eye,
whilst I watched the same streaks in the spectroscope, we each called out
‘ gone’ when the streaks appeared to us to vanish.
* Not the least doubt could be entertained that the light of the streaks in this, and the
accompanying instances, was homogeneous; or, at least, quite different in appearance in
the prisms from the light of a fixed star—aA. 8. H.
400 REPORT—1867. 4
«¢ 12" 56™ 4..—Equal to a first-magnitude star. Left a greenish-blue
streak from three to four seconds. We differed in our vanishing moments
two-tenths of a scond.
«© 12" 57™ a.m.—Equal to a first-magnitude star. Left a greenish-blue
streak for from three to four seconds. We differed in our vanishing moments
one-tenth of a second.
«1 0" 4.m.—Equal to Sirius, Left a greenish-blue streak for four
seconds, We spoke together.
‘«‘ The result shows that some of the streaks were composed of monochro-
matic light, altogether undimmed by its passage through the prisms.”
Mr. Browning observed the spectra of several meteors in the meteor-
spectroscope, from the observatory of Mr. Barnes at Upper Holloway, Lon-
don, between 9" 30™ p.m., and 4" a.m. on the morning of the 14th of No-
vember 1866.
The spectra which he obtained were of four kinds :—
“1, Continuous spectra of the nuclei, in which the whole of the colours
of the solar spectrum were visible, except violet. In even the most uniform
of these, I am inclined to think that the yellow was strongly predominant*.
«¢ 2, Those which gave a bright orange-yellow line of light, or only a faint
continuous spectrum in addition to this yellow line f.
“3. Spectra consisting, apparently, of only a single line of green light,
of nearly the same colour as that shown by thallium.
‘¢ Of this kind I only obtained the spectra of two meteors. In one of these
I thought that I detected, in addition, a very faint continuous spectrum,
nearly obscured by the brilliancy of the green line.
“4, The spectra of the trains.
“ The light from green trains appeared continuous in the prisms.
“«« Those which were of a blue colour appeared as a [(?)faint] line of laven-
der colour, with a still fainter trace of a continuous spectrum. In some
few instances [7. e.(?) of the layender line] no continuous spectrum could
be detected.”
Mr. Greg obtained the following observations with the meteor-spectroscope
at Manchester.
“«‘ The spectra of the nuclei of the three large ones which I observed, much
resembled in size and gorgeous effect that of the crescent moon, which I
looked at in the meteor-spectroscope on the following evening. As I did not
see the meteors with direct vision, I cannot say how large they appeared
naturally.
‘«‘ Their spectra all consisted of crimson, green, and blue. The spectra of
two of them were a little less well marked at the outer edges, and between
the colours, than the spectrum of the third, in which the demarcation between
the red, green, and blue, as well as the definition at the outer edges of the
spectrum, was perfect. In one of them there seemed to be pretty numerous
darker lines across the spectrum in a vertical direction; and at the instant of
disappearance I saw, or thought that I saw, an orange line, or band between
* When a star of small magnitude is looked at through the meteor-spectroscope, its
light is either completely washed out, and invisible, or a line of faint and apparently
colourless light marks its place. The length of this line of light, up to the cases of those
stars in which it can no longer be discerned, continues to be about half a degree. There
exists no tendency in the yellow rays of the stellar spectra to remain outstanding, when
fixed stars of very feeble light are examined in the meteor-spectroscope.—A. 8. H. .
+ Similar spectra of the nuelei of meteors to these are described in the last Report
for 1866, p. 144.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 401
the green and red, suddenly appear and disappear. It was not straight across
the spectrum, but deflected, or jagged, thus a
“The spectrum of the trains was extremely feeble. I could hardly say
that there was any colour.”
Characteristic Appearances.
At Greenwich, on one or two occasions during the display, meteors were
observed to have a double out-burst, the principal meteors passing on at the
head of the stream of light, the secondary nucleus remaining in the luminous
track. The accompanying is a sketch of one of these remarkable objects,
supplied by Mr. Dunkin, of the Royal Observatory, in a drawing illustrating
the general appearance of the shower. (Leisure Hour, Jan. 5th, 1867.)
A triple meteor, each part being as bright as Venus, is described by Mr.
G. Forbes as having been seen by him at St. Andrews (Philosophical Maga-
zine, 8. 4. vol. xxxill. p. 83) at 12" 41™ a.m., which left a streak visible
for eight minutes. At Glasgow attention was drawn to the meteor by the
bright light in the first half of its course. At this part a streak remained
visible for nine minutes, and collected itself into an oval form, while the
portion of the streak in the last half of the meteor’s course, in which a good
view of the meteor was obtained at Glasgow, remained straight, and faded
away in about 30 seconds. The appearance of the meteor in the latter por-
tion of its path, at Glasgow, was that of a single pear-shaped nucleus about
as bright as Venus, drawing a bright train of light, like that left by other
bright meteors of the shower.
A remarkable double meteor, equally curious, was observed by M. J. J.
Silbermann of the Collége de France, at Paris, during the progress of the
shower. This meteor passed slowly from Leo to the square of Ursa Major,
and onwards towards the west horizon, leaving no train. It consisted of two
brilliant round white nuclei, each about as bright as Jupiter, and 15! apart,
which oscillated to and fro, and before and behind each other, exactly as if
performing perfect revolutions in a circle round each other, in a plane per-
pendicular to the visual line,—one revolution in every second of time. ‘The
whole duration was 8 or 10 seconds, and both meteors disappeared together.
(Le Moniteur, Noy. 20th, 1867.)
At Hawkhurst“ At 12" 6™ a.., two pear-shaped meteors, both brighter
than Venus, changing from yellow into orange, pursued one another in
almost identically the same course, at an apparent distance of about three
moon’s diameters between them, both expanding together, and both leaving
trains.
*« Another red meteor, about the same time, which grew to be as bright
and round as Sirius, was distinctly observed by all to make two darts or shots
in its flight.
At 12° 39™ 30° a.m., two fine meteors, with well-defined disks and elon-
1867. Dip
402 REPORT—1867.
gated behind, moved as if i a leash between the two last stars of Ursa’s
tail.”
At Beeston—Mr. Lowe noticed that “in numbers of instances, when
meteors crossed the same portion of the heavens, the paths of each were of
tye same length.” This may perhaps serve to explain the coursing of
meteors side by side, which was frequently observed, for the same length and
with the same velocity.
At Birmingham.—From Mr, Wood’s observations :—* Binary meteors:
0" 21™ a, Two meteors of green colour, each brighter than first-magni-
tude stars, shot together from the direction of the radiant-point, appearing
at R. A. 147° (9" 48"), N. Decl. 24°, and disappearing, after leaving yellow
Fig. 1.
S==o) Pe
SS
streaks which remained for 24 seconds, at R.A. 143° (9" 32”), N. Decl. 6°.
The distance between them at their first appearance is represented in the
figure at a, about half a degree; and their distance widened a ,
little towards their disappearance, which took place as shown in Fig. 2.
the figure at 0. b
«Qh 97™ 4. Two white meteors, each as bright as first-
magnitude stars, shot together from the direction of y Leonis ;
appearing at R. A. 150° (10"), N. Decl. 38°, and disappearing
at a, and moved with almost perfectly parallel paths side by side,
with, however, a considerable widening, until they had, at dis-
appearance, the relative positions at (fig. 2).
‘Curved paths: extinctions and rekindling of the meteors,
although not registered, were observed. A meteor, which was
at a Ursx Majoris, each leaving a greenish streak. The meteors : i
appeared together, with a distance of about 2° between them, as
a
observed to pass through Ursa Major, made its appearance as at y
Fig. 3.
a (fig. 3), described a phosphorescent curve a, 6, and disappeared at b,
then reappeared at c, described another short curve c¢, d, and finally disap-
peared at d.”
Intermittent Light.—Mr. C. Grover, at Chesham, Bucks, gives the follow-
ing instances of large meteors, which disappeared for an instant, and after-
wards reappeared in continuation of their former course. The two first are
also noted (by coloured drawings in the original report) as examples-of the
most brilliant coloration observed in the shower, during the morning of the
14th of November.
No. 1 was a remarkably luminous meteor, which appeared at about 12”
30™, and exhibited a partial extinction of light upon its course.
No. 2 (recorded inthe Catalogue), at 1" 10™ a.m, also showed a single
intermittence of itslight. It was the largest and brightest of all the meteors
recorded at Chesham.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 4038
No. 3 also presented a distinct interruption of its ight. It was especially
brilliant, shedding quite a glare of light on surrounding objects.
No.1.
No.2.
No.8.
General Appearances of the Shower.
Mr. Wood thus describes the general characteristics of the meteors :—
** Unlike those of any other display, they never burst or threw off sparks,
but either burnt gradually away, or wasted away in forming the streak.
This meteoric shower is further distinguished by striking uniformity in
colour, size, and greater duration, both of the meteor and of the streak, than
in other showers. The colour may be said to be pale green, the proportion
between this and the red being about 4to 1. The average size was nearly
that of Mars, then shining, which many of the meteors resembled. A small
proportion only were equal to Jupiter; and I saw only one that somewhat
exceeded Venus at its greatest brilliancy. Another peculiar feature of the
meteors was great accuracy of radiation.
**Phenomena at the radiant-point.—Figure Fie. 4 Fic. 5
4 represents one of the blue nebulous patches ores en
deprived of the true meteoric lustre, which ap- Olin
peared from time to time close to the radiant- © @
point. In 3 or 4 seconds they would rapidly ey
fade and expand to double their former diame- F
ter (as fig. 5). One such object appeared at 12° 45™ a.u. It resembled a
varying star, increasing from the first magnitude to the brilliancy of Venus
in about 4 seconds, exactly at the radiant-point, in R. A. 148°, N. Decl. 25°.
** Meteor-streaks within a circle of 4° radius round this point were never
preceded nor followed by any nucleus or true meteor, but were suddenly formed
Without any apparent cause, and appeared more compact and brighter than
2452
404. REPORT—1867.
those observed elsewhere, but always rippled
and waved, and varying from one to two
lunar diameters in length. a
“In fig. 6, a, 6, ¢ represent three successive g
stages of change of such a streak, from its EP
first appearance, a, when it shortly began to Bae
separate and expand as at , and finally to curl b
up as at ¢, and dissolve like a trail of smoke.
“ These small trains frequently branched out from the radiant-point like
the spokes of a wheel, three or four at a time. A group of four radial
streaks, 2° or 3° in length, was thus suddenly formed round the radiant at
12" 36™ 15% a.m., indicating its place very exactly, as already given.
Fig. 7.
« At 2" 16™, a green meteor, brighter than Venus, moved from the
radiant-point to R. A. 135° (9"), N. Decl. 20°, leaving a broad green streak
4' or 5' in width upon its course (fig. 7, @). This meteor was the brightest,
and its streak was the broadest and the most enduring seen. The latter
remained as a bright green rippled and waved bar of light for six seconds
before either fading, curling up, or dissolving away. It then gradually, in
the space of about two minutes, assumed the form of fig. 7, b.
“‘ Between one and two minutes after its first appearance, I perceived the
spot ¢ (fig. 7), resembling in size and appearance the Presepe Cancri, a very
little in advance of the spot where the meteor disappeared. Whether it
was formed there by drifting from }, or if it was independently formed by
the meteor, I cannot say, but I incline to the latter opinion.”
The streaks, when first deposited, were remarkably straight, and fine,
bright, lance-like lines. They then, as described by Mr. '. Morris at Man-
chester, ‘in many instances appeared to swell in the centre of their length
—the point of greatest ignition probably—and taper towards the extremity,
forming an approach to a double cone.”
In a letter to a Member of the Committee, describing some of the pheno-
mena of the shower as it appeared at Hawkhurst, Sir John Herschel re-
marks :— In a great many instances (indeed most commonly) the head
sHot AHEAD of the train, asastar or planet of a very high red colour. All the
trains were sparkling like star-dust, but in two or three cases there was a
remainder of cometie phosphorescent light, very persistent. In one which
exploded with a flash close to a, (, y Arictis [see Catalogue, 1" 12™ 30°
A.M. ], this cometic appearance lasted by the watch six minutes.”
Se —_ a
In illustration of this peculiarity the following was observed at Hawk-
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 405
hurst. ‘“ About 11" 30™, a dull yellow meteor, which grew to a round disk,
moved on a curyed course (see fig.), nearly horizontally from Ursa Minor
to a point due west, leaving a slight train. The nucleus lasted three seconds,
and continued after the train had faded away.”
Mr. Greg observed, at Manchester :—“ Nearly all the meteors showed either
as simply phosphorescent or lance-like lines, or began as such. But in the
case of the larger ones, with disks of 2’ or upwards, the nuclei seemed
finally to emerge from, or to shake off, or lose the phosphorescence, for the
space of a few degrees and then vanish.”
Mr. C. Grover, in his observations of the November meteoric shower at
Chesham, Bucks, reports that, ‘in nearly every instance, the head ceased to
emit a train before it vanished, consequently the head was clearly parted from
the train just before vanishing.”
The same was noticed by M. Goulier in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ for De-
cember 1866, whose observation of the position of the radiant-point at
Metz (in the Moselle) is cited above. “A remarkable peculiarity of the
meteors was, that the streaks were skorter than the entire length of their
course, the nucleus shooting ahead of the train for some space without emit-
ting the phosphorescent light of the streak.”
Contortions of the Trains.—The large meteor recorded by Mr. H. 8. Heinec-
ken at Sidmouth, at 1" 8" 9° (see Catalogue), left a train which was very
conspicuous for six minutes, and remained visible for at least ten minutes.
At first the train was straight, but when the terminations faded, the
central portion became curved, and folded back in a serpent-like form upon
itself. The figure is a sketch of its appearance, from a tinted drawing by
Mr. Hutchinson. It afterwards became brilliantly nebulous, more circular
and compact, and retrograded slowly along the course of the meteor towards
the east.
In the ‘Monthly Notices’ of the Royal Astronomical Society (vol. xxvii.p.53),
Mr. G. Venables draws attention to the fact that, in some instances of trains
which continued for a length of time, the deflection which occurred was
“not curved but rigid, like a stiff stick broken in the middle.”
Telescopic Observations of the Meteors.
At Wisbeach, Cambridgeshire.—Mr. §, H. Miller reports :—*“ After the dis-
Duration.
39 Secs
appearance of the head, the trains contracted and curled up, and I was able
—— SS
= = b)
ee
Duration.
406 REPORT—1867.
to use the telescope with a power of 45. The trains then looked much like
some Nebul, and I saw these forms (see figures).”
At Bathwick Hill, Bath, Mr. W. Dobson reports :—‘ I observed the trains
of several with an achromatic telescope (Cooke’s 4-inch aperture, power 40).
They mostly disappeared rapidly, except one large one, about 1" 50™ a.m.,
low in the west, the train of which remained visible in the telescope for nine
minutes. It appeared like a long wisp of luminous vapour or smoke, bend-
ing and changing its form, growing broader and fainter, and drifting slowly
down the wind. While observing it another smaller one crossed the field of
the telescope, but its train disappeared in a few seconds.”
Mr. T. Crumplen made many telescopic observations, leading in some cases
to good results, both of the nuclei and of the trains of the meteors, from
Primrose Hill.
‘«« The instrument used was by Dollond, of 13-inch clear aperture, about 22
inches focal length, and power of 30. I took care to focus it on a fixed star,
so that no doubt could arise as to the value of the observations made, and
these, so far as practicable, were confirmed by my assistant, who is also
accustomed to use the telescope for celestial objects.
«“T saw many meteor-trains by this means, but in most cases they faded
too rapidly for good observations, Hight, however, were examined with
great success.
‘One of these, at 1" 7™, was visible 10 full minutes. When first seen,
immediately after the meteor disappeared, it looked like a long piece of
riband in constant motion, and waved throughout its entire length. This
band was then nearly 5’ in width, and appeared streaky or mottled, as if
made wp of an immense number of interlaced filaments.
“Tt changed shape during the time that I observed it, gradually becoming
more nebulous, and at last it was almost a circular patch, somewhat elon-
gated towards the west. When in this state it passed over a tolerably
bright telescopic star. I could see the star approaching, and I noticed a
decided difference in the brilliancy and appearance of this star when im-
mersed in the meteor-train. It was undoubtedly refracted*. This meteor
disappeared some 5° below a Tauri, and the train drifted as much more
towards the west-north-west horizon before it finally disappeared.
«« Besides this train, I had telescopic views of seven others, which under-
went similar contortions. In several cases the trains bent upwards, becom-
ing shaped like the crescent moon+, the horns always directed to the zenith.
The filaments in the telescope almost always reminded me of the particles of
fibre which fly from the sudden lash of a whip.
«Tt was extremely difficult to get a view of a nucleus. In two instances
I caught them passing the field, but in flight too transient to permit me to
speak of their appearance in positive terms. They resembled a solid body
imbedded in a nebulous haze; but although I have their appearance well in
my mind, I forbear to say anything open to question.”
* As the effect of refraction would make the star hang upon the edge of the cloud, as
is sometimes believed to be the case from a similar cause in the occultation of stars by
the moon, such an effect may have been, hitherto, overlooked That the star’s appearance
was affected by partial absorption, or obscuration of its light, is an alteration more easy,
in general, to be explained by a haze, or misty vapour suspended in the cloud.
t This appearance was sometimes observed with the naked eye. An observer at
Mentone, Mr. Moggridge, in a letter to a Member of the Committee, states that they
heralded great outbreaks of the meteoric shower immediately following their appearance,
and terms them “ lunettes.”
¥
LOSS
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 407
At Wimbledon, Mr. F. C. Penrose reports :—“At about 2? 30™ a.m.
we took our stand at the telescope,
without, however, making any particu-
lar observations until 3" 6™ a.w., when
a bright short streak was observed, in
R. A. 13° 12™, N. Decl. 37°. It was of
bluish-silvery colour, and resembled a
riband, as shown in the figure; but
there were probably many more ‘ kinks’
in it than here shown. It remained
visible in the telescope several minutes,
and finally before vanishing, separated
into two parts.”
In illustration of the many “ kinks”
observed with the telescope in the
streak of this meteor, Mr. Penrose gives
the annexed representation of the ten-
dril of a climbing plant, twined towards the right, or towards the left, round
a slender stem. Eddies and currents of air along the course of the meteor’s
flight, of the nature of smoke-rings,
propagated obliquely towards the right
or left, might very possibly conduce to
the twisted and knotted appearance of
the streak, most commonly observed
with the telescope.
** About this time H. observed a small
meteor in the telescope passing over the
field of view, between @ and « (the
sword stars) of Orion; and F. soon
after saw one pass the field of view near
the Preesepe of Cancer. Neither of them
showed any remarkable feature, and
they left no train. F. saw that which
passed the Sword of Orion with the
naked eye. It was one of the average
smaller meteors, It appeared in the
telescope exactly like a star of the sixth magnitude.
« At 3" 25™ 50, we saw in the telescope, at a point about R. A. 15" 20™,
N. Decl. 55°, the streak of a meteor, narrower and brighter than that before
described, but otherwise similar in structure to it, full of kinks and bends,
but this being of greater length than the former, there were more of them.”
General accounts of observations of the shower were also received from Mr.
W. T. Redford, Sidmouth; Mr, H. Player, Totnes, Devonshire; Mr. E.H. Rodd,
Penzance; Mr. Clarke Richardson, Swansea ; and Mr. G. Iliff, at Sunderland.
Geographical Limits of the Shower.—The brightest portion of the meteoric
shower, on the night of the 13th-14th of November 1866, was visible as far
eastward as Kishnaghur (lat. 23° 24' N., long. 83° 37' E.), about sixty miles
due north of Calcutta, and as far westwards as a point in the Atlantic
Ocean, near the Azores, in lat. 39° 56’ N., long. 32° 20’ W., or over a zone
of at least 115° 57’ of longitude.
It was observed at Aberdeen, in Scotland (lat. 57° 9’ 51” N.), and at the
Cape of Good Hope Observatory (lat. 33° 56’ 3” S.), or over an extent of 91°
“in latitude,
408 REPOKT—1867.
The boundaries of this area nearly coincide with that of the star-shower
seen on the 13th of November 1832, which was succeeded in the following
year by the well-known great November shower in America, observed by
Twining and Olmsted, on the morning of the 13th of November 1833, by a
recurrence of which in the present year (1867), the shower now described
would thus be followed by a fitting sequel.
(4.) The December meteoric shower, in 1866.
At Kishnaghur, Lower Bengal, India—Extract of a letter from Mr. W.
Masters to Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Bart.—‘ Since the morning of the 14th
of November, diverging meteors were not seen or detected on any of the
periodic dates, except the 12th of December. I observed them at 2» 30™
Am. of this date. They might have come on at an earlier hour, and they
appeared to have passed off by 3° a.m. They shot divergingly, and with
great rapidity, from a point about 29° or 30° of North Declination, and 136°
of Right Ascension. They darted out at the rate of about three per minute,
were small, described short and thin ares of light, and left no traces. Some
showed themselves only as moderate flashes of light, about 40° or 50° from
this point, without any visible arc of light or course.
«A bright meteor with a long train shot across the area of divergence
from nearly due south to north, or from Alphard (a) in Hydra, to @ in Ursa
Major.— Kishnaghur College, 20th December, 1866.”
At Birmingham, Mr. Wood kept a strict watch for meteors on the nights
of the 12th and 13th of December. ‘On the night of the 11th, the sky at
Birmingham was overcast all night. Towards 11" p.m., on the night of the
12th, meteors were very frequent, about one per minute in one half of
the sky, the other half of the sky being overcast. The sky then became
completely overcast, and remained so until shortly after midnight, when it
became partly clear, and the frequency of the meteors was found to have
greatly decreased. From 12" 53™ a.m. until 1" 15™ a.w., with two-thirds
to a quarter of the sky quite clear, none were seen. The maximum of the
shower probably occurred between eleven and twelve o'clock, beginning at
10" 30™ p.a. on the 12th, and ending at 1” a.m. on the 13th. The radiant-
point was between @ and « Geminorum. The meteors were blue and white,
of momentary duration, and the majority of them without trains. On the
night of the 13th the sky was clear, but no meteors were seen in twenty
minutes from 9" 30™ p.. to 9" 50™ par. A display of aurora borealis appeared
in the N.N.W., with streamers radiating from a point below the horizon,
moving from west to east, and 120° or more in length.”
At Milbrook, Tuam, in Treland, the sky began to clear on the night of
the 12th, at 9 o’clock. From that time until 1" 25™ a.m. on the 13th, Mr.
Birmingham counted 260 meteors, of which number 20 only were uncon-
formable. Although nine meteors, between 9" 15™ p.m. and 9" 30™ P.M.,
were shown by alignments to radiate from within a circle about 3° in dia-
meter, with its centre in R. A. 107°, N. Decl. 19°, yet a meteor, nearly
stationary at the intersection of lines joining @ and e, é and 6 Geminorum,
appeared to indicate a somewhat higher radiant. In comparison with the
November shower, the aspect of the meteors might be described as cindery,
with, however, a few notable exceptions. They were mostly of a bluish-white
colour, many trainless, but in general leaving a faint train of the same colour
as the nucleus. One meteor, that was brighter than Sirius, showed a serpen-
tine course. There was no well-marked time of maximum, but there seemed
to be alternate periods of repose and activity. At 3" 8™ an immense fire-
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 409
ball flashed through a misty break of the clouds in Leo, leaving all again in
darkness” f.
(5.) The January meteoric shower, in 1867.
Heavy snow, and the overcast state of the sky in England on the night of
the 1st and morning of the 2nd of January 1867, prevented observations of
luminous meteors. On the evening of the 2nd of January, about 9"30™ p.m.,
when the sky was comparatively clear, Mr. Crumplen watched for meteors for
a few minutes, in London, and saw none.
(6.) The April meteoric shower, in 1867.
On the nights of the 19th and 20th of April 1867, the sky was overcast,
with constant rain, at Glasgow. No reports of the reappearance of the April
meteoric shower, in 1867 have been received from other places.
(7.) The August meteors, in 1867.
At Birmingham, Mr. Wood reports a very fine sky on the nights of the 9th,
11th, and 12th. On the night of the 10th the sky was clear over head until
1* 30™ a.m. on the morning of the 11th.
From 9" p.m. to 11" 32™ p.m. on the 9th, only two meteors were observed
in one hour and a half. Their number then increased, and the paths of 18
meteors were recorded in two hours. There was an equal scarcity of meteors
on the night of the 10th; when, in one hour, from 9" p.m. to 10" p.m. no
meteors were observed. The interval of half an hour, from 12" 16™ to 12" 45™
A.M. on the morning of the 11th, also presented a total absence of meteors.
Fiye meteors were then observed in 15 minutes, and the sky afterwards be-
came overcast. On the nights of the 11th and 12th the rate of apparition was
respectively 3 and 2 meteors per hour. On the morning of the 11th it was
as high as 7, and on the morning of the 10th as high as 14 per hour.
Date and
hour of (8th 9th (11"30™ 10th 10th(11*pm. 11th llth 12th
obser- (P.M. P.M.tomidn.). A.M. tomidn.) AM. PM. P.M.
vation .
Average
number
of me- 6 10 14
teors per
hour
Moon nearly full. One observer.
The frequency, under similar cicumstances, is little more than half as great
as that observed by Mr. Wood in the previous August epoch of 1866.
A wide radiant area, extending from y Persei to C, ¢, and J Camelopardi, as
distinct radiants, is assigned by Mr. Wood to the recorded paths; with a
tendency to radiate chiefly from a principal radiant-point at ¢ Cassiopeie.
The relative proportions of meteors of different magnitudes and colours
were about as follows :—
ba |
“I
ivy)
bo
Above = Ist- = 2nd- =drd- Yellow or
Ist mags. magx. mags. mags. Blue. orange. White.
1 at u 1 | 5 3 ab
5 3 4 5 8 10 16
At Manchester—Mr. Greg reports that the meteors appeared rather to
t+ Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, vol, xxvii. p. 205,
410 REPORT—1867.
emanate from a linear radiant region, extending from @ Persei to y Uassio-
peiz, than from a single point (which is usually attributed to the shower)
near the sword-handle of Perseus.
In America.—The Committee is indebted to Mr. Marsh for the following
communication of a register of shooting-stars observed at Germantown, near
Philadelphia, U.S. A., on the mornings of the 10th and 11th of August 1867,
by three observers. Each person observed independently of the others, and
their attention was mainly directed to the north-east.
Number of meteors observed
By B. V. Marsh. By C. H. Darlington.
eal a ee Ge oe ae
s 29m) > |\.8 234
a "ap @ "80 aa) wm of
F 3 4 3S oe om a 3 Do =
Philadelphia mean time of | 3 = S28! 2 A Bes
obseryation, 1867, August) “= | & aoSSols | & zis
roth A.M e|& Sahl a | 8 ga5
cgi ea |S poet eas @ 80S
Sao ered Sees cial ae = |) rae eters,
=| ro Ss owl Z ra e |. 0
o| 8 |o |zag| 6 | 8S ]5 labia
OIA lB Wer 0 1/41/86 |B
hm hm
From 1 3 to 1 45A.mM. | Io | 7 | 17 3 10] 4] 14 2
ye kA a2) Ol §;, 6] 4] 10 3 Cele Wey 3
EEO seo Ri Jalon acs re) val ees fal (eee °
op Ue PEC ASE Ae BONY Sue alles I I Tel eo) I
Total numbers in one hour
; 22) 1 20
and forty-five minutes . 3 | 35 7 7 eer 6
Those originating near the radiant indicated the usual point in Perseus ;
but some of the more distant ones seemed to come from the direction of
Cassiopeia.
Successive intervals of fifteen Number ‘of meteors observed
i o, 11th |
mie sib ape i By B. V. Marsh. By R. M. Gummere.
: j ; Pe . || Confor- | Noncon-
Tone _ | Confor- | Noncon ..7 || Confor oncon
Eliade phia arent mable. formable. Total. | mable. |formable. Total.
hm h m |
From 12 oto 12 I5AM.| 14 I 15 22
x: OPTS a AO AGS) 5, 15 3 pispa te! 19
P Psp OAs as, 8 2 Ta." 6 2 8
VenROts aie Tae i 13 3 16 || 24 3 27
3 TObe pA TTS 14, 4 18 | 13 3 16
” DES by Gl GO. 92 8 5 ba ean | agape + 17
op Om ae Mek aay tae 10 3 13 CO rE 3 13
» 145 5 2 0 5, II 3 4 |) 19 2 21
a 2G ah Oe ties 10 2 | 16 ° 16
Total numbers in two hours: Re es iy
and fifteen minutes ...... | } 103 ae et 164
The average magnitude was decidedly below that of previous years. Only
a few left persistent trains, and there were none of very great splendour,
The weather was clear, and circumstances altogether favourable.
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS. 411
At a somewhat later hour than the last of the above observations, the
August meteoric shower appears to have reached its maximum in America.
New York Herald, August 12th.—‘‘ Poughkeepsie, August, 11th, 1867:—
Shortly after one o’clock this morning an entirely clear sky was visible. ...
From one till two a.m. over seventy meteors were counted, and from that
time till half-past three a.m. they increased in number so fast that they could
not be counted. Three of them were of great brilliancy. By four o’clock
A.m. the unusual exhibition had entirely ceased.”
The rarest displays of shower-meteors are comparatively brief in their
duration, and Mr. Marsh points out “ that observations extending over several
days, and VARIOUSLY SITUATED IN LONGITUDE, are needed, in order to show
the earth’s progress through the group, and to determine the exact time of
central passage.”
Y. PAPERS RELATING TO OBSERVATIONS OF Luminous Merrors.
1. Professor Newton, on “ The Relative Number of Shooting-stars seen in
a given Period by different numbers of Observers.” (American Journal of
Science, 2nd ser. vol. xli. p. 192.)
The results of this careful series of observations made at Newhaven, Con-
necticut, on the morning of the 15th of November 1865, may be referred to
as a common standard for determining the rate of apparition of meteors in
cases where several observers combine together to register their numbers.
During the three hours, from midnight until three o’clock a.m., on the
morning of the 15th of November, twelve observers at Newhaven were so
arranged that two looked to the zenith, and the remaining ten divided the
points of the compass equally between them. As each observer saw a meteor
he called his name, which was entered by an initial letter in the register. By
three o’clock 186 meteors were counted.
The average number seen by each person was 38°75. Hence the propor-
tion—
No. seen by one observer: No. seen by twelve: : 38°75:186...... (1)
The average number seen by two persons looking towards opposite points
of the compass (taking all the pairs of such observers) was 75-4: and hence
No. seen by two observers : No. seen by twelve:: 75°4:186...... (2)
_ The average number seen by three observers looking nearly symmetrically
to different points of the compass (taking all the combinations of such obser-
vers) was 99:7. Whence
No. seen by three observers : No. seen by twelve:: 99°7:186...... (3)
Proceeding thus with all the symmetrical combinations of four, five, six, or
more observers, and comparing the results with the similar results obtained
by a party of six observers on the night of the 15th of August 1865, the
numbers seen by more or less numerous observers are shown in the following
Table, which also contains the relative numbers seen by different parties of
observers, in the time that four observers would take to count 100.
412 REPORT—1867.
Average No. of meteors
seen while four observers
would count 100.
Average No. of meteors
No. of ob-| 8°&" during the watch.
server's.
Aug. 15th, | Nov. 15th, | Aug. 15th,
1865. 1865. 1365.
I 49°44 33°75 35°9
2 89°65 75°40 65°1
3 11788 99°79 85°6
4 137°71 I19'20 1000
zs 156°44 131°86 113°6
6 172°c0 143°00 124°9
eel Wr sesate PIG al Radacee
Teil lai sccktos LOGIG7 || aestes
i) WW Apgocs 1G6775" ||| -kseeee
fem PY apes TsO me||| ue cstea
TN | Sec GO GS) |) went
|!) Yoatona TB O2OG) yl) Ceewies
Noy. 15th,
1865.
32°5
63°3
83°6
100°0
110°6
120'0
128'2
134°8
1399
14571
150°9
156'0
The last column of the Table shows that a
visible in a given period.
2. Mr. R. P. Greg “ On Meteoric Showers and their Radiant-points. (Bul-
letins de Académie “Royale de Belgique, 2nd ser. vol. xxiii. No. 2, 1867.)
«The meteoric shower of the 2nd of January 1867, was far less copious
There is not impos-
sibly a period of five years in its return, and a seven-year period in the returns
ag
than it appeared on the same date in 1863
single observer would not count
more than a fifth part, nor four observers more than two-thirds of the meteors
and 1864.
of the shower-meteors of the 5th—15th of December.
‘«« The linear or oval extension of the radiant region in the case of fifteen or
twenty meteoric showers, some them of long duration (six or eight weeks),
appears to arise from the change of the angle of intersection of the orbits of
In the course of two months (a
sixth part of the whole circumference) the angle of intersection, at the points
where the earth enters and leaves the meteoric group, should undergo a very
appreciable alteration. In cases of very long duration, it is probable that
the orbits of the meteoric bodies nearly coincide with a part of the earth’s
orbit, and that the meteors of such a group move for some time nearly in the
the meteoric bodies with the earth’s orbit.
same, or in an opposite direction to the earth’s path.
«Suppose A B to be a portion of the earth’s orbit, R the apparent place of
the radiant region, KE’, E’’ two positions of the earth at entering and leaving
the meteoric group, embracing between them an interyal of two months,
A
vy
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS, 413
v' m', vm" the apparent directions of two meteors directed from the radiant
R. Then the angle a’ is evidently greater than a”.
“ As far as I have been able to examine the question, the arc subtended by
the difference of the angles a’, a’ may be more or less exactly measured by
comparing together the lengths of the major and minor axes of the radiant
region in those cases where it appears to have an elongated form, Projected
and measured upon a map of the stars, this are occasionally amounts to 10°,
or 15°, independently of 5° allowed for errors of observation, and for other
sources of inaccuracy.”
By the “‘ are subtended by the difference of the angles a’, a,” the difference
from parallelism between the lines 7’ im’, 7m’ in the above paper is per-
haps intended to be signified; and this may amount occasionally to 15°,
It is plain, however, that the real difficulty connected with the long endu-
rance of particular radiant-points in a nearly fixed position is, to explain
why the elongation of the radiant region, or the difference from parallelism
actually observed, does not, in general, amount to a quantity nearly as large
as the difference between the angles a’, a".
Thus, supposing A a, B } to be the inner and outer limits of a current of
meteoric bodies moving in parabolic orbits round the sun, S, in the same
plane with the earth’s orbit, a B, and
haying the common axis BS s; § a,
‘perpendicular to B §, the earth’s dis-
tance from the sun when it encounters
the inner limit of the stream, three
‘months before the time when it arrives
at B. The absolute velocity of the me-
- teors where they encounter the earth is
everywhere represented by the diagonai
of a square, as a v, whose side a V re-
presents the velocity of the earth in its
nearly circular orbit. Now as the di-
rections of the circle and parabola at a
are, respectively, in the side a V and
diagonal a v of the same square, the re-
lative velocity of the meteors at a, with
respect to the earth, is in the direction
v V, parallel to a$; and this is also the
direction of the relative velocity, with
respect to the earth, of the meteors which overtake the earth at B. The
radiant-point of the meteors at a, B would, in such a case, therefore have a
nearly invariable direction, or apparent position in the sky, RR; and in
the intermediate interval of three months, during which the shower con-
tinues, it would only undergo very small changes of its place,
REPORT—1867.
414
‘uolyeuoyop v Aq paMorpoy ‘0741CT
“TIeQ9thT
‘(sadvfo ‘A 800A) our ouLOs pornp
-ud pnopo ey} ‘sjaodet eyt-uoumE omy ‘sou
“IU OMY Joye foaF JO Urey puv pnopo foyro1ey
‘OWE
“Kep Jo WS] eaws £ oygrcy
"T “ON 980 cog “yoyI0I
B OFT pope} fumop -- ‘ow .Z] {spuoves OF £0991
-(uostiry,) /G Peysey Ureay { T[VqQoatyy
‘LON 9eQ ‘Aoojour Suyeuojacy
“(FTO “L) Treqotts
‘OWI, = ‘“Ooyout Suryeuoqjocy
aracs ‘seuodyy 40
Peon 8D 2084 -eudome Hues
‘LON 38O ‘[[eqauy Suryeuoyacy
OUT “PPEUJoyg 4¥ uoas ‘ uouemouoyd yworyoopo wy
‘LON “38 ‘[UFIQNOp [[RJouoys {1oajour Suryeuoyocy
(LON “FeO UL se ‘ZZOT UE JOU) TTeFeUo4g
TON 380 9 “PIGG oUNL ‘EZLT prey
“(rupery) oid
‘OW
OWE
“OW
“OW.
‘(ads “has ja Teun.) TEIN, A
aac ‘orrpoage ATquqorg
Bi! ong [ “‘LEOT Pry
‘OTP ORT
‘onIP OL
“(FIOM “A Treen
‘O98T "TON FO Pag “pag ATR E “ELGT poy
“yp taqmnagdag ‘ro { “AIPM “PPPV 94 PINTS
£oulRs oT} [Te era | *T ‘ONT “9% 009g {
“LON 92D ‘[[eJouo}s B you { MOYRUOJOp pure LOdJ0T
‘op ‘syceuteyy
wee eeeere
wee eeeeee
Her enenee
"ute OT
sseeeecee
eee eeeee
tthe weeee
“moy ‘ eyed
: uOLyBIN(y
“M 0} “DL
‘§ 0] ‘'N
“HOTPOAT(T
“JUSIOM 10 OZ1g
rieotcesmeeateeeereeres ODOT] gy ‘Usp | #EOLT
eee teen eee "g Bia “UOysoTLVY "AON,
tereeterserenererore ornumrgy -g! eg “0a | #R9LT
rteeserersoeeeeresnagentoUsseyy] G “qa “OOLT
ee ee ee puryoos) Jey 490 “
es . sit) 63 dy | "CONT
“**" QITYSJOSIOTT] 4 “qoaiy “TOLT
seeeeeee * a YamMqurpsy 9G “AON XQGLT
rettneeerneserereeresers TOL G “ARTA ‘OCLT
eouRty “Uoqimog; fF “AON | * *
me sunodny L ‘qdeg "EGLT
‘se eudomnog! §f “~O | “SPAT
see eeceeesesererencenens puvpsugy Zz ‘oat *6ELT
woe vuesatingheinepseereeetersvactesess I 0 ‘cd
sot cceemencrer KOSS ‘PBOISTPH| OL “Uep IT
“puRLsug ‘[[eAtAog) 77" * ca
“ZYLYOSOGVT PUR Z4LM
-OdseTg sv outes ‘zjryosepiy] ce Ame VOLT
spurpayjoN) OG “ATL ‘6ILT
reer) BUILT ‘po “GOLTL
Uia/dinie e-eieie ovsisis'htiiue wie’ 2 puepsuny 6z pO To) tT
see gaia vsle'salda'stalan errors d woMtOUty e "CB9T
sevececsceercencnscccoesrweasenss é\2 1G, 22a ‘OS9L
“geipaoydag] Gy ‘uve “GEOL
doa shecaesine/Neasnes cso tG DGS Yate CATAL *6FOL
seeeereesoos OOUBI ‘ADUAAOIG] GG “AON ‘LOOT
SABA Rt SeanaorAnpen 4 pleyuonray| GL 30 619L
ae =a<8° DIG] og “ydog oe
scorrerereterersserrersesee rong! TE "100 "LLG
We eeeceeneessiie PEO DSECEe My viae ig), cae cc: Fa
stew eens Buy ‘enpay LAL] set eweeee ‘OTe if
x ss Keay yr eutatg| Ff “ydeg “LIST
eedeascts Fonmonne ce cmp] tte ‘OLET
sadton decsreccctanesecccncsgencrsens| seeeecroe # FOOL
“yyuouL
“Syreoory cue "1BO
‘(quodayy ‘oossp "pug “QQQT mow f ponwyuon) "TT ‘OAT quamajgddngy saxg gq zy Ag
‘sappouap pup swoaapy snomumTy fo anbojnjn9
415
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
‘(uepeuUy “ss0g) TTeqoany
‘TON 'JBQ “nung sv oures sduysog
2 PUNO} sSVU SNOUTANALE, PUL ‘punos SUISSI e ¢ OF91CT
“Oy,
“TIeqorny
"YLG taqurajdeg proxy
“LOOJOUL OTFTLOAN'V
Teqett
“LON JO ‘ouTpodn g fe ur uoIsOpdxoy
‘TON
‘yeQ “poyeuoyop Suoour # penbey “YG Wavy pry
1 ON wo {
oI, *‘purpury you ‘Auvutoe proxy
oI, ‘op’ -ONFIP "WS" ‘OLgO proy
‘TON “9eQ ‘aoojout Suywuojeg “G Avy proxy,
“puojsupoyy proxy
‘noryeuojop Aq pomor]oiy
‘uoTeuojop g f woow penbyy
‘(JIOM) ONG
J “Treqoay
‘LON 9RQ “FORT otojoq ATurezAwo f uMOUyUN 978 (7
"LON JUN CoG “AOaZOU SUYLTOYa(T
“UOT JOU f [[RFOUOyS [HWQnop vy
"TON "FEO UL poyytUMO OEP ‘ TTRFOUOYS
"TL ON 4eO UL FROM SB ouBS £ [PLFaIO}G
‘TON 30 ‘OTT
“(LON JeQ) “TTeyouojs B gou ‘T[eqoany
“(LON "JOD 99g) _ “TLHFOUOYS
“Tpeqoay. SuryeU0}a(T
‘OU,
“OTC
‘OW.
“OWL
‘OIE.
Treqonty
"LON 39 = ‘OO8T “@'V oq prnoyg
“TrRJOUOKS
“orp ond
‘TON ‘JeQ “AOojou SuTYRUO4A(T
‘TON ‘J8Q “SUOTJBUOJOp JUOTOIA pos.eyostp pnojo y
‘ont,
OM.
ou
"TON “WO
seen eee
seers reee
sre eeweee
‘ord So
eee eeee
tee eeeee
Fae eeeene
sesseseeseerenseeseeeees onrrtguiag.|J, IO 9 “AONT
“peas
-O[Neg lwou ‘yosoure, Bray
eiiveeepeereeeerrerers BOLMUEL
seer cee wal ‘UOAR FT MON
Fee eeeeeeereree as inl ‘(UO UO A.
Aen meee eee e ewe e ewes eat AMC
ssreeeeee (yg oSOTNOE,) ZIL[AOX)
see e eee reer eeeseeereceee purpsugy
. BECO OORT Fey cis] ae)
CoO ROR MONT ‘puoulyory,
sree KopULTOK) OUTLOS [AAG
see eeewereee UMOJSSUNO
* puepjoog ‘ueepasqy
casvoinveebesterasnt yao surporD
Sheen eee eee A ‘g “fal “{UOULLO A,
sreeeereeees NuBpoUg ‘TOTAsd]
a Hremeseseeeres “UE
eee e teen eeee puepdugy
iereeenerereeeeeeees qnunsted]
sponge tenes eereeeeeenees CUNT
us “ erpuy ‘tooursurg
cag slat BOOS ON NC ‘TTOMseD
serseeeeeeeeereserrees mer ogg
BOTLOULW * NT
seeeees Dy TRTUAAWLD)
POAT GeO AG) “eA “uUEg
set eeneee “SST ‘QSNOYy Laren era
cs BISSNYT “MOLY
ppezgenss es oaasis MapmenasieSrareraAnt
seeee*StO XK ALO NT ‘qnorjaauUo—
nee ‘Vv ‘so ‘ourysdue Ey MO
“a' 9 ‘puoUuryorsy)
61
gy Ae
1g “AeyAL
FL ‘ady
Gy qdag
@ “Gey
OL ‘0c
OL “4dog
Og “ump
11 Aine
JL “ony
L “uRp
g yady
> ‘uve
*TOULUING
11 *°O
i “ony
“
go “ee
‘9G8T
“CG8T
* PCB
éi % ity
*GG8T
‘OG8T
% “
*618T
*SIST
i} *% aa
“LIST
‘GIST
‘GIST
é*TIST
“OT8T
‘6081
‘S081
*GO8T
1867.
REPORT
416
"CHOAL) Treqoxt
‘TON 989 ‘Sus v ATuO ‘[[ejouoys & ON “A”
“(FIOM) OFC
Tq
"SIBAR IT 42 T[RJOU0}G
TPQ
‘TON 9e%Q ‘wUnesouryy prey
“uoyBUOzep + OFT
“OWI.
‘oy
THeqeshe
“IOS}OUL SuIyeUoye(y
Tee
“FUSIOM SYLTI[OZ JT £{ JosuMs 10xyB woos Tay £ TTRJeuoyg
"TON WO ‘Treqoay Suyvuojoy
‘Oy
Tee
‘T ON 989 “THyaqnop “dese
MOBUOJOP {YOAAFT 0} HUIpAOIV ‘T[eF SouO}S ON
Tea eae
“TON 4Q “Yasjavg 07 Surpaxooow ‘TTT tequiaoyy
‘(doSotupassoyy) LOajouA 9sAv_ PUR 0F91(T
‘stoTyeUOjop oy Aq poruedurodoe ‘T]RJoU0}g
THe4P he
‘yeururyg «0 AuMyQ proxy
WY 9 ‘UJET LoquIoAoNT proxy
arp ‘CZAR ‘easy sv oures ayy ATqeqorg
T ON] “(FIONA “A “FBO “ANONT) T[RFOUo}S
4VQ “SMOILUOJEp oa.1Yy PUB LOd}OU OD.ALT fTTeJOUoZG
‘T ON] *oWTp { WOLRUOJp pu T[eqQoeaTy
‘(amesnyy ysutag oyy ur ueutroads) 2 [[Ryou0}g
"TON 98) OSTY “pug Avenuwp ‘Zogy ‘sora
-oY UOpuoT, sg “WoNLuUojep Ou ‘ppey B edo
syavds ur [jaf fuoou £yenbey “YET Tequueao yy poy.
TON “(16G'AXx UU “sso0g ‘zyuNY) 2 TeqeaTy
(TGS ‘ATXx ‘UU “S80g ‘zjury) T[RJoUoys £ ¢ [Peqoay
‘LON ‘JVOQ ‘TBjouoys Bf vuNTH ‘nys-T[Ny pBeyy
"TON "FBO 908 £0771
“(FIOAA) Treyouoys ¢ TreqoaLy
“T ON "7890
TL ONO
‘T ‘ON yeg
TQ, sny
‘oxy ‘SYAIVULOY,
‘moy ‘ oyed
: UOHBIM(
“UOTpoATT
"JYBIOM IO 921g
gop r
sseteserereeesecerees qe nSUTTB(T
* asno[noy,
WOARTT MON
sen weeeeeeetons ooURI ‘ovshery
; "5" TOAR TT AMO NT
weet eee eeee eIpUy ‘movsouR yl
" gouRdy “SIBTLD Op SBq
varecenssesces sorte gay
see eteaeree a) “ial OAR FT MON
oF9 A Sug] pur “CES eT
sO ‘Kosta p "Ny ‘MOJOULT
‘9 ‘Q ‘UWOARTT MONT
ween en eeee Bipuy ‘apno ‘OVBY,
‘¥ SQ ‘qnoqoouu0D
Senet teeta weer ewes g val “Tua
seem ereneee ‘g ia) ‘UdAC TT MON
ge ‘oyemospMgE SLIT
see waeee Osu
seeeeess ovORTAL
sre seesereeeooeTri peau -19q()
sereeeees QOURI ‘SoqULOOSB IT
teteesaseseceeerseersees TQAOUBET
seeeeees YU TITUBY OC
wedeesisnsiesssdiae auc] FOV MON
seercccsscocccccccess yRyRqury,
** sorpuy yso (A
SISOS OOD 15025 ‘O{]MoA
seeeres DUBTUULT SO.AYCO9S
tteeeees DUETJOIG “Yytog
sr ovensseonsseonenes*on aera
seeeeeees JLOPTOSSNT ‘HOUMA,
Rpt! veroont ores
* wury “nys-pmy
meeree merlin fre ST
seeeeeeeres ge “OQ TOUIOS
“AqrpeoorT
L ounce
$e Av
€ oun
16 “PO
0G ‘AON
96 Aqne
1 “AON
¢ "~0
L “97
6 “suv
“ITAL
“qeul
“UB e
00(
“AON,
g Avy
I ‘ure
I
g 20
“UB?
OT “41
8z 0
G14OZT'AON
1é
OL ‘suy
go Ame
IT ‘wer
LL Av
61
9%
6 “deg
"AO NT
0&
O&
GG
‘snuy
key
“YuoUL
jo keg
UES |
*(panwjwoa) 89727019
FP pun ssoapapy snouruny fo anbojnng
"OFSI
FBI
"GST
‘GEST
* TEST
*
“OE8T.
“6E8T
"SE 10 GEBT
«
‘és
* 6681
* “
“
417
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
i Se ee ee
mp |
“on AGSTaOCLe Siecconog stresesreeees Tonetonen| fT eunp “«
"Teqoaty te neeeeee steeeeeee sete wees Aye g ‘eqRorpIseq Ll ady “c
‘yyed aoF 018 OG { FF UI UOeUOJop { TPeqomA) ct “ACNUN mooul= sv oouety ‘xty| 2 "qaq | x'@G8T
‘Treyouoysg see eeeee ste eeeeee wee ewes . pres Saneeetceyst THRU Ay “RIOAN TL 72 ‘0a, ye 4
‘qqsty pidea ‘ueosd oped £Tpeqory oSaey AaoA| { Sarasa SERCO gould @ SB aBAB] | BLpUT ‘MouONT| Gz “ydag ff
“TTeq oa ‘umd 69° LT wt eee eres Seen ee ee see eeeee ny uedup 6 “ Fa
"TON “eg cag “q8q [dy proy| Bats stepeet os Tepouoyg fests empasog] T “Sny | « N
‘TON “JeQ *quejysur ue soy Areuoeys ‘qpeqaarg| sud E,T GCE Cr uoour £ teers puesuT “gs Guay] Te as
‘(TON *7R9 Ut se “Sqr 6G Jou) TTRJouoyg| ste ‘aT EL Devricseerer tiene’ ane SCT key "SG8T
é[1ejouo}s ¢ uorBuoJop % kq porueduoz08 ‘owt te eeeeeee eeeeeee . sete were eeeseseeenes saaqssu0y 9G x
COWL coeteekss iP” Veevcwese re bier sees tee agen ‘UOqsopABy 91 6
‘omiq| steseeees ceeceeres seeteeeeeeee on or CB SITOLTAL IT ‘AON “
‘owiq| ‘urd 2,7 *g 0} ‘a's peesan se ekeesere recente “
*(‘bas 7a souqong) Treqoany se eeeenee steteeeee Serene ee ne eee ence puryaezjiag GI Avy “c
OWI. ‘ud Gg eee eeeeee eee teens susvoney ‘FodoraRyg 9% *).G8T
*TTRjouoy seen eeees eeeeesese uredg ‘opstag, c ‘any we
"TTeqoryg| eee steeeeeeeeeeeereeeesecesee BIAT mae :
“(umes YsyMg ut weutioeds) [feyauoyg! eee sere Bissny “puepATT Gat a fen euaer
‘TON ‘38 “TLRF [eoyemoqoad Ajomoay xa ceeeeeeee FEO SOOC ION Troy 9 ‘Zaeqey, SL “390 &
“me dy ‘amy ‘Aqaoq,
Ystppetyeors {stxe uo paatoaer {uoour ueyy Jesiey| ‘urd ¢ *M'S 0} ‘A'N ys ‘aeynq ‘seay,-U0-YyoMUETT] GT "300 ie
“Treqoargy| vee eveauiie seater seemeee perros) Te cuee | “BogT
‘TLejouoyg ree e eee Atte eens “*BIpuy ‘saodyonz019 Saysng V4 * “ec
‘ “(Zag toquieo
-0¢ 'sous0R) ourly su0] 2 IOy pajsey yeas £ oWIG te eereeee seeereeee ste ee serene ooueL iT “mUe NT G 100 “c
"TIey eumnues 8 you He ‘ON nig) ‘Treyeuoyg seecveeee seeeeeeee veereeseessess RTO A, ‘oppeAA V4 Ayne “
; ; Treqoaay seven eeee steeeeeee Ameo meee twee esseeerenans eulogy SL ady 6
(I ‘ON yeQ ut Ee IFS uBe 40) Treyau0yg ord $4 at eeeeeee see eeeeeeee Svapeyil ‘QL0T]2 NT 4 UR P ‘SG8T
“(pL ‘d “rxxx ‘Joa ‘snpusry soydur0g9) Treyeons Ul"? TT oes eke “CT ‘ON '9%Q) ‘oP opatag] ZZ oune =
‘T ‘ON ongoy
“Bye Of} UL 4xou Oy} sv ommes f 19g Arenuep proy) PPO, : serrrrreeKapuTIOD| G ‘ure | ‘OCgy
: : (FIOM) Treqoany sr eeeeeee nt eeeeeee tra eeeeee Feet eee e ee eeee esse anny SizdieT OL 09(T. 6c
(TON 99 wt) Trefeu0yg} -wn-e Fy 20 41 "9 10 oureyy ‘ouyseo) 0G AeW |) “SPST
Ge) Treqoang| woes ee eseeeee seen eeeee PO ee oe eee erersnteeretes uoynay, Cl ‘any ec
Acoso)
TOSseJOIg) YStppat £ pxvoy punos Fussy ‘oyyrq| ‘wde WOOUL <S[vseereeeeeeeseereevevees gourgzora] og Apap cS
*(FJOAA) omg) ct oveereece ae ene Samquigy CL key “JEST pe
‘Tegan epeaulepe moour im oerrer creer reir reer qseypog SL 20g ‘6 EA
Avy ‘Teumor “Tg) ,0% Lop § yStq soy a
GoHBUOJep + puooes sod soft E7=AyrooTeA { oyIq) “wd OSE ROH uoou £ posal Des 3 pT Amp jx “
(TOM) Bqaaty paerteauecd Stee neeee se neeeeee teen e eee
REPORT—1867.
418
‘Wd OF SIS {Years SuOT | OIC
‘oytq) ct
‘JoTexed SurAOUL Two ‘OANg OFUL POplArp J pen _ MOTS .
Z9B8T
Seq “uno p TTS 908) SOTIUL OE JYSIOY ySvoy * SOpLUL
OFZ Med £ sozrut GT =Aplooyaa :spuodes TT * T]eqerTy
*so] TUL
0G 07 08 IUSIEY ¢ soqtUL QZ yenhe yyed . puooes B
SoyLUL Ee=AVWOTPA : Spuodes g ‘ WOBUOJOpP £Tyeqoaty
‘punoas suTyoRer
UO JOST pUB esIOU YILA [oF oouvjsqns yup VY Z
"T ONT BQ e0gG “AOoJOUL
euo Tuo : Sumpoooad oyy sv oulvs © 1130G Aap prory
"LON FO “(ONT toquiejdog “umop “TTIg)
Z0stoU OU Fspaodes FT Poqse] footy 4samq Syst
SOTLU HP OF OGL * pucdes w sayrUt 1Z=Aywoyea fond
“Teeny
“(1 ON “3"— UE AME TIgs JOU) TTeFEUS
‘TIeq94
*pavol, SUOISOTAXS OUT 10 yYSLe £ [TRON
*spuooes 9 UL yyed jo wsueT oOY * Teqory
‘TTRFOUo}S
‘UGE ye paver WoryeUoya(y
‘HOTTNE “YG ye [[RFOU0ZG
“TTeqenty
“TRUS
‘LON ‘39 “FL UL UoyLuopp ‘OMIT
*SoTTUL
0Z 0} SeTIar OL FYSTOY ‘spuooes G Ut Ted seprut
OFT {UBsstaq[eg ToAO ysanq ‘sMopeys 4svo + OFLCT
‘OI OOT Wed s guerppraq + 0791
‘querpiq {,,G WoryRmp £ TNFAqnop WoYBUOyp + 0491,
saMojoo entq {ves wOIZ dn -- esod ‘OWI
“Teo
‘sooord yoy [TBS sary} < TTeqony Tpeus
‘urd Ors “MIN 0} "D'S
‘urd OT “ANN 09 “A'S
wee eeneee seeeeneee
a eenenees
‘urd FG
“TON “389
“E'g 0} “AN
“ACN AL
“ASL
‘M's 0} "DN
‘urd OF'9 eeveeneee
{ MOIJeUOJEp OU fpUMOS SUISSIT ‘ [TRJOUOYS PUB OF9TCT ‘md £6 3
qyeqoata) 0 : scteeases
; £97@,
“omg ‘Sy TVULOYy jaan es! a “MOTJOAATT
seeeneeee
oSe]
querytq
qoou=
seeeeeene
seeeeneee
uoout =
uoou=
‘JYUSIOM IO OZIg
way SS rr IN L
neeeee Renee rete wees e eee UWOaSSOLy) IE
Benes trees TPOTMUAALD! 0G
Snenet sores Key suleg) ST 390
Ae ewer eeeeeersereneee yIoK AAO NT) 0G
see seep “Lg yIOX MON] 9
tteeeerserseceeees coavag Paz} GB ‘any *
tresses gogtocy ‘APUG OWT] Gz é
rssereseeeseees gonna pag] 1¢.4100Z
“teers soqeqS pom) 1040 ITV] 0G
ne u00:.suismnieiniain puryyoog queg GT
‘°° erpuy ‘epesmMy]| FT
+ uredg "yr ‘topueyueg! gy Ame
BIpuy ‘TeIsny) gy oune | *
ASBAAIRCH OAL aoadABRCAB slivg rae Ae
*-erpuy ‘arodymey Smsearyyy| 9 *
session som spaay| oy aupl |
“ec
% &
“cc
tearaseseesene “ puepteZjiMg! 9g &
“+ erpuy ‘uovumyy “TTRISNY] gt “uve | * 09ST
BIO” “M'S 6G108G AON
eeeeesees auoTyyV ‘pray ATO GG
wears seeeeeseee eIpuy 'N “ey Loy P
nema seem eee eeeeeesee® EBYCR Co} As | $ 490 a* “ec
* Bury ‘Aouy! 0G .
sourty Smog, ‘ony -
se eeeeseeree vrahyg ‘sroaduoy te x
nee n cece cern enenaeee mopuory - syne “6C8T
“AqTRo0'T, ro sc "Teo
a ee ee ee
“(panunyuoa) saolay pun sLoajapy snounmavy fo anbopn,nQ
a
419
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
*90TT]} OFUT YSInq ‘sptmodes OG
UL SUOTJBUOJOp doTT} {spuodes ZI UI SoptUT OZ 40
‘Y[OJAO NT TOAO SOTLUI YE 07 SIRT TOAO soptUA Gg {oy1q} ‘urd Qe"G
"Treqoang) “urd GT-OT
‘gpmooes Q 10 J, UI
sopra Qge Les ‘oyst Apun'T 1940 sopium QZ 0} osprtq
-UIVD IOAO SoTTUI GR MoIT { TeoTMOD pu onTq {079I¢CT
‘TRAO SuepoUM £ e{puvo UBUOYy vB O¥IT £ 0991
‘(qougong) Tpeqeaty
“oG1 + POC ‘069 VAL
04 006 + PO o8G “Ve Mony “urway BLM ‘oggrqq] “urd BZ"TT
‘queria fouruodsos pur *Z poysey ured ‘S[peqeatyg)
‘OED: AG.
*(aourong) 0791q
“Aup sv qysty foqiq} ‘ud TT
‘ommq|
‘omiq| “wd ag
“MOS £ oy4Iqq| “wd OZ'OT
opi] “urd 0%'6
‘omiq| cn
‘oMIG] — BT
‘spmooos F MorBmp fyeqosrq}] ‘ord QT
‘(ZOgT gxodoyy ‘oossy “yg 008) FF OF YarpUN
TOAO SOTIUL OAT {So[TUt OOP 1OF spuooes ZT ‘Teqemtgq} “urd Foy
“QUST JO OTST TAO Teaquad : GQ 04
qUOY TAO soptur GET {spuodes g ur soptur QO ‘o¥Iq| ‘wd OS T{T
‘OS[R pavoy AopuNyy oy] ostom B { TTeqoary) =" pe
‘Teqory pur qpeyouoyg] ‘urd y,
“yyeqamug) m0
‘T19F Solos Teus Auvur : [[ejou0ys pu Tpeqeatq| ‘ud OT
"9. ‘as ‘ds | pepreyoaop
seoord oA {so[TUI QQ JOAO pavoy ostoM ‘T[RjoU0}g] UOC
‘yyed Jo .0g fowg) 1
‘OPI ‘snoponu FySTAq { YYIUWOZ UI [BOYAOA STpeqoang| -*t7""*"*
‘4smq {QZ 1oj oyours
JO ule B gyoy fyeormtoa { A;MoTs poaout { TTeqoatg| ‘uae FB
OUO}S T[VUIS ‘Yves pot pue T[eqouy [[eus foyrq| “urd #9
*(soutsog oas) [197] ‘Out
‘MOT}BUOJap B SeINUIMT Moy B UL {gue foyIg) ‘wdeg
“pores | poysey ftoojour our f oyrq| ‘urd Ez'9
: *puooes B
=A}IMOTOA f estou pure oyouS youd § Teqe
a * aren!
“MIN
“03M
"A'S 0} “HN
“A'S OF} ‘O'N
“ANON
“A‘S* AL
st eeeeeee
a teeeeeee
“ANAL
“a'N
*N OF ‘8
see eeneee
sree eneee
“WET! OT.
ee eee eee
sen eeneee
see ewenee
OAT
OBIR]
OS IvT
k<Ff
OBIRT
OSIvT
moom=
osaey
een eee
+°8q1Z
"ST GE
teers con Gojoxop fyotmsdy] BT rer
steesreseeeeeseorees TOTMUOOLO| GT 5
SPereTT Tr puepsugy val ¥F
Rranntaananncesnsaeengemee TGA B ST 3 "AON, ee
seer ee cece setae reas eeerseees Teg OL &e
PITRE TIPO, G “
saeeeees ‘g wal ‘qnotoauUo,;) p me
cece ved eeseesencecons Oe eatin B g se
. ‘g wal oro G ‘~O “c
seseeeeeresernees oouTey ING] 7 us
teeeeeewereeees NTIBTPUNOJMO NT Gig ‘ydag i
epecsccecvess YOUMuea.ty) ite aS
see eer eer seeneeeeeeees qormsdy IL «“
ed eecevenvcccroses uredg “eoq [Ig OL oe
teeeeeeeeeeeees BOLIOULW U}AO NT OL ‘“
stetereecserseereres TOISQTOUBIAL 9 “
Re teres JOSUTULOPPLY, 9 ‘ony a
seers cop Guay fumemNG! gy ay
seeeeeesees comp Quoye f[OISIG| OT mS
* seevnees OP SUTTAV AA L Aap a* ee
rrereeereee snsvoneg ‘eulsouy| gy oe
sea eeccereseescessenese MODBID IL oune 3
tesreeees @uojooteg ‘SeTJIUVO] pT a
BUECO IS OuORIG (2) 0) “earmsyng: GL ey ag
ale aiersinin deca tatare Rania erere TPOLM WOOL) SL a
steteeeeeeseesseeress TOISOTOURIN] OT ady 3
vreeeeees OITRASNy “Quaeypeg) fF ‘TeyAL ¥:
“+ eounry ‘oady yg oupooy] FI ‘qag | * “
Hiseeeesereseeeees DOTBTAOZIING] QZ “URE “T98T
ere Ayeay ‘BUUeIg] OT J ake
Preyer Tee Teese eee
xossq| [[ ‘0d
| er ‘aon | *-098T
©
Ea
1867.
REPORT
420
*spmooes g
*(aougong) yysiy opera £ 0491q] {urd gq'y
"yyed OF AOF spuooes g paysey ‘ TTeqatty) “wed FHL
*(xouqong) toejour osaey
Ait
{gpuooes g AO Z ‘ Sepvlofg 0} YyNos onp “TTeqoany
*(qouyong) sojoog uy
*(aourqong)
0G Wey} etour yyed jo yySUeT fquerpiaq Aros * poy
*(qouyong) [Teqory
*(aouyong)
OP + POC ‘olOT "V'H %} 06 + °C ‘046 “VA
Wor “spuooes G UTeAy f MoTjed UONy ‘oPGA 4ISTIg,
*(aouyong,) 041d
*Ystppoed {AOS spuooes $7 {071
*‘(aougong)) TTeqoaty
"YLAysAt0qy
JOAO SOTIUL QZ 0} yxodyo0,g JOAO soTTUL OF ‘ TTeqoany
*(aourong) 09917
‘OVA £ poureary Jou oprpog £ OG poysey * [[eqerty
*,,O@ Urea} £ uoOUr T[NF Tenba
P[MOM soTIUE OE ye :ULIPIMoUT oy} Jo ‘WT OF} “M
asanood ona} {snaney, V teou oouvavedde ysay jo
quiog + ‘oxrysXqaocy 10AO SoyIUK GT 0} stdoy ourtdTT
ee eeweeee
‘urd 026
“ud J
‘ud LVL
‘urd 8
“soos OULOS
ord 9e'9
“urd 0g'6
eet eeee
‘urd 67'6
‘urd G
‘ud 6
JOAO SOTIUI OGL {spuooes g UI soTIUE geZ ‘ T[eqoury| “wd QZ'g
‘(aouyong) yuerpiagq ‘ontq ystuee.49)"jj,OT wde
“UIBAY JLOYS B BOT £071
“(jeu P “TTIS) 991
JOMOYS-OAF BOYLA paystug fyuerppraq Ato ‘ T[eqaaty
*(aougong) 0791
“un'e J,
‘urd G
ord TT
‘spuooes @ {doojeut ouy { T[eqoaty| “wud GT-G
*SMOPBYS 4Svo { AaJsvoUUrT 4V paver
UOTBUOJOp {Sspuodes J UT SoTtuI QOT Avs ‘ux Fo
‘SLIv[Og WOdAF poyoat
-Ip ‘NBL OJ IOAO SOTIUT ()9 OSTOU TAT ys.nq * 0941CT
*‘TNFIQNOp uoryeUoyop * T[eqoay
‘oy ‘syIVUloyy
QIST VOU SO[LUL CF 0} [NET 10Ao sopra QTT { Teqoarg] ‘ard gT°g
Teqaag yawrppag) “wed GFOT
“md L
“Moy ‘ oyea
+ TOlBM(T
“1uIUI9)
0} xudry wmo0sTy
ee eeeeeee
seoreneee
UMOP --
“H OF “AL
“A'S
f'N 04 'S
‘T'S 0} ‘AUN
“AM OF “HL
*M 09 “Hl
“E'S"8 0} "M'N'N
“WOOO
moou =
uoom $=
"JYSIOM TO OZ1g
eee eee eee eee BIqjsny TIBI
Feet e enters teens ees uopuo'Ty
seeteeecesceeeeseessTTBTIOZIIMG
see eeeeeeeee eIpuy ‘gooey
TOO e eee ener meen eer eneeeeeene Prqr
neniscangesesccsosees ee anTCn
SO eee eeeeresnceeseees erpeqdyso AA
sereseeesceceneresereesvee (TOKE
eee eee ee eee eeeeeeseeee
eIaysny
“* grepl-atodns-W0480 AA:
terres guOMUOSUNBA,
Ow” Gosdemtog f Toodxoarry
Soeee pe tetereeeeeetees BIABIOT
sheen eeereeescens On ‘Monsey
“SOTRAA “NTS oumnoq
“sey S}ONT f oatysvourry
the een eeeeeten Ktoxeg
Meadbcereeeere IO MON
AUscinecanoan So7Veg pozytuy,
cUbasE SERS + £uvuitey yey
THOR ee ee eee sees oeerennee aizdieT
Seer e eee eeeseeeee MOSSEL)
wbeee
see eeeeeereeee purpsuyy TAO NT
Tennent ee weeneetesene ere dysa AA.
Aueuntas)
eee errr rey sanqopsvyy
“AqTRoo'T
‘(panunyuoo) sayolgp pun soapy snoununy fo anhojning
ady
“IVY
L
€
G “FL
6
Ge URE
08 ‘G3 ‘LT
ial
IL
6
~o
“cc
“a
“cc
“
“cc
“ec
“c
* “ce
6 “99 | é* 1981
“‘yyuout
jo deg
—
“vO
“OWT
‘syauds Ystppat pur oy § Tpeqoaty
‘TTRjou0y9
‘(couTpong) o791q
“puodes T FYSt] ueppns 4g OWI
‘(xouryong?) “arg Ur Treqouny
“"YSstppox f oprfogy
421
“Urey FOBT TIA * 0991p om
“0441p ond
‘sptooes @ 40 g Systueaas £ jpeqoaty
TIeJEU0}8
“BUOT oO JO Tre} S mopped qySTT | 091
‘oye d @ sv eSaey { ystp osaey { 07717
*sTTeq Tpeurs Auvur oyut ysmq { QZ 10F
Spuodes G ‘ O[VY V YIM popunosms snopnu £ 0991(T
“pidex ‘4rsAep Lq woes £ ]peqoaty
490} 9G [Tenba oqoys pozrust Jo aoyotuerp { plozxO
1OAO SoTL EE 0} Arng.toyUe_D IOAO soTTUL Eg { yvoI4S
pues syaeds fysmpq ‘snojonu aemgozs § peqoany
“‘purq 10 years snow
“IUIN] 8 4JoT {4S8eM Spaxvmo, {Ays dn pozysty { 0491q
‘are ur dn Ysty paoas Sururey ve oyty $ [Teqoaryy
( L&+G.666 %
‘qi | GCL 08% wWory *UIVAY ¢ OT,
&)/ G8 + 1g 0}
EB oP + } woz ‘ystppet {01917
g 96+ L8T oF
| bot .G0G wos Suey f moped £ oprtog
=9 =D
*(qougong) eurqsuns ut § TPeqortyy
“(Z98T Toquioaoyy ‘TeuMoP “TTIg) 4g [[eJ-WoIT
‘(qourpng) .8—"9C ‘oF0G *V “AL
OF of +P ‘SIG “VY Wor “ysrpper ‘ oyytq
‘OW
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS,
‘(aourong) Mozpod £ Tpeqaaty
‘(aoupong) FE Pe ‘oGAT “VA
OF SIT Pd ‘oGLE “VA MOL ‘Teqeay yuerpieg
“poyeuopop + OFT FUITTIAG * eprfog eu £099TCT
“S098 G 0}.G
‘urd eg
urd $7°6
ud $16
urd [6
‘td OST
"urd Gg",
“ure G
*sptlooes ()]
‘ard 0Z"9
curd cE¢
‘urd GT ‘OT
“ud F
“spttooas £7,
Sud QT
*spuooes F
‘urd oF°6
‘urd G
‘urd c¢"TT
‘urd Og‘OT
‘urd G16
—— — _“Gampng) Teqeny| wd gr Or
wee eeeeee
seeeeeeee
“M'S 0} 1B4S-9[0q
see eeeeee
ee easeees
see eeenes
eereesese
se eeeseee
eeeeeeses
“‘pUBIpel & “TY
ANN
[ey Uozt104
“O'N O} “A'S
wee eeered
See
eoceeeces
sroleyy B81¢)
0} vrodorssen,
*M'N'M O} “O'S
iP
Pi9
PG
Pil
“SI OT
moour =
OSI]
uoom =
snue, <=
osavy
moow 2
at eneeeee
tee eeeeee
nee e wees
trereeerereeeeesseees QITUSTOUBIT
cvecvesecccesetueersoncs MOSSEL)
sisal aca eee MTG CLS ‘aTTLAag
see e eee sete steeereeses neddo.y,
peo acep-tadns-10480 AA
ee eeereteeeces addvy ‘upPsNA
ieneeeeresrereeseses BETO Og
eseeee eeeeeee onsvig
seeectces UIpogT ‘Broquaypueg
SuNquoapyooT[ ‘MOup[-ULepy
asa + RUUOLA,
ctesteeaereeseseeeeeseas ODOT]
‘STIV !SoTRAA “NT
fxassy { orep[-todns-t10980\\
sat slalaien wsiiaieicrns seers gram
cous * nojdumeyynog {oyest0y
“19480010 Aq { Apueurto NT
‘SVJONT ‘Ysamquripy { wopuoTy
sHreeeees QreTA-dOCMS-1109}80 AA
sence eeresnveeee ‘Sa ‘eId.t0a4)
Seer e ee eee esses eesceseessesee piqy
seen e ee ene eeeereeees BITBTdyse AA
steteceessoessecoesaceose @raQgT
sreeeeeee TIMOSSIPAL ‘SOT “99
seteeeeseeeoeseosees erTeTTdysO MA
Hreeeereereseeeeeeess @rTEgaSTEY
tee eeeeeeeee eIssnig Ystoyy,
scene eeeereeses ourqat “TULUaT yy
sc ccccceervcvcccesecseve SUOBY,
T “son
& “PO
61 “ydog
ST
GI
F oung | *
$3 “ady
“cc
“c
“cr
“ee
“
“
“cc
ce
“
“
“ce
“ec
sc
“
“ce
“ce
“cc
“
“ce
“
se
“
“
‘C98
“nahT 0} vuoroy £ spwooes g £ ony
"YSIppor Woy “Gsiniq OM
aie YAULUE(T “UNO}G 48 Os[e ‘ OFC
“guRiypiag £071
TOTFLUOJOP * OFLC
“UTBY FYStAq Saoy { Moys Atoa {09417
*poywulojop + UTet} pot £0991
‘eprfog $ Treqoahy
( 19+ 11 %
8G-+ GZ Woy Sureay f OWT
‘| 99+ SOL %
5 Gp + OOL Moa {spavadn osox £091,
By lb LG 9% £*NT 0} XoATIOO
g 6g + ZIT Moay £ poamo yyed ‘ureay f oI
clei ae Sink. Ot
ol§ Fo9O Mody ‘uonou Suro! f eprog,
= ? =D
is EMT Feprod + 07rd
- ‘oq fsyreds yyLA ‘0491¢T
‘Bg “Opry n SMT § WY Ur “Tpeqoaty
e |£] se+ gos %
BB op + 9g wow urea} ‘ oprfogy
ay © | 8— LYE % £ WOTJBU04
= | OL FoPSS WOT -Op FOyITAL ysanq * [peqoaty
= =D
: ‘mary ye
uoryeuojop {syaeds Jo ureaq f soprU gz 04 SoprUt OS
f ouTeg JO TINO OF FPTETIgG JO syynour toro wxtoay
TOPIM YSMIG sspuoses g poysey fguerpiaq £041
“oop yyed £ 0991
*pamoypoo {4sanq fpaxvoy woreuojop ‘ pridea £0991
*YSIppot * MOS ‘puodes T UI ,F £ T[RQoaTy
a+ tL, %
OF + GL wWody Urea * ONT
‘(douyong)4 Le + Fog 4
old Fo6GG Woz fonqq YS f oprfog
= ? =D
"TTeqonr
2 ee. Sar T°49tH
~~
‘or ‘Sy CVULO YT
SS
smmoy { eyea
urd Qeg
‘urd F9
i yt
‘ure OF
‘urd ¢
‘urd 03"p
"urd OE")
urd @y
urd ey)
‘urd GPS
S098] OFOT
surd 9p",
‘urd QG'g
“urd ZeL
“MOS
ord ET°G
‘urd GG
‘urd GF),
‘urd 08°38
*sptuooes G
Surd 9a"f
ud GFOT
: moyen
°N
“°N
seeeeeene
see eeneee
see ee ene
‘8 0} “at's
stew eeeee
sense eeee
“JURTPBI
S°M'S 0} “O'N
“a's
eae eneee
“mOryoouI(T
mooul =
mwooul=
moout =
uoou $=
PP
"qUSIOM 10 ozIg
se eeweeee purypoyy
ee eeeee seeeveeeee UOpsoa(y
weeeeee ““Tepamg § Sanqure zy
Oe ces ciceesseroteessenese STAAL
eee eee eee ee ey _ BOTS Sneppengy
. “TMT
setdeeneneeseeenoTEgGrT
Mote wenereee ooUBAyT ‘ousopao(y
steteneeseeesenaenessoneoees Dery
seer eet e recs eeeereees Brey dyso AA
veevereevenscecsoccovers U0480 AA
sevevsenessenenesvonses goTTaT
eeerer Terre e rr eerer rrr eer ris) pray
Perera werperydyso AA
*OOWRAYT * NT
: ‘SoT@ AA pure puepsugy I9A0 [TV
“BITRAISNY “oumMoq}oyy
eee e eee e wer eeee yaryyog ‘spao'y
steeeeees QamTay-dodns-10980 AA |
eee Pere r rrr rere eer eer erry piqt
Heater ew eee eens erperydyso AA
tee e eee TLO9S89 AA. suopuorTy
“AyTRoOrT
*(panwjuor) sapnowapy pum sdoapayy snomuny fo anboynjng
& ‘00d
G “uve
“
“
te
“
* GOR
oc
a3
ce
“
te
13
“
ee
“ec
‘e
423
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
srBmMqoys £0791
‘HOLVUOJOP PUL LOOJOUA TILA poruvdunosoe ‘[peqoaty
“(qpramqog)
Woes Uepjos fsoyNUIUE G poyse, ured f][feqouy
RTCuOTS
‘oUTYSUMS FSA Ur “TpeqoaTy
(c9g “d ‘eggT “aodoy
“DOSS “JIG 0S) UWOZAOY Avou ysmq j SoyNUTUE GZ
OF HJOT Yeoays snoaodea svzsiz ‘qysrdep ‘ oI
"Teqaaty
*T[eyouojg
‘ysanq { podeys-avod { Tpeqoany
"spuodas F 10 & paysey £ omy Jo streq Surddorp j sara
-joaea pue Areuoryeys $uoout jo yysIT Tenba £ o491CT
“joyoor & OMT, £ [[VOomty
‘syateds Jo Wet}
qJoT ‘spuooes Og ur qed ,Og ‘yuerTT ¢ TTeqoany
One Ty
ou ‘pox ‘ontq ‘posdeyjoo pue popurdxe ‘ oI
“OPI. YSTUMVAT § oYT]-Joyooa {peao faprpoq £04417
“oprjog uy ‘oI
‘suorjyemojop Aq poaorfoF ‘coojour poeoyrade ut fou
iT 5 ape @ omy paduys * Treqouny
“(1ée “d ‘gost “jxodey “oossy
“‘qlIg 908) dtpoqrodAy yIqato {suoTyUOJep fquEquag:
TINO JOAO JT 0} VOY YAON AAO sopIUM QQ wIO.IT
{pulodes B SOUL TF IO ‘spmooos SF UT soTTUT JOT
£soptat axenbs QQO‘OOT JO vate We TOAO OTqISTA { OFATCT
“OFT
"MONVUOJep OU foeny Ystudeds v JO UTR erage
“388
se oures Ajquqoad :spuooes F { oyTyM TST ‘ont
“OPM fF MOTS S GULTTTIMG ¢ TTeqaalyT
1988 lon Tenba
Apoq pur trey { spucoes ¢ {syavds { ystppor {0791
THOS
‘ulTqud pue UopuoTy Ur Wods OsTY “4JoT Yeoay4s
peystay Sf ystppor ‘ogra fsyaeds £ querppraq { 07917
“THQ
spomopoo
-esou { "HT" N ur ey" TPE f apuooes F poyse £ oI
“ured om freao fumed _7T {one
‘ore ETT
‘urd $1
moou
*MOTS
‘-urd EQ
nae £Y
‘urd $8
‘urd OE TT
‘urd GT'g
spuooes $e
“urd 088
‘urd J,
“Uwe |
‘urd Gey
‘WS
cord 929
"UL'R Z
“ard $9
“urd &6
‘urd £6
‘urd OST T
“ord L
"MA 0} 'D
Dereeeree
see eeeeee
“ASN UL
Axeuorye4s
eeeeeeree
oer bee eee
Prrerrerny
eoereeeee
eee eee eee
*§ 0} *N
“ACN
“aS UT
“MU
“a's UL
"oN
ane eetene
"T'S 0} “ANN
yynos ut +-
“O'N
re
snuaq <0 freer progeny
“Sq G steeeeeee erpuy e00e(T Teydyg
wae eCe es ttt ae een SUL
ee eeeeees “eISSN ‘IOFISM[L
Se Sod ercaenioth + pueptezyiaig
‘gavIT-TOUNS-10}89 AA £ PAOF
OSA] -o1oyT ‘quay ¢ £ UVY SIUM
royidue < F See eeeeeeeeeceescees “+ YOpuory
geht “BISsNyy ‘purpmMoy ‘yorosng
TOOuUL & weccseceree eevee eercence Bosyynog
seeeeeeee isinersieneuedes =’ ee eC TU anal)
stecewees eiseeverseeereeeeserees OPUOT]
a8aey Heveeeeeenteereeeres prOTTONS
te <= G sche GaP ae pa are
sae SOT AA { wopuoy ‘aaysoour
Sopbongeeh |), becasemneSeeuaroncsebe pig]
osavy HeeseeesersseesessQOnouryy JO IST
OSIVT steereees QpTAT-OcNS-U10J89 AA
“quoyy { 1eysoro
moom= ~uepy f wnispag ‘ wrperdysa AA
teen ere Pree eee ee sanqz[eg
osaey pocennanene@easensonnn eae TC
o8ary srrressseres KTrBULIOL) “TASSOL)
mavaneate * reeves QTLONSHTO UT
woout + * puepjoog “g f caysorpoue yy
maaseee seseeeesseeeeeeneesees TQZIMBET
uoou yousog foyyy Sysmqurpy
osavy veseteseesreeeeres TEIMGHOOUURE,
moout “+ Gurayg {yyteg
snuga <i @ eaten mene eeeeeeeenen THD [MUTA |
ounp
ady
“ALY
Ct §
*
1867.
REPORT:
4.24
‘aaenbs Soft QE 10AO0 UOTYBUOJOp £ TTRyIN0}G
ION} OU VW
‘(qoSuTpIeyT) UOYeUOJop pue ¢ [[RFeU0}G
THEA
‘(snpucy sojdurog) woNeuojop yeoas £ TTeyauO4g
Rie oer
-euojop {48mMq { as1N0d S}I UL pou.Iny f poomzooL AT
JOAO J] OF OATSUOJSTAA TOAO so[TUA OG WMoaz f 071
‘poyeuojep £01
‘umop —- ‘qyed (GT £4svo ur {079
‘notyeuojop v Aq pomorjoy !querpraq £0391q
‘SpUooes F pajsvy £ 0F9ICT
‘OWT
‘Ou
‘ystmoeis £pouresy £071
ES EEUET
*(qpruog)
Iejs opnjzrusem YF BV se wedoq fYstueetd £ sproy
[etedos { odoosoya} ev YSnorq} pouturexa ‘[eao ‘ 0717
‘aprjoq pedeys-aeed ‘ Tpeqoary
“TUBYUSI[OTO 4B Woes OsTe
OL poysey urea} Sonqq < “SVU IST ySay ye {0941
‘qysrphep [Ys §4ystIIq f 0441q
‘mozi1oy avou AT[RyUOZILOY paaout f 079T(T
“ystueats £ 0741q
CRG
“ouTy
SUT @ TOF poyseyT ured fystmoors fquerpraq £0431
“Aypidea poaour { moqaey oyy dn payysiy ‘0991
[BAO ! Spuodes
g ur qyed .ZOT Wo +, TOF Upey v yor : OFC
‘Yystmoets £ 0741Q7
“pourery £09417
‘uredy OU f aBMQoTs £0;41C
‘ouryuadaes etIRIAg UTRIY
‘spuooes @ ‘syaeds oremstad £ [peqoany
‘op ‘Sy IBULeyy
“Ue G
spuooes ¢
“Wwe
See teeeee
‘Wwe TT
uP
ord oF'8
qystupru
uFT UF 08
‘tard Tr9
‘ard OL
‘ud g
“UR (GT
‘urd g
spmooas G
‘sey sv oumes sdeyaod { ypeqoarq| ‘urd FOT
‘LW
{poyeypyuios fsnmyory 07 strepog ‘{ ysmyq ‘oyIq} “urd Qe'G
‘urd II
“Moy * oer
+ UOTyEMG
Pri rity ae
Oeeeeeees
O'S 0} “AUN
*M 04°
“5 0} *AL
"Ss 0} 'N
"N 04'S
reer err
“MW
“"H O} °N
*s 0] 'N
‘IN O} *A'S
“MS
Oeeeeneee
‘A'S
‘a's
"M 04°
"MON
see eesoes
“woIJooaT(
ee eeeeeee
beeen eee
Seeeeeees
ny
uoom £
eee enee
snueq < ¢@
OSIVT
uoour #
snusA < 9
YSIOM IO OZIg
*LoJSQONOT4)
Ce erry Beas
‘quoy { uqnq {ood
-FOAIT S][NA * WeAVyeITT AA
Heetiseeeserre DUBTIOZTIAG
srreeess QapTay-Tadns-T10}89 AA
c° “ emeig : laAouURyT
Heteserereererses Jongg OURTA
trees Togmeg
Stzdtory
purytezzTAg
HORE e ete e ee eeeeees tee eaeley
Sona
PAPO eee e tere eee
SuOqyVy
Steen eee eewereeeerens erpeTdqso AA
reece ee cere rr TOIMuaa.
ween ee ceeene ee eenceeses SOULJSU TT
suoyyy
suet} y
sereesee TeBuage “TLOOYueyT
pue oud, - TO - O[98BOM9 jy
POO ewe eam eer eneeene epuoziqoay,
uopuoT
teeneeeee tans eg ‘quOuMe,ALT,
“* puvpery ‘UMOysteN?y
te teeeee sereeeseesse TTBS UTIYO NT
teers “Orig,
St Boonen serreseereres TQ8Og
“qa
Sabooniguae ‘sree ONBT JO OLS]
see e ewer eee eeenersese ATeqT 10 NV
Se “** grey-todns-10}80 AA
“Ayr[e00rT
[T ‘0d
IT “AON
6 “PO
9 “ydeg
66
OL
Or
OL ‘sny
“Yuu
jo oyeq
‘6981
"IvOX
*(panuyuor) sayyoup pun sLoaayy snomunT fo anboymng
4.25
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
a
ym: bhi
oneal te eeeeeee Freee eeee *eeeelseeeeoeeces**apG0T TUALST G Ane
‘spuooes Z { pourery { ystmoeds { ]peqoang) vtteeseee areeeend deneetees ieteeeneeeeees stot] 9g
"T[RFoUoyg ee ereeeee ee eeneee weber eee seers kUTO A ‘eTOMOSTO, 9G
‘FYSIA OF GJ] Systpport ‘ prdea qyed eg ‘T[eqoug| ‘urd g “a'S UL osaey sreseeseeereses Kot Goysdeq] QT
“MOT}OUL
AAOTS f opnqyye 0G qe [eyuozt0y Ayxeou ‘ od ‘ood fi a's utr woout ce ste eeeees thee teen eeeeee tees Aasiap Mh
“eyjodey) 07 vuotop «vou f ,QOT yed £yeoruos { oyj1q} ‘urd Fe ae es snuaA <Q fo seat oes serene sting] g oune
‘syaeds ‘quriod v wmoay pasvorour ‘ oyrya f03j1q) ‘ord OL UMOP —- (Gage) a CaO! SoTBAA YNOG ‘AvET! gz
“OPNIYT? oCh *3qST[Aep ur woes ‘[woruos foyiq) ‘wd F ‘No osaey “es* oapyq-radns-tt0qsaq4} LT
‘Teqoug) yystapruc “A'S 0} ‘O'N querypraq “""" Ueouvdioypayy ‘etesdy| ZT
‘oUO}S SNOsdvTOqARD *9¢.g “ad ‘ds f saqjomMO[ IY JT
‘HOIsOTdxe ye UES 4SeT “SOTLY QE ‘Maes ysuy “4YSTOY ‘POURLT “MA “A “or “osnoy
‘soynutat Fe urluoyeuojop faoojout pue [peyouojg] urd 8 “1 07 “M woou = “nog, ‘uxqneyuoyy “[iensiO}] FT
‘stuoowrq’ 7 WoT oyden » { spuooes ¥z foyytq} ‘md ogg Ong snuaA <@ fo oouvay ‘pueureyodng| - epy
*spuooes f 6 ysmyq $ ystp pouyep-[[oaa ¢ Treqothy ‘ard (ven Il CCR CeCe | PAIN intelso an fouk laws tvessveesnien “ON ‘£aquaaog, (ore
‘TTejouojyg| -uee cpp wogococ “ puepimoy ueissny ysten} ST
ONT ‘urd bac) *N 04 "9 Serr ay wee eeee wun aq: js
‘EQRT 10 £ TRqoaty ‘urd OL Or rececee weet eveeeccecesscceencse STfossnag, G ady
‘syreds ‘qrey ‘syaeds { uottG eAoqK 0}
TOT JIT MOTO £ OT Ted ‘ smopeys ysvo oytq] ‘umd &g “ANAL GG
“Ystppat ‘syareds yt ysmq {OyIC[] “ss setee* sts enveee rat
“Yystnyq ‘OWI ete eweee 9 s
“OWI Stcecaean” i} ||. Vvteupeae: ite . edceectecer omdleceee Cseemeevens -errerdysa AA, 9 a ny
‘tole VstQ Ur ‘oA Suoy e Areuoyeys Soytq! curd ¢g vIssnyY “Bso[oW| ZZ
*spuodes - ‘ Treqoany ‘ard 9 Svineliiesy tes . soy dv yr OL "qaur
“SILOUTT, StUBD gf
qe ueseq fyyed 0% toy spuooes g ‘ureAy ou Soy] “wd EqT *S 0} ‘N uoout # : sss qoydureqtoaTo AA] QT
‘query : Ystuoeds :snamjory 07 snosteg {0y1q| “wed [] HEOOOUCIL Ssegra seis orersesss BOQ uBes ‘somkg] @
‘Toydap » avou ueseq foytq| ud to “MN UT OBAvyT pi ee amon s|OOUOA UT |) af}
‘pidea $ uozIt0Y 0} wapAzy v $ aprtpoq £ 091, see eeeeee eeeseeee . seseeee sas Rieteiate Fee eee eeeeeereenee + £onmeg z "qo.T
*qy10u utr uMOp MOT 6 qystaq £ 099T(T ‘urd OF'g see eeees . seeeeees eee ccccceseccees teeeeee sees quoy ita
. OW} ud £g “AS'S Sietyes a o occ beseeceseve BULL A IZ
“OIC “ud 08'8 eeccccoes OdIRT st eeeeee tet teeee sene qoodaeavy 8
‘poureay £ oWIC “ULe 0Z'9 eeccecees = | be tween ‘ eee eeeeecenceecesace Axesunyy 61
“poures} $querpiaq £ ont. ‘ure £9 "ASS ceeerbere OP sa Sina eae rE TET oI
‘spu02es (QT é [rey © uo0a8 ysmyq {0491p OnITC ‘ard OFS seeeneees woour £ cirstesersseeee OTITIS aS TOTIOg ys
‘syaeds £ [rey S ysmyq ‘padeys-avad ‘ oytq| ‘urd oz:g SASERE OAT “" xessiT :poodseary| ¢ ‘une
‘Wd OFS ‘ pouresy £0741q| puodas T picsebasbs MUGA IG forereereeereeerereeeees HiesneN] TE
‘tsesog 4 04 snesiag Wody £ [reqoany urd g seeeeeeee OSIRT POR e nent ener eee eeeneene suoqy}y 82
: ‘ory JO urwaays e Aq
POAOTTOF ‘OM4 OFUT Poprarp ‘ WooUt Jo JayoULeLp 0 | ‘spuodas OZ BICOVARCOt ‘
lautod e 1 pesRedour § TWSamMNas ran ‘rraa78 memre! 6 erred aan on OT ore —
"POST oy odoyy ‘oossy “ylagr Jo ZG “d pun
*OUIT} ouros Suryjsvy ured Suoy v qyzor £0791
‘FUSY YOUU LM quuog wv oy] ys.1Nq © OF
‘query £oytd
‘Oe (GF Jo Yyed £ Trey oyr[-gouoo foptjog = T[eqatty
‘soor|d oUlOs UT Hoes SB ‘UOILS LO ONT £ Ywor}s B
sv uvsoq {podvys-avod {spuooes g faduexo ‘0741
Wa GT's !OMd
*SOINUIUL [RIOAOS POYSV] ULBAY : pot © [[RQotTy
“urd owe
‘ord CGR eter eneee
abs Sows ihe
urd Eo “A'S UL
"AUN OF “I'S
; *SO)NULUL
[eaoAos Log yvous Lavan £Lep wooU sv yystaq £0j31q] “Ue OF'O “M 0} “HL
"T]eqQoatyy “urd 6 st teeeree
. “RUOAOL) 07 StONRT(T ¢f LeoU YYTWOZ THO.TY
§-so08 Z paysey Ureay { Surayyst Jo ysep ve oyty ‘oyTq) ‘urd OFG eat
‘ABys “AVI pag B se UBSOq ! yuUey, UT ‘rpancozout
nw «80 @& Woy f puoses FT { Ysruooas-oyrM + TTUqoaty urd 92°6 Ree
Ko) ‘jyoyood & OMT fYStppot ‘Tpeqouyy| “ucd GF'g ‘d'N 0} “A'S
a “SOUTTO 4” [19}
| SOU0}S OM] AOYJOYAM THFIQUOCT “SoPMULU QT Posey
By joyous pur urer fxoajout suTjeUojop *£ 4 [[RjotlLo}S ‘urd OF'9 ot
eal ‘oppuwo URTMOY B FO T[vq OFT] ;
= ‘yyed ZT Spuooes T § Mozpa Sf oprfoq yjeuas ‘ [[eqoary} “uae ZG’ aot”
| ‘BuTzzup SYS 0G
ms ‘quoy UE 4svo oY} UL fspuodaS JT UBT SonTq + OFT ‘md OZ'OL| "a"N 07 “A's
‘syavds YIM ysanq Systmorjod { pRormo0d { MOTs + 049T(] ard Qe@'g | ‘a's'm 0} “ASL
‘onyq {Yjtuoz ssoaov poaourt fosany foyiq| ud GTOL| “A'S OF “aN
‘SOINUIUL TVIOAOS POJSVT UlBIY FOI) °N
*soqnUIU @ poysey urea f fC < Youu foyytq) seta
‘Ttou ur dn osot fysmmyq ¢ MOTs £ 049TC ‘urd OT sresenegs
*poureay udedd £0741} sptooes ¢
“mood £ od eeeeeeee
"Treqaatg| ost
*‘spUooes [Rad
-08 Amoyoo uoppos { posdeyypoo ‘pore, you ‘7jeqauq) ‘ute OS'O “ON O} “A'S
*BAQYT OF slae[Og UOT poyooarp
{mop uVyAOATOAA FY “O}LYA f spuodes 9 10 G £0991 urd OT “M 0} “Hl
s querypiag Sypeqoay| turd QTL | “a's OF “AN
n
H ee “MOY + 9yBt}
ox ‘SyaBuloyy rotates WOTqOOAI(T
*(panuagw
09) sapyjoapy pun swoajayy snoummny fo anbojnng
SLOOJOP OYJ JO “07 ‘SOr}LOOTOA ‘sy S19q
eee eeeeee
noou +
oom ©
uoour ©
osaRy
OBR]
t<
seeeetoee
toom =
moou ©
eee eeeeee
YSIOM IO 921g
Shenty
Sur
eee eter eee eee en ee neee
“ DIqT
“* nuRpyoog ‘uOyUITT 489 4h
OR Rr Gpancae Cet (jo 48800) uredg
snect * qoyoxgy {xossng
*foystrgy £ WoyduaVY.AaATO AA,
fueyjueayg fsoTeAA Ynog
eee e eee esses reeeens it MQ arpa,
sreeeeees aogamy “erssttdoyy
teeteeeeeeeeeee IBTINOK “99
TTT xossng
seater eee . quey + TOTAAL
teeteeneneeeeeeeess TEOTANTIODITE)
ATeIT “NE fOueARg £ OLATO}g)
Rive ¢ ser aiveseie me STROTIOY: ‘ SOTLAL
ee nccccvccveccocee quoyy ‘stv
‘or ‘und
eq foounay fpurpsug *g
souBty ‘Gamoquoyy,
“TUBE TUL]4O NT
aAvasienn shlva=isi) (GOROILE) ‘snot
vsveneeoeene STIOUTY ‘vissty doy
tee THUEYTUTIJON
aoa ‘vissiy doy
suOTyY
Pereerre eee ‘g vin “u04SOg,
Severeeeereteeeenenrerenes TION
“Kemmog £u0ydurnytoato
wet ee eee eeeene ovorly
“Ayrpaaory
t
- Ame
“YOU
jo uy
13
73
ee
% “
“
“
“
“POST
“OX
427
A CATALOGUE OF OBSERVATIONS OF LUMINOUS METEORS.
eye tete|
“ysmMyq ‘spuooes Z ‘ 0991q
‘qystAq * eprfog Treus £ 0441
“YsIppor ¢ guvrpraq £ 0991¢
‘OPI Surpzzep £0991q
‘syands {spuooes [exodos Suysel ‘ured Suoy { 0491q
quel [iaq [peuts £ 0491q
“‘SMOPLYS ysvo foots ‘oyrEM ‘ T[eqQoaT iT
“stole
est (¢ ) = 04 vpodug ‘spuooes g ureay { TTeqQoat7
"eUTyRIM, Ty, ye OUO PUR vO
8 UT OUO ‘MOT[BF IAT
0} PIS Soulo}s OMY ! UOTZEUOJep esMOUUMT ‘ [[RyOu0\G
‘yyed OF OF OG [BAO TTeqQoaTT
“spuooes ¢ poysey { sjand eaaty} OFUT
qysang !odtyspueyny UL uoyeUojop fontq £0741q
“pouresty
‘Oy
{mers osuazut £0491
‘syaeds £ mskp G0} epommorpuy » fquerTq { 0991q
‘mopped £ 0991q
‘gsaq SysmMTq 5 0941q
‘queria £ 044tq
*puooes T Suaeas { Tpeqoary
‘spuooes F { Ajrvouw
gO} 'N ‘TeyUozIaoy { ureay Surzzep {Teao { oWIG
“Ysippea ‘oyna ‘Surzzep { 04931q
poured} ¢ querpiaq AtoA ‘qsrpport £ 0991q
‘quer “Ystppex £ Tpeqaaty
‘spuooes pF fsyauds {oqrTA
: *[BWOZIALOY,
Seprpoq yews £ 0991q
“‘qoyoor B oy, f 0491
‘JUBTT[IIg pur osxey ‘049TCT
99] OYOULS Jo uray ¢ SurUys
*soynULUt
Gh hen ide QUBTTT
Wa ar at
‘(stay youg) Ae AyTIPT OTM ssoaoe
Sutsout A[MOTS Ov oT] LOF woos yoolgo yxep vB {2 0791q
‘oyyp = - OWT
‘anyq Soyp — 079
“OFT. f QUBTTTLA * TPeqoatT
‘mOUUBD oY] Aodax { soyNUTUL [VAOAOS Loy
[ fo Ysey & OI] ‘ 07tq/WOOU ‘OZ’ZT
‘Oya Suzzep § oI]
OT paysey Ureary £0991,
q ‘ora £ O19TcT
qysrapren
“Ure |
‘md 6
are OG'g
‘ud J
mee E
me OE'¢
‘urd Qa'g
Spuooas F
sees
‘u'd 6
‘urd fg
“Ue fF
SNUODDS
“AUN UL =~
.
“MANN
“M 04
"M'S O} ‘A'N
“ON 0} ‘M'S
see eeeeee
"M'S'S OF “O'N'N
wee teens
"8. 0} "N
“M'S'S
N
seeeweeee
oo eet enee
see eeeeee
Boerne eeee
*g 0} 'N
Set ee ween
“TABI 1G
Pe eewesee
snuaA <<
?P.g=
uns =
uoom =
OsIvT
osaey
Stee eeeew
ODA]
te eeeeeee
ToJsOTUR YL
uopuoy ‘Aouyng
tere ges aT Sulpteg
* Joysunyy ‘ erpeydyso jy
poirnasess teers oeameyesy erga
aOsoTpUByY § JUN
seen eeeeeees
sete enene
ee errr rei
ste
“* (pupa oxy) tyeUerey,
See ceee cactene quoy
puepsury (a0A0 TV)
ee nn slang
Heeeeeeee DOM T,
reitteesseeatiest gENgETZaTET
Coen e een ee carer newewenes nsenen Plat
reesesserog Surueary ‘spooT
Tiitreseersesereeees Sagqmaauainy
SOC OOORLIIC suOyTy
eeeeeeres DOT
ereydyse AA.
uoydureytaayo AA
PP ee ray Sle
Treseeeeeeee sameness + mBTTETOS AA |
Stee eet ee ween eees eee slaeg’
seers may
seeteetecccessecesoes BITeU GIs AA
ecaecansc oon -RETIOT A
“oo goysunpy £ erpeqdyse jA
‘So[S] O1awoyeg, ‘neg £ ovata yy
‘soquey, ‘Uvsinp op yuOTL
“PO
REPORT—1867.
428
-9A $Y}eg AAO sopLUt JZ 0} LaJs9onNo] 1aA0 say Lut
ge fs}uoUIsery OFUL OYOIG fuTeTy pot ‘anqq ‘ 079tq ‘urd ge"g
“‘BULUOA SITY Uses OMY { OFITTA HuTzzep foyiq)
‘ureay Buoy {syaeds yyLM ysmq ‘ Tpeqoatg| ‘urd OZ‘OT
‘padeys-reod ‘syaeds ysryurd pue moped foprog) st"
‘Treyouoyg| «= ‘ure Y
“UOOTH OTT} OF!] ARMNGOTT f opM !Tpeqorry| Fy sruprur
SONG | hen 5)
"¢9.@ ‘a3 ‘ds ‘[[ay sou0js OMY f T[RJouo}G] *ur'e FLT
“FYSTU SIYY Woes sT[eqory [BUS seat fTpBqomg| “ttt
‘Trepouoyg) “urd Og'T
“9U0}s UO { dds JOU AOSJOUN { MOTJwUOJOp ‘][eyouo}G] ‘urd »
“(qprumpY) seynutur TG oF pazsey Ulway ‘ 04}1C]| PuodeS 9.0
“queVTy[LAq AaqoA é 0731q se eeeeees
‘oyyTp «= FsoyNUIUTQT 0771p 0}IP —-.09741q| Puodes C.K
“(qprumpg) spuooes Og pays] urea} systmorfad foyyrq) =."
*spUooes [edoAes {ontq ‘ety Jo [rey ‘TTeqoary| ‘wd oT
“UIR1} YOSeL
-oydsoyd @ ayo, f yyed .cy, { yoxoor w ONT] £ [peqoarg| ‘we'd cEe'TT
“UTRT} TYLA ‘oprjog: seereeeee
"OF ued : poureay Soyyrqg] “ttt
OUNF TFG Ol} WO OsTe ouo { Yystusetd ST[eqoaty| “ttt
“eIpUT Ul T[RJouUo}g] tT
‘Treyouoyg] urd g
*1ayJe ,Q AslOU SUTTGuINA Z
‘ eurxem Surpuedxe eteaes {yurod v wou { [[eqoaty| ‘We EF'O
‘estou 10
ureqy ou { eyuozTA0Y { prdea { uMorq Ystppet { 0331q] ‘ud FOT
“aBNgoOTs { MOTs ‘ onqq {oy1q) ‘wad FT]
*spuooes @ fonqq ‘ edeos
-purvy oy} poyeurumnqyt {4sinq { podeys-aved £ ypeqoarg| ‘ud OT6
‘aSIOU SUTTGUINI B
Aq pomoyyoz ‘oq § padeys-avod { spuooes g {0391q| ‘ud 6
“OT AWS {Ni OF ~G f TRIWOZLAOY ‘ sotagg ye ‘oyrq) “urd Og'G
Treqaatg| ttt
TTRauojg} eet
‘Treqoatg) “und J
‘op ‘SyVUleyy ‘noe
“Moy ‘ 9yBr
eeneectee
seeterees
eeeeccece
“N 07'S
MUL
see eeneee
seeeeesee
"d OFM
“dO "A
*M'S 0} ‘H'N
"N 0} 'S
“"HOIamI
ui xs
moou +
snus, <
eeeerenes
eee eeeeee
“SqT OL
Peeeeeeee
Pel
snus, <—Z
OAT
snu9A < %
Toou =
OSDIR]
eeteesere
JSIOM IO 21g
pee S"
-oargsdue xT
f Jeyseqouryy —* YATAAtL9a.14)
fippeemnoocceane Heres TOASUNTAL
arisaase Hireeeeeeseess COpUOT
ste e eee eeneee px0yor9 ‘key
fi *~erpuy ‘Aqjos10yg
weer eee eens SLols[V ‘oyreumny
ve gaidy ‘qeroodung
pund
suotyY
PSE
TOFSUTTLE AA,
PUL[E.LOUTySA AA |
SRhconsecacson steers Tapsar(]
Senbhepocadtcte serene SUOUT
aye * BULLOOUY-BZNOT,
wea eeeeeneee eIPUT ‘gaodedoxy
“OIBTA
-dedns-10}saAA { Joysaroury
** MOXGQ ‘Y90}SP00 AA
seeieeeenenneres xogsng ‘GUBty
rot ** gaepy-redns-10489 AA,
i OMTYSIT £ LVFLO A
seen seen ewee eouRd ‘Tmeny
erpuy ‘atodyons04)
Moe noborbSsocnonccaccoc wOpuory
“ApTVoOT,
‘(panuyguoa) sazyouay pun sxoopopy snouruny fo anbo)n}0Q
aL “dy
1G
LT
GST “WH
(Gil Use
SI da
“[yuoUL
jo seg
*E “cc
‘
* “cc
“
*'GO8T
‘P98T
Bly.
=. ee a
‘TOO ¥ OF LUCpIa 7 ¢ eynuTUT $ Yeoayzs f onqq f{Teqoarq| “utd GOL ED snueA XG |" Towaqst\A ‘puvpiopung;) g ‘uve ‘9981
= ‘spuooes |'spuooes $7
OF «toy Yeouys por f podeys-avod £ mozjak { oytq|{ ‘urd Fey pana snuaA = "apy -dtodns-m1038044| OZ ‘“
“109}9UL ‘ [ocoyatea tout) 91.109} pue yqSIy qqstaq £o}7Iq urd %Q ee reeeece st ereseee ee eeresceeee 6 a ‘TOysopteyO 6 %
“ao9a8 querpiaq {qpeqoanq| ttt sr eeeeees woou £ prsanpp eso euhsapeasct ere aeea Ly | 6 “
sy ‘sorta QT Ajtooyaa { eatory FO YNou 04 ‘ow ‘xnevop.og
jxodurmy aoao Yory sepiut Ge 07 gg ‘suyeuOyop {oy} “urd gery, “Tt 0} “A moom = ‘qselg. feoumny ‘souueal J ai
& ‘S}UOUISeAT OFULOYOAQ £ 4SVl 4B UOSUATA FYSIAq {0931q| SutueAe "AUN 0} “SN asaep fen * seq@M ‘NT ‘Jooddyuog) 4 ‘ooq cS
a “stTNodeyT $ 0} stuooBA, Q { Ae[NGo[S {0431q| ‘uI'e ye Ei snueA = eure “"* YPOFIO NT “ToMOAD}| 9G We
=| ‘TI?q eppuvo uvmoYy v oYT] pozeyq ‘[[eqoaty] “urd OT" “AL O} “SL OBIT “ AroywadosqQ espraqueg| Fz ee
‘stdoleyy est y % 07 sioudry numosy Surety YIM ‘TTeqomtyy| ‘ud OZ'g pO snteA XG po guoy ‘ureystmoy] = Fz ss
5 ‘sngoQ WosZ f ysIY soptut YZ 04 TF { Ap0T “souRYLT,
s -0A SOTIU [[ +6] ‘Spuooes $9 Ul soptUM Gy * TedorL nar ge “M OF} “H moour = - uo - AepuoFy 0} oon oy, 1024 ee
= ety
& |-1 UL Teas f OM OFT popraArp { uTEAy yITM T[eqorng] “urd Oe'Z | astg 4 04 & goyidnpe < jor eSpraqurep { uopatquarjy! gT ¥
= *spulodas Z ‘yvaI}8 por
=, |: Ueetd Spadvys-xeod { comoys toqumeaoN JO oprpog] ‘we Fe'zT oaryT Ur snuaA X F freee quoy ysmmppepy] FT ee
° “role yA “os plq
Z est) Ysnoaryy { years yYystmorjox ITM Teqearq| ‘wad OG'oT “AM OF °H snudaA X F 10 Gi-urep ‘yjnomarex fuopuoy| FT #
So “UOT}eUOJOp OU ‘ 4sanq ‘sertut gg AjI0
mH j-ojaa Sken® LopjaeyyT t0a0 soprer Qg 0} AamqsopAy i
= |f0AO SopIUL QQ Wosy Suod0s [ UTRT, ‘fsyaeds |-spuooes %7 ‘oy ‘ousomog { yynour
e faBpngos f res ‘svuI pag utoay posvosrout { eprfog| {ud GP'S Shanes tes snue, X ¢ |-ATq ‘doysoyouRy_ { uopuoT EL My
3] “QURIT TAG ‘onqq qasty £ OUT ee reeeeee eee esees Se. es end Beet eee ene “ MIAT eT “cc
a "OUTTA £ TTeqeaty ee reeeeee st teeeeee toout £ . EL 6c
© __|'spuooas TezaA0s Ure} £ 0491p 0341p oyIg) “we JTC oay wMOaT snueA = El “
Fe ‘eynuran $ uresy fystdand {0331p oWIG| “Ue ZL'G oOary wWOAT noom = EL &
is ‘oqnUIUE T Urey £0931p 0}}1p oy) “ue JG oaT WUOIT moour # I el a
= ‘oyNUTUL $ UTeay fonyq !AoMOYS LaquUIOAOH, JO 0OFJ1q| ‘W'R G oary WOAT uoom = Fen ee eae OTT |e eT 4:
5 “‘spuooes F
= “ured ou f mopped £0931q] { ‘uI'e G OS snuoA = wopuoT ‘ueyyBed}g) eT “
=< “Oprog) “Ue gE'T | SMu0eT WT 0} ? STAN in PORUOMT PSST #
o ‘8008 GT years { ystueord ‘ Areuoryeys ysourye £ oy1q| “Ue FF'ZT s1uoaT 7 snusqa << “oo quay qsmUyMey] ef if
iS) ‘ures £ podeys-awed { temoys doquieaoyy Jo oprog] ‘ure $Z'Z] | “AS 07 TOKIO snueA = “os TOMO Sysmypyey] eT a
< ‘oqtq| ‘wd 2 04 9 “M 0} “ OBR] eee “ deysvouwyt] g “AON fe
‘ured} foytq) ‘urd gy jepmby 04 seostg osAeT Oe * ApeyT “NN ‘ouoyuoyy] gT Ms
‘spuooes QE UT pavoy yaodax ‘ oprpoq yueraq $0y31q} “ttt ; “"""" gdlyssatyun(y ‘yeyoy| ge yoQ|x* “
“onqq £ gueryTaq £Treqoaty Ceeeereee eeeeeeere see eeeeee ieee ee Ce eno Al 0g ‘“c
*SOTIU YE 0} OG IYstey { stavjog woz { LxyUM09 ‘oavy{-tadns-10}480 AA
oy} payeutumyr fonyq 1o weeds ‘ures ‘[yeqoatq} ‘ud Ogg aaceeeees woou 2 ‘TIMUeety ‘feumoqyseq] 9g fe
: he sseput_ 4g Ajtoojea ‘ sopiur gy, eouvaveddesrp
REPORT—1867.
430
“[yeuogg
“UTR TAL (099ICT
*(xourong) Treqemt) ‘ “we'd Spy
ely ete ceruaee esemmory. cr) i ey
AA
1M} TNF ur Guerpiiq Ara fpodeys-o7ty * [[eqoahy
“qyed Jo TSUET YE ‘ Aoojout yueIT LAG,
‘SOINULUT ZT SYOUIS OFIT[M JO
ULeLy { [le] pot SuOT YUM ‘woes £ qxpstpAep ur ‘Tpeqoany,
‘oulysums ur ues { seprut ¢ A}10
-OJoA fousOMOT puv [MoaUOT, 1OAO SoTL FF OF
SIVTLD IOAO SOTIUL GT f WOTFBUOJOp JUBTOLA * SoyNUTUL
GT eyous Fo ure fsyseds por Soy ¢ O14TTOIQV
“JMO Q OU
fsetl0js OQOOT ‘moNvuojep ‘aoazout pue [[RjIuo}g
‘T[RQeuy puB spuUNOS 1.100}
-OUL [BNSN TILA “sq, g pue “F ‘gE ‘Taf soppoaae oaatyy,
“erpuy UT ‘TTEyouo}g
urea} OU Son{q £0991
“oq SINT £0991]
‘(aougong) yueryqiaq ‘used £0791q
“OLMy YSN, * TTBQOaT
*(aourpong )
syinds fourm ysmyq {querpiaq ATesuoyuT £0941
‘ured} ou {Moped £ ypeqoarg|s wd Jr"OT
"Ni ou} Ur
£ Trey SUOT PTA orm Ysmyq § Lup sv yysT, ¢ [Teqouy
‘soynUIUL Z 10qyB
ToeUOJp foamy Jo Tre} Song {qYSIT plata foi
‘QUIYSUOOUL [INF Ut UdAo ‘QuerppIaq Ato £ T[TRQoaTT
“HOLYBUOJOP [NF
eeeeeeeee
seneereee
*spuooes g
Suim0se
‘urd eT'g
puooes &
‘urd 7a'g
‘spuooes Fe
: Ure TT
‘urd Gg
“ue 5 id
“urd ge'OT
*“puoves Ht
Sard TT
FoleantcyNe)
‘ud 6
“puooas T
‘ard OG"TT
“urd Fg
+] Ajavou
“A 07‘
"A'S 04 “ON
“M OF “SL
“ANAL UT
"9 OF °N
*M Of “a
"dt 09M
stuoary 2 03 gf
“3 UL
*N 09 ‘8
“AM 04 "OL
“eroclors
-suy 0} eyqnuq
“N 0} ‘8
“ 0} “AL
“MOOUL
-jqnop {s}uewSvay por oyur oyorq fonqq ‘Tpeqoang| ‘ward egy] oY} 07 Sopelotg
*eapAFT WOIT jj SpUOdES Q 10 g
UL SOTIU YOY, ‘ YIOD AAO soytut CG 0} svg 10AO
sofa CQ SOOT Wed fureay qysips foymm £ 09917
‘oxy ‘SyIBUo yy
£ moe
smoy £oyea
"uorqooat(T
moom £
uoou =
moout £
uoour %
moou =
nuoom =
snuoA =
snueA =
OoART
ASAT
snus, =
nooul =
noom <
OBIT
OT
“JSIOM IO ezIg
Se ar a ee. | ee ee ee a
soanedscneameses* GOUT ‘noliq
Pere eT Tee ed
USSSETh)
*s00e cpammsancesOOTET ‘AYOT A
Perr eer tree purpsugy g
seen e termes ane enee teens Io K 'N
seseseereeee CemIONr “paolppugy
*puvpsuy pu
ourry fousofnog ‘srepep
sree CeSompy “ekuryesuyy
““-ooueag ‘equy ‘UTUISOyT 49
ary eye * gaodyoni04y ‘eojsng,
seeeeeneeanenecesereseentenes DIT
Hereeeeess UOTMUIOAI)
Tssar)
sonesecoeeee Lr0yearasqQ sue g
seeeeeeees TWILOYSUOTL
““TORYSIMT PUB TOLMTOAL)
sseeeeere Treo, “UdTMEg
nie, ‘oy ToyETeT. ¢ puryjoog “N
threes BITBaSTOy qsanqpueg
Renee erent ewe een eenemes Aenbaoy;
‘om
‘Key ‘qsmoory, § puepsug. *g
~Aqpeoory
“(panurjuoa) saryowp pun sdoapy snoununy fo anbopnynp
“+ uredg ‘repunyung ‘soueyy|
6 oung | *
7. UL
“YquoUL
jo seg
“9981
6c
“
"ava
ON DREDGING AMONG THE SHETLAND ISLES. 431
Fourth Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles.
By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, F.R.S.
In spite of the weather, which was worse than usual in this stormy region,
some additional results of no slight interest were obtained. The three requi-
sites of such enterprises (time, money, and experience) were not wanting ; and
the valuable cooperation of Mr. Norman, Mr. Waller, and Mr. Dodd, aided by
a good yacht and crew, and by a large stock of apparatus, left nothing to desire
except calmer seas. Dr. Edmondston and his family again did all in their
power to promote our endeavours; and Mr. Cheyne, of Edinburgh, kindly
placed his house at Tanwick at our disposal.
Discoveries in natural history are of several kinds, all of which are nearly
equally important :—1. New species or forms. 2. Geographical distribution.
3. Habits of animals, including in the present case those supposed to be depen-
dent on the depth of water. 4. Geological relations. 5, Extraneous inci-
dents.
All these I will now notice as regards the Mollusca, Other branches of the
marine Invertebrata will be treated of by Mr. Norman, Mr. Waller, and Dr.
M‘Intosh ; and Dr. Giinther has kindly promised to report on a few small
fishes caught in the dredge.
1. New Species—The species I am about to enumerate are new to the
British fauna, but not to science.
Terebratella Spitzbergensis, Davidson.
A fresh and perfect, although dead specimen occurred in 80-90 fathoms off
Unst. The only locality hitherto recorded for this shell in a living state
is Spitzbergen. It was found by Hisinger and myself in a fossil state at
Uddeyalla, and last year by Messrs. Crosskey and Robertson in another raised
sea-bed near Christiania. There is, of course, a possibility that the Shetland
specimen also may be fossil; but it has all the appearance of being recent;
and Yerebratula cranium and T. caput-serpentis (both of which are likewise
arctic species) live in the same place where this specimen of Zerebratella
Spitzbergensis was dredged.
Rhynchonella psittacea, Gmelin.
A specimen (unfortunately broken in dredging) was found with Terebratella
Spitzbergensis, Terebratula cranium, and T'. caput-serpentis. This was filled
with soft mud, in which was a fresh, but dead young specimen of £. psittacea.
I had on a former occasion dredged a full-grown specimen and a young one
(both quite perfect, although not living) off Unst. In ‘ British Conchology,’
yol. ii. pp. 22 and 23, is an account of all the specimens said to have been
taken by Capt. Laskey and others in the British seas ; and I am still convinced
that most of these reported discoveries were mistakes, and that some of the
specimens are fossil. The present case is free from doubt, except on the latter
ground. Single valves of Pecten Islandicus, Tellina calcaria, and Mya trun-
- cata, var. Uddevallensis, are not uncommon on the northern and eastern coasts
of Shetland, and were procured with 7. Spitzbergensis and R. psittacea; but
the former had an unmistakeably fossilized or chalky aspect, and never were
perfect or had the valves united. It seems to be an established rule that in
all species of marine invertebrate animals, which are distributed through the
European seas, northern specimens excel in size those from the south; and
thus the comparative size of liying and dead specimens of arctic species found
in the Shetland seas may serve as an additional test to distinguish which of
432 REPORT—1867.
the latter are recent or surviving and which fossil or relics of the glacial epoch.
The two Brachiopods in question must, I think, stand or fall together as
British. Mr. Davidson (the great authority on this abnormal class of the
Mollusca) says that, under the circumstances I have mentioned, “ there
appears to be a probability that these two species may occur somewhere
in the neighbourhood—if not quaternary; but if this last, I hardly think
they would have been so perfect and fresh as you describe them to be.”
Professor Lovyén, who has examined my specimens, considers them recent.
According to Professor Sars, £2. psittacea inhabits the coast of Finmark, as far
south as Tromsé (69° 40’ N. lat.), at depths of from 20 to 80 fathoms. Mr.
M‘Andrew dredged it off Drontheim and in Upper Norway, at depths of from
40 to 150 fathoms. Drontheim les in 63° N. lat., Unst in about 61°.
Leda pernula, Miiller.
A valve, apparently fossil, was dredged on the northern coast; and several
valves in a fresh state (partly covered with a glossy epidermis) and a small
perfect but dead specimen were dredged in St. Magnus Bay, on the west coast,
at a depth of from 60 to 80 fathoms. As no glacial fossils of arctic species
occurred on the west coast, I have no hesitation in regarding L. pernula as
British. I had in former expeditions dredged small valves and a complete pair
east of Shetland and in the Hebrides. This species inhabits the Scandinavian
coasts, as far south as Kullen in Sweden, from 20 to 150 fathoms; and
M<Andrew records a depth of 160 fathoms: it is a circumpolar species, and
also one of our post-tertiary or quaternary fossils.
The next two species are especially interesting, in respect both of novelty
and of the classification of the Mollusca. They belong to the class Solenoconchia
(Solenoconches, Lacaze-Duthiers, or Scaphopoda, Bronn), which is represented
by the genus Dentalium. Ihave elsewhere so fully treated of this peculiar class
that I will now offer merely a few remarks on the genus Siphonodentalium of
Sars, to which or an allied genus the species now about to be noticed must be re-
ferred. Siphonodentalium (perhaps the type of a separate family of Solenocon-
chia) is distinguished from Dentalium by having an extensile worm-like foot,
the disk of which expands in the shape of a flower and is furnished with a spike,
by the mouth or anterior orifice of the shell being obliquely truncated—in Den-
talium it is circular,—and by the posterior or smaller orifice haying its mar-
gin serrated or slit on each side, instead of this orifice being furnished with
a short pipe or having its margin slit on one side only. I am inclined to refer
one of the species now discovered as British to the genus Siphonodentalium,
and the other to the genus Cadulus of Professor Philippi*. In the latter
genus (which Philippi proposed for the reception of a small Sicilian fossil—his
Dentalium ovulum) the shell is not cylindro-conical as in Siphonodentalium,
but is tumid in the middle or anterior portion, sometimes awl-shaped ; and
the mouth is encircled by a narrow rim. In Cadulus the shell is quite
smooth, transparent, and lustrous ; in Siphonodentalium it is striated or exhi-
bits the lines of growth, and is semitransparent. The long-lost Dentalium
gadus of Montagu, an allied species (D. clavatum of Gould) from the China
Sea, another species which I observed in the late Mr. Cuming’s collection, from
Mindanao (erroneously named D, acuminatum, Deshayes), and D. coarctatum of
Lamarck (a tertiary fossil) apparently belong to Cadulus, and certainly not to
Ditrupa (properly Ditrypa), a genus of testaceous Annelids the shell of
which is different in structure and composition from that of Cadulus or of
* Moll. Sic. ii. p. 209, -
ON DREDGING AMONG THE SHETLAND ISLES. 433
Siphonodentalium, the mouth is contracted or pinched-in, and the animal
is annulose and has a circular operculum. On the other hand, several kinds
of shelly cases described as Dentalia really belong to Ditrypa. If Cadulus
is not generically distinct from Siphonodentaliwm, the former of these names
has priority ; and we shall thus be able to expunge a more than sesquipe-
dalian name from the terminology of the Mollusca. The diagram now exhi-
bited is an enlarged representation of the figures of S. Lofotense and S. sub-
fusiformis,from an admirable paper by Professor Sars, published in the Transac-
tions of the Academy of Sciences at Christiania for 1864; and it will serve to
explain the nature of these extraordinary mollusks. One of our species is
Siphonodentalium Lofotense, Sars
(“ Malacozoologische Jagttagelser,” in Vid.-Selsk. Forh. 1864, p. 17, figs.
29-33), ranging from the Loffoden Isles to Christianiafiord, at depths of be-
tween 30 and 120 fathoms. It was rather plentiful among sandy mud in St.
Magnus Bay, at the depth of from 60 to 80 fathoms; and I had found it in
1846 when dredging off Skye, in 1864 off Unst, and last year in the Minch.
The shell may easily be passed over—as it was by me—for the young of Denta-
liam entalis; but it is more curved and cylindrical, the mouth and correspon-
ding lines of growth slope backwards, and the margin of the posterior orifice
is regularly jagged (having two slight notches on each side), and this extremity
does not form a bulbous point in the fry. One of the characters given by Sars
(‘‘margine aperture posterioris integro”’) should be amended. My observa-
tion of the animal agreed with his, except that the foot is vermiform and has a
fine point, the disk being expanded and assuming the shape of a flower only
when the Siphonodentalium wishes to obtain a fulerum and keep its place in
the sand. The foot of Nucula and Leda is somewhat similar, its disk when ex-
panded resembling the leaf of apalm. Anotherspecies of Siphonodentalium pro-
per is Dentalium quinquangulare of Forbes, from the Aigean (80-230 fathoms),
which M‘Andrew afterwards dredged off the coasts of Portugal and Spain in
5-30 fathoms, and named (lapsu calami) D. quadrangulare; this species Sars
lately procured from the Loffoden Isles and Christianiafiord in 50-300 fathoms,
and described as S. pentagonum. The coincidence of the first and last of these
specific names is curious. D. bicarinatum of Deshayes (a tertiary fossil) may
also be referable to the genus Siphonodentalium. LD. bifissum of Searles Wood,
from the Coralline Crag, is possibly the type of another genus, for which I
would suggest the name of Dischides. This species has been dredged in a
living state off Gibraltar by Mr. M‘Andrew*. I suspected that D. bifissum
might be the tube of a young Zeredo norvegica, on account of its having a
septal process within the posterior orifice: at all events my remark is justi-
fied by the affinity which exists between the Zeredinidw and the Soleno-
conchia.
The second species of this class is
Cadulus subfusiformis, Sars
(Siphonodentalium subfusiforme, 1. c. p. 21, figs. 36-44), having a Norwegian
distribution equally extensive with that of S. Lofotense, but attaining a greater
depth, viz. from 50 to 300 fathoms. I noticed specimens among the fossils
collected last year by Messrs. Crosskey and Robertson in a raised sea-bed at
Barholmen, near Christiania. It occurred on the Unst ground, in 80-90
fathoms, and was apparently not rare. Mr. Peach detected a specimen in
looking over some sand which I dredged there in 1864; this I at the time
* Tt inhabits also the Huropean and African coasts of the Mediterranean.
1867. 26
4BA REPORt—1867.
regarded as a Ditrypa. The margin of the posterior orifice has two slight
indentations or notches, one on each side ; and Sars’s statement that the margin
is entire was perhaps founded on imperfect specimens. CO. subfusiformis may
be known from C. gadus not only by its much smaller size, but also by having
the greatest width or diameter in the middle (instead of in the upper or ante-
rior part), and by the posterior or narrower part being abruptly curtailed, C.
gadus is awl-shaped, and has a tapering extremity; C. subfusiformis is gibbous,
Whether C. gadus inhabits our seas is questionable, Montagu says*, ‘ This is
a pelagic species, found in many parts of the British Channel, and is known to
mariners by the name of ‘hake’s tooth,’ who frequently find it within sound-
ings, adhering to the log-line (as we are informed), but most likely to the
plumb-line.” My specimens are from the collections of Dr. Turton and Mr.
George Humphreys; the latter dealt almost exclusively in exotic shells. Rang
placed D. gadus in his genus Creseis, among the Pteropoda; but Philippi
rightly objected to such a classification, because the shells of all Pteropods are
closed at the smaller end +.
The sixth and last addition to our molluscan fauna is
Utriculus globosus, Loyén
(Amphisphyra globosa, Ind. Moll. Scand. p. 11). Two living specimens were
dredged in St. Magnus Bay, with Leda pernula and Siphonodentalium Lofotense.
Its distribution, according to Professor Lovén, extended from Finmark to
Bohusliin in the south of Sweden ; and through the kindness of the discoverer
and Professor Lilljeborg I have been enabled to compare the Shetland speci-
mens with those from the Scandinavian coasts. I mention this, because
(before I was thus favoured, and when I had only Lovén’s description to
consult) I mistook this species for another, which I have lately described
as U, ventrosus, from Skye.
2. Geographical distribution.—The accompanying listt of all the Mollusca
hitherto observed in Shetland and the adjacent seas will serve to show the
relations which exist between these and the Mollusca of the north and south
of Europe. The number of Shetland species is 363, of which 315 inhabit the
north and 245 the south of Europe. The total number of species of British
Mollusca, so far as I have yet worked out the subject, is 712. It may be
remarked what a scanty proportion the land and freshwater Mollusca of Shet-
land bear to those of Great Britain, viz. 23 species only out of 122, The marine
species, however, are 340 out of 590—although the Zetlandic Nudibranchs
and Cuttles have not been well examined, and, of the former, 28 only out of
110 have been as yet observed.
Some species are now for the first time recorded as Zetlandic, e. g. Terebra-
tella Spitzbergensis, Montacuta tumidula, Siphonodentalium Lofotense, Cadulus
subfusiformis, Rissoa proxima, Odostomia clavula, and Utriculus globosus. Other
species, either rare or local, which I had previously dredged on the eastern and
northern coasts, were found this year on the western coast also. Such are
Pecten Teste, Lima Sarsii, L. elliptica, Leda pernula, Avinus ferruginosus,
Tsocardia cor, Tellina balaustina (one living specimen being fully an inch in
breadth), Panopea plicata, Rissoa Jeffreysi, Aclis supranitida, A, Walleri,
Odostomia minima, O. eaimia, Eulima intermedia, Natica sordida, Aporrheis
* est. Brit. i. p. 496,
t Ihave now ascertained that Siphonodcntalinm Lofotense, S. quingquangulare, Cadulus
ovulum, C. subfusiformis, and Dischides bifissus inhabit the Gulf of Naples. 1st January
1868.
{ This list will be published in the concluding Report next year.
ON DREDGING AMONG THE SHETLAND ISLES. 435
Macandrew, Cerithiopsis costulata, Buccinum Humphreysianun, Columbella
nana, Plewrotoma brachystoma, Cylichna acuminata, Philine quadrata, and P.
nitida.
3. Habits of Animals.—Species which were supposed to inhabit shallow
water only were found living at considerable depths. In this category may
be mentioned Vatica catena, which was dredged alive in from 40 to 50 fathoms.
Capt. Thomas informs me that he also dredged this species in the Orkneys living
at the same depth. A dead specimen of Stilifer Turtoni was procured with
Natica catena. Bathymetrical conditions are not of so much consequence to
the Mollusca as a suitable habitation and a good feeding-ground. We had
the good fortune of dredging in 170 fathoms—a greater depth than had been
previously explored in the British seas. This was about forty miles N.N.W.
of Unst. The ground was stony intermixed with patches of sand. The greatest
depth recorded as having been dredged in our seas was 145 fathoms, by Admi-
ral Beechey, off the Mull of Galloway. The following is a list of the Mollusca
which I examined from our dredging in 170 fathoms :—
livying.—Bracutopopa: Terebratula cranium, young; 7’. caput-serpentis,
young; Crania anomala, Concuirers: Anomia ephippium, young ; A. patel-
liformis, var. striata ; Lima subauriculata, young; Leda pygmea ; Montacuta
substriata, on Spatangus meridionalis; Venus ovata; Lucinopsis undata,
young; Savxicava rugosa. Soupnoconcnta: Dentalium entalis, var. anulata.
Gasrropopa: Zrochus occidentalis; Eulima bilineata; Natica Montacuti; Tiro-
phon Barvicensis.
Dead.—Concutrera : Pecten septemradiatus, a fragment; P. tigrinus, ditto ;
P. similis, a single valve; Crenella decussata, fragments ; Nucula nucleus, single
valves ; WV. tenuis, ditto; Leda minuta, a single valve ; Limopsis aurita, small
but fresh single valves; Arca pectunculoides, single valves; Lucina borealis,
perfect ; Awinus Croulinensis, single valves; Cardium fasciatum, ditto; C.
minimum, ditto; Astarte sulcata, ditto; Venus lincta, ditto; Tellina balaus-
tina, a fragment; Psammobia Ferréensis, ditto; Mactra solida, var. elliptica,
single valves ; Scrobicularia prismatica, a fragment; Thracia papyracea, var.
villosiuscula, young; Newra cuspidata, a fragment. Gasrropopa: Tectura
fulva, var. albula; Propitidium ancyloides; Emarginula fissura; Trochus ama-
bits, young; 7’. millegranus, ditto; Turritella terebra, var. nivea; Natica
Alderi; Trichotropis borealis; Buccinopsis Dalei, a fragment; F'usus gracilis,
young; /’. propinquus, ditto; Defrancia teres; D. linearis, var. equalis, a
fragment; Plewrotoma costata, ditto; Cylichna alba, ditto. Prrropopa:
Spirialis retroversus ; Clio or Cleodora pyramidata, a fragment.
Of these species sixteen were living, and thirty-eight dead—in all, fifty-
four. They comprised some rarities, viz. Terebratula cranium, Limopsis aurita,
Axinus Croulinensis, Trochus amabilis, Buccinopsis Dalei, and Cylichna alba.
The shells were of the usual colour; indeed this was brighter and darker in
living specimens of Venus ovata and Lulima bilineata than in average examples
of the same species taken in a fewfathoms. The notion that colour is absent
or fainter in shells from deep water seems to be quite unfounded.
4. Geological Relations—Fossil shells (being apparently relics of the glacial
epoch) occurred in 170fathoms, and higher up to 80 fathoms. They were chiefly
Pecten Islandicus, Tellina calcaria, Mya truncata, var. Uddevallensis, Saawicava
rugosa, var. Uddevallensis, Molleria costulata, and Trochus cinereus. All these
species and varieties inhabit high northern latitudes, and none of them have
been discovered living in our seas. No such fossils were detected on any part
of the western coast of Shetland.
5. Extrancous incidents—In the dredged stuff taken from a depth of about
242
436 REPORT—1867.
85 fathoms, on a soft sandy bottom, twenty-five miles N.N.W. of Unst, I
found the canine tooth of an animal of the weasel tribe ; and Mr. Waller found
the shoulder-blade of a much smaller quadruped. These occurred within a
comparatively small space, although not together, and they were unaccom-
panied by any other land organisms. The socket of the tooth and the bone
were eroded. It is possible that the tooth was that of a tame ferret, which was
accidentally killed in 1862 and thrown into the sea in Balta Sonnd, at a dis-
tance of about thirty-five miles from the place where the toothwas dredged. The
tide sets with great rapidity in that direction ; and when the carcase became
distended by the gases evolved during putrefaction, it must have floated for
some time. The bone is supposed by. Mr. Boyd Dawkins to be that of a bat;
this may have been eaten by a snowy owl, and disgorged or voided on its way
back to the Faroe Isles or Iceland. J mention this curicus circumstance to
show that some bones of quadrupeds as well as of man may be preserved for a
long time in “the slimy bottom of the deep,” without being disturbed by the
naturalist. When we consider the vast extent of the sea-bed, and the very
trifling and unfrequent operations of the dredge (the one being measured by
square nautical degrees, and the other by square yards), we ought not to be
surprised that the remains of drowned mariners—at least their teeth—are not
thus brought to light. Clarence’s dream (the creation of a sublime poet) is
never likely to be verified by modern research.
I have had much pleasure in presenting a collection of the rarer shells to
our national Museum.
Subjoined are letters from Dr. Giinther and Mr. Boyd Dawkins :—
«Dear Srr,—the fishes collected by you by means of the dredge, at a
depth of from 80 to 90 fathoms, at the Shetland Islands, belong to four species,
all being new to the British fauna. Singularly enough, two belong to Me-
diterranean species—viz. a Dragonet, Callionymus maculatus (Bonap.) and a
Sand-Launce, Ammodytes siculus (Swains.). The two others appear to be un-
described: one is a Rockling, distinguished by its very large eyes, for which
I propose the name of Motella macrophthalma; the second a Goby, which I
dedicate to its discoverer under the name of Gobius Jeffreysii. I will furnish
you with descriptions of the two new species, and remain
“Yours very truly,
“J, Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq., PRS.” “ A. GUNTHER.”
“Upminster, Romford, Essex.
“ August 28, 1867.
“‘My puar Str,—I have carefully examined the remains found under such
interesting circumstances. The tooth approaches nearer to the left lower
canine of the ferret (Putorius furo) than to any other teeth in the Museum of
the College of Surgeons. From so small a portion I can hardly infer the species
of the animal ; but if its possessor was not a Ferret, he was a Ferret’s first
cousin, one of the Mustcelines, who died in the prime of life. The corrosion of
the fang is very curious, and cannot be the result of the waste of the sea: it
seems to be the result of the action of an acid, which has been prevented from
attacking the crown by the crystalline structure of the enamel. Nearly all
the gelatine has disappeared from the fang. Its age would be best arrived at
by the character of the sea-bottom. If from a muddy deposit, probably it is
of that age; if from a rocky bottom, its age is altogether uncertain. It is not
more recent-looking than many of the Pleistocene bones I have dug out of
caverns. The second fragment seems to be a portion of the scapula of a bat ;
but its condition does not allow ofa very accurate determination. If the two
ON THE SHETLAND CRUSTACEA, MOLLUSCOIDA, ETC. 437
were dredged up near each other, there is probably a deposit of bones at the
spot whence they were obtained, similar to that of the east coast. Their dis-
covery is of very great interest, and I am only sorry that I can add so little to
their elucidation. “T am, my dear Sir,
“J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq. Yours truly,
25 Devonshire Place.” « W. Boyp Dawxrys.”
P.S. I may add that, before I left Shetland, Dr. Saxby kindly undertook, at
my suggestion, to ascertain whether mammalian hones deposited in the sea
would be eroded, and by what means.
Preliminary Report on the Crustacea, Molluscoida, Echinodermata,
and Celenterata, procured by the Shetland Dredging Committee in
1867. By the Rey. Aurrep Mertz Norman, M.A.
Tue further investigation is carried on in the Shetland seas, the more deeply
interesting does the study of the fauna of that portion of our country become.
Dredging in the depths of those northern waters, in which there is almost
invariably a heavy sea,—at one time sweeping across the Atlantic, at another
rolling away from Greenland, at another (as was the case for many weeks
together during the present summer) running from Spitzbergen and the ice-
floes of the Arctic Ocean, acccmpanied by a keen, cutting north-east wind,—
is not altogether pleasant work for the naturalist. Yet, trying and difficult
though the dredging may be, there is none to be compared with it in the
British Islands; and every fresh summer your Dredging Committee have
spent in investigating the marine fauna of Shetland, they have returned
home only the more conyinced of the greatness of the field of research which
remains to be explored. Every square mile of the sea seems to have trea-
sures to give up unknown to us before; and the extent of the riches which
lie there, one, two, three, four hundred fathoms deep, will perhaps never be
known in our day. The extreme interest which attaches to the Shetland
sea is the circumstance that it is the trysting place of the northern and
southern faunas: the warm influence of the Gulf-stream impinging on the
western coast coaxes on many a species of sunnier climes to extend its migra-
tion northwards, while the cold winds and waves which issue from the Pole
and come drifting round the North Cape and Loffoden Isles, account for the
many Arctic forms which, stunted in size and numerically scarce, are yet
able in the equable temperature of the abyss of the Shetland waters to hold
out against those southern influences so detrimental to thei constitutions.
The product of the dredging of the present year promises a rich harvest of
additions to the British fauna; and in those classes of which I more espe-
cially undertake the examination I have already found most important
results; at the same time the few notes which at this time are given must
be only regarded in the light of a preliminary report. The passing of every
specimen under the microscope, as must be done in the determining of all
the smaller Crustacea, Hydrozoa, &e., and the dissection and mounting of
every specimen of the former not at once recognized, is necessarily a work
of time; and very much remains to be examined, especially among the
Copepoda, Ostracoda, &c.
438 REPORT— 1867,
CRUSTACEA.
First we will take the Crustacea. In my Report of Hebridean Dredging
last year, I traced the genus Xantho northwards as far as the Isle of Mull;
and I have now to record the occurrence of a young specimen of X. rivulosa
some 350 miles further north, off the Island of Balta. A fine undescribed
Pagurus is perhaps nearest allied to P. cuanensis. The hand is remarkably
broad, the finger especially so, and is furnished with three much elevated
ribs, one at each margin, and the third central ; the margins are denticulately
spined, and the wrist and upper edge of the second and third legs are also
spinous ; the species may be named Pagurus tricarinatus. Among the My-
sidea are two genera not yet recorded as British. Nematopus serratus, G. O.
Sars, differs from Mysis chiefly in the structure of the abdominal feet and of
the central tail-plate; the species, when alive, is a beautiful little thing,
having its white body prettily painted with red, and the eyes, which are
large and kidney-shaped, of a brilliant ruby colour. The other genus is one
which I would establish (Gastrosaccus) for the reception of the Mysis sancta
of Van Beneden (=. spinifera, Gées); the marsupial pouch, instead of
being an appendage, as in Mysis, of the last two thoracic legs, is attached to
the last thoracic and first abdominal feet ; and the first abdominal feet in the
female, instead of being the smallest, are the most fully developed, and con-
sist of an elongated basal joint and two short branches; while in the male
the third abdominal foot is the more especially developed sexual organ.
Gastrosaccus sanctus, though now first recorded, has been for many years in
my collection, and was first sent to me by Mr. Edward, of Banff, who pro-
cured it in the Moray Firth. Mysis flewuosa, Spiritus, vulgaris, Griffithsie
and Didelphys; Diastylis lamellata, Iphithoé serrata, and Lamprops rosea
were the remaining Stomapods.
Among the Amphipoda the difficult family Lysianasside is well repre-
sented by Callisoma crenata, Anonyx longicornis, longipes, minutus, obesus,
and Holbollii (=denticulatus, Bate), and by three additions to our fauna,—
Anonyx nanoides of Lilljeborg, procured among Laminarie at Lerwick and
at Hillswick, Anonyw twmidus of Kroyer, found in a sponge dredged thirty-
five miles N.N.W. of Unst in 170 fathoms, and Stegocephalus ampulla,
Phipps. This last truly arctic species was dredged in 60-70 fathoms in
St. Magnus Bay; the single specimen procured is, as compared with Spitz-
bergen examples, for which I am indebted to Professor Lovén, as a pigmy to
giants, bearing about the same proportionate size to its northern brethren as
do the Leda pernula, taken in the same spot, to their Greenland relatives.
Indeed, as a rule, those arctic Amphipods, which occur also on the British
coast—for example, Gammarus locusta and Amathilla Sabini—attain a much
greater development within the Arctic circle. The Anonya tumidus, how-
ever, of Shetland, shows no difference of size from Spitzbergen specimens. It
may be questioned, however, whether this is a truly arctic species; for
although long known in the north, it has recently been recorded by Professor
Heller from the Adriatic Sea; and its discovery this year in Shetland gives
an intermediate locality. The fact that it is an essentially parasitic species,
which is never found except either in the branchial sac of Tunicata or in
sponges, and that it is also an inhabitant of very deep water, may have led
to its having been hitherto overlooked.
Passing over all other Amphipoda hitherto known to our fauna, I have to
announce the following important additions :—a species allied apparently to
———
4
ON THE SHETLAND CRUSTACEA, MOLLUSCOIDA, FTC. 439
Calliopius, having subequal ovate gnathopods ; but the peduncles of the an-
tenne are longer and the flagella shorter than is usual in that genus, and
the meros of the pereiopods is not produced backwards and downwards; a
Pleustes (?), with smooth body, and hands somewhat resembling in structure
those of the second pair in Amphilochus manudens, Bate, with the palm
similarly crenated, but much more oblique; a new genus allied in general
characters of eyes, of gnathopods, and pereiopods, especially in the broadly
flattened meros and carpus of the last pair, to Haploops, but having the an-
tenne furnished with an appendage; an Atylus, remarkable on account of
the extraordinary length and slenderness of the legs, and haying the hinder
margin of all the abdominal segments serrate across the back with a larger
central spine ; a Cyrtophiwm, haying the segments of the body furnished with
spine-formed tubercles, which are much larger than those of C. tubercularis,
Bruzelius, from which it also differs in haying the hand of the second gna-
thopods shorter and broader, and the spine of the meros large and strong ;
and a Corophiwm, with longer posterior uropods and less strongly developed
antennse than the species hitherto described.
Of Isopoda the very rare species Paratanais rigidus, B. & W., Phrywus
abdominalis, parasitical in Hippolyte pusiola, Leptaspidia brevipes, B. & W.,
and Cirolana spinipes, B. & W., were found, together with what appears to
be a new species of the last genus. The form comes nearest to the Hya
erenulata of Liitken, agreeing with it in having the telson truncated and
denticulate at the extremity; the general outline of the telson, however,
differs from Liitken’s figure, and the uropods are of different form.’
My attention was especially directed during the expedition to the Ento-
mostraca, and an enormous stock of material has been accumulated for
examination. It has as yet scarcely been touched, but the following new
things have already been observed. First and foremost is Cypridina Nor-
vegiea of Baird—the largest of all European Ostracoda; next is a very fine
arctic Cythereis, Cythereis costata of Brady, only known previously from the
Hunde Islands; Pontocypris hispida, Cyihereis crenulata, and Cythereis abys-
sicola are species recently described by G. O. Sars from the Norwegian seas ;
and besides these there are four species of Cythere, one Cytheridea, two
Oytherura (including by far the finest species of the genus yet known), and
a species allied perhaps to Argillecia cylindrica of Sars, which appear to be
new to science. There are also several members of the families Alteuthide
and Harpacticide, together with a curious form, parasitic in Didennawm
gelatinosum, which I am unable as yet to determine, and believe to be
undescribed.
The very rare and curious burrowing barnacle, Alcippe lampas, Hancock,
was inhabiting shells of Fusus antiquus, dredged five miles off Balta.
TUNICATA.
The Tunicata dredged were very few, but included Ascidia rudis, Alder, a
large species discovered in 1861, and this year procured between the Islands
of Whalsey and Balta. In a cave in St. Magnus Bay, Phylucoum Normani,
Alder, was living in great numbers; it was only previously known in the
Channel Islands, where it covers a large portion of the side of the famous
Gouliot Cave. Salpa runcinata was met with in some numbers in the open
sea thirty miles N.N.W. of Burrafirth Lighthouse, but was not observed
nearer shore.
440 REPORT—1867.
Poryzoa.
Two or three fragments of the beautiful coral Hornera violacea of Sars
were dredged between Balta and Whalsey in 40-50 fathoms. A fine spe-
cimen procured by Mr. Barlee has long been in my collection. I found it
among his Polyzoa bequeathed to me marked “ Shetland.” The confirmation
of the discovery is, however, of importance, and this fine addition to our
fauna is now for the first time made public. <A very remarkable Lepralia,
found between tidemarks at Balta, differs widely from all known species.
The mouth of the hyaline, punctate, ovate cells, instead of being sessile, is
elevated to the extremity of a long tube which rises from the polyzoary ;
immediately below the origin of this tube is an ovate avicularium, A small
patch of this species, consisting of a few cells only, in a very imperfect state,
which I had met with among the things procured in Shetland by Mr. Barlee,
was sent by me some years ago to Professor Busk, who attached to them the
manuscript name Lepralia tubutosa, a title which the species may most
appropriately bear. ‘There is also a new Hschara, and a few other species
were found which are additions to the very long list of Shetland Polyzoa
previously known to me.
EcHINODERMATA.
Among the Echinodermata the fact of Cidaris papillata and Spatangus
meridionalis having been dredged in considerable numbers, living in 100-110
fathoms, about thirty miles N.N.W. of Unst, is extremely interesting. The
Cidaris has never before been dredged in our seas, the few specimens known
having been obtained from fishermen’s lines. We kept it alive for some
time, and found it to be remarkably sluggish in its movements. The Spa-
tangus was not known anywhere north of the Mediterranean until 1864,
when two specimens were obtained near the same spot in which it has this
year been met with in greater profusion. A second British specimen of
Archaster Parelii was found near the same spot as the species just referred to.
An Echinocardium was dredged by Mr. M‘Andrew many years ago on the
south side of Bressay Island, Shetland, and described and figured in the
‘Annals of Natural History’ for 1857, under the name of Amphidotus gib-
bosus of Agassiz. The species was dredged this year in St. Magnus Bay, and
I have seen a second specimen procured by Mr. D. Robertson in the Clyde
district, and a third found by Mr. Hodge on the Durham coast. It 1s most
certainly not the Amphidetus gibbosus of Agassiz, and I would propose to call
it Echinocardium pennatifidum, on account of the character of the pedicel-
larize, which are very different from the same organs in Z. ovatum, its nearest
ally, and remind us strongly of the form of fern leaves,
C@LENTERATA,
Lastly, in briefly noticing the Coelenterata, it is worthy of mention that
Stomphia Churchie, Bulocera Tuediv, and Pennatula phosphorea, the last in
most extraordinary profusion, were found in St. Magnus Bay, and that 2hizo-
cline areolata, Merona cornucopic, and Dicoryne conferta, live in about 50
fathoms, five to seven miles off Balta. In company with these last were
thousands of a Zoanthus, which sometimes lives entirely free, at others coats
the shells of small univalve mollusca and then destroys their substance. This
Zoanthus is, I believe, the Z. ¢ncrustatus of Scandinavian writers, and I am
now perfectly satisfied that it is distinct from the Zoanthus Couchii, and
from a form, perhaps also distinct from Z. Couchii, which was found on this
ON THE SHETLAND FORAMINIFERA. 441
and on previous occasions in Shetland inhabiting very deep water and living
parasitic upon sponges, thus being of similar habit to that species which has
excited so much controversy lately, which lives upon Hyalonema mirabilis.
In the open sea to the north of Unst I had the delight of seeing in profusion
two lovely oceanic Hydrozoa belonging to the genera Diphyes and Physophora,
Unfortunately having no works upon the subject with me I was unable to
determine the species, but I believe the former to have been D. appendiculata.
Diphyes has only once before been observed in British waters, and Physo-
phora was not known to inhabit them. The rapidity of growth in Diphyes
is extraordinary, the ccenosare of a specimen kept alive was developed nearly
three inches in a single night.
These notes are necessarily brief, and 1 fear may have proved dry and un-
interesting to the majority of the members in consequence of that very
brevity. My excuse must be that it is much more easy to draw up a report
of general interest when little has been done, and the habits and life-history
of some particular animals can be dilated upon, than it is so to summarize the
discoveries of a successful expedition as to make them in their necessarily
condensed form interesting to others than purely scientific naturalists,
Report on the Foraminifera obtained in the Shetland Seas.
By Evwarp WatLiER.
In making a report of the Foraminifera obtained in the several dredging ex-
peditions to the Shetland Islands, undertaken by Mr. Jeffreys and his com-
panions from 1861 to the present year (in all of which, except that of 1863,
I was a party), it was a matter of immediate importance to consider some of
the works recently published on the British Foraminifera, for the purpose of
deciding upon the mode of classification, the nomenclature, and the enumera-
tion to be adopted in presenting the results of our explorations.
Mr. Williamson’s reéent ‘ Foraminifera of Great Britain,’ published by the
Ray Society in 1858, illustrated with admirable plates, and containing gene-
rally very lucid descriptions, will necessarily be in the hands of all studying
the British Foraminifera, and may be taken, without much change, as afford-
ing a fair representation of the then known forms which were sufficiently
distinct to be named and figured.
The beauty of the objects and the information in the book will, doubtless,
soon stimulate explorers elsewhere, as they have done on the Scottish and
Durham coasts, to make additions to our species.
The subsequent work of Dr. Carpenter on the study of the Foraminifera,
published by the Ray Society in 1862, was based on very extended inquiries
into both recent and fossil Foraminifera by himself and Messrs. Parker and
Jones, and opened up views of classification which differed very much from
previous modes, including Mr. Williamson’s.
Dr. Carpenter’s system has regard more to th construction of the animal
inhabitant than to the outline of the shelly covering, and seems at once to
have a more natural foundation, and, from certain characters of the shell,
suited to the animal construction, to afford a more obvious and accurate divi-
sion of the objects. The new arrangement requires a considerable change in
the names of species, &c.
I propose, therefore, in the appended list to follow the classification and
nearly the nomenclature of Dr. Carpenter and his colleagues, and to take Mr.
44.2 REPORT—1867.
Williamson’s work asa basis for the enumeration of the various forms of our
recent Foraminifera.
In taking this course, I but follow in the steps of Mr. H. B. Brady, who
published in the Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. xxiv., a list of the
Shetland Foraminifera, derived principally from dredgings furnished by Mr,
Jeffreys and myself, with some additions from my own examinations, His
catalogue has been so carefully constructed, and his investigation of any
doubtful species introduced into Mr. Williamson’s book on questionable
authority has been so full, that I am relieved from difficulties I should
otherwise have been unable to surmount within the time elapsed since my
return from the Shetlands, and I have little to do except to continue his work
up to the present time.
Mr. Williamson describes 104 species and varieties, of which Mr, Brady
remarks that three are most probably fossil, and that two others have been
withdrawn as Mediterranean, introduced by accident. Deducting these, there
remain 99 recent British Foraminifera known at that time. Mr. Brady, in his
Shetland list, gives 92 of those, and adds 19 new forms, making 111 in that
district, and 118 in Britain. Mr. Brady, in vol. 1. of the Natural History
Transactions of Northumberland and Durham, describes from those coasts 6
Foraminifera new to Britain; and in his report to this Association on the
Foraminifera of the Hebrides as resultmg from Mr. Jeffreys’s dredging in
1866, he gives eleven more species, and I now add from the Shetlands one
more new to Britain, raising its list to 136. I have also found four of the
new Durham species in dredgings of 1864, but too late for Mr. Brady’s pub-
lications, and in the present year’s examinations three of the new forms of
the Hebrides and two of Mr. Williamson’s not before noted, thus bringing up
the Shetland list to 121, or within 15 of the whole British forms.
That of those 136 species or varieties from the entire range of the British
coasts so large a proportion as 121 should be found in a limited district at
one extremity of the empire, is a result which I believe could scarcely be ob-
tained in any other department of natural history ; and it may, perhaps, be
no unfair conclusion, from this and their bathymetvrical conditions, that shght
changes of climate have little influence on those low forms of life, while depth
of water has greater power of limitation, some species being only known
close to the shore or in very shallow water, while in the great depths are found
only a few and different forms. It is, however, true that by the advance
northward the Shetland Foraminifera approach more nearly to the Norwegian
species and varieties than do those of the southern parts of England and
Ireland.
I have many specimens from this year’s dredgings which will require
considerable time to work out satisfactorily. Some of them have been kindly
examined by Mr. Rupert Jones, and I hope for his further assistance ; and I
expect that, in conjunction with Mr. Brady, I may be able, at no distant time,
to have them fully described and figured. There are new forms of Biloculina,
Gaudryina, Dimorphina, Cornuspira and, I believe, Polytrema, which will
afford considerable additions to our known species, and, I think, prove that
our Shetland dredgings have given satisfactory results in this branch of our
fauna.
ON THE SHETLAND FORAMINIFERA. 443
SuBkINGDOM PROTOZOA.
Crass RHIZOPODA.
Order RETICULATA.
(Foraminifera. )
Suborder _IMPpruRFoRaATA.
Family Mrrronipa.
Ress, Spee pat References to Williamson’s ‘ Monograph.’
k |
Cornuspira, Schultze. bien: _ Names. Figures.
foliacea, Philippi .... |Spirillina foliacea ................ 199-201,
Binocutma, D’ Orb. ‘ EN
ringens, Lamk. ...+.. |Biloculina ringens .,..,........... 169-171.
depressa, D’Ord....... 33 var. carinata :.. 172-174.
elongata, D’Ord. .... 3 var. Patagonica..| 175&176.
siilareien 170 O) pie arin inion neon iicaaninr acich 7) Srokereet, Tara Ay ror co aie
COVEN ANA, PIIOTB. teis sos. \eieieneatGvelnia Ve vaya fle eas m0 Woe rwin cee y Wade vols
Sprrotocuina, D’Orb. .. |
limbata, D’Orb....... Spiroloculina depressa ........0005 177,
planulata, Lamk. i » var. rotundata | 178.
canaliculata, D’ Ord. Fy » var. eymbium 179.
meoweavan, 2) OrD. vases. | sarniewinn 4 Bitar erabed Mats awe op xwieuel «eke. 8 hw LA REE sunrot
TriLocurixa, D’ Orb.
trigonula, Lamk...... Miliolina trigonula .........0.005 180-182.
oblonga, Montagu .... | MGliolina seminulum, yar. oblonga ..| 1864187.
RRICOMIAtA MR OLOPO: 05 | ogee valdenes CROCS RON Bag cece 4
QuinquELocuurina, D’ Ord. : :
seminulum, Zinn. .... | miliolina seminulum.............. | 183-185.
RULLOUMNCAEDLONED TIES >. (|) Soren teeso si qcoheiayagerodiovads's ie eeigiSete w Adal Latent etees
bicornis, W. & J. Miliolinerbicemnid tt cc. sos ce gs cee’ 190-194,
secans, D’Orb. oi... a seminulum, var. disciformis | 188 &189.
Ferussacii, D’Orb..... iy bicornis, var. angulata,...} 196.
ene Be lle AL . ics MMIM ante «vrai yeconmcreg. o Soria ka8 sas bt. kefevos sae
Family Lirvorms.
TrocuamMra, P. & J.
mcerta, D' Ores. .....'. Spirillina arenacea............, rior sleet
inflata, Montagu...... votalima inflate vaea ce oss sp etter 6 93 & 94.
Lirvona.
RCOUDIMCUS LONE ONGn a, I) cedtaslen eae Weghgales = vw ste cea ected Sheree
Canariensis, D’Orb. .. | Nonionina Jeffreysii .............. 72 & 73
Varvuina, D’Orb.
PUISLI AGH EM ORO a) ERO CAIN FUSCA) cota s detelelalel viele gy ley] 114.8115.
Suborder Perrorata.
Family Lacenipa.
Laarna, Walker. |
(| Lagena vulgaris, var. striata........ 10,
sulcata, W & J. wa 5 ae A var. interrupta ....| 11.
eee TESS ee ch " var. perlucida, parte! 8.
Entosolenia costata ............05 18.
levis, Montagu ji) Lagena vulearis’...........s0yeeus 5 & 5a,
; wpe wtare I = ms war. clavate sachs {shea Gs
- Lagena vulgaris, var. gracilis ....,.| 12 & 13.
striata, Montagu...... vee : var. substriata ... 14,
AA
REPORT—1867,.
Genera, Species, and
Varieties.
Lagena, Walker.
semistriata, Will.
globosa, Montagu .
marginata, Montagu ..
ornata, Wrll.
pulchella, Brady......
squamosa, Montagu
melo; Orb. iit. sales
caudata, D’Orb.......
distoma, P. § J.......
crenata, P.§ J.......
Jeffreysiil, Brady ....
Noposaria, Lamk.
longicauda, D’ Orb.
raphanistrum, Linn. ..
pyrula, D’ Orb.
| DentTALina. D’ Orb.
VaGinvina, D’ Orb.
legumen, Linn.
linearis, Montagu
CrISTELLARIA, Lamk.
Marerutina, D'Orb.
Linevutina, D’Orb.
carinata, D’ Orb.
GuanpuLina, D’ Orb.
leevigata, D’ Orb.
Potymorpuina, D’ Orb.
lactea, WW. § J.
acuminata, FV.
oblonga, Brown
concaya, Wil.
tubulosa, D’ Orb.
myristiformis, Will.
| UVIGERINA, D’Orb.
| OrBuLina, D’ Orb.
Sprrituina, Lhrenb.
viv ae Ehrenb.
communis, D’Orb....
obliqua, D’Orb. .....
rotulata, Zamk. .....
crepidula, F. & M...
ibheranepy OM OT OMA aan.
compressa, D’ Orb. ...
pygmeea, D’Orb......
angulosa, WALLA sitios
uniyersa, D’Orb. ....
—“——.
| Spirillina perforata...........-.-..
Names.
Lagena vulgaris, var. semistriata. .
oh var. perlucida, parte
Entosolenia globosa
Entosolenia marginata
a a yar. lucida ..
is var. quadrata
Entosolenia marginata, var. ornata .
var. la genoides
” ”
| Entosolenia squamosa ............|
oF » var. scalariformis.
» Var. hexagona .
Entosolenia squamosa, var. catenulata
Entosolenia glcbosa, var. lineata .... |
PO te CNT AC Ce ICN MC IAT CRSA Yh Fla)
CeCe
Nodosaria radicula........... 02 4:
Dentalina subarcuata, var. jugosa
Nodosaria pyrula
eee ee ee rete e ewes
Dentalina subarcuata.............. .
s) var. jugosa ....
Dentalina legumen................ |
bn a var. linearis. .
Cristellaria calcar
» var. rotifer
Cristellaria calear, var. oblonga
5 subarcuatula .........: |
rr)
Cristellaria subarcuatula, var. elongata
Tingulina carinata <0... se ate lee
Polymorphina lactea, parte. ........
Polymorphina lactea, parte. ........
communis
Polymorphina lactea, var.
” yy «VAT.
c » Var. concava ..
» var. fistulosa ..
Polymor phina myristiformis........
acuminata
oblonga ..
Uvigerina pygmirea, ewes. cesses.
e angulosa
amily GLoBIGERINIDA.
Orbulina universa
References to Williamson's ‘ Monograph,
Figures.
9
"fp
15 & 16,
19-21.
22 & 23.
27 & 28,
eee eens
ee ee eee
——_
145.
146 & 147.
153-155.
148.
149&149a.
151 & 152.
150.
156. & 157.
158&159.
140.
ON THE SHETLAND FORAMINIFERA. 4A5
pore Fe ay and References to Williamson’s ‘ Monograph.’
GuopicERina, D’Orb. Names. Figures.
bulloides, D'Orb. .... | Globigerina bulloides..........+0- 116-118.
Textuaria, Defrance.
abilis, Will Textularia variabilis ...........++. 162 & 163.
EO eo eka ee haa 4 » var. levigata..| 168.
emea, D'Orb. .... ” a yar. spathulata 164. & 165.
ditformis, D’Orb. .... “ oh var. difformis..| 166&167.
sagittula, Defrance. .. | Textularia cuneiformis .........++ 158 & 159.
trochus, D’Orb....... cr 5 var. conica ..| 160&161.
BieEnertna, D’ Orb.
Pecgtatas FY Orb, a2). | nies seein ates video ese salsine vin etal] o wee ge pe
nodosaria, D’ Orb. 0... |eccseeeesseceecesencncereeecenee | sseegees
VERNEUILINA, D’ Orb. tie sat
: +s scabra, pl. 6 :
polystropha, Reuss .... Bulimina arene: pl. 98 ictal. ake 136 & 137.
Boutmima, D' Orb.
pupoides, D’Orb. .... Bulimina pupoides .........0000055 124& 125.
marginata, D’Orb..... mn » var.marginata ....| 126&127.
aculeata, D’Orb. .... “ 5 var. spinulosa...... 128.
ovata, D’Orb. .......- . ,, var. fusiformis ....| 129& 130,
conyoluta, Will. ...... I » var. convoluta...... 132 & 133.
elegantissima, D’Orb., | Bulimina elegantissima........++++ 134& 135,
Vireuira, D’ Orb.
Schreibersii, Czjzek. .. | Buiimina pupoides, var. compressa . . 131.
Botrvina, D’Orb.
pamctatd, BY Orb... 6 | wntee cee ene rs seeeuegserebopemers| ongeteess
Cassiputrna, D’Orb.
levigata, D’Orb. .... | Cassidulina laevigata .....--.++0+- 141 & 142.
crassa, D’Orb......... s ObbuUsa/S sera telat anette 143 & 144.
Discorsina, P. § J.
rosacea, D’Orb....... Rotalina mamilla ........0++eee5: 109-111.
ochracea, Will. ...... “i ochracea 2.26.66 s este ees 112 & 118.
globularis, D’ Orb. .... “ concamerata (young)...... 104 & 106.
Beriheloti; DOP0.. «0. | en ncine seein edacure cess nso see cin | ean cnina
PLanorBuina, D’ Orb.
Mediterranensis, D’Ord | Planorbulina vulgaris .......+.++- 119 & 120.
Pinidingerti, D'Orbi (200 Ve ee aah ies ies ol ale Siaeenlg a | old Giles
Ungeriana, D’ Orb... [ove ce eect cence scene ee telen ete Lo ecw eens
Truncatutina, D’ Orb.
lobatula, Walker .... | Truncatulina lobatula ........++-- 121-123.
refulgens, Montfort .. 0 | owccsesceecrenvceeesetnenceesecee | receeees
Anomatina, D’ Orb.
oho E NGM ce fe eter t he cn cenganemcem aston sme | erases Ss
Pourvinutina, P. § J.
repanda, #. § Df. .... | Rotalina concamerata ......+++++- 101-103.
auricula, F.§ M. .... + (lower "Sragccbade rons CoN 98-100.
concentrica, P.G& J. 1. | ..eee eens petes Postrel hvencte (areere UA | my blecegetiohars
Ri ester Leereee 4 cietols ciated xtaSialem sim o ua pialeste ni sien nay nt hee cing
Rora.ta.
Beccarii, Linn. ...... Rotalina Beccarii ........--e sree 90-92.
nitida, Will. ........ € 70115 (3 Eat een Se .....{| 106-108.
Brbiculatise 2) Orgies |ee tender ands ls te ws cee ss eee | ys He slain
Trnoporvs, Montfort.
TEACHES at lt Gets Gn rican hac O00 Ce 0 Cea Oe Oc ct Ma a
PATELLINA, Will.........
corrugata, WWill....... Patellina corrugata .......+5++++- 86-89.
446 REPORT—1867.
Family NumMvriyipa.
eg a eis a References to Williamson's ‘ Monograph.’
Nunsmurima, D’ Orb. Names. Figures.
radiata, F.§ W....... Nummulina planatula ......... en (A LOE
Oprrcuina, D’ Ord.
ammonoides, Gron. .. Nonionina elegans .,....0....0000> 74.&75.
PoLysTOMELLA.
crispa, Linn. ........ Polystomella crispa ...ssseeeseees 78-80.
Phap-polictate, RGM, || Polystomella umbilicatula ........ - 81& 82.
BRED PHUDCIALA, 'rF2e? 1 | Polystomella 2 yar. incerta} 82a.
areca, PG To sis... | cena seeeasetecese de decd ns ot Pes VS nen ©
Nonronrna, D’ Orb.
turgida, Will.......5. Rotelina tureida: i... ssw NENG a 95-97.
umbilicatula, Montagu. eee arg fees SFI 2 hein: 68 & 69.
=e Nonionina umbilicatula, p. 97 .,.. =
depressula, W.§ J. .. Nonionina crassula, p. oy aetacti non 70871
peapha, FG M. 11... | occ e eee cece centres secceesbons | bayas ;
stelligera, D’Orb, 0... 0 [vce c eee eee eee cece vee ete econ | bene ees
Appendix to the Fourth Report on Dredging among the Shetland Isles. Addi-
tions to the British Fauna. By Dy. Atserr Gtyruer, F.R.S.
AurnoucE we are very well acquainted with the marine fishes inhabiting the
shores of Great Britain and Ireland, our knowledge of the pelagic and deep-
sea forms is extremely scanty. Of the Dealfish (Z'rachypterus areticus), a
fish by no means uncommon in the northern and eastern seas of Scotland, I
have never seen a British example in a good state of preservation. Now and
then, after the gales of the vernal equinox, a mutilated specimen of the
Ribbonfish (Regalecus Banksii) is drifted ashore, rarely to fall into the
hands of a naturalist, generally to be cut up as bait for the lobster-pot.
The British species of Leptocephalus is not better known than the allied forms
from the Mediterranean and tropical seas. Others, like Centrolophus, are
known from single examples only. Their development, as well as that of
many of the more common forms which spawn in the open or deep sea, is
perfectly unknown.
Tn secking information concerning this part of the British fauna, we are
not hunting after a shadow: there is evidence enough to show that the
depths of the British seas are inhabited by a fish-fauna very different from
that of the coasts, and that this fauna is composed of two elements—first, of
those which may be regarded as indigenous, and, secondly, of such forms as
are frequently, perhaps constantly, carried by currents from more southern
parts of the Atlantic northwards, even to the coasts of Norway (Antennarius,
Batrachus, Bery«)—not to mention those fishes which by their strong power
of swimming are enabled to reach our shores in their migrations, as Ausonia.
The causes of our incomplete knowledge of these fishes are evident: zoo-
logists were either not aware of the existence of such a fauna, or satisfied
with the stray specimens thrown in their way by accident; while the diffi-
culties surrounding the examination of the deep-sea fishes are so great as to
render all progress in attaining to a knowledge of them extremely slow.
Still it may be hoped that, after the attention of naturalists has been directed
to the subject, no opportunity will be lost of advancing it.
ON ADDITIONS TO THE BRITISH FAUNA. 447
Such an opportunity occurred to Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, who, during his ex-
ploration of the marine invertebrate fauna of the Shetland Islands, preserved the
specimens of fishes which were brought up in the dredge from a depth of from
80 to 90 fathoms. Small as the number of specimens is, the result of their
examination proved to be most interesting and satisfactory, inasmuch as they
belong to four species new to the British fauna, two being new to science,
viz. Ammodytes siculus (Swains.), Motella macrophthalma (sp. n.), Calliony-
mus maculatus (Bonap.), and Gobius Jeffreysit (sp. n.). On former occa-
sions I have pointed out that the geographical range of deep-sea fishes
appears to be extended in proportion to the vertical depth inhabited by them,
and that they are either distinguished by an increased size of the eye to col-
lect as many rays of light as possible, or by a rudimentary condition of that
organ, as is the case with fishes inhabiting caves. This is in some measure
verified by the species collected by Mr. Jeffreys, which, however, it must be
remembered, inhabit a much less depth than Regalecus, Plaqyodus, &e. Two
of them (Callionymus maculatus and Ammodytes siculus) were previously
known as occurring in the Mediterranean; and the eyes of three of them
are conspicuously larger than in their congeners (Ammodytes lancea, Callio-
nymus lyra, and Motella tricirrata).
1, Anmodytes siculus (Swains.).
(Smooth Sand-Launce, )
This species was hitherto known from Sicily only. For description see
Giinth. Fish. iv. p. 386.
2. Motella macrophthalua.
(Large-eyed Rockling.)
Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, vol. xx. p. 290, pl. 5. fig. B.
This species has three barbels, one at each of the anterior nostrils and one
at the chin. It is distinguished from specimens of the same size of the
other three-bearded species by its large eye, the diameter of which, in the
specimen obtained, is as long as the snout, one-fourth of the length of the
head, and much longer than the width of the interorbital space. The teeth
of the mandible are very unequal in size, some being canine-like. The ante-
rior ray of the rudimentary first dorsal fin is about as long as theeye. D,. 55,
A.55. Back with narrow brownish cross bars.
Three inches long.
The figure quoted represents the specimen of the natural size. For the sake
of comparison the figure of the head of Motella tricirrata (B') has been added.
3. Callionymus maculatus, Bonap.
(The. Southern Dragonet.)
Giinth. 7. ¢. p. 290, pl. 5. fig. A.
This species is common in the Mediterranean ; but it has been also ob-
served on the coast of Norway. It is easily recognized by the shortness of
the snout relatively to the diameter of the eye.
4. Gobius Jeffreysii.
D.6|10. A.9. L. lat. 30.
Giinth. 7. ¢. p. 290, pl. 5. fig. C.
Body as deep as broad anteriorly, its greatest depth being one half of the
length of the head, which is two-sevenths of the total (without caudal).
Head depressed, broader than high, its greatest width being two-thirds of its
length. Snout of moderate extent, though shorter than the eye; lower jaw
ee a ae ee ae eee ee) ee a
448 REPORT—1867.
projecting beyond the upper. Eyes very close together, large, their diame-
ter being two-sevenths of the length of the head. Dorsal fins higher than
the body; the second dorsal spine more or less prolonged. ‘The pectoral and
ventral fins reach equally far backwards, to the vent. A series of five
rounded blackish spots along the lateral line, the last being on the root of
the caudal fin. Dorsal fins with series of black spots; outer half of the anal
blackish. A blackish bar below the eye.
Three specimens, two inches long.
The only British species with which this Goby might be confounded, and
to which it is evidently allied, is Gobius rhodopterus (Gthr.) ; however, this
latter species is said to have the interorbital space broader, its width being
equal to one half of the diameter of the eye (Cuv. & Val. xii. p. 50); and
M‘Coy, who examined two Irish examples, describes the snout as ‘‘ very
short, tumid, and convex,” which character cannot be applied to G. Jef-
freysti.
Second Report of the Rainfall Committee, consisting of J. GuAisHER,
F.R.S., Lord Wrorrestry, F.R.S., Prof. Puriuirs, F.R.S., J. F.
Bateman, F.R.S., R. W. Mytne, F.R.S., C. Brooxn, F.R.S., T.
Hawsstey, C.E., and G. J. Symons, Secretary.
Your Committee consider it will be convenient that the present Report should
be so arranged as readily to compare with the previous one; the different
branches of rainfall investigation are therefore classed under the same head-
ings as in the last Report, and new branches are noticed subsequently.
1. Extraction and Classification of published Records.—This very important
work, which was temporarily suspended to allow of more urgent matters
being pressed on, has now been resumed, and will be steadily pursued ; it may
be desirable to state that its completion must not be expected for some few
years ; the labour involved is excessive, but time and perseverance will ensure
the accomplishment of the work, a work not for present use alone, but of the
greatest service to all future inquirers.
2. Examination of Rain-gauges.—Steady progress has been made in this
matter, Mr. Symons having during the year visited and tested sixty gauges ;
full details of the examinations are annexed to this Report. By reference to
the list of stations in the British Association Report, 1865, pp. 192-242, it
will be seen that nearly every gauge in the counties of Kent and Sussex has
been visited and tested.
3. Inclined and Tipping Funnelled Gauges.—These instruments were fully
described in the last Report; Mr. Chrimes, who kindly undertook the entire
cost of the erection and maintenance of these instruments, has continued the
observations, which it affords us much pleasure to state will shortly be
examined by Professor Phillips.
4. Influence of River Mists on the Amount of Rain collected.—This question
remains exactly in the same position as at the ‘time of our last Report, since
the following suggestion, thrown out by Mr. Symons in “*‘ British Rainfall,
1866,” p. 7, has met with no response, “I feel rather beaten by these diffi-
culties, and do not see how to solve the original proposition of determining
the influence of river mists on the amount of rain collected, unless it be by
transferring the Shepperton gauges to some flat dry district, tolerably uniform
in its level, with a large piece of ornamental water, and then the gauge
| ry |
|
T.WLowry fe. 4
ON THE RAINFALL IN THE BRITISH ISLES. 449
might either be placed on an island, if free from trees, or float moored in the
centre of a pond or lake. If any observer can offer these conditions, I shall
gladly place the instruments at his service, as the expediency of con-
tinuing them in their present state seems doubtful.”
5. Additional Rain-gauges in Derbyshire.—The remarkable geological
formation of this beautiful county has specially marked it out as a field of
rainfall research ; some valuable but fragmentary observations were made by
Mr. Bateman on the rainfall in the neighbourhood of the Peak, and obserya-
tions have long been taken at Combs Moss, Chapel-en-le-Frith, Woodhead,
and other stations in the N.W. of the county; from 1761 to 1813 a very
regular record was kept at Chatsworth ; for a quarter of a century Mr. Davis
has been observing with great care at Derby, having been preceded in the
same town by Mr. Swanwick, who also observed for twenty-five. years at the
beginning of the century. From this it may be inferred that the mean fall,
and the secular variation of annual fall, at certain points in the county are
pretty well determined ; but hitherto we have had little or no information as
to the relative fall in different parts of the county, and specially in that most
interesting district which lies between Ambergate and Rowsley, having Mat-
lock for its centre. Cordially assisted by the Hon. and Rev. O. W. Forester,
the Rev. J. M. Mello, and Mr. Davis of Derby, we have the pleasure of
noticing considerable progress in the investigation of this question. There
are still deficiencies in some parts of the county which we purpose bringing
before the residents so as to render the cordon of stations complete.
6. Additional Gauges in the Lake-district—The erection of any more
rain-gauges in the English Lakes may at first sight appear superfluous and
undesirable, but a little explanation will, we think, convince all that their
organization by Mr. Symons is a most important step in rainfall work. Up
to 1844 we believe no greater annual fall than 90 inches had been recorded
in any part of the British Isles. Dr. Miller, of Whitehaven, planted a gauge
at Ennerdale Lake in November 1843, and yearly increased and varied his
stations until the fall in the valleys of Wastdale and Borrowdale, and “ Sea-
thwaite” and “The Stye,” became with meteorologists as well known as
London or Dundee. In 1853 these. were all discontinued, save those in
charge of Mr. Dixon at Seathwaite and the Stye. In 1864 Isaac Fletcher,
Esq., F.R.S., of Tarn Bank, reorganized the stations in these valleys, while
some of the other valleys were taken charge of by other observers ; this being
the condition of affairs in Cumberland, and Captain Mathew haying at the same
time undertaken to investigate the fall of rain in the Snowdonian range, Mr.
Symons felt that this was an especially eligible time for examining if the
remarkable falls* so clearly proved to exist in the vicinity of Scawfell extend
far therefrom ; and for this purpose he devoted nearly two months last autumn
to personally superintending the erection of gauges in parts of the Lake-
district far removed from the sites of the other gauges, out of the ordinary
routes of tourists, and, as some would have thought, out of the district of re-
markable rains. The results of these observations will be fully noticed in
our next Report.
7. Percentage of Annual Rain which falls Monthly in different localities —
Under the head of “ Extraction and Classification of published Records,” we
have explained that all available returns of the fall of rain at any time, and
in any part of the British Isles, are being carefully collected. These returns
are tabulated on sheets, whereof a facsimile is appended to this Report, and
* In 1866 the enormous fall of 225 inches was measured at the Stye.
24
450 REPORT—1867.
of which about 300 are perfectly filled, as is Table I,, and between 4000
and 5000 are in process of filling. It must not be supposed that this large
Table I.
RAINFALL AT KENDAL.
Observer, S. Marshall, Esq. Authority, WS. Retwrn.
Rain- f By Mr. Marshall.
gauge. | Diameter, 8in. Height above Ground, 4 ft.6in. Above Mean Sea-level, 149 ft.
Wearit!:i22.4 1830.| 1831.) 1832.) 1833.| 1834.| 1835.| 1836.| 1837.| 1838. | 1839. || Means.
January ...| °43| 1°62} 2°28} 1°63 |14°76| 5°35| 3°94] 3°43| I°71 | 5°32 4°047
February +) 4°77 | 8:21 | 4°26) 4°58} 5°72} 8°82] 3°92| 5°84] ror | 5°74 5°287
March...... 5°05 | 6:03] 3°55| 2°07] 5:17] 5°05| 6°34] 1°98] 4:00 | 6°07 4°531
Mipril~ tee 5°66 | 2°44| 2°23] 3°75] 104] 1°59| 2°84] 1°61] 2°95 | 1°26 2°537
Maye (x28: 2°83} °72| 160} 2°53] 1°64] 3:06] ‘05} 1°20] 2°73 "71 1°647
UNE 5 iovexec 5°29 | 2°68] 4°64. 7°72) 6°70| 1°25} 8:00] 3°61] 2°89 | 3°10 4°588
SUVs eee acs 4°96| 4°08| 2°64 2°23] 5°05| 6°26] 9:05] 4°73| 6°07 | 8-46 5°353
August ...| 4°22] 3°90] 4°43] 1°97| 6:17| 3°11] 3°76] 3°11 | 7°63 | 7°28 4°558
September .} 8-03} 6°39] 2°30] 3°53] 4°91] 7°81] 5°90] 4°18] 2°71 | 7°44 5°320
October ...| 4°69 x1°81 | 8°35] 3°75] 4°72| 4°39} 3°97] 5°32] 7°03 | 3°30 || 5°733
November .|10"02 | 8°56! 5°37| 7°44.) 4°21] 6°31] 8°01} 6°18} 4°03 | 4°35 6'448
December ..| 2°08 | 4°98} 8°04 |14'22| 5°05] 2°89] 8°55] 7°20] 3°58 | 4°94 6°153
Totals ...|58°03 |61"42 |49°69 |55°42 |65°14 |55°89 |64°33 |48°39 | 45°74 | 57°97 || 56202
proportion of incomplete sheets implies imperfect registers, such is not the
case; the appearance depends on the fact that, for facility of reference and
entry, it was necessary to make all the forms commence with some uniform
date, and as the observations were of course commenced in various years,
there thus (temporarily) appear to be far more fragmentary registers than
there really are. The register sheets, it will be seen, are to a considerable
extent self-proving, while the decennial period possesses advantages which
are self-evident. These sheets form the basis of the investigation now to
be described. It will be seen that the last column in the register sheet gives
the mean fall in the month and in the year; the former divided by the latter
(the decimal being of course shifted).gives the percentage, of the yearly
amount, which fell in each month. The computations are at present only
Table II.—Monthly Percentage of Mean Annual Rainfall, England,
in the years 1850-59.
Mean 15 in. | 20in. | 25in. |Z301in.| 35 in. | goin. | 45 in. | 5oin. Mean of
Annual to to is to : to to to to Aueve all
Fall from | 20 in. | 25 in. | 30 in. | 45 in.| 40 in. | 45 in. | 50 in. | 60 in. | °° ™* |] Stations.
January...| 7°7 re) 8:8 94. | 10°3 | 114. 9°3 | 118 | I4'0 10°08
February...) 4°7 4°9 BO. | 5:0 1|p acs Tee 77 Ges 94 6°52
Maree ese ee Seas | eb TOS | og | GME eg 5°79
April ...... 6°9 7'I 72 ge V5 68 56 6°5 5°6 6°64.
Misty esos: Ve} 79 75 | 64 | 6:0 5°9 4°9 5°5 41 6°17
June ...... 8-7 91 Sr | 83] 84 77 9°4. 75 6°4, 8°18
July co D2t4. leno. |} Tr], 8-7 83 ahd 9°4 77 70 g'22
August ...| 11°38 | 10°6 96 | 9°31 8:9 8:6 | 10'9 8:8 gl 9°73
September.) 9°3 9'0 89 | 88] 83 76 8°6 a 71 8:41
October ...| 10°7 | 11°38 | 12°6 | 12°r | 11°8 | xo'g | FO'Q | 10°7 9°9 1I‘'27
November.) 8°9 8°5 910 | Ott 3°8 92 37 go 89 8°89
December..| 6°3 63 Maa OL A) Or2..\\ TO 93 | 1170 | 12°6 g'I0
Stations...) 4 29 28 10 6 4 2 3 3 89
a
ON THE RAINFALL IN THE BRITISH ISLES. 451
complete for England and for the ten years 1850-59 inclusive. The results
are so striking and seem likely to have such an important bearing on ques-
tions of water supply, and (probably to a less extent) on agricultural matters,
that we think it would be wrong to suppress them because we hope to report
fully on the subject next year, and that we shall best discharge our duty by
reporting the facts which have been ascertained, but prefixing the caution
that although these deductions are based on daily observations for ten years
at each of ninety stations, yet that this apparently firm basis is by no means
unassailable ; the laws that hold good in one ten years may not be so mark-
edly confirmed by other ten years, and those which hold south of the Tweed
may be reversed or modified in the sister countries. Table II. indicates the
results at present obtained.
8. Approximate Determination of the Height of Rain-gauge Stations above
Sea-level_—There having been very many stations (perhaps 500 out of a
total of 1500) the altitude of which above the mean level of the sea was un-
known, considerable attention has been given to the determination of this
important element. Before noticing the steps we haye recently taken, it
may be well to state briefly what is meant by the apparently simple term
“‘height above mean sea-level,” and to what extent this information is ob-
tainable. ‘‘ Mean sea-level,” otherwise called “ Ordnance Datum,” is the
mean height of the sea as recorded by the tide-gauge erected at Liverpool by
the Ordnance Survey Department, and it is the zero from which all their
altitudes are measured. ‘he altitudes determined by the Ordnance Depart-
ment have been published in two forms—(1) in works entitled « Abstracts of
Spirit Levelling in England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland,” wherein, as
the title implies, are given the heights of certain marks, called Benchmarks,
(ZIX) cut on milestones and other permanent objects along some of the
principal roads in the British Isles; (2) in the maps on the 6-inch (and now
on some of the 1-inch) scale the altitude of many points are given, and
contour lines are also marked. This excellent system being in operation, it
may be asked why this Committee have done anything in the matter; the
reply is very simple and, we think, conclusive. We have not attempted in
any way to supplant or encroach on the functions of the Ordnance Depart-
ment; but we have called the attention of our observers to the benefit de-
rivable from levelling to the nearest marks, sometimes on their own lodge-
gates, yet unknown to them. In this way we have endeavoured to popularize
and extend the benefits conferred by these government levels. But there are
many places ten, fifteen, or more miles from the nearest benchmark, and for
the benefit of observers thus situate, the following arrangements were made.
Notice was sent to about 800 rainfall observers that they would be doing
good service by taking careful readings of their barometers thrice daily (9 a.M.,
3p.m., and 9 p.m.) for ten days, May 24th to June 2nd, 1867, entering them
on a printed form sent with the notice, and when filled returning the same to
Mr. Symons. These documents were then sorted into two groups, the one
comprising only returns from stations at which the index-error of the baro-
meter and its height above the mean level of the sea were known, and the
other group comprising those stations of which the height was unknown.
The returns having been carefully cleared of all errors, intercomparison of the
ultimate results has given us a secondary series of altitudes probably correct
to 10 or 20 feet, heimg accurate enough for, all rainfall purposes, these being
also available as primary stations should a repetition of the process be
necessary at any future time.
24H 2
452 REPORT— 1867.
EXAMINATION OF
d g
24/ 8s § &
- Q=) 70
g S| 2 é County. Name of age | cre and z z Makers animate 5
2A) Se ; aoe a
Og Ag 5° a'S
t= 2
oat 8 o An
1866.
167.| Aug. 16,.| Cumberland ...... Borrowdale, Seathwaite, Mrs.| III. | Potter ............ 9 a.m,
Abberley.
168.) Aug. 28.| Nottingham ,..... Nottingham, Welford Bridge,| X. | Negretti& Zambra] 9 a.m.
R. W. Mylne, Esq.
|
169.| Aug. 31.| Derby......,.....-..| Chapel-en-le-Frith, M.S. & L. R.| VIII. | Casarfelli ......... g a.m,
170.| Sept. 18.| Cumberland ,,.... Derwent Island, H. C. Marshall,| ITI | Casella ............ 9 a.m.
Esq.
171.| Sept. 18.; Cumberland ..... Keswick, Crow Park, H. C.| XII. | Casella ............/month-
Marshall, Esq. ly.
172.| Sept. 19.) Cumberland ...... Borrowdale, Seathwaite, I. See | Cooke......... +ee--(Month-
Fletcher, Esq., F.R.S., Mrs. | page ly.
Abberley. 466.
173-| Sept. 19.} Cumberland ...,., Keswick, Greta Bank, T. S. | III. | Dixey........ Sess iee|occesavem
Spedding, Esq.
174.| Sept. 24.! Westmoreland ...) Patterdale, W. Marshall, Esq....) XII. | Casella ......... ../weekly,
175.| Sept. 24.] Westmoreland ,,,| Greenside, Stang End, W. Mar- | XII. | C
shall, Esq., J. Barningham.
RAIN-GAUGES.
feet.
422
go
965
240
260
422
°
a
377
490
Scale-
point.
APWUNK PON H
ON KAO H
~
APONS HAG NH
Nwewo
nOoON
99
water.
Grains,
530
1050
1525
2010
2500
1000
1950
3000
3905
4900
580
1090
2000
25co
4900
ON THE RAINFALL IN THE BRITISH ISLES,
Equivalents of | Error at
scale-point,
specified in
previous
column.
—"002
—"005
—"002
—'007
—‘ool
+'oor
correct
+°oo1
+ oor
+'oo1
—*002
—‘oor
correct
+'006
correct
+ oor
—"co2
—‘ool
correct
— "004.
—‘007
—‘o1o
—'008
—‘oll
+-oor
+008
+:018
—"CO5
—"cog
— "003
correct
+'003
—"003
—‘ool
—"009
— ‘oor
— "004,
—‘olo
—‘o12
—"'oc6
—"co7
—"004.
453
Remarks on position, &e.
|
|
Gauge was tested in 1862 (see No.8) and
the funnel remains unaltered; but the
glass had been broken and a new one
(rather incorrect) supplied. [This has
been in turn supplanted by another
perfectly accurate one.—Nov. 1866.]
In railed enclosure, about 3ft.6in. high
and 6 ft. square. Mr. Mylne ordered
it to be cut down to 2 ft., the position
will then be unexceptionable, just
above the level of the highest floods
in the Trent, from which it is only
200 yards distant.
Clear open position, on the slope of a
hill just above the top of the inclined
plane.
The island is so thickly wooded no very
open spot can be found; when visited
there were some flowers 3 ft. high,
2 ft. S.E. of the gauge, and a tree 60 ft.
high about 40 ft. 8.W.; the results
are checked by No. 171.
On the circular knoll, formerly known
as the racecourse an exposed position
quite clear of trees. A number IX.
gauge is in the same railed enclosure
with this gauge, and both are read.
Placed close to No. 8 for comparison
therewith. Gauge identical with
those placed by Mr. Fletcher at
ft.
Scawfell Pike ... 3200
ft.
Sprinkling Tarn 1985
Esk Hause ...... 2550 Me y
osedale ......... 624
Great End _...... 2982 | Styehead Tarn... 1472
Wasdale Head... 247 | The Stye ......... 1077
Brant Rigg ...... 695 | Stonethwaite ... 330
In flower-garden, and quite bedded
in geraniums ; asked that it might be
moved to a clearer spot. There was
also a tree 60 ft. high about 40 ft.
distant in E.
In railed enclosure in a field at the
head of Ullswater, a capital open
position. A number IX. gauge has
been in the same enclosure for some
years, but I could not learn how long
it had been given up; it was not in
use when visited.
On a shelf-like ledge of rock, quite over-
hung by other rocks; a bad position.
Scale-point equivalents not certain ;
it was raining hard and blowing a
gale, so that it was not easy to hold
Reference
number.
167.
170.
171.
173.
174.
175.
Ab A REPORT—1867.
EXAMINATION OF
= r=
8 8
3 5 Se Name of station, owner, and S & Care
ate 2 4 County. chaaten & | Maker'sname. | ° 2
Meal As Su ard
pa 3 a” as
1866.
176.| Sept. 25.) Cumberland ...... Ullswater, Hallsteads, A. Mar-| TX. | Marshall & Co. ...|!month-
shall, Esq. ly.
177.| Sept. 26.) Cumberland ...... Ullswater, Watermillock, W.} IX. | Marshall & Co....:month-|
Marshall, Esq. ly.
178.| Oct. 5., Westmoreland ...| Ambleside, Loughrigg, E.B.W.| X. | Negretti & Zambra) 9 a.m.
Balme, Esq.
179.| Oct. 5.) Lancashire......... Coniston, R. J. Bywater, Esq. XI. | Negretti & Zambra).........
180. Oct. 8.) Westmoreland ...| Troutbeck, The Howe, Admiral | VITI.| Marshall, Kendal |.........
Wilson.
181.| Oct. 16.) Westmoreland ...| Lowther Castle, Earl Lonsdale. | X. | Pastorelli
Rd2:|\ Oct 13.) Work wseeccssece< === York, Coney Street, Mr. Sigs-| IIT. | Cooke............+:- ga.m.
worth.
183. Oct. 18.) Westmoreland ...| Penrith, Great Strickland, H.| XI. | Negretti& Zambra).........
H. Plummer, Esq.
|
}
184.) Oct. 19.| Westmoreland ...| Penrith, Brougham Hall, Lord | II.
Brougham, Mr, Campbell.
ON THE RAINFALL IN THE BRITISH ISLES.
RAIN-GAUGES (continued).
Height of
iameters
(those
marked
mean).
M
D
in.
9°99
10°00
10°00
10°02
M 10002
10°02
10°00
9°98
10°00
M 10°00
797
Ree
8:02
8:00
M 8-000
4°98
5°93
5°00
5°02
M 5'007
8:03
799
8:00
797
M 7°998
8:02
8:03
797
794
M 7°990
4°98
5°05
5°01
4°97
M 5003
5°03
4°98
Neer
5700
M 5:008
12°00
12°08
12°02
12°10
M 12°005
Equivalents of
water.
oa Grains.
in.
‘I 1300
2, 2620
23 3800
"4 5080
aE 6370
‘or 50
i fe) 500
*20 1000
730 etele
"40 1980
"50 2480
‘OI 110
or 1254.
) 2520
*3 3800
ou 1290
Bi; 2560
“3 3880
"4 5100
5 6430
“ 500
2 10co
53 1490
ey BBs
i.) 2490
on 500
2) 1000
23 wale
4 1980
5 ee
Error at
scale-point,
specified in
previous
column.
—"002
—‘o06
+*ool
correct
— ‘002
correct
—‘oor
—"oor
correct
+002
+ "oor
-+"ool
+ oor
+ ‘oor
correct
—*002
—"002
—*006
—'003
—‘008
—‘ool
—'‘cor
correct
—‘ool
—*002
—‘ool
—‘ool
correct
+002
—‘ool
455
Remarks on position, &e.
the glasses steady, and there was no-
thing to set them down upon.
In a large open field, railed in and in
all respects well placed.
Tn garden §.E. of the house and suffi-
ciently exposed. A few trees, but not
high ones,
On the lawn quite exposed. The posi-
tion is somewhat unusual, the hill
dropping rapidly to E., W., and 8.
from the small plateau on which the
gauge is placed.
On edge of lawn, east side of Coniston
Water, about one mile from its head.
Ground rises gently to the east of
the gauge. No trees near.
On the south side of the valley, + of
a mile W. of Troutbeck Church;
the house is 40 or 50 ft. S. of the
gauge, which is cn the lawn sloping
to the beck.
On a post in the kitchen-garden, clear
of obstructions, save perhaps a few
trees. There was no inside can to
this gauge, and the water running
about the large vessel would doubt-
less be always diminished by evapo-
ration and the difficulty of pouring
out without occasional spilling.
Gauge fastened to a wall close to, and
30 ft. above, the river Ouse. Rather
sheltered in the N. by the houses.
Gauge on lawn well placed, and clear
of all obstacles.
The diameter of lesser tube at top was
4-04in., and the scale (where perfect)
gave about 11-3 in. for each in., there-
fore the gauge was probably correct
when new, but it is very old, and the
cylinder has been repeatedly burst
by frost and soldered up again; the
rod has also been broken and spliced,
Reference
number.
rary
NI
>
iy
178.
179:
180,
181.
182.
183.
134.
456
REPORT—1867.
EXAMINATION OF
g
Chey ot
Be| 25
a5)
1866.
185.| Oct. 20.
186.| Dec. 4.
187.| Dec. 4.
188.| Dec, 6.
189.| Dec. 6.
190.| Dec. 7.
191.| Dec. 7.
192.| Dec. 7.
1867.
193.| May 29
194.! May 30.
.| Sussex *
County.
Cumberland
Sussex
een te ee eaee
Sussex
Sussex
SUSSEX veveovsere
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Sussex
Name of station, owner, and
observer.
Penrith, Edenhall, Mr. Bow-
stead.
Buxted Park, Col. Harcourt,
Mr. Huggate.
Uckfield Observatory, C. L.
Prince, Esq.
...| Maresfield, Forest Lodge, Capt.
Noble.
.| Maresfield, The Rectory, Rev.
BR. Turner,
Uckfield, Moulsey Gore, F.
Bredie, Esq.
Newick, Ketches, Miss Shifner...
Newick, Beechlands, W. Blaaw,
Esq.
Pevensey, M. Vidler, Esq.........|
Beachy Head, Miss W. L. Hall.
Construction
of gauge.
Til.
IV.
TY:
100
Maker’s name.
Newcomb ........
Time of
reading.
eeetereee
Dixey sereoesseeeeee.| 9 aM.
Dixey soossencsvara0-
Negretti & Zambra)........
Negretti & Zambra
Negretti & Zambra
Negretti & Zambra
Casella, sacncrsscers
ga.m,
9 a.m.
ga.m.
9 a.m.
_—T
_ Height
of gauge.
320?
3.0] 104
6 0} 149
= 2 | 263
3 | 172
@ 6; 112
o 8| 192
© 10] 210
Co) Io
ON THE RAINFALL IN THE BRITISH ISLES.
RAIN-GAUGES (continued).
S238
gh 8
awe Il
4°99
4°98
5°00
5°01
M 4995
IE22
1325
II‘oo
11°32
M 117198
Te25
II'21
11'28
I1'20
M 11°235
799
8°00
8°00
8-02
M 8'002
7°97
7°93
7°98
793
M7953
7°98
8-02
8-03
7°98
M 8:003
8°03
$:03
797
7°98
M 8-002
4°98
5°93
5°00
5°00
M 5003
8*00
8*co
8:02
7°92
M 7°985
Equivalents of
water.
Scale-
point.
in.
UBD HULU DS
UPUWUNHAUPONS HUES S HUES SH
Grains,
Heenan were enl eee eeee
Error at
scale-point,
specified in
previous
column.
—‘col
—"oo2
—‘ool
correct
—‘oor
—'oll
—‘o2I
—'031
correct
correct
correct
—‘o02
—'‘oor
—'003
—"002
—'003
correct
correct
+*002
—"004
—"o002
—'006
+'oo1
+:006
+°006
—"005
—"'ool
—*007
correct
—‘ool
—'003
—— “007
correct
— "C03
—"co4.
—'003
—*o02
—‘ool
+ ‘oor
+'002
457
Remarks on position, &e.
and fresh floats have been added from
time to time. I recommended that
a new one should be placed near it,
and the result is that the old one re-
cords nearly 25 per cent. too little,
Sheltered on the E. by a row of elms
about 35 ft. distant, and perhaps 50 ft.
high, All else clear.
Good position in kitchen-garden. When
visited, was found on a pedestal, so
that the funnel was 6 ft. above the
ground, from which pedestal it had
more than once been blown down;
suggested that it should be placed on
the ground ; agreed to.
Good position, in centre of town.
Gauge on a pedestal like No. 186,
but securely fastened. Would be
rather sheltered if lower.
In a railed enclosure around the Ob-
servatory, the nearest angle of which
is only 7ft. distant in N.W. and
14 ft. high.
On lawn, rather sheltered by shrubs in
8. and §.8.W., about 6 ft. high and
6 ft. distant.
Very near to No. 187, in an open field
nearer to the railway.
On lawn, clear of trees, and with a leyel
tract for some distance round.
Ina sunk garden, surrounded by hedges
and the house and trees, but none
are yery close.
On the beach, in a veryexposed position.
Gauge fastened to a short post, and
enclosed by a palisade 6 ft. square
and 3ft. 6 in. high.
...| On the top of Beachy Head, about
100 yards W. of the Coast-guard
Reference
number.
185.
186,
187.
188.
190.
Igl.
192.
193.
194.
458 REPORT—1867.
EXAMINATION OF
: FI
8 gs
8x} SS : = &
= ey Name of station, owner, and Bo 5
Be 24 County. pa £8, | Maker's name.
8 'S)
1867.
195.| May 31.) Sussex ......, se..| Lewes, Glynde Place, Mr.| III. | Bate, Poultry
M‘Leod.
| May 31.| Sussex ....00.0004 Eastbourne, Miss W. L. Hall...) XII. | Casella ...ccsc.00.-|escsceuee
June 1. | Sussex sessssoess. Brighton; | Upper Brunswick + WHI. |js.ccsvcessccuelo.sces.s|tccse cea
Place, Dr. Kebbel.
197.
| June 1. | Sussex .........04 Brighton Water-works, W. | VI. | Crosley .........0-{sec.e
Blaber, Esq.
June 1.} Sussex ...ss..0.00. Brighton Water-works, W. | XII. | Casella .......00...)....00008
Blaber, Esq.
199.
June 1. | Sussex oe... Brighton, Richmond Terrace, | XII. | Private ............[...0.c008
O. Smith, Esq.
200.
201.] June x. | Sussex ............ Brighton, St James Street, H.} III. |............cceeeeeees
Rowley, Esq.
202. June 3.| Sussex ............ Brighton, Eaton Place, Dr. X. | Browning .........
Barker.
203.
SUNG VEsal MSUBKOK uesaccetens Brighton Gas-works............... Walt || Crosley tetera Pe
204.| June 8.| Kent ..........00004 Beckenham, C. O. F. Cator, Esq.| X. | Negretti & Zambra| 9 a.
ON THE RAINFALL IN THE BRITISH ISLES. 459
RAIN-GAUGES (continued).
= > | Equivalents of | Error at
= 23 3 water. scale-point, ( 3 a
as Ba F =a, al Specitied! mm Remarks on position, &e, 2 F
aS Scale- : i oA]
ra) I st | point. Grains. Se sati Z 5
in. in.
4°97 station, and under the care of the
5°02 men on duty. Glass believed to be
M 4993 the same as No.196 ; if so, gauge must
be practically correct.
3-0) 59 5°00 I 500 —‘oor | Ona postin kitchen-garden, an espalier |195.
5°00 2 1020 -~"006 5ft. high 4ft. off in N.E., N., and
5°02 3 1540 —‘ollr N.W., all else clear; suggested re-
4°98 4 2020 —"'007 moval to a more open spot: found
M s'000} °5 2510 — 006 observer’s books badly cast, checked
- them all through, and took copies.
eh ..|' Go 4°98 I 500 —‘oor | In the best practicable position in a |196.
4°99 2 1000 —*002 rather sheltered garden; probably
5°02 3 1480 .| -+-oo1 nothing is more than 45° above the
4°99 ‘4 1980 correct gauge, and the results may be ac-
M 4°995| °5 2470 +:oor cepted.
2 6) 45 TOTO), || 5. ds.05| teeny Beetees| aces dosaracc icc No use at all. The gauge was right |197.
4 I0'00 underneath a sycamore tree, in most | ~
10°05 ridiculous proximity to thestem. No
10°05 further observations will be made.
M to'050
5 6]! 9g0 10°00 *09 2525 —‘o1o | In a capital position on the large lawn |198.
10°00 of the water-works.
10°00
M_10°000
5 7] 90 5°00 ‘ol 50 correct | Near to No. 198, and in an equally |rg9.
5700 | “IO 500 —‘ool good position.
4°99 "20 1000 --'002
M 4°997| °3° | 1490 —‘ool
"40 1980 correct
"50 2480 —‘oor
B07). .58 6:20 $3 2500 —'o28 | Clear position, gauge (as usual with |200,
6:20 6 5000 —"056 privately made ones) very incorrect.
6°20 9 7500 —"084 Returns have never been published,
6:20 | 12 T0c00 — "112 except under a pseudonym in a local
M 6-200 paper ; hope they never will be.
™ oj} 40 5700 or 500 —‘oor | Very much sheltered. Houses in N.W. |201.
4°95 "3 1510 —"005 40 ft. high and 40 ft. off, and in §.B,
504. | 4 2000 — ‘004 40 ft. high and 27 ft. off.
5°00 5 2505 —-"006
M 4997 :
Oo 3] 98 8-00 I 1300 —ooz | Good position, except from 8.W., where |202.
8-00 2 2570 —"003 the house, 45 ft. high, is only 30 ft.
7°95 3 3800 correct distant.
8:04. 4 5010 +'005
M 7°998| °5 6300 +004
m o| 72 ga DOSCECO: titsteereerelseseeeseeseeeee| On a post in a good open position. 203.
9°
z vege
M 10°000 |
© 6] 142 Sor or 1240 +'oo2 | On lawn, rather near its sloping edge, |204.
y 7°97 2 2525 correct but otherwise unexceptionable posi-
{ 797 “9 3810 —"002 tion.
, 7°96 4 5050 correct
i M7977| °5 6305
460 . REPORT—1867.
EXAMINATION OF
: Fl
A 6
gg] 33 Name of stati a | ee
eo os ame of station, owner, an = ; “= &o
ge g 4 County. observer. z & pa pe | 5
af) Ag 3° AE
1867.
205.| June 8.| Kent: ...iscsce.scses Beckenham, C. O. F. Cator, Esq.| XIT. | Apps .....sscsseccesleseseeeee
206.| June 10.| Sussex .sscoesseees Farnhurst, Hawksfold, Miss| X. | Negretti& Zambra}9 a.m.
H, A. Salvin.
207.| June 10.| Surrey ............ Guildford, Commercial Road, | XI. | Negretti & Zambra| 9 a.m.
Capt. James, R.E.
208.| June 10.) Surrey ...ssseeees Guildford School, Dr. Merriman.) XI. | Negretti & Zambra —
209. June 11.| Sussex .......0005 Chichester, Chilgrove, W. L.| III. | Knight ............ 9 a.m. |
Woods, Esq.
210.| June 11.| Sussex ....s.seeeee Chilgrove, Bepton Hill, W. L. | III. | Knight ............ month-
Woods, Esq. ly. |]
211.| June 13.| Sussex ......eseeee Chichester Infirmary, W. Hills, | III. | Knight ............{0...008 it
Esq.
212.| June rx.| Sussex ver..seseeee Chichester, West Dean, H. Pax-| X. | Negretti& Zambraj.........
ton, Esq.
213.| June 12.| Sussex ............ Chichester, West Gate, Dr.| III. | Knight ............ 9 a.m.
Tyacke.
214.) June 14.| Sussex .......005 Chichester, Shopwyke House, | X. | Negretti& Zambra|month-
Rey. G. H. Woods. ly.
215.| June 20.) Sussex .....see00ee Bognor, Aldwick, Mr. Upton...| IIL. | Knight ............/ececee
ON THE RAINFALL IN THE BRITISH ISLES. 461
RAIN-GAUGES (continued).
Height of
gauge.
Equivalents of | Error at
water. scale-point,
specified in Remarks on position, &c.
Scale- : revious
5 Grains. P
point. column.
marked
mean).
M
Diameters
(those
Reference
me
5
Close to No. 204.
APU
On lawn facing S.W., and quite open,
rather high ground overlooking Mid-
hurst, &e.
teh eeeeee
AES
.| In an open garden, a very good posi-
tion. Equivalents not entered on
the examination form, but think the
glass was tested and found correct.
correct. | On lawn in a very good position.
—‘oor
correct.
—"004.
—‘0ooz | Very good position ; bottle neck rather
—*007 small, and funnel therefore shaky.
—"'009 Rim of gauge rather flat, which will
— ‘009 probably correct the errors of the
—'008 glass.
mescesess : : —'003 | Quite open, in a hollow near the top of
— "004. the hill, on the east side, but about
—'003 200 ft. below it.
"004
—*003
—‘oo1 | Has usually been in an open part of
—‘oo2 the lawn in front of the Infirmary,
—'003 and will be replaced there as soon as
-+-oor alterations, in progress at time of
correct. visit, are completed. Gauge was
temporarily carefully placed in a
tolerably good position.
On the slope of the valley facing S.E.,
not very far from the Church ; fairly
exposed.
oS
Eats)
In a very open position, on a large
level lawn.
HUPO NR
In a large vase, on the lawn, good open
position.
Yeutu sd
Found very close to a gooseberry-bush,
had it moved to a clear spot.
462 REPORT— 1867.
EXAMINATION OF
; a
r= S
Z| 3% Name of stati 1 | 28
g| o8 ame of station, owner, anc a 2
z 2 2 4 County. sic Sian ¢ & Maker's name.
a7 4: os
1867.
216.| June 21.| Sussex ........2-.: Littlehampton, Yapton, R. Red-| XIT. | Casella ............).....0008
ford, Esq.
217.| June 24.| Sussex .....-s00..- Horsham, St. Leonards Lodge, | TIT. | Casella .........../...... de
W. E. Hubbard, Esq.
218.) June 24.) Sussex .......00-5 Horsham, St. Leonard's Lodge, | III. | Casella ...........-|....0000
The Gardens, Mr. 8. Ford.
219.| dune 24.) Sussex .........40 Crawley, The Hyde, E. S. Biggs, | VIII. | Private ............[...
Esq.
220.| June 24.| Sussex .........06 Petworth Rectory, Rev. C. Hol- | ITI. | Gould............2.-|eccsecees
land. }
221.) June 25.| Sussex ....e0s seee-| Petworth Gardens, Mr. Jones...| XII. | Casella .........0--|.sceeeees
222.| June 25.) Sussex ..+.00...-.-|Arundel, Dale Park, J.C.Fletcher,! IV. |........c.ccceeeeee te Sete “d
i Esq., Mr. Wilson.
223.| June 26.) Sussex .......ss00e Worthing, Bedford Row, W.| XI. | Negretti& Zambra) 9 a.m.
J. Harris, Esq.
224.| June 26.) Sussex ...........- Worthing, Dr. Barker ............ X.? | Private si. 25.002
225.| June 27.| Sussex ..........+. Worthing, Findon, Rey. Dr. | III. | Casella ....... ave o]bs deem F 3
Cholmelly.
gauge.
mm 6 | Zor
m 6 | 273
6 | 370
I 6 | 170
6 | 180
© | 316
Oo} 21
o| 18
© | 167
Height of
ON THE RAINFALL IN THE BRITISH ISLES.
RAIN-GAUGES (continued).
I
2
is
979° a
M 10°000} °5
5°06
5°06
5°06
5°03
M 5'053
5°00
4°98
4°99
4°98
M 4°987
II'22
11°18
Tir23
Ir'l4
M 11193
5°02
4°98
501
5°03
M so10
13°2 "135
1322
12'9
132
vw
wn o
a)
.
ae
5702 I
4°80 22
500 3
yee 4
M 4°98?) °5
5 oe
Ses s water.
Con
get | pea
— cale- *
a st | point Grains
Equivalents of | Error at
scale-point,
specified in
previous
column.
—'013
—‘007
—‘oIo
—"oo1
—'oor
correct.
+:oor
correct.
correct.
— O02
—‘OOr
+002
correct.
— ‘ool
—‘*O0Oo2
— ‘OO!
+oo1
correct.
+:008
+014
+023
+024
+1014
—'007
"005
—"OI4
—'014,
"004.
—‘oor
—"003
— "002
—‘oor
—'003
— "08
"003
—"005
—‘Ooor
—'0o21
—"o1o
—‘oo1
+roor
+002
+002
+'007
+009
+-or4
+'036
_ "004.
—*007
—"005
—*007
— ‘Oro
463
Remarks on position, &e.
In a garden well exposed, clear leyel
country.
At §.E. angle of a terrace, in a bed of
cut heath; the gauge is 1 ft. 6in.
above the terrace, and about 6 ft.
above the next lower one,
The house 30 ft. off in 8.W. is about
25 ft. high, all else is clear. About
a of a mile from No. 217.
A very roughly made flat-funnelled
gauge, placed about 4ft. from the
base of a large hot-house facing 8.
I have no doubt in rough weather
both rain and snow unduly shoot
into the gauge.
On lawn sloping to E., slightly but not
injuriously sheltered.
In the kitchen-gardens, level, and very
open position.
In kitchen-gardens on slope to S., belt
of trees in N., but not near enough
to affect gauge. Rim of funnel very
flat.
In garden in front of Bedford Row,
sheltered to the W. by houses 40 ft.
high and 50 ft. distant.
A very roughly made gauge, in an in-
different position.
Fair exposure on lawn, some elms,
about 50 ft. high, 100 ft. distant in
S.W. Gauge had been indented
considerably at one point. The
mean diameter as given is believed
eference
number
| R
216.
217.
218.
219.
220,
221.
222.
223.
224.
464.
Reference
number.
|
|
|
examination.
Lal
oo
a
=
226,| June
227.| Sept.
228.| Sept.
229.| Sept.
230.| Sept.
231.| Sept.
232.| Sept.
233.| Sept.
234.| Sept.
235.| Sept.
236.) Sept.
28
lol
J
24.
24.
4.
4.
REPORT—1867.
.| Sussex
s| BOrfar seccsceeoees
Forfar
pee ee eens
S| OLIAT stescavacecles’s
.| Forfar
.| Forfar
eee ee earns
.| Forfar
eee eeeeenree
Forfar
seen enereee
.| Forfar
Hampshire
eeeeee
Hampshire
wee eee
Name of station, owner, and
observer.
Steyning, Rey. H. Ingram
aeons
Dundee, Eastern Cemetery, Mr.
M‘Kelvie.
Dundee, Barry, Mr. J. Procter.
Dundee, Crombie, Dundee
Water-works.
Dundee, Barry, Mr. J. Procter
Dundee, Craigton Reservoir,
Dundee Water-works.
Dundee, Hill Head, Dundee
Water-works.
| Dundee, Hermon Hill, R. Adam-
son, Esq.
Dundee, Westfield Cottage,
E. Clark, Esq.
Ryde, C. Scholefield, Hsq., R.N.
Ryde, Esplanade, R. Taylor, Esq.
EXAMINATION OF
8
oS .
S&
E ce Maker's name. | © =
Be a
o° ws
<) Ae
XIE. |'Casella: .....-:00se|s FeO
Tp? | Adieg vec scen-scoenn 9 a.m
TIT. | Casella ............ ga.m
AAU OR FSSC sseotccodeagionescdenecas:—
VIII.) Mr. Procter ......} 9 a.m.
VES eee dectncyeaeg ene ectee|secle siete
WiLL. || oe eerste cesesncesersive| mentale .
WILDE ie eves etre eeteneraer month-
ly.
XII. | Lowden ............ gam
KIT. | Casella, io.cc0.0505+|.conee a
VILL.| Local)... .ccicoeesvns 9 a.
ON THE RAINFALL IN THE BRITISH ISLES, 4.65
RAIN-GAUGES (continued).
Height of
481
57°
109
mean),
(that marked
M
Diameters
=o
-
5°02
4°98
5700
5'00
M 5:000
3°00
3°00
3°00
3°00
M 3:000
5°02
4°98
5°01
5°00
M 5002
11'22
11°32
11°28
11°31
M 11283
11°72
11°67
11°68
11°77
M 11°710
11'20
1145
II‘50
11°32
M 11°367
II‘06
II"4o
II'13
11°32
M 11°227
11°30
11°32
11°30
11°32
M 117310
5700
5°00
5700
5/04.
M 5:010
so8
5O1
5702
5°CcO
M s'o15
12°!I
Equivalents of
water.
eae Grains,
in.
i 500
*2, 1000
a3 1500
4. 2000
5 2500
1°30 2350
1'00 1800
eit 500
2 1000
33 1499
"4. 1980
°c 2480
“tie | kosbasossoce
CA >| hononebnadte
Tr) | Sooo pcesoee
OAe laa eats
Saxe)
"085| 2525
“18 5050
'277| 7576
SX lcieaistls snes
Seu leee aes secns
EVOP) lsvenaemsgves
oA seaneveaces
GS Bdedeteece
I'o colseineates
‘OI 5°
ar 500
"2, 1000
“9 1499
4 1980
cr 2480
ay 500
2 1000
“3 1490
“4. 19890
oie 2480
Seen i
Error at
seale-point,
specified in
previous
column.
—'oor
—*002
—'003
—"004.
—"004.
—'016
—*'008
—‘ool
—'002
correct.
+oor
correct.
+ ‘oor
+002
+002
+°003
—*008
—*006
—'002
+002
+004
+005
correct.
correct.
+'002
correct.
correct.
—‘oo!
+ oor
+"002
+:0co2
correct.
correct.
+ oor
+°003
+003
Remarks on position, &e.
Reterence
number.
|
to indicate the true area of the
gauge.
Some trees in 8.W., about 30 ft. off and |226.
20ft. high; the gauge is rather
sheltered, but any injurious effect
can hardly arise.
Inan open part of the Cemetery, which |227.
is on a yery gentle slope towards the
Tay.
In garden rather sheltered, but probably |228.
not so much so as to yitiate the re-
sults.
In a railed enclosure, perfectly open in |229.
all directions.
Close to No. 228, 2.30.
Very good position on open lawn. |231.
There is also a gauge, pattern No. V.,
but with a very flat rim.
Trees in N.H. 50 ft. distant and 30 ft. |232.
high. Pipe into receiver nearly 1-5in.
in diameter ; will be reduced to °1 in.
In garden, fully exposed; measuring- |233.
jax not accessible.
On the tsp of the thermometer stand ; |234.
rain drawn off bya tap. In a garden
sloping to river.
On a post in garden at EB. end of Ryde. |235.
Ww
w
[o>)
In small yard at back of house and.
21
466 : REEFORT—1867.
EXAMINATION OF
; a
8 ee
24) 32 3 EE)
z 8 a County. Name cf BeuOn oyaes; and ac Mates was. |S eb
Sea gs observer. @% 80 25
32| As 8% E'S
pa 8 .) ' Be
1867.
237.| Sept. 24.] Hampshire ...... Ryde, Esplanade, R. Taylor, | XII. | Casella ............ 9 a.m.
Esq.
¢
238.| Sept. 27.) Hampshire ...... Osborne, J. R. Mann, Esq.......| X. | Negretti & Zambra|month-||
. ly.
239.| Sept. 27.! Hampshire ...... Osborne, J. R. Mann, Esq.......] IV. | Negretti & Zambra| 9 a.m.})
240.|'Sept. 28.) Hampshire ...... Newport, Chapel St., Mr. E. G.| XI. | Negretti & Zambra} 9 a.m.|/
Aldridge.
241.| Sept. 30.) Hampshire ...... St. Lawrence, The Rectory, Rey.) XII. | Casella ............ 9 a.m.
C. Malden.
242.| Oct. 1.) Hampshire ...... Ventnor, Pelgraye House, Dr. TD. |PNG yatta eee es ne: 9 a.m.
Martin.
Note.—The preceding Tables are similar in every respect to those contained
in the British Association Report for 1866; and in order that the present one
may be complete in itself, part of the explanation there given is here repeated ;
as is also the-Plate representing the various forms of gauge most generally
used.
The present Tables contain the results of Mr. Symons’s personal examina-
tion of gauges onthe dates specified in the second column, and at the loca-
lities stated in the third and fourth columns. The pattern of the gauge is
indicated by the Roman numerals which refer to the accompanying Plate ;
the next four columns are self-explanatory ; then, as few gauges are true
circles, four diameters (7. e. at intervals of 45°) are taken, and their mean is
assumed as the mean diameter of the gauge and marked M; from this the
area, and weight of an inch of water over that area, is readily obtained, and
the difference between the computed value and that which the gauge showed
ON THE RAINFALL IN THE BRITISH ISLES.
RAIN-GAUGES (continued).
467
tee} =
when tested is the error of the gauge given in the
last column but two; the last columns are self-ex-
planatory.
' A section is given of Gauge No. 172, it being of
a type not represented on the Plate, yet of consider-
able importance, inasmuch as it is the pattern em-
ployed by Mr. Fletcher, F.R.S., on the Cumberland
The orifice is small, only 4 inches, in
order to keep the volume of water within manage-
able limits ; they are constructed with very thick
double-lapped copper vessels dropped into stout iron
cans provided with lock and hinges; the amount is
measured with a glass like No. III.
Mountains.
on the body B.
Height of 2 = = | Equivalents of | Error at
gauge. £48 water. scale-point,
ie. 5 =| specified in
Above Be = Scale- i revious
ground.) yo | A Sa | point. pe faiane
ft. in.| feet. in. in.
119
12'0
12'0
M 12000
6 0} 20 5°00 ‘I 490 + oor
4°98 2, 990 correct.
5°00 ms 14.90 —*002
4°98 4 2000 —"005
M4990] °5 2480 —'002
oS! )e172, 7°98 27 1290 —*002
797 2 2500 + "002,
7°97
7°96
M 7°970
ay! |) 1972 I2°10 *065| 2500 —*035
I1'go *150} 5000 — ‘038
12'00 '240| 7500 —'034
I2‘01 *325| 10000 —038
M 12003] ‘415 | 12500 "034.
*500| 15000 —'025
8 8 53 Sor 7 510 —‘002
5700 2 IoIO —*003
5°00 ay 1500 —*‘oor
5°04. “4 1985 +-"002
M s5:013] °5 2490 correct.
ae 85 5°00 I 500 —‘ool
4°98 2. 1000 —"'002
5°02 be | 14990 —‘oor
5°00 "4 1980 + oo!
M 5000} °5 2480 correct.
& 7 | Loo 12°00 05 1490 —‘oo1
12'co OF 3000 —*005
12°02 Sri 4260 +roor
12°02
M 12'010
Remarks on position, &c.
sheltered both by buildings and a
tree due 8. 16 ft. high and only 8 ft.
distant.
Close to No. 286.
On grass plot; a hedge 5 ft. high was |2
only 4 ft. distant in E.
Close to No, 238.
On apex of small outhouse, much shel-
tered by trees.
Quite clear on lawn; ground sloping
to 8.
Clear except in N., where the house
(three stories) is only 40 ft. distant.
e, c are handles, D is a hinge, and AE D falls down close :
212 * Beale of inches,
Reference
number
|
237-
239.
240,
241.
242.
468 REPORT—1867.
Report on the best means of providing for a uniformity of Weights
and Measures, with reference to the Interests of Science. By a
Committee, consisting of Sir Joun Bowrtne, The Rt. Hon. C. B.
ApvERLEY, M.P,, Sir W. Armstrone, Mr. Samuret Brown, Mr.
W. Ewart, M.P., Mr. Carei H. Bercer, Dr. Farr, Mr. Frank
Fettows, Prof. Franxianp, Mr. Groner Grover, Prof. Hennessy,
Earl Forrescut, Mr. Freprrick Henpricxs, Mr. James Hey-
woop, Sir Roperr Kang, Prof. Lronse Levi, Prof. W. A. Mitirr,
Prof. Rankine, Mr. C. W. Sremens, Col. Sykes, M.P., Prof. A.
W. Wititamson, Lord Wrorrrestey, Mr. James Yates, and Prof.
Luoner Levi, Secretary.
Sixck our reappointment at Nottingham, your Committee have used their
best endeavours to diffuse the knowledge of the Metric System, with a view
to its extension throughout the world, and we have the pleasure to report that
special and extensive opportunities have presented themselves for the purpose.
The advantage of having the principal items in the statistics of the United
Kingdom published in the terms of the Metric, as well as of the Imperial
System, a practice which has been most advantageously introduced in some
Government Departments, has been again brought by your Committee to the
notice of the Board of Trade; but although this method has been repeatedly
recommended by the International Statistical Congress, and also by the Com-
mittee of the House of Commons in 1862, the request has not been granted.
Your Committee can scarcely admit that an arrangement, which would be
found so convenient to this and to foreign countries, and which would so
facilitate the general knowledge of the Metric System, should be refused
on the ground of clerical difficulties, or because it may cause a trifling ad-
ditional expenditure. ‘The Committee hope that, on further consideration,
the Board of Trade will see the advantage of complying with the wishes
repeatedly expressed for such items of information.
The Mural Standard, which has been the subject of so much care and
study, both as regards precision and material, has now been completed by
Mr. Casella, Scientific Instrument Maker to the Admiralty, and is available
for public use. It is made of white glazed porcelain, which is little affected
by changes of temperature, and combines cheapness with elegance. The two
units, the Yard and the Metre, with their divisions, authorized by law, are
there shown in contact, so as to admit of easy comparison. The Yard, divided
into feet, inches, and eighths of an inch, is painted in red; the Metre, divided
into decimetres, centimetres, and millimetres, in blue. By very careful obser-
vation, it has been found that the measures on this instrument are exact to
within the two hundred and fiftieth part of an inch, or the tenth part of a
millimetre. It is fitted in a mahogany frame, for suspension on the walls of
public buildings. Your Committee have ordered copies of the Mural Stan-
dard to be presented to the Board of Customs of London and Liverpool, the
University of Oxford, and the office of the Warden of the Standards. By the
kindness of Mr. Yates, a copy of the Mural Standard has also been presented
to the Conservatoire des Arts et Métiers in Paris. It is much to be desired
that the Mural Standard be extensively made known, and your Committee
would recommend the same to the special attention of the Chambers of Com-
merce and municipal authorities.
In February last, your Committce, in conjunction with the Council of
the British Branch of the International Decimal Association, invited a con-
UNIFORMITY OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 4.69
ference with deputies from the Chambers of Commerce in the United King-
dom, and the Consular authorities in London. The conference was held at
the Society of Arts, under the presidency of Sir John Bowring, and the fol-
ing resolutions were unanimously passed :—
That the permissive use of Metric Weights and Measures in the United
Kingdom, without corresponding powers for legalizing authorized standards
of the same, and the stamping of Metric Weights and Measures in use, is
calculated to cause much inconyenience in trade, and to frustrate the prac-
tical adoption of the system; and that it is therefore desirable that the
Department of the Board of Trade charged with the custody of Imperial
Weights and Measures, be also authorized to provide and maintain the stan-
dards of Metric Weights and Measures, and to stamp and verify those in
general use.
That in order to facilitate the use of the Metric System, it is desirable
that the same be introduced into the public departments, especially in the
Post-office and the Customs, by the official preparation of the Tariff in
Metric equivalents, with authority to levy duty according to the same; and
the publication of the principal results of the statistics of the Board of 'Trade
in Metric and Imperial values.
That this Conference recommend the Chambers of Commerce of the
United Kingdom to use means for promoting the voluntary use of the Metric
System among merchants, manufacturers, and tradesmen, such as the pre-
paration of special tables, available in the various trades, for converting
prices and quantities from the Metric into the Imperial System, and vice
versd; and the exhibition of Mural Standards of the Metre in public places
in the principal ports and market-towns.
That in the opinion of this Meeting, the International Monetary Con-
vention lately entered into by France, Italy, Belgium, and Switzerland, for
the purpose of giving a common weight, fineness, and currency to their stan-
dard Coins, is deserving approbation as a measure calculated to facilitate
and extend the commercial, banking, and exchange operations between
those nations themselves, and foreign countries having dealings with them.
And this Meeting is further of opinion that the conditions of the Inter-
national Monetary Convention, so far as they may be found applicable to
the Metallic Currency System of the United Kingdom, are well worthy of
the attentive consideration and support of all who are interested in the pro-
gress of and intercommunication between nations.
That it is desirable that the Chambers of Commerce should be repre-
sented at the Conference to be held in Paris in connexion with the special
Exhibition of Weights, Measures, and Coins, at the approaching Universal
Exhibition.
The most important event, however, which is likely to exercise considerable
influence in the future discussion of the question, is the Conference held in
Paris at the suggestion of your Committee and of the Council of the Inter-
national Decimal Association. The Conference haying been held at a time
when Parliament was sitting and the Courts of Law were open, no large
representation could attend from this country, yet Mr. Samuel Brown and
Professor Leone Levi attended on behalf of your Committee and they had the
advantage of having with them Mr. Louis P. Casella, the constructor of the
Mural Standard, Mr. Muspratt and Mr. Blood, representing the Liverpool
Chamber of Commerce, and Mr. Joseph Wrigley, representing the Hudders-
field Chamber of Commerce. The Conference was attended by represent-
atives from many countries, including Austria, Spain, Portugal, Denmark,
470 REPORT—1867.
Sweden, Norway, Prussia, Wurtemberg, Bavaria, Russia, Italy, Morocco,
Tunis, Brazil, South America, and the United States; and was presided over
by M. Mathieu, of the Institute. The first question discussed was that of
Weights and Measures, anda report was read on the subject, which was pre-
pared by M. Jacobi, of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburg,
and adopted by the organizing Committee. Starting from certain fundamental
propositions in fayour of the Decimal system of calculation and of the Metric
system especially, the report showed how far that system had been extended
in different countries, specifying those which have already adopted it entirely
and in an obligatory manner, such as France, Belgium, the Netherlands,
Italy, the Roman States, Spain, Portugal, Greece, Mexico, Chili, Brazil, New
Grenada, and other Republics of South America; those which have more or
less borrowed from it, such as Switzerland, Baden, Prussia, Bavaria, Wur-
temberg, Austria, Denmark ; those which have introduced the Metric system
in a permanent manner, as the United Kingdom, and the United States ; and
those which have nothing in common with the Metric system. After this
survey, the report entered into a detailed account of the adyantages which
would result from the use of the system in different branches of labour, in
the teaching of arithmetic in primary schools, in scientific researches and
memoirs, in commercial transactions, in industry and machinery, in postal
tariffs, telegraphs, and customs duties. As regards the use of its nomen-
clature, the report is not in favour of any material alteration, and far
less of using old names for new quantities; nor does it favour the com-
bination of the old and new systems, such as the use of the foot side by
side with the metre even in a period of transition. In conclusion, the re-
port recommended the immediate teaching of the Metric System in schools,
and the use of the same in statistical and other public documents. After
some discussion the report was put to the vote, and was carried unanimously.
Doubts having been expressed as to the exact correspondence between
the standards kept at the Archives and those at the Conservatoire des
Arts et Métiers, and some uncertainty existing respecting the method to be
pursued for obtaining an exact standard in other countries, the prototype
being in Paris, Général Morin and M. Tresca, Conservator and Subcon-
servator of the Conservatoire des Arts et Métiers, stated that on the 5th
October, 1863, his Excellency the Minister of Agriculture, Commerce, and
Public Works, had appointed a Commission, composed of themselves, with
M. Silberman, Conservator of the collections, and M. Froment, Constructor
of instruments, charged to make an official comparison between the pro-
totype standards kept at the Archives, with those deposited at the Impe-
rial Conservatoire des Arts et Métiers, more particularly destined to be used
for comparisons with the standards made by or for the different goyvern-
ments which might adopt the Metric System. The prototype standard
Metre at the Archives is of platinum, has no inscription or mark whatever,
and is a Métre 4 bout. It is in a case, haying a tablet with the following
indication ;—
MerrTrE
Conforme 4 la loi du 18 Germinal an. III.
Présenté le 4 Messidor an. VII.
And outside the inscription the words:
Fait par Lenoir.
That at the Conservatoire has precisely the same inscription, is in every way
identical with the other, and seems in a better state of preservation. The
UNIFORMITY OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 471
Kilogram of the Archives is a cylinder of platinum, without any mark or
inscription, in a box haying the following inseription :—
KinoGRAMME
Conforme 4 la loi du 18 Germinal an. IIT.
Présenté le 4. Messidor an VII.
Fortin f.
The Kilogram at the Conservatoire has been recently re-constructed (1864),
and has the same form with the other.
Two distinct comparisons were made between these Metres and Kilograms,
and the result was that those at the Conservatoire were found to be
1-:00000329 and 1:00000072 respectively, as compared with those of the
Archives. In answer to the assertion that a cubic centimétre of distilled
water at 4° Centigrade of temperature did not in fact furnish the exact basis
for the weight of the Kilogram, it was stated that the difference was quite
infinitesimal, and that it had no value whatever when the exact standard was
kept, and that corresponded with the standard Kilogram of all nations. The
statements of Général Morin and M. Tresca were considered highly satis-
factory, as giving every guarantee of sufficient exactitude, and completely
dispelled every doubt suggested on the subject. A Commission appointed
by the Committee afterwards inspected the Metre and Kilogram at the
Archives and Conseryatoire, and having found them as described, made a
protocol signifying their satisfaction at the care with which the standards
were preserved, and at the results of the verification made.
With reference to the uniformity of weights and measures, your Com-
mittee have therefore much pleasure in reporting that their task has been
greatly accelerated by the Conference described, and that there is every pro-
spect that the principal nations will speedily adopt the Metric System. In
the United Kingdom much remains to be done on the subject. As yet the
Metric System, though rendered legal, has made but little progress either in
general practice or even in the education of the people, aud your Committee
are of opinion that the most efficient mode for promoting the early introduc-
tion of this salutary reform is to make the use of the Metric System compul-
sory at no distant period. They recommend, therefore, amongst other mea-
sures, that a bill be speedily introduced in Parliament providing that after a
given time the use of metric weights and measures shall become compulsory
throughout the United Kingdom.
As regards the coinage, your Committee have to report the proceedings of
two important Conferences. The Monetary Convention signed at Paris
on the 23rd December 1865, by the representatives of France, Belgium,
Switzerland, and Italy, having established an agreement between four im-
portant countries whereby the coinage of cach of them was made legally
current in all the others, great eiforts have been made to induce other nations
to give their adhesion to the Convention. Hitherto the Convention was
made between nations which had already an identical system of coinage. The
object of the Conference was to consider by what means those nations which
had a totaliy different system could ke also united. This Conference, called
by the French Government, was held at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs,
under the presidency of His Imperial Highness the Prince Napoleon, and was
attended by representatives from Austria, Baden, Bavaria, Belgium, Denmark,
the United States, from Great Britain, Greece, Italy, the Netherlands, Por-
tugal, Prussia, Russia, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, and Wurtem-
berg. The results of their deliberations were as follows.
472 REPORT—1867.
It was unanimously agreed :—
That the monetary unification may more easily be realized by the mutual
coordination of the existing systems, taking into account the scientific
advantages of certain types, and the number of persons who have already
adopted them, than by the creation of a new system altogether inde-
pendent of the existing ones.
That for that purpose, the system agreed on by the Monetary Convention
of 1865 should be taken principally into consideration, subject to any
improvements of which it may be capable.
It was agreed by all, except the representatives of the Netherlands,—
That it is not possible to attain such identity, or even a partial coinci-
dence, in such monetary types in an extended area, on the basis and on
condition of the exclusive adoption of a silver standard; but that it is
possible to attain it on the basis of a gold standard, allowing each State
to preserve the silver standard in a transitory manner,
It was agreed by all, except the representatives of Russia and the United
States,—
That the advantage of internationality, which the coinage of the metal
taken for common standard would possess, is not a sufficient guarantee
for its being maintained in circulation in all the States, but that it is
necessary to stipulate that in the countries which continue to use the
silver standard only, and in those which have a double standard, the
relation between the value of gold and silver should not be established
on too low a footing, in order to give due facility for the practical intro-
duction of the gold coinage.
It was unanimously agreed,—
That for the success of the Monetary unification, itis necessary to fix types
haying a common denominator for the weight of the gold coin, with an
identical fineness of 9/10 fine.
The proposal that the common denominator should be the piece of five
francs was adopted by a majority of 13 votes against 2, the representatives
England and Sweden having voted against, and those of Prussia, Bavaria,
Baden, Wurtemberg, and Belgium having abstained from voting.
It was then unanimously agreed,—
That the gold coin of the common denominator of 5 francs should have
legal course in all the States which are mutually bound by the Monetary
Convention.
It was agreed by all, except the representatives of Prussia, Baden, and
Wur tembers, who abstained from voting,—
That it would be useful that the types of coinage determined by the
Monetary Convention of 23rd December 1865, should be in the interest
of unification, and consequently of reciprocity, completed by new types,
for example, of 25 frances.
But for the proposal that a piece of 15 francs be also added, the represen-
tatives of seven countries voted in favour, those of seven voted against, and
those of six, including Great Britain, abstained from voting.
It was unanimously aereed—
That the Conference expresses the hope that the measures which may be
adopted by the Governments of the different States in order to modify
their respective monetary systems in accordance with the bases indi-
cated by the Conference, should be made as much as possible the sub-
jects of diplomatic conventions,
And it was unanimously agreed—
UNIFORMITY OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 473
That soon after the reception of the answers which may be given by the
different States to the official communication, which will be made to
them of the labours of the Conference by the French Government,
that Government may, if necessary, call a new Conference.
But on the question as to the time when such answers should be given,
the representatives of ten countries voted for before the 15th F ebruary prox.,
those of five voted in favour for the 1st October 1867, those of the United
States for the 15th May 1868, and those of Great Britain for the 1st June
1868. Those of France and Spain abstained.
Such were the resolutions. of the International Monetary Conference,
which had an official character, and whose proceedings were to a certain
extent binding on the States represented. The other Conference, whose
decisions on weights and measures we have already reported, was also pre-
sided over by Prince Napoleon, who took the chair on the day when the
monetary question was discussed.
The Committee had not prepared a report on this subject, as in the case of
weights and measures, but had adopted the following resolutions, which were
submitted to the Conference, and adopted with only some verbal alterations.
Whereas the adoption of a uniform system of coinage would present evident
advantages as regards convenience and economy in the settlement of
international exchange, and recommends itself to the attention of all
enlightened governments ;
Whereas, on the other hand, such a desideratum cannot be realized unless
several nations are prepared to sacrifice their old and habitual instru-
ments of traffic, whilst it is important that the change may be effected
in a gradual and continuous manner, and that the mode of effecting
this change should be as simple as possible and free from all incidental
complication ;
The Committee proposes as follows :-—
1. It is necessary in the first instance that the different governments
interested in this question should agree as to the same unit in the issue
of their gold coins.
2. It is desirable that this coin be everywhere coined of the same fineness,
of nine-tenths fine.
3. It is desirable that each government should introduce, among its gold
coins, one piece at least of a value equal to that of one of the pieces in
use among the other governments interested, so that there may be among
all the systems a point of common contact, from which each nation may
afterwards advance in gradually assimilating its system of coinage to
that which may be chosen as a uniform basis.
4. The series of gold coins now in use in France, being adopted by a great
part of the population of Europe, is recommended as a basis of the uni-
form system.
5. Whereas, in consequence of accidental and happy circumstances, the
most important monetary units may be adapted to the piece of five francs
in gold by means of very small changes, this piece seems the most con-
venient to serve as a basis of a monetary system; and the coins issued
upon such a basis may become, as soon as the convenience of the nations
interested permit, multiples of this unit.
6. It is desirable that the different governments should decide that the
coins issued by each nation in conformity with the uniform system pro-
posed and agreed, should have legal currency in all other countries.
7. It is desirable that the system of double standards be abandoned
47 A, REPORT—1867,.
wherever it yet exists, that the system of decimal numeration be uni-
yersally adopted, and that the money of all nations be of the same fine-
ness and the same form,
8. It is desirable that the governments should come to an understanding
for adopting common measures of control, so as to guarantee the inte-
grity of the coinage both when issued and whilst in circulation.
Your Committee will take these and other plans for the decimalization of
the coinage into their serious consideration, and as soon as possible will en-
deavour to propound one which they hore may meet all the requirements
of the question.
In conclusion, your Committee are happy in reporting that in their action
they have obtained the valuable cooperation of the Council of the Interna-
tional Decimal Association, and they trust that in the difficult and extensive
task they have before them they will obtain the active sympathy, and assis-
tance of the members of the British Association.
The labours of the Conference will, we trust, place the great and difficult
question of the decimalization of the coinage in the United Kingdom on a
satisfactory basis; and it is time that it should be taken up in a practical and
business-like manner.
Your Committee are perfectly agreed on the two great conditions that the
coinage should be international and decimal; but they have not yet come to
a satisfactory conclusion as to the unit which would best satisfy these deside-
rata. The proposition of the Conferences to take the five-frane piece in
gold as a basis deserves consideration, though as a unit it would be imprac-
ticable, being too small as a gold coin, very easily lost, too costly to produce,
much subject to wear and tear, and not sufficiently large for transactions of
finance and commerce. The five francs could only be used as a submultiple,
and upon this two plans have been presented. One is to take the 10-franc
piece equivalent nearly to 100 pence; another is to alter the sovereign to
the exact equivalent of 25 francs. The Committee will carefully consider
these and other plans, with a view to the realization of an object so desirable
as an international coinage, and will report on the subject in due time.
Report of the Committee on Standards of Electrical Resistance.
The Committee consists of Professor Williamson, Professor Sir C. Wheat-
stone, Professor Sir W. Thomson, Professor Miller, Dr. A. Matthiessen,
Mr. Fleeming Jenkin, Sir Charles Bright, Professor Maxwell, Mr. C.
W. Siemens, Mr. Balfour Stewart, Mr. C. F. Varley, Professor G. C.
Foster, Mr. Latimer Clark, Mr. D. Forbes, Mr. Charles Hockin, and
Dr. Joule.
Tue Committee have much pleasure in reporting that during the past year
considerable progress has been made, and that the principal instruments
required by the Committee for experiments have been completed and are
in use,
The most important experiments have been those conducted by Dr. Joule, ~
having for their object the determination of the mechanical equivalent of
heat, by observing the heat generated in part of a voltaic circuit, the resist-
ance of which was measured in absolute units by means of the standard of
resistance issued by the Committee.
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. AGS
Last year preliminary experiments of this kind had been made by Dr.
Joule, and the agreement which he then reported between his mechani-
eal equivalent obtained by frictional experiments and that obtained by the
electrical method was so close as to lead to a suspicion that it was partly
fortuitous.
The experiments, which have this year been conducted with every pos-
sible care, give 783 as the value derived from the B.A. standard of resist-
‘ance, while 772 is the well-known number derived from friction.
The details of the experiments are contained in an Appendix which accom-
panies this Report. Dr. Joule states his opinion that the electrical method
‘thas been carried out with greater accuracy than the frictional method,
assuming the B.A. standard to be an exact decimal multiple of the absolute
unit. The following extract from Dr. Joule’s Report will show the labo-
rious nature of the experiments. He says, “The last and most perfect series
of experiments comprise thirty for the thermal effect of currents in the
spiral, thirty for the effect of radiation &c., and thirty for the horizontal
intensity of the earth’s magnetism.” Dr. Joule expresses himself willing
to make a new determination by friction. Meanwhile the experiments
already completed remove all fear of any serious error, either in the number
hitherto used as “ Joule’s equivalent,” or in the B.A. standard, a fear which
hitherto, remembering the very discrepant results obtained by others, has
been very naturally entertained even by the Sub-committee, from whose
experiments the standard was constructed.
In connexion with the measurement of resistances, Mr. C. W. Siemens
has invented a simple and excellent contrivance, by which the measurement
of resistances can be made by persons wholly unaccustomed to electrical
experiments. They have only, after the necessary connexions are made, to
turn a screw till a needle stands opposite a fiducial mark, when the resist-
ance required may be read directly on a scale with considerable accuracy.
Mr. Siemens proposes to apply this invention to pyrometers, where the
resistance read will indicate the temperature, and the only clectrical con-
nexions required will be joining of the battery wires to two terminals.
Other applications of this invention will doubtless arise, and extend the
practical application of electrical measurements. A full description of the
instrument is contained in the Appendix. Mr, Siemens reports very favour-
ably of this instrument, which possesses considerable advantage in cheap-
ness and portability. Mr. Siemens has constructed the instrument, and made
the experiments entirely at his own expense.
An instrument similar in object, and suggested by the aboye, is also
described by Mr. Jenkin in an Appendix.
Mr. Hockin has tested the constancy of the standard resistance-units, with
satisfactory results, except in the case of one mercury tube. The exact
results of Mr. Hockin’s comparisons are appended. He suggests that lead-
glass was used for the mercury tube, and that the glass may consequently
have been injured by the nitric acid used to clean it.
Mr. Hockin has also made interesting experiments on the construction of
large resistances by the use of selenium. He finds that resistances of one
million units and upwards can be made of this material, and that these
artificial resistances maintain a sensibly constant resistance at high tempera-
tures, such as 100° C. It is hoped that these very high artificial resistances
will be found useful in practice and much superior to those hitherto con-
structed of gutta percha, or other insulators, which were of comparatively
little use in accurate work, owing to absorption, change of resistance with
476 REPORT—1867.
temperature and inconstancy when kept for any considerable time. These
valuable experiments have not caused any expense to the Association.
The determination of a unit of capacity has occupied Dr. Matthiessen, Mr.
Hockin, Mr. Foster, and Mr. Jenkin during the last two years.
Very considerable difficulties have been encountered, and are not yet wholly
overcome. The methods by which both the electrostatic and electromagnetic
units can be determined, and multiples or submultiples prepared, are suffi-
ciently simple in theory, but they assume that the condensers or Leyden
jars compared have really a definite capacity, and that with a given electro-
motive force, between the induction surfaces, a definite quantity of elec-
tricity will be contained in the jar or condenser. This is very far from true
with condensers of ordinary form. Whether the dielectric separating the
plates be glass, mica, gutta percha, paraffin, ebonite, or any other known
solid insulator, an absorption of electricity takes place; the longer the plates
are charged, the more electricity the condenser will contain, and conversely,
it will continue to discharge itself for a very long period after the inner and
outer armatures have been joined. With some of the best insulators the
effect will continue for hours, if not for days. Condensers made with these
solid dielectrics have therefore no definite measurable capacity. This capa-
city will differ according to the time during which they have been charged,
and it may also vary with extreme variation in the electromotive forces em-
ployed, although this latter change has not been detected when the differ-
ences of potential are such as between one Danicll’s cell and two hundred.
Only gaseous dielectrics appear free from this embarrassing peculiarity, called
absorption, polarization, or residual charge. One object of the Subcommit-
tee has therefore been to construct condensers in which air alone separated
the induction-plates. But new difficulties arose in carrying this idea into
practice. Some support for each plate was necessary, and then leakage
occurred from one plate to another over the surface of any small insulating
supports employed, such as glass balls or vulcanite stems. It was possible,
by great care in drying the air, occasionally to make condensers of this type,
which would remain insulated for a short time, or even for some months ;
but long experience has shown that an artificially dried atmosphere cannot
be conveniently maintained in any instrument which is not hermetically
sealed.
Dust also accumulated between the plates of the trial-condensers ; this
altered their capacity and increased the leakage from plate to plate. Even
a single filament of dust, by springing up and down between the two elec-
trified surfaces, would occasionally bring them to the same potential with
great rapidity, neutralizing the charge; moreover a condenser of this type
could not be taken to pieces and cleaned, for no mechanical contrivances
could ensure that the parts after cleaning would return to their original
position so exactly as to constitute a condenser of the same capacity, before
and after the cleaning. It is therefore clear that an air-condenser can only
be constructed in a hermetically sealed case, containing an artificially dried
atmosphere; and even with these conditions, excluding the graduated and
adjustible condensers, which were first tried, the air-condenser is not easily
constructed. For large capacities, which are alone useful in connexion
with practical telegraphy, the plates require to be so numerous and large
as to make the expense great and the bulk very inconvenient.
Itis hoped by the use of tin plates, soldered to metal rods, and supported
on insulated stems inside a soldered metal case, that these objections may be
partly avoided ; but meanwhile practical men have introduced condensers of
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 477
a more convenient form, overlooking the disadyantage which they all possess
of ill-defined capacity.
These condensers consist of sheets of tinfoil separated by paraffin and
paper, a preparation of gutta percha, or mica—three plans adopted by Mr.
Varley, Mr. Willoughby Smith, and Mr. Latimer Clark respectively.
Condensers of this type have been made approximately equal to a knot
of some submarine cable, and the rough units thus introduced are gradually
creeping into use, although all electricians have been anxious that the Com-
mittee should issue a more scientific standard. Under these circumstances,
Mr. Jenkin has adjusted a mica-condenser, approximately equal to 10-14
absolute electromagnetic units. The capacity of this condenser is assumed
as that which it possesses after electrification for one minute, and is mea-
sured by the discharge through a galvanometer, in the manner usually prac-
tised when testing the charge of a submarine cable. The formula for obtain-
ing the measurement in absolute units from the throw of the needle is very
simple, requiring only observations of the time of oscillation, of a resist-
ance in absolute measure, and of a deflection of the galyanometer-needle.
All of these observations can readily be made, so that their accumulated
error cannot exceed one per cent. ; and for the present purpose this accuracy
is sufficient, inasmuch as, when using the condenser, -small variations
inevitably occur, arising from the residual discharge. While therefore the
new provisional unit of capacity has no claim to a high scientific accuracy, it
will supply a practical want and introduce a unit based on the principles
adopted by the Committee, in place of the random measures supplied by a
knot of Persian Gulf or Atlantic cable.
No decision has yet been arrived at whether the new unit shall be issued
by the Committee, or on Mr. Jenkin’s own responsibility, nor has the price
been fixed.
The experiments by which it has been obtained are given in an Ap-
pendix.
The practical applications of the standard of capacity are important. It
will allow the capacity of submarine cables to be universally expressed in
comparable figures, and may lead to improvement by the diminution of the
specific inductive capacity of the insulator, precisely as the introduction of
units of resistance has assisted the improvement in insulation and conduc-
tivity.
The electromagnetic capacity standard will also, by comparison with the
electrostatic standard about to be made, furnish one mode of determining
the constant called v in previous Reports, a number of much importance in
the theory of electricity.
The next unit or standard for consideration is that of the difference of
potentials or electromotive force in absolute measure, concerning which the
experiments have been wholly in Sir William Thomson’s hands. He reports
that he has at last succeeded in constructing a series of electrometers
capable of measuring differences of potential ranging from ;1, of a Daniell’s
eell up to 100,000 cells, and that these measurements can all be reduced to
absolute units by comparison with one instrument of the series.
This class of instruments has been created by Sir William Thom-
son, who year by year has produced electrometers each surpassing its pre-
decessor, both in accuracy and delicacy ; but although those who have had
practical experience of the admirable results obtained by these, have for the
last two or three years believed that the limit of excellence has been reached,
Sir William Thomson has not ceased to invent better and simpler forms, until
478 % REPORT—1867.
the instruments now supplied surpass every expectation of practical electri-
cians and furnish, indeed, a new engine for electrical research.
The chief difficulties encountered have been the insulation of the Leyden
jar, which has formed an essential part of all the contrivances, its main-
tenance at a constant potential, and the reduction to absolute measurement ;
in the present instrument absolutely perfect insulation is no longer required ;
for by a new device for converting mechanical force into statical electricity
(first constructed by Mr. Varley in 1859) Sir William Thomson is able at any
moment to replenish the jar by a few turns of a handle, and by a gauge
electrometer, he can insure that the same charge is constantly maintained
in the instrument. The difficulty of the reduction to absolute units consists
in the difficulty of comparing the extremely small forces produced by electro-
static attraction, witn the force of gravitation, and in the accurate measure-
ment of the extremely small distances which separate the attracting surfaces.
Sir William Thomson reports that these difficulties have been overcome in his
opinion, and that he will be shortly in a position to construct and issue a
simple pattern of an absolute electrometer or gauge of potential which will
serve as a standard for general use.
Further experiments and tests are, however, required before this can be
done, as any precipitation would only injure the interests of the Committee.
It is right here to mention that the above experiments have been carried
out almost entirely at the expense of Sir William Thomson.
The replenisher, which is founded on the principle of the electrophorus,
may very possibly supersede the old form of electrical machine entirely ; it
has some analogy with the electromagnetic machines lately invented by
Mr. C. W. Siemens and Professor Wheatstone, by which intense dynamic
effects are evolved from the smallest initial trace of magnetism, by the con-
version of mechanical force into electric currents, and was, indeed, sug-
gested by this invention to Sir William Thomson, who reinvented the plan
patented by Mr, Varley*.
A modification of the same contrivance will allow the comparison of ex-
tremely minute quantities of electricity, such, indeed, as might be accumulated
on a pin’s head; by a series of rapid inductions a charge is accumulated on
the electrode of an electrometer, which may be made equal in potential to
that on the pin’s head, but infinitely exceeding it in quantity; the effect of
this charge in the electrometer can then be observed without difficulty, and
any increase or diminution in the quantity of electricity on the pin’s head
or proof plane can be detected, and the rate of loss or increase observed.
The potentials to which various small bodies are charged can also be observed
by the same method, the advantage of which consists in the fact that the
original charge on the body tested is undisturbed by the test, whereas by
any of the older tests the charge was altered by being touched by a proof
plane or by the electrode of the electrometer.
A similar plan has already been proposed by Mr. Varley and Sir William
Thomson, with a water-dropping arrangement, but the mechanical contrivance
is in all ways preferable. No expense has been incurred by the Committee for
these instruments or experiments.
* Passing to the unit of current, the Committee regret that no experiments
have yet been made with the large absolute electrodynamometer constructed
with the funds granted by the Royal Society. Much difficulty has been
experienced in finding a sufficiently solid foundation in London, and probably
the instruments must be moved into the country for accurate use.
* A similar plan was proposed by Mr. Nicholson in 1785: vide Phil. Trans.
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 479
A portable electrodynamometer has been constructed which will be suit-
able for distribution as a standard instrument. It can be compared with the
large absolute instrument, and can also be compared directly with the most
sensitive astatic galvanometers yet made, as has been already proved by expe-
riment. These instruments cannot be distributed until further experiments
on their constancy have been made.
Sir William Thomson, at his own expense, has also constructed an electro-
dynamometer for absolute measure. His results will check those obtained in
London, and the portable standard will also be tested by being sent backwards
and forwards between Glasgow and London, to be compared alternately with
the absolute instruments.
The determination of ‘‘v,”’ the ratio between the electrostatic and electro-
magnetic units, is also an object pursued by the Committee. Sir William
Thomson has made preliminary experiments, and has obtained numbers for
this constant by the aid of the absolute electrodynamometer, and the absolute
electrometer already named. The number he has obtained differs so consider-
ably from that hitherto received that he prefers to extend his experiments
before publication. The same remark applies to the measurement of the
electromotive force of a Daniell’s cell, made by the absolute electrometer.
Itis hoped that the present Report contains satisfactory evidence that valu-
able work is being done by the Committee, and that the sums of money
liberally granted by the Association have been expended on proper objects.
It will be seen that these grants have stimulated further expenditure on
the part of more than one member; and thanks are also due to the Electric
and International Telegraph Company, for the liberality with which they
have lent large batteries, thereby saving much expense. The Committee are
willing to be reappointed, and require no grant of money for the ensuing
year.
APPENDIX.
I. Ona “ Resistance-Measurer.” By C. W. Stemens, F.R.S.
For the measurement of small resistances the method formerly employed
was that of the tangent galvanometer, which method is still valuable in the
determination of resistances which are inseparable from a difference of electric
potential, such, for instance, as a galvanic element.
In measuring wire-resistance, more accurate and convenient methods have
been devised, amongst which that of the common differential galyanometer
and that known as Wheatstone’s balance hold the most prominent places.
_ But both these systems have disadvantages which render them insufficient
in agreat many cases. For instance, in the first method a well-adjusted vari-
able-resistance-coil is necessary, which, if the method is intended to be appli-
cable between wide limits, will have impracticable large dimensions. The
bridge method, though very beautiful, requires three adjusted coils, and fre-
quently gives rise to calculations, which renders it unavailable for unskilled
operators. The sine method, which is the most suitable for measuring great
resistances, requires even a superior amount of skill and mathematical know-
ledge on the part of the operator.
Many years’ experience of these methods made me feel the want of an in-
strument which would, by its simplicity of construction and ease of manipula-
tion, be capable of employment by an unskilled operator with a degree of
exactness equal to that of the bridge method. ;
480 REPORT—1867.
The condition upon which such an instrument could be successful appeared
to be the following :—
1. The employment of a zero method, by which the galvanometer-needle
should always be brought to the direction of the magnetic meridian, or the
same given point upon the scale, and therefore be independent of the unknown
function of the angle of deflection.
2. The readings to be made upon asimple lineal measure divided into equal
parts signifying equal units of resistance.
3. The employment of a single and unalterable comparison-resistance.
The apparatus constructed to fulfil these conditions is represented by the
following diagram :—
Two equal and parallel helices, 2 and h', are fixed upon the common
slide s s', which moves in the direction of its length between guide rollers.
This motion is effected by the end s’ armed by a facing of agate, which
presses against the face of the metal curve ce’. The latter is fixed upon a
slide moving in a groove in the rule dd’, at right angles in the direction d d' by
means of a milled head 7, on the axis of which is a pinion gearing into a rack
underneath the straight edge of the curve cc’. The rule dd’ is graduated in
equal parts ; and opposite to the divisions is a nonius up the straight edge and
the curve, to divide each degree into ten parts. Whenever the milled head
i’, therefore, is turned, the position of the curve is altered ; and as the point s’
of the bobbin-slide is pressed against it by means of a spring, the bobbin fol-
lows it in all its movements.
The wires of the two bobbins are connected together, in the common point
a, with the pole of a galvanic battery e, the other pole being connected with
two resistances R, and through these with the remaining end of the galvano-
meter-helices. The resistance R is made constant, and adjusted so that when
xv=0 the index of the curve stands exactly opposite the zero of the graduated
scale d d', the unknown resistance being represented by «.
It is evident that, the resistance in the bobbins being equal, as also their
dimensions and initial magnetic effects upon the needle suspended between
them, if we make the resistance w equal to R, the current in the two branches
iil
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 481
will be equal, and the magnet-needle therefore balanced between them only
when the helices are equally distant from it. Should, however, either of these
resistances preponderate, the strength of current in that branch will be les-
sened; and in order to reestablish the balance it will be necessary to shift the
bobbins, approaching the one in which the weaker current is circulating towards
the suspended magnet.
The instrument is erected upon a horizontal metal table standing upon
three leyelling-screws. The bobbin, the suspended magnet, and dial plate for
observing the zero of the pointer are contained in a glass case, supported by
four brass pillars. The instrument is supplied with terminals for the battery-
connexions, and a current-breaker for interrupting the battery-circuit. Oppo-
site to these are four terminal screws for receiving the ends of the resistances
R and x, with contact-plugs between them, in order to quickly establish a
short circuit in case the operator should be in doubt towards which side he
has to move the adjusting-curve. Two constant resistances accompany the
apparatus R—that which is used during the measurement, and a, a resistance
of known yalue, which is introduced between the terminals # in order to
enable the operator for his own security to make a control measurement by
which he may verify the accuracy of the instrument at any time. Another
purpose of this resistance is to facilitate the readjustment of the zero-point, in
case the galyanometer should at any time be cleaned or a new silk-fibre put in.
In constructing the sliding curve of this instrument, it might be determined
by calculation from the formula given by Weber for the deflection produced by
a circular current of known magnitude upon a magnetic point, and from the
given distance of the coils from each other. I prefer, however, in practice to
determine the curve of each separate apparatus empirically, because it is not
possible to coil a helix mathematically true, or to set it, when coiled absolutely
at right angles to the plane of its horizontal motion.
In the determination of each curve I use a delicately adjusted rheostat or
seale of resistances in the circuit of w, giving it varying values corresponding
to the equal divisions of the engraved scale, and constructing the curve accord-
ing to the position which it is found necessary to give to the point s’ in order
to arrive at the magnetic balance. With each instrument it would be possible
to haye two values of R—one expressed in mercury and the other in B.A. units;
and in order to measure at pleasure in either of these units, it would only be
necessary to insert the one or other between the terminal screws for R.
The instrument has been found to be very convenient for the measurement
of the wire-resistances of overland lines, or for the reading of resistance ther-
mometers ; it reduces the operation and the observation of the zero position of
a needle, and the reading upon a graduated scale, which can be performed by
a person of ordinary intelligence without experience in electrical measurement.
In accuracy and range it equals the bridge method, while as regards portability
and cheapness of apparatus the advantages are decidedly in its fayour*.
II. On a Modification of Siemens’s Resistance-Measurer.
By Frxemine Junki, F.R.S.
The following method of measuring resistances was suggested to Mr. Jenkin
by the above invention of Mr. Siemens :—
Let two tangent galvanometer-coils of equal magnetic moment be fixed
* T have lately constructed the same instrument on this principle with a circular instead
of a straight sliding-piece, which gives the advantage of a longer graduated scale in the
form of a circle. The circular sliding curve is adjusted by radial set screws in a solid ring
working in a V-groove round the galvanometer.
1867. 2k
482 REPORT—1867.
together at right angles, with a short magnet hung in their centre, having
a long light index pointing at a fiducial mark when the needle is in the
magnetic meridian. Let the battery and coils be so joined that the current
shall divide in the ratio of the resistances in the two coils, and shall pass in
such a direction as to tend to turn the needle in opposite directions.
The dotted lines show the position of coils when the current is passing.
Let one coil with a resistance R at the beginning of the experiment stand
in the magnetic meridian, and the other coil with a resistance R, in a plane
perpendicular to the meridian; and when the current is passing in such a
direction that R tends to turn N § in the direction of the arrow, let the coils
be turned till the needle is again brought to the fiducial point and the coil R,
makes an angle ¢ with the magnetic meridian, then we have R = tan 9 R, ;
for the force exerted by the coil R, to deflect the needle in the direction of
the arrow will then equal m sin @ ; the force exerted by the coil R, to deflect
the needle in the opposite direction will be m, cos ¢; and we have m sin
mr .
p=mM, COS g, OF m tan ¢, Where m and m, are the couples experienced by
the magnet under the action of the two coils, but as we have supposed these
‘ ‘ , ; m,
coils to haye equal magnetic moments with equal currents, a ee there-
1
fore R=tan ¢ R,. Rand R, need not be the resistances of the galvano-
meter-coils only, but may consist of two parts, G+ 7 and G, +7,, where
G and G, are the resistances of the galvanometer-coils, but 7 and 7, are
added resistances. Thus, when GG, and 7 are known, 7, can be obtained by a
simple observation.
if G + r be one, one hundred, or one thousand units, the resistance of 7,
will be equal to the tangent of ¢, or to one hundred or one thousand times
that tangent respectively minus in cach case a constant = G,.
If the range of the instrument were not required to be very great, the coils
would be turned by the pushing of a straight slide, equal divisions on which
would correspond to equal increments‘of the tangent of ¢, and the scale would
be numbered, so that the resistance 7,<should be read off directly, as in
Mr. Siemens’s instrument. fe
The tangent coils should be made of German-silver wire, and might be
arranged as practised by Helmholtz and Gaugain. Theoretically, the range
of each instrument would be infinite, ¢.-e: any instrument would be capable
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 483
of measuring an infinitely small or infinitely large resistance ; but clearly the
resistance of G + 7 should be so arranged in each case that the angle ob-
served was not very different from 45°. The range of the instrument may
be further increased by the use of elements.
III. Comparison of B.A. Units to be deposited at Kew Observatory.
By C. Hocxr.
The following Table shows the value of the different copies of the B.A.
units that have been made for preservation at Kew :—
|
Tempera-
No of tures at
Material of coil. coil Date of observation, | which coil |Observer.
: has a resist-
lance=10'="
January 4, 1865 155C. | C.H.
Platinum-iridium alloy... 2 June 6, 1865 | 16:0 A. M.
February 10, 1867 | 16-0 C. H.
January 4,1865| 153 C. H.
Platinum-iridium alloy... 3 June 6, 1865} 15°8 A.M.
February 10, 1867 | 15:8 C. H.
: January 95,1865) 15°6 A.M.
Gold-silver alloy ......... 10 { Febrasey1 0,1867| 15-6 Ci.
April 10,1865} 15:3 A.M.
Gold-silver alloy ......... 58 | June 6,1865| 15°3 A.M.
February 10, 1867 | 15:3 COHs
January 7, 1865) 15:7 Cy:
PURGE ss fesissssbons cess 35 August 18,1866} 15:7 A.M.
February 10, 1867 | 15:7 O..H
January 7,1865) 155 Cr:
PP IRUGUTIT \.casctescscen ens 36 | augue 18,1866} 15:5 A.M.
February 10, 1867 | 15:7 C. H.
February 15, 1865 | 15-2 C. H.
Platinum-silver alloy...... 43 {Mar 9, 1865) 15:2 A.M.
February 10, 1867 | 15:2 C. H.
February 2, 1865} 16-0 A.M.
Mercury .......00eeseeeee I hee 18, 1866| 16:0 A.M.
February 11, 1867| 16:7 C. H.
February 3, 1865} 148 A.M.
WMLCEGUTY: oc s-chessssesanncne> HF | an 18, 1866} 148 A.M.
February 11,1866} 148 C. H.
IVGROUIY.sesentengeseceo ness iil. February 11, 1867| 17:9 C. H.
* The alteration of this coil, observed on February 11, 1867, is due, no doubt, to a defect
observed in the glass tube.
The tube was of lead-glass. Perhaps the strong nitric acid used to clean the tube
a the glass. A new mercury unit (No. III.) was made in consequence of this
efect.
The apparent alteration in the platinum-iridium coils from the first value found, I believe
to be owing to a clerical error. No alteration has been observed in them since the second
observation made by Dr. Matthiessen in June 1865.
The values given in the above Table are deduced from the German-silyer coil called B,
used in your Committee’s experiments in 1864. This coil was found (by comparison with
copies made in 1864, of gold-silver, German silver, and platinum silver) not to have altered.
The coil B was also compared with the coil (June 4) used in 1863, and the ratio of the
two coils was found not to have altered.
IV. Experiments on Capacity. By Frenne Jenxiy, F.R.S.
The capacity of a condenser made of mica and tinfoil was adjusted so as
to be approximately equal to 10-4 electromagnetic absolute units, according
25K2
484 REPORT—1867.
to the following experiments. The capacity of any condenser can be directly
measured in absolute measure by the following formula applying to the effect
of a single discharge from the condenser through a galvanometer :—
t sin 27
S=2 2
ak,
(vide Report, 1863, Appendix C, p. 144), where R, is the resistance of a
circuit in which the electromotive force used to charge the condenser would
produce the unit deflection, while ¢ is the angle to which the needle is ob-
served to swing from a position of rest, and is half the period or time of a
complete oscillation of the needle of the galyanometer under the influence of
terrestrial magnetism alone.
This formula, which is analogous to that for any ballistic pendulum acted
upon by a known impulse, supposes that the whole impulse is given in a time
very short as compared with ¢, and it also supposes that the deflection 7 is
unimpeded by friction.
I employed a Thomson’s astatic reflecting galvanometer with double coils
of German-silver wire. The oscillations, with the usual mirror and magnet,
subside so rapidly that ¢ cannot be measured with accuracy, and zis very
sensibly affected by the resistance of the air; to obviate this I attached a
brass ball to the lower magnet of the galvanometer, weighing 55 grains*.
A single floss-silk fibre can just support this weight, under which it con-
tinues to stretch sensibly for about three days. In order that the discharge
from the condenser, electrified by from 20 to 30 cells, should have force to move
this heavy ball through a sensible angle, the galvanometer was made highly
astatic, and then I found that with even a single cocoon fibre the needle did
not return to zero within three or four divisions of the scale for some
minutes, exhibiting a kind of viscosity. The floss-silk fibre, though much
weaker, gave a very constant zero. The yalue of ¢ with the weighted
needle seldom differed much from 20 seconds, and the times could be observed
for 10 or 11 minutes, during which time ¢ was found to remain sensibly
constant. As there was no difficulty in observing the times of oscillation
within one second, it may be said that the observed value of ¢ was correct
within one part in 500. Greater accuracy was not required, as the possible
error from other sources considerably exceeds this. Twenty Daniell’s cells
were used to charge the condenser, and the. discharge observed was about
180 divisions; but the observations were recorded within a quarter of a
division: as this is done by estimating the position of the reflected spot
stationary between the two black lines of the scale for an almost insensible
time, it would not be right to assume that the deflection 7 is observed with
greater accuracy than one part in 400. When the spot of light returned
after making one complete oscillation, the diminution in the deflection was
from 10 to 12 divisions ; one quarter of this amount was therefore added as
correction in each case to the deflection observed. The resistance of the
whole circuit was composed of the battery resistance, that of German-silyer
resistance-coils, and of the German-silver coils in the galvanometer; no
considerable variation could therefore occur except in the battery, which
formed only a small portion of the total resistance. The coils (adjusted by
Mr. Hockin) are probably correct within one part in a thousand, and the
measurement of the galyanometer-coils is equally well known.
From what has been said, it might be expected that the capacity of any
condenser could be obtained with an accuracy of one part in 400 or 500 at
* The ball, two magnets, mirror, and connecting bar, forming the whole suspended
system, weighed 574 grains.
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. A485
least ; but successive discharges were occasionally found to differ by as much
as two divisions, though this amount of discrepancy was rare. It was due
partly to the residual effect of former charges in the condenser, though great
care was taken to avoid this, partly, it is believed, to slight changes in the
electromotive force of the battery (which was not in very good order, the
discharges being generally less toward the end of a set of experiments), and
partly to slight motion of the needle at the moment of taking the discharge.
This last source of error made it impossible to make the observations in Lon-
don ; even in the country the needle was seldom, if ever, absolutely still,
though the oscillations were generally less than one division. The variation
of the electromotive force and resistance of the battery when taking a per-
manent deflection was another source of error. Owing to the great inertia
of the swinging parts, no observation could be taken until the current had
been flowing for at least a minute, and often more; and, especially when small
resistances were used, the deflections visibly diminished with time. Owing to
all these causes, I do not depend on the results obtained as certainly accurate
within less than one per cent. This is the less to be regretted, as the capacity
of a mica condenser is very ill defined within wide limits, owing to absorption.
The condenser used consisted of 38 plates of mica, about 0-003 in. thick, and
having a circular piece of tinfoil 3 in. in diameter cemented to each side of the
mica, with a piece of each tinfoil projecting beyond the mica so as to join all
the upper tinfoils and all the lower tinfoils together, and form the inner and
outer armature of the condensers. This plan has for some time been practised
by Mr, Latimer Clark, and makes a very constant and well-insulated condenser,
extremely easy to adjust roughly by altering the number of the mica plates, and
for small corrections by cutting away portions of the tinfoil from the top plate.
Mica, like all other solid dielectrics with which I am acquainted, apparently
absorbs electricity to a very large extent, and continues to do so for a long
time, discharging it at first rapidly, but at the last very slowly indeed, so that
a complete discharge is not effected for hours. The total capacity of the con-
denser varies therefore as the time varies during which it is charged, and the
apparent discharge varies with the time during which we measure it; for
instance, if we merely observe the discharge due to a momentary contact,
we shall obtain a different result from that given when we maintain the
contact all the time the needle is swinging ; the result will also vary in the
latter case with the time of oscillation of the galvanometer needle. If the
needle oscillates slowly, it will be acted upon by a greater quantity of elec-
tricity than if oscillating rapidly. Thus, in one experiment, the deflection,
when the discharging contact was permanently maintained, was 166 divisions,
when a momentary contact was made by a blow it was only 156°. When
the contact was made for about 1-7 second the deflection was 161, and when
the contact was maintained for 3-4 seconds the deflection was 164; the
maximum deflection of 166 was reached after 5 seconds: these experiments
show that when the needle had travelled two-thirds of its maximum
distance, the current being discharged exercised a very sensible influence on
the deflection. The ballistic formula is therefore not strictly applicable to a
case of this kind, and a different result would be obtained with a galvano-
meter oscillating either more or less quickly than the one I used. . It seemed
therefore unnecessary to take great precautions or to aim at any high degree
of accuracy ; and my object has simply been to provide a unit for cable-testing
which shall be approximately equal to the ideal standard chosen by the Com-
mittee, and which can be used with at least as great accuracy as those copies
of knots of Atlantic or Persian Gulf cables hitherto used.
485 REPORT—1867.
The value of R,, in the formula given at the commencement, was found
by two methods, which we will call the indirect and direct method. In
the indirect method three sets of resistance-coils, a, b, ¢, were arranged
as in fig. 1, with a battery B, and a galvanometer G, and a shunt Z, equal
Fig. 1.
1
rs
oe
bo
in resistance to 54, of the galvanometer-coils. The resistance ¢ was made
equal to 1000 units, and the resistances a and 6 adjusted until a convenient
deflection was obtained on the galvanometer; the resistance a was next
changed to a,, and 6 was then altered to 4,, so as to give the same deflection
as before on the galvanometer G. Then calling d the deflection observed, G
the resistance of the galyanometer, we have
= __ yo+e+nG) (6, +e+7G)_ \
R,=nd | (a,—«a) Lae ie Cr>
a formula for which the resistance of the battery need not be calculated
n=1000).
The second or direct method of obtaining R, was first to caleulate the resis-
tance of the battery B by the following formula (fig. 2) :—/ and f are variable
resistances; g the resistance of the shunted galvanometer =47:2 in my ex-
periments; break the circuit at f, and adjust h till a convenient reading
is obtained ; then join f, as shown in the sketch, and adjust f and / until the
same deflection is obtained as before ; then, calling h, the last resistance at h,
we have
_ ph—h,
Oo ae I,
Secondly, a direct deflection d was obtained with a resistance k in cir-
cuit; then R,=nd (k+B+ Q).
The following is a record of the experiments made in chronological
order :—
September 22.—Discharge.—Values of 7 after charging for one minute
with 20 cells :—
ie 2°. 3°. 4, De Mean.
167 167 166 165 165 166
Adding 2:5 to compensate for portion of air i=168-5, and the angle being
very small, sin }7=84-25.
Test for insulation; discharge after one minute’s insulation 154,
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 487
Times.—First four oscillations ; ; the spot crossed the central point in the
same direction at
0' 35"",, .0' 65", 1’ 142", 1’ 88";
last four oscillations,
ete eae) 720.10", 10" Bo".
Total number of oscillations 31, Mean value of 2=19' 15”.
Value of R,. Indirect sethags —
a. ay. b,. e. d. R, Ohm’s.
125 S000 10000 100 649 1000 2754 5: 17 x 10°
2°....6000 8000 1000. 575 1000 354i 517 ,,
3°....8000 10000 1000 647 1000 2743 SE gy
AD: 6008 8000 1000 574 1000 3554 5:18
Mean value of R, in absolute measure 5:16 x 101, Vulua. of 8, 99° 58: XKAOiz?,
Value of R,. ‘Direct method. Battery ar ari —
sl h. h.. g:
Ze ¢ ee Teno ee a a Mean yalue of B 488,
Deflection with variable resistance in circuit ; i—
d. k. B. I: n. R, Ohm’s.
= .. 2262 22000 488 47 1000 510 x 10°
.3104 16000 488 47 1000 5:13 x 10°
Mean baat: ‘of R,=5'125 x 10" absolute units. Value of S from values
of ¢ and? as above, 100:21 x 10-!4,
September 24.—Discharge.—sin 4 i=84:75. R, from indirect method :—
a. ay. b. b,. C. d. R, Ohm’s.
...» 6000 8000 1000 575 1000 554 518 x 10°
2°.... 8000 10000 1000 648 1000 275 516 x 10°
Mean value of R, in absolute measure 5:17 x 10°, Assuming ¢ as on
September 23, S=99-92 x 10-¥,
The box holding the condenser was now filled up with an insulating com-
position,
October 13. — Discharge. — 184 divisions, 12 divisions lost on return,
sin 3i=93:'5. Discharge after one minute’s insulation 181 divisions.
Time.—F ust four oscillations,
0' 30", 0’ BS a Sars
last four oscillations,
Lor ae, TOl Ze", TO aaa” ETe5F
Total number of oscillations 31. Mean value of 2:=20:47.
R, by ied rect ere —
b,. ¢. d, R,.
8000 10000 a 646 1000 3833 619 x 10°.
Value of S=98°-42 x 10-¥,
R, by direct method. Battery resistance :—
h. h
if hi. g-
10 17400 700 47 22352
Direct deflection ;—
; hk, B. g: N. R,.
1°,,,.2702 22000 2253 47 1000 6:01 x 10°
2. og. SOO 18000 2253 47 1000 6:05 x 10°
Mean value of R,=6-03 x 10" absolute units. Value of S=101-03 x 10-”,
October 15.—Discharge :—
iP: 2°. 3°. 4°, BY, 6°.
185 185 1842 184 1842 1842
Mean 184:6, adding 3 for air, sin } i=93°8.
Times.—First four, 0' 23", 0' 422”, missed, 1' 24” ; last four, 7’ 55", 8' 16",
8' 35", 24 oscillations in all, Mean value of 2¢=20°56.
488 REPORT—1867.
Independent series of observations divided into triplets :—
first two, 0'223, 1' 24”, last two, 9'374, 10:39,
30 oscillations in all. Mean value of 24=20°55.
Value of h,. aes method. Battery resistance :—
Jon C0 j ADOC CI BOR OHO IBIS Oooe 53 506 223
Direct deflection :—
d. k. B. g- N. R, Ohm’s.
Oe 28 22000 219 47 1000 6:19 x 10°
2°,...821%4 19000 219 47 1000 6:19 x 10°
Mean value of R, in absolute units 6-19 x10". Value of S=99-2 x 10-¥,
October 17.—Discharge :—
1 DF on 4°. Mean.
179 180 179 180 179°5
sin 37=917.
Times :—
0' 55", 1'562", 10' 72", 11’ 82".
Total number of Gale ione 30. Mean value of 21—= 20: AG,
Value of R,. Eee Te method. Battery resistance :—
Ce
Direct deflection. :—
d. k. B. q: 2. R, Ohms.
Lo ea 20S 22000 2153 47 1000 597 x 10°
2°... .029 18000 2153 47 1000 6:01 x 10°
Mean value of R, = 5:99 x 10” absolute units. Value of S=99-25.
The seven values obtained for § give a mean value of -9965 x 10-4 as
the capacity of the mica-plate condenser when charged for one minute, and
measured by a discharge through a galvanometer, on the needle of which it
acts for about 5 seconds. If we reject the two observations made on Oct. 15,
which were, indeed, only preliminary, and made with less care than all the
others, we find the average to be 0:°9962 x 10-™ and the approximation be-
tween this mean and any single results is 0-42 per cent. It is therefore
probable that a unit copied from this preliminary standard will not be one
per cent. wrong.
A tenfold multiple (10~" absolute measure) of the condenser measured is
a convenient magnitude as a practical unit of capacity for telegraphy ; thus
the capacity of the Atlantic cable per knot thus measured is 0:3535. Assum-
ing that the practical unit of electromotive force will be chosen as that mul-
tiple which is most nearly equal to Daniell’s cell, 7. ¢. 10° electromagnetic
units, then the capacity of the proposed practical unit is such that it contains
with ‘the unit EK M F the same quantity of electricity as would be passed
in one second through a circuit of the resistance of one Megohm. Thus
105 E M F, acting on a circuit of 101%, will pass in one second 10-8 absolute
units of quantity ; and similarly, 10° EK M F will charge a condenser of ab-
solute capacity equal to 10—!° with 10—* absolute units of quantity. This
practical series of units is that which, in the opinion of Mr. Latimer Clark
and myself, is best adapted for practical use in telegraphy. Mr. Clark calls
the unit of quantity thus defined (10—‘) one Farad, and similarly says that
the unit of capacity has a capacity of one Farad, it being understood that this
is the capacity when charged with unit electromotive force (10°).
=
=
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 489
V. Report on Hlectrometers and Electrostatic Measwrements.
By Sir Wu. Tomson, “LS.
§1. An electrometer is an instrument for measuring differences of electric
potential between two conductors through effects of electrostatic force, and is
distinguished from the galvanometer, which, of whatever species, measures
differences of electric potentials through electromagnetic effects of electric
currents produced by them. When an electrometer merely indicates the
existence of electric potential, without measuring its amount; it is commonly
called an electroscope; but the name electrometer is properly applied when
greater or less degrees of difference are indicated on any scale of reckoning,
if approximately constant, even during a single series of experiments. The
first step towards accurate electrometry in every case is to deduce from
the scale-readings numbers which shall be in simple proportion to the dif-
ference of potentials to be determined. The next and last step is to assign
the corresponding values in absolute electrostatic measure. ‘Thus, when for
any electrometer the first step has been taken, it remains only to determine
the single constant coefficient by which the numbers deduced from its indica-
tions as simply proportional to differences of potential must be multiplied to
give differences of potential in absolute electrostatic measure. This coeflicient
will be called, for brevity, the absolute coefficient of the instrument in question.
§ 2. Thus, for example, the gold-leaf electrometer indicates differences of
potential between the gold leaves and the solid walls enclosing the air-space
in which they move. If this solid be of other than sufficiently perfect con-
ducting material, of wood and glass, or of metal and glass, for instance, as in
the instrument ordinarily made, it is quite imperfect and indefinite in its
indications, and is not worthy of being even called an electroscope, as it may
exhibit a divergence when the difference of potentials which the operator
desires to discover is absolutely zero. It is interesting to remark that
Faraday first remedied this defect by coating the interior of the glass case
with tinfoil cut away to leave apertures proper and sufficient to allow indi-
cations to be seen, but not enough to cause these indications to differ sensibly
from what they would be if the conducting envelope were completely closed
around it; and that not till a long time after did any other naturalist, mathe-
matician, or instrument-maker seem to have noticed the defect, or even to have
unconsciously remedied it.
§ 3. Electrometers may be classified in genera and species according to the
shape and kinematic relations of their parts; but as in plants and animals a
perfect continuity of intermediate species has been imagined between the
rudimentary plant and the most perfect animal, so in electrometers we may
actually construct species having intermediate qualities continuous between
the most widely different genera. But, notwithstanding, some such classifi-
cation as the following is convenient with reference to the several instruments
commonly in use and now to be described :—
I. Repulsion electrometers,
Pair of diverging straws as used by Beccaria, Volta, and others, last
century.
Pair of diverging gold leaves (Bennet).
Peltier’s electrometer.
Delmann’s electrometer.
Old-station electrometer, described in lecture to the Royal Institu-
tion, May 1860; also in Nichol’s Cyclopedia, article “ Elec-
tricity, Atmospheric” (edition 1860), and in Dr. Eyerett’s
490 REPORT—1867.
paper of 1867, “On Atmospheric Electricity” (Philosophical
Transactions).
II. Symmetrical electrometers,
Bohnenberger’s electrometer.
Divyided-ring electrometers.
III. Attracted disk electrometers.
Absolute electrometer.
Long-range electrometer.
Portable electrometer.
Spring-standard electrometer.
§ 4. Class I. is sufficiently illustrated by the examples referred to ; and it
is not necessary to explain any of these instruments minutely at present, as
they are, for the present at all events, superseded by the diyided-ring elec-
trometer and electrometers of the third class.
There are at present only two known species of the second class; but it is
intended to include all electrometers in which a symmetrical field of electric
force is constituted by two symmetrical fixed conductors at different electric
potentials, and in which the indication of the force is produced by means of
an electrified body moveable symmetrically in either direction from a middle
position in this field, This definition is obviously fulfilled by Bohnenberger’s
well-known instrument*.
§ 5. My first published description of a divided-ring electrometer is to be
found in the Memoirs of the Roman Academy of Sciences about 1856; but
since that time I have made great improvements in the instrument—first, by
applying a light mirror to indicate deflections of the moving body; next, by
substituting for two half rings four quadrants, and consequently for an
electrified body projecting on one side only of the axis, an electrified body
projecting symmetrically on the two sides, and moveable round an axis; and
lastly, by various mechanical improvements and by the addition of a simple
gauge to test the electrification of the moveable body, and a replenisher to
raise this electrification to any desired degree.
§ 6. In the accompanying drawings, Plate V. fig. 1 represents the front
elevation of the instrument, of which the chief bulk consists of a jar of white
glass (flint) supported on three legs by a brass mounting, cemented round the
outside of its mouth, which is closed by a flat cover of stout sheet-brass, and
a lantern-shaped cover standing over a wide aperture in its centre. For
brevity, in what follows these three parts will be called the jar, the main
cover, and the lantern.
Fig. 5 represents the quadrants as seen from above; they are seen in ele-
vation at a and 3, fig. 1, and in section at ¢ andd, fig.2. They consist of four
quarters of a flat circular box of brass, with circular apertures in the centres
of its top and bottom. Their position in the instrument is shown in figs.
1,2, & 6. Each of the four quadrants is supported on a glass stem passing
downwards through a slot in the main cover of the jar, from a brass mount-
ing on the outside of it, and admits of being drawn outwards for a space
of about 3 of an inch (1 centim.) from the positions they occupy when the
instrument is in use, which are approximately those shown in the drawings.
Three of them are secured in their proper positions by nuts (¢, e, ¢) on the out-
side of the chief flat lid of the jar shown in fig. 4. The upper end of the stem,
carrying the fourth, is attached to a brass piece (f ) resting on three short legs
* A single gold leaf hanging between the upper ends of two equal and similar dry piles
standing vertically on a horizontal plate of metal, one with its positive and the other with
its negative pole up. + Accademia Pontificia dei Nuovi Lincei.
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 491
on the upper side of the main cover, two of these legs’ being guided by a
straight V-groove at g to give them freedom to move in a straight line in-
wards or outwards, and to prevent any other motion. This brass piece is
pressed outwards and downwards by a properly arranged spring (h), and is
kept from sliding out by a micrometer-screw (7) turning in a fixed nut. This
simple kinematic arrangement gives great steadiness to the fourth quadrant
when the screw is turned inwards or outwards, and then left in any position ;
and at the same time produces but little friction against the sliding in either
direction. The opposite quadrants are connected in two pairs by wires, as
shown in fig. 5; and two stout vertical wires (/, m), called the chief electrodes
passing through holes in the roof of the lantern, are firmly supported by long
perforated vulcanite columns passing through those holes which serve to
connect the pairs of quadrants with the external conductors whose difference
of potentials is to be tested. Springs (7, 0) at the lower ends of these columns,
shown in figs. 1 & 2, maintain metallic contact between the chief electrodes
and the upper sides of two contiguous quadrants (« & 6) when the lantern is set
down in its proper position, but allow the lantern to be removed, carrying the
chief electrodes with it, and to be replaced at pleasure without disturbing the
quadrants. The lantern also carries an insulated charging-rod (p), or tem-
porary electrode, for charging the inner coating of the jar (§ 11) to a small
degree, to be increased by the replenisher ($ 12), or, it may be, for making
special experiments in which the potential of the interior coating of the jar
is to be measured by a separate electrometer, or kept at any stated amount
from that of the outer coating. When not in use this temporary electrode is
secured in a position in which it is disconnected from the inner coating.
§ 7. The main cover supports a glass column (q, fig. 2) projecting vertically
upwards through its central aperture, to the upper end of which is attached a
brass piece (7), which bears above it a fixed attracting disk (s), to be described
later (§ 13); and projecting down from it a fixed plate bearing the silk-fibre
suspension of the mirror (¢), needle (), &c., seen in figs. 1 & 2, and fixed guard
tubes (v, w), to be described presently.
§ 8. The moveable conductor of the instrument consists of a stiff platinum
wire (wv), about 8 centimetres (3% inches) long, with the needle rigidly attached
in a perpendicular plane to it, and connected with sulphuric acid in the
bottom of the jar by a fine platinum wire hung down from its lower end and
kept stretched by a platinum weight under the level of the liquid. The
upper end of the stiff platinum wire is supported by a single silk-fibre so that
it hangs down vertically. The mirror is attached to it just below its upper
end. Thus the mirror, the needle, and the stiff platinum stem constitute a
rigid body haying very perfect freedom to move round a vertical axis (the
line of the bearing fibre), and yet practically prevented from any other
motion in the regular use of the instrument by the weight of its own mass
and that of the loose piece of platinum hanging from it below the surface of
the liquid in the jar. A very small magnet is attached to the needle, which,
by strong magnets fixed outside the jar, is directed to one position, about
which it oscillates after it is turned through any angle round the vertical
axis, and then left to itself. The external magnets are so placed that when
there is magnetic equilibrium the needle is in the symmetrical position shown
in figs. 5 & 6 with reference to the quadrants *.
§ 9. The needle (w) is of very thin sheet aluminium cut to the shape seen in
figs, 5 & 6; the very thinnest sheet aluminium that gives the requisite stiff-
* Recently I have made experiments on a bifilar suspension with a view to superseding
the magnetic adjustment, which promise well.
492 REPORT—1867.
ness being chosen. If thé four quadrants are in a perfectly symmetrical
position round it, and if they are kept at one electric potential by a metallic
are connecting the chief electrodes outside, the needle may be strongly
electrified without being disturbed from its position of magnetic equilibrium ;
but if it is electrified, and if the external electrodes be disconnected, and any
difference of potentials established between them, the needle will clearly ex-
perience a couple turning it round its vertical axis, its two ends being driven
from the positive quadrants towards the negative, if it is itself positively
electrified. It is kept positive rather than negative in the ordinary use of
the instrument, because I find that when a conductor with sharp edges or
points is surrounded by another presenting everywhere a smooth surface, a
much greater difference of potentials can be established between them, with-
out producing disruptive discharge, if the points and edges are positive than
if they are negative.
§ 10. The mirror (¢) serves to indicate, by reflecting a ray of light from a
lamp, small angular motions of the needle round the vertical axis. Itis avery
light, concave, silvered glass mirror, being of only 8 millimetres (3 of an inch)
diameter, and 22 milligrammes (3 grain) weight. I had for many years ex-
perienced great difficulty in getting suitable mirrors for my form of mirror
galvanometer; but they are now supplied in very great perfection by Mr.
Becker, of Messrs. Elliott Brothers, London. The focus for parallel rays is
about 50 centimetres (20 inches) from the mirror, and thus the rays of the
lamp placed at a distance of 1 metre (or 40 inches) are brought to a focus at
the same distance. The lamp is usually placed close behind the vertical
screen a little below or above the normal line of the mirror, and the image
is thrown on a graduated scale extending horizontally aboye or below the
aperture in the screen through which the lamp sends its light. When the
mirror is at its magnetic zero position the lamp is so placed that its image is,
as nearly as may be, in a vertical plane with itself, and not more than an
inch above or below its level, so that there is as little obliquity as possible
in the reflection, and the line traversed by the image on the screen during the
deflection is, as nearly as may be, straight. The distance of the lamp and
screen from the mirror is adjusted so as to give as perfect an image as possi-
ble of a fine wire which is stretched vertically in the plane of the screen
across the aperture through which the lamp shines on the mirror; and with
Mr. Becker’s mirrors I find it easy to read the horizontal motions of the dark
image to an accuracy of the tenth of a millimetre. In the ordinary use of
the instrument a white paper screen, printed from a copper-plate, is employed,
and the readings are commonly taken to about a quarter of a scale-division ;
but with a little practice they may, when so much accuracy is desired, be
read with considerable accuracy to the tenth of a scale-division. Formerly
a slit in front of the lamp was used, but the wire giving a dark line in the
middle of the image of the flame is a very great improvement, first intro-
duced by Dr. Everett in consequence of a suggestion made by Professor P. G.
Tait, in his experiments on the elasticity of solids made in the Natural-
Philosophy Laboratory of Glasgow University*.
§ 11. The charge of the needle remains sensibly constant from hour to
hour, and even from day to day, in virtue of the arrangement, according to
which it is kept in communication with sulphuric acid in the bottom of the
* A Drummond light placed about 70 centimetres from the mirror gives an image, on
a screen about 5 metres distance, brilliant enough for lecture-illustrations, and with suffi-
cient definition to allow accurate readings of the positions on a scale marked by the image
of a fine vertical wire in front of the light.
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 493
jar, the outside of the jar being coated with tinfoil and connected with the
earth, so that it is in reality a Leyden jar. The whole outside of the jar,
even where not coated with tinfoil, is in the ordinary use of the instrument,
especially in our moist climate, kept virtually at one potential through con-
duction along its surface. This potential is generally, by connecting wires
or metal pieces, kept the same as that of the brass legs and framework of
the instrument. To prevent disturbance in case of strongly electrified bodies
being brought into the neighbourhood of the instrument, a wire is either
wrapped round the jar from top to bottom, or a cage or network of wire, or any
convenient metal case, is placed round it; but this ought to be easily removed
or opened at any time to admit of the interior being seen. When the instru-
ment is left to itself from day to day in ordinary use, the needle, connected
with the inner coating of the jar as just described, loses, of course, unless
replenished, something of its charge; but not in general more than 3 per
cent. per day, when the jar is of flint glass made in Glasgow. On trying
similar jars of green glass I found that they lost their charge more rapidly
per hour than the white glass jars per month. I have occasionally, but very
rarely, found white glass jars to be as defective as those green ones, and it is
possible that the defect I found in the green jars was an accident to the jars
tested, and not an essential property of that kind of glass.
§ 12. I have recently made the very useful addition of a replenisher to
restore electricity to the jar from time to time when required. It consists of
(1) a turning vertical shaft of vulcanite bearing two metal pieces called carriers
(0, 6, figs. 17 & 18); (2) two springs (d, d, figs. 16 & 18, Plate V.), connected
by a metallic arc, making contact on the carriers once every half turn of the
shaft, and therefore called connectors ; and (3) two inductors (a, @) with re-
ceiving springs (c,¢) attached to them, which make contact on the carriers
once every half turn, shortly before the connecting contacts are made. - The
inductors (a a, figs. 16 & 18) are pieces of sheet metal bent into circular ceylin-
drical shapes of about 120° each; they are placed so as to deviate in the man-
ner shown in the drawing from parts of a cylindrical surface coaxal with the
turning-shaft, leaving gaps of about 60° on each side. The diameter of this
cylindrical surface is about 15 millimetres (about 3 an inch). The carriers
(66, figs. 17 & 18) are also of sheet metal bent to cylindrical surfaces, but not
exactly circular cylinders; and are so placed on the bearing vulcanite shaft
that each is rubbed by the contact springs over a very short space, about 1
millimetre beyond its foremost edge, when turned in the proper direction for
replenishing. The receiving springs (c, c, figs. 17 & 18) make their contacts
with each carrier immediately after it has got fairly under cover, as it were,
of the inductor. Each carrier subtends an angle of about 60° at the axis
of the turning-shaft. The connecting contacts are completed just before the
carriers commence emerging from being under cover of the inductors. The
carriers may be said to be under cover of the inductors when they are within
an angle of 120° on each side of the axis subtended by the inductors. One
of the inductors is in metallic communication with the outside coating of the
jar, the other with the inside. Figs. 16, 17, & 18 illustrate sufficiently
the shape of carriers and the succession of the contacts. The arrow-head
indicates the direction to turn for replenishing. When it is desired to dimi-
nish the charge, the replenisher is turned backwards. A small charge having
been given to the jar from an independent source, the replenisher when
turned forwards increases the difference of potentials between the two
inductors and the two coatings of the jar connected with them by a constant
percentage per half turn, unless it is raised to so high a degree as to break
494 REPORT—1867.
down the air-insulation by disruptive discharge. The electric action is
explained simply thus:—The carriers, when connected by the connecting
springs, receive opposite charges by induction, of which they deposit large
proportions the next time they touch receiving springs. Thus, for example,
if the jar be charged positively, the carrier emerging from the inductor
connected with the inner coating carries a negative charge round to the
receiving spring connected with the outside coating, while the other carrier,
emerging from the inductor connected with the outside coating, carries
a positive charge round to the receiving spring connected with the inside
coating. If the carriers are not sufficiently well under cover of the inductors
during both the receiving contacts and the connecting contacts to render the
charges which they acquire by induction during the connecting contacts
greater than that which they carry away with them from the receiving con-
tacts, the rotation, even in the proper direction for replenishing, does not
increase, but, on the contrary, diminishes the charge of the jar. The de-
viations of the inductors from the circular cylinder referred to above have
been adopted to give greater security against this failure. A steel pivot
fixed to the top of the vulcanite shaft, and passing through the main cover,
carries a small milled head (y, fig. 1) above, on the outside, which is spun
‘rapidly round in either direction by pressing the finger on it, and thus in
less than a minute a small charge in the jar may be doubled. The dimi-
nution of the charge, when the instrument is left to itself for twenty-four
hours, is sometimes imperceptible ; but when any loss is discovered to haye
taken place, even if to the extent of 10 per cent., a few moments use of the
replenisher suffices to restore it, and to adjust it with minute accuracy to the
required degree by aid of the guage to be described presently. ‘The principle
of the ‘‘ replenisher”’ is identical with that of the “doubler” of Bennet. In
the essentials of its construction it is the same as Varley’s improved form of
Nicholson’s “‘ revolving doubler.”
§ 13. The gauge consists of an electrometer of Class III. The moveable
attracted disk is a square portion of a piece of very thin sheet aluminium of
the shape shown at in fig. 4, It is supported on a stretched platinum wire
passing through two holes in the sheet, and over a very small projecting
ridge of bent sheet aluminium placed in the manner shown in the magnified
drawing, fig. 3. The ends of this wire are passed through holes in curved
springs, shown in fig. 4, and are bent round them so as to give a secure
attachment without solder, and without touching the straight stretched part
of the wire. The ends of the platinum wire (3, 3) are attached by cement to
the springs, merely to prevent them from becoming loose, care being taken
that the cement does not prevent metallic contact between some part of the
aluminium wire and one or both of the brass springs. I have constantly
found fine platinum wire rendered brittle by ordinary solder applied to
it. The use of these springs is to keep the platinum wire stretched with
an approximately constant tension, from year to year and at various tempera-
tures. Their fixed ends are attached to round pins, which are held with their
axes in a line with the fibre by friction, in bearings forming parts of two ad-
justable brass pieces (y, y) indicated in fig. 4; these pieces are adjusted once
for all to stretch the wire with sufficient force, and to keep the square attracted
disk in its proper position. The round pins bearing the stretching springs are
turned through very small angles by pressing on the projecting springs with
the finger. They are set so as to give a proper amount of torsion tending to
tilt the attracted disk (@) upwards, and the long end of the aluminium lever (8),
of which it forms a part, downwards. The downward motion of the long end
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 495
is limited by a properly placed stop. Another stop (e) above limits the upward
motion, which takes place under the influence of electrification in the use of
the instrument. A very fine opake black hair (that of a small black-and-tan
terrier I have found much superior to any hitherto tried) is stretched across
the forked portion of the sheet aluminium in which the long arm of the lever
terminates. Looked at horizontally from the outside of the instrument it is
seen, as shown in fig. 7, Plate V., against a white background, marked with two
very fine black circles. These sight-plates in the instruments, as now made by
Mr. White, are of the same material as the ordinary enamel watch-dials, with
black figures on a white ground. The white space between the two circles
should be a very little less than the breadth of the hair. The sight-plate is
set to be as near the hair as it can be without impeding its motion in any
part of its range; and it is slightly convex forwards, and is so placed that
the hair is nearer to it when in the middle between the black circles than
when in any other part of its range. It is thus made very easy, even with-
out optical aid, to avoid any considerable error of parallax in estimating the
position of the hair relatively to the two black circles. By a simple plano-
convex lens (4, fig. 2), with the convex side turned inwards, it is easy, in
the ordinary use of the instrument, to distinguish a motion up or down of
the hair amounting to <j); of an inch. With a little care I have ascertained,
Dr. Joule assisting, that a motion of no more than oe of an inch from one
definite central position can be securely tested without the aid of other
magnifying-power than that given by the simplelens. The lens during use
is in a fixed position relatively to the framework bearing the needle, but it
may be drawn out or pushed in to suit the focus of each observer. .To give
great magnification, it ought to be drawn out so far that the hair and sight-
plate behind may be but little nearer to the lens than its principal focus,
and the observer’s eye ought to be at a very considerable distance from the
instrument, no less than 20 centimetres (8 inches) to get good magnification ;
and a short-sighted person should use his ordinary concave eye-lens close to
his eye. The reason for turning the convexity of the small plano-convex lens
inwards is, that if the eye of the observer is too high or too low, the hair
seems to him curved upwards or downwards, and he is thus guided to keep his
eye on a level sufficiently constant to do away with all sensible effects of parallax
on the position of the hair relatively to the black circles. The framework
carrying the stretched platinum wire and moveable attracted disk is above the
brass roof of the lantern, in which a square aperture is cut to allow the square
portion constituting the short arm of the aluminium balance to be attracted
downwards by the fixed attracting disk ($ 7), to be presently described.
A side view of the attracting plate, the brass roof of the lantern, the alu-
minium balance, the sight-plate, the hair, and the plano-conyex lens is
shown in section (fig. 2), also a glass upper roof to protect the gauge and the
interior of the instrument below from dust and disturbance by currents of
air, to which, without this upper roof, it would be exposed, through the small
vacant space round the moveable aluminium square. The fixed attracting
disk is borne by a vertical screw screwing into the upper brass mounting
(z, fig. 2) (§ 7), connected with the inner coating of the Leyden jar, through
the guard tubes, &c., and is secured in any position by the “ jam nut,” shown
in the drawings at z, fig.2. This disk (s) is circular, and about 38 millimetres
(13 inch) diameter, and it is placed horizontally with its centre under the
centre of the square aperture in the roof of the lantern. Its distance
from the lower surface of the roof and of the moveable attracted disk may
be from 2% to 5 millimetres (from 1, to 1 of an inch), and is to be adjusted,
4.96 REPORT—1867.
along with the amount of torsion in the platinum wire bearing the aluminium
balance-arm, so as to give the proper sensibility to the gauge. The sensibility
is increased by diminishing the distance from the attracting to the attracted
plate, and increasing the ‘amount of torsion. Or, again, the degree of the
potential indicated by it when the hair is in the sighted position is increased
by increasing the distance between the plates, or by diminishing the amount
of torsion. If the electrification of the needle is too great, its proper position
of equilibrium becomes unstable; or before this there is sometimes a liability
to discharge by a spark across some of the air-spaces. The instrument works
extremely well with the needle charged but little less than to give rise to one
or both of these faults, and I adjust the gauge accordingly.
§ 14. The strength of the fixed steel-directing magnets is to be adjusted to
give the desired amount of deflection with any stated difference of potentials
maintained between the two chief electrodes, when the jar is charged to the
degree which brings the hair of the gauge to its sighted position. In the
instruments already made, the oe by a single cell of Daniell’s amounts
to about 100 scale-divisions (of =, of an inch cach at a distance of 40 inches),
when the magnetic directive force is suchas to give a period of vibration
equal to about 1:5 second. When the jar is ‘discharged and the four
quadrants are connected with one another and with the inner coating of the
jar, lower degrees of sensibility may be attained better by increasing the
magnetic directing-force than by diminishing the charge of the jar. Thus,
for instance, when it is to be used for measuring and photographically re-
cording the potential of atmospheric electricity at the point where the stream
of the water-dropping collector? breaks into drops, the magnetic directing-
force may be made from 10 to 100. times more than that just described.
When this is to be done it may be convenient to attach a somewhat more
powerful magnetic needle than that which has been made in the most recent
instruments where a high degree of sensibility is desired. But it is to be re-
marked that in general the directing-force of the external steel magnets
cannot be too strong, as the stronger it is the less is the disturbance produced
by changing magnetic bodies in the neighbourhood of the instrument. In
laboratory work, where numerous magnetic experiments are being performed
in the immediate neighbourhood, and in telegraph factories where there is
constant disturbance by large moving masses of iron, the artificial magnetic
field of the electrometer ought to be made very strong. To allow this, and
yet leave sufficient sensibility to the instrument, the suspended magnetic
needle has been made smaller and smaller, until it is now reduced to two
small pieces of steel side by side, 6 millimetres (+ of an inch) long. Fora
meteorological observatory all that is necessary is, that the directing magnetic
force should be so great that the greatest disturbance experienced in mag-
netic storms shall not sensibly deflect the luminous image f.
§ 15. The sensibility of the gauge should be so adjusted that a variation
in the charge of the jar, producing an easily perceived change in the position
of the hair, shall produce no sensible change in the deflection of the luminous
image produced by the greatest difference of potentials between the qua-
drants, which is to be measured in the use of the instrument. I believe the
* That is to say, the number of scale-divisions over which the luminous image moves
when the chief electrodes are disconnected from one another and put in metallic connexion
with the two plates of a Daniell’s battery.
t+ See Royal Institution Lecture, May 18, 1860 (Proceedings of the R. I.), or Nichol’s
Cyclopeedia, article “‘ Electricity, Atmospheric.” (Edition 1860.)
+ All embarrassment from this source will be done away with if the bifilar plan be
adopted (vide footnote to § 8).
r : R
ne
Absolute Electrometer
2 L ss || Y
linesround the sqtare, &e
cortintitoits root whide us
o show the alumintunr
lever ari .
ti
Sin
up and down
romnieter SCrew,
Insulating stem
moved
by el Write
Li ong hange Flectronveter
# Full stze.
—
.
i Ela Saphaedeta
<ad
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 497
instruments already made, when adjusted to fulfil these conditions, may he
trusted to measure the difference of potentials produced by a single cell of
Daniell’s to an accuracy of a quarter per cent. - It must be remembered that
the constancy of value of the unit of cach instrument depends not only on
the constancy of the potential indicated by the gauge, but also on the con-
staney of the force in the field traversed by the suspended needle. As both
these may be expected to decrease gradually from year to year (although very
slowly after the first few hours or weeks), rigorous methods must be adopted
to take such variations into account, if the instrument is to be trusted to as
giving accurately comparable indications at all times. The only method
hitherto provided for this most important object consists in the observation
of the deflection produced by a measured motion of one of the quadrants by
the micrometer-screw (7) when the four quadrants are put in metallic com-
munication with one another through the principal electrodes—the force
producing this deflection when the potential of the jar is constant ; and there-
fore, the jar being brought to one constant potential by aid of the gauge, the
amount of the deflection will show whether or not the force of the magnetic
field has changed, and will render it easy at any time to adjust the strength
of the magnets, if necessary, to secure this constancy. But to attain this ob-
ject by these means, the three quadrants not moved by the micrometer-screw
must be clumped by their fixing-screws so that they may be always in the
same position.
§ 16. The absolute constancy of the gauge cannot be altogether relied upon.
It certainly changes to a sensible degree with temperature, and to very dif-
ferent degrees, and even in different directions, as will be seen (§ 32) in con-
nexion with the description of the portable electrometer to be given later.
But this temperature variation does not amount in ordinary cases probably
to as much as one per cent.; and it is probable that after a year or two any
further secular variation of the platinum torsion spring will be quite insen-
sible. It is to be remarked, however, that secular experiments on the elas-
ticity of metals are wanting, and ought at least to be commenced in our
generation. In the meantime it will be desirable, both on account of the
temperature variation and of the possible secular variation in the couple of
torsion, to check the gauge by accurate measurements of the time of oscilla-
tion of the needle with its appurtenances. The moment of inertia of this
rigid body, except in so far as it may be influenced by oxidation of the metal,
of which I have as yet discovered no signs, may be regarded as constant,
and therefore the amount of the directing couple due to the magnets may be
determined with great accuracy by finding the period of an oscillation when
the four quadrants are put in connexion through the charging rod with the
metal mounting bearing the guard plates, &c. I have not as yet put into
practice any of the obvious methods, founded on the general principle of
coincidences used in pendulum observations, for determining the period of the
- oscillation; but although not more than twenty or thirty oscillations can be
counted, it seems certain that with a little trouble the period of one of them
may be determined without much trouble to an accuracy of about 75 per cent.
AssoLure ELEcrRroMeErer.
§ 17. The absolute electrometer (fig. 11, Plate VI.) and the other instru-
ments of Ciass HIT. are founded on a method of experimenting introduced by
Sir Wm. Snow Harris, and described in his first paper “On the Elementary
Laws of Electricity” * thirty-four years ago. In these experiments a con-
* Philosophical Transactions, 1834.
1867, 21
498 REPORT—1867.
ductor, hung from one arm of a balance and kept in metallic communication
with the earth, is attracted by a fixed insulated conductor, which is electrified,
and, for the sake of keeping its electric potential constant, is connected with
the inner coating of a Leyden battery. The first result which he announced
is, that, when other circumstances remain the same, the attraction varies with
the square of the quantity of electricity with which the insulated body is
charged; but “it is readily seen that, in the case of Mr. Harris’s experi-
** ments, it will be so slight on the unopposed portions that it could not be
“‘ perceived without experiments of a very refined nature, such as might
“be made by the proof plane of Coulomb, which is, in fact, with a slight
“‘ modification, the instrument employed by Mr. Faraday in the investigation.
“Now to the degree of approximation to which the intensity on the unop-
‘posed parts may be neglected, the laws observed by Mr. Harris when the
“‘ opposed surfaces are plane may be readily deduced from the mathematical
“theory. Thus let v be the potential in the interior of A, the charged body,
“a quantity which will depend solely on the state of the interior coating
“of the battery with which, in Mr. Harris’s experiments, A is connected,
“and will therefore be sensibly constant for different positions of A relative
“to the uninsulated opposed body B. Let a be the distance between the
*‘ plane opposed faces of A and B, and let 8 be the area of the opposed parts
“‘ of these faces, which will in general be the area of the smaller, if they be
“unequal. When the distance a is so small that we may entirely neglect
‘‘ the intensity on all the unopposed parts of the bodies, it is readily shown,
‘** from the mathematical theory, that (since the difference of the potentials at
“the surfaces of A and B is v) the intensity of the electricity produced by
‘‘ induction at any point of the portion of the surface of B which is opposed
tip a. AN a the intensity at any point which is not so situated being
ma
«‘insensible. Hence the attraction on any small element w, of the portion §
“‘ of the surface of B, will be in a direction perpendicular to the plane and
“ equal to 2n(z)*- Hence the whole attraction on B is
T
vs
8ra*"
« This formula expresses all the laws stated by Mr. Harris as results of his
““ experiments in the case when the opposed surfaces are plane” f.
§ 18. After many trials to make an absolute electrometer founded on the
repulsion between two electrified spherical conductors for which I had given
a convenient mathematical formulain § 4 of the paper just quoted, it occurred
to me to take advantage of the fact noticed by Harris, but easily seen as an
immediate consequence of Green’s mathematical theory, that the mutual
attraction between two conductors used as in his experiments is but little
influenced by the form of the unopposed parts ; and in 1853, in a paper “ On
transient Electric Currents ”+, I described a method for measuring differences
of electric potential in absolute electrostatic measure founded on that idea.
The “ absolute electrometer,” which I exhibited to the British Association at
its Glasgow Meeting in 1855, was constructed for the purpose of putting
these methods in practice. This instrument consists of a plane metal disk
insulated in a fixed horizontal position with a somewhat smaller fixed metal
* See Mathematical Journal, vol. iii. p. 275.
+ “On the Elementary Laws of Statical Electricity,” Cambridge and Dublin Mathema-
tical Journal, 1846; and Phil. Mag. July 1854. + Phil. Mag. June 1853.
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 499
disk hung centrally over it, from one end of the beam of a balance. In two
papers entitled “Measurement of Electostatic Force produced by a Battery”
and “ Measurement of the Electromotive Force required to produce a spark in
Air between parallel metal plates at different distances,” published in the Pro-
ceedings of the Royal Society* for February 1860, I described applications
of this electrometer, in which, for the first time I believe, absolute electro-
static measurements were made. The calculations of differences of potentials
in absolute measure were made according to the formula quoted above (§ 17)
from my old paper on “The Elementary Laws of Statical Electricity.”
§ 19. This formula is rigorous only if the distance between the disks is
infinitely small in comparison with their diameters; and therefore, in my
earliest attempt to make absolute electrostatic measurements, I used very
small distances. I found great difficulty in securing that the distance should
be nearly enough equal between different parts of the plates, and in measu-
ring its absolute amount with sufficient accuracy ; and found besides serious
inconveniences in respect of sensibility and electric range: later | made a
great improvement in the instrument by making only a small central area
of one of the disks moveable. Thus the electric part of the instrument
becomes two large parallel plates with a circular aperture in one of them,
nearly filled up by a light circular disk supported properly to admit of its
electrical attraction towards the other being accurately measured in absolute
units of force. The disk and the perforated plate surrounding it will be
called, for brevity, the disk and the guard-plate. The faces of these two
next the other plate must be as nearly as possible in one plane when the
disk is precisely in the position for measuring its electric force, which, for
brevity, will be called its sighted position. The space between the disk and
the inner edge of its guard-ring must be a very small part of the diameter
of the aperture, and must be very small in comparison with the distance
between the plates ; but the diameter of the disk may be greater than, equal
to, or less than the distance between the plates.
§ 20. Mathematical theory shows that the electric attraction experienced
by the disk is the same as that experienced by a certain part of one of two
infinite planes at the same distance, with the same difference of electric
potentials, this area being very approximately the mean between the area
of the aperture and the area of the disk, and that the approximation is very
good, even although the distance between the plates be as much as a fourth or
fifth, and the diameter of the disk as much as three-fourths of the diameter of
the smaller of the two plates. This conclusion will be readily assented to
when we consider that} the resultant electric force at any point in the air
between the two plates is equal numerically to the rate of conduction of
heat per unit area across the corresponding space in the following thermal
analogue. Let a solid of uniform thermal conductivity replace all the air
between and round the plates; and in place of the plates let there be hollow
spaces in this solid. Let these hollow spaces be kept at two uniform tempe-
ratures, differing by a number of degrees equal numerically to the differ-
ence of potentials in the electric system, the space corresponding to the
disk and guard-ring being at one temperature, and that corresponding to the
opposite plate at the other temperature; and let the thermal conductivity of
the solid be unity. If we attempt to draw the isothermal surfaces between
* Phil. Mag. September and October 1860.
+ “On the Uniform Conduction of Heat through Solid Bodies, and its connexion with
the Mathematical Theory of Electricity,” Cambridge Mathematical Journal, Feb. 1842,
and Phil. Mag. July 1854,
25h
500 “REPORT—1867.
the hollow corresponding to the continuous plate on the one side, and that
corresponding to the disk and guard-ring on the other side, we see immediately
that they must be very nearly plane, from very near the disk all the way
across to the corresponding central portion of the opposite plate, but that
there will be a convexity towards the annular space between the disk and
guard-ring.
§ 21. Thus we see that the resultant electric force will, to a very close
approximation, be equal to sk for all points of the air between the plates at
distances from the outer bounding edges exceeding two or three times the
distance between the plates, and at distances from the interstice between the
guard-ring and disk any less than the breadth of this interstice. Hence if p
denote the electric density cf any point of the plate or disk far enough from
the edges, we have
ay
ee aig
But the outward force experienced by the surface of the electrified conduc-
tor per unit of area at any point is 27p°, and therefore if F denote the force
experienced by any area A of the fixed plate, any part of which comes near
its edge, we have
VA
ead?
which will clearly be equal to the attraction experienced by the moveable
disk, if A be the mean area defined above. This gives V=D ey the
formula by which difference of potentials in absolute electrostatic measure
is calculated from the result of a measurement of the foree F, which, it must
be remembered, is to be expressed in kinetic units. Thus if W be the mass
in grammes to which the weight is equal, we have
F=9W,
where g is the force of gravity in centimetres per second.
The difficulty which, in first applying this method about twelve years ago,
I found in measuring accurately the distance D between the plates and in
avoiding error from their not being rigorously parallel, I now elude by
measuring only differences of distance, and deducing the desired results from
the difference of the corresponding differences of potentials. Thus Jet V' be
the difference of potentials between the plates required to give the same force
F; when the difference of potentials is V’ instead of V, we have
V—V='—D) 4 /.
§ 22. The plan of proceeding which I now use is as follows :—Hach plate
(fig. 11, Plate VI.) is insulated ; one of them, the continuous one, for instance,
is kept at a potential differing from the earth by a fixed amount tested by aid
of a separate idiostatic* electrometer; the other plate (the guard-ring and
moveable disk in metallic communication with one another) is alternately
connected with the earth and with the body whose potential is to be
measured. The lower plate is moved up or down by a micrometer-screw
until the moveable disk balances in a definite position, indicated by the hair
(with background of white with black dots) seen through a lens, as shown in
fig. 11. _ Before and after commencing each series of electrical experiments,
x See § 40 below.
ae a
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 501
the amount of weight to be placed on the upper side of the disk to bring the
hair to its sighted position when there is no electric force is determined.
This last condition is secured by putting the two plates in metallic commu-
nication with one another. For the electric experiments the weight is
removed, so that when the hair isin the sighted position the electric attraction
on the moveable disk is equal to the force of gravity on the weight. The
electric connexions suitable in using this instrument for determining in
absolute electrostatic measure the difference of potentials maintained by
a galyanic battery between its two electrodes are indicated in fig. 11.
No details as to the case for preventing disturbance by currents of air, and
for maintaining a dry atmosphere, by aid of pumice impregnated with strong
sulphuric acid, are shown, because they are by no means convenient in the
instrument at present in use, which has undergone so many transformations
that scarcely any part of the original structure remains. I hope soon to
construct a compact instrument convenient for general use. The amount of
force which is constant in each series of experiments may be varied from one
series to another by changing the position of a small wire rider on the lever
from which the moveable disk is hung.
The electric system here described is heterostatic (§ 40 below), there being
an independent electrification besides that whose difference of potential is to
be measured.
PorTaBLE ELECTROMETER.
§ 23. In the ordinary use of the portable electrometer (figs. 8, 9, & 10,
Plate VI.), the electric system is heterostatic and quite similar to that of the
absolute electrometer, when used in the manner described above in § 22.
But the balance is not adapted for absolute measure of the amount of force
of attraction experienced by the moveable disk; on the contrary, it is pre-
cisely the same as that described for the gauge of the quadrant electrometer
in § 13 above, only turned upside down. Thus, in the portable instrument,
the square disk (f) forming part of the lever of thin sheet aluminium is
attracted upwards by a solid circular disk of sheet-brass (g), thick enough
for stiffness. Every part of the aluminium lever except this square portion
is protected from electric attraction by a fixed brass plate (hh) with a square
hole in it, as nearly as may be stopped by the square part of the sheet
aluminium destined to experience the electric attraction, all other parts of
the aluminium balance-lever being below this guard-plate. The aluminium
lever (ik), as shown in figs. 8 & 10, is shaped so that when the hair (7) at
the long end of its lever is in its sighted position, the upper surfaces of the
fixed guard-plate (d) and moveable aluminium square (/) are as nearly as
may be in one plane. The mode of suspension is precisely the same as that
described (§ 13) for the gauge of the quadrant electrometer. In the portable
instrument, careful attention is given by the maker to balance the aluminium
lever by adding to it small masses of shellac or other convenient substance,
so that its centre of gravity may be in the line of its platinum-wire axis,
or, more properly speaking, in such a position that the instrument shall give,
when electrified, the same “ earth-readings ” when held in any positions,
either upright, or inclined, or inverted (§ 30 below). Thus the condition of
equilibrium of the balance, when the hair is in its sighted position, is that
the moment of electric attraction round the axis of suspension shall be equal
to the moment of the couple of torsion, the latter being as constant as the
properties of the matter concerned (platinum wire, brass stretching-springs,
&e.) will allow, :
502 REPORT—1867.
§ 24, The guard-plate earrying, by the platinum-wire suspension, the alu-
minium balance, is attached to the bottom of a small glass Leyden jar (mm),
and is in permanent metallic communication with its inside coating of tinfoil.
The outside tinfoil-coating of this jar is in permanent metallic communication
with the outside brass-protecting case. The upper open mouth of this case
is closed by a lid or roof, which bears on its underside a firm frame projecting
downwards. This frame has two V notches, in which a stout brass tube (0)
slides, kept in the Vs by a properly placed spring ( p), giving it freedom to slide
up and down in one definite line*. Firmly fixed in the upper end of this tube
is a nut (a, fig. 8), which is caused to move up and down by a micrometer-
screw. The lower end of the shaft of this screw has attached to it a convex
piece of polished steel (4, fig. 8), which is pressed upon a horizontal agate-
plate rigidly attached to the framework above mentioned by a stiff brass piece
projecting into the interior of the brass tube through a slot long enough to
allow the requisite range of motion. This arrangement will be readily under-
stood from the accompanying drawings. It has been designed upon obyious geo-
metrical principles, which have been hitherto neglected, so far as I know, in all
micrometer-screw mechanisms, whether for astronomical instruments or other
purposes. The screw-shaft is turned by a milled head, fixed to it at ics top
outside the roof of the instrument, and the angles through which it is turned
are read on a circle divided into 100 equal parts of the circumference (or 3°6
each) from a fixed mark on the roof of the instrument. The hole in the roof
through which the screw-shaft passes is wide enough to allow the shaft to
turn without touching it, and the lower edge of the graduated circle turning
with the screw is everywhere very near the upper side of the roof, but must
not touch it atany point. A second nut (¢, fig. 8) above the effective nut fits
easily, but somewhat accurately, in the hollow brass tube, but is prevented
from turning round in the tube by a proper projection and slot. Thus the
screw is rendered sufficiently steady, with reference to the sliding-tube; that
is to say, it is prevented from any but excessively small rotations round axis
perpendicular to the length of the screw-shaft; and when the nut is kept
from being turned round its proper axis, it forms along with the sliding-tube
virtually a rigid body. <A carefully arranged spiral spring presses the two
nuts asunder, and so causes the uppersides of the thread of the screw-shaft
always to press against the underside of the thread of the effective nut,
thus doing away with what is technically called in mechanics “lost time.”
In turning the micrometer-screw, the operator presses its head gently down-
wards with his finger, to secure that its lower end bears firmly upon the agate-
plate. It would be the reverse of an improvememt to introduce a spring
attached to the roof of the instrument outside to press the screw head down-
wards, inasmuch as however smooth the top of the screw-shaft might be
made, and however smooth the spring pressing it down, there would still be
a very injurious friction impeding the proper settlement of the sliding-tube
into its Vs. A stiff fork (¢7) stretching over the graduated circle is firmly
attached to the roof outside, to prevent the screw from being lifted up by
more than a very small space ; perhaps not more than =), of an inch at most.
In using the instrument, the observer should occasionally pull up the serew-
head and press it down again, and give it small horizontal motions, to make
* Tn consequence of suggestions by Mr. Jenkin, it is probable that the spring may be
done away with, and the Vs replaced by rings approximately fitting round the tube, but
leaving it quite free to fall down by its own weight. In consequence of the symmetrical
position of the convex end of the screw over the centre of the attracted disk, slight lateral
motions of the tube produce no sensible effect on the electric attraction.
2
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 503
sure that when he is using it it is pressed in properly to its Vs and down upon
the agate-plate. A long arm (d, figs. 8 and 9) (or two arms one above the
other), firmly attached to the sliding-tube, carries a pointer which moves up
and down with it. Two fixed guiding-cheeks on each side of this pointer
prevent the tube from being carried round too far in either direction when the
screw is turned: one of these cheeks is graduated so that each division is equal
in length to the step of the micrometer-screw; this enables the operator to
ascertain the number of times he has turned the screw. These two cheeks
must never simultaneously press upon the sliding-pointer ; on the contrary,
they must leave it a slight amount of lateral freedom to move. If this
does not amount to ‘36 of a degree, the amount of “ lost time ” produced by
it will not exceed +1, of a division of the micrometer-circle, and will not pro-
duce any sensible error in the use of the instrument. A glass rod cemented
to the lower end of the tube prolongs its axis downwards, and bears the
continuous attracting-plate of the electrometer at its lower end.
The object aimed at in the mechanism just described is to prevent the nut
and other parts rigidly connected with it from any other motion than parallel
to one definite line, and to leave it freedom to move in this line, unimpeded
by any other friction than that which is indispensable in the arrangement
for keeping the sliding tube in its Vs.
§ 25. If the inner tinfoil covering of the Leyden jar were completed up to
the guard-plate bearing the aluminium balance, the long arm of this lever
being in the interior of a hollow conductor would experience no electric in-
fluence, and no force from the electrification of the Leyden jar, or from
separate electrification of the upper attracting-plate, or, more strictly
speaking, the electric density and consequent electric force on the long arm
of the lever would be absolutely insensible to the most refined test we could
apply, because of the smallness of the gap between the moveable aluminium
square and the boundary of the square aperture in the guard-plate. But to
see the hair on the long end of the lever, and the white background with
black dots behind it, a good portion of the glass under the guard-plate must
be cleared of tinfoil outside and inside. Thus the electric potential of the
inner coating of the Leyden jar will not be continued quite uniformly over
the inner surface of the bared portion of the glass, and a disturbance affecting
chiefly the most sensitive part of the lever will be introduced. To diminish
this as much as possible without inconveniently impeding vision, a double
sereen of thin wire fences, in metallic communication with the inner tinfoil
coating and the guard-plate, is introduced between the end of the lever and
the glass through which it is observed.
§ 26. A very light spiral spring (7) connects the upper attracting-plate with
a brass piece supported upon a fixed vertical glass column projecting down-
wards from the roof of the instrument. This brass piece bears a stout wire (s),
called the main electrode, projecting vertically upwards along the axis of a
brass tube open at each end, fixed in an aperture in the roof so as to project
upwards and downwards, as shown in fig. 9.
§ 27. The top of the main electrode bears a brass sliding-piece (¢), which,
when raised a little, serves for umbrella and wind-guard without disturbing the
insulation ; and when pressed down closes the aperture and puts the electrode
in metallic connexion with the roof of the instrument. When the instru-
ment is to be used for atmospheric electricity (unless at a fixed station), a
steel wire, about 20 centimetres long, is placed in the hole on the top of the
sliding brass piece just mentioned, and is thus held in the vertical position.
A burning match is attached to its upper end, which has the effect of
5OA REPORT—1867.
bringing the potential of the chief electrode and upper attracting-plate &e.
all to the potential of the air at the point where the match burns*, The
instrument is either held in the observer’s hand, or it is placed upon a fixed
support, and care taken that its outer brass case is in connexion with the
earth. When the difference of potentials between two conductors is to be
tested, one of these is connected with the brass case of the instrument, and
the other with the chief electrode, the umbrella being kept up. If both
of these conductors must be kept insulated from the earth, the brass case of
the electrometer must he put on an insulating stand, and the micrometer-
screw turned by an insulating handle.
§ 28. A lead cup (¢ ¢, fig. 8), supported by metal pillars from the roof and
carrying pieces of pumice-stone, held in their place by India-rubber bands,
completes the instrument. The inner surface of the glass must be clean, and
particles of dust, minute shreds or fibres, &c. removed as carefully as possible,
especially from the lower surface of the upper attracting-plate, and the upper
surface of the guard-plate and aluminium square facing it from below. The
pumice is prepared by moistening it with a few drops of strong pure sulphuric
acid, Ordinary sulphuric acid of commerce should be boiled with sulphate of
ammonia to free it from volatile acid vapours, and to strengthen it sufficiently
by removing water if the acid be not of the strongest. There should not be
so much acid applied to the pumice as to make it have the appearance of
being moist, but there must be enough to maintain a sufficiently dry atmo-
sphere within the instrument for very perfect insulation of the Leyden jar,
which I find does not in general lose more of its charge than 5 per cent. per
week, when the pumice is properly acidulated. Thus there is no tendency
of the liquid to drop out of the pumice; and the pumice being properly
secured by the india-rubber bands, the instrument may be thrown about
with any force, short of that which might break the glass jar or either of
the glass stems, without doing any damage; but to ensure this hardiness
the sheet aluminium of which the balance is made must be very thin. After
several weeks’ use the pumice may commence to look moist, and even slight
traces of moisture may be seen on the outside of the lead cup, in conse-
quence of watery vapour attracted by the sulphuric acid from the atmosphere ;
but the pumice should then be taken and dried. At all events this must be
done in good time, before enough of liquid has collected to give any tendency
to drop. In all climates in which I have hitherto tested the instrument,
I have found the pumice effective for insulation and safe in keeping all the
liquid to itself for two months. But it having been reported to me by Mr.
Becker that many instruments have been returned to him in a ruinous con-
dition from drops of sulphuric acid having become scattered through their
metal work, I now cause to be engraved conspicuously on the outer case of
the instrument “ pUMICH DANGEROUS, IF NOT DRIED ONCE A MoNTH;” also a
frame carrying a card, on which the dates of drying are inscribed, to be
placed in a convenient position on the roof of the instrument.
§ 29. To prepare the instrument for use, the inner coating of the Leyden
jar must be charged through a charging rod, insulated in a vuleanite or
glass tube, and let down for the occasion through a hole in the roof of the
instrument, by aid of a small electrophorus, which generally accompanies
the instrument, or by an electrical machine. I generally prefer to give a
negative charge to the inner coating, as I have not found any phy-
sical reason, such as that mentioned in § 9 above, to prefer a positive charge
* See Nichol’s Cyclopedia, article “ Electricity, Atmospheric,” 2nd edition, 1860; or
“ Royal Institution Lecture on Atmospheric Electricity,’ May 1860, | sk
dy in lial
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 505
to a negative charge; and the negative charge gives increased readings of
the micrometer, in the ordinary use of the mstrument, to correspond to
positive charges of the principal electrode, as will be presently explained.
Before commencing to charge the jar, the upper attracting-plate should be
moved to nearly the highest position of its range by the micrometer-screw,
otherwise too strong a force of electric attraction may be put upon the
aluminium square; and besides, the jar will discharge itself between the
upper plate and the extreme edge ci the aluminium square, pulled as it is
very much above the level of the guard-plate by the electric attraction. I
have not found any injury or change of electric value of the scale-divisions
to arise from any such rough usage; but still, to guard against such a possi-
bility, I propose to add to the guard-plate checks to prevent the corners of
the aluminium from rising much, if at all, above its level, and to conduct the
discharge and protect the aluminium and platinum from the shock, in case of
the upper plate being brought too near the lower. When the instrument is
being charged, or when it is out of use at any time, the umbrella should
always be kept down; but it must be raised to insulate the principal elec-
trode, of course, before proceeding to apply this to a body whose difference
of potential from a body connected with the case of the instrument is to be
measured.
§ 30. In using the instrument the umbreiJa must very frequently be lowered,
or metallic communication established in any other convenient way between
the chief electrode and the outer brass case, the micrometer-screw turned
until the hair takes its sighted position, and the reading taken, the hundreds
being read on the interior vertical scale, and the units (or single divisions of
the circle) on the graduated circle above. The number thus found is called
the earth-reading. It measures the distance from an arbitrary zero position
to the position in which the upper attracting-plate must be placed to give
the amount of electric force on the aluminium square which balances the
lever in its sighted position. A constant added to the earth-reading, or sub-
tracted from it, gives (§ 1) a number simply proportional to the difference
of potentials between the upper and lower plate ; that is to say, between the
two coatings of the Leyden jar. The vertical scale and micrometer-circle
are numbered, so that increased distances between the plates gives increased
readings ; and the zero reading should correspond as nearly as may be to
zero distance between them; although in the instruments hitherto made
no pains have been taken to secure this condition, even somewhat approxi-
mately. If it is desired to know the constant, an electrical experiment
must be made to determine it, which is done with ease; but this is not
necessary for the ordinary use of the instrument, which is as follows.
§ 31. First, an earth-reading is taken, then the upper electrode is insulated
by raising the umbrella, or otherwise breaking connexion between the prin-
cipal electrode and the outer metal case of the instrument. The principal
electrode and the outer case are then connected with the two bodies whose
difference of potential is to be determined, and the micrometer-screw is
turned until the hair is brought to its sighted position. The reading of
hundreds on the vertical scale and units on the circle is then taken. Lastly,
the principal electrode is again connected with the case of the instrument
and another earth-reading is taken. If the second earth-reading differs
from the first, the observer must estimate the most probable earth-reading
for the moment when the hair was iu its sighted position, with the upper
plate and the metal case in connexion with the two bodies whose difference
of potential isto be measured. The estimated earth-reading is to be sub-
506 REPORT—1867.
tracted from the reading taken in connexion with the bodies to be tested.
This difference measures (§ 21) the required difference of potentials between
them in units of the instrument. The value of the unit of the instrument
ought to be known in absolute electrostatic measure; and the difference of
reading found in any experiment is to be multiplied by this, which is called
($ 1) the absolute coefficient of the instrument, to give the required dif-
ference of potentials in absolute measure. It so happens that, in the
portable electrometers cf the kind now described which have been hitherto
constructed, the absolute coefficient is somewhere about ‘01, so that one turn
of the screw, or 100 divisions of the circle, corresponds to somewhere
about one electrostatic unit, with a gramme for the unit of mass, a centi-
metre for the unit of distance, and a second for the unit of time; but the
different instruments differ from one another by as much as ten or twenty
per cent. in their absolute coefficients. In all of these I have found between
three and four Daniell’s cells to correspond to the unit division ; that is to
say, between three hundred and four hundred cells to a full turn of the
screw. With great care, the observer may measure small differences of
potentials by this instrument to the tenth part of a division (or to about
half a Daniell’s cell). With a very moderate amount of practice and care,
an error of as much as a half division may be avoided in each reading.
§ 32. But there are imperfections in the instrument itself which make it
difficult or impossible to secure very minute accuracy, especially in measure-
ments through wide ranges.
(1) In the first place, I am not sure that the end of the needle
carrying the hair is protected sufficiently by the wire fences (§ 25) from
electric disturbance to provide against any error from this source, which
possibly introduces serious irregularities.
(2) In the second place, the capacity of the jar in the small portable
instrument is not sufficient to secure that the potential of its inner coating
shall not differ sensibly with the different distances to which the upper plate
is brought, to balance the aluminium lever with the hair in its sighted po-
sition. But on this point it is to be remarked that the-electric density on
the upper surface of the guard-plate is in its central parts always the same
when the hair is in its sighted position; and it is therefore only the compa-
ratively small difference of the quantity of electricity on this surface, towards
the rim, corresponding to different distances of the attracted plate, that
causes difference of potential in the inner coating of the jar. But if the upper
attracting-plate be kept for several minutes at any distance, differing by a
few turns of the screw, from that which brings the hair to its sighted
position, the electricity creeps along the inner unconnected surface of the
glass so as to increase the charge of the inner metallic coating, or diminish
it, according as the distance is too great or too small. If then quickly the
screw be turned and the earth-reading taken, it is found greater or smaller,
as the case may be, than previously ; but after a few minutes more it returns
to its previous value very approximately. Error from this source may be
practically avoided by taking care never to allow the hair to remain for more
than a few minutes far from its sighted position ; never so far, for instance,
as above the centre of the upper, or below the centre of the lower dots.
(3) A third source of error arises from change of temperature influencing
the indications. In most of the instruments hitherto made I have found
that the warmth of the hand produces in a few minutes a very notable aug-
mentation of the earth-reading (as it were an increased charge in the jar) ;
but in the last instrument which I haye tested (White No, 18) I find the
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 507
reverse effect, the earth-reading becoming smaller as the instrument is
warmed, or larger when it is cooled. I have ascertained that these changes
are not due to changes in the electric capacities of the Leyden jars; and I
have found that the change, if any, of specific inductive capacity of glass by
change of temperature is excessively small, in comparison to what would be
required to account for the temperature errors of these instruments, which
probably must be due to thermo-elastic properties of the platinum wire, or
of the stretching-springs, or of the aluminium balance-lever, or to a com-
bination of the effects depending on such properties ; but I have endeavoured
in yain, for several years, and made many experiments, to discover the precise
cause. It surely will be found, and means invented for remedying the error,
now when I have an instrument in which the error is in the opposite di-
rection to that of most of the other instruments. It is of course much
greater in some instruments than in others: in some it is so great that the
earth-reading is varied by as much as twenty divisions by the warmth of the
hand in the course of five or ten minutes after commencing to use the in-
strument, if it has been previously for some time in a cold place. Its in-
fluence may be eliminated, not quite rigorously, but nearly enough so for most
practical purposes, by frequently taking earth-readings ($ 30) and proceeding
according to the directions of § 31.
(4) A fourth fault in the portable electrometer is, that the diameter of
the guard-plate and upper attracting disk, which ought to be infinite, are not
sufficiently great, in proportion to the greatest distance between them, to
render the scale quite uniform in its electric value throughout. <A careful
observer will, however, remedy the greater part of the error due to this
defect, by measuring experimentally the relative (or absolute) values of the
scale-division in different parts of the range. There will, however, remain
uncorrected some irregularity, due to influence of the distribution of elec-
tricity over the uncoated inner surface, in the instruments as hitherto made,
in all of which the inner surface of the jar is coated with tinfoil only below
the guard-plate, so that the upper surface of the guard-plate may be seen
clearly, in order that the observer may always see that all is in order about
the aluminium square and aperture round it; and particularly that there
are no injurious shreds or minute fibres. But the irregular influence of the
electrification of the uncoated glass, if found sensible, will be rendered insen-
sible by continuing the tinfoil coating an inch above the upper surface of
the guard-plate.
§ 33. All faults, except the temperature error, depend on the smallness of
the instrument ; and if the observer chooses to regard as portable an instru-
ment of thirty centimetres (or a foot) diameter, with all other dimensions,
and all details of construction, the same as those of the instrument described
above, he may have a portable electrometer practically free from three of the
four faults described. But it is scarcely to be expected that a small instru-
ment (123 centimetres high, and 83 centimetres in diameter) which may be
carried about in the pocket can be free from such errors. They are,
however, so far remedied as to be probably not perceptible in the large sta-
tionary instrument which I now proceed to describe.
SranpDARD ELECTROMETER.
§ 34. This instrument (figs. 12,13,& 14, Plate VI.) differs from the portable
electrometer only in dimensions, and in certain mechanical details, which are
arranged to give greater accuracy by taking advantage of freedom from the exi-
gencies of a small portable instrument. It is at present called the standard
508 REPORT—1867,
electrometer, in anticipation of either remedying, or of learning to perfectly
allow for, the temperature error, and of finding by secular experiments on the
elasticity of metals, that their properties used in the instrument are satisfactory
as regards the permanence from year to year, and from century to century, of
the electric value of its reading. It is aninstrument capable of being applied
with great ease to very accurate measurements of differences of potential, in
terms of its own unit. The value of the unit for each such standard instru-
ment ought, of course, to be determined with the greatest possible accuracy
in absolute measure; and until confidence can be felt as to its secular con-
stancy, determinations should frequently be made by aid of the absolute
electrometer.
§ 35. The Leyden jar of the standard electrometer consists of a large thin
white-glass shade coated inside and outside to within 6 centimetres of its lip,
and placed over the instrument as an ordinary glass shade, to protect against
dust, currents of air, and change of atmosphere. It may be removed at plea-
sure from the cast-iron sole of the instrument, and then the interior works
are seen, consisting of
(1) A continuous disk of brass supported on a glass stem, in prolongation
of a stout brass rod or tube sliding vertically in Vs, in which it is kept by
a spring, and resting with its lower flat end on the upper end of a micrometer-
serew shaft, shown in fig. 13, where the screw, graduated circle, and stout
brass rod are as seen in the instrument; the perforated brass disk (which is
intended to keep the round upper end of the screw-shaft in position) is
shown in section in fig. 14.
(2) Resting on three glass columns, a guard-plate with a square aperture
in its centre, and carrying on its upper side stretching-springs and thin plati-
num-wire suspension of an aluminium balance-lever, shaped like those of the
gauge ($ 13) and the portable (§ 25) already described, but somewhat larger.
The tops of the three glass columns are rounded; a round hole and a short
slot im line with this hole are cut in the guard-plate and receive the rounded
ends of two of the columns, which are somewhat longer than the third.
The flat smooth lower surface of the guard-plate rests simply on the top of
the third glass column. The diameter of the round hole and the breadth of
the slot in the guard-plate may be about = of the diameter of curvature of
the upper hemispherical rounded ends of the glass column, so that the
bearing portions of the rounded ends in the round hole and in the slot re-
spectively may be inclined somewhere about 45° to the plane of the plate.
This well-known but too often neglected geometrical arrangement gives
perfect steadiness to the supported plate, without putting any transverse
strain upon the supporting glass columns, such as was almost inevitable, and
caused the breakage of many glass stems, before mental inertia opposing
deviations from the ordinary instrument-maker’s plan (of screwing the guard-
plate to brass mountings cemented to the tops of the glass columns) was over-
come. It has also the advantage of allowing the guard-plate to be lifted off
and replaced in a moment.
(3) Principal electrode projecting downwards through a hole in the sole
of the instrument, and rigidly supported from above by a brass mounting
cemented to the top of a thick vertical glass column, connected by a light
spiral spring with the lower attracting-plate moved up and down by the
micrometer-screw. The aperture round the principal electrode may be
ordinarily stopped by a perforated column of well-parafiined vuleanite pro-
jecting some distance aboye and below the aperture, which I find to insulate
~
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 509
extremely well, even in the smoky, dusty, and acidulated atmosphere of
Glasgow. When an extremely perfect insulation of the principal electrode
and connected attracting-plate is required, the vulcanite stopper surrounding
it may be removed, so that the only communication between the electrode
and the case of the instrument may be along the two glass columns in the
artificially dried interior atmosphere of the case; but from day to day, when
the instrument is out of use, the aperture round the principal electrode should
be kept carefully stopped, if not by a vulcanite insulator by a perforated cork
(although I find but little loss of insulation, either by the inner glass surface
of the Leyden jar or by the three glass columns, when this precaution is
neglected).
(4) Temporary charging-rod supported by a vertical perforated column of
paraffined vulcanite, or a glass tube well varnished outside and thickly paraf-
fined inside. The insulating column bearing this charging-rod is turned
round till a horizontal spring projecting from its upper end touches the inner
coating of the jar, when this is to be charged from an independent source,
or when, for any other experimental reason, it is to be put in connexion with
a conductor outside the case of the instrument.
(5) A small replenisher of the kind described for the quadrant electrometer
(§ 12), but with much wider air-spaces to prevent discharge by sparks.
(6) A large glass or lead dish to hold as large masses of pumice as may be,
which are to be kept sufficiently impregnated with strong sulphuric acid.
§ 36. A considerable position of the jar above the guard-plate is left un-
coated to allow the observer to see easily the hait and white background with
black dots ; also several other smaller parts of the glass above the guard-plate
are left uncoated to admit light to allow a small circular level on the upper
side of the guard-plate to be seen. The long arm of the aluminium balance-
lever is very thoroughly guarded by double cages and fences of wire (§ 25),
so that it can experience no sensible influence from electric disturbing forces
when the covering jar is put in position and electric connexion is established
between its inner coating and the guard-plate by projecting flexible wires or
slips of metal.
§ 37. The aluminium square plate is somewhat larger, and the platinum
bearing wire somewhat longer in this instrument than in the portable electro-
meter, to render it sensible to smaller differences of potential. The step of
the screw is the same as in the portable (1, of an inch), and one division
Gis of the circumference of the screw-head) corresponds to a difference of
potentials which, roughly speaking, is equal to about that of a single cell of
Daniell’s. The effective range of the instrument is about sixty turns of the
screw, and therefore about 6000 cells of Daniell’s. That of the portable
electrometer is about 15 turns of the screw (equivalent to about 5000 cells).
Neither of these instruments has sufficient range to measure the potential to
which Leyden jars are charged in ordinary electric experiments, or those
reached by the prime conductor of a powerful electric machine. The station-
ary instrument with its long screw and its large plates now described, would
go far towards meeting this want if its aluminium lever and platinum sus-
pension were made on the same scale as those of the portable electrometer ;
but for an instrument never wanted to directly measure differences of poten-
‘tials of less than two or three thousand cells, the heterostatic ($ 40) principle
is in general not useful, and therefore I have constructed the following very
simple idiostatic (§ 40) instrument, which is adapted to measure with con-
siderable accuracy differences of potential from 4000 cells upwards, to about
80,000 cells. 7
510 REPORT—1867.
Lone-RANGE ELECTROMETER.
§ 38. In this (fig. 15, Plate VI.) the continuous attracting-plate is above,
and the guard-plate with aluminium balance below, as in the portable elec-
trometer ; but, as in the standard stationary electrometer, the upper plate is
fixed and the lower plate is moved up and down by a micrometer-screw. The
mechanism of the screw and slide has all the simplicity and consequent accu-
racy of that of the standard electrometer. In the only long-range instrument
yet constructed the step of the screw is the same as that of the others (=, of
an inch). In future instruments it would be well either to have a longer step
or to have a simple mechanism (which can be easily added) to give a quick
motion ; as in the use of the present instrument, the turning of the screw re-
quired for great changes'of the potential measured is very tedious. The guard~
plate projects by more than an inch all round beyond the rim of the upper
attracting-plate ; partly to obviate the necessity of giving it a thick rim, which
would be required to prevent brushes and sparks originating in it, if it had
only the same diameter as the continuous plate above, and partly to guard
the observer from receiving a spark or shock in measuring the potential of
an electric machine or of a Leyden battery, and to prevent the hair from being
attracted to the upper plate. Thus the guard-plate is allowed to be no thicker
than suffices for stiffness, and this allows the observer to see the hair at the
end of the aluminium balance-lever without the lever being made of a dy-
namically disadvantageous shape, as would be necessary if the guard-plate
were thick or had a thick rim added to it. No glass case is required for this
instrument. The smallness of the needle and the greatness of the electric
force acting on it are such that I find in practice no disturbance to any in-
convenient degree by ordinary currents of air; although it and all these
attracted disk instruments show the influence of sudden change of baro-
metric pressure, such as that produced by opening or shutting a door. If
not kept under a glass shade when out of use, the lower surface of the upper
attracting-plate and the lower surface of the guard-plate and attracted alu-
minium square should be carefully dusted by a dry cool hand. Generally
speaking, none of the vital electric organs of an electrometer should be
touched by a cloth, as this is almost sure to leave shreds fatal to their healthy
action.
§ 39. The effective range of this instrument is about 200 turns of the screw;
rather greater force of torsion is given than in the portable electrometer, and
a rather smaller attracted disk may be used, so that upwards of four cells
may be the electric value of one division. The instrument in its present state
measures nearly but not quite the highest potential I can ordinarily produce
in the conductor of a good Winter’s electric machine, which sometimes gives
sparks and brushes a foot long.
§ 40. The classification of electrometers given above is founded on the shape
and kinematic relations of their chief organic parts; but it will be remarked
that another principle of classification is presented by the different electric
systems used in them, which may be divided into two classes :—
I. Idiostatic, that in which the whole electric force depends on the electri-
fication which is itself the subject of the test.
II. Heterostatic, in which, besides the electrification to be tested, another
electrification maintained independently of it is taken advantage of.
Thus, for example, the long-range electrometer ($$ 38, 39) is simply
idiostatic and is not adapted for heterostatic use; but each of them may be
used idiostatically. The absolute electrometer was at first simply idiostatic
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 511
($$ 17-21) ; more recently it has been used heterostatically, and is about to
acquire (§ 22) special organs adapted for heterostatic use; as yet, however,
no species of the absolute electrometer promising permanence has come into
existence.
§ 41. It is instructive to trace the origin of various heterostatiec species of
electrometers by natural selection. A body hanging, or otherwise symmetri-
cally balanced, in the middle of a symmetrical field of force, but free to move
in one direction or the other in a line tangential to a line of force, moves in
one direction or the opposite when electrified positively or negatively.
Bohnenberger’s arrangement of this kind has a convenient and approximately
constant field of force; and his instrument was chosen in preference to others
which may have been equally sensitive, but were less convenient and constant,
and it became a permanent species.
§ 42. Bennet’s gold-leaf electroscope, constructed with care to secure good
insulation, electrified sufficiently to produce a moderate divergence, has been
often used to test, by aid of this electrification, the quality of the electrifica-
tion of an electrified body brought into the neighbourhood of its upper pro-
jecting electrode, causing, if its electricity is of the same sign as that of the
gold leaves, increase of divergence ; if of the opposite sign, diminution. By
connecting the upper electrode with the inner coating of a Leyden jar with
internal artificially dried atmosphere, the charge of the gold leaves may be
made to last with little loss from day to day; and by insulating Faraday’s
metal cage (§ 2) round the gold leaves and alternately connecting it with
the earth and with a conductor whose difference of potentials from the earth
is to be tested, an increase or a diminution of divergence is observed accord-
ing as this difference is negative or positive, the gold leaves being positive.
Hence (through Peltier’s and Delmann’s forms) the heterostatic stationary and
portable repulsion electrometers, described in the Royal Institution Lecture
on “Atmospheric Electricity ” and in Nichol’s Cyclopedia, article “Electricity,
Atmospheric,” already referred to, of which one species still survives in
King’s College, Nova Scotia, and in the Natural Philosophy Class Room of
Edinburgh University. The same form of the heterostatic principle applied
to Snow Harris’s attracted disk electrometer gave the portable and standard
electrometers described above.
§ 43. A modification of Bohnenberger’s electroscope, in which the two knobs
on the two sides of the hanging gold leaf became transformed into halves of a
circular cylinder, with its axis horizontal and the gold leaf hung on a wire
insulated in a position coinciding with its axis, producing a species designed
for telegraphic purposes, but which did
not acquire permanence by natural se-
lection, and is only known to exist in
one fossil specimen. In this instrument
the wire bearing the gold leaf was con-
nected with a charged Leyden jar, and
the semicylinders with the bodies whose
difference of potential was to be tested.
But various modifications of the divi-
ded-cylinder or divided-ring class with
the axis vertical and plane of motion
horizontal have done some practical
work, and one species, the new quad-
rant electrometer (§ 6), promises to be-
come permanent.
Gold leaf
512 ; - REPORT—1867.
§ 44, The heterostatic principle in one form or other is essential to distin-
guish between positive and negative. As remarked above (§$ 42), the original
type of this use of it is to be found in the old system of testing the quality
of the charge taken by the diverging straws or gold leaves of the electroscopes
used for the cbservation of atmospheric electricity; which was done by
bringing a piece of rubbed sealing-wax into the neighbourhood, and obsery-
ing whether this caused increase or diminution of the divergence. A doubt
which still exists as to the sign* of the atmospheric electricity observed by
Professor Piazzi Smyth on the Peak of Teneriffe, is owing to the imperfection
of this way of applying the principle. It is, indeed, to be doubted in any one
instance whether it is not vitreous electricity that the rubbed sealing-wax
acquires. And, again (§ 2), it is not certain that the glass case enclosing the
gold leaves, especially if very clean and surrounded by a very dry natural
atmosphere, screens them sufficiently from direct influence of the piece of
sealing-wax to make sure that the divergence due to vitreous electricity could
not be increased by the presence of the resinously electrified sealing-wax if
held nearer the gold leaves than the upper projecting stem.
§ 45. The heterostatic principle has a very great advantage as regards
sensibility over any simple idiostatic arrangement, inasmuch as, for infinitely
small differences of potential to be measured, the force is as the squares of
the differences in any idiostatic arrangement, but is simply proportional to
the differences in every heterostatic arrangement.
VI. Determination of the Dynamical Equivalent of Heat from the thermal
effects of Electric Currents. By J. P. Jovtn, D.C.L., F.RS., Se.
Sir. W. Thomson, as long ago as 1851, showed that it was desirable to
make experiments such as are the subject of the present paper. They have
necessarily been delayed until a sufficiently accurate method of measuring
resistance was discovered. Such a method having been described by Sir
William, and carried out into practice by Professor C. Maxwell and his able
coadjutors, the task assigned to me by the Committee of Electric Standards
was comparatively simple.
My experiments were commenced nearly two years ago, and the apparent
ease with which they could be executed gave promise of their early com-
pletion. It was, however, found essential that careful observations of the
earth’s horizontal magnetic intensity should be frequently made, and these
required the construction of apparatus whereby this element could be deter-
mined with accuracy and rapidity.
The apparatus finally adopted for this purpose consists of a suspended
horizontal flat coil of wire between two fixed similar coils. A current of
electricity can he made to traverse all three, communication with the sus-
pended coil being made by the suspending wires themselves according to Sir
W. Thomson’s plan. The strength of a current is found by observing the
sum of the forces of attraction and repulsion by which the suspended coil is
urged. The strength of a current can in this manner be determined in ab-
solute measure. For the area of each of the three equal coils being called
a, the weight required to counterpoise the force with which the suspended one
is urged w, the force of gravity g, and the length of wire in each of the coils
1 w ny;
I, the current c=aa/ ea? (1 + correction), the correction being principally
a T
7
* Nichol’s Cyclopedia, article “ Electricity, Atmospheric,” edition 1860.
‘rt
*
i”
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 513
due to the distance between the fixed coils. In my instrument, in which
this distance is 1 inch, the diameter of the coils being 12 inches, and their
interior core 4 inches, this correction was proved by experiment to be 1185.
There was, however, considerable difficulty in obtaining an exact measure
of the distance between the fixed coils, and I therefore judged that the mea-
sure of the currents used in the experiments would be most accurately
obtained by means of a tangent galvanometer, the above described current-
meter being employed to determine the horizontal intensity.
This determination was effected as follows:—Many careful observations
of the horizontal intensity by an improved method on Gauss and Weber’s
system were made alternatively with observations of the deflections of a
tangent galvanometer and the weighings of the current-meter when the
same currents traversed both instruments in succession. Then calling the ho-
rizontal intensity H, the angle of deflection 0, and the weighing w, there was
ls tan 6 _ 47676. Hence with these instruments
Vw
ne ‘17676 fw
tan 0
The experiments for the determinations of horizontal intensity by the use
of this formula could be effected in a few minutes, and did not require an
alteration in the disposition of any part of the apparatus. It was satisfac-
tory to find that, although the presence of masses of iron at only a few yards
distance made the field in which I worked considerably more intense than
that due to the latitude, and although I worked at different times of the day,
the highest intensity, out of upwards of seventy observations distributed over
a year, was 3°6853, and the lowest 3:6607, indicating a much greater degree
or constancy than might have been expected.
The galvanometer above mentioned was that employed in the thermal
experiments. It had a single circle of ;4;-inch copper wire, the diameter
of which, being measured in many places by a standard rule, gave a radius
of -62723 of a foot. The needle was half an inch long, and furnished with
a glass pointer traversing a divided circle of 6 inches diameter. In the experi-
ments the deflections were not far from 26° 34’, the angle at which the influ-
ence of the length of the needle within certain limits is inappreciable. It was
easy by a magnifier, arranged so as to avoid parallax, to read to one minute.
The torsion of the fibre gave only 3'-5 for an entire twist. The trifling cor-
rection thus required is applied to the recorded observations of deflection.
The calorimeter first used was a copper vessel upwards of a gallon in
capacity, filled with distilled water. It had a conical lid, attached by screws,
in which were two tubulures, one for the introduction of a copper stirrer,
the other for the thermometer, around the immersed stem of which a wire of
platinum silver, haying a resistance nearly equal to that of the Association
unit, was coiled.
The resistance of the wire was found by comparing it with the Association
unit, sent me by the Committee, using Ohm’s formula, wae? cao} where
C,, C,, and C, are the tangents of deflection with the battery and connexions
only with these and the unit and with the coil respectively. This, though
by no means so delicate a method as that of the Wheatstone balance im-
proved by Thomson, was able to give a final result certainly accurate to the
two-thousandth part. The results for the resistance of the coil in the first
E experiments are as follow. They were obtained before and after
7. 2M
obtained a constant c=
514 REPORT—1867.
those experiments. A large galvanic cell, consisting of cast iron and amal-
gamated zinc plunged in dilute sulphuric acid, was the source of electricity,
which was measured by a galyanometer with a coil of nine turns, 17 inches
in diameter.
Resi
Temperature Temperature ee
C;. C,. = of unit. of coil. eee
fe} 1 fe} ‘ Ge ik ° fe)
tan55 6°75 tan28 18 tan28 1:3 63:7 62°65 1:01901
tan 59 32°5 tan32 39-6 tan 32 22 59°24 58°39 1:01825
The average resistance 1:01863 being reduced from the temperature 14°-5
Cent., at which the unit was adjusted, to 69°-9 Fahr., the average tempera-
ture of the calorimeter in the first series of experiments becomes 1:0191,
which, multiplied by 32808990, gives 33435640 as the resistance in British
absolute measure.
A delicate thermometer was placed at a few inches distance from the
calorimeter, for the purpose of registering the temperature of the air. In
the Tables its indications are reduced to the scale of the instrument plunged
in the calorimeter. A striny attached the handle of the stirrer to a stick, so
that the water could be effectually stirred without communicating the heat
of the hand. A wooden screen separated the observer from the apparatus.
In the experiments of the first series a battery of five large Daniell’s cells,
arranged in series, transmitted the current through the coil for 40' exactly
determined by chronometer. During this time twenty-eight observations of
deflection were obtained, seven at each end of the pointer directed N.K. and
S.W., and seven when it was directed N.W. and 8.E. by reversing the current
in the galvanometer for the latter half of the time. The water was stirred
twenty-eight times. Its temperature was taken at the beginning, middle,
and end of an experiment. There were also fourteen observations of the
temperature of the air.
Immediately after each experiment the horizontal intensity of magnetic
force was obtained by observing the deflection of the galvanometer and the
weighing of the current-meter produced by the same current.
Before and after each experiment, two others were made in precisely the
same manner, but excepting the current, in order to discover the influence of
radiation and the conducting-power of the atmosphere.
First Series of Thermal Experiments.
T =|) D - Rise of 5
Date, |Deflection.|". tan’ | “tireof | ture of | tempera- | Zorizontal
Deflection. : intensity.
,. ait. water. ture.
1866. Pe, ese
Aug. 22...! 32 46°86 | ‘414719 | 492°36 497°42 23°55 3°6763
ao Bie) St (O29) |) 1455133 AIF 77 493°27 25°65 3°6815
Sept. 8...! 32 24°83 403156 4.00°4. 401°8 22°3
$f 1Ois.. |) BT 50722041) 33851542, 44111 433°85 22°214 3°6737
39, DTheoc| Que guEae, 376024. 367°0 392°89 18°51 3°6758
» 12...) 31 14°42 | °367944 344°33 344°45 21°9 376656
» 13.-.| 30 57°51 | °359850 36154 358°47 20°95 376671
5 LS, -».|| GOneaiS Online a 007 346°7 330°01 21°98 376638
39) LS eee] ZO zon 342610 381°41 367°56 21°07 3°6711
» 18...) 30 34°34 | “348982 34264 324°32 22°29 3°6607
Average ’...| ......+8 379857 397°226.. ; 394'406 22°0914 3°67073
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 515
First Series of Radiation Experiments,
Rise of tem-
Date. Soepeeess | Teanerehure.» perature of
: ae water.
—— | —
1866.
JER Pe), Cope dour. 495'93 469°14 2°88
‘eee lochopdace 502°22 477°33 gets
INGEN Pach chsubaged 476°37 458°96 3°08
few! Scndeeane 490°81 499°22 —0'55
Sept. Secs. tee. 393'5 382°75 2°0
Se Tee Ce 395732 41415 —I'7
Sept. 10 ......... 444°31 4194 2°9
fe! DO vecchadhie 43715 396'96 4°83
DEP in Ui saves. 373°°7 384°72 —0'63
cote Laccbag ate 367714 391°76 —1'75
Pb aces ene et 334°0 332°42 0°44
Shee atesce Goce 365°34 360'2 16
Sept. 13 «0.0.0... 352°82 343°11 1°83
Se thc ose 366°65 369°16 | —o0'08
Sept. G5p...0-2+-5 330°78 31541 | 2°78
Nh oe ORB SSRBEC 381°47 347°14. B72
33) sadeneeee 378°93 350°67 3°34
ay ie Makeasemas 381°05 379°51 0°22
Sept. 18......... 326°99 309°28 2°55
TaN ausaiiaee sie 339°9 333°35 o°04
Average ......... 373°058 364°686 1°3806
In applying the preceding Table for the purpose of correcting the results
of the thermal experiments, it must be first observed that the external influ-
ences on the calorimeter are not zero when the temperature of the air-ther-
mometer coincides with the indication of that immersed in the calorimeter.
This might arise partly from the locality of the two instruments not being
the same, but was, I found, principally owing to the different radiating and
absorbing powers of the air-thermometer bulb and of the surface of the
calorimeter. Taking, then, the number of instances in which the tempera-
ture of the air appeared to exceed that of the water, there are fifteen with a
total excess of 259-63, and a resulting gain of temperature of 35°36. Also
those in which the air appeared to be colder than the water were five, giving
a total deficiency of 65:5 with a loss of temperature 4:71. Hence pees
4-71
et oe whence #=4:418, which must be added to the indications
of the thermometer registering the temperature of the air. After this cor-
rection has been made, it will be found that the effect of a difference of tem-
perature between the air and water, of 9-216, is unity.
4-418 added to 397-226 gives 401:644 for the corrected temperature of
the air in the thermal experiments, and this being 7-238 in excess of the
temperature of the calorimeter, the corrected thermal effect will be 22-0914—
7238
9-216 .
portion of the thermometer stem, becomes ultimately 21-326.
The thermal capacity of the calorimeter was made up of 95525 grains of
distilled water, 26220 grains of copper, equivalent to 2501 grains of water,
2mu 2
= 21:306, which, after applying the needful correction for the immersed
516 REPORT—1867.
and the thermometer and coil equivalent to 80 grains, giving a total capacity
equal to 98106 grains of water. 12°951 divisions of the thermometer are
equivalent to one degree Fahr.
The dynamical equivalent is the quotient of the work done, by the
thermal effect, or
eae tan’ aRt
Qn
— x 367073). x B79857 x 33435640 x 2400
2832 — 95335.
21326 FoRi06
12-951
It appeared to be desirable to diminish the atmospheric influence; I
therefore commenced a second series, in which the calorimeter was covered
with two folds of cotton wadding. The bulb of the air-registering thermo-
meter was also placed in a small bag made of the same material. In this
fresh series each experiment occupied one hour, as I had learned by experi-
ence that with my battery arrangement the current would be sufficiently
uniform. In fact the highest reading in an experiment was not more than
#5 higher than the lowest. There were, evenly distributed through the
hour, forty observations of deflection, twenty of the air, and three of the
water-thermometer ; and the water was stirred forty times. Two minutes
were allowed for the complete equalization of temperature previous to the
final thermometer reading. The experiments on radiation were also similarly
extended.
The coil was the same as that used in the first series. It had a coat of
shellac vanish. Five determinations of its resistance were made, using a
single Daniell’s cell with various resistances included in the circuit. The
galvanometer had a coil 17 inches in diameter consisting of nine turns. The
results are as follow :—
Tempera- | Tempera- | Resistance of
C,. Ce. C,. ture of ture of | coil in terms
unit. coil. of unit.
°o i ° i fe} i ° °
tan 79 39°5 | tam 52 33°3 | tan 52 -9°3 59°25 58°6 T0192
tan 71 39°5 | tan 47 17°06| tan 46 55°6 48°6 48°5 1'0198
tan 70 16 tan 46 1811 | tan 45 57°4 54°68 574 I‘O1g94
tan 71 54°33) tan 47 7°66) tan 46 45°93]... | see ees 1'0198
tan 62 6 fantAT Z0°4'3"|tar Aa S746) Weis: eee || ences 10187
PAVEREPOriecein) Eotecestesin|) Maree ectecaana| MMe ge sttan|' ©) Wonca 1'01.938
The average temperature of the calorimeter in the experiments being
13°55 Cent., and that at which the unit was adjusted 14°-5, the resistance
during the experiments must have been 1:01906, which is equal to 33434330
in British measure.
_
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE.
Second Series of Thermal Experiments.
517
3 Tempera- | Tempera- | Rise of F
Date. Deflection. st ro ture of ture of tempera- one oon
P air. water. ture. ey:
1866. ens
Sept. 21 29 51°68 "329623 397°4 363°42 30°38 3°6668
»» 22 28 584 | °306585 362°51 348°06 26°95 3°6707
» 25 29 14°63 | °313472 345°19 306'94 29°75 3°6724
9! 20...1 29 51°46 | °329525 37084 350°64 29°92 376644
ey escl) 2a) SAL o "305064 36591 361°71 25°88 36665
Oct. §..-| 29 5°05 | °309393 380°66 387°57 24°90 3°6612
Oe 280225545 )\ “200700 426°55 392°77 27°40 3°6688
» 8...| 28 8°74 | *286198 33849 335°54 24°04 3°6595
i) TQ) -|) 20 42ror 300074 398°56 332°35 31°08 376659
ZO. tlh ZAC ‘274910 39518 361°90 26°08 376654
8 22 on) 26 40r5 252409 371°72 388°63 1912 3°6702
e227 Zoot °270252 320°07 318°09 22°55 3°6638
rz 5 crcl, 27 9:03 *263230 275°65 28625 20°98 3°6620
» 26...| 27 42°56 | °275855 249°75 257°54 22°15 3°6623
» 27..-| 28 7°84 | *285838 245°96 247°27 23°57 376641
Average ...| ......... 292946 349°63 335912 25°65 36656
Second Series of Radiation Experiments.
Rise of tem-
Temperature | Temperature
Date. of air. of eas perature of
water.
1866.
‘SE eaeary SoeRaa 378°84 344°95 370
ty apy wi cbangheE 390°13 381°34 0°32
Septe22 netsecss 326°32 33437 —0'43
FR orebacce 360°71 361°13 —o'7“1
Sept, 25) <bc.c->- 330°67 287°94 4°05
A402 gana 347°56 32613 1°59
Sept. 26 ......... 352°15 333°12 2°12
Fy a ete 377°56 36812 0°70
Sept. 27 .0nc-t 35581 347°9 o'74.
YL .cosreeobe 388°0 37569 1°31
Cotr a siSieccconns 3769 375°04 °°
pre er ono 385°3 396°95 —1'l5
Octr (Grea-.c0°- 402°94, 37647 2°13
ost ee eens 43328 411°33 1°52
Qeti. 1S) st sewanes 319°5 323°51 —o'29
cule aasece 356°02 347°79 0°33
Ocie G10) pees 365708 303°94 5°95
1) teeeeeess 398°49 35629 3°57
Oct? 20-0: 357°9 34401 1°61
ASS Ancoupcae 395°66 377°40 1°43
Ochs ).22) 52555 .0.8 37124 380°45 —0'95
Fy Wy Pagans es 362°7 392°44 —3°18
(Olein PS) odssediace 297°96 305°0 —o'50
Oh) Wikibase 334-07 329°05 o'5
Ocha 2 5isces=nee 261°67 277°01 —1'26
Bp sobpaubor 277°59 294°31 —1°86
Oct a2 Grincccsess Peach 247°61 —1I'40
re pei coots 264°37 265°97 —o'66
Oct 2 7iassensxe- 237°05 23485 o'r
Syn Wavaensecs 25115 257°24 —0'65
Average ......... 343°011 335°245 0°6083
518 REPORT—1867.
The correction to be applied to the thermometer immersed in air as de-
123-66—12% __356°654184r
12-744 0. Q0:98
w= —1:1835. It appears also that a difference beween the temperatures of
the calorimeter and air-registering thermometer so corrected, equal to 10-822,
gives the unit effect on the former.
Hence the corrected indication of the air-thermometer in the second series
of thermal experiments will be 349-63—1-1835=348-4465. This being
12:5345 in excess of the temperature of the calorimeter, the corrected
thermal effect will be 25-65— OO = 24-4917, which, after a small further
correction for the immersed stem, becomes 24:512.
The thermal capacity in this second series was made up of 95561 grains
distilled water, copper as water 2501, thermometer and coil as water 80,
and cotton-wool as water 200 egrs., giving a total of 98342 grains.
The equivalent, as deduced from the second series, is therefore
duced from the above Table is given by , whence
62723 2
| A122" 53-6656 f x 292946 x 33434330 x 3600
6:2832 —25366
oT519
98342
12951 *
The equivalents obtained in the two foregoing series of experiments are
as much as one-fiftieth in excess of the equivalent I obtained in 1849 by
agitating water. I therefore instituted a strict inquiry with a view to
discover any causes of error, so that they might be avoided in a fresh series.
The most probable source of error seemed to be insufficient stirring of the
water of the calorimeter. Although agitated so frequently as forty times in
the hour, there could be no doubt that, during any intervals of comparative
rest, a current of heated water would ascend from the coil, and that if a thin
stratum of it remained any time at the top, some loss of heat would result.
I resolved therefore to use a fresh calorimeter, and to introduce into it a
stirrer which could be kept in constant motion by clockwork.
Another source of error which, though it would be finally eliminated by
frequent repetition of the experiments, it seemed to be desirable to avoid,
was the hygrometric quality of the cotton-wool which enveloped the calori-
meter in the second series of experiments. I therefore sought for a material
which did not present that inconvenience. The plan finally adopted was to
cover the calorimeter first with tinfoil, to place over that two layers of silk
net (tulle), and to finish with a second enyelope of tinfoil.
A third source of possible error was the circumstance that the silver-
platinum alloy, when made positively electrical in distilled water, is slowly
acted upon, an oxide of silver as a bluish-white cloud arising from the metal,
while hydrogen escapes from the negative electrode. On this account the
coil in the experiments of the last series, as well as the subsequent, was well
varnished. But it was found at the conclusion of the experiments that the
varnish had in a great measure lost its protecting power. This circumstance
gave me considerable anxiety: I was, however, ultimately able, by the fol-
lowing facts arrived at after the thermal experiments were completed, to
satisfy myself that no perceptible influence had been produced by it on the
results :—
1st. The resistance of the coils, after long-continued use had deteriorated
the varnish, was not sensibly less than it was after they had been freshly
varnished.
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 519
2nd. The coil of the 3rd series was, in the unprotected state, immersed
in distilled water, and compared with many hundred yards of thick copper wire,
unimmersed, having nearly equal resistance. The result showed that the
resistance to the current was sensibly the same whether a single cell or five
cells of Daniell in a series were used. Now, had any considerable leakage
by electrolytic action taken place, it would have been very much less in pro-
portion in the former than in the latter instance.
3rd. When the coils of the second and third series, in the unprotected state,
were placed in distilled water, and made the electrodes of a battery of five
cells, the deflection was 40’ of a degree on a galvanometer with a coil of
17 inches diameter composed of 18 turns of wire. This deflection indicates
a current of about ;1, of the average current in the thermal experiments.
In this case the chemical action was distinctly visible, but quite ceased to be
so when the electrodes were connected by a wire of unit resistance, so as to
reduce the potential to that in the thermal experiments.
4th. The coil of No. 2 series being used as a standard, that of No. 3
series, in the unprotected condition, was immersed, first in water, then in
oil. The resistance to the current of five Daniell’s cells was found to be
sensibly equal in the two cases.
Hence there could be no doubt that the loss of heat during the experi-
ments by electrolytic action could not possibly in any instance have been so
great as one-thousandth of the entire effect, and was probably not one
quarter of that small quantity ; whilst in the larger number of experiments,
when the varnish was fresh, it must have been nil.
The coil used in the third series of experiments was made by bending
four yards of platinum-silver wire double, and then coiling it into a spiral
which was supported and kept in shape by being tied with silk thread to a
thin glass tube. ° The terminals were thick copper wires, and the whole was
coated with shellac and mastic varnish. The following results were ob-
tained for its resistance. In the first three trials the current was measured
by a galvanometer with a circle of nine turns 17 inches diameter, and in the
last six with an instrument with eighteen turns of wire. In the first six
there was an extra unit of resistance included in the circuit :—
Temp. | Temp. |Resistance
Battery. Unit. C,. Ore C,. of of in terms of|
unit. | coil. | my unit.
°
One cell, Daniell ...) Mine .../ tan 52 53 tan 37 3°15 tan 37 10°6 63°27 62°78 *98963
ED » +--/tam §2 24°12 |tan 36 29°02 |tan 36 37°27 | 59°03| 60°07] °98823
—) 110) eee oe Jenkin's|tan 52 3°62 |\tan 36 645 |/tan 36 14°79 | 60°88] 60°57| ‘98752
Daniell’s cell. Posi-
tive metal iron = tan 50 25°8 |tan 35 21°88 |tan 35 29°27] 59°78| 60°46] 98818
Ditto .................- Mine ...| tan 49 48°12 | tan 34. 57°36 |tan 35 5°62 | 60°03} 60°30] 98754
Ditto Bette tndiaeie deities » -+--|tan 48 17°62 |tan 34 5°48 | tan 34. 12°24 60°50] 60°88| 98816
ot sf. «| bMS. 28 tan 49 58°6 |tan 50 11°98 | 61°27| 61°08] °98863
BPO «22.2... eee Jenkin’s |tan 75 17°25 |tan 49 44°93 |tan 49 57°51 | 61°96] 61°27| 98871
i Mine ...|/tan 75 596 |tan 49 1897 | tan 49 33°08) 69°35] 70°28] “98820
ren ee. . ::2-t| eee [Mem meh te sat MN Rce cee TAN TS. checker Goth at soem lf fabeats 98831
The above average resistance, reduced to 18°-63 C., the mean temperature
in the third series, is -98953 of the Association unit, or in British measure
32465480.
In the third series, the experiments for the heat of the current, of radia-
520 REPORT—1867.
tion, and for horizontal magnetic intensity were alternated in such a manner
that each class occupied the same portions of the day that the others did. I
sought in this way to avoid the effects of any horary change in the humidity
&c. of the atmosphere, or in the magnetic force. Of the thirty experiments
comprising each class, six were performed at about each of the several hours,
11 am., 123 p.m., 13 pm., 4 P.m., and 53 P.M.
The calorimeter, protected as already described, was supported on the
edges of a light wooden frame. It was carefully guarded against draughts
by screens coated with tinfoil placed at a foot distance. The stirrer con-
sisted of a vertical copper rod, to which vanes, on the plan of a screw-
propeller, were soldered at four equidistant places. The rod extended
2 inches above the calorimeter, and was there affixed to a light wooden shaft
2 feet long, attached at the upper end to the last spindle of a train of clock-
wheels. The weight was 35 lbs., which, falling about 2 feet per hour, pro-
duced a continuous revolution of the stirrer at a rate of about 200 in the
minute. The action of the stirrer left nothing to be desired. It was started
five minutes before an experiment commenced, and kept going until the last
observation of the thermometer had been made.
The experiments, as in the second series, lasted one hour, during which
were made eight observations of the thermometer immersed in the calori-
meter, twenty of the temperature of the air, and forty of the deflection of the
galvanometer.
Third Series of Thermal Experiments.
2 Tempera- | Tempera-| Rise of
Date. Gees D ee ti face of ture of | tempera- a ni
rare, ‘eae air. water. ture. ween:
1867. ae in.
June 28, 12.54 P.M.| 28 18°25) *290024 488-660 494°17 25°1 30
» 28, 5.36 30 56°37) °359310 534155 | 524°214 | 32°08 26
29, 1.30 28 55°45| °305345 5097172 | 490°13 27°82 27
July 1, 10.304.M.|29 41°1 | °324949 428°81 425°67 28°52 27
» Ty 4.24 P.M.| 30 19°4 | .342107 508°78 467°214 33°05 26
sy 2:12.45 30 10°12) “337891 4°5°343 45°°73 25°13 26
meas 10:0) 30 30°98] *347424 401°822 458°104 24°99 28
nap 4s) 20 31 23°4 | 372299 516"992 452°97 57°98 27
1020, TTD AM, | 9021-721] Gg4am70 385°622 394°0 28°98 28
» 20, 3-45P.M.| 31 37°55| °379241 45419 430°97 34°92 28
A PSOE 32 06 | °390765 482°44 460'621 35°48 30°5
33 22, 5.21 32 23°47| “402470 | 493°087 | 498°573 | 34°47 284
Fe 31 18°43) “369081 465°238 | 4737167 | 31°27 28°7
4» 24, 11.0 AM.|31 4°75| °363299 | 430°688 | 448°043 | 30°24 27°9
» 24, 4.5 P.M.) 30 49°15} 355900 439°007 | 470°954 | 28°14 28°2
9) 25, 12.15 32 39°5 | “410832 | 465°354 | 432°45 38°48 29°4
» 25, 4.55 33 10 | *427129 521569 | 486049 | 39°72 28°4
» 26, 12.58 32 33°95] “407920 445°009 | 464267 | 33°61 30
9) 27) I1.13A-M.| 33 1°6 | “422590 3910 419°21 34°46 30
275 4.14PM. | 32 58°22) *420777 | 418-11 446°623 | 34°09 29°4
Aug. 2, 12.31 31 52°98) °386923 385°876 390°9I1 aRu0 30
Eh So 31 53°77) °387325 407°781 | 422°843 | 32°25 28
» 3:12.56 31 37°18] "379056 453°66 421°948 | 35°37 29°75
» 6, 11.18 A4.M.|26 34°35] ‘250162 439°906 435°699 22°32 29°7
» 6, 3-55P.M.|28 42°8 | -30c070 457°145 462056 25°67 29°6
» 8, 12.17 29 29°25) “319773 465°586 | 443°204 | 296 29°7
oi eo 545 29 39°25) °324137 499°874 | 480°564 | 29°67 28
Jae Osea, 29 332 | °321491 478658 469'296 28°8 264
| 4, -10, 11.9 A.M. | 29 12°65) °312625 468°344 4557304 28°21 27°4
», 10, 3.56P.M.| 28 14°47| °288500 519°082 493°136 27°28 23°4
Avera voaiencsscnncse| Ameren 3547795 458°690 455°436 | 3102666 | 28°362
nee
ON STANDARDS OF ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE. 521
Third Series of Radiation Eaperiments.
Temperature | Temperature Rise of .
pate of air. of ate: temperature. ail ok weight.
1867. |
June 28, 10.38A4.m.| —-460°527 481°990 kere 31
» 28, 3.53 P.M. 513°687 506°770 0°75 28°2
9» 29, 11.55 A.M. 4.937088 473°930 1°82 28
» 29, 4.40 P.M, 526°185 | §08°480 1°88 28°5
July 1, 1°23 469°368 442°114. 2°46 27°5
» «2, 10.58 A.M. 404°842 439°790 —2'82 27
2, 2 4:5 Pa 401-779 450°930 —4'1 28°5
» 4 11.46 AM, 492'210 A27°517 5°97 28
» 4 4.42 PM. 541°007 484'927 sr 26°5
i | 20; 1.0 416°237 |} 409°044 1’03 28°75
» 22, 10.5 AM| 474°393 439°140 3°32 30
3) 22) 3.50 P.M. 486°267 | 480°106 08 28°75
9» «23, I1.41 A.M. 451029 456°947 —o'!l 28°4.
» 23, 4.49 P.M. 475°319 | 486°113 —o'65 28°5
3 24, 12.54, 441°677 460'780 —1'48 26°5
» 25, 10.40 A.M. 435°863 410°237 2°43 28
» 25, 3-27 P.M. 515°653 460939 5°03 28°38
», 26, 11.29 A.M. 44.1°256 447°526 Oz 28°5 |
» 26, 4.49P.M.| 435°776 472° 503 —30 29
30 2 17 404758 433°444 —2°28 29°8
Aug. 2, 10.55 A.M. 369°966 374/18 —O'15 29°75
3 2% 3250 BM. 407°34 406°42 O'17 27°8
pia ne 3O Aca, 435°813 401°187 3°24. 28°6 |
» 3) 4:33PM.) -476°691 446°393 2°9 27
» 6, 1.15 457°87 447°343 1°05 28°9 |
» 8, 10.46 A.M. 442°403 426°304 1°68 29
> 8) ALL PM. 489'901 463°143 2°42 29°7
PG; Li-5t AM 466°428 453149 1'27 26°5
cS, 5-97 ee 4.90°308 484'753 0°66 27°9
Pe Gee 20 502°96 472°469 2°82, 28°6
PAVEYEES ....00.5c00 460°6808 451°6356 1018 28498
The correction to be applied to the air-registering thermometer, as deduced
217:452—10x
16:26
? whence w, the quantity to be added to the observed tempera-
from the radiation experiments of this third series, is found from
__488°807 +4 20x
e468
ture of the air in the thermal experiments, =2:81. The temperature of the
air was therefore virtually 6:073 higher than that of the water. The results
also show that the unit of effect on the calorimeter was produced by a differ-
ence of temperature of 11-645.
6°073
Hence 31:0266 ies
part of the thermometer stem, the corrected thermal effect in the third series
is found to be 30-5821.
The average capacity of the calorimeter was equal to that of 93859 gers.
of water, being made up of 91531 grs. distilled water, 22364 grs. of copper,
486 ers. of tin (the weight of the coating next the calorimeter), 52 grs. silk
net (half that employed), the thermometer, coil, and corks.
1867. 2N
=30°5051; and adding :077 for the unimmersed
522 REPORT—1867.
Determinations of Horizontal Magnetic Intensity.
Galvanometer | Weighing b aie
Date. deflection, peti H— 17676 vw
0. W. tan @
1867. ae gers.
June 28, 1.30 P.M. 37 21°42 253°04. 3°68334
5, 20)10;50 A.M. | 26 43°06 109'28 3°67114
nn 205, | 3-50 PAL: 25 12°56 96°04 3767964
duly 1,312.25 | 38 23°56 272°35 3°68144
» 1, 5.20 38 59°25 284°95 3°68634
52>) | 1-40. 38 49°94 280'9 3°68034
» 4, 10.45 A.M. 26 24°55 106'25 3°66894.
» 4 3-45 P.M. 26 10°55 104'99 368474
9, 20, 12 Noon. 39 18°9 289°875 3°67484
» 20, 4.40 P.M. 41 11°35 332°825 3°68504.
3» 22, 1.30 41 21°4 335°13 367594.
» 23, 10.45 A.M. Boat 169°616 3°67194
» 23, 3.45 P.M. 31 5615 168°608 3°68224
9) 24, 11.51 A.M. 39 52°95 301591 3°67364.
» 24, 5°0 P.M. 40 24°9 315°092 3°68474
» 25, I-10 41 27°95 338°391 3°67964
» 26, 10.30.A.M. 34 40°45 206°658 3°67324.
by 20> ES AG EMA, 939, 25S 188°675 3767864.
9 27,12 Noon. 43 19°55 386°0 368194
» 27, 5°12 PM. 42 48°53 372°658 3768414
Aug. 2, 1.30 41 15°35 332°733 3°67 584
9 +3, 10.25 A.M. 34. 13°9 198'99 3°66464
1. 3 3-33P-M.| 33 40°3 191°983 3°67628
a) Opa, 35 98 214'117 _ 3°67156
pe 10) 44-50 37° S81 248°258 367784.
ee uo i 37 44°55 259°867 368110
3) 9; BO.53 AM. 31 23°65 160°708 367186
» 95 4.42 P.M.| 30 43°4 152°75 3°67590
10, 12.12 36 254 235°433 3°67557
» 10, 4.50 34 49°5 209'608 3°67864.
AVONAGO. (seccbteed|ien Saeect ees vas Ville cl taeriseete 3°67771
The equivalent deduced from the third series is therefore
62723 rier Uo ae
pase es) - x 35478 x 32465480 x 3600
——— 8777 x 35478 x 32 xX
30°5821
see aa lola)
12-951 *
The equivalents above arrived at are :—
From Series 1. Average of 10, 25335.
From Series 2. Average of 15, 25366.
From Series 3. Average of 30, 25217.
The extra precautions taken in the last Series entitle the last figure to
be taken as the result of the inquiry. Reduced to weighings in vacuo it
becomes 25187.
= 25217.
NOTICES AND ABSTRACTS
OF
MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS TO THE SECTIONS.
ae. |
‘
BIA Vea ahh monroe aad
. ae ay
~~
NOTICES AND ABSTRACTS
OF
MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS TO THE SECTIONS,
MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS.
Address by the President, Sir W. Tomson, LL.D., FR.
THE progress of mathematical and physical science during the past year will be
better represented by the valuable reports to be laid. before this Section, and the
lines of thought which have originated since the British Association last met will
be better illustrated by the papers and discussions which will constitute our or-
dinary daily work, than by any statement which I could haye prepared. It was
therefore my intention not to detain you from the interesting subjects and abundant
matter for discussion which will so fully occupy our time during the Meeting, by
an introductory address. But I must ask you to bear with me if I modify some-
what this resolution in consequence of a recent event which, I am sure, must touch
yery nearly the hearts of all fn and of very many in all parts of the world, to
whom the name of Faraday has become a household word for all that is admirable
in scientific genius. Having had so short a time for preparation, I shall not attempt
at present any account of Faraday’s discoveries and philosophy. But, indeed, it
is very unnecessary that I should speak of what he has done for science. All that
lives for us still, and parts of it we shall meet at every turn through our work in
this Section. I wish I could put into words something of the image which the
name of Faraday always suggests to my mind. Kindliness and unselfishness of
disposition ; clearness and singleness of purpose; brevity, simplicity, and direct-
ness ; sympathy with his audience or his friend; perfect natural tact and good
taste ; thorough cultivation :—all these he had, each to a rare degree; and their
influence pervaded his language and manner, whether in conyersation or lecture.
But all these combined, made only a part of Faraday’s charm. He had an inde-
scribable quality of quickness and life. Something of the light of his genius irra-
diated his presence with a certain bright intelligence, and gave a singular charm
to his manner, which was surely felt by every one, from the deepest philosopher
to the simplest child, who ever had the privilege of seeing him in his home—the
Royal Institution. That light is now gone from us. While thankful for having seen
and felt it, we cannot but mourn our loss, and feel that whatever good things,
whatever brightness may be yet in store for us, that light we can neyer see again.
On the alleged Correspondence between Pascal and Newton.
By Sir Davin Brewster, K.H., LL.D., PRS., §e.
Sir David Brewster said that he had received from M. Chasles several of Newton’s
letters or notes, which he supposes to be genuine. He would only read one or two
observations tending to show that this was a gigantic fraud—the oe he he-
1867.
2 REPORT—1867.
lieved, ever attempted as connected with science or literature. Sir David then read
the following notes:—1. The correspondence was founded on the assumption that
Newton was a precocious genius, haying written on the Infinitesimal Calculus Xe.
at the age of eleven, whereas he was then at school and knew nothing of mathe-
matics, occupying himself only with waterwheels, windmills, waterclocks, and other
boyish amusements. 2. There is no evidence that Pascal and Newton had any
correspondence. Having examined the whole of Newton's papers in the possession
of the Earl of Portsmouth, I never found any letter or paper in which Pascal is
mentioned. 3. The letters from Mss Hannah Ayscough, Newton’s mother, bear
this signature, although at the time they were written she was a married women
and should have signed Hannah Smith. 4. The letters of Pascal have been found
by M. Faugere to be in another hand, and the signature not that of Pascal. 5. The
letters and signatures of Newton are not in his hand. 6. An experiment with
coffee is mentioned in one of the letters of Pascal, whereas coffee was at that time
unknown in France. 7. All Newton’s letters are in French, a language in which he
never wrote. His letters to the celebrated French mathematician, Varignon, are in
Latin, and Newton himself has stated that he could not read French without a
dictionary. 8. The style and sentiments in Newton’s letters are such as he never
could have used. He expresses efernal gratitude to Pascal,a word which no
Englishman would have employed. 9. According to the correspondence, M.
Desmaizeaux got access to Newton’s papers after his death, and carried off a great
many of them. Now it is certain that Mr. Conduitt, Newton’s nephew, arranged
and examined all Newton’s papers after his death in order to obtain materials for
a life of him, and, having failed to find a competent person to write it, he under-
took it himself, and obtained from persons her alive all the information that
existed respecting Newton’s early life and studies, All this information, which IL
have used in my life of Newton, stands in direct contradiction to the assumption of
Newton's precocity and early connexion with Pascal, which is the basis of the
correspondence now exciting so general an interest. There can be no doubt, there-
fore, that the letters of Newton and Pascal are audacious and elaborate forgeries,
calculated and intended to transfer to Pascal the glory of the discovery of the law
of gravitation and other discoveries which we owe to Newton.
On the alleged Correspondence between Newton and Pascal recently communi-
cated to the French Academy. By T. Axcunr Hirst, /2RS., FRAS,
The author stated that the allezed correspondence between Newton and Pascal,
recently communicated to the French Academy by the eminent geometer and his-
torian Michel Chasles, had taken the scientific world by surprise, If genuine, it
would follow that it is to Pascal and not to Newton that we are indebted for the
development of the theory of gravitation; that Newton borrowed his ideas from
Pascal, and, what is worse, basely concealed and tried to cancel all traces of his
having thus borrowed. Charges so grave as these could not for a moment. be
entertained by Englishmen, were they not put forward by one whose authority is
_ acknowledged, and whose rectitude of character is beyond suspicion.
The real history of these documents appeared to be unknown to their present
owner, nor was M. Chasles at liberty even to state by whom they were consigned
to him. We were deprived, therefore, of the most direct way of testing their
authenticity, and must have yecourse to examination of the documents themselves.
With a view of enabling us to do so, M. Chasles had kindly sent to Sir David
Brewster and to the author of the present communication seyeral specimens, in
French, of Newton’s handwriting, all which had at once been pronounced to be
forgeries by the eminent biographer of Newton. ‘
After drawing attention to several inconsistencies contained in the letters already
published by Chasles and purporting to be from Pascal, Newton, Boyle, Aubrey,
and others, the author stated that the question of authenticity could only be con-
clusively decided by a careful comparison of the documents with the authentic pa-
pers of Newton now in the possession of Lord Portsmouth, the Earl of Macclesfield,
the Royal Society, and Trinity College, Cambridge. This comparison would be
much facilitated, and, indeed, scientific literature greatly enriched, if the owners of
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 3
these papers would generously permit photographic copies to be taken, The na-
tional manuscripts of England and Scotland have already been admirably photo-
zincographed by Sir Henry James, The manuscripts of Newton, which are also
national, certainly deserve to be transmitted to posterity in like manner.
MarHEMATICs.
On the Inverse Problem of Coresolvents. By the Hon, J. Cockin, I.A., FR.
Communicated by the Rey. Professor R. Hariey, RS. f
Inverse problems, as is well known, present greater difficulties than direct ones.
For instance, while it is easy to square a number, it is not so easy to extract its
square root, Moreover, there are cases in which it is impossible to obtain a finite so-
lution of an inverse problem. The solution of a quintic is usually considered to be
such a case, In the theory of coresolvents it is comparatively easy to pass from
the algebraical to the differential resolyent, but the converse does not hold. The
finite integration of the linear differential resolvent of a given algebraical equation
would, perhaps, be a step towards the general solution of the inyerse problem.
But that integration has not yet been effected, except in two or three special cases ;
and the definite integrals of Boole have not, that I am aware of, been converted into
indefinite ones. In order to take the step above pointed to, it seems to me neces-
sary to have recourse to a non-linear differential resolyent, to be constructed as
follows :—The elements of the final non-linear are three; the first is (1) the second
differential coefficient of the dependent variable; the second is (2) the first
differential coefficient of that variable; the third is (3) the square of the second
element divided by the dependent variable itself. The sinister of the non-linear
resolyent is constituted by the six homogeneous quadratic products of the three
elements, and is the sum of those six products, each multiplied into an indeter-
minate or conditional multiplier. Each element and each product is, as we now
by the theory of coresolyents, in general capable of being expressed as a rational
and integral function of the dependent variable, of a degree less by one than that of
the given algebraic equation. Suppose this last equation to be a quartic, then
each product, and consequently the dexter of the non-linear resolvent, can be ex-
pressed as a cubic function of the dependent variable. Let the dexter of the non-
linear be reduced to zero by causing the several coefficients of the cube, the square
and the first power of the dependent variable, and also the absolute term, to vanish
separately. These four conditions, while they reduce the dexter of the non-linear
to zero, enable us to eliminate four of the indeterminate multipliers from its sinister,
No elevation of degree will arise from the elimination, for all these four condi-
tions are linear. The coefficients of the six homogeneous quadratic products on
the sinister will now in general be homogeneous linear functions of the two un-
eliminated, indeterminate multipliers; and, by the solution of a cubie only, the
the ratio of these two multipliers can be so assigned as to cause the sinister to break
up into linear factors, each factor being a linear and homogeneous function of the
three elements. If we apply the exponential substitution to either of these factors
equated to zero, the resulting final non-linear differential equations of the first
order are of a soluble form. We have thus constructed a soluble non-linear
differential resolvent of a general biquadratic. For a cubie we might dispense
with one of the homogeneous products, and consequently with one of the indeter-
minate multipliers ; but we should thus be led to a resulting cubic ; and it will be
better to retain the whole six terms of the sinister. We shall then, having only
three conditions of evanescence to satisfy on the dexter, be able to break up the
sinister into linear factors, as before, by means of a homogeneous cubic in the three
remaining disposable indeterminate multipliers. Applying to this last cubic the
method of vanishing groups, we see that its solution depends upon the solution
of a quadratic equation and the extraction of a cube root only. In the case of a
quartic, the integral obtained by the foregoing processes involves two arbitrary
constants only, and its nature and extent require further discussion. But it seems
1*
4 REPORT—1867.
that, by means of the theory of coresolvents, we obtain new methods of solving
algebraic equations up to the fourth degree inclusive; and although the above
discussion does not embrace equations whose degrees exceed four, 1t apparently
indicates that further results may spring from the study of non-linear differential
resolvents.
A list of 5500 Prime Numbers. By W. Barrerr Davis.
On Finite Solutions of Algebraical Equations.
By the Rev. Professor R, Hanrtuy, PRS,
On a certain Cyclical Symbol. By the Rev. Professor R. Hartzy, F.RB.S.
The object of this paper was to explain the meaning and use of a certain symbol
which the author had employed with advantage in dealing with circular algebraic
functions. Some years ago, while engaged on the theory of quintics, the author
found that in the transformation and general treatment of the higher equations
circular functions occupy a conspicuous place, and play an all-important part ; and
the author was led, by an attentive consideration of the structure of such functions,
to devise a calculus, whereby operations upon them might be materially abridged.
The author had since found that his invention had been to some extent anticipated
by Vandermonde, in a Memoir on the Resolution of Equations, published by the
French Academy in 1771. The author explained the difference between Vander-
monde’s process and his own, and showed how he had succeeded lately in enlarging
the powers of the latter. Examples were given to illustrate the value of the new
symbol, not only as an abridged notation, but also, what was more important, as a
working instrument or process.
On a Theorem in the Integral Calculus. By Dr. D. Brrrens pr Haan.
g i]
The differentiation of an integral according to a constant under the sign of inte-
eration has been extended by Schlémilch to the case of the limits of the integral
depending on this constant. Omitting the correction in case of discontinuity, the
formula is
m
R
2 ( $(p, ade ( TP. 2) do-+-$(p, R) =
ar
ail ay
Now an analogous formula should exist for integration under the integral sign.
From (1), when R and are constants in. regard to p, and so the two last forms
R q
( GaN G0; :e) ADs. >=. ras re eam)
:
vanish, we deduce
qd R
( w( I(p; «)da=
a P aie e ep
that is, the theorem for changing the order of integration. In the same manner,
from (1) with the two last terms, we deduce, first,
% (4,2), ¢ dR pies
POE aa irr meen Nee Ca ee eas (ile) ER dp+C;. (3)
JFe Jt ©
and afterwards, after some transformations, .
q R R q TR
(“a(n seman ne ("Ba to,
JR" den r Py oP dp
e/
q
dh
—¥ —-dp\F (, R)
i) dp rf 1)
( is dr
ey) aN
sila rf, "ae
|
dB 5 (drs a ‘
dp iN Y aye S(p, "dp * «> MA)
y
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 5
where
Kp, y="F2Y 0, d= {re ype. a)
Both formule are of use in the integral calculus.
Proof of the Binomial Theorem. By the late James Linpsay.
Communicated by W. B. Grant.
On the Approximate Drawing of Circular Arcs of given lengths.
By Professor W. J. Macevorn Ranutye, LL.D., FR.
This paper contains rules for use in mechanical drawing, founded on the prin-
ciple, that if a straight line and an indefinite number of circles in one plane touch
each other at one point, the curve which cuts off parts of a given uniform length
from the straight tangent and from all the circles, approximates, in the neighbour-
hood of the place where it cuts the straight tangent, very closely to a circular are
whose radius is three-fourths of the given uniform length. The arcs laid off
according to the rules are somewhat longer than the exact leneth; but in an arc
subtending 30° the error is only ;,4,, part of the length of the arc ; and it varies
nearly as the fourth power of the angle subtended by the are.
ASTRONOMY.
Preparations for Observing the Total Solar Eclipse of August 18, 1868,
By Major J. F. Tennant, #.E., FLRAS., FRGS., PMS.
In January last I drew the attention of the Royal Astronomical Society to the
Total Eclipse of 1868, August 18, which will be visible in India, and in the March
Number of the ‘ Notices’ of the Society will be found a paper in which I proposed
that the Government of India should be solicited to make arrangements for making
use of this very favourable opportunity for examining the prominences.
I am happy to say that, at the suggestion of the Astronomer Royal, the Secretary
of State for India has sanctioned the preparation of an equipment, and I propose in
this note to mention what is in progress.
First. It is intended to photograph the appearances of the total phase. For
this purpose a 94-inch “ silver-on-glass” reflector, equatorially mounted and driven
by clockwork, is being prepared. The photographs will be taken in the focus of
the speculum, and it is estimated that the exposure to produce an image of the
prominences will not exceed half a second. Provision is being made for a consi-
derable field, in order that, if possible, some record may he obtained of the struc-
ture of the corona.
Secondly. It is proposed to examine, as well as may be, the spectra of the pro-
minences and corona. For this, one of the old collimators of the Greenwich Transit
Circle has been kindly lent by the Astronomer Royal. It is being equatorially
mounted in a rough way, and will be provided with a spectroscope permitting the
observations to be referred to the lines of the solar spectrum.
Lastly. The Astronomer Royal has lent a 42-inch telescope, mounted firmly, to
which is being adapted an eyepiece for examining the state of polarization of the
lights of the prominences and corona. An arrangement is being made by which
one test may be rapidly changed for another, and it is hoped that in this way a
more satisfactory result will be obtained than by any single test.
I trust that all the instruments will be in India early in next year, and that they
will be in position in time to allow experiments to be made, so as to secure the
success of the photographic operations.
—————.
6 REPORT—1867.
Lieut.
On the Colowrs of the Soap-Bubble.
By Sir Davip Brewstur, K.H., LL.D., F.RS., Se.
The colours of the scap-bubble have been the subject of frequent observation
since the time of Boyle, Hook, and Newton, and they have been invariably ascribed
“not to any colour in the medium itself in which they are formed, or on whose
surfaces they appear, but solely to its greater or less thickness.” The author of
this paper had heen led to doubt the correctness of this opinion, and while re-
peating the beautiful experiments of Professor Plateau “On the Equilibrium of
Liquid Films,” he was led to discover the true cause of these colours, whether they
are observed on the soap-bubble or on plane, convex, and concave films stretched
across the mouths of closed or open vessels.
The paper, which is illustrated with numerous coloured drawings, is divided into
five parts.
1. On the phenomena of colour in a vertical plane film.
2, On the production of revolving systems of coloured rings on the soap-film.
3. On the form and movements of the bands and rings on convex and concave
films.
4, On the phenomena produced by different solutions.
5. On the origin and development of the colours of the soap-bubble.
Tn these sections the author has shown that the colouring-matter of the soap-
bubble is secreted from the soap-solution when reduced to the state of a film;
that it rises to the highest point of the film in colourless portions, in the form of
tadpoles, which pass into molecules in every possible order of colour, and then take
their proper place in the coloured bands ; that these bands move over the surface
of the film under the influence of gravity, and may be blown into fragments or into
molecules of all colours, or even recombined with the film; that they may be blown
into two systems of coloured rings, the one revolving from right to left, and the
other from left to right; and that under the the influence of the centrifugal force,
these molecules are carried into their place in Newton’s scale—those of the first
orders going to the centre of the rings, and followed by those of higher orders that
happen to be in the film, when it is blown upon through a tube in the direction of
a diameter.
“Tt is impossible,” the author adds, “ to convey in language an adequate idea of
the molecular moyements, and the brilliant chromatic phenomena exhibited on the
soap-films, and it is equatly impossible for art to delineate them. The visible secre-
tion of a colourless fluid from a film less than the twelve thousandth of an inch in
thickness,—its separation into portions of every possible colour,—the quick passage
of these portions into bands of the different orders in Newton’s scale,—their ever
varying forms and hues when the bands either break up spontaneously, or are
forcibly broken up,—their conversion into revolving systems of coloured rings under
the influence of a centrifugal foree,—their various motions when the film is at rest,
and protected from aérial currents,—their recombination into a colourless fluid
when driven to the centre or margin of concave and conyex films, and their reab-
sorption by the film by means of mechanical diffusion, are facts constituting a
system of visible molecular actions, of which we have no example, and nothing
eyen approaching to it in Physics.”
On the Figures of Equilibrium of Liquid Films.
By Sir Davin Brewsrmr, A.H., LL.D., FRS., Se.
In repeating some of the experiments of Professor Plateau, described in seven
interesting memoirs published in the Transactions of the Belgian Academy, and
in prosecuting his own experiments on the colours of the scap-bubble, the author
of this paper observed several new phenomena which may have escaped the notice
of the Belgian philosopher.
Professor Plateau has described and drawn the beautiful systems of soap-films,
obtained by lifting from a soap-solution a cube made of wires about one and a half
inch lone. This system is a polyhedron, composed of twelve similar films stretch-
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 7
ing from the wires, and united to a plane quadrangular film in the centre. When
this vertical film was blown upon, M. Von Rees observed that it was reduced to
a line, and then reproduced in a horizontal position, from which it could be blown
again into a vertical position.
If we suppose the quadrangular film removed, and all the twelve films radiating
from the centre of the cube, Professor Plateau found that such a system could not
be kept in equilibrium, unless there was something solid in the central point, such
as the end of a wire or a drop of fluid. :
In repeating these experiments the author found that, after converting the hori-
zontal into the vertical quadrangular film, and continuing the blowing, he produced
the radial system of films, which in an instant returned to the system with a ver-
tical film, and then into the system with the horizontal film.
M. Von Rees had found that, by immersing the wire cube with the normal poly-
hedron a few millimetres in the soap-solution, the film formed on its lower face,
imprisoned the air in the quadrangular pyramid above it, and that this air rose to
the centre of the cube, and replaced the quadrangular plane with a hollow cube
with curved faces.
In this beautiful experiment the hollow cube is invariable in size, being neces-
sarily equal in its contents to one-fourth part of the wire cube. The author of the
present paper discovered a method of inserting a hollow cube of any magnitude in
the centre of the polyhedron. This was done by blowing a bubble of the requisite
size, and introducing it within the wire cube. . He succeeded also by this means in
inserting a second hollow cube beside the first, the side common to both being
plane when the two cubes were equal, convex when the one was less, and concave
when it was greater than the other. In such a system, which is in perfect equili-
brium, the number of films is zzeteen. He found also that two hollow solid figures
could, by the same means, be inserted in the other systems of films which Professor
Plateau had discovered in a wire tetrahedron, or a quadrangular pyramid, or a
regular octahedron, ora rectangular prism, or in a system obtained from two rectan-
gular planes fixed at right angles to each other.
This last and interesting system consists of four curved films extending from each
vertical wire, and connected with an elliptical film in the common section of the
rectangles. The major axis of this film is four times greater than its minor axis,
and it is placed in the angle, which is a little greater than 90°, but sometimes also
in the other angle.
By making this system of wires moveable, sothat the rectangular planes can pass
from 90° to 180°, the author obtained some singular results, As the angle increased
from 90°, the minor axis of the elliptical film increased, till when it approached to
180° it was nearly circular, appropriating gradually the fluid of the four curved
films attached to the wires.
By again diminishing this angle the almost circular film became more and more
elliptical, till it reached its normal state at 90°, giving back to the curved films the
fluid which formed them. If the angle of the rectangular plane which contains
the elliptical film is diminished, the film will grow more elliptical, and at 45° will
become a straight line, giving up its fluid to the other four films, At this instant
the whole system changes, the oval film being reproduced in the angle of 135° !
Remarkable as this phenomenon is, there is one still more remarkable, which
requires the testimony of the eye to make it credible. If when the rectangles are
inclined 90° we blow upon the elliptical film a bubble of such a size as to replace
the system of films with a hollow curvilineal cube, and wait till it bursts, the system
of liquid films which it expelled will reappear, as if it had left its ghost behind it to
recover the elements which the tubble had appropriated !
By uniting the upper and lower ends of all the wires in this system, and also by
uniting the wires at various points in their length, the author obtained a number
of beautiful and complex systems of films, which require numerous diagrams to
make them intelligible.
After treating of the equilibrium of liquid films, as seen in the union of spherical
bubbles and other hollow sdlids, the author considers the formation of plane, con-
vex, and concave films upon the mouths of open and closed vessels of different
shapes, and their deposition on the same vessels from bubbles ; and he describes
8 REPORT—1867.
various remarkable movements of the films, upwards and downwards, when they
are formed upon conical yessels open at both ends,
Notice respecting the Enamel Photographs executed by Mr. M‘Raw, of Etin-
burgh. By Sir Davip Brewster, K.H., LL.D., L.RS., &§e.
In order to give permanence to photographs, various attempts have been made to
burn them into glass or porcelain. M. Joubert and M. Lafon-Camersac some
time ago produced very fine pictures by this process; and more recently, M. Ober-
metter and M. Grune, of Berlin, have been equally successful. Our countryman,
Mr. William M‘Raw, has also succeeded in obtaining very excellent pictures, which
will bear comparison with those produced by the best foreign artists, and he has
requested me to exhibit specimens to the Section. Myr. M‘Raw believes that his
process is similar to that of Camersac, which is kept secret, and he claims no other
merit than that of being the first British artist who has succeeded, in this branch
of photography. His pictures are produced in any enamel colour, and although,
betore they are fired, they can be rubbed off like daguerreotype, yet the burning
fixes them immoyeably, while the fusion of the picture gives it its characteristic
transparency. I’rom some experiments which he has already made, Mr. M‘Raw is
sanguine that the pictures may not only be produced in monochrome, but that they
may be simply tinted and finished with the various colours burned in. Alhough
the specimens are chiefly on glass, yet they can be transferred to any surface or sub-
stance that will stand the firing, such as enamelled copper articles of porcelain.
On the Motions and Colours upon Films of Alcohol, Volatile Oils, and other
Fluids. By Sir Daviy Brewster, K.H., F.B.S., Se.
Tn a paper “On the Phenomena of thin Plates exposed to Polarized Light,”
published in the Philosophical Transactions for 1841, the author observed certain
motions and colours upon some of the volatile and fixed oils, the cause of which he
did not attempt to discover. Their apparent similarity to the molecular movements
and colours, described in a preceding paper, induced him to resume the subject.
When a drop of alcohol is placed upon an aperture the fifth of an inch in
diameter or less, a concave lens will be formed upon it. As the alcohol evaporates,
a very small plane film will appear in the centre, and will gradually increase till it
fills the aperture. If held in a vertical or even inclined position, and examined by
transmitted light, a current of fluid, without colour, will be seen issuing from the
margin of the film, moving quickly to different parts of its circumference, some-
times dividing itself into two currents dancing opposite one another, and then ex-
tending into secondary currents in constant motion. Similar currents are produced
upon various alcoholic solutions and a large number (seventy to eighty) of volatile
oils, &e.
If we now examine the film by reflected light, the principal and secondary cur-
rents will be seen as before, but accompanied with systems of coloured rings of
great beauty, shifting their place on the film, sometimes in rotation, expanding and
contracting quickly, and changing their form and colour.
In small films there is often only one system of rings contracting and expanding
with a constant variation of the central tint. In general, however, there are two,
three, or several systems—each system being produced by a secondary current
giving motion to the colouring-matter on ‘the surface of the film. In some cases
the motions and colours disappear, the film becomes colourless, and tadpoles issue
from its margin as on the soap-bubble; but in general the film bursts before this
takes place. The colourless currents and the colours into which they expand are
supposed by the author to have the same origin as those upon the soap-bubble. The
paper was illustrated by drawings of the currents and of the systems of rings.
On the Radiant Spectrum. By Sir Dayip Brnwster, K.H., LL.D., F.RS., $e.
T have given the name of Radiant Spectrum to a phenomenon which I discovered
in 1814, and which I described to the Royal Society of Edinburgh in the early part
of that year.
;
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 9
Tt will be understood from fig. 1, which represents the brilliant radiation which
surrounds a very small image of the sun, when it is formed either by reflection
or refraction, or otherwise.
M
& A Sse B
;
/ V,
Fig.l. Fig.2
fo.
nN
&
o
m! Fig. 9. M
fi/
If we now form a spectrum of this radiant image, either by a prism or by dif-
fraction, we shall have the radiant spectrum shown in fig. 2, where MN is the
10 REPORT— 1867,
spectrum of the small circular image 8, and AB the spectrum of the radiation, the
centre of which is beyond the violet, and nearly in the place where the intensity
of the chemical or invisible rays is a maximum.
In order to analyze this compound radiation, let the image of the sun §, fig. 1,
be taken from homogeneous ved light R, fig. 3, and refracted by the prism, and we
shall have its radiation ab at a little distance from the bright portion R, as in fig. 3.
In homogeneous yellow light (Y, fig. 4) the radiation ab willbe at a greater distance
from Y than in the ved light. In homogeneous violet light (V, fig. 5) the radiation
ab will be at a greater distance from V than in the yellow light.
If we now retract laterally these homogeneous radiant spectra, fig. 3 will be
changed into fig. 6, fig. 4 into fig. 7, and fig. 5 into fig. 8, thus proving that the
radiant portion of the spectra consists of rays more refrangible than the portion RY
and V from which it is derived, and that the difference between the refractive in-
dices of these portions increases with the refrangibility of the rays at RY and V.
The compound spectrum MN, AB, fig. 2, is therefore composed of all these sepa-_
rate spectra, and if we refract it laterally, as shown in fig, 9, we produce the
oblique radiant spectrum M'N'A'B’, thus proving that the radiant image consists
of rays more refrangible than the homogeneous hight from which it is derived.
In a rude experiment with a prism of flint glass, whose mean index of refraction
was 1:596, the index of the extreme violet was 1:610, and that of the centre of the
radiant image 1640,
In the preceding experiments the radiation is produced by the action, on the
retina, of the small and bright image of the sun; but the same results are obtained,
and more distinctly exhibited, by placing a surface of finely ground glass either on
the front of the prism, or behind it, and near the eye.
The existence of aradiant image beyond the violet end of the spectrum, as in
fig. 2, is a fact difficult to explain. I have had an opportunity of describing, or
showing it to several distinguished philosophers—to the Marquis Laplace and M.
Biot in the autumn of 1814, and more recently to others, by some of whom the
experiments haye been repeated, but no explanation of them has been suggested,
excepting the untenable one that the separation of the radiant image from the
ordinary spectrum might be the result of parallax.
A better theory, and one of great interest, if true, may be sought in the pheno-
mena of fluorescence, discovered in sulphate of quinine by Sir John Herschel, and
in fluor spar and other substances by myself, and in the beautiful explanation of
them by Professor Stokes. In this theory the invisible radiation of ahs chemical
rays is rendered visible by being scattered by granular surfaces, just as the invisible
chemical rays in the ordinary spectrum are rendered visible by being reflected and
scattered by the particles of fluorescent bodies.
On the Laws of Symmetry of Crystalline Forms. By A. R. Carron.
A contribution towards the expression of the angle between the Optic awes of a
Crystal in terms of the angles between the faces. By A. KR. Carron.
On the Theory of Double Refraction, with special reference to the influence of
the Material Molecules on the propagation of Light in Crystals. By A. Rh.
Carron,
On a Mechanical Means of producing the differential motion required to equa-
lize the focus for the different planes of a solid. By A. Cuavpnr, F.R.S.*
A New Fact of Binocular Vision. By A. Craupgr, PAS.
Photographie Portraits obtained by Single Lenses of Rock Crystal and Topaz.
By A. Cracpet, F.B.S.
* See Proceedings of the Royal Society, 1867.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. ll
- On a Real Image Stereoscope. By J. Crurx Maxwet, I.A., PRS.
In all stereoscopes there is an optical arrangement, by which the right eye sees
an image of one picture and the left eye that of another. These images ought to
be apparently in the same place, and at the distance of most distinct vision. In
ordinary stereoscopes these images are virtual, and the observer has to place his
two eyes near two apertures, and he sees the united images, as it were, behind the
optical apparatus. In the stereoscope made for the author by Messrs. Elliott
Brothers the observer stands at a short distance from the apparatus, and looks with
both eyes at a large lens, and the image appears as a real object close to the lens.
The stereoscope consists of a board about 2 feet long, on which is placed, first, a
yertical frame to hold the pair of pictures, which may be an ordinary stereoscopic
slide, turned upside down; secondly, a sliding piece near the middle of the board
containing two lenses of 6 inches focal length, placed side by side, with their centres
about 11 inch apart; and thirdly, a frame containing a large lens of about 8
inches focal length and 3 inches diameter. The observer stands with his eyes
about 2 feet from the large lens. With his right eye he sees the real image of the
left-hand picture formed by the left-hand lens in the air, cloze to the large lens,
and with the left eye he sees the real image of the other picture formed by the
other lens in the same place. The united images look like a real object in the air,
close to the large lens, This image may be magnified or diminished at pledstrre by
sliding the piece containing the two lenses nearer to, or further from, the pictures.
Experiments on the Luminosity of Phosphorus. By J. Morvat, M.D.
Heat,
On some Deductions by Dr. Tyndall from lus recent Experiments regarding
the Radiant and Absorptive Properties of Vapour in the Atmosphere. By
R. Russet.
After referring to the importance of Prof. Tyndall’s researches on heat as a mode of
motion, the author took exception to some of his deductions on the influence which
the vapour of water exerts in modifying the intensity of solar and terrestrial radia-
tion. The author stated that he had come to the conclusion that the radiant
powers of the vapour of water in the atmosphere were not even capable of forming
clouds, though they might be capable of forming mists in valleys. In our atmo-
sphere he believed that the vapour of water has little power of transmitting its
heat into space when it approaches or reaches the dew-point, and that if any cloud
had been caused by the radiation of heat into space, its upper surface would be flat,
like the mists in the meadows before sunrise. These and other reasons led him to
the conclusion that the radiation of vapours into space has, directly, a very slight
influence on the production of rain.
On a New Telegraphic Thermometer, and on the Application of the Principle
of its construction to other Meteorological Indicators. By C. Waxatstoxn,
F.RS., D.C.L., LL.D., §e.
The telegraphic thermometer which I constructed in 1843, and which is de-
scribed in the Report of the Thirteenth Meeting of the British Association, depended
on the simultaneous action of two isochronous chronometer or clock movements—
one at the remote station regulating the motion of a plunger in the bore of a ther-
mometer, and the other at the near or observing station, marking, by the motion
of the needle of a galyanometer, the moment at which the contact of the plunger
with the mercury of the distant thermometer completed or broke the circuit. The
clock movements required to be periodically wound up, and therefore the affected
instrument could not be left to itself for an indefinite time.
There are, however, many situations in which it might be desirable to have
meteorologic indications when the instruments would not he accessible for very
12 REPORT—1867.
long periods. I have therefore devised a new class of telegraphic meteorometers
which shall be independent of clockwork, and may remain in any situation of diffi-
cult access as long as the instrument endures. This principle is applicable to all in-
struments which indicate by means of a revolving hand, and I have already devised
its application to a Breguet’s metallic thermometer, an aneroid barometer, and an
hygrometer, depending on the absorption of moisture by a thin membrane, It is also
se to a bar-magnet in a fixed position, and to a variety of other indicators.
The apparatus consists of two distinct instruments, connected only by an
wires: the first I will call the questioner (A); the second, the responder (B).
The questioner (A) is a rectangular box presenting externally a circular dial face,
round which are engraved the degrees both of the Fahrenheit and Centigrade ther-
mometric scales; the former ranging from 20° below zero F. to 220° above that
point, and the latter from 0° to 110°C. It shows besides three binding screws for
the purpose of connecting the telegraphic wires, and a handle which causes the
rotation of the armature of a magnetomotor in the interior. This maenetomotor
is similar in its construction to that employed in my alphabetic magnetic tele-
graph ; a soft iron armature rotating before the four poles of the magnet occasions,
when the circuit is completed, alternate currents of equal intensity. The box also
contains a small electromagnet which acts by means of mechanism similar to that
employed in the indicator of the aforesaid telegraph, and causes the revolution of
the index of the dial.
The responder (B) is a cylindrical brass box which presents on its upper surface
a similar dial with its thermometric scales and index; at its base three binding
screws, corresponding to those of the questioner, are fixed for connecting the tele-
graphic wires, and it is furnished with a brass cover that it may be hermetically
sealed when lowered in the sea or buried in the ground. Its interior contains three
essentially distinct parts :—1. The metallic thermometer, which consists of a spiral
ribbon of two dissimilar metals, with its hand capable of ranging through the ex-
tent of the circular thermometric scale of the dial. 2. A small electromagnet,
acting by means of a propelment on a disk, making as many stops in one rotation as
there are half degrees on the scale. 3. An axis, to which is fixed a delicate spiral
spring which causes a pin to bear lightly against the hand of the thermometer,
however it may vary in position.
The two instruments are connected by means of two telegraphic wires. The
first proceeds from an earth-plate at the near station, passes through the coil of the
electromotor in A, joins the coil of the small electromagnet in B, and then pro-
- ceeds to another earth-plate at the distant station. The second wire is perma-
nently connected with the first between the earth-plate and the coil of the mag-
netomotor, and includes that of the electromagnet in B, and its opposite end is
brought close to the remote end of the first wire. The mechanism is so disposed
that when the first wire is disconnected from its earth terminal it is brought into
circuit with the second wire.
By this arrangement, when the dial of A is brought to 0° and the handle turned,
at the first moment the circuit is completed through the first wire, containing the
coil of the electromagnet in B, and the return earth. A disk is thereby caused to
revolve in an opposite direction to the graduation of the scale, until a pin, originally
starting from 0°, comes into contact with the pin pressing against the thermometer
hand, and thereby completes the circuit of the second wire and breaks the connexion
with the earth-plate. At first only the electromagnet in B is acted upon, but
when the currents are diyerted into the new channel, both the electromagnets
act simultaneously. In consequence of the action of the electromagnet. in A the
hand of its dial passes over a space corresponding with that between 0° and that
indicated by the thermometer, and the hand of the dial ultimately accords with
that of the distant thermometer. When the hand of the dial on A comes to rest,
the disk in B arrives at 0°, and a catch permits the spiral spring to unwind itself,
and its pin flies to and presses against the thermometer hand.
It must be observed that instruments thus constructed are not capable of mark-
ing every possible gradation; but they may be made to indicate divisions of the
scale of any required minuteness. It is advisable to limit the extent of the scale
when more minute divisions are deemed necessary,
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 13
The only circumstance that can affect the accuracy of the indications of the in-
strument is this. The pin pressing against the thermometric index displaces it a
little, and causes it to assume a position about a degree in advance; but as this
pressure is a constant one, the inconvenience is remedied by a slight corresponding
shifting of the scale.
Exectricity, MAGNeTIsM.
On the Electric Induction of Mr. Hooper’s Insulated Wires, compared with
Gutta-Percha Insulated Wires, for Telegraphic Cables. By Witttam
Hooper.
The author referred to the relation existing between the different properties of
insulated wires arising from induction. He showed by an extensive series of ex-
periments that an intimate connexion exists between the effects of electrification
and electrostatic induction, and that the penetration of electricity into the substance
of an insulator, when measured by the residual discharge, is a function of the electro-
static capacity, and not simply of resistance. He has also shown that the effects
of electrification are increased nearly in the same proportion as the interior induc-
tive action is reduced.
On a new form of Dynamo-Magnetic Machine.
By Wriu1am Lapp, F.R.A.S,
Siemens and Wheatstone have shown that the residual magnetism left in soft
iron, after being under the influence of a battery, or permanent steel magnets, can
be augmented from the currents generated by itself, by merely applying dynamic
force to the revolving armature containing a coil of copper wire, the terminals of
which are connected with the wire surrounding the electromagnet, but although
great effects were produced zn the electromagnet, the current itself could only be
made available by its partial or total disruption—in the former case diminishing
the power of the electromagnet, and in the latter reducing it to its normal condition.
The author has constructed a machine, in which the power of the electromagnet is
kept up, whilst a separate current, to be applied to any useful purpose, can be drawn
off by means of an independent arrangement. The machine consists chiefly of two
plates of iron; to both ends of each plate is fixed a portion of a hollow cylinder ;
these plates are then placed a certain distance apart, and insulated from each other,
in such a manner that the cylindrical pieces form two hollow circular passages ; into
these spaces two Siemens’s armatures are placed.
The plates are surrounded by coils of stout copper wire connected together,
the two terminals being brought into connexion with the commutator of the
smaller armature, so that each change of polarity in the armature will augment the
power of the electromagnet. When the machine is first made, it is only requisite
to pass a current from a small voltaic cell for an instant, to give the iron a polarity,
it will then retain a sufficient amount of magnetism for all future work.
If the armature in connexion with the electromagnet is made to rotate, there
will be a very feeble current generated in it; this, passing round the electromagnet,
will increase its power with every additional impulse. It will thus be seen that
the only limit to the power of the machine is the rapidity with which the arma-
ture is made to rotate, which is entirely dependent on the amount of dynamic force
employed; but the great improvement in this machine is the introduction of the
second armature, which, although it takes off very powerful currents generated in
its wire by the increased magnetism, does not at all interfere with the primary
current of the electromagnet. The machine exhibited in the Paris Exhibition
measures about 24 in. in length, 12 in. in width, and stands 7 in. high, which,
notwithstanding its imperfect proportions, is capable of keeping 56 in. of platinum
wire, ‘01 in. diameter, incandescent, when a small voltameter was placed in circuit
would give off 250 cubic centimetres of gas per minute; and in connexion with an
1867.
14. REPORT
electric regulator would yield alight equal to about 35 Grove’s or Bunsen’s elements,
the driving-power expended being less than one horse. :
1 have also constructed another form of machine, on the same principle as that
described above, but instead of having two independent armatures running in sepa-
rate grooves, they are fixed end to end, so as to appear like one continuous arma-
ture, but so placed with reference to each other that their magnetic axes shall be
at right angles. By this arrangement there is only one opening required for the
armature, enabling full advantage to be taken of the horseshoe form of electro-
magnet. The shoes of the electromagnet and armatures are so proportioned to
each other that there is an actual break in the magnetic circuit with reference to
each armature alternately, but by their disposition at right angles there never is an
actual break in the complete magnetic circuit ; simply a shifting occurs of the prin-
cipal portion of the magnetic force from one armature to the other at the precise
moment required to produce the best effect. The mechanical advantages to be ob-
tained by this disposition of parts must be at once obvious, as one pair of bearings
and a set of driving gear are dispensed with, and from the fixing of the two arma-
tures together the currents are made to flow perfectly isochronous with each other.
It may be found advantageous to vary the angle of position of the armatures with
reference to each other, according to the speed at which they are driyen, so that the
current given off by the exciting armature may at the precise moment exert its full
effect upon the electromagnet, and thus produce the best effect in the second ar-
mature.
On a Magneto-Electric Machine. By Wrtt1am Lapp, F.R.AS.
On the Phenomena which occur when Magnetized Steel is dissolved in Acids.
By Dr. T. L. Putpsoy,.
Notice of a proposal to illuminate Beacons and Buoys by Electricity, conveyed
through Submarine Wires connected with the Shore. By 'T, Srpvenson,
FRSE., MICE. With a description of the Induction-Spark Apparatus
used for this purpose in the first experiments made for the Northern Lights
Board, also the Electrical Apparatus recently designed for the Northern
Laghts, by C. W. Stemeys, P.22.S.
The great expense of such lighthouses as the Eddystone and Bellrock has rendered
it necessary for the sailor to be contented in many places of danger with a simple bea-
con or floating buoy, which, being inyisible at night, ceases to be useful at the
very time of all others when a guide is most needed, Various expedients for light-
ing these sea-marks, such as camphine lamps and phosphorescent oils capable of
emitting a dull light in the dark, haye been proposed. In January 1854 I pro-
es in Trans. Roy. Scot, Soc. Arts to lay gas-pipes between the shore and the
eacon and “ submarine electric wires for illuminating a lantern placed in a beacon
or buoy.” As stated in that paper, however, “I dismissed such schemes from my
mind ; for independently of many other difficulties attending them, they are open to
one ground of objection, which, at least in the present state of our knowledge,
seems insurmountable. This is based on what may be called an axiom in light-
house engineering, viz. that it is better to exhibit no light at all than one which
is liable to be often extinguished.”
Under these circumstances I at that time suggested an entirely different method
of illuminating beacons, namely, a beam of parallel rays of light projected from
the shore upon optical agents placed upon the beacon at sea, and capable of
spreading the rays over any required angle in azimuth, so as to produce a mock or
apparent light, This method has been in use at Stornoway Loch without any
accident or failure for the last fifteen years. There are, however, certain places
where this apparent or mock light is not very suitable, cwing to the primary light
and reflected light being nearly in line. This consideration, coupled with the im-
provements which have subsequently taken place in electrical appliances, led me,
in 1865, ina report to the Northern Lights Board on the magneto-electzic light, to
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 15
reyert to my former proposal of leading electricity through wires for the illumina-
tion of beacons and buoys at sea. :
For such a purpose neither Holmes’ nor Wilde’s light could be employed, as they
are produced by the rapid consumptien of carbons, and require the employment of
lamp machinery, which, though to a large extent automatic, involves the constant
presence of a lightkeeper in the lantern. {f therefore resolyed on employing the
simple electric spark, either by itself or in yacuum tubes. After consulting with
my friend Professor Swan, who suggested the combination of the Leyden jar with
the induction-coil, experiments were made, and in an interim communication to
the Scot, Soc. Arts on 15th January 1866, I was able to report that, “ by means of
four Bunsen cells, an induction-coil, and a Leyden jar, 1 had succeeded with a
simple unaided spark placed in the focus of lighthouse apparatus, to produce an
effect at the distance of about half a mile, which was in all respects satisfactory.”
The light might have been seen much further but for the intervention of obstructions
to the view.
The Commissioners of Northern Lights, on the recommendation of Messrs. Ste-
venson, in their report of 1st February 1866, procured, with the sanction of the
Board of Trade, a submarine cable from Messrs. Siemens of London, but as the
cable was not suitable for this kind of apparatus, the current could not be passed
under the water. Messrs. Stevenson then reported to the Board that, as Mr,
Siemens had thought of a different form of apparatus, he should be employed to
furnish one. This beautiful arrangement is now exhibited, and Mr. Siemens has
kindly sent me a description of its different parts, which I shall afterwards read.
While Mr. Siemens was engaged with this instrument, I received many impor-
tant suggestions as to the induction-spark apparatus. Mr. Brebner, C.E., sug-
gested that the induction-coil should be placed on the beacon, while the break and
‘batteries should be on the shore, Dr, 8, Wright recommended that, instead of one
large coil, several coils of small intensity should be used; and Mr. Hart, who con-
ducted all the experiments, and to whose untiring zeal is mainly due whatever
amount of efficiency the induction-spark apparatus may possess, added a new con-
tact breaker with two magnets and a double break.
By means of these improvements the light was kept in action during a week at
the expense of about 2 shillings for 16 hours, with a current passing through a wire
860 feet long. The light so produced, as viewed from the sea and elsewhere, was
perfectly sufficient for the purpose required. It may be added, that of all the
metals which I have tried a wire of bismuth produced the brichtest spark. The
effect might, perhaps, be also increased without using additional cells, if the same
currents sould be again utilized so as to generate a second spark in the focus.
There can be no doubt that a sufficient light can be obtained either from the
induction-spark or from the arrangement of Mr. Siemens, to be afterwards described.
Beacon lights, which are needed for pointing out local dangers, do not, of course,
require to be of the great power which is needed in lighthouses for illuminating
the ocean, In determining which of the two kinds of apparatus should be pre-
ferred, the point turns upon which is likely to be the most certain in its exhibition.
Each method has its own peculiar adyantages and disadvantages. In the induc-
tion-spark apparatus the contact breaker is on the shore and under control, but, on
the other hand, the coils may perhaps not lastlong. In Mr. Siemens’s apparatus the
products of combustion may perhaps affect the efficiency of the optical apparatus,
and the moving parts are at sea and beyond control. “Nothing but a continuous
trial for some length of time can determine which is the preferable. It is to be
hoped that one or other may prove suitable, for the conveyance of electricity from
the shore to outlying rocks promises to form a new and most important’ era in
maritime illumination, The time, indeed, may not be far distant when such a
nayigation as the entrance to Liverpool will be as clearly detined at night as in the
daytime, by the illumination of its heacons and buoys by electricity.
Mr. Siemens’s apparatus was worked by twenty cells, while the induction-spark
had only six, but when fully equipped, it will be worked by eighteen cells. Each
apparatus was shown in the focus of a Holophote, the former producing the most
powerful flash,
16 REPORT—1867.
Mr. C. W. Siemens, F.R.S., of London, having been asked by Messrs. Stevenson
for suggestions as to the best means to be adopted for carrying out Mr. T. Stevenson’s
proposal for producing a flashing light upon a beacon, by means of a land battery
connected to the beacon through a submarine cable, embodied his views in a letter
addressed by him to Messrs. Stevenson on the 1st October 1866. After reviewing
the objections to other methods, he recommended the application of the extra-
current together with a self-feeding mercury contact, as the only practical method
in which the flash is not destroyed by electric charge of the connecting cable. Mr.
Siemens having been authorized iby the Northern Light Commissioners to con-
struct an apparatus in accordance with his views, has submitted the same to a suc-
cessful trial.
The apparatus upon the beacon or buoy consists of a heavy electromagnet, the
coils of which are permanently connected with the conducting wire of the cable on
the one hand, and with a contact lever on the other hand, which contact lever is
actuated by the armature of the electromagnet in the manner of a nefts hammer.
The circuit with the battery (consisting of from ten to twenty Bunsen’s elements)
on land is completed through the sea. When the current has had time to excite the
electromagnet sufficiently for it to attract its heavy armature, the motion of the
latter breaks the circuit, which breakage is accompanied with a spark proportionate
to the accumulated magnetism, and, in some measure also to the capacity of the
cable, which in this apparatus does not destroy, but rather assists the effect. The
luminous effect is increased by a slight combustion of mercury, which latter is con-
tinually renewed by a circulating pump worked by the armature, by which ar-
rangement a good and permanent contact is ensured.
On a Self-acting Electrostatic Accumulator.
By Sir W. Tromson, LL.D., PRS.
The apparatus described in a recent communication to the Royal Society, en-
titled ‘On a Self-acting Apparatus for multiplying and maintaining Electric Charges,
with applications to illustrate the Voltaic Theory,” was exhibited in action. Both
Leyden jars being at first discharged as completely as could be done by keeping
their outer and inner coatings connected for several days, they became charged,
one positively and the other negatively, through the action of the drops of water,
to such a degree, in the course of a few minutes, as to cause the jets of water to
scatter over the lips of the receivers. The jars were afterwards repeatedly dis-
charged, and the rapid reaccumulation of charges was shown to the Meeting by
the scattering of the jets, by electroscopic tests, and by sparks drawn from the in-
sulated conductors.
On a Series of Electrometers for Comparable Measurements through Great
Range. By Sir W. Tuomson, LL.D., PRS.
These instruments, which were referred to in Mr. Jenkin’s Report of the Stand-
ards of Electrical Units Committee, were exhibited to the Section, and some of
them shown in action. A description of them, with drawings, will appear in an
appendix to that Report.
On a Uniform-Electric-Current Accumulator.
By Sir W. Tuomson, LL.D., FBS.
Conceive a closed circuit, CTABC, according to the following description :—One
portion of it, TA, tangential to a circular disk of conducting material and somewhat
longer than the radius; the continuation, AB, at right angles to this in the plane
of the wheel, of a length equal to the radius; and the completion of the circuit
by a fork, BO, extending to an axle bearing the wheel. If all of the wheel were
cut away except a portion, CT, from the axle to the point of contact, at the cir-
cumference, the circuit would form a simple rectangle, CTAB, except the bifurea-
tion of the side BC. Let a fixed magnet be placed so as to give lines of force
perpendicular to the wheel, in the parts of it between C the centre and T the point
of the circumference touched by the fixed conductor; and let power be applied to
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 17
cause the wheel to rotate in the direction towards A. According to Faraday’s
well-known discovery, a current is induced in the circuit in such a direction that
the mutual electromagnetic action between it and the fixed magnet resists the
notion of the wheel. Now the mutual electromagnetic force between the por-
tions AB and CT of the circuit is repulsive, according to the well-known elementary
law of Ampére, and’ therefore resists the actual motion of the wheel; hence if
the magnet be removed there will still be electromagnetic induction tending to
maintain the current. Let us suppose the velocity of the wheel to have been at
first no greater than that practically attained in ordinary experiments with Barlow’s
electromagnetic disk. As the magnet is gradually withdrawn let the velocity be
gradually increased, so as to keep the strength of the current constant, and, when
the magnet is quite away, to maintain the current solely by electromagnetic in-
duction between the fixed and moveable portions of the circuit. If, when the
magnet is away, the wheel be forced to rotate faster than the limiting velocity of
our previous supposition, the current will be augmented according to the law of
compound interest, and would go on thus increasing without limit were it not
that the resistance of the circuit would become greater in virtue of the elevation of
temperature produced by the current. The velocity of rotation, which gives by
induction an electromotive force exactly to that required to maintain the current,
is clearly independent of the strength of the current. The mathematical deter-
mination of it becomes complicated by the necessity of taking into account the
diffusion of the current through portions of the disk not in the straight line between
C and T; but it is very simple and easy if we prevent this diffusion by cutting the
wheel into an infinite number of infinitely thin spokes, a great number of which
are to be simultaneously in contact with the fixed conductor at T. The linear
velocity of the circumference of the wheel in the limiting case bears to the velocity
which measures, in absolute measure, the resistance of the circuit, a ratio (deter-
minable by the solution of the mathematical problem) which depends on the pro-
portions of the rectangle CTAB, and is independent of its absolute dimensions.
Lastly, suppose the wheel to be kept rotating at any constant velocity, whether
above or below the velocity determined by the preceding considerations ; and sup-
pose the current to be temporarily excited in any way, for instance, by bringing a
magnet into the neighbourhood and then withdrawing it; the strength of this current
will diminish towards zero or will increase towards infinity, according as the velo-
city is below or above the critical velocity. The diminution or augmentation
would follow the compound interest law if the resistance in the circuit remained
constant. The conclusion presents us with this wonderful result: that if we
commence with absolutely no electric current, and give the wheel any velocity of
rotation exceeding the critical velocity, the electric equilibrium is unstable: an
infinitesimal current in either direction would augment until by heating the cir-
cuit, the electric resistance becomes increased to such an extent, that the electro-
motive force of induction just suffices to keep the current constant.
It will be difficult, perhaps impossible, to realize this result in practice, because
of the great velocity required, and the difficulty of maintaining good frictional con-
tact at the circumference, without enormous friction, and cousequently frictional
generation of heat.
The electromagnetic augmentation and maintenance of a current discovered by
Siemens, and put in practice by him, with the aid of soft iron, and proved by
Maxwell to be theoretically possible without soft iron, suggested the subject of
this communication to the author, and led him to endeavour to arrive at a similar
result with only a single circuit, and no making and breaking of contacts; and it is
only these characteristics that constitute the peculiarity of the arrangement which
he now describes. ;
On Volta-Convection by Flame. By Sir W. Tuomson, LL.D., F.RB.S.
In Nichols’ Cyclopedia (2nd edition), article “ Electricity, Atmospheric,” and in
the Proceedings of the Royal Society, May 1860 (Lecture on Atmospheric Elec-
tricity), the author had pointed out that the effect of the flame in an insulated
lamp, is to reduce the lamp and other conducting material connected with it to the
1867. 2
18 REPORT—1867.
same potential as that of the air in the neighbourhood of the flame; and that the
effect of a fine jet of water from an insulated vessel, is to bring the vessel and
other conducting material connected with it to the same potential as that of the
air, at the point where the jet breaks into drops. In a recent communication to
the Royal Society “On a Self-acting Apparatus for multiplying and maintaining
Electric Charges, with applications to illustrate the Voltaic Theory,” an experi-
ment was described in which a water-dropping apparatus was employed to prove
the difference of potential in the air, in the neighbourhood of bright metallic sur-
faces of zinc and copper, metallically connected with one another, which is to be
expected from Volta’s discovery of contact electricity. In the present communi-
cation a similar experiment was described, in which the flame of a spirit lamp was
used instead of a jet of water breaking into drops.
A spirit lamp is placed on an insulated stand connected with a very delicate
electrometer. Copper and zine cylinders, in metallic connexion with the metal
case of the electrometer, are alternately held vertically in such a position that the
flame burns nearly in the centre of the cylinder, which is open at both ends. If
the electrometer reading, with the copper cylinder surrounding the flame, is called
zero, the reading observed with the zinc cylinder surrounding the flame indicates
positive electrification of the insulated stand bearing the lamp.
it is to be remarked that the different methods here followed eliminate the
ambiguity involved in what is meant by the potential of a conducting system
composed partly of flame (alcohol) and partly of metal. In a merely illustrative
experiment, which the author has already made, the amount of difference made by
substituting the zinc cylinder for the copper cylinder round the flame, was rather
more than half the difference of potential maintained by a single cell of Daniell’s.
Thus, when the sensibility of the quadrant divided-ring electrometer * was such
that a single cell of Daniell’s gave a deflection of 79 scale-divisions, the difference
of the reading, when the zinc cylinder was substituted for the copper cylinder round
the insulated lamp, was 39 scale-divisions. From other experiments on contact
electricity made seven years ago by the author, and agreeing with results which
have been published by Hankel, it appears that the difference of potentials in the.
air, in the neighbourhood of bright metallic surfaces of zinc and copper in metallic
connexion with one another, is*about three-quarters of that of a single cell of
Daniell’s. It is quite certain that the difference produced in the metal connected
with the insulated lamp, would be exactly equal to the true contact difference of
the metals, if the interior surfaces of the metal cylinders were perfectly metallic
(free from oxidation or any other tarnishing, such as by sulphur, iodine, or any other
body) ; provided the distance of the inner surface of the cylinder from the flame is
everywhere sufficient to prevent conduction by heated air between them, and pro-
vided the length of the cylinder is infinite (or, practically, anything more than three
or four times its diameter).
The author hopes before long to be able to publish a complete account of his
old experiments on contact electricity, of which a slight notice appeared in the
Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester.
On Electric Machines founded on Induction and Convection.
By Sir W. Tuomson, LL.D., PRS.
To facilitate the application of an instrument for recording the signals of the
Atlantic cable, recently patented by Sir W. Thomson, a small electric machine
running easily enough to be driven by the wheelwork of an ordinary Morse instru-
ment was desired; and he therefore desioned a combination of the electrophorus
principle, with the system of reciprocal induction described by him in a recent
communication to the Royal Society (Proceedings, June 1867), which may he
briefly described as follows :—
A wheel of vulcanite with a large number of pieces of metal (called carriers, for
brevity) attached to its rim, is kept rotating rapidly round a fixed axis. The car-
riers are very lightly touched at opposite ends of a diameter by two fixed tangent
springs. One of these springs (the earth-spring) is connected with the earth, and
* See Proceedings of Royal Society, June 20, 1867.
TE ro nen ammatons
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 19
the other (the receiyer-spring) with an insulated piece of metal called the receiver,
which is analogous to the ‘‘prime conductor” of an ordinary electric machine.
The point of contact of the earth-spring with the carriers is exposed to the in-
fluence of an electrified body (generally an insulated piece of metal) called the in-
ductor. When this is negatively electrified, each carrier comes away from contact
with the earth-spring, carrying positive electricity, which it gives up to the re-
ceiver-spring. The receiver and inductor are each hollowed out to a proper shape,
and are properly placed to surround, each as nearly as may be, the point of contact
of the corresponding spring.
The inductor, for the good working of the machine, should be kept electrified to
a constant potential. This is effected by an adjunct called the replenisher, which
may be applied to the main wheel, but which, for a large instrument, ought to be
worked by a much smaller carrier-wheel, attached either to the same or to another
turning shaft.
The replenisher consists chiefly of two properly shaped pieces of metal called
inductors, which are fixed in the neighbourhood of a carrier-wheel, such as that
described above, and four fixed springs touching the carriers at the ends of two
diameters. Two of these springs (called receiver-springs) are connected respectively
with the inductors; and the other two (called connecting springs) are insulated
and connected with one another. They are so situated that they are touched by
the carriers on emerging from the inductors, and shortly after the contacts with the
receiver-springs. If any difference of potential between the inductors is given to
begin with, the action of the carriers, as is easily seen, increases it according to the
compound interest law as long as the insulation is perfect. Practically, in a few
seconds after the machine is started running, bright flashes and sparks begin to
fly about in various parts of the apparatus, even although the inductors and con-
nectors have been kept for days as carefully discharged as possible. The only in- |
strument yet made is a very small one (with carrier-wheel two inches in diameter)
constructed for the Atlantic Telegraph application; but its action has been so
startlingly successful that great effects may be expected from larger machines on
the same plan.
When this instrument is used to replenish the charge of the inductor in the
constant electric machine, described above, one of its inductors is connected
with the earth and the other with the inductor to be replenished. When accurate
constancy is desired, a gauge-electroscope is applied to break and make contact
between the connector springs of the replenisher when the potential to be main-
tained rises above or falls below a certain limit.
Several useful'applications of the replenisher for scientific observation were shown;
among others, to keep up the charge in the Leyden jar for the diyided-ring mirror-
electrometer, especially when this instrument is used for recording atmospheric
electricity. A small replenisher, attached to the instrument within the jar, is
worked by a little milled head on the outside, a few turns of which suflice to re-
plenish the loss of twenty-four hours.
MeterorotLoey.
Notice respecting a Haystack struck by Lightning.
By Sir Davip Brewster, A.H., LL.D., PRS.
The author gave an account of the production of a substance found at the bottom
of a circular passage made by a lightning stroke in a stack of hay at Dun in For-
farshire in 1827. ‘The specimen, which was produced from the silex in the hay,
had a greenish tinge, and contained portions of burnt hay. It has been deposited
in the Museum of St. Andrews.
Observations of the Rainfall at Arbroath. By Atexanprer Brown.
2%
90 REPORT—1867.
A Comparison of the Kew and Lisbon Magnetic Curves during the Disturbance
of February 20-25, 1866. By Senhor Caretto, Communicated by Dr.
Batrour Srewart, F.R.S.
During the 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, and 25th of February 1866, large mag-
netic disturbances were recorded by the magnetographs at the Lisbon Observatory.
The present communication, relative to these disturbances, offers some interest on
account of the apparent variability of the forces which are in action during the
same disturbance, and also the apparently variable relations between these forces
at Lisbon and the same forces at Kew. In a former comparison certain laws were
deduced, and it was interesting to know if they were confirmed.
On the Results of Observations of Atmospheric Electricity at Kew Observatory
and at Windsor, Nova Scotia. By Dr. J. D. Evererr.
The Kew observations included in this paper extended from June 1862 to May
1864 inclusive, and were taken with Sir William Thomson’s self-recording appa-
ratus ; specimens of the photographic curves thus taken being exhibited at the
Meeting. The Windsor observations taken by Dr. Everett with apparatus of a
different kind, also invented by Sir William Thomson, but not self-recording, ex-
tended from October 1862 to August 1864, Monthly averages which had been
taken showed that at Kew there had in every month been two maxima in the day,
one of them between eight and ten a.m., and the other, which was more conside-
rable, between eight and ten p.m. At Windsor, on the contrary, the electricity
between eight and ten p.m. had in every month been weaker than either between
eight and ten a.m. or between two and three p.M. The annual curve for Kew had
its principal maximum in November, and another in February or March. At
Windsor the principal maximum was in February or March, and the minima in
June and November. The annual curves for the two places agreed pretty well
from January to October, but were curved in opposite directions from October to
January.
On the Meteor Shower of August 1867. By Grorcn Forsss.
Communicated by Professor Swan, F.2.S.E.
The author gave the results of certain observations made by him at St.
Andrews on the meteor shower of August 1867. The nights following the 9th,
10th, and 11th of the month were very cloudy, and no observations could be made.
Most of the observations were made on the evening of the 10th and morning of
the 11th. But even on this night a faint haze for the most part covered the sky.
The meteors were almost all of the same size as stars of the 5rd or 4th magnitude.
They were, with few exceptions, white. They lasted in general only about half a
second. They were very Boe in their flight. One could hardly distinguish any
nucleus. The train was visible, after its formation, only for a very small fraction
of a second ; and breaks in their tracks of about 1° were frequently noticed. The
lengths of their paths extended from 3° to 15°, though in some cases they were 30°
in length. Attention was chiefly directed to discovering the points of radiation,
and to noting the times of appearance.
The Radiant-Points—It was soon seen that there were two distinct radiant-
points; the one in the region of Casseiopeia, the other about Andromeda. By
drawing on the spot the courses of the meteors among the stars, the points of radia-
tion were marked on a map, and were found to lie as follows:—That in Casseio-
peia had for its right ascension 2" 43™, and for its north polar distance 29° 30’.
The other was in the constellation Pisces, and its position was R.A.=0" 46™,
NEED = 67
The numbers of Shooting-stars.—The numbers of those which came from the
Casseiopeian and Piscian groups, and also of the unconformable meteors, were all
separated, and are shown in the following Table.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 21
: From Cas- From Uncon- Total
ey OF Spycanan a seiopeia. Pisces. formable. numbers.
h m hm
From 10 30 to 10 45 4 0 4
speelOi45. 510s 0 5 0 5
peulsO) jue 4o 5 iti 6
gp wd45, ,, 22,0 5D at 1 6
pe 220), AZ 1S 3 1 iu 5 :
» 12165 ,, 12 30 5 0 5
» 1230 ,, 12 45 6 Sa 0 6
re AD wae O 5 2 0 if
a EAS ea Llb 5 2 (0) 7
re LE Soe re Bo! 14 6 0 20
ite Le). ae LAD 6 5 0 11
Ae AAD 7 2 O 4 4 if 9
Paes LOaj7- 2:30 it iL 0 2
» 2830, 245 2 0 2 4
PRE hance cay dus. S6: ea 70 21 6 97
The position of the observer was not such as to see at all well those coming from
Pisces till 12" 45™.
The night of August 11 and the morning of August 12 were cloudy, but the
positions and directions of flight of about a dozen shooting-stars were determined,
from which it appeared that the radiant-point was in Casseiopeia, but that it was
not so distinctly marked as on the previous night, and seemed to lie nearer to
y Casseiopeize *.
On the Gales and Hurricanes of the Indian Ocean South of the Equator.
By Cuartes Metprum, W.A.
The author stated that by means of the log-books of vessels visiting the harbour of
Port Louis, the Meteorological Society of Mauritius, since its formation in 1851, had
been collecting meteorological statistics of the Indian Ocean in the form of a journal
showing the state of the winds, weather, and sea, on every day. The total number of
days’ observations tabulated in chronological order down to the 31st of December,
1865, is 170,000, and in some years the daily average is from 70 to 80 observations of
twenty-four hours each. Since 1853 a considerable number of Synoptic Charts (up-
wards of 500) have been constructed, and it is proposed,to publish a series of such
charts, showing the state of the winds and weather over the Indian Ocean at noon
on each day for a period of one year. In addition to these tabulated observations,
a mass of information has been collected regarding the gales which have occurred
in the Indian Ocean, many of which have been described in the Society’s Transac-
tions. As Secretary to the Society, the author had opportunities of studying these
gales, and being now in this country he begged permission to communicate some of
the results of his investigations.
The gales and hurricanes of the Indian Ocean South of the Equator may be thus
classified :—1st, trade-wind gales, in which the wind veers little; 2nd, the extra-
tropical gales, between the parallels of 30° and 45° S., in which the wind generally
eee a shifts ; and 3rd, the tropical hurricanes, in which the wind always veers
or shifts.
1. The trade-wind gales occur in all seasons, but chiefly in the winter months of
June, July, and August, when the 8. W. monsoon prevails north of the equator,
and the S.K. trade-wind acquires additional strength from the demand made upon
it to supply the monsoon, the two winds being apparently one system under the
* A change in the position of thé radiant point of the August shower on different nights
has long been suspected. See Professor Twining’s remarks in the American Journal of
Science, 2nd series. vol. xxxii. p. 444, and vol. xxxvi. p. 305. It is to be regretted that the
cloudy state of the weather at St. Andrews prevented the settlement of this question ;
but probably some other observer has been more fortunate.
me REPORT—1867.
influence of the earth’s rotation and the high temperature which prevails in the
northern hemisphere. At Mauritius these gales are characterised by a barometric
pressure of 30°200 to 30-400 inches. The wind sets in at South to S.S.E., and
seldom veers more than a point or two, the barometer at times oscillating during
the height of the gale, which is sometimes attended with passing showers, but
never with heayy rain, thunder, or lightning. Generally the gale commences in
about 30° S., and advances towards the equator, like an extensive wave or billow,
the barometer rising at each successive locality some time before the wind acquires
much force. It is preceded by a heavy sea, which occasionally proves dangerous
near the equator. It lasts from one to ten days, and blows in fitful gusts, which
at Mauritius have usually a pressure of 1 to 10 lbs. onthe square foot, and at times
of 10 to 20lbs. Owing to the frequency of these gales the mean daily maximum
force of the wind at Mauritius is greater in winter than in summer.
2. The extra-tropical gales, between the parallels of 530° and 45° S., also
occur in all seasons, but are most violent from May to August inclusive. These
gales are generally characterised by the presence of two currents of air, the one
from the southward, and the other from the northward, the two currents being
variously situated with respect to each other. At times they exist side by side, as
surface-winds, the one from the 8.W., and the other from the N.K., each occupy-
ing a belt of 5° to 30° in longitude, stretching from the parallel of 30° S. as far south
as the observations extend, viz.45°. Inthe narrow space between the two winds,
light airs, calms, and a high cross sea, with heavy rain, thunder, and lightning, eene-
rally prevail, and there the barometer is lowest. The belt of southerly winds lies
to the west of the belt of northerly winds, and the two travel laterally to the east-
ward, preserving their relative positions often for several days. The gale of the 13th
to the 20th of January, 1861, as would be seen by inspecting a number of charts
illustrative of it, was a good example, and many others might be adduced. The
barometer stands higher, and the thermometer lower, in the southerly than in the
northerly wind. On the western side of the former the barometer has been knowh
to stand as high as 30°650 inches, while in the trough, or space between the two
winds, it stood at 29:000 inches. Sometimes there are several alternate belts of
southerly and northerly winds, as in gales which took place on the 27th and 28th
of July, 1863.
_In place of forming parallel belts, however, the two winds are often inclined, and
sometimes directly opposed, to each other. Occasionally, too, only one of them
appears, the other, if it exists at all, being either above the surface-wind, or away
in the South Atlantic, to which the observations do not extend. This was thecase
from the 14th to the 20th of May, 1865, when a violent north-wester occurred in
the space between the meridian of Greenwich and 52° E., and the parallels of 30°
and 45° 8.
But whatever may be the positions of the two currents of air, the gales inva-
riably travel to the eastward, and many of them have been traced from the meri-
dian of Greenwich to 65° E. Where they originate, and how far they travel, has
not been determined. It does not appear that they are revolving gales, although
whirlwinds may occasionally occur between the inner edges of the two winds; for
in no instance has the wind been traced round an axis, or central area, as in the case
of the tropical hurricanes. They take place with so much uniformity and regularity
that their progress may be traced from day to day and hour to hour, and the man-
ner of the veering or shifting of the wind, when there are two currents, be known
beforehand, the shift being (often suddenly) from N.E. to S.W., or from N.W.rd
to S.W.rd, and the veering from N.E. to North, N.W., West, &c., or with the sun.
They last from one to seven days, and travel at the rate of four to twenty miles an
hour. The wind usually sets in at N.E.rd and ends at 8.W.rd, or 8.E.rd. After
the shift, or when the wind comes to the south of west, the barometer rises, and
ina few hours the wind gradually abates. They succeed one another at short in-
tervals and with considerable regularity, but vary in force. Hyen the ordinary
changes of wind and weather in that part of the ocean seem to be more or less
dependent upon the antagonistic currents of air to which reference has been made.
3. Many persons were at first little disposed to accept the ‘Law of Storms’ as
laid down by Redfield, Reid, Thom, and Piddington, and there were points on
which these writers themselves were not agreed. Jyven at the present day there
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 23
_are shipmasters and others who put little faith in the theory of revolving storms.
But a careful investigation of all the great storms which haye occurred in the In-
dian Ocean, south of the equator, during the last eighteen years, has amply con-
firmed the truth of the theory in the main, On the other hand, some corrections
and modifications are required.
These rotatory storms, which are confined to the months of November to May in-
clusive, originate between the parallels of 6° to 14° 8., and travel to the W.S.W.,
and afterwards, but not always, to the southward and S.H.; the wind invariably
moving round a central space (which is usually characterised by a calm) from
left to right, or with the hands of a watch ; while the storm, which has a diameter
of 1 to 1500 miles, moves onwards at the rate of 1 to 20 miles, but more frequently
4 to 7 miles an hour, for a period varying from a few hours to ten days, attended
with torrents of rain, and in its northern half often with lightning. -
It would appear that when they were first made a subject of investigation,
attention was chiefly directed to what took place within the storm, all the infor-
mation regarding it having been derived from afew vessels which had been involved
init; while little notice was taken of the state of the prevailing winds at a distance,
or of the possible connexion between them and the origin and progress of the storm.
Hence some writers appear to have regarded them as detached disks of air, put
and sustained in motion by electricity, magnetism, earthquakes, or some other
mysterious agency.
One of the first results of the extended system of observation adopted at Mauritius
was to show, what had been surmised by Dr. Thom, that these revolving storms
are invariably generated between the N.W. monsoon and the S.E. trade-wind, and
that to all appearance their rise and progress are intimately connected with those
two opposing winds. The fact that they occur only during the monsoon months
in itself favours the supposition of a connexion between the two phenomena.
Observation has shown that the monsoon extends farther south on the western
than on the eastern side of the Ocean, its southern limits often stretching obliquely
from Tamataye, in Madagascar, on the west, to Sumatra on the east. To the south
of the N.W. monsoon the 8.E. trade-wind prevails. Between the two winds there
is a space of calms, or light variables. During hot sultry weather evaporation
must take place rapidly, especially in the trade-wind region. The vapour is carried
by the two winds towards the space which separates them, and is accumulated
there until the air becomes saturated. There may at the same time be an ascend-
ing column of air and vapour, which would further promote condensation. Heavy
rain sets in, the barometer falls, and the two oppositely directed winds flow to-
wards the locality of diminished pressure, bringing with them more vapour, which
is also speedily converted into rain, the barometer falling lower.
As the vapour is chiefly supplied by the 8.K. trade-wind, and its precipitation in
the trade-wind region is followed by a decrease of barometric pressure there, the
movement of the area of diminished pressure is towards the south, across the trade-
wind region, the N.W. monsoon, and the N.E. trade-wind to the north of it, where
the barometer is high, pressing to the southward to restore the equilibrium, and
the monsoon, as it were, eating into the trade-wind as the aqueous precipitation
proceeds. In this way the monsoon sometimes advances along its whole extent in
longitude to the tropic of Capricorn, or even beyond it, until the trade-wind alto-
gether disappears, or is foul only far to the south. When the vapour has been
precipitated the trade-wind gradually returns, the monsoon receding before it to
the northward, until the two winds again attain their normal positions. After a
lapse of some time, during which another accumulation of vapour takes place,
heayy rains again commence on the equatorial borders of the trade-wind, and the
monsoon again advances to the southward. The two winds thus oscillate back-
wards and forwards during the summer months, and it is on these occasions, when
the monsoon is advancing to the southward, that the tropical revolving storms
occur, the south-west and west sides of the storm being apparently fed by the
trade-wind, and its north-east and east sides by the monsoon.
Instances of the advancement of the monsoon to the southward, as from the
13th*to the 18th of February, 1860, the 16th to the 20th of January, 1861, the 1st
to the 18th of February, 1861, and the 16th to the 24th of February, 1865, were given
in a series of charts showing the directions of the wind at noon on each day.
24. REPORT—1867.
Revolving storms, however, do not always take place on such occasions, although,
as the monsoon approaches, the wind generally veers from E.S.E. to East, North,
and N.W., with much rain, and generally thunder and lightning. Nor does the
monsoon always advance along its whole extent in longitude, but more frequently
penetrates into the trade-wind, and then only one rotatory storm is formed. When
the monsoon and trade-wind are in collision over a considerable extent of longi-
tude, or across the whole ocean, two or more revolving storms may be formed, which
sometimes rage together for several days, as in the case of two violent hurricanes
which occurred between the 8th and the 17th of February, 1861, and of several
others between the 6th and 24th of April, 1866. On occasions like these as many
as five rotatory storms have been known to exist at the same time along the inner
borders of the two winds, but they did not all last long.
In the earlier and latter parts of the season these storms often do not travel
beyond the parallel of 16° S. They are most frequent in February and March, and
during those months they generally advance to 25°8., and sometimes to 30° or
32°8. Their tracks are generally curves, the convexities of which are towards the
west, and the apices anywhere between the parallels of 14° and 24° S., according
to the season. It would appear that they traverse the trade-wind region in conse-
quence of the progress of the aqueous precipitation being in that direction, and of
the monsoon extending farther south on the western than on the eastern side of
the ocean, as already stated. The direction of the wind in the body of the storm
may be accounted for by the relative positions and directions of the monsoon and
trade-wind, independently of the earth’s rotation on its axis, although that also
may have an effect.
With regard to the form of these storms, it varies, and is not so circular as is usually
supposed. The wind generally blows spirally towards and ultimately around the
centre, as is shown, not only by the collective evidence of vessels on all sides of the
storm, but also by individual vessels occasionally running completely round the cen-
tre, and being gradually drawn into it. An example of this occurred in May, 1863,
when a vessel belonging to the port of Dundee, called the ‘ Karl of Dalhousie’ (Capt.
Campbell), scudded, at the rate of 10 to 13 knots an hour, three times round the
centre of a revolving storm, which at the time happened to be nearly stationary,
till at length she reached the central calm. (Charts were exhibited showing the
positions of the vessels and directions of the wind in this storm at noon on each
day from the 7th to the 20th of the month.)
As the trade-wind in front of a revolving storm often blows in strong gales with
a falling barometer over many degrees in longitude, and the direction of the wind,
especially at a distance, is far from being at right angles to the bearing of the
centre, severe losses have occurred in consequence of vessels, having the wind at
S.E., running to the west or N.W. with the view of crossing the storm’s path,
under the impression that the centre bore N.E. In place of ‘bearing N.I., when
the wind is from 8.E., the centre may bear North or N.N.W., and if the storm be
travelling to the 8.W., as is often the case, a vessel steering westward or N.W.
may be running to her destruction. During a hurricane in February, 1860, for
example, a number of vessels left the roadsteads of Reunion with the wind at
8.E., and, running to the N.W., got into the heart of the storm. Several of
them were wrecked on the.coast of Madagascar, others were never heard of, and
of those that returned some had to be abandoned. The safest course seems to be
to lie to and watch the barometer and wind till the bearing of the centre be known
with some certainty.
But perhaps the greatest losses of life and property in the Indian Ocean south of
the Equator arise from homeward-bound vessels running into revolving storms to the
southward of them, by taking supposed advantage of the N.E. winds of a storm,
between the parallels of 10° and 16° S., and steering to the S.W. till they get in
front of the storm. This is the more to be regretted, inasmuch as all such losses may
be easily avoided bylying-to till the barometer rises and the weather improves, or by
proceeding cautiously to the southward. Heavy losses occur annually from inat-
tention to this simple precaution. In May, 1863, for instance, of twelve homeward-
bound vessels which had got involved in a revolying storm by running to the
southward with increasing winds, falling barometer, and threatening weather, two
had to be abandoned at sea, and the others were so disabled that on arriving at
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 25
Port Louis some of them were condemned, and some detained for two or three
months undergoing repairs. The loss on that single occasion must have amounted
to at least £60,000, and there is not the slightest doubt that it would have been
avoided if the vessels had kept back for a day or two, and not run headlong into
the storm. In the hurricane season, in those latitudes, with the wind anywhere
between north and south, through the west, the weather squally and threatening,
and the barometer falling, a vessel should not press too much to the southward.
By attention to this rule the storm will be avoided.
“Experience has proved that the existence of a gale belonging to any one of the
three classes above described is indicated at Mauritius by the barometer, winds,
and weather, even when the distance is very considerable. A trade-wind gale is
preceded by a high and rising barometer, and by the setting in of the wind at
southward, generally with a clear sky. On the other hand, the barometer at Mau-
ritius always falls during a gale belonging to either of the other two classes. As
a general rule, if the barometer fall steadily for three or four days to the extent of
even one-tenth of an inch below its height for the season, it may be inferred either
that a tropical gale exists on the equatorial borders of the trade-wind, or an extra-
tropical one on its polar borders; and the direction and veering of the wind, and
the character of the clouds, will determine in which of these directions the
disturbance is taking place. At the setting in of a tropical gale away to the north-
ward or N.E., the trade-wind at Mauritius is drawn towards the locality of dimi-
nished pressure, and the barometer falls. When an extra-tropical gale takes place
away to the S.W., towards the Cape of Good Hope, the trade-wind is deflected
in that direction, so as to form a part of the N.E. winds of the east side of the
gale, and in this case also the barometer falls at Mauritius, until the southerly winds
of the west side of the gale have begun to exert their influence, as the gale ad-
vances to the eastward. The existence of all the heavy gales which have taken
lace in either direction, for some years back, has been known at Mauritius, and
requently announced in the newspapers at the time.
On Meteorological Observations at Sea. By F. W. Morrar.
Communicated by Dr. Morrar. ;
These observations were made for the purpose of ascertaining the quantity of ozone
in different degrees of latitude and longitude at sea. The observations extend
between lat. 53° N. and 39°8., and long. 83° E. and 25° W. The author had ob-
served that as the wind veered with increasing readings of the barometer from south
points of the compass through west to north, ozone disappeared, and continued
absent while the wind was in points between north and east, and that it reap-
peared as the wind veered with decreasing readings of the barometer to south
points. The disappearance and reappearance of ozone with these conditions were
so regular that the changes appeared to be the result of an invariable atmospheric
law, and the author was induced to examine the law of the rotation of the wind,
so clearly developed by Dove, and the results of the examination led him to believe
that the polar current is the non-ozoniferous, or that of minimum of ozone, and
that the equatorial, or sea-wind, is the ozoniferous, or that of the maximum of
ozone. According to the rotation theory, the polar current in the northern he-
misphere forms the N.E “trade,” and that in the southern hemisphere forms the
8.E. “trade,” while the equatorials in the northern and southern hemispheres form
the upper or returning ‘‘ trades.” These returning “trades” come to the earth’s
surface in both hemispheres about the 28th degree (the latitude varies with the
season), north and south of the equator. The author stated that if his deductions
are trustworthy, the N.E. and S.K. “trades” ought to be the minimum of ozone
currents, and the returning “ trades” the maximum of ozone currents; that in the
northern hemisphere forming the S.W. wind, and the other in the southern hemi-
sphere a N.W. wind; and as these currents consisted of the atmospheres of equa-
torial latitudes, the quantity of ozone ought to be at least as great at the equator
as with the returning currents. The author showed by tabulated results that such
was the case, and he expressed a belief that were it not for the modifying effects
of the trade-winds, ozone would be a constant quantity at sea.
roe REPORT—1867.
On the Errors of Aneroids at various Pressures.
By Barrour Srewart, LL.D., F.RS., Superintendent of Kew Observatory.
At the request of the Meteorological Committee experiments have lately been
made at Kew Observatory, with the view of ascertaining to what extent an aneroid
may be considered as a reliable instrument when exposed to considerable changes
of pressure, such as occur in mountain ascents.
In order to make these experiments, a large receiver had attached to it a standard
barometer, of which the accuracy had been previously ascertained. By means of
an air-pump, the aneroids, when placed in this receiver, might be subjected to any
pressure, the exact amount of pressure being noted by the standard barometer.
An arrangement devised by Mr. Beckley, mechanical assistant at Kew, enabled the
aneroids to be tapped while in the receiver, so as to imitate, as well as possible,
the tapping of the hand, to which these instruments are usually subjected previous
to their readings being taken.
For the aneroids, to which I shall immediately refer, observations were made for
every inch of pressure between 30 inches and 19 inches, ten minutes being occu-
pied in going from one stage to the next, and the instruments being always tapped
at every stage. When they had reached their lowest pressure, they were kept at this
for an hour and a half, and were then raised in stages of 1 inch every ten minutes
until the ordinary atmospheric pressure was finally reached. The instruments
themselves were obtained from the best-known makers, who kindly lent aneroids
for the purpose of this experiment. ;
The following Table denotes the average behaviour of these instruments so
treated, eight sets of experiments having been made, and the instruments being
one half large instruments, diameter 4 inches, and one half small instruments,
diameter 2 inches.
Supposing the instruments were quite right at starting at the pressure of 50
inches, then their behaviour while the pressure was being lowered is represented
by the following Table :—
in. in.
At 30 inches, error -00 At 24 inches, error — ‘02
” 29 ” ret 03 » 23 x » - — 05
2 20.» » +03 ” 22 ” » — 08
” 27 ” ” +01 ” 21 ” ” eee
» 26 y ” 00 7 20 » — 18
9 2D oy » 02 » 1 y » — 22
From this Table we may learn the following facts :—
1. If we compare an aneroid with a standard barometer before beginning our
observations, in order to ascertain its index error, and if we then gradually lower
the pressure, using the above index error, we shall find that the mstrument lags
behind or reads rather too high down to 26 inches, at which point its behaviour
appears to be reversed, and it falls thereafter too fast.
2. The instrument is, however, tolerably accurate down to 24 inches, or through
a range of 6 inches.
3. If we compare the aneroid with a standard at the end instead of at the be-
ginning of the observations, we shall get much less reliable results.
Suppose now that the instrument is allowed to remain an hour and a half at the
lowest pressure, and that it starts from this pressure of 19 inches, going upwards,
being quite right at starting, as compared with a standard barometer, then the
average behaviour will be represented by the following Table :—
in. in.
At 19 inches, error ‘00 At 25 inches, error +°01
» 20 » — 02 7 26 yy » +03
oe) ey ue led Pa ary » +05
” 22 ” he eles » 28, » +708
9 23 oy ee Ol » 29 5 » +12
» 24 yy ” “00 » 30 ,, » 14
From Table II. we may learn as follows :—
1. If we start from a low pressure (19 inches) and compare our aneroid with a
PF
ee
ae TS
27
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS.
standard barometer before beginning our observations in order to ascertain its
index error, and if we then gradually increase the pressure, using the above index
error, we shall find that the instrument lags behind, that is to say, reads too low
up to 24 inches, at which point its behaviour appears to be reyersed, and it there-
after rises too fast.
2. The instrument is, however, tolerably accurate up to 25 inches, or through a
range of 6 inches. i : ;
3. If we compare our aneroid with a standard at. the end instead of the begin-
ning of the observations, we shall get much less reliable results.
So much for the double experiment, in which the pressure is first lowered and
then raised.
Now, if at the end of this experiment we compare our aneroid with a standard
once more at the ordinary pressure, we shall find that, on the whole, its indications
have fallen, or it reads too low, but gradually, and in course of time, it recovers
itself.
This is seen by the following instances :—
2-inch anevoid.
Error before experiment +°47
3-inch aneroid.
Error before experiment + -04
Immediately after ,, +19 Immediately after ,, —-06
23 hours after » +7384 1 hour after if 2.08
40 » yet 18 hours after a — O01
: : 3 days after < +01
22-inch aneroid. 3 weeks after 4-07
Error before experiment +°11
Immediately after ,, +03
18 hours after » +10 :
In the next place, I would remark that large aneroids are better than small ones,
as will be seen by the following Table denoting the average behaviour of smal]
and large instruments for the down observation.
Error Terror
Pressure of large. of small.
On Sheen chk ew: OO eltiwe ' 00
DO Baim ott heave BR AOA as Rasyas AES +-04
DS y Setkserse teas (fore th a ctdar, dex tyhe +:02
D7 eT eR RE Cee a ECT be OD toxeaeyst Brn S) 00
DO wiser eis aes: Ho Oli ed eee — 02
2D rsd, spershePoia ey ea OO. eh cee ore — ‘06
DA pa Ethos. EOD yk ihe sya. —'07
DBs d scvar ae Aagnels = 0ASe aahebPaesd ah: —1l
The experiments are not yet quite finished, but we may perhaps conclude—
1. That if a good 4-inch aneroid be first of all compared with a standard baro-
meter, and then gradually subjected to a decrease of pressure, it will give reliable
results through a range of 6 inches.
2. That if a good 4-inch aneroid be first compared with a standard barometer
at a low pressure, and then gradually subjected to an increase of pressure, it will
give reliable results through a range of 6 inches, starting from the low pressure.
3. The results would probably be stil] better if the instrument, before use, were
compared with a standard barometer after the manner I have now described.
Storm- Warnings, their Importance and Practicability.
By Colonel Syxus, WP., F.BR.S.
The author adduced the testimony of numerous men of scientific eminence, and
the Reports from the seaports to the great importance of the signals lately in prac-
tice at the Meteorological Department of the Board of Trade, both from humane
and commercial points of view, and then stated that out of 405 warnings given in
three years, the prognostications were correct for 305 times. No one could tell the
ossible number of lives and amount of property which had thus been saved ; and
e asked if this did not sufficiently justify the continuance of these storm-~warn-
28 REPORT—1867.
ings, even though founded on supposed empirical data. The Scientifie Committee
of the Royal Society had declined to continue these warnings, on the ground that
Admiral FitzRoy had obtained his conclusions on empirical data. The author stated
that the Committee proposed to establish eight additional observatories throughout
the empire; and at the end of fifteen years they expected to be able to predict
storms on philosophical data, and not on empirical data. But if during the last
fifty years all the Observatories of the kingdom had not been able to obtain these’
results, the author thought that they were not likely to do so during the next fif-
teen years, and the cost of ma‘ntaining them would be wasted.
On Evaporation from Rain-gauges. By Joux Turvston.
CHEMISTRY.
Address by the President, Tuomas AnpERsON, M.D., F.RSE.
On many previous occasions the British Association has met in places which have
afforded the chemist valuable opportunities of seeing the principles of his science
reduced to practice, and the various papers which have been read at this Section on
these subjects, and the discussions which have arisen regarding them, have formed
a very interesting department of its proceedings. At the present Meeting little of
this is likely to engage our attention; for though the manufactures of Dundee have
probably increased, during the last ten or fifteen years, in a more rapid ratio than
those of any other town in the kingdom, they have taken a direction which gives
but little scope for the applications of chemistry, so that with the exception of a
few of the simpler operations of the dyer, there is really scarcely anything which
need specially attract our attention. Under these circumstances it may be fairly
anticipated that the business of the Section will be more particularly oecupied with
the discussion of the great principles of the science which to the general public
are often less interesting, and regarded as the exclusive province of those engaged
in scientific study, and not sufficiently recognized as being the only sure foundation
on which the superstructure of practical progress can be raised.
The consideration of these general principles is, however, at the present moment
a matter of the very highest importance, for the science of chemistry is in a state
of transition. The immense accumulation of facts which has been made during
the last twenty or thirty years, has not only increased her bounds, but has shown
the insufficiency of those principles on which the chemist was formerly ready to
rely with almost implicit confidence, and introduced changes amounting to a revo-
lution, which have had the effect of unsettling the views formerly entertained,
without as yet introducing anything which can be considered satisfactory in their
place. The atomic theory, which at the commencement of the present century
explained with clearness and precision all the facts of the science then known, has
proved itself (at least in the form in which Dalton left it) no longer sufficient for
the purpose. At the time at which it was produced, the knowledge of chemists
was confined to a comparatively small number of compounds, among which those -
of oxygen had so preponderating an importance that the science of the time might
almost be described as the chemistry of oxygen, At the present moment, if we
were to attach to it the name of any individual element, we should probably
describe the whole science by the definition which has been so often applied to
organic chemistry, and call it the chemistry of carbon, for it is in the study of the
compounds of that element that all the difficulties with which the chemist has
now to contend have had their origin. At a comparatively early period indeed,
doubts were expressed as to the sufficiency of the atomic theory of Dalton, and
Ampére especially suggested that the chemical atom might with advantage be
considered to be a congeries of smaller particles; but this and other analogous
additions to the original conceptions of the chemical atom, being of a purely specn-
lative character, and having no immediate bearing on the facts then, or even now
known, have never been accepted by chemists, or received from them more than a
i
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 29
very passing notice, and were not unfairly considered to be unnecessary complica-
tions of the theory. It was left for time to accumulate facts, for which Dalton’s
theory supplied no explanation of any kind, and these were at first neglected ; but
as their number increased, their explanation was evaded by the invention of names
intended to group together facts supposed to be dependent on similar causes. Such
names as catalysis, allotropy, and the like, really explain nothing; they are little
better than scientific lumber-rooms, in which unexplained facts are stowed away
until it suits our knowledge or our convenience to classify and explain them. I
am far from asserting that this mode of grouping facts supposed to have something
in common, has not its advantages, provided only it be distinctly understood that
it is the grouping of ignorance. The risk lies in the name being accepted as an
explanation, and inquiry being thereby retarded—and something of this sort has
indeed occurred ; for though these facts were admitted to be beyond the scope of
the atomic theory, they were quietly set aside; things went on as they were before,
and it was not till the introduction of the theory of atomicity, which shows itself
in every chemical fact, that the doubts which had been long gathering in the
minds of all thoughtful chemists, found distinct expression. I do not on the pre-
sent occasion propose to discuss in detail the effect which the introduction of this
view has had upon chemical theory, further than to remark that it renders it
necessary either to abandon altogether the atomic theory of Dalton, or to introduce
into it such modifications as fundamentally alter its entire character, and make it
substantially a new theory. The former is an alternative which some chemists
will be greatly disinclined to adopt. They will not willingly abandon a theory
which has admittedly done admirable service, which at its first introduction estab-
lished order and regularity where confusion and disorder previously reigned
supreme, and under whose influence the science has attained its present goodly
proportions. Others again may be of opinion that the atomic theory has done its
work, and in the future is less likely to act as an assistance than as a hindrance to
progress, by forcing us to consider all facts in its particular light, and causing us to
overlook relations which might be at once detected by an unbiassed mind.
This latter opinion has been very strongly expressed by Sir Benjamin Brodie,
and in the Calculus of Chemical Operations, which he has recently made public,
we have the first systematic attempt which has been made to express the consti-
tution of chemical compounds by a method in which the idea of an atom has no
place. As this is the most important chemical doctrine which has been put
forward for many years, and must, if accepted, materially alter our present views,
I shall venture to consider it in some detail, premising, however, that as only the
first part of the investigation has yet been made public, any opinion I may now
oe regarding it may be liable to modification when the entire investigation is
ublished. .
s Sir B. Brodie, as has been already observed, discards altogether the idea of an
atom, and compares with one another the weights of different substances in the
gaseous state which are capable at the standard temperature and pressure of filling
a unit of space, which is the bulk of 1000 cubic centimetres. If we consider this
space to be empty, and fill it with hydrogen, a chemical operation is performed
which is represented by the symbol a, expressing the fact that the weight so intro-
duced is chemically indivisible. If now in place of hydrogen oxygen be introduced,
the unit of space is filled by a quantity sixteen times as great, but this weight is
not indivisible, as is at once apparent if we notice what happens when oxygen is
introduced into the unit of space already filled with hydrogen. In that case a
second operation is performed on it, in which a weight eight times as great as that
of the hydrogen is introduced, and water is the result. The quantity of oxygen
which fills the unit of space must therefore be regarded as divisible, and this is
expressed by assigning to it the symbol &,, indicating the fact that two identical
operations are required to fill the unit of space with oxygen. By the same line of
argument it is concluded that sulphur, selenium, &c., must be similarly constituted,
and they are accordingly represented respectively by 6,, A,, &c. So far it will be
observed that the system is merely a modification of that at present used by che-
mists for expressing the laws of gaseous combination, excepting that all substances,
compounds as well as elements, are referred to the unit of space, while, according
30. | REPORT—1867.
to our present plan, the former are referred to two units of space and the latter to
one. But when the compounds of chlorine and the allied elements, with hydrogen,
are to be represented according to Sir B. Brodie’s system, it at once becomes appa-
rent that some further hypothesis must be introduced if they are to be referred to
the same volume. When the quantity of hydrogen represented by the symbol a,
unites with chlorine, the product fills two units of space, and as, according to the
fundamental hypothesis, a is indivisible, the question is to obtain some means of
expressing without fractions the quantity of hydrochloric acid which fills the unit
of space. This end Sir Benjamin attains by assuming that chlorine is itself a com-
pound of hydrogen with an unknown element to which the symbol y is assigned ;
chlorine being ay,, and formed by three operations, one being hydrogen, and the
other two which are identical, result in the introduction into the unit of space of
two quantities of a hypothetical substance x, whose weight is 17-25; and according
to this view, when hydrogen and chlorine unite, the action is expressed by the
equation
' ax, +a=2ax.
On precisely the same principle iodine, bromine, nitrogen, phosphorus, antimony,
and bismuth must also be hydrogen compounds. It is obvious therefore that Sir
Benjamin’s system involves a very large amount of hypothesis; for it assumes that
a considerable number of those substances hitherto regarded as elements are really
compounds. I do not imagine that much difficulty will be experienced by any
one in admitting the possibility of this, for I apprehend there is no chemist who
imagines those bodies which we call elements to be the ultimate constituents of
matter, or who doubts that the time, though still far distant, will come when they
may be resolved into simpler substances. But when we come to reduce these
speculations to a definite form, and seek to make them part of the science itself, it
becomes essential to subject them to a very close and searching scrutiny.
In order to justify their assumption, it seems to me necessary either that they
should be supported by experimental evidence, or that they should afford the means
of tracing out unsuspected relations, and thus extending the bounds of the science,
or, at all events, that they should involve the minimum amount of hypothesis.
Now, as regards the first of these, it is unnecessary to observe that there is not one
tittle of evidence to show that chlorine is a compound any more than hydrogen
itself, As far as extending the bounds of the science is concerned, we must look
for an answer to the future, and it may be expected that in the remaining parts of
the investigation, which it is to be hoped may soon be made public, it will be
shown how the method may be used for this purpose ; but, in the meantime, I am
unable to see how it is to open up new fields of inquiry, and it is certain that it
leaves unexplained all those anomalies which are usually considered to be the weak
points of the existing system. Neither can it be asserted that the system involves
the minimum amount of hypothesis; for, in point of fact, the assumption of the
compound nature of certain of the elements is rendered necessary by the funda-
mental hypothesis that a is indivisible. If it be assumed to be divisible, the necessity
for holding those elements to be compound at once falls to the ground, and I confess
it appears to me that we should require very clear evidence of the advantages it
offers before we accept a hypothesis involving so many others. The question must
at best be considered as still sub judice, and the method is not likely to meet with
general acceptance until it is supported by a much larger body of facts than those
we at present have.
While Sir B. Brodie’s theory is one from which the idea of atoms is excluded, it
is important to notice that it is by no means incompatible with them, and it even
appears to me that though it may suit our convenience to consider matter in rela-
tion to space only, the real subject of inquiry is not the unit of space, but the unit
of matter, and to it we must eventually come. If I hold, as I most undoubtedly
do, that the atomic theory of Dalton must sooner or later be abandoned, it is not
because I do not believe in the existence of a unit of matter. Whether we assume
it to be a hard spherical particle, a centre of force, or a vortex produced in a per-
fect ether, is another question; but it seems evident that some kind of molecular
hypothesis is indispensable for the explanation of physical phenomena, and it is
scarcely possible to doubt that some connexion must exist between the chemical
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. bl
and the physical unit of matter. In the mean time it is only by the most cumbrous
and improbable assumptions that the existing atomie theory can be made to fit in
with the facts which chemistry has recently discovered, and of these the theory of
atomicity is one which can scarcely be connected with it at all. In point of fact
that theory is a merely temporary hypothesis, constructed to keep before our eyes
the tendency which substances have to form compounds of certain definite forms,
under special circumstances ; and it is scarcely possible to doubt, that in twenty or
thirty years it will have passed away and have been replaced by something of a
more satisfactory character. Meanwhile its important influence on the recent pro-
gress of chemistry is too obvious to be disputed. It is only to be regretted that so
many conflicting modes of considering the atomicities of the elements should have
been introduced by different writers.
Into the consideration of this matter I should have been glad to have entered at
some length, but I feel that I have already detained you too long from the actual
’ business of the Section, and no doubt opportunities will arise in the course of the
business for individuals expressing their opinions on this and other subjects.
Amonz these the mode of expressing the symbols of chemical compounds, which
was objected to long since by Sir John Herschel, and has been again brought into
prominence by the publication of Sir B. Brodie’s paper, merits attention. The
present unsettled state of chemical nomenclature, so inconvenient to the teacher,
ought also to be discussed, and it might even be well to consider whether a com-
mittee should not be appointed to ascertain how far it might be possible to adopt
a uniform system. Nor do I think we ought to separate without recording our
opinion on the subject of better and more extended scientific education. The
events of the Paris Exhibition have brought our deficiencies in this respect very
conspicuously before us, and show. us how much we have yet to do. That we
have made progress in this respect is not to be doubted, for science is much more
cultivated now than formerly, and is becoming more and more a branch of general
education. Much, however, still remains to be done in this direction, especially in
Scotland, and it will no doubt surprise many of my audience to hear that chemistry
and natural history are still excluded from the course of study for degrees in arts
in the Scotch universities. Of late years the study of these and other departments
of natural science has been introduced to some extent in schools both in England
and Scotland ; but, so far as my experience goes, without having as yet produced
results of much importance. The difficulty, I think, lies in the kind of instruction
offered; the usual practice having been to give lectures from which the discussion
of principles and of everything which exercises and developes the mind, is elimi-
nated, and only that which it is supposed will entertain or surprise is retained, and
boys are thus led to look upon science merely as a pastime. They are shrewd.
enough to see the difference between this and the closer and more severe system
of study pursued in the other departments of their education, and they are apt
ee
ell w tom
either to avoid work altogether, or to acquire their knowledge in a superficial
manner. The whole system of teaching science to school-boys is a subject which
merits far more attention than it has yet received, and the success of the move-
ment must greatly depend on an efficient method of teaching being adopted. All
these, however, are subjects the discussion of which would carry me far beyond
the limits of those introductory observations with which it has been customary to
open the business of the Section. It must be left for its members to bring forward
their own views on these and kindred questions.
On an Apparatus for indicating the Pressure and Amount of Firedamp in
Mines. By G. Ansecy.
On a Method of Recovering Sulphur and Oxide of Manganese used at Deuze,
near Nancy, France. By 1. Lowrmtan Bet.
Remarks on the Calculus of Chemical Operations. By Dr. A. Crum Brown.
After observing that, as we have only the first part of Sir Benjamin Brodie’s
paper before us, it is necessary to be cautious in our criticism, the author enume-
o2 REPORT—1867.
rated his objections to the system. 1st. That the assumption of the distributive
law of multiplication is unnecessary, and leads moreover to the anomalous result
that the same direct operation does not always produce equal results when per-
formed on the two sides of an equation, thus z+ y=.2y; but multiplying both
sides by x we get 22+ zy and «*y, which are not equal. 2nd. That the assump-
tion (for which no evidence is produced) that the unit of hydrogen is a simple
weight, leads to inconvenient formule, the symbol a being used to express not
only the quantity of hydrogen in a substance, but also what those chemists, who
use atomic language, would call the number of perissad atoms. 5rd. That a system
of notation substantially the same in form as that at present in use might be de-
duced from Sir Benjamin Brodie’s principles, upon the more reasonable convention
that bodies hitherto undecomposed are not to be represented as compound. The
ordinary chemical symbols might therefore be used in a functional as well as in an
atomic sense.
A Note on Messrs. Wanklyn, Chapman, and Smith’s method of determining
Nitrogenous Organic Matters in Water. By Ducatp Campsett, F.C.S.
At the meeting of the Chemical Society on June 20, Messrs. Wanklyn, Chap-
man, and Smith proposed to determine the nature and amount of the nitrogenous
organic matters contained in drinking waters by the amount of ammonia given off
when a given quantity of the water was distilled rapidly with the addition of cer-
tain weights of different reagents added at different parts of the distillation, the
reagents being carbonate of soda, caustic potash, and permanganate of potash.
Their experiments lead to the conclusion that when a litre of water is distilled
with two grammes of carbonate of soda, all the nitrogen of the urea existing in the
water will practically be found as ammonia in the first 300 c. c. distilled over, and
that none of the nitrogen existing in albumen or “ albuminoid”’ matters, which may
be in the water, would be evolved as ammonia.
Experiments were made with pure distilled water containing respectively 34,
fo) zp, and ;1> parts of a grain of urea in a gallon, and in every case nitrogen
remained in the water after distillation with the carbonate of soda, and was evolved
by other means and estimated ; and it was only when the +3, part of a grain of
urea, or less, was dissolved in a gallon of water that the urea was entirely decom-
posed by carbonate of soda and evolved as ammonia.
Experiments were likewise made with white of new-laid egg equal to 25, yo,
as, and =}, part of a grain of dry albumen dissolved in a gallon of pure dis-
tilled water, distilling one litre of each solution with two grammes of carbonate of
soda; in every case distinct quantities of ammonia were evolved and estimated,
and in the last experiment, with white of egg equal to the jj, part of a grain
of dry albumen per gallon, practically, all the ammonia in the albumen was evolved,
there being a loss of only 0000017 grain, a quantity so small as to be attributable
to an error in observation or otherwise.
In all the experiments the ammonia was estimated by Nessler’s test.
On the Synthesis of Formic Acid. By A. R. Carron.
On Loewiy’s Researches on the Action of Sodium Amalgam on Owalic Ether.
By A. R. Carron,
On a New Polarizing Photometer. By W. Crooxes, F.2R.S.
On a Self-Registering Perpetual Aspirator. By A. E. Frercner, F.C.S.
This instrument was contrived to assist in carrying out the Alkali Act of 1863,
in cases where a continuous register is required of the acidity of the air which
passes along a flue or chimney. It is a continuous and self-acting aspirator, which
draws a measured quantity of air from the flue or chimney through absorption-
bottles, and registers the amount so drawn.
It consists, first, of a small fan three inches in diameter. This is placed in an
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 33
opening made in the side of the flue or chimney. The draught of air entering by
this hole gives revolution to the fan, and thence, by means of an endless screw and
toothed wheel, to a crank which moves a bellows-pump. This draws air from the
flue or chimney by means of a tube inserted through the brickwork, and causes it
to pass through the absorption-bottles. The whole is portable, being enclosed in a
small box, except only the fan, which projects about three inches.
Onan Ether Anemometer for Measuring the Speed of Air in Flues and Chimneys.
By A. E. Frnrcngr, 2.8,
This instrument is contrived for measuring the speed of air in pipes, flues or
chimneys in cases where, from the presence of heat, soot, or corrosive vapour, a
delicate mechanism would be inadmissible. It has been called an ether-anemo-
meter, since ether is employed in its construction; by it the speed of air moving
at any greater rate than that of nine inches per second can be measured.
The principle employed in its construction is in part that of the Gifford’s injector,
wherein a current of steam passing the open end of a tube is made to produce a
partial vacuum in it.
In the current of air whose velocity is to be measured, is placed a glass or metal
tube with a plain straight end, and along with it a tube whose end is bent at right
angles and cut off short. This bent end is turned to face the current, while the
straizht tube is so exposed to the current that it passes along its open end. The
difference of pressure in these two tubes will then be a measure of the velocity of
the current. The pull or suction of the chimney will be the same in each.
To measure this difference of pressure, which for slow currents is very small,
many methods were tried until the present form of apparatus was adopted. It is
but a modification of the U-tube; the limbs are cylinders of three inches in dia-
meter and four inches in length, connected at the bottom by a small horizontal
tube. The liquid used is ether, on account of its low specific gravity and its mo-
bility. In each limb is a hollow metal float, scribed with a fine line. The level of
these lines is read off by a finely divided scale and vernier adjusted by fine screws.
It is easy to read to ;,4,, inch, and therefore to measure a pressure which is balanced
1000
by a column of ether 5,45 inch high.
In order to learn how to connect the readings of the instrument with the speed
of the air operating on it, it was determined not to depend on calculation only, but
to test it against currents of air of known speeds. For this purpose a pipe was con-
structed fourteen inches diameter and 100 feet long, one end being in connexion
with a tall chimney, the other one open. At the open end a hot brick was placed,
and at a given signal a drop of sulphuric acid was allowed to fall upon it. The
cloud of vapour thus raised passed along the pipe, and its arrival at the distant end
was observed on looking through two holes bored for the purpose. The time was
noted by a watch held to the ear. Having thus ascertained by two or three trials
the speed of the’ air, readings from the ether-anemometer were taken. ‘The speed
was then altered by means of a slide or damper, and measured again by noting
accurately the time taken by the cloud of vapour in travelling the 100 feet, and a
fresh reading of the anemometer registered. In this way a Table was made em-
bracing the greatest range of speed obtainable by the chimney.
It was clear from the law of bodies in motion, that this should obey the formula
p=v?Xc; where p = the indication of the instrument, v = velocity of the current,
and ¢ some constant influenced by the individual details of the instrument. From
the series of experiments thus made, the value of ¢ was found to be 25°31: with
this a complete table of the values of p from 0-001 inch to 1-000 inch was calculated.
The instrument is found to be very satisfactory and reliable in its indications.
It may also serve asa wind-gauge. A plain piece of iron gas-pipe projecting
yertically above the roof of the house or observatory, should communicate with
one limb of the ether-anemometer. As the wind blows over the open end of this
pipe, a partial vacuum would be formed and measured by the instrument, An
advantage of this arrangement over the wind-gauges at present in use would lie in
the absence of all moving parts whose friction might vary, and which might pos-
sibly be deranged.
m 1867. 3
34. REPORT— 1867.
TABLE to show the Speed of Currents of Air as indicated by the Ether Manometer.
v= Np. X 25°31,
Temp. 60° Fahy. Bar. 30 inches.
Manometer- | Speed of Air. || Manometer- | Speed of Air. Manometer- Speed of Air.
reading. Feet per reading. Feet per reading. Feet per
Inches. second. Inches. second. Inches. second.
0-001 0-800 0-040 5:064 0:300 13-872
0:018 3'397 0:050 5:648 0-400 16-011
0-020 3°580 0-100 8-005 0:500 17:901
0-030 4:385 0-200 11:328 1:000 - 25°310
On the Refraction Equivalents of Salts in Solution, By Dr. Guavstonz, /.RS.
The object of this paper was to describe some preliminary observations on the
effect which various salts dissolved in water exert on a ray of light transmitted
through them. The author in this way expected to arrive at the refraction-equi-
valents of all the metals, and of the substances capable of combining with them to
form soluble compounds. As yet, however, he rather indicated the method than
the results, as he was unprepared to give precise numbers.
Experiments for the Verification of the Laws of Dr. Henry and Dalton on the
Absorption of Gases by Liquids. By Dr. N. pn Kwanrxor,
The fact of absorption of gases by liquids was known by natural philosophers
at the end of the seventeenth century, but the first serious observations on this
subject were made by Cavendish and Priestley.
At the beginning of this century, in the Philosophical Transactions (1803, part 1,
pp. 29-42), Dr. Henry published a very important memoir, “Experiments on the
Quantity of Gases Absorbed by Water,” in which he formulates the law of absorption
in the following manner: “The results of at least fifty experiments on carbonic
acid, sulphuretted hydrogen gas, nitrous oxide, oxygenous and azotic gases, esta-
plish the following general law—that under equal circumstances of temperature, water
takes up, in all cases, the same volume of condensed gas as of gas under ordinary pres-
sure. But as the spaces occupied by every gas are inversely as the compressing
forces, it follows that water takes up, of gas condensed by one, two, or more additional
atmospheres, a quantity which, ordinarily compressed, would be equal to twice, thrice,
§c. the volume absorbed under the common pressure of the atmosphere.” This law
was aceepted without change until now.
Nevertheless it was evident that so simple a relation between the power of
absorption of gases by liquids and the pressure, could only be considered as a rough
approximation, and that in reality a phenomenon so intimately connected with the
molecular structure of the liquids could not be expressed in such a simple form,
because the unlimited admission of this law compelled one to admit also an un-
limited absorption of gases already mown to be impossible for all gases, especially
for the condensible ones, Dr. Henry, from the nature of the apparatus he con-
structed for his researches, could not come to any other conclusion. His apparatus
consisted simply of a glass bell, in which he introduced the absorbing liquid and
the absorbable gas. This bell was connected with a manometer by a tube of india-
rubber, and after the establishment of the required pressure, could be separated
from the manometer and shaken by the observer a long time, for producing the
total absorption. This construction had two great imperfections ne Fy it did not
admit of a pressure of more than three atmospheres without forcing the joint; and
2Qndly, the long contact of the hands of the observer with the bell made yery un-
certain the evaluation of the temperature of the gaseous volume before and after the
absorption. Saussure repeated the experiments of Dr. Henry without changing
considerably his apparatus, and came naturally to the same result. Nearly forty
years after, Prof. Bunsen, of Heidelberg, made a valuable series of experiments on
the absorption of gases at different temperatures, but the ingenious apparatus he
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 35
invented for this purpose could be employed only under the ordinary pressure of
one atmosphere, and left untouched the relation established by Dr. Henry and Dal-
ton between absorption and pressure. Lately Messrs. Roscoe, Ditmar, and Simms
have made very interesting investigations on the absorption of some highly absorb-
able gases, and showed that the law of Henry and Dalton is only exact for elevated
temperatures. That was the reason which induced my friend Dr. Louguinine and
myself to undertake a new series of experiments on a gas not so absorbable as
those investigated by Messrs. Roscoe, Ditmar, and Simms—namely, on carbonic
acid gas,
Before all it was absolutely necessary to construct an apparatus which should
not have the aboye-mentioned imperfections of the apparatus of our celebrated
predecessor Dr. Henry, It was evident that it must consist of a glass vessel ex-
actly gauged and arranged in such a manner as to be easily put in connexion with
a large manometer, and separated from it in a yery short time. Secondly, the
absorption must be produced, not by shaking the apparatus by the hand, but by
moving it mechanically in a space with an invariable temperature. The first re-
quirement was easily obtained by luting to the open end of our absorption-bell an
iron tube with a cork, and the second by taking the precaution of making the con-
tact of the absorbing liquid and the absorbable eas yery perfect by revolving the
glass vessel, containing the liquid and the gas, in a great mass of water, maintained
constantly at the same temperature. These are the two principal differences between
our apparatus and those of our predecessors; and without entering into more details
on our experiments, executed at the Collége de France in the laboratory of M. Reg-
nault, I pass directly to the results we obtained for carbonic acid gas, and at the
temperature of 15° C. or 59° F,
If we designate by «, the coefficient of absorption of a given gas under the pres-
sure P,, and by a, the coefficient of the same kind, but under a higher pressure P,,
ce, >
by the law of Henry and Dalton we must have #,:«,=P,:P,, or ao or
1 1
a—b=0; if we designate by a, £*, and by d, 5". ‘The following Table contains
n—1 nv 1
the yalues of a and b given by our experiments :—
a. b. a—b.
UGA overs Aidaienle Ii is (9) oA Wane . 00712 -
11R 8 V5] BESO tal otc 22010 lee cor rire 071271
DBD908 |) cons DBIOG8) > sas 0:1885
SHORT: eays.et 986904. ieee 0:2108
Cee | Ga anee 31869 © ocaesit OB27b
SiGQOOe tae. SAOES Suara, 0:2982
SOR rl ct ek Se OGOED lear treate 0:2746
ADAQT co gig wane GRRE La cies v Oa lLom
As 71BCLilan veinc mote gr sag OonOL
Tn spite of some small anomalies presented by these numbers, it is evident that the
difference a—b is constantly increasing with the pressure, so that this discrepancy
with the law of Henry and Dalton cannot be ascribed exclusively to the inevitable
errors of observation.
From the moment that the carbonic acid gas was liquefied, it was evident that
its coefficient cf absorption by liquids must be zero for two different pressures.
First, for a pressure of nearly zero; and second, for the pressure which reduced
the eas, at a given temperature, to a liquid state. But if so, it was also evident
that the relation between the coefficient of absorption and the pressure could not
be a simple algebraical and lineal function of these variables, as it was supposed
by Henry and Dalton, but that this relation could be more nearly expressed by
a=A+BP+CP?,
which for «=0 must give two positive and real values for P, and also
. a= —A+BP—CP? and B>A and C<B,
‘Applying to this equation, for the different values of # and P obtained by our
J : ae
36 REPORT—1867.
experiments, the method of least squares, we find for A, B, and C the following
values :— -
A= —0-13259174 with mean probable errors for A= +-0:01520946
B= +4 21442268 with mean probable errors for B= +-0:01393995
C= —0:01982625 with mean probable errors for C= +-0:00285004. :
These values of A, B, and C being put in the equation #=0, give us the two nume-
rical expressions of P, which render the coefficient of absorption equal to zero,
namely, P=0:109 atm. and P=61:144 atm. At the same timewe see that « becomes
a maximum for P =30°66 atm., and that for this pressure it will be nearly 18 times
greater than when P=1. The value of P=G1 atm. is evidently the pressure required
for the liquefaction of carbonic acid gas at the temperature of 15° C., and we have
no direct experiments for the verification of this number; but if we take the ob-
servations of M. Regnault on the points of ebullition of liquid carbonic acid gas at
different pressures, we obtain the following Table :—
ae 3 Temperature, Press. in atm. Doteaee
of temperature. - of pressure.
se —73°3 C EEA fea le Red ;
TA Bt beh hoe aeaigir SehA eck Ss NT Ne ae
Aiialahih thks =A) () Pare Per tettue 111 E Saye 52
tee? ook “0 $09°9 mM, 1698. 3480 105
aU SCTE 12-2 Se, 96:8 These
UL dL pti doth geen, Yok ei pet ae Es 11-4
If we calculate by means of this Table the pressure necessary to liquefy carbonic
acid gas at the temperature of 15° C., we obtain exactly the number 61:1 atmo-
spheres.
Without attaching more importance than they deserve to the above-mentioned
numerical expressions of A, B, C, and & and P maxima, &c., which cannot be strictly
exact, as being concluded from a too limited series of experiments, I have mentioned
them only for showing that our method of experimentation can give us, in a com-
paratively easy way,—
1st. The values of pressure required for the liquefaction of gases; and,
Qndly. The numerical yalue of the maximum of absorption of every gas, vary-
ing only with the nature of the gas and with the temperature.
Preliminary Notice of Results on the Composition of Wheat grown for twenty
years in succession on the same Land. By J.B. Lawzs, LLLS., F.CS., and
J. H. Girserr, Ph.D., PRS. FCS.
These results had referencé to the produce of a field in which wheat had now
been grown, on some plots without manure, on one with farm-yard manure, and
on others by different artificial mixtures, for twenty-four years in succession
(1843-4 to 1866-7 inclusive). At the Cheltenham Meeting of the British Asso-
ciation in 1856, the authors treated of the effects of season and manures on the
composition of the crop as illustrated by the results of analysis relating to the
roduce of some of the plots during the first ten years of the experiments*. At the
Tanchester Meeting, in 1861, they recurred to the subject; the analytical results,
which then extended to the produce of some of the plots for sixteen years, were,
however, chiefly applied to the illustration of certain points in connexion with the
exhaustion of soils. At the Nottingham Meeting, in 1866, they treated of the
accumulation of the nitrogen of manure in the soil of the same experimental field.
The results adduced on the present occasion showed the effects of season and
manuring on the composition of both the grain and the straw during twenty years
of the experimental growth.
The particulars of composition given are—the percentages of dry substance,
of mineral matter, and of nitrogen, and the constituents of the ash of both grain
and straw, more than 200 complete ash-analyses being brought to bear on the
subject; and, side by side with these, as indicating the general characters of the
* “On some points in the Composition of Wheat-grain, its products in the Mill, and
Bread,” Journ, Chem, Soe. vol. x, :
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 37
produce of the different seasons and plots, are given the proportion of corn to
straw, and the weight per bushel of the corn.
In the case of the plots without manure, with farm-yard manure, and with
ammonia-salts alone, every year, the ash of the grain of the last sixteen, or more,
and of the straw of the last sixteen, of the twenty years, had been analyzed; and in
the case of nine differently manured plots (including the above three), the ash, of
both corn and straw, of the first, the last, and two intermediate seasons (one bad
and one good) of the last twelve of the twenty years had been analyzed. It was
the intention of the authors to publish the results of the investigation in detail
before long; and on the present occasion they confined attention to a few of the
most prominent effects of the respective manures on the composition of the crop,
when thus applied for so long a continuance, year after year, on the same plot.
It is first pointed out as remarkable, though fully established by their results
from the commencement, that variation in manure, even though maintained for
many years in succession, and resulting in great variation in amount of produce,
affects comparatively little either the proportion of corn to straw, or the weight
per bushel of the corn; excepting, indeed, in a few extreme cases of abnormal
exhaustion or repletion. Nor do the percentages of dry substance, of mineral
matter in dry substance, or of nitrogen in dry substance, vary much under the
direct influence of variation in manure, unless again in very abnormal cases.
Very different, however, is the effect of season; the variation i the character of
the produce, in every one of the above particulars, being much greater in different
seasons with the same manure, than with different manures in the same season.
Consistently with these broad facts, the composition of the ash of the grain is
found to be pretty uniform under a great variety of manurial conditions in one and
the same season; only in a few extreme cases, of special interest, varying in any
material degree. The same may be said in some, though in a much less degree,
of the composition of the ash of the straw, which is obviously much more directly
affected by the character of the supplies within the soil.
The general result is that (excepting in a few abnormal cases), the variation in
the-composition of the ash of the grain is limited to the slight variations due to
differences of development] and maturation, which, in their turn, are much
ereater with variation of season than with variation of manure. The composition
of the ash of the straw, on the other hand, much more nearly represents the total
mineral matters taken up by the plant, and much less the character of development
of its own more fixed and essential constituents. In other words, whilst there
may be considerable range in the composition of the matters taken up by the
entire plant, the tendency in the formation and ripening of the ultimate product,
the seed (whether produced in smail quantities or large), is to a fixed and uniform
composition, the deviation from which is little directly affected by the character of
the supplies within the soil, but much more by the various influences of season.
The deviations from the point of fixed and uniform composition, thus due pri-
marily to variations in climatic circumstance, are, however, when considered in
relation to other characters of the grain, sufficient to show the general connexion
between the comparative predominance of individual constituents and that of
certain general characters of development. A few illustrations were given, but the
fuller treatment of the subject, in its bearing on these as well as on other points,
was reserved until the results could be considered in the detail necessary to their
proper elucidation.
One point of interest prominently brought out by the results relating to the
composition of the straw-ash was, that a high percentage of silica was almost
uniformly associated with a bad, and a low percentage with a good condition of
the produce ; a fact to which the authors had on former occasions called attention,
but which, as was remarked by the President, was quite inconsistent with the
generally accepted views on the subject.
Notes of the Analyses of Gold Coins of Columbia, New Granada, Chili, and
Bolivia; with some account of the operations of Gold Mining in Nova
Scotia. By Guorce Lawson, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Chemistry, Dal-
house College, Halifax, UWS.
38 REPORT—1867.
On the present Uses of Lichens as Dye=stuffs.
By W. Lavopzr Linpsay, 4/.D., PRS. Hdinbd.; ZS.
The paper treats of the subject under two principal heads, viz. :—
I. The Commercial Dye-lichens and Lichen-dyes: and
II. The Domestic Dye-lichens and Lichen-dyes.
When the aniline colours were introduced some years ago, technologists pre-
dicted with confidence the rapid disuse of lichen-dyes, on the ground of the supe-
rior beauty and permanence, as well as abundance and cheapness, of the former. In
like manner, many years 2go, scientific authorities ventured to assert that if there
lingered then in the more remote corners or less accessible districts of Scotland
any vestige of the domestic or home-use of lichens as dye-stuffs—a practice which
at one time largely prevailed—such a rude procedure or custom would speedil
disappear before the march of civilization, the penetration of the Highlands by
railways, the establishment of regular steam communication between Edinburgh
or Glasgow and the western and northern islands, the cheapening and multipli-
cation of coal-tar and other dye-stuffs, and of the printed goods (woollen and
cotton) of Glasgow and Manchester, Hawick, and Leeds. Investigations made
in the course of collecting materials for a work on British Lichenology, in pre-
paration by the author (including the results of an examination of the Inter-
national Exhibitions of London and Paris, an inspection of the orchill manufactory
of Messrs. Burton and Garraway of Bethnal Green, London, and of a tour through
the Hebrides, Orkney, and Shetland in May and June 1866) have led him to the.
conclusion that all such predictions or assertions, whether regarding lichens as
commercial or domestic dye-stuffs in England and Scotland, are at least premature,
and that there is abundant evidence of a long future of usefulness for lichen dye-
stuffs in this and other countries.
Under the head of
I. Commercial Dye-lichens and Lichen-dyes,
the author’s chief propositions are the following :—
1. French colorists especially appear to have devised new processes for ensuring
permanence of lichen-dyes, whereby they can now quite compete in this
respect with the aniline colours, to which they have never been inferior in
point of beau
2. New forms of lichen-dyes have been patented; especially combinations of
orchill liquor, or its equivalent, with alkalies or earths in the form of lakes,
whereof the most familiar and important is that known as ‘‘French purple,”
the patent of Messrs. Guinon, Marnas, and Bonnet of Lyons, by whom it was
exhibited in London in 1862.
. While the older dye-lichens have gradually been given up, new and more
valuable tinctorial species have been introduced: or the use of some of those
which were at one time little familiar, has now become greatly extended,
Manufacturers now import almost exclusively the 2occelle ; and for the most
part Roccella fuciformis, or its allies or varieties, as these occur on érees in
tropical or subtropical countries, near the coasts.
4, The finest tinctorial forms of Roccedla are Equatorial, growing within the limits
of 10° north and south of the Line. ;
. The “orchella weeds,” at present of greatest value in the British market, are
ja)
Cr
. Mozambique, +
. Ceylon, |
Angola, \
. Lima at jescil
Bombay ( ©14@, ]
pO NO
4
. Cape Verde,
6. The principal importers of “ orchella weeds” are the Portuguese, French,
and English.
7. The same species of Roccella possesses yery different tinctorial qualities,
according to its geographical source.
a
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 39
8. Itis impossible to foretell or estimate the colorific value of any given new sam-
ple of “ orchella weed ” by any tests or series of chemical or other experiments
onthe small scale. It can be determined only by manufacture on the large scale ;
and as this is an experiment that necessarily involves the risk of heavy pecu-
niary loss, it is not surprising that new materials and new processes are
accepted or adopted with unusual tardiness or caution,
9. The substitution, as an article of import, of the colorific principles for the
bulky dye-lichens themselves has not yet been adopted by manufacturers,
though recommended strongly by chemists.
10. New commercial sources of valuable tinctorial Roccelle have been discovered
—new markets opened up. Their present chief geographical sources are,
1. Africa and its islands.
2, South America; and
8. India and its islands.
11. The commercial sources of “ orchella weeds” of the finest quality may yet be
greatly multiplied, and are so far from being exhausted, that they cannot yet
be said to be fully developed or discovered.
12. The only visible effect of competition with other dye-stuffs has been greatly .
to reduce the market value of “ orcheila-weeds.”
15. Nevertheless, their products—French purple, orchill, and cudbear—are suc-
cessfully competing with the aniline, and all other colours, of their class
hitherto introduced.
14. So far from being superseded, the import of dye-lichens and manufacture of
lichen-dyes in Europe is, perhaps, now more extensive and more flourishing
than at any previous period.
15, The manufacture of lichen-dyes in this country has not reached perfection ;
and if with all their imperfections of manufacture they can successfully com-
pete with aniline, whose preparation and applications are much more highly
scientific, they have little reason to fear competition in the future, when
applied chemistry shall have lent its aid to their proper production and
applications.
Waller the head of
Il. Domestic Dye-lichens and Lichen-dyes,
the author's chief propositions are as follow :—
1. The domestic use of lichen-dyes is prevalent over whole districts in Scotland,
—eyen in and around large seaports, which have steam communication with
Glasgow or Edinburgh, sometimes two or three times a week (e. g. Stornoway),
and which may be presumed therefore to be well supplied with the cheapest
and most abundant products of British manufacture.
. In the outer Hebrides (Lewis and Harris) “ Crottle *” (Parmelia saxatilis)
is universally used in the dyeing of
bo
a. “ Kelt,” a home-made cloth.
b. Stockings and socks.
c. Polkas and scarfs.
d. Hearthrugs and other articles.
3. The articles of clothing so dyed are disposed of by barter to the merchants
* The term “ Crottle” or “Crotal” is also applicable generically to dye-lichens. With
various descriptive prefixes, it has been, or is, applied in different parts of the United
Kingdom to other species of Parmelia, as well as to species of other genera, ¢.., to
Parmelia saxatilis, var. omphalodes = black crottle.
P. physodes = dark crottle.
P. caperata = stone crottle.
Lecanora tartarea = (par excellence) crottle.
L. parella = light crottle.
Isidium corallinum = white crottle.
Sticta pulinonacea = hazel crotile.
Vide the author’s work on ‘ British Lichens’ (1856), p. 336.
40 REPORT—1867.
of Stornoway; and are subsequently to be met with in the southern markets
(e. g. Glasgow).
4, Cudbear is also largely used in the same islands (Lewis and Harris), being
imported from southern markets via Glasgow.
5. In Caithness and Sutherland a similar use is made of “ Crottle,” Thurso
being the market and seaport to which the home-dyed produce is consigned
by barter. :
6. Similar use is made of “Crottle” and other lichens (e. g. Lecanora tartarea,
Ramalina scopulorum, Sticta pulmonacea), in Lochaber, Badenoch, and other
parts of the Scottish Highlands. é
7. The process of dyeing varies greatly in different districts, ammoniacal mace-
ration being apparently unknown in the Hebrides, while it is or was generally
adopted in the central Highlands.
The conclusion of the paper is occupied with observations on the present unsa-
tisfactory character or condition of
1. The chemistry of lichens, and more especially of the lichen-dyes.
2, The lichen-exhibitions in our national Museums; and
3. Lichenological literature; so far at least as this is represented by standard
works of reference—Botanical and Chemical.
In regard to the first subject of complaint, he advocates a new series of re-
searches to be undertaken conjointly by competent chemists and lichenologists, so that
the one may assist or correct the investigations of the other: in reference to the
second, a systematic arrangement, by competent lichenologists and chemists, with
proper periodic supervision and rearrangement; and as concerns the third, the
consultation, by compilers, of original recent works of research instead of repe-
tition at second hand of the obsolete notions and errors of the earlier authors.
On a New Synthesis of Ammonia. By P. T. Maryn and A. R. Carron.
Note on the Artificial Production of Oil of Cinnamon.
By W. L, Scorr.
On the Bisulphite of Calcium as a Preservative of Animal Substances,
By W. 1. Scorr.
On a Compound formed by the direct union of Aldehyde and Anhydrous Prussic
Acid, By Maxwett Simpson, MD., F.RS., and A. Gavrier, M.D.
The synthesis of alanin from aldehydate of ammonia, prussic and hydrochloric
acids, and the formation of lactic acid by the action of the same acids upon alde-
hyde, render highly probable the existence of an intermediate body, resulting from
the direct union of prussic acid and aldehyde, the formation of which constitutes
the first phase in these reactions. It is this body which forms the subject of the
present paper.
If one molecule of anhydrous hydrocyanic acid be added to one molecule of dry
aldehyde, contained in a balloon surrounded with a freezing mixture, the two
liquids mix without combining chemically, and their chemical combination is not
accelerated by heating at 106° C. If, however, we leave them in contact for ten
or twelve days at the ordinary temperature of the air, they gradually unite, form-
ing a perfectly transparent and colourless liquid. On subjecting this to distillation,
it was observed that hardly a drop passed over under 100°; a small quantity be-
tween 160° and 174°, and the remainder of the liquid between 174° and 185° C.
On redistilling the latter portion it was found that the greater part passed over at
about 183°C. A considerable quantity, however, came over between 40° and 60°,
consisting principally of the parent bodies, which had been dissociated by the
simple vaporization of the liquid. On leaving these bodies thus dissociated once
more in contact for. some days, the point of ebullition rose as before to 183° C,
* The liquid was distil ed with great rapidity,
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. Al
The fractions distilling at 180° and between 185° and 184° C.* gave on analysis the
following results :—
Product boiling Product boiling Theory,
at 180° C. between 183°-184° C. CNH,C,H,0.
Ce AD Sir oreo OL TOG een ant 50°71
FA, AA civreiorsi sts © his GAL ap vata: oe 7:04
Nee ZO are ctale ier Weomet c 19°83
These analyses prove that the body in question results from the direct combina-
tion of one molecule of aldehyde and one molecule of prussic acid, or at least of
equal numbers of molecules of these bodies, and that its point of ebullition is inter-
mediate between 180° and 184°. We have tried the above experiments on mix-
tures containing the two generating bodies in various proportions, but always with
the production of the same compound. The name we propose for this body is
cyanhydrate of aldehyde, which is simply founded upon its synthetical formation.
Properties—The cyanhydrate of aldehyde is a colourless liquid, having a faint
odour of its generators; it has a bitter and acrid taste ; it does not crystallize at
—21° C., but becomes syrupy. It can bear the temperature of 150° for a considerable
time without suffering decomposition ; at 180°, however, slight dissociation com-
mences, and the liquid must be rapidly distilled in order to avoid the loss of a
considerable quantity. It is soluble in all proportions in water and alcohol. It
may be heated with water in a sealed tube to 150° without suffering the slightest
decomposition, and the entire liquid can be recovered by distillation. Caustic pot-
ash appears to separate it into its two generators, forming cyanide of potassium
and resin of aldehyde. A little ammonia is also evolved, owing probably to the
decomposition of the cyanide of potassium.
Gaseous ammonia is absorbed by cyanhydrate of aldehyde, with the production
of a base, which gives a precipitate with bichloride of platinum. Our analyses of
this salt have not yet enabled us to ascertain the composition of the hase.
A strong solution of hydrochloric acid acts with great violence at the ordinary
temperature of the air upon cyanhydrate of aldehyde. If, however, the cyanhydrate
be introduced into a balloon surrounded by a freezing mixture, and the hydrochloric
acid be added gradually, the two liquids mix without any reaction taking place.
On removing the balloon from the freezing mixture and placing it in water at the
ordinary temperature, the reaction soon commences, and proceeds gradually till the
entire liquid becomes a mass of crystals. These were twice treated with absolute
alcohol in order to separate the chloride of ammonium which is formed. On eva-
orating the alcoholic solution a syrupy liquid was obtained, which was saturated
at 100° with pure oxide of zinc and filtered. The filtered liquid gaye, on cooling,
a mass of beautiful prismatic crystals. These were recrystallized, heated in an
oil-bath to 150° C., and analyzed. The numbers obtained prove that the body in
question was the lactate of zinc, as will be seen from the following Table :—
Experi- Theory,
ment. C,H,Zn0,.
CE 29' SE Pr. fortes 29°65
1S oa eo OG DIC 4:13
Diet AO Ge CMO Sea SS 26°75
The following equation explains the formation of this acid ;—
C,H,0, HON+HC1+2(.0)=C,H,O +NH,CL
The insolubility of this salt in alcohol, its non-decomposition at 150°, and its crys-
talline form, suticiently prove that the acid combined with the zinc was the lactic
acid of fermentation, and not the sarcolactic.
The behaviour of cyanhydrine of aldehyde towards hydrochloric acid and caustic
potash, proves that it is isomeric and not identical with the cyanhydrine of glycol
discovered by Wislicenus,
We have endeayoured to obtain the vyapour-density of this body by Dumas’s
method, but without success. On heating the balloon containing our body to.
210° in an oil-bath, we observed, on removing it from the bath, that the aldehyde
had been converted into a resin. On deducting its weight from the weight of the
balloon, the density of the vapour approached very near that of prussic acid. It
appears to us, however, to be sufliciently proved that this compound contains only
AQ REPORT—1867.
one molecule of each of the parent bodies, from the fact that it gives lactic acid
with hydrochloric acid, and that it separates by the action of heat into prussic acid
and ordinary aldehyde, and not into a polymer of aldehyde such as elaldehyde or
paraldehyde.
The cyanhydrate of aldehyde is, in our opinion, a very striking example of an
organic compound which the temperature of vaporization decomposes, and the
prolonged action of time reconstructs.
On the Formation of Succinic Acid from Chloride of Ethylidene.
By Maxwett Simpson, M.D., FBS.
Some years ago* I ascertained that when bromide of ethylene is successively
treated with cyanide of potassium and caustic potash, ordinary succinic acid is
formed. This reaction has since been confirmed by M. Geuther t, who, however,
employed chloride instead of bromide of ethylene.
It occurred to me that it would be interesting to ascertain whether the chloride
of ethylidene would, when subjected to the same treatment, produce the same or
an isomeric acid. One would naturally expect the latter result, seeing that the
constitution of the chloride of ethylidene is different from that of the chloride of
ethylene. The following formule will make this intelligible, and show the pro-
bable constitution of the isomeric acid :—
CH,Cl CH,Cy CH,(COOH)'
| |
CH,Cl CH,Cy CH,(COOH)'
Chloride of Cyanide of Ordinary
ethylene. ethylene. succinic acid.
CH, CH, CH,
|
bre, CHCy, bacon,
Chloride of Cyanide of Isomerie acid.
ethylidene. ethylidene.
It is to be observed that in the transformation of cyanide of ethylene into ordi-
nary succinic acid, the group COOH takes the place of each equivalent of cyanogen.
In the transformation of cyanide of ethylidene, it is to be supposed: that the
cyanogen is replaced in a similar manner, with the formation of an isomeric acid.
In order to determine this point, I made the following experiments :—
A mixture of one equivalent of pure chloride of ethyle chloré, which is identical
with the chloride of ethylidene, two equivalents of pure cyanide of potassium, and
a large quantity of alcohol was exposed in a sealed matrass for twenty-seven hours
to a temperature ranging between 160° and 180° Cent. I had previously ascer-
tained that a high temperature was necessary in order to produce a reaction, At
the expiration of the above-mentioned time the matrass was opened and its con-
tents filtered. The filtered liquor was then treated with solid potash, and after-
wards exposed to the temperature of a water-bath till ammonia ceased to be
evolved. When this was observed, the alcohol was distilled off, and nitric acid
added in excess to the residue. Finally, this was evaporated to dryness at a low
temperature, and the liberated organic acid taken up by alcohol. By dissolving
in absolute alcohol, and crystallizing from water, the acid was obtained quite pure.
The quantity of acid formed was not large. Dried at 100° Cent., it gave the
following numbers on analysis :—
Theory.
Succinie acid. Experiment.
per cent.
C} 48 40:67 40-86
He 6 5:10 5:55
Ot 64 54-23 Se
118 = 100-00
* Philosophical Transactions for 1861.
+ Annalen der Chemie und Pharmacie, Band esx, §. 268.
a
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 48
{t had, then, the composition of succinic acid. That it was the ordinary acid
was sufficiently proved by the following properties and reactions:—It melted at
179° Cent., and sublimed in the form of needles on the application of a higher
temperature. ‘The vapour produced, on being inhaled, instant coughing and a
painful sensation in the nostrils. The neutralized acid gave an abundant brown
precipitate on the addition of perchloride of iron. This test was tried both before
and after the body in question had been ‘treated with nitric acid, and with the
same result.
The only explanation I can give of ‘the formation of ordinary succinic acid in
this case is, that the chloride of ethyle chloré was,-in presence of the cyanide of
potassium, partially converted, by the high temperature to which it had been sub-
jected, into chloride of ethylene, one equivalent of hydrogen. changing its place
with one equivalent of chlorine :-— _
OH, CHCl
lien
drt, OH,Cl.
Since the above was written I perceive that M.- Wichelhaus* has formed the
isomeric acid from cyanpropionic acid. The difference between it and the ordinary
acid is well marked. Its melting-point is 40° lower, and it does not, when neutra-
lized, give a precipitate with perchloride of iron.
These results correspond, to a certain extent, with the researches of M. Caventou,
who has shown that ordinary glycol can be obtained from the bromide of ethyle
-bromé.
On the Gaseous Products of the destructive distillation of Hydrocarbons,
obtained from Shales and Coals at Low and High Temperatures. By QR.
F. Sar.
On the Economization of Sulphurous Acid in Copper Smelting.
By Prrer Spence, £0.85,
Lord Derby (in 1861) obtained the appointment of a committee of the House of
Lords for obtaining evidence as to the noxious vapours from chemical and other
works. That investigation, carried over many months, resulted in the passing of
the Alkali Works Act, so ably and successfully carried out by Dr. Angus Smith
as inspector. ‘
A large amount of evidence was elicited by the committee as to the emission of
sulphurous acid and arsenious acid from the copper smelting works of Swansea
and other parts of the kingdom, but no legislation was adopted as to these works,
because, with the exception of the writer of this paper, all the witnesses testified
to there being no practicable means of suppressing the acknowledged nuisance
without destroying the trade.
The object of this paper is to show that the means then proposed to the Lords’
Committee by the writer for, to a large extent, suppressing this nuisance, by the
conversion of the sulphurous acid into sulphuric acid by the aid of furnaces of the
writer's invention, have since then been in large and successful operation at the
Goole Alum and Smelting Company’s works at Goole in Yorkshire, who are at
this present time smelting 200 tons per week of copper ores, four-fifths of the
sulphur which these ores contain being converted into sulphuric acid.
About two months previous to the reading of this paper the writer sent one of
his chemical assistants to Goole to superintend, duringa month, some large expe-
riments in the ordinary course of work, analyzing the results at every stage, so that
reliable data might be obtained.
One of these experiments is given, and as it is typical of the general operations,
it may be taken as indicating what is being done.
10 tons Cornish ores, containing 19 per cent. sulphur.
151 tons Spanish smalls, containing 47 per cent. sulphur.
24 tons.
x Zeitschrift fir Chemie, Neue Folge iii. Band, 8. 247.
4A. REPORT—1867.
Total sulphur.
; Tons. ewt. qrs. lbs.
These ores mixed gave 33°3 per cent. of sulphur........= 8 0 0 0
The ore calcined, the SO, all going to the vitriol chamber,
yielded 22 tons calcined ore, containing 8 per cent.
SLUR Tpit neta fetes aislsce = 6.2190 n> >All wield legesell jaeoss = 11 0 0
The whole smelted gave of regulus 2 tons 15 cwt., contain-
ing 28 per cent. sulphur....... BPRAAB YA aipjecals solos cateme Opal ule)
HOSS (OF Sulphur Wn tHS SbARC: vi asta oisletn atsinnaie uiakein le) /ayarar 019 2 8
The 2 tons 15 cwt. regulus was calcined, the SO, again
going to the vitriol chamber, and gave 2 tons 10 cwt. con-
famine 9 per cent. sulphunsi. .\./. ss, essisiele es 0/20 «ia = 0 4 220
All which must be dissipated—loss .,...........00s000% 154% 0
Sulphur economized ,......... .. 615 3 0
Or 0 0
Sulphur economized........ 84:8 per cent.
Pulphurthost os a. es eae 15-4 per cent.
On the Preservation of Stone. Ly Joun Spritzer, FCS.
For several years past the author has been studying the causes of the decay of
stone, and experimenting with such chemical reagents as appeared to offer any
promise of being usefully applied as means of prevention. At an early stage of
the investigation it seemed probable that the corrosive action of sulphurous and
sulphuric acids in the atmosphere, resulting from the combustion of coal fuel,
would operate, in large towns especially, in a destructive manner upon dolomite
and the numerous class of limestones commonly employed in public buildings.
This chemical action, aided by the simultaneous attack of carbonic acid and mois-
ture, and in’ the winter season further supplemented by the disintegrating effects
of frost, are conceived to furnish a sufficient explanation of all the facts observed.
Dr. Angus Smith, My. Spence, and others haying already directed attention to the
immense scale of production of these sulphur-acids, the author proceeded to quote
statistical data showing the extent or degree of pollution of the air from this cause
in the manufacturing districts of Lancashire. Numerous samples of dolomite,
Caen, Bath, and Portland stones fresh from the quarry have been tested, but with-
out finding more than a trace of ready-formed sulphate, whereas scrapings taken
from the decayed portions of the stone of the New Palace at Westminster were
bitter to the taste, in consequence of the comparatively large amount of sulphate
of magnesia formed during afew years’ exposure to the sulphurous gases occurring
in a metropolitan atmosphere. Caen stone from several buildings and localities,
Portland stone, and even old faces of chalk cliff in the neighbourhood of Woolwich,
were in like manner found to contain appreciable quantities of the sulphate of
lime, haying undoubtedly a similar origin. A close examination into the circum-
stances attending the decay of stone at the Houses of Parliarhent invariably shows
an increased liability to corrosion under the projecting eaves and mouldings, and
at such sheltered parts of the stone surfaces as are usually covered with soot and
dust, and are in a position to retain for the longest period the moisture absorbed
during a season of rain, In many cases the disintegrated stone exhibits white
crystals of the sulphate of magnesia, which alternately dissolving and recrystal-
lizing in the pores of the stone, may be conceived to exert a disruptive action
sufficient to account for the scaling and fracture of the dolomite, which has been
so often observed. With the view of overcoming some of these difficulties, the
author submitted a plan to the Royal Commissioners charged with inquiring into
the decay of stone at Westminster, in May 1861, which consisted in the applica-
tion to the cleaned surfaces of the stone of an aqueous solution of superphosphate
of lime—a salt remarkable for its action in hardening the surfaces of chalk, Caen
stone, or other calcareous building-stone to which it may be applied, either hy
brushing or immersion, and which acts upon the carbonate of lime in the stone,
ee
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 45
giving rise to the formation of Bideker’s salt (crystallized diphosphate of lime—
2CaO, HO, PO, + 4Aq). This suggestion received a practical trial at the
Houses of Parliament, in a competition to which five other candidates were
admitted by the Right Hon. the First Commissioner of Her Majesty’s Works in
April 1864.
Another promising scheme for the treatment of the decayed stone, especially
applicable to dolomite, consists in the employment of baryta conjointly with the
hardening salt, so that a base may be presented which is endowed with the power
of destroying the soluble sulphate of magnesia in the pores of the stone, forming
with it the remarkably insoluble sulphate of baryta, and at the same time engaging
the magnesia in one of its most difficultly soluble combinations. On a recent
occasion this process was applied to some Caen-stone facings at St. John’s Church,
Woolwich, which were badly decayed. Several examples of the application of
the superphosphate to decayed Caen, stone were referred to; and with respect to
Portland stone, the earliest experiments were said to have been made at the Army
Clothing Establishment, Woolwich, where (in 1861) some decayed window-sills
were treated with perfect success.
In connexion with the treatment of Portland stone, some interesting results
were then described, which serve to illustrate the increased hardness and strength,
and the diminished rate and capacity of water-absorption attending the employ-
ment of the superphosphate. By treating small cubes of Portland stone with the
phosphate solution, and when dry subjecting them to gradually increasing pressure
until crushed between plates of lead in the American Testing Machine at the
Royal Gun Factory, it was found that the breaking weight of the stone was aug-
mented by 50 per cent. The increased hardness of the stone after treatment could
be readily ascertained by scratching with a pointed instrument of copper, which
metal proved to possess a degree of hardness intermediate between the original
and treated Portland stones. The porosity of the stone, as indicated by the
amount of water absorbed, proved to be greatly diminished in the case of the
treated cubes. The advantage of the process is most clearly apparent in the denser
and more compact variety of Portland known as the “ Whit Bed,” which alone is
employed for external building purposes; that known as the “ Base Bed,” is softer,
and only fit for internal decoration, and its texture is so porous that in becoming
saturated it absorbs nearly 10 per cent. of water. Samples of Mansfield dolomite
absorbed amounts of water varying in different specimens from 6 to 8 per cent.
After treatment by this process, the degree of absorption was reduced one half, and-
the results were even more favourable in the case of Caen stone. The cost of
materials employed in the treatment of stone according to this plan is very trifling,
and bears but a small proportion to the cost of labour necessarily expended upon
the cleaning and preliminary preparation of the stone before the solution can be
applied. One gallon of solution will cover about 250 feet superficial, when two
coatings are applied upon Caen or Portland stone. The superphosphate employed
_ must not contain any appreciable amount of sulphuric acid, and the specific gravity
of the solution, when diluted for use, should be about 1:1.
On certain New Processes in Photography. By Joun Srrttzr, F.C.S.
Under this head were described several interesting improvements in photography,
based on the chemistry of gelatine. The processes to which reference was made
were the various modifications of the Woodbury type, including the new method
of micro-photo-sculpture, the art of photolithography, as practised in the Royal
Arsenal at Woolwich, and some illustrations of the use of gelatine or albumen, on
a foundation of silk, satin, or cambric, the work of Mr. H. B. Pritchard, of the War
Department. The Hon. H. Fox Talbot was one of the first to describe and make
a practical use of the action of light upon a mixture of gelatine and a soluble
bichromate, and after him Col. Sir H. James, Mr. Swan, of Newcastle, and Mr.
Woodbury, of Manchester, haye applied the same chemical principle in new direc-
tions. It is known that the chemical rays of light have the effect of rendering
insoluble gelatine to whieh a bichromate has been added; and it would appear that
this oxidizing salt hardens the animal substance by forming with it a combination
46 REPORT—1867.
of chromic oxide. In proof of this view, it may be stated that Mr. Swan has lately -
devised a mode of working, in which a minute quantity of chrome alum or sulphate
of chromium is used instead of the red chromate, and it is found that, when dried,
this mixture is not again affected by water. The carbon prints of Mr. Swan, which
were exhibited last year at Nottingham, are illustrations of the use of a chromate
in conjunction with gelatine and pigments. Mr. Woodbury’s process is also based
on the insolubility of the chromo-gelatine after exposure to light, and upon the:
subsequent action of water upon a sensitive film, which has been in different degrees
influenced by insolation under an ordinary photographic negative. The depths of
tint in the original are represented by variations in the thiekness of the film of
gelatine left unacted upon by water, and this dried may then be used as a matrix
to produce a corresponding series of depressions upon a surface of lead or type-
metal by the aid of a powerful hydraulic press. The blocks so produced serve for
printing off a great number of proofs when they are liberally “ inked” with warm
gelatine, highly charged with Franifort black or other suitable pigment, and pressed
down upon a smooth sheet of paper until the excess of ink is forced out on all four
sides of the block and so removed from the space constituting the area of the pic-
ture, which, when set, is, lastly, protected with a varnish of collodion,
Mr. Woodbury has lately perfected 2 modification of his process, which is. ap-
plicable to the representation in high relief of microscopic objects. The method
consists in spreading a warm solution of gelatine, containing a little sugar and
bichromate of potash, over a glass plate previously coated with collodion, The
film sets on cooling, and is then placed in contact with an ordinary photographic
negative of the microscopic objects to be delineated, exposed to light, submitted as
before to the action of water, and the soluble portions washed away. When the
surface moisture has evaporated, a mixture of plaster of Paris, containing a small
proportion of alum, is poured over the relief to the thickness of half an inch, and
left to set. When dry it will be found, owing to the alum in the plaster harden-
ing the surface of the gelatine directly on coming in contact therewith, to leave the
gelatine easily, without any fear of adhesion. To give a finished appearance to
the resulting casts, this intaglio, when dry, may be placed in a lathe, and a suit-
able border turned on it, which will be represented in the resulting proofs by a
raised border, similar to what is seen on medallions or plaster casts, The name of
the object may also be neatly engraved on the intaglio, to appear in raised cha-
racters on the reliefs. This intaglio should then be well waxed to fill up the pores,
and is ready for taking any number of impressions in plaster; or a better plan is to
take one in plaster, and having smoothed away any defects, to mould a reverse in
sulphur, which will give a greater number of fine impressions. The progress made
during the year in perfecting the details of photolithography have led to the
practical use of this art as a means of procuring on a reduced scale printed repro-
ductions of the large series of lithographs issued for the use of the British army by
the Royal Carriage Department. The steps followed in conducting this process
were briefly described, and a variety of illustrations produced at a very low cost
were exhibited. The issue of these photolithographs by the War Department has:
already attained to many thousands.
Synthesis of Caproie Acid. By J. Aurrep Wanxtyy and Rosert Scuenx.
Mercury-amyl was pepe by the process of Frankland and Duppa, and con-
yerted into zinc-amyl by prolonged digestion with zine.
The purity of the mercury-amyl had been guaranteed by a determination of mer-
cury which agreed with the theory,
The zinc-amyl was sealed up with sodium and heated in the water-bath. The
action of the sodium is very slow. Having prepared sodium-amyl, we exposed it
to the action of dry carbonic acid, which acted energetically, evolving heat.. The
product of the reaction was treated with water, evaporated down to dryness, and
the residue distilled with dilute sulphuric acid. An oily acid distilled over, and
was converted into a baryta salt. The baryta salt was submitted to analysis, giving
results concordant with the theory. Carbonic acid, therefore, behaves with sodium-
amyl just as with sodium-ethyl and sodium-methyl,
CO,+NaC;H,,=C,H,,Na0,,
-
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 47
On the Existence of Putrescible Matter in River and Lake Waters.
By J. Aurrep WANKLYN.
Action of Sodium on Valerianic and similar Ethers.
By J, Aurrep WANKLYN.
On the Electrical Resistances of the Fixed and Volatile Oils*,
By T. T. P. Bruck Warren.
The want of an acknowledged and reliable means of recognizing the purity or
condition of samples of oils has long been felt by pharmaceutists. No tests, or
system of tests at present used,.are free from objection. An inspection of the optical
characters of the oils, whether fixed or volatile, will be sufficient to confirm the
truth of this observation.
The polariscope has at best a very limited scope of application, whilst the deter-
mination of the refractive or dispersive qualities requires such precise adjustments
that the suitability either of the one or the other for the purposes of a technical
test may be fairly questioned. The refractive power of the oils, both fixed and
volatile, has so small a variation, that the difference produced on the refractive
power of any oil by the addition of a small quantity of another, would he barely
perceptible. The objection against the measurement of the dispersive action as a
means of expressing the value of an oil is, that the determination of the differences
of indices of refraction for the extreme rays is at once tedious and unreliable; the
scale of dispersions offers, however, a much wider range of differences.
It is probable that the comparison of two samples of oil by the irrationalities of
their dispersion is worthy of some attention. The author is not aware of its being
applied as a test; but the samples could stand side by side with respect to the
illuminating source, and their spectra projected side by side could be easily observed
and compared.
Although bromine and iodine exert on some of the essential oils chemically
characteristic effects, it does not appear certain to what extent the action may be
modified by the addition of small quantities of other oils; consequently the che-
mical phenomena, as well as a knowledge of their specific eravities and boiling-
points, cannot be considered as offering any assistance to the detection of accidental
or intentional impurities when existing in small quantities,
The process which the author submitted is one which has given great satis-
faction in all the experiments which he has made, and was suggested by a discovery
due to M. Rousseau, quoted by De la Rive, ‘ that olive-oil, when mixed with =1,
part its yolume of oil of poppies, increased the number of vibrations of a magnetic
needle in a given time, when the same was included or made to form part of a
yoltaic circuit.” This isolated fact would be of service for the determination of
the purity of olive-oil, if oil of poppies were the only sophisticating ingredient.
The adulterants of the volatile oils are principally turpentine and alcohol F,
Compared with any of the essential oils, turpentine has an immense resistance,
whilst that of aleohol is enormously lower than any of them, except perhaps that
of oil of bitter almonds, which is so low that he did not measure it.
The importance of this general fact is at once apparent, since the addition either
of alcohol or turpentine in the smallest quantity is readily detected; and the quan-
tity denoted by the variation in the deflection, either when compared with a standard
of known purity, or by the resistances themselves.
The oils of lemon and bergamot, when mixed with a small proportion of tur-
pentine, do not, however, show such marked differences as the generality of the
essential oils.
The addition of turpentine to oil of lavender is more strongly marked by this test
than in any other case.
The effects produced by mixing different specimens of the same oil together are
* Published dz eatenso in the ‘ Chemical News’ for Sept. 20, 1867,
t The foreign oils are no doubt sometimes entirely substituted for the English oils, or
largely diluted with them,
48 REPORT—1867.
also perceptible ; thus the German oils of peppermint, or foreign samples of lavender-
oil, produce modifications in the electrolysis.
The bleached oils have even a lower conducting power than the unbleached oils ;
and in this respect olive-oil possesses a greater difference than almond-oil. It is
not easy to explain this.
A singular difference exists between the Italian and the East Indian castor-oils.
This difference will enable one to detect a very small percentage of the one added
to the other.
Cotton-seed-oil and oil of poppy, as well as turpentine, are so rapidly altered in
their conducting power by electrolysis, that there is not the slightest difficulty in
recoenizing them in samples-of oil.
Olive-oil, when free from cotton-seed-oil or oil of poppy, has its resistance in-
creased by electrification; but if the smallest quantity of either of them exist in a
oe of oliye-oil, it produces a contrary effect by a prolonged contact with the
attery.
These results of electrolysis are alone important in determining the condition of
a sample of olive-oil.
On a New Manufacturing Process for the Perpetual Regeneration of the Oxide
of Manganese used in the Manufacture of Chlorine. By Wauter WELDON.
Every process, previous to that to be described in the present paper, by which
it has han attempted to regenerate oxide of manganese from the residues of
the manufacture of chlorine, has been performed in the dry way, and has thus
required considerable time, and has involved not only at least one—more or less
troublesome and costly—furnace operation, but also several removals of the mate-
rial from vessel to vessel and from place to place, every such removal of course
entailing more or less loss of material. The process, however, which is about
to be described is performed in the wet way, and may be completed, even when
operating on the largest scale, within as little as one hour. Moreover, all the
operations of the process are performed in the same vessel as that in which the
oxide produced by it is afterwards employed to react with hydrochloric acid, and
from this yessel or still the manganese is neyer removed, so that it is entirely
free from risk of loss by removal; and as it is not subject to any other cause of loss,
a charge of manganese, once put into a still, when treated by this process, not onl
never needs to be replaced, but never needs even to be added to, while it will libe-
rate an equivalent of chlorine every few hours for literally any length of time. The
starting-point of any process for the regeneration of the oxide of manganese em-
ployed in the manufacture of chlorine, must of course be that residue which is
known as “ still-liquor” being that which remains in the stills when oxide of man-
ganese and hydrochloric acid have been digested together until all the chlorine
which the oxide is capable of liberating from the acid has been liberated and given
off, When working with a native oxide of manganese, the still-liquor contains, in
addition to a quantity of protochloride of manganese equivalent to the quantity of
oxide of manganese which has been dissolved, a considerable quantity of free acid,
and more or less chlorides of iron and other bases, due to the native oxide of man-
ganese being always more or less associated with other oxides. When working,
however, with the artificial oxide of manganese produced as is about to be described,
the still-liquor contains scarcely anything whatever but protochloride of manga-
nese; and the new process consists simply in first adding an equivalent of lime to
this liquor, without removing the liquor from the still, and then blowing atmo-
spheric air through the resulting mixture of protoxide of manganese and solution
of chloride of calcium. The white protoxide is thereby rapidly converted into a
very dark-coloured higher oxide ; and when this product has been allowed to sub-
side from the solution of the chloride of calcium in which it was formed, and the
greater part of that solution has then been drawn off from it, it is ready to be treated
with hydrochloric acid, from which it then liberates chlorine, with reproduction of
exactly as much protochloride of manganese as was commenced with. From this
point the very simple series of operations described is repeated just as before, and
so on, over and over again, for any required number of times, The manganese is
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS, 49
thus constantly undergoing, always in one and the same vessel, a round of regularly
recurring changes of state of combination, by which it passes, first from the state of
de to that of protoxide, next from the state of protoxide to that of a
igher oxide, capable of liberating chlorine from hydrochloric acid, then back again
to the state of protochloride, and so on continually.
GEOLOGY.
Address by the President, AncuinaLp Gerxin, /.R.S., PGS.
Aone the Lower Silurian, the oldest recognizable volcanic rocks in this country,
two principal epochs of eruption have been detected by Professor Ramsay and his
colleagues of the Geological Survey. One of these occurred during the deposition
of the Llandeilo rocks, and is indicated by the igneous rocks of Aran Mowddwy,
Cader Idris, Arenig, and Moelwyn; the other is marked by those of the Snowdon
district, which lie among the Bala beds. These volcanic rocks consist partly of
massive sheets of felstone, varying in texture and colour, and partly of thick accu-
mulations of tuff or ash. The former are true lava-flows, the latter point to fre-
quent showers of volcanic dust, and to the settling of such dust and stones on the
sea-bottom, where they mingled with the ordinary sediment, and with shells, corals
and other organisms. Some of these ashy deposits attain a great thickness. Thus,
at Cader Idris, they are about 2500 feet thick, the accumulated result of many
eruptions. Northwards this mass thins entirely away, and the ordinary sedimentary
strata take its place. Equally local are the massive beds of felstone which repre-
sent the submarine lava-flows of the time. Sometimes they still preserve the
slagey vesicular character which marked their surface when the melted rock was
in a state of motion along the sea-bottom—an evidence of the existence and posi-
tion of true submarine volcanoes during the Lower Silurian period in Wales. In
the lake district, similar proofs of volcanic action have been found among the lower
Silurian rocks of that region. In Scotland, no very distinct traces of volcanic acti-
vity have yet been detected among rocks of the lower Silurian age. In the Lower
Silurian rocks of the south-west of Iveland, beds of ash and felstone are interstra-
tified, resembling in general character and mode of occurrence those of Wales. In
Wales, volcanic action does not appear to have outlasted the Lower Silurian period ;
but in Iveland, among the headlands of Kerry, massive sheets of ash are intercalated
in grits and slates, which, from their fossils, have been assigned to the age of the
Wenlock series.
The Old Red Sandstone of the southern half of Scotland abounds in igneous
rocks, from the base of the series to the top. In its lower band lie the chains of
the Sidlaw and Ochil Hills, and many detached masses scattered over the lowlands
along the southern flank of the Grampians. These are composed of different fel-
stones and porphyrites, with interbedded sheets of tuff, trappean conglomerate, and
sandstone, stretching in the Ochil and Sidlaw range for sixty or seventy miles, and
rising here and there to heights of 2000 feet above the level of the sea. This
group of hills contains some of the thickest masses of trappean rock in the country.
Tn what seems to be a middle portion of the formation comes the group of the
Pentland Hills, consisting of long massive beds of trap, like the different varieties
in the Ochils, with intercalations of tuff, conglomerate, and sandstone, the whale
reaching a thickness of fully 5000 feet. In Ireland also the Old Red Sandstone
furnishes evidence of active volcanic yents. Nor are traces of volcanic activity
wanting in England during the same great geological period. In Cornwall and
South Devon frequent proofs have been recognized of contemporaneous igneous
action among the limestones and slates of the Middle Devonian series, and thence
through the Upper Devonian into the lower part of the Carboniferous group. These
consist in frequent bands of trappean ash, and of crystalline amygdaloidal and
yesicular greenstone or other trap. The ash passes by insensible degrees into the
1867.
50 REPORT—1867.
ordinary sedimentary strata of the series, sometimes containing fossils, and in certain
places so interlaced with bands of limestone as to have been quarried for lime,
The base of the Carboniferous series in Cornwall and South Devon is marked by
the occurrence of ash and crystalline amygdaloidal greenstone similar to the igneous
masses in the neighbouring Devonian rocks. In the centre of England the well-
known toad-stones of Derbyshire indicate intermittent volcanic activity during the
formation of the carboniferous limestone. They consist of three principal beds of
trap, averaging each about 60 or 70 feet in thickness, preserving their course for
many miles between the strata of limestone, probably, as pointed out by Mr. Jukes,
the result not merely of one eruption, but rather of ditferent flows from distinct
vents, and uniting into one sheet along a common floor. Passing into Scotland, we
find the carboniferous formation of the broad midland valley full of the most stri-
king evidences of volcanic activity. In the west, great sheets of different porphy-
rites, with interbedded tuffs, sandstones and conglomerates, lie in the lower part
of the formation, and rising in broad masses bed above bed, form that conspicuous
chain of terraced heights which stretches from near Stirling through the range of
the Campsie, Kilpatrick, and Renfrewshire hills, to the banks of the Iryine in
Ayrshire, and thence westward by the Cumbrae Islands and Bute, to the south of
Arran. In the eastern districts, instead of such widespread sheets of voleanic rock,
the Carboniferous series includes hundreds of minor patches of tuff, dolerite, basalt,
and porphyrite. The area of the Lothians and Fife seems to have been dotted over
with innumerable little voleanic vents, breaking out and then disappearing one
after another during the lapse of the Carboniferous period up to at least the close
of the carboniferous limestone. The very limited area occupied by the erupted
material is often remarkable. A mass of ash 100 feet thick or more may be found
intercalated between certain strata, yet at a distance of a mile or two the same
strata may show no trace of any volcanic material. Nowhere is this feature more
wonderfully exhibited than in the coal-field of Dalry in the northern part of Ayr-
shire. The black-band ironstone of that district appears to have been deposited in
hollows between mounds and cones of volcanic tuff, sometimes 600 feet high, round
and over which the later members of the Lower Carboniferous formation were de-
posited. Hence the shafts of the pits are sometimes sunk forl00 fathoms through
the tuff; and at that depth mines are driven horizontally through the volcanic rocks
to reach the ironstone beyond. The‘ great carboniferous limestone series of Ireland
contains evidence that here and there, at various intervals during its formation,
minor volcanic vents were active on different parts of the sea-bottom.
Among the Permian sandstones of the south-west of Scotland there occur some
interesting proofs of contemporaneous volcanic action. In Nithsdale, and still more
conspicuously in the centre of the Ayrshire coal-field, these sandstones contain
towards their base a thick group of dark reddish-brown amygdaloidal porphyrites
and tufis. Connected with these rocks are numerous bosses of a coarse volcanic
agglomerate, which descend vertically through the coal-measures, altering the coal.
They are the “necks” or orifices from which was ejected the volcanic material
which now forms a conspicuous range of rising grounds overlying the heart of the
coal-basin of Ayrshire.
The New Red Sandstone series of Devonshire, in the neighbourhood of Exeter,
furnishes clear proofs of volcanic activity. Sheets of a dark reddish-brown fel-
spathic rock, sometimes compact or porphyritic, but usually of scoriaceous character,
are intercalated among the lower parts of the Red Sandstone series of that neigh-
bourhood. Sir Henry De la Beche, who described these igneous rocks many years
ago, noticed that the more compact portions, instead of extending horizontally as
beds among the sedimentary strata, descend vertically through them, as if these
detached parts marked the site of some of the orifices whence the melted laya was
rupted.
The series of successive volcanic phenomena, which may thus be traced through
the palozoic rocks of the British Islands up to the New Red Sandstone, is now
abruptly broken. I am not aware of any satisfactory proofs of contemporaneous
voleanic rocks among the secondary rocks of Britain, save in the Red Sandstone of
Devonshire just referred to. Following a suggestion of Prof. Edward Forbes, I
formerly regarded the great trappean masses of Skye and the other western islands
AP et fete >.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 51
as probably of Oolitic age. But more recent investigations in Antrim, Mull, and
Hige, have convinced me that in these districts, and probably also in Skye, the
great basaltic plateaux which form so conspicuous a feature in the scenery of our
north-western sea-board, date from tertiary times. From Antrim northwards
through the inner Hebrides and the Farée Islands to Iceland there is a broken
chain of volcanic masses, part, and not improbably the whole, of which are of
Miocene age. In Ireland sheets of dolerite and basalt, in all 500 or 600 feet
thick and some 1200 square miles in extent, repose directly upon an eroded sur-
face of chalk. In Mull, similar plateaux, overlaid with masses of porphyrite and
trachyte-like rocks, attain a united thickness of more than 3000 feet, yet at their
base they contain recognizable plants of Miocene species. This vast depth of old
lavas and tuffs points to a lengthened continuance of volcanic activity along the
north-western margin of our country—an activity, however, marked by prolonged
periods of repose, as the Scuir of Kigg and the coal and shales of Mull sufficiently
prove. These masses, vast though they be, are by no means the only, if they are
indeed the chief, relics of Tertiary volcanic action in Britain. If, starting from the
basaltic plateaux of the north of Ireland or of the inner Hebrides, we advance to-
wards the south-east, we soon observe that an endless number of trap-dykes,
striking from these plateaux, extends in a south-easterly direction athwart our
island. The south-western half of Scotland and the northern parts of England are,
so to speak, ribbed across with thousands of dykes. These are most numerous
near the main mass of igneous rock, whence they become fewer as they recede
towards the North Sea. Usually a dyke cannot be traced far. In Berwickshire
and the Lothians, these E. and W. or N.W. and S.E. dykes, often less than half a
mile long, are well shown; in Ayrshire they become still more numerous, tra-
yersing the coal-field and altering the coal-seams; in Arran and Cantyre their
number still increases, until, after a wonderful profusion of them in Islay and Jura,
they reach the great volcanic chain of the inner Hebrides. From their manifest
intimate connexion with that chain, from the fact that they cut through all the
formations they encounter up to and including the chalk, and that they cross faults
of every size that may lie in their way, I regard these dykes as of tertiary age. If
this inference is sustained, as I have little doubt it will be, by a more detailed
investigation of the north-western districts, it presents us with striking evidence
of the powerful activity and wide range of the volcanic forces in our country
during the Miocene period. With these dykes, and the Tertiary igneous masses
ie which they proceed, the record of volcanic action in Britain appears to
close.
Let me now allude to one or two portions of this broad subject which seem to
me worthy of special notice. One of the first features to arrest attention is the
singular persistence of volcanic phenomena in a limited area, Take, as an illustra-
tion, the neighbourhood of Edinburgh within a radius of ten miles from the town.
First and oldest comes the long range of the Pentland and Braid hills, consisting
of a mass of bedded igneous rocks in a middle series of the Old Red Sandstone.
These old lavas reach a thickness of 4000 or 5000 feet. Next in chronological
order are the Calton Hill and lower portion of Arthur’s Seat, which mark the con-
tinuance of volcanic action into the Lower Carboniferous period. The carboniferous
rocks for miles around these hills are full of the traces of contemporaneous volca-
noes, sometimes in the form of sheets of tuff marking the occurrence of little
detached tuff-cones, sometimes in wider areas of tuff, basalt, and dolerite, where a
eroup of minor volcanic vents threw out showers of ash and streams of lava. To
the east rise the isolated Garlton Hills, which date from before the carboniferous
limestone ; westwards, scores of little basaltic crags and rounded tuff-hills mark
out the lower carboniferous volcanoes of Linlithgowshire. To the north, the end-
less crags, hills and hillocks of the Fife coast contain the record of many eruptions
from the middle of the calciferous sandstones high up into the carboniferous lime-
stone group. Even the coal-measures of that county are pierced with intrusive
bosses of trappean agglomerate, which indicate the position of volcanic vents, pos-
sibly of Permian age. The same ora more recent date must be assigned to the
later unconformable agglomerate and basalt of Arthur’s Seat. Nor is this the
whole. Latest of all come innumerable trap-dykes, running with a prevalent east
4%
52 REPORT—1867.
and west trend, and cutting through all the other rocks. Here, then, in this little
tract, about the size of a small English county, there are the chronicles of a long
series of volcanic eruptions, beginning in the middle of the Old Red Sandstone,
and coming down to a time relatively so near our own as that of the Miocene
rocks. Nor is this by any means an exceptional district. Mlustrations of a similar
ee of volcanic action may be gathered in many other tracts of equally
imited extent.
Another fact which a general survey of the character of our volcanic rocks
soon brings before us, is that, as a whole, those of earlier date differ distinctively
in composition from those of more recent origin. From the first traces of volcanic
activity in this country up to about the close of the Old Red Sandstone or begin-
ning of the Carboniferous series, the interbedded (¢.e, contemporaneous) igneous
rocks consist for the most part of highly felspathic masses, to which the names
of clinkstone, claystone, compact felspar, porphyry, hornstone, felstone, &c. have
been given. On the other hand, from the upper part of the Old Red Sandstone,
or the lower members of the Carboniferous series, up to the end of the long
history, the erupted masses are chiefly augitic, as basalts and dolerites (or green-
stones, as the latter have been usually termed in Scotland). Were these rocks
subjected to further and more detailed chemical examination, additional know-
ledge might possibly be acquired respecting the history of the changes which have
taken place within the crust of the earth. As geologists, it is important to note
that, though two classes of volcanic rocks can thus be determined by analysis of
their composition, no broad essential distinctions appear to be traceable in their
mode of occurrence. Certain minor diilerences are, indeed, readily observable,
such as the greater thickness of the beds among the older rocks, and the more
frequent occurrence of columnar structure among the newer. Perhaps these and
other distinctions may eventually give usa general type for each class. Never-
theless, in its broader features there would seem to have been a striking unifor-
mity in voleanic action from the earliest times down to our own day.
This leads me to remark that a study of the igneous rocks of Britain furnishes
no proofs that volcanic action has been slowly diminishing in intensity during past
geological time. The amount of volcanic material preserved in our Old Red Sand-
stone group probably exceeds that of our Silurian system, even after all due allow-
ance for the greater denudation of the older series, The number of distinct
voleanic centres traceable among the Carboniferous rocks in like manner surpasses
that of the earlier formations. But by much the most extensive mass of volcanic
material in these islands belongs to the latest epoch of eruption—that of the
Miocene period. In one mountain alone, Ben More, in Mull, these youngest lavas
rise over each other, tier above tier, to a height of more than 3000 feet; yet their
base is concealed under the sea, and their top has been removed by denudation.
We have here, therefore, no proof of a slow diminution of volcanic activity. The
period separating the Miocene basalts from the New Red Sandstone trap-rocks,
which seem to come next to them in point of recentness, was immensely vaster
than that which has elapsed between the Miocene basalts and the present time,
There is thus no improbability in the eventual outbreak once more of the subter-
ranean forces. Nay, further, were a renewed series of volcanic eruptions to take
lace now, they might in the far distant future be thrown together with those of
Tiocene date, as proofs of one long period of interrupted volcanic activity, just as
we now group the igneous rocks of the Lower Silurian, or of any other geological
formation: so near to us, in a geological sense, are those latest and grandest of our
volcanic phenomena.
Among the different forms assumed by our igneous rocks, one of the most in-
teresting, and, at the same time, most full of difficulty, is that of the trap-dykes.
To my own mind there are few parts of the geology of the country so hard to
understand as the extravasation of the thousands of dykes by which the north-
western portion of this island is so completely traversed. For the reasons already
assigned, I would refer the leading system of these dykes to the same geological
age as the Tertiary volcanic rocks of the north-west. Yet we find them rising to
the surface, and extending for leagues, to a distance of fully 200 miles from the
nearest point of the basaltic plateaux. Did they reach the surface originally? If
a
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 53
so, were they connected with outflows of dolerite, now wholly removed by denu-
dation? I confess that this supposition has often presented itself to me as carrying
with it much probability. It seems to me unlikely that so many thousands of
dykes should have risen so high as the present surface, retaining there (as shown
by deep mines) much the same proportions as they show many fathoms down,
and yet that none of them should have reached the surface which existed at the
time of eruption. I regard it as much more probable that some of them, at least,
rose to daylight, and flowed out as coulées, even over parts of the south of Scot-
land and north of England, where all trace of such surface-masses has long been
removed. Some of the surface-masses of dolerite in these districts may indeed be
of Tertiary age; yet the proofs which the great Miocene basaltic plateaux present
of enormous denudation are so striking as to make the total disappearance of even
wide and deep laya-currents quite conceivable. But a much more serious difficulty
remains. These dykes, as a rule, do not come up along lines of fault, yet they
Saale wonderfully straight courses, even across fractured and irregular strata.
ach dyke retains, as a rule, a tolerably uniform breadth, and its sides are sharply
defined, as if a clean, straight fissure had been widened and filled up with solid
rock, In the coal-mines of Ayrshire, for instance, the miners have driven through
the dyke and found the coal, altered indeed, but at the same level, at the other
side. More than this, the dykes are found cutting across large faults without any
deflection or alteration. In short, no kind of geological structure, no change in
the nature of the rocks traversed, seems to make any difference in the dykes.
These run on in their straight and approximately parallel courses over hill and
valley for miles. The larger faults of this country tend to take a north-easterly
trend, and correspond in a general way with the strike of the formations. At richt
angles, or more or less obliquely to these, are numerous faults of lesser magnitude,
which follow roughly the dip of the rocks. But though these different systems of
fissures already existed, and, as we might suppose, would have served as natural
pathways for the escape of the subterranean melted rock towards the surface, the
latter rose through a new series of fractures, often running side by side with those
of older date. How were these new fractures produced? and how is it that they
should run through all formations, up to and including the older parts of the
Miocene basalts, not as faults, with a throw on one side, but as clean, straight
fissures, with the strata at the same level on each side? I do not pretend to
answer these questions. Let me only remark that, had the trap-rock been itself
the disrupting agent, it would have risen through the older fractures which already
existed as the planes of least resistance. The new fissures must be assigned to
some far more general force, of the action of which the trap itself furnishes per-
haps additional evidence.
Another feature of our igneous rocks deserving more special consideration is the
occurrence among them of true vents, or the sites of volcanic orifices. A very
considerable number of these vents is filled up with a coarse agglomerate, consist-
ing of fragments of different trap-rocks, with pieces of the surrounding sedimentary
strata. Such vents are sometimes not larger than a dining-table. In many cases,
where the material filling them is fine in texture, it is well stratified; but its beds
are on end, or thrown into different inclined positions. The strata around them
are much indurated, and frequently, perhaps usually, are bent sharply down round
the margin of the vent, as if the ash or agglomerate, from contraction or otherwise,
had sunk and pnilled the adhering strata down with it. Instructive sections of
these rocks abound along the coast line of Fife and East Lothian, and they occur
likewise in Ayrshire. One other part of the subject may be alluded to as deserving
of inquiry. There seem to be indications that local but well-marked metamor-
phism and the extravasation of syenitic and granitic rocks have taken place in
connexion with some of our most recent volcanic phenomena. In Skye, Mull, and
Arran the association of such crystalline rocks with sheets or dykes of dolerite and
basalt should be worked out carefully. The volcanic rocks of Britain are now
brought under the notice of the Section with the view of indicating a field of
research where much remains to be discovered, and{where the labourers are but
few. Asa result of the neglect into which it has fallen, the nomenclature of this
portion of British geology has been virtually at a stand for about half a century.
5A REPORT—1867.
While so much has been done in this respect by chemists and geologists abroad,
we are but little further forward than when the great outlines of the subject were
sketched long ago by the early leaders in the science. The same vague names, the
same confused and defective arrangement, the same absence of careful chemical
and mineralogical analysis, so excusable in the infancy of the science, still disfigure
our geological writings and even the best of our geological collections. Field-
geologists must be content to bear their share of the blame; yet it is not from
their hands that the needed reform is mainly to be looked for. They can do but
little till chemistry comes to their aid with information regarding the composition
of the rocks which they investigate, and the extent to which the nomenclature
adopted in other countries can be applied in their own. Surely the time must
come ere long when it will be deemed a task worthy of years of long and patient
research to work out the nature and history of the volcanic rocks of this country.
Such a task will not be the work of a single observer. It will require the labour
of the geologist, skilled to glean the data that can only be gathered in the field,
and of the chemist who, aided and guided by these observations, shall seek to
determine the composition of the different igneous rocks, and the relation which,
in this respect, they bear to the rocks of other regions, and to the products of
modern volcanoes. But whether distant or near, the day will doubtless arrive
when we shall be able to connect into one story, as far at least as our fragmentary
records {will permit, the narrative of the varied volcanic eruptions which from
early geological times have taken place in the British Islands, and to link that
chronicle with the long history of volcanic action over the globe,
The passage of Schists into Granite in the Island of Corsica.
By D. T. Ansrep, WA., FBS.
The object of this communication was to adyocate the view that granite is a
metamorphic rock, and not in any sense primitive or the nucleus of the earth. A
section was described, the result of observations recently made, taken on the side
of a road recently made between Ile Rousse and 8. Florent, on the north-western
side of the island. The section presented unmistakeable and numerous alterna-
tions of compact, well-crystallized, whitish-grey granite, with argillaceous rock,
schists, grits, and rotten granite. The dip of the various beds varies from 30° to
10°, diminishing towards the north ; the thickness of the beds is often several yards,
but not very great. There is much granite near, towards the interior of the coun-
try, and stratified rocks near the coast. ‘The general inference of the author from
this section was, that granites are not erupted but metamorphic rocks,
On the Lagoons of Corsica. By D. T. Ansren, M.A., RS,
The eastern coast of Corsica, though now the most malarious district in the
Mediterranean, was inhabited and healthy 2000 years ago; and there is good his-
torical evidence that it continued healthy till the end of the fifteenth century.
Remains of two cities are still to be traced on these plains, which are now abso-
lutely deserted. Each town was situated at the southern extremity of a large
existing lagoon, near a principal river, provided in each case with a delta. Beyond
each river, to the north, are numerous small torrents, originally entering the sea,
but now feeding the lagoons, which have been formed by the sands of the delta
drifted northwards from one river delta to the next beyond, owing to the prevalent
winds. The drainage of the torrents is received into and supplies the lagoons.
During summer there is no water brought down, and a sand-bar has accumulated
until it has become a bank. In winter, the waters brought down are driven
towards the northern and open end to escape, but they leave behind a large quan-
tity of organie matter which during the subsequent heats of summer rots, and
becomes converted into miasma. So long as the communication was open from
the torrents to the sea the coast was healthy, but so soon as the lagoon was
formed the malaria set in.
The largest of the lagoons is that of Biguglia, extending from the delta of the
Golo nearly eight miles towards the north. Its greatest width is 3000 yards,
diminishing first to 2000 for a long distance, and then to 1000, About a mile
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 55
from the northern extremity it becomes a mere passage for the surplus water,
about eighty yards wide, terminating in a narrow opening to the sea, Aiable to be
choked up. It is separated from the sea by a sand-bank, at first 900 yards wide,
diminishing to 300 yards. This is generally high enough to keep out the highest
storm-waters; but there are remains of two old cuts through which the sea enters
occasionally. The area of the lagoon is 4800 acres; the depth averages five or six
feet below the mean level of the Mediterranean. Besides a eae number of winter
torrents, there is one river emptying into the lagoon. The area supplying the tor-
rents is about 20,000 acres, and that feeding the river and torrents to the north of
it, about 25,000 acres. The mean annual rainfall of the district is estimated
(from three years’ observations) at twenty-four inches, of which ten inches fall in
October and November, which is the rainy season.
The history of the formation of the lagoon is very clear. About 2000 years ago
the bank of sand now nearly closing it did not exist. The bank must have com-
menced and increased gradually till about 300 years ago, when it was completed.
The gradual depopulation continued for about two centuries. The bank is about
seven miles long, a quarter of a mile wide, and fifteen feet high above the shallow
sea-bottom outside. i
There is proof of the recent closing up of the lagoon in old walls and fragments
of buildings near the northern end. There is no doubt of the comparatively
modern elevation of all Corsica, but this will not account for the lagoons, These
are due to the drifting of the sands, as explained; and as the unhealthiness of the
island (which is extreme) is due to the lagoons, it would be diminished if they
were greatly reduced. The author believes that by separating the drainage areas
of the lake into two parts, and remoying, by pumping, the whole southern part,
which is perfectly practicable, at least 4000 acres of rich land would be recovered,
and the rest of the land rendered cultivable. The operation could be adopted
with great facility and at small expense, and could not fail to exercise an impor-
tant influence on the material prosperity of Corsica.
On the Granites and other Rocks of Ben More, from a Letter addressed to Pro-
fessor Putnurrs. By His Grace the Duxe of Areytt, LL.D., FR.
When I was in the island of Mull the other day, I observed a fact which may
erhaps be of some interest, which is, that Ben Craig, one of the lower shoulders of
en More, exhibits very clearly the passage of a rock which looks like pure trap
into regular granite. At the base of the shoulder mountain, which may be about
2000 feet high, it is a mass of a fine-grained compact granite. At the top itis a
mass of stuff which weathers white, and has a fracture like some kinds of trap. At
an intermediate elevation the trap-like stuff contains many crystals of felspar very
distinctly separated. A little lower down these crystals become more frequent, and
a granitiform rock appears; and very little lower the regular granite subtervenes.
I could detect no separation. The top of the mountain is very white, the rock
very shattered, some of it very light, with one or two dykes passing through this
trap-like mass. The dykes are of a closer texture, with white crystals, wholly
unlike the surrounding mass. I must add that, though this stuff breaks like a
kind of trap, it is wholly unlike trap in other respects. _ It is perfectly amorphous,
both in structure and in the mode in which it occurs. It is not laid in sheets and
terraces like the traps of the same island elsewhere. In short it is not trap at all,
but the matter out of which granite seems to have been made by pressure, and
crystallization under pressure,
Tsend in a separate cover—l. The granite as it appears at the base of the hill,
or two-thirds of the way up; 2, a bit showing the appearance of the felspar crys-
tals where they appear; and 3, the rock at the top, of which a vast mass of the
mountain is composed. The whole structure of Ben More in Mull is full of inter-
est. ‘The summit peak is of stratified rock, mica-slate ; and all the lower shoulders
are granite or igneous rock becoming granite.
56 REPORT—1867.
Report on recent Explorations in the Gibraltar Caves.
By Capt. Frep. Brome.
The explorations recorded in this communication were conducted principally in
“ Martin’s ” and St. Michael’s Caverns.
Martin’s Cave opens on the eastern face of the rock, below O’Hara’s Tower. It is
an ancient sea-cave, though now upwards of 700 feet above the level of the Medi-
terranean. The excavations in this cavern were commenced on the 28rd of June,
and continued till the 22nd of July. There were no traces whatever of any previous
attempts at exploration. The first operation was to excavate the dark earth all
along, close to the south side, which is from six to three feet in depth. At this
depth the diggers came upon a stalagmite floor of varying thickness. Here, after
a few hours’ work, were found deposited two portions of a lower jaw, supposed to
be human; about two bushels of bones of ox, goat, sheep, rabbit, &c.; several
bones of birds and fish: two bushels of broken pottery of the rudest or unmarked
kind, 57 pieces ornamented; 61 handles and pots; 6 stone axes and 70 flint
knives; 1 excellent flint core; 20 Ibs. of flint chips ; 12 pieces of worked bone; a
portion of an armlet and anklet; 101bs of sea shells, and a few land shells,
together with three rounded pebbles. On the north side the same class of objects
were met with, and in a small chamber on this side, under five or six feet of earth,
Captain Brome’s son came upon a small chamber containing two ancient swords,
one partly imbedded in stalagmite, and both much injured; and on a subsequent
occasion, a small enamelled copper plate was found, which appears to have had a
design upon it of a bird with its bill open, in the coils of a serpent. The colours
are bright, and the object is beautifully made. These interesting relics have been
referred by Mr. Franks to the eleventh or twelfth centuries. Excavations were
then made in a cavern, situated on the same face of the rock, but a little to the
south, and at a higher level than “ Martin’s” Cave, and named by Captain Brome
the “ Fig-Tree Cave,’ in which similar rude works of art, consisting of fragments
of py flint and stone implements, &c. were found.
Japtain Brome’s greatest interest, however, was centred in “St. Michael’s
Cave,” in which, day after day, numerous human remains were found, some im-
bedded in the stalagmite, others loose, associated with stone axes, flint chips, and
flint knives of the smallest size hitherto met with in the Gibraltar caverns.
On the north side of the upper chamber in St. Michael’s Cavern, on breaking up
a thick stalagmite floor, a small aperture was discoyered. When this had been
enlarged sufficiently to admit of Captain Brome’s entrance, he found a series of
passages and caverns, the extreme travelling distance of which from the entrance
was exactly 200 feet. There were no means of access to it, excepting by the
aperture by which Captain Brome entered. The walls were snow-white, and the
illars and stalactites of the most variable and fantastic forms. Some of the latter,
with the thickness only of a goose quill, were five feet long! The bearings of the
cavern generally run N.W. At the south end of this cavern a perpendicular fissure
was discovered, through which came a strong wind. The fissure was about nine
inches wide, but one of the men (military prisoners) employed was found small
enough to creep through it. He returned with a wonderful story of what he had
seen. On the next day, accordingly, Captain Brome sent in one of his own sons,
about twelve years old, who entirely corroborated the statements previously given,
viz. that there were three caves, the first very small, and about twelve feet from
the narrow entrance. At some distance further there was another, about twenty
feet square, and still further, a cave as large as the upper St. Michael’s first
chamber. The distance travelled is 250 feet from the entrance, which, added to
the distance (200 feet) travelled in the first discovered cavern, make a total of
450 feet of hitherto wholly unknown caverns in so familiar a locality as the often-
visited cave of San Migael.
At the date of his last advices, Captain Brome was continuing the exploration
of St. Michael’s Cavern, with every prospect of further interesting discoveries.
But, as he says, “his surmises, that the unexplored caves would yield the same
relics as the Genista Cavern, have been verified, and the fact is nearly, if not quite
established, that at a former period all the Gibraltar caverns were tenanted by a
race haying uniform habits of living.”
is
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. Dg
On the Lower Lias, and traces of an ancient Rhetic Shore in Lincolnshire,
By F. M. Burton.
Enumeration of British Graptolites. By Witt1sM Carrutuers, 1.8.
The genus was established by Linnzus, in the first edition of his ‘Systema
Nature,’ for a series of natural productions which had previously been considered
to be true fossils. In the genus, as it appeared in the early editions, not a single
species of the fossils to which the name is now confined was included. No alte-
ration was introduced into the genus until the twelfth edition, when G. scalaris
appears, which had already been figured by Linnzeus in his Scanian travels. This
is the true type of the family, and the only species with which Linnzeus was
acquainted. The single-celled graptolite, which has by every one been referred to
Linneus’s G. sagittarius, has nothing whatever to do with the organism to which
he gave this name. His species is founded on a fragment of Lepidodendron figured
by Volkmann. To correct this error, and to make the extent of the acquaintance
which Linnzus had with these fossils more obvious, it was proposed to substitute
the name G. Hisingeri for the species, after the distinguished paleontologist who
first described the species, but erroneously gave it the Linnean name. The whole
of the species were included by Murchison, Portlock, and others in the original
Linnean genus. New genera were introduced by Barrande, M‘Coy, Hall, Salter,
and the author. The various genera were then described, their different charac-
teristics noticed, and the number of species given. A new genus, Cyrtograpsus,
was proposed for a singular form from the Wenlock of England, of which a single
species only has been observed occurring both in England and Bohemia, and
which the author dedicated to the distinguished author of ‘Siluria.’ The netted
forms which had been referred to this family had been carefully examined by the
author, but he could not satisfy himself as to their affinities, and for the present
must exclude them.
The author enumerated the following fifty-two species, excluding synonyms :—
Rastrites peregrinus, Barr., Llandeilo. D. septans, Hal/, Llandeilo.
R. Linnei, Barr., Llandeilo. D. caduceus, Salt., Caradoc.
R. maximus, sp. 2ov., Llandeilo. Dichograpsus aranea, Salt., Llandeilo.
R. capillaris, sp. nov., Llandeilo. D. Sedgwicki, Sa/¢., Llandeilo.
Graptolithus Becki, Barr., Llandeilo. D. crucialis, Sal¢., Llandeilo.
G. conyolutus, His., Llandeilo. Cladograpsus linearis, Car., Llandeilo.
G. Halli, Barr., Llandeilo. C. gracilis (Hall), Llandeilo.
G. Hisingeri, Car., Llandeilo. Dendrograptus furcatula, Sal¢., Llandeilo.
G. Nilssoni, Burr., Llandeilo. D. lentus, sp. nov., Caradoc.
G. tenuis, Port/., Llandeilo. Diplograpsus acuminatus, Wich., Llan-
G. intermedium, sp. xov., Llandeilo. deilo.
G. Clingani, sp. zov., Llandeilo. D. barbatulus, Sa7¢., Llandeilo.
G. Griestonensis, Wic., Caradoc. D. cometa, Gezn., Llandeilo.
G. Salteri, Gein., Caradoc. D. folium, His., Llandeilo.
G. Sedgwickii, Port/., Llandeilo and Ca- D. mucronatus, Hall, Llandeilo.
racoe. D. pennatus, Harkn., Llandeilo.
G. priodon, Bronn, Llandeilo to Ludlow. D. pristis, His., Llandeilo.
G. Flemingii, Sa/¢., Wenlock. ? D. tricornis, Car., Llandeilo.
Cyrtograpsus Murchisonii, sp. nov., Wen- D. Whitfieldi, Hai/, Llandeilo.
lock. Climacograptus bicornis, Hai/, Llandeilo.
C.? hamatus (Bazl.), Caradoc. C. bullatus, (Sa/¢.), Caradoc.
Didymograpsus bryonoides, Hai/, Llan- C. scalaris (Linn.), Hall, Llandeilo and
deilo, Caradoc.
D. Forchhammeri, Gein., Llandeilo. Retiolites Geinitzianus, Barr., Wenlock.
D. elegans, sp. nov., Llandeilo. R. yenosus, Hall, Wenlock.
D. geminus, His., Llandeilo. Dicranograptus ramosus, Ha//, Llandeilo,
D. hirundo, Salt., Llandeilo. D. Clingani, sp. zov., Llandeilo.
D. Moffatensis, Cav., Llandeilo. Phyllograptus angustifolius, Hal/, Llan-
D. Murchisonii, Deck, Llandeilo. deilo,
58 REPORT—1867.
On Calamitee and Fossil Equisetacece.
By Wriram Carrutuers, /.L.8., F.GLS.
After describing the structure of the recent Eguisetacee, the author gaye an
account of the internal structure of the various fossil stems which had been referred
to this family. True Zywisetacee were rare as fossils, and the stems of Calamites
were very unlike anything Inown among living acotyledonous plants. The most
important characters were obtained by botanists from the fructification. The
author had obtained, through the kindness of Dr. Hooker, sections of vegetable
structures prepared by Mr. Binney, whose extensive acquaintance with coal-plants
was well known. In some of these he had discovered fruits which belonged to
Calamites so beautifully preserved that the most minute details could be deter-
mined, and with the help of his diagrams he described their structure, and illus-
trated the various points in which they agreed with, and differed from, the fruits
of Equisetacee. He then described the foliage which had been found connected
with Calamites, and which had been named Asterophyllites; and he showed that
as similar fruits had been found associated with Annularia and Sphenophyllum,
which differed from Asterophyllites only in the amount of cellular tissue spread out
on the veins, there could be no doubt that these also were the foliage of members
of this large genus or tribe of plants.
Notice of an “ Esker” at St. Fort. By Rozrrr Cuampers, LL.D., RSL,
On the Geology of North Formosa. By Dr. Cortinewoon, M.A., F.L.S.
The author presented a geological section, made by himself, across the north
part of the island of Formosa, from Tam-sug in the west, to Pe-ton Point in the
east. The neighbourhood of Tam-sug was remarkable for an abundant collection
of angular and rounded boulders, imbedded in a thick deposit of alluvium.
Turther west calcareous grit prevailed, rising into hills, where the strata cropped
out at an angle of 15° to the north-east. Among these hills sulphur springs were
found, in which the sulphur issued in a sublimed state with jets of steam from
crevices in the rocks. On the north-eastern side of the island Red Sandstone
rocks prevailed, having the same inclination, and among them were situated the
coal deposits, which rendered Kelung an important harbour.
On the Geology of the Islands round the North of Formosa.
By Dr. Cottixewoon, M.A., FDS.
The author described the geological structure of several small islands which he
had visited, including the Pescadores (or Ponghou archipelago), which presented
some remarkable basaltic formations, resembling in character the Antrim coast.
Haitan islands, on the Chinese coast, composed of whinstone trap, granite, and
other volcanic rocks ; also two small groups of islands north-east of Formosa, seldom
visited, consisting of Craig, Pinnach, and Agincourt islands, and Hea-pin-su,
Tia-usu, Pinnacle Rock, and Raleigh Rock, respectively. The complicated struc-
ture of some of these islands was described by the aid of diagrams.
Notes on the relation of the Glacial Shell Beds of the Carse of Gowrie to those
of the West of Scotland. By the Rey. W. H. Crosskey.
On the Calamine Deposits of Sardinia.
By ¥. Gorpon Davis, Mining Engineer.
The deposits of calamine are invariably situated in Silurian limestone, on or
near the sumniit of a mountain, and often forming the saddle between two high
eaks. The direction they take (with only two exceptions) is north and souta,
parallel to the strike of the limestone, and connected with north and south lead
lodes, though not often actually in their run. he deposits vary from five to
twenty-five fathoms in width, and fifty to eighty fathoms in length ; sometimes
several deposits are situated in a line, and thus form runs of ore ground 250 to 300
Se tt
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 59
fathoms in length. The depth to which these deposits extend has not yet been
ascertained. At Monte Poni mine calamine forms the cap of the rich lead deposit.
The ore is a mixture of the silicate and carbonate of zinc.
The author considers that the deposits are being worked in too reckless a
manner.
—. Ss
On some Mammalian Remains from the submerged Forest in Barnstaple Bay,
Devonshire. By Henry 8, Extis, FRAN.
The author exhibited a collection of bones, teeth, charcoal, masses of oyster and
cockle shells, flint flakes and cores, unbroken flints, masses of peat and clay, broken
pebbles, and specimens of bog-oak and other trees, found by him in a certain part
of the submerged forest in Barnstaple Bay ; also a part of a stake of the row referred
to in the paper. The paper was illustrated by a map and sections.
The submerged forest is situated outside the Northam Pebble Ridge, and is of
considerable extent; but the bones, flint flakes, charcoal, and shells have as yet
been found in a spot (only a few yards square) at the northern end of it, at a dis-
tance of about 200 yards from the Pebble Ridge, and about 300 yards from the
newly-erected baths.
The author states that during the last few years patches of clay and peat have
become exposed on the surface of the previously smooth sandy beach of Northam
—that whilst on a visit to the adjacent newly-built watering place, Westward Ho,
in the summer of 1866, he discovered large quantities of flint flakes underneath
some of the patches referred to—that in the summer of this year (1867) he found,
near the same spot, the bones, teeth, charcoal, &c. exhibited to the Section.
The author’s diagram showed that the patches of clay and peat were laid bare,
and stood eight or nine inches above the level of the sand, and at about that depth
the flint flakes are found imbedded in the clay; that the bones, teeth, and charcoal
are in some places mixed with them, but generally underlie them, and that the
large masses of cockle-shells and comminuted oyster-shells lie underneath the
whole.
Some of the bones and teeth have been examined by an eminent comparative
anatomist, who pronounces most of them to be those of Cervus elaphus, and sug-
gests that a fragment of one of them belonged to some bird. The bones are, for
the most part, in good condition, having sharp fractures, and some of them appear
not to have lost their animal matter. The flint flakes and cores are generally
admitted to be remarkably good specimens of the well-known type described by
Sir John Lubbock, as those of the first stone period. The flakes vary in length
from half an inch to two inches (those found in the peaty clay are purple, but those
from near the masses of cockle- and oyster-shells are opaque-white). All have
very keen edges, and are not serrated, a fact which doubtless arises from each
dake being separately imbedded in clay. Some of the patches of peaty clay con-
tain roots and prostrate branches of trees, and others leaves of a large ris, in
perfect condition, only faded in colour. The common yellow Iris, or flag (Iris
pseudo-acorus) grows luxuriantly in the immediate neighbourhood.
The author mentions that deers’ antlers have been occasionally dredged up in
the bay, and quotes a local tradition that the oak-trees used for the roof and seats
of the church of Braunton (which is situated on the northern edge of the delta of
the Taw) grew in a forest which formerly occupied the site of the Northam
Burrows, and that the trees, when felled, were drawn to the church by reindeer.
A species of red deer still exists in its wild state on Exmoor.
The author submits that the collection is of interest on account of the various
objects, in such a good state of preservation, having been found associated together
in a locality which is covered by the sea at every tide to a depth of at least twelve
feet, and at so great a distance from the present boundary of dry land. He admits
that the burial of the bones in peaty clay underneath sand would naturally tend to
their long preservation and protection; but he thinks the general belief of the
parishioners of Northam, that the sea is constantly and rapidly encroaching on the
land, is worthy of much consideration in forming an estimate of the remoteness of
the period when man left those interesting indications of his existence.
60 REPORT— 1867.
Notes on the Perseberg Iron Mines, Sweden.
By C. Lz Neve Foster, B.A., D.Sc., #.GS.
‘These mines are situated near the town of Philipstad. The ore, which is mag-
netite, occurs in the form of more or less thick deposits, parallel to the bedding of
the surrounding rock. The rock, or “country,” is Aédlleflinta, which is regarded by
Swedish geologists as a very fine-grained gneiss. In the immediate neighbour-
hood of the ore, however, the “country” consists of a rock made up of garnet,
hornblende, epidote, and varieties of augite ; limestone is sometimes present. The
author then compared these Swedish deposits with some very small beds of mag-
netic iron ore found in the Crown’s Rock, Botallack Mine, St. Just, Cornwall.
The magnetite occurs here under very similar conditions. Both deposits were
considered to have existed originally in the form of beds in sedimentary rocks,
like the Cleveland iron ore for instance, and to have been since metamorphosed ;
the fact that the ore is accompanied by garnet, hornblende, &c., is explamed by
the supposition that it was the ore that furnished the iron which enters into the
composition of these minerals.
An Account of the Progress of the Geological Survey of Scotland.
By A. Guixir, FR.
The author showed the mode in which the survey is carried on, describing par-
ticularly the manner of filling in the geological features of each district of the
country on the Ordnance Survey Maps. Upwards of 8000 square miles altogether
have already been surveyed. Hitherto the work has been kept back by the small-
ness of the staff and the backward state of the Ordnance Survey; but the staff has
now been largely increased, and as the Ordnance Survey Maps of the whole of the
south of Scotland are now ready, the work will be much more rapidly proceeded
with. The area geologically surveyed includes the district from the mouth of the
Tay to Berwick on Tweed, and from the eastern end of Strathearn to the sources
of the Tweed; also portions of the counties of Ayr, Wigtown, Kurkeudbright,
Lanark, and Renfrew. Five sheets of the one-inch map have been published, and
others are in preparation. Maps on the scale of six inches to one mile have been
issued for the coal-fields of Edinburgh, Haddington, and Fife, and others for the
Ayrshire coal-field are engraving. Two sheets of horizontal sections across Edin-
burghshire and Haddingtonshire haye been published ; also one sheet of vertical
sections of the Edinburgh coal-field. Three memoirs, descriptive of Sheets 32, 33,
and 34 of the one-inch map have appeared. Large collections of fossils and rock-
specimens haye been made in the course of the survey.
On Tertiary and Quaternary Deposits in the Eastern Counties, with reference
to Periodic Oscillations of Level and Climate. By the Rey. J. Gunn,
M.A., F.GS.
The author stated that periodic changes in the level of land and water and of
climature had been assigned by men of science to astronomical causes; and that
under the impression that if such were the fact, the effects of such periodic changes
might still be traceable, he had examined the Tertiary strata in the Eastern
Counties.
He specified and described at length three several oscillations of level from the
period of the forest-bed to the termination of the glacial epoch; and after pointing
out advantages in many respects derived from thus tracing the sequence of strata,
he expressed a hope that others might be led to male a similar inquiry in older
beds, so as to ascertain whether the supposed relation between astronomical and
geological cycles holds good or not.
The author was of opinion that, considering the length of time that had elapsed
since the commencement of historical evidence, during which scarcely any geo-
logical change was perceptible, the precessional cycle was too short, and that such
changes must be referred to a longer cycle, to which the precessional was sub-
ordinate; and he further indulged in the hope that, if the leneth of the cycle were
ascertained, and the numbers of such oscillations counted, supposing, of course, that
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 61
the relation between the two were established, an approximation could be made to
the age of certain portions of the crust of the earth.
On the Coniston Group of the Lake District.
By Professor Harkness, /.2.S., and Dr. H. A. Nicnorson, F.G.S.
After describing the range of the Coniston Limestone, a group of strata the
position and age of which had been pointed out many years ago by Prof. Sedg-
wick, the authors referred to a mass of black shales which rests conformably on
these limestones, and which have yielded them a series of fossils new to the
horizon in which they occur. These fossils consist of eleven species of Graptolites ;
five of which belong to the genus Diplograpsus, five to Graptolites, and one to
Rastrites. These black shales, which are conformable to the Coniston Limestone,
are also conformably succeeded by the Coniston Flag group of Prof. Sedgwick, and
they are intercalated with the lower portion of this group. Upon the Coniston
flags the Coniston grits of Prof. Sedgwick occur, and the latter are also conform-
able to the former.
The Coniston grits have fossils in them, some of which have not been hitherto
found in the Upper Silurian rocks of Great Britain; this circumstance, taken in
connexion with the conformability of the whole of the Coniston series, induce the
authors to infer that there exists in the Lake country a mass of rocks which pro-
bably attain a thickness of nearly 7000 feet above the Bala limestone and below
Lae Upper Llandovery which have no equal representatives elsewhere in the British
sles.
On the Old Sea-clif’s and Submarine Banks of the Frith of Forth.
By D, Mityz Homn.
The author explained the line of old sea-cliff along both sides of the Frith of
Forth, which had been formed before the last change in the relative levels of sea
and land. He mentioned that its height at the lower parts of the estuary was
about 15 or 14 feet above the present high-water spring-tides, whilst near Stirling it
was about 31 feet, and to the west about 35 or 40 feet. The author also specified
two higher and older cliffs at heights of about 60 feet and 130 feet respectively.
He referred to the places where skeletons of whales and seals had been found at
heights varying from 18 to 25 feet above the present level of high-water mark, and
stated that sea-shells were found in two conditions—viz. first, in undisturbed beds
now 14 and 15 feet above high-water mark, where they were entire and perfect ;
and, 2ndly, in beaches, where they were broken. He also referred to the ancient
deltas, or heaps of gravel and débris at the level of the old cliff, to be seen at dif-
ferent places, as at Menstrie, Alva, and Tillicoultry. He explained the origin of the
estuary of the Frith, by the great east and west fractures in the country adjoining
to the north and south. He said that in the Fife coal-field, the downcasts were
almost all on the south side of the fractures, and amounted altogether to nearly
2000 feet ; and in the coal-field of the Lothians, Linlithgow, and Stirlingshire, the
downcasts were, on the other hand, to the north, and even to a greater extent, thus
peucing a trough or hollow, now filled by an arm of the sea. The rocks in this
ollow were covered by various drift-deposits, the oldest being boulder-clay, and,
over it beds of stratified clay, sand, and gravel. The gravel was generally on the
top, which was accounted for by the water of the estuary shallowing, whereby the
ewrents became more powerful, and thus gravel was laid down where only mud
or sand could be laid down before.
The author next proceeded to describe a long ridge of gravel running four or five
miles through Callendar Park, by Polmont eastward towards Linlithgow. He
stated that its height was from 30 to 60 feet, and, judging from the materials com-
posing it, he considered it had been formed by sea-currents. He said that these
gravel ridges were very numerous in our open valleys, and that their direction or
course was invariably parallel with the axis or sides of the valley. Though he had
not seen the ridge of gravel at St. Fort, described in Dr. Chambers’s paper, he could
not help thinking it was to be accounted for in the same way, viz. by marine cur-
62 REPORT—1867.
rents, and not as an effect of ice action. He exhibited some Admiralty charts,
showing the submarine banks and spits existing in the English Channel, all of
which were in like manner parallel to the sea-coast. If this bank was formed in
that way, the sea must have stood at least 350 feet higher than now; and, in that
view, an explanation was afforded of several phenomena in the district, such as the
smoothed appearance of the hard whinstone rocks of Stirling, Craigforth, Airthrey,
Castleton, and Logie. He thought it, however, not at all improbable that ice then
floated on the sea; otherwise he could'not account for the position of some enormous
boulders which he described situated to the east of Stirling, and which evidently
had been in some way carried to their present positions. He next adverted to the
fact of the old beach-line sloping upward to the westward, there being a rise of at
least 20 feet. He did not consider this owing to any unequal rising of the land ;
he thought it might be explained by the laws of tidal action. He knew a different
explanation had been given of the old beach-lines of the Altenfiord of Norway ;
but, whatever may be the case there, this theory of unequal elevation need not be
resorted to for the estuary of the Forth. He next adverted to the opinion recently
expressed, that the last change of relative levels between sea and land had occurred
since the occupation of this country by the Romans. In that opinion he could not
concur, Several facts militated against it. Ifthe sea covered the extensive plains
to the west of Stirling, up to the old sea-cliff shown on the map, it would have
been impossible for the Romans to have had their road, which had been discovered
across the moss of Kincardine, or to have had their fort on the banks of the river
below Stirling. Moreover, the caves hollowed out by the sea at Wemyss, in Fife,
before the last change of the relative levels, must then have been occupied by the
sea, and therefore the remarkable sculptures found on their walls, lately described
by Sir James Simpson, must have been executed since the Romans left our island,
a notion which, he believed, all archeologists would repudiate. In conclusion, he
expressed a hope that some one would undertake a survey of the old sea-cliffs con-
nected with the estuary of the Tay, as he had no doubt they would lead also to
interesting conclusions, and serve to check the results he had arrived at after exa-
mining the estuary of the Forth.
On the Structure of the Pendle Range of Hills, Lancashire, as illustrating the
South-easterly Attenuation of the Carboniferous Sedimentary Rocks of the
North of England. By Kowarp Hurt, B.A., F.BR.S., of the Geological Sur-
vey of Scotland. (Communicated with the consent of the Director-General.)
The author stated that the completion of the Geological Survey of a large por-
tion of South Lancashire had enabled him to arrive at the conclusions stated in
this paper.
Atter describing the general trend of the Pendle range of hills throughout a
distance of about thirty miles, from the neighbourhood of Lathom Park on the
south-west to that of Colne on the north-east, the author showed that along this
range, and especially at Pendle Hill itself, the “sedimentary” strata of the Car-
boniferous group attains a vertical development surpassing that of the same beds
in any part of Great Britain, Several carefully-measured sections in the neigh-
bourhood of Burnley gave the following results :—
1. Middle Coal-measures (only partially represented in this district).
2. Lower Coal-measures ....=....... RP NAAR: 2,000 feet thick.
f. NGAUISEONG= CTE SOMES er ise ese gles gig ye Whine ae 55005. es
Ay Voredale sentes soap sce ci veka we sea Sa Gan 5,026 «5° bean
Total 12,525 ,, ,,
And if to this be added the heds of the Middle and Upper Coal-measures which
occur in South Lancashire, but have been removed by “denudation from off the
Burnley district, a total thickness of 18,785 feet would be the amount of thickness
which the “sedimentary” beds alone of the Carboniferous group originally attained
in this part of England.
This estimate excludes the Carboniferous limestone, which, for special reasons,
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 63
the author maintains ought not to be classed with the truly “sedimentary” portion
of the group.
Comparing the thickness of these beds in the Pendle district with that of the
same formations in the direction of the Midland Counties, as ascertained during the
progress of the Geological Survey, the following were found to be the relative
proportions :—
North South North
Lancashire. Lancashire. Staffordshire. Leicestershire,
Coal-measures.... 8,260 .... 7,635 .... 6000 .... 26500
Millstone series .. 5,500 .... 2,500 .... 1000 .... 50
Yoredale rocks. .. 5,025 .... 2,000 ..., 2000 ..,. 50
18,785 12,135 9000 2600
These figures showed, in the author’s opinion, a gradual thinning away of the
strata towards the centre and east of England, as far as the Carboniferous rocks
can be traced in that direction, till lost from view beneath the more recent
formations,
The author pointed to the above sections as bearing out his views regarding “the
south-easterly attenuation of the Carboniferous sedimentary rocks” of England, as
explained at the Manchester Meeting of the Association, and more fully stated in
the Journal of the Geological Society of London, yol. xvi. ; and also as having an
important bearing on the question of the extension of the coal-fields under the
Triassic formations of central England.
Observations on the relative Geological Ages of the principal Physical Features
of the Carboniferous Distret of Lancashire. By EKywarp Hutt, B.A., R.S.,
of the Geological Survey of Scotland.
In this paper the author endeavoured to show that the upheaval of the Lower
Carboniferous rocks along the Pendle range corresponded in time, and nearly in
direction, with that which upraised the same beds along the northern boundary of
the Yorkshire coal-field ; and that this upheaval, running in a line about E.N.E.,
dates as far back as the interval between the Carboniferous and Permian periods.
2. That the occurrence of small areas of Permian beds on the northern base and
slopes of the Pendle range, and resting unconformably on the Lower Carboniferous
ticks, as at Clitheroe and Bispham, showed that the upheaval of the Carboniferous
rocks took place before the Permian period, and that the amount of denudation must
haye been very great. According to the authoyr’s calculation, no less than 19,000
feet of Carboniferous strata have been removed in the Vale of Clitheroe before
the commencement of the Permian period. (See thickness of these beds in pre-
ceding paper. )
5. Thatithe upheaval of the Millstone and Yoredale beds along the eastern
border of Lancashire, and which resulted in dissevering the coal-field of this county
from that of Yorkshire, was later than the period of upheaval of the Pendle range,
being in all probability at the close of the Permian and commencement of the Tri-
assic epochs. The general direction of this upheaval was north and south.
4, That the disturbances which produced the system of faults ranging N.W., for
which the Lancashire coal-fields are so remarkable, were of later date than either
of those above-named; and were to be considered in all probability as having
occurred at the close of the Jurassic epoch—certainly later than that of the Lias.
These three systems of upheaval were shown to correspond to the sides of a
triangle, of which the first and earliest lay about 20° north of east, the second about
north and south, and the third and latest about N.N.W.
On some New Cephalaspidean Fishes. By HW. Ray Lanxesten.
Mr. Lankester described a new fish, known formerly by fragments as Plectrodus
pustuliferus. THe also briefly noticed a new and large Cephalaspid from the Down-
ton Sandstones discovered hy My. Lighthody. A diagram of a restored Cephalaspis,
showing some new points in the morphology of the genus, was also exhibited.
64 REPORT—1867.
On the Goldfields of Scotland *.
By W. Lauper Linosay, ID., PRS L., PLS,
The author’s conclusions are based on—
1. Personal survey of the gold-fields of New Zealand. It was while visiting in
1861 the auriferous districts of the Province of Otago that he was struck with the
similarity, as respects physical geography and geology, between that country and
many parts of Scotland, and with the probable parallelism as respects the distribu-
tion of gold.
2. Personal comparative survey of Scotland, and its principal outlying islands,
since his return to Scotland in 1862, in order to determine how far such a paral-
lelism really exists.
3. Inspection of the specimens of gold and gold-rocks in the principal inter-
national exhibitions and national museums of Britain and France, Australia, and
New Zealand.
4, Comparative study of the literature of gold in Scotland and other auriferous
countries.
His special conclusions as regards the Scottish gold-fields are founded mainly
on—
1, The similarity of the rocks (Lower Silurian) of a great part of Scotland to
those of most other auriferous countries.
2. The abundance in Scotland of the minerals with which gold is most commonly
associated in the richest auriferous countries; ¢. ¢.,
a, Metallic oxides (iron and copper): magnetic ironsand, containing (or not)
oxide of titanium.
6. Metallic sulphides (iron, copper, lead ; and zinc).
3. The actual discovery of gold, both in recent and former times, at various points
between the extreme north and south of Scotland.
His propositions concerning the gold-fields of Scotland are, that—
I. Gold is much more extensively or generally diffused over Scotland than has
been hitherto supposed.
II. The Scottish gold-fields may be divided geographically or topographically
into two great areas, viz. the
(A.) Great Northern, which is naturally subdivided by the Caledonian Canal.
The northern half occupies the longitudinal axis of the northern penin-
sula of Scotland, and comprises the greater part of the counties of
Sutherland and Ross, and of Inverness and Argyle north of the Cale-
donian Canal. ‘The southern half lies between the said canal and the
valley of the Tay, and forms a transverse belt across Scotland, com-
prising a great part of the shires of Inverness and Argyle south of the
canal; and of Aberdeen, Banff, Kincardine, Perth, Forfar, Stirling, and
Dumbarton-shires.
(B.) Southern—includes great part of Dumfries, Kirkcudbright, Wigton, Ayr,
Selkirk, Peebles, and Lanark-shires; and more particularly parts of
the districts of Nithsdale, Annandale, Eskdale, Ettrickdale, T'weeddale,
and Clydesdale; Carrick; and the Lammermuirs (in Haddington and
Berwick)—all south of the Forth.
III. Actual discoveries of gold have been made at different times in the follow-
ing localities :—
(A.) Sutherlandshire—Kildonan on Helmsdale Water.
(B.) Perthshire—l. Breadalbane: area of Loch Tay and head waters of the
Tay (Tyndrum and Taymouth).
2. Upper Strathearn: area of Loch Karn and head waters of the Harn
(Glen Lednock: streams falling from the north into Loch Earn;
Ardyoirlich, south side of Loch Earn ; Glenturrit).
3. Glenalmond: Glenquoich and other valleys of the Grampians.
(C.) Forfarshire—Clova district; “ Braes of Angus,” Edzell, and Glenesk.
(D.) Aberdeenshire: area of the Dee (Braemar, Invercauld, coast about Aber-
deen).
* Details will be found in a paper on the “Gold and Gold Fields of Scotland” in the
Transactions of the Geological Society of Edinburgh for 1867-68,
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 65
(E.) Argyleshire : Dunoon. /
(F.) Lanarkshire: Headwaters of the Clyde, including the rich Crawford Moor
or Leadhills district (Elvan water, Glengonner, Glencaple, Mennlock
and Wenlock, Short Cleuch, Lamington Burn).
(G.) Peeblesshire: Headwaters of the Tweed (Mannor water, which flows
north to the Tweed; Megeet water, which flows south to St. Mary’s
Loch ; various feeders of the Yarrow; Glengaber).
(H.) Dumfriesshire: Headwaters of the Annan Ce. streams falling
into Moffat water; Hartfell range above Dobbs Linn).
IV. The richness of the Scottish gold-tields is illustrated by the following
facts * :—
(A.) The limited area of the Leadhills yielded at one time (sixteenth century),
to systematic working, half a million worth of gold.
(B.) In various public or private museums nuggets of Scotch gold are exhibited
of the following weights :—
(1) 2lbs. 3 0z.=27 0z.=12,960 ers.; worth at current price of gold in
Australia (= £4 per oz.) £108: Leadhills: collected about 1502: the
largest mass of native gold recorded as having been found within
historic times in Scotland.
(2) 2.0z.=960 grs.: Breadalbane.
3) 1 oz. 10 dwts.=720 ers. : Leadhills.
(3) 10 dwts. =240 grs.: Kildonan.
(5) 30grs.: Leadhills (1863).
(6) 6 grs.: Moffatdale (1863).
(7) Nuggets of 2 or 3 grs. are frequently found at Leadhills at the pre-
sent day.
V. Geologically the area of the Scottish gold-fields corresponds to that occupied
by the Lower Silurian strata and their drifts: in the south represented by the
greywackes and graptolitic slates of the Lowthers; in the north by the micaceous
schists of the Grampians.
VI. Gold in Scotland is not, however, necessarily confined to the Silurian area.
In other countries it has been found in rocks of so many different characters and
ages, that it is impossible to predicate gold will not be found in any given district
or rock in Scotland. In particular, gold has been found in Lawrentian rocks in
Canada, Nova Scotia, and Sweden; hence it may at least be looked for in the area
of Laurentian gneiss in Scotland, viz. in the Hebrides and western seaboard of
Sutherland and Ross-shires. In Canada it occurs also in Upper Silurian strata ;
so that it is possible our Pentlands may prove to be auriferous. In California,
Australia, New Zealand, and other auriferous countries, gold occurs in rocks of
more recent age, as well as in granites, syenites, sandstones and limestones, and
their débris, apparently of very different ages.
VII. The area of diffusion of gold in Scotland, and the extent to which it occurs,
can only be determined by systematic investigation, equivalent at least to the
< po ecting” of gold-diggers.
VIII. Hitherto, with certain limited and local exceptions, there has been no such
systematic gold “ prospecting” in Scotland.
IX. “Prospecting” for gold should form part of the duties of the staff of the
National Geological Survey of Scotland. From its simplicity it is, moreover, an
operation quite within the powers of all classes of the community, who possess,
with the necessary interest in the subject, the requisite leisure and local opportunity.
X. There are indications (if they do not always amount to proofs) of the exist-
ence in Scotland of auriferous guartzites—of gold in situ—as well as of auriferous
“drifts” and “alluvial gold.” Gold in its matrix has been apparently found at
least in Leadhills, Tweeddale, and Breadalbane.
XI. At the present high rates of wages for skilled labour, and with the present
rude appliances for its collection, gold-gathering in Scotland is not apparently remu-
* T am further informed by Dr. Hill Burton, the learned historian of Scotland, that
the gold torcs and other ornaments of prehistoric age found in different parts of our
country were, there is eyery reason to believe, the produce of native gold.
1867. 5
66 REPORT—1867.
nerative as aregular and separate industry. It is remunerative onlyto those classes of
the population the value of whose labour does not exceed 3d. per day, the wages of
lead-mining averaging 15s. perweek. But the Leadhills miners find it a profitable
occupation for their leisure hours, and they obtain a ready market for considerable
quantities at prices varying from 5d. to 73d. per grain=£12 to £15 per oz. Gold
to the extent of 500 to 1000 ers. is occasionally collected in Leadhills in a few days
for the local proprietors. “
XII. Before it can be properly discussed how far, or whether gold-washing is
destined again to become a national industry in Scotland, it must be determined
what is the extent and richness of the Scottish gold-fields. Present data are of the
most imperfect and unsatisfactory kind for determining this point.
XII. Many improvements have been made of late years in the process of extract-
ing gold from its matrix and drifts; their effect has been to render it remunerative
to collect gold which exists in quantities formerly considered too small to be
profitable to work. Hence, in so far as the processes hitherto adopted in Scotland
have been of the most primitive kind, it is possible it may yet be found expedient
systematically to work on the most modern plan some, at least, of the gold-
deposits of Scotland.
egarding it as a type of the Scottish gold-fields, the author described in detail the
gold and gold-rocks of Leadhills (to which he made a special visit in the autumn
of 1863), pointing out the numerous parallelisms between it and the Tuapeka gold-
field of Otago, New Zealand. He instituted certain other comparisons, e.g. between
the gold-fields of Scotland and those of Hungary (Transylvania), especially as
regards the remunerativeness of gold-washing to gipsies and other idle or nomad
classes of the population. In. conclusion, he indicated the present vigorous ope-
rations of gold-mining or washing companies in Wales and Ireland as an encourage-
ment to systematic investigation in Scotland.
Sur V Ancien Glacier de la Vallée d’ Argelés dans les Pyrénées.
Par Cuartes Martins et Enocarp CoLLome.
Tous les géologues sont d’accord pour admettre que les vallées des Alpes, des
Vosges et des Pyrénées ont été occupées pendant |’époque quaternaire par d’im-
menses glaciers qui descendaient souvent dans les plaines voisines. La carte de
V’ancienne extension des glaciers des Alpes et des Woke a été faite; celle des
glaciers pyrénéens ne l’est point encore. Dans ce travail nous commencerons &
combler cette lacune en décrivant le plus grand des glaciers du versant francais
des Pyrénées, celui qui provenant des sommets les plus élevés de la chaine centrale
s'est avancé la plus loin dans Ja plaine.
C’est autour des pics de Neouvielle, Long, de Vignemale, et dans les cirques de
Gavarnie et de Troumouse, qu’on retrouve encore les faibles restes du grand gla-
cier qui occupait jadis la vallée d’Argelés et ses affluens; il descendait de la créte
des Pyrénées frontiére de la France et de l’Espagne et ses racines s’étendaient de
Youest 4 Vest depuis le Pic de Cujé-Palas jusqu’a celui de Serre-Mouréne. La
vallée principale, celle d’Argelés, aboutissait en se ramifiant aux vastes cirques de
Gavarnie, des Oulettes, d’Estaubé et de Troumouse ou d’Héas. Ces cirques déja
trés-élevés, sont dominés par des sommets dont l’altitude est comprise entre 7500 et
9760 pieds anglais. Le glacier principal avait trois grands affluens: celui de la
vallée de Cauterets, celui de la vallée d’Arrens, et celui de Barréges. Sa longueur
totale depuis les Tours de Marboré, jusqu’au village d’Adé dans la plaine de Tarbes,
ou sont ses derniéres moraines terminales, était de 85 milles marins. Cette longueur
n’a rien qui doive nous étonner, puisqu’il existe encore dans l’Hymalaya des gla-
ciers plus longs que celui de la vallée d’Argelés,
Pour étudier les traces que cet ancien glacier a laissées aprés lui, transportons-
nous au centre du cirque de Gavarnie. Sur les assises crétacées et tertiaires qui
forment les gradins de cet immense amphithéatre, nous voyons encore les glaciers
qui sont les restes de celui que nous allons étudier; mais ils ne dépassent pas les
bords des gradins qui les supportent. Dans le cirque méme de Gayarnie nous
trouvons la derniére moraine terminale de l’ancien glacier composée de blocs cal-
caires, de grés nummulitiques et de bréches fossiliféres, elle sépare la portion la,
plus reculée du cirque de celle qui la précéde du cété du village de Gavarnie. La
Lod
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 67
vallée qui, succédant au cirque, s’étend de ce village 4 celui de Gédre, présente deux
longues terrasses paralléles, élevées de 2050 pieds environ au-dessus de la vallée,
L’une 4 droite, appelée la Montagne de Coumely, forme le piédestal des pies de
Piméné et de Larrue ; c’est une ancienne moraine dont la surface ondulée est cou-
verte de paturages et parsemée de granges 4 foin. La terrasse opposée, appelée
Montagne de Saugué, est composée de schistes bruns et de quartzites, & formes
moutonnées, quelquefois polies et striées par l’action de V’ancien glacier. Sans
s’élever sur ces terrasses, le géologue peut se convaincre sur la grande route de
Gavarnie 4 Gédre que le glacier a poli et usé les escarpemens de la gorge ow se
trouve l’éboulement appelé le Chaos, et avant d’y arriver il remarquera sur la droite
de la route un monticule composé de roches moutonnées, polies, striées et por-
tant des blocs erratiques. Je semblables roches se remarquent encore sur la droite
de la route & la descente sur le village de Gédre. Prés de ce village, M. Emilien
Frossard a vu dans les déblais entrepris pour le tracé de la nouvelle route, des blocs
erratiques de grés cretacé jaune et friable, avec Ostrea carinata, provenant du
cirque de Gavarnie. Entre Gédre et Luz, on remarque en aval du triple pont de la
Scia, prés du torrent de Lassariou, un rocher schisteux entiérement couvert de
blocs granitiques.
Arrivé 4 Luz, Vancien glacier de la vallée d’Argelés recevait le puissant affluent
de la vallée de Barréges. I] était intéressant d’étudier les traces qu’il a laissées
dans ce point. Placé sur le Pont de Luz a St. Sauveur, le voyageur peut apperce-
voir les blocs erratiques blancs qui entourent les gvanges @’Abié. Ces granges sont
construites en granite, et l’un de nous s’est assuré par le barométre que les derniers
blocs étaient & 2770 pieds au-dessus du gave sous le Pont Napoléon. Pénétrons dans
létroite gorge de Pierrefitte, et nous y verrons des lambeaux morainiques recouverts
de gras piturages plaqués contre le flane gauche de lamontagne. Au sortir de la
gorge, sur la droite et au niveau de la route, les schistes sont polis sur leur tran-
chant, lustrés et creusés par des marmites-de-géant (pot-holes) & section circulaire,
La le glacier recevait le plus puissant de ses affluens, celui qui lui apportait les
matériaux erratiques les plus nombreux et les plus indestructibles, les granites de
la vallée de Cauterets. Le Pie de Viscos, siremarquable par sa forme pyramidale,
était le promontoire au pied duquel se réunissaient les deux glaciers, comparable &
PAbschwung, qui sépare les glaciers actuels du Lauteraar et du Finsteraar, dont la
réunion forme le glacier de 1’Aar, si bien étudié par MM. Agassiz, Desor, Vogt, et
Dollfus-Ausset. Une immense moraine latérale gauche, parfaitement dessinée sur
la feuille 251 de la carte de France, s’étend de l’entrée de la gorge de Cauterets
jusqu’a St. Savin. L’un de nous en compagnie de Mr. Arthur Jones, a étudié plus
spécialement son extrémité méridionale au-dessus du village d’Arcizans, situé prés
d’Argelés d’ot l’on apergoit les flancs de la montagne d’Escorne-Crabe déchirés
par des ravins creusés dans des terrains meubles. Pour un ceil exercé ce sont d’an-
ciennes moraines formant une terrasse dont le niveau moyen est 4 2375 pieds au-
dessus du Pont de Filhos, prés d’Argelés. Du haut de cette terrasse on s’assure que
le Pic de Gez qui domine Argelés et s’éléve & 3290 pieds au-dessus de la mer, est
entiérement couyert de blocs granitiques, preuve que le glacier & acquis sur ce point
i une 6poque de grande extension l’épaisseur considérable de 2045 pieds au moins.
La ville d’Argelés est elle-méme bitie sur une moraine granitique fort basse corres-
pondante & l’époque de retrait du glacier: couverte de chataigniers elle s’étend sous
la forme d’une longue colline en aval d’Argelés jusqu’au village d’Oost jouant a la
fois le réle de moraine latérale gauche pour le grand glacier d’Argelés, et celui de
moraine terminale pour celui affluent par la vallée de Salles.
Nous voici parvenus & l’extrémité inférieure de la Vallée d’Argelés; 4 droite est
le Pic de Jer qui s’éléve & 2895 pieds au-dessus de la mer. Dela route on apper¢oit
les blocs qui sont restés suspendus & ses flancs; mais ils ne montent pas jusqu’au
sommet ; le barométre nous apprit qu’ils s’arrétaient 4 1300 pieds au-dessus du Gave
de Pau. C’est donc ]’épaisseur maximum du glacier en ce point, et la moraine dont
nous venons de mesurer la hauteur était sa moraine latérale droite. La moraine
médiane a recouyert d’un nombre immense des blocs la Montagne de Béout, qui
s’éléve & 2415 pieds au-dessus de la mer, mais seulement & 1236 pieds au-dessus de la
riviére. Sur cette Montagne de Béout, le géologue pourra observer les blocs
erratiques dans toutes les positions et avec tous les accidens qui ont été depuis long-
Be
68 REPORT—1867.
temps signalés en Suisse ; les uns se sont brisés en deux dans leur chute ; les autres
sont suspendus sur des pentes trés-fortes, un grand nombre reposent sur des blocs
plus petits, et quelques-uns sont perchés sur des piédestaux de trois pieds de hauteur
environ, La montagne calcaire du Béout a été en effet érodée par les eaux atmo-
sphériques, elle présente ces profonds sillons que les Suisses appellent Karrenfelder,
mais certaines parties protegées par de gros blocs granitiques n’ont point été atta-
quées, et le bloc se trouve élevé sur un piédestal comme ceux qui sur les glaciers
actuels forment la corniche d’une colonne de glace dont ils ont empeché la fusion.
La moraine latérale gauche du glacier se trouve dans la vallée de Batsouriguiére, au
pied d’un céne calcaire dénudé appelé Esch, elle est & 1230 pieds au-dessus du Gave
de Pau, et la vallée elle-méme est, pour ainsi dire, remplie de blocs de granite.
Sortons maintenant de la vallée d’Argelés, et étudions la moraine terminale telle
qu'elle se développe au nord de Lourdes: elle forme un grand are de cercle, passant
par les villages de Peyrusse, Loubajac, Adé, Tuloz et Arcisac-les-Angles. Rendons-
nous d’abord avec la foule des pélerins crédules ila grotte miraculeuse, ou la jeune
Bernadette pretendit avoir vu la Vierge le 14 Février 1854. Le calcaire jurassique
exploité le long de la route est arrondi, poli et strié partout ot les travaux des ou-
vriers ont mis 4 nula surface de la roche. Ces striés sont dirigées du 8.8.E. au
N.N.O. L’église elle-méme est construite sur une roche moutonnée, et au dela, la
route présente la coupe @’une moraine avec cailloux rayés et blocs de granite, de
schiste, de calcaire et d’ophite.
Pour étudier la portion occidentale de la moraine terminale du glacier de la vallée
d’Argelés, il faut suivre le chemin de fer de Lourdes’ Pau. Prés dela Gare du rail-
way on trouve les grés cretacés du cirque de Gavarnie a1’état erratique, et partout dans
les tranchées des granites, des marbres blancs, des schistes, et des gros blocs de cal-
caires noirs, rayés et empatés dans la boue glaciaire, Si l’on s’éléve sur les collines qui
dominent le chemin de fer, on les trouve également couvertes de blocs presque tous
granitiques, et dont quelques-uns ont jusqu’d quinze pieds de longueur. De ces
collines on découvre le petit lac de Lourdes; il a 1760 yards de long, et est élevé de
1270 pieds au-dessus de la mer. C’est un lac morainique: il est barré a sa partie
inférieure qui se termine par une tourbiére, et se déverse en amont comme d'autres
lacs morainiques, ceux d’Orta, de Varése, de Céme, au revers meridional des Alpes,
de Gérardmer dans le Vosges, de Llyn Llydaw prés du sommet du Snowdon dans
le pays de Galles, Si l’on se dirige de Peyrusse vers Mourles, propriété de M. Fould,
on suit le bord de la moraine, et l’on reconnait que toutes les collines qui entourent le
lac sont couvertes de blocs erratiques, abondans surtout dans les parties couvertes des
fougéres (Pteris aquilina) et dans le bois de chénes ou de chataigniers. Les plus
gros blocs sont entre le lac et le village de Poueyferré ; l'un d’eux de granite blanc
avec mica noir, 4 30 pieds de long sur 22 de large. Sur les bords de la route de
Lourdes & Tarbes, on voit également & un mille et demi de Lourdes, un bloc pyra-
midal de lumachelle, qui marque, pour ainsi dire, la limite de la région des blocs,
La vallée de Lourdes 4 Adé, que le chemin de fer de Tarbes parcourt dans toute sa
longueur, forme, pour ainsi dire, l’axe de la moraine terminale de l’ancien glacier.
Entre Lourdes et Adé, sur une longueur de deux milles le chemin de fer coupe sept
moraines parfaitement reconnaissables. La derniére aprés le village d’Adé, a 50
piedsde haut; elle est comme les autres entiérement formée de matériaux meubles
—sables, cailloux, blocs mélés confusément, et porte a sa surface de gros blocs de
quartzite et de granite. A la suite de cette moraine, la plaine est nivelée et recou-
verte d’un sable argileux jaune, semblable au loess de la vallée du Rhin, La pre-
miére colline coupée par le chemin de fer aprés Adé est composée de schistes méta-
morphiques traversée par un dyke d'ophite dont les parties exposées a l’air se décom-
posent en boules. Le loess se prolonge dans la direction de Bordeaux jusqu’a Aire,
sur une longueur de 43 miles. Surla carte géologique de France de MM. Dufrénoy
et Elie de Beaumont il est colorié comme les sables des Landes dont il différe
notablement.
La partie orientale de la moraine terminale de l’ancien glacier d’Argelés ne pré-
sente rien de remarquable; seulement nous signalerons les nombreux blocs qui
recouvrent les collines qui bordent la vallée entre Lourdes et Arcisac-les-Angles, sur
la route de Lourdes 4 Bagnéres de Bigorre. D’une maniére générale la moraine
s'est beaucoup plus étendue yers l’occident que vers l’orient, ce qui devait étre par-
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 69
ceque les affluens du glacier étaient beaucoup plus nombreux et plus puissans sur
la rive gauche que sur la rive droite. Quant a la distribution des matériaux, j’observe
que les grés cretacés et les schistes dévoniens avec Retepora du cirque de Gavar-
nie caractérisent la moraine médiane de l’ancien glacier; les granites blancs a cristaux
de Tourmaline de la vallée de Cauterets, la moraine latérale gauche ; les ophites et les
quartzites la moraine latérale droite. Cette distribution se retrouve dans la moraine
terminale qui s’étend au nord de Lourdes dans la plaine sous-pyrénéenne.
Nous terminerons ce mémoire en fournissant une preuve zoologique de la période
de froid qui a déterminé l’ancienne extension des glaciers pyrénéens. Notre ami M.
Lartet, qui connait si bien le bassin sous-pyrénéen, qu’il a longtemps habité et ot il a
fait ses plus belles découvertes, nous a donné la liste des animaux de l’époque qua-
ternaire, déterminés par lui dans'le sud-ouest de la France. Tous ont été trouvés
dans le diluvium et dans les cavernes et méme dans les alluvions modernes. Tous co-
existaient avec les animaux qui habitent actuellement le pays; mais les uns sont
maintenant relégués dans les régions septentrionales de 1’Europe ou dans |’extréme
nord; les autres ont complétement disparu. Le caractére général de la faune est
boréal, et indique un climat plus froid que celui qui existe actuellement; on en jugera
par la liste suivante.
Taste des Animaua éteints ou émigrés trouvés dans les terrains quaternaires et les
cavernes du sud-ouest de la France. (Hid. Lartet.)
MAMMIFERES.
Elephas antiquus, Fale. Alluvions quaternaires de la Réolle (Gironde).
Elephas primigenius, Blum. Alluvions quaternaires de l’Arriége, du Gers, haute
Garonne ; cavernes du sud-ouest de la France.
Rhinoceros Merckit, Kaup. Alluvions anciennes du plateau de la Roque, Bor-
deaux ; cavernes de la vallée de Campan et de la Dordogne.
Rhinoceros tichorhinus, Cuv. (R. antiquitatis, Blum.). Cavernes des Pyrénées;
alluvions de la Garonne et de la Charente.
Bos primigenius, Boj. Alluyions quaternaires, et cavernes dans tout le sud-ouest de
la France.
Bison Europeus, Cuy. (B. priscus, Boj.). Alluvions quaternaires, et cavernes de
toute la région.
Ovibos moschatus, de Bl. (B. moschatus, Gmel.). Sous des abris de rochers,
Gorge d’Enfer et de la Madeleine (Dordogne).
Cervus megaceros, Hart. (C. hibernicus, Owen). Bréche de l’Estalient prés Bag-
néres, Sepulture d’Aurignac; alluvions de Clermont (haute Garonne); Station de
Laugerie-haute (Dordogne).
Cervus tarandus, L. Cavernes des Pyrénées, Rebenac, Espalangue, prés de Lourdes,
sépulture d’Aurignac, haute Garonne, &e.
Capra hispanica, Schimp. (Bouquetin). Cavernes diverses des Pyrénées, de la
Dordogne, de Tarn et Garonne, vivait alors dans les plaines.
Antilope rupicapra, Erxl, (Isard, Chamois). Cavernes des Pyrénées, de Tarn et
Garonne, de la Dordogne, &c.
Antilope Saiga, Pall. Représenté seulement par des cornes dans les cavernes de
Tarn et Garonne, et de la Dordogne.
Castor Europeus, Brandt. Cayernes des Pyrénées, de Tarn et Garonne, et de
la Dordogne.
Arctomys marmotta, L. Bréche de l’Estalient prés Bagnéres.
Arctomys, sp.n. Grotte de Lacombe-Tajac (Dordogne).
Spermophilus, voisin du Sp. erythrogenys, Brandt, ou Parry, Richards. Grotte
des Eyzies (Dordogne).
Ursus speleus, Rosenmiiller. Cavernes des Pyrénées; abondant dans celles de
l’Arriége, Tarn et Garonne, Dordogne, &c.
Felis spelea, Goldf. Cavernes des Pyrénées centrales, sépultures d’Aurignac;
alluvions anciennes de Clermont (Arriége) ; cayernes de la Dordogne, &c.
Felis Lynx, L. Caverne de Massa (Arriége), des Eyzies (Dordogne).
Felis, voisin du Léopard. Cavernes des Pyrénées; grotte supérieure de Massat et
de Bourchette (Arriége).
70 REPORT—1867.
Hyena spelea, Goldf. Alluvions quaternaires du plateau de la Roque, prés Bor-
deaux ; cavernes des Pyrénées, de la Dordogne, &e.
Hyena striata, Zimm, (H, prisca, Marcel de Serres). Bréche de l’Estalient, prés
Bagnéres.
OISEAUX DES CaVERNES. (Alph. Milne-Edwards.)
Gypaetes barbatus, Temm, Cayernes de la Dordogne,
Milvus regalis, Vieill. Cavernes de la haute Garonne,
Falco tinnunculus, Vieill. Cavernes de la Dordogne,
Buteo cinereus, Gmel, Cayerne d’Aurignac,
Nyctea nivea, Vieill. (Strix lapponica, Gm.). Dordogne,
Hirundo rupestris, Temm. Cayerne de Lourdes.
Corvus corax, Vieill, Dordogne.
Corvus pica, Temm, Dordogne.
Pyrrochorax alpinus, Vieill, Dordogne.
Tetrao lagopus, L, Cavernes de Lourdes.
Tetrao albus, LL. Dordogne.
Tetrao urogallus, LL. Dordogne.
Grus primigenia, Alph, Milne-Edwards. Dordogne.
Parmi ces animaux les Eléphans, les Rhinocéros, le Cerf d’Irlande, les Spermo-
philes, l’Ours des cavernes, les Felis, l’Hyéne, et la Grue ont disparu; d’autres ont
émigré, soit vers le nord soit sur les hautes cimes des Alpes et des Pyrénées. Ce
sont le Renne, le Boeuf-musqué, l’Aurochs, le Bouquetin d’Espagne, le Chamois,
la Marmotte des Alpes, le Castor, le Lynx, la Chouette de Laponie et les Tetruo.
Le caractére général éminemment arctique de cette faune nous montre que le climat
des Pyrénées était & cette époque plus rigoureux qu'il ne lest actuellement. La
zoologie confirme donc complétement les données de la géologie.
On the Cambrian Rocks of Llanberis with reference to a Break in the Conform-
able Succession of the Lower Beds. By Guorcr Maw, F.G.S., FLAS. Se.
A section was exhibited of the lower part of the Cambrian series along the
southern bank of Llyn Padarn, which was not visible at the time the Llanberis
district was mapped by the Geological Survey.
A cutting on the branch railway from Carnarvon, now in course of formation,
has exposed the structure of the lower beds and the most complicated part of the
series. Underneath the beds worked for slates in the Dinorwic and Glyn quar-
ries there occurs a considerable thickness of a compact rock obscurely banded with
dark olive-green and dull buff, which rests unconformably on the upturned edges
of a still more ancient slate-rock. Many of the similar dark-green bands inter-
stratified with the workable slates of the higher series, and which have been
grouped with the Cambrian grits and pebble-beds, contain isolated fragments of
altered slate, and wherever they are in contact with the blue or purple slates a
thin course of altered green slate occurs at the junction.
Towards the lower part of the Upper series in the Glyn quarries the green
matter occurs as a multitude of thin fanta, in contact with which the slate has
been altered to a pale green.
The dark-green bands were found on analysis to exhibit a totally different com-
position to that of the slate-matrix, and appeared to haye been derived from a
different source.
With reference to the condition of fusion under which the dykes of greenstone
were intruded, judging from the kind of alteration produced in the adjacent slate,
the heat could not have been sufficient to effect a purely vitreous liquefaction, as
experiments proved that the slaty matrix was fusible at a lower heat than that at
which the greenstone was refractory.
On Tertiary and Positertiary Action in the Pyrenees.
By P. W. Srvarr Muyruars,
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 7a
On the Nature and Systematic Position of the Graptolitide.
By Henry Atryne NicHorson, D.Se., M.B., F.GS., He.
The author of this paper, after stating the views of those who had referred the
Graptolitide to the Cephalopoda, the Actinozoa, the Polyzoa, and the Foraminifera,
stated the reasons which induced him to class them with the Hydrozoa, a view
originally put forth by Prof. M‘Coy. This opinion was shown to be supported by
the morphology of the Graptolitide, and especially by the existence of a ‘‘ common
canal” corresponding to the “ ccenosare” of the Hydrozoa, from which arose the
separate cellules or polypites. As a special morphological point, it was also indi-
cated that the “central disk” of some Tetragrapsi and Dichograpsi would find
a feasible homologue in the “float” or “ pneumatophore” of the Physophoridee, -
an order of the oceanic Hydrozoa.
‘Passing from the nutritive to the generative system, the author drew attention
to the bodies originally described by himself as the “ovarian vesicles” of Grapto-
lites, and also to those previously described by Hall, pointing out their close affinity
with the “ gonophores” of the recent Hydrozoa.
The reference of the Graptolitide to the Hydrozoa was further shown to be
supported by their mode of existence and by the determination of allied forms.
As regards the former point, proofs were adduced that the great majority, if not
the whole, of the Graptolitidz were free and unattached, an almost fatal objection
to the belief that they were referable to the Bryozoa. As to the second point,
attention was drawn to the existence of a form (originally described by the author
under the name of Corynoides calicularis) which was closely allied to the Grap-
tolites, but which probably represented the Corynidee or Tubularide in the Silurian
seas.
The author, in conclusion, declared his belief that the Graptolitide could not he
referred to any existing order, or even subclass, of the Hydrozoa, standing there-
fore in the same relation to the latter that the Trilobites do to existing Crustacea,
In the present state of our knowledge it seemed, therefore, most advisable to con-
sider the Graptolites as constituting a new subclass intermediate in position
between the oceanic and the fixed Hydrozoa; and there were some reasons for
the belief that they perhaps represented the original stock, from which the above
existing sections of our living Hydrozoa have primarily diverged.
On the Graptolites of the Skiddaw Slates.
By Henry Atteyne Nicworson, D.Se., M.B., F.GS., Se.
The author of this communication gaye a brief description of the Graptolites of
the Skiddaw Slates, a group of rocks forming the base of the great Silurian series
of Cumberland and Westmorland. These Graptolites had been described in 1863
by Mr. Salter, who gave a list of thirteen species. Rejecting some of these, the
author was now enabled, by the researches of Prof. Harkness and himself, to de-
seribe twenty-three species, of which number thirteen are well known in the
Quebec group of Canada, three are new, and the remainder occur elsewhere, either
in the Lower or Upper Llandeilo rocks. The author pointed out various peculi-
arities in the forms and distribution of the Skiddaw Graptolites, and showed that
by their aid we were able clearly to correlate the Skiddaw Slates with the Quebec
roup in Canada.
The Graptolites of the Skiddaw Slates were shown to be referable to six genera
certainly, perhaps to eight. The genus Dichograpsus, Salter, was represented by
four species, viz. D. Logant, Hall, D. octobrachiatus, Hall, D. multiplex, Nich., and
D. reticulatus, Nich. Of the genus Tetragrapsus, Salter, four species had also been
identified, viz. T. bryonoides, Hall, T. quadribrachiatus, Hall, 2. Headi, Hall, and
T. crucifer, Hall.
The genus Dendrograpsus, Hall, was doubtfully represented by branching frag-
ments apparently referable to D, Hallianus, Prout, from which D. furcatula of
Salter appears undistinguishable.
The genus Pleurograpsus, Nicholson, was also doubtfully represented by a single
new species, provisionally named P. vagans.
Of the genus Diplograpsus, M‘Coy, four species are known from the slates, viz.
72 REPORT—1867.
D. pristiniformis, Hall, D. mucronatus, Hall, D. antennarius, Hall, and D. tere-
tiusculus, His.
Of the genus Didymograpsus, M‘Coy, seven species are found, viz. D. nitidus,
Hall, D. patulus, Hall (=D. hirundo, Salter), D. serratulus, Hall, D. bifidus, Hall,
D. sextans, Hall, D. geminus, His., and D. V.-fractus, Salter.
Of the peculiar genus Phyllograpsus, Hall, two species had been recognized, viz.
P. angustifolius, Hall, and P. typus, Hall.
Of the genus Graptolites, Linn., four species had been stated to occur by Mr.
Salter, viz. G. sagittarius, Linn., G. tenuis, Portl., G. Nilssoni, Barr., and G‘. latus,
M‘Coy; but these determinations had been in all probability founded upon frag-
ments of the compound forms,
On the Geology of India. By Dr. OtpHam.
On Fossil Fishes of the Old Red Sandstone of Caithness and Sutherland, with
notices of some new to those Counties. By C. W. Pracu.
The author first mentioned Pterichthys as being abundant in Orkney, but until
1863 not a vestige of it had been found in Caithness or Sutherland, when in June
of that year he was fortunate enough to turn up, in the thin flaggy beds inter-
calated amongst the coarse sandstones near John O’Groat’s, an exceedingly small
species, with small spined arms, delicately but beautifully sculptured. One
specimen had two horn-like appendages, which turn right and left at right angles,
and, like the others, differs from those found in Orkney, and, if a new species, the
author intends to name it after his late valued friend Robert Dick, so that at least
one thing belonging to the Old Red Sandstone, for which he did so much, might
bear his worthy name. After a full description of the above, he mentioned Coc-
costeus, describing C. pusillus of M‘Coy, of which he had got nearly a perfect
specimen at Murkle, near Castlehill. In one he pointed out that the tail was
covered either with scales or a tuberculated skin, a fact not before observed.
Coccosteus trigonaspis of M‘Coy he considered not a good species, it being made
from the lozenge-shaped ventral plate of the above species. M‘Coy himself was
doubtful about it.
From Wick Head he had obtained Osteolepis brevis of M‘Coy. Dipterus he
found was a true bony fish, as might be seen by the specimens produced, showing
vertebral column, ribs, processes, and interspinous bones. Of Acanthodes he ha
obtained a third species, the Acanthodes pusillus of Agassiz.
Holoptychius Sedgwickii he felt sure was also a true bony fish, as seen by the
specimen he exhibited, showing similar internal bones to those noticed as occurring
in Dipterus. All the above fishes were found in Caithness, and as well, probably, a
new Cheiracanthus and spines of Diplacanthus longispinus. At Dornoch, in Suther-
landshire, he had found scales of Holoptychius in the sandstones near the sea.
Tristichopterus alatus was next alluded to. This really handsome fish was
described by Sir Philip Egerton in Decade X. of the Geological Survey, from im-
perfect specimens exhibited by the author at the British Association at Aberdeen,
in 1859; and although described as a true bony fish, its true place could not be
positively made out, from the absence of paired fins, bones of the head, teeth, &e.
Specimens of all these were produced, and fully bore out the conclusion which Sir
Philip Egerton had arrived at when describing the one got in 1859. After men-
tioning the probability of his having found (as well as the above) Annelides in
Caithness rocks, he stated that he fully agreed with Sir R. I. Murchison, in his
triple arrangement of the Old Red Sandstone in the counties of Caithness and
Sutherland.
On the Geology and Fossils of the Lingua Flags at Upper Mawddach, North
Wales. By Joun Prayr.
Mr, R, Stisr0n’s collection of Crustacea was exhibited.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 73
On the Internal Heat of the Earth. By Dr. Jutrvs Scuvarcz. *
On the Relation of the Upper and Lower Crags in Norfolk.
By J. E, Taytor, Hon. Sec. Norwich Geol. Soc.*
On a new Phosphatic Deposit near Upware, in Cambridgeshire.
By J. F. Warxer, B.A., F.GS. fc.
At the Meeting of this Association at Nottingham, the author communicated a
paper on a phosphatic deposit in Bedfordshire; further light has been thrown
upon the nature of that bed by the discovery of another deposit near Upware.
The most remarkable difference between these deposits is, that the shells, which the
author regarded as proper to the beds, exist’at Sandy and Potton in a ferruginous
condition, but in a calcareous condition near Upware. The reason why the same
fossils occur in different conditions in these beds is probably due to the proximity
of a coral-reef to the Upware bed; for the coral rag occurs at Upware, and a large
supply of calcareous matter would be derived from this source. At Sandy the
casts of the shells are impressions in the ferruginous sand, which forms the matrix
in which the fossils and nodules are imbedded, whilst at Upware casts of these
shells occur composed of carbonate of calcium. The author referred to the water-
worn condition of the phosphatic casts at Potton in his former paper, but the fer-
ruginous nature of that bed was unfavourable for the preservation of the shells
pees to the deposit ; in the Upware bed, however, the calcareous nature of the
eposit is highly favourable for the preservation of the shells proper to the deposit ;
and therefore the difference between the phosphatic casts and the shells proper to
their respective beds is more marked at Upware than.at Potton. Bryozoa, Serpule,
&c. occur on several of the phosphatic nodules at Upware, having evidently grown
on them, the animal having followed the outline of the nodule,which circumstance
would tend to show that the nodules have been deposited in a hardened condition
in the place where they are found.
Remains of the same fishes that are found in the Bedfordshire deposit occur in
this bed; also of the reptiles, including Dakosaurus and Iguanodon.
The author gave sections of the Upware deposits in the ‘Geological Magazine’
for July 1867, also a list of the fossils; among these there are a great many species
of Brachiopoda, including three new species—W. Woodwardii, W. Davidsonii, and
T. Dallasi (since described in Geol. Mag. October 1867).
The known species of Brachiopoda found in this deposit are of the Lower-Green-
sand age, including 7. Sella, T. prelonga, T. depressa, T. Fittoni, W. Moutoniana,
&e., R. Gibbsiana, R. antidichotoma, &e. This bed likewise contains numerous
fine specimens of sponges, Bryozoa, &c., resembling those found at Farringdon;
and during a recent visit to the latter locality the author obtained several shells
which he has also found at Upware. The author considered these beds at Potton
and Upware to be a drift of the age of the Lower Greensand, containing fossils of
that age as well as extraneous specimens.
On some Carboniferous Fossil Trees imbedded in Trappean Ash in the Isle
of Arran. By HK. A. Wunscu.
On the Gradual Alteration of the Coast-line in Norfolk. By J. Wyatt.
* See Appendix.
74 REPORT—1867.
BIOLOGY.
Address by the President, Professor Wini1am Suarrzy, M.D.,
Se. RS., FRSA.
I NEED scarcely remind you that Biology, or the science of the living economy,
in its widest sense comprehends whatever relates to the organization, functions,
and mode of life of living beings, whether plants or animals, as well as their
natural history, that is, their distinctive characters, mutual affinities, systematic
classification, and distribution. On account of the extent and variety of the sub-
jects which come under these heads, the Section of Biology in the British Asso-
ciation has been divided on this as on former occasions into departments, which
have been determined, not with a view to logical symmetry of arrangement, but
for the convenient transaction of business, The department of Anatomy and
Physiology, over which I have undertaken more immediately to preside, will
include the structure and functions of man and animals; that of Zoology and
Botany comprehends the natural history of animals and plants, and will be pre-
sided over by Mr. Busk.
Our special science has fully shared in the general advance of human know-
ledge, wick goes onward from year to year with steady progress. The area of
ascertained truth is continually widening; the line of contiguity between the
known and the unknown is perpetually extending ; hence more ample room and
multiplied opportunity for passing the frontier and gaining fresh acquisitions in
the unexplored region beyond. It has been said that in some fields of science the
harvest has been already reaped, and that those who now come after the great
discoverers of older times are but the gleaners of what they have left behind. To
this opinion I feel sure you will not assent. We, of course, cannot gauge the
absolute amount of work remaining to be done in any sphere of mental activity ;
but, viewed in relation to man’s power of research, the unexplored ground in every
field of scientific inquiry may be deemed practically inexhaustible. The increasing
number of cultivators and the mutual aid which different branches of science lend
to each other must naturally quicken the rate of advance, Discoyeries in one
department speedily find application in other directions, and contribute to onward
progress, One step made in advance renders another possible, and the way is thus
prepared even for those more conspicuous achievements, in discovery of fact or
invention of theory, which at rarer intervals command our admiration. In short,
with means of free intercommunication and durable record, the advance of natural
Imowledge, although not equable and uniform, becomes unbroken and continuous.
In adverting for a few moments to the present state of anatomy and physiology,
we cannot fail to be impressed by the general prevalence of improved methods of
investigation, and the general use of instrumental and other appliances of greater
power or greater precision in scrutinizing the intimate structure of the body, and
in observing, estimating, and recording physiological phenomena, We see further
marks of advance in the increasing application of the other sciences, especially
chemistry and physics, to the elucidation of the living economy, and in the readi-
ness with which new discoveries in these sciences are taken advantage of for the
prosecution of anatomical and physiological research. Through these means more
extended and more precise data are obtained for the discovery or recognition of
prevailing laws ant the construction of rational theory; and physiology is ac-
quiring more and more the character of an exact study. It is now two centuries
since the microscope was first used in anatomical and physiological inquiries, and
yet I can remember the time when its use might have been considered exceptional
—when, at any rate, it was confined to a very few hands; but now it might
almost be said that no physiologist or naturalist is without one. Great improve-
ments are continually being made in the potency, precision, and convenient appli-
cation of the instrument; and signal advantage has been gained from the use of
appropriate reagents for facilitating microscopical investigation. We need not
look abroad for examples; some of the most important fruits of recent micro-
scopical inquiry are due to the zeal and sagacity of our own countrymen. I need
refer {only to the discoveries concerning the intimate structure of the nervous
system; and, without invidious selection, I may more especially signalize the well-
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS, 75
known researches of Mr, Lockhart Clarke on the nervous centres, which, I am
happy to say, he continues successfully to prosecute,—the discoveries of Professor
Beale on the structure of ganglions and of nerve-fibres, and their ultimate distri-
bution in the tissues and organs,—and the interesting observations of Mr. Hulke
on the retina, By using high microscopic powers, with the greatest address and
skill, Dr. Beale found out exquisitely minute fibrils in the peripheral branches of
the nerves, and traced their distribution in various tissues. These inquiries have
been followed up by the German histologists, and now it is maintained that nerve-
fibres may be traced even into the particles of epithelium. Be this as it may, it is
satisfactory to know that, as the functional influence of the nerves has been found
to govern in a higher degree and more direct manner than formerly suspected the
circulating, secreting, and other nutritive processes, so our knowledge of the
anatomical domain of the nervous system is being correspondingly extended. As
a marked instance, I may refer to the recent observations on the termination of
nerves in the secreting epithelium of glands. In proceeding to say a word on
other instrumental applications, I may pass over the continued investigations into
the electricity of nerves and muscles, and new determinations, by new methods,
of the velocity of nervous/excitation, as well as new observations with the ophthal-
mometer, ophthalmoscope, laryngoscope, and the newly invented cardiograph, and
shall content myself with specializing the investigations made in this country
into the phenomena of the wile, in health and disease, by means of the sphygmo-
graph, and the important experimental inquiries of Dr. Sanderson on the influence
of the thoracic movements on the circulation of the blood, carried on by means of
the hemadynamometer and additional ingenious apparatus contrived by himself.
The account of his observations is contained in the Croonian Lecture for 1866,
delivered by him before the Royal Society, which will shortly be published in the
Philosophical Transactions. An important contribution to the physiology of
respiration was, not long since, derived from a combined chemical and optical
investigation, by Professor Stokes, into the oxidation and deoxidation of the
colouring-matter of the blood. Spectrum analysis promises much aid in physio-
_logical inquiry, It has been already employed by Dr. Bence Jones and Mr. Dupré,
in a most remarkable and extensive series of experiments on the time required for
the absorption and elimination of foreign matters by the living tissues. ‘The sub-
stance used was a salt of lithia, and it was traced into and out of the non-vascular
as well as the vascular tissues. The continued employment of chemical means in
physiological inquiries scarcely requires any comment. I must nevertheless make
an exception in regard to some recent experimental results which lead to an impor-
tant modification of the views heretofore generally entertained as to the generation
of muscular force, From an experiment, now well known, by Fick and Wislicenus,
in an ascent of the Faulhorn, these observers concluded that the mechanical force
and heat developed in muscular exertion cannot be derived solely or principally
from oxidation of the proper muscular tissue. Dr. Frankland has subjected their
data and conclusions to a careful chemical criticism, in which he determined ex-
perimentally the heat, and consequently the mechanical force, produced by the
oxidation of albuminoid substances; and, on comparing this with the results of
the Alpine experiment, he has fully confirmed the conclusions drawn from it. It
would therefore seem as if a muscle ordinarily uses other materials, probably
hydrocarbonous, to be oxidated in the production of force, as a steam-engine uses
fuel, and not its own substance. More lately Professor Parkes has made, at the
Netley Hospital, two series of very careful experiments, in which the whole of the
discharged nitrogen was exactly determined; and his experiments, which are
related in two recent Numbers of the ‘Proceedings of the Royal Society,’ lead to
the same general inference as those of the Swiss inquirers; but Dr. Parkes has
further found that nitrogen is retained during the actual performance of work,
perhaps even taken up in some form by the muscle and assimilated, and that the
discharge of it mainly takes place in the period of rest which succeeds exertion.
Without unduly protracting these rather desultory remarks, I may be permitted
to speak of a new and curious method of research quite recently introduced by a
foreign experimenter, which has as yet been especially employed for tracing the
more intimate distribution of the ducts in the liver and kidney, but is possibly
76 REPORT—1867.
applicable to the solution of other anatomical and physiological questions. It
consists in injecting into a vein or introducing into the stomach of a living animal
a colouring-matter, which may, after a certain lapse of time, be found filling, and
so rendering conspicuous, the gland ducts through which it is being eliminated
from the system. It is needless to pursue these considerations further, and it is
not my purpose to attempt anything in the nature of a general survey of the recent
work done in our science. The number of active workers has so greatly multiplied,
and the published results of their labours have become so immense in extent and
variety, that, to me at least, it would be a hopeless task to present within reason-
able compass any consistent and intelligible summary. In one of the lately pub-
lished annual reports on the progress of anatomy and physiology, I find that the
writers referred to as having contributed to these sciences within the year are
between five and six hundred, and a good many of them are cited for two or more
contributions. One fruitful source of this increased production has been the insti-
tution in recent years of physiological laboratories in various continental seats of
learning, in which practical instruction is given in histological and physiological
studies, and where many able and well-trained young men, ambitious of scientific
distinction, are engaged in prosecuting original inquiries. No one, of course, can
doubt the gain to science thus immensely accruing; at the same time it must be
admitted that the eager publication of immature results and hasty conclusions to
which some are tempted, and the corrective, or at least diverging statements of
others, equally confident, which speedily follow, present in not a few cases an
amount of contradiction and confusion most bewildering to any one who desires
to master the existing state of knowledge of the subject. But although this is
undoubtedly a drawback, it is trifling in comparison with the advantage of mani-
fold activity and accelerated progress. Anatomical and physiological journals,
and other channels for the publication of physiological papers, have of late years
been on the increase abroad, and augmented facilities are thus afforded for dis-
seminating new matter; and we admire (I might almost say envy) the number
and excellence of the graphic illustrations with which they are furnished. Such
advantages are not so freely offered to the anatomists and physiologists of this
country. Anatomical and physiological memoirs, for the most part, require elabo-
rately executed figures for their illustration, and the expense of a journal illus-
trated fully and fitly is found to be a serious obstacle to its maintenance, with the
limited circulation which a purely scientific periodical has heretofore obtained in
Britain. It has sometimes occurred to me that a publication fund might be esta-
blished, which, under unimpeachable management and control, might be applied
especially to defray part of the expense incurred in illustrating scientific memoirs.
Such a purpose, I venture to think, is not unworthy of consideration by those who
desire to promote knowledge by pecuniary foundations.
Finally, let me say a word on the influence of the British Association in the
promotion of our science. The British Association carries on its work in various
ways. One most important line of action is the appointment of committees, or
individual members, to draw up reports on the progress and existing state of par-
ticular branches of science, or to investigate particular scientific questions by
actual observation or experiment, and report thereon; and every year sums of
money are voted to meet the expenses of such investigations. These reports are
published i extenso in the annual volume, and are, for the most part, of great and
acknowledged value. Biological science has fairly participated in these advan-
tages, and has further profited through the example set by the British Association,
which has led other influential bodies to set on foot investigations by similar
means. Doubtless it might be held that the same or like advantages might be
obtained through a stationary scientific institution, and without such local gather-
ings and annual visitations as that which we are now attending; but it has been
justly said that the periodic meetings of the British Association in different places
serve not only to freshen the interest and stimulate the activity of the habitual
cultivators of science, but also to render the study more widely attractive, and
enlist fresh energies in the pursuit; and then it must be remembered that the
subjects for reports and particular lines of inquiry are for the most part suggested
or determined by the discussions that take place at these meetings. It must be
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 77
confessed, indeed, that the published proceedings (as distinguished from special
reports) of the Section of Physiology make no great show in the series of volumes
issued by the Association; but, without undervaluing the reports of these pro-
ceedings, I would venture to say that they are not, and cannot well be, a just
measure of the useful work done. Much of the good effected by the sectional
meetings can neyer be recorded. I remember being present at an assembly of the
German Association of Naturalists at Berlin in 1828, and of hearing Oken, one
of the most distinguished members and original founders of that institution,
declare that the great purpose of the Association was, not to listen to long and
elaborate communications, but rather to bring men of kindred pursuits from dif-
ferent parts into friendly relation with each other, affording them the opportunity
of freely exchanging information, exhibiting new and interesting specimens and
experiments, offering mutual suggestions, and establishing useful correspondence.
All, I feel sure, will admit that this promotion of friendly intercourse among men
engaged in the pursuit of science and those interested in its advancement is (and
let us hope it will long continue to be) one of the great benefits conferred by the
British Association.
On the Preservation of Fishing Streams. By Sir Jamus E. Arnxanper.
Notes on the Structure of certain Hydroid Meduse.
By Professor Artman, M.D., FBS.
I, SLABBERIA.
It is well known that in Slabberia there occurs upon each of the four radiating’
canals a definite oval enlargement, which so closely resembles, in external appear-
ance and in fposition, the generative pouches of Obelia, and of several other
Hydroid Medusz, that a similar function has been hitherto, without hesitation,
assigned to it. It has, however, nothing to do with generation; it consists of a
mere thickening of the walls of the canal, and in no case could any trace of ova or
spermatozoa be detected in it.
It is in the walls of the sanubrium that the generative elements are developed,
and the manubrium becomes enlarged by their presence for a definite extent,
exactly as in Sarsia. Nothing, however, has been discovered which seems capable
of throwing further light on the import of the enlargements of the radiating canals.
It will be thus seen that Slabberia belongs to that group of Hydroid Medusee
which produces its generative elements in the walls of the manubrium instead of in
special generative buds developed from the radiating canals. In other words, it
belongs to the true “gonophore” rather than to that form of Medusa to which
the author had elsewhere given the name of “ blastocheme.”
Forbes, the founder of the genus, misled by the peculiar dilatations of the
radiating canals, and not recognizing the presence of generative elements in the
manubrium, regarded Slabberia as a blastocheme; and this view has since been
accepted, although the presence of distinct ocelli and the absence of lithocysts
might have raised doubts as to its justice.
It may be noticed that Agassiz describes dilatations of the radiating canals in a
North American Pennaria, and regards them, though with some hesitation, as
generative sacs. There can, however, be little doubt that the medusa of Pennaria
is a true phanerocodonic gonophore, having its generative elements developed in
the walls of its manubrium ; and it is by no means improbable that the dilatations
ae radiating canals in Pennaria may have the same significance as those in
labberia.
Il. On some peculiarities in the Structure of OBELIA.
The little medusa which forms the subject of the present notice is produced by
the very common hydroid Obelia (Laomedea) geniculata, from whose gonangia it
may be seen escaping in shoals during the whole of the spring and summer
months. The marginal tentacles in the recently liberated medusa are twenty-four
in number. Of these four are radial, being situated in the same meridional planes
with the radiating canals, and between every two radial are five interradial ten-
78 REPORT—1867.
tacles; they have all a very distinctly chambered axis, composed of a single series
of cells whose contiguous walls form the transverse {partitions. Each chamber
contains a clear homogeneous fluid, with a nucleus which is usually seated on the
centre of the partition wall, and imbedded in a mass of granular protoplasm, which
is frequently continued through the axis of the cell in the form of a filament.
The chambered axis of the tentacle becomes slightly thicker towards the
proximal end, and is here continued into the substance of the umbrella, through
nearly the entire of whose thickness it runs. The terminal cell of the tentacle
root thus plunged into the gelatinous mass of the umbrella is much larger than any
of the others which form the axis of the tentacle. Like the other cells of the
axis, it frequently presents a nucleus on some part of its walls.
The axis of the tentacle is surrounded by an ectodermal tube, composed appa-
rently of membraneless cells, and having great numbers of minute, curved thread-
cells immersed in it. Near the root of the tentacle its ectoderm is thickened into
a cushion-like swelling, which becomes continuous with the umbrella margin.
Between the ectoderm and the chambered core of the tentacle is a well-marked
layer of longitudinal muscular fibres.
The tentacle is thus absolutely solid in its entire extent, presenting nowhere any
trace of an axile tube. There can be therefore no communication between it and
the circular canal, which accordingly simply passes over the subumbrellar side of
its root.
The author had been unable to find any trace of a velum which, certainly at the
period of liberation, does not present a visible rudiment, though in certain positions
of the medusa the optical expression of the thickness of the umbrella produces a
deceptive appearance which may be mistaken for a narrow velum.
It will be thus apparent that there are two points in which Obelia contrasts most
strongly with the great majority of hydroid Meduse, namely, (1) the structure of
the tentacles, and their entire want of connexion with the gastrovascular system,
and (2) the non-development of a velum.
The condition of the tentacles in Obelia is entirely that of those organs in the
very aberrant genus Cunina, where they are also inserted into the substance of the
umbrella by a root chambered like the rest of the tentacle. The tentacles of Obelia,
too, just like those of Cunina, are remarkable for their slight extensibility, their
motions consisting chiefly in a spasmodic jerking up and down. The umbrella
possesses but slight contractility, and the progression of the medusa would appear
to be chiefly effected by the fin-like action of the tentacles. The habitually
everted condition of the umbrella, which causes what is its inner surface in other
medusee to become here convex, and its outer surface to become concaye, would
seem to be connected with the non-development of a velum,
Ill. The Structure of the Lithocysts in the Medusa of CAMPANULARTIA.
In the medusa of Campanularia Johnstoni (a medusa referable to the deep-
belled section of Gegenbaur’s genus Eucope) the marginal bodies or “lithocysts ”
are situated on a chord-like structure which runs round the margin of the umbrella,
and which presents a little oval enlargement at each of the points where it sup-
ports a lithocyst. This chord-like portion has been noticed in other meduse, and
has been regarded as a nerve-chord with ganglionic enlargements; but it is plainly
nothing more than the ectoderm of the lower surface of the marginal canal. The
lithocyst is immersed for a slight depth in the marginal enlargement which sup-
ports it, and which sends a very delicate extension of its substance over the whole
of its free surface; it consists of a spherical, transparent, and structureless vesicle,
the greater part of whose cavity is occupied by a soft pulp. In this pulp, which
has necessarily a spherical form corresponding to that of the containing vesicle,
there is excavated at the distal pole, or that which is opposite to the basis of
attachment of the vesicle, a pit-like cavity, and within this cavity, but not entirely
filling it, is the spherical, highly refracting concretion. In the spherical pulp
itself no trace of structure could be detected, but its surface is marked by twelve
or fifteen delicate striae, which take a meridional course at exactly equal distances
from one another. At the distal pole they all terminate distinctly in the margin
of the pit-like excavation, and may be thence traced to within a short distance of
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 79
the opposite pole, the strie generally appearing light-ccloured when contrasted
with the darker intervening spaces. On the nature of these strie no further light
could be thrown; but the author had little doubt that they are what Hensen has
incorrectly interpreted as “auditory hairs” in a medusa which he refers to the
genus Obelia, but which probably belongs to the present type. It will be seen,
too, that the structure of the lithocyst in Campanularia differs in many respects
from that of the same body in the Geryonide as described by Heckel, though the
meridional stri# with which the surface of the central pulp is marked in Cam-
pandaria may suggest a comparison with the two supposed “ sense-nerves ” which
Heeckel has observed running in two opposite meridians on the inner side of the
wall of the capsule in Carmarina and Glossocodon.
Notice of some rare Plants recently collected in Scotland.
By Professor Batrour, M.D., M.A., PRS.
In this communication Professor Balfour alluded to the localities for rare plants
in Scotland, and referred to the statements made as to the supposed disappearance
of plants from the zeal of botanical collectors. He stated that a prize had been
offered by the Maharajah of Jeypore to the Botanical Class of the University of
Edinburgh for the best collection of Scotch plants, and that the announcement of
this had called forth a severe remonstrance from a London correspondent, who
warns the University against allowing such a prize to be given on account of the
risk of extirpating rare plants. Professor Balfour showed that such fears were
groundless, and that the localities of rare plants had suffered, not so much from
botanists as from nurserymen and others who collected for the purpose of sale, as
well as from the improved cultivation of the country, drainage, and other agricul-
tural improvements. One rare plant, Phyllodoce cerulea, had been nearly destroyed
by the rapacity of a Scotch nurseryman; but Professor Balfour was happy to say
the plant still existed on the Sow of Athole, and he showed a specimen which had
been collected in August last. Drainage was affecting seriously the localities in
which Corallorrhiza innata was known to grow, but several new stations had been
found in Scotland. Pinguwicula alpina was becoming very scarce, owing to the
drainage of the Black Isle. The greatest injury had been caused in the case of
ferns, which were now cultivated for sale to a very large extent; and Professor
Balfour knew of instances where English collectors had robbed stations for
Woodsia hyperborea and ilvensis, Cystopteris montana, -Asplenium septentrionale,
A. germanicum, and others. In these cases money-making was the object. He
was glad to say, however, that new localities were constantly being discovered,
and that botanists were now becoming cautious in their communication to ruthless
vendors of plants. New localities had been found for Goodyera repens near Edin-
burgh and near Melrose. Corallorriiza innata had been found in several places in
Fife and Perthshire.
Professor Balfour then noticed an addition to the flora of Scotland in the case of
Apera interrupta, which occurred in large quantity on Dirleton Common, about
twenty miles east from Edinburgh. He then gave an account of a trip to Dal-
whinnie in August last, during which he and his party had visited the Sow of
Athole, the Boar of Badenoch, Loch Ericht and Loch Laggan, Ben Aulder, and
Corryarder. He described the occurrence of snow in large quantity on the hills,
and mentioned that he observed Polypodium alpestre and P. flevile in abundance.
He had gathered in Glen Tilt Dicranum Grevillianum and several other rare mosses
which had been recently discovered by Miss McInroy of Lude. He had visited the
station of Polypodium caleareum, near Aberfeldy, and observed the fern growing
plentifully in an old limestone-quarry. He noticed also the occurrence of Aster
salignus in considerable quantity in several stations on the banks of the Tay, par-
ticularly near Dalguise and Seggieden. In the latter place it had heen’seen for many
years by Colonel Drummond-Hay. :
On the Claims of Arboriculture as a Science. By Witt1am Brown.
The author said that those points in the scientific culture of trees the elucidation
of which is so much wanted to guide and assist the practical forester, or those
80 REPORT—1867.
influences, good or bad, which trees are found to possess over the soil and climate,
had not been taken up by the Association. He wished now to claim for arbori-
culture such a position in science as its importance deserved. He showed that trees
occupied in Britain one twenty-second part of the whole area, or only one-third less
than what is under green crops. To every eleven acres of cultivated land there is one
of wood, and one to every sixteen of uncultivated. The gross yearly value of this
wood-crop was stated to be no less than £2,500,000. The effects of trees on the
climate were then explained, injudicious clearings or overplanting respectively
causing aridity and humidity. The want of a due proportion of a country under a
tree-crop is certain to cause irregularity of temperature, violent storms, and dry-
ness ; while it may be, on the other hand, over-clothed, so as to bring about just
the opposite effects. As illustrative of the effects of trees on the health of the
eo reference was made to the districts of Grantown and Abernethy, in
trathspay, which until of late were covered with close masses of plantation and
natural forests ; but a regular system of thinnings and clearings having been carried
out, the result has been a great and gradual decrease of deaths, in consequence, as
he fully substantiated by statistics, mainly to the wood-surface having been brought
down to a more healthy proportion.
On British Fossil Cycadee. By W. Carrvutugrs, F.L.S., F.GLS.
After describing the structure and peculiarities of living Cycads, the author gave
a history of our knowledge of the known British fossil species. Two genera had
been described, Clathraria and Cycadordea, Clathraria had a simple or bifurcated
stem, with the internal structure of Cycas. The scars on the stem are alternately
large and small as in the recent genus, and some fruits found in the same beds
with them agree generally with those of Cycas. Four species have been found,
Clathraria Lyellii (Mant.), C. Mantelli (Carr.), C. Buchklandi (Carr.), and C. Millert
(Carr.) A new genus, Vatesia, was established for a fossil with a simple stem with
uniform scars and having fruits in terminal cones. A single species was known of
this genus in Britain, Y. Morisii (Carr.). Buckland’s genus Cycadoidea had bulbiform
trunks with small branches permanently attached to the stem. Three species have
been described, C. megalophylla (Buckl.), C. microphylla (Buckl.), and C. pygmea
(Lindl. and Hutt.). A fourth genus, named Bennettites, in acknowledgment of the
great assistance given to the author by J. J. Bennett, Esq., of the British Museum,
was established for three remarkable forms, distinguished from all other Cycads in
having an oval stem and a single woody cylinder from which the vascular tissue
for each leaf separated in a single bundle. The fruit of the genus was described.
This consisted of seeds borne on the ends of branched pedicels, which were deve-
loped from the apex of short branches in the axils of the leaves. Three species
were described, Bennettites Savbyi (Carr.), B. Gibsoni (Carr.), and B. Peachii (Carr.).
Remarks on the Entozoa of the Common Fowl and of Game Birds, in their
supposed relation to the Grouse Disease. By Dr. Cosnoxp, F.R.S., F.L.S,
The author presented a list of upwards of twenty distinct forms of Entozoa
which had been recorded as infesting this group of birds. Taking each bird sepa-
rately, one entozoon only had been described as infesting the red-legged partridge ;
. five had been found in the grey partridge, four in the quail, four in the common
grouse, three in the black grouse, four in the pheasant, and, lastly, fourteen in the
fowl. It would seem that the prevalence or absence of Entozoa in the grouse had
no connexion with the so-called “ grouse-disease ;” that was an inflammatory dis-
order of the blood terminating in gangrene and pyemia. The tapeworm of the
grouse had been regarded as a distinct species; but the author had no doubt that
it was identical with the Tenia linea, which also infested the partridge and quail.
Observations on the Habits of Flyingfish (Exoccetus).
By Dr. Cottinewoon, MA., F.LS,
These observations were made with a view of discovering the object of the
flyinefish’s aerial excursions, and also the mode by which they sustained them-
—_
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 81
selves so long out of the water, and propelled themselves through the air. The
results satisfactorily show that the {lyinglish never leaves the water except pressed
by its aquatic enemies; and with regard to the second point, although their
passage from the water to the air is always accompanied by a rapid vibration of
the pectoral fins, such a vibration does not continue, nor does it recur unless the
fish passes through a wave-crest, or in‘some manner wets its fins afresh. In this
case a new vibration occurs, and it seems the stimulus of the sea-water produces
the vibration in question. But the fish may progress with great rapidity for 70
or 80 yards, without any fresh vibration, although it never rises more than a foot or
eighteen inches above the surface of the waves.
On Pelagic floating animals observed at Sea.
By Dr. Cottrnewooo, M.A., FLAS.
In this paper the author gave an account of observations upon the occurrence
and range of certain oceanic Mollusca, Pteropods, compound Tunicata, minute
Crustacea, &c., which he had met with in a voyage of considerable duration, chiefly
within the tropics. It was illustrated by specimens and coloured drawings.
Notes on Oceanic Hydrozoa. By Dr. Cottinewoon, M.A., FDS.
The various species of Lucernariadze and Physophoride formed the subject of this
communication. The author referred to the circumstances under which they occa-
sionally occurred in great profusion upon the surface of the ocean, usually all of
the same species, at the same time. ‘I'he shoals embraced, on different occasions,
Aurelia, Rhizostoma, Pelagia, Stephanomia, Physalia, Velella, and Porpita. He espe-
cially described the magnificent species of Physalia, seen in some abundance near
the Equator in the Atlantic Ocean, which were each accompanied by a number of
small fishes, which harboured un ler the shelter of the long tentacles and polypites
of the Physalie.
On some remarkable Marine Animals observed in the China Seas.
By Dr. Cortrnewoon, M_A., F.Z.S.
The author stated that he had found many new species of Nudibranchiata, Pla-
narian Annelids, Crustacea, Echinoderms, &c. upon the shores of China, Formosa,
Borneo, and Singapore Straits, of which he exhibited specimens. He described
the habits of some remarkable crustaceans which inhabit the sandy shores of
these countries, and exhibited some new species of snapping shrimps (Alpheus)
from China and Singapore. He announced also the discovery of some enormous
Actiniz inhabiting the coral-reefs of the China seas, in which a number of fishes
lived semiparasitically. He had met with these Actiniz on the submerged reefs
of the China seas, and also upon the coast of Borneo, and had himself extracted a
living fish from one of them. The paper was illustrated by a large series of
coloured drawings, made by the author, from life, the greater part of them being
of new species, to be afterwards described.
On Trichodesmium, or Sea-dust. By Dr. Contincwoon, M.A., F.LS.
The curious little Alga remarked by former observers as discolouring the sea in
some parts of the world was observed by the author in greatest profusion in the
China sea, where it formed a thick scum of many miles in extent. It never pre-
sented the blood-red appearance of the two species of Zrichodesmium described
by Montague and others, but was always of a uniform pale straw-colour. ‘The
author believed that it was a different species from 7. Ehrenbergii or T. Hindsii;
and stated that it was confervoid in character, exhibited no spontaneous movements,
but was, in some parts of the Indian Ocean, associated with an Oscillatoria, which
he also described with figures.
Professor Dickson exhibited an abnormal Leaf of Prenes lauro~cerasus.
1867. 6
82 REPORT —1867.
On the Morphology of the Arthropoda. By Anton Dourn, Dr. Phil. Jena.
The author had studied the development of Palemon, Lithodes, Portunus, and
more especially Mysis and Cuma. He considers the complex respiratory apparatus
of Cuma as a high degree of elaboration of the simple form met with in Zoéa. The
micropyle apparatus in the back of Cuma and the Edriophthalma is nothing but the
remains of the dorsal spine of Zoéa, or rather of the larval form of the cirripeds,
which he calls Archizoéa, as he believes Zoéa takes its origin from it. The larval
membrane of Cuma and Edriophthalma is nothing but the last remains of the carapace
of the Nauplius of the cirripeds. The trefoil-like appendages of Azellus are the last
remains of the Zoéa state, representing the carapace, the spines on the sides of the
carapace, and the respiratory apparatus of the Zoéa. The two pairs of antenna
and the mandibles of the Crustacea are homologous with the three pairs of extre-
mities of Nauplius. The plate and appendage which reach the top of the head in
the Cuma embryo develope into the carapace and branchial apparatus. The plate
in Cuma and Phryganea are identical. In Cwna it becomes the carapace, in Phry-
ganea the head-plate ; whilst the appendage which in Cwma forms the top of the
branchial apparatus, forms in Phryganea the antennee.
Amblystegium confervoides, a Moss new to Britain. By Joun Frasnr, M.D.
While visiting Dovedale, on the 29th of November 1866, for the purpose of exa-
mining its mosses, the author was fortunate enough to find a small and in some re-
spects an insignificant moss, but which has never before been observed in the
British Isles. Ithas been submitted both to My. Wilson of Warrington and Pro-
fessor Schimper of Strasburg, who are quite agreed as to what the moss is, and who
are satisfied that this is the first time it has been recorded in this country. It has
previously been found on the Alps and other parts of Europe.
The romantic dale of the Dove is on the confines of Derbyshire and Staffordshire ;
it consists of the Mountain Limestone, which rises on either side to a considerable
elevation. The new moss was picked up in that portion of it which belongs to
Staffordshire, growing in patches more or less extensive, not on the bark of trees,
nor on the solid rock, but on detached stones of small size in shady places. It has
not been found except in one place, and that over a small area and in small
quantity. It is to be hoped that it may be found in other parts of the limestone
in that district, as well as in other parts of England.
The moss itself is one of the smallest species. It has much affinity to Hypnwm
incurvatum, differing chiefly in its smaller size, hair-like depressed branches, and in
the lax texture of the leaves, which are quite destitute of nerve. At first it was
supposed to be Amblystegium subtile ; but this has a straight erect capsule, no cilia
to the inner peristome, and leaves faintly nerved.
The following description of it was drawn up for the most part by Mr. Wilson:
—Amblystegium confervoides of Bruch and Schimper is moncecious, growing in
patches on stones and in shady places; stems creeping, very slender, subpinnate,
sparingly branched ; branches capilliform; leaves scattered, secund, more or less
spreading, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, entire, nerveless; perichetial leaves
longer, erect ; capsule cernuous oblong, slightly incurved, pale brown, semipellu-
cid ; operculum convex, eee annulus small, deciduous ; inner peristome with
Cilia; outer peristome yellow, fruit-stalk one-third of an inch long.
Specimens and drawings of this moss were exhibited.
On the Destruction of Plantations at Drumlanrig by a species of Vole.
By Dr. Grierson.
The ravages of one or more species of Arvicola or Vole in the plantations at Drum-
lanrig in Dumfriesshire have been for years increasing. _ As far as the author can
learn, such was not specially noticed until about the year 1852. Since then the de-
struction might be represented by high figures. It would seem that the Voles have
migratory habits, at times appearing in vast numbers in plantations where they had
not been previously noticed, andwhich they almost completely destroy. The destruc-
ticn is principally among the young oaks and ash. A ring of bark is gnawed from
the tree close to the root, where it is covered with grass. The effect of this ring of
SS
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 83
bark being removed is the destruction of the tree. Plantations are liable to be so
injured until they are of more than twelve years’ growth. Should there be any trees
of holly their bark is almost wholly removed. it is in the winter months that the
destruction chiefly takes place, especially when the ground is covered with snow.
In the examination of hundreds of voles obtained from the Drumlanrig plantations
the author distinguished two species : the one corresponds to the Arvicola pratensis,
the other to the A. agrestis. The former bears but a small proportion in number to
the latter. There can be little or no doubt that the enormous increase of voles is
owing to the relentless extirpation of rapacious birds, and especially of the
weasles. While nature gaye unlimited fertility to the Rodentia, she bounded their
destructive increase by the carnivora; and it is not wise for man, for the sake of
sport, to disturb that order. Nature will not suffer him with impunity; the
forests will become blighted, and the land overrun with vermin, unless he ceases to
destroy indiscriminately the hawks, the owls, and the weasles.
On certain Simulations of Vegetable Growths by Mineral Substances.
By Joun Draxin Heaton, M.D.
Several observers have noticed the curious arborizations which are developed
upon crystals of various salts when immersed in a solution of silicate of soda,
varying in form and other characters. Sulphate of iron seems to be the salt whose
crystals, when so immersed, produce the most free and beautiful forms; and_ the
observations noticed had been made with this salt. If small fragments of these
crystals be dropped into a solution of silicate of soda, formed by diluting the
commercial solution with about twice its measure of water, and having a density
-of about 1-065, very beautiful arborizations will soon begin to shoot perpendicularly
upwards, attaining the height of 3 or 4 inches in a few hours, consisting of trunks
subdividing and ramifying into branches of the greatest delicacy, and exactly re-
sembling a miniature forest of leafless trees, or imitating a mass of conferve, the
mode of ramification and the rapidity of growth varying with the density of the
solution used. Ifa much weaker solution be used, formed by diluting that of the
strength previously employed with two or three times its own measure of water,
and the crystal be suspended by a thread just below the surface, instead of being
allowed to drop to the bottom, roots will shoot downwards to the bottom of the glass
jar containing the solution, but there will be no growth upwards. By using a
solution of an intermediate strength the author had sometimes obtained contorted
fibres, like roots, growing downwards, and stems growing perpendicularly upwards
on the same crystal, suspended in the middle of the solution. The branches which
erow upwards, like the ascending stem ofa plant, do not owe their tendency to ascend
to their having a lower specific gravity than the liquid in which they are formed ;
on the contrary, when broken from their support, they at once sink to the bottom
of the liquid. The same is true with respect to the downward roots, which sink
to the bottom when detached from the crystal on which they form. They are very
friable, but have sufficient strength to retain their form for some days if not dis-
turbed; but when lifted out of the liquid, they collapse and fall to pieces. Both
silex and the salt of iron enter into their composition, as is evidenced by their
colour, which is various tints of olive or bluish green, and their brittle insoluble
character. The weaker the solution the more silex and the less iron enters into
their composition, the branches being of a paler colour, or almost white, according
to the strength of the solution. Examined microscopically, the ultimate ramifica-
tions are found to be cylindrical, but gradually tapering to fine needle-like extre-
mities, and tubular throughout; the walls being formed of a delicate inciustation,
have no appearance of crystallization, but are finely granular. They subdivide like
the branches of a tree ; sometimes they are irregularly contorted ; sometimes two
- adjacent parallel branches unite, and again separate just as we see in the threads
of microscopic confervee, the tubular formation, however, being continuous through-
out. The tubular character is equally apparent in the roots; but their terminations
are more abrupt, sometimes club-shaped,
These phenomena present strong resemblances to the modes and forms of
growth of bodies belonging to the vegetable kingdom of organic nature. The
Ge
84 REPORT—1867.
ascending and descending growths of the stem and root of a plant are exactly
imitated by these formations, influenced by some force which is neither that of
gravitation nor the molecular attraction of crystallization. The growth of these
formations is likewise interstitial, like that of an organized living tissue ; otherwise
how can the conical tubular extremities be carried forwards as the branches elon-
gate ? or how can these tubular branches unite and again separate, the continuity
of the tubes remaining unbroken? ‘hese curious formations present another ex-
ample of the approximation of dead matter to living organizations in the modes in
which they increase, and in the forms which they assume ; and they seem to increase
the difficulty of defining even between the primary division of organized living
beings and inorganic substances. If these forms, or an exact photographic tran-
script of them, were offered to an observer previously uninformed of their true
nature and origin, they would in all probability be pronounced to be vegetable. Or
supposing such purely mineral substances to have been formed in bygone geological
eras, and to have been accidentally fossilized in some primary or other ancient rock,
they would very probably, when discovered by recent investigation, be pronounced
to be an evidence of organized beings having existed contemporaneously with the
formation of such rock.
On the occurrence of Aster salignus ( Willd.) in Wicken Fen, Cumbridgeshire.
By W. P. Hiern, M.A.
The above plant was found on the 25th of August 1867, growing in company with
Cladium Mariscus, Thalictrum flavum, Peucedanum palustre, Carduus pratensis,
Agrostis canina, Lastrea Thelypteris, and several salices. On the same fen, about two
months previously, the author also found the very rare orchid Stwrmia Leselit (R.).
The soil of Wicken Fen consists of a thickness of eight feet or more of peat over-
lying a basin of gault. The peat arises from the decay of various aquatic plants,
and carbonate of lime is stored in the ditches by the Charas that grow in them.
Attention was drawn to the habit of the specimens which accompanied this paper,
for they have the appearance of wild plants. The spot where the Aster grows is in
the midst of sedge, and no house is near it. A living specimen has been placed
under the care of the curator of the Cambridge Botanical Garden. The following is
the name, with references, and the description of the plants :—
Aster salignus (Willdenow), Species Plantarum, tom. iii. pars iii. p. 2040. n. 66 ;
Nees, Gen. et Sp. Asterearum, p. 90. n. 66; Gren. and Godr. Fl. de France, vol. ii.
p- 102; DC. Fl. Fr. vol. v. p. 470; Rehb. Flor. Germ. et Helvet. vol. xvi. p. 7;
vol. xvii. pl. emviii. fig. 1; Fl. Dan. vol. xiv. pl. 2475.
Rhizome perennial, creeping. Stem 1-1} ft. high, solid, herbaceous, leafy,
smooth, nearly glabrous, purplish towards the base, erect, simple below, branched
above, racemosely panicled ; branches five-ranked, corymbose. Leaves sessile, lan-
ceolate, half clasping, not fleshy, bright, scabrous on margins, serrate in the middle,
1-veined ; lower leaves attenuate at base, those of the branches linear, entire. Phyl-
laries loose, linear, nearly equal, outer ones not reflexed, Receptacle slightly con-
vex, alveolate. Florets of the ray ligulate fertile, pale lilac. Florets of the disk
yellow tubular. Pappus filiform, dirty white. Fruit compressed, pubescent with
longitudinal ribs.
Habitat. Wicken Fen, Cambridgeshire. Flowers in August.
Willdenow’s definition of the species is as follows :—
“ A, foliis lineari-lanceolatis sessilibus integerrimis margine scabris, inferioribus
lanceolatis apice serratis, caule paniculato glabro erecto, calycibus laxis imbri-
catis, —W.
“ Habitat in Germania ad ripas Albis, etin Hungaria, % (v.s.).
“ Corolla radiis albis, demum czerulescens.”
The species salignus of the genus Aster belongs to the section Genwint, which con-
tains, according to Nees (a.p. 1833), 69 species, and of these none but this species
and perhaps another (A. riparius, N. ab E.) are natives of Europe ; 65 of them belong
to the middle regions of North America, and 2 to tropical America.
The present species is a native of Germany, Denmark, and Thingary (?), where
it grows in marshy places by the banks of rivers. It may be considered either as
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 85
long ago brought from America to Europe in order to furnish a representative of the
section to which it belongs, and as afterwards lost from its original habitat, or as the
last species of the section remaining in Europe after all its allies had been destroyed.
But whatever happened in early ages, the present geographical distribution of Aster
salignus is not inconsistent with its extending to Britain, where it might be expected
to occur in such a locality as Wicken Fen. Professor Balfour exhibited in 1865
specimens of a Scotch Aster, apparently Aster salignus (salicifolius), before the Bota-
nical Society of Edinburgh.
Note.—A specimen of this plant was found by Mr. Brown of Cambridge, on
Wicken Fen in 1864, and given to the Professor of Botany ; but it remained un-
named until after the reading of this paper.
On the Boring of Limestones by certain Annelids. By E. Ray Layxester.
The author drew attention to the boring of Sabella calcarea (already noticed by
Spence Bate and by De Quatrefages), and also to the more interesting case of
Leucodore, which was new. Leucodore is very abundant on some shores, where
boulders and pebbles may be found worm-eaten and riddled by these worms. Only
stones composed of carbonate of lime are bored by them. On coasts where such
stones are rare they are selected, and all others are left. The worms are quite soft,
and armed only with horny bristles. How, then, do they bore? The author main-
tained that it was by the carbonic acid and other acid excretions of their bodies,
aided by the mechanical action of their bristles. The selection of a material soluble
in these acids is most noticeable, since the softest chalk and the hardest limestone
are bored with the same facility. This can only be by chemical action. If, then,
we have a case of chemical boring in these worms, is it not probable that many
mollusks are similarly assisted in their excavations ?~ The author did not deny the
mechanical action in the Pholas and other shells, but maintained that in many cases
the cooperation of acid excreta was probable. The truth was to be fouud in a
theory which combined the chemical and the mechanical view.
On the Anatomy of the Limpet. By E. Ray Lanxusrer.
The author drew attention to several points in the anatomy of this interesting
mollusk which had escaped previous observers, and which he had ascertained.
Prof. Rolleston, of Oxford, had assisted the author in confirming his results and
offering suggestions. The points noted were: Ist. The existence of a large yellow
salivary gland with four ducts. 2nd. The absence of an oviduct. 8rd. The pre-
sence of two capito-pedal orifices, perhaps the exits of the ova andseed. 4th. The
structure of the large renal sac, which has two external apertures on either side of
the anus, and a minute orifice communicating with the pericardium. The water ex-
uded by the limpet when surprised on its rock probably is squeezed from this organ.
On the Conservation of Forests in our Colonies.
By W. Lauper Liypsay, M.D., PRSL., ELS.
The main object of this paper is to urge the establishment of Boards of Commis-
sioners or Inspectors of Woods and Forests in all the British colonies which are,
or admit of being, more or less forest-clad—in order to the
(1) Preservation and improvement of the primitive forests ; and
(2) The systematic rearing of new forests by way of substitution or replacement as
and before the old ones disappear.
The author enters fully on the grounds which lead to the conclusion that a
necessity exists for the establishment of such Boards, and that properly cultivated
forests are of primary importance to the progress of all countries, young or old. The
author’s attention was strongly drawn to the subject while travelling in New Zea-
land in 1861. The observations he records were principally made in that colony ;
but subsequent or prior investigation in Australia and various countries or islands
of Europe, in ccnnexion with a study of the literature of the subject, lead him to
believe that his suggestions will be found to apply mtatis mutandis to all our
forest-clad colonies in at least the earlier stages af their settlement.
86 REPORT—1867.
The main propositions of the author as regards New-Zealand forests were the
following :— ; : oa
1. Its present forest area is extremely small in relation to what it evidently was
in times comparatively recent. A variety of evidence points to the conclusion that
nearly the whole country was at one period luxuriantly forest-clad, the exceptions
being the snow-covered barren alps of the interior. _ p ; }
2. The remnants of the primitive forest still existing are rapidly disappearing
under the following combinations of destructive agencies :—
I, Natural.
A, Current geological changes.
1. Alterations in relative levels of land and water—especially
a. Local subsidence of former.
6, Encroachment by sea sand on the coasts.
e. Erosion of coasts by the sea, and of the margins of lakes and hanks of
rivers and streams, especially during the storms and floods of winter.
B, Current meteorological or climatological changes—avalanches, glaciers,
wind-storms, lightning, winter torrents and floods (direct agency).
©, Current zoological agencies—wild animals (e. g. birds and insects) eating
bark, tearing up saplings, devouring seeds or seedlings, burrowing under
the bark or within the timber.
Il. Artificial.
A. Indirect or accidental.
(1) Cattle and wild pigs.
(2) Bush fires.
B. Direct or deliberate.
(1) Bush-clearing for agricultural purposes.
(2) Timber-cutting for (a) building, (4) fencing, (c) fuel.
(3) Track-malking for men or cattle.
3. This destruction, which is more or less necessary or inevitable, is materially
hastened by the reckless and improvident, or illegal and culpable, timber-felling both
by colonists and natives,—more especially as regards the Corina by
(1) The abuse of the wood-cutting license ; and as regards the latter by
(2) Deliberate destruction in connexion with their superstitions.
4. With this improvident and unnecessary destruction there coexists a great
scarcity of timber, both for fuel and building, in many parts of the colony, rendering
expensive dnports indispensable.
5. No adequate legal check or provision exists for the prevention of abuses and
the protection of the forest interests. On the other hand,
(, There exists apparently, on the part both of Colonial Governments and colo-
nists, a blind indifference to, or ignorance of, the importance of
(1) Preserving to the utmost in a healthy state of growth the old or virgin
forests.
(2) Forestalling their inevitable disappearance, or replacing them, by the sys-
tematic cultivation of new forests, whether of
A. Indigenous, or
. Exotic (acclimatized) trees.
(3) Forest cultivation in relation to climate.
7, Many important problems await solution, affecting both
(1) The economic value and applications of the existing indigenous timbers,
and
(2) The rearing of new forests,
which scientific experts, or systematic experiment, are alone probably
capable of solving, e. g.:—
(1) A. The best season for felling native timbers in different localities.
B. The comparative durability in salt and fresh waters.
C. Their power of resistance to marine boring animals.
(2) The determination of the species, indigenous or exotic, most suitable for the
various purposes of building-timber, shelter, fuel, &c., as respects
A. Rapidity of growth.
B. Facility of acclimatization.
C, Ultimate or permanent economical qualities.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 87
8. When the virgin forest is destroyed by natural or artificial agencies, the valu-
able timber-yielding trees are not replaced by a young and vigorous growth of the
same species, but generally by a different and inferior growth, sometimes wholly
fruticose, occasionally only cryptogamic.
9. Future and permanent timber-supplies must be looked for from forests yet to
be artificially reared and systematically cultivated, consisting in great measure of in-
troduced or acclimatized (exotic) trees of a hardier growth than those which are
indigenous.
10. There is an evident and pressing want of a Board of Forests in New Zealand,
with a complete skilled staff suitable to the requirements of so large and so varied
a colony ; while a similar want exists in all our colonies which are similarly placed.
The author dwelt chiefly on the abuse of the bush license, on sacrifices to a blind
and ignorant utilitarianism that are only too common, on indiscriminate and extra-
yagant destruction of valuable timber arising from a loose colonial morality, or a
tolerated evasion of the written law, and on those other errors of commission or
omission on the part of governments or settlers which illustrate the necessity for
the establishment of some authoritative form of supervision and protection over
the forest interests.
He instituted comparisons between the condition of New Zealand forests and
the history of forest destruction and cultivation in Scotland, the Hartz Mountains,
and India, pointing out the fruits of lavish waste and ignorant indifference, and
indicating the present forest regulations of the Hartz district in Germany * as models
for imitation in all our colonies. The paper concludes by showing the fertile and
important results likely to accrue from acclimatization-experiments in relation to
forest-culture in New Zealand, especially from the introduction on the large scale
of certain of the hardier, rapidly growing trees of Tasmania and Australia.
Ts Lichen-growth detrimental to Forest and Fruit Trees +?
By W. Lauper Linnsay, M.D., FRS.E., PLS.
The author’s object was on the one hand to direct attention to the radical differ-
ences of opinion that exist regarding the effect of Lichen-growth on trees, and on
the other to endeavour to reconcile those differences, and to indicate the inferences
that are legitimately deducible from existing data. The paper, however, was in-
tended to be suggestive rather than descriptive ; its aim was rather to call attention
to the unsatisfactory paucity and character of the facts on record, and to invite the
record of facts as contradistinguished from mere opinions, than to elaborate his own
views or results.
One group of scientific authorities regards Lichens as true parasites, and as such
detrimental to the healthy growth of trees, and depreciative of their value; while
another group describes them as non-parasitic, as making use of trees simply as bases
of support—as innocuous, or even as beneficial, to their hosts. The former opinion is
that unanimously held by arboriculturists and nurserymen—by all who are concerned
with the cultivation of timber, bark, or fruit-trees; while the latter is that usually
entertained by lichenologists.
The principal propositions of the author were the following :—
I. That Lichens must be regarded as trwe parasites, drawing certain at least of
the constituents of their thallus from the objects on which they grow.
In his work on ‘British Lichens,’ published ir 1856 (p. 50), the author had
shown that the Lichen-thallus contains such bases as silica and alumina, iron and
manganese, lime, potash, soda, and magnesia, which could not have been derived
from the atmosphere, from which lichenologists assert Lichens derive their whole
nourishment.
II. That nurserymen discard as wnsaleable trees or shrubs that are Lichen-
covered,
* The author gave some description of these regulations after a tour through the Hartz
Forest in 1850: vide Proceedings of Botanical Society of Edinburgh for 1853, and Phyto-
logist, vol. iv. p. 988 (1853).
+ The subject may be found treated at greater length in ‘ Hardwicke’s Science Gossip,’
1867, p. 241; or the ‘Farmer,’ Oct, 9, 1867, p. 403,
88 REPORT—1867.
II. That foresters and tanners regard Lichen-coated oak-bark as of diminished
value by virtue of such coating.
IV. That arboriculturists consider Lichen-growth a disease, or as a cause or result
of disease.
Evidence is unanimous that Lichen-growth should never occur in forests or nur-
series which are the subject of proper care ; where the conditions of healthy growth
are sedulously provided ; where the trees or shrubs are properly thinned ; where the
soil and manure are suitable. Further, the disease of Lichen-growth, when it ap-
pears, can be removed or dissipated at will by placing the tree which it affects in
more favourable conditions of development, such as transfer to a richer soil or the
supply of proper manure.
_
On Plant-Acclimatization in Scotland, with special reference to Tussac Grass *,
By W. Lauper Linpsay, MD., F.RS.E., PLS.
In May 1866 the author inspected the condition of the Tussac-grass plantations
that had been established in 1845 by James Ritchie, C.E., of Perth, on the estates
of Sir James Matheson in the Lews (Outer Hebrides). The main objects of his
communication were on the one hand to describe the condition of limited planta-
tions of a most nutritious and valuable exotic grass, which is capable of luxuriant
growth on otherwise sterile shores in Scotland, and on the other to illustrate
certain points in connexion with plant-acclimatization in Scotland that have not
attracted that degree of attention which they deserve, viz. :—
I. The necessity, as regards success, in acclimatization-experiments for ¢metating
the natural conditions of growth; and
II. The inevitable failure that must result from ignorance of or inattention to these
conditions.
From all the evidence he had collected, the author’s conclusion was that the
Tussac experiment in the Lews was on the whole a failure, but one due solely to
inattention to the proper care and cultivation of the grass. Tussae requires protec-
tion and care like other crops, and not more so. Suitable regulations for both pro-
tection and care were laid down by Mr. Ritchie; and so long as these were carried
out or attended to, the plantations thrived, and they only failed after he left the
island, and the conduct of the experiment was consigned to those who had a less
intelligent conception of its importance, and an inferior interest in its success. The
immediate causes of the destruction of the crops of Tussac, which were flourishing
in 1852, appear to have been (1) non-protection by fences, and (2) the want of weed-
ing. Cattle were allowed unlimited access, with the result that the plant was de-
stroyed, partly by being trampled down, partly by the roots being grubbed up and
eaten. Weeding was not attended to, and in general terms no care was bestowed
on its cultivation.
The author believes there is no ground for doubting that wth the same amount of
care as is bestowed on other crops, such as turnips, Tussac grass may be successfully
cultivated on many of the bleak and sterile islands and coasts of Scotland, to which
it could not fail to become a boon of no insignificant kind.
To what extent is Lichen-growth a test of Age?
By W. Lavprr Linvsay, M.D., F.RSE., ELS.
The opinion is, and has been long prevalent among poets, historians, and archzeo-
logists, that trees and buildings are aged in proportion to the copiousness of their
Lichen-covering ; that Lichen-growth may be regarded as a test of the antiquity of
the natural objects or artificial structures on which it occurs. Poets constantly
speak of trees, rocks, or towers as being “mossed with age ;” while archeologists
have gone so far as to consider Lichen-growth diagnostic of antiquity. The popular
name of Lichens, “ Time-stains,” shows that such a belief is, however, by no means
confined to the classes of writers referred to. Botanical writers have fostered this
belief by almost uniformly describing Lichens as of very slow growth, attaining to
* The subject may be found treated at greater length in the ‘Journal of Agriculture,’
November 1867; or the ‘ Farmer,’ Oct. 30, 1867, p. 553.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 89
great age. The object of the author’s paper was to exhibit the result of certain
researches on the subject of Lichen-growth in relation to the age of the structures
on which it occurs, in order to determine how far the current opinions in question
are founded on fact. His immediate object was to determine the rapidity of Lichen-
development under favourable conditions, or, in other words, How soon might a
fresh surface of wood or stone become so Lichen-clad as to assume the “ hoary ” or
“time-stained ” appearance that is popularly associated with the idea of great age?
In endeavouring to solve this question he assumed, as standards of comparison, the
megaliths of Stennis in Orkney and Callernish in Lewis, both of which groups of
prehistoric remains, undoubtedly of great though undetermined age, he had visited
in May 1866, and of whose Lichen-Flora he had published an account in the
Transactions of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh (vol. ix. p. 154). On the other
hand, he noted the development of Lichen-growth on a variety of recent structures
of known age, including
I. Walls of buildings, gardens, and roads: bridges and other edifices of stone : as
well as the mortar or cement used in their construction and in their repair
from time to time.
II. Fences of sawn timber around fields and gardens: posts, gates, and other struc-
tures of fabricated wood.
III. Young trees and shrubs in nurseries, plantations, forests, gardens, shrubberies,
and cemeteries.
The conclusion at which he arrives is that within a quarter of acentury, in periods
ranging from two to five years and upwards, as copious a clothing of Lichens as
that which covers the monoliths of Stennis or Callernish may be produced in favour-
able conditions of growth, and hence that Lichen-growth furnishes no criterion of
the antiquity of prehistoric or other structures.
Additional corroborative evidence was adduced from the history of those Lichens
which were or are still collected in Northern Europe, on account of their economi-
cal applications, as food, fodder, or dye-stufts, e. e. Lecanora tartarea, Cetraria Islan-
dica, and Cladonia rangiferina. Their collectors were familiar with the fact that
they may look for replacement of the species they remove in a limited number of
years, varying generally within a period of from three to five.
The author draws a distinction between rapidity of primary development and
slowness of subsequent growth, showing that the two phenomena may occur conse-
cutively in the same individual—a circumstance which serves to reconcile on the
one hand the facts observed as to the rapidity with which a fresh surface, whether
of earth, stone, or wood, may hecome Lichen-coated; and on the other the current
opinion among botanists that Lichen-growth is essentially slow, and its duration
practically unlimited.
On Polymorphism in the Fructification of Lichens*.
By W. Lavper Linpsay, W.D., F.RS.E., F.L.S.
Ten years ago, while engaged in researches on the secondary or complementary
reproductive organs of Lichens, the author met with a number of instances of
polymorphism or plurality thereof—especially of the occurrence in the same species
of more than one form of spermogonium or pycnidium ; and since that date further
instances have frequently occurred to him. The forms of polymorphism specially
described or referred to in the present communication are the occurrence in the
same species of—-
I. More than one form of spermogonium.
If. More than one form of pycnidium.
II. Pyenidia in addition to spermogonia, or spermogonia in addition to pyenidia,
IV. Pycnidia instead of spermogonia.
V. Spermatia and sporidia in the same conceptacle.
VI. Different sizes and forms of spermatia and sterigmata, or of stylospores and
basidia.
These multiple forms of reproductive organs or bodies were met with chiefly in
* The subject may be found treated more fully in the ‘Quarterly Journal of Microsco-
pical Science,’ January 1868,
90 REPoRT—186G7.
the lower Lichens, in species, e. g., of the genera Verrucaria, Stigmatidium, Strigula,
Calicium, Lecidea, Abrothallus, Opegrapha, Graphis, Arthonia, Trachylia, Lecanora,
though they were also found in a few of the higher Lichens, e.g. in species of
Parmelia, Roccella, and Alectoria.
The following short catalogue of species, in which the author met with devia-
tions from, modifications of, or additions to, the ordinary reproductive organs or
corpuscles, illustrates the general subject of his paper, and may indicate the direc-
tion in which future observation is likely to prove useful, either by correcting the
errors of previous authors, or by confirming and extending their results :—
I. Genus Verrucaria.
V. Taylori, V. chlorotica, V. nitida, V. epidermidis, V. biformis: two or
more forms of spermogonium or pycnidium.
V. gemmata: spermogonia and pyenidia.
V. glabrata: two forms of spermatia and sterigmata.
V. atomaria: spermatia and sporidia in same perithecium.
Il. Genus Arthonia.
A, cinereo-pruinosa: two or more forms of spermogonium.
A, pruinosa: pycnidia.
A. pruinosa, var. spilomatia: two forms of stylospores and basidia.
A. astroidea: spermogonia and pyenidia.
A, astroidea, var. Swartziana: two forms of stylospores and hasidia.
III. Genus Opegrapha.
O. herpetica, O. vulgata: two or more forms of spermogonia.
O. atra, O. varia: pyenidia.
IV. Genus Lecidea.
L. parasema, L, dryina: two forms of spermogonia.
L. hiteola, L. petra, L. anomala, L. discifornus, L. albo-atra, L. Cladoniaria :
spermogonia and pycnidia.
L. enteroleuca: pycnidia in lieu of spermogonia.
L. abietina : pycnidia, and two forms of spermogonia.
L. flexuosa: pycnidia.
V. Genus Lecanora.
L. subfusca, L. atra, L. Ehrhartiana, L. varia, especially var. aitema : pyeni-
dia, and two or more forms of spermogonia.
LL. umbrina : pycnidia.
LL. cerina: two or more forms of spermogonia.
Similar reproductive irregularities occur inter alia in the genera Strigula and
Abrothallus: Graphis scripta, Stigmatidium crassum, Trachyha tigitlaris, Roccella
Montagnei, Parmelia sinuosa, P. saxatilis var. sulcata, Alectoria jubata, A. lata, Scu-
tula Wallrothiit, Neuropogon melaxanthus vay. ciliatus.
The pseudo-genus Pyrenothea may be regarded as an excellent illustrative group
of the organs in question, especially those sections of the genus represented by the
old species :—
‘ Pyrenothea vermicellifera. j P. aphanes.
P. leucocephata. TIL. 4 P. rudis.
Il. P. corrugata. |B. byssacea.
The paper also notices certain resemblances in form between stylospores and
sporidia, and points out that pycnidia are much more prevalent among Lichens than
is at present supposed. The author describes at length the anatomical or structural
distinctions between spermogonia and pycnidia: and makes certain observations on
their presumed respective functions, and in general on the physiology of the secon-
dary reproductive organs and corpuscles of Lichens. It would appear, from the
author’s researches, that links connecting the Lichens with the Fungi more and
more closely are constantly being discovered; and that in particular the same
plurality of reproductive organs which characterizes the latter will be found
probably to a less extent to characterize the former*.
* Videalso the following papers by the author :—
I. In Transactions of Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xxii. p. 101, “ Spermogonia and
Pyenidia of the Higher Lichens ;” vol, xxiv. p, 407, “New Zealand Lichens and Fungi.”
> NG Riisaattte ere Y
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 91
The Abnormal forms of Ferns. By HK, J. Lown, FLRS., F.LAS., PGS.
The following facts have come under the author's notice during the series of inves-
tigations on this interesting subject.
Ist. As regards the various abnormal forms that species will assume. It is a
singular fact that most of our British ferns put on appearances closely in imitation
of each other, that the varieties of each species have many characters in common,
and that a certain law of form of variety seems to extend more or less through
both British and exotic species. The more usual forms running through nearly
all our British ferns are those having the fronds crested, crisp, imbricated, confluent,
corymbiferous, multifid, acuminate, narrow, plumose, interrupted, depauperate, ramose,
and dwarf; and not only this, but we have the multiple of these, or the combining
together of two or three characters in one frond, such as the narrow-crisped, the
multifid-crisped, or the narrow-multifid, as examples.
Most of these abnormal varieties have been been found wild, and a large propor-
tion in localities where the species is neither abundant nor luxuriant in growth.
Of course, springing from an individual Hank, it occupies time and care in raising
duplicates from spores; and in doing this, singular accidental sports haye been
raised and a new method of obtaining yarieties detected.
2nd. As regards the gathering and soyying the spores of these sports. It seems
from these experiments almost an established fact that spores gathered from one
portion of an abnormal frond will produce different varieties from those of spores
gathered from another portion of the same frond; that if an accidental abnormal
frond, or portion of a frond be fertile, it is not impossible to reproduce from its
spores plants having fronds in imitation of the accidental abnormal form.
If by cultural means we can induce the growth of singular fronds, we are very
likely to perpetuate the variation of form from the spores. By removing the
drainage from the roots of plants that had completed their autumnal growth and
inducing an unnatural and sickly condition for several months, and only repottine
and giving a generous treatment when the fronds were almost ready to unfold, this
eaused them to produce abnormal fronds in both the British and exotic species.
srd. Our knowledge of the reproductive organs of ferns is obscure, and it has
been said that the fern Asplenium nucrodon is a hybrid between Asplentwn marinum
and Asplenium lanceolatum, that Lastrea remota is a hybrid between Lastrea spinu-
losa and Lasirea jilix-mas, and perhaps that Aspleniwm germanicum is a hybrid
between Asplenium septentrionale and Asplenium ruta-mwraria. Now it does not
appear that these ferns have ever been reproduced from their spores; and therefore
(af we may accept these as hybrids) that hybrids of species are unproductive, whereas
the varieties raised from a species can readily be reproduced by spores,
On some Points in the Anatomy of the Thysanura.
By Sir J. Luszocn, Bart., F.R.S., Pres. Ent. Soc. &e.
The author remarked that the Thysanura, though extremely numerous, and in
many cases very pretty little creatures, had attracted but little attention, owing,
perhaps, to their great delicacy and the consequent difficulty of preserving them in
a satisfactory condition. Under any decaying log of wood, under damp leaves, in
long grass, in short, in almost any damp situation, the Thysanura form no small pro-
portion of the population. Like other insects, they have six legs, but they never
acquire wings. The tail is generally provided with two long appendages, which
are bent forward under the body, and thus form a spring, by means of which the
animal is enabled to jump with great activity. A Smynthurus, for instance, mea-
suring one-tenth of an inch in diameter, will easily jump up twelve inches in the
air. This, however, is due mainly, not to muscular power, but to the elasticity of
II. In Proceedings of Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. iv. p. 174, ‘‘Spermogonia and
Pyenidia of the Higher Lichens.”
IiI. In Transactions of Linnean Society of London, vol. xxv. p. 498, “ New Zealand
Lichens.”
IV. In Journal of Linnean Society of London, vol. ix. p. 268, Arthonia melaspermella.
V. In Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, January 1857, Abrothallus.
92 REPORT—1867.
the spring. The muscles draw the spring forward and bring it under a small Jatch
or catch; directly this is relaxed, the elasticity of the organ jerks the spring back,
and throws the creature upwards and forwards. The author described in detail
the muscles by which the spring is moved. Another remarkable peculiarity, and
in the author’s opinion the special characteristic of the Thysanura, is the presence,
on the first abdominal ring, of a process which acts as a sucker in the Poduride,
and in Smynthurus gives rise to two long filaments which serve the same purpose,
The author described the arrangements of the muscles by which this curious appa-
ratus is moved. He then described the digestive and respiratory organs; and after
pointing out that Smynthurus and Papirius, though very nearly allied in external
character, differ entirely in their method of respiration, the latter genus being almost
or entirely deficient in trachez, he proposed, therefore, to form for it a new family,
which he proposed to call Papiriide.
Remarks on Mr. J. G. Jeffreys’s Collection of Hebridean Annelids.
By Dr. M‘Intosu.
The total number of species amounts to fifty ; though this is not a large collec-
tion, many of the species are very rare. Of the forms for the first time noted in
Britain are Letmatonice filicornis, Kinberg (and this he believed to be the same as
Dr. Baird’s LZ. Kinbergi), Praxilla pretermissa, Malmgren, Ithodine Lovéni, Mern.,
Amphicteis Gunneri, Sars, and Heteronereis fucicola, Qkysted.
Those at present considered new are a second species of Amphicteis, a pecu-
liar Lumbrinerets with eyes, a form allied to Travisia, but furnished with forked
bristles, a Trophonia, and an Idalia.
Report on the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of St. Andrews.
By Dr. M‘Iytosn,
The richness of the coast-line at St. Andrews in marine animals was pointed out—
astate in some measure due to the varied habitat afforded by a smooth sandy beach
and a rocky border, with a large surface of tidal rocks. Its proximity to fertile co-
ralline ground and the haunt of many deep-sea rarities, which are tossed on shore
by storms or procured from the stomachs of fishes, all combine to render it a most
interesting field for the zoologist. Lists of species in the various departments were
given, and the most remarkable forms alluded to, such as Sagitta bipunctata, Mol-
gula arenosa, and Pelonaia corrugata. 'The Mollusca number 170 species.
On the Annelids of St. Andrews. By Dr. M‘Inrosu.
The list of Turbellaria, Teretularia, and Annelida consists of 104 species, and
besides there are 6 Gephyrea.
One of the Turbellaria is new to Britain, viz. Vortex capituta, Girsted: one of
the Teretularia is also new, viz. a Borlasia, from deep water. He mentioned that he
had observed no structural difference between Cephalothrix rufifrons and C. filiformis,
and none between Ommatoplea alba and O. rosea. The only “ Borlasia” purpurea,
Johnst., met with in Britain is an Ommatoplean worm, which differs totally in
structure from a true Borlasian.
Amongst the Annelids new to Britain are Halosydna gelatinosa, Sars (Alentia
gelatinosa, Malmgren), and Nerezs virens, Sars (Alitta virens, Malmgren), by far the
largest British marine worm yet encountered. Nerets Sarsi?, Rathke, a distinct
species, has been confounded with JV. brevimana, Johnst., and consequently has not
been previously mentioned as British. The Sy/lis armillaris of Dr. Johnston in-
sludes two species, one of which abounds under stones between tide-marks, whereas
the second comes only from deep water. Other additions to the British fauna
are Castalia punctata, CErsted, Notophyllum polynoides, Csrsted, Phyllodece gran-
landica, Ofrsted, Eumida sanguinea, Airsted, Etcone pusilla, GErsted, Ammochares
Ottonis, Grube (probably the Ops digitata of Dr. Carrington), and a Lezecephalus.
The Terebella figulus of Dalyell is not T. constrictor, Montagu, but a distinct species
with 24 pairs of bristle bundles, whereas 7. constrictor has only 17 pairs. Physelia
zostericola, Ersted (Vicolea zostericola, Malmgren), is common.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 93
The new species comprise a Lumbrinereis and a boldy marked brown Autolytus.
Other interesting though not new species are Harmothoé Malmgreni, KH. R.
Lankester, Nychia cirrosa, Pallas, Sigalion boa and Mathilde, Dodecaceria conchu-
rum, Sabella viridis, Scalibregma inflatum, and Maa mirabilis.
Dr. M‘Inrosu exhibited some very beautiful drawings of Worms to be published
by the Ray Society.
Sur les Racines Aériféres ou Vessies Natatoires, la synonynue et la distribution
géographique de quelques espéces aquatiques du genre Jussiea. Par CHARLES
Martins, Professeur et Directeur du Jardin des Plantes de Montpellier*.
On Polliniferous Ovules in a Rose. By Dr. M. T. Masters.
In this paper a general review of the principal malformations to which the
ovule is subject was given, together with the details of a case wherein the ovules
in a rose (Jtosa arvensis) presented in some degree the structure and functions of
the anther, there being present not only pertect pollen-grains, but fibrous cells
such as are usually met with in the anther. A somewhat similar case has been
recorded in a passion-flower by Mr. James Salter in the ‘ Linnean Transactions.’
Notice of Dredging by the late H. P. C. Moller, off Fair Isle, between Orkney
and Shetland. By O. A. L. Mércn, of Copenhagen. (Communicated by
J. Gwyn Jurrreys, /.2.S.)
Hans Peter Christian Moller, the author of ‘Index Molluscorum Greenlandiv.’
was born at Elsinore on the 2nd of November 1810. When he had finished his
academical studies his love for conchology took him to South Greenland, the mol-
lusca of which he investigated in company with Captain Holboll from May 1838
to August 1840. After his return to Denmark, he spent several years there in con-
chologizing and dredging. In April 1843 he made a second voyage to the arctic
seas as Inspector for the Danish colonies in North Greenland. On his return home
in 1844 he went to Italy for his health ; but, being seized with a fever at Rome,
he died on the 11th of October 1845, at the early age of thirty-five. All his col-
lections were presented by his father, Dr. T. Moller, to the University Museum at
Copenhagen.
uring his voyage to Greenland in 1843 he made some hauls with the dredge at
Fair Isle (which he called Fairhill, in accordance with an old Danish chart); and
the result may be of some interest to British conchologists.
The following is a translation of an extract from a letter of his, dated Egedes-
minde, 6th September 1845 :—“T had several times during the voyage opportunities
of using my dredge, first in the Cattegat, then between Lindesnes and the Skag,
and close to the coast of Norway. On the 19th of May we sighted Fairhill, and
the same day Sumburgh Head, where we lay nearly two days dredging, with a calm
sea and a beautiful sky. Although the bottom here is exceedingly uneven, and I
was in continual fear of losing my dredge, I used my time weil, and was fortunate
enough not to have any such loss. About two milest due east of Fairhill, in sixty
fathoms, a haul yielded clear shell-sand, with Cardium echinatum, Cyprina
Islandica, and numerous small dead shells. About half a mile nearer Fairhill
another haul at about the same depth yielded fine shell-sand, with single valves of
Macetra, Venus, &e. I got four large vessels full of clay and gravel, which gave me
constant work until I arrived at Cape Farewell. ‘There were many interesting
species; but most of the specimens were injured, I suppose in consequence of the
stormy seas which are prevalent in that part.”
Moller had himself labelled most of the specimens “ Fairhill ;” so that there can-
not be any doubt in respect of the locality where he procured the species enume-
rated in the following list. Those species to which an asterisk is prefixed were in
a box of shell-sand marked “ Fairhill.” Some of the species have been determined
and named by Mr. Jeffreys, and have the letter (J.) affixed to them.
* See Appendix. t+ The Danish mile is equal to nearly 44 English miles—J. G. J.
94 REPORT—1867.
ANDROGYNA.
1. Cylichna cylindracea, 2. C. (Tornatina) mammillata, 3. Atys Cranchit. 4.
Acton tornatilis, *5. Odostomia turrita (J.). *6. O. acuta (J.). *7. O. diaphana
(J.). 8. O. spiralis. 9, O. acicula, var. ventricosa (J.). 10. Eulima bilineata (J.).
11. Scala Trevelyana. 12. S. clathratula, *13, Heterofusus Flemingi. 14, H.
Jeffreysit.
DIOICA, Latr.
TNIOGLOSSATA.
15. Rissoa parva. 16. R. (Anoba) striata. 17. R. soluta (J.). 18. R. (Alvania)
punctura. 19. R. reticulata (J.). 20. R. (Alvania) Zetlandica, 21. R. cimicoides
(J.). 22. Cyclostrema serpuloides (J.). 23. Turritella ungulina and var. alba. 24.
Cerithium metula. 25. C. adverswm. 26. Aporrhais pes pelecani. 27. Trichotropis
acuminatus. 28. Trivia europea. 29. Capulus ungaricus. 30. Nutica Alderi (J.).
31. Velutina heliotoides.
RHACHIGLOSSATA.
32. Fusus (Neptunea) antiquus, var. sulcata. 33, F. (Sipho) gracilis. 34, Trito-
nium undatum, and var. 8 cilatum, Sow. Tl. Ind. 35. Nassa incrassata. 36. Bue-
cinopsis ovum. 37. Columbella nana (J.). 38. Pleurotoma costata (J.). 39. P. turri-
eula, 40. Defrancia linearis (J.). 41. D. teres (J.). 42. Trophon truncatus (J.).
EXOCEPHALA, Latr.
*43. Cyclostrema nitens (J.). *44. Trochus occidentalis, 45. T. zizyphinus. 46.
T. millegranus (J.). 47. T. tumidus. 48. Setssurella erispata, 49. Emarginula re-
ticulata. 50. Chiton cinereus. *51. Dentaliwm entalis, young.
ACHEPHALA,
52. Solen pellucidus. 53. Psammobia ferroensis. 54. Tellina pusilla. 55. Macoma
calcarea, An exceedingly fine specimen, nearly 38in, long, 29in. lat. The epider-
mis, ligament, and hinge-teeth are quite perfect. The inside shows traces of soft
mud; so that the specimen was probably not taken alive, although it could not have
been long dead}. The description given by Chemnitz of Tellina calearea agrees
perfectly with this shell; but a species of Zhracia (probably 7. truncata) was in-
advertently engraved in the plate. 56, Abra prismatica. 57. Mactra solida, var.
elliptica (J.). 58. Venus casina. 59. V. ovata. 60. V. fasciata, young (J.). 61. Pul-
lastra virago. 62. Goodallia triangularis. 65. Astarte danmoniensis. 64. Cyprina
Tslandica. 65. Lucina borealis. 66. Thyatira flecuosa. 67. Montacuta substriata, on
Spatangus purpureus. *68, Kellia suborbicularis, 69. Cardium echinatum. 70. C.
fasciatum (J.). 71. Saxicava rugosa. 72. Arca tetragona. 73. Pectunculus glyei-
meris. 74. Nucula tenuis. 75. Crenella decussata. 76. Modiolaria discors. 77. M.
nigra, 78. Modiola umbilicata, Penn. (M. modiolus, L., is an Kast-Indian species).
79. M. phaseolina. 80. Pecten pusio (J.). 81. P. opercularis. 82. Lima Loscombu.
83. L. subauriculata, 84. L. elliptica (J.). 85. Anomia squamula.
HECHINODERMATA.
Fragments of a species of Antedon,
Brvyozoa.
(Named by Dr. F. A. Smith.)
1. Lepralia trispinosa, Johnst. (L. Jaquenotiana, Aud.). 2. L. ciliata, L. 3. L.
levis, Flem. 4. Z. ovalis, Hassall (= coccinea, Abildg.). 5, ZL. Malucit, Aud.
6. Celleporaria ramulosa, LL. All the above are on Venus casina. 7. Lepratia
Peachii, Johnst., var. coccinea. 8. Membranipora trifoliuom, Wood. 9. MM. Pouilleti,
Ald. (Lepralia Malucit, Aud.). 10, Celleporatubiger, Busk. All these are on Pee-
tunculus glycimers.
On the future Administration of the Natural-History Collections of the
British Museum. By Anprew Mornay, £.L.S.
The author considered that the announcement of the Chancellor of the Exchequer,
that he would, early in the next session of Parliament, submit a scheme for the sepa-
ration of the Natural-History collections of the British Museum from the Library
+ Query? (Sce Intr. to ‘ British Conchology,’ vol. i. pp. xciy-xevi.)—J. G. J.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 95
and other collections, as so likely to be carried into effect, that the proper time had
arrived for pressing on Government the necessity of some changes in the adminis-
tration of that institution. The most important of these changes was the transfer
of the control of the Museum from the Board of Trustees to a single officer appointed
by Government and amenable to Parliament. While admitting the good which the
Trustees had done, and that their intentions had always been to benefit the institu-
tion, he maintained that the constitution of the Board, composed of men who, with
one or two exceptions, felt no interest in natural history, rendered it impossible that
they could do it justice. They naturally handed over their power to their chief
officers, who were thus invested with power without responsibility and beyond
appeal ; and although the public had great reason to be satisfied with the services
of these officers, there were points on which difference of opinion existed which
should not thus be placed beyond the reach of effectualremonstrance. The Board,
from the same causes, were slow to alter the existing order of things, or to make
the necessary alterations required by change of circumstances and times. He
gave the following illustration of this phase of their rule:—When the Museum
was young and within manageable bounds, it was placed under one or two
head curators, minerals and fossils under one head, and zoology under another.
Each of these heads was allowed an assistant, and it was made a rule that
these assistants should not be above thirty years of age, the idea being
that they should be a sort of apprentices, who should begin young, and, on their
respective superior’s decease or retirement, be ready to take his place. This rule
in itself was not a bad one. It secured always one good man and one learning to
become a good man. If the superior officer died before his assistant was qualified
to succeed him, it was not essential that the assistant should be put into his place ;
and as the regulation as to age applied only to assistants, it was no barrier in the
way of putting an older man in the upper place. But as the collection grew, it
was found that more heads were wanted, and then came the error. Instead of
appointing new heads coequal with the previous heads for each department, the
number of assistant curators was increased, and one set apart to each different
department, so that each department had, and has now, only one man to it. Ifany
of them die or retire, there is no person to take their work; and being nominally
assistané curators, although practically head curators, no one can be appointed to
their place who is above thirty years of age—in other words, no one who knows
his business ; for the study of the Natural Sciences is so vast that to constitute
youth in such appointments a sine gud non, is really to say that the candidate must
be appointed before he has acquired them, and before he has shown any power of
acquiring them. The British Museum has thus the unenviable distinction of being the
sole place in the whole world where ignorance of a man’s duties is not only no impedi-
ment to his appointment but a qualification—nay, not only a qualification, but actually
a sine guénon. Had the Trustees seen the working of this, they would, instead of ap-
pointing assistant curators, have appointed head curators, with such assistant curators
as were necessary. And then for each department requiring it we should have had
two officers—one a competent, experienced man of position and weight in the
scientific world, the other a young assistant, to whose charge ignorance of his
duties could not be. laid, seeing that his duties were to learn, not to teach. The
author considered it plain that we must come back to this original arrangement.
These so-called assistant curators, who haye long adminstered their respective
departments with credit to themselves and the Museum, must be recognized as
head curators, and assistant curators, properly so called, supplied to them; while
head curators, selected from the best ranks of men of science, should be, appointed
to those other departments which require them. The author pointed out some of
the defects and inequalities in the arrangement of the materials in the Museum—
more especially in the Invertebrata. An immense deal had been done in procuring
materials, but from want of hands the greatest part of it was practically useless to
men of science. He considered that what was now wanted was less of the acqui-
sition of novelties than the utilization of those which the Museum already pos-
sessed ; and he pressed the importance of establishing, to a much greater extent than
has hitherto been done, the system of exchange of duplicates with other museums
and individuals which has been found so valuable by other institutions.
96 REPORT—1867.
On the Nature and Systematic Position of the Graptolitide.
By Henry Auteyye Nicunorson, D.Sc., M.B., F.GS.
The author of this paper, after reviewing the various theories which have been
held as to the nature and affinities of the Graptolitidee, endeavoured to show that
they should be referred to the Hydrozoa—a view which he believed was supported
by their morphology, development, and reproduction, by their mode of existence,
and by the determination of allied forms. ‘The “common canal’ of the Graptolite
was shown to be strictly analogous to the “ ccenosare ” of the Hydrozoa, no similar
structure existing in any Bryozoon, whilst the “cellules” found their nearest re-
presentative in the “ hydrothece” of the Sertularians. It was further pointed
out that there existed, in several species of the genera Dichograpsus, Tetra-
grapsus, and Diplograpsus, an organ which had been compared with the basal
plate of Defrancia, a Bryozoon, by Prof. Huxley, but which was more probably
homologous with the “ float” or “pneumatophore” of the Physophoride, an
order of the oceanic Hydrozoa.
As regards their reproduction the author drew attention to the bodies first de-
scribed by Hall in America and by himself in Britain, and considered to be the
“ovarian capsules” of Graptolites. He pointed out, ‘further, the resemblance of
these to the “ gonophores” of the recent Hydrozoa, both in their shape, and as
regarded the changes through which they were observed to pass.
With regard to the mode of existence of the Graptolitide, it was shown that by
far the majority must have been free and permanently unattached—a fact highly
adverse to the belief that they belonged to the Polyzoa.
Lastly, the author noticed the occurrence of a form, originally described by him-
self under the name of Corynotdes calicularis, closely allied to the true Graptolites,
but apparently representing the order Corynid (or Tubularide).
Tn conclusion, the author stated it as his belief that the Graptolitidee could not be
referred to any existing order, or eyen subclass, of the Hydrozoa, but that they
stood in the same relation to existing forms that the Trilobites hold to the recent
Crustacea. In their mode of growth, in the arrangement of their parts, and in the
nature of their structural elements they were seen to resemble the Hydroid polypes ;
but they were widely separated by their free “ hydrosoma.” On the other hand,
they approximated to the oceanic Hydrozoa in the fact that they were free-
floating organisms, and in the possession, by some forms, of an organ resembling a
“float.” On the whole the author was of opinion that the Graptolitidze should be
held to constitute a new subclass intermediate in position between the fixed and
the oceanic Hydrozoa, and that they might possibly, on the derivative theory of
development, be looked upon as the primitive stock from which the above existing
sections of our living Hydrozoa had originally diverged.
On the Fructification of Griffithsia corallina, found in the West Voe, Out-
skerries, Shetland, By C. W. Pracn.
In May 1864, when in Shetland with Mr. J. G. Jeffreys on a dredging excur-
sion, Miss Jeffreys found some fine specimens of Girifithsia corallina, which, on
examination, the author found in fruit and in fine condition. Under the micro-
scope he observed a circular opening in the lower part of the joint above the fruit
(tetraspores), from which opening the granular pulp of the joint was poured on
the fruit under it. Harvey, in his introduction to his ‘ British Marine Aleve,’ gives
a long account of the fructification ; but there is nothing in it that fully agrees with
the above.
On Naked-eyed Meduse found at Peterhead and Wick, N.B., and other Bri-
tish Localities. By C. W. Pracu.
The author first stated that during his residence in Edinburgh he had opportuni-
ties of examining books not before accessible to him; by these he found that many
of the naked-eyed medusz that he had found were new to the British list. He then
described one he got in Cornwall in 1849, which he thought was Wellsia stel-
lata of Forbes, but after careful examination, and comparing it with others, is
satisfied that it is a new species, and has named it Willsia Cornubica ; it has only
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 97
twelve tentacles, Ilis next new one is a T’ma, which he has named Zima Furbesit,
in memory of the late Professor EH. Forbes; the principal difference between it
and Tima Bairdii is that instead of having only sixteen tentacles, in it they are
numerous. Several others came in for their share of notice, and then he mentioned
Goodsirea mirabilis, a new genus founded by Dr. T. Strethill‘Wright, and published
by him in the second volume of the Transactions of the Royal Physical Society
of Edinburgh. The author got this speicmen at Peterhead in 1851. He fully con-
firmed Dr. Wright’s observations, and added that some of his specimens had two
additional, but shorter tentacles than Dr, Wright’s ; he thought this only a sexual
difference. He then described what he considered the most curious of all he had
seen, a new genus (Stawrophora) to the British shores, and the largest naked-eyed
Medusa hitherto noticed in our seas. It was first found in the Pacific by Mertens
when on a voyage round the world ; since found by Agassiz in Boston Bay, America,
in 1849, and was described by him in a paper entitled ‘Contributions to the Na-
tural History of the Acalephe of North America.” The umbrella is crossed by
four gastrovascular canals; from each of them hang two curtain-like masses; and,
to appearance, it has neither mouth nor stomach. However, by parting the curtains
both are to be seen. He described it at great length, and stated that he got it off
Peterhead several times in 1851, and that it grew from £ in. in breadth to 32 in, in
breadth between May and June. He has named it Stawrophora Keithii, to mark
his respect for the founder of Marischal College, Aberdeen, it having been first
uae near Keith Inch, Peterhead, once the property of the unfortunate house of
eith,
On the Zoological Aspects of the Grouse-disease.
By the Rey. H. B. Trisrram, M_A., PRS.
The rapid extension and epidemic character of the grouse-disease was attributed
in great measure to the indiscriminate slaughter of predatory animals. These, it
was true, destroyed game, but it was only the weakest and the most diseased ani-
mals ‘that they could make a prey of. In this way disease was stamped out, as
had been artificially done with the cattle plague. He commented severely on the
encouragement given by landed proprietors to the destruction of wild animals,
complaining that upon this question game-preservers were more open to be in-
fluenced by ignorant gamekeepers than by naturalists. The grouse-disease had
existed sporadically for at least two years before it was generally noticed.
On Birds’ Nests and their Plumage; or the Relation between Sexual Dif-
ferences of Colour and the Mode of Nidification in Birds. By Auyrep R,
Wattact, F.R.GS., F.LS.
The author pointed out the hitherto unnoticed fact, that whenever female birds
resembled tke males in being adorned with gay and conspicuous colours, their nests
were so placed or so constructed as to conceal the sitting bird. He showed that
this generalization was supported by a vast number of facts in all the chief groups
of birds, while the exceptions were few and unimportant, and concluded by point-
ing out its correspondence with the general principle of protection in modifying
colour, and by arguing that the whole of the phenomena could be well explained
on the theory of the preservation of useful variations.
ANATOMY AND PuystoLoay.
On Protagon in relation to the Molecular Theory of Organization.
By Prof. Hueuns Bennurr, M.D., YRS.E., of Edinburgh.
The author pointed out that the progress of scientific discovery tended singu-
larly to confirm the truth of the molecular theory of organization, which he had
first laid before the Association at its Meeting in Glasgow twelve years ago*. The
* Report of the British Association, 1855, p. 119,
1867. . 7
98 REPORT—1867.
formation of a substance, named protagon, from the oleo-albuminous matter of the
egg, by the action of alcohol, had recently been shown by Dr. Montgomery to be
capable of enabling us to make out of its substance, artificially, on a glass slide,
most of the elementary textures of animal bodies. The author had repeated Dr.
Montgomery’s experiments with protagon, and placed upon the table a large num-
ber of preparations, exhibiting organic forms and textures thus constructed. He
regretted that neither the time nor the arrangements of the Section were of a kind
which would enable the histologists present to examine them. He had displayed
one preparation under the microscope, however, which he believed to he unique,
as it demonstrated that molecules possessed in themselves the power of arranging
themselves into nucleated cell-forms, without any previous cell-formations.
The first step in the line of discovery which ralientod the physical conditions
necessary for the formation of animal and vital textures was, in his opinion, made
by Ascherson in 1840, who showed how the mere contact of oil and albumen
produced a molecular membrane called haptogen membrane. The second step was
the determination by Rainey of the influence of viscidity and limpidity in liquids,
causing in them the precipitation of globular and crystalline forms. <A third
step consisted in demonstrating the difficulty with which these viscous or colloid
substances pass through membranes, as compared with liquids, for which we are
indebted to the researches of Graham. A fourth step he considered was the de-
monstration that the diaphanous or hyaline bodies, so long known to histologists,
consisted of a glutinous substance formed in cells, which could be squeezed out of
them by pressure, as lately shown by the author *. Lastly, the experiments with
protagon by Montgomery had shown that this peculiar viscous material, when
mingled with water, albumen, glycerine, serum, or other substances, and acted
upon by acetic or nitric acids, could be made to assume the form of fibres, vari-
cose tubes, nucleated cells (simple and compound), pus-corpuscles, and bodies
which, like salivary cells, exhibited numerous granules in their interior, possessing
active molecular movements. All these researches tended to clear up the nature
of a multitude of facts, long known to histologists, to several of which Dr, Bennett
referred, and which had led him to the following conclusions :—
1. That our present knowledge of the physical conditions necessary for the for-
mation of elementary structures indicates the vast importance of studying the
relations, chemical, mechanical, and structural, of the fatty, albuminous, and
mineral constituents of the animal frame,
2. That the constant formative and disintegrative processes occurring among
these constituents is largely due to chemical and mechanical action, especially
pressure and friction.
3. That the differentiation between these elements is also attributable to the
physical properties of viscidity and limpidity, the former tending to produce glo-
bular, and the latter linear or crystalline forms.
_ 4, That these viscous and limpid fluids exist in the living body, are constantly
influenced by mixture, pressure, and endosmose, and may frequently be seen, espe-
cially in morbid products, to originate formation by molecular deposition, and so-
called nuclei, cells, and fibres by molecular aggregation.
5. That these facts throw great light upon the circumstances necessary for the
production of elementary structures, but leave our conception of vital properties
and of vital tendencies pretty much as it was, viz. unknown powers inherent in
the tissues generally, determining their development and regulating their action.
New Investigations to determine the Amount of Bile secreted by the Liver, and
how far this is influenced by Mercurials. By Prof. Hucnes Brnyerr, M.D.,
FIRS. Se.
_ The author stated that, although much had been written regarding the func-
tions of the liver, and the action upon it of mercurials, very little exact informa-
tion existed on the subject. Last winter a Committee had been formed in Edin-
burgh to reinvestigate the amount of bile secreted in health, and how far such
* Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, 1867, p. 322.
t On the Formation of so-called Cells &e, London, Churchill, 1867.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 99
secretion was influenced by mercury. It was composed of Profs. Christison and
Maclagan, of the Edinburgh University, Dr, James Rogers, formerly of St. Peters-
burgh, Drs. Rutherford, Gamgee, and Fraser, Assistants in the Edinburgh Univer-
sity, and of Prof. Bennett, the Chairman and Reporter.
After studying all that had been previously published by authors (an able
Report on which had been furnished by Dr. Rogers), the Committee first took into
consideration what method it was best for them to pursue. It was then pointed
out by Dr. Gamgee that, in the opinion of modern chemists, no kind of examination
of the freces could yield trustworthy results. Supposing that the chief and cha-
racteristic constituents of the bile found their way into the feeces unchanged, im-
perfections in the analytical methods at our disposal rendered its quantitative ana-
lysis impossible. The plan of ascertaining the amount of bile-acids indirectly by
means of nitrogen and sulphur determinations of the alcoholic extract, while most
unsatisfactory in the case of pure bile, is still more so when applied to the alcoholic
extract of feeces. The method of Hoppe-Seyler of Tiibingen, who calculated the
amount of bile-acids from the effect which their solutions exert upon a ray of
polarized light, presents such complexity and difficulty as to render its systematic
employment in any series of analyses altogether inapplicable. As to the colouring-
matters of bile, there is no direct method known by which they can be estimated.
It was further argued that, did we eyen possess means of estimating the bile pro-
ducts, it is only a small portion of such as are secreted by the liver which can be
found in the alvine discharges. Bidder and Schmidt ascertained that the amount
of unoxidized sulphur in them only represented one-eighth part of the total sulphur
which the liver secretes, and that of the other constituents of the bile the larger
proportion are absorbed. That under the influence of purgatives unchanged bile is
occasionally discharged from the bowel, is true, but this furnishes no proof of any
increase of that secretion ; for under ordinary circumstances it is decomposed and
absorbed in the alimentary canal, and any cause which increases the rapidity of
its passage there must render absorption and decomposition less complete, _ These
arguments convinced the Committee that no accurate information as to the
amount of bile secreted by the liver was to be obtained by an examination of the
feces. They therefore resolved that the collection of bile directly through arti-
ficial fistulee made with the gall-bladder was the only means open to them of de-
termining how far mercury influenced that secretion.
Prof. Bennett then described the efforts made to establish fistulee in fourteen dogs,
and the apparatus which had been constructed to collect the hile and prevent its
being disturbed by the animal. .The investigations were carefully conducted by
Dr. W. Rutherford and Dr. Gamgee, occasionally assisted by Dr. Fraser, and super-
intended by the Committee. He gave, in a tabular form, the results of four series
of experiments to determine the amount of bile secreted without and with mer-
eury. It was soon observed that the amount of bile obtained varied greatly from
day to day, irrespective of the amount of food and drink given, or any other known
cireumstance. This pointed out a serious fallacy in the observations of previous
experimenters, who had been satisfied with estimating the amount of bile formed
by collecting it for a few hours, or at most for one or two days. In each series of
experiments, an ayerage of the collections was taken for six entire days, first with-
out and then with mercury, and the quantities obtained were calculated so as to
determine the amount of bile as compared with each kilogramme of the dog’s weight
and each kilogramme of the dog’s food. In many important respects the results
obtained differed from those of previous investigators. It is unnecessary to repro-
duce the tables and observations made in this abstract, because it was pointed out
that further researches were required before so difficult and intricate a subject
could be sufficiently investigated to warrant the formation of conclusions. All
that need be stated at present is, that in the experiments hitherto made, mercury
had not caused any sensible effects either upon the biliary or urinary secretions.
The author concluded by observing that, should the Section consider’the researches
of the Committee so far deserving of encouragement as to be assisted by a small
ne from the funds of the Association, he hoped to be enabled to report more
efinite results next year.
sy
i*
100 REPORT—1867.
On the Epithelium of the Cornea of the Ox in relation to the Growth of Stra-
tified Epithelium. By Professor Creranp, M.D.
Tn this communication evidence was brought forward to show that in the epithe-
lium of the cornea the cells of the deepest stratum, which are columnar, degenerate
and disappear without becoming more superficial. It was pointed out that next to
these columnar cells were others of greater breadth sending in processes between
them, and that superficial to these were small cells, many of them with two nuclei,
and likewise many free nuclei, and that beyond this stratum the cells became gra-
dually larger, flatter, and more solid the nearer they were to the free surface. In con-
clusion it was pointed out that although the circumstances of nutrition in the case
of the corneal epithelium were too singular to permit our safely assuming that other
stratified epithelia grew in the same manner, yet the facts brought forward were
sufficient to show that in these structures the deepest cells were not necessarily the
youngest, and that cells might be removed from them by other means besides pass-
ing to the surface.
On some Points connected with the Joints and Ligaments of the Hand.
By Professor Cimtanp, M.D.
The following were the principal points brought forward :—
In flexion and extension of the wrist the semilunar bone slides backwards and
forwards between the scaphoid and cuneiform; and in over-extension of the wrist
it is supported by two ligaments, which descend and converge to be attached on
its palmar surface, precisely according to the principle by means of which the
sacrum is suspended between the haunch-bones.
In the metacarpo-phalangeal articulations lateral moyement is prevented in
flexion while it is allowed in extension, by the lateral ligaments taking origin from
points nearer the extremity than the front of the metacarpal bone, and by the distal
ends of the metacarpal bones being much broader in front than behind, so that the
lateral ligaments are stretched over the broad part in flexion. The arrangement
gives strength in grasping.
Strong ligaments, hitherto undescribed, extend from the sides of the phalanges
near the phalangeal articulations, and are inserted into the skin, helping to retain the
different parts of the integument in the positions which they are adapted to occupy.
Microscopical Preparation of the Nerves of the Cornea.
By Professor Crrtanp, M.D.
This preparation, which consisted of a considerable portion of the superficial
layers of the cornea of a sheep, exhibited a perfect network continued from nerves
all of which entered at the periphery. -The cords of the network, although placed
at slightly varying levels, united to form a single stratum; they appeared to con-
sist each of several fibres.i No terminations of nerves could be seen, nor any fibres
given off from the network, either to the surface or deep parts of the cornea.
On a new form of Cephalopodous Ova. By Dr. Cortrnewoon, M.A., PL.S,
This paper was a description, accompanied by drawings, of a remarkable body,
found in the North Atlantic Ocean, consisting of a large number of ova imbedded
in a transparent jelly resembling frog’s spawn, and floating freely in the sea. The
oya proved, on examination, to be those of some species of Cephalopod, but dif-
ferent in character from any other known form. The author compared it with the
described forms deposited by Octopus, Sepia, Sepioteuthus, Loligo, &e., to none of
which it bore any resemblance ; and-he exhibited microscopic drawings of the
young Cephalopods in various stages of development.
On ihe Influence of Atmospheric Air on Vital Action as tested by the Air-pump.
By Joun Davy, M.D., FBS.
In this paper the author deseribed a certain number of experiments, the results
of which showed how much longer some animals are capable of resisting privation
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 101
of air than others. Thus, in one instance, an egg, an inchoate animal, so to speak,
was hatched, producing a healthy chicken, after having been acted on by the
air-pump 26 days,—a young bird expiring in about half a minute, a fish, the
minnow, in about an hour; the frog and toad in about the same time; the earth-
worm in about an hour and a half; insects, such as the bee, dragonfly, and but-
terfly, after apparent death for more than an hour, recovering on exposure to the
air, and that repeatedly.
By other experiments on birds by means of submersion in water, he showed that
different species varied greatly in ability to bear exclusion of air: thus, while all
the small birds of which he had made trial expired under water in a minute or less,
the buzzard lived about two minutes and a half; the common fowl about four
minutes and a half; the goose and duck about ten minutes.
Reasoning on the results, he infers that each individual animal has something
peculiar in its organization, determining its peculiarities of function or action—
peculiarities more readily described than accounted for. He holds the subject to
be, in a great measure, mysterious; nor is he sanguine, referring to the new and
ingenious views relative to the genesis of species, that they will tend, except par-
tially, to enlighten the subject, considering that life itself is a mystery, and the
origination of life, as regards natural science, an unsolved problem.
On the Phenomena of Life and Mind. By Roserr Dunn.
Vocal and other Influences upon Mankind, from Pendency of the Epiglottis.
By Grorce Duncan Gis, M.A., MD., LL.D.
The author gave the results of his examination with the laryngoscope of 4600
healthy persons, of all ages, both sexes, and varying positions of life, which showed
that in 513 the epiglottis was found to be quite pendent, in place of a vertical
position. He determined that this was hereditary in many instances, for it was
found inthe mother and her child. This made the percentage to be 11 amonest
Europeans ; but it was found to be much greater in the natives of Asia and Africa,
280 of whom he had examined. The influences observed in Europeans were a
modification of the natural voice, which tended towards a bass tone in adult
males; the singing voice was materially altered, and in the female sex the higher
notes could not be produced at all in some persons, whilst in others it weakened
their vocal power and compass. The author had never known a great female
singer to possess a pendent epiglottis. He contrasted the direction of the voice
in cases of erect and pendent epiglottis ; in the latter the voice strikes the back of
the throat, behind, instead of in front of, the soft palate. Young girls with pen-
dency can never expect to become singers of any note unless it be remedied, and
in them, and in boys too, the voice is not clear and silvery as it ought to be. Cer-
tain constitutional peculiarities were also noticed, and there was a predisposition
to contract the exanthemata and other diseases of an epidemic nature. The author
concluded by referring to the large number of pendencies in Britain, over 3,000,000,
and the means to be taken to remedy it.
Observations with the Spectroscope on Animal Substances.
By Ki. Ray Lanxnstrr.
By means of dark bands produced in the prismatic spectrum (when light is
transmitted through coloured solutions) it has been shown, by Hoppe-Seyler and
by Prof. Stokes, of Cambridge, that various coloured bodies may he definitely re-
cognized. Mr. Sorby has also made many observations of vegetable colours, and
invented a very convenient form of spectroscope. The author’s observations were
made upon various coloured substances in the lower animals; by this means he had
detected chlorophyl in Hydra and the freshwater Spongilla, which had before been
suspected to be present, but of which there was no certainty. In various worms
(Bunice, Lumbricus, Hirudo), in an insect-larva (Chironomus), and in a mollusk
(Planorbis) he had found the same red substance (cruorine) discovered by Stokes
in the blood of man and vertebrates. This was remarkable, since the red matter
was deficient in nearly all mollusks and insects; and, moreover, in vertebrates it was
102 REPORT— 1867.
concentrated into red corpuscles, which was not the case with invertebrates. <A
new green blood-colouring-matter was described by its spectrum, found in the
blood of some annelids (Stphonostoma). A large number of orange, red, green, and
yellow pigments were obtained in solution by ether, from marine Sponges, Polyzoa,
Crustacea, and other animals; but none of these had given definite absorption-bands
by which they could be recognized and characterized. It appeared that mere pig-
ments did not present the phenomenon, whilst other bodies not of a fatty nature
did. It was very desirable that further observations should be made with the
spectroscope on animal substances.
Nouvelle comparaison des membres pelviers et thoraciques chez 0 Homme, les
Mammiferes, les Oiseaux et les Reptiles déduite de lu torsion de Vhumerus.
Par Cuartes Marriys*,
Life—its Nature, Origin, §e. By P. Metyrure.
Notes of Experiments with Poisons §c. on Young Salmon. By Dr. M‘Lyrosu.
These experiments were performed in 1862 and 1863 on newly hatched fish,
which, from their transparency, are very favourable subjects. The most numerous
were those with Flem. tinct. of aconite, which at first caused symptoms of irrita-
tion, with twitchings and considerable muscular movement. The heart’s action
by-and- y became irregular, and then a remarkable tendency to more rapid
motion of the auricle appeared, with a slowing of the ventricular action, and the
latter became more marked as the paralysis of the muscles generally increased.
Under the action of this poison some very interesting observations may be made on
the heart’s action; and from the non-rhythmical movements of the cavities, a
halt was now and then caused by the contractions occurring at the same time.
The general result was that the auricle contracted twice for each ventricular action.
This condition was independent of the respiratory process. Other drugs experi-
mented with were tinct. digitalis, creosote, sulphuric ether, chloric ether, mor-
phia, chloroform, bleaching-powder, ammonia, &c. A few minims of a solution of
bleaching-powder proved rapidly fatal; and though the fish was placed under
running water in a few minutes, and before motion ceased, it did not recover.
Muscular irritability and convulsive moyements continued for about a minute
after the beart’s action had ceased under chloroform. Considerable vitality was
exhibited when the fish was placed in sea-water, death ensuing slowly from cardiac
congestion caused by the shrivelling of the swperficial textures, and consequent
shutting up of the blood-channels; and secondly, from a peculiar coagulation
and hardening of the yelk-sac and the resulting interference with nutrition. The
tentacles of an anemone (Tealia crassicornis) did not appear to exert a poisonous or
paralyzing action, but the young fish died slowly from the physical injuries in-
Hicted by the dart-cells. Regeneration of artificial wounds rapidly ensued, and
when the tip of the tail was cut off some curious effects were observed in regard
to the clot which formed at the tip of the artery.
On the Adaptation of the Structure of the Shell of the Bird’s Fyg to the
Function of Respiration. By Dr. G. Octnym.
The principal object of this paper was to call attention to the constant occurrence
of a cavernous stratum on the interior of the shell of the ege, formed by a series of
warty excrescences from the calcareous crust, and covered in by the hning mem
brane of the shell, which adheres so intimately to the points of the tubercles that
a fleecy film is always left when the membrane is torn off from the inside of the
shell, and in many cases can be removed only by burning it off by calcination,
though the nature of the structure may be shown in other ways, as by sections and
the use of aniline dyes, which tinge the fibrous tissue, with little or no effect on the
shell proper. The penetration of the external air into the cavernous structure,
through the overlying stratum of the calcareous crust, is facilitated by the pore-like
pits on the owtside of the shell, which, though in many cases they do not go directly
* See Appendix,
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 103
much below the surface, yet may be shown, by the permeation of coloured liquids,
to furnish an indirect communication with the vacuities of the deep layer, either
by fissures or cracks passing between them, or by the more pervious nature of the
intervening tract. This general arrangement of an upper compact and a lower |
cavernous stratum has a certain analogy with the structure of the internal tissue
of leaves, amounting, indeed, in some cases to so close a resemblance that one
might readily compare the shell of some chelonian reptiles to the parenchyma of a
leaf which had undergone calcification; and as in the egg-shell we have the pore-
like pits on the outer surface to facilitate the permeation of the air to the subjacent
stratum, so in floating leaves, which haye their stomata on the upper epidermis,
we generally have some arrangement to lessen the obstructive influence of the
layer of compact tissue between them and the spongy parenchyma below. Of this
erhaps we have the most striking example in the large tapering cells in the leaf of
the White Water Lily, which, when exposed to the action of an aniline dye, become
very conspicuous objects from the readiness with which they take in the colour;
they somewhat resemble a series of nails driven through the compact tissue, with
their flattened heads immediately under the stomata, and their points projecting
into the air-spaces below. As another example of such an arrangement, reference
was made to the vacuity under each stomatic opening in the upper layer of paren-
chyma in the leaf of the common pond-weed.
On the Antiseptic Properties of the Sulphites. By Dr. Pout, of Milan.
Sulphurous acid was said to be the most active agent in arresting all organic fer-
mentation. As the acid, however, was not easily applicable in experiment, Dr.
Polli had undertaken an investigation as to the action of the sulphites of lime,
hyposulphite of magnesia, sulphite of magnesia, and sulphite of soda. These sub-
stances were found to possess all the properties of sulphurous acid, with the advan-
tage that their action was more uniform and certain and constant. In experi-
menting on animals and himself, he found that large doses could be taken without
risk. On killing animals treated with sulphites, and others not so treated, he found
that the former were most slow to decompose, and, indeed, remained quite fresh
when the others were putrescent and oflensive. Another series of experiments
showed that in one class the administration of the sulphites was sufficient to effect
a more or less rapid cure in cases where blood-poisoning was present, as in fevers.
Dr. Polli was anxious to have it clearly stated that he did not attribute this to any
curative power in the sulphites, but to the fact that they arrested decomposition, and
by so doing allowed the animal to recover by the recuperative power existing in its
own constitution. The author thought his observations conclusive as to the excel-
lent influence of the sulphites on certain diseases.
On Coagulation of the Blood—a correction of the Ammonia Theory.
By Dr. W. B, Ricnarpson.
On some Effects produced by applying Extreme Cold to certain parts of the
Nervous System. By Dr. W. B. Ricwarpson.
On certain Effects of the Concentrated Solar Rays upon the Tissues of Living
Ammals immersed in Water. By Guorce Rosrnson, M.D.
After adverting to the wonderful effects of the composite nature of the solar rays,
and to the circumstance that water of all fluids next to the airis the medium most
intimately connected with animal and vegetable life, the author gives an account
of the effects he has observed when he has concentrated the solar rays on nu-
merous bodies immersed in water.
The most remarkable results were those obtained in experimenting on small
fishes and frogs. To the former the action of the rays, when concentrated upon
the head, was immediately fatal; of the latter the skin was shrivelled and disco-
loured. Even on his own hand the effect was immediately perceptible, pain followed
by inflammation. :
He concluded with remarking, “ Tt would therefore, from this particular rela-
104 REPORT—1867.
tion, appear that the nervous structures of living animals are peculiarly sensitive
to the stimulating agencies present in the solar rays, irrespective of the actual heat
of the latter; and it is thus rendered probable that it is not the calorific element of
those rays that produces the effects witnessed in my experiments. Whether or not
“their actinic or chemical part chiefly operates in these cases, or whether another
active power nearly allied to electricity, or the nervous force itself, is really con-
tained in the sun’s rays, must be left for further research.”
On the Presence of Quinine and other Alkaloids in the Animal Economy.
By Werxtwortn L. Scorr,
Professor ALLEN THOMSON exhibited microscopical preparations of the Cochlea,
of the Retina, and of Teeth of Fossil Fishes.
A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Pilot Whale (Globiocephalus svineyal).
By Prof. Turner.
Two innominate arteries arose from the transverse part of the arch of the aorta;
the right bifurcated, and by one branch gave origin to the carotis cerebralis, carotis
facialis, and subclavian arteries, by the other to the cervico-occipitalis and the
art. thoracica posterior dextra. The left innominate gaye origin to a small thyroid
artery and then bifurcated: its anterior branch divided into carotis facialis and
subclavia sinistra; its posterior branch into carotis cerebralis and cervico-occipi-
talis. _The art. thoracica post. sinistra arose from the back of the arch close to its
junction with the ductus arteriosus. The cerebral carotids diminished very much
in size before entering the skull, as Sharpey and Von Baer had already shown in
the porpoise. The weight of the brain was 58 oz., and the amount of blood con-
veyed to it by these arteries was much less than in the adult human brain, so that
the functional activity is necessarily slower than in the brain of Man.
The stomach was subdivided into five compartments: the Ist and 2nd communi-
cated with the bottom of, the cesophagus, and along with the 3rd corresponded to
the first three subdivisions of the stomach of the porpoise. The 4th compartment
in the Pilot Whale is not differentiated in the porpoise, but the 5th compartment
corresponds to the 4th or sigmoid stomach of the porpoise. Between it and the
cylindrical duodenum was a dilatation, which differed from the dilated commence-
ment of the duodenum in the porpoise in not haying the hepatico-pancreatic duct
opening into it.
These and other details are given much more fully in the ‘ Journal of Anatomy
and Physiology,’ November 1867.
Microscopic preparations in illustration of the ultimate arrangement of the bile-
passene? and of the minute anatomy of the nervous system were exhibited by
rof. Turner. The preparations were made by Mr. A. B. Stirling, Assistant in
the Anatomical Museum, University of Edinburgh. The sections of the liver,
from the rabbit, served to confirm the recent views of Hering and others, that the
bile passes to the periphery of the lobules in channels, which lie between and haye
their walls formed by the liver-cells, and which communicate with the interlo-
bular branches of the hepatic duct.
GEOGRAPHY AND ETHNOLOGY.
Address by Sir Samvrn Barer, .R.GS., President of the Section.
Two years have elapsed since, in the month of September 1865, jaded with the
anxiety and fatigue of nearly five years’ exploration, [ and the devoted companion
of my Journey—my wife—returned to civilization from a land of savages, from the
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 105
Albert N’yanza; and we rejoiced that, in conjunction with the discoveries of Speke
and Grant, we had secured for England the merit of the discovery of the Nile-
sources... .I1 have received many rewards for this long period of trial and
difficulty in African research,—the approbation of Her Majesty, the gold medals
of the Royal Geographical Societies of both England and France, and the cordial
reception of the account of our travels given in the ‘Albert N’yanza Great Basin
of the Nile;’ but believe me when I assure you that I esteem as one of the highest
honours the compliment that has been bestowed by the British Association, by their
invitation that I should occupy the position of President of their geographical
section.
When I look upon my right hand and upon my left, and find myself supported
by those veterans of science and of industry, by those men whose heads have grown
grey in the pursuit of knowledge, and whose intellects, enriched by the experience
of along life, we regard with reverence and esteem, I feel with much humility that
I am a usurper of the Presidential chair which has been so ably and so honourably
filled by Sir Roderick Murchison and by Mr. Crawfurd, the time-honoured Presi-
dents of the Royal Geographical and the Ethnological Societies.
But, as the younger trees grow up beneath the branches of the venerable oaks
and prosper in their shade, even so I venture to rise between my much-honoured
supporters, and recall to recollection the important fact that the high and prominent
position now held by the geographical section in the proceedings of the British
Association is due to the labour and untiring energy of Sir Roderick Murchison, to
whom belongs the merit of having given to Geography an independent place in the
Meetings of this general parliament of science.
Geography is worthy of this high position, as nearly every science is dependent
upon our knowledge of the earth.
Astronomy would afford meagre results were we ignorant of the spherical form of
our world, and were our observations confined to our own cloudy shores; but our
observations are directed from stations in all positions on the globe, the knowledge
of those positions being due to our first explorers.
Ethnology is a twin sister of geographical science, as the numerous races of human
beings (so diverse and inexplicable) that inhabit the various portions of the earth,
from the ice-bound regions of the Arctic to the burning deserts of Africa, would
have been unknown but for the researches of geographers and explorers.
Theology is closely interwoven with the study of geography ; the history of man
from the remote beginning is linked with a description of the creation of the world,
when God said, “Let us make man in our own image.” From that time the very
elements of our creed are connected with particular positions upon the earth’s sur-
face. The most important events that have influenced the march of civilization
and the spread of Christianity have occurred in certain places that throw intense
interest upon the science of geography. The wanderings of certain nomadic tribes
seeking for new pastures for their flocks have brought to light new countries, and
have implanted new religions. The arrival from Chaldea of Abraham, the simple
Arab chieftain with his followers who settled in a new country, laid the foundation
of our Jewish history, followed by those mighty events at distant intervals, the
Exodus from Egypt, the building of Jerusalem, the birth of Christ, the Roman con-
quest, until at length, by the victories of Cesar, the West was rescued from its
savagedom, and the road was opened to Great Britain, to be followed by the light
of truth. All this wonderful train of progression is based on geography ; ‘and, as St.
Paul with untiring zeal journeyed often “in perils of waters, in perils of robbers, in
aan by the heathen, in perils in the wilderness, in weariness and painfulness, in
unger and thirst, in cold and nakedness,” even so the missionary and the explorer
have united in patiently boring their way through lands that have lain hidden since
the world’s creation ; and these countries have risen to the first rank in the earth’s
history. Far-distant lands, tenanted by savage races that knew no God, rescued
from a state of barrenness, are smiling with prosperity; the wild beasts and the
heathen have retreated before advancing civilization, and the sound of the church-
bell rings at our very antipodes. Thus is religion linked with the study of the
earth. The advancement of Christianity is dependent upon the migrations of
Christians that shall implant the seed of truth in foreign soils. Those migrations
106 REPORT—1867.
are dependent upon geographical discoveries that shall bring to light countries and
climates favourable to the development of European races. Thus civilization will ad-
vance to a higher standard in such latitudes as are conducive to industry and enter-
prise ; the severity of an Arctic region would be as great a barrier to the intellectual
pre tees of the inhabitantsas would the burning sun and barren sand of the desert where
ature has withheld every blessing from mankind. In such localities the human
energies are overpowered by the oppression of circumstances, and a high standard
of civilization can never be attained. If, therefore, civilization be mainly dependent
upon temperature and veographical position, it will be exhibited in the highest de-
gree within particular latitudes comprised in the temperate zone: The discovery of
countries that afford the requisite conditions for such advancement has been the
grandest result of comparatively modern geography. In tracing the progress of
geographical science from the earliest period of history, we are struck with the
marvellous strides effected during the last three centuries.
When we consider that the Mosaical history accounts. for 4004 years from the
creation of the first man until the birth of Christ, and thus establishes the recorded
existence of man for a period of 5871 years to the present day, we must regard with
the most intense interest the mysterious development of the world during that space
of time.
The Pheenicians were the most ancient maritime power described in history, the
ports of Tyre and Sidon haying been their London and Liverpool. Even at the
remote date when Pharoah Necho governed Egypt, the Phoenicians are said to
have circumnavigated Africa, having passed through a canal from the Mediter-
ranean to the Red Sea, and returned to Egypt by the Straits of Gibraltar. Thus
wasmysterious Africa sailed around at that remote age,—an object of barren wonder
to the mariners, who were amazed to find the rising sun upon their right hand in-
stead of on their left upon rounding the Cape of Good Hope from the east and
coasting north.
The Pheenicians are supposed to have traded with England, and to have obtained
tin from Cornwall; they founded Carthage, which subsequently gave birth to the
adventurous explorer Hanno, who coasted the western shores of Africa to near the
Equator.
i those days the principal objects of exploration were commerce and conquest :
there was no Royal Geographical Society, with a Murchison as President, to support
the love of science and adventure ; but the report of the explorer, if successful, was,
as in the case of Cesar, Veni, vidi, vici!
The voyages of the ancients were generally confined to coasting or to crossing
narrow seas by the guidance of the stars, in precisely the same manner as performed
at the present day by the Arabs in navigating the Persian Gulf and the Red Sea.
There can be little doubt that they were acquainted with India and Ceylon, as the
presents of peacocks to Solomon must have been brought from one of those coun-
tries, that species of bird being unknown in Africa. The conquests of Alexander
extended geographical knowledge into the far interior of India; and the founding of
Alexandria added an important seaport to the Mediterranean.
Although the enterprise of the Greeks and the Phoenicians had overcome the
difficulties of the Mediterranean, and had established trading-stations upon the east
coast of Africa, their explorations were bounded by that impassable barrier to the
west—the mysterious Atlantic Ocean. They had visited Zanzibar, and doubtless
they had penetrated far into the interior of Eastern Africa, and had heard of the
existence of the great lakes which Ptolemy long afterwards placed upon his map,
from the description of native merchants, as the sources of the Nile; but from the
beginning of the world up to the fifteenth century, no human eye had pierced the
mystery of the Atlantic. At that time there were two great geographical questions
to be solved—the Nile and the Atlantic.
The fifteenth century was rich in geographical discovery. Marco Polo’s travels in
Asia had brought renown to Venice ; and Vasco de Gama had, by the circumnayiga-
tion of Africa, sustained the honour of Portugal, which enterprising country assumed
the lead in exploration, until Columbus achieved the feat that completely
altered the geography of his age—the discovery of America. How little did he
dream that, within the short interval of three and a half centuries, the New World
fe
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 107
that he had discovered would be able to defy the Old!—that upon the waves
which rocked the frail canoes, iron-clads would fly the stars and stripes, that a vast
nation of Christian men should spring from the new soil and people the desolate
wastes, that the wilderness should become a garden and the swamps luxuriant
cotton-fields, that great cities should arise upon the margin of her rivers, that the
slave should be rendered free, and that the electric spark should speak in the pro-
found depths of the Atlantic and hold communication each minute with the West!
—that weary distant West, to which for weeks and weeks he had struggled on
towards unknown shores, lost on a boundless ocean, but trusting ina Divine Guide
who watched over the human instrument that steered onwards on the grand path to
civilization.
In the short period of 380 years, a small fractional portion of the interval assigned
to the existence of man upon our earth, what vast changes have occurred, not only
in geographical discovery, but by its results! America has become a giant, an
irresistible power upon her own soil, separated from Europe by an ocean that renders
her secure from hostile aggression. With every variety of climate, from the frigid
to the torrid zone, with fertile soil, boundless forests, navigable rivers of prodigious
extent, and commodious ports, the future of that wonderful country may be pro-
enosticated by a comparison with the past. The first steps of a young colony are
slow and full of difficulty ; but if in 380 years America has attained her present high
position from an utterly savage state, what part will that vast continent assume in
the future history of the world ?
If possible, more wonderful in rapid advancement than America is that extraor-
dinary country beneath our very feet. Australia is an instance afiording a practical
result of that wide theory, that temperature and geographical position are the chan-
nels of civilization, and that according to the conditions of climate and the advan-
tages of a locality will be its degree in the scale of progress. Within the memory
of many who are here present, the now important cities of Australia were mere buds
upon the family tree of colonies. Blessed with the favourable conditions of tem-
erature and geographical position, they have burst suddenly into bloom. Not only
nave we that vast fyrianil of gold exposed in the Paris Exhibition as proof of the
value of Australia, but we possess a more lasting testimony of the importance of
that fifth section of the globe in the imports of wood of the finest quality. This is
the most complete proof of success, as the locality most favourable to the fine-wool-
bearing species of sheep is that most specially adapted for the European races of
mankind.
We have thus two grand examples before us of the energy and vitality of the
Anglo-Saxon race. Great Britain, that at the time of the Roman conquest was an
island of half-naked savages, whose explorations were confined to coasting their
own shores in hide and wicker-work canoes, has in the course of ages fulfilled her
great destiny, and is become the parent of the Hast and West. Australia and
America are the two huge children of the old mother, grand offsprings from which
must flow the sources of civilization.
But in the moment of triumph, when we regard these mighty results of geogra-
phical enterprise with pride and satisfaction, geography, that all-important
science which we have now the honour to represent, whispers this warning in our
ears—“ That as we have peopled distant lands, and nursed these infants until they
have become great, the mother should no longer hold them in the leading-strings
of childhood, but that, as stalwart sons grown into manhood launch independently
upon the world, so should our great offsprings, Canada and Australia, regard the old
mother with affection, but assume their position of independence.” Geography is
the base of diplomacy. ‘There are things difficult, but possible ; but there are ob-
stacles of Nature that are impossible to overcome. The Atlantic declares the inde-
pendence of Canada, as no support could be afforded by Great Britain in a contest
with America,
It is natural to our insular position that geographical science should be more
deeply appreciated in England than in other countries. Our strength lies in our
commercial enterprise. Our commerce depends upon our colonies ; these encircle
the world. Thus geographical knowledge must be an important element in Eng-
lish education, as hardly a family exists in the United Kingdom that is not repre-
sented by one or more of its members either in India or the colonies,
108 REPORT—1867.
There are at the present day important questions connected with our Indian pos-
sessions that demand the vigorous attention of English geographers. Itisa curious
fact that all the great nautical discoveries of the world were achieved before the
power of steam had rendered the sailor independent of wind and tide: but with the
peculiar aid of rapid locomotion the mind of man is not content with ancient beaten
paths, but seeks to lessen the distance of remote countries by adopting new and
direct means of communication. It appears to many of us as the affair of yesterday
that the overland route to India was established by the indefatigable Waghorn
(whose name should ever be held in honour) ; but in the short space of about fifteen
years the camel has ceased to be the “ship of the desert” upon the Isthmus of
Suez: a railroad connects the Red Sea with the Mediterranean, a canal already
conveys the sweet waters of the Nile through deserts of arid sand to Suez, and a
fleet of superb transports upon the Red Sea conyeys our troops direct to India.
Who can predict the future? who can declare the great French work to be im-
possible, and deny that within the next half-century the fleets of the Mediterranean
will sail through the Isthmus of Suez upon the Lesseps Canal ?
Exeland has been the first to direct to general use the power of steam. Our vessels
were the first to cross the Atlantic, and to round the stormy Cape to India. The
name of Stephenson will live for ever as the inventor of the railway, and that of
Wheatstone as the adaptor of electricity to the telegraph ; but, proud as we may be
of these great inventions which by the reduction of space bring distant countries
into close communication and tend to civilization, have we not thus destroyed the
spell that kept our shores inviolate? Not only ourselves, but the French also
possess a magnificent line of transports upon the Red Sea. We can no longer
match the dexterity of our sailors against overwhelming odds. Steam breaks the
charm! Wars are the affair of weeks or days; there are no longer the slow marches
that rendered inaccessible far-distant points; the railway alters the former conditions
of all countries.
Without yielding to exaggerated alarm, we must watch with intense attention
the advances of Russia upon the Indian frontier; and beyond all geographical enter-
rises we should devote extreme interest to a new and direct route to India by the
Pyejketes Valley and the Persian Gulf, thus to be independent of complications
that might arise with Egypt...... Thanks to the devotion and zeal of the dis-
tinguished President, Sir Roderick Murchison, the Royal Geographical Society has
of late years received so great an impulse that it comprises at this moment 213
Members ; there is no exploration of any importance that can be undertaken through-
out the world without the knowledge and the attention of this Society. Thus not
only are we forewarned of the encroachments of neighbouring powers, should their
expeditions be pushed beyond the limits of necessity, but we form a nucleus for all
geographical information, should the Government resort to us in an emergency.
Free from all jealousy and above suspicion, we have this year awarded to the
Russian Admiral, Boutakoff, the Founder’s Gold Medal, for having been the first to
launch a steamer on the Sea of Aral, and to conduct his vessel upwards of 1000
miles alone the course of the river Jaxartes.
The Victoria Gold Medal has been conferred upon that eminent Arctic voyager,
Dr. Isaac Hayes, who by reaching the highest northern latitude hitherto attained
(81° 35’), in his arduous voyage towards the open Polar Sea, has nobly sustained the
honour of America. Thus the year 1867 affords an interesting proof of the unpre-
judiced patronage of the Society, as both the Founder’s and the Patron’s Medals
have been bestowed upon these distinguished foreigners.
It is not my intention to enter into the details of the geographical explorations
of the past year, that have been so ably enlarged upon by Sir Roderick Murchison
in the exhaustive review contained in his annual address of May 27th; but it is
my duty to bring to your notice those most important geographical facts which,
from their recent occurrence, claim our present attention. In Africa, we have to
record the noble expedition of Mr. Gerhard Rohlf, who has safely returned from his
remarkable journey across the Sahara from Tripoli, va Ghadames and Murzuk, to
Kuka, on the shores of Lake Tchad; thence south to Benué, dewn that stream to
its junction with the Niger, and then across by land to Lagosin the Bight of Benin.
In Abyssinia we are about to commence a military expedition, to which we trust
Her Majesty’s Government will attach a staff of men of science that may return
TRANSACTIONS OF TIE SECTIONS. 109
with valuable results. The importance of explorations was never more forcibly
exemplified than in the present instance, when a war is about to commence in a
wild country of which the military authorities are utterly ignorant, and solely de-
pendent upon the accounts of private travellers. In Asia, we have to remark upon
the extraordinary progress by the Russians in geographical enterprize, who by their
settlements in Manchuria and explorations of the Khinka Lake, and the navigable
rivers Usuri and Amoor, are laying the foundations for the future development of
that hitherto neglected portion of the world. When we regard the vigorous steps
that have been adopted by Russia in Northern Asia, we turn with increased atten-
tion to the energetic appeal of General Sir Arthur Cotton for an exploration of that
unknown land between the Burhampooter and the Yang-tze, with a view to open
a free communication between India, with its 200 millions, and China, with its 400
millions of inhabitants. In America we devote increased attention to inter-oceanic
communication across the Isthmus, upon which interesting subject papers will be
read before this Association by Lieutenant Oliver, on a recent exploration of a new
route across Nicaragua, under the direction of that well-known and energetic ex-
plorer, Captain Bedford Pim.
No striking geographical feat has been performed by England during the present
year; but the anxiety not only of geographers but of Englishmen of all classes is
ainfully keen upon a subject of universal interest—the reported death of Dr.
fetnastons. It is well known that this eminent traveller was engaged in an
important exploration, with the intention of determining the watershed of Eastern
equatorial Africa. His object was to prove by actual inspection whether the
Nyassa, from which the Shiré flows to the Zambesi, was fed by a river from the
north; he was then to reach the Tanganika Lake of Burton and Speke, and prove
whether a river issued from that lake towards the south, or whether some river
fed that lake from the south; he was then to navigate the Tanganika to its
northern extremity, and prove whether it was fed by a river from the north, or
whether it communicated with the Albert N’yanza. With this great journey
before him, Dr. Livingstone had reached and crossed over the northern portion of
the Nyassa, which appears to have been so shallow that the canoes were poled
across a sandy bed; this would suggest the existence of some tributary of the
northern extremity of the lake that in annual floods had brought down the
deposit.
eipon arrival on the western shore, he found himself in the hostile country of
the Mazite, and during the march, a few days later, the party was suddenly
attacked and overpowered.
By the report of nine Johanna men and their leader, Moosa, who, after ereat diffi-
culties, returned to Zanzibar, it appears that Livingstone killed two of his assailants,
but was himself struck down by the blow of an axe on the back of the neck,
Moosa and the Johanna men had concealed themselves in a thicket, but after dark
they ventured to the scene of the recent conflict, and discovered the body of Liy-
ingstone with those of several of their own party and two of the enemy. They
scraped a hole in the earth and buried the body of our lamented traveller:
This happened in about August 1866; we have therefore been twelve months
without further tidings. There are some persons ( among others, my highly
honoured and much-loved friend Sir Roderick Murchison) who still cling to the
hope that Livingstone is alive, and that the story of the Johanna men is false, and
merely a lame excuse for the desertion of their master,
The fate of Livingstone, our common friend, of whom we are all justly proud, is
so intensely interesting, that I may be excused for expressing my gloomy opinion :
I believe him to be dead.
Those who still hope, cling to the fact that the Johanna men are renowned as
liars, and that they have trumped up a story to excuse their return. It is this very
fact of their power of consummate lying that convinces me of the substantial truth
of their statement. Natives are scientific liars; they do not lie absurdly, like Euro-
peans, but they concoct their falsehoods with such forethought, that the lie itself is
an example of profound skill. No native, that I have ever seen, would commit him-
self to so inartistic a lie as to declare to be dead a man who is still alive, who would
become a witness at a future time against him, Should natives intend to desert
110 REPORT—1867.
their master, they invariably plead excuses that cannot be proved to be false, such as
sickness, or pretended lameness, that incapacitates them from marching; but the
hardihood of the Johanna men in committing themselves, by the confession of their
cowardice, is a surprising instance of veracity that could only haye been prempted
by the urgency of the calamity. To confess the death of the master is the
extreme of moral courage, as a native would dread the suspicion that might fall
upon him as the murderer; therefore the story of poor Liyingstone’s murder,
although differing in details, as described to various people by Mooza, I thoroughly
believe to be substantially correct; and this beliet, I regret to say, is shared by
Dr. Kirk, our Vice-Consul at Zanzibar, who was Livingstone’s former companion on
the expedition to the Nyassa.
With. this sad conviction that Livingstone has passed away for ever, and that
his bones now lie beneath that fatal soil of Africa that has been his glorious stage,
I can only, as a fellow traveller in the rough path of African research, exclaim :
—Peace to his memory! honour to those remains that moulder in the dust, a
sacrifice to philanthropy in that distant and hopeless field, where the hand of
friendship is spurned, and where a murderous stab is the reward for Christian
enterprise!” There is no stone to mark the spot where the great traveller lies;
but as a gallant sailor’s corpse is given to the waves, and rests in death within the
element with which in life he struggled, so rests the body of our tired pilgrim,
covered with the soil of Africa, as with a flag that enfolded him in victory. His
name will neyer die, but, deeply graven on the hearts of all mankind, it will descend
in history.
And now, before I close this address, I must refer with pride and satisfaction to the
vigour and alacrity that has been exhibited, not only by the Royal Geographical
Society, at the earnest instance of our sterling President, Sir Roderick Murchison,
but also by Her Majesty’s Government, in despatching, without a moment’s unne-
cessary delay, an expedition to Hastern Africa to investigate the fate of Living-
stone. Should he be no more, the arrival of an armed expedition in his search
will be a lesson to the savage tribes that no Englishman can disappear without an
inquiry into the cause; and good seryice will be done to geography by the par
under Mr. Young, who, proyided with a steel boat, will be able to decide whether
the Nyassa is fed by a river from the north.
The most interesting African problem yet remains to be solved. Within the
last few years we have determined the great reservoirs of the Nile, and we have
proved that the river, hitherto so mysterious, is the offspring of two great
causes—the vast equatorial reservoirs the Victoria and Albert Lakes, and the
sudden rains of Abyssinia that in July, August, and September cause the
inundation in Lower Egypt: that portion of the question I shall shortly pub-
lish as the ‘ Nile Tributaries of Abyssinia.’ But although the mystery of ages is
solved, much remains to be explored. We know but a portion of those immense
reservoirs; and geographers will not remain content with the bare fact that the
Nile issues from those lakes; but England, that has untied the knot, must gather
in the extremity of the line. The death of Livingstone is a fearful drag upon the
wheel of African exploration, There are many as brave, many as adventurous; but
there are few who combine the qualifications of patience and endurance that are
so sorely needed in that most difficult of all thorny paths, “ African research.”
Still we must not despair: we have of late years acquired an ally that is the grand
supporter of geographical exploration, a supporter that assists us through paths
that were closed before the providential aid appeared; and in those swamps whose
fatal malaria slew with infernal certainty the brave and daring explorers of former
times, guinine is the guard and faithful escort of the traveller. Armed with this
cuirass, we can penetrate through countries hitherto impassable. The advancement
of science has so far practically augmented the power to civilize, that, with drugs
hitherto unknown, conveniences that preserve the traveller from the vicissitudes of
climate, such as waterproofs &e. &c., fire-arms of deadly precision, astronomical
instruments, steel and india-rubber boats of infinite variety, not only can we push
through obstacles that were formerly insurmountable, but we can return with
scientific results, and leave behind us in those sayage countries a path and intro-
duction for future trayellers,
a
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. lll
But eyen when these facilities are absent, there is one great quality that, if life
remains, may overcome all difficulties, a quality for which, I trust, Great Britain
will ever be renowned—“ determination.” When we met Speke and Grant (the
Englishman and the Scotchman) at Gondokoro, they had nothing except guns,
ammunition, beds, and quinine; and still they had overcome all difficulties.
When my wife and I returned two years later to the same spot, we had had
no quinine for eighteen months, our steel boat had been our large sponging-
bath, our india-rubber floats had been inflated goatskins; and nevertheless we
are here now, thanks to the guidance of a Divine Providence!
But, next to Providence, there is a support to which an English traveller clings
when far, far away from civilization, in countries unknown and trackless. He may
be in misery and helpless, he may have lost all hope of return, and sickness may
have stricken him to the margin of his grave; but as his last thoughts wander
towards all those left behind, and he weighs the fatal end against the results of his
mission, of one thing he feels certain :—His Government may ignore him, friends
may forget him, but the Royal Geographical Society, with Murchison at the head,
will never forsake him; if dead, he will be sought for; and should he return aliye,
their approbation of his labours will be his great reward.
Confident in this support, the hardy pioneers of Great Britain will flock to the
thinned ranks of the explorers. Speke lies buried in his native yillage-church ;
Livingstone, we fear, lies far away; but the monument we raise to these brave
men will be the starting-point for others, who may equal their great deeds. And
should the trayeller fall in the noble task, and die in a lonely and distant land, if
no friendly voice be near to bid farewell, he still will have a consolation: in the
last hour, a spirit will whisper these words of comfort to his soul, “ England
expects that every man will do his duty!”
Notes of a Reconnaissance of some Portions of Palestine made in 1865-66 for
the Palestine Exploration Fund. By Lieut. AnpErson, R.E.
The reconnaissance survey commenced at Baneas, near the source of the most
important tributary of the Jordan. The latitude was carefully fixed, the position
of the junction of the Jordan and Baneas streams determined, and the places con-
nected by compass-hearings. A base was thus obtained on which to frame the
trianeulation to the mountains on both sides of the valley. From Baneas an azi-
muth line was observed to a prominent peak about ten miles distant on the west
side of the yalley, and the latitude of the survey camp at the village of Hunin,
near the peak, determined. From Hunin the watershed was followed, which foy
topographical reconnaissance afforded great facilities, as a clear view was always
obtained to great distances east and west, and all important places visible within
eight or ten miles were fixed by triangulation. ‘The next camp was fixed at Kedes,
and connected with that of Hunin by an azimuth line. The survey then removed
to the village of Alma, overlooking the lake of Huleh, eighteen miles distant
from Baneas, and the line of azimuths connected hence with the watershed of
Kefr Birim. Explorations were made to the north, twelve or fifteen miles, and all
mountain-tops and villages within access visited and surveyed. To the south of
Kefr Birim the culminating highlands of Upper Galilee, which had never been
previously examined, were thoroughly explored. Irom Jebel Jurmuk, about 4000
feet above the sea-level, Cape Carmel could be distinctly seen. The next camp
was pitched at Safed. Safed Castle has a most extensive view in every direction,
except north-east, where a hill 200 feet higher intervenes. A trianculation and
survey of the whole of the Sea of Galilee and adjoining mountains was next made,
The reconnaissance was extended about eight miles to the westward to the village
of Ailaboon, and proceeding southward, embraced the country over which the
Crusaders made their disastrous march from Sepphoris to Kurn Hattin. From
Nazareth Wely a yiew was obtained over the beautiful plain of Esdraelon, and ob-
servations made to many points, including others to Mount Kbal, thirty-five miles
further south. As far south as Jeuin the watershed was explored and mapped out
to the bend of the Leontes, about sixty miles distant in a straight line. The
watershed to the eastward of Nablus had not yet been explored by any traveller,
112 REPORT—1867.
The survey of the watershed was commenced again a little north of Mount Ebal,
and explored continuously as far as Jerusalem, which is situated itself on the
main watershed of the country. The reconnaissance was extended through the
Bedouin country to the Jordan, and the much-disputed position of Jisr Damieh
connected with the sites previously fixed. The country to the eastward of Nablus
was visited and mapped ; Jebel Azur, Mount Gerizim, Mount Ebal, and Kurn Tur-
tabeh were also connected with the survey; and it was finally protracted to Jafia,
thus establishing a connexion between this place and Baneas.
On the Lagoons of Corsica. By Prof. D. T. Anstep, F.RS.
The eastern coast of Corsica is the most malarious district in the Mediterranean ;
but this has only been the case within the historic period. 2000 years ago there
was a defensible town on the coast called Aleria, and 120 years later a Roman
colony was established there, the seat of a large trade. This continued and the
coast was inhabited till the Middle Ages, when the pirates of the Mediterranean
forced the inhabitants back into the hills. In the early part of the sixteenth cen-
tury the plains ceased to be habitable, and they have never since been without
deadly malaria in the summer. Mariana, another ancient and medieval colony
near the lagoon of Biguglia, had also been deserted. ‘l’o the north of the sites of
both these ancient towus extends a lagoon, formerly, in all probability, an open
bay. The fine sand and mud of the rivers and watercourses are carried towards
the north, and form a bar or wall of sand in advance of the coast. Behind this bar,
wherever there are torrents between the rivers, a pool or lagoon is formed—these
torrents not being able to keep open a channel to the sea. But a communication
must be kept up, partly to enable the surplus waters to escape to the ocean during
winter, and partly to admit the sea to the pool when, during summer, the contents
are evaporated. Meanwhile all the organic matter brought down by the torrents
is retained in the lagoon, decomposes there, and is converted into miasmatic
vapour. So long as there is free communication to the sea there is no malaria ;
but when the lagoon is formed malaria sets in. The lagoon of Biguglia extends
8 miles towards the north ; its greatest width is about 1} mile. The wall or bank
separating the lagoon from the sea is from 900 to 400 yards wide, and its height
is about 9 feet above the level of the Mediterranean. There are two cuts, which
are now filled up. The deepest part of the lagoon is 10 feet, and much of it
is not more than 3 feet. The water is nearly fresh in winter, and everywhere
brackish in summer. The lagoon receives the drainage of 45,000 acres, and con-
tains itself 4800 acres. The quantity of rain averages 24 inches per annum, of
which 6 inches fall in November and 4 inches in October. More than 2 inches
has fallen in 24 hours, nearly 4 inches in a week, and about 12 inches in 4 weeks.
From a consideration of these measurements, it is evident that the lagoon might
rise 6 inches in 24 hours, and as much as 3 feet in a month, if it were not for the
outlet to the sea: a channel will thus always be kept open. 2000 years ago the
mud and sand of the Golo had not formed a bar in front of the bay, the shore of
which was within the inner shore of the lagoon. There was no effectual barrier
preventing the waters of the torrents reaching the sea until three centuries ago.
Thus within 1700 years there has been commenced and completed a bank of sand
7 miles in length, a quarter of a mile wide, and about 15 feet high—the result of
two rivers, the Golo and the Bevinco. The deposit is equivalent to about 75-
grains of solid matter deposited on an average by each gallon of water. There is
no evidence of any elevation of land within the recent or historic period that can
explain the change that has taken place. It is evident that the lagoon has been
formed by the accumulated sands and mud, and that the malaria is due to the
closing of the lagoon. It is in the highest degree desirable that these lagoons
should be got rid of or rendered innocuous. This can be done, in the lagoon of
Biguglia, by separating the area into two unequal parts. The larger area might be
drained by pumping, at a moderate cost, and kept dry by the same machinery
occasionally used ; part of the smaller area might be converted into the channel
of the Bevinco, and the rest drained by inexpensive machinery. The redeemed
lands would be of great value; but the principal result would be felt in the im-
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 113
eo eeent of the sanitary state of the adjoining districts. The experience of Mr.
ateman in Minorca seems to prove that malaria may be removed by the drainage
of lagoons, and the surrounding population raised thereby from their present state
of apathy and stagnation.
On Walvisch Bay and the Ports of South-West Africa.
By Tuomas Barnes, F.R.GLS.
The importance of Walvisch Bay is due to its being the best harbour on this part
of the African coast, and to the existence of mines of copper in the neighbouring
interior. It lies in lat. 22° 27’ S., and comprises the estuary of the Kiusip river,
where there is well-sheltered anchorage for vessels of almost any size. fs arid
and sandy is the climate, that the river contains water only during a few weeks of
the rainy season, and fresh water for consumption is obtained by rolling casks from
Sand Fountain, four miles distant. The country in the vicinity is peopled by
Namaqua Hottentots and Damaras. The value of British imports one year
amounted to £250,000, and the author advocated the establishment of a com-
missioner in the port, authorized to hoist the British flag, reeulate the commerce
of the place, and settle questions that arise between the traders and the natives.
The country abounds with cattle, which might become objects of a large export
trade. The copper found is a rich heavy ore, greenish or dark purple; but some-
times bolts of pure native copper are met with. 6283 tons of copper were shipped
during the month of May 1867.
Exploration of Beloochistan and Western Scinde, with a view to examining the
Subterranean Supply of Water. By J. W. Barnus,
The author commenced his operations at a place about eight miles north-east of
Kurrachee, where, after some weeks’ labour, he succeeded in piercing the first
water-bearing strata, when the water rushed up and overflowed the surface, con-
tinuing, without intermission, to the present time. Water was obtained at other
places in the arid country, and springs were visited which are from 60 to 300 feet
above the valleys. With this evidence of subterranean water, we are bound to
inquire where is the source. Originally, of course, it is derived from rain or snow.
The desert country of Scinde is often spoken of as destitute of rain. The rainfall
averages, indeed, only 4 inches per annnm; but if we glance at a map of Asia, we
observe, between the eastern borders of Persia and the western boundary of the
Scinde and Punjab valleys, a tract of country 350,000 square miles in extent, with
a mountainous and humid area, from 3000 to 12,000 feet above the sea-level, from
which a considerable subterraneous supply of water must be derived. Granting an
average annual rainfall of 3-75 inches over this area, and as we know that in every
country a portion of the rainfall, estimated from one-third to one-twelfth, perco-
lates and is absorbed by the permeable strata, there is room for a strong inference
that a vast body of water is available over the whole of the region, between the
thirtieth parallel of latitude and the Indian Ocean. It is recorded by navigators
that large springs of fresh water. burst up through the sea in the neighbourhood of
Cape Ormuz. The formation of this part is, undoubtedly, tertiary; and the stra-
tification of the hills, where not horizontal, generally inclines either to the east-
ward or southward,
A Boat-journey across the North end of Formosa from Tam-suy to Kelung.
By Dr. Cottinewoon, M.A., F.L.S.
This paper gave an account of the towns of Hoo-wei (or Tam-suy) on the
north-west coast of Formosa, and a treaty-port; of Bangka, an interior town, the
capital of that part of the island; and of Kelas. another treaty-port, upon the
north-east coast. The journey was made by way of the Tam-suy river, passing
the towns of Kan-tow, Pah-chie-nah, Sik-kow, Chuy-teng-cha, to Kelung; and
the author described the chief features of the fauna and flora noticed on the way.
He also entered particularly into the characteristics of the native population, their
occupation, characters, and general economy.
1867, 8
114 REPORT—1867.
On the Coasts of Vancouver's Island, British Columbia, and Russian America.
By P. N. Compton.
The author described the physical outlines of the coast-region of these countries,
visited by him during eight years’ service in the Hudson’s Bay Company, at Van-
couver’s Island. The most marked feature, between the straits of De Fuca and the
fifty-ninth parallel of latitude, is the numerous long inlets in the rocky precipitous
coasts. They run generally in a north-easterly direction, and vary in length from
thirty to seventy miles, The scenery in most of these inlets is grand in the ex-
treme: every few miles cascades of water ee down the lofty, rocky sides, pro-
ceeding from the melting snows of the peaks that tower up a short distance in the
interior. An enumeration of these inlets was given, together with a more detailed
description of several of them. It is a curious feature that none of the large
rivers of these countries discharge themselves into these deep inlets. Lynn’s
canal, in Russian America, has large glaciers in its valleys, extending to the sea-
shore, from which they are separated sometimes only by a belt of trees. The
climate here is very severe ; and the author has seen, in the month of May, 4 feet
of snow close to the sea-level. This inlet is one of the longest on the coast, ex-
tending inland about seventy miles ; but it averages onlyabout two miles in width.
The climate of Russian America is extremely severe ; it is doubtful if any crop
but potatoes could be raised on its poor soil, and the amount of available land is
very limited,
On the Antiquity of Man. By Joun Crawrurp, F.R.S.
Considerations were adduced by the author of this paper in support of the view
hat the period embraced by architectural and other records of the most ancient
nations does but a small portion of the time that has elapsed since man’s first
appearance on the earth. From the time in which he acquired the skill to frame
such records, we have to trace him back, over the many stages he had to pass
through, up to the discovery of his remains in caves, and even of those of his
handiwork in the most recent geological formation, the “ drift.” The localities,
moreover, which were favourable to the development of a people sufficiently ad-
vanced to produce enduring records of their existence are fewin number. To trace
man’s existence up to its earliest date, according to the author’s view, we must go
beyond this, to the time when he was without speech, ignorant of every art, and,
like the lower animals, chiefly guided by instinct.
On the History and Migration of Sacchiferous or Sugar-yielding plants in
reference to Ethnology. By Joun Crawrurp, F.RS.
On the Animal and Vegetable Food of the Aborigines of Australia.
By Joun Crawrurn, F.2R.S,
On the supposed Plurality of the Races of Man. By Joun Crawrurn, F.B.S.
On the supposed Aborigines of India, as distinguished from its Civilized
Inhabitants, By Joun Crawrurp, /.R.S,
On the Complexion, Hair, and Eyes as Tests of the Races of Man.
By Joun Crawrurp, /.R.S.
On the Dissemination of the Arabian Race and Language.
By Joun Crawrourp, F.R.S.
Arabia, from one extremity to another, is inhabited by a single race of man,
apparently its aborigines. The physical eeooraphy of their country must have early
divided the Arabs into two usually distinct classes—the nomadic shepherds for the
desert, and the fixed agriculturists for the less sterile part of the country. Had the
people of Arabia been African negroes, or Malays, or even Hindoos, we may safely
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS, 115°
believe that in their inhospitable land they would never have attained even the
modest measure of advancement they have exhibited, but, on the contrary, would
have remained in the savage condition of some Africans, or Red Indians, whcse
condition was far more auspicious. But the Arab is of higher intellectual quality
than any other race of Asia, in many respects not being surpassed even by the
Chinese; and this superiority is evinced by the predominance they exercise when
they come into contact with any of the other races of Asia. At some very remote
and unknown time, a settlement of Arabs took place in the neighbouring country
of Syria, the evidence of whch is the existence in Hebrew of many Arabic words,
With this obscure exception, the long isolation of the Arabs continued down to
the time of Mohammed. Under the inspiration of the religion of their prophet,
they left their own country, and at once commenced a career of conquest which,
for rapidity, durability, and extent has no parallel. Transplanted to better lands
than their own, the Arabs appear to have improved or fallen off, chiefly in propor-
tion to the quality of the race with which they commingled. They became deterio-
rated amongst the Syrians and Egyptians, and their greatest social advancement
was, probably, when they came into contact with a European people in the
Spanish peninsula. It was in foreign countries only that they ee advance in
civilization, Their literature and their architecture all sprang up in foreign coun-
tries. They were not themselves discoverers or inventors, and the benefit they
conferred on mankind consisted only in their being the agents through which the
discoyeries and improvements of other nations were widely disseminated. It was,
for example, through their active mediation that the arts of distillation and paper-
making (Chinese inventions) reached Europe ; and the western world owes to them
the introduction of many useful plants, as rice, cotton, the sugar-cane, the opium-
oppy, the orange, and the melon. The number of Arabic words introduced into
oreign languages varies with the influence exercised by the religion of the Arabs,
and the capacity of the people to comprehend it. The language has nowhere but in
Syria, Egypt, and Barbary made any approach to the supercession of the native
idioms of countries conquered by the Arabs. The great disparity which existed
between the manners, habits, and pronunciation of a European and an Asiatic
people made the number of Arabic words introduced into the Spanish language
comparatively inconsiderable, and their corruption great, although the power of
the Arabs in the Spanish peninsula endured, from first to last, 778 years,
Life amongst the Veys. By H. C. Criswicx,
On the Character of the Negro, chiefly in relation to Industrial Habits.
By Dr. Joun Davy, B.S.
In this paper the chief object of its author was the vindication of the Negro,
who, he bakes, has been unjustly considered a sluggard and inveterately idle.
The argument used is of two kinds; one is founded on the organization of the
African, excellently fitted for work, indeed the very cause, under a mistaken
humanity, of his first importation into the West Indies, with the vain hope of
preserving the feebler and cruelly worked natives.
The other (resting on experience), a very extensive experience, proving that
with equal motives to be industrious, the negro is not inferior to the white man
in industry.
The author adduces instances of conduct on the part of negro labourers that
would be highly creditable to Europeans in the same condition of life.
He concludes with the expression of belief that such peculiarities as belong to
the negro, as colour of skin, quality of hair, &c., are of a kind suitable to him
in his native climate, and beneficial under a tropical sun and in a malarious
atmosphere, and not of a nature to allow of his being considered either as a
distinct or inferior variety of the great human family. And further, that he is as
capable as the white man, under continued education, in favourable circumstances,
and freed from the curse of slavery, of becoming civilized, and of making pro-
gress in the liberal arts and sciences. One fact is dwelt on as of a very promising
kind, viz. that those tribes in the far interior, mountainous regions oe Africa,
116 REPORT—1867.
where slavery has least prevailed, and where the climate and soil are good, are
most advanced, probably as much so in civilization and the useful arts, such as
the working of iron &c., as were the ancient Britons about the time of the first
Roman inyasion.
On Exploration in Palestine. By Crrit Grawam, F.R.G.S.
An Association was formed two years ago for the purpose of exhaustively ex~
ploring the Holy Land. The first announcement of its object was met by surprise,
that such a work had still to he executed. Had not the scores of travellers, it was
asked, who annually traverse Palestine, brought all the information that could be
desired? But ninety-nine out of every hundred of these rigidly follow the same
track, and hurry home without adding an atom to our knowledge.
What is proposed, in the first place, is a trigonometrical survey on a large scale,
in which every village and every mound which marks the site of what once was a
village, every glen, every scar, every spring, every feature, be it ever so small, of
presumptive importance shall be delineated.
‘Then we wish to know the materials of which old Hermon and the Lebanon are
composed; the fossil remains of ancient creatures imbedded in their sides; the na-
ture of the soils; all the trees of the mountains; all the flowers of the plains which
cover the land as a carpet in the spring of the year; all the fishes of the Sea of
Tiberias ; all the phenomena of that most remarkable of basins the Dead Sea, We
want, too, a catalogue of the beasts and reptiles, in which the crocodile will appear,
—of the birds, of the butterflies, of the beetles, and the smaller entities of creation,
in all their varieties. In short, we want that book rewritten, which has not been
transmitted to this day, composed by a master of science 3000 years ago, which
treated of plants, from the hyssop that is on the housetop to the cedar that is upon
pla and of the birds, and the beasts, and the creeping things, and the fishes of
that land.
Again, if we turn towards the East, to the other side of Jordan, there is seen a
spacious field for future labour,—Moab, barren and wild; Gilead, with its forests,
and Bashan, with its cities walled and unwalled, from which the Children of Israel,
by divine help, expelled the Rephaim. Edrei and Salcah were the limits of Og’s
kingdom, KEdrei, entrenched in a labyrinth of rocks, is a stronghold which would
still task the unaided arm of man to conquer; the castle of Salcah on the southern-
most spur of the -hills of Bashan commands to this day the approach to the old
kingdom from the east, and the descendants of the Oaks, which excited the admira-
tion of the sacred writers, have never ceased to cling to the range which their
ancestors adorned.
In the heart of Bashan lies Argob, that curiosity of geology, a mass of once
molten matter, tossed and torn and twisted and upheaved, resembling more nearly
the appearance of the moon, as revealed to us by Lord Rosse’s telescope, than a
condition of things on the earth.
Beyond the mountains which form the barrier of Bashan, a duplicate occurs of
this work of the convulsion of nature, and groups of towns, scattered over the plain,
these many ages desert and desolate, remain as monuments of the proficiency in
more than one art of a very early period.
The author in conclusion said, ‘‘I feel that this great congress, which has met to
consider the modes in which human research may be best conducted, will hardly
require of me an apology for introducing to it, and begging for it the right hand of
fellowship, an Association which proposes to confer, and which, if the means be
granted, will confer such a benefit on so many branches of knowledge.
“We have no section for archzeology, no section for history, no section for theo-
logy, but these sciences will likewise profit, and above all—and this is the primary
object that we have in view—a light will be thrown upon the birthplace of *our
faith, upon the configuration and the products of the country, and the way of living
of a people far different from ourselves, enabling us to read with a more vivid in-
eae a more real intelligence, the scenes so graphically depicted in the Serip-
ures,
€
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 117
On some Changes of Surface affecting Ancient Ethnography*.
By H. H. Howorrn.
In this paper the author claimed to prove that the accounts given by Pliny and
the other Roman geographers, of the physical conformation of Scandinavia, namely,
that it was then an archipelago of large islands, has been abundantly sustained by
the evidence collected by Swedish observers since the seventeenth century, by the
minute inspection made in 1833 by Sir Charles Lyell, and by subsequent inyestiga-
tions, which evidence is to the effect that the whole of the land north and _north-
east of Stockholm is rising rapidly, and that the Baltic is becoming more limited
in area every day. This area of elevation has been extended by many observers
into Central Asia, where the Caspian within the historic period has receded enor-
mously, the former conjunction with it of the sea of Aral being only a very limited
index of this depletion. From these facts the author deduced the conclusions,—
First, that the rhetorical expression of “ the northern hive ” is more than ever
an exaggeration, and that we must look elsewhere for the cradle of the great ma-
jority of invading peoples who overturned the Roman empire.
Secondly, that the filling up of a large area in Southern and Central Asia with
sea and marsh in ancient times must affect the positions of its races as given in
orthodox geographies, and offers a suggestive field for those who, like himself, are
interested in the causes of the continuity and the idicsyncracies of the Indo-
European family.
On the Origines of the Norsemen. By H. H. Howorret.
The author held the view of Hallam and others to be untenable, namely, that
the sudden eruption of Norsemen into western Europe, and their ferocity, were
due to the Saxon wars of Charlemagne, which sent many of the chiefs of that race
beyond the limits of Germany, and in revenge of which they afterwards returned
to be the scourge of all Europe. The only explanation of the many peculiarities of
the Norsemen is to be found in the fact of their having been but late immigrants
into the area whence they emerged so powerfully and so suddenly. Their own
traditions, their epics and war-songs contain no allusions to such a tempting and
suggestive subject as the wars of Charlemagne. After passing in review all that
could be found in classical writers bearing on the subject, the author believed that
the balance of evidence was in favour of identifying the Norsemen with the Rox-
elani, literally “red-haired men,” and that these were the same as the Sarmati,
who have been erroneously considered to be a Sclavonic nation.
The Ethnography of the French Exhibition, as represented by National Arts.
By Mrs. Lyyn Lryron,
The author considered that, apart from all question of commercial value or
social gain, the Exhibition had at least one feature of undoubted importance,
namely, its ethnological material, which is singularly rich both in amount and
suggestiveness. Every variety of art is to be seen, from the rude works of the
Savage, whose finest ideas are embodied in a necklace of shells, a mask of tattoo,
or a temple of skulls, through the intermediate grades of the semicivilized making
their first efforts, up to the latest productions of European skill. The archzo-
logical gallery of the Exhibition leads us by successive stages from the primitive
conditions of the lake-dwellers to the complex life of modern times. The work of
each nation, even in the department of jewellery, has a distinctive character of its
own, evidencing the peculiar habit of thought and intellectual status of the race.
The European, with all his science, cannot come near the exquisite grace of the
unlearned Hindii or the wandering Kurd. There is a strongly marked dissimi-
larity of intention in Eastern and Western work. There is no national life, no
public meaning in anything that comes from the Kast. It is all small and indi-
* This paper will be printed at length in the Transactions of the Ethnological Society
for 1868.
+ This paper is printed at length in the Transactions of the Ethnological Society for
67.
‘118 REPORT—1867.
vidual work, for a few grand men and their harems; nothing for the mass of the
people. The West, on the contrary, shows its mechanical improvements and
grand scientific discoveries, planned to lessen the toil of labour and multiply its
products, so that the poor shall profit as well as the rich. We learn the truth of
this view in a very small and quite unimportant matter, valuable only as an indi-
cation. Both West and East send models of their fruits, costumes, trades, &c.;
but the East sends them as toys—mere playthings, which are made to amuse and
not to instruct; while the models of the West are in aid of horticultural or
ethnographical science, the final cause of which is public good, not private
pleasure,
On the Origin of Civilization and the Early Condition of Man.
By Sir Joun Lussock, Bart., F.RS., Pres. Ent. Soc. Fe.
Side by side with the different opinions whether man constitutes one or man
species, there are two opposite views as to the primitive condition of the first men,
or first beings worthy to be so called. Many writers have considered that man was
at, first a mere savage, and that our history has on the whole been a steady progress
towards civilization, though at times, and sometimes for centuries, some races
have been stationary, or even have retrograded. Other authors of no less eminence
have taken a diametrically opposite view. According to them, man was from the
commencement pretty much what he isat present. If ae even more ignorant
of the arts and sciences than now, but with mental qualities not inferior to our own.
Savages they consider to be the degenerate descendants of far superior ancestors.
Of the recent supporters of this theory, the late Archbishop of Dublin was amongst
the most eminent. In the present memoir I propose briefly to examine the reasons
which led Dr. Whately to this conclusion, and still more briefly to notice some of
the facts which seem to me to render it untenable. Dr. Whately enunciates his
opinions in the following words :—“ That we have no reason to bekeve that any
community ever did, or ever can emerge, unassisted by external helps, from a state
of utter barbarism, into anything that can be called civilization. .... Man has not
emerged from the savage state; the progress of any community in civilization, by its
own internal means, must always have begun from a condition removed from that
of complete barbarism, out of which it does not appear that men ever did or can
raise themselves.”’ One might at first feel disposed to answer that fifty cases could
be cited which altogether discredit this assertion; and without going beyond the
limits of our own island, we might regard the history of England itself as a sufficient
answer to such a statement. Archbishop Whately, however, was far too skilful a
debater not to have foreseen such an argument. ‘ The ancient Germans,” he says,
“who cultivated corn, though their agriculture was probably in a very rude state,
who not only had numerous herds of cattle, but employed the labour of brutes, and
even made use of cavalry in their wars, . . . these cannot with propriety be
reckoned savages, or if they are to be so called (for it is not worth shils to dispute
about a word), then I would admit that in this sense man may advance, and in
fact have advanced, by their own unassisted efforts, from the savage to the civi-
lized state.” This limitation of the term “savage” to the very lowest repre-
sentatives of the human race no doubt rendered Dr. Whately’s theory more tenable
by increasing the difficulty of bringing forward conclusive evidence against it.
The Archbishop, indeed, expresses himself throughout his argument as if it would
be easy to produce the required evidence in oppositior. to his theory, supposing that
any race of savages ever had raised themselves to a state of civilization. The
manner in which he has treated the case of the Mandans, a tribe of North Ameri-
can Indians, however, effectually disposes of this hypothesis. This unfortunate
tribe is described as having been decidedly more civilized than those by which they
were surrounded. Having, then, no neighbours more advanced than themselves,
they were quoted as furnishing an instance of savages who had civilized them-
selves without external aid. In answer to this, Archbishop Whately asks—“ First,
How do we know that these Mandans were of the same race as their neighbours ?
Secondly, How do we know that theirs is not the original level from which the
other tribes have fallen? ‘Thirdly and lastly, supposing that the Mandans did
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 119
emerge from the savage state, how do we Imow that this may not have been through
the aid of some strangers coming among them—like the Manco-Capac of Peru—
from some more civilized country, perhaps long before the days of Columbus ? ”
Supposing, however, for a moment, and for the sake of argument, that the Man-
dans, or any other race, were originally savages and had civilized themselves, it
would still be manifestly, from the very nature of the case, impossible to bring
forward the kind of evidence demanded be Dr. Whately. No doubt he “may con-
fidently affirm that we find no one recorded instance of a tribe of savages, properly
so styled, rising into a civilized state without instruction and assistance from people
already civilized.” Starting with the proviso that savages, properly so styled, are
ignorant of letters, and laying it down as a condition that no civilized example
should be placed before them, the existence of any such record is an impossibility ;
its very existence would destroy its value. In another passage Archbishop Whately
says, indeed, “ If man generally, or some particular race, be capable of self-civi-
lization, in either case it may be expected that some record, or tradition, or monu-
ment, of the actual occurrence of such an event should be found.” So far from
this, the existence of any such record would, according to the very hypothesis
itself, be impossible. Traditions are shortlived and untrustworthy. A ‘“ monument”
which could prove the actual occurrence of a race capable of self-civilization, I
confess myself unable to imagine. What kind of a monument would the Arch-
bishop accept as proving that the people which made it had been originally savage ?
that they had raised themselves, and had never been influenced by strangers of a
superior race? Evidently the word “monument” in the above passage was used
only to round off the sentence. But, says Archbishop Whately, ‘‘ We have ac-
counts of various savage tribes, in different parts of the globe, who have been
visited from time to time at considerable intervals, but have had no settled inter-
course with civilized people, and who appear to continue, as far as can be ascer-
tained, in the same uncultivated condition ;” and he adduces one case, that of the
New Zealanders, who “‘ seem to have been in quite as advanced a state when Tasman
discovered the country in 1642, as they were when Cook visited it 127 years after.”
We have been accustomed to see around us an improvement so rapid that we
forget how short a period a century is in the history of the human race. Even
taking the ordinary chronology, it is evident that if in 6000 years a given race has
only progressed from a state of utter savagery to the condition of the Australian,
we could not expect to find much change in one more century. Many a fishing
village, even on our own coast, is in very nearly the same condition as it was 127
- years ago. Moreover, I might fairly answer that according to Whately’s own de-
finition of a savage state the New Zealanders would certainly be excluded. They
cultivated the ground, they had domestic animals, they constructed elaborate for-
tifications, and made excellent canoes, and were certainly not in a state of utter
barbarism. Or I might argue that a short visit, like that of Tasman, could give little
insight into the true condition of a people. Iam, however, the less disposed to
question the statement made by Archbishop Whately, because the fact that many
races are now practically stationary is in reality an argument against the theory of
degradation and not against that of progress. Civilized races, say we, are the de-
scendants of races which have risen from a state of barbarism. On the contrary,
argue our opponents, savages are the descendants of civilized races, and have sunk
to their present condition. But Archbishop Whately admits that the civilized
races are still rising, while the savages are now stationary; and, oddly enough,
seems to regard this as an argument in support of the very untenable proposition,
that the difference between the two is due not to the progress of the one set of
races, @ progress which every one admits, but to the degradation of those whom he
himself maintains to be stationary. The delusion is natural, and like that which
every one must haye sometimes experienced in looking out of a train in motion,
when the woods and fields seem to be flying from us, whereas we know tiat in
reality we are moving and they are stationary. But it is argued, “If man,
when first created, was left, like the brutes, to the unaided exercise of those
natural powers of body and mind which are common to the European and to the
New Hollander, how comes it that the European is not now in the condition of
the New Hollander?” Iam indeed surprised at such an argument. In the first place,
Australia possesses neither cereals nor any animals which can be domesticated with
120 REPORT—1867.
advantage; and in the second, we find, even in the same family, among children of
the same parents, the most opposite dispositions—in the same nation there are
families of high character, and others in which every member is more or less
criminal. But in this case, as in the last, the Archbishop’s argument, if good at
all, is good against his own view. It is like an Australian boomerang, which
recoils upon its owner. The Archbishop believed in the unity of the human race,
arguing that man was originally civilized (in a certain sense). ‘ How comes it,
then,” I might ask him, ‘‘that the New Hollander is not now in the condition of
the European?”’ In another passage, Archbishop Whately quotes with approba-
tion a passage from President Smith, of the College of New Jersey, who says.
that man, “ cast out an orphan of nature, naked and helpless, into the savage forest,
must have perished before he could have learned how to supply his most imme-
diate and urgent wants. Suppose him to have been created, or to have started
into being, one knows not how, in the full strength of his bodily powers, how long
must it have been before he could have known the proper use of his limbs, or
how to apply them to climb the tree?” &c. Exactly the same, however, might
be said of the gorilla or the chimpanzee, which certainly are not the degraded
descendants of civilized ancestors. Having thus very briefly considered the argu-
ments brought forward by Archbishop Whately, I will proceed to state, also very
briefly, some facts which seem to militate against the view advocated by him.
First, I will endeavour to show that there are indications of progress even
among savages. Secondly, that among the most civilized nations there are traces
of original barbarism. The Archbishop supposes that men were from the beginning
herdsmen and cultivators. We know, however, that the Australians, Tasmanians,
North and South Americans, and several other more or less savage races, living in
countries eminently suited to our domestic animals, and to the cultivation of cereals,
were yet entirely ignorant both of the one and the other. It is, I think, impro-
bable that any race of men, who had once been agriculturists and herdsmen, should
entirely abandon pursuits so easy and so advantageous, and it is still more impro-
bable that if we accept Usher’s very limited chronology, all tradition of such a
change should be lost. Moreover, even if the present colonists of (say) America
or Australia. were to fall into such a state of barbarism, we should still find in
those countries herds of wild cattle descended from those imported; and, even if
these were exterminated, still we should find their remains, whereas we know that
no single bone of the ox, or, with one doubtful exception, the domestic sheep, has
been found either in Australia or in the whole extent of America. Moreover the
same argument applies to the horse, as the fossil horse of South America does
not belong to the domestic race. So, again, in the case of plants. We do not
know that any of our cultivated cereals would survive in a wild state, though it
is highly probable that in a modified form they would do so. But there are man
other plants which follow in the train of man, and by which the botany of South
America, Australia, and New Zealand has been almost as profoundly modified,
as their ethnology has been, by the arrival of the white man. The Maoris have
a melancholy proverb, that the Maoris disappear before the white man, just as
the white man’s rat destroys the native rat; the European fly drives away the
Maori fly; and the clover kills the New Zealand fern. A very interesting paper
on this subject, by Dr. Hooker, whose authority no one will question, is contained
in the Natural History Review for 1864:—‘In Australia and New Zealand,”
he says, ‘for instance, the noisy train of English emigration is not more surely
doing its work than the stealthy tide of English weeds, which are creeping over the
surface of the waste, cultivated, and virgin soil, in annually increasing numbers
of genera, eo and individuals. Apropos of this subject, a correspondent,
W. T. Locke Travers, Esq., F.L.S., a most active New Zealand botanist, writing from
Canterbury, says, ‘You would be surprised at the rapid spread of European and
foreign plants in this ee All along the sides of the main lines of road through
the plains, a Polygonum, called cow-grass, grows most luxuriantly, the roots some-
times two feet in depth, and the plants spreading over an area from four to five feet
in diameter. The dock (Rumex obtustfolius or R. crispus) is to be found in every
river-bed extending into the valleys of the mountain-rivers, until these become
mere torrents. The Sow-thistle is spread all over the country, growing luxuriantly
nearly up to 6000 feet. The water-cress increases in our still rivers to such an
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 121
extent as to threaten to choke them altogether.’” The Cardoon of the Argentine
Republics is another remarkable instance of the same fact. We may therefore
safely assume that if Australia, New Zealand, or South America had ever been
peopled by a race of herdsmen and agriculturists, the fauna and flora of these coun-
tries would almost inevitably have given evidence of the fact, and differed much
from the condition in which they were discovered. We may also assert on a
peneral proposition that no weapons or instruments of metal have ever been found
m any country inhabited by savages wholly ignorant of metallurgy. A still
stronger case is afforded by pottery. Pottery is not easily destroyed; when known
at all it is always abundant, and it possesses two qualities; namely, those of being
easy to break, and yet difficult to destroy, which render it very valuable in an
archeological point of view. Moreover, it is in most cases associated with burials.
It is, therefore, a very significant fact, that no fragment of pottery has ever been
found in Australia, New Zealand, or the Polynesian Islands. It seems to me ex-
tremely improbable that an art so easy and so useful should ever have been lost by
any race of men. Again, this argument applies to-several other arts and instru-
ments. I will mention only two, though several others might be brought forward.
The art of spinning and the use of the bow are quite unknown to many races
of savages, and yet would hardly be likely to have been abandoned when once
known. The absence of architectural remains in these countries is another argu-
ment. Archbishop Whately, indeed, claims this as being in his favour, but the
absence of monuments in a country is surely indicative of barbarism and not of
civilization. The mental condition of savages seems also to me to speak strongly
against the “degrading” theory. Not only do the religions of the lower races
appear to be indigenous, but I have elsewhere pointed out that, according to
almost universal testimony of all writers on savages—merchants, philosophers,
naval men, and missionaries alike—there are many races of men who are alto-
gether destitute of a religion. The cases are perhaps less numerous than they are
asserted to be, but some of them rest on good evidence. Yet I feel it difficult to
believe that any people which had once possessed a religion would ever entirely;
lose it. Religion appeals so strongly to the hopes and fears of men—it takes so
deep a hold on most minds—it is so great a consolation in times of sorrow and sick-
ness—that I can hardly think any nation would ever abandon it altogether. Where,
therefore, we find a race which is now ignorant of religion, I cannot but assume
that it has always been so. I will now proceed to mention a few cases in which
some improvement does appear to have taken place. According to M‘Gillivray,
the Australians of Port Essington, who, like all their fellow-countrymen, had
formerly bark canoes only, have now completely abandoned them for others hol-
lowed out of the trunk of a tree, which they buy from the Malays. It is said
that the inhabitants of the Andaman Islands have recently introduced outriggers,
The Bachapins, when visited by Burchell, had just commenced working iron,
According to Burton, the Wajiji negroes have recently learned to make brass. In
Tahiti, when visited by Captain Cook, the largest morai, or burial-place, was that
erected for the then reigning Queen. The Tahitians, also, had then very recently
abandoned the habit of cannibalism. Moreover there are certain facts which
speak for themselves. Some of the North American tribes cultivated the maize.
ow the maize is a North American plant; and we have here, therefore, clear evi-
dence of a step in advance made by these tribes. Again, the Peruvians had do-
mesticated the llama. Those who Ae in the diversity of species of men may
endeavour to maintain that the Peruvians had domestic llamas from the beginning.
Archbishop Whately, however, would not take this line. He would, I am sure,
admit that the first settlers in Peru had no llamas, nor, indeed, any other domestic
animal, excepting probably the dog. The bark cloth of the Polynesians is another
case in point. Another very strong case is the boomerang of the Australians.
With one doubtful exception this weapon is known to no other race of men. We
cannot look on it as a relic of primeval civilization, or it would not now be confined
toone race only. The Australian cannot have learned it from any civilized visitors
for the same reason. It is therefore, as it seems to me, exactly the case we want,
and a clear proof of a step in advance—a small one if you like—but still a step made
by a people whom Archbishop Whately would certainly admit to be true savages.
The rude substitutes for writing found among various tribes, the wampum of the
122 REPORT—1867.
North American Indians, the picture-writing and Quippu of Central America, must
be regarded as of native origin. In the case of the system of letters invented by
Mohammed Doalu, a negro of the Vei country, in West Africa, the idea was no doubt
borrowed from the missionaries, although it was worked out independently. In
other cases, however, this cannot, I think, be maintained. Take that of the Mexicans.
Even if we suppose that they are descended from a primitively civilized race, and
had gradually and completely lost both the use and tradition of letters—to my
mind, by the way, a most improbable hypothesis—still we must look on their
system of picture-writing as being of American origin. Even if a system of
writing by letters could ever be altogether lost—which I doubt—it certainly could
not be abandoned for that of picture-writing, which is inferior in every point of
view. If the Mexicans had owed their civilization, not to their own gradual im-
provement, but to the influence of some European visitors, driven by stress of
weather or the pursuit of adventure to their coasts, we should have found in
their system of writing, and in other respects, unmistakeable proofs of such an in-
fluence. Although, therefore, we have no historical proof that the civilization of
America was indigenous, we have in its very character evidence, perhaps, more
satisfactory than any historical statements would be. The same argument may be
derived from the names used for numbers by savages. I feel great difficulty in
supposing that any race which had learnt to count up to ten would ever unlearn a
piece of knowledge so easy and yet so useful. Yet we know that few, perhaps none,
of those whom Archhishop Whately would call savages, can count so far. No
Australian language contained numerals for any number beyond four; the Dam-
maras and Abipones use none beyond three ; some of the Brazilian tribes cannot
go beyond two. In many cases where the system of numeration is at present some-
what more advanced, it bears on it the stamp of native and recent origin. Among
civilized nations, the derivations of the numerals have long since been obscured by
the gradual modification which time effects in all words; especially those in fre-
quent use, and before the invention of printing. And if the numerals of savages
were relics of a former civilization, the waifs and strays saved out of the general
wreck, though we could not expect to trace them up to that original language,
which in such a case must have existed, yet we certainly should not find them such
as they really are. I cannot, of course, here give to this argument all the deve~-
lopment of which it is capable, or bring forward all the cases in point; but I will
quote a short passage from a very interesting lecture delivered before the Royal
Institution by my friend Mr. Tylor, in which some of the facts are clearly stated.
“ Among many tribes of North and South America and West Africa are found
such expressions as—for 5, ‘a whole hand;’ and for 6, ‘one to the other hand;’
10, both hands ;’ and 11, ‘one to the foot;’ 20, ‘ one Indian ;’ and 21, ‘one to
the hands of the other Indian; ’ or for 11, ‘foot 1;’ for 12, ‘foot 2;’ for 20, ‘a
person is finished ;’ while among the miserable natives of Van Diemen’s Land the
reckoning of a single hand, viz. 5, is called puganna, ‘aman.’” For displaying
to us the picture of the savage counting on his fingers, a being struck with the idea
that, if he describes in words his gestures of reckoning, these words will become a
numeral, perhaps no language approaches the Zulu. Counting on his fingers, he
begins always with the little finger of his left hand, and thus reaching 5, he calls
it “a whole hand ;” for 6, he translates the appropriate gesture, calling it tatisttupa,
“take the thumb;” while 7, being shown in gesture by the forefinger, and this
finger being used to point with, the verb komba, “ to point,” comes to serve as a
numeral expression, denoting 7. Here, then, surely we have just the evidence
which Archbishop Whately required. These numerals are recent, because they
are uncorrupted, and they are indigenous, because they have an evident meaning
in the language of the tribes by whom they are used. Again, we know that
many savage languages are entirely deficient in such words as “colour,” “tone,”
“tree,” &c., having names for each kind of colour, every species of tree, but not
for the general idea. I can hardly imagine a nation losing such words if it had
once possessed them. Other similar evidence might be extracted from the lan-
guage of savages; and arguments of this nature are entitled to more weight than
statements of travellers, as to the objects found in use among savages. Suppose,
for instance, that an early traveller mentioned the absence of some art or know-
ledge among a race visited by him, and that later ones found the natives in pos-
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 123
session of it. Most people would hesitate to receive this as a cleat evidence of
progress, and rather be disposed to suspect that later travellers, with perhaps bet-
ter opportunities, had seen what their predecessors had overlooked. This is no
hypothetical case. The early Spanish writers assert that: the inhabitants of the
Ladrone Islands were ignorant of the use of fire. Later travellers, on the con-
trary, find them perfectly well acquainted with it. They have, therefore, almost
unanimously assumed, not that. the natives had made a step in advance, but that
the Spaniards had made a mistake ; and I have not brought this case forward in oppo-
sition to the assertions of Whately, because I am inclined to be of the same opinion
myself, I refer to it here, however, as showing how difficult it would be to obtain
satisfactory evidence of material progress among savages, even admitting that such
exists. The arguments derived from language, however, are liable to no such
suspicions ; but tell their own tale, and leave us at liberty to draw our conclusions.
rg will now very briefly refer to certain considerations which seem to show that
even the most civilized races were once in a state of barbarism. Not only
throughout Europe, not only in Italy and Greece, but even in the so-called cradle
of civilization itself—in Palestine and Syria—in Egypt and in India—the traces of
the stone age have been discovered. It may, indeed, be said that these were only
the fragments of those stone knives &c. which we know were used in religious
ceremonies long after metal was in general use for secular purposes. This indeed
reminds one of the attempt to account for the presence of elephants’ bones in
England, by supposing that they were the remains of elephants which might have
been brought over by the Romans. But why were stone knives used by the
Egyptian and Jewish priests? Evidently because they had been at one time in
general use, and there was a feeling of respect which made them reluctant to use
the new substance in religious ceremonies. There are, moreover, other considera-
tions which point very decidedly to the same conclusion. It is well known that
among various savage tribes female virtue is looked on with a very indifferent eye.
Some savages have not—I will not say have not arrived at—the idea of marriage.
IT cannot here bring forward the evidence in support of this statement, but every
one who has taken any interest in the lower races of men will admit that a savage’s
wives are essentially a part of his property, as much so as his dog or his other slaves;
and hence, when a man dies, his brother takes possession of the widow, together
with the rest of the property. In those cases where women are treated with rather
more justice, the first results are, according to our ideas, of doubtful advantage.
Among the Andaman Islanders, for instance, the man and woman remain together
only until the child is born and weaned, when they are free to separate and pair
with others. In other cases, marriage may be terminated at the wish either of
the husband or the wife. In others, again, the tie is of such a nature that it affords
not even a presumption as to parentage. The result of this is that many savages
have no idea of any relationship by paternity ; they recognize kinship through the
female line only. This is the case with the Australians, the Fijians, and indeed
the South Sea Islanders generally ; the ancient Celts, Greeks, the Kasias, Nairs,
and other tribes in Hindostan; some of the Cossack hordes, many negro tribes,
&ec., and traces of it occur all over the world. For the same reason a man’s
heirs are not his own children, but those of his sisters; while, probably again for
the same reason, the Wanyamwezi have the (at first sight) iexplicable custom
that a man’s property goes to his illegitimate children, and not to his lawful off-
spring. Thus, then, by tracing up the gradual construction of the idea of marriage,
we can account for the two extraordinary customs which we find in every part of
the world—that a man is regarded as no relation to his own children, and that his
property goes not to them, but to those of his sisters. As things improved, and
the probability of parentage became greater, kinship through females only would
gradually be abandoned. Many savages have not yet advanced so far, others have
recently made the change—as, for instance, the Ait-Iraten, who did so less than a
century ago, and erected a stone pillar in memory of the event. Even, however,
among the most civilized nations, we find in early history traces of this progres-
sion. Thus among the early Jews, Abraham married his half-sister. Nahor mar-
ried his brother’s daughter, and Amram married his father’s sister. Here we see the
system of kinship through females only. These women were not at that time re=
124 REPORT—1867.
garded as relatives, though at a later period in Jewish history they wouid have been
so. The custom that when a man died childless his brother married the widow is
another case in point, as also is the touching story of Ruth and Boaz, and the sad
history of Tamar. Similar considerations, as Mr. M‘Lennan points out in his ex-
cellent book on Primitive Marriage, prove that the Romans were “at one time 7m
part passu as regards the administration of justice with many races, which we find
ignorant of legal proceedings, and dependent for the settlement of their disputes on
force of arms or the good offices of friends ;” while, as regards marriage, we find
customs both among the Greeks and Romans which point back to the time when
those polished peoples were themselves mere savages. KHyen among ourselves a
man is, in the eye of the law, no relation to his own children unless they are born
in wedlock. He is related to his own offspring not by blood, but through his mar-
riage with the mother. If marriage has not taken place they have no right to his
name ; and should he leave them any of his property, the State steps in and claims
one-tenth, as in cases where money is left to those who are no relations. Thus,
then, we can trace up among races in different stages of civilization every step,
from the treatment of woman as a mere chattel to the sacred idea of matrimony as
it exists among ourselves, and we find clear evidence that the gradual change has
been one of progress and not of degradation. Civilized nations long retain traces
of their ancient ‘barbarism ; barbarous ones, no relics of previous chivalry. As the
valves in the veins indicate the direction of the circulation, so can we trace the
gradual progress of respect for women, which is one of the noblest features of our
modern civilization. Before quitting this interesting subject, I may add that
many nations have traditions of the origin of marriage. Among the Egyptians
it is attributed to Menes, among the Chinese to Folhi, the Greeks to Cecrops, the
Hindoos to Svetaketu. If the idea of marriage had been coeval with our race,
if marriage had always appeared as natural, 1 might say as necessary, as it does
to us, such traditions could scarcely have arisen. In the publications of the Nova
Scotian Institute of Natural Science is an interesting paper by Mr. Haliburton
on “The Unity of the Human Race, proved by the universality of certain super-
stitions connected with sneezing.” ‘Once establish,” he says, “that a large num-
ber of arbitrary customs, such as could not have naturally suggested themselves
to all men at all times, are universally observed, and we arrive at the conclusion
that they are primitive customs, which have been inherited from a common
source; and, if inherited, that they owe their origin to an era anterior to the dis-
ersion of the human race.” To justify such a conclusion, the custom must be
a ciuicisereily arbitrary. The belief that two and two make four, the division of
the year into twelve months, and similar coincidences, of course, proves nothing,
and I very much doubt the existence of any universal, or even general, custom of
a clearly arbitrary character. The fact is that many things appear to us arbitrary
and absurd because we live in a condition so different from that in which they
originated. Many things seem natural to a savage which to us are unaccountable.
Mr. Haliburton brings forward as his strongest case the habit of saying “ God
bless you,” or some equivalent expression, when a person sneezes. He shows
that this custom, which I admit appears to us at first sight both odd and arbitrary,
is ancient and widely extended. It is mentioned by Homer, Aristotle, Apuleius,
Pliny, and the Jewish rabbis, and has been observed in Florida, in Otaheite, and
in the Tonga Islands. That it is not arbitrary, however, Mr. Haliburton himself
shows, and it does not therefore come under his rule. A belief in invisible beings
is very general among savages, and while they think it unnecessary to account
for blessings, they attribute any misfortune to the ill-will of these mysterious
beings. Many savages regard disease as a case of possession. In cases of illness
they do not eae that the organs are themselves affected, but that they are
being devoured by a god. Hence their medicine men do not try to cure the dis-
ease, but to extract the demon. Some tribes have a distinct deity for every ail-
ment. The Australians do not believe in natural death. When a man dies they
take for granted that he has been destroyed by witchcraft, and only doubt who is
the culprit. Nov a people in this state of mind—and we know that almost every
race of men is passing or has passed through this stage of deyelopment—seeing a
man sneeze, would naturally and almost inevitably suppose that he was attacked
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS, 125
and shaken by some invisible being; equally natural is the impulse to appeal for
aid to some other invisible being more powerful than the first. Mr. Haliburton
admits that a sneeze is “an omen of impending evil;” but it is more—it is evi-
‘dence which, to the savage mind, would seem conclusive that the sneezer was
possessed by some evil-disposed spirit. Evidently, therefore, this case, on which
Mr. Haliburton so much relies, is by no means an “ arbitrary custom,” and does
not therefore fulfil the conditions which he himself laid down. He has inciden-
tally brought forward some other instances, most of which labour under the disad-
vantage of proving too much. Thus he instances the existence of a festival in
honour of the dead, ‘‘at or near the beginning of November.’ Such a feast is
very general, and as there are many more races holding such a festival than there
are months in the year, it is evident that in several cases they must be held to-
gether. But Mr. Haliburton goes on to say, “The Spaniards were very naturally
surprised at finding that, while they were celebrating a solemn mass for All Souls
on the 2nd of November, the heathen Peruvians were also holding their annual
commemoration of the dead.” This curious coincidence would, however, not
only proye the existence of such a festival ‘‘ before the dispersion” (which Mr.
Haliburton evidently looks on as a definite event, instead of a gradual process),
but also that men were at that epoch sufficiently advanced to form a calendar and
keep it unchanged down to the present time. This, however, we know was not
the case. Mr. Haliburton again says, “ The belief in Scotland and Equatorial Africa
is found to be almost precisely identical respecting there being ghosts even of the
living, who are exceedingly troublesome and pugnacious, and can be sometimes
killed by a silver bullet.” ‘Here we certainly have what seems to be an arbitrary
belief, but if it proves that there was a belief in ghosts of the living before the
dispersion, it also proves that silver bullets were then in use. This illustration is,
I think, a very interesting one, because it shows that similar ideas in distant
countries owe their origin, not “to an era before the dispersion of the human race,”
but to the original identity of the human mind. While I do not believe that
similar customs in different nations are “inherited from a common source,” or are
necessarily primitive, 1 certainly do see in them an argument for the unity of the
human race, which, however, be it remarked in parenthesis, is not necessarily the
same thing as the descent from a single pair.
In conclusion, then, while I do not deny that there are cases in which nations
have retrograded, I regard these as exceptional instances. The facts and argu-
ments which I have here very briefly indicated might have been supported by many
other illustrations which I could not bring before you without cents extending a
communication already somewhat too long. They, however, I think, afford strong
grounds for the following conclusions—namely, that existing savages are not de-
scendants of civilized ancestors; that the primitive condition of man was one of
utter barbarism ; that from this condition several races have independently raised
themselves. These views follow, I think, from strictly scientific considerations.
We shall not, however, be the less inclined to adopt them on account of the cheer-
ing prospects which they hold out for the future. If the past history of man has
been one of deterioration, we have but a groundless expectation of future improve-
ment; but, on the other hand, if the past has been one of progress, we may fairly
hope that the future will be so too; that the blessings of civilization will not only
be extended to other countries and other nations, but that even in our own land
they will be rendered more general and more equable, so that we shall not see before
us always, as now, multitudes of our own fellow-countrymen living the life of
savages in our very midst ; neither possessing the rough advantages and real, though
coarse, pleasures of savage life, nor yet availing themselves of the far higher and
more noble opportunities which lie within the reach of civilized man.
The Physical Geography of Nicaragua with reference to Interoceanic Transit.
By Capt. M. F. Maury.
_ The great importance of one or more good commercial highways across Central
America being admitted, the question resolved itself, besides cost, into a ques-
tion of the facilities of ingress and egress by sea, to and from the opposite ter-
126 REPORT—1867,
mini,—which is an affair of winds and currents. Panama has the advantage in
shortness of /and transit; Nicaragua in winds, terminal ports, and climate, As a
rule, the prevailing winds, in the belt of ocean between 35° N. and 35° 8., are from
the eastward, except the belt of equatorial calms, which extends across the Pa-
cific. Looking westward, therefore, towards Australia or Eastern Asia, Panama
is to windward; the commercial routes from thence westward are thus to leeward,
whilst the return voyages are to windward. By making a detour, the return
voyage would not be so difficult, but other physical difficulties stand in the way of
navigation. Panama lies in the equatorial belt of calm, which is greatly widened
on the Pacific coast, and sailing-vessels are often detained for weeks by it.
H.M.S. ‘Herald’ was once obliged to be towed by a steamer for 700 miles out of this
calm-belt before she could find a breeze. Vessels, therefore, to get clear of the
calms in the season in which they prevail, even when their destination is south-
ward, are obliged to move up the coast towards Costa Rica, and then get north-
ward until they reach the N.E. trade-winds, on which they depend for getting out
to sea, clear of the calms. This peculiar feature decides the question of the most
desirable route across the Isthmus, which would be in a latitude where the calms
would not surround the port of the Pacific terminus, and so cause no obstacle to
the approach and departure of sailing-vessels throughout the year. Several routes
have been proposed across the northern portions of the Isthmus, lying out of the
region of calms. On an examination of the physical conditions of each, and espe-
cially the winds at the ports of each terminus, the author gives the preference to
a route which would cross Nicaragua near to the north-west end of the Lake of
Nicaragua, and terminate at the Port of Realejo. Realejo is on the northern
verge of the tedious calms of Panama, and the point where they nearly cease to be
vexatious to the navigator at any season,
International Pre-historic and Anthropological Congress,
By Sir R. I. Muncutson, Bart., K.C.B., FBS.
Sir R. I. Murchison read a letter from M. Lartet announcing that at the sitting
of the International Congress of Pre-historic Archeology and Anthropology, held
at Paris on the 29th of August, it was resolved to hold the Meeting of 1868 in
England, and that Sir R. I. Murchison had been elected President thereof. Upon
this, Sir Roderick explained to the Section that he had replied to M. Lartet, stat-
ing that he was under the necéssity of declining the honourable post assigned to
him, as he had already made arrangements, on account of the state of his health,
to be absent from England during the ensuing summer. He therefore suggested
that Sir Charles Lyell, Sir J. Lubbock, Prof. Busk, Mr. J. Evans, Mr. Prestwich,
and Mr. A. Franks should be a Committee, with which he would gladly cooperate
to organize the arrangements and fix the place and date of meeting*,
Observations on the Livingstone Search Expedition now in progress.
By Sir R. I. Murcuatson, Bart., K.C.B., LL.D., PRS.
Sir R. Murchison explained at some length the various reasons which had led
him to disbelieve the story of Dr. Livingstone’s death, as narrated to the Consul
at Zanzibar and Dr. Kirk by Moussa, the Johana man, the sole witness of the
catastrophe. Having given several proofs of the mendacity of this Moussa, he
specially dwelt upon his gross prevarication in having given to one of the sepoys
of the expedition an account of the death of Livingstone entirely differing from
that which he gave to the Consul at Zanzibar. Under these circumstances
Sir R. Murchison had felt it to be his duty as President of the Royal Geographical
Society, to induce the Council of that body to appeal to Her Majesty’s Govern-
ment to fit out, at small cost, a searching-boat expedition, which, to their great
credit, the Admiralty had effectively carried out. He described the pieced struc-
ture of the steel boat which had reached the Cape of Good Hope, to be thence
transmitted to the mouth of the Zambesi river. He then explained how it was to
* Tt has subsequently been arranged that Sir John Lubbock is to be the President, and
that this Congress will assemble at Norwich in August 1868, during the Meeting of the
British Association.—February 1868.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 127
be there put together and manned by natives under the command of Mr. Young, of
the Royal Navy, the zealous warrant officer who had during upwards of two years
commanded the ‘ Pioneer’ under Dr. Livingstone himself. With two other accli-
matized British seamen, and accompanied by a volunteer, Mr. Falkner, Mr. Young
was directed to ascend the Zambesi to the mouth of its great affluent the Shire.
There the boat would be taken to pieces and carried up on the sides of those great
and long rapids to which Livingstone had attached the name of the Murchison Falls,
at the head of which it would be reconstructed in order to ascend the Shire, to the
most western end of the Great Lake Nyassa, near to which is the spot where, as
reported, the great traveller was killed. Having ascertained the true facts, it was
estimated that the expedition would on its return reach the mouth of the Zambesi
at the end of November, and hence it is hoped that in January of 1868 the painful
suspense of the public will be set at rest*.
“Tf,” Sir Roderick added, “we can only ascertain that my valued friend was
not killed at that spot, but passed on towards the interior accompanied by a few
negroes only, why then I shall have every hope that Livingstone, who can overcome
obstacles that not a man in a million can face, and who traversed and retraversed
South Africa with black men only, having been also reported to be dead, may emerge
from all his difficulties, and settle the great problem now in agitation—whether
the vast lake Tanganyika is or is not a great southern water-basin of the Nile,”
Description of Two Routes through Nicaragua. By Lieut, 8. P. Orrver, R.A.
The author described a journey he had made, between the months of February
and July of the present year, up the river San Juan in Nicaragua, and across the
new line overland, between the Lake and the Gulf of Mexico, which has just been
cleared through the forest in preparation for a railroad projected by Capt. Bedford
Pim. The tract of country traversed was, until the present expedition, a terra
incognita, occupied by vast impenetrable forests of gigantic trees, dense under-
wood, and entangled woody creepers. The line commences on the Lake of Nica~
ragua, at San Miguelito, and ends at the Rama river, in the Gulf of Mexico. At
San Miguelito, the variation of the compass was ascertained to be 4°30’ east,
Exploration of the Grand Chaco in La Plata, with an Account of the Indians,
By W. Perks,
On the Mining District of Chontales, Nicaragua. By Capt. Beprorp Pix, R.N,
In its phyiscal aspect, Nicaragua may be divided into three longitudinal sec-
tions :—l. The Atlantic side, which is, for the most part, low and alluvial, inter-
sected by numerous rivers, having bars at their mouths, with lagoons inside afford-
ing an almost uninterrupted water navigation. The land is everywhere rich, and
well adapted to the production of Sea-Island cotton, 2. The Pacific side, having
precipitous shores, and no river worthy of the name. The region is eminently
yoleanic, and destitute of minerals. A curious feature is the number and extent
of the lakes spread over its surface, including Lake Nicaragua, ninety miles wide
by forty broad. The small lake Nijapa presents some marked peculiarities; the
specific gravity of its water is 1-8, and it is hot to the taste, acrid, and smelling of
sulphuretted hydrogen. It is of a light greenish-yellow colour, very thick and
turbid, and on being kept some time deposits a black precipitate, consisting chiefly
of iron. Some of the lakes are fathomless, and pure as crystal. 3. The last sec-
tion consists of the dividing ridge between the other two, attaining a maximum
elevation of 5C00 feet. In this district gold and silver are found, and in its
southern part lie the mines of Chontales. A dense, unbroken primeval forest
covers the greater part of this region, containing a profusion of valuable timber
trees, such as cedar, mahogany, sapota, leopard wood for cabinet work, canilla (an
* It is now happily known that the expedition was not only eminently successful in ne-
gativing~ the accounts of the death of Livingstone, but that everything was accomplished
within the estimated period, thanks to the skill and energy of Mr, Young.—February 4,
1868.
128 REPORT—1867,.
easily worked wood), venaca (a light sort of boxwood), &c. The Atlantic side is
very humid—indeed, white residents jocularly remark that it rains thirteen months
in the year; but it isnot unhealthy, and the strong north-east trade-winds temper
the heat of the climate. The Pacific coast region is contrasted with the opposite
side by the sharp distinction between the wet and dry seasons, and the stunted
growth of the trees. Gold was first discovered in 1850, and was worked in a rude
manner near San Juan. It was not, however, till 1864 that political and other
circumstances permitted of an accurate examination of the mining district by a
party sent out from England, including Mr. W. C. Paul, a mining engineer. The
exploration of the forest-clad district commenced at San Miguelito, near the
western extremity of Lake Nicaragua. A narrow tract leads hence, wd Acoyapa,
Lovogo and Libertad, to the mining district, which lies a little to the east of the
watershed between the lakes and the Atlantic, and near the River Mico, a branch
of the Blewfields. The San Juan mine, close to the Mico, was examined, and
found to be of rich promise, but the method of working it was very inefficient.
Holes 25 feet deep were dug, and adits driven on each side of them until water
was met with, which caused the abandonment of the excavation, although the lode
becomes richer as depth is increased. Various excursions were made in the vicinity
of Libertad, and the existence of valuable lodes of gold and silver satisfactorily
established. The Indian village of Kinalala, at the head of the navigable waters
of the Blewfields river, is the nearest point of embarkation direct for the Atlantic.
The absence of a certain, speedy, and secure means of communication with the sea-
coast is the only serious difficulty which mining enterprise will have to encounter
in the development of these newly discovered mineral resources of Nicaragua.
On the Colony of New Scotland, in Southern Africa. By J. J. Pratt.
This was a description of an elevated district on the eastern slopes of the
Drakensburgh mountains, north of Natal, which has lately been opened for Euro-
pean immigration by the Government of the Trans-Vaal Republic. The climate
was described to be good, and the land suitable for pastoral purposes,
Exploration of the Isthmus of Darien, with a view to discovering a practical
line for a Ship Canal. By M. Lucien ve Puypr.
This paper communicated the scientific results of two explorations of the Isth-
mus of Darien, made by the author in the years 1861 and 1865, with the object
of discovering a practicable line for a ship canal to connect the two oceans. His
researches in the first expedition were directed towards the line proposed some
seventeen years ago by Dr. Cullen, between the Gulf of St. Miguel and Caledonia
Bay, which had been insufficiently explored by the international expedition sent
out about that time. The result of this first journey was to confirm the con-
clusion arrived at by Mr. Gisborn in 1851, namely, that no practicable line exists
for an interoceanic canal in this direction. The expedition led by M. de Puydt
thereupon returned to France, and in 1864 he was charged by the French Govern-
ment to organize another party, for the pepo of thoroughly examining the low
range of the Andes about sixty miles to the south of the former line, where several
small streams discharge themselves into the Atlantic, near the northern arms of
the river Atrato. The expedition was formed in New Granada, and, after a toil-
some exploration of several months, in 1865 the author succeeded in discovering
a break in the Andes, at the upper course of the river Talela, which renders
possible the long desired object. One of the chief obstacles anticipated was the
opposition of the suspicious and warlike Indian tribes; but M. de Puydt, by judi-
cious management, contrived to enlist their goodwill so far as not to oppose his
designs, although they refused to afford him any assistance or information.
Having landed his party and matériel, he ascended the Tanela as far as practi-
cable, and then proceeded to clear a pathway through the dense forest towards the
Cordillera. The laborious task occupied about a month. The author then (Au-
gust 25), with six companions, left the track, and threaded the forest to the Sierra
de Mali, and in the course of a few days came upon a break in the ridge, ele-
yated only from 100 to 140 feet above the sea-level. The gap was traversed,-and.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 129
from it an uninterrupted view was obtained over the level plains of Darien towards
the Pacific Ocean. The Tanela was found winding through the pass, and the
stream was tracked down towards the level country, and observations taken of the
velocity of its current, so as to obtain data for a calculation of the height of the
pass. The paper entered into ample details on the physical geography of the At-
lantic side of the Isthmus, on the soundings in the Gulf of Uraba, into which the
Atlantic end of the future ship canal will disembogue, and on the climate and
natives. The expedition returned to Carthagena on the 3rd of September, 1865.
Account of the Wild Indians inhabiting the Forests of Huanta, Peru.
By Professor A. Rarmonpy.
These Indians belong to the tribe of Campos, or Antis, and are found scattered
through the forests of Chunchamayo, Jauja, Pangos, Huanta, and the valley of
Santa Ana, near Cuzco. They occupy the country along the shores of the rivers
Santa Ana and Tambo, to the point at which they unite to form the Ucayali, where
the territory of the Chontaquinros commences. The Campos are of medium stature,
although some few are tall: one man measured six feet (Spanish) in height. The
head is dolichocephalic. They have prominent cheek-bones; nose of Roman type,
but slightly turned up, and with thick septum ; eyes lively and expressive, not well-
opened, and rather oblique. The females have white teeth; but in the men the
teeth are dark, caused by their continually chewing the bark of a species of Bigno-
nia. Themen have little orno beard. The hair is black. The colour of the face
is reddish or olive-coloured ; but in children itis nearly white. The Campos clothe
themselves with a wide and sack-like garment of cotton, neatly woven by the
women, sometimes haying stripes of a reddish colour. It reaches down to the
ankles, and has sometimes attached to it a kind of hood for the head, made of the
same material. Wherever they go they carry with them, slung over the back,
a large cotton bag, the chagui, which contains all their worldly treasures, and is
sometimes ornamented with the gay-coloured feathers of birds. The bag invariably
contains a bamboo box filled with anatto paste, with which they besmear their
faces from time to time, so that the natural colour of the face is seldom seen, the con-
tinual painting of the skin with stripes and various patterns of red imparting a per-
manent red tinge to the countenance. Their dwellings are small and reduced to a
mere thatch, some five or six yards in length by four in width, supported on poles
fixed in the ground. Under these is the sleeping apartment,—a conical hut, made
of a matting of palm-leaves, and looking like a hen-coop. In this confined space,
which is almost hermetically closed, they sleep, five or six together, apparently
piled one on the top of another, to protect themselves, as they say, from the bites
of bats. When the nights are clear, and the Campos are near the shores of a river,
they leave their huts and sleep in the open air by the side of a fire, lying naked on
the ground, and wrapping their feet in their bags. Whenever the author arrived
at a hut, the Campo husband would always make a sign to his wife, who then
brought pine-apples or cooked yucas for the guest. Their main food is boiled and
roasted yuca (the root of Manihot utilissima), and fish or beasts of the chase, as
eccaries, and monkeys of various species. Their language is soft to the ear, being
ull of vowels, and nearly all the words ending in 7, uv, or 0. Their mode of speak-
ing is gentle, often in a singing tone, as if supplicating. There are times when their
manner of talking is very different, and in a loud tone of voice. This happens when
they have not seen one another for a long time. Descending the Apurimac, on his
journey to ascertain its point of junction with the Mantaro, the author arrived one
night at a Campo’s hut. His party had hardly landed, when the Campos who ac-
companied him commenced a loud parly with the owner of the establishment.
The conversation was long, and sustained at a high pitch of voice, lasting till day-
break the next morning. The subject of conversation was a recital, even to the
most trifling matters, of everything that had occurred to the parties since they last
met. The Campos count only up to four; when they want to express larger
numbers, they hold up their hands, feet, and pieces of stone. As to their religion,
no idols or ceremonies were observed. They do not take any care of their dead ;
stones are tied to the corpse, and it is then thrown into the river. If, when eating
1867,
1380 REPORT—1867:
yuca or plantain, the ants eat the rind, they believe the person who has partake
of the food will fall ill. They no not show the humility of demeanour which is seen
in Indians of the Quichua race; they are more manly, looking you straight in the
face when speaking. The author paid some attention to the form of the cra-
nium in these Indian tribes. When studying skulls of ancient Peruvians, taken from
the Huacas, or tombs on the coast, his attention was drawn to the position of the
orifice of the ear, which, far from being situated more towards the posterior part
of the cranium, as in European nations, appears to be carried forward towards the
front. Applying this same observation to the crania of the wild Indians now ex-
isting, he noticed a great resemblance to those of the ancient race; both show a
greater development of the posterior part of the brain than of the anterior. His
mode of measurement was by striking three perpendicular lines, with the skull in
profile—one passing by the most salient part of the forehead, another by the orifice
of the ear, and the third by the most projecting part of the back of the skull, In
a Campo skull, the breadth of the ante-auricular part was 76 millimetres, and that
of the post-auricular part 92 millimetres.
On the Vlakhs of Mount Pindus.
By Major Roserr Srvart, 0.B., L.B.GS.
There are fair grounds for believing that the Pindic Vlakhs are descendants
of one or more of those tribes which, in the fifth and succeeding centuries, were
driven from their homes on the Lower Danube by the incursion of overpowering
hordes from the north and east. Their language, although corrupt and debased,
with alloys of Sclavic, Greek, and Turkish, still retains the essential characteristics
of a Latin dialect; and the syntax and inflections of the verbs still conform in a
remarkable degree to the ancient model. Heads and faces of unquestionably Roman
type are found amongst them. Sixty years ago there were about 500 Vlakhiote
villages, none very small, dispersed throughout the mountains of Epirus, Thessaly,
and Macedonia. At present it would be difficult to reckon up half that number,
and the population has dwindled to about 45,000 souls. Originally a pastoral
people, they have gradually become traders, and most of their chief towns are now
centres of commerce and industry. These are Vlakho-Livadhi, near Mount Olympus,
Voskopolis of the Dessarets, Metzovo, Syraku, and Calabrites. In the beginning
of the present century, Calabrites counted nearly 600 families, and it became known
throughout the Levant for the industry, enterprise, and literary culture of its in-
habitants. They were self-governed, and free of all Turkish imposts by paying a
fixed and moderate annual tribute. This state of things became changed a few
years later, by the tyrannous intervention of Ali Pasha Tepeleni, under whose rapa-
cious exactions the community rapidly sunk into poverty and ruin. The story of
Calabrites is, with slight variation, that of most of the chief towns of the western
Vlakhs, Metzovo was founded by a Vlakh colony as early as the tenth century.
It now contains 770 houses, and is the chief town of the Pindic Vlakhs. For
several centuries the Vlakhs have been staunch in their adherence to the Eastern
Church. In every central village a school is maintained at the expense of the
community, the course of instruction embracing modern Greek, reading, writing,
and the first rules of arithmetic. But education is confined to the male sex. The
Vlakh woman is treated as an inferior being, and from early years is habituated to
drudgery and toil: she is naturally robust and handsome. Numbers of Vlakh
women come every autumn to Janina, where they contend with the Jews as street-
porters. Like all other pastoral tribes, the Vlakhs have their music; and their
favourite instrument is a pipe (pAoyépa), made from the wing-bone of a vulture,
open at both ends, and pierced with six holes, all on the same side. The player
inserts one end into the side of the mouth, and produces notes which may be varied
from sharp and shrill to soft and pleasing. The nomade Scythians of old used to
play on a similar instrument. The Vlakhs are superior to the Greeks in foresight,
perseverance, and application. The lineaments of the old race are not yet lost.
Though quiet and inoffensive, when roused to action they give proofs of great
daring and enterprise,
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 131
On the Districts of Palestine as yet imperfectly explored.
By the Rey. H. B. Tristram, /.L.S,.
A Peruvian Expedition up the Rivers Ucayali and Pachitea.
By Messrs. Wantace and Mayne.
In June 1866 the Peruvian Government sent a steamer from their establish-
ment at Iquitos, on the Upper Amazons, to ascend the Pachitea, an affluent of the
Ucayali, with a view to ascertaining whether a free communication could be dis-
covered by water to the town of Mayro, in Southern Peru, at the foot of the
Andes, east of Lima. Two of the officers, Tavira and West, were killed and. de-
voured on the banks of the Pachitea, by the savage cannibal Indians of the Cashibo
tribe; and in November of the same year a second expedition in three steamers
was sent, with the double purpose of avenging the death of the officers and com-
pleting the exploration. The expedition was successful; the Indians were severely
punished, by an armed party landing in the forest and burning their villages; and
the steamers continued up the Pachitea and Palcazu until they reached Mayro,
thus settling the practicability of a route by water between Mayro and the mouth
of the Amazons—a distance of 3623 miles. Mayro is said to be 325 miles from
Lima, and the Government have ordered a road to be made between the two
places. Mr. Wallace, one of the authors of the paper, is an English engineer in
the service of Peru. The lowest depth of water found on the journey was two
fathoms, and the river in its narrowest parts was 80 feet broad.
Recent Discoveries in and around the Site of the Temple at Jerusalem.
By Capt. C. W: Witson, B.L.
This paper gave a detailed description of the examination made by Lieut. War-
yen of the ficlostite Haram esh Shariff, which contains within its walls the site of
the Jewish Temple, and, as some hold, also that of the Holy Sepulchre. With the
exception of a deep hollow in front of the Golden Gate, a slight rise towards the
north-west corner, and the raised platform in the centre, the surface of the area is
almost level, and has an elevation of 2419 feet above the sea-level. During the
progress of the survey a large arch, connecting the Haram area with the causeway,
was discovered north of the Wailing Place. The arch is one of the most perfect
and magnificent remains in the city. Much information was also obtained con-
cerning the ancient water-supply, which was admirably arranged, The water was
brought by an aqueduct from the Pools of Solomon, and stored in rock-hewn cis-
terns, with connecting channels and arrangements for overflow. Several of the
ais were found to be of great size, varying from twenty-five to fifty feet in
eight,
Report of the Palestine Exploration Fund. By Capt. C. W. Witson, 2.Z.
This Report was confined to a statement of the manner in which the sum of £100,
granted last year to the Fund by the British Association, had been expended.
Half of it had been applied towards paying the expenses of Lieut. Warren, R.E.,
who had charge of the second expedition sent out by the Society. The results
might be stated as follows: the construction of a map, ona scale of one inch to a
mnile, of the highland districts of Judea, to the north-east and south-west of Jeru-
salem ; of the Jordan valley for about sixteen miles north of the Dead Sea; and of
a large portion of the plains of Philistia. These surveys, combined with those
made in 1865-66 by Wilson and Anderson, gave, for the first time, materials for &
correct map of more than three-fourths of the Holy Land, and do much towards
removing the reproach that no trustworthy map existed of this most interesting
country. The second half of the grant, applied to the purchase of meteorological
instruments, had been expended under the superintendence of Mr. Glaisher, and four
sets of instruments had been sent to different cities in Palestme. The observations
taken at these places will, combined with those taken at Jerusalem, form the basis
of an accurate knowledge of the climate of the Holy Land, so remarkable in many
respects.
Q*
182 REPORT—1867.
ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS.
Address by M. E. Grant Durr, M.P., President of the Section.
Lapres AND GENTLEMEN,—It has been the custom to open the proceedings of this
Section by an address, and it has been the custom that that address should be a
brief one. I propose, with your permission, to follow both these good customs.
This department of the British Association differs from the others. They are oc-
cupied exclusively with the study of external nature. We are occupied, as has been
truly said, with external nature only in so far as it exerts an influence on the
human mind. They treat of physical sciences. Our Section throws its roots, so
to speak, deep down among the physical sciences, but is itself devoted to moral
science. Looked at in another light, our pursuits form the debateable land between
the men of thought and the men of action. In theory, of course, we are given up
exclusively to the examination of things as they are to science. But do we not
continually stray oyer the border line, and wander into the consideration of things
as they should be into the domain of the art of legislation and Government? Those
who are familiar with the proceedings of this Section will not, I think, say No; and
this intermediate character of our department accounts, I suppose, for the fact that
it is from time to time presided over by Members of Parliament, who, votaries of
ractical politics, cannot pretend to be teachers of the sciences with which this
ection is concerned; cannot even pretend to be the fellow-labourers of some
whom I see around me, but are content be in this field their disciples and fol-
lowers. The British Association, founded in 1831, was one of the results of that
great upheaval of the national mind, of which the political change which makes
the year 1832 so famous was perhaps the most conspicuous symptom. The founda-
tion of the Statistical Society, and of our own Section, both of which I trust have
done something to help on the forward movement of the time, came shortly after-
wards, and the latter of these events must have very nearly synchronized with the
commencement of that remarkable reactionary movement, which, taking its rise in
the common room of Oriel, has since so widely and variously influenced English life.
An eminent living writer might find perhaps in this fact another illustration of the
operation of Systole and Diastole in human affairs. Up to 1856, this Section was
exclusively occupied with statistics, In that year, the centenary of the publica-
tion of Quesnay’s Mavimes Generales, and 80 years after the appearance of Adam
Smith’s great work, the kindred subject of Economic Science was wisely added
to our programme. Now, then, we are the Section of Hconomice Science and
Statistics. What do these terms mean, and with what sort of subjects will chance
visitors who stray into these regions from more popular Sections find us dealing
during the next few days? hey will find us, in our character of students of
Economic Science, dealing with all the phenomena which attend upon, and the
principles which regulate the production, the distribution, and the exchange of
wealth. If they are quite unfamiliar with those inquiries, they may come preju-
diced against us as cold, and hard, and selfish, We deserve, gentlemen, no such
character. The considerations to which we call attention, the laws which we
point out, must be taken account of by the most humane and by the most imagina-
tive, if their attempts at world-bettering are not to shiver against the realities of
life. All human society, as has been well’said, rests on a material foundation, “and
beneath all systems of Government, and all schemes of public morality, there lies
the science of the wealth of nations.”” The laws which we enunciate are no more
and no less hard or imperative than any of the laws with which other Sections
have to do. “ What,” asked Myr. Mill in the House of Commons last year, ‘‘is
more unfeeling than the attraction of gravitation?” If, however, gentlemen, we
claim for Economie Science a very high place, we do not exaggerate its importance.
No wise economist ever pretended to explain more than a very limited number of
the complicated problems of society and life. No wise economist ever laid himself
open to the denunciations levelled by M. Edgar Quinet in his recent brilliant work
on the French Revolution against those who fondly fancy that they can account on
economical principles alone for that great moral and political earthquake. There
surely never was a time in which it was more plainly necessary to popularize this
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 133
science. We are told by alarmists that one of the results of Reform will he,
that many matters which were considered settled will be reopened, that Protec-
tion will again raise her head, and that the ghosts of old fallacies will come back
to gibber in the House of Commons. I am one of those who think such fears
wildly exaggerated; but surely the mere possibility of our people lapsing into
heresies such as those which have seduced men of our race in America and Aus-
tralia should warn us to diffuse far and wide the broad results of Economic Science.
It is to be feared that, even in circles where we might expect better things, there
is a very considerable misconception about the real teachings of economists. Who
can forget the opposition that was excited by Mr. Cobden’s negotiations in France,
as if, forsooth, he of all men was going to be false to the principles by the adyo-
cacy of which he had put himself in the first rank of contemporary statesmen? Is it
surprising that there should be so much hesitation about the acceptance, I do not
say of the mere fact of free trade, but of some of its consequences? Count up the
schools in which an attempt is made at giving even a glimpse into Economic
Science. There are distinguished professors at both Oxford and Cambridge, but
how many men are there who leave the great English Universities with any
Knowledge of it? The Scottish Universities do very little for this peculiarly Scot-
tish science. I do not think I am wrong in believing that no lectures on political
economy are ever delivered even in the most laborious and distinguished of Oxford
Colleges, the college of Adam Smith. Of the two economical questions to which
your President alluded last year, as to those which were, for the moment, chiefly
occupying the minds of men—the question of our coal supply, and the state of the
money market—the first will, no doubt, slumber till the report of the Royal Com-
mission is given to the world. The other still attracts attention, but the ‘“ wheel
has come full circle,” the periodical reaction has set in, and the yast pile of gold
mounts daily higher, waiting for the spirit of confidence to return. Another econo-
mical question has, however, come in these last few months into great and painful
prominence. I allude, of course, to the question of Trades Unions, and to the rela-
tions of capital and labour. The unhappy contests between these natural allies is
not the only joint in our armour. Many eminent men haye been declaring that
England is falling behind other nations in the industrial race, and that a better
and more extended technical education has become a necessity. All attempts,
however, to give a good technical education will break down if we do not imitate
Switzerland and Germany in creating a really good system of elementary and
middle-class education. That is the soil in which technical education must grow,
and at present that soil is woefully thin in many places. Fortunately, however, the
ublic mind is becoming familiarized with the idea of an educational rate; and
if we have an educational rate to assist the poorest, why not a system of graded
schools to which all classes may repair if they see fit, and through which a ladder
may be built by which merit may climb to the high places of society. How long
will English farmers go on paying that the children of their labourers may be
educated better than their own? Amongst the measures of the late session, in
which this Section may be supposed to take peculiar interest, was the extension
to all trades of the principle of the Factory Acts—these Acts which for more than
one generation were so stoutly resisted in the name of Political Hconomy, but
which enlightened theory approves and which experience has justified. The
comparative ease with which the bills of last Session passed was creditable to the
Government, creditable to the interests affected, and, above all, creditable to Mr.
Henry Bruce, the Vice-President of the Council in the late Administration, whose
abnegation of self in the willing support which he gave to Bills with which his
own name will not be associated, was as remarkable as it is, I fear, rare amongst
politicians of any party. If it is easy to give a definition of our work as students
of Keonomic Science, which, although, of course, liable to be pulled to pieces by
critics, may be taken as fairly correct, how different is the case with our work as
Statisticians ? Who can define Statistics? ‘ Quiequid agunt homines” in so far
as it is susceptible of being recorded and expressed numerically, That definition
might, perhaps, be accepted by some, but there would be many gainsayers. Two
sets of men long disputed as to which of them was most entitled to the name of
Statisticians, There were those who considered Statistics to be equivalent to what
1384 REPORT—1867.
used to be called “ Political Arithmetic.” There were those who, appealing to the
etymology of the word Statistics, and recalling the history of the science, thought
that they, and they alone, were entitled to represent themselyes as the successors
of the great Géttingen professors who first gave a systematic form to this kind of
inquiry. The yictory has, for all practical purposes, remained with the first of these
two bodies of disputants; that is to say, the science naturally tends to become
more definite and precise, to restrict itself more and more within the circle of those
facts which can be recorded and tabulated. The statistician has scarcely, perhaps,
had so many hard words thrown at him as his cousin the economist; but he has
all along been coupled with that unpopular character in public disfayour. Those
who know nothing else of Mr. Burke know his sentence about “ sophists, econo-
mists, and calculators.” I even remember seeing it quoted in a letter from an
innkeeper who had been remonstrated with on account of an extortionate bill.
The statistician, however, no less than the economist, can say something in his
own justification, Haye not yital statistics done much to diminish the uncertainty
in providing for families which used so much to increase the anxieties of the
trading and professional classes? Haye not sanitary statistics, even within the
last few years, added yery much to the length and comfort both of civilian and
military life? Have not judicial statistics done their part in leading the public to
accept the doctrine at which the most enlightened criminalists had already arrived
by other paths—that crime is best repressed, not by severe, but by rapid and certain
punishment? Are not educational statistics at this very moment convincing all
intelligent persons in Great Britain that we must at length make ‘‘a long pull, a
strong pull, and a pull altogether,” to get at least a modicum of education con-
yeyed to the whole people? And while I speak of educational statistics, it may
not be amiss to recall one curious instance of the want of them which was lately
pressed on the attention of Parliament. A highly intelligent witness from Oxford,
examined before the Committee which lately sat to inquire into the educational
system pursued at the two great English Universities, admitted that there was
not at this moment any official document in existence from which the public
could arrive at an idea, even approximately correct, of the vast reyenues of
Oxford and her colleges—revenues which only required to be used in the spirit of
her worthier sons to make her incomparably the most efficient, as she is incom-
parably the wealthiest, university in the world. Surely it is monstrous that we
can with the greatest ease find the revenue and the expenditure of the University
of Berlin down to the last dollar, and are unable to arrive at eyen a tolerable guess
as to the revenue and expenditure of a similar institution in our own island.
The importance of military and naval statistics need not be urged. Would that
the most striking result of inquiries into them could he brought home to all minds!
Would that eyery one realized the fearful loss which the vast armaments now kept
up are entailing upon Europe! Would that the people of this quarter of the globe
would awake to the danger of being surpassed in all the arts of peace by the great
nation on the other side of the Atlantic! An American politician came haclk
last autumn from Prussia, declaring that it was impossible to wall ten yards in a
Prussian town without meeting a soldier, An Nnglish politician came back at the
same time from the United States, declaring that he had traversed the country
from end to end without seeing even a single soldier. When will monarchs and
cabinets and popular assemblies learn that old wisdom of William IIJ., that that
nation will hold the balance of power which, in proportion to its strength, “ has
economized its material resources to the highest point, and acquired the highest
degree of moral ascendancy by an honest and consistent allegiance to the laws of
morality in its domestic policy and in its foreign relations?” It would not he diffi-
cult to point out the obvious and palpable advantages that arise to the community
from other branches of statistical Inquiry ; but, in truth, there is no need, for cayil-
lers would be silent, if not convinced, were it not that our own friends sometimes
give an occasion to the enemy. To attempt to draw from statistical facts inferences
which they will not bear—to resolve the whole play of social forces into a mere
question of numbers and averages—to pretend that figures governed the world, in-
stead of merely helping us to understand how it is governed, is simply to injure the
cause which we profess to defend. Those who act in this way are almost as mis-
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 135
chieyous as those whose reckless abuses of statistical methods haye given point to
the sneer that nothing is fo false as figures except facts—the Rigbys of political
life, who manipulate their figures with a view not to arrive at truth, but to obtain
a controversial success. There is no poorer triumph than such a one as this, for
there is none easier; unless, indeed, it be the triumph attained by fifth-rate theo-
logians when they quote isolated texts against each other, and each remains, in the
opinion of his followers, the master of the unhonoured and unprofitable field of
strife. It is, however, vain to argue against anything because it may be abused.
Of course, a man who deals with statistics, in the spirit of the saying, “‘Tant pis
our les faits,” can make them prove anything; but surely no saying can be further
rom being the expression of the temper of any man who has a right to call himself
a statistician. Perfect openness of mind, a determination to receive every fact with
equal fayour, a determination to restrain not only all the ordinary disturbing preju-
dices, but even that love of hasty generalization which is characteristic of many fine
intellects, a spirit resigned to collect, one by one, the stones of the temple which
a successor may build up,—these are the marks of a true student of this science. I
have said something about popularizing economic science. Arguments not less
strong, though different, might be alleged in fayour of popularizing statistics. It
is in this department that we shall find the real value of those men whose habits
of mind lead them to take what I may call the old view of the science, the view
which found fayour with Schlézer, when he said, “Statistics are history in repose ;
history is statistics in motion.” The more the science, properly so called, with-
draws itself up the heights of knowledge, the more necessary will it he to have
messengers constantly passing to the plains below. It is satisfactory to see useful
manuals of statistics beng gradually multiplied and getting down into general cir-
culation. The historical ‘Almanach de Gotha’ has been mother of a numerous pro-
geny, amongst which not the least useful is the Belgian ‘Annuaire’ of Scheler, and
its younger sister in our own country, the ‘Statesman’s Year Book.’ It is strange
that, while France has in a kindred class of literature her excellent ‘ Annuaire
des Deux Mondes,’ and Germany her ‘ Europaischer Gelchichtskalender,’ we have
nothing more cosmopolitan than our yery parochial Annual Register. An idea
which was some years ago put forward in the ‘ Saturday Review,’ that it would
be expedient to bring out a series of politico-historical Companions to Mr. Murray’s
hand-books, has not yet been acted upon, but the realization of so reasonable a
project is surely only deferred. One of the greatest attractions of this science is
undoubtedly its international character. The first impulse of a statistician who
has arrived at what appear to him satisfactory results with regard to a group of
facts and figures in his own country, is to see how his conclusions are affected by
similar groups of facts and figures in other countries. In so doing, he is necessarily
brought into connexion, not only with foreign knowledge, but with foreign men of
activity and intelligence, and so becomes one more link in the chain that is binding
into our great confederation the progressive nations of the globe. But I am for-
getting that I promised to adhere to the good custom of being brief. During the
next week we shall listen to many papers upon most important subjects, both in
our character of economists and statisticians. I trust we shall not only bring to
all an open and unprejudiced mind, but recollect the precept of the Pyrrhonists, ‘‘ Be
sober, and remember to doubt.” Working in this spirit, we may perhaps square
a stone or shape a rafter which some future “master of those who know” may
use in building up a system of politics which may do as much honour to the nine-
teenth century after, as did that of Aristotle to the fourth century before the
Christian era.
—
On Productive Labour in Prisons as associated with the Reformation of Cri-
minals. By Sir Joun Bowrtne, LL.D., PRS.
The author read a paper, accompanied by the statistics of twenty-one prisons in
Great Britain, with the purpose of showing that profit-giving labour in gaols was
an all-important auxiliary for producing reformation among crintinals. He stated
that the Act of Parliament in 1865, which was intended to regulate all the prisons
of England, had left incredible incongruities, discrepancies, and contradictions in
136 REPORT—1867. _
various localities, and under the different opinions and practices of visiting magis-
trates. He showed that the character of the law was far less influential than the
mode of administration—that the statistics of prisons have no uniform character,
no common system of accountancy—that the returns, when accessible, are fre-
quently unintelligible—that the amount of infliction and the mode of punishment
depend much more on the practice of the local magistracy than on the award of
the judges, and that parliamentary requirements are utterly inoperative where the
inefficiency or resistance of prison officials are associated with indifference, routine
habits, or erroneous notions on the part of the justices. A committee, of which Sir
John was chairman, was established by order of the Court of Quarter Sessions in
Devon, to ascertain whether, under the conditions of the existing Acts of Parlia-
ments, prison labour could be made remuneratory, and at the same time reforming,
The Devon County Prison presents one of the most remarkable instances of the
utter waste of labour—of the repudiation of labour as a means of instructing and
moralizing the conyict—of the indiscriminating application of what is called the
deterrent system in all its bitterness and severity ; grounded on the theory that the
criminal ought never to be the subject of pity, but only of punishment—that the
prison is to be no school where hope is to enter, but a solitude where trades are
to be taught—where industry is not to be encouraged—where there is to be nothing
but isolation, profitless labour, and suffering. Country justices have not been
remarkable for extreme sensitiveness; but it might be expected that the desire to
lessen the county rates, by getting something out of the sweat of the misdemean-
ant, would have some influence upon prison administration.
The committee circulated two series of questions, one general the other special.
The first was intended to elicit the opinions of those who had most attended to
questions of prison discipline as to the connexion between labour and reformation—
the action of the cellular system—the use of the treadmill, and, generally, the prac-
ticability of making labour profitable under present parliamentary requirements.
The second question was intended to elicit from various independent sources the
results exhibited by the different practices of different gaols.
The various returns attached to the Report of the Devon Committee invite com-
parisons and present contrasts which would seem impossible (as they are incredible)
in a country subject to the same legislation, to the same inspectoral system, a country
of inquiry, and im which the topic of prison discipline has been frequently discussed.
The simple truth is that the amount of independent action allowed to the county
magistracy—the inability of the central authority to cope with local influences—
the “independence” and “ irresponsibility ”’ of justices of the peace—habits of
routine—love of power—“ esprit de corps ’’—fear of innovation and other sinister
influences and interests have resisted reforms and maintained abuses to an extent
beyond the power of calculation. Take one illustrative fact as regards cost. In
the convict prisons of Scotland the annual expenses per head are £7 less than in
the convict prisons of England. Another as regards principle. In the sixty prisons
in Scotland there is not a single treadmill; there is a unanimity of opinion un-
friendly to its use. In the county of Devon at this moment a treadmill is being
erected at an enormous cost, and with the declaration of the visiting justices, that
it is not believed any profit can be made from it.
The cost of crime in prisons is considerably more than a million sterling per
annum; the cost of crime out of prison is tenfold greater. The number of the
criminal classes at large is thrice as great as that of the criminal classes in confine-
ment, In England the yearly net expense of the prisoner is more than double that
of France, more than treble that in the United States and in many of the best re-
gulated European prisons.
Prison discipline comes under two special heads, the vindictive and the refor-
matory; in other words, the instruments of pain and pleasure, of fears and hopes to
be applied to the eradication or diminution of crime. In some men the desire to
punish is stronger than the desire to reform; in some the desire to reform is
stronger than the desire to punish. Sound policy would connect the employment
of both with a yiew to maximizing good and minimizing evil; and labour is or
ought to be the instrument for accomplishing each of these praiseworthy objects.
Now, by the almost unanimous and emphatic consent of the highest authorities,
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 137
roductive and profitable labour is more reformatory than wasted labour. Sir
Sohn Bowring brought overwhelming evidence of this fact, derived from a variety
of sources, and from many parts of the world. It seems an almost universally
recognized principle that for short sentences labour of the severest and least remu-
nerative character should be allowed; that species of labour should be only intro-
ductory to labour less irksome and more profitable. But however inviting, the field
of investigation is too wide, and the materials for judgment too multitudinons, to
allow of anything like an exhaustive exploration,
On the Consumption of Opium. By Dr. Curnprrr Cottrnewoon, M.A., PLS,
On the Shipbuilding of Dundee. By Henry Gournay.
Shipbuilding has long been an important branch of industry in Dundee, and
even at the beginning of the present century the number of vessels built for
coasting and over-sea trade was considerable. All these vessels were, of course,
built of timber, and about the year 1825 were all propelled by sails. The num-
ber and size of the vessels gradually increased, until about the year 1856, when
wooden shipbuilding in Dundee may be said to have reached its maximum. In
that year Messrs. Alexander Stephen and Son built the ‘ Hastern Monarch.’ This
vessel measured 1848 tons, B.M., was classed 14 years Al in Lloyd’s Register,
and at the time was one of the largest, if not the largest, vessel afloat of this
high class. It is nownearly thirty years since iron shipbuilding was introduced
in Dundee. In the year 1858 Messrs. James Carmichael and Co. built an iron
paddle-steamer named the ‘Caledonia,’ intended for the river traftic between Dun-
dee and Perth. The same firm also built a small iron schooner. These vessels
attracted considerable attention at the time, there being very few iron vessels
then afloat. After building these two vessels, Messrs. Carmichael discontinued
iron shipbuilding, but it was again taken up in 1840 by Mr. Peter Borrie, who
built several iron paddle-steamers. Between the years 1842 and 1854, no iron ships
were built in Dundee, and during this interval other ports had commenced, and
were carrying on the trade with vigour, so that, although Dundee was early in the
field, this advantage was lost. In 1854, Messrs. Gourlay Brothers and Co. commenced
to build vessels of iron, and since that time the trade has steadily increased, there
being now two firms which build entirely with iron, and one which uses iron for
the framework. The following Table will show the tonnage of the various kinds of
vessels that have been launched in Dundee since the year 1861, and also the tonnage
on the stocks in June of this year :—
Wooden sailing-vessels launched since 1861...... 15,6735
Oniathe;stockay June SG7s i eieieteiais als ois cist este aie Have 748
14,421
Wooden steamers launched since 1861.......... 5,621
Onitherstocksy june VS6F ociliiiaees ce nee nace 520
6,141
Total tonnage of wooden vessels ...... 20,562
Tron sailing-vessels launched since 1861 ........ 5,002
On-the'stocks dune 867 Sy). sede pss ote nee ve ata s 1,066
6,068
Tron steamers launched since 1861.............. 11,356
On the stocks JumeslS67- c)7. wis easrebnet dele 1,150
12,486
Total tonnage of iron vessels .......... —— 18,554
Composite sailing-yessels launched since 1861.... 1,847
On: the stocks, June 218 15 Ch -teererewletives sles 601
—— 2,448
Total tonnage of composite vessels...... — 2,448
Totalivons eyrtetats.stsic os » 41,564
188 REPORT—1867.
The value of the vessels represented by this tonnage is about £627,000 sterling, or
£104,500 annually, exclusive of the machinery fitted on board the steamers, The
average number of men and boys employed in the shipbuilding yards is about 910.
The materials of which the vessels are constructed are generally brought from a
distance. The iron comes from the north of England and Glasgow; the wood
(except the oak, which is grown in the neighbourhood) from the Baltic, America,
and India. The chains and anchoyrs are generally manufactured in Neweastle, but
the sailcloth and cordage are produced in Dundee. ‘The cost of the carriage of iron
and coal is a disadvantage that the Dundee shipbuilder labours under ; but it is not
a very serious obstacle, as these materials can be carried at a cheap rate by water,
and there are advantages to compensate, so that there is no reason why shipbuilding
may not be largely carried on in Dundee. Iron as a material for shipbuilding is
here, as elsewhere, to a large extent taking the place of wood ; for we find that in
1853 there were no iron ships building in Dundee, but for the last six years the
tonnage of the iron vessels has not been far short of the wooden ones, whilst there
is nearly double the tonnage of iron vessels on hand that there is of wooden ones.
On the various Methods in which our coinage may be Decimalized—the Advan-
tages and Disadvantages of each. By F. P, Frirows, F.S.A., PSS.
This paper, after discussing the general principles that should guide us in choosing
for adoption any methods of decimalizing our coinage, described at length the
various plans that had been proposed.
First. We could at once decimalize our money by adopting the American plan
of coining a piece equal to 100 halfpence, or 4s. 2d., or a dollar; the halfpenny
being equal to an American cent, and the 100 halfpence the dollar.
This would be a very simple method, but the objections to it were, that the
halfpenny was too high for our lowest coin (the farthing being much used by our
poorer classes), and the dollar of 4s, 2d. was not sufficiently high for our largest
coin.
Secondly. There was what was commonly called the penny, tenpenny, and
hundredpenny scheme—1 penny being the unit or smallest coin, and 100d. or
8s, 4d. the largest. The same objections applied to this as to the halfpenny and
dollar scheme, and if we are to express farthings and halfpence, we still retain
vulgar fractions. It had been suggested that the penny might be divided into ten
parts, and also that by a slight change in value, this would bring our system into
accord with French frances and centimes; the centime being equal to nearly the
q;th of a penny, and the 10d. to a franc. The evils and difficulties of this
scheme were entered upon, and it was maintained that the tenth of a penny was
too low for our lowest coin, and would cause an unnecessary number of figures
to be written down.
The third scheme discussed, proposed to commence at the half sovereign; the
shilling being the tenth, the shilling being again divided into ten parts, and the
tenth of a shilling again decimally subdivided; the lowest unit being the $}ths
of the half farthing.
The difficulties of the introduction of this scheme were stated to be the same
as those of the pound and mil scheme, which was next discussed.
The fourth plan, viz. the pound and mil scheme, proposed to retain the present
sovereign, and to consider that, as now, the highest coin of account. Thus we
should have the present pound, the florin as the tenth of the pound, a coin of
the value of the tenth of a florin (between 24d. and 23d.), and the 1000th of a
pound, being 34ths of the present farthing.
This system would disarrange and throw out all our present copper coinage,
and the burden of the change would consequently be thrown mainly upon the poorer
and least educated classes, and therefore the least able to understand the new
system, or to accommodate themselves to it. Respecting the transition period, it
was shown that the change would be nearly as difficult as to introduce an entirely
new coinage; for that out of the 960 sums that could be paid from one farthing
to a pound, only forty, or about 4 per cent., could possibly ibe paid with the new
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 139
coinage; and out of the 1000 sums from one mil to one pound in the new system,
only 40, or 4 per cent., could be paid with our present coins. The only sums that
could possibly be paid with both the old and new money, would be 6d., 1s., 1s. 6d.,
and so on, by sixpences to a pound; none of the intermediate sums, from jd. to
53d., from 64d. to 113d., could be paid with new coins; and the same difficulties
would occur in paying new coinage sums with old money, the present 6d. being
25 new mils, and 24 present farthings. This difficulty was of great moment and
affected most of the Government departments, as, for instance, the Customs,
Excise, and Postage duties based on our copper coinage, that is, on the jd., 3d.
orld. Thus the Post-office would have to alter its charge for letters, and if
(taking its gross receipts at £5,000,000) it decided to charge 4 mils instead of 1d.
as now, it must consent to lose £200,000 yearly, the circulation remaining the
same; or if it charged 5 mils, then this would be equivalent to an additional tax
on the people of £1,000,000 yearly.
The same difficulties applied to bill stamps, receipt stamps, to railway, road,
canal, and other tolls, and many Acts of Parliament relating to railway, canal,
and other companies would have to be modified. It was shown that all the
manufacturer’s price lists, both for paying their workmen, and for selling from their
books of engravings with printed prices attached, would have to be reprinted, that
litigation and strikes with the men would probably ensue, and that it would be
a very heavy tax on the manufacturers of this country. It was urged that it was
unwise to import all these difficulties in addition to those that were inherent on
the mere change itself to a decimal system.
The author then pointed out that it was antagonistic to true decimalization to
begin at the highest coin, and to call that the wt. The unit, like our numeration,
should be the commencement of the system, and like it should begin with units,
go on to tens, then to hundreds, and on to thousands.
The author then went on to say, ‘‘I now proceed to describe a system which I
think overcomes the objections and difficulties I haye mentioned as affecting the
various schemes under consideration.
“Tn the first place, by the plan I advocate we get rid of vulgar fractions, 3d., 3d.,
3d. The unit begins at the proper point, viz. the lowest necessary coin, the
farthing. We can retain in use during the transition period al/ the coins we now
have. We could use and write down either the present, or the proposed new
coinage, in pounds, shillings, and pence, as we do now, or decimally. No change
need be made in trading or in Government transactions. Those who chose could
keep their accounts as now, even if they received the new coinage; and those
who chose to keep their accounts decimally, could do so, and could still enter
decimally the old coinage amounts they received.
“Tt begins at the farthing. It has been before suggested to begin at the farthing,
but the system proposed has some novelties. I would then boldly at once call
things by their right names, especially when these names will correctly denote the
relation each coin bears to the rest, and when these designations will greatly
facilitate the introduction of the decimal system.
“T would make a coin of the value of
1 Farthing, and call it 1 unit.
. 10 units, or 1 decat, or
gO Parihineey yoy 2 a 10-unit piece. ;
100 units, or 1 centime or
100 Farthings, ,, ,, 5, cent, or a hundred-unit
iece,
1000 units, or 1 mille or
1000 Farthings, ,, ,, 5, mil, or a thousand-unit
piece.”
The following Table shows the relation the system bears to our present, and to
the American coinage, and gives all the coins that would be introduced if the
lan were in full operation. At first, however, the coins required would be
merely the 10, the 100, and 1000 unit- or farthing-pieces :—
140 REPORT—1867.
New system.
Equal to
Es cas : American
Pieces to be eventually coined. KE 5 a= § z S ee epee coins as
te B28 les A below.
a SPCSlAanR
In pence., In
seed.
1 unit Eph cote |p Lie || key 3| or 4 | 4 cent.
PaaS! | irs 4i|) Sac | Besa A) ays 4+ | 1 cent.
4 ,, saa choepe | we. le re 1 | 2 cents.
ldecator 10 ,, cae era 2d 23) 5 cents.
2 os, sO0s sc0mes, | Socal eea iO 5 5 |10 cents.
4°55). ,Or. = 40 ee | EO. 10 10 \20 cents.
leent.or10 ,, or 100 ,, 1 0 0 | or 25 2 1 | 4dollar.
Die on 20.12 or 20 eee 2°) 0) "OS for. 50: A a
4 Sor “40> 5,9 0r 7400 > soe 144 10P), O 100 Bl oary Diel es
Imilor10 ,, or 100 ,, orl000 ,, | 1 O00 290) | LO 104) %. 4
The author proposed that at first merely the decat, cent, and mil should be
coined, z. e, the 10, 100, and 1000 farthing-piece ; that it should be merely made legal
and permissive to keep and sue for accounts decimally in units and mils, it being
still legal (till the decimal system was well known and introduced) to use pounds,
shillings, and pence,
On the Leather Manufacture of Dundee. By Franx Henperson.
On the Condition and Progress of Scotland compared to England and Ireland
in Population, Education, Wealth, Taxation, Crime, consumption of Spirits,
Savings’ Banks, §c. By Professor Leonx Levi, F.S.A., F.S.S., Doctor of
Political Economy of the University of Tubingen.
The author came to the following results :—1. That as regards population, Scot-
land and Ireland are increasing at a much slower rate than England, the effect
rather of a lower rate of marriages and an excess of emigration than of a larger
mortality. 2. That in education Scotland stands in a higher position than England
and Ireland. 38. That property is increasing faster in Scotland than in England
and Ireland, the thriftiness and industry of the people being made manifest in
a larger accumulation of wealth. Between 1814-15 and 1864-65 the amount
to income-tax increased in England at the rate of 128 per cent., and in Scotland
at the rate of 153 per cent. Between 1857 and 1865 the amount so charged
increased in England at the rate of 31 per cent., in Scotland at the rate of 33 per
cent., and in Ireland at the rate of 123 per cent. 4. That as regards taxation,
Scotland pays a larger proportion of revenue now than at any former period
relatively to Engand and Ireland. In 1864-66 the proportion borne was 78°8 per
cent. by England, 11-9 per cent. by Scotland, and 93 per cent. by Ireland, against
83:1 per cent. in England, 8°8 per cent. in Scotland, and 8-11 per cent. by Ireland
in 1830-32. 5. That in so far as the relative amount contributed to the revenue
can serve as a criterion for the respectivenumber of members in the houses of
legislature, it appears that the altered proportion in the taxation borne by Scotland
since the Union entitles her to a larger representation than she possesses; whilst in
proportion to revenue the relative number of members should be 51:9 England and
Wales, 78 Scotland, and 61 Ireland. 6. That as regards pauperism, the number
of persons receiving public relief in Scotland is less in proportion than in England,
though much in excess of Ireland ; a great difference existing in the proportions of
paupers relieved in-door and out-door in the three countries. In 1866 the number
of paupers in England was in the proportion of 4°38 per cent., in Scotland 4-01 per
cent., and in Ireland 0°94 per cent. of the population. In England and Treland,
about 85 per cent. of the paupers were relieved in-door, in Scotland only 5:76 per
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 141
cent. 7. That the number of persons committed for trial for indictable offences in
Scotland is greater in proportion than in England and Ireland; and though she
shows less propensity to offences against property, she stands in an unfavourable
position as to offences against the person. In ten years, 1857-66, the average
number of persons committed was,—in Ingland 0-938 per 1000, in Scotland 1:11 per
1000, and in Ireland 0-990 per 1000 of the population. The offences against the
person were,—in England 12°10 per cent., in Scotland 29°43 per cent., and in Ire-
and 37°31 per cent. The offences against property without violence were,—in
England 74 per cent., in Scotland 48 per cent., and in Ireland 34 per cent. 8.
That the common-assumption that Scotland consumes more spirits than England
is unfounded, when the quantity of spirits in all spirituous beverages consumed is
taken into account ; and though we may congratulate ourselves on the diminished
consumption of gin and whisky, there is reason for warning in the fact that such
diminution is more than counterbalanced by the greater quantity of spirits con-
sumed in the other beverages, principally ale and wine. In 1866 the total quantity
of spirits consumed in gin and whisky, brandy, beer, wine, cider, &c., was in the pro-
portion of 4:457 gallons per head in England, 2-984 gallons per head in Scotland,
and 1-631 gallon per head in Iveland. Of British and foreign spirits there were
consumed,—in England 0°864 gallon, in Scotland 1:847 gallon, and in Ireland
0-857 gallon per head. Of spirits in beer, 3:393 gallons per head in England,
1-050 gallon per head in Scotland, and 0-710 gallon per head in Ireland. Between
1857 and 1866 there was an increase in the consumption of spirits thus calculated
of 12% per cent. in England, 23 per cent. in Scotland, and 8 per cent. in Ireland.
9. That during the last ten years the change in the habits of the people as regards
the consumption of spirituous beverages was as follows :—
England. Scotland. Treland.
Per cent Per cent Per cent
1857. 1866 1857. 1866 1857. 1866
BSRECEUSHD «tele ovvipet ois) asic 21 20 77 62 68 53
Spirits in beer ..... pul Ae, 76 21 35 30s 44
Spirits in wine...... 3 4 2 3 2 3
100 100 100 100 100 100
10. That in so far as the savings of the working classes are represented in the
capital deposited in the Savings’ Banks, the amount per head in Scotland was
18s. 5d., in England 87s. 5d., and in Ireland 6s. 5d. per head. 11. That the passen-
er traffic on the British railways in 1865 was in the proportion of 23,400 per mile
in England, 10,000 in Scotland, and 7200 in Ireland—the proportion travelling by
third-class being 76°41 per cent. in Scotland, 58°66 per cent. in England, and 56:86
per cent. in Ireland. 12. That the number of letters delivered by the Post-office
was in the proportion of 28 per head in England, 21 per head in Scotland, and
10 per head in Ireland ; or in the proportion of 47, 36, and 17 per cent. respectively.
13. That, as a whole, Scotland appears to be advancing rapidly, her position in the
United Kingdom being of considerable importance ; whilst, if we add that in pro-
portion to the number of her people she has contributed, and does contribute, a large
share of eminent statesmen, lawyers, military officers, men of science, and merchant
princes, we cannot resist the conclusion that the Scotch possess in a high degree
that energy of character, persistency of will, and boldness in action which have
rendered Britain supreme among the nations of the world.
On the Obstacles to the Utilization of New-Zealand Flax.
By W. Lauper Linpsay, M.D., F.RS.E., PLS.
The author’s propositions are based on
1. The results of observations made during a tour in New-Zealand in 1861-62,
2. A study of the voluminous literature of New-Zealand flax ; and
5. A previous study (ten years ago) of the general subject of foreign fibres as sub-
stitutes for those currently used in this country in the textile arts.
He assumes—
1. That the value of New-Zealand flax—as a fibre suitable for the manufacture of
cordage, textile fabrics, and paper—has been established.
142 REPORT—1867:
2. That in Europe alone there is practically an wlimited demand for this class of
fibre.
8. That in order to such fibre as New-Zealand flax becoming marketable,
A. The supply must be both regular and large.
B. The quality must equal that of the fibres which at present command
the market.
C. The cost of production must be such as to leave a considerable margin of
profit on its market price.
4, That hence any candidate for preferetce in the fibre market must submit to be
rigorously tested by the following standards :—
Amount and revilarity of supply.
B. Quality.
C. Market price.
The utilization of New-Zealand flax hasbeen stimulated in every conceivable way,—
by the self-interest of colonists and colonial governments ; by the attraction of sub-
stantial government rewards; by the high prices offered in the British market for
good samples of dressed fibre ; by industrial exhibitions throughout the world, includ-
ing New Zealand itself; by the perennial encouragements of the local press. So
long ago as 1856, the general government of New Zealand offered premiums to the
extent of £4000 for the production of a marketable fibre ; the provincial government
of Canterbury subsequently offered a bonus of £1000 with the same object; and
still miore recently, that of Otago has promised a honorarium of £500 for the pro-
duction of a marketable paper from New-Zealand flax, or other indigenous fibre.
None of these premiums has yet been gained. Infinite have been the experiments
instituted, the patents taken out, the efforts made to produce a marketable fibre:
while at least one special book, printed moreover appropriately on New-Zealand flax-
made paper, has been devoted to the subject. Nevertheless no progress has been
made beyond the products of the crude art and hand-labour of the Maori with his
simple mussel or cockle shell ; if; indeed, hes results have been rivalled by the best
specimens of colonial art. The endeavour to give New-Zealand flax a permanent
and satisfactory place in European commerce has hitherto been a signal failure.
The author's object is to discuss the causes of this failuare—to indicate the combi-
nation of circumstances that has hitherto operated in preventing the practical appli-
cation in the textile arts of a fibre acknowledged by all authorities to possess a high
value.
The author’s main propositions are the following :—
I. Amount and regularity of supply.
A. There cannot be a sufficiently large or regular supply to meet the require-
ments, either of the local or European market, till
1. The plant is systematically cultivated.
2. Labour is more abundant and cheaper.
B. It remains to be determined by experiment on the large scale :—
1. What are the most suitable forms and circumstances of cultivation—in
reference especially to such practical and important points as (a) the
kind of soil, and (4) the artificial aids to growth.
2, What are the methods of cultivation most suitable to those Botanical
species or varieties which possess the finest quality of fibre.
; 3. What is the best time for cutting down and preparing the leaf.
II. Quality of the fibre.
A. Varies in different species of Phormiuwm and different varieties of P. tenax.
But it has yet to be determined what species or varieties yield the finest
qualities of fibre, whether in the
a. Cultivated, or| 1). 44
b. Wild ae
B. Is improved by cultivation.
This has long been recognized by the Maories, who cultivate, solely for
its fibre, the New-Zealand tlax plant as carefully as they do their
maize or potato as food-plants.
III. Cost of production and market value.
The present scarcity and high value of labour in New Zealand render the cost
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 143
of collecting the wild flax plant, of preparing the fibre, and of transporting it
to seaports too great to enable the colonist to offer dressed flax in the eaters
market at a price nearly equal to that of Russian flax and other similar fibres,
with which it must compete.
The cost of proper cultivation of the plant and proper preparation of the fibre
under present circumstances would be still greater.
IV. Suitable processes, chemical and mechanical, have yet to be devised for
dressing, bleaching, and dyeing the fibre.
Tt has been obviously a common error of experimentalists to conclude that the
processes and machinery, which have proved successful in preparing other fibres,
should be equally suitable and successful here.
V. Not only has New-Zealand flax to compete with many fibres of established
reputation, which are easily and cheaply produced in countries where labour is
abundant; not only, as regards paper-making, must it enter the market against
rags and other waste products of civilization, which are necessarily greatly cheaper
than a dressed fibre: but it will have to compete with hundreds of fibres of equal,
or nearly equal, value, which abound in all our warmer colonies, and occur gene-
rally throughout temperate and warm parts of the world, whose applications will be
developed in proportion as colonization progresses, and as chemistry and mechanics
are brought to bear on processes suitable for their preparation™.
VI. Labour is likely to become cheaper and more abundant in other colonies
than New Zealand, which are quite as rich in fibre-producing plants, while the diffi-
culties attending the separation and dressing of the fibre will probably be more
speedily overcome in the case of these other slants and fibres.
VII. Thereis therefore no good ground for the toosanguine anticipations of colonists
and colonial governments as to the future high value of New-Zealand flax as an
article of colonial export. Present data merely afford encouraging grounds for ex-
periment.
VIII. One of the most hopeful directions of eaperiment is the Acclimatization of
the New-Zealand flax plant in countries suited for its growth, where labour is
cheaper and the advantages of chemical and mechanical skill are more readily
obtained.
Employer and Employed—Capital and Labour. By Parrick Marruew:
On the Confectionery and Marmalade Trade of Dundee.
By Cuarres C. Maxwett.
It is between sixty and seventy years since Dundee marmalade was first manu-
factured as an article of commerce by the late Mr. James Keiller, and then merely
to supply the local and district demand. Gradually, however, the area of its sale
extended, not only throughout Scotland, but into England and Ireland, until now,
whenit may be said that the whole British Isles, a considerable portion of the Con-
tinent, and even our most distant colonies, are supplied with it. To give an idea
of the extent of this trade, the author stated that the quantity of marmalade made
in Dundee at the present time amounts to above 1000 tons annually, for the pro-
duction of which more than 3000 chests, equivalent to 6000 boxes, of the finest
bitter oranges are used. These are imported from Seville, as it has been found
that the oranges grown in and around that city possess a peculiar end agreeable
aroma, which renders them better adapted for the purpose than those of any other
district either in Spain or Italy. When the marmalade is prepared, a sufficient
quantity of sugar is added, to preserve it thoroughly, without in any degree im-
pairing the flayour. The author stated that about four hundred persons are directly
employed at the Dundee confectionery works, and occupation is furnished to many
others in connexion with them. For example, one of the Newcastle potteries is
to a large extent engaged in turning out the well-known printed jars for marma-
* Investigations made in 1858 led the author to the conclusion that fibre-producing
plants abound throughout all parts of the world that support a phxnogamic vegetation at
all rich or varied: Vide “ Substitutes for Paper Material,” Scottish Review, October 1858
and January 1859.
144 REPORT—1867.
lade. Of these there are about one and a half million required every year, costing
upwards of £6500. The marmalade season, as it may be called, that is the period
during which all that is required of this preserve for the year's supply must be
made, usually continues about four months, viz. from the beginning of December
to the end of March. The author mentioned that the word “ marmalade,’ is
supposed to be derived from an Indian fruit not unlike the orange, called the
Asgle marmelos, or Indian Bael, from which, at one period, a similar conserve
seems to have been made. Besides orange marmalade, other preserves from
fruit are extensively manufactured in Dundee, considerable quantities of fruit
being grown in the neighbourhood, although far from sufficient to supply the de-
mand. The manufacture of confections is also carried on on a very large scale, and
embraces an immense variety of lozenges, comfits, candied peels, &c. The author
stated that, in most of the processes connected with the production of these, care-
fully-constructed steam-machinery is now successfully employed ; and the result
is a degree of finish, quality, and cheapness which hand-labour could never have
attained. The quantity of sugar, chietly refined, used for the confections, marma-
lade, and preserves, made in Dundee, it would be difficult to estimate ; but it pro-
bably amounts to 2000 tons annually.
It may be asked whether this isa healthful occupation to the persons engaged in
it; and that question can, it is believed, be confidently answered in the affirmative.
It has been ascertained that working among sugar and fruit is not injurious
to health, but the reverse, especially when care is taken that the{temperature in
he sroeenoms is duly equalized and cleanliness and_yentilation constantly at-
tended to.
On the Utilization or more Profitable Employment of Male Convicts.
By James OLDHAM,
On the Engineering Manufacture of Dundee. By Jamus G. OrcHar.
The author enumerated the firms engaged in the production of steam-engines,
general millwright work, and spinning, weaving and cloth-finishing machinery.
The invention of the fan blast or blowing machine, for heating and melting
iron, by Messrs. James Carmichael and Co., of Ward Foundry, was described at
length, and the invention of a marine reversing gear by the same firm was also
referred to.
A photograph of the first locomotive, made in 1833 for the Dundee and New-
tyle Railway, was exhibited.
The author next described the invention of the air-engine by the Messrs.
Stirling, and concluded his paper with an account of the early engineering and
millwright work in Dundee, and statistics of mill-machinery.
On the Prevalence of “ Spedalske,” or Leprosy, in the Kingdom of Norway. By
Henry J. Ker Porrer, M.R.L.A., Member of the Philosophical Society of
New South Wales.
During a tour in Norway last year (1866), the author visited the Leper Hospitals
at Molde and Bergin, and learned that the disease is incurable. Although the
disease is neither infectious or contagious, one naturally shrinks from contact with
these poor sufferers. Many of the patients whom the author saw were similarly
affected to those seen by him at Calcutta and around the outer walls of Jerusalem.
Some, whose fingers were contracted, were quite devoid of feeling in their hands ;
others were suffering from tubercular leprosy. He was assured by the resident
Governor at Molde that there were many truly religious persons amongst those
patient sufferers. Those who had the use of their hands were occupied in making
fishing-nets, or preparing fine cord for that purpose. The disease is hereditary ;
and though it will occasionally pass over one or two generations, it will appear in
a second or third one. Few will be prepared to learn that in Norway there are
above 2000 lepers, as will be seen from the following abstract from the official
returns furnished to the Government.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 145
Report of the known number of lepers in the kingdom of Norway on the last
Nine Census taken, including hospitals.
In 1856 Total number of cases ........ 21138
1857 P ati GEE ee 2060
1858 re op) ele ac pai. 2082
1859 . ah ciate. crane 2095
1860 p 7 baie rors c 2068
1861 ; ays i one 2096
1862 i Pane re es oc fies 2119
1863 i gl batehes 2162
113)51. 2 elcid it BP ow Yr) hous AERO Re Cree 2182
” oP
The author exhibited very finely-executed coloured engravings of the patients who
were in the hospital at Bergin, and read an extract from a valuable work by W.
Boeck, Professor of the Faculty of Medicine at Christiania, and D. C. Danielssen,
Doctor “en chef” at Bergen, showing that the bad food and clothing and lodging
tended to the increase of leprosy.
On Arbitration in the Nottingham Hosiery Manufacture.
By K. Renats.
Statistics of the Social Condition of Dundee. By A. Rosertson.
On the Funds available for developing the Machinery of Education.
By Professor J. E. T, Rogurs.
Analysis of the Report upon the state of the Empire of France, presented to the
Senate and Legislative Body, February 1867. (Kaposition de la situation
de V Empire, présentée aw Sénat et au Corps Législatif, Février 1867.) By
Colonel Syxrs, W.P., FR.
This report contains in detail the statistics and past progress of every department
under the Government, and gives a perspicuous and authoritative statement of the
French Empire up to February 1867, in all its political, commercial, and social rela-
tions, everywhere testifying to progress, and to a gradual relaxation of the old cen-
tralizing system, and to opening up in a liberal spirit commercial intercourse with
foreign countries ; the prosecution of geographical research in different parts of the
world, and the patronage of literary and scientific objects at the public expense, is
very marked, —
On the Population and Mortality of Calcutta. By P.M. Tarr, F.S.S., F.R.GS.
After describing Calcutta, the metropolis of British India, the author gave some
interesting statistics, chiefly taken from a report in the census of Calcutta for the
ha 1866, and signed by A. M. Dowbans, Vice-Chairman of the Justices of the
eace for the town of Calcutta. The population of Calcutta is estimated at 377,924,
and in 1850 the population was estimated, from a survey made at the time, at
353,567. Great difficulty was experienced in getting up the last census, in conse-
quence of the prejudices of the natives, but these were eventually overcome and a
pretty correct approximation was got. There were 58,892 houses in Calcutta when
the census was taken. The population of Calcutta is distributed as follows :—
Europeans, 11,224; Mussulmans, 113,059; Hindus, 239,190; the remaining popu-
lation is made up of Eurasian Greeks, Armenians, Asiatics, Jews, Parsees, Africans,
and Chinese. The suburbs of Calcutta are estimated at 250,000, making the grand
population of Calcutta not under 629,924, The hiohest age attained in reference
to each class was Europeans, 87; Eurasians, 10£; Armenians, 84; Jews, 88;
Musulmans, 100; and the Hindus, 116, The mortality of Calcutta, according to
creeds, is Christians, 5-19; Hindus, 6-41; Mussulmans, 5°83. From a report by
the health officer of the Census Committee, it appears that there were in 1865, 304
deaths amongst an aggregate European population of 11,224, the mortality being
thus at the rate of 2°71 per cent, But these figures should be taken with reserve,
1867, 10
146 REPORT—1867,
as few Europeans remain to die in Calcutta. That which materially swells the
mortality of Calcutta is the death-rate prevailing amongst common soldiers and
sailors who go ashore into Lall Bazaar and other places of resort, and drinking
arrack and other yile compounds, staggering out and remaining in the open air all
night, thus bring on almost certain death. In conclusion, the following is the
death-rate per cent. per annum amongst various classes in India according to dif-
ferent authorities:—Bengal military, from 1800 to 1847 (Nelson), 2:40; Madras
military, from 1808 to 1840 (Davies), 3:28; Madras military, from 1808 to 1857
(Brown), 3:11; European soldiers, from 1800 to 1856 (Farr), 6:68; Eurasians,
from 1837 to 1851 (Tait), 2-47. In estimating a comparison of European mor-
tality in India, an essential element is the period of time embraced in the obser-
vations. Thus the death-rate during the first quarter, or even half, of the present
century, is no just criterion for future guidance. A great change for the better
has taken place within the last ten years, and Englishmen may now settle in India
with much less cause for apprehension than prior to the era of railways and the
establishment of the overland route.
Observations on Community of Language, and Uniformity of Notation, Weights,
Measures, and Coinage. By P, H. THoms.
On the Linen Manufacture in Dundee and its Neighbourhood.
By ALEXANDER J. WARDEN.
In Dundee the linen manufacture now embraces cloth made of jute, as well as of
flax, and both fabrics are called “linen.” Linen was made in Egypt at a very
remote period, and the manufacture descended from that wondrous land throug
Greece, Rome, and Flanders to Britain, In Scotland the linen manufacture was
for many ages of an entirely domestic character, and it extended over the length
and breadth of the country. Dundee engaged in the linen manufacture “a long
time ago;” and since the introduction of mill-spinning, about 1790, if not before,
it has been the great seat and centre of the linen trade of Scotland. Until about a
century ago the material chiefly spun was flax of native growth; but foreign flax
then began to be imported into Dundee, principally from Russia, and now almost
the whole of the flax consumed in that town and neighbourhood is from that
country. About 1880, a new fibre, of Indian growth (jute), began to be used, and
though it made little way for a time, it rose in favour as it became better known,
and now it is the great staple of the town. The rapid increase in the consump-
tion of this fibre is remarkable. In 1836 it was 300 tons; in 1846, 9200; in 1856,
31,000; in 1866, 62,000; and this year (1867) it will exceed 65,000 tons, or about
500,000 bales. The consumption of flax in Dundee has not varied much for the past
few years, it being about 24,000 tons, and of hemp 1000 tons, making a total of
90,000 tons per annum. In the district around Dundee, about 37,000 tons of flax,
2000 of hemp, and 1000 of jute, in all 40,000 tons, are consumed annually. The
total consumption of flax, jute, and hemp in and around Dundee is now, therefore,
about 130,000 tons yearly. The cost of the raw material used in Dundee is about
£2,500,000, and in the district around £1,750,000; together, £4,250,000. This
material is spun into yarn, and the greater part of the yarn is woven into linen in
the district. The total annual value of these commodities exported from the town
and district is estimated at £8,000,000. The nominal horse-power, number of spin-
dles and power-looms, and the number of persons employed in the spinning-mills
and power-loom factories in Dundee and in the district around, and also in the
other parts of Scotland, at Ist September 1867, were as follows, vizi—
Horse- Power-
District. power. Spindles. looms. Employees.
Diindee: 52 Sais es 5822 202,466 7992 35,310
District around .... 6290 191,452 10,151 28,875
Pogether seas as ve 12,112 393,918 18,143 64,185
Other parts... 505.°. 2840 93,661 177 13,010
—_—__—
Rotal efi eaaeecciten 14,952 487,579 19,917 77,195
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 147 —
- In addition to the persons employed in the mills and factories, there are about
20,000 people engaged in hand-loom weaving, &c., and in the auxiliary branches
of the linen trade in Dundee, and perhaps 10,000 in the other districts, making the
total number of persons engaged in the linen manufacture of Scotland considerably
to exceed 100,000. The capital invested in the mills and factories, and in the bleach-
works, calenders, and other auxiliary branches of the linen manufacture of Dundee
and district around, buildings, and eomeer 4 is about £6,000,000, and in the other
parts of Scotland £1,000,000; together, £7,000,000. The average value of the
stock in trade in the hands of importers, manufacturers, and exporters is estimated
at £5,000,000. The total capital required to carry on the linen manufacture of Scot-
land is therefore £12,000,000. The linens made comprise many fabrics, from the
finest shirtings, sheetings, and damask, through all qualities of dowlas, osnaburgs,
spriges, padding, ducks, sailcloth, hessians, sacking, bags, bagging, carpeting, floor-
cloth, &c., to the coarsest mending and nail bagging. The mills and factories,
especially those erected in Dundee within the past few years, are palatial structures,
unsurpassed in extent or solidity by any which have yet been constructed elsewhere,
and the machinery is as perfect as human ingenuity-and money canmake it, The
various floors are lofty and thoroughly ventilated, and every modern appliance is
taken advantage of to render the works salubrious and healthy, and to lessen the
labour and increase the comfort of those employed. A visit to one of these works
will gratify and instruct all who take an interest in the mechanical industries of
the country, or in the’sanatorial improvements which are made for ameliorating the
condition and preserving the health of factory operatives, and the proprietors will
cordially welcome such visitors.
On the Measure and Value of Oats. By A. Srrpuen Witson.
Reasons why the Office of Warden of the Standards should include Standard
Weights and Measures of the Metric System in addition to those of the
Imperial Weights and Measures. By Jamus Yates, 7. RS.
The office of Warden of the Standards was created by an Act of Parliament passed
in August 1866, called the “ Standards of Weights, Measures, and Coinage Act.”
Its provisions were in accordance with the previous recommendations of the Com-
mission for the Restoration of the Standards (1841), of the Astronomer Royal (1859),
and of the Select Committee of the House of Commons (1862). Its main purport
was, that a distinct department of Weights and Measures should be established in
connexion with the Board of Trade, and that it should be under the control of a
warden, or chief officer, whose business should be to compare standards brought for
verification, to watch the legislation and practice in our own country, and the
course followed in other countries, to provide the standards and other apparatus
required for scientific purposes, and, when necessary, to memorialize the ‘Treasury
on the steps which ought to be taken.— First Report of Warden of the Standards, 1887,
p. 15. But, although at the time when this Act was passed the measures and
weights of the Metric System were legalized, no provision was made for its use.
Hereupon the author of this paper observes :—
“The egvadual extension of the use of the Metric System in this country, leading
on to its general adoption, as anticipated by the Committee of the House of Com-
mons, shows the necessity of making the same provision for it as for the Imperial
Weights and Measures. Metric weights and measures are now made in consider-
able quantities by English manufacturers, especially in London, Birmingham, and
Sheffield. Many of these articles are exported to countries in which the Metric
System has been long and exclusively established. With increasing facilities for
the manufacture of them, it may be expected that they will form an important
branch of our foreign trade. London tradesmen are greatly disappointed to find
that the Metric Weights and Measures Act does not protect them in using Metric
weights and measures. The manufacturers of such weights and measures apply in
vain at the proper offices to have them tested, There is consequently great uncer-
tainty and liability to fraud in their use, even although ‘the length of a metre
and its subdivisions should be marked upon the same bar with the standard yard.”
10"
148 REPORT—1867.
This does not make a provision by which all persons may test the accuracy of
their linear measures, and it leaves the weights and the measures of capacity out of
the question.
After further insisting on the necessity for additional provisions for the use of
the Metric System, he says, that if the newly appointed Standard Commissioners
“will pursue the task, which they have well begun, in an enlightened, patriotic,
and generous spirit, striving to carry out the recommendations of the Committee
of the House of Commons, and thus to instruct the people in the principles of the
system, and gradually to introduce it into the various departments of Government,
—if they persevere in this course, it will be found that the change will be gladly
and thankfully accepted from any Administration which shall have the wisdom and
the happiness to introduce it.”
The author says that the Committee of the House of Commons “studied the
subject under every important aspect, and after a long, laborious, and most intelli-
gent inquiry, decided unanimously to recommend the introduction of the Metric
System in the Post-office, in levying the Custom duties, in Government contracts,
in the examinations for the Civil Service, in all schools receiving grants of public
money, and in all statistical documents ; and they foresaw that, by adopting these
preliminary measures, and by instructing the people in its principles and practice,
the Government would prepare for its universal acceptance. Although the Govern-
ment has not yet taken action in this direction, yet the system has been constantly
making progress by the action of the people themselves.”
The author then shows that England is lamentably behind other countries in
promoting this great reform, which must, nevertheless, proceed even in this
country.
“Tt is,” says he, “(my sincere desire that the recently appointed Standard Com-
missioners may be the honoured instruments of introducing and expediting this
great change. My reason is, that I do not think the Government could have made
a better appointment.” He mentions their names and qualifications, and concludes
by expressing his opinion that they were chosen on account of their past services,
their eminence as men of science, and their official and social distinction. He trusts
that they would not decline the honourable labour, to which the present proposal
would invite them, and hopes that the British Association for the Advancement
of Science and the International Decimal Association would continue their assis-
tance, and that this popular agency would combine with that of a more official
character to accomplish the scheme recommended by the Committee of the House
of Commons.
Notes on Seal- and Whale-Fishings as prosecuted by the North-Sea Fleet,
hailing from Dundee. By James YEAMAN.
This paper was devoted to the description of au important branch of industry pro-
secuted at Dundee, to provide a necessary ingredient to render jute applicable or
workable into its varied appliances.
Whale fishing has been prosecuted in Britain since the beginning of the sixteenth
century. Acts of the Legislature were passed for its encouragement, and bounties
were paid by the Government to the adventurers, both on the tonnage of the ships
and for the tons of oiland bone landed in British ports. During the reign of James
VI. of Scotland and of England Acts were passed by the Imperial Parliament to
encourage the trade, Its seamen were exempt from impressment for naval service,
and bounties on the produce were granted. From the year 1733 to the end of 1785
these bounties amounted for England to £1,064,000, and for Scotland £202,000 ;
the officially declared value of the whale-tisheries imported into England in the
forty-one years included between 1760 and 1800 being £2,144,387.
Fish-oil was at that time applied to various purposes, but the chief object was oil
for illumination.
The discovery of coal-gas had the effect of lessening the demand for fish-oil, and
consequently of the number of ships employed in the North-Sea fisheries; and al-
though never wholly abandoned, the trade dwindled for many years, and only re-
vived when the use of jute, a fibre manipulated under the action of fish-oil, created
a new era in the manufacture and production of many useful and ornamental fabrics.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 149
Dundee first engaged in the whale-fishery towards the close of the last century,
and had eight vessels employed in it in 1814, varying in size from 270 to upwards of
300 tons burden. The pursuit had proved profitable, as in the year 1839 ten ships
were engaged, but from that date for nineteen years the success appears to have
varied, the number employed then being reduced to four.
In 1858 the late Mr. William Clark had the full-rigged ship, the ‘Tay,’ of
above 600 tons register, converted into an auxiliary steam-screw whaler, being
the first successful introduction of steam power into the pursuit from the port
of Dundee.
Next year two new auxiliary screw-steamers, the ‘Dundee’ and ‘Narwhal,’
were built expressly for the seal- and whale-fishing. These tine vessels proved
the superiority of steam over sail-ships for prosecuting the North-Sea seal and
whale fisheries ; and since then, through local enterprise and energy, several new
powerful steam-whalers have been built, and several sail-ship whalers have been
conyerted into screw-steamers, and added to the Arctic fleet, there being now
twelve full-rigzed auxiliary screw-steamers of from 400 to 600 tons register em-
ployed at the Greenland Seal and Davis Straits Whale fisheries, and no sailing-
ship in the trade from Dundee, Dundee ranking foremost in her steam-whale fleet
of the ports of Europe or America. The value of this fleet, with full equipments
for a season’s fishing, with the requisite boiling &c. premises at port on shore, may
be roundly estimated at £200,000, and the gross worth of a successful seal- and
whale-fishing at £120,000. Fishing by steam is more costly than by sail-ships;
but as two voyages can be made in one year by steam, one to the sealing at Green-
land and a second to whaling at Davis Straits, with greater facilities, the extra
expense is more than counterbalanced.
0 accomplish the double voyages, vessels must leave Dundee for the seal-
fishing in Greenland waters about the Ist of March, returning to port to dis-
charge their cargoes about the 25th of May; and again sail for whaling at Davis
Straits, after being from six to ten days in harbour, as may be required, to dis-
charge the produce of the sealing voyage, and to recoal.
Each ship is equipped with eight fishing row-boats about twenty-five feet
long, and is manned with sixty-five to eighty hands for the seal-captures, and
fifty to sixty for whaling.
The capture of 3000 seals is considered good work of a ship’s crew in a day,
but stormy weather renders the number which may be secured very uncertain.
The whale-fishing at Greenland and Spitzbergen is now seldom prosecuted by
Dundee ships, that at Davis Straits being preferred.
MECHANICAL SCIENCE.
Address by Prof. W. J. Macauorn Ranxrne, O.2., LL.D., P.RSS. L.§ E. §e.5
President of the Section.
Ir is well known that the most important part of the proceedings at the Annual
Meetings of the British Association consists in receiving reports of scientific re-
searches made during the previous year, and planning those to be made during
the ensuing year, whether by observation and experiment, or by collecting and
arranging existing information. The proposals for such researches originate in the
Committees of the several Sections, are then considered by the Committee of Re-
commendations, and are finally sanctioned by the General Committee ; and the re-
orts of them are read to the Sections with whom the proposals originated. I think
it may be useful on the present occasion to lay before the Meeting a brief summary
of the researches which have been made or recorded at the instance of the Mecha-
nical Section since 1850. As that was the year in which 1 became a member of the
Association, I will refrain from extending the summary to earlier years, because
that duty would be better performed by some member who took part in the pro-
ceedings of those years.
150 REPORT—1867,.
Strength of Materials—This subject has obtained, as its importance deserves, a
large share of the attention of the Section, The following are the reports which
the Section has received, and the dates of the meetings at which they were read :—
1. Mechanical Properties of Metals as derived from frequent Meltings, 1853.
2. Tensile Strength of Wrought Iron at different Temperatures, 1856. 3. Resis-
tance of Iron Tubes to Collapse, 1857, 1858, 4. Resistance of Glass Globes and
Cylinders to Collapse, 1858. 5. Effect of Vibratory Action and Long-continued
Changes of Load on Wrought-Iron Girders, 1860, 1861. Those five reports are
the work of Dr. Fairbairn ; and they contain solutions of questions of the highest
importance, practical as well as scientific. The third of them, in particular, con-
tains the discovery of a new law in the strength of materials—that which connects
the resistance of a flue to collapse with its thickness, diameter, and length, and the
correct application of which is essential to the safety of steam-boilers: it is this—
that the intensity of the pressure on the outside of a tube required in order to make
it collapse, varies directly as the square of the thickness nearly, inversely as
the diameter, and inversely as the length. The fact of the resistance to collapse
varying inversely as the length had never even been suspected until it was brought
to light by Dr. Fairbairn’s researches; and he also pointed out the remedy for that
cause of wealmess in the use of stiffening rings for dividing the length of the tube
into intervals of a length consistent with safety. The fifth of those reports con-
tains the first determination, with any approach to precision, of the factor of safety
in engineering structures of wrought iron. (The corresponding factor for cast
iron had been determined by the Parliamentary Commissioners on the Application
of Iron to Railway Structures.) It had long been well known that the load which
structures will bear with safety when repeatedly removed and replaced, and accom-
panied with vibration and rapid motion, is very much less than the load required to
break the structure at once ; but the ratio which the latter load bears to the former,
called the “factor of safety,’’ had never, until these researches were made, been
fixed according to any principle based on a foundation of experiment. 6. Adap-
tation of Suspension Bridges to Railway Trains, 1857, 1858, by Mr. Vignoles.
Along with this report there should be mentioned, as having contributed to the
solution of the same question, a paper by Mr. P. W. Barlow, read in 1860. The
researches of hoth these authors relate to the means of enabling suspension bridges
to bear heavy travelling loads, by the aid of stiffening framework. 7. Strains in
the Interior of Beams, 1862, by the Astronomer Royal. 8. Strength of Materials
in Iron-ship-building, 1865, by Dr. Fairbairn. Next follow a series of reports of
very high interest, relating to the application of materials to the art of national
defence. 9. Durability and Efficiency of Artillery, 1855; a provisional report by
a committee, containing suggestions for researches. 10. Resistance of Iron Plates
to Pressure and Impact, 1866, by Dr. Fairbairn. 11. Mechanical Properties of
Tron Projectiles at High Velocities, 1862, by Dr. Fairbairn. 12. Rifled Guns and
Projectiles, 1862, by Mr. Aston, 13, Penetration of Armour-plates and Iron-clad
Ships, 1866, by Captain Noble. It is unnecessary to enlarge upon the value and
interest of the results recorded in the last-mentioned report, which must be fresh
in the recollection of the members, having been read at Nottingham, and printed in
the last volume of Reports. Those results constitute the greatest step in advance
which has hitherto been made towards accurate knowledge of the quantity of
work required in order to pierce a given target with a given projectile, and the
quantity of powder required in order to do that work. 14, Mechanical Properties
of the Atlantic Telegraph Cable, 1864, by Dr. Fairbairn.
Motive Power.—The obtaining of motive power by means of steam has to a great
extent been considered by committees of the British Association in connexion with
the propulsion of vessels; and so far it comes under the head of steam navigation,
a subject to which I shall presently refer more fully. The following are the Reports
relating specially to motive power :—1. On the Vortex Water-Wheel, 1852, by Prof.
James Thomson, 2. On Water-Pressure Machinery, 1854, by Sir W. G. Armstrong.
These two reports contain valuable information as to two important classes of
hydraulic prime movers. 3. On the Density of Steam, 1859, 1860, by Dr. Fair-
bairn and Mr. Tate. These communications were not printed amongst the Reports,
but only in the ‘Proceedings’ of this Section, being merely abstracts of researches
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 151
which appeared in detail in the Philosophical Transactions; but the importance
of the results contained in them makes it necessary to refer to them now. Those
results constitute the first direct determination of the density of steam ; and besides
their practical value, they furnish a most remarkable confirmation of the dynamical
theory of heat, because they agree very nearly with the densities of steam which
had been deduced from the laws of its pressure and latent heat four or five years
before, by calculation according to the principles of thermodynamics, 4, Steam-
Boiler Explosions, 1863, by the Astronomer Tegal, showing the great explosive
energy possessed by a mass of liquid water at a high temperature.
It has been established beyond the possibility of doubt, according to the second.
law of thermodynamics, that the utmost quantity of work which can he got by the
expenditure of a given quantity of heat depends solely on the limits of temperature
between which the engine works, and is independent of the nature of the fluid to
which the heat is applied, such as water, ether, air, ammonia, &c. The means
of improving the economy of heat in thermodynamic engines are of three
kinds: first, working expansively, so as to obtain from the heat applied to the
fluid all the work that is possible between given limits of temperature,—this has
probably been already carried to the utmost extent practicable ; secondly, increasing
the range between those limits of temperature,—to this there are bounds set in
practice by the conditions of durability and safety ; and thirdly, diminishing the
quantity of heat which goes to waste from the furnace. The last is probably the
means which at present holds out the greatest probability of improvement upon the
economy of the most economical steam-engines of the present time. It is probable
that the use of rock-oil as fuel may contribute towards that result ; and something
may perhaps be hoped from the direct use of the products of combustion to driye
the engine. 5. Gun-cotton, 1863-65. In these reports by a Committee, it is
shown how gun-cotton is adapted to various purposes by suitable mechanical pre-
paration.
Hydraulic Engineering —1. On the Water-Supply of Towns, 1855, by Mr. Bate-
man. A report of great interest, on a subject worthy of the continued attention of
the Association. 2. On Rainfall, 1864-66. A series of reports by a Committee,
based chiefly on observations collected by Mr. Symons. These wil! probably be
continued annually. 3. On Weir-Board Gauges, 1856, 1858, 1860-61, by Prof.
James Thomson, These reports contain the results of experiments on the gauging
of the flow of water in streams by means of “ notch-boards,” showing how accuracy
is to be ensured in such gauging; and, in particular, the properties and advantages
of triangular or V-shaped notches. 4. Tides on the Trent and Humber, 1864,
by Mr. Oldham.
Shipbuilding and Steam Navigation.—1. The Strength of Materials in Iron Ship-
building, and the Resistance of Armour-plated Ships to Penetration, have been
referred to under another head. 2. Tonnage of Ships, 1856-57, by a Committee.
3. Steam Nayigation at the Port of Hull, 1853, 1859, 1861, by Mr. Oldham. 4. Tron
Shipbuilding on the Tyne, Wear, and Tees, 1863, by Mr. Palmer. The three pre-
ceding subjects partake of a statistical as well asa mechanical character. 5, Life-
Boats, 1854, by General Chesney, 6, Statistics of Life-Boats and Fishing-Boats,
1857, by Mr. Henderson. 7. River Steamers, 1858, by Mx. Henderson. 38. Mer-
cantile Steam Transport Economy, 1856-57, 1859, 1861, by Mr. Atherton.
9. Shipping Statistics, 1858, by Admiral Moorsom. 10. Resistance of Water
to Floating and Immersed Bodies, 1865-66. Report of Experiments, by a Com-
mittee. 11, Steamship Performance, 1857-63:—A series of reports of data col-
lected from yarious quarters by a Committee, presided over at first by the late
Admiral Moorsom, and afterwards by His Grace the Duke of Sutherland, Re-
ferring more especially to this last-mentioned series of reports (and also to the
reports of the experiments of Mr. Scott Russell on Waves, published previously to
the period to which this summary is limited), it may be held that the reports and
archives of the British Association contain, perhaps, the greatest mass of data of
experiment and practice ever brought together for the purpose of improving the
science of the designing and propulsion of vessels. The bulk of that mass of in-
formation is so great that it was resolyed last year to appoint a committee for the
purpose of condensing it; and a report by that committee will be laid before this
152 REPORT—1867.
Meeting. The use of the jet-propeller, first put in practice in 1839 by Messrs.
Ruthven, has lately been revived and extended ; and in future reports it is highly
desirable that examples of its performance should be recorded.
Conveyance.—1, Railway Brakes, 1859, by Dr. Fairbairn. 2. Sound Signals at
Sea, 1861, by Prof. Hennessy. 3. Fog Signals, 1863, 1866, bya Committee. All
these reports contain results of great importance to the public safety. The atten-
tion of the Association was called last year to Mr. Fell’s method of ascending steep
gradients on railways by the help of a central rail.
Metallurgy.—Although no report upon metallurgy has been presented to this
Section within the period to which this summary refers, I consider that it would
be incomplete were I not to mention two ordinary communications to the Sec-
tion, in 1856 and 1865, by Mr. Bessemer, on his method of making iron and steel,
a subject to which the Section might well devote a large share of its attention.
Agricultural Machinery.—No report on this subject has ever been laid before the
Section, but an ordinary paper was read in 1853 on the history of reaping machines,
by Mr. Crosskill. The inventor of the first practically successful reaping machine,
the Rey. Patrick Bell, resides at no great distance from Dundee ; and I hope that
the Meeting may, if possible, be favoured with the presence of so great a benefac-
tor to agriculture.
Reports were made on the following subjects at the instance of the Mechanical
Section, in conjunction with various other Sections of the Association :—Weights
and Measures, 1864-66. Patent Laws, 1858-59, 1861. Scientific Evidence in
Courts of Law, 1866.
Considering the number, the variety, and the extent of the researches—of which,
in the limited time at my disposal, I have only been able to give an account so
brief that perhaps it deserves the name of a catalogue rather than that of a sum-
mary—the labour and skill expended in these researches, and the scientific interest
and practical utility of the results to which they have led, I think.that the Me-
chanical Section of the British Association may fairly claim the credit of having
exerted itself, not only for the advancement of science, but for the improvement of
practice, with industry and with success.
On the Difficulty of obtaining Local Information after reaching the Summits
of Eminences from which extensive Views are obtained. By J. Vax-Norpen
BAzaLeErre.
To supply trustworthy topographical information, the author proposed that local
indicators should be placed upon summits which are periodically visited by tourists.
The Local Topographical Indicator would consist of a circular table of stone or metal,
engraved with radial lines pointing in the direction of any object of interest.
Upon the line would be engraved the name of the object, its distance from the
point of view, and, in the case of mountains, giving their correct height above the
sea. A table of three feet in diameter would be sufficiently large to embrace a
district of thirty miles: in radius, which would generally be found sufficient. To
facilitate reference, concentric lines, at distances of five miles, would be engraved
upon the table, within which circles the names of places at such distances would
appear. Upon an outer circle, the names, directions and distances of large cities,
cathedrals, dockyards, headlands, and other objects of interest beyond the thirty-
mile circle would be shown. In the centre of the table may be placed a telescope,
with an indicating hand, arranged so that on placing the hand in the direction of
any object, the object itself, if within the range of sight, would be brought within
the field of the telescope. Arrangements are now being made by the author for
the erection of a local indicator, with a telescope and light ornamental shelter,
upon the summit of the Malvern Beacon Hill, in Worcestershire. The form of
the local indicator may he varied according to circumstances. It may be cheaply
constructed in cast iron, and with or without the telescope and building. The
local indicator would afford to the tourist much of the interest and information
which is frequently lost in consequence of foes enveloping the summit which with
difficulty he has reached, and would at once point out the direction for returning
—a want which the author has frequently experienced. A smaller and less com-
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 153
plicated form of indicator would be useful in open places in large towns, the
direction and distances to churches, railway stations, theatres, &c. being given.
The tops of letter pillar-boxes being provided with such information, would assist
strangers as to distances and cab-fares.
On the Methods for Testing the Speed of Vessels over the Measured Mile.
By Admiral Sir E. Betcuer, K.C.B.
The author pointed out that the trial of a vessel over one mile could not be
considered any test of her real speed or capabilities; besides which, he thought
the taking the speed should not be entrusted to those on board. He considered
that the force and action of the tides had not been duly ascertained, inasmuch as
experience had shown him that, while the surface-tide appeared by the buoys to
be running a strong ebb, an undercurrent was running flood, and exercising a con-
siderable influence on the body of the vessel immersed. This underneath current
he thought would vitiate any results obtained by the course generally pursued for
testing the speed of vessels. He would suggest a series of experiments similar to
those carried out by himself at Kingston in 1835 to test the strength of this under-
current. He proposed further that the speed should be tested on terra firma,
where umpires should decide, by a pair of fixed theodolites, the times of transit.
Taking away from those on board any control over the starting moment, he would
cause them to indicate by intersections, every ten minutes, the exact course the
vessel had pursued. As regards the mode of trial, the run should be for twenty-
four hours at least. She should have a supply of coal for thirty hours. At the
end of the run, her remaining coal should be carefully measured, the general tem-
perature of the engine-room should be carefully noted, the condition of the paint
on her funnel examined, to ascertain whether the firing has been excessive, and a
full report should be made as to how she had behaved against a head sea, her
easiness of steering, &c.
On Reaping-Machinery. By the Rey. P. Bett.
After giving an account of the modes of reaping corn in use from the earliest
times, pointing out how little alteration had been made in them down to modern
days, the author narrated the circumstances under which he had been led to give
his attention to the subject, and ultimately to succeed in constructing, in the year
1828, a reaping machine, which, although it did not then come into general use,
was efficient for the purpose, and which, in fact, was, with scarcely any alteration,
the reaping machine of the present day.
On an Iron Camb for Power Looms. By James K. Cairn.
On the Birmingham Wire Gauge. By Laromr Crarx.
The object of the paper was to point out the necessity fot having a recognized
standard gauge. The author proposed the appointment of a committee to inves-
tigate and report upon the subject. The differences which now existed in the
various gauges in use made serious differences in contracts—in one instance in
which the author was concerned a money difference of £8000 in one contract.
On J. R. Swan’s Improved Caleining Kilns. By J. Ecxersiey.
The Results of Experiments on the Rigidity of Glass, Brass, and Steel.
By Dr. J. D. Everert.
The author described the ingenious arrangements by which the experiments
were carried on, and the minute deflections measured. Cylindrical rods, about
one-third of an inch in diameter, of flint-glass, drawn brass and steel, were alter-
nately bent and twisted by known couples, so applied that the couple (whether
of flexure or tension) was always uniform through the whole length of the rod.
The amounts of bending and twisting thus produced in a given portion of the
154 REPORT—1867.
rod were measured by the aid of two mirrors clamped to the rod, In the earlier
experiments, these mirrors were made to reflect a dark line placed in front of a
lamp-flame, and the displacements of the images were measured on a screen. In
the later experiments, two telescopes were placed almost vertically over the two
mirrors, so as to look down into them, and a sheet of paper (cross-ruled) was
fixed in a horizontal position overhead. The displacements of the lines on this
sheet as seen in the telescopes were then observed, From the measurements of
flexure and tension thus obtained, the coefficients of elasticity and rigidity for
the substances operated on were calculated.
On the Iron and Steel shown at the Paris Exhibition. By Jouyx Fernie.
The author stated that a great deal had been said about the advance the French
had made in this department, but he thought this was erroneous, Coal was sent
into France free of duty, and English raw iron with a very small duty. When,
however, the English came to send their finished iron into France, it was practi-
cally prohibited by the oa imposed. The only iron in the Hxhibition from
England was from the best Yorkshire houses, and a very few others. He first
called attention to the large girders. There were several specimens of these
exhibited in the French department, which were larger than any ever rolled in
this country. These girders were 3 feet 7 inches in depth, but only 12 feet long—
a length wholly inadequate in proportion to their depth. The length for all prae-
tical purposes should be at least fifteen times the depth. These were mere tours
de force. He believed that the process of building up such masses of iron, and
the frequent reheatings and coolings necessary for the purpose, would not produge
a girder anything like equal to a girder made in the ordinary way—of boiler-plates
riveted together. These girders, in the opinion of the author, had been made for
the purpose of going beyond the English people, and not so much for their prac-
tical value—in short, to excel the English in this respect. Another process of
the manufacture was that of stamping, lately introduced, and which has been very
largely carried out by the French. This process was tomake a complicated forg-
ing in small pieces, then fix them together, put it in the furnace, and raise to a
welding heat, bring it under an immense die or hammer, and thus complete the
process of forging. This process had not come into general use in this country ;
but one English house had shown several specimens quite equal in manufacture
to those exhibited by the French. The manufacture of steel in large masses, ex-
hibited by Krupp and the Bocum Company, far exceeded in size anything as yet
manufactured in England. The specimens from the Bocum Company were, in the
opinion of the author, deserving of special mention. ‘Twenty-two railway-wheels
of cast steel, in one casting, were, he believed, the finest ever exhibited. So far as
France is concerned, England had not been excelled in any department in the ma-
nufacture of iron or steel.
An Account of Bengstroem’s Boring Machine, used at the Perseberg Mines,
Sweden. By Dr. C. Lz Neve Foster.
The author described a small machine for boring holes for blasting. The ma-
chine had taken the place of human labour‘applied to the mallet and ordinary
borer or drill. It weighed only 122 lbs., cost £22 10s., and was worked by com-
pressed air. The air-compressor, pipes for conveying the air, and other details,
were described; and the author then proceeded to an account of the general
results which had been arrived at by careful experiment, showing that it had
been found that the driving of a level was done twice as quickly by using the
machine as it could be done by hand labour, and with a saving of 20 to 25 per
cent. in money.
On the Stowage of Ships’ Boats. By Guorcr Fawcvs.
On the Application of the Funds derived from Patent-Fees.
By G. B. Gattoway,
}
OO rT:
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 155
On Steam Cultivation, By Daym Grete.
On the Heating.of Hot Houses. By Joun Haury.
On an Improved Suspension Bridge. By A. S. Hatuwwi, €.2.
On the Application of Machinery to Boring and Tunnelling.
By General Havrr.
The author gave an account of the circumstances under which he had been led
to consider the possibility of applying steam to tunnelling, an application which
engineers had universally pronounced impracticable, but which he had demonstrated
to be not only possible, but, under certain circumstances, highly advantageous.
The author then explained the construction of his drilling-engine, the mode of
mounting, the appliances for erecting and remoying the machines, the power to
drive them, the questions of ventilation, lighting, blasting by electricity, and the
application of the system to Cornish mining. The construction of the machines
was explained by means of diagrams, without which it would be hopeless to attempt
a description. On the subject of power, the author discussed the question of com-
pressed air, the loss of power in compression and transmission, the possibility of
using steam by the aid of a vacuum-pipe, the superiority of the ventilation, &e.
From experiments made by the author at the Franklin tunnel, the enormous loss
of power by passage of air through pipes has been practically measured. As an
instance of the advantage of using large pipes, it was stated by General Haupt
that with 110 square inches of cross-section, 550 horse-power would be required
to pass 3674 cubic feet of air per minute through a pipe four miles long, whereas
less than ten horse-power would suffice if the pipe had a cross-section of ten square
feet. In the course of the reading of the paper, ae Haupt alluded to the mili-
tary railway bridges constructed during the civil war in America, and he explained
the system by diagrams on the blackboard, and showed how a bridge had been
constructed in four days and a half, chiefly by the aid of negroes, which was 600
feet long, and nearly 100 feet high, the timber being cut from the stump,
On the Iron and Steel at the Paris Exhibition. By Furvryann Kony,
The collection of iron and steel in the Paris Exhibition was one of the most com-
lete and instructive representations of the present state of iron metallurgy in
all its branches which could have been brought together at any one spot under any
circumstances. The writer then spoke of the main cause of the great industrial
revolution now witnessed—an inyention with which the British Association had an
historical connexion—the Bessemer process, which process had been most suc-
cessful during the eleyen years of its existence. He next referred to those much-
admired steel castings of Rhenish Prussia, which had caused sd much interest and
curiosity by their extraordinary sizes and qualities, and he referred to the secrecy
and mystification which surrounded their manufacture, arising, in his opinion, from
the want of an effective patent law in Prussia. In conclusion, he remarked that
the vague notion now existing in Britain that the superiority and predominance of
British iron manufacture had ceased to exist, or was threatened to be overthrown
by continental competitors, had no foundation, judging by the state of things in
the Paris Exhibition.
On an Improved Marine Steam-Boiler, By J. Luwis.
This boiler is constructed with a series of undulating flues, instead of the or-
dinary arrangements of tubes employed in marine boilers. The results of a series of
experiments made with marine boilers of this construction show a very considerable
economy in the quantity of fuel required, and also the evaporation of a given quan-
tity of water in a given time. This boiler occupies the same space, and is ex~
ternally of the same form, as the ordinary tubular boiler.
156 REPORT—1867.
On the Construction of the Lifeboat. By Professor Macponaxp.
Instead of the common form of the boat, with a sharp keel, the author suggested
the more ample and expanded form of the head of the whale, but rising high out
of the water at the bow, having bluff sides, but ending in a long clean run aft, nar-
rowing towards the stern, where the moving paddle-wheels or Archimedean screw
should be placed.
On an Improved Paddle-wheel. By Professor Macponaxp.
On Iron Floating Forts, Iron Harbours, and other Floating Structures ; and
on Daft’s Method of Construction of Iron Fabrics. By 8. J. Macxte.
On the Theory of Diagrams of Forces as applied to Roofs and Bridges.
By J. Crmrx Maxwett, F.RSS. L. & E.
A roof is made up of a series of vertical frames. A diagram of forces is a figure
consisting of straight lines, which represent, both in magnitude and direction, the
tensions and pressures in the different pieces between the joints of the frame. The
pieces of the frame and the weights acting on it are denoted by capital letters, and
the corresponding lines of the diagram by small letters. The diagram is constructed
by the following rule, which is sufficient for the purpose :—The frame, including the
vertical lines representing the weights, and the diagrams of forces, are reciprocal
figures, such that every line in the one is parallel to the corresponding line in the
other, and every set of lines which meet in a point in the one figure form a closed
figure in the other. It follows from this that the weights, which are all vertical
forces, are represented by the parts of one vertical line. The first extension of the
rinciple of the diagram of forces was made by Dr. Rankine in his ‘Applied
[echanics.’ The theory was generalized by the author in the Philoso fical
Magazine in April 1864. In the present paper it is shown to be connected with
the theory of reciprocal polars in solid geometry, and rules for the construction of
diagrams are given. The advantage of the method is that its construction requires
only a parallel ruler, and that every force is represented to the eye at once by a
separate line, which may be measured with sufficient accuracy for all purposes with
less trouble than the forces can be found by calculation. It also affords security
against error, as, if any mistake is made, the diagram cannot be completed.
On Covered Life-Boats. By Grorcz Maw, F.S.A., .GS., Se.
In advocating the employment of closely-covered boats for shipwreck service
from vessels at sea, the author pointed out the different requirements from those
engaged in coast service. In rescuing from the land the crews of coast-wrecked
vessels, the power of navigation and locomotion was of paramount necessity,
svhilst in the case of vessels foundering at sea, the means of locomotion was alto-
gether of secondary importance to such qualities as would provide for the cer-
tainty of floatation. To ensure this, the author proposed a light boat-shaped iron
caisson, perfectly covered, except a man-hole for access, which would be water-
tight when closed, and two openings for ventilation. A self-acting valvular
arrangement was described, by which water would be perfectly excluded during
the occasional breaking of a wave, whilst allowing a free passage of air when
not submerged.
On a new Mode of constructing the Surface of Streets and Thoroughfares.
By Joseen Mitcuett, C.H., PRS.
On the Use of Moveable Seats for Slide-Valves. By James R. Narre, PRS,
Marine Engineer, and W. J. Macavorn Ranxiye, C.H., LL.D., PRS.
The great practical convenience of the slide-valve and link-motion as means of
varying the rate of expansion in steam-engines is well lnown. An objection to
their use, however, arises from the fact, that the points of admission, cut-off,
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 157
release, and compression are related to each other in such a manner that, in
designing a slide-valvye motion, the fixing of any three of those points for a given
position of the link fixes the fourth point also. For example, suppose that in a
certain position of the link, the positions of the eccentrics and the lap or cover at
the eduction-edge of the cylinder-port are so adjusted as to give a certain rate of
expansion: then the only element remaining capable of adjustment is the cover
at the eduction-edge of the port; and that element, when it is fixed, fixes at once
the release and the compression; and it often happens that the best positions of
the points of release and of compression are inconsistent with each other ; so that
a compromise has to be made. That objection, in some examples of slide-valve
motions, has been overcome by the use of double-slides; but in all the double
slide-yalye motions hitherto intreduced, there exists the defect of complexity in
construction and working; for in addition to the ordinary handle of the link-
motion, a second handle has to be used in varying the rate of expansion. The
authors of this paper propose to accomplish the same result in a very simple way,
by giving a small sliding motion to that part of the valve-seat which contains the
induction-edges of the cylinder-ports, so as alternately to contract and enlarge
those ports at each stroke of the engine. The only mechanism required, in addi-
tion to the ordinary slide-valve gear, consists in the moveable seat, with a rod
and a third eccentric to give it motion: the rate of expansion is varied, when
required, by shifting the link in the ordinary way by the use of the ordinary handle
alone ; yet the effect is the same as if the admission and the exhaust of the steam
were regulated by two different slide-valves, each with its own link-motion and
pair of eccentrics. Hence, in designing the valye-motion, the points of release and
compression can be adjusted to the best positions, independently of the points of
admission and cut-off. The authors consider that the moveable seat which they
propose ought to be used together with a kind of slide-valve on which the pres-
sure of the steam is balanced, such as that introduced by Mr. Thomas Adams, in
order that the different rates of travel of the slide-valve over the fixed and
moyeable parts of the valye-seat may not produce unequal wear.
On the Consumption of Fuel. By Wrt11aM Paterson.
On some of the Difficulties the Scientific Engineer meets with in Practice,
By W. W. Uravmanr.
APPENDIX.
The Relation of the Upper and Lower Crags in Norfolk.
By Joun EK. Taytor, Hon. Sec. Norwich Geol. Soc.
The object of this paper was to prove that the present classification of shells in
the Norwich Crag is imperfect on account of an upper bed being included in the
Crag. The mean percentage of the shells from the two crags makes the relation
of the Red and Norwich Crags very dissimilar, whereas there is really a near con-
nexion between them. By separating the shells of the upper bed, the underlying
Norwich Crag approaches the Red, whilst the upper bed itself forms a graduating
link between the three Crags and the overlying Drift beds.
After giving the established percentages of recent and extinct shells in the three
Crags, as well as the pro ortion of arctic shells found in them, the author men-
tioned several places in Norfolk where the Upper Crag may be seen overlying the
Norwich Crag, as at Coltishall, Horstead, Trowse, Thorpe, Whitlingham, and
Bramerton. The height of the upper bed ranges above the lower from 3 to 15 feet.
It is marked by the total absence of freshwater shells, by the paucity of littoral
species, and by the abundance of deeper sea-shells. It is also distinguished by
the greater abundance of arctic species, as at Bramerton and Thorpe, where several
species of Astarte, Cyprina islandica, Cardium grenlandicum, Lucina borealis, and
others abound,
158 REPORT—1867.
The author also showed that the shells of the Red and Norwich Crags separated
them into distinct beds, whilst the same method would also separate the Upper
from the Lower Crag in Norfolk. He therefore contended for the existence of
four Crags instead of the present classification of them into three. This arrange-
ment established a complete and beautiful sequence between the oldest Coralline
Crag and the latest Drift deposits.
On the Internal Heat of the Earth. By Dr. Juxtus Scuvarcz, F.GS.
The author reviewed the evidence upon which is founded the doctrine of central
heat as applied to the earth. It is based on three arguments :—one, gathered from
yoleanic phenomena—phenomena which may be explained by the chemical and
electro-chemical schools of geologists at least as satisfactorily as by the supporters
of central fire; the second argument is deduced from the nebular hypothesis, an
hypothesis having now-a-days no other foundation than what is involved in it from
the central-fire hypothesis; and the third is deduced from the supposed uniform
increase of temperature down to the centre of our planet, in every part of the earth,
—an argument which, again, isa mere hypothesis.
Having carefully studied the literature of the subject, Dy. Schvarez criticised the
observations upon which the hypothesis of central fire is supported, and showed
how imperfect and conflicting is the evidence to prove that the increase of under-
ground temperature is really general and uniform.
Before generalizing, we must accumulate a greater number of facts, precisely re-
corded, than are at present at command; and he therefore urged geologists to com-
bine all their efforts in order to multiply geothermometrical observations, especially
in countries now unexplored.
He was of opinion that solar impressions, in all the climates on our earth’s sur-
face, taken collectively, and local reservoirs of lava, not exceeding considerably the
depth of thirty-five geographical miles, and manifesting themselves through volcanic
cones from local processes of oxidation, must be taken for those secondary causes
which remain indispensable elements of any etiology of underground temperatures,
eyen for theories to come. Electricity, as connected with cosmical magnetism and
planetary rotation, may haye been an important agent, besides the secondary causes
just alluded to.
Nowvelle comparaison des membres pelviens et thoraciques chez 0Homme, les
Mammiferes, les Oiseaua et les Reptiles, déduite de la torsion de Vhumérus.
Par Cuartes Marrs.
Vicq-d’Azyr est le premier qui ait attaqué résolument et discuté sérieusement
le probléme du paralléle des extrémités chez ‘homme et chez les quadrupédes, Son
mémoire parut en 1778. Mettant un squelette du bras de homme en tournant
Yolécrane en ayant, 4 coté d’un membre inférieur du méme cété, il vit que les deux
axes du col du fémur et du col de Vhumérus n’étaient pas paralléles, et eut la mal-
heureuse idée pour rétablir ce parallélisme de comparer le membre supérieur droit
au membre inférieur gauche et vice versd ; mais alors le pouce de la main est en
dehors, et le gros orteil du pied, qui est son analogue, en dedans; ce qui viole la loi
de symétrie. Du reste Vicq-d’Azyr, comme plus tard Goethe, Meckel, et Barclay,
assimile le radius au tibia et le cubitus au péroné, sans expliquer pourquoi la rotule
analogue de Volécrane est fixée au tibia, tandis qu’elle devrait faire partie du péroné,
En 1832 Bourgery,pour résoudre cette difficulté, prétendait que la partie supérieure
du tibia avec la rotule représentait le cubitus surmonté de l’olécrane, tandis que la
partie infériewre du méme os correspondait au radius; de méme selon lii la partie
supérieure du péroné était le radius, sa partie inférieure le cubitus. Cette hypothése,
connue en France sous le nom d’hypothese du eroisement, fut adoptée en 1848 par M.
Cruveilhier, qui la formula nettement ; mais dans cette maniére de voir, l’avant-bras
étant en pronation, le cubitus et le radius se croisent tandis que le péroné et le tibia
sont paralléles entre eux. De plus, il est contraire & toutes les lois connues des
coalescences de supposer qu’un os long peut étre formé par la soudure bout & bout
des moitiés de deux os longs différents.
En 1838 M. Flourens compare le membre supérieur, Vayant-bras étant-en pro-
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS, 159
nation, avec le membre inférieur du 1iéme c6té: mais alors l’olécrane est en arriére,
tandis que la rotule est en ayant; V’avant-bras se fléchit en avant, tandis que la
jambe se fléchit en arriére. Les zoologistes qui adopteraient cette explication
compareraient sans le savoir,non pas le membre thoracique de l’homme a son membre
pelvien, mais le membre thoracique de l’homme au membre thoracique des quadru-
pédes, chez lesquels l’avant-bras est en effet dans une pronation fixe et perma-
hente ; aussi cette explication n’est-elle pas plus satisfaisante que les autres. Voici
celle que je propose.
Heplication de Vauteur.—L’ humérus, chez Homme et les Mammiféres terrestres ou
aquatiques, est un os tordu sur son axe de 180 degrés, ou d’une demi-circonférence :
lé fémur est ui os droit sans torsion. L’humérus étant un fémur tordu, si lon
veut comparer ces deux os il faut avant tout détordre Vhumérus ; le résultat de cette
opération est de placer l’épitrochlée en dehors et l’épicondyle en dedans. Cela fait,
la comiparaison des membres n’offre plus aucune difficulté : en effet le col de Vhumé-
rus est dirigé en dedans comme celui du fémur. La partie convexe ou tricipitale
de l’os du bras se trouve en avant comme la partie convexe ou tricipitale de l’os de
la cuisse. Les deux os sont done semblables; leurs condyles articulaires se contowr=
nent en arriére; l’olécrane est en avant, comme la rotule; de plus elle est attachée
& la portion antérieure et externe de la téte du tibia, qui représente (comme je le
prouverai plus bas) la portion olécranienne de la téte du cubitus, qui s’est soudée et
confondue avec celle du radius. Pour se convaincre de la réalité de la torsion de
Vhumérus, il suffit de suivre sur un humérus d’homme ou de quadiupéde la ligne
aipre qui part de 1’épicondyle, se dirige obliquement vers la face postérieure, la con
tourne en longeant la gouttiére de torsion du nerf radial, et vient aboutir 4 la partie
la plus marquée du col au-dessous de la téte de Vhumérus, Cette torsion a été remar=
quée par la plupart des anthropotomistes—Bertin, Lecat, Winslow, Sabatier, Soem=
mering, Bichat, Boyer, Barclay, Meckel, J. Cloquet, H. Cloquet, Lauth,O. Ward, Blan-
din, Estor, Cruveilhier, Holmes-Coote, Jamin, Sappey, Henle, G. M. Humphry, et L,
Holden. C’est la torsion qui transforme le sens de la flexion, puisque l’avant-bras
se fléchit en avant, tandis que le jambe se fléchit en arriére. Mr. Holmes-Coote est,
& ma connaissance, le seul anatomiste qui ait vu cette conséquence de la torsion.
Mr. Maclise dans son article Syeleton, dans Todd’s ‘Cyclopeedia,’ a compris
toute l’importance de la vue de Mr.. Holmes-Coote pour la comparaison des
membres. Mais tous deux se sont arrétés & cette remarque fondamentale; ils
n’ont point songé & mesurer l’angle de torsion de l’humérus dans les différentes
classes des Vertébrés.
De la torsion de Vhumérus dans 0 Homme et les Maminiferes terrestres ou aquatiques:
—Hlle est toujours de 180°; mais les rapports des axes du col et de la trochlée ne
sont pas les mémes dans toute lasérie. Chez Homme et les Singes anthropomorphes
(Orang, Chimpansé, Gorille et Gibbon) les axes du col du fémur et de l’humérus
sont dirigés tous deux vers la colonne vertébrale, savoir de dehors en dedans et de bas
en haut. Cette direction des axes est la condition mécanique des mouvemens de
circumduction du bras, qui décrit un céne autour de cet axe idéal. Dans les qua-=
drupédes terrestres et amphibies, l’axe du col de Vhumérus est dirigé d’avant en
arriére. La conséquence de cette derniére disposition c’est que dans les quadrupédes
le membre antérieur se meut dans un plan et n’exécute plus les mouvemens de cir=
cumduction qui caractérisent1’Homme et les Singes anthropomorphes.
De la torsion de Vhumérus dans les Chetroptires, les Oiseaux et les Reptiles.—Elle est
de 90° seulement. L’axe du col de l’humérus est dirigé comme chez l'homme,
mais le corps de l’humérus n’étant tordu que de 90°, la trochlée est tournée en de-=
hors et non en avant: aussi la flexion de l’avant-bras sur le bras se fait-elle en de-
hors dans un plan perpendiculaire au plan vertébro-sternal. Une Chauve-souris,
un oiseau déploient leurs ailes en dehors, un reptile étend son avant-bras perpen-
diculairement 4l’axe de son cops. La torsion de 90° est donc une des conditions
ostéologiques du vol et de la reptation. Dansles Cheiroptéres c’est dans les grandes
Roussettes (Pteropus vulgaris, P. Edwardsti, P. Keraudrenti, et P. poliocephatus)
qu'il faut étudier Ja torsion de l’humérus. Dans les Oiseaux la torsion de 90° se voit
le mieux sur les humérus des grands Rapaces tels que les Condors, les Vautours,
les Aigles, les Albatros, et sur les grands Gallinacés. Dans les Reptiles je citerai les
Crocodiles, les Caimans, les Varans, les Grammatophores, les Vromastiv et le Salvator
160 REPORT—1867.
Meriane. Surle Caméléon, au contraire, l’humérus est tordu de 180°; car le Ca-
méléon est un reptile qui ne rampe pas; il marche, comme un quadrumane, en
fiéchissant son avant-bras en avant. Son ventre ni sa queue ne trainent par terre.
Comme les Singes, il saisit les branches avec ses quatre mains, et enroule sa queue
prenante autour des branches qui lui servent de support. Dans les Chéloniens la
torsion n’est visible que sur les grandes Tortues terrestres et fluviatiles et dans les
Batraciens, sur les Crapauds et les grosses Grenouilles.- Cette torsion de
Vhumérus de 90°, commune aux Reptiles et aux Oiseaux, est un trait de plus a
ajouter aux nombreuses ressemblances organiques qui rapprochent ces deux classes
d’animaux.
Origine de la Torsion—Je dois aborder maintenant une question d’autant plus
délicate qu’elle est du domaine de la métaphysique, et touche aux lois les plus
intimes du développement des étres organisés. Quand on examine des squelettes
de foetus humains depuis deux mois jusqu’a neuf, le corps de l’humérus se présente
sous la forme d’une palette aplatie et identique, sauf la grandeur, 4 celle du fémur.
On n’y remarque pas la plus légére trace de torsion. Cette torsion n’est méme
visible que sur un enfant d’un aa, et ce n’est qu’a deux ans quelle est parfaitement
caractérisée. Cependant du jour ou les membres se montrent sur le foetus la
torsion existe, puisque la flexion du bras se fait en avant. La torsion de l’humérus
n’est donc point une torsion mécanique qui s’opére & une certaine epoque de la vie,
c’est une torsion virtuelle qui ne s’est jamais opérée mécaniquement; mais cette
torsion virtuelle a eu toutes les conséquences d’une torsion réelle. Tout dans le
bras est disposé comme si elle s’était physiquement effectuée: les muscles, les
artéres, les nerfs ont suivi le mouvement de rotation de l’extrémité inférieure de
Vhumérus. Les autres dissemblances entre le bras et la cuisse sont de simples
conséquences de cette torsion. J’ose espérer que le lecteur partagera cette convic-
tion ; car je démontrerai que la disposition de toutes les parties molles du membre
thoracique comparée 4 celle des parties correspondantes du membre abdominal ne
s'explique que par la torsion de ’humérus: il est le sew os long dont le corps soit
ainsi contourné en hélice: en lui imprimant cette forme la nature nous dévoile le
procédé simple et rationnel par lequel le sens de la flexion devient antérieur ou
externe de postérieur quil était.
Nous trouvons dans l’histoire naturelle d’autres exemples de ces effets virtuels,
La queue unique des poissons doubles figurés par M. Coste n’a qu’une colonne
vertébrale: virtuellement cependant les deux colonnes existent dans la queue du
poisson double ; mais la colonne centrale ne s’est pas développée. Dans les végé-
taux, mémes faits; dans toutes les Labiées la lévre supérieure de la corolle est a
un ou deux lobes, et elle contient les étamines, qui sont convexes en dessus. Mais
dans la tribu des Ocimoidées (Ocimum, Orthosiphon, Plectranthus, Coleus, &c.) la
léyre supérieure est 4 4 lobes; l'inférieure, & un seul, correspond aux étamines, qui
sont concaves en dessus. I] est admis par tous les botanistes que dans cette tribu
la corolle est renversée; et cependant jamais aucun deux n’a yu ce renyersement
s’opérer : la fleur nait renversée, comme l’humérus nait tordu; je m’en suis assuré sur
des boutons de fleurs de 7’ Ocimum carnosum, qui n’ayaient pas plus d’un millimetre
de long. Dans toute cette tribu de végétaux il y a donc un renversement yirtuel
analogue 4 la torsion virtuelle de l’humérus des vertébrés.
Composition de la téte fémorale du tibia.—Nous avons 4 démontrer actuelle-
ment que le chapiteau du tibia chez Homme et la plupart des Maramiféres
est formé par la coalescence, la soudure des tétes du cubitus et du radius
réunis. Tous les anatomistes ont été frappés de la disproportion du tibia et
du péroné; le premier formant une colonne massive, terminée supérieurement
par un énorme chapiteau; le second, long, gréle, aminci, évidemment atrophié
et souvent réduit, comme chez le cheval et les ruminans, 4 une simple apophyse
styloide. Jl semble qu’en se transformant en tibia le radius se soit déyeloppé
aux dépens du cubitus, ou plutot l’ait incorporé a lui. C’est ce qui a lieu en
réalité, puisque le chapiteau du tibia est formé par la coalescence des tétes du
cubitus et du radius. En effet on remarque sur le tibia deux faces articulaires
comme celles du cubitus et du radius. L’épine qui sépare les deux surfaces articu-
laires ne correspond pas, comme on le dit généralement, a la créte qui va du sommet
de l’olécrane 4 l’apophyse coronoide, mais alintervalle qui sépare la tete du cubitus
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 161
de la cupule articulaire du radius. Si l’on place 4 cété l’un de l’autre un coude et
un genou de squelette humain, et qu’on les regarde de profil, il est impossible de
méconnaitre la ressemblance prodigieuse de la créte antérieure du tibia 4 partir de
Vinsertion du ligament rotulien jusqu’au dessous du tiers supérieur de I’os, avec la
créte postérieure du cubitus, qui part de l’olécrane et se prolonge également jus-
qu’au dessous du tiers supérieur de l’0s. Toutes deux sont tranchantes, toutes deux
offrent & leur partie moyenne une incurvation dans le méme sens. Qu’on admette
done une coalescence des deux tétes du radius et du cubitus, ou qu’on dise simple-
ment que le radius s’est développé aux dépens du cubitus pour former la téte du tibia,
toujours est-il qu’on ne saurait nier le caractire cubital de la portion antérieure du
tiers supérieur du tibia. A partir de l’incurvation de la créte, la coalescence cesse,
et la partie inférieure du péroné correspond a celle du cubitus seul, tandis que la
partie inférieure du tibia représente uniquement celle du radius.
L’analogie de la rotule et de l’olécrane a été reconnue par Winslow, Vicq-d’Azyr,
Sabatier, Soemmering, Boyer, Meckel, Gerdy, J. Cloquet, Bourgery, Blandin, O.
Ward, Cruyeilhier, Henle, G. M. Humphry, &c. L’anatomie comparée confirme
cette analogie. Dans les Pteropus, la Chauve-souris vampire, et le Pingouin, l’olé-
crane est separé du cubitus comme la rotule du tibia. Dans les Reptiles et les Oiseaux
les deux os manquent 4 la fois.
Une confirmation de ce que nous avons dit sur la composition du chapiteau du
tibia se trouve dans les Marsupiaux, tels que Phascolomys, Phalangista, Dasyurus et
Opossum. Dans le Phascolomys wombat le tibia et le péroné sont de méme gros-
seur, le péroné s’articule avec le fémur comme le cubitus avec l’humérus, et il porte
une rotule dont la forme est la méme que celle de V’olécrane de l’animal. La créte
du tibia manque. Dans cet animal le péroné avec sa rotule représente exactement
le cubitus, et le tibia correspond au radius seul. On trouve une conformation
analogue dans le Dasyuwrws macrourus, le Didelphys Azare, Phalangista vulpina,
P. Cookit et autres. Dans ’Ornithorhynque le tibia et le péroné sont surmontés, le
premier d’une rotule, le second d’une apophyse olécranienne. L’appareil rotulien
du genou étant double, l’appareil olécranien du coude l’est également, et l’olécrane
est bifurqué et se termine par deux crochets. En résumé, dans les Phascolémes,
les Phalangers, les Dasyures et les Opossum, ov le tibia ne représente que le radius,
le péroné, au contraire, le cubitus tout entier, la rotule s’insére au péroné comme
Volécrane est uni au cubitus.
Si l’on compare le coude et le genou dans les Mammiferes ordinaires, et en par-
ticulier dans les Insectivores, les Rongeurs, les Ruminans, et les Solipédes, on
arrive aux conclusions suivantes:—l. La téte du cubitus, c’est-a-dire lolécrane,
et la créte qui lui fait suite dans le tiers supérieur de l’os, existent dans tous les
Mammiféres terrestres et amphibies. Les parties correspondantes du genou, savoir,
la rotule et la créte antérieure de l’os jusqu’au dessous de son tiers supérieure, sont
également constantes. 2. Au contraire, le corps du cubitus, ou plus exactement,
cet os, moins Volécrane et la créte qui lui fait suite, n’est pas constant, il s’atro-
phie ou se confond avec le radius. Le péroné, qui correspond précisément a cette
portion du corps cubital, non seulement s’atrophie et diminue de longueur en
s’amincissant, mais disparait méme complétement dans le Dromadaire.
La comparaison du pied avec la main par Vicq-d’Azyr a été admise par tous les
anatomistes; il en est de méme de ]’épaule et du bassin; mais il ne faut pas, comme
Ini, comparer Viléum droit a l’épaule gauche: il faut placer un petit miroir sous
Vangle inférieure de l’omoplate d’un squelette: en regardant l’image de cette omo-
plate dans le miroir, on reconnait, pour ainsi dire, ’iléum placé au dessous, et l’on
constate que la clavicule correspond 4 la branche horizontale du pubis, l’apophyse
coracoide 4 l’ischion, le bord spinal de l’omoplate a la créte de l’os des iles, l’angle
inférieur de l’omoplate a l’epine antérieure et supérieure de Vileum, la fosse sus-
épineuse & la fosse iliaque externe, la créte de l’omoplate et l’acromion a la créte
qui sépare le petit du moyen fessier. Dans l’Ornithorynque et l’ Echidna le bassin
et l’épaule se ressemblent complétement.
L’auteur a presenté & la Section une préparation ostéologique qui réalise ses idées.
L’humérus est détordu et le radius transformé en tibia par l’addition de la partie
olécranienne du cubitus: Volécrane, séparé par la scie, représente la rotule; et le
corps du cubitus, aminci dans sons tiers supérieur, simule parfaitement le péroné.
1867. alg!
162 REPORT—1867.
Une photographie de cette préparation a été distribuée aux assistans. La gravure
suivante en est la reproduction.
Comparaison des muscles du membre
pelvien et du membre thoracique chez
? Homme.—Cherchera retrouver tous
les muscles de la cuisse et de la jambe
dans le bras et dans Vavant-bras est
évidemment chose impossible ; leur
nombre n’est pas le méme. Mais il
est d’abord certains muscles qui sont
homologues, e’est-a-dire, que leurs
deux points d’attache sont les
mémes. <A la cuisse et au bras on
remarque: le supraspinatus et le
gluteus medius; gluteus minor et
infraspinatus; ihacus trternus et
subscapularis ; pars longa bicipitis
Femoris et coraco-brachialis ; les deux
triceps; pars brevior bicipitis femoris et brachialis internus. A la jambe et & Vavant-
bras : popliteus et pronator teres ; gastrocnemius externus et ulnaris internus ; plantaris
et palmaris longus ; peroneus brevis et ulnaris externus. Au pied et & la main abductor
hallucis et adductor pollicis manus; musculi limbricales et interossei pedis et manus.
Les muscles analogues sont ceux ot l’une des insertions est homologue, tandis
que Vautre ne l’est pas. Ex. gliteus major et deltoideus ; pectineus et pars clavicula-
ris pectoralis majoris, &c. Enfin il est des muscles quisont sans analogues évidents
aux extrémités pelviennes et thoraciques. Ex. Au bras, teves major et latissimus
dorsi; 4 la cuisse, M. pyriformis, obtwratores, quadratus femoris, sartorius, &e. A
la jambe, If. peroneus longus. A Vavant-bras, M. pronator quadratus, radialis ex-
ternus longior, supinator brevis, &c.
La position des muscles homologues et analogues est celle qui résulte de la tor-
sion de 180° de ’humérus. Les muscles qui sont en arriére au bras sont en avant
a la cuisse, Ex. Les triceps; pronator teres brachii et popliteus. Ceux qui sont en
dehors au bras sont en dedans a la cuisse, Ex. gastrocnemius externus et ulnaris
internus.
Comparaison des _artéres et des nerfs du membre pelvien et du membre thoracique
chez 0 Homme.—A la partie supérieure du bras lartére brachiale est placée, comme
la crurale, en dedans et en avant de la téte de ’humérus ; mais la erurale contourne
le fémur vers le quart inférieur de l’os, et passe derriére lui pour se placer entre ses
condyles, ot elle prend le nom de poplitée. L’humérus etant un fémur tordu, son
mouvement de rotation a eu pour effet de ramener les condyles en avant et d’en-
trainer!’artére, qui, conservant les mémes relations avec les parties osseuses, se trouve
placée en avant dans le pli du bras. La radiale correspond 4 la tibiale postérieure ;
Ee cubitale & la péroniére ; les interosseuses de la jambe 4 celles du bras.
Comme les systémes musculaires et artériels, le systéme nerveux démontre la
réalité de la torsion de ’humérus. Un des trones nerveux, le sciatique, & la cuisse
le médian, et le cubital au bras, sont dans le plan de la flexion. Les deux autres
nerfs, le crural antérieur, 4 la cuisse, le radial, au bras, dans le plan de l’éxtension.
Mais 4 la cuisse tous les nerfs principaux restent dans le plan ot ils se trouvaient
aleur origine. Au bras, au contraire, le median et le cubital obéissent 4 cette loi,
tandis que le nerf radial quitte le plan interne dés le quart supérieur du membre, se
dirige en arriére, contourne l’os en hélice, suivant sa ligne de torsion, y laisse
V’empreinte de son passage et ressort sur la face externe de V’os pour se distribuer
aux muscles qui s’yinsérent. Tous les anatomistes ont été frappés de la singularité
de ce trajet, qui ne s’explique ni par des conditions de symétrie, ni par des adapta-
tions fonctionnelles ; car pour gagner les muscles de la partie externe du bras le
chemin le plus court était de passer entre le biceps et le brachial antérieur. Seule,
la torsion de ’humérus rend compte des différences qui existent entre les systémes
nerveux du bras et de la cuisse. Je suis parvenu 4 réaliser mécaniquement la
transformation de Vappareil nerveux de la cuisse en appareil nerveux du bras.
Voici comment. Je fixe le chef @un cordon noir derriére un fémur du cété droit
):
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 163
entre les deux trochanteurs. Ce cordon représente le tronc sciatique. Je fixe son
autre extrémité, qui figure le nerf sciatique poplité interne, entre les deux condyles
fémoraux. Du milieu de ce cordon en part un second, qui s’attache au condyle
externe ou péronéal et simule le nerf poplité externe. Un autre cordon noi,
attaché en dedans du condyle interne ou tibial, représente le nerf crural. Je place
ensuite ce fémur sur une table. Sa convexité est tourne en haut; le nerf sciatique
et ses deux branches sont derriére l’os, dans leur position naturelle. Un aide tient
lachement l’extrémité libre du cordon, qui représente le nerf crural, au-dessus de
la téte du fémur. Les choses ainsi disposées, je fais tourner vers moi le fémur et le
cordon représentant le nerf sciatique, de 180°. Le sciatique, suivant le mouvement
de rotation, se trouve placé devant l’os au lieu de rester derriére, et l’extrémité
inférieure du nerf crural, entrainée par le mouvement du condyle interne devenu
externe, contourne le corps du fémur comme le nerf radial contourne le corps de
Vhumérus. Par ce mouvement de rotation de 180° j’ai simulé la torsion qui trans-
forme le fémur en humérus, et par cela seul j’ai transformé le systéme nerveux de
la cuisse en systéme nerveux du bras.
La comparaison des membres déduite de la torsion de l’humérus a été déja admise
ar Hugh Falconer, Cruvyeilhier, Valentin, A. Pictet, Ch. Robin, Ch. Rouget,
rown-Sequard, Beaunis et Bouchard, &e. L/auteur se propose de répondre
bientdt & quelques objections qu’elle a soulevées.
t ériferes ou Vessies natatoires, la synonyme a distribute
Sur les Racines aérife Ve tatoires, la synonymie et la distribution
géographique de quelques espéces aquatiques du genre Jussizea. Par CHARLES
Martins, Professeur et Directeur du Jardin des Plantes de Montpellier.
?
Le genre Jussiea de la Famille des Onagraires se compose actuellement d’envi-
ron 80 espéces, les unes terrestres, les autres aquatiques, végétant dans les eaux
douces et tranquilles de l’Asie, de l’Atrique, de ? Amérique et del’Australie. Rheede
le premier (‘ Hortus malabaricus,’ t. ii. p. 99 et tab. 51; 1679) figura sur les rameaux
du Jussiea repens du Malabar des racines blanches, spongieuses et flottantes dans
Teau. Ces organes furent revus par Humboldt et Bonpland sur le J. natans de la
Nouvelle Grenade, par John Sims sur le J. grandiflora au Jardin de Kew, et par
Delile sur la méme plante, comme le prouve une note manuscrite de sa main dans
Vherbier du Jardin de Montpellier. Plus tard de Martius donnait le nom de J.
helminthorhiza i une plante de Bahia, et Hasskarl décrivit avec plus de détail les
racines du J. repens de Java. Ayant recu des graines du Jussica repens découvert
‘prés de Bone, en Algérie, et la plante yégétant trés-bien dans le Jardin, je résolus
de l’étudier simultanément avec le J. grandiflora, qui non seulement se maintient
dans un canal de l’école botanique depuis 1823, mais encore s’est naturalisé depuis
1830, dans la petite riviére du Lez prés Montpellier et les canaux d’irrigation qui
en dependent.
Racines aériferes des Jussizea repens ct J. grandiflora.—Quand on étudie ces
deux plantes on trouve qu’elles ont quatre sortes de racines naissant sur les renfle-
mens des rameaux immergés qui portent également des feuilles et des fleurs. 1°.
des racines filiformes flottantes, non ramifiées, situées vers l’éxtrémité des rameaux.
2°. des racines rameuses ou plutét pectiniformes également flottantes. 3°. Des
racines également pectiniformes mais dont l’axe est devenu plus épais, blanchatre
et spongieux; celles-ci flottantes ou s’enfongant dans la vase. 4°. Enfin des
racines d’un aspect différent complétement de celui des précédentes, simples, cylin-
driques, ou coniques, molles, spongieuses, blanchatres ou rosées, toujours flottantes
et remplies d’une grande quantité d’air, ce sont les racines aériferes, véritables
vessies natatoires de la plante qu’elles soutiennent 4 la surface de Yeau. L’examen
microscopique prouve qu’elles se composent d’un faisceau vasculaire central, puis
d'un tissu cellulaire & grandes mailles lacunaires remplies d’air, qui sont en con-
tact avec l’eau sans l’interposition d’une couche épidermique. Cette structure,
comparée & celle d'une racine ordinaire ramifiée, montre que la racine aérifére
nest qu’une modification de la racine absorbante. Celle-ci se compose en effet:
1. d'un faisceau vasculaire central, identique 4 celui de la racine spongieuse ;
2. d’un tissu cellulaire formé de rangées de cellules prismatiques juxtaposées au
centre mais séparées yers la circonférence par des lacunes intercellulaires remplies
Ele
164 REPORT—1867.
de gaz, et d’autant plus grandes qu’on les observe plus prés de la périphérie ;
3. @une couche épidermique formée de plusieurs rangées de cellules allongées.
La transformation du tissu cellulaire en tissu lacunaire produit la distention et le
raccourcissement de la racine, améne la destruction de l’épiderme, détermine l’avor-
tement presque constant des ramifications latérales, et transforme un organe absor-
bant en une véritable vessie natatoire qui soutient les stolons du végétal a la
surface de eau. Sur quelques individus le tissu spongieux aérifére se développe
également sur la tige et fait saillie 4 travers l’épiderme déchiré.
M. Moitessier, Agrégé de chimie 4 l’Ecole de Médecine de Montpellier, s’est
assuré par 15 analyses trés-concordantes, faites chacune sur 15 a 80 centimétres
cubes W’air, que cet air se compose en moyenne de
AS SR
IATOUC Abra; tie ste sole sa Memtetee EOMLO.
Ok gfe Hho a8 7 opteDoras co.clouy LH)
100-0
humides puis desséchés. L’auteur fait passer sous les yeux des assistans de nombreux
échantillons du Jussica repens cultivés dans différentes conditions de sécheresse
et Vhumidité, et d’autres provenant de divers pays.
La synonymie si nombreuse de cette plante n’a rien de surprenant quand on sait
combien elle est polymorphe et combien son aire d’extension est considérable. On
la trouve dans les quatre parties du monde; car elle occupe une large bande faisant le
tour du globe et dont les deux bords extrémes, paralléles a l’equateur et situés l’un
dans l’hémisphére nord, l’autre dans ’hémisphére sud, sont eloignés chacun de 35
degrés latitudinaux de la ligne équinoxiale,
a4
INDEX I.
TO
REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE,
Ops ECTS and rules of the Association,
xvii.
Places and times of meeting, with names
of officers from commencement, xx.
List of former Presidents and Secretaries
of the Sections, xxv.
Treasurer’s account, xxxy.
Officers and Council for 1867-68, xxxvi.
Officers of Sectional Committees, xxxvii.
Corresponding Members, xxxviil.
Report of Council to General Com-
mnittee at Dundee, xxxix.
Report of the Committee appointed by
the Council to consider the best
means for promoting Scientific Edu-
cation in Schools, xxxix.
Report of the Kew Committee, 1866-67,
liv.
Accounts of the Kew Committee, 1866—
67, lix.
Report of the Parliamentary Committee,
Ix.
Recommendations adopted by the Ge-
neral Committee at Dundee :—in-
volving grants of money, lxi; appli-
cations for reports and researches,
lxiy ; application to Government, Ixy ;
communications to be printed i ex-
tenso, Ixv.
Synopsis of grants of money appropriated
to scientific purposes, Lxvi.
General statement of sums which have
been paid on account of grants for
scientific purposes, xvii.
Extracts from resolutions of the General
Committee, Ixxii.
Arrangement of General Meetings, Lxxiii.
Acetate of methyl, Dr. Richardson on
the physiological action of, 53.
Adderley (Rt. Hon. C. B.) on a uni-
formity of weights and measures, 468.
Aérolites, 381; catalogue of, 414.
Alcohol (methylic), Dr. Richardson on
the physiological action of, 49.
Annelids of the south coast of Devon
and Cornwall, 286. ~~
Armstrong (Sir W.) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468,
Bate (C. Spence) on the marine fauna
and flora of the south coast of Devon
and Cornwall, 275.
Bateman (J. F.), second report of the
Rainfall Committee, 448.
B.A. units, comparison of, to be de-
posited at Kew Observatory, 483,
Bell (1. Lowthian) on the present state
of the manufacture of iron in Great
Britain, and its position as compared
with that of some other countries, 34.
Berger (Capel H.) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468,
Bichloride of methylene, Dr. Richard-
son on the physiological action of, 56,
Birt (W. R.) on mapping the surface of
the moon, J.
Bowring (Sir John) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468,
Brayley (E. W.) on luminous meteors,
1866-67, 288.
Bright (Six C.) on standards of electrical
resistance, 474.
Bromide of methyl, Dr. Richardson on
the physiological action of, 53.
Brooke (Charles) on mapping the sur-
face of the moon, 1; on luminous
meteors, 1866-67, 288 ; second report
of the Rainfall Committee, 448.
Brown (Samuel) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468.
Busk (George) on exploring Kent’s Ca-
yern, Devonshire, 24,
Capacity, Fleeming Jenkin on experi-
ments on, 483.
Carbon (tetrachloride of), Dr. Richard-
son on the physiological action of,
55.
Chloroform, Dr. Richardson on the phy-
siological action of, 54.
Clark (Latimer) on standards of elec-
trical resistance, 474.
Coelenterata, Rey. A. Merle Norman on
the, procured by the Shetland Dredg-
ing’ Canimaitee, 440,
Couch (Jonathan) on the marine fauna
and flora of the south coast of Devon
and Cornwall, 275,
166
Craters (Lunar) :—Linné,3; the shallow,
12; the small, 14.
Crustacea from the south coast of Devon
and Cornwall, 276; Rev. A. Merle
Norman on the, procured by the Shet-
land Dredging Committee, 438.
structure and classification of the, 44.
De Ja Rue (Warren) on mapping the |
surface of the moon, 1.
Didine birds (extinct), Prof. A. Newton
on the, of the Mascarene Islands, 278.
Dredging among the Shetland Isles, J.
Gwyn Jeffreys on, 431.
‘Echinodermata, Rev. A. Merle Norman
on the, procured by the Shetland
Dredging Committee, 440.
Electric currents, Dr. Joule’s determina-
tion of the dynamical equivalent of
heat from the thermal effects of, 512.
Electrical resistance, report of the Com-
mittee on standards of, 474; appendix,
479.
Electrometers and electrostatic measure-
ment, Sir W. Thomson on, 489.
Evans (John) on exploring Kent’s Ca-
vern, Devonshire, 24.
Ewart (W.) on a uniformity of weights
and measures, 468.
Fairbairn (William) on the analysis and
condensation of the information con-
tained in the reports of the ‘Steam-
ship Performance” Committee, and
other sources of information on the
same subject, 58; exjerimental re-
searches on the mechanical properties
of steel, 161.
Far (Dr.) on a uniformity of weights
and measures, 448.
Fauna (British), additions to the, 446.
(marine) of the south coast’ of
Devon and Cornwall, 275.
Fellows (Frank) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468.
Fish of the south coast of Devon and
Cornwall, 275.
Flora (marine) of the south coast of
Devon and Cormwall, 275.
Foraminifera, Edward Waller on the,
obtained in the Shetland seas, 441.
Forbes (D.) on’ standards of electrical '
resistance, 474, -
Fortescue (Earl),.on a uniformity. of
weights and measures, 468.
Fossil crustacea, Henry Woodward onthe
structure and classification of the, 44.
REPORT—1867.
Foster (Prof. G. C.) on standards of
electrical resistance, 474.
Frankland (Prof.) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468,
| Glaisher (James) on mapping the sur-
(fossil), Henry Woodward on the |
face of the moon, 1; on luminous
meteors, 1866-67, 288; second report
of the Rainfall Committee, 448.
Glover (George) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468.
Great Britain, I. Lowthian Bell on the
present state of the manufacture of
iron in, and its position as compared
with that of some other countries, 54.
Greenlaud (North), preliminary report
on the plant-beds of, 57.
Greg (Robert P.) on luminous meteors,
1866-67, 288, 414. :
Ginther (Dr. Albert), additions to the
British fauna, 446,
Hawksley ee on the analysis and con-
densation of the information contained
in the reports of the “ Steam-ship
Performance” Committee, and other
sources of information on the same
subject, 58; second report of the
Rainfall Committee, 448.
Heat, determination of the dynamical
equivalent of, from the thermal effects
of electric currents, 512.
Hendricks (Frederick) on a uniformity
of weights and measures, 468.
Hennessy (Prof.) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468.
Herschel (Alexander 8.) on luminous
meteors, 1866-67, 288.
Herschel (Sir J.) on mapping the surface
of the moon, 1.
Heywood (James) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468.
Highland railway, Joseph Mitchell on
the construction and works of the, 151.
Hincks (Rey. Thomas) on the marine
fauna and flora of the south coast of
Devon and Cornwall, 275.
Hockin (Charles) on standards of elec- —
trical resistance, 474; comparison of —
B.A. units to be deposited at Kew —
Observatory, 483. ;
Huggins (W.) on mapping the surface
of the moon, 1. F
Hurricanes, Charles Meldrum on the, of —
_ Mauritius, 119. }
Tydride of methyl, Dr. Richardson on —
the physiological action of, 52.
Implements (bone and flint) found in
Kent’s Cavern, Devonshire, 28,
oy
INDEX I.
Iodide of methyl, Dr, Richardson on the
physiological action of, 53.
Iron, I. Lowthian Bell on the present
state of the manufacture of, in Great
Britain, and its position as compared
with that of some other countries, 34.
Jeffreys (J. Gwyn) on the marine fauna
and flora of the south coast of Devon
and Cornwall, 275; on dredging
among the Shetland Isles, 451.
Jenkin (Fleeming) on standards of elec-
trical resistance,474; on a modification
of Siemens’s “ Resistance-Measurer,”’
481; experiments on capacity, 483.
Joule (Dr.) on standards of electrical
resistance, 474; determination of the
dynamical equivalent of heat from
the thermal effects of electrical cur-
~ rents, 512,
Kane (Sir R.) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468.
Kent’s Cavern, Devonshire, report of the
committee for exploring, 24.
Levi (Professor Leone) on a uniformity
of weights and measures, 468.
Linné, observations of the crater, 5.
Lockyer (J. N.) on mapping the surface
of the moon, 1.
Lubbock (Sir J., Bart.) on exploring
Kent’s Cavern, Devonshire, 24.
Luminous meteors, 1866-67,report of the
committee on, 288; catalogue of, 290.
Lyell (Sir C.) on exploring Kent’s Ca-
vern, Devonshire, 24,
Marine fauna and flora of the south
coast of Devon and Comwall, 275.
Mascarene Islands, Prof. A. Newton on
the extinct didine birds of the, 278.
Matthiessen (Dr. A.) on standards of
electrical resistance, 474.
Mauritius, Charles Meldrum on the me-
teorology of, 108; temperature of,
109; elastic force of vapour at, 111;
humidity, 112; atmospheric pressure
at, 113; pressure of dry air at, 114;
direction and veering of the wind at,
115; foree of the wind at, 116;
amount of cloud at, 117; rainfall of,
117; thunder and lightning at, 119;
gales and hurricanes at, 119.
Maxwell (Professor) on standards of
electrical resistance, 474.
Meldrum (Charles) on the meteorology
of the Island of Mamritius, 108.
Men-of-war, table of the performances
of, 74.
(167
Meteors, catalogue of, 290; doubly ob-
served, 372; large, 374; observations
of the radiant-point of the November
shower of, 391; brightness of, 396;
colour of, 397 ; spectroscopic observa-
tions of, 399; characteristic appear-
ances of, 401; intermittent light, 402 ;
telescopic observations of, 405; cata-
logue of luminous, and aérolites, 414.
Methylcompounds, Dr. B. W. Richardson
on the physiological action of the,
Miller (Prof. W. A.) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468; on stan-
dards of electrical resistance, 474.
Mitchell (Joseph) on the construction
and works of the Highland railway,151.
Mollusea of the south coast of Deyon
and Cornwall, 275.
Molluscoida, Rev. A. Merle Norman on
the, procured by the Shetland dredg-
} ing committee, 437.
Moon, report of the committee for map-
ping the surface of the, 1; alleged
change on the surface of the, 3; spots
on the surface of the, 6. 2
Mylne (R. W.), second report of the
Rainfall Committee, 448.
Napier (J. R.) on the analysis and con-
densation of the information contained
in the reports of the “Steam-ship
Performance”? Committee, and other
sources of information on the same
subject, 58.
Newton (Prof. Alfred) on the extinct
didine birds of the Mascarene Islands,
278.
Nitrite and nitrate of methyl, Dr. Rich-
ardson onthe physiological action of, 54.
Norman (Rev. A. Merle) on the Crusta-
cea, Molluscoida, Echinodermata, and
Coelenterata procured by the Shetland
dredging committee in 1867, 437.
Paddle-steamers (merchant), table of the
performances of, 65.
Pengelly (William) on exploring Kent’s
Cavern, Devonshire, 24.
Phillips (Professor J.) on mapping the
surface of the moon 1; on exploring
Kent’s Cavern Devonshire, 24; second
report of the Rainfall Committee, 448,
Plant-beds of North Greenland, preli-
minary report of the committee for
the exploration of the, 57.
| Polyzoa, Rev. A. Merle Norman on the,
procured by the Shetland dredging
committee, 440.
Port Louis, in the Island of Mauritius,
168
Charles Meldium on the meteorology
of, 108.
Pritchard (Rey. C.) on mapping the
surface of the moon, 1.
Railway (Highland), Joseph Mitchell on
the construction and works of the, 151.
Rainfall of Mauritius, 117; monthly
ercentage of mean annual (England),
450; Mr. 8. Marshall on the, of Ken-
dal, 450.
committee, second report of the,448,
Rain-gauges, examination of, 452.
Ralfs (J.) on the marine fauna and flora
of the south coast of Devon and Corn-
wall, 275.
Rankine (Prof. J. W. M.) on the analysis
and condensation of the information
contained in the reports of the
“Steam-ship Performance ’’ Commit-
tee, and other sources of information on
the same subject, 58; on a unifor-e
mity of weights and measures, 468.
“ Resistance-Measurer,’ C. W. Siemens
on a, 479,
—— (Siemens’s), Fleeming Jenkin on a
modification of, 481.
Richardson (Dr. B. W.) on the phy-
siological action of the methyl com-
pounds, 47.
Rosse (Lord) on mapping the surface of
the moon, 1.
Rowe (J. Brooking’) on the marine fauna
and flora of the south coast of Devon
and Cornwall, 275.
Russell (J. Scott) on the analysis and
condensation of the information con-
tained in the reports of the ‘ Steam-
ship Performance” Committee, and
other sources of information on the |
same subject, 58.
Schmidt (Herr) on mapping the surface
of the moon, 1.
Scott (Robert H.) on the exploration of
the plant-beds of North Greenland, 57. |
Screw-steamers (merchant), table of the
performances of, 70.
Shetland Isles, J. Gwyn Jeflreys on
dredging among the, 431.
Shetland seas, Edward Waller on the
Foraminifera obtained in the, 441.
Siemens (C. W.) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468; on stan-
dards of electrical resistance, 474; on
a “ Resistance-Measurer,” 479,
REPORT—1867.
“ Steam-ship Performance ” Committee, ~
report of the committee appointed to
analyze and condense the information
contained in the reports of the, and
other sources of bb seers, on the
same subject, 58.
Steel, experimental researches on the
mechanical properties of, 161.
Stewart (Balfour) on standards of elec-
trical resistance, 474; on the marine
fauna and flora of the south coast of
Deyon and Cornwall, 275.
Sykes (Colonel) on a uniformity of
weights and measures, 468.
Symons (G. J.), second report of the
Rainfall Committee, 448,
Tetrachloride of carbon, Dr. Richardson
on the physiological action of, 55.
Thomson (Professor Sir W.) on stan-
dards of electrical resistance, 474; on
electrometers and electrostatic mea-
surements, 489.
Tunicata, Rey. A. Merle Norman on the,
procured by the Shetland dredging
committee, 439,
Varley (C. F.) on standards of electrical
resistance, 474.
Vivian (Edward) on exploring Kent's
Cavern, Devonshire, 24,
Waller (Edward) on the Foraminifera
obtained in the Shetland seas, 441.
Webb (Rev. T. W.) on mapping the
surface of the moon, 1.
Weights and measures, report on the
best method of providing for a unifor-
mity of, 468.
Wheatstone (Professor Sir C.) on stan-
dards of electrical resistance, 474.
Williamson (Professor A. W.) on a
uniformity of weights and measures,
468; on standards of electrical resis-
tance, 474.
Woodward (Henry) on the structure
and classification of the fossil crus-
tacea, 44.
Wrottesley (Lord) on mapping the sur-
face of the moon, 1; second report of
the Rainfall Committee, 448; on a
uniformity of weights and measures,
AGS,
Yates (James) on a uniformity of weights
and measures, 468,
INDEX II,
169
INDEX II.
TO
MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS TO THE
SECTIONS.
[An asterisk (*) signifies that no abstract of the communication is given. |
*Aporigines of Australia, John Craw-
furd on the animal and vegetable food
of the, 114.
, supposed, John Craufurd on the,
of India, 114.
Acclimatization, plant-, Dr. W. Lauder
Lindsay on, in Scotland, with special
reference to Tussac grass, 88.
Accumulator, electrostatic, Sir W.Thom-
son on a self-acting, 16.
Accumulator, Sir W. Thomson on a uni-
form-electric-current, 16.
Acid, Dr. M. Simpson and iDr. A. Gau-
tier on a compound formed by the di-
rect union of aldehyde and anhydrous
prussic, 40.
, J. A. Wanklyn and R. Schenk on
the synthesis of caproic, 46.
, succinic, Dr. Maxwell Simpson
on the formation of, from chloride of
ethylidene, 42.
, sulphurous, P. Spence on the
economization of, in copper-smelting,
43.
*Acids, Dr. Phipson on the phenomena
which occur when magnetized steel
is dissolved in, 14.
Africa, J. J. Pratt on the colony of New
Scotland in, 128.
, South-west, Thomas Baines on
the ports of, 118.
Age, to what extent is lichen-growth a
test of P 88.
Alcohol, Sir D. Brewster on the motion
and colours upon films of, 8.
*Alexander (Sir James EH.) on the pre-
servation of fishing-streams, 77.
*Algebraical equations, Rev. Prof. R.
arley on finite solutions of, 4,
*.
Allman (Prof.) on the structure of cer-
tain hydroid meduse, 77.
Amblystegium confervoides, Dr. J. Fra-
ser on a moss new to Britain, 82.
*Ammonia, P. T, Main and A. R. Cat-
ton on a new synthesis of, 40.
theory, Dr. W. B. Richardson on
coagulation of the blood, 2 correction
of the, 103.
Anderson (Lieut.), notes of a reconnois-
sance of some portions of Palestine,
made in 1865-66, 111].
(Dr. Thomas), Address as Presi-
dent of the Chemical Section, 28.
Anemometer (ether), A. E. Fletcher on
an, for measuring the speed of air in
flues and chimneys, 33.
Aneroids, Dr. Balfour Stewart on the
errors of, 26.
*Animal economy, Wentworth L. Scott
on the presence of quinine and other
alkaloids in the, 104.
Animals, Dr. G. Robinson on certain
effects of the concentrated solar rays
upon the tissues of living, immersed
in water, 103.
Annelids, Hebridean, Dr. McIntosh on
Mr. J. G. Jeffreys’s collection of, 92.
Annelids, E. Ray Lankester on the boring
of limestones by certain, 85.
, Dr. McIntosh on the,’of St. An-
drews, 92.
Ansell (G.) on an apparatus for indi-
cating the pressure and amount of
firedamp in mines, 31.
Ansted (Prof. D. T.), on the passage of
schists into granite in the island of
Corsica, 54; on the lagoons of Cor-
sica, 54, 112,
*,
170
Antiseptic properties of the ae,
Dy. Polli on the, 103.
Arabian race and language, John Bin
furd on the, 114.
*Arbitration, H. Renaids on, in the Not-
tingham hosiery-manufacture, 145.
Arboriculture, W. Brown on the claims
of, as a science, 79.
*Arbroath, A. Brown on the rainfall of,
19.
Ares, circular, Professor W. J. M. Ran-
kine on the approximate drawing of,
of given lengths, 5.
Argyll (His Grace the Duke of) on the
granites and other rocks of Ben More,
5D.
*Arran, E. A. Wunsch on some carbo-
niferous fossil trees imbedded in trap-
pean ash in the island of, 75.
Arthropoda, Dr. A. Dohrn on the mor-
phology of the, 82.
ee , A. HB. Fletcher on a self-
registering perpetual, 52,
Aster salignus, W. P. Hiern on the oc-
currence of, in Wicken Fen, Cam-
bridgeshire, "84,
Atmospheric air, Dr. J. Davy on the in-
fluence of, on vital action as tested
by the air-pump, 100.
*Australia, John Crawfurd on the ani-
mal and vegetable food of the abori-
gines of, 114,
Baines (Thomas) on Walvisch Bay and
the ports of South-West Africa, 113.
Baker (Sir Samuel), Address as Presi-
dent of the Geographical and Hthno-
logical Section, 104.
Balfour (Professor) on some rare plants
recently collected in Scotland, 79.
Barnes (J. W.), exploration of Beloo-
chistan and Western Scinde, with a
view to examining the subterranean
supply of water, 113.
Barnstaple Bay (Dev onshire), H. S.
Ellis on some mammalian remains
from, 59.
Bazalgette (J. Van-Norden) on the dif-
ficulty of obtaining local information
after reaching the summits of emi-
nences from which extensive views
. are obtained, 152,
Belcher (Admiral Sir E.) on methods
for testing the speed of vessels over
the measured mile, 153.
*Bell (I. Lowthian) on a method of re-
covering sulphur and oxide of man-
ganese ‘used. at Dieuze, near Nancy,
France, 31.
Bell( Rev. P.) onreaping-machinery, 153.
REPORT—1867.
Beloochistan, exploration of, and West~
ern Scinde, with a view to examining
the subterranean supply of water, 113.
Bennett (Dr. Hughes) on protagon in
relation to the molecular theory of
organization, 97; on new inyestiga-
tions to determine the amount of bile
secreted by the liver, and how far this
is influenced by mercurials, 98.
Bergstroem’s boring machine, Dr. C, Le
Neve Foster on, 154,
Bierens de Haan (Dr. D.) on a theorem
in the integral calculus, 4.
Bile, Dr. H. Bennett on new iny estiga-
tions to determine the amount of, se-
creted by the liver, and how far ‘this
is influenced by mercurials, 98.
Birds and birds’ nests, A. R. Wallace on
their plumage, or the relation be-
tween sexual differences of colour and
the mode of nidification in, 97.
Bird’s egg, shell of the, Dr. G, Ogilvie
on the adaptation of the, to the func-
tion of respiration, 102.
Birmingham wire-gauge, Latimer Clark
on the, 153.
*Blood, Dy. W. B. Richardson on co-
agulation of the, 105,
Boring and tunnelling, General Haupt
on the application “of machinery to,
155.
Bowring (Sir John) on productive la-
bour im prisons as associated with the
reformation of criminals, 155.
Brass, Dr. J. D. Everett on the results
of experiments on the rigidity of, 155.
“Brewster (Sir D.) on the allexed cor-
respondence between Pascal and New-
ton, 1; on figures of equilibrium of
liquid films, 6; on the colours of the
soap-bubble, 6; notice respecting the
enamel photographs executed by Mr.
M‘Raw, 8; on the motion and colours
upon films of eae volatile oils,
and other fluids, 8; on the radiant
spectrum, 8; on a haystack struck by
lightning, 19.
+Bridge, suspension, A. §, Hallidie on
an improved, 155,
Bridges, J. Clerk Maxwell on the theory —
of diagrams of forces as applied to
roofs and, 156.
British Columbia, P, N. Compton on
the coast of, 114.
British Museum, Andrew Murray on the |
future administration of the uatural-—
history collections in the, 94.
Broome (Capt. F.), report on the recent
explorations in the Gibraltar caves,
56.
INDEX II,
* *Brown (A.), observations of the rain-
fall of Arbroath, 19.
Brown (Dr. A. Crum), remarks on the /
_ calculus of chemical operations, 31.
Brown (William) on the claims of arbo-
riculture as a science, 79.
#*Burton (I, M.) on the lower lias and
traces of an ancient Rheetic shore in
Lincolnshire, 57.
*Caird (James K.) on an iron camb for
power-looms, 155.
Caithness, C. W. Peach on fossil fishes
of the old red sandstone of, 72.
Calamine deposits, Gordon Dayis on the,
of Sardinia, 58.
Calamitez, W. Carruthers on, and fos-
sil Equisetaceze, 58.
*Calcining-kilns, J. Eckersley on J. R. |
' Swan’s improved, 155.
*Calcium (bisulphite of), W. L. Scott
on the preservation of animal sub-
' stances by, 40.
Calculus of chemical operations, Dr. A.
Crum Brown on the, 51.
Calcutta, P. M. Tait on the population
and mortality of, 145.
Cambrian rocks of Llanberis, G. Maw
on the, with reference to a break in
the conformable succession of the
lower beds, 70.
Cambridgeshire, J. F. Walker on a new
phosphatic deposit near Upware in,
13
——, W. P. Hiern on the occurrence of
Aster salionus in Wicken Fen, 84-
Campbell (Dugald) on Messrs. Wanklyn,
Chapman, and Smith’s method of
determining nitrogenous organic mat-
ters in water, 32.
Capello (Senhor) on a comparison of the
Kew and Lisbon magnetic curves
' during the disturbance of February
20-25, 1866, 20.
Carboniferous district of Lancashire, E.
Hull on the relative geological ages of
the principal physical features of the,
63.
ok.
fossil trees, E. A. Wunsch on
some, imbedded in trappean ash in
the Island of Arran, 73.
sedimentary rocks of the North of
England, E. Hull on the structure of
the Pendle range of hills as illustra-
ting the south-easterly attenuation of
the, 62.
Carruthers (W.), enumeration of British
eraptolites, 57; on Calamitese and
fossil Equisetacex, 58 ; on British fos-
sil Cycadeze, 80.
171
*Catton (A. R.), a contribution towards
the expression of the angle between
the optie axes of a crystal in terms
of the angles between the faces, 10;
on the theory of double refraction,
with special reference to the influence
of material molecules on the propa-
gation of light in crystals, 10; on
the laws of symmetry of crystalline
forms, 10; on the synthesis of formic
acid, 832; on Loewig’s researches on
the action of sodium amalgam on
oxalie ether, 52.
Cephalaspidean fishes, E. Ray Lankes-
ter on some new, 63.
Cephalopodous ova, Dr. Collingwood on
a new form of, 100.
*Chambers (Dr. R.), notice of an
“ Esker” at St. Fort, 58.
China seas, Dr. Collingwood on some
remarkable marine animals observed
in the, 81.
Chlorine, Walter Weldon on a new ma-
nufacturing process for the perpetual
regeneration of oxide of manganese
used in the manufacture of, 48.
Chontales, Nicaragua, Captain Bedford
Pim on-the mining-district of, 127.
*Cinnamon, oil of, W. L. Scott on the
artificial production of, 40.
Civilization, Sir John Lubbock on the
origin of, and the early condition of
man, 118.
Clark (Latimer) on the Birmingham
wire-gauge, 153.
*Claudet (A.) on photographic portraits
obtained by single lenses of rock crys-
tal and topaz, 10; on a mechanical
means of producing the differential
motion required to equalize the focus
for the different planes of a solid,
10; on a new fact of binocular vision,
10.
Cleland (Professor) on the nerves of the
cornea, 100; on some points connected
with the joints and ligaments of the
hand, 100; on the epithelium of the
cornea of the ox in relation to the
erowth of stratified epithelium, 100.
Climate, Rey. J. Gunn on the tertiary
and quaternary deposits in the Eastern
Counties, with reference to periodic
oscillations of level and, 60.
Cobbold (Dr.) on the entozoa of the
common fowl and of game birds in
their supposed relation to the grouse-
disease, 80.
Cockle (the Hon. J.) on the inverse
problem of coresolvents, 3.
Coinage, F. P. Fellows on the various
172
methods in which our, may be deci-
malized, 158.
*Cold, Dr. W. B. Richardson on some
effect produced by applying extreme,
a certain parts of the neryous system,
3.
Collingwood (Dr.) on the geology of
North Formosa, 58; on the habits of
flyingfish, 80; on some remarkable
marine animals observed in the China
seas, 81; on pelagic floating animals
observed at sea, 81; notes on oceanic
Hydrozoa, 81; on Trichodesmium or
sea-dust, 81; on a new form of ce-
phalopodous ova, 100; on a _hoat-
journey across the north end of For-
mosa from Tam-suy to Kelung, 113.
* on the consumption of opium,
,
led
ol.
Collomb (Edouard) et Charles Martin
sur l’ancien glacier de la vallée d’Ar-
gelés dans les Pyrénées, 66.
Colonies (British), Dr. W. Lauder Lind-
say on the conservation of forests in,
Colours of the soap-bubble, Sir D. Brew-
ster on the, 6,
Compton (P. N.) on the coasts of Van-
couver’s Island, British Columbia, and
Russian America, 114.
Confectionery and marmalade trade of
Dundee, C. C. Maxwell on the, 145.
Coniston group, Prof. Harkness and Dr.
Nicholson on the, of the Lake district,
61.
*Convicts, male, on the utilization or
more profitable sig ncleta: of, 145.
Copper-smelting, P. Spence on the eco-
nomization of sulphurous acid in, 43.
Cornea, Professor Cleland on the nerves
of the, 100; on the epithelium of the,
of the ox in relation to the growth of
stratified epithelium, 100.
Coresolvents, the Hon. J. Cockle on the
inverse problem of, 3.
Corsica, Professor D. T. Ansted on the
lagoons of, 54, 112; on the passage of
schists into granite in the island of,
54.
Crags, upper and lower, J. E. Taylor on
the relation of the, in Norfolk, 157.
Crawfurd (John) on the antiquity of
man, 114; on the dissemination of
the Arabian race and language, 114.
on the history and migration of
sacchariferous or sugar-yielding plants
in reference to ethnology, 114; on the
animal and vegetable food of the abo-
rigines of Australia, 114; on the sup-
posed plurality of the races of man,
K.
REPORT-—1867,
114; on the supposed aborigines of
India as distinguished from its civi-
lized inhabitants, 114; on the com-
plexion, hair, and eyes as tests of the
races of man, 114.
Criminals, Sir John Bowring on pro-
ductive labour in prisons as associated
with the reformation of, 135.
*Criswick (H. C.), life amongst the
Vegs, 115.
Crookes (W.) on a new polarizing pho-
tometer, 52.
*Crosskey (Rey. W. H.) on the relation
of the glacial shell-beds of the Carse
of Gowrie to those of the West of
Scotland, 58.
Cycadex, W. Carruthers on British fos-
sil, 80.
Cyclical symbol, Rey. Prof. R, Harley
on a certain, 4,
Dalton and‘Dr. Henry,!Dr. N. de Kha-
nikof on experiments for the verifica-
tion of the laws of, on the absorption
of gases by liquids, 34.
Darien, Isthmus of, M. Lucien de Puydt
on two explorations of the, with a
view to discovering a practical line
for a ship canal, 128.
Davis (Gordon) on the calamine depo-
sits of Sardinia, 58.
*Davis (W. B.), a list of 5500 prime
numbers, by, 4.
Davy (Dr. John) on the influence of
atmospheric air on vital action as
tested by the air-pump, 100; on the
character of the Negro, chiefly in re-
lation to industrial habits, 115.
Dohrn (Dr. Anton) on the morphology
of the Arthropoda, 82.
Dredging, notice of, by the late H. P. C.
Moller, off Fair Isle, between Orkney
and Shetland, 93. ’
Duff (M. E. Grant), Address as President
of the Statistical Section, 132.
Dundee, James Yeaman on the seal- and
whale-fishings as prosecuted by the
North-Sea fleet sailing from, 148.
, Henry Gourlay on the shipbuild-
ing at, 137.
, C. C. Maxwell on the confectionery
and marmalade trade of, 145.
——, J. G. Orchar on the engineering
manufacture of, 144.
, A. J. Warden on the linen manu-
facture in, 145.
, statistics of the social condition
of, 145,
*Dunn (R.) on the phenomena of life
and mind, 101.
*.
INDEX II.
Dye-stuffs, Dr. W. Lauder Lindsay on
the present uses of lichens as, 38.
Dynamo-magnetic machine, W. Ladd on
a new form of, 13.
Earth, Dr. Julius Schvarez on the in-
ternal heat of the, 73.
*Kckersley (J.) on J. R. Swan’s im-
proved calcining kilns, 153.
Eclipse, total, of August 18, 1868,
vee J. F. Tennant on the prepara-
tions for observing the, 5..
*Education, Professor J. E. T. Rogers
on the funds available for developing
the machinery of, 145.
Electric machines, Sir W. Thomson
on, founded on induction and convec-
tion, 18.
Electricity, atmospheric, Dr. J. D.
Everett on the results of observations
of, at Kew Observatory and Windsor,
Nova Scotia, 20.
Electricity, T. Stevenson on a proposal
to illuminate beacons and buoys by,
conveyed through submarine wires
connected with the shore, 14.
Electrometers, Sir W. Thomson on a
series of, for comparative measure-
ments through great range, 16,
Ellis (Henry 8.) on some mammalian
remains from the submerged forest in
Barnstaple Bay, Devon, 59.
Eminences, summits of, J. Van-Norden
Bazalgette on the difficulty of obtain-
ing local information after reaching
the, from which extensive views are
obtained, 152.
*Engineer, Scientific, W. W. Urquhart
on some of the difficulties the, meets
with in practice, 157.
Engineering manufacture of Dundee,
James G. Orchar on the, 144.
England, Professor Leone Leyi on the
condition and progress of Scotland in
relation to Ireland and, 140.
Entozoa, Dr. Cobbold on the, of the
common fowl and of game birds, in
their supposed relation to the grouse-
disease, 80.
Epiglottis, G. D. Gibb on vocal and
other influences upon mankind from
pendency of the, 101.
Kpithelium, Professor Cleland on the, of
the cornea of the ox in relation to the
growth of stratified epithelium, 100.
Equisetaceze, W. Carruthers on Calami-
tez and fossil, 58.
#¢ Hsker,” Dr, R, Chambers on an, at
St. Fort, 58.
Ethnography, ancient, H. H. Hovworth
173
on some changes of surface affecting,
117.
, Mrs. Lynn Linton on the, of the
French Exhibition as represented by
national arts, 117.
*Ethnology, John Crawfurd on the his-
tory and migration of sacchariferous
or sugar-yielding plants in reference
to, 114.
Ethylidene, chloride of, Dr. Maxwell
Simpson on the formation of succinic
acid from, 42.
Everett (Dr. J. D.) on the results of ob-
servations of atmospheric electricity
at Kew Observatory and at Windsor,
Nova Scotia, 20; on the results of
experiments on the rigidity of glass,
brass, and steel, 153.
Exoccetus, Dr. Collingwood on the
habits of the, 80.
Fauna, marine, Dr. M‘Intosh on the
invertebrate, of St. Andrews, 92.
*Fawcus (George) on the stowage of
ships’ boats, 154.
Fellows (I. P.) on the various methods
in which our coinage may be deci-
malized, the advantages and disad-
vantages of each, 158.
Fernie (John) on the iron and steel
shown at the Paris Exhibition, 154.
Ferns, E. J. Lowe on the abnormal form
of, 91.
Films, liquid, Sir D. Brewster on
figures of equilibrium of, 6.
of alcohol, volatile oils, and other
fluids, Sir D. Brewster on the motion
and colours upon, 8.
Firedamp in mines, G. Ansell on an
apparatus for indicating the pressure
and amount of, 31.
Fishes, fossil, C. W. Peach on, of the
old red sandstone of Caithness and
Sutherland, with notices of some new
to those counties, 72.
*Fishing streams, Sir J. E. Alexander
on the preservation of, 77.
Flame, Sir W. Thomson on yolta-con-
vection by, 17.
Flax, New-Zealand, Dr. W. Lauder
Lindsay on the obstacles to the utili-
zation of the, 141.
Fletcher (A. E.) on a self-registering
perpetual aspirator, 32; on an ether
anemometer for measuring the speed
of air in flues and chimneys, 33.
Flyingfish, Dr. Collingwood on the
habits of, 80.
Forbes (George) on the meteor shower
of August 1867, 20,
174
Forest-trees, is lichen-growth detri-
mental to? 87. :
Forests, Dr. W. Lauder Lindsay on the
conservation of, in our colonies, 85.
Formic acid, A. R. Catton on the syn-
thesis of, 32.
Formosa, Dr. Collingwood on a boat-
journey across the north end of, from
Tam-suy to Kelung, 115.
, North, Dr. Collingwood on the
geology of, 58.
——, islands round the north of, Dr.
Collingwood on the geology of, 58.
Foster (C. Le Neve) on the Perseberg
iron mines, Sweden, 60; on Berg-
stroem’s boring machine used at the
Perseberg mines, Sweden, 154.
France, Colonel Sykes on the report
upon the state of the empire of, pre-
sented to the senate and legislative
body, February 1867, 145.
Fraser (Dr. John) on a moss new to
Britain, 82.
Frith of Forth, D. Milne Home on the
old sea-cliffs and submerged banks of
the, 61.
Fruit-trees, is lichen-growth detrimental
to? 87.
*Fuel, William Paterson on the con-
sumption of, 156.
Gales, C. Meldrum on the, and hurti-
canes of the Indian Ocean, 21.
*Calloway (G. B.) on the application of
the funds derived from patent-fees,
154.
Gases, Dr. N. de Khanikof on the ab-
sorption of, by liquids, 54.
Gautier (Dr. A.) and Dr. Maxwell Simp-
son on a compound formed by the
direct union of aldehyde and anhy-
drous prussic acid, 40.
Geikie (Archibald), Address as Presi-
dent of the Geological Section, 49; on
the progress of the geological survey
of Scotland, 60.
Gibb (G. D.) on vocal and other in-
~ fluences upon mankind from pendency
of the epiglottis, 101.
Gibraltar caves, Capt. F. Broome’s re-
port on the recent explorations in the,
D6.
Gilbert (Dr.) and J. B. Lawes on the
composition of wheat grown for
twenty years in succession on the
same land, 36.
*Glacial shell-beds of the Carse of Gow-
rie, Rev. W. H. Crosskey on the re-
lation of the, to those in the West of
Scotland, 58.
REPORT—1867.
Glacier, V’ancien, Charles Martins et E.
Collomb sur, de la vallée d’Argelés
dans les Pyrénées, 66.
Glass, Dr. J. D. Everett on the results
of experiments on the rigidity of, 153.
Globiocephalus Svineval, Professor Tur-
ner on the anatomy of the, 104.
*Gold coins of Columbia, New Granada,
Chili, and Bolivia, Prof. Lawson on
the analyses of, 37.
Goldfields of Scotland, Dr. W. Lauder
Lindsay on the, 64.
Gourlay (Henry) on the shipbuilding
at Dundee, 137,
Graham (Cyril) on exploration in Pales-
tine, 116.
Granite, D. T. Ansted on the passage of
schists into, in the island of Corsica,
54.
Granites, His Grace the Duke of Argyll
on the, and other rocks of Ben More,
55.
Graptolites, British, enumeration of, 57.
, Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the, of the
Skiddaw slates, 71.
Graptolitide, Dr. H. A. Nicholson on
the nature and systematic position of
the, 71.
*Greig (David) on steam cultivation, 155.
Grierson (Dr.) on the destruction of
plantations at Drumlanrig by a species
of vole, 82.
Griffithsia corallina, C. W. Peach on the
fructification of, 96.
Grouse-disease, Dr. Cobbold on the en-
tozoa of the common fowl] and of game
birds, in their supposed relation to
the, 80. -
, Rey. H. B. Tristram on the zoo-
logical aspects of the, 97.
Gunn (Rey. J.) on tertiary and quater-
nary deposits in the Eastern Coun-
ties, 60.
Gutta-percha insulated wires, W. Hooper
on the electrical properties of Mr.
Hooper’s insulated wires compared
with, 13.
*Halliday (John) on heating hot-houses,
155.
*Tallidie (A. 5.) on an improved sus-
pension bridge, 155.
Hand, Prof. Cleland on some points con-
nected with the joints and ligaments
of the, 100.
7
i
rs
j
Harkness (Prof.) and Dr. H. A. Nichol-—
son on the Coniston group of the —
Lake-district, 61.
Harley (Rey. Prof. R.) on a certain cy-
clical symbol, 4.
BN
———— EE
INDEX Il.
*Harley (Rey. Prof. R.) on finite solutions
of algebraical equations, 4.
Haupt (General) on the application of
machinery to boring and tunnelling,
155.
Heat, Dr. Julius Schvarez on the in-
ternal, of the earth, 73.
Heaton (Dr. J. D.) on certain simula-
tions of vegetable growths by mineral
’ substances, 85.
Henderson (Frank) on the leather ma-
nufacture of Dundee, 140.
Hiern (W. P.) on the occurrence of
- Aster salignus in Wicken Fen, Cam-
bridgeshire, 84.
Hirst (T. Archer) on the alleged cor-
respondence between Pascal and New-
ton recently communicated to the
French Academy, 2.
Homme, C. Martins sur une nouvelle
comparaison des membres pelviens et
thoraciques chez 1’, les mammifeéres,
les oiseaux et les reptiles, déduite de
la torsion de l’humérus, 158.
Hooper (W.) on the electrical induction
of Mr. Hooper’s insulated wires, com-
pared with gutta-percha insulated
wires, 13.
*Hot-houses, John Halliday on heating,
155,
Howorth (H. H.) on some changes of
surface affecting ancient ethnography,
117; on the origines of the Norse-
men, 117.
Hull (Edward) on the structure of the
Pendle range of hills, Lancashire, as
- illustrating the south-easterly atte-
nuation of the carboniferous sedimen-
tary rocks of the North of England,
62; on the relative geological ages
of the principal physical features of
the carboniferous district of Lanca-
shire, 63.
Hurricanes, C. Meldrum on the gales
and, of the Indian Ocean, 21.
*Hydrocarbons, R. Smith on the gaseous
products of the destructive distilla-
tion of, 43.
Hydrozoa, oceanic, Dr. Collingwood on,
81.
*India, Dr. Oldham on the geology of, 72.
, John Crawfurd on the supposed
aborigines of, as distinguished from its
civilized inhabitants, 114.
Indian Ocean, C. Meldrum on the gales
and hurricanes of the, 21.
Indians, Wild, Professor A. Reimondy
en the, inhabiting the forests of
Huanta, Peru, 129.
175
Induction-spark apparatus, C. W. Sie-
mens on the, for illuminating beacons
and buoys used in the first experi-
ments made for the Northe:n-Lights
Board, 14.
Integral calculus, Dr. Bierens de Haan
on a theorem in the, 4.
Treland, Professor Leone Levi on the
condition and progress of Scotland in
relation to England and, 140.
Tron and steel, John Fernie on the,
shown at the French Exhibition, 154.
——, Ferdinand Kohn on the, at the
Paris Exhibition, 155.
*Jron floating forts, S. J. Mackie on, and
other floating structures, and on Daft’s
method of construction of iron fabrics,
156.
Tron mines, Perseberg, C. Le Neve
Foster on the, 60.
Jerusalem, Captain C. W. Wilson on
recent discoveries in and around the
site of the Temple at, 151.
Joints and ligaments of the hand, Pro-
fessor Cleland on some points con~
nected with the, 100.
Jussiza, Prof. C. Martins sur les racines
aériféres ou vessies natatoires, la
synonymie et la distribution géogra-
phique de quelques espéces aqua-
tiques du genre, 165.
Kew and Lisbon magnetic curves, Senhor
Capello on a comparison of the, during
the disturbance of February 20-25,
1866, 20.
Kew Observatory, Dr. J. D. Everett on
the results of observations at, and
Windsor, Nova Scotia, 20.
Khanikof (Dr. N. de), experiments for
the verification of the laws of Dr.
Henry and Dalton on the absorption
of gases by liquids, 54.
Kohn (Ferdinand) on the iron and steel
at the Paris Exhibition, 155.
Ladd (W.) on a new form of dynamo-
magnetic machine, 13.
* on a magneto-electric machine, 14.
Lagoons of Corsica, Professor D, T. An-
sted on the, 54, 112.
Lake district, Professor Harkness and
Dr. Nicholson on the Coniston group
of the, 61.
Language, John Crawfurd on the Ara-
bian race and, 114.
, P. H. Thoms on community of,
and uniformity of notation, weights,
measures, and coinage, 145.
*.
176
Lankester (E. Ray) on some new ce-
phalaspidean fishes, 63; on the boring
of limestones by certain annelids, 85 ;
on the anatomy of the limpet, 85;
observations with the spectroscope on
animal substances, 101.
*La Plata, exploration of the Grand
Chaco in, 127.
Lawes (J. B.) and Dr. Gilbert on the
composition of wheat grown for twenty
years in succession on the same land,
36.
*Lawson (Prof. G.), notes of the ana-
lyses of gold coins of Columbia, New
Granada, Chili, and Bolivia; with
some account of the operations of gold-
mining in Nova Scotia, 37.
*Leather manufacture, Frank Hender-
son on the, of Dundee, 140.
Leprosy, H. J. Ker Porter on the pre-
valence of, in the kingdom of Norway,
144.
Levi (Professor Leone) on the condition
and progress of Scotland in relation
to England and Ireland, 140.
Lewis (J.) on an improved marine steam-
boiler, 155.
*Lias, lower, F. M. Burton on the, in
Lincolnshire, 57.
Lichen-growth, is it detrimental to
forest and fruit-trees? 87.
, to what extent is it a test of age?
88.
Lichens, Dr. W. Lauder Lindsay on the
present uses of, as dye-stufls, 88; on
polymorphism in the fructification of,
89
*Life and mind, R. Dunn on the phe-
nomena of, 101.
*Life, P. Melville on, its nature, origi,
&e., 102.
Life-boat, Professor Macdonald on the
construction of the, 155.
*Life-boats, George Maw on covered,
156.
Lightning, note by Sir D. Brewster on
a haystack struck by, 19.
Limestones, E. Ray Lankester on the
boring of, by certain annelids, 85.
Limpet, E. Ray Lankester on the ana-
tomy of the, 85.
*Lindsay (the late J.) on a proof of
the bimomial theorem, 5.
Lindsay (Dr. W. Lauder) on the present
uses of lichens as dye-stuffs, 88; on
the gold-fields of Scotland, 64; on
the conservation of forests im our
colonies, 85; is lichen-growth detri-
mental to forest- and fruit-trees ? 87 ;
on plant-acclimatization in Scotland,
REPORT—1867.
with especial reference to Tussac grass,
88; to what extent is lichen-growth
a test of age? 88; on polymorphism
in the fructification of lichens, 89; on
the obstacles to the utilization of New-
Zealand flax, 141.
Linen manufacture, A. J. Warden on
the, in Dundee and neighbourhood,
145.
*Lineula-flags, J. Plant on the geology
and fossils of the, at Upper Maw-
ddach, 72.
Linton (Mrs. Lynn) on the ethnogra-
phy of the French Exhibition as re-
presented by national arts, 117.
Lisbon and Kew magnetic curves, Sen-
hor Capello on a comparison of the,
during the disturbance of February
20-25, 1866, 20.
Liver, Dr. H. Bennett on new investi-
gations to determine the amount of
bile secreted by the, and how far this
is influenced by mercurials, 98.
Livingstone-Search Expedition, Sir R. I.
Murchison, Bart., on the, 126.
Lowe (E. J.) on the abnormal forms of
ferns, 91.
Lubbock (Sir John) on some points in
the anatomy of the Thysanura, 91; on
the origin of civilization and the early
condition of man, 118.
Macdonald (Prof.) on the construction
of the life-boat, 155.
* on an improved paddle-wheel,
155,
M‘Intosh (Dr.) on the invertebrate ma-
rine fauna and fishes of St. Andrews,
92; on Mr. J. G. Jeffreys’s collection
of Hebridean annelids, 92; on the
annelids of St. Andrews, 92; experi-
ments with poisons, &c., on young
salmon, 102.
*Mackie (8. J.) on iron floating forts,
iron harbours, and other floating struc-
tures, and on Daft’s method of con-
struction of iron fabrics, 156.
Maenetic curves, Senhor Capello on a
comparison of the Kew and Lisbon,
during the disturbance of February,
20-25, 1866, 20.
*Maeneto-electric machine, W, Ladd on
a, 14.
*Main (P. T.) and A. R. Catton on a
new synthesis of ammonia, 40.
Mammalian remains, H. 8. Ellis on some,
from the submerged forest in Barn-
staple Bay, Devon, 59.
Mammiféres, Charles Martins sur une
nouvelle comparaison des membres
INDEX II.
penne et thoraciques chez l’homme,
es, les oiseaux et les reptiles, déduite
de la torsion de ’humérus, 158.
Man, Sir John Lubbock on the origin of
civilization, and the early condition
of, 118.
, John Crawfurd on the antiquity
of, 114.
*——., John Crawfurd on the plurality
of the races of,114; on the complexion,
hair, and eyes as tests of the races of
man, 114,
*Manganese, oxide of, I. Lowthian Bell
on a method of recovering sulphur
and, used at Dieuze, near Nancy,
France, 31.
» Walter Weldon on a new manu-
facturing process for the perpetual re-
generation of, used in the manufacture
of chlorine, 48,
Mankind, G. D. Gibb on vocal and
other influences upon, from pendency
of the epiglottis, 101.
Marmalade trade, C, C. Maxwell on the,
of Dundee, 143.
Martins (Prof. Charles) sur une nou-
velle comparaison des membres pel-
viens et thoraciques chez Vhomme,.
les mammiféres, les oiseaux et les
reptiles, déduite de la torsion de
Vhumérus, 158; sur les racines aéri-
féres ou vessies natatoires, la synony-
mie et la distribution géographique de
spelanies espéces aquatiques du genre
ussiva, 163,
et Edouard Collomb sur l’ancien
glacier de la vallée d’Argelés dans les
Pyrénées, 66,
Masters (Dr. M. T.) on polliniferous
ovules in a rose, 93.
*Matthew (Patrick), employer and em-
ployed—capital and labour, 143.
Maury (Captain M. F.) on the physical
geography of Nicaragua with reference
to interoceanic transit, 125.
Maw (George) on the Cambrian rocks
of Llanberis with reference to a break
in the conformable succession of the
lower bed, 70.
*——., on covered life-hoats, 156.
Maxwell (Charles C.) on the confec-
tionery and marmalade trade of Dun-
dee, 143.
Maxwell (J. Clerk) on a real-image
stereoscope, 11; on the theory of
diagrams of forces as applied to roofs
and bridges, 156.
Mayne (Messrs. Wallace and) on a
Peruvian expedition up the rivers
Ucayali and Pachitea, 131,
67.
177
Medusze, Hydroid, Prof. Allman on the
structure of certain, 77.
(naked-eyed), C. W. Peach on,
found at Peterhead and Wick and
other British localities, 96.
Meldrum (C.) on the gales and hurri-
canes of the Indian Ocean south of
the equator, 21.
*Melville (P.) on life, its nature, origin,
&e., 102.
*Menteath (P. W. Stuart) on tertiary
and posttertiary action in the Pyre-
nees, 70.
Mercurials, Dr. H. Bennett on new in-
vestigations to determine the amount
of bile secreted by the liver, and how
far this is influenced by the use of, 98.
Meteor shower, George Forbes on the,
of August 1867, 20.
Meteorological observations at sea, F,
W. Moffat on, 25.
Metric system, reasons why the office of
warden of the standards should in-
clude standard weights and measures
of the, in addition to those of the
imperial weights and measures, 146.
Microscopical preparations, exhibitions
of, 10-
Milne Home (D.) on the old sea-clifts
and submarine banks of the Frith of
Forth, 61.
*Mitchell (Joseph) on a new mode of
constructing the surface of streets and
thoroughfares, 156.
Moffat (IF. W.) on meteorological obser-
vations at sea, 25,
*Moftat (Dr. J.) on the luminosity of
phosphorus, 11.
Molecular theory of organization, Dr.
Hughes Bennett on protagon in rela-
tion to the, 97.
Morch (O. A. L.), notice of dredging by
the late H. P. C. Moller, off Fair Isle,
between Orkney and Shetland, 93.
Moss, new, Dr. John Fraser on a, 82.
Mount Pindus, Major R. Stuart on the
Vilakhs of, 130.
Murchison (Sir R. I, Bart.), observa-
tions on the Livingstone-search expe-
dition now in progress, 126; on the
International Prehistoric and Anthro-
pological Congress, 126. :
Murray (Andrew) on the future admi-
nistration of the natural-history col-
lections in the British Museum, 94.
Napier (J. R.) and Prof. W. J. Mac-
quorn Rankine on the use of moye-
able seats for slide-valves, 156.
Natural-history collections of the Bri-
=
178
tish Museum, Andrew Murray on the
future administration of the; 94.
Negro, Dr. John Davy on the character
of the, chiefly in relation to industrial
habits, 115.
Nerves of the cornea, Prof. Cleland on
the, 100.
*Nervous system, Dr. W. B. Richardson
on some effects produced by applying
extreme cold to certain parts of the,
103.
New Scotland, J. Pratt on the colony of,
in Southern Africa, 128.
Newton, Sir David Brewster on the
alleged correspondence between Pas-
cal and, 1.
——, T. Archer Hirst cn the alleged
correspondence between Pascal and,
recently communicated to the French
Academy, 2.
New-Zealand flax, Dr. W. Lauder Lind-
say on the obstacles to the utilization
of the, 141.
Nicaragua, Captain M. F. Maury on
the physical geoetraphy of, with refer-
ence to interoceanic transit, 125.
, Captain Bedford Pim on the mi-
ning district of Chontales, 127:
, Lieut. S. P. Cliver on two routes
through, 127.
Nicholson (Dr. H. A.) and Prof. Hark-
ness on the Coniston group of the
Lake-district, 61.
Nicholson (Dr. H. A.) on the natwre and
systematic position of the Graptoli-
tide, 71, 96; on the Graptolites of
the Skiddaw slates, 71.
Nitrogenous matter in water, Dugald
Campbell on Messrs, Wanklyn, Chap-
man, and Smith’s method of deter-
mining, 32.
Norfolk, John &. Taylor on the relation
of the upper and lower crags in, 157.
rt, J. Wyatt on the gradual altera-
tion of the coast-line in, 73.
Norsemen, H. H. Howorth on the ori-
gines of the, 117.
Norway, H. J. Ker Porter on the preva-
lence of ‘‘Spedalske” or leprosy in
the kingdom of, 144:
*Oats, A. Stephen Wilson on the mea-
sure and value of, 147.
Ogilvie (Dr. G.) on the adaptation of
the structure of the shell of the
bird’s egg to the function of respira-
tion, 102.
Oils, volatile, Sir D. Brewster on the
motion and colours upon films of, 8.
——, T. T. P. Bruce Warren on the
REPORT—1 867 :
electrical resistances of fixed and yo-
latile, 47.
Oiseaux, Charles Martins sur une compa-
raison des membres pelviens et thora-
ciques chez l’homme, les mammiféres,
les, et les reptiles, déduite de la tor-
sion de ’humérus, 158.
*Oldham (Dr.) on the geology of India,
72
(2:
#Oldham (James) on the utilization or
more profitable employment of male
convicts, 144.
Old Red Sandstone, C. W. Peach on fos-
sil fishes of the, of Caithness and
Sutherland, 72.
Oliver (Lieut. 5. P.), description of two
routes through Nicaragua, 127.
Opium, Dr. Collingwood on the con-
sumption of, 137.
Orchar (James G.) on the engineering
manufacture of Dundee, 144.
Orkney, notice of dredging by the late
H. P. C. Moller off Fair Isle, between
Shetland and, 95.
Ovules, polliniferous, Dr. M. T; Masters
on, in a rose, 93.
Ox, Prof. Cleland on the epithelium of
the cornea of the, in relation to the
erowth of stratified epithelium, 100.
*Oxalic ether, A. R. Catton on Loewig’s
researches on the action of sodium
amalgam on, 32.
Pachitea, Messrs, Wallace and Mayne on
a Peruvian expedition up the rivers
Ucayali and, 131.
*Paddle-wheel, Prof. Macdonald on an
improved, 156.
Palestine, Lieut. Anderson on a recon-
noissance of some portions of, made
in 1865-66, 111.
——, Cyril Graham cn exploration in,
116
exploration fund, Captain C. W.
Wilson on the, 151.
, Rey. H. B, Tristram on the dis-
es of, as yet imperfectly explored,
31.
Paris Exhibition, John Fernie on the
izon and steel shown at the, 154.
, Ferdinand Kohn on the iron and
steel at the, 155.
, Mrs. Lynn Linton on the ethno-
eraphy of the, 117. ;
Pascal and Newton, Sir David Brewster
on the alleged correspondence be- —
tween, l.
——, I’. Archer Hirst on the alleged
correspondence hetween,recently com-=_
municated to the French Academy, 2.
*.
—_ - -
/ Se eee
INDEX II.
*Patent-fees, G. B. Galloway on the ap-
plication of the funds derived from,
154.
*Paterson (William) on the consump-
tion of fuel, 156.
Peach (C. W.) on fossil fishes of the
Old Red Sandstone of Caithness and
Sutherland, with notice of some new
to those counties, 72; on the fructi-
fication of Grifiithsia corallina found in
the West Voe, Outskerries, Shetland,
96; on naked-eyed medusze found at
Peterhead and Wick and other Bri-
tish localites, 96.
Pelagic floating animals, Dr. Colling-
wood on, observed at sea, 81.
Pendle range of hills, E. Hull on the
structure of the, as illustrating the
south-easterly attenuation of the car-
boniferous sedimentary rocks of the
north of England, 62.
*Perkins (W.), exploration of the Grand
Chaco in La Plata, with an account of
the Indians, 127,
Peru, Prof. A. Raimondy on the Wild
Indians inhabiting the forests of
Huanta, 129.
Peterhead, C. W. Peach on the naked-
eyed medusee found at, 96.
*Phipson (Dr. L. T.) on the phenomena
which occur when magnetized steel
is dissolved in acids, 14.
Phosphatic deposit, J. F. Walker on a
new, 73.
*Phosphorus, Dr. J. Moffat on the lumi-
nosity of, 11.
Photographs, enamel, notice by Sir
Dayid Brewster respecting, executed
by Mx. M‘Raw, 8.
Photography, John Spiller on certain
new processes in, 45.
*Photometer, W. Crookes on a new
polarizing, 32.
Pim, Captain Bedford on the mining
district of Chontales, Nicaragua, 127.
*Plant (John) on the geology and fossils
of the Lingula-flags at Upper Maw-
ddach, North Wales, 72.
Plant-acclimatization, Dr. W. Lauder
Lindsay on, in Scotland, with especial
reference to Tussac grass, 88.
Plantations, Dr. Grierson on the de-
struction of, by a species of vole, 82.
Plants (vare), Prof. Balfour on some,
recently collected in Scotland, 79.
Poisons, Dr. M‘Intosh on experiments
with, on young salmon, 102.
Polli (Dr.) on the antiseptic properties
of the sulphites, 103.
Polymorphism, Dr. W. Lauder Lindsay
179
on, in the fructification of lichens,
89
Porter (Henry J. Ker) on the prevalence
of “Spedalske ” or leprosy in the
kingdom of Norway, 144.
*Power looms, J. K. Caird on an iron
camb for, 153.
Pratt (J. J.) on the colony of New Scot-
land in Southern Africa, 128.
Prehistoric and “Anthropological Con-
egress, Sir R. I, Murchison, Bart., on
the, 126.
Prisons, Sir John Bowring on productive
labour in, as associated with the re-
formation of criminals, 135.
Protagon, Dr. Hughes Bennett on, in
relation to the molecular theory of
organization, 97.
Puydt (Lucien de), exploration of the
isthmus of Darien, with a view to
discovering a practical line for a ship
canal, 128.
Pyrénées, C. Martins et E. Collomb sur
Vancien glacier de la valleé d’Argelés
dans les, 66.
*Pyrenees, P. W. Stuart Menteath on
tertiary and posttertiary action in the,
70.
*Quinine, Wentworth L. Scott on the
presence of, and other alkaloids in the
animal economy, 104.
Racines aériféres, Prof. C. Martins sur
les, ou vessies natatoires, la synonymie
etc. de quelques espéces aquatiques du
genre Jussizea, 165.
Raimondy (Prof. A.) on the Wild In-
dians inhabiting the forests of Huanta,
Peru, 129.
Rain-gauges, John Thruston on the
evaporation from, 28.
Rankine (Prof. W. J. Macquorn) on the
approximate drawing of circular arcs
of given lengths, 5; Address as Pre-
sident of the Mechanical Section, 149.
and J. R. Napier on the use of
moveable seats for slide-valves, 156.
Reaping-machinery, Rey. P. Bell on,
*Refraction, dcuble, A. R. Catton on
the theory of, 10.
*Renals (H.) on arbitration in the Not-
tingham hosiery manufacture, 145.
Reptiles, Charles Martins sur une com-
paraison des membres pelvyiens et
thoraciques chez homme, les mam-
miféres, les oiseaux, et les, déduite de .
la torsion de Vhumérus, 158,
Respiration, Dr. G. Ogilvie on the adap-
12*
180
tation of the structure of the bird’s
eg to the function of, 102.
*Richardson (Dr. W. B.) on coagulation
of the blood—a correction of the am-
monia theory, 103; on some effects
produced by applying extreme cold to
certain parts of the nervous system,
103.
*Robertson (A.), statistics of the social
condition of Dundee, 145.
Robinson (Dr. G.) on certain effects of
the concentrated solar rays upon the
tissues of living animals immersed in
water, 103.
*Rock-crystal, A. Claudet on photogra-
aes portraits obtained by single lenses
of, 10.
*Rogers (Prof. J. E. T.) on the funds
available for developing the machinery
of education, 145.
Roofs and bridges, J. Clerk Maxwell on
the theory of diagrams of forces as
applied to, 156.
Rose, Dr. M. T. Masters on polliniferous
ovules in a, 93.
Russell (R.) on some deductions by Dr.
Tyndall from his recent experiments
regarding the radiant and absorptive
eee of yapour inthe atmosphere,
Russian America, P. N. Compton on the
coast of, 114,
St. Andrews, Dr. M‘Intosh on the anne-
lids of, 92; on the invertebrate marine
fauna and fishes of, 92.
Salmon, Dr. M‘Intosh on experiments
with poisons &c. on young, 102.
Sardinia, Gordon Davis on the calamine
deposits of, 58.
Schvarez (Dr. Julius) on the internal
heat of the earth, 75.
Schenk (R.) and J. A. Wanklyn on the
synthesis of caproic acid, 46.
Schists, D. T. Ansted on the passage of,
into granite in the island of Corsica,
54.
Scinde, Western, exploration of, and
Beloochistan with a view to examin-
ing the subterranean supply of water,
113.
Scotland, Prof. Balfour on some rare
plants recently collected in, 79.
*___. Rey. W. H. Croszkey on the re-
lation of the Glacial shell-beds of the
Carse of Gowrie to those of the west
of, 58.
. ——, A. Geikie on the progress of the
ecological survey of, G0.
——, Prof, Leone Levi on the condition
REPORT—1867.
and progress of, in relation to England
and Ireland, 140.
Scotland, Dr. W. Lauder Lindsay on the
goldfields of, 64; on plant-acclima-
tization in, with special reference to
Tussac grass, 88.
*Scott (Wentworth L.) on the bisul-
phite of calcium as a preservative of
animal substances, 40; on the artificial
production of oil of cinnamon, 40 ; on
the presence of quinine and other al-
kaloids in the animal economy, 101.
Sea, Dr. Collingwood on pelagic floating
animals observed at, 81.
Sea-cliffs, old, D. Milne Home on the,
and submarine banks of the Frith of
Forth, 61.
Sea-dust, Trichodesmium or, Dr. Col-
lingwood on, 81.
Seal-fishing, James Yeaman on, as pro-
secuted by the North-Sea fleet hailing
from Dundee, 148.
Sharpey (Dr. W.), Address as President
of the Biological Section, 74.
Shetland, notice of dredging by the late
H. P. C. Moller off Fair ies between
Orkney and, 93.
——, 0. W. Peach on the fructifieation
of Griflithsia corallina, found in the
West Voe, Outskerries, 96.
Shipbuilding, Henry Gourlay on the,
at Dundee, 157.
*Ships’ boats, George Fawceus on the
stowage of, 154,
Siemens (C, W.) on the indnction-spark
apparatus for illuminating beacons
and buoys used in the first experi-
ments made for the Northern Lights
Board, 14.
Simpson (Dr. Maxwell) and Dr. A. Gau-
tier on a compound formed by the
direct union of aldehyde and anhy-
drous prussic acid, 40; on the for-
mation of succinic acid from chloride
of ethylidene, 42.
Skiddaw slates, Dr. H. A. Nicholson on
the Graptolites of the, 71.
Slide-valves, J. R. Napier and Prof. W.
J. M. Rankine on the use of move-
able seats for, 156,
*Smith (R.) on the gaseous products of
the destructive distillation of hydro-
carbons obtained from shales and coals
at low and high temperatures, 43,
Soap-bubble, Sir D. Tenet on the
colowrs of the, 6.
*Sodium, J. A. Wanklyn on the action
of, on valerianic and similar ethers,
47.
Solar rays, Dr. G. Robinson on certain
INDEX II.
effects of the concentrated, upon the
tissues of living animals immersed in
water, 103.
Spectroscope, E. Ray Lankester’s obser-
vations with the, on animal substances,
101.
Spectrum, radiant, Sir’D, Brewster on
the, 8.
sé Spedalske ” or leprosy, H. J. Ker Por-
ter on the prevalence of, in the king-
dom of Norway, 144.
Spence (Peter) on the economization of
sulphurous acid in copper-smelting,
Spiller (John) on the preservation of
stone, 44; on certain new processes
in photography, 45.
Standards, Warden of the, reasons why
the office of, should include standard
weights and measures of the metric
system in addition to those of the im-
perial weights and measures, 147.
Steam-boiler, marine, J. Lewis on an
improved, 155.
*Steam cultivation, David Greig on, 155.
Steel, Dr. J. D. Everett on the results of
experiments on the rigidity of, 153.
Steel and iron, Ferdinand Kohn on the,
at the Paris Exhibition, 155.
, John Fernie on the, shown at the
Paris Exhibition, 154.
Stereoscope, J. Clerk Maxwell on a real-
image, 11. ;
Stevenson (T.) on a proposal to illumi-
nate beacons and buoys, by electricity
conveyed through submarine wires
connected with the shore, 14.
Stewart (Dr. Balfour) on the errors of
aneroids at various pressures, 26.
Stone, John Spiller on the preservation
of, 44.
Storm-warnings, Colonel Sykes on their
importance and practicability, 27.
*Streets, Joseph Mitchell on a new mode
of constructing the surface of, 156.
Stuart (Major R.) on the Vlakhs of
Mount Pindus, 130.
Succinic acid, Dr. Maxwell Simpson on
the formation of, from chloride of
ethylidene, 42.
Sulphites, Dr. Polli on the antiseptic
properties of the, 103.
Sulphur, I. Lowthian Bell on a method
of recovering, and oxide of manganese
used at Dieuze, near Nancy, France,31.
Sulphurous acid, P. Spence on the
economization of, in copper-smelting,
43.
Sutherland, C. W. Peach on fossil fishes
of the Old Red Sandstone of, 72.
Sykes (Colonel) on storm-warnings,
181
their importance and practicability,
27; on the report upon the state cf
the empire of France, presented to the
Senate and Legislative Body, Febru-
ary 1867, 145.
*Symmetry, laws of, A. R. Catton on
the, 10.
*Tait (P. M.) on the population and
mortality of Calcutta, 145.
Taylor (John E.) on the relation of the
upper and lower crags in Norfolk, 157.
Tennant (Major J. F.) on the preparations
for observing the total eclipse of
August 1868, 5.
Tertiary and quaternary deposits, Rey. J.
Gunn on, in the Eastern Counties, 60.
*Topaz, A. Claudet on photographic
portraits obtained by single lenses of,
10
Thermometer, telegraphic, Prof. C.
Wheatstone on a new, 11.
Thompson (Prof. Allen), exhibition of
microscopical preparations by, 104.
*Thoms (P. H.) on community of lan-
guage and uniformity of notation,
weights, measures, and coinage, 146,
Thomson’s (Sir W.) Address to the
Mathematical and Physical Section,
1; ona self-acting electrostatic accu-
mulator, 16; on a series of electro-
meters for comparative measurements
through great range, 16; on vyolta-
convection by flame, 17; on electric
machines founded on induction and
convection, 18.
*Thruston (John) on evaporation from
rain-gauges, 28.
Thysanura, Sir John Lubbock on some
points in the anatomy of the, 91.
Trichodesmium, Dr. Collingwood on, 81.
Tristram (Rey. H. B.) on the zoological
aspects of the grouse-disease, 97.
on the districts of Palestine as yet
imperfectly explored, 131.
Tunnelling, General Haupt on the ap-
peer of machinery to boring and,
55.
Turner (Prof.), exhibition of microsco-
pical preparations, 104; on the ana-
tomy of the pilot whale, 104.
Tussac grass, Dr. W. Lauder Lindsay on
plant-acclimatization in Scotland with
special reference to, 88.
Tyndall’s (Dr.) deductions regarding the
radiant and absorptive properties of
vapour, R. Russell on, 11.
Ucayali, Messrs. Wallace and Mayne on
a Peruvian expedition up the rivers
Pachitea and, 151,
182
Upware, Cambridgeshire, J. F, Walker
on a new phosphatic deposit near, 73.
*Urquhart (W. W.) on some of the dif-
ficulties the scientific engineer meets
with in practice, 157.
Vancouver’s Island, P. N. Compton on
the coast of, 114.
Vegetable growths, Dr. J. D. Heaton on
certain simulations of, by mineral sub-
stances, 83.
Veos, H. C. Criswick on life amongst
the, 115.
Vessels, speed of, Admiral Sir E. Bel-
cher on methods for testing the, over
the measured mile, 155.
Vessies natatoires (Prof. C. Martins) sur
les racines aériféres ou, la synonymie
ete. de quelques espéces aquatiques du
genre Jussizea, 165,
*Vision, binocular, A. Claudet on a
new fact of, 10.
Vital action, Dr. J. Davy on the influence
of atmospheric air on, as tested by the
air-pump, 100.
Vlakhs, Major R. Stuart on the, of
Mount Pindus, 130.
Vole, Dr. Grierson on the destruction of
plantations at Drumlanrig by a species
of, 82.
Volta-conyection by flame, Sir W.
Thomson on, 17.
Walker (J. F.) on a new phosphatic de-
posit near Upware, Cambridgeshire,
73.
Wallace (A. R.) on bird’s nests and
their plumage, or the relation between
sexual differences of colour and the
mode of nidification in birds, 97.
Wallace (Messrs. Mayne and) ona Peru-
vian expedition up the rivers Ucayali
and Pachitea, 131.
Walyisch Bay, Thomas Baines on, and
the ports of South-West Africa, 115.
*Wanklyn (J. A.) on the existence of
putrescible matter in river and lake
waters, 47; on the action of sodium
on valerianic and similar ethers, 47.
and R. Schenk on the synthesis of
caproic acid, 46.
Warden (Alexander J.) on the linen
manufacture in Dundee and neigh-
bourhood, 146.
Warden of the Standards, reasons why
the office of, should include standard
weichts and measures of the metric
system in addition to those of the im-
perial weights and measures, 147.
Warren (T. T. Bruce) on the electrical
resistances of fixed and volatile oils, 47.
REPORT—1867.
Water, J. W. Barnes on an exploration
of Beloochistan and Western Scinde,
with a view to examining the subter-
yanean supply of, 113.
—, Dugalll Campbell on Messrs. Wan-
klyn, Chapman, and Smith’s method
of determining nitrogenous matter
in, 32.
, Dr. G. Robinson on certain effects
of the concentrated solar rays upon the
tissues of living animals immersed in,
103.
*Waters, river and lake, J, A. Wan-
klyn on the existence of putrescible
matter in, 47.
Weldon (Walter) on a new manufactu-
ring process for the perpetual regene-
ration of oxide of manganese used in
the manufacture of chlorine, 48.
Whale, pilot, Prof. Turner on the
anatomy of the, 104.
Whale-fishing, James Yeaman on, as
ee fae by the North-Sea fleet
nailing from Dundee, 148.
Wheat, Dr. Gilbert and J. B. Lawes on
the composition of, grown for twenty
years in succession on the same land,
36.
Wheatstone (Prof. C.) on a new tele-
graphic thermometer, 11.
Wick, C. W. Peach on the naked-eyed
Medusze found at, 96.
*Wilson (A. Stephen) on the measure
and value of oats, 147.
Wilson (Capt. C. W.) on recent dis-
coveries in and around the site of the
temple at Jerusalem, 131; report on
the Palestine Exploration Fund, 131.
Windsor, Nova Scotia, Dr. J. D. Everett
on the results of observations of atmo-
spheric electricity at Kew Observatory
and, 20,
Wire-gauge, Birmingham, Latimer Clark
on the, 153.
*Wunsch (E. A.) on some carboniferous
fossil trees imbedded in trappean ash
in the isle of Arran, 73.
*Wyatt (J.) on the gradual alteration of
the coast-line in Norfolk, 73,
Yates (James), reasons why the office of
warden of the standards should include
standard weights and measures of the
metric system in addition to those of
he imperial weights and measures,
Yeaman (James), notes on seal- and
whale-fishings as prosecuted by the
North-Sea fleet hailing from Dundee,
148.
Vvuens....
“nt.
BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT
OF SCIENCE.
The Published Reports of Proceedings at the Meetings of the Association
may be obtained by Members on application to Messrs. Taylor & Francis,
Printing Office, Red Lion Court Fleet Street, London, E.C., at the following
prices, viz.—Reports for 1849-67, at two-thirds of the Publication Price; and
for the purpose of completing their sets, any of the first seventeen volumes,
of which more than 100 copies remain, at one-third of the Publication Price.
Associates for the Mecting in 1867 may obtain the Volume for the Year at the same price
as Members.
PROCEEDINGS or tur FIRST anp SECOND MEETINGS, at York
and Oxford, 1831 and i832, Published at 13s. 6d.
Contents :—Prof. Airy, on the Progress of Astronomy ;—J. W. Lubbock, on the Tides ;
—Prof. Forbes, on the Present State of Meteorology ;—Prof. Powell, on the Present State
of the Science of Radiant Heat ;—Prof. Cumming, on Thermo-Electricity ;—Sir D. Brewster,
on the Progress of Optics;—Rev. W. Whewell, on the Present State of Mineralogy ;—Rev.
W. D. Conybeare, on the Recent Progress and Present State of Geology ;—Dr, Prichard's
Review of Philological and Physical Researches.
Together with Papers on Mathematics, Optics, Acoustics, Magnetism, Electricity, Chemistry,
Meteorology, Geography, Geology, Zoology, Anatomy, Physiology, Botany, and the Arts;
and an Exposition of the Objects and Plan of the Association, &c.
PROCEEDINGS or tue THIRD MEETING, at Cambridge, 1833,
Published at 12s.
ContTEeNnTs :—Proceedings of the Meeting;—John ‘laylor, on Mineral Veins ;—Dr.
Lindley, on the Philosophy of Botany ;—Dr. Henry, on the Physiology of the Nervous Sy~
stem ;—P. Barlow, on the Strength of Materials ;—S. H. Christie, on the Magnetism of the
Earth ;—Rev. J. Challis, on the Analytical Theory of {lydrostatics and Hydrodynamics ;—
G. Rennie, on Hydraulics asa Branch of Engineering, Part I. ;—Rev. G, Peacock, on certain
Branches of Analysis.
Together with papers on Mathematics and Physics, Philosophical Tnstruments and Mceha-
nical Arts, Natural History, Anatomy, Physiology, and History of Science.
PROCEEDINGS or tue FOURTH MEETING, at Edinburgh, 1834,
Published at 15s.
Contents :—H. G. Rogers, on the Geology of North America ;—Dr. C. Henry, on the
Laws of Contagion ;—Prof, Clark, on Animal Physiclogy ;—Rev. L. Jenyns, on Zoology ;—
184
Rey. J. Challis, on Capillary Attraction ;-~Prof. Lloyd, on Physical Optics ;—G. Rennie, on
Hydraulics, Part II.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, and Recommendations of the Association
and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tHe FIFTH MEETING, at Dublin, 1835, Pub-
lished at 13s. 6d.
Conrents:—Rev. W. Whewell, on the Recent Progress and Present Condition of the
Mathematical Theories of Electricity, Magnetism, and Heat;— A. Quetelet, Apergu de
Y’Etat actuel des Sciences Mathématiques chez les Belges;—Capt. E. Sabine, on the Phe-
nomena of Terrestrial Magnetism.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Prof. Sir W. Hamilton’s Address, and Re-
commendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tHe SIXTH MEETING, at Bristol, 1836, Pub-
lished at 12s.
Conrents:—Prof. Daubeny, on the Present State of our Knowledge with respect to Mine-
yal and Thermal Waters ;—Major E. Sabine, on the Direction and Intensity of the Terrestrial
Magnetic Force in Scotland ;—J. Richardson, on North American Zoology ;—Rev. J. Challis,
on the Mathematical Theory of Fluids;—J. T. Mackay, a Comparative View of the more
remarkable Plants which characterize the neighbourhood of Dublin and Edinburgh, and the
South-west of Scotland, &c.;—J. T. Mackay, Comparative Geographical Notices of the
more remarkable Plants which characterize Scotland and Ireland ;—Report of the London Sub-
Committee of the Medical Section on the Motions and Sounds of the Heart ;—Second Report
of the Dublin Sub-Committee on the Motions and Sounds of the Heart ;—Report of the Dublin
Committee on the Pathology of the Brain and Nervous System ;—J. W. Lubbock, Account
of the Recent Discussions of Observations of the Tides ;—Rev. B. Powell, on determining the
Refractive Indices for the Standard Rays of the Solar Spectrum in various media;—Dr. Hodgkin,
on the Communication between the Arteries and Absorbents;—Prof. Phillips, Report of Experi-
ments on Subterranean Temperature ;—Prof. Hamilton, on the Validity of a Method recently
proposed by G. B. Jerrard, for Transforming and Resolving Equations of Elevated Degrees.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Prof. Daubeny’s Address, and Recommen-
dations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tHe SEVENTH MEETING, at Liverpool, 1837,
Published at 16s. 6d.
Conrents:—Major E. Sabine, on the Variations of the Magnetic Intensity observed at dif-
ferent points of the Earth’s Surface ;—Rev. W. Taylor, on the various modes of Printing for
the Use of the Blind;—J. W. Lubbock, on the Discussions of Observations of the Tides ;—
Prof. T. Thomson, on the Difference between the Composition of Cast Iron produced by the
Cold and Hot Blast ;—Rev. 'f. R. Robinson, on the Determination of the Constant of Nutation
by the Greenwich Observations ;—R. W. Fox, Experiments on the Electricity of Metallic
Veins, and the Temperature of Mines ;—Provisional Report of the Committee of the Medical
Section of the British Association, appointed to investigate the Composition of Secretions, and
the Organs producing them ;—Dr. G. O. Rees, Report from the Committee for inquiring into
the Analysis of the Glands, &c. of the Human Body ;—Second Report of the London Sub-Com-
mittee of the British Association Medical Section, on the Motions and Sounds of the Heart ;—
Prof. Johnston, on the Present State of our Knowledge in regard to Dimorphous Bodies ;—
Lt.-Col. Sykes, on the Statistics of the Four Collectorates of Dukhun, under the British Go-
vernment ;—E. Hodgkinson, on the relative Strength and other Mechanical Properties of Iron
obtained from the Hot and Cold Blast ;—W. Fairbairn, on the Strength and other Properties
of Iron obtained from the Hot and Cold Blast ;—Sir J. Robison, and J. 8. Russell, Report of
the Committee on Waves ;—Note by Major Sabine, being an Appendix to his Report on the
Variations of the Magnetic Intensity observed at different Points of the Earth’s Surface ;—
J. Yates, on the Growth of Plants under Glass, and without any free communication with the
outward Air, on the Plan of Mr. N. J. Ward, of London.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Prof. Traill’s Address, and Recommenda-
tions of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tHe EIGHTH MEETING, at Newcastle, 1838,
Published at 15s.
ConvTENTS :—Rev. W. Whewell, Account of a Level Line, measured from the Bristol Chan-
185
nel to the English Channel, by Mr. Bunt;—Report on the Discussions of Tides, prepared
under the direction of the Rev. W. Whewell;—W. S. Harris, Account of the Progress and
State of the Meteorological Observations at Plymouth ;—Major E. Sabine, on the Magnetic
Tsoclinal and Isodynamic Lines in the British Islands ;—D. Lardner, LL.D., on the Determi-
nation of the Mean Numerical Values of Railway Constants ;—R. Mallet, First Report upon
Experiments upon the Action of Sea and River Water upon Cast and Wrought Iron ;—R.
Mallet, on the Action of a Heat of 212° Fahr., when long continued, on Inorganic and Organic
Substances.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Mr. Murchison’s Address, and Recommen-
dations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tHe NINTH MEETING, at Birmingham, 1839,
Published at 13s. 6d.
Contents :—Rev. B. Powell, Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of Refractive
Indices, for the Standard Rays of the Solar Spectrum in different media ;—Report on the Ap-
plication of the Sum assigned for Tide Calculations to Rev. W. Whewell, in a Letter from T. G.
Bunt, Esq. ;—H. L. Pattinson, on some Galvanic Experiments to determine the Existence or
Non-Existence of Electrical Currents among Stratified Rocks, particularly those of the Moun-
tain Limestone formation, constituting the Lead Measures of Alton Moor ;—Sir D. Brewster,
Reports respecting the two series of Hourly Meteorological Observations kept in Scotland ;—
Report on the subject of a series of Resolutions adopted by the British Association at their
Meeting in August 1838, at Newcastle ;—R. Owen, Report on British Fossil Reptiles ;—E.
Forbes, Report on the Distribution or Pulmoniferous Mollusca in the British Isles;—W. S.
Harris, Third Report on the Progress of the Hourly Meteorological Register at Plymouth
Dockyard.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Rev. W. Vernon Harcourt’s Address, and
Recommendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tur TENTH MEETING, at Glasgow, 1840,
Published at 15s.
ConTEntTs :—Rev. B. Powell, Report on the recent Progress of discovery relative to Radiant
Heat, supplementary to a former Report on the same subject inserted in the first volume of the
Reports of the British Association for the Advancement of Science ;—J. D. Forbes, Supple-
mentary Report on Meteorology ;—W. 8S. Harris, Report on Prof. Whewell’s Anemometer,
now in operation at Plymouth ;—Report on ‘‘ The Motion and Sounds of the Heart,” by the
London Committee of the British Association, for 1839-40 ;—Prof. Schénbein, an Account of
Researches in Electro-Chemistry ;—R. Mallet, Second Report upon the Action of Air and
Water, whether fresh or salt, clear or foul, and at various temperatures, upon Cast Iron,
Wrought Iron and Steel ;—R. W. Fox, Report on some Observations on Subterranean Tem-
perature ;—A.F. Osler, Report on the Observations recorded during the years 1837, 1838, 1839,
and 1840, by the Self-registering Anemometer erected at the Philosophical Institution, Bir-
mingham ;—Sir D. Brewster, Report respecting the two Series of Hourly Meteorological Ob-
servations kept at Inverness and Kingussie, from Nov. Ist, 1838 to Nov. Ist, 1839 ;—W.
Thompson, Report on the Fauna of Ireland: Div. Vertebrata ;—C. J. B. Williams, M.D.,
Report of Experiments on the Physiology of the Lungs and Air-‘Tubes ;—Kev. J. S. Henslow,
Report of the Committee on the Preservation of Animal and Vegetable Substances.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Mr. Murchison and Major E. Sabine’s
Address, and Recommendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tHe ELEVENTH MEETING, at Plymouth,
1841, Published at 13s. 6d.
ConTENTs :—Rev. P. Kelland, on the Present state of our Theoretical and Experimental
Knowledge of the Laws of Conduction of Heat ;—G. L. Roupell, M.D., Report on Poisons ;—
T. G. Bunt, Report on Discussions of Bristol Tides, under the direction of the Rev. W. Whewell;
—D. Ross, Report on the Discussions of Leith Tide Observations, under the direction of the
Rev. W. Whewell ;—W. S. Harris, upon the working of Whewell’s Anemometer at Plymouth
during the past year;—Report of a Committee appointed for the purpose of superintend-
ing the scientific cooperation of the British Association in the System of Simultaneous Obser-
vations in Terrestrial Magnetism and Meteorology ;—Reports of Committees appointed to pro-
vide Meteorological Instruments for the use of M, Agassiz and Mr. M‘Cord ;—Report of a Com-
186
mittee to superintend the reduction of Meteorological Observations;—Report of a Com-
mittee for revising the Nomenclature of the Stars ;—Report of a Committee for obtaining In-
struments and Registers to record Shocks and Earthquakes in Scotland and Ireland ;—Report of
a Committee on the Preservation of Vegetative Powers in Seeds ;—Dr. Hodgkin, on Inquiries
into the Races of Man ;—Report of the Committee appointed to report how far the Desiderata
in our knowledge of the Condition of the Upper Strata of the Atmosphere may be supplied by
means of Ascents in Balloons or otherwise, to ascertain the probable expense of such Experi-
ments, and to draw up Directions for Observers in such circumstances ;—R. Owen, Report
on British Fossil Reptiles ;—Reports on the Determination of the Mean Value of Railway
Constants s—D. Lardner, LL.D., Second and concluding Report on the Determination of the
Mean Value of Railway Constants;—E. Woods, Report on Railway Constants ;—Report of a
Committee on the Construction of a Constant Indicator for Steam-Engines.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Prof. Whewell’s Address, and Recommen-
dations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tor TWELFTH MEETING, at Manchester
1842, Published at 10s. 6d.
ConTENTS :—Report of the Committee appointed to conduct the cooperation of the British
Association in the System of Simultaneous Magnetical and Meteorological Observations ;—
J. Richardson, M.D., Report on the present State of the Ichthyology of New Zealand ;—
W.S. Harris, Report on the Progress of Meteorological Observations at. Plymouth ;—Second
Report of a Committee appointed to make Experiments on the Growth and Vitality of Seeds;
—C. Vignoles, Report of the Committee on Railway Sections ;—Report of the Committee
for the Preservation of Animal and Vegetable Substances ;—Lyon Playfair, M.D., Abstract
of Prof. Liebig’s Report on Organic Chemistry applied to Physiology and Pathology ;—
R. Owen, Report on the British Fossil Mammalia, Part I.;—R. Hunt, Researches on the
Influence of Light on the Germination of Seeds and the Growth of Plants ;—L. Agassiz, Report
on the Fossil Fishes of the Devonian System or Old Red Sandstone ;—W. Fairbairn, Ap-
pendix to a Report on the Strength and other Properties of Cast Iron obtained from the Hot
and Cold Blast ;—D. Milne, Report of the Committee for Registering Shocks of Earthquakes
in Great Britain ;—Report of a Committee on the construction of a Constant Indicator for
Steam-Engines, and for the determination of the Velocity of the Piston of the Self-acting En-
gine at different periods of the Stroke ;—J. 5. Russell, Report of a Committee on the Form of
Ships ;—Report of a Committee appointed ‘to consider of the Rules by which the Nomencla-
ture of Zoology may be established on a uniform and permanent basis;”—Report of a Com-
mittee on the Vital Statistics of large Towns in Scotland ;—Provisional Reports, and Notices
of Progress in special Researches entrusted to Committees and Individuals.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Lerd Francis Egerton’s Address, and Re-
commendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tue THIRTEENTH MIEETING, at Cork,
1843, Published aé |2s.
ConTENTS:—Robert Mallet, Third Report upon the Action of Air and Water, whether
fresh or salt, clear or foul, and at Various Temperatures, upon Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, and
Steel;—Report of the Committee appointed to conduct the cooperation of the British As-
sociation in the System of Simultaneous Magnetical and Meteorological Observations ;—Sir
J. I. W. Herschel, Bart., Report of the Committee appointed for the Reduction of Meteoro-
logical Observations;—Report of the Committee appointed for Experiments on Steam-
Engines ;—Report of the Committee appointed to continue their Experiments on the Vitality
of Seeds;—J. S. Russell, Report of a Series of Observations on the Tides of the Frith of
Forth and the East Coast of Scotland ;—J. S. Russell, Notice of a Report of the Committee
on the Form of Ships;—J. Blake, Report on the Physiological Action of Medicines;—Report
cf the Committee on Zoological Nomenclature ;—Report of the Committee for Registering
the Shocks of Earthquakes, and making such Meteorological Observations as may appear to
them desirable ;—Report of the Committee for conducting Experiments with Captive Balloons;
—Prof. Wheatstone, Appendix to the Report ;—Report of the Committee for the Translation
and Publication of Foreign Scientific Memoirs ;—C. W. Peach, on the Habits of the Marine
Testacea ;—E. Forbes, Report on the Mollusca and Radiata of the Agean Sea, and on their
distribution, considered as bearing on Geology ;--L. Agassiz, Synoptical Table of British
Fossil Fishes, arranged in the order of the Geological Formations ;—R. Owen, Report on the
British Fossil Mammalia, Part II.;—E. W. Binney, Report on the excavation made at the
junction of the Lower New Red Sandstone with the Coal Measures at Collyhurst ;—W.
187
Thompson, Report on the Fauna of Ireland: Div. Znvertebrata ;—Provisional Reports, and
Notices of Progress in Special Researches entrusted to Committees and Individuals.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Earl of Rosse’s Address, and Recommen-
dations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or toe FOURTEENTH MEETING, at York, 1844,
Published at £1.
ConTENTs :—W. B. Carpenter, on the Microscopic Structure of Shells ;—J. Alder and A,
Hancock, Report on the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca;—R. Hunt, Researches on the
Influence of Light on the Germination of Seeds and the Growth of Plants ;—Report of a
Committee appointed by the British Association in 1840, for revising the Nomenclature of the
Stars ;—Lt.-Col. Sabine, on the Meteorology of Toronto in Canada ;—J. Blackwall, Report
on some recent researches into the Structure, Functions, and Economy of the Araneidea
made in Great Britain ;—Earl of Rosse, on the Construction of large Reflecting Telescopes ;
—Rev. W. V. Harcourt, Report on a Gas-furnace for Experiments on Vitrifaction and other
Applications of High Heat in the Laboratory ;—Report of the Committee for Registering
Earthquake Shocks in Scotland ;—Report of a Committee for Experiments on Steam-Engines;
—Report of the Committee to investigate the Varieties of the Human Race ;—Fourth Report
of a Commiitee appointed to continue their Experiments on the Vitality of Seeds ;—W. Fair-
bairn, on the Consumption of Fuel and the Prevention of Smoke ;—F. Ronalds, Report con-
cerning the Observatory of the British Association at Kew ;—Sixth Report of the Committee
appointed to conduct the Cooperation of the British Association in the System of Simulta-
neous Magnetical and Meteorological Observations ;—Prof. Forchhammer on the influence
of Fucoidal Plants upon the Formations of the Earth, on Metamorphism in general, and par-
ticularly the Metamorphosis of the Scandinavian Alum Slate ;—H. E. Strickland, Report on
the recent Progress and Present State of Ornithology ;—T. Oldham, Report of Committee
appointed to conduct Observations on Subterranean Temperature in Ireland ;—Prof. Owen,
Report on the Extinct Mammals of Australia, with descriptions of certain Fossils indicative
of the former existence in that continent of large Marsupial Representatives of the Order
Pachydermata ;—W. S. Harris, Report on the working of Whewell and Osler’s Anemometers
at Plymouth, for the years 1841, 1842, 1843 ;—W. R. Birt, Report on Atmospheric Waves;
—L. Agassiz, Rapport sur les Poissons Fossiles de l’Argile de Londres, with translation ;—J.
§. Russell, Report on Waves ;—Provisional Reports, and Notices of Progressin Special Re-
searches entrusted to Committees and Individuals.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Dean of Ely’s Address, and Recommenda-
tions of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tHe FIFTEENTH MEETING, at Cambridge,
184.5, Published aé 12s.
ConTENTsS :—Seventh Report of a Committee appointed to conduct the Cooperation of the
British Association in the System of Simultaneous Magnetical and Meteorological Observa-
tions ;—Lt.-Col. Sabine, on some points in the Meteorology of Bombay ;—J. Blake, Report
on the Physiological Actions of Medicines ;—Dr. Yon Boguslawski, on the Comet of 1843;
—R. Hunt, Report on the Actinograph ;—Prof. Schénbein, on Ozone ;—Prof, Erman, on
the Influence of Friction upon Thermo-Electricity;—Baron Senftenberg, on the Seif-
Registering Meteorological Instruments employed in the Observatory at Senftenberg ;—
W. RK. Birt, Second Report on Atmospheric Waves ;—G. R. Porter, on the Progress and Pre-
sent Extent of Savings’ Banks in the United Kingdom ;—Prof. Bunsen and Dr, Playfair,
Report on the Gases evolved from Iron Furnaces, with reference to the Theory of Smelting
of Iron ;—Dr. Richardson, Report on the Ichthyology of the Seas of China and Japan ;—
Report of the Committee on the Registration of Periodical Phenomena of Animals and Vege-
tables ;—Fifth Report of the Committee on the Vitality of Seeds ;—Appendix, &c.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Sir J. F. W. Herschel’s Address, and Re-
commendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tHe SIXTEENTH MEETING, at Southampton,
1846, Published at 15s.
ConTENTS:—G. G. Stokes, Report on Recent Researches in Hydrodynamics ;—Sixth
Report of the Committee on the Vitality of Seeds ;—Dr. Schunck, on the Colouring Matters of
Madder ;—J. Blake, on the Physiological Action of Medicines;—R. Hunt, Report on the Ac-
tinograph ;—R. Hunt, Notices on the Influence of Light on the Growth of Plants ;—R. L
Ellis, on the Recent Progress of Analysis ;—Prof. Forchhammer, on Comparative Analytical
188
Researches on Sea Water ;—A. Erman, on the Calculation of the Gaussian Constants for
1829;—G. R. Porter, on the Progress, present Amount, and probable future Condition of the
Iron Manufacture in Great Britain ;—W. R. Birt, Third Report on Atmospheric Waves ;—
Prof. Owen, Report on the Archetype and Homologies of the Vertebrate Skeleton ;—~
J. Phillips, on Anemometry ;—J. Percy, M.D., Report on the Crystalline Flags;—Addenda
to Mr. Birt’s Report on Atmospheric Waves.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Sir R. I. Murchison’s Address, and Re-
commendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tot SEVENTEENTH MEETING, at Oxford,
1847, Published at 18s.
ConTENTsS :—Prof. Langberg, on the Specific Gravity of Sulphuric Acid at different de-
grees of dilution, and on the relation which exists between the Development of Heat and the
coincident contraction of Volume in Sulphuric Acid when mixed with Water ;—R. Hunt,
Researches on the Influence of the Solar Rays on the Growth of Plants ;—R. Mallet, on
the Facts of Earthquake Phenomena ;—Prof. Nilsson, on the Primitive Inhabitants of Scan-
dinavia ;—W. Hopkins, Report on the Geological Theories of Elevation and Earthquakes;
—Dr. W. B. Carpenter, Report on the Microscopic Structure of Shells ;—Rev. W. Whewell and
Sir James C. Ross, Report upon the Recommendation of an Expedition for the purpose of
completing our knowledge of the Tides ;—Dr. Schunck, on Colouring Matters ;—Seventh Re-
port of the Committee on the Vitality of Seeds ;—J. Glynn, on the Turbine or Horizontal
Water-Wheel of France and Germany ;—Dr. Rt. G. Latham, on the present state and recent
progress of Ethnographical Philology ;—Dr. J. C. Prichard, on the various methods of Research
which contribute to the Advancement of Ethnology, and of the relations of that Science to
other branches of Knowledge ;—Dr. C. C. J. Bunsen, on the results of the recent Egyptian
researches in reference to Asiatic and African Ethnology, and the Classification of Languages ;
—Dr. C. Meyer, on the Importance of the Study of the Celtic Language as exhibited by the
Modern Celtic Dialects still extant;—Dr. Max Miiller, on the Relation of the Bengali to the
Avian and Aboriginal Languages of India;—W. R. Birt, Fourth Report on Atmospheric
Waves ;—Prof. W. H. Dove, Temperature Tables, with Introductory Remarks by Lieut.-Col.
E. Sabine ;—A. Erman and H. Petersen, Third Report on the Calculation of the Gaussian Con-
stants for 1829.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Sir Robert Harry Inglis’s Address, and
Recommendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or true EIGHTEENTH MEETING, at Swansea,
1848, Published at 9s.
Contents :—Rev. Prof. Powell, A Catalogue of Observations of Luminous Meteors ;—
J. Glynn on Water-pressure Engines ;—R. A. Smith, on the Air and Water of Towns ;—Eighth
Report of Committee on the Growth and Vitality of Seeds ;—W. R. Birt, Fifth Report on At-
mospheric Waves ;—E. Schunck, on Colouring Matters ;—J. P. Budd, on the advantageous use
made of the gaseous escape from the Blast Furnaces at the Ystalyfera Iron Works;—R. Hunt,
Report of progress in the investigation of the Action of Carbonic Acid on the Growth of
Plants allied to those of the Coal Formations ;—Prof. H. W. Dove, Supplement to the Tem-
perature Tables printed in the Report of the British Association for 1847 ;—Remarks by Prof.
Dove on his recently constructed Maps of the Monthly Isothermal Lines of the Globe, and on
some of the principal Conclusions in regard to Climatology deducible from them; with an in-
troductory Notice by Lt.-Col. E. Sabine ;—Dr. Daubeny, on the progress of the investigation
on the Influence of Carbonic Acid on the Growth of Ferns ;—J. Phillips, Notice of further
progress in Anemometrical Researches ;—Mr. Mallet’s Letter to the Assistant-General Secre-
tary ;—A. Erman, Second Report on the Gaussian Constants ;—Report of a Committee
relative to the expediency of recommending the continuance of the Toronto Magnetical and
Meteorological Observatory until December 1850.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, the Marquis of Northampton’s Address,
and Recommendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tue NINETEENTH MEETING, at Birmingham,
184.9, Published at 10s.
ConTENTS :—Rev. Prof. Powell, A Catalogue of Observations of Luminous Meteors ;—Ear]
of Rosse, Notice of Nebule lately observed in the Six-feet Reflector ;—Prof. Daubeny, on the
Influence of Carbonic Acid Gas on the health of Plants, especially of those allied tu the Fossil
Remains found in the Coal Formation ;—Dr. Andrews, Report on the Heat of Combinatien ;
—Report of the Committee on the Registration of the Periodic Phenomena of Plants and
189
Animals ;—Ninth Report of Committee on Experiments on the Growth and Vitality of Seeds ;
—F. Ronalds, Report concerning the Observatory of the British Association at Kew, from
Aug. 9, 1848 to Sept. 12, 1849;—R. Mallet, Report on the Experimental Inquiry on Railway
Bar Corrosion ;—W. R. Birt, Report on the Discussion of the Electrical Observations at Kew.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, the Rev. T. R. Robinson’s Address, and
Recommendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tue TWENTIETH MEETING, at Edinburgh,
1850, Published at 15s.
ConTEnTs :—R. Mallet, First Report on the Facts of Earthquake Phenomena ;—Rev. Prof,
Powell, on Observations of Luminous Meteors;—Dr. T. Williams, on the Structure and
History of the British Annelida;—T. C. Hunt, Results of Meteorological Observations taken
at St. Michael’s from the Ist of January, 1840 to the 31st of December, 1849 ;—R. Hunt, on
the present State of our Knowledge of the Chemical Action of the Solar Radiations ;—Tenth
Report of Committee on Experiments on the Growth and Vitality of Seeds ;—Major-Gen.
Briggs, Report on the Aboriginal Tribes of India;—I. Ronalds, Report concerning the Ob-
servatory of the British Association at Kew ;—E. Forbes, Report on the Investigation of British
Marine Zoology by means of the Dredge ;—R. MacAndrew, Notes on the Distribution and
Range in depth of Mollusca and other Marine Animals, observed on the coasts of Spain, Por-
tugal, Barbary, Malta, and Southern Italy in 1849 ;—Prof. Allman, on the Present State of
our Knowledge of the Freshwater Polyzoa ;—Registration of the Periodical Phenomena of
Plants and Animals ;—Suggestions to Astronomers for the Observation of the Total Eclipse
of the Sun on July 28, 1851.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Sir David Brewster’s Address, and Recom-
mendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tue TWENTY-FIRST MEETING, at Ipswich,
1851, Published at 16s. 6d.
ConTENTS :—Rev. Prof. Powell, on Observations of Luminous Meteors;—Eleventh Re-
port of Committee on Experiments on the Growth and Vitality of Seeds ;—Dr. J. Drew, on
the Climate of Southampton ;—Dr. R. A. Smith, on the Air and Water of Towns: Action of
Porous Strata, Water and Organic Matter ;—LKeport of the Committee appointed to consider
the probable Effects in an Economical and Physical Point of View of the Destruction of Tro-
pical Forests ;—A. Henfrey, on the Reproduction and supposed Existence of Sexual Organs
in the Higher Cryptogamous Plants;—Dr. Daubeny, on the Nomenclature of Organic Com-
pounds ;—Rev. Dr. Donaldson, on two unsolved Problems in Indo-German Philology ;—-
Dr. T. Williams, Report on the British Annelida;—R. Mallet, Second Report on the Facts of
Earthquake Phenomena ;—Letter from Prof. Henry to Col. Sabine, on the System of Meteoro-
logical Observations proposed to be established in the United States ;—Col. Sabine, Report
on the Kew Magnetographs ;—J. Welsh, Report on the Performance of his three Magneto-
graphs during the Experimental Trial at the Kew Observatory ;—F. Ronalds, Report concern-
ing the Observatory of the British Association at Kew, from September 12, 1850 to July 31,
1851 ;—Ordnance Survey of Scotland.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Prof. Airy’s Address, and Recom-
mendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or true TWENTY-SECOND MEETING, at Belfast,
1852, Published at 15s.
ConTENTS :—R. Mallet, Third Report on the Facts of Earthquake Phenomena ;—Twelfth
Report of Committee on Experiments on the Growth and Vitality of Seeds ;—Rev. Prof,
Powell, Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors, 1851-52 ;—-Dr. Gladstone, on the In-
fluence of the Solar Radiations on the Vital Powers of Plants;—A Manual of Ethnological
Inquiry ;—Col. Sykes, Mean Temperature of the Day, and Monthly Fallof Rain at 127 Sta-
tions under the Bengal Presidency ;—Prof. J. D. Forbes, on Experiments on the Laws of the
Conduction of Heat;—R. Hunt, on the Chemical Action of the Solar Radiations ;—Dr. Hodges,
on the Composition and Economy of the Flax Plant;—W. Thompson, on the Freshwater
Fishes of Ulster; —W. Thompson, Supplementary Report on the Fauna of Ireland;—W. Wills,
onthe Meteorology of Birmingham;—J. Thomson, on the Vortex-Water- Wheel ;—J. B. Lawes
and Dr. Gilbert, on the Composition of Foods in relation to Respiration and the Feeding of
Animals.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Colonel Sabine’s Address, and Recom-
mendations of the Association and its Committees.
190
PROCEEDINGS or tue TWENTY-THIRD MEETING, at Hull,
1853, Published at 10s. 6d.
ConTENTS :—Rey, Prof. Powell, Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors, 1852-53;
—James Oldham, on the Physical Features of the Humber ;—James Oldham, on the Rise,
Progress, and Present Position of Steam Navigation in Hull;—William Fairbairn, Experi-
mental Researches to determine the Strength of Locomotive Boilers, and the causes which
lead to Explosion ;—J. J. Syivester, Provisional Report on the Theory of Determinants ;—
Professor Hodges, M.D., Report on the Gases evolved in Steeping Flax, and on the Composition
and Economy of the flax Plant ;—Thirteenth Report of Committee on Experiments on the
Growth and Vitality of Seeds ;—Robert Hunt, on the Chemical Action of the Solar Radiations;
—John P. Bell, M.D., Observations on the Character and Measurements of Degradation of the
Yorkshire Coast; First Report of Committee on the Physical Character of the Moon’s Sur-
face, as compared with that of the Earth;—R. Mallet, Provisional Report on Earthquake
Wave-Transits; and on Seismometrical Instruments ;—William Fairbairn, on the Mechanical
Properties of Metals as derived from repeated Meltings, exhibiting the maximum point of
strength and the causes of deterioration ;—Robert Mallet, Third Report on the Facts of Earth-
quake Phenomena (continued).
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Mr. Hopkins’s Address, and Recommenda-
tions of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tue TWENTY-FOURTH MEETING, at Liver-
pool, 1854, Published at 18s.
ConTENTS:—R. Mallet, Third Report on the Facts of Earthquake Phenomena (continued) ;
—Major-General Chesney, on the Construction and General Use of Efficient Life-Boats;—Rev.
Prof. Powell, Third Report on the present State of our Knowledge of Radiant Heat ;—Colonel
Sabine, on some of the results obtained at the British Colonial Magnetic Observatories ;—
Colonel Portlock, Report of the Committee on Earthquakes, with their proceedings respecting
Seismometers ;—Dr. Gladstone, on the influence of the Solar Radiations on the Vital Powers
of Plants, Part 2;—Rev. Prof. Powell, Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors, 1853-54;
—Second Report of the Committee on the Physical Character of the Moon’s Surface ;—W. G.
Armstrong, on the Application of Water-Pressure Machinery ;—J. B. Lawes and Dr. Gilbert,
on the Equivalency of Starch and Sugar in Food ;—Archibald Smith, on the Deviations of the
Compass in Wooden and Iron Ships ;—Fourteenth Report of Committee on Experiments on
the Growth and Vitality of Seeds.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, the Earl of Harrowby’s Address, and Re-
commendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS of roe TWENTY-FIFTH MEETING, at Glasgow,
1855, Published at 15s.
ConTENTS :—T. Dobson, Report on the Relation between Explosions in Coal-Mines and
Revolving Storms;—Dr. Gladstone, on the Influence of the Solar Radiations on the Vital Powers
of Plants growing under different Atmospheric Conditions, Part 3;—C. Spence Bate, on the
British Edriophthalma ;—J. F. Bateman, on the present state of our knowledge on the Supply
of Water to Towns ;—Fifteenth Report of Committee on Experiments on the Growth and
Vitality of Seeds ;—Rev. Prof. Powell, Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors, 1854—55 ;
—Report of Committee appointed to inquire into the best means of ascertaining those pro-
perties of Metals and effects of various modes of treating them which are of importance to the
durability and efficiency of Artillery ;—Rev. Prof. Henslow, Report on Typical Objects in
Natural History ;—A. Follett Osler, Account of the Self-Registering Anemometer and Rain-
Gauge at the Liverpool Observatory ;—Provisional Reports.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, the Duke of Argyll’s Address, and Recom-
mendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or true TWENTY-SIXTH MEETING, at Chel-
tenham, 1856, Published at 18s.
ConTEeNnTS :—Report from the Committee appointed to investigate and report upon the
effects produced upon the Channels of the Mersey by the alterations which within the last
fifty years have been made in its Banks;—J. Thomson, Interim Report on progress in Re-
searches on the Measurement of Water by Weir Boards ;—Dredging Report, Frith of Clyde,
1856 ;--Rev. B. Powell, Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors, 1855-1856 ;—Prof.
Bunsen and Dr. H. E. Roscoe, Photochemical Researches ;—Rey. James Booth, on the Trigo-
191
nometry of the Parabola, and the Geometrical Origin of Logarithms ;—R. MacAndrew, Report
on the Marine Testaceous Mollusca of the North-east Atlantic and Neighbouring Seas, and
the physical conditions affecting their development ;—P. P. Carpenter, Report on the present
state of our knowledge with regard to the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America ;—
T. C. Eyton, Abstract of First Report on the Oyster Beds and Oysters of the British Shores;
—Prof. Phillips, Report on Cleavage and Foliation in Rocks, and on the Theoretical Expla-
nations of these Phenomena: Part I. ;--Dr. T. Wright on the Stratigraphical Distribution of
the Oolitic Echinodermata ;—W. Fairbairn, on the Tensile Strength of Wrought Iron at various
Temperatures ;—C. Atherton, on Mercantile Steam Transport Economy ;—J. 8S. Bowerbank, on
the Vital Powers of the Spongiadz;——Report of a Committee upon the Experiments conducted
at Stormontfield, near Perth, for the artificial propagation of Salmon ;—Provisional Report on
the Measurement of Ships for Tonnage ;—On Typical Forms of Minerals, Plants and Animals
for Museums ;—J. Thomson, Interim Report on Progress in Researches on the Measure-
ment of Water by Weir Boards;--R. Mallet, on Observations with the Seismometer ;—A.
Cayley, on the Progress of Theoretical Dynamics ;—Report of a Committee appointed to con-
sider the formation of a Catalogue of Philosophical Memoirs.
Together with the Transactiens of the Sections, Dr. Daubeny’s Address, and Recom-
mendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tHe TWENTY-SEVENTH MEETING, at
Dublin, 1857, Published at 15s.
Contents :—A. Cayley, Report on the Recent Progress of Theoretical Dynamics ;—Six-
teenth and final Report of Committee on Experiments on the Growth and Vitality of Seeds ;
—James Oldham, C.E., continuation of Report on Steam Navigation at Hull;—Report of a
Committee on the Defects of the present methods of Measuring and Registering the Tonnage
of Shipping, as also of Marine Engine-Power, and to frame more perfect rules, in order that
a correct and uniform principle may be adopted to estimate the Actual Carrying Capabilities
and Working-Power of Steam Ships;—Robert Were Fox, Report on the Temperature of
some Deep Mines in Cornwall ;—Dr. G. Plarr, De quelques Transformations de la Somme
—a afl+1ge|+19él+1
0 Wat yaa lt
est exprimable par une combinaison de factorielles, la notation afl+1 désignant le produit des
# facteurs a (a+1) (a+2) &c....(a+¢—1);—G. Dickie, M.D., Report on the Marine Zoology
of Strangford Lough, County Down, and corresponding part of the Irish Channel ;—Charles
Atherton, Suggestions for Statistical Inquiry into the extent to which Mercantile Steam Trans-
port Economy is affected by the Constructive Type of Shipping, as respects the Proportions of
Length, Breadth, and Depth ;—J. S. Bowerbank, Further Report on the Vitality of the Spon-
giade ;—John P. Hodges, M.D., on Flax ;—Major-General Sabine, Report of the Committee
on the Magnetic Survey of Great Britain ;—Rev. Baden Powell, Report on Observations of
Luminous Meteors, 1856-57 ;—C. Vignoles, C.E., on the Adaptation of Suspension Bridges to
sustain the passage of Railway Trains ;—Professor W. A. Miller, M.D., on Electro-Chemistry ;
—John Simpson, R.N., Results of Thermometrical Observations made at the ‘ Plover’s’
Wintering-place, Point Barrow, latitude 71° 21’ N., long. 156° 17’ W., in 1852—54 ;—Charles
James Hargreave, LL.D., on the Algebraic Couple ; and on the Equivalents of Indeterminate
Expressions ;—Thomas Grubb, Report on the Improvement of Telescope and Equatorial
Mountings ;—Professor James Buckman, Report on the Experimental Plots in the Botanical
Garden of the Royal Agricultural College at Cirencester ;—William Fairbairn on the Resistance
of Tubes to Collapse ;—George C. Hyndman, Report of the Proceedings of the Belfast Dredging
Committee ;—Peter W. Barlow, on the Mechanical Effect of combining Girders and Suspen-
sion Chains, and a Comparison of the Weight of Metal in Ordinary and Suspension Girders,
to produce equal deflections with a given load ;—J. Park Harrison, M.A., Evidences of Lunar
Influence on Temperature ;—Report on the Animal and Vegetable Products imported into
Liverpool from the year 1851 to 1855 (inclusive) ;—Andrew Henderson, Report on the Sta-
tistics of Life-boats and Fishing-boats on the Coasts of the United Kingdom.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Rev. H. Lloyd’s Address, and Recommen-
dations of the Association and its Committees.
a étant entier négatif, et de quelques cas dans lesquels cette somme
PROCEEDINGS or tut TWENTY-EIGHTH MEETING, at Leeds,
September 1858, Published at 20s.
ConTENTS:—R. Mallet, Fourth Report upon the Facts and Theory of Earthquake Phe-
nomena ;— Rey. Prof. Powell, Report on Observatiens of Luminous Meteors, 1857-58 ;—R. H.
Meade, on seme Points in the Anatomy of the Araneidea or true Spiders, especially on the
192
internal structure of their Spinning Organs ;—W. Fairbairn, Report of the Committee on the
Patent Laws ;—S. Eddy, on the lead Mining Districts of Yorkshire ;—W. Fairbairn, on the
Collapse of Glass Globes and Cylinders ;—Dr. E. Perceval Wright and Prof. J. Reay Greene,
Report on the Marine Fauna of the South and West Coasts of Ireland ;—Prof, J. Thomson, on
Experiments on the Measurement of Water by Triangular Notches in Weir Boards ;—Major-
General Sabine, Report of the Committee on the Magnetic Survey of Great Britain ;—Michael
Connal and William Keddie, Report on Animal, Vegetable, and Mineral Substances imported
from Foreign Countries into the Clyde (including the Ports of Glasgow, Greenock, and Port
Glasgow) in the years 1853, 1854, 1855, 1855, and 1857 ;—Report of the Comnnittee on Ship-
ping Statistics;—Rev. H. Lloyd, D.D., Notice of the Instruments employed in the Mag-
netic Survey of Ireland, with some of the Results;—Prof. J. R. Kinahan, Report of Dublin
Dredging Committee, appointed 1857-58 ;—Prof. J. R. Kinahan, Report on Crustacea of Dub-
lin District ;—Andrew Henderson, on River Steamers, their Form, Construction, and Fittings,
with reference to the necessity for improving the present means of Shallow-Water Navigation
on the Rivers of British India;—George C. Hyndman, Report of the Belfast Dredging Com-
mittee ;—Appendix to Mr. Vignoles’s paper “‘ On the Adaptation of Suspension Bridges to sus-
tain the passage of Railway Trains;”—Report of the Joint Committee of the Royal Society and
the British Association, for procuring a continuance of the Magnetic and Meteorological Ob-
servatories ;—R. Beckley, Description of a Self-recording Anemometer.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Prof. Owen’s Address, and Recommenda-
tions of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS of tut TWENTY-NINTH MEETING, at Aberdeen,
September 1859, Published at 15s.
ConTENTS :—George C. Foster, Preliminary Report on the Recent Progress and Present
State of Organic Chemistry ;—Professor Buckman, Report on the Growth of Plants in the
Garden of the Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester ;—Dr. A. Voelcker, Report on Field
Experiments and Laboratory Researches on the Constituents of Manures essential to cultivated
Crops ;—A. Thomson, Esq. of Banchory, Report on the Aberdeen Industrial Feeding Schools ;
—On the Upper Silurians of Lesmahago, Lanarkshire ;—Alphonse Gages, Report on the Re-
sults obtained by the Mechanico-Chemical Examination of Rocks and Minerals ;—William
Fairbairn, Experiments to determine the Efficiency of Continuous and Self-acting Breaks for
Railway Trains ;—Professor J. R. Kinahan, Report of Dublin Bay Dredging Committee for
1858-59 ;—Rev. Baden Powell, Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors for 1858-59 ;
—Professor Owen, Report on a Series of Skulls of various Tribes of Mankind inhabiting
Nepal, collected, and presented to the British Museum, by Bryan H. Hodgson, Esq., late Re-
sident in Nepal, &c. &c. ;—Messrs. Maskelyne, Hadow, Hardwich, and Llewelyn, Report on
the Present State of our Knowledge regarding the Photographic Image ;—G. C. Hyndman,
Report of the Belfast Dredging Committee for 1859 ;—James Oldham, Continuation of Report
of the Progress of Steam Navigation at Hull;—Charles Atherton, Mercantile Steam ‘Trans-
port Economy as affected by the Consumption of Coals ;—Warren de la Rue, Report on the
present state of Celestial Photography in England ;—Professor Owen, on the Orders of Fossil
and Recent Reptilia, and their Distribution in Time ;—Balfour Stewart, on some Results of the
Magnetic Survey of Scotland in the years 1857 and 1858, undertaken, at the request of the
British Association, by the late John Welsh, Esq., F.R.S.;—W. Fairbairn, The Patent Laws:
Report of Committee on the Patent Laws;—J. Park Harrison, Lunar Influence on the Tem-
perature of the Air;—Balfour Stewart, an Account of the Construction of the Self-recording
Magnetographs at present in operation at the Kew Observatory of the British Association ;—
Prof. H. J. Stephen Smith, Report on the Theory of Numbers, Part I.;—Report of the
Committee on Steamship performance ;—Report of the Proceedings of the Balloon Committee
of the British Association appointed at the Meeting at Leeds ;—Prof. William K. Sullivan,
Preliminary Report on the Solubility of Salts at Temperatures above 100° Cent., and on the
Mutual Action of Salts in Solution.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Prince Albert’s Address, and Recommenda=
tions of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or true THIRTIETH MEETING, at Oxford, June
and July 1860, Published at 15s.
ConTENTS :—James Glaisher, Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors, 1859-60 ;——
J. R. Kinahan, Report of Dublin Bay Dredging Committee ;—Rev. J. Anderson, Report on
the Excavations in Dura Den;—Professor Buckman, Report on the Experimental Plots in the
Botanical Garden of the Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester ;—Rev. R. Walker, Report of
193
the Committee on Balloon Ascents;—Prof. W. Thomson, Report of Committee appointed to
prepare a Self-recording Atmospheric Electrometer for Kew, and Portable Apparatus for ob-
serving Atmospheric Electricity ;—William Fairbairn, Experiments to determine the Effect of
Vibratory Action and long-continued Changes of Load upon Wrought-iron Girders ;—R. P.
Greg, Catalogue of Meteorites and Fireballs, from a.p. 2 to A.p. 1860 ;—Prof. H. J. S. Smith,
Report on the Theory of Numbers, Part II.;—Vice-Admiral Moorsom, on the Performance of
Steam-vessels, the Functions of the Screw, and the Relations of its Diameter and Pitch to the
Form of the Vessel;—Rev. W. V. Harcourt, Report on the Effects of long-continued Heat,
illustrative of Geological Phenomena ;—Second Report of the Committee on Steamship Per-
formance ;—Interim Report on the Gauging of Water by Triangular Notches ;—List of the
British Marine Invertebrate Fauna.
Together with the ‘I'ransactions of the Sections, Lord Wrottesley’s Address, and Recom-
mendations of the Association and its Committees,
PROCEEDINGS or tue THIRTY-FIRST MEETING, at Manches-
ter, September 1861, Published at £1.
Contents :—James Glaisher, Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors ;—Dr. E.
Smith, Report on the Action of Prison Diet and Discipline on the Bodily Functions of Pri-
soners, Part I. ;—Charles Atherton, on Freight as affected by Differences in the Dynamic
Properties of Steamships ;—Warren De la Rue, Report on the Progress of Celestial Photo-
graphy since the Aberdeen Meeting ;—8. Stewart, on the Theory of Exchanges, and its re-
cent extension ;—Drs. E. Schunck, R. Angus Smith, and H. E. Roscoe, on the Recent Pro-
gress and Present Condition of Manufacturing Chemistry in the South Lancashire District ;—
Dr. J. Hunt, on Ethno-Climatology ; or, the Acclimatization of Man ;—Prof. J. Thomson, on
Experiments on the Gauging of Water by Triangular Notches ;—Dr. A. Voelcker, Report on
Field Experiments and Laboratory Researches on the Constituents of Manures essential to
cultivated Crops ;—Prof. H. Hennessy, Provisional Report on the Present State of our Know-
ledge respecting the Transmission of Sound-signals during Fogs at Sea;—Dr. P. L. Sclater
and F. von Hochstetter, Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of the Birds of the
Genus dpteryx living in New Zealand ;—J. G. Jeffreys, Report of the Results of Deep-sea
Dredging in Zetland, with a Notice of several Species of Mollusca new to Science or to the
British Isles;—Prof. J. Phillips, Contributions to a Report on the Physical Aspect of the
Moon ;—W. R. Birt, Contribution to a Report on the Physical Aspect of the Moon ;—Dr.
Collingwood and Mr. Byerley, Preliminary Report of the Dredging Committee of the Mersey
and Dee;—Third Report of the Committee on Steamship Performance ;—J. G. Jeffreys,
Preliminary Report on the Best Mode of preventing the Ravages of Teredo and other Animals
in our Ships and Harbours ;—R. Mallet, Report on the Experiments made at Holyhead to
ascertain the Transit-Velocity of Waves, analogous to Earthquake Waves, through the local
Rock Formations ;—T, Dobson, on the Explosions in British Coal-Mines during the year 1859;
—J. Oldham, Continuation of Report on Steam Navigation at Hull ;—Professor G, Dickie,
Brief Summary of a Report on the Flora of the North of Ireland ;—Professor Owen, on the
Psychical and Physical Characters of tlle Mincopies, or Natives of the Andaman Islands, and
on the Relations thereby indicated to other Races of Mankind ;—Colonel Sykes, Report of the
Balloon Committee ;—Major-General Sabine, Report on the Repetition of the Magnetic Sur-
vey of England;—Interim Report of the Committee for Dredging on the North and East
Coasts of Scotland ;—W. Fairbairn, on the Resistance of Iron Plates to Statical Pressure and
the Force of Impact by Projectiles at High Velocities ;—W. Fairbairn, Continuation of Report
to determine the effect of Vibratory Action and long-continued Changes of Load upon
Wrought-Iron Girders ;—Report of the Committee on the Law of Patents ;—Prof. H. J. S.
Smith, Report on the Theory of Numbers, Part ILI.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Mr. Fairbairn’s Address, and Recommen-
dations of the Association and its Committees. ;
PROCEEDINGS or tue THIRTY-SECOND MEETING, at Cam-
bridge, October 1862, Published at £1.
Contents :—James Glaisher, Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors, 1861-62 ;—
G. B. Airy, on the Strains in the Interior of Beams ;—Archibald Smith and F. J. Evans,
Report on the three Reports of the Liverpool Compass Committee ;—Report on Tidal Ob-
servations on the Humber ;—T. Aston, on Rifled Guns and Projectiles adapted for Attacking
1867.
194
Armour-plate Defences ;—Extracts, relating to the Observatory at Kew, from a Report
presented to the Portuguese Government, by Dr. J. A. de Souza;—H. T. Mennell, Report
on the Dredging of the Northumberland Coast and Dogger Bank ;—Dr. Cuthbert Colling-
wood, Report upon the best means of advancing Science through the agency of the Mercan-
tile Marine;—Messrs. Williamson, Wheatstone, Thomson, Miller, Matthiessen, and Jenkin,
Provisional Report on Standards of Electrical Resistance ;—Preliminary Report of the Com-
mittee for investigating the Chemical and Mineralogical Composition of the Granites of Do-
negal ;—Prof. H. Hennessy, on the Vertical Movements of the Atmosphere considered in
connexion with Storms and Changes of Weather ;—Report of Committee on the application
of Gauss’s General Theory of Terrestrial Magnetism to the Magnetic Variations ;—Fleeming
Jenkin, on Thermo-electric Currents in Circuits of one Metal ;—W. Fairbairn, on the Me-
chanical Properties of Iron Projectiles at High Velocities ;—A. Cayley, Report on the Pro-
gress of the Solution of certain Special Problems of Dynamics ;—Prof. G. G. Stokes, Report
on Double Refraction ;—Fourth Report of the Committee on Steamship Performance ;—
G. J. Symons, on the Fall of Rain in the British Isles in 1860 and 1861 ;—J. Ball, on Ther-
mometric Observations in the Alps ;—J.G. Jeffreys, Report of the Committee for Dredging
on the N. and E. Coasts of Scotland ;—Report of the Committee on Technical and Scientific
Evidence in Courts of Law ;—James Glaisher, Account of Eight Balloon Ascents in 1862 ;—
Prof. H. J. S. Smith, Report on the Theory of Numbers, Part 1V.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, the Rey. Prof. R. Willis’s Address, and
Recommendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tHe THIRTY-THIRD MEETING, at New-
castle-upon-Tyne, August and September 1563, Published at £1 5s.
Contents :—Report of the Committee on the Application of Gun-cotton to Warlike Pur-
poses;—A. Matthiessen, Report on the Chemical Nature of Alloys ;—Report of the Com-
mittee on the Chemical and Mineralogical Constitution of the Granites of Donegal, and of
the Rocks associated with them ;—J. G. Jeffreys, Report of the Committee appointed for
Exploring the Coasts of Shetland by means of the Dredge ;—G. D. Gibb, Report on the
Physiological Effects of the Bromide of Ammonium ;—C. K. Aken, on the Transmutation of
Spectral Rays, Part I.:—Dr. Robinson, Report of the Committee on Fog Signals ;—Report
of the Committee on Standards of Electrical Resistance ;—E. Smith, Abstract of Report by
the Indian Government on the Foods used by the Free and Jail Populations in India ;—A.
Gages, Synthetical Researches on the Formation of Minerals, &c.;—R. Mallet, Preliminary
Report on the Experimental Determination of the Temperatures of Volcanic Foci, and of the
Temperature, State of Saturation, and Velocity of the issuing Gases and Vapours ;—Report
of the Committee on Observations of Luminous Meteors ;—Flifth Report of the Committee
on Steamship Performance; G. J. Allman, Report on the Present State of our Knowledge
of the Reproductive System in the Hydroida ;—J. Glaisher, Account of Five Balloon Ascents
made in 1863;— P. P. Carpenter, Supplementary Report on the Present State of our Know-
ledge with regard to the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America ;—Professor Airy,
Report on Steam-boiler Explosions;—C. W. Siemens, Observations on the Electrical Resist-
ance and Electrification of some Insulating Materials under Pressures up to 300 Atmo-
spheres ;—C. M. Palmer, on the Construction of Iron Ships and the Progress of Iron Ship-
building on the Tyne, Wear, and Tees ;—Messrs. Richardson, Stevenson, and Clapham, on
the Chemical Manufactures of the Northern Districts ;—Messrs. Sopwith and Richardson,
on the Local Manufacture of Lead, Copper, Zinc, Antimony, &c.;—Messrs. Daglish and
Forster, on the Magnesian Limestone of Durham ;—I. L. Bell, on the Manufacture of Iron
in connexion with the Northumberland and Durbam Coal-field ;—T. Spencer, on the Manu-
facture of Steel in the Northern District ;—H. J. S. Smith, Report on the Theory of Num-
bers, Part V.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Sir William Armstrong’s Address, and
Reconimendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tue THIRTY-FOURTH MEETING, at Bath,
September 1864. Published at 18s.
Contents :—Report of the Committee for Observations of Luminous Meteors ;—Report
of the Committee on the best means of providing for a Uniformity of Weights and Mea-
sures ;—T. S. Cobbold, Report of Experiments respecting the Development and Migration
of the Entozoa;—B. W. Richardson, Report on the Physiological Action of Nitrite of Amy];
-—J. Oldham, Report of the Committee on Tidal Observations ;—G. S. Brady, Report on
deep-sea Dredging on the Coasts of Northumberland and Durham in 1864 ;—J. Glaisher,
195
Account of Nine Balloon Ascents made in 1863 and 1864;—J. G. Jeffreys, Further Report
on Shetland Dredgings ;—Report of the Committee on the Distribution of the Organic
Remains of the North Staffordshire Coal-field ;—Report of the Committee on Standards of
Electrical Resistance ;—G. J. Symons, on the Fall of Rain in the British Isles in 1862 and
1863 ;—W. Fairbairn, Preliminary Investigation of the Mechanical Properties of the pro-
posed Atlantic Cable.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Sir Charles Lyell’s Address, and Recom-
mendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or tue THIRTY-FIFTH MEETING, at Birming-
ham, September 1865, Published at £1 5s.
Contents :—J. G. Jeffreys, Report on Dredging among the Channel Isles ;—F. Buckland,
Report on the Cultivation of Oysters by Natural and Artificial Methods ;—Report of the
Committee for exploring Kent’s Cavern ;—Report of the Committee on Zoological Nomen-
clature ;—Report on the Distribution of the Organic Remains of the North Staffordshire
Coal-field ;—Report on the Marine Fauna and Flora of the South Coast of Devon and Corn-
wali ;—Interim Report on the Resistance of Water to Floating and Immersed Bodies ;—Re-
port on Observations of Luminous Meteors ;— Report on Dredging on the Coast of Aberdeen-
shire ;—J. Glaisher, Account of ‘Three Kailoon Ascents ;—Interim Report on the Transmis-
sion of Sound under Water ;—G. J. Symons, on the Rainfall of the British Isles ;—W. Fair-
bairn, on the Strength of Materials considered in relation to the Construction of Iron Ships ;
—Report of the Gun-Cotton Committee ;—A. F. Osler, on the Horary and Diurnal Variations
in the Direction and Motion of the Air at Wrottesley, Liverpool, and Birmingham ;—B. W.
Richardson, Second Report on the Physiological Action of certain of the Amyl Compounds ;
—-Report on further Researches in the Lingula-flags of South Wales ;—Report of the Lunar
Committee for Mapping the Surface of the Moon ;—Report on Standards of Electrical Re-
sistance ;—Report of the Committee appointed to communicate with the Russian Govern-
ment respecting Magnetical Observations at Tiflis ;—Appendix to Report on the Distribution
of the Vertebrate Remains from the North Staffordshire Coal-field ;—H. Woodward, First
Report on the Structure and Classification of the Fossil Crustacea ;—H. J. S. Smith, Report
on the Theory of Numbers, Part VI.;—Report on the best means of providing for a Unifor-
mity of Weights and Measures, with reference to the interests of Science ;—A. G. Findlay,
on the Bed of the Ocean;—Pro‘essor A. W. Williamson, on the Composition of Gases
evolved by the Bath Spring called King’s Bath.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Professor Phillips’s Address, and Recom-
mendations of the Association and its Committees.
PROCEEDINGS or rue THIRTY-SIXTH MEETING, at Notting-
ham, August 1866, Published at £1 4s.
ConTEnTs :—Second Report on Kent’s Cavern, Devonshire ;—A. Matthiessen, Preliminary
Report on the Chemical Nature of Cast Iron ;—Report on Observations of Luminous Meteors ;
—W. S. Mitchell, Report on the Alum Bay Leaf-bed;—Report on the Resistance of Water
to Floating and Immersed Bodies;—Dr. Norris, Report on Muscular Irritability ;—Dr.
Richardson, Report on the Physiological Action of certain compounds of Amy] and Ethyl ;—
H. Woodward, Second Report on the Structure and Classification of the Fossil Crustacea ;—
Second Report on the “ Menevian Group,” and the other Formations at St. David’s, Pem-
brokeshire ;—J. G. Jeffreys, Report on Dredging among the Hebrides ;—Rev. A. M. Norman,
Report on the Coasts of the Hebrides, Part 1I.;—J. Alder, Notices of some Invertebrata, in
connexion with Mr. Jeffreys’s Report ;—G. 8. Brady, Report on the Ostracoda dredged
amongst the Hebrides ;—Report on Dredging in the Moray Firth ;—Report on the Transmis-
sion of Sound-Signals under Water ;—Report of the Lunar Committee ;—Report of the
Rainfall Committee ;—Report on the best means of providing for a Uniformity of Weights
and Measures, with reference to the Interests of Science ;—J. Glaisher, Account of Three Bal-
loon Ascents ;—Report on the Extinct Birds of the Mascarene Islands ;—Report on the pene-
tration of Iron-clad Ships by Steel Shot;—J. A Wanklyn, Report on Isomerism among the
Alcohols ;—Report on Scientific Evidence in Courts of Law ;—A. L. Adams, Second Report
on Maltese Fossiliferous Caves, &c.
Together with the Transactions of the Sections, Mr. Grove’s Address, and Recommendations
of the Association and its Committees.
Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
AY
le &
"i 6 hat
as bank
BA
+
: ae fi Rede
i sty? a
vii!
BRITISH ASSOCIATION
FOR
THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE.
1) at
OFFICERS, COUNCIL, AND MEMBERS.
CORRECTED TO MARCH 1, 1868,
OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1867-68.
TRUSTEES (PERMANENT).
Sir RoDERICK I. MurcuIsoN, Bart., K.C.B., G.C.S8t.8., D.C.L., F.R.8.
Lieut.-General EDWARD SABINE, R.A., D.C.L., Pres. R.8.
Sir PHILIP DE M, GREY EGERTON, Bart., M.P., F.R.S.
PRESIDENT.
HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BUCCLEUCH, K.B., D.C.L., F.R.8., ETC.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
The Right Hon. The EArt or Arrite, K.T. Sir Davip BAxTeER, Bart.
The Right Hon. The Lorp Kinnarrp, K.T. JAMES D. ForseEs, LL.D., F.R.S8., Principal of
Sir JoHN OGItvy, Bart., M.P. the United College of St. Salvator and St.
Sir RopERIcK I. MurRcuHIsoN, Bart., K.C.B., Leonard, University of St. Andrews.
LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.8., &e.
PRESIDENT ELECT.
JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER, M.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G-.S.
VICE-PRESIDENTS ELECT.
The Right Hon. The EARL OF LEICESTER, Lord- Sir Jonn LuBpockr, Bart., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.
Lieutenant of Norfolk. Joun CoucH ADAMS, Esq., M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S.,
Sir JoHN PETER BoILEAv, Bart., F.R.S. F.R.A.S., Lowndean Professor of Astronomy ”
The Rey. ADAM SEDGWICK, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., and Geometry in the University of Cambridge.
E.G.8., &e., Woodwardian Professor of Geology in| THOMAS BRIGHTWELL, Esq.
the University of Cambridge. |
LOCAL SECRETARIES FOR THE MEETING AT NORWICH.
Dr. DALRYMPLE.
Rey. Canon Hinps HOWELL.
Rey. JOSEPH CROMPTON, M.A.
LOCAL TREASURERS FOR THE MEETING AT NORWICH.
8. GURNEY Buxton, Esq.
ROGER KERRISON, Esq.
ORDINARY MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL.
BATEMAN, J. F., Esq., F.R.S. PRICE, Professor, M.A., F.R.S8.
Bropik, Sir B., Bart., F.R.S. Ramsay, Professor, F.R.S.
Busk, GEORGE, Esq., F.R.S. RAWLINSON, Sir H., Bart., M.P., F.R.S8.
CRAWFURD, JOHN, Esq., F.R.S. SHARPEY, Dr., Sec. R.S.
DELARUE, WARREN, Esq., F.R.S. Smiru, Professor H., F.R.S.
Durr, M. E. Grant, Esq., M.P. SmyTuH, WARINGTON, Esq., F.R.S.
GALTON, Capt. Douenas, C.B., R.E., F.R.S. Sykes, Colonel, M.P., F.R.S.
GassioT, J. P., Esq., F.R.S. SYLVESTER, Prof. J. J., LL.D., F.R.8,
Gopwin-Austen, R. A. C., Esq., F.R.S. Tomson, Dr. T., F.R.S.
HUXLEY, Professor, F.R.S. TitE, W., Esq., M.P., F.R.S.
JONES, Sir WILLOUGHEY, Bart, TYNDALL, Professor, F.R.S.
MILLER, Prof. W. A., M.D., F.R.S. WHEATSTONE, Professor, F.R.S.
ODLING, WILLIAM, Esq., M.B., F.R.S. WILLIAMSON, Prof. A. W., F.R.S8.
EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL.
The President and President Elect, the Vice-Presidents and Vice-Presidents Elect, the General and
Assistant General Secretaries, the General Treasurer, the Trustees, and the Presidents of former
years, viz.—
Rey. Professor Sedgwick. G. B. Airy, Esq., the Astronomer | William Fairbairn, Esq., LL.D.
The Duke of Devonshire. Royal. The Rey. Professor Willis.
Rey. W. V. Harcourt. Lieut.-General Sabine, D.C.L. Sir W. G. Armstrong, C.B., LL.D
Sir John F. W. Herschel, Bart. |The Earl of Harrowby. Sir Chas. Lyell, Bart., M.A., LL.D.
Sir R. I. Murchison, Bart., K.C.B. | The Duke of Argyll. Professor Phillips, M.A., D.C.L.
The Rey. T. R. Robinson, D.D. The Rey. H. Lloyd, D.D. William R. Grove, Esq., F.R.8.
Richard Owen, M.D., D.C.L.
GENERAL SECRETARIES.
FRANCIS GALTON, Hsq., M.A., F.R.S., F.R.G.8., 42 Rutland Gate, Knightsbridge, London.
T. ARCHER Hirst, Esq., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Professor of Mathematicsin University College, London.
ASSISTANT GENERAL SECRETARY.
GEORGE GRIFFITH, Esq., M.A., 1 Woodside, Harrow.
GENERAL TREASURER.
WILLIAM SPOTTISWOODE, Hsq., M.A., F.R.S., F.R.G.S., 50 Grosvenor Place, London, 8.W.
AUDITORS.
J. Gwyn Jeffreys Esq., F.R.S. P. L. Sclater, Esq., F.R.S. Dr. Odling, F.R.8.
LIST OF MEMBERS
OF THE
BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT
OF SCIENCE.
1868.
* indicates Life Members entitled to the Annual Report.
§ indicates Annual Subscribers entitled to the Annual Report.
} indicates Subscribers not entitled to the Annual Report.
Names without any mark before them are Life Members not
entitled to the Annual Report.
Names of Members whose addresses are inaccurate or not known
are in ztalics,
Notice of changes of Residence should be sent to the Assistant General Secretary.
Year of
Election.
i Abbatt, Richard, F.R.A.S. Marlborough-house, Woodberry Down,
Stoke Newington, London, N.
1866. t{Abbott, George J., United States Consul, Sheffield and Nottingham.
1863. *Abel, Frederick Augustus, F.R.S., F.C.S., Director of the Chemical
Establishment of the WarDepartment, Royal Arsenal, Woolwich.
1856, tAbercrombie, John, M.D. 13 Sutfolk-square, Cheltenham.
1863. *Abernethy, James. 2 Delahay-street, Westminster, London, S.W.
1860. §Abernethy, Robert, C.K. Ferry-hill, Aberdeen.
1854, {Abraham, John. 87 Bold-street, Liverpool.
Acland, Henry W. D., M.A., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Regius Professor
of Medicine in the University of Oxford. Broad-street, Oxford.
Acland, Sir Thomas Dyke, Bart., M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.G.S.,
F.R.G.S. Killerton, Devon.
1860, {Acland, Thomas Dyke, M.A., D.C.L., M.P. Sprydoncote, Exeter
and Athenzeum Club, London, 8.W.
Adair, John. 13 Merrion-square North, Dublin.
*Adair, Colonel Robert A. Shafto, F.R.S. 7 Audley-square, London,
*Adams, John Couch, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Lowndean
Professor of Astronomy and Geometry in the University of
Cambridge. The Observatory, Cambridge.
1856. {Addams, Robert.
Adderley, The Right Hon. Charles Bowyer, M.P. Hams-hall, Coles-
hill, Warwickshire.
Adelaide, Augustus Short, D.D., Bishop of. South Australia.
1860. *Adie, Patrick. 15 Argyle-road, Kensington, London, W.
1865. *Adkins, Henry. The Firs, Edgbaston, Brmingham.
1861. Agnew, Thomas. Fair Hope, Eccles, near Manchester,
2
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1854.
1845,
1864,
1842.
1859.
1859,
1851.
1855.
1842,
1861.
1862.
1861.
1857,
1859.
1851.
1858.
1850.
1851.
1867,
1863.
1859.
1862,
1850.
1846.
1861.
1852.
1863,
1866.
1844.
1855.
1855.
1850.
1852.
1855.
1855.
1850.
fAikin, John. Princes Park, Liverpool.
tAinslie, Rey. G., D.D., Master of Pembroke College, Pembroke
Lodge, Cambridge.
*Ainsworth, David. The Flosh, Egremont, Cumberland.
Ainsworth, Peter. Smithills Hall, Bolton.
*Ainsworth, Thomas. The Flosh, Egremont, Cumberland.
tAirlie, The Right Hon. The Earl of, K.T, Holly Lodge, Campden
Hill, London, W. ; and Airlie Castle, Forfarshire.
§Airston, Dr. William Baird. 4 Abbotsford-crescent, St. Andrew’s,
Fifeshire.
Airy, George Biddell, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Astronomer
Royal. The Royal Observatory, Greenwich.
tAiry, Rey. William, M.A. Keysoe, Bedfordshire.
tAitkin, John, M.D. 21 Blythswood-square, Glasgow.
Aitkin, Thomas.
Algoyd, Edward, M.P. Banlkfield, Halifax.
*Alcock, Ralph. 47 Nelson-street, Oxford-street, Manchester.
tAlcock, Sir Rutherford. The Athenzeum Club, Pall Mall, London,
tAlcock, Thomas, M.D. 66 Upper Brook-street, Manchester.
*Aldam, William. Frickley Hall, near Doncaster.
Alderson, James, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., Pres. Roy. Coll. Physicians,
Senior Physician to St. Mary’s Hospital. 17 Berkeley-square,
London, W.
fAldridge, John, M.D. 20 Ranelagh-road, Dublin.
Alexander, James.
fAlexander, Colonel Sir James Edward, K.C.L.S., F.R.A.S., F.R.G.S.
Westerton, Bridge of Allan, N. B.
fAlexander, R. D. St. Matthew’s-street, Ipswich.
tAlexander, William, M.D. Halifax.
tAlexander, William Lindsay, D.D., F.R.S.E. Edinburgh.
tAlexander, W.H. Bank-street, Ipswich.
§Alison, George L. C. Dundee.
§Allan, Miss. Bridge-street, Worcester.
fAllan, Alexander. Scottish Central Railway, Perth.
tAllan, James, M.A., Ph.D. School of Practical Science, Sheffield.
tAllan, Robert. 29 York-street, Edinburgh.
Allan, William. 22 Carlton-place, Glasgow.
fAllen, John Mead. Orchard-place, Southampton.
tAllen, Richard. Didsbury, near Manchester.
Allen, William. 50 Henry-street, Dublin.
*Allen, William J. C., Secretary to the Royal Belfast Academical
Institution. Ulster Bank, Belfast.
tAllhusen, C. Elswick Hall, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Allis, Thomas, F.L.S. Osbaldwick Hall, near York.
*Allman, George J., M.D., F.R.S. L, & E., M.R.LA., Regius Professor
of Natural History in the University of Edinburgh. 21 Manor-
place, Edinburgh,
tAllsopp, Alexander. The Park, Nottingham.
*Ambler, Henry. Watkinson Hall, Ovenden, near Halifax.
*Amery, John, F.S.A. Manor House, Eckington, Worcestershire.
{Anderson, Alexander D., M.D. 159 St. Vincent-street, Edinburgh,
tAnderson, Andrew. 2 Woodside-crescent, Glasgow.
tAnderson, Charles William. Cleadon, South Shields.
tAnderson, Sir James. Glasgow.
fAnderson, James. 46 Abbotsford-place, Glasgow.
tAnderson, James. Springfield Blantyre, Glasgow.
Anderson, James, A.
fAnderson, John, 381 St, Bernard’s-crescent, Edinburgh,
LIST OF MEMBERS. 3
Year of
Election.
1850,
1859.
1850,
1853,
1850.
1861.
1857.
1859.
1857.
1859.
1850,
1851.
1854.
1855.
1851.
1865,
1861.
1867.
1857.
1856.
1864.
1853.
1842,
1866,
1845.
1861.
1861.
1861.
1858.
1866.
1865,
1861.
fAnderson, John, D.D. Newburgh, Fifeshire.
§Anderson, Patrick. 15 King-street, Dundee.
tAnderson, Thomas, M.D., Professor of Chemistry in the Uniyersity of
Glasgow.
*Anderson, William (Yr.). Glentarkie, Strathmiglo, Fife.
tAnderson, W., M.A. 1 Blacket-place, Edinburgh.
tAndrew, Jonah.
*Andrews, Thomas, M.D., F.R.S,, M.R.LA., Vice-President of, and
Professor of Chemistry in, Queen’s College, Belfast.
tAndrews, William. The Hill, Monkstown, Co. Dublin.
ftAnegus, John. Town House, Aberdeen.
*Ansted, David Thomas, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.GS.,
F.S.A. 33 Brunswick-square, London, W.C.; and Impington
Hall, Cambridge.
fAnster, John, LL.D. 5 Lower Gloucester-street, Dublin,
Anthony, John, M.D. Caius College, Cambridge.
Apjohn, James, M.D., F.R.S., M.R.LA., Professor of Chemistry,
Trinity College, Dublin. 382 Lower Bagot-street, Dublin.
tArbuthnot, C. T.
{ Arbuthnot, Sir Robert Keith, Bart.
TArcedeckne, Andrew. 1 Grosyenor-square, London, W.
tArcher, Francis.
*Archer, Professor Thomas C., F.R.S.E., Director of the Industrial
Museum. 9 Argyll-place, Edinburgh.
tAreyll, The Duke of, K.T., LL.D., F.RS.L. & BE, F.G.S. Argyll
Lodge, Kensington, London; and Inyerary, Argyllshire.
tArmitage, J. W., M.D. 9 Huntriss-row, Scarborough.
§Armitage, William, 7 Meal-street, Mosley-street, Manchester.
*Armitstead, George. Errol Park, Dundee.
Armstrong, Thomas. Higher Broughton, Manchester.
*Armstrong, Sir William George,C.B., LL.D., F.R.S. 8 Great George-
street, London, 8.W.; and Elswick Works, Newcastle-on-
Tyne,
Pkersisons, William Jones, M.A. Mount Irwin, Tynna, Co. Armagh.
Arnott, George A. Walker, LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Professor of
Botany in the University of Glasgow. Arlary, Kinross-shire.
Arnott, Neil, M.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. 2 Cumberland-terrace, Regent's
Park, London.
Soa John. 35 Hereford-square, South Kensington, Lon-
don, 8S. W.
*Arthur, Rev. William, M.A. Glendun, East Acton, London, W.
Ashhurst, Thomas Henry, D.C.L. All Souls’ College, Oxford.
*Ashton, Thomas, M.D. 81 Mosley-street, Manchester.
Ashton, Thomas. Ford Bank, Didsbury, Manchester.
tAshwell, Henry. Mount-street, New Basford, Nottingham,
*Ashworth, Edmund. Egerton Hall, Turton, near Bolton,
Ashworth, Henry. Turton, near Bolton.
tAshworth, Rey. J. A. Dudeote, Abingdon.
§Aspland, Alfred. Dukinfield, Ashton-under-Lyne,
Aspland, Algernon Sydney. Saury, Windermere.
Aspland, Rev. R. Brook, M.A. 1 Frampton Villas, South Hackney,
London.
§Asquith, J. R. Infirmary-street, Leeds.
tAston, Thomas. 4 Elm-court, Temple, London, E.C,
tAtherton, Charles. Sandover, Isle of Wight.
§Atherton, J. H., F.C.S. Long-row, Nottingham.
§Atkin, Alfred. Griffin’s-hill, Birmingham.
fAtkin, Eli, Newton Heath, Manchester.
B2
+
Year
LIST OF MEMBERS,
of
Election.
1865
1863
1861.
1845.
1858.
1842.
1861.
1858.
1863.
1859.
1860.
1865.
1865.
1867.
1853,
1845.
1867,
1863,
1851.
1864,
1865.
1855.
1866.
1866.
1857.
1865.
1858.
1858.
1865.
1858.
. *Atkinson, Edmund, F.C.S. Royal Military College, Sandhurst,
Farnborough.
. *Atkinson, G. Clayton. Wyland Hall, West Denton, Newcastle-on-
e.
t Atkinson, James.
tAtkmson John.
*Atkinson, John Hastings. 14 East Parade, Leeds.
*Atkinson, Joseph B. Stratford House, Carlisle-terrace, Kensington,
London, W.
tAtkinson, Rey. J. A. Longsight Rectory, near Manchester.
*Atkinson, J. R. W. 3 Marlborough-terrace, Victoria-road, Ken-
sington, London, W.
Atkinson, William. Ashton Hayes, near Chestey.
§Attfield, Dr. J. 17 Bloomsbury-square, London, W.C.
* Auldjo, John, F.G.S.
t Austin, Alfred.
*Austin-Gourlay, Rey. William E. C., M.A. Stoke Abbott Rectory,
Beaminster, Dorset.
*Avery, Thomas. Church-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
*Avery, William Henry. Digbeth, Birmingham.
§Avison. Thomas, F.S.A. Tulwood Park, Liverpool.
*Ayrton, W.S., F.S.A. The Mount, York.
Babbage, B. H. 1 Dorset-street, Manchester-square, London, W.
*Babbage, Charles, M.A., F.R.S. L. & E., Hon. M.R.LA., F.R.AS.
1 Dorset-street, Manchester-square, London, W.
*Babington, Charles Cardale, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor
of Botany in the University of Cambridge. (Local Treasurer.)
St. John’s College, Cambridge.
Bache, Rey. Samuel. 44 Frederick-street, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
{Back, Rear-Admiral Sir George, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.R.G.S. 109
Gloucester-place, Portman-square, London, W.
*Bage, Stanley Clark. Fairmount Villa, Montreal, Canada.
Backhouse, Edmund. Darlington.
{Backhouse, J. W. Sunderland.
Backhouse, Thomas James. Sunderland.
tBacon, George. Tavern-street, Ipswich.
* Baddeley, Captain Frederick H., R.E.
Bagot, Thomas N. Ballymoe, Co. Galway.
*Bailey, C. D. 7 Camden-crescent, Bath.
Bailey, Samuel. Sheffield.
{Bailey, Samuel. The Peck, Walsall.
{Bailey, William. Horseley Fields Chemical Works, Wolverhampton.
{Baillon, Andrew. St. Mary’s Gate, Nottingham.
{Baillon, L. St. Mary’s Gate, Nottingham.
{Baily, William Hellier, F.L.S., F.G.8., Acting Palzeontologist to the
Geological Survey of Ireland. 51 Stephen’s Green, Dublin.
*Bain, Richard. Gwennap, near Truro.
§Bain, Rey. W. J. Wellingborough.
Bainbridge, Joseph. (Messrs. Morris and Prevost, Gresham House,
London.
*Bainbridge, Robert Walton. Middleton House, near Barnard Castle,
Durham.
*Baines, Edward. Headingley Lodge, Leeds,
{Baines, Frederick. Burley, near Leeds.
*Baines, Samuel, Victoria Mills, Brighouse, Yorkshire.
§Baines, Thomas, F.R.G.S8. 14 Union-street, King’s Lynn, Norfolk.
{Baines, T. Blackburn. ‘Mercury’ Office, Leeds,
LIST OF MEMBERS. 5
Year of
Election.
‘1851.
1866.
1846.
1858.
1865.
1861.
1861.
1865.
1847.
1849.
1863.
1845.
1860.
1851.
1866,
1863.
1852.
1856.
1846.
1842.
1861.
1853.
1866.
1861.
1859.
1855,
1852.
1860.
1863.
1860.
1857.
1865.
1846.
1857.
1861.
1864.
{Baird, A. W., M.D. Lower Brook-street, Ipswich.
§Baker, Francis B. Arboretum Street, Nottmgham.
{Baker, Rev. Franklin.
*Baker, Henry Granville. Bellevue, Horsforth, near Leeds.
{Baker, James P. Wolverhampton.
*Baker, John. Catley-hill, Cheadle, Cheshire.
*Baker, John. (R. Brooks & Co., St. Peter’s Chambers, Cornhill,
London, C.E.)
§Baker, Robert L. Barham House, Leamington.
tBaker, Thomas B. Lloyd. Hardwick-court, Gloucester.
*Baker, William. 63 Gloucester-place, Hyde Park, London, W.
§Baker, William. 6 Taptonville, Sheffield.
eaercle Frederick, 6 Haverstock-terrace, Hampstead, London,
N.W.
§Balding, James, M.R.C.S. Barkway, Royston, Hertfordshire.
*Baldwin, The Hon. Robert, H.M. Attorney-General. Spadina, Co.
York, Upper Canada.
*Balfour, John Hatta M.D., M.A., F.R.S. L. & E., F.L.S., Professor
of Medicine and Botany in the University of Edinburgh. 27
Inverleith-row, Edinburgh.
*Ball, John, M.R.I.A., F.L.S. Oxford and Cambridge Club, Pall
Mall, London, 8.W.
§Ball, Robert. 43 Wellington Place, Dublin.
{Ball, Thomas. Bramcote, Nottingham.
*Ball, William. Bruce-grove, near London; and Rydall, Ambleside,
Westmoreland.
tBangor, Viscount. Castleward, Co. Down, Ireland.
{Banks, Richard William. Kington, Herefordshire.
{Banks, Rev. 8S. H., LL.D, Dullingham, Newmarket.
Bannerman, Alexander.
{Bannerman, James Alexander. Limefield House, Higher Broughton,
near Manchester.
{ Bannister, Anthony.
§Barber, John. Long-row, Nottingham.
*Barbour, George. Bolesworth Castle, Tattenhall, Chester.
{Barbour, George F. Bouskeid, Edinburgh.
*Barbour, Robert. Bolesworth Castle, Chester.
}Barclay, Andrew. Kilmarnock, Scotland.
Barclay, Charles, F.S.A., M.R.A.S. Bury-hill, Dorking.
Barclay, James. Catrine, Ayrshire.
*Barclay, J. Gurney. Walthamstow, Essex.
*Barclay, Robert. Leyton, Essex.
{Barford, James Gale. Wellington College, Berkshire.
*Barker, Rev. Arthur Alcock, B.D. East Bridgeford Rectory, Notts.
{Barker, John, M.D., Curator of the Royal College of Surgeons of
Treland. Dublin.
{Barker, Stephen. 30 Frederick-street, Edgbaston, Bumingham.
{Barlow, Rey. John, M.A., F.R.S., F.L8., F.G.S. 5 Berkeley-street,
London, W.
Barlow, Lieut.-Col. Maurice (14th Regt. of Foot). 5 Great George-
street, Dublin.
Barlow, Peter. 5 Great George-street, Dublin.
{Barlow, Peter William, F.R.S., F.G.S. 26 Great George-street,
London, 8. W.
*Barnard, Major R. Cary. Cambridge House, Bays-hill, Cheltenham,
*Barneby, John H. Brockhampton Park, Worcester.
Barnes, Rev. Joseph Watkins, M.A. Kendal, Westmoreland.
*Barnes, Thomas, M.D., F.R.S.E. Carlisle,
6
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1859,
1861.
1860.
1852.
1852.
1866.
1863;
1858.
1862.
1858.
1855.
1858.
1851.
1857,
1852.
1864.
1858.
1861.
1866.
1866.
1850.
1848.
1842,
1864.
1852.
1863.
1863.
1861.
1867.
1867.
1867.
1858.
1867.
1851.
1866.
1854,
1855,
1842.
1860,
Barnes, Thomas Addison. 2 Wellesley-villas, Soho Park, Bir-
mingham.
*Barnett, Richard, M.R.C.S. Coten End, Warwickshire.
{Barr, Lieut.-Colonel, Bombay Army. (Messrs. Forbes, Forbes & Co.,
9 King William-street, London.)
*Barr, W.R. Norris Bank, Heaton Norris, Stockport.
{Barrett, T. B. High-street, Welshpool, Montgomery.
{Barrington, Edward. Fassaroe Bray, Co. Wicklow. .
{Barrington, Richard 8. Trafalgar-terrace, Monkstown, Co. Dublin.
TBarron, William. Elvaston Nurseries, Borrowash, Derby.
{Barrow, Capt. C.J. Southwell.
tBarry, Rev. A.
*Barry, Charles. Lapswood, Sydenham-hill, Kent.
Barstow, Thomas. Garrow-hill, near York.
*Bartholomew, Charles. Broxholme, Doncaster.
tBartholomew, Hugh. New Gas-works, Glasgow.
*Bartholomew, William Hamond. 5 Grove-terrace, Leeds.
{Bartlet, A.H. Lower Brook-street, Ipswich.
{Barton, Folloit W. Clonelly, Co. Fermanagh.
{Barton, James. Farndreg, Dundalk.
*Barton, John. Bank of Ireland, Dublin.
§Bartrum, John 8. 41 Gay-street, Bath.
*Barwick, John Marshall. Albion-street, Leeds.
*Bashforth, Rey. Francis, B.D. Minting, near Horncastle, Lincolnshire.
{Bass, John H., F.G.S. 287 Camden-road, London, N.
*Bassett, Henry. 19 Alfred-place, Bedford-square, London, W.C.
{Bassett, Richard. Pelham-street, Nottingham.
{Bastard, Thomas H. Charleton, Blandford.
{Bate, C. Spence, F.R.S., F.L.S. 8 Mulgrave-place, Plymouth.
Bateman, James, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.H.S. Biddulph Grange,
near Congleton, Staffordshire.
*Bateman, John Frederic, C.E., F.R.S., F.G.8S. 16 Great George-
street, London, S.W.
*Bateman, Joseph, LL.D., F.R.A.S. Walthamstow, London, N.E.
§Bates, Henry Walter, Assist.-Sec. R.G.S. 15 Whitehall-place, Lon-
don, S.W.
Bateson, John Glynn. Liverpool.
{Bateson, Sir Robert, Bart. Belvoir Park, Belfast.
*Bathurst, Rev. W. H. Lydney Park, Gloucestershire.
§Bauerman, Henry, I°.G.8. 22 Acre-lane, Brixton, London, 8.
{Baxendell, Joseph, F.R.A.S. 108 Stock-street, Manchester.
*Baxter, Sir David, Bart. Kilmaron, Fifeshire.
§Baxter, Edward, Hazel Hall, Dundee.
§Baxter, John B, Craig Tay House, Dundee.
{ Baxter, Robert.
§Baxter, William Edward, M.P. Ashcliffe, Dundee.
*Bayldon, John. Horbury, near Wakefield.
*Bayley, George. 2Cowper’s-court, Cornhill, London, E.C.
§Bayley, Thomas. Lenton, Nottingham.
TBaylis, C.O0., M.D. 51 Hamilton-square, Birkenhead.
tBayly, Capt., RL.
Bayly, John. 1 Brunswick-terrace, Plymouth.
Bazley, Thomas Sebastian, B.A. Agden Hall, Lymm, Warrington.
Beal, Captain. Toronto, Upper Canada.
*Beale, Lionel 8., M.B., F.R.S., Professor of Physiology and of Gene-
ral and Morbid Anatomy in King’s College, London. 61 Gros-
venor-street, London, W,
Beamish, Francis B,
LIST OF MEMBERS. t
Year of
Election.
1833.
1861.
1866.
1857,
1855.
1861.
1865.
1859.
1851.
1864.
1858.
1860,
1866.
1846.
1854.
1858,
1850,
1846.
1865.
1847,
1847,
1850.
1859.
1860.
1855.
1862.
1853.
1859.
1864.
1865.
1867.
1842.
1854
1866.
1864.
1848.
1850.
1852.
1857.
1848.
1863.
*Beamish, Richard, F.R.S. (Local Treasurer.) Woolston Lawn,
Woolston, Southampton.
§Bean, William. Alfreton, Derbyshire.
*Beardmore, Nathaniel. 30 Great George-street, London, 8.W.
*Beatson, William. Rotherham.
{ Beattie, Joseph.
* Beaufort, William Morris, F.R.GS. India.
*Beaumont, Rev. Thomas George. Chelmondiston Rectory, Ipswich.
§Beayan, Hugh J. C., F.R.G.S. 4 Middle Temple-lane, London, E.C.
*Beck, Joseph, F.R.A.S. 31 Cornhill, London, E.C.
{ Becker, Ernest, Ph.D. Darmstadt.
§Becker, Miss L. E. 10 Grove-street, Ardwick, Manchester.
*Beckett, William. Kirkstall Grange, Leeds.
tBeckles, Samuel H., F.R.S., F.G.S. Enden-villas, Schiest-road,
South Norwood, London, §.
{Beddard, James. Derby-road, Nottingham.
{tBeddome, J., M.D. Romsey, Hampshire.
t Bedford, James, Ph.D.
{ Bedford, James.
TBegbie, James, M.D. 21 Alva-street, Edinburgh.
tBeke, Charles T., Ph.D., F.S.A., F.R.G.S. Bekesbourne House,
near Canterbury, Kent.
*Belavenetz, I., Captain of the Russian Imperial Navy, F.R.LG.S.,
M.S.C.M.A., Superintendent of the Compass Observatory,
Cronstadt. (Care of Messrs. Baring Brothers, Bishopsgate-
street, London, H.C.)
*Belcher, Vice-Admiral Sir Edward, K.C.B., F.R.A.S., F.R.G.S.
22a Connaught-square, London, W.
{Belcher, William. Abingdon.
tBell, Charles, M.D. 3 St. Colme-street, Edinburgh.
Bell, Frederick John. Woodlands, near Maldon, Essex.
{Bell, George. Windsor-buildings, Dumbarton.
{Bell, Rev. George Charles, M.A. The College, Dulwich, Surrey, 8.
{Bell, Capt. Henry. Chalfont Lodge, Cheltenham.
*Bell, Isaac Lowthian. The Hall, Washington, Co. Durham.
tBell, John Pearson, M.D. Waverley House, Hull.
*Bell, Matthew P. 245 St. Vincent-street, Glasgow.
tBell, Robert, jun. 3 Airlie-place, Dundee.
{Bell, R. Queen’s College, Kingston, Canada.
Bell, Thomas, F.R.S., V.L.5., F.G.S., Professor of Zoology, King’s
College, London. The Wakes, Selborne, near Alton, Hants.
*Bell, Thomas. Usworth House, Gateshead, Durham.
§Bell, Thomas. Belmont, Dundee.
Bellhouse, Edward Taylor. Eagle Foundry, Manchester.
{Bellhouse, William Dawson. 1 Park-street, Leeds.
Bellingham, Sir Alan. Castle Bellingham, Ireland.
*Belper, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.8. 88 Eaton-
square, London, 8.W.; and Kingston Hall, Nottingham.
*Bendyshe, T.
tBenham, E. 18 Essex-street, Strand, London, W.C.
{Bennett, John Hughes, M.D., F.R.S.E., Professor of Institutes of
Medicine in the University of Edinburgh. 1 Glenfinlas-street,
Edinburgh.
*Bennoch, Francis. The Knoll, Blackheath, Kent.
{Benson, Charles. 11 Fitzwilliam-square West, Dublin.
Benson, Robert, jun. Fairfield, Manchester.
{Benson, Starling, F.G.8. Gloucester-place, Swansea.
tBenson, William. Fourstones Court, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
8
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1848,
1842,
1845,
1863.
1865.
1863.
1848.
1866.
1862.
1865.
1858.
1859.
1863,
1863.
1864.
1855.
1842.
1854,
1865.
1862.
1866.
1842.
1861.
1841.
1854,
1866.
1863.
1859,
1855.
1863.
1859.
1863.
1849.
tBentham, George, F.R.S., Pres. L.S. 26 Wilton-place, Knightsbridge,
London, 8. W.
Bethune, Rear-Admiral, C.B., F.R.G.S. Balfour, Fifeshire.
Bentley, John. 9 Portland-place, London, W.
{Bentley, J. Flowers. Stamford, Lincolnshire.
§Bentley, Robert, F.L.S., Professor of Botany in King’s College.
55 Clifton-road, St. John’s-wood, London, N.W.
§ Berger, C. H., F.C.S.__ Lower Clapton, London, N.E.
tBerkley, C. Marley Hill, Gateshead, Durham.
{Berrington, Arthur V. D. Woodlands Castle, near Swansea.
§Berry, Rey. Arthur George. The Grove, Stainton-by-Dale, Not-
tingham.
*Berryman, William Richard. 6 Tamar-terrace, Stoke, Devonport.
{Besant, William Henry, M.A. St. John’s College, Cambridge.
§Bessemer, Henry. Denmark-hill, Camberwell, London, 8.
{Best, William. Leydon-terrace, Leeds.
tBeveridge, Robert, M.B. 20 Union-street, Aberdeen.
tBewick, Thomas John. Allenheads, Carlisle.
*Bickerdike, Rev. John, M.A. St. Mary’s Parsonage, Leeds.
Bickersteth, Robert. Rodney-street, Liverpool.
tBigger, Benjamin. Gateshead, Durham.
tBiges, Robert. 17 Charles-street, Bath.
{Billings, Robert William. 4 St. Mary’s-road, Canonbury, London, N.
Bilton, Rey. William, M.A., F.G.S. United University Club, Suffolk-
street, London, 8.W.; and Chislehurst, Kent.
Binney, Edward William, F.R.S., F.G.S. 40 Cross-street, Man-
chester.
Birchall, Edwin. College-house, Bradford.
Birchall, Henry. Scarsdale-villas, Kensington, London, W.
{Bird, William Smith. Dingle Priory, near Liverpool.
{Birkenhead, Edward Hasketh, D.Sc., F.G.S., Royal Infirmary School
of Medicine, Liverpool.
Birkenshaw, John Cass.
§Birkin, Richard. Aspley Hall, Nottingham.
*Birkin, Richard, jun. The Park, Nottingham.
* Birks, Rev. Thomas Rawson.
*Birley, Richard. Seedley, Pendleton, Manchester.
{Birley, Thomas Thornely. Highfield, Heaton Mersey, Manchester.
*Birt, William Radcliff, F.R.A.S. Cynthia-villa, Clarendon-road,
Walthamstow, London, N.E.
{Bishop, Rev. Francis.
{Bishop, Thomas. Bramcote, Nottingham.
tBlack, William. South Shields.
Blackburn, Bewicke.
Blackburne, Right Hon. Francis. 34 Merrion-square South, Dublin.
Blackburne, Rey. John, M.A. Yarmouth, Isle of Wight.
Blackburne, Rev. John, jun., M.A. Rectory, Horton, near Chip-
penham.
{Blackie, John Stewart, Professor of Greek. Edinburgh.
“Blackie, W. G., Ph.D., F.R.G.S. 10 Kew-terrace, Glasgow.
ree John, F.L.S. Hendre House, near Llanrwst, Denbigh-
shire.
{Bladen, Charles. Jarrow Iron Company, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
{Blaikie, Sir Thomas. Kingseat, Aberdeen.
{Blake, C. Carter, F.G.8. Anthropological Society, 4 St. Martin’s-
place, Trafalgar-square, London, W.C.
*Blake, Henry Wollaston, M.A., F.R.S. 8 Devonshire-place, Portland-
place, London, W.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 9
Year of
Election.
1846.
1865.
1845.
1861.
1853.
1859.
1859.
1850.
1858.
1845.
1864,
1866.
1859.
1859.
1849.
1866.
1863.
1866.
1861.
1835.
1861.
1861.
1861,
1849.
1863.
1859.
1867,
1858.
1850.
1866.
1858.
1867.
1846,
1856.
1866.
1863.
*Blake, William. South Petherton, Dminster.
*Blakeley, Captain. Blakeley Ordnance Company, Bear-lane, South-
wark, London.
{Blakesley, Rev. J. W., B.D. Ware Vicarage, Hertfordshire.
§Blakiston, Matthew. Mobberley, Knutsford.
*Blakiston, Peyton, M.D., F.R.S. St. Leonard’s-on-Sea.
Blanshard, William. Redcar.
Blore, Edward, F.S.A. 4 Manchester-square, London, W.
tBlundell, Henry J. P. Brunswick House, Beverley-road, Hull.
{Blunt, Sir Charles, Bart. Heathfield Park, Sussex.
Blunt, Henry. Shrewsbury.
{Blunt, Capt. Richard. Bretlands, Chertsey, Surrey.
Blyth, B. Hall. 135 George-street, Edinburgh.
tBlyth, John, M.D., Professor of Chemistry in Queen’s College, Cork.
*Blythe, William. Holland Bank, Church, near Accrington.
Boase, C. W. Royal Bank, Dundee.
Bodmer, Rodolphe. Newport, Monmouthshire.
tBoge, J. Louth, Lincolnshire.
§Bogg, Thomas Wemyss. Louth, Lincolnshire.
*Bohn, Henry G., F.L.S., FLR.A.S., F.R.G.S. York-street, Covent
Garden, London, W.C.
*Boileau, Sir John Peter, Bart., F.R.S. 20 Upper Brook-street,
London, W.; and Ketteringham Hall, Norfolk.
tBolster, Rey. Prebendary John A. Cork.
Bolton, R. L. Gambier-terrace, Liverpool.
{Bolton, Thomas. Hyde House, near Stourbridge.
{Bond, Banks. Low Pavement, Nottingham.
tBond, Francis T., M.D. Hartley Institution, Southampton.
Bond, Henry John Hayes, M.D. Cambridge.
Bonomi, Ignatius. 36 Blandford-square, London, N.W.
Bonomi, Joseph. Soane’s Museum, 15 Lincoln’s-Inn-fields, London,
W.C
{Booker, W. H. Cromwell-terrace, Nottingham.
§Booth, James. Castlemere, Rochdale.
{Booth, Rey. James, LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. The Vicarage, Stone,
near Aylesbury.
*Booth, John. Monton, near Manchester.
*Booth, Councillor William. Dawson-street, Manchester.
*Borchardt, Dr. Louis. Bloomsbury, Oxford-road, Manchester.
{Boreham, William W., F.R.A.S. Haverhill, Suffolk.
{Borries, Theodore. Lovaine-crescent, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Bossey, Francis, M.D. Oxford-terrace, Red Hill, Surrey.
Bosworth, Rev. Joseph, LL.D., F.R.S., F.S.A., M.R.LA., Professor
of Anglo-Saxon in the University of Oxford. Oxford.
tBothwell, George B. 9 Bon Accord-square, Aberdeen.
§ Botley, William, F.S.A. Salisbury Villa, Upper Norwood, London, 8.
{Botterill, John. Burley, near Leeds.
Bottomley, William. Forbreda, Belfast.
{Bouch, Thomas, C.E. 1 South Hanover-street, Edinburgh,
Bourne, Lieut.-Colonel J. D. Heathfield, Liverpool.
§Bourne, Stephen. Hudstone-drive, Harrow, London, N.W.
{Bousfield, Charles. Roundhay, near Leeds.
§Bower, Dr. John. Perth.
*Bowerbank, James Scott, LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. 2 East Ascent,
St. Leonard’s.
*Bowlby, Miss F. E. 27 Lansdown-crescent, Cheltenham.
*Bowman, KE. Victoria Park, Manchester.
f{Bowman, R. Benson. Newcastle-on-Tyne.
10
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1863.
1863.
1865.
1849,
1864,
1861.
1842.
1857.
1863.
1862.
1858.
1864.
1864.
1865.
1850.
1867.
1861.
1852.
1857.
1859.
1859.
1867.
1860.
1854.
1866.
1854.
1865.
1859.
1867.
1866.
1866.
1865.
1863.
1842.
1848.
1859.
1847.
Bowman, William, F.R.S: 5 Clifford-street, London, W:
tBowring, Sir John, LL.D., F.R.S. Athenzeum Club, Pall Mall;
London, 8.W.; and Claremont, Exeter.
tBowron, James. South Stockton-on-Tees.
§Boyd, Edward Fenwick. Moor House, near Durham.
Boyle, Alexander, M.R.I.A. 385 College Green, Dublin.
tBoyle, Rey. G.D. Soho House, Handsworth, Birmingham.
Brabant, R. H., M.D. Bath.
Bracebridge, Charles Holt, F.R.G.S. The Hall, Atherstone; War-
wickshire.
tBracey, Charles. Birmingham.
§Bradbury, Thomas. Longroyde, Brighouse.
Bradshaw, Rev. John.
*Bradshaw, William. Mosley-street, Manchester.
*Brady, Antonio. Maryland Point, Essex.
*Brady, Cheyne, M.R.LA. Four Courts, Co. Dublin.
Brady, Daniel F'., M.D. 5 Gardiner’s Row, Dublin.
tBrady, George 8. 22 Fawcett-street, Sunderland.
§Brady, Henry Bowman, F.L.S., F.G.8. 40 Mosley-street, Newcastle-
on-Tyne.
tBrae, Andrew Edmund. 29 Park-square, Leeds.
§Braham, P. 6 George-street, Bath.
§Braikenridge, Rev. George Weare, M.A.,F.L.S. Clevedon, Somerset.
*Brakenridge, John. Wakefield.
§Bramwell, F. J. 37 Great George-street, London, 8.W.
Brancker, Rey. Thomas, M.A. Limington, Somerset.
tBrand, William, F.R.S.E. 5 Northumberland-street, Edinburgh.
§Brand, William. Milnefield, Dundee.
*Brandreth, Henry. Worthing.
Brandreth, John Moss. Preston, Lancashire.
{Brazier, James 8. Professor of Chemistry in Marischal College and
University of Aberdeen.
tBrazill, Thomas. 12 Holles-street, Dublin.
tBrebner, AlexanderC. Audit Office, Somerset House, London, W.C,
*Brebner, James. 20 Albyn-place, Aberdeen.
§Brechin, The Right Rey. Alexander Penrose Forbes, Lord Bishop
of, D.C.L. Castlehill, Dundee.
tBrett, G. Salford.
*Brett, John Watkins. 2 Hanover-square, London, W.
{Brettell, Thomas (Mine Agent). Dudley.
tBrewin, Robert.
§Brewin, William. Cirencester.
tBrewster, Rev. Henry. Manse of Farnell.
§Bridgman, W. Kenceley. Norwich
*Briggs, Arthur. Rawdon, near Leeds.
*Briges, General John, F.R.S., M.R.A.S., F.G.S. 2 Tenterden-street,
- London, W.
§Briges, Joseph. Ulverstone, Lancashire.
*Brieht, Sir Charles Tilston, C.E., F.R.G.S., F.R.A.S. 69 Lan=
caster Gate, W.; and 1 Victoria-street, London, 8. W.
Bright, John, M.P. Rochdale, Lancashire.
{Brivit, Henri. Washington Chemical Works, Washington, Durham.
Broadbent, Thomas. Marsden-square, Manchester.
tBrock, G. B. Bryn Tyfi, Swansea.
{Brodhurst, Bernard Edwin. 20 Grosyenor-street, Grosvenor-square,
London, W.
{Brodie, Sir Benjamm C., Bart., M.A., I°.R.S., Professor of Chemistry
in the University of Oxford, Cowley House, Oxford.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 11
Year of
Election.
1834.
1865.
1867.
1853.
1842.
1855.
1864,
1855.
1863.
1846.
1847.
1863.
1867.
1863.
1867.
1855.
1863.
1858.
1865.
1858.
1859.
1865.
1865.
1856,
1855,
1850.
1865.
1865.
1854.
1866.
1862.
1865.
1865.
1855.
1853.
1852.
1851.
1865.
1865.
1859,
{Brodie, Rey, James. Monimail, Fifeshire.
{Brodie, Rey. Peter Bellenger, M.A:; F.G.8. Rowington Vicarage,
_ tear Warwick. |
§ Brodie, William. Edinburgh.
{Bromby, J. H., M.A. The Charter House; Hull.
Bromilow, Henry G.
Brook, William. Meltham, York.
*Brooke, Charles, M.A., F.R.S. 16 Fitztoy-square, London, W.
tBrooke, Edward. Marsden House, Stockport, Cheshire.
*Brooke, Rey. J. T. Bannerdown House, Batheaston, Bath.
{Brooke, Peter William. Marsden House, Stockport, Cheshire.
§Brooks, John C, Wallsend, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Brooks, Samuel. King-street, Manchester.
*Brooks, Thomas (Messrs. Butterworth and Brooks). Manchester.
Brooks, William. Ordfall-hill, East Retford, Nottinghamshire.
{Broome, C. E. Elmhurst, Batheaston, near Bath.
*Brough, Lionel H., F.G.S., one of Her Majesty’s Inspectors of Coal-
Mines. 38 Cornwallis Crescent, Clifton, Bristol.
§Brough, J. C. Norman-terrace, Stockwell, London, 8. ’
*Broun, John Allan, F.R.S., Astronomer to His Highness the Rajah
of Travancore.
{Brown, Alexander Crum, F.R.S.E. Arthur Lodge, Dalke1th-road,
Edinbureh.
Brown, Charles Edward. Cambridge.
§Brown, Charles Gage, M.D. 88 Sloane-street, London, S.W.
{Brown, Colin. 3 Mansfield-place, Glasgow.
*Brown, Rey. Dixon. Unthank Hall, Haltwhistle, Carlisle.
{Brown, Alderman Henry. Bradford.
§Brown, Edwin, F.G.S. Burton-upon-Trent.
Brown, Hugh. Broadstone, Ayrshire.
tBrown, John. Barnsley.
{Brown, John Crombie, LL.D., F.L.S., Professor of Botatty ih South
African College, Cape Town.
{Brown, John H. 29 Sandhill, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
{Brown, Ralph. Lambton’s Bank, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
“Brown, Samuel, F.8.8. The Elms, Larkhall Rise, Clapham,
London, 8.
*Brown, Thomas. Mainder Park, Newport, Monmouthshite.
*Brown, William. 3 Maitland Park Villas, Haverstock-hill, London.
{Brown, William. 179 Bath-street, Glasgow.
{Brown, William, F.R.S.E. 25 Dublin-street, Edinburgh.
{Brown, William. 41a New-street, Birmingham.
TBrowne, Bb. Chapman. Tynemouth.
{ Browne, Henry, M.D.
*Browne, Rev. J. H. Lowdham, Nottingham.
*Browne, Robert Clayton, B.A. Browne’s Hill, Carlow, Ireland.
Browne, William. Richmond-hill, near Liverpool.
§Browne, William. The Friary, Lichfield.
§Browning, John. 111 Minories, London, E.
§Brownlee, James, Jun. 175 St. George’s-road, Glasgow.
Brownlie, Archibald. Glasgow.
{tBrownlow, William B. Villa-place, Hull.
*Bruce, Alexander John. Kilmarnock.
tBruce, Rey. William. Belfast.
TBruff, P. Handford Lodge, Ipswich.
*Brunel, H. M. Duke-street, Westminster, London, S.W.
{Brunel, J. Duke-street, Westminster, London, 8.W.
tBryant, Arthur C.
12
LIST OF MEMBERS,
Year of
Election.
1858,
1861.
1850.
1859.
1867.
1867,
1850.
1864,
1846,
1865.
1847,
1848,
1851.
1848.
1848.
1851.
1845.
1845.
1865.
1863.
1854.
1842,
1863.
1857,
1865.
1859,
1860.
1866.
1857.
1864.
1855.
1857,
1845,
1861.
1855.
tBryant, Wilberforce.
§Bryce, James. York Place, Higher Broughton, Manchester.
Bryce, James, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.G.S. High School, Glasgow.
Bryce, Rev. R. J., LL.D., Principal of Belfast Academy. Belfast.
{Bryson, Alexander, F.R.S.E. Hawkhill, Edinburgh.
tBryson, William Gillespie. Cullen, Aberdeen.
§Buccleuch and (nsstebery, His Grace the Duke of, K.B., D.C.L.,
F.R.S. (PRESIDENT). 37 Grosvenor-square, London, 8.W.; and
Dalkeith Palace, Edinburgh.
§Buchan, Thomas. Strawberry Bank, Dundee.
Buchanan, Andrew, M.D., Regius Professor of the Institutes of
Medicine in the University of Glasgow. Glasgow.
Buchanan, Archibald. Catrine, Ayrshire.
Buchanan, D.C. Poulton cum Seacombe, Cheshire.
{Buchanan George.
Buchanan, James, R.E.
*Buck, George Watson. Ramsay, Isle of Man.
§Buckle, Rey. George, M.A. Twerton Vicarage, Bath.
tBuckley, Colonel. New Hall, Salisbury.
*Buckley. Henry. Church-road, Edgbaston. Birmingham.
tBuckley, Rev. W. E., M.A. Middleton Cheney, Banbury.
*Buckman, James, F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of Natural History in the
Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester. Bradford Abbas, Sher-
bourne, Dorsetshire.
*Buckton, G. Bowdler, F.R.S. Weycombe, Haslemere, Surrey.
tBudd, Edward. Hafod Works, Swansea.
*Budd, James Palmer. Ystalyfera Iron Works, Swansea.
tBullen, George. Carr-street, Ipswich.
Bunbury, Sir Charles James Fox, Bart., F.RS., F.LS., F.G.S.,
F.R.G.S. Barton Hall, Bury St. Edmunds.
tBunbury, Edward H., F.G.S. 15 Jermyn-street, London, 8. W.
{Bunce, John Mackray. ‘ Journal Office,’ New-street, Birmingham.
Bunch, Rey. Robert James, B.D. Emanuel Rectory, Lough-
borough.
§Bunning, . Wood. 34 Grey-street, Newcastle-on-Tyne,
Bunt, Thomas G. Nugent-place, Bristol.
tBurckhardt, Otte. Bank Chambers, Liverpool.
*Burd, John. 37 Jewin-street, Aldersgate-street, London, E.C.
*Burgess, John. Rastrick, Yorkshire.
Burgoyne, General Sir John F., Bart., G.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S.,
Inspector General of Fortifications. 8 Gloucester-gardens,
London, W.
tBurk, J. Lardner, LL.D. 2 North Great George-street, Dublin.
tBurke, Luke. 5 Albert-terrace, Acton, London, W.
tBurnett, Newell. Belmont-street, Aberdeen.
{Burrows, Montague, M.A., Commander R.N. Oxford.
*Burton, Frederick M. Highfield, Gainsborough.
}Busby, John. 9 Trafalgar-terrace, Monkstown, Ireland.
tBush, W. 7 Circus, Bath.
Bushell, Christopher. Royal Assurance-buildings, Liverpool.
*Busk, George, F.R.S., Sec. L.S., F.G.S., Examiner in Comparative
Anatomy in the University of London. 42 Harley-street, Caven-
dish-square, London, W.
{Butt, Isaac, Q.C. 4 Henrietta-street, Dublin.
{Butterfield, J. M. 45 Mount, York.
*Butterworth, John. 58 Mosley-street, Manchester.
*Buttery, Alexander W. Monkland Iron and Steel Company, Cardar-
roch, near Airdrie.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 13
Year of
Election.
1845,
1854.
1852,
{ Button, Charles.
Buxton, Edward North.
{Byerley, Isaac. Seacombe, Liverpool.
Byng, William Bateman. Orwell Works House, Ipswich.
{Byrne, Rey. Jas. Ergenagh Rectory, Omagh, Armagh.
Cabbell, Benjamin Bond, M.A., F.R.S., F.S.A., F.R.G.S. 1 Brick-
court, Temple, E.C.; and 52 Portland-place, London, W.
Cabbell, George.
. Cadell, William.
. §Cail, John. Stokesley, Yorkshire.
. {Cail, Richard. The Fell, Gateshead.
. {Caine, Nathaniel. Dutton-street, Liverpool.
. *Caine, Rey. William, M.A. Ducie-grove, Oxford-road, Manchester.
. tCaird, Edward. Finnart, Dumbartonshire.
- *Caird, James Key. Finnart on Loch Long, by Gare Loch Head,
Dumbartonshire.
. *Caird, James T. Greenock.
. {Caimnes, Professor. Queen’s College, Galway.
. [Calder, Rev. William. Fairfield Parsonage, Liverpool.
Caldwell, Robert. 9 Bachelor’s-walk, Dublin.
» {Callan, Rey. N. J., Professor of Natural Philosophy in Maynooth
College.
Callender, W. R. The Elms, Didsbury, Manchester.
. tCalver, E. K., R.N. 21 Norfolk-street, Sunderland.
. {Cameron, Charles A., M.D. 17 Ely-place, Dublin.
Cameron, John. Glasgow.
. {Campbell, Rey. C. P., Principal of King’s College, Aberdeen. Aber-
deen.
: Carpi, Dugald, F.C.S. 7 Quality-court, Chancery-lane, London,
KOF
. {Campbell, Dugald, M.D. 186 Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.
Campbell, Sir Hugh P. H., Bart. 10 Hill-street, Berkeley-square,
London, W. ; and Marchmont House, near Dunse, Berwickshire.
*Campbell, Sir James. Glasgow.
Campbell, Rev. James, D.D, Forkhill, Dundalk, Ireland.
. Campbell, John.
Campbell, John Archibald, F.R.S.E. Albyn-place, Edinburgh.
. {Campbell, William. Donegal-square West, Belfast.
. Campbell, William. Dunmore, Argyllshire.
- “Campion, Rey. William. Queen’s College, Cambridge.
. [Camps, William, M.D., F.L.S., F.R.G.S. 40 Park-street, Grosvenor-
square, London, W.
Cape, Rey. Joseph, M.A., F.C.P.S. Birdbrook Rectory, Halstead,
Essex.
*Carew, William Henry Pole. Antony House, near Devonport.
. {Carlton, James. Mosley-street, Manchester.
. §Carmichael, David (Engineer). Dundee.
. §Carmichael, George. 11 Dudhope-terrace, Dundee.
Carmichael, H. 18 Hume-street, Dublin.
Carmichael, John T. C. Messrs, Todd & Co., Cork.
*Carpenter, Philip Pearsall, B.A., Ph.D. Montreal, Canada.
. tCarpenter, Rev. R. Lant, B.A. Halifax.
. [Carpenter, William B., M.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., Registrar of the
University of London. 56 Regent’s Park Road, London, N.W.
. {Carr, William. Gomersal, Leeds.
. *Carr, William, M,D., F.R.C.S8, Lee Grove, Blackheath, London, S.E.
. tCarrick, John,
14
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1861.
1867.
1861.
1857.
1845.
1866.
1855.
1862.
1866,
1842.
1853.
1855.
1859.
1866.
1849.
1860.
1858.
1860.
1842.
1842.
1842.
1859.
1861.
1859.
1859.
1865.
1842,
1865.
1865.
1865.
1861.
1850.
1866.
1861.
1866.
1854.
1836.
1863.
*Carrick, Thomas. 37 Princess-street, Manchester.
§Carruthers, William, F.L.S. British Museum, London, W.C.
*Carson, Rey. Joseph, D.D., M.R.I.A, 18 Fitzwilliam-place, Dublin.
{Carte, Alexander, M.D, Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.
{Carter, G.B. Lord-street, Liverpool.
§Carter, H. H. The Park, Nottingham.
tCarter, Richard, C.E. Long Carr, Barnsley, Yorkshire.
*Cartmell, Rey. James, D.D., F.G.8., Master of Christ’s College.
Cambridge.
Cartmell, Joseph, M.D. Carlisle.
Cartwright, Rev. R. B.
tCarulla, Facundo, F.A.S.L. Care of Messrs. Daglish and Co., 8 Har-
rington-street, Liverpool.
§Casella, L. P., F.R.A.S. South Grove, Highgate, London, N.
*Cassels, Rey. Andrew, M.A. Batley Vicarage, near Leeds,
Castle, Charles. Clifton, Bristol.
tCator, John B., Commander R.N. 1 Adelaide-street, Hull.
{ Catterill, Rev. Henry.
{Catto, Robert. 44 King-street, Aberdeen.
§Catton, Alfred R., M.A., F.R.S.E. The University, Edinburgh.
tCawley, Charles Edward. The Heath, Kirsall, Manchester.
§Cayley, Arthur, F.R.S., V.P.R.A.S., Sadlerian Professor of Mathe-
matics in the University of Cambridge. Cambridge.
Cayley, Digby. Brompton, near Scarborough.
Cayley, Edward Stillingfleet. Wydale, Malton, Yorkshire.
*Chadwick, Charles, M.D, 35 Park-square, Leeds.
{Chadwick, David. 64 Cross-street, Manchester.
Chadwick, Edwin, C.B. Richmond, Surrey.
Chadwick, Elias, M.A. Pudleston-court, near Leominster.
Chadwick, John. Broadfield, Rochdale.
{tChadwick, Robert. Highbank, Manchester.
tChadwick, Thomas. Wilmslow Grange, Cheshire.
*Challis, Rey. James, M.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Plumian Professor of
Astronomy in the University of Cambridge. 13 Trumpington-
street, Cambridge.
{Chalmers, John Inglis. Aldbar, Aberdeen.
{tChalmers, Rey. Dr. P. Dunfermline.
{Chamberlain, J. H. Christ Church-buildings, Birmingham.
Chambers, George. High Green, Sheffield.
Chambers, John. Ridgefield, Manchester.
*Chambers, Robert, F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.G.S. 17 Hereford-square,
Mayfair, London, W.
*Champney, Henry Nelson. St. Paul’s-square, York.
tChance, A. M. Edgbaston, Birmingham.
*Chance, James Simmers. Brown’s Green, Handsworth, Birmingham.
§Chance, Robert Lucas. Chad Hill, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
*Chapman, Edward. Frewen Hall, Oxford.
{Chapman, Prof. E. J. University College; and 4 Addison-terrace,
Kensington, London, W. :
{Chapman, Ernest T. Hope Cottage, Hanwell, London, W.
*Chapman, John. Hill End, Mottram, Manchester.
Chapman, Captain John James, R.A., F.R.G.S. Adelaide-square,
Bedford.
tChapman, William. The Park, Nottingham.
}Chapple, Frederick. Canning-street, Liverpool.
Charlesworth, Edward, F.G.8. Whittington Club, Arundel-street,
London, W.C.
{Charlton, Edward, M.D. 7 Eldon-square, Neweastle-on-Tyne,
LIST OF MEMBERS. 15
Year of
Election.
1863,
1866.
1867.
1864.
1842.
1852.
1853.
1865.
1842.
1863.
1859.
1861.
1860,
1850.
1857.
1863.
1863.
1855.
1858.
1857.
1859.
1846.
1861.
1855.
1865.
1861.
1842.
1851.
1861.
1854,
1855.
1856.
1866,
t Charlton, F.
Charnock, Richard Stephen, Ph.D., F.S.A,, F.R.G.S. 8 Gray’s Inn-
square, London, W.C.
Chatto, W. J. P. Union Club, Trafalgar-square, London, W.C.
*Chatwood, Samuel. 2 Wentworth-place, Bolton.
tCheadle, W. B., M.A., M.D., F.R.G.S. 6 Hyde Park-place, Cum-
berland Gate, London, W.
*Cheetham, David. Weston Park, Bath.
{Cheshire, Edward. Conseryatiye Club, London, 8.W.
Cheshire, John.
*Chesney, Major-General Francis Rawdon, R.A., D.C.L., F.R.S.,
F.R.G.S. Ballyardle, Kilkeel, Co. Down, Ireland.
*Chevallier, Rey. Temple, B.D., F.R.A.S., Professor of Mathematies
and Astronomy in the University of Durham.
*Chichester, Ashhurst Turner Gilbert, D.D., Lord Bishop of. 81
Queen Anne-street, Cayvendish-square, London, W.; and The
Palace, Chichester.
tChild, Gilbert W., M.D. Oxford.
*Chiswell, Thomas. 2 Lincoln-groye, Plymouth-grove, Manchester.
§Cholmeley, Rey. C. H. Magdalen College, Oxford. -
tChristie, John, M.D. 46 School-hill, Aberdeen.
{Christie, Professor R.C., M.A. 7 St. James’s-square, Manchester.
Christison, Robert, M.D., F.R.S.E., Professor of Dietetics, Materia
Medica, and Pharmacy in the University of Edinburgh, Edin-
burgh.
{Church, William Selby, M.A. 1 Harcourt Buildings, Temple, London,
E.C.
{Churchill, The Right Hon. Lord Alfred. Blenheim, Woodstock.
tChurchill, F., M.D. 15 Stephen’s Green, Dublin.
{Clapham, A. 8 Oxford-street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
TClapham, Henry. 5 Summerhill-grove, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
§Clapham, Robert Calvert. _Wincomblee, Walker, Newcastle-on-
Tyne.
ee Samuel. 17 Park-place, Leeds.
{Clarendon, Frederick Villiers. 11 Blessington-street, Dublin.
*Clark, Rey. Charles, M.A. Queen’s College, Cambridge.
Clark, Courtney K. Haugh End, Halifax.
tClark, David. Coupar Angus, Fifeshire,
* Clark, Francis.
Clark, G.T. Bombay; and Atheneum Club, London, 8.W.
*Clark, Henry, M.D. 4 Upper Moira-place, Southampton.
Clark, Sir James, Bart., M.D., M.A., F.R.S., F.R.G.S., Physician in
Ordinary to the Queen. Bagshot Park, Surrey.
tClark, Latimer. 1 Victoria-street, Westminster, London, 8.W.
tClark, Rev. William, M.A. Barrhead, near Glasgow.
Clark, William, M.D., F.R.S., F.G.S._ Cambridge.
{Clarke, Rey. Charles. Charlotte-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
Clarke, George. Mosley-street, Manchester.
*Clarke, J. H. Newton Villa, Newton-le- Willows, near Warrington.
Clarke, Joseph. _Waddington Glebe, Lincoln.
{Clarke, Joshua, F.L.8. Fairycroft, Saffron Walden.
Clarke, Thomas, M.A. Knedlington Manor, Howden, Yorkshire.
tClay, Charles, M.D. 101 Piccadilly, Manchester.
*Clay, Joseph Travis, F.G.S. Rastrick, Yorkshire.
{Clay, Robert. St. Ann-street, Liverpool.
{Clay, William.
*Clay, William. 4 Park-hill-road, Liverpool.
tClayden, Rey, P. W. Clarendon-street, Nottingham,
16
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1857.
1850.
1859.
1861.
1857,
1850.
1852.
1865.
1861.
1849,
1854.
1866.
1859,
1861.
1863.
1855.
1855.
1851.
1864,
1845.
1854.
1861.
1864.
1865.
1853.
1859.
1859.
1860.
1854.
1857.
1861.
1861.
1854.
1861.
1865.
1849,
1865.
1846.
1852.
1853.
1858,
*Clayton, David Shaw. Norbury, Stockport, Cheshire.
tCleghorn, Hugh, M.D. Madras Establishment.
tCleghorn, John. Wick.
§Cleland, Professor John, M.D. Queen’s College, Galway.
{Clements, Henry. Dromin, Listowel, Ireland.
{Clerk, Rey. D. M. Deverill, Warminster, Wiltshire.
Clerke, Rey. C. C., D.D., Archdeacon of Oxford and Canon of Christ
Church, Oxford. Milton Rectory, Abingdon, Berkshire.
tClerke, Right Honourable Sir George, Bart.
tClibborn, Edward. Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.
{Clift, John K., C.E. Redditch, Bromsgrove.
*Clifton, Professor R. B., M.A. Oxford.
tClive, R. H. Hewell, Bromsgrove.
Clonbrock, Lord Robert. Clonbrock, Galway.
tClose, The Very Rev. Francis, M.A. Carlisle.
§Close, Thomas. St. James’s-street, Nottingham.
Clough, Rey. Alfred B., B.D. Brandeston, Northamptonshire,
tClouston, Rey. Charles. Sandwick, Orkney.
*Clouston, Peter. Glasgow.
§Clutterbuck, Thomas. Warkworth, Acklington.
*Coats, Peter. Woodside, Paisley.
*Coats, Thomas. Fergeslie House, Paisley.
Cobb, Edward. South Bank, Weston, near Bath.
*Cobbold, John Chevallier, M.P. Tower-street, Ipswich ; and Athe-
neum Club, London, 8. W.
§Cobbold, T. Spencer, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative
Anatomy at the Middlesex Hospital. 84 Wimpole-street,
Cavendish-square, London, W.
tCocker, John, M.A. Cambridge.
*Cocker, Jonathan. Higher Broughton, Manchester.
tCockey, William. 38 Burnbank Gardens, Glasgow.
*Coe, Rey. Charles C. Leicester.
*Cochrane, James Henry. Dunkathel, Glanmire, Co. Cork.
tCoghill, H. Newcastle-under-Lyme.
tColchester, William, F.G.S. Grundesburgh Hall, Ipswich.
tCole, Edward. 11 Hyde Park-square, London, W.
*Cole, Henry Warwick. 3 New-square, Lincoln’s Inn, London, W.C.
tColeman, J. J., F.C.S. North Wales Coal Oil Co., Leeswood-hill,
near Mold.
*Colfox, William, B.A. Bridport, Dorsetshire.
tColles, William, M.D. 21 Stephen’s Green, Dublin.
*Collie, Alexander. 12 Kensington Palace-gardens, London, W.
{ Collinge, John.
{Collingwood, Cuthbert, M.A., M.B., F.L.S. 14 Gloucester-place,
Greenwich, London, 8.E.
*Collingwood, J. Frederick, F.G.S. 54 Gloucester-street, Belgrave-
road, Pimlico, London, 8.W.
*Collins, James Tertius. 36 Cumberland-street, Birmingham.
tCollins, Joseph. Frederick-street, Edgbaston, Birmingham,
Collins, Robert, M.R.D.S. Ardsallagh, Navan, Ireland.
Collis, Stephen Edward. Listowel, Ireland.
Colthurst, John. Clifton, Bristol.
*Combe, Thomas, M.A. Oxford.
*Compton, Lord Alwyn. Castle Ashby, Northamptonshire.
*Compton, Lord William. 145 Piccadilly, London, W.
{Connal, Michael. 16 Lynedock-terrace, Glasgow.
t Constable, Sir T. C., Bart.
tConybeare, Henry, F.G.8, 20 Duke-street, Westminster, London.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 17
Year of
Election.
' 1864,
1859.
1861.
1863.
1854.
1854.
1859.
1865.
1862,
1863.
1850.
1846.
1865.
1856.
1854.
1863.
1842,
1842.
1855.
1860.
1857.
1864,
1865.
1863.
1863,
1860.
1867.
1867.
1867.
1850.
1867.
1866.
1867.
1847,
*Conwell, Eugene Alfred, M.R.I.A. Trim, Ireland.
tCook, E. R. Stamford-hill, London, N.
* Cook, Henry.
Cooke, Captain Adolphous.
* Cooke, A. B.
tCooke, Edward William, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., A.R.A. The Ferns,
Hyde Park-gate, South Kensington, London, S.W.
Cooke, James R., M.A. 73 Blessington-street, Dublin.
tCooke, John. Howe Villa, Richmond, Yorkshire.
Cooke, J. B. Exchange-buildings, Liverpool.
Cooke, Rev. T. L., M.A. Magdalen College, Oxford.
tCooke, Rey. William, M.A. Gazeley Vicarage, near Newmarket.
Cooke, William Fothergill. Telegraph Office, Lothbury, London,E.C.
*Cooke, ee Henry, M.A., F.S.A. Elm-court, Temple, London,
EK. 1
{Cooksey, Joseph. West Bromwich, Birmingham.
*Cookson, Rev. H. W., D.D. St. Peter’s College, Cambridge.
tCookson, N. C. Benwell Tower, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
{Cooper, Sir Henry, M.D. 7 Charlotte-street, Hull.
Cooper, James. 55 Pembroke Villas, Bayswater, London, W.
{Cooper, William White. 19 Berkeley-square, London, W.
§Cope, James. Pensnett, near Dudley.
{Copeland, George F., F.G.S., 5 Bay’s-hill Villas, Cheltenham.
fCopland, James, M.D., F.R.S. 5 Old Burlington-street, London, W.
Copland, William, F.R.S.E. Dumfries.
{Coppin, John. North Shields.
*Corbet, Richard. Hadington-hill, Oxford.
Corbett, Edward. Ravenoak, Cheadle-hulme, Cheshire.
{Corbett, Joseph Henry, M.D., Professor of Anatomy and Physiology,
Queen’s College, Cork.
Cormack, John Rose, M.D., F.R.S.E, 5 Bedford-square, London,
Wass
t Corner, C. Tinsley.
Cory, Rev. Robert, B.D., F.C.P.S. Stanground, Peterborough.
Cottam, George. 2 Winsley-street, London, W.
{Cottam, Samuel. Brazennose-street, Manchester.
Cotter, John.
§Cotton, General Frederick C. Knolton Hall, Ruabon.
* Cotton, Rev. William Charles, M.A. New Zealand.
Couper, James. 12 Royal Exchange-square, Glasgow.
§Courtald, Samuel. Gosfield Hall, Essex.
*Courtney, Henry, M.R.LA. 24 Fitzwilliam-place, Dublin.
Cowan, John. Valleyfield, Pennycuick, Edinburgh.
tCowan, John A. Blaydon Burn, Durham.
tCowan, Joseph, jun. Blaydon, Durham.
Cowie, Rey. Benjamin Morgan, M.A. 42 Upper Harley-street,
Cavendish-square, London, W.
tCowper, Edward Alfred, M.I.C.E. 6 Great George-street, West-
minster, London, 8. W.
*Cox, Edward. Clement Park, Dundee.
*Cox, George Addison. Beechwood, Dundee.
§Cox, James. Clement Park, Dundee.
tCox, John. Georgie Mills, Edinburgh.
Cox, Robert. 26 Rutland-street, Edinburgh.
*Cox, Thomas Hunter. Duncarse, Dundee.
§Cox, William. 50 Newhall-street, Birmingham.
§Cox, William. Foggley, Lochee, by Dundee.
{Cox, Rey, W. H., B.D, Eaton Bishop, Herefordshire,
c
18
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1854,
1859.
1857.
1858.
1852.
1857.
1849.
1842.
1854,
1865.
1858.
1859.
1857.
1855.
1866.
1865.
1855.
1859.
1861.
1867.
1853.
1866.
1865.
1854.
1861.
1863.
1863.
1860,
1859.
1859.
1849.
1851.
1859.
1847.
1861.
1861.
1850.
i861,
§Crace-Calvert, Frederick, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.C.8., Honorary Professor
of Chemistry to the Manchester Royal Institution. Royal In-
stitute, Manchester.
Craig, J. T. Gibson, F.R.S.E. Edinburgh.
tCraig, 8S. Clayhill, Enfield, Middlesex.
ae ec Rey. Josiah., M.R.ILA. The Rectory, Florence-court, Co.
ermanagh, Ireland.
{Cranage, Edward, Ph.D. The Old Hall, Wellington, Shropshire.
Craven, Robert.
{Crawford, Alexander, jun. Mount Prospect, Belfast.
t Crawford, George Arthur, M.A.
{Crawfurd, John, F.R.S., F.R.G.S. 4 Elvaston-place, Kensington,
W.; and Athenzeum Club, Pall Mall, London, 8. W.
*Crewdson, Thomas D. Dacca Mills, Manchester.
Creyke, The Venerable Archdeacon. Beeford Rectory, Driffield.
*Orichton, William. 1 West India-street, Glasgow.
{Crisp, M. F.
{Crocker, Edwin, F.C.S. Seymour Villa, 76 Hungerford Road, Hollo-
way, London, N.
Croft, Rev. John, M.A., F.C.P.S.
{Crofts, John. Hillary-place, Leeds.
Croker, Charles Phillips, M.D., M.R.I.A. 7 Merrion-square West,
Dublin.
tCroll, A.A. 10 Coleman-street, London, E.C.
tCrolly, Rey. George. Maynooth College, Ireland.
{Crompton, Charles, M.A. 22 Hyde Park-square, London, W.
*Crompton, Rey. Joseph, M.A. Norwich.
tCronin, William. 4 Brunel-terrace, Nottingham.
Crook, J. Taylor.
Crook, William Henry, LL.D.
§Crookes, William, F.R.S., F.C.S. 20 Mornington-road, Regent’s
Park, London, N.W.
*Cropper, Rey. John. Stand, near Manchester.
{Crosfield, John. Rothay Bank, Ambleside.
{Cross, Rev. John Edward, M.A. Appleby Vicarage, near Brigg.
§Crosskey, Rev. Henry W. The Geological Society of Glasgow,
Glasgow.
tCrosskill, William, C.E. Beverley, Yorkshire.
*Crossley, Louis J., F.M.S. Willow Hall, near Halifax.
§Crotch, George Robert. 8 Pearl-street, Cambridge.
{Crowe, John. 3 Mersey Chambers, Liverpool.
§Crowley, Henry. 255 Cheetham-hill-road, Manchester.
§Crowther, Benjamin. Wakefield.
tCruddas, George. Elswick Engine Works, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
tCruickshank, John. City of Glasgow Bank, Aberdeen.
{Cruickshank, Provost. Macduff, Aberdeen.
{Crum, James. Busby, Glasgow.
{Cubitt, Thomas. Thames Bank, Pimlico, London, 8. W.
{Cull, Richard, F.S.A., F.R.G.S. 18 Tavistock-street, Bedford-square,
London, W.C.
Culley, Robert. Bank of Ireland, Dublin.
{Cumming, Sir A. P. Gordon, Bart. Altyre.
{ Cumming, Rev. J. G., M.A.
*Cunliffe, Edward Thomas. Handforth, Manchester.
*Cunliffe, Peter Gibson. Handforth, Manchester.
{Cunningham, James. 50 Queen-street, Edinburgh.
{Cunningham, James, F.R.S.E. Queen-street, Edinburgh.
Cunningham, John.
)
LIST OF MEMBERS. 19
Year of
Election.
1852. {Cunningham, John. Macedon, near Belfast.
1850. {Cunningham, Rev. William, D.D. 17 Salisbury-road, Edinburgh.
1855. §Cunningham, William A. Manchester and Liverpool District Bank,
Manchester.
1850. {Cunningham, Rev. W. B. Prestonpans, Scotland.
1866, {Cunnington, John. 68 Oakley-square, Bedford New Town, London,
N.W
1867, *Cursetjee, “Manockjee, F.R.S.A., Judge of Bombay. Villa-Byculla,
Bombay.
1857. {Curtis, Professor Arthur Hill, LL.D. 6 Trinity College, Dublin.
1866, {Cusins, Rev. F. L. 26 Addison-street, Nottingham.
1834, *Cuthbert, J. R. 40 Chapel-street, Liverpool.
Cuthbertson, Allan. Glasgow.
1863. {Daglish, John. Hetton, Durham.
1854. {Daglish, Robert, C.E. Orrell Cottage, near Wigan.
1854. {Daglish, Robert, jun. St. Helen’s, Lancashire.
1863. {Dale, J. B. South Shields.
1853. {Dale, Rev. P. Steele, M.A. Hollingfare, Warrington.
1865. {Dale, Rev. R. W. 12 Calthorpe-street, Birmingham.
1867. §Dalgleish, Dr. O. Newport, Dundee.
1867. §Daleleish, W. Dundee.
Dalmahoy, James, F.R.S.E. 9 Forres-street, Edinburgh,
1850. {Dalmahoy, Patrick. 69 Queen-street, Edinburgh.
1859. {Dalrymple, Charles Elphinstone. West Hall, Aberdeenshire.
1859. {Dalrymple, Colonel. Troup, Scotland.
1867. *Dalrymple, Donald, M.D., F.R.G.S. Thorpe Lodge, Norwich.
Dalton, Edward, LL.D., F.S.A. Dunkirk House, Nailsworth.
*Dalton, Rev. James Edward, B.D. Seagrave, Loughborough.
1859. {Daly, Ineut.-Colonel H. D.
1859. *Dalzell, Allen, M.D. The University, Edinburgh.
Dalziel, John, M.D. Holm of Drumlanrig, Thornhill, Dumfries-
shire,
1862. {Danby, T. W. Downing College, Cambridge.
1859. {Dancer, J. B., F.R.A.S. Old Manor House, Ardwick, Manchester.
1847. ¢Danson, John Towne.
1849. *Danson, Joseph, F.C.S. 6 Shaw-street, Liverpool.
Danson, William. 6 Shaw-street, Liverpool.
1859. §Darbishire, Charles James. Rivington, near Chorley, Lancashire.
1861. *Darbishire, Robert Dukinfield, B.A., F.G.S. 21 Brown-street, Man-
chester.
*Darbishire, Samuel D. Pendyffryn, near Conway.
.1852. {Darby, Rev. Jonathan L.
Darwin, Charles R., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S. Down, near Brom-
ley, Kent.
1854. {Dashwood, Charles.
1848. §DaSilva, Johnson. Burntwood, Wandsworth Common, London,S.W.
1859. {Daun, Robert, M.D., F.G.8., Deputy Inspector-General of Hospitals.
The Priory, Aberdeen.
Davey, Richard, M.P., F.G.S. Redruth, Cornwall.
1859. {Davidson, Charles. Grove House, Auchmull, Aberdeen.
1859. {Davidson, Patrick. Inchmarlo, near Aberdeen.
1847. { Davidson, Rev. Samuel, LL.D.
1863. {Davies, Griffith. 17 Cloudesley-street, Islington, London, N.
Davies, John Birt, M.D. The Laurels, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
1842. Davies, Dr. Thomas. Chester.
1864, §Davis, Charles E., F.S.A. 55 Pulteney-street, Bath.
Dayis, Rey. David, B.A. Lancaster.
: c2
20
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1856.
1859.
1859.
1863.
1864.
1857.
1854.
1859.
1860.
1864.
1865.
1855.
1859.
1858.
1850.
1854,
1852.
1864.
1863.
1853.
1861.
1867,
*Davis, Sir John Francis, Bart., K.C.B., F.R.S., F.R.G.S. Atheneum
Club, London, 8.W.; and Hollywood, Compton Greenfield, near
Bristol.
{Davis, J. Barnard, M.D., F.S.A. Shelton, Staffordshire.
*Davis, Richard, F.L.S. 9 St. Helen’s-place, London, E.C.
*Davison, Joseph. Greencroft, Durham.
§Davison, Richard. Great Driffield, Yorkshire.
tDavy, Edmund W., M.D. Kimmage Lodge, Roundtown, near Dublin.
*Dawbarn, William. 3 Temple, Dale-street, Liverpool.
t Dawes, Captain (Adjutant R.A. Highlanders).
Dawes, John Samuel, F.G.S. Smethwick House, near Birmingham.
*Dawes, John T., jun. Smethwick House, near Birmingham.
t{Dawkins, W. Boyd, B.A., F.G.S: Upminster, Romford, Essex.
*Dawson, Christopher H. Low Moor, Bradford, Yorkshire.
{Dawson, George, M.A. Shenstone, Lichfield.
*Dawson, Henry. 14 St. James’s-road, Liverpool.
{Dawson, J. W., LL.D., F.R.S., Principal of M‘Gill College, Montreal,
Canada.
Dawson, John. Royds Hall, Bradford, Yorkshire.
Dawson, Thomas.
. *Dawson, William G. Plumstead Common, Kent.
. {Day, Edward Charles H. Charmouth, Dorset.
. {Deacon, Henry. Runcorn Gap, Cheshire.
. {Dean, David. Banchory, Aberdeen,
. t{Dean, Henry. Colne, Lancashire. |
. §Deane, Henry, F.L.S. Clapham Common, London, 8.
*Deane, Sir Thomas. Kingstown, Co. Dublin.
. {Debus, H. The College, Clifton.
. {De Grey, The Hon. F. Copdock, Ipswich.
*De Grey and Ripon, George Frederick, Earl, F.R.S. 1 Carlton-
gardens, London, S.W.
. *De la Rue, Warren, Ph.D., F.R.S., Pres. C.S., F.R.A.S. Cranford,
Middlesex; and 110 Bunhill-row, London, E.C,
Denchar, John. Morningside, Edinburgh.
. {Denison, The Hon. William. Grinston, Tadcaster.
Denison, Sir William Thomas, K.C.B., Col. R.E., F.R.S., F.R.GS.,
East Brent, Weston-super-Mare, Somerset.
. {Dennis, J. C, RAS.
*Dent, Joseph. Ribston Hall, Wetherby.
Dent, William Yerbury. Royal Arsenal, Woolwich, 8.E.
De Saumarez, Rey. Havilland, M.A. St. Peter’s Rectory, North-
ampton.
De Tabley, George, Lord, F.Z.8. Tabley House, Knutsford, Cheshire.
*Devonshire, William, Duke of, K.G., M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.,
F.R.G.S., Chancellor of the University of Cambridge. Devon-
shire House, Piccadilly, London, W.; and Chatsworth, Derby-
shire. —
{Dewar, Rev. D.,D.D.,LL.D., Principal of Marischal College, Aberdeen.
{Dibb, Thomas Townend. Little Woodhouse, Leeds.
{Dick, Professor William. Veterinary College, Edinburgh.
{Dicker, J. R. 29 Exchange-alley North, Liverpool.
{Dickie, G., M.D., Professor of Natural History in Queen’s College,
Belfast.
*Dickinson, F. H. Wingweston, Somerton, Taunton.
{Dickinson, G. T, _Claremont-place, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Dickinson, Joseph, M.D., F.R.S, 92 Bedford-street South, Liverpool,
*Dickinson, W. L. 1 St. James’s-street, Manchester.
§Dickson; Alexander, M,D, Trinity College, Dublin,
LIST OF MEMBERS. 21
Year of
Election.
1848.
1863,
1862.
1848,
1859.
1837.
1853.
1854.
1865.
1858.
1861.
1859.
1851.
1860.
1864.
1857.
1851.
1867.
1867.
1860.
1861.
1857.
1857.
1863.
1867.
1863.
1855.
1857.
1865.
1852.
1865.
1858.
1859.
1866.
1863,
1856.
{Dickson, Peter. 28 Upper Brook-street, London, W.
*Dickson, William, Clerk of the Peace for Northumberland. Alnwick,
Northumberland.
*Dikes, William Hey, F.G.S. Wakefield.
*Dilke, Sir C. Wentworth, Bart., M.P., F.LS., F.G.S., ER.G.S. 76
Sloane-street, London, S.W.
*Dilke, Charles Wentworth. 76 Sloane Street, London, 8.W.
{Dillwyn, Lewis Llewelyn, M.P., F.L.S., F.G.8. Parkwern, near
Swansea.
*Dingle, Rev. J. Lanchester, Durham.
Dircks, Henry, C.E., F.C.S. 48 Charing Cross, London, S.W.
{Dixon, Edward, M.Inst.C.E. Wilton House, Southampton.
{Dixon, Hugh. Devonshire House, Birkenhead,
{Dixon, L. Hooton, Cheshire.
{ Dixon, Isaiah.
Dixon, Rev. W. H. Bishopthorpe, near York.
{Dixon, W. Hepworth, F.S.A., F.R.G.S. Essex-villas, Queen’s-road,
St. John’s-wood, London, N.W.
{Dizxon, William Smith.
*Dobbin, Leonard, jun., M.R.I.A. 27 Gardiner’s-place, Dublin.
{Dobbin, Orlando T., LL.D., M.R.LLA. Ballivor, Kells, Co. Meath.
{Dobbs, Archibald Edward. Balliol College, Oxford.
*Dobson, William. Oakwood, Bathwick-hill, Bath.
Dockray, Benjamin. Lancaster.
t{Dodds, Thomas W., C.E. Rotherham.
*Dodsworth, Benjamin. St. Leonard’s-place, York.
*Dodsworth, George. Clifton-grove, near York.
Dolphin, John. Delves House, Berry Edge, near Gateshead.
{Domvile, William C., F.Z.S. Thorn-hill, Bray, Dublin.
§Don, John. The Lodge, Broughty Ferry, by Dundee.
§Don, William G. St. Margaret’s, Broughty Ferry, by Dundee.
*Donisthorpe, George Edmund. Holly Bank, Moortown, Leeds.
{Donkin, William Fishburn, M.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Savilian Professor
of Astronomy in the University of Oxford. 34 Broad-street,
Oxford.
tDonnelly, Captain, R.E. South Kensington Museum, London, W.
*Donnelly, William, C.B., Registrar-General for Ireland. Auburn,
Malahide, Ireland.
{Donovan, M., M.R.LA. Clare-street, Dublin.
{Doubleday, Thomas. 25 Ridley-place, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
§Dougall, Andrew Maitland, R.N. Scotscraig, Tayport, Fifeshire.
*Doughty, C. Montagu. 5 Gloucester-place, Portman-sq., London, W.
§Dove, Hector, F.G.8. Rose Cottage, Trinity, near Edinburgh.
Downall, Rev. John. Okehampton, Devon.
{Downing, S., LL.D., Professor of Civil Engineering in the University
of Dublin. Dublin.
*Dowson, E. Theodore. Geldestone, near Beccles, Suffolk.
{Drennan, Dr. Chichester-street, Belfast.
Drennan, William, M.R.LA. 35 North Cumberland-street, Dublin.
{Drew, Robert A. 6Stanley-place, Duke-street, Broughton, Manchester.
Drummond, David.
Drummond, H. Home, F.R.S.E. Blair Drummond, Stirling.
t{Drummond, James. Greenock.
{Drummond, Robert. 17 Stratton-street, London, W.
*Dry, Thomas. 12 Gloucester-road, Regent’s Park, London, N.W.
{Dryden, James. South Benwell, Northumberland.
*Ducie, Henry John Reynolds Moreton, Earl of, F.R.S. 1 Belgrave-
square, London, §. W.; and Tortworth-cowrt, Wotton-under-Edge,
22
LIST OF MEMBERS,
Year of
Election.
1835.
1846.
1867.
1852,
1859.
1859.
1866.
1861.
1867.
2. tEdgar, Rev. —, D.D.
{ Duckett, Joseph F.
{Duckworth, William. Beechwood, near Southampton.
*Duff, Mounstuart Ephinstone Grant-, LL.B, M.P. Atheneum Club,
Pall Mall, London, S.W,; and Eden, near Banff, N. B.
{Dufferin, The Rt.Hon. Lord. Highgate, London, N.; and Clandeboye,
Belfast.
*Duncan, Alexander. Rhode Island, United States.
{Duncan, Charles. 52 Union-place, Aberdeen.
*Duncan, James, M.D. Farnham House, Finglass, Co. Dublin.
*Duncan, James. 9 Mincing-lane, London, E.C.
t Duncan, James.
{Duncan, John W.
Duncan, J. F., M.D. 19 Gardiner’s-place, Dublin.
§Duncan, Peter Martin, M.B., F.G.S. Lee, London, 8.E.
Duncan, W. Henry, M.D.
Dundas, Major-General Robert.
Dunlop, Alexander. Clober, Milngavie, near Glasgow.
*Dunlop, William Henry. Annan-hill, Kilmarnock.
§Dunn, David. Annet House, Skelmorlie, by Greenock, N.B.
§Dunn, Robert, F.R.C.S. 31 Norfolk-street, Strand, London W.C.
Dunnington-Jefferson, Rey. Joseph, M.A., F.C.P.8. Thicket Hall,
ork,
. {Du Noyer, George V. 51 Stephen’s Green, Dublin.
*Dunraven, Edwin, Earl of, F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Adare
Manor, Co. Limerick ; and Dunraven Castle, Glamorganshivre.
tDuns, Rey. John, F.R.S.E. Torphichan, Bathgate, N. B.
{Dunville, William. Richmond Lodge, Belfast.
{Duppa, Duppa. Church Stretton, Shropshire.
{Duprey, Perry. Woodbury Down, Stoke Newington, London, N.
{Durham, Arthur Edward, F.R.C.S., F.L.8., Demonstrator of Ana-
tomy, Guy’s Hospital, London, 8.E.
Durnford, Rey. R. Middleton, Lancashire.
{Durrant, C. M., M.D. Rushmere, Ipswich.
{Dwyer, Henry L., M.A., M.B. 67 Upper Sackville-street, Dublin.
Dykes, Robert. Kilmorie, Torquay, Devon.
{Eadson, Richard. 13 Hyde-road, Manchester.
tEarle, Rey. A. Rectory, Monkton Farleigh, Bath.
Earle, Charles, F.GS.
*Earnshaw, Rey. Samuel, M.A. Broomfield, Sheffield.
§Easton, James. Nest House, near Gateshead, Durham
Eaton, Rey. George, M.A. The Pole, Northwich.
Ebden, Rev. James Collett, M.A., F.R.A.S. Great Stukeley Vicarage,
Huntingdonshire,
§Eckersley, James. Leith Walk, Edinburgh.
{Kcroyd, William Farrer. Spring Cottage, near Burnley. |
*Kddison, Edwin. Headingley-hill, Leeds.
*Eddison, Francis. North Laiths, Ollerton, Newark.
*Eddy, James R., F.G.S. Carleton Grange, Skipton.
Eden, Thomas. Riversdale-road, Aigburth, Liverpool.
tEdge, John William. Percy-street, Hulme, Manchester.
*Edgeworth, Michael P., F.L.S., F.R.A.S. Mastrim House, Anerley,
London, 8.
{ Edington, Thomas.
{Edmiston, Robert. Elmbank-crescent, Glasgow.
. {Edmond, James. Cardens Haugh, Aberdeen.
*Kdward, Allan. Farington Hall, Dundee.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 23
Year of
Election.
1867.
1867,
1855.
1867,
1859.
1854.
1855.
1858.
1863.
1855.
1861.
1864.
1862.
1859.
1857.
1864.
1864.
1864.
1862.
1856.
1863.
1865.
1858.
1866.
1866.
1853.
1864,
1862.
1865.
1854.
1849,
1848.
1861.
1865.
1866.
1865.
§Edward, Charles. Springfield, Dundee.
§Edward, James. Balruddery, Dundee.
Edwards, James, B.A.
Edwards, John. Halifax.
*Edwards, J. Baker, Ph.D. Royal Institution Laboratory, Liverpool.
§Edwards, William. Dundee.
*Egerton, Sir Philip de Malpas Grey, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., F.G.S.
Oulton Park, Tarporley, Cheshire.
Egginton, Samuel Hall. North Ferriby, Yorkshire.
*Risdale, David A., M.A. 38 Dublin-street, Edinburgh.
{Elcum, Charles Frederick. 3 Crescent-terrace, Cheltenham.
tElder, David. 19 Paterson-street, Glasgow.
tElder, John. Elm Park, Govan Road, Glasgow.
Ellacombe, Rey. H. T., F.S.A. Bitton, near Bristol.
tEllenberger, J. L. Worksop.
§Elliot, Robert. Wolflee, Hawick, N. B.
*Elliot, Sir Walter, K.S.L, F.L.S. Wolflee, Hawick, N. B.
tElliott, E. B. Washington, United States.
§Elliott, Frederick Henry, M.A. 449 Strand, London, W.C.
Elliott, John Foge. Elvet-hill, Durham.
fEllis, Henry.S., F.R.A.S. Fair Park, Exeter.
tEllis, Hercules. Lisnaroc, Clones, Ireland.
*Ellis, Alexander John, B.A., F.R.S. 25 Argyll-road, Kensington,
London, W.
*Fllis, Joseph. Brighton.
§Ellis, J. W. High House, Thornwaite, Ripley, Yorkshire.
*Ellis, Rev. Robert, A.M. Grimstone House, near Malton, Yorkshire.
Ellman, Rey. E. B. Berwick Rectory, near Lewes, Sussex.
{Elphinstone, H. W., M.A., F.L.S. Cadogan-place, London, 8.W.
Eltoft, William. Care of J. Thompson, Esq., 30 New Cannon-street,
Manchester.
{Elwait, Mons., LL.D.
tEmbleton, Dennis, M.D. Northumberland-street, Neweastle-on-Tyne
tEmery, Rev. W., B.D. Corpus Christi College, Cambridge.
{Empson, Christopher. Headingley, near Leeds. j
tEnfield, Richard. Low Pavement, Nottingham.
§Enfield, William. Low Pavement, Nottingham.
{English, EdgarWilkins. Yorkshire Banking Company, Lowgate, Hull.
Enniskillen, William Willoughby, Earl of, D.C.L., P.R.S., MR.LA.,
F.G.S. 32a Mount-street, Grosvenor-square, London, 8S. W. ; and
Florence Court, Fermanagh, Ireland.
*Enys, John Samuel, F.G.S.__Enys, Cornwall.
*Erle, Rey. Christopher, M.A., F.G.S, Hardwick Rectory, near
Eustace, John, M.D.
*Evans, Rey. Charles, M.A. King Edward’s School, New-street,
Birmingham.
tEvans, Edward. Rock Ferry, Liverpool.
*Eyans, George Fabian, M.D. Waterloo-street, Birmingham.
pe Griffith F. D., M.D, Trewern, near Welshpool, Montgomery-
shire.
*Evans, John, F.R.S., F.S.A., F.G.S. Nash Mills, Hemel Hempstead.
tEvans, Sebastian, M.A.. Highgate, near Birmingham.
tEvans, Thomas. Belper, Derbyshire.
*Evans, William. Chad-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
24
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1854,
1863.
1859.
1855.
1846.
1866.
1849,
1842,
1866.
1865.
1864.
1859.
1861.
1866.
1857.
13859.
1859.
1854,
1863.
1833.
1845.
1864,
1852.
1855.
1859.
1855.
1867.
1857.
1854.
1867.
1865.
1862.
Evanson, R. T., M.D. Holme Hurst, Torquay.
tEverest, A. M. Robert. 11 Reform Club, London, S.W.
*Kyveritt, George Allen, F.R.G.S., Belgian Consul. Oakfield, Moseley,
near Birmingham.
Ewart, William, M.P. 6 Cambridge-square, London, W.; and
Broadlands, Devizes.
*Ewing, Archibald Orr. Clermont House, Glasgow.
*Ewing, William. 209 West George-street, Glascow.
*Eyre, George Edward, F.G.8., F.R.G.S. 59 Lowndes-square,
Knightsbridge, London ; and Warren’s, near Lyndhurst, Hants.
§Eyre, Major-General Sir Vincent, F.R.G.S. Athenzeum Club, Pall
Mall, London, 8. W.
Eyton, Charles. Hendred House, Abingdon.
tEyton, T, C, Eyton, near Wellington, Salop.
Fairbairn, Thomas. Manchester.
*Fairbairn, William, C.E., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.G.S. Manchester.
tFairbank, F. R., M.A. St. Mary’s-terrace, Hulme, Manchester,
tFairley, Thomas. Medical School, Leeds.
{Fallkmer, F. H. Lyncombe, Bath.
Fannin, John, M.A. 41 Grafton-street, Dublin.
{Farquharson, Robert O. Houghton, Aberdeen.
§Farr, William, M.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., Superintendent of the Statis-
tical Department General Registry Office, London. Southlands,
Bickley, Kent.
*Farrar, Rey. Frederick William, M.A., F.R.S. Harrow.
{Farrelly, Rev. Thomas. Royal College, Maynooth.
“Faulkner, Charles, F.S.A., F.G.S., F.R.G.S.. Museum, Deddington,
Oxon.
*Faweett, Henry, M.P., Professor of Political Economy in the Univer-
sity of Cambridge. Trinity Hall, Cambridge.
{ Faweett, John.
{Fawcus, George. Alma-place, North Shields.
Fearon, John Peter. Cuckfield, Sussex.
‘{Felkin, William, F.L.S. The Park, Nottingham.
to)
Fell, John B. Ulverston, Lancashire.
§Fellowes, Frank P. 8 The Green, Hampstead, London, N.W.
{Fenton, Samuel Greame. 9 College-square, Belfast; and Keswick,
near Belfast.
{Ferguson, James. Gas Coal-works, Lesmahago, Glasgow.
tFerguson, John. Cove, Nigg, Inverness.
t Ferguson, Peter.
§ Ferguson, Robert M. Edinburgh.
{tFerguson, Samuel. 20 North Great George-street, Dublin.
{Ferguson, William, F.L.S., F.G.S. 2 St. Aiden’s-terrace, Birkenhead.
*Fereusson, H. B. Blackness-terrace, Dundee.
*Fernie, John. Clarence Iron Works, Leeds.
Ferrall, J. M., M.D., M.R.L.A. 35 Rutland-square, Dublin.
{Ferrers, Rey. N. M., M.A. Caius College, Cambridge.
Ferrier, Alexander James. 69 Leeson-street, Dublin.
Field, Edwin W. 36 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, London, W.C.
Fielding, G. H., M.D. Tunbridge, Kent.
. {Fielding, James. Mearclough Mill, Sowerby Bridge, near Halifax.
. [Finch, Frederick, George, B.A., F.G.8. Blackheath Park, London,
Finch, John. Bridge Work, Chepstow.
Finch, John, jun. Bridge Work, Chepstow.
. Findlay, Alexander George, F.R.G.S. 53 Fleet-street, London,
E.C.; and Hayes, Kent,
LIST OF MEMBERS. 25
Year of
Election.
1863.
1854.
1851.
1858,
1858.
1857.
1857.
1865.
1850.
1842.
1855.
1867.
1853.
1862.
1866,
1867.
1854.
1855.
1855.
1866.
1867.
1849.
1858.
1854.
1865.
1865.
1845.
1857.
1845.
1859,
tFinney, Samuel. Sheriff-hill Hall, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Firth, Thomas. Northwick.
{Fischel, Rev. Arnold, D.D.
*Fischer, William L, F., M.A., Professor of Natural Philosophy in
the University of St. Andrews, Scotland.
{Fishbourne, Captain E. G., R.N. 6 Welamere-terrace, Padding-
ton, London, W.
Fisher, Rev. John Hutton, M.A., F.G.S., F.C.P.8. Kirkby Lons-
dale, Westmoreland.
{Fishwick, Captain Henry. Carr-hill, Rochdale.
{Fitzgerald ,The Right Hon.Lord Otho,M.P. 13Dominick-street, Dublin,
{Fitzpatrick, Thomas, M.D. 31 Lower Bagot-street, Dublin.
Fitzwilliam, Hon. George Wentworth, M.P., F.R.G.S. 19 Grosve-
nor-square, London, 8.W.; and Wentworth House, Rotherham.
tFleetwood, D. J. 45 George Street, St. Paul’s, Birmingham.
Fleetwood, Sir Peter Hesketh, Bart. Rossall Hall, Fleetwood,
Lancashire.
tFleming, Professor Alexander, M.D. 20 Temple Row, Birmingham.
Fleming, Christopher, M.D. Merrion-square North, Dublin.
Fleming, John, M.A.
tFleming, John.
Fleming, John G., M.D. 155 Bath-street, Glasgow.
*Fleming, William, M.D. Rowton Grange, near Chester.
§Fletcher, Alfred E. Whiston, near Prescot.
{Fletcher, Isaac, F.R.S., F.R.A.S. Tarn Bank, Workington,
Fletcher, T. B. E., M.D. 7 Waterloo-street, Birmingham.
Flood, Rev. James Charles.
tFlower, William Henry, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., F.R.C.S. Royal
College of Surgeons, Lincoln’s Inn-fields, London, W.C.
{Flowers, J. W. Park Hill, Croydon, Surrey.
§Foggie, William. Woodville, Maryfield, Dundee.
*Forbes, David, F.R.S., F.G.S. 12 York-place, Portman-square,
London, W.
Forbes, George, FP. RSE.
*Forbes, James David, LL.D., F.R.S. L. & E., F.G.S., Principal of
the United Colleges of St. Salvator and St. Leonards, St. An-
drews. Pitlochrie.
tForbes, Rev. John. Symington Manse, Biggar, Scotland.
}Forbes, Rey. John, D.D. 150 West Regent-street, Glasgow.
Forbes, Sir John Stuart, Bart., F.R.S.E. Fettercairne House, Kin-
cardineshire.
Ford, H. R. Morecombe Lodge, Yealand Congers, Lancashire.
tFord, William. Hartsdown Villa, Kensington Park Gardens East,
London, W.
*Forrest, William Hutton. Stirling.
§Forster, Anthony. Wood Close, Grasmere, Windermere.
*Forster, Thomas Emerson. 7 Ellison-place, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
*Forster, William. Ballynure, Clones, Ireland.
{Forster, Wiliam Edward. Burley, Otley, near Leeds.
*Fort, Richard, F.G.S. Read Hall, Whalley, Lancashire.
{Foster, Balthazar W., M.D., F.L.S. 4 Old Square, Birmingham,
*Foster, Clement Le Neve, D.Se., F.G.S. Royal Institution, Truro.
{Foster, Ebenezer. The Elms, Cambridge.
*Foster, George C., B.A., F.C.S., Professor of Experimental Physics
in University College, London, W.C.
*Foster, Rey. John, M.A. The Oaks Parsonage, Loughborough.
{Foster, John N. St. Andrews, Bigeleswade.
*Foster, Michael, M.D. University College, London, W.C.
26
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1859. §Foster, Peter Le Neve, M.A. Society of Arts, Adelphi, London, W.C.
1863. {Foster, Robert. 30 Rye-hill, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
1859. *Foster, S. Lloyd. Old Park Hall, Walsall, Staffordshire.
1842, Fothergill, Benjamin.
1866. §Fowler, George. Ashby-de-la-Zouch.
1856.
1859,
1842,
1860.
1866.
1848,
1846,
1859.
1865.
1859.
1860.
1847.
1865,
1855,
1856.
1857.
1863.
1847.
1860.
1863.
1859.
1852.
1864,
{Fowler, Rey. Hugh, M.A. College-gardens, Gloucester.
tFowler, Rev. J. C., LL.D., F.A.S. Scotl. The Manse, Ratho, by
Edinburgh.
*Fowler, Robert. Rahinstown, Co. Meath, Ireland.
Fox, Alfred. Falmouth.
*Fox, Charles, Trebah, Falmouth.
*Fox, Rey. Edward, M.A. The Vicarage, Romford, Essex.
*Fox, Joseph Hayland. Wellington, Somerset.
tFox, Joseph John. Church-row, Stoke Newington, London, N.
*Fox, Robert Barclay. Falmouth.
Fox, Robert Were, F.R.S. Falmouth.
*Francis, G. B. London.
{Francis, George Grant, F.S.A. Burrows Lodge, Swansea.
Francis, William, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.A.S. Red Lion-court,
Fleet-street, London, E.C.; and 1 Matson Villas, Marsh-gate,
Richmond, Surrey.
{Frankland, Edward, Ph.D., F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in the
Royal Institution and St. Bartholomew’s Hospital. 42 St.
John’s Park-road, Haverstock-hill, London, N.W.
*Frankland, Rey. Marmaduke Charles. Chowbent, near Manchester.
Franks, Rev. J. C., M.A. Whittlesea, near Peterborough.
{Fraser, George B. 3 Airlie-place, Dundee.
Fraser, James. 25 Westland-row, Dublin.
Fraser, James William. 8a Kensington Palace-gardens, London, W.
*Fraser, John, M.A., M.D. Chapel Ash, Wolverhampton.
*Frazer, Daniel. 113 Buchanan-street, Glasgow.
tFreeborn, Richard Fernandez. 38 Broad-street, Oxford.
*Freeland, Humphrey William, F.G.S. The Athenzum Club, Pall
Mall, London, 8. W.
§Freeman, James. 15 Francis-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
tFrere, Captain, R.A.
Frere, George Edward, F.R.S. Royden Hall, Diss, Norfolk.
*Frerichs, John Andrew. 1 Keynsham Bank, Cheltenham.
Fripp, George D., M.D. Barnfield Hill, Southampton.
*Frith, Richard Hastings, C.E. 51 Leinster-road, Rathmines, Dublin.
*Frith, William. Burley Wood, near Leeds.
Frost, Charles, F.S.A. Hull.
pbhosis Wun F.R.A.S. Wentworth Lodge, Upper Tulse-street,
ondon, 8.
*Froude, William. Emsleigh Paignton, Torquay.
Fry, Francis. Cotham, Bristol.
Fry, Richard. Cotham, Bristol.
Fry, Robert. Tockington, Gloucestershire.
{Fryar, Mark. Eaton Moor Colliery, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Fullarton, Allan. 19 Woodside-place, Glasgow.
{Fuller, Frederick, M.A., Professor of Mathematics in University and
King’s College, Aberdeen.
: Puetucon, Professor John C., M.A., M.B. Queen’s College, Belfast.
Furlong, Rev. Thomas, M.A. 10 Sydney-place, Bath.
*Furneaux, Rey. A, St. Germain’s Parsonage, Cornwall.
*Gadesden, Augustus William, F.S.A. Leigh House, Lower Tooting,
Surrey,
LIST OF MEMBERS. 27
Year of
Election.
1854, tGage, M. A., CE.
1857. {Gages, Alphonse, M,R,I,A. Museum of Irish Industry, Dublin.
1863. *Gainsford, W. D. Darnall Fall, Sheffield,
1859.
1861.
1867.
1863.
1861.
1859.
1861.
1860.
1860.
1842,
1862.
1865.
1842.
1852.
1854.
1847.
1842.
1846.
1862.
1859.
1854.
1867.
1855.
1855.
1854,
1856.
1863.
1865.
1852.
1859,
1867.
1849.
1842.
1861.
1857.
1859.
1864.
1850.
1854,
{Gairdner, W. F., M.D. 18 Hill-street, Edinburgh.
TtGalbraith, Andrew. Glasgow.
Galbraith, Rey. J. A., M.R.LA. Trinity College, Dublin.
§Gale, James M. 33 Miller-street, Glasgow.
{Gale, Samuel, F.C.S, 338 Oxford-street, London, W.
{Galloway, Charles John. Knott Mill Iron Works, Manchester.
tGalloway, James. Calcutta.
tGalloway, John, jun. Knott Mill Iron Works, Manchester.
Galloway, 8, H. Linbach, Austria.
*Galton, Captain Douglas, O.B,, R.E., F.R.S., F.G.8., F.R.G.S. 12
Chester-street, Grosvenor-place, London, S.W.
*Galton, Francis, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S. (General Secretary.) 42
Rutland-gate, Knightsbridge, London, S.W.
Gardiner, Lot. Bradford, Yorkshire.
§Garner, Robert, F.L.S. Stoke-upon-Trent.
§Garner, Mrs. Robert. _Stoke-upon-Trent.
Garnett, Jeremiah. Warren-street, Manchester.
tGarret, James R. Holywood, Belfast.
{Garston, Edgar. Aigburth, Liverpool.
*Gaskell, Samuel. 19 Whitehall-place, London, S.W.
Gaskell, Rev, William, M.A. Plymouth-erove, Manchester.
§Gassiot, John Peter, F.R.S., FOS, Clapham Common, London, 8.
*Gatty, Charles Henry, M.A., F\LS., F.G.S. Felbridge Park, East
Grinsted, Sussex.
tGeddes, William D., Professor of Greek, King’s College, Old Aber-
deen,
tGee, Robert, M.D. Oxford-street, Liverpool,
§Geikie, Archibald, F.R.S., F.G.S8. Geological Museum, Jermyn-
street, London, $.W.; and Ardrossan, Ayrshire.
tGemmell, Andrew. 38 Queen-street, Glasgow.
t{ Gemmell, Thomas.
§Gerard, Henry. 13 Rumford-place, Liverpool.
*Gething, George Barkley. Springfield, Newport, Monmouthshire.
Gibb, Duncan., Strand-street, Liverpool.
*Gibb, Sir George Duncan, Bart., M.D., M.A., LL.D., F.G.S. 1 Bryan-
ston street, London, W.; and Falkland, Fife.
Gibbins, Joseph.
Gibbins, Thomas.
tGibbins, William. Battery Works, Digbeth, Birmingham.
Gibson, Edward. Hull.
*Gibson, George Stacey. Saffron Walden.
{ Gibson, James.
{Gibson, William Sidney, M.A., F.S.A., F.G.S, Tynemouth.
§Gibson, W. L., M.D. Tay-street, Dundee.
{Gifford, Rev. E. H. Birmingham.
Gilbert, Dr. Joseph Henry, F.R.S., F.C.S. Harpenden, near St.
Albans.
*Gilbert, James Montgomery. Bowdon, Cheshire.
{Gilbert, J. T., M.R.L.A. Blackrock, Dublin,
*Gilchrist, James, M.D, Crichton Royal Institution, Dumfries.
Gilderdale, Rev. John, M.A. Walthamstow, Issex.
Giles, Rey. William. Netherleigh House, near Chester.
§Gill, Thomas (Local Treasurer). 4 Sydney-place, Bath.
tGillespie, Alexander, M.D. Edinburgh.
$Gulis, F. L.
28
Year
Electi
LIST OF MEMBERS,
of
on.
1849. { Gilpin, Benjamin.
1861.
1867,
1867.
1850.
*Gilroy, George. Hindley House, Wigan.
. §Gilroy, Robert. Craigie, by Dundee.
. §Ginsburgh. Rey. Dr. C. D. Liverpool.
*Gladstone, George, F.C.S. Clapham Common, London, 8.
1849, *Gladstone, John Hall, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.C.S. 17 Pembridge-square,
1861.
1852.
1861.
1853.
1859.
1867,
1852.
1846.
Hyde Park, London, W.
*Gladstone, Murray. Broughton, Manchester.
t Gladstone, Thomas Murray.
*Glaisher, James, F.R.S., F.R.A.S. 1 Dartmouth-place, Blackheath,
Kent.
tGleadon, Thomas Ward. Moira-buildings, Hull.
tGlennie, J.S. Stuart. 6 Stone-buildings, Lincoln’s Inn, London, W.C.
§Gloag, John A. L. Inverleith-row, Edinburgh.
Glover, George. Ranelagh-road, Pimlico, London, 8. W.
tGodwin, John. Wood House, Rostrevor, Belfast.
{Godwin-Austen, Robert A.C., B.A., F.R.S.,F.G.S, Chilworth Manor,
Guildford.
Goldsmid, Sir Francis Henry, Bart., M.P. St. John’s Lodge, Regent’s
Park, London, N. W.
Gooch, Thomas L.
. tGood, John. 50 City Quay, Dublin.
. [Goodbody, Jonathan. Clare, King’s County, Ireland.
. *Goodman, John, M.D. The Promenade, Southport.
. {Goodman, J. D. Minories, Birminham.
Goodwin, Very Rev. Harvey, D.D., F.C.P.S., Dean of Ely. Caius
College, Cambridge.
. tGordon, H. G.
*Gordon, Rey. James Crawford, M.A. Delamont, Downpatrick,
Downshire.
. {Gordon, Samuel, M.D. 11 Hume-street, Dublin.
. {Gore, George, F.R.S. 50 Islington-row, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
*Gotch, Rey. Frederick William, LL.D. Stokes Croft, Bristol.
*Gotch, Thomas Henry. Kettering.
. {Gough, The Hon. Frederick. Perry Hall, Birmingham.
. [Gough, The Hon. G. S. Rathronan House, Clonmel.
Gould, John, F.R.S., F.LS., F.R.G.S., F.Z.8. 26 Charlotte-street,
Bedford-square, London, W.C.
. [Gourley, Daniel De la C., M.D.
. §Gourley, Henry (Engineer). Dundee.
Gowland, James. London-wall, London, E.C.
. {Grafton, Frederick W. Park-road, Whalley Range, Manchester.
. *Graham, Cyril, F.R.G.S. 9 Cleveland-row, St. James’s,London, 8S. W.
. t[Graham, John B.
Graham, Lieutenant David. Mecklewood, Stirlingshire.
*Graham, Thomas, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S.L.& E., F.G.S., V.P.C.S.,
Master of the Mint. 4 Gordon-square, London, W.C.
. *Grainger, John. Rose Villa, Belfast.
Grainger, Richard. Newcastle-upon- Tyne.
. Grainger, Thomas.
. tGrant, Hon. James. Cluny Cottage, Forres.
. §Grant, Robert, M.A., F.R.A.S., Regius Professor of Astronomy in the
University of Glasgow. The Observatory, Glasgow.
. t[Grantham, John, CLE.
. {Grantham, Richard F. 7 Great Scotland-yard, London, 8.W.
. {Grantham, R. B. 7 Great Scotland-yard, London.
Granville, Augustus Bozzi, M.D., F.R.S., F.G.8., MR.LA. 5 Corn-
wall-terrace, Warwick-square, Pimlico, London, 8.W.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 29
Year of
Election.
1854,
1864.
1865.
1857.
1864.
1859,
1861.
1854.
1866.
1858.
1863.
1862.
1849,
1861,
1860.
1861,
1866.
1863.
1859.
1855.
1859.
1847,
1842.
1864,
1849,
1863.
1857.
{Gravatt, William, F.R.S. 15 Park-street, London, S.W.
*Graves, Rey. Richard Hastings, D.D. Brigown Glebe, Michelstown,
Co. Cork.
*Gray, Rey. Charles. Trinity College, Cambridge.
tGray, Charles. Swan-bank, Bilston.
tGray, Sir John, M.D. Rathgar, Dublin.
*Gray, John. Greenock.
*Gray, John Edward, Ph.D., F.R.S., Keeper of the Zoological Col-
lections of the British Museum. British Museum, London, W.C.
Gray, Jonathan. Summerhill-house, Bath.
tGray, Rev. J. H. Bolsover Castle, Derbyshire.
*Gray, William, F.G.S. (Local Treasurer.) Minster Yard, York.
*Gray, William, M.P. Darcey Lever Hall, Bolton.
*Grazebrook, Henry, jun. Clent Grove, near Stourbidge, Worcester-
shire.
§Greaves, Charles A. 13 Wardwick, Derby.
Green, Rey. Henry, M.A. Heathfield, Knutsford, Cheshire.
*Greenaway, Edward. 16 Lansdowne-crescent, London, W.
*Greenhaleh, Thomas. Astley House, Sharples, near Bolton-le-Moors.
fGreenwell, G. E. Poynton, Cheshire.
§Greenwood, Henry. Huyton Park, Huxton, near Liverpool.
tGreenwood, William. Stones, Todmorden.
*Greg, Robert Philips, F.G.S. (Local Treasurer.) Outwood Lodge,
near Manchester.
Gregg, T. H. 22 Ironmonger-lane, Cheapside, London, E.C.
tGregor, Rey. Walter, M.A. Pitsligo, Rosehearty, Aberdeenshire.
§Gregson, Samuel Leigh. Aigburth, near Liverpool.
Gresham, Thomas M. Raheny, Dublin.
*Greswell, Rev. Richard, B.D., F.R.S., F.R.G.S. St. Giles’s-street,
Oxford.
Greville, R. K., LL.D., F.R.S.E. Edinburgh.
Grey, Captain The Hon. Frederick William. Howick, Northumberland.
§Grey, Rey. W. H. C. Nottingham.
tGrey, W.S. Norton, Stockton-on-Tees.
{Grierson, Thomas Boyle, M.D. Thornhill, Dumfriesshire.
t Griffin, Charles.
*Griffin, John Joseph, F.C.S. Garrick-street, London, W.C.
Griffin, S. F.
Griffith, Rey. C. T., D.D._ Elm, near Frome, Somerset.
*Griffith, George, M.A., F.C.S. (Assistant General Secretary.) 1
Woodside, Harrow.
Griffith, George R. Fitzwilliam-place, Dublin.
*Griffith, Sir Richard, Bart., LL.D., F.R.S.E., M.R.LA., F.G.8. 2
Fitzwilliam-place, Dublin.
{Griffith, Thomas. Bradford-street, Birmingham.
Griffith, Walter H., M.A.
Griffiths, Rey. John, M.A. 63 St. Giles’s, Oxford.
Grimshaw, Samuel, M.A. Errwod, Buxton.
{Groom-Napier, Charles Ottley. Southwell Cottage, Kingsdown,
Bristol.
Grove, William Robert, Q.C., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. 46 Upper
Harley-street, W; and 5 Crown Office-row, Temple, London, E.C.
tGrover, Rev. H. M.
*Groves, Thomas B. 80 St. Mary’s-street, Weymouth, Dorset.
tGrubb, Thomas, F.R.S., M-R.LA. Bank of Ireland, Dublin.
Guest, Edwin, LL.D., M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.R.A.S., Master of
Caius College, Cambridge. Caius Lodge, Cambridge; and Sand-
ford-park, Oxfordshire,
30
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1867.
1842.
1856.
1862.
1866.
1860.
1859.
1864,
1857.
1865,
1865.
1866.
1862.
1866.
1842.
1848.
1845,
1854.
1859.
1863.
1866.
1860.
1861.
1857,
1858.
1866.
1857.
1865.
1840.
1864,
1851.
1863.
1852.
1863.
1850.
1861.
§Guild, John. Bayfield, West Ferry, Dundee.
Guinness, Henry. 17 College Green, Dublin.
Guinness, Richard Seymour. 17 College Green, Dublin.
*Guise, Sir William Vernon, Bart., F.G.S.,F.L.S. Elmore-court, near
Gloucester.
{Gunn, Rey. John, M.A. Ivstedd Rectory, Norwich.
§Giinther, Albert C. L. G., M.D., F.R.S. British Museum, London,
W.C
*Gurney, Samuel, M.P., F.R.G.S. 20 Hanover-square, London, W..
*Gutch, John James. 88 Micklegate, York.
{ Guthrie, Frederick.
§Guyon, George. South Cliff Cottage, Ventnor, Isle of Wight.
tGwynne, Rey. John. St. Columba’s College, Dublin.
Hackett, Michael. Brooklawn, Chapelizod, Dublin.
§Hackney, William. 3 Great George- -street, Westminster, London, 8. W.
Hackworth, Timothy. Darlington.
§Haden, W. H. Cawney Bank Cottage, Dudley. n
*Haddon, Frederick. The Park, Nottingham.
{Haddon, Frederick William, Assistant- Secretary to the Statistical
Society of London. 12 St. James’s-square, London, 8.W.
tHaddon, Henry. Lenton Field, Nottingham.
Haden, G. N. Trowbridge, Wiltshire,
Hadfield, George. Victoria- -park, Manchester.
{Hadland, William Jenkins. Banbury, Oxfordshire.
*Hailstone, Edward, F.S.A. Horton Hall, Bradford, Yorkshire.
Halifax, The Right Hon. Viscount. 10 Belgrave- -square, London,
S. W. ; and Hickleston Hall, Doncaster.
{Hall, Elias. Castleton, Derbyshire.
*Hall, Hugh Fergus. 17 Dale- street, Liverpool.
{ Hall, John Frederic. Ellerker House, Richmond, Surrey.
Hall, John R. Sutton, Surrey.
tHall, Thomas Y. Eldon-square, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Hall, T. B. Coggeshall, Essex.
*Halll, Townshend - M., F. G.8. Pilton, Barnstaple.
$Hall, Walter. 10 Pier -road, Erith.
Halliday, Alexander Henry, M.A., F.L.S., M.R.L.A. Carnmoney,
Antrim, Ireland.
tHalliday, James. Whalley Court, Whalley Range, Manchester.
tHalpin, George, C.E. Rathgar, near Dublin.
Halsall, Edward. 4 Somerset- street, Kingsdown, Bristol.
Halswell, Edmund S., M.A.
*Hambly, Charles Hambly Burbridge, F.G.S. 96 London-road, Lei-
cester.
§Hamilton, Archibald. Southborough, Bromley, Kent.
t{Hamilton, Charles W. 40 Dominick-street, Dublin.
§Hamilton, Gilbert. Leicester House, Leamington.
Hamilton, The Very Rev. Henry Parr, Dean of Salisbury, M.A.,
F.R.S. L. & E., F.G.S., F.R.A.S. Salisbury.
*Hamilton, Mathie, M.D. 22 Warwick-str eet, Glasgow.
tHamilton, Rey. S. R. , M.A. Hinton Lodge, Bournemouth.
{Hammond, C. C. Lower Brook- street, Ipswich.
tHancock, Albany, F.L.S. 4 St. Mary’s- terrace, Newcastle-upon-
Tyne.
{ Hancock, Charles Brownlow.
tHancock, John. 4 St. Mary’s-terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
tHancock, John. Manor House, Lurgan, Co. Armagh.
tHancock, Walker. 10 Upper Chadwell-street, Pentonville. London.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 81
Year of
Election.
1857.
1847.
1865.
1867.
1859.
1853.
1849.
1865.
1864.
1858.
1858.
1853.
1862,
“1862.
1861.
1863.
1842,
1845.
1863.
1862.
1860.
1864.
1858.
1853.
1863.
1853.
1849.
1859.
1861.
1842.
1856,
tHancock, William J. 74 Lower Gardiner-street, Dublin.
{Hancock, W. Nelson, LL.D. 74 Lower Gardiner-street, Dublin.
tHands, M. Coventry.
Handyside, P. D., M.D., F.R.S.E. 11 Hope-street, Edinburgh.
§Hannah, Rev. John, D.C.L. Trinity College, Glenalmond.
tHannay, John. Montcofter House, Aberdeen.
tHansell, Thomas T. 2 Charlotte-street, Sculcoates, Hull.
*Harcourt, A. Vernon, M.A., F.C.S. Christ Church, Oxford.
Harcourt, Rey. C. G. Vernon, M.A. Rothbury, Northumberland.
Harcourt, Egerton V. Vernon, M.A., F.G.S. Whitwell Hall, York-
shire.
*Harcourt, Rey. William V. Vernon, M.A.,F.R.S.,F.G.S.,Hon. M.R.LA.
Nuneham Park, Oxford.
{Harding, Charles. Tamworth.
{Harding, Charles. Harborne Heath, Birmingham.
§Hardwicke, Robert, F.L.S. 192 Piccadilly, London, W.
*Hardy, Charles. Odsall House, Bradford, Yorkshire.
*Hare, Charles John, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine in Uni-
versity College, London. 41 Brook-street, Grosvenor-square,
London, 8. W.
Hare, Samuel. 9 Langham-place, London, W.
Harford, Summers. Reform Club, London, S.W.
{tHargrave, James. Burley, near Leeds,
§Harkness, Robert, F.R.S. L. & E., F.G.8., Professor of Geology in
Queen’s College, Cork.
Harkworth, Timothy. Soho Shilden, Darlington.
*Harley, George, M.D., F.C.S., Professor of Practical Physiology and
Histology in University College, London, W.C.
*Harley, John. Ross Hall, near Shrewsbury.
*Harley, Rey. Robert, F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Professor of Mathematics
and Logic in Airedale College, Bradford. The Manse, Brighouse,
Yorkshire.
tHarman, H. W., C.E. 16 Booth-street, Manchester.
*Harris, Alfred. Ryshwall Hall, near Bingley, Yorkshire.
*Harris, Alfred, jun. Bradford, Yorkshire.
tHarris, Charles. 6 Somerset-terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Harris, The Hon. and Rey. Charles, F.G.S. Bremhill, Chippenham,
Wiltshire.
* Harris, George William.
*Harris, Henry. Heaton Hall, near Bradford.
tHarris, Henry H. Cambridge.
tHarris, T. W. Grange, Middlesborough-on-Tees.
{Harris, William Harry, F.C.S. 88 Gold-street, Northampton.
tHarrison, Rey. Francis, M.A. Oriel College, Oxford.
§Harrison, George. Barnsley, Yorkshire.
*Harrison, James Park, M.A. Garlands, Ewhurst, Surrey.
tHazrison, Robert. 36 George-street, Hull.
tHarrison, T. E. Engineers’ Office, Central Station, Newcastle-on-
yne.
*Harrison, William, F.S.A., F.G.S. Galligreaves Hall, near Black-
burn, Lancashire.
{Harrowby, The Earl of, K.G.,D.C.L.,F.R.S.,F.R.G.S. 39 Grosvenor-
square, London, §.W.; and Sandon Hall, Lichfield.
*Hart, Charles. 54 Wych-street, Strand, London, W.C.
*Harter, J. Collier. Chapel Walks, Manchester.
*Harter, William. Hope Hall, Manchester.
{Hartland, I’. Dixon, F.S.A., F.R.G.S. The Oaklands, near Chel-
tenham.
32
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1854.
1850.
1862.
1855.
1842.
1863.
1857.
1857.
1856.
1847.
1851.
1864.
1853.
1863,
1859.
1861.
1858.
1867.
1857.
1856,
1858.
- 1851.
1861.
1863.
1854.
1861.
1865,
1866.
1854.
1863,
1861.
1865.
1858.
1865.
1863.
1855.
1867.
1863,
Hartley, James. Sunderland.
Hartley, J. B. Bootle, near Liverpool.
§Hartnup, John, F.R.A.S. Liverpool Observatory, Bidston, Birkenhead.
tHarvey, Alexander. 4 South Wellington-place, Glasgow.
*Harvey, Joseph Charles. Cork.
Harvey, J. R., M.D. St. Patrick’s-place, Cork.
*Harwood, John, jun. Mayfield, Bolton-le-moors.
tHassall, Arthur Hill. 8 Bennett-street, St. James’s, London, S.W.
Hastings, Rey. H.S. Martley Rectory, Worcester.
*Hatton, James. Richmond House, Higher Broughton, Manchester.
tHatton, James W. Old Lodge, Old Trafford, Manchester.
Haughton, James, M.R.D.S. 34 Eccles-street, Dublin.
Haughton, Rey. Samuel, M.D., M.A., F.R.S., M.R.LA., F.G.S., Pro-
fessor of Geology in the University of Dublin. Trinity College,
Dublin.
tHaughton, 8. Wilfred. Grand Canal-street, Dublin.
*Haughton, William. 28 City Quay, Dublin.
t Haville, Henry.
tHawkins, Rey. Edward, D.D., Provost of Oriel College, Oxford.
Hawkins, John Heywood, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. Bignor Park, Pet-
worth, Sussex.
Hawkins, John Isaac, CE.
*Hawkins, Thomas, F.G.S.
t{ Hawkins, W. W.
*Hawkshaw, John, F.R.S., F.G.S. 43 Eaton-place, London, S.W.
ee John Clarke, M.A., F.G.S. 43 Eaton-place, London,
.W.
tHaworth, Benjamin, J.P, Hull Bank House, near Hull.
tHawthorn, William. The Cottage, Benwell, Newcastle-upon-
Tyne.
tHay, Sir Andrew Leith, Bart. Rannes, Aberdeenshire.
*Hay, Sir John D, United Service Club, London, 8. W.
tHay, Samuel. Albion-place, Leeds.
§Hay, William.- 21 Magdalen Yard-road, Dundee.
tHayden, Thomas, M.D. 380 Harcourt-street, Dublin.
tHayward, J. Curtis. Quedgeley, near Gloucester.
*Hayward, Robert Baldwin, M.A. Harrow-on-the-hill.
tHead, Jeremiah. Woodbridge-road, Ipswich.
*Heald, James. Parr’s Wood, Didsbury, near Manchester.
tHeald, Joseph. 22 Leazes-terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
tHealey, Elkanah. Gateacre, Liverpool.
*Heape, Benjamin. Northwood, near Manchester.
tHearder, William. Torquay.
tHeath, Rey. D. J. Esher, Surrey.
t Heath, Edward.
tHeath, G. Y., M.D. Westgate-street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Heath, John. 11 Albemarle-street, London, W.
§Heathfield, W. E., F.C.S., F.R.G.S. 20 King-street, St. James’s,
London, 8. W.
§Heaton, Harry. Warstone, Birmingham.
*Heaton, John Deakin, M.D. Claremont, Leeds.
{Heaton, Ralph. Harborne Lodge, near Birmingham.
{Heckels, Richard. Pensher, near Fencehouses, Durham.
{Hector, James, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., Geological Survey
of Otago. New Zealand.
§Heddle, M. Foster, M.D. St. Andrew’s, N. B.
{tHedley, Thomas. Cox Lodge, near Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Heelis, Thomas, Princes-street, Manchester,
LIST OF MEMBERS. 33
Year of
Election.
1854,
1862.
1857.
1867.
1845.
1866,
1856.
1857,
1855.
1855,
1856.
1864,
1852.
1866.
1861.
1851.
1865,
1863.
1832.
1866.
1866.
1861.
1861.
1854.
1864.
1854.
1861.
1866.
1861.
1854.
1861.
1854.
1842.
1862
tHeldenmaier, B., Ph.D. Worksop, Notts.
tHelm, George F. 58 Trumpington-street, Cambridge.
*Hemans, George William, C.E., M.R.I.A.. 32 Leinster-gardens,
Hyde Park, London, W.
§Henderson, Alexander. Dundee.
tHenderson, Andrew. 120 Gloucester-place, Portman-square, London.
§Henderson, James, jun. Dundee.
-fHennessy, Henry G., F.R.S., M.R.LA. Wynnefield, Rathgar, Co.
ublin.
tHennessy, John Pope. Inner Temple, London, E.C.
Henry, Franklin. Portland-street, Manchester.
Henry, J. Snowdon. East Dene, Bonchurch, Isle of Wight.
Henry, Mitchell. Stratheden House, Hyde Park, London, W.
*Henry, William Charles, M.D., F.R.S., F.R.G.S. Hatffield, near Led-
bury, Herefordshire.
Henwood, William Jory, F.R.S., F.G.S. 3 Clarence-place, Penzance.
*Hepburn, J. Gotch. Clapham Common, Surrey, 8.
tHepburn, Robert. 70 Portland-place, London, W.
Hepburn, Thomas. Clapham, London, S
Hepworth, John Mason. Ackworth, Yorkshire.
tHepworth, Rey. Robert. 2 St. James’s-square, Cheltenham.
§Herapath, ere Bird, M.D., F.R.S. L. & E. Old Market-street,
Bristol.
*Herbert, Thomas. Nottingham.
tHerdman, John. 9 Wellington-place, Belfast.
§Herrick, Perry. Bean Manor Park, Loughborough.
Herschel, Sir John Frederick William, Bart., K.H., M.A., D.C.L.,
F.R.S. L. & E., Hon. M.R.LA., F.G.S., F.R.A.S. Collingwood,
near Hawkhurst, Kent.
tHertz, James. Sedgley-park, Prestwich, near Manchester.
tHervey, The Rey. Lord Arthur. Ickworth, Suffolk.
tHeslop, Dr. Birmingham.
tHeslop, Joseph. Pilgrim-street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
tHewitson, William C. Oatlands, Surrey.
Hey, Rey. William, M.A., F.C.P.S. Clifton, York.
*Heymann, Albert. West Bridgford, Nottinghamshire.
§Heymann, L. West Bridgford, Nottinghamshire.
*Heyweod, Arthur Henry. Sedgley-park, Manchester.
*Heywood, James, F.R.S.,F.G.S.,F.S.A.,F.R.G.S. 26 Palace-gardens,
Kensington, London, W.
*Heywood, Oliver. Acresfield, Manchester.
*Heywood, Robert. _The Pike, Bolton. i
Heywood, Thomas Percival. Claremont, Manchester.
ft Heyworth, Captain L., jun.
*Hiern, W. P., M.A., F.G.S. St. John’s College, Cambridge.
*Higegin, Edward. Liverpool.
*Higgin, James. Hopwood-avenue, Manchester.
Higginbotham, Samuel. Exchange-square, Glasgow.
tHigeginbottom, John. Nottingham.
tHiggins, George. Mount House, Higher Broughton, Manchester.
tHiggins, Rey. Henry H., M.A. Rainhill, Liverpool.
*Higgins, James. Stocks House, Cheetham, Manchester.
tHighley, Samuel, F.G.S. Boxhill, near Dorking, Surrey.
*Higson, Peter. Inwell-terrace, Lower Broughton, Manchester.
Hildyard, Rey. James, B.D., F.C.P.S. Ingoldsby, near Grantham,
Lincolnshire.
. *Miley, Rev. Simeon. St. John’s College, Cambridge.
Hill, Arthur, Bruce Castle, Tottenham, London, N.
34
Year
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Election.
1857.
1855.
1864.
1863.
1858.
1852.
1865.
1863.
1861.
1858.
1861,
1856.
1860.
1864.
1864,
1864.
1863.
1866,
1852.
1863.
1847,
1865.
1863.
1860.
1865.
1861.
1854.
1856.
1858.
1865.
1866,
*Hill, Rev. Edward, M.A., F.G.S. Sheering Rectory, Harlow.
{Hill, John: Tullamore, Ireland.
{Hill, Lanreuce.
*Hill, Sir Rowland, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. Hampstead,
London, N.W.
{Hill, William. Combe Hay, Bristol.
§Hills, F. C. Chemical Works, Deptford, Kent, S.E.
tHincks, Rey. Thomas, B.A. Mountside, Leeds. , ‘
Hincks, Rev. William, F.L.S., Professor of Natural History in Uni-
versity College. Toronto, Canada West.
Hindley, Rey. H. J. Walton-on-the-hill, Lancashire.
*Hindmarsh, Frederick, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. 4 New Inn, Strand, Lon-
don, W.C.
*Hindmarsh, Luke. Alnwick.
§Hinds, James, M.D. Queen’s College, Birmingham.
tHinds, William, M.D. Parade, Birmingham.
*Hinmers, William. Cleveland House, Birkdale, Southport.
§Hirst, John, jun. Dobcross, near Manchester.
*Hirst, T. Archer, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. (General Secretary), Pro-
fessor of Mathematics in University College, London, The
Atheneum Club, London, 8. W.
tHitch, Samuel, M.D. Sandywell Park, Gloucestershire.
{Hitchman, John. Leamington.
*Hoare, Rey. George Tooker. Tandridge, Godstone.
Hoare, J. Gurney. Hampstead, London, N.W.
tHobhouse, Arthur Fane. 24 Cadogan-place, London, 8.W.
tHobhouse, Charles Parry. 24 Cadogan-place, London, 8.W.
tHobhouse, Henry William. 24 Cadogan-place, London, 8.W.
§Hobson, A. S., F.C.S. 3 Upper Heathfield-terrace, Twmham Green,
London, W.
{ Hockin, Charles.
tHodges, John F., M.D., Professor of Agriculture in Queen’s College,
Belfast. 23 Queen-street, Belfast.
*Hodekin, Thomas. (Local Treasurer.) _Newcastle-on-Tyne.
tHodekinson, Rey. G. C. The Lodge, Louth.
*Hodgson, Adam. Lyvyerton, Liverpool.
Hodgson, Joseph, F.R.S. 60 Westbourne-terrace, London, W.
tHodgson, Robert. Whitburn, Sunderland.
tHodeson, R. W. North Dene, Gateshead.
Hodgson, Thomas. Market-street, York.
{t Hogan, Rev. A. R., M.A.
*Hotmann, Augustus William, F.R.S., F.C.S. Chemical Laboratory
of the University of Berlin.
Hogan, William, M.A., M.R.I.A. Haddington-terrace, Kingstown,
near Dublin.
Hoge, John, M.A., F.RS., F.LS., F.R.G.S. 8 Serjeants’ Inn,
ondon, E.C.; and Norton, Stockton-on-Tees.
pea George, C.E. Red Lion-court, St. Ann’s-square, Man-
chester.
*Holcroft, George. 82 Great Ducie-street, Strangeways, Manchester.
*Holditch, Rev. Hamnet, M.A. Caius College, Cambridge.
tHolland, Henry, M.P. Dumbleton, Evesham.
§Holland, Loton, F.R.G.S. 6 Queen’s-villas, Windsor.
tHolliday, William. New Street, Birmingham.
*Hollingsworth, John. London-street, Greenwich, Kent, 8.E,
*Holmes, Charles. London-road, Derby.
Holmes, Rev. W. R.
LIST OF MEMBERS, 3d
Year of
Election.
Hone, Joseph, M.R.D.S. 2 Harcourt-street, Dublin.
1851. {Honywood, Robert.
1858. tHook, The Very Rey. W. F., D.D., Dean of Chichester. Chichester.
1847.
1865.
1861.
1856.
1842,
1865.
1858.
1864.
1858.
1854.
1855.
1856.
1859,
1842,
1858.
1842.
1859.
1863.
1857.
1865.
1863.
1863.
1854.
1835,
1842.
1867.
1858.
1857.
1863.
1865.
1867.
1861.
1845.
1856.
{Hooker, Joseph D., M.D., D.C.L., (Presmpent Exect,) F.R.S.,
V.P.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S. Royal Gardens, Kew.
*Hooper, John P. Fremerton House, Balham, London, 8.
§Hooper, William. 7 Pall Mall East, London, S.W.
tHooton, Jonathan. 80 Great Ducie-street, Manchester.
Hope, Thomas Arthur. Liverpool.
Hope, William. Wavertree, Liverpool.
§Hopkins, J.S. Jesmond Grove, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
{Hopkinson, Joseph, jun. Britannia Works, Huddersfield.
Hornby, Hugh. Sandown, Liverpool.
*Horner, Rey. J. J. H. Mells Rectory, Frome.
*Horsfall, Abraham. Leeds.
Horsfall, Charles. Everton, Liverpool.
Horsfall, John. Wakefield.
tHorsfall, Thomas Berry, M.P. Liverpool.
*Horsfield, George. Brampton-grove, SridadeyeTuiis , Cheetham, Man-
chester.
tHorsley, John H. 389 Hieh-street, Cheltenham.
Hotham, Rey. Charles, M.A., F.L.S. Roos Patrington, Yorkshire.
§Hough, Joseph. Wrottesley, near Wolverhampton.
Houghton, The Right Hon. Lord, D.C,L., F.R.G.S. 16 Upper Brook-
street, London, W.
Houghton, James. Rodney-street, Liverpool.
*Houldsworth, Henry. Newton-street, Manchester.
tHounsfield, James. Hemsworth, Pontefract.
Houtson, John.
Hovenden, W. F., M.A. Bath.
tHoward, Captain John Henry, R.N. The Deanery, Lichfield.
Howard, Philip Henry. Corby Castle, Carlisle.
tHowell, Henry H. Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn-street,
London, & a
*Howlett, Rey. Frederick, F.R.S. St. Augustine’s, Hurst-green,
Sussex.
§Howorth, H. H. Castleton Hall, Rochdale.
tHowse, R. South Shields.
tHowson, Rev. J. S., Dean of Chester. Chester.
*Hudson, Henry, M.D., M.R.ILA. Glenville, Fermoy, Co. Cork.
Hudson, John. Oxford.
§ Hudson, Robert, F.R.S.,F.G.S., F.L.8. Clapham Common, London, S.
§Hudson, William H. H., M.A. St. John’s College, Cambridge.
tHugegins, William, F.R.A.S. Upper Tulse-hill, London, 5.
§Huggon, William. 30 Park-row, Leeds.
Hughes, D. Abraham. 9 Grays Inn-square, London, W.C.
Hughes, Frederick Robert.
tHughes, T. W. 4 Hawthorn-terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
tHughes, W. R., F.L.S. General Hospital, Birmingham.
Hull, Arthur H. Brighton.
§Hull, Edward, F.R.S., F.G.8. Geological Museum, Jermyn-street,
London, 8. W.
*Hull, William Darley, F.GS.
*Hulse, Sir Edward, D.C.L. 4 New Burlington-street, London, W.;
and Breamore House, Salisbury.
tHume, Rey. A., D.C.L., F.S.A. Everton, Liverpool.
{tHumpage, Edward. Bristol.
tHumphreys, E. R., LL.D.
D2
36 LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1856. {Humphries, David James. 1 Keynsham-parade, Cheltenham. _
1862. *Humphry, George Murray, M.D., F.R.S., Professor of Anatomy in
the University of Cambridge. ‘Trumpington-street, Cambridge.
1863. *Hunt, Augustus H., Ph.D. Pelaw Main Office, Newcastle-on-
Tyne.
1860. {Hunt, aie Ph.D., F.S.A. Ore House, near Hastings.
1865. §Hunt, J. P. Gospel Oak Works, Tipton.
1840. §Hunt, Robert, F.R.S., Keeper of the Mining Records. Museum of
Practical Geology, Jermyn-street, London, 8. W.
1864. t{Hunt, W. 72 Pulteney-street, Bath.
Hunter, Adam, M.D., F.R.S.E. Edinburgh.
Hunter, Andrew G. Low Walker, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
1867. §Hunter, David. Blackness, Dundee.
Hunter, Robert, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.R.A.S., F.S.A. Southwood-
lane, Highgate, London, N.
1859. {Hunter, Dr. Thomas, Deputy Inspector- General of Army Hospitals.
1855. *Hunter, Thomas C. Greenock.
1863. {Huntsman, Benjaman. West Retford Hall, Retford.
1861. *Hurst, William John. 2a Victoria-street, Manchester.
1851. {Hurwood, George.
Husband, William Dalla. Coney-street, York.
*Hutchinson, John. Widnes Dock, Warrington.
1863. {Hutt, The Right Hon. Sir W., K.C.B., M.P. Gibside, Gateshead.
Hutton, Crompton. Putney-park, Surrey, 8.W.
Hutton, Daniel. 4 Lower Dominick-street, Dublin.
1864, *Hutton, Darnton, 11 Warnford-court, Throgmorton-street, London,
E.C.
Hutton, Henry. Eccles-street, Dublin.
1857. {Hutton, Henry D. 1 Nelson-street, Dublin.
*Hutton, Robert, M.R.LA., F.G.S. Putney Park, Surrey.
1861. {Hutton, T. Maxwell. Summerhill, Dublin.
1852. t{Huxley, Thomas Henry, Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.8., F.G.S., Pro-
fessor of Natural History in the Government School of Mines, and
Hunterian Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the Royal Col-
lege of Surgeons. 26 Abbey Place, St. John’s Wood, London.
1846, {Huxtable, Rey. Anthony. Sutton Waldron, near Blandford.
Hiyde, Edward. Dukinfield, near Manchester.
Hyett, William Henry, F.R.S. Painswick, near Stroud, Gloucester-
shire.
1847, {Hyndman, George C. 5 Howard-street, Belfast.
*Ibbetson, Captain L. L. Boscawen, Chevalier Red Eagle of Prussia
with Swords, Chevalier de Hohenzollern, F'.R.S., F.G.8.
1854. {Lhne, William, Ph.D.
1861. {Iles, Rey. J. H. Rectory, Wolverhampton.
1858. {Ingham, Henry. Wortley, near Leeds.
1858. {Ingram, Hugo C. Meynell, Temple Newsam, near Leeds.
1858. *Ingram, Hugo Francis Meynell. Temple Newsam, Leeds.
1852. {Ingram, J. K., LL.D., M.R.LA., Regius Professor of Greek. Trinity
Collece, Dublin.
1854. *Inman, Thomas, M.D. Rodney-street, Liverpool.
1856. {Invararity, J. D. Bombay.
Ireland, R. 8., M£D. 121 Stephen’s Green, Dublin.
1857. {Irvine, Hans, M.A., M.B. 1 Rutland-square, Dublin.
Irwin, Rey. Alexander, M.A. Armach, Ireland.
1845. tIrwin, Thomas. Somerset House, London, W.C.
1862. {Iselin, J. F., M.A. Wimbledon, Surrey.
1863. *Ivory, Thomas. 9 Ainslie-place, Edinburgh.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 37
Year of
Election.
1865. {Jabet, George. Wellington-road, Handsworth, Birmingham.
1859. §Jack, John, M.A. Belhelvie by Whitecairns, Aberdeenshire.
1863, *Jackson, Mrs. H. 24 Hereford-square, Gloucester-road, Old Bromp-
ton, London, 8.W.
1865. {Jackson, Edwin.
1858. {Jackson, Edwin W.
1866. §Jackson, H. W. Springfield, Tooting, Surrey.
Jackson, Professor Thomas, LL.D. St. Andrew’s, Scotland.
1855. {Jackson, Rev. William, M.A.
1852.
1867.
1865.
1859,
1860.
1863.
1858.
1863.
1859.
1850.
1853.
1862.
1842.
1856.
1855.
1867.
1861.
1854.
1852.
1842.
1864.
1862.
1864.
1852.
1861.
1845.
1845.
1849,
Jacob, Arthur, M.D. 23 Ely-place, Dublin.
tJacobs, Bethel. 40 George-street, Hull.
*Jaffe, David Joseph. Belfast.
*Jaffray, John. ‘Journal’ Office, New-street, Birmingham.
tJames, Edward. 9 Gascoyne-terrace, Plymouth.
tJames, Edward H. 9 Gascoyne-terrace, Plymouth.
James, Colonel Sir Henry, R.E., F.R.S., F.G.S., MR.DA. Ord-
nance Survey Office, Southampton.
James, Sir John K., Bart., M.R.I.A. 9 Cavendish-row, Dublin.
*James, Sir Walter. 6 Whitehall-gardens, London, 8.W.
tJames, William C. 9 Gascoyne-terrace, Plymouth.
{Jameson, John Henry. 10 Catherine-terrace, Gateshead.
*Jamieson, Thomas F., F.G.S. Ellon, Aberdeenshire.
tJardine, Alexander. Jardine Hall, Lockerby.
Jardine, James, C.E., F.R.A.S. Edinburgh.
*Jardine, Sir William, Bart., F.R.S.E. Jardine Hall, Applegarth by
Lockerby, Dumfriesshire.
*Jarratt, Rev. John, M.A. North Cave, near Brough, Yorkshire.
Jarrett, Rey. Thomas, M.A., Professor of Arabic in the University of
Cambridge. Trunch, Norfolk.
tJeakes, Rey. James, M.A. Harrow.
Jebb, Rey. John. Peterstow Rectory, Ross, Herefordshire.
*Jee, Alfred S. 2 Oxford-square, Hyde Park, London, W.
tJeffery, Henry, M.A. 438 High-street, Cheltenham.
*Jeftray, John. 193 St. Vincent-street, Glasgow.
§Jeffreys, Howell. Balliol College, Oxford.
*Jeffreys, J. Gwyn, E.RS., F.LS., F.G.S., F.R.G.S. 25 Devon-
shire-place, Portland-place, London, W.
tJeffreys, W. P. Washington-street, Liverpool.
{Jellett, Rey. John H., M.A., M.R.LA. Professor of Natural Philo-
sophy in Trinity College, Dublin.
Jellicorse, John. Chaseley, near Rugeley, Staffordshire.
tJelly, Dr. W. Paston Hall, near Peterborough.
§Jenkin, Fleeming, F.R.S., Professor of Civil Engineering in Uni-
versity College, London. 6 Duke-street, Adelphi, London, W.C.
§Jenkins, Captain Griffith, C.B., F.R.G.S. Derwin, Welshpool.
*Jenkyns, Rey. Henry, D.D. Durham.
Jennette, Matthew. Birkenhead.
tJennings, Francis M., F.G.S., M.R.LA. Brown-street, Cork.
tJennings, Thomas. Cork.
*Jenyns, Rey. Leonard, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S. 1 Darlington-place,
Bathwick, Bath.
tJerdan, William.
*Jerram, Rey. 8S. John, M.A. Chobham Vicarage, Bagshot, Surrey.
*Jerrard, George Birch, B.A. Long Stratton, Norfolk.
tJessop, William, sen. Butterley Hall, Derbyshire.
Jessop, William, jun. Butterley Hall, Derbyshire.
tJeune, The Right Rey. Francis, D.C.L., Bishop of Peterborough,
Job, Samuel. Holmfield House, Aigburth, Liverpool.
38
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1865, *Johnson, G. J. 34 Waterloo-street, Birmingham.
1866. §Johnson, John. Low Payement, Nottingham.
1866. §Johnson, John G. Basinghall-street, London, E.C.
1861.
1863.
1864.
1861.
1849,
1859.
1864.
1845.
1859.
1864.
1864,
1853.
1851.
1842.
1848.
1847.
1858,
tJohnson, Richard. 27 Dale-street, Manchester.
{Johnson, R. 8. Hanwell, Fence Houses, Durham.
*Johnson, Thomas. The Hermitage, Frodsham, Cheshire.
{Johnson, Thomas. 30 Belgrave-street, Commercial-road, London, E.
Johnson, William. The Wynds Point, Colwall, Malvern, Worcester-
shire.
tJohnson, William Beckett. Woodlands Bank, near Altrincham.
{Johnston, Alexander Keith, LL.D.,F.R.S.E., F.G.S., F.R.G.S. 4St.
Andrew-square, Edinburgh.
Johnston, Alexander Robert, F.R.S. The Grove, Yoxford, Suffolk.
tJohnston, David, M_D.
{Johnston, David. 13 Marlborough-buildings, Bath.
Johnston, Edward. Field House, Chester.
{ Johnston, G., M.D.
{Johnston, James. Newmill, Elgin, N. B.
{tJohnston, James. Manor House, Northend, Hampstead, London, N.
*Johnstone, James. Alva, near Alloa, Stirlingshire.
*Johnstone, Sir John Vanden Bempde, Bart., M.P., M.A., F.G.S
27 Grosvenor-square, London; and Harkness.
. {Johnstone, John. 1 Barnard-villas, Bath.
Jollie, Walter. Edinburgh.
. jJolly, Thomas. Park View-villas, Bath.
. {Jones, Baynham. Selkirk Villa, Cheltenham.
*Jones, Christopher Hird. 2 Castle-street, Liverpool.
. {Jones, C. W. 7 Grosvenor-place, Cheltenham.
Jones, Rev. Harry Longueville, Inspector of Schools.
. {Jones, Henry Bence, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., Hon. Sec. to the Royal In-
stitution. 84 Brook-street, Grosyenor-square, London, 8.W.
54. {Jones, Rev. Henry H. Cemetery, Manchester.
. {Jones, John, 28 Chapel-street, Liverpool.
- {Jones, John, F.G.S. _Newport-road, Middlesborough.
» §Jones, John. 49 Union-passage, Birmingham.
*Jones, Josiah. 2 Castle-street, Liverpool.
*Jones, Robert. 2 Castle-street, Liverpool.
- *Jones, R. L. Princes Park, Liverpool.
7. {Jones, Thomas Rymer, Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King's
College. 50 Cornwall-road, Westbourne-park, London, W.
- {Jones, T. Rupert, F.G.S., Professor of Geology and Mineralogy,
Royal Military College, Sandhurst. 15 College-terrace, York
Town, Surrey.
§Jones, Sir Willoughby, Bart, F.R.G.S. Cranmer Hall, Fakenham,
Norfolk.
{Jopling, R. Thompson.
{Josselyn, G. Tower-street, Ipswich.
*Joule, Benjamin St. John B.. Thorncliffe, Old Trafford, Manchester.
*Joule, James Prescott, LL.D., F.R.8., F.C.S, Thorneliffe, Old
Trafford, Manchester.
*Joy, nee Charles Ashfield. Grove Parsonage, near Wantage, Berk-
shire.
Joy, ey Holmes, M.A., M.R.LA. 17 Mountjoy-square East,
ublin.
Joy, William B., M.D.- 48 Leeson-street, Dublin.
{Jowett, Rey. B., M.A.. Balliol College, Oxford.
{Jowett, John, jun. Leeds. :
*Jubb, Abraham. Halifax.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 89
Year of
Election.
1863.
1857.
1859,
1847.
1856.
1855.
1855.
1866.
1850.
1849,
1857.
1864.
1842,
1842,
1864.
1853.
1858,
1850.
1854.
1857.
1858.
1865.
1857.
1857.
1857.
1855.
1865.
1861.
1854.
1865.
1860.
1858.
1854.
1855.
1855.
1851.
1851,
1864.
1860.
1842.
{Jukes, Rey. Andrew. Spring Bank, Hull.
Jukes, Joseph Beete, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., M.R.LA., Local Director
of the Government Geological Survey of Ireland, 51 Stephen’s
Green, Dublin.
Kane, Sir Robert, M.D., F.R.S., M.R.LA., Principal of the Royal
College of Cork, 51 Stephen’s Green, Dublin.
{Kavanagh, James W. Grenville, Rathgar, Ireland.
tKay, David, F.R.G.S. 6 North-bridge, Edinburgh.
Kay, John Cunliff. Fairfield Hall, near Skipton.
*Kay, John Robinson. Boss Lane House, Bury, Lancashire.
Kay, Robert. Haugh Bank, Bolton-le-Moors.
*Kay, Rev. William, D.D. Lincoln College, Oxford.
{Kay-Shuttleworth, Sir James, Bart. Gawthorpe, Burnley.
{Kaye, Robert. Mill Brae, Moodies Burn, by Glasgow.
{Keddie, William. 15 North-street, Mungo-street, Glasgow.
§Keene, Alfred. Eastnoor House, Leamington.
{Kelland, Rey. Philip, M.A., F.R.S.L. & E., Professor of Mathematics
in the University of Edinburgh. 20 Clarendon Crescent, Edin-
burgh.
{Kelly, inka, C.E. 88 Mount Pleasant-square, Dublin.
tKelly, John J. 38 Mount Pleasant-square, Dublin.
*Kelly, W. M., M.D. 11 The Crescent, Taunton, Somerset.
*Kelsall, Henry. Rochdale, Lancashire.
Kelsall, J. Rochdale, Lancashire.
*Kemble, Rev. Charles, M.A. Vellore, Bath.
{Kemp, Rey. Henry William, B.A. Thanet House, Hull.
{Kemplay, Christopher. Leeds.
{Kempson, Samuel.
tKennedy, James. 33 Erskine-street, Liverpool.
{Kennedy, Lieut-Colonel John Pitt. 20 Torrington-square, Blooms-
bury, London, W.C.
{Kennie, C. G. Colleton.
Kenny, Matthias, M.D. 3 Clifton-terrace, Monkstown, Co. Dublin.
Kenrick, Rev. George.
{Kenrick, William. Norfolk-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
Kent, J. C. Levant Lodge, Earl’s Croome, Worcester.
{Kent, William T., M.R.D.S. 51 Rutland-square, Dublin.
{Kenworth, James Ryley. 7 Pembroke-place, Liverpool.
*Ker, André Allen Murray. Newbliss House, Newbliss, Ireland.
*Ker, Robert. Auchinraith, Glasgow.
*Kerr, William D., M.D., R.N. Bonnyrigg, Edinburgh.
*Keymer, John. Parker-street, Manchester.
tKilpin, Thomas Johnstone. 1 Arrad-street, Liverpool.
*Kinahan, Edward Hudson. 11 Merrion-square North, Dublin.
{Kinahan, G. Henry. Geological Survey of Ireland, 51 Stephen’s
Green, Dublin.
{Kineaid, Henry Hilis, M.A. 8 Lyddon-terrace, Leeds.
{King, Alfred. 1 Netherfield-road South, Liverpool.
{King, Alfred, jun. Hyerton, Liverpool.
King, The Hon. James, M.R.LA. Mitchelstown Castle, Co. Cork.
{King, James. Levernholme, Hurlet, Glasgow.
{King, John.
{King, John. Rose-hill, Ipswich.
King, Joseph. Anfield-road, Liverpool.
§King, Kelburne, M.D. 27 George Street; and Royal Institution, Hull.
*Kine, Mervyn Kersteman. Avyonside, Clifton, Bristol.
King, Richard, M.D. Sayile-row, London, W.
40 LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
Kine, Rey. Samuel, M.A., F.R.A.S. St. Aubins, Jersey.
1862, {Kine, Rev. Samuel William, T.G.8., F.S.A. Saxlingham Rectory,
near Norwich.
King, William Poole, F.G.S. Avonside, Clifton, Bristol.
1862. { Kingsley, Rey. Charles, M.A., Professor of Modern History in the
University of Cambridge. Eversley Rectory, Winchfield.
1861. {Kingsley, John. 30 St. Ann’s-street, Manchester.
1845. {Kingsley, Rey. W. T. South Kelvington, Thirsk.
1835. Kingstone, A. John, M.A. Mosstown, Longford, Ireland.
1867. §Kinloch, Colonel. Kilray, Logie, N. B.
1867. *Kinnaird, The Hon. Arthur Fitzgerald, M.P. Rossie Priory, Inchture,
Perthshire.
1863. {Kinnaird, The Right Hon. Lord., K.T., F.G.S. Rossie Priory, Inch-
ture, Perthshire.
Kinnear, J. G., F.R.S.E. Glasgow.
1863. {Kirkaldy, David. 28 Bartholemew-road North, London, N.W.
1867. §Kirkland, William. Oak Lodge, Dundee.
1860. {Kirkman, Rey. Thomas P., M.A., F.R.S. Croft Rectory, near War-
rington.
Kirkpatrick, Rey. W. B.,D.D. 48 North Great George-street, Dublin.
1850. {Karkwood, Anderson. 151 West George-street, Glasgow.
1849. {Kirshaw, John William, F.G.S. Warwick.
1858. {Kitson, James. Leeds.
Knight, Sir A. J., M.D.
Knipe, A. J. Mooryille, Carlisle.
Knowles, George Beauchamp, Professor of Botany in Queen’s College,
Birmingham. St. Paul’s-square, Birmingham.
1842. Knowles, John. Old Trafford Bank House, Old Tr afford, Manchester,
*Knowles, William. 2 Clarence-place, Newport, Monmouthshire.
*Knox, G. James. 2 Finchley New-road, St. John’s-wood, London.
Knox, Henry.
Knox, Rey. H. B., M.A., M.R.LA. Deanery, Hadleigh, Suffolk.
Kutz, "Andrew.
1861. *Kyllmann, Max. 28 Brazennose-street, Manchester.
1865. {Kynnersley, J. C.S. The Leveretts, Handsworth, Birmingham.
Lace, Ambrose. Liverpool.
1858. §Lace, Francis John. Stone Gapp, Cross-hill, Leeds.
1862. §Lackenstein, Dr. (Care of Messrs. Smith and Elder, Cornhill,
London.
1842. Lacy, Henry C. Withdeane Hall, near Brighton.
1859. gLadd, Willam. 11 & 18 Beak-street, Regent-street, London, W.
1850. {Laing, David, F.S.A. Scotl. Signet Library, Edinburgh.
Laird, John, M.P. Birkenhead.
1859. $Lalor, John Joseph, M.R.LA. 2 Longford-terrace, Monkstown, Co.
Dublin.
Lamb, David.
Lambert, Richard. Newcastle-on-Tyne.
1846. *Laming, Richard. 36 Hamilton-road, Prestonville, Brighton.
1854. Lamport, William James. Liverpool.
1859. {Lang, Rey. John Marshall. Fyvie, Aberdeen.
1864. Lang, KR. Greatwick Hall, Barrow Gurney, near Bristol.
*Langton, William. Manchester.
1840. {Lankester, Edwin, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. 23 Great Marl-
borough-street, London, W.
1865. §Lankester, “Rh. Ray. Christ Church, Oxford.
*Larcom, Major-General Sir Thomas Aiskew, K.C.B., R.I., F.R.S.,
M.RI.A, Phoenix Park, Dublin,
—— oe
LIST OF MEMBERS. 41
Year of
Election.
1860.
1861,
1845,
1857.
1862,
1857.
1855.
1858.
1863.
1853.
1865.
1857.
1847,
1858,
1858.
1863.
1858.
1858.
1842.
1861.
1853.
1845.
1850.
1854.
1859.
1845.
1856.
1861.
1867.
1859.
1860.
1863.
1867.
Lassell, William, F.R.S., F-R.A.S. Ray Lodge, Maidenhead.
tLassell, William, jun. The Brook, near Liverpool.
*Latham, A. G. Cross-street, Manchester.
{Latham, Robert G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S. 9 Disraeli-road, Putney,
W
S.W.
*La Touche, David Charles, M.R.I.A. Castle-street, Dublin.
tLaw, Hugh. 4 Great Denmark-street, Dublin.
tLaw, Rey. James Edmund, M.A. Little Shelford, Cambridgeshire.
Law, Rev. William, M.A.
Lawley, The Hon. Francis Charles. Escrick Park, near York.
Lawley, The Hon. Stephen Willoughby. Escrick Park, near York.
{Lawson, James A., LL.D., M.R.LA. 27 Fitzwilliam-street, Dublin,
{Lawson, John. Mountain Blue Works, Camlachie.
tLawson, Samuel. Kirkstall, near Leeds.
Lawton, Benjamin C. Neville Chambers, 44 Westgate-street,
Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
tLawton, William. Manor House-street, Hull.
Laycock, Thomas, M.D., Professor of the Practice of Medicine in the
University of Edinburgh. 4 Rutland-street, Edinburgh.
tLea, Henry. 35 Paradise-street, Birmingham.
teach, Capt. R. E. Mountjoy, Phoenix Park, Dublin.
Leadbetter, John. Glasgow.
*Leatham, Edward Aldam. Whitley Hall, Huddersfield.
tLeather, George. Knostrop, near Leeds.
*Leather, John Towlerton. Leventhorpe Hall, near Leeds.
{Leather, John W. Newton Green, Leeds.
tLeavers, J. W. The Park, Nottingham.
*Le Cappelain, John. Wood-lane, Highgate, London, N.
tLedgard, William. Potter Newton, near Leeds.
Lee, Daniel. Springfield House, Pendlebury, Manchester.
tLee, Henry. IJrwell House, Lower Broughton, Manchester.
Lee, Henry, M.D. _Weatheroak, Alve Church, near Bromsgrove.
*Lee, John Edward, F.G.S., F.S.A. The Priory, Caerleon, Monmouth-
shire.
tLees, Dr. Frederick R. Burmantofts Hall, Leeds.
tLees, George, LL.D. Rillbank, Edinburgh.
tLees, Samuel. Portland-place, Ashton-under-Lyne.
tLees, William. 5 Meadow Bank, Edinbureh.
*Leese, Joseph, jun. Glenfield, Altrincham.
*Leeson, Henry B., M.A., M.D., F.R.S. The Maples, Bonchurch, Isle
of Wight.
*Lefroy, J ohn Henry, Brigadier-General R.A., F.R.S., F.R.GS.,
President of the Ordnance Select Committee. Grosvenor House,
Blackheath, Kent, 8.E.
{Legard, Capt. William. India.
*Legh, Major George Cornwall, M.P. High Legh, Cheshire.
tLeigh, The Right Hon. Lord, D.C.L. 37 Portman-square, London,
W.; and Stoneleigh Abbey, Kenilworth.
*Leigh, Henry. The Poplars, Patricroft, near Manchester,
Leigh, John Shaw. Childerall Hall, near Liverpool.
*Leinster, Augustus Frederick, Duke of, M.R.I.A. 6 Carlton House-
§Leishman, James. Gateacre, Liverpool.
terrace, London, 8. W.
tLeith, Alexander. Glenkindie, Inverkindie, N. B.
{Lempriere, Charles, D.C.L. St. John’s College, Oxford.
“Lendy, Capt. Auguste Frederic. Practical Military College, Sunbury,
Middlesex, S.W.
§Leng, John. “ Advertiser” Office, Dundee.
42
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1861.
1861,
1856.
1852.
1859.
1846.
1866.
1847.
1853.
1860.
1855,
1859.
1864,
1862.
1855.
1842.
1858.
1854.
1861.
1864,
1860.
1848,
1842.
1854,
1847.
1865.
1865,
1849,
1865.
1854.
1853.
1867.
tLennox, A.C. W. 7 Beaufort-gardens, Brompton, London, 8.W.
Lentaigne, John, M.D. Tallaght House, Co. Dublin; and 14 Great
Dominick-street, Dublin.
Lentaigne, Joseph. 12 Great Denmark-street, Dublin.
tLeppoc, Henry Julius. Kersal Crag, near Manchester.
tLeslie, Colonel J. Forbes. Bothiekorman, Aberdeenshire.
{Leslie, T. E. Cliffe, LL.B., Professor of Jurisprudence and Political
Kconomy, Queen’s College, Belfast.
tLeslie, William. Warthill, Aberdeenshire.
tLetheby, Henry, M.B., F.L.S., Medical Officer to the City of London.
4] Finsbury-square, London, H.C,
§Levi, Leone, F.8.A., F.S.S., Professor of Commercial Law in King’s
College, London. 10 Farrar’s-building, Temple, London, H.C.
tLey, Rev. Jacob, M.A. Staverton, near Dayentzy.
tLiddell, George William Moore. Sutton House, near Hull.
tLiddell, The Very Rev. H. G., D.D., Dean of Christ Church, Oxford.
tLiddell, John. 8 Clelland-street, Glasgow.
{Ligertwood, George. Blair by Summerhill, Aberdeen.
§Lightbody, Robert, F.G.S. Ludlow, Salop.
{Lilford, The Right Hon. Lord, F.L.S. Lilford Hall, Oundle, North-
amptonshire.
*Limerick, Charles Graves, D.D., M.R.I.A., Lord Bishop of. Limerick.
*Lindsay, Charles. Hedge-park, Lanark.
*Lindsay, Henry L., C.H., M.R.IL.A. 1 Little Collins-street West,
Montreal, Canada.
*Lindsay, John H. 317 Bath-street, Glascow.
*Lingard, John R., F.G.S. Mayfield, Shortlands, by Bromley, Kent.
Lingwood, Robert M., M.A., F.LS., F.GS.
Lister, James. Liverpool Union Bank, Liverpool; and Greenbank,
Everton.
*Lister, John, F.G.S8. Shibden Hall, near Halifax.
*Lister, Joseph Jackson, F.R.S. Upton, Essex,
Littledale, Harold. Liscard Hall, Cheshire.
{Littledale, Thomas. Highfield House, Liverpool.
*Liveing, G. D., M.A., F.C.S., Professor of Chemistry in the Univer-
sity of Cambridge. 12 Hill’s-road, Cambridge.
§Livesay, J. G. Meaford Cottage, Ventnor, Isle of Wight.
tLivingstone, Rey. Thomas Gott, Minor Canon of Carlisle Cathedral.
Lloyd, Rey. A. R. Hengold, near Oswestry.
Lloyd, Rev. C., M.A. Whittington, Oswestry.
tLloyd, Rey. David. Carmarthen.
Lloyd, Edward. King-street, Manchester.
{ Lloyd, F. Geisler.
* Lloyd, George Whitelocke.
tLloyd, G. B. Wellington-road, Ebgbaston, Bumingham.
*Lloyd, George, M.D., F.G.S. Birmingham.
*Lloyd, Rey. Humphrey, D.D., LL.D., F.R.S. L. & E., M.R.LA.,
Provost of Trinity College, Dublin.
tLloyd, John. Queen’s College, Birmingham.
Lloyd, Rey. Rees Lewis. Belper, Derbyshire.
tLloyd, William, M.D. Army and Navy Club, London.
*Lloyd, Wilson. Moor Hall, Sutton Coldfield, near Birmingham.
*Lobley, James Logan, F.G.S. 50 Landsdowne-rvad, Kensington
Park, London, W.
*Locke, John. Royal Dublin Society, Kildave-street, Dublin.
*Locke, John. 83 Addison-road, Kensington, London, W,
*Lockey, Rev. Francis. Swainswick, near Bath,
Lockhart, Alexander M‘Donald.
LIST OF MEMBERS, 43
Year of
Election.
1863.
1853,
1862.
1851.
1851.
1866.
1857.
1861.
1859.
1865.
1861.
1855.
1863.
1867.
1863.
1861,
1850.
1853.
1849,
1849.
1867.
1865.
1850.
1853.
1858.
1864.
1866.
1864.
1857.
1862.
1849,
1859.
1852.
1852.
1854,
1852.
1866,
§Lockyer, J. Norman, F.R.A.S. Victoria-road, Finchley-road, London.
{Loft, John. 17 Albion-street, Hull
*Loftus, William Kennett, F.G.S. Calcutta.
*Logan, Sir William Edmond, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S.,
Director of the Geological Survey of Canada. Montreal, Canada.
tLong, Andrew, M.A. King’s College, Cambridge.
tLong, P. B. Museum-street, Ipswich.
tLong, William, F.G.S. Hurts Hall, Saxmundham, Suffolk.
§Longdon, F. Derby.
tLongfield, Rey. George. 25 Trinity College, Dublin.
Longfield, Mountifort, LL.D., M.R.LA., Regius Professor of Feudal
and English Law in the University of Dublin, 47 Fitzwilliam-
square, Dublin.
*Longman, William, F.G.S. 36 Hyde Park-square, London, W.
tLonemuir, Rey. John, M.A., LL.D. 14 Silver-street, Aberdeen.
Longridge, W.S. Oakhurst, Ambergate, Derbyshire.
§Longsdon, Robert. Church House, Bromley, Kent.
*Lord, Edward. York-street, Todmorden.
tLorimer, Rey. J. G., D.D. 6 Woodside-place, Glasgow.
tLosh, W.S. Wreay Syke, Carlisle.
§Low, J. T. Monifieth, by Dundee.
*Lowe, Arthur S. H. Gosfield Hall, near Nottingham,
*Lowe, Edward Joseph, F.R.S., F.R.AS., F.LS., F.G.S., FMS.
Highfield House Observatory, near Nottingham.
Lowe, George, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.R.A.S. 9 St. John’s-wood Park,
London, N.W.
tLowe, William Henry, M.D., F.R.S.E. Balgreen, Slateford, Kdin-
burgh.
Lowndes, Matthew D, 49 Edge-lane, near Liverpool.
*Lubbock, Sir John, Bart., F.R.S., F.L.58.,F.G.8. High Elms, Farn-
borough, Kent.
*Luckcock, Howard. Oak-hill, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
tLucy, William. Edgbaston, Birmingham,
*Luis, John Henry. Hawhhill House, Dundee.
*Lund, Charles. Market-street, Bradford.
*Lundie, Cornelius. Rhymney Railway, Cardiif.
tLunn, William Joseph, M.D. 23 Charlotte-street, Mull.
*Lupton, Arthur. eadingley, near Leeds.
*Lupton, D., Jun, Leeds.
§Lycett, Francis. 18 Highbury-grove, London, N.
*Lyell, Sir Charles, Bart., M.A., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.LS.,
V.P.G.S., Hon. M.R.S.Ed. 73 Harley-street, Cavendish-square,
London, W.
tLyne, Francis. (Care of Sydney Smith, Esq., Charlotte-row, Mansion
House, London, E.C.)
tLyons, Robert D. 381 Upper Merrion-street, Dublin,
*Lyte, Maxwell F., F.C.8. Bagnéres de Bigorre, France.
tLyttelton, The Right Hon. Lord, D.C.L. 17 St, James’s-place,
London, 8. W.
{Mabson, John. Heyning, Westmoreland.
tMacAdam, James, jun. Beavor Hall, Belfast.
tMacAdam, Robert. 18 College-square East, Belfast.
*Macadam, Stevenson, Ph.D., F.R.S.H., F.C.S., Lecturer on Chemistry.
Surgeons’ Hall, Edinburgh.
{Macaldin, J. J., M.D.
*M‘Andrew, Robert, F.R.S. Isleworth House, Isleworth, Middlesex.
*M‘Arthur, A. Raleigh Hall, Brixton Rise, London, 8.
44
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1855.
1840.
1857.
1866.
1855.
1863.
1855.
1857.
1865.
1855.
1856.
1859.
1858.
1852.
+H +++ oe *
KtH+++4++ *
{IM Arthur, Richard, W. J.
Macaulay, Dr. James. 22 Cambridge-road, Kilburne, London, N.W.
t{Macauley, James William.
*MacBrayne, Robert. Messrs, Black and Wingate, 9 Exchange-
square, Glasgow.
{M‘Callan, Rev. J. F., M.A. St. Matthew’s Parsonage, Nottingham.
{M‘Callum, Archibald K., M.A. House of Refuge, Duke-street,
Glasgow.
{M‘Calmont, Robert. Gatton Park, Reigate.
M‘Cann, James, F.G.S. Holmfrith, Yorkshire.
M‘Causland, Dominick. 12 Fitzgibbon-street, Dublin.
M‘Clean, John Robinson. 23 Great George-street, Westminster,
London, 8. W.
M‘Clelland, James. 73 Kensington Gardens-square, Bayswater.
M Clelland, James. 10 Claremont-terrace, Glasgow.
M* Clelland, John. Caleutta.
M‘Connel, James. Bent-hill, Prestwich, near Manchester.
M‘ Connell, David C., F.GS.
M‘Connell, J. E. Woodlands, Great Missenden.
M‘Cosh, Rey. James, M.A., Professor of Logic, &¢., Queen’s College,
Belfast.
M‘Coy, Professor Frederick, F.G.S., Professor of Zoology and Natural
History in the University of Melbourne, Australia.
M*Cullagh, John, A. B.
*M‘Culloch, George, M.D. Cincinnati, United States.
ett
+++
. {M‘Dermott, Edward. Grove Park, Camberwell, London, 8,
. {Macdonald, Alexander.
Macdonald, William, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of
Civil and Natural History. St. Andrews, N. B.
MacDonnell, Hercules H. G. 2 Kildare-place, Dublin.
. {MacDonnell, The Very Rey. Canon. 8 Montpellier, Bath.
M‘Ewan, John. Glasgow.
Macfarlan, John Fletcher. Park-place, Edinburgh.
Macfarlane, Alexander. 73 Bon Accord-street, Aberdeen.
M‘Farlane, Walter. Saracen Foundry, Glasgow.
Macfie, R. A. 72 Upper Parliament-street, Liverpool.
M‘Gavin, Robert. Balumbie, Dundee.
M‘Gee, William, M.D. 10 Donegal-square East, Belfast.
MacGeorge, Andrew, jun. 21 St. Vincent-place, Glasgow.
++ * *
. {M‘Gregor, Alexander Bennett. 19 Woodside-crescent, Glasgow.
. {MacGregor, James Watt. Wallace-grove, Glasgow.
. {iM Gregor, Robert, M.D.
. 1M‘Gregor, Walter.
. [Macgregor, William.
. [M‘Hardy, David. 54 Netherkinkgate, Aberdeen.
. {MIlveen, Alexander Sinclair.
. {M‘Ilwraith, H. Greenock,
Macintosh, General Alexander Fisher, K.H., F.G.S., F.R.GS.
7 Tilney-street, Park-lane, London, W
. t{Macintosh, John. Middlefield House, Woodside, Aberdeen.
Maclver, Charles. Abercrombie-square, Liverpool.
Mackeson, H. B
M‘Kenzie, Alexander. 89 Buchanan-street, Glasgow.
Mackenzie, James. Glentore, Scotland.
Mackenzie, J. W. 16 Royal Circus, Edinburgh.
Mackenzie, Rey. Kenneth. The Manse, Borrowstoness, Linlith-
gowshire.
if A
. {Mackintosh, Daniel, F.G.S._ Chichester.
{
}
LIST OF MEMBERS. 45
Year of
Election.
1865.
1859.
1867.
1867.
1850.
1860.
1864.
1855.
1859,
1862,
1855.
1861.
1862.
1855.
1867.
1854.
1850.
1859,
1854.
1852.
1855.
1855.
1857.
1853.
1866,
1853.
1850.
1863.
1857.
1846.
1865.
1866.
1866.
tMackenzie, Kenneth Robert Henderson, F.S.A., F.A.S.L. Seaforth
House, Friern Park, near Whetstone, Middlesex.
Mackerral, William.
tMackie, David. Mitchell-place, Aberdeen. :
§Mackie, Samuel Joseph, F.G.S. 5 St. Peter’s-terrace, Notting-hill,
London, W.
*Mackinlay, David. Pollokshields, Glasgow.
Mackson, H. G. School House, Headingley, near Leeds.
Maclagan, Douglas, M.D., F.R.S.E. 28 Heriot Row, Edinburgh.
Maclaren, Archibald. Summertown, Oxfordshire.
MacLaren, Duncan, M.P. Newington House, Edinburgh.
MacLaren, John.
Maclear, Sir Thomas, F.R.S., F.R.G.S., F.R.A.S., Astronomer Royal
at the Cape of Good Hope.
Macleod, Henry Dunning. 17 Gloucester-terrace, Camden-hill-road,
London, W.
M'Lintock, William.
Maclure, John William. 2 Bond-street, Manchester.
Macmillan, Alexander. 1 Trinity-street, Cambridge.
M‘ Nab, John.
M‘Neill, John. Balhousie House, Perth.
MacNeill, The Right Hon. Sir John, G.C.B., F.R.S.E., F.R.GS.
Granton House, Edinburgh.
MacNeill, Sir John, LL.D., F.R.S., M.R.IA., Professor of Civil
Engineering in Trinity College, Dublin. Mount Pleasant,
Dundalk. -
tM ‘Nicholl, H., M.D. 42 Oxford-street, Liverpool.
tMacnight, Alexander. 12 London-street, Edinburgh.
tMacpherson, Rey. W. Kilmuir Easter, Scotland.
Macredie, P, B. Mure, F.R.S.E. Irvine, Ayrshire.
tMacrorie, Dr. 126 Dulke-street, Liverpool.
*Macrory, Adam John. Duncairn, Belfast.
*Macrory, Edmund, M.A. 7 Fig-tree-court, Temple, London, E.C.
{M‘Tyre, William, M.D. Maybole, Ayrshire.
{Macvicar, Rey. John Gibson, D.D. Moffat, near Glasgow.
{Madden, Richard R.
Magor, J. B. Redruth, Cornwall.
{Magrath, Rey. Folliot, A.M. Stradbally, Queen’s County, Ireland.
§Major, Richard H., I’.S.A., F.R.G.S. British Museum, London, W.C.
*Malahide, Talbot de, The Right Hon. Lord, F.R.S. Malahide Castle,
Malahide, Ireland.
tMalan, John. Holmpton, Holderness.
*Malcolm, Frederick. Mordon College, Blackheath, London, 8.E.
Malcolm, Neil. Portalloch, Lochgilphead.
tMalcolm, R. B., M.D., F.R.S.E. 126 George-street, Edinburgh.
tMaling, C. T. Lovaine-crescent, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Mallet, Robert, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., M.R.LA. 7 Westminster
Chambers, Victoria-street, Westminster, London, S.W.; and The
Grove, Clapham-road, Clapham, London, 8.
tMallet, Dr. John William. University of Alabama, U.S.
tManby, Charles, F.R.S., F.G.S. 79 Harley-street, London, W.
*Manchester, James Prince Lee, Lord Bishop of, F.R.S., F.GS.,
F.R.G.S., F.C.P.S. Mauldreth Hall, Manchester.
t{Mancini, Count de, Italian Consul.
§Mann, Robert James, M.D.,F.R.A.S, 15 Buckingham-street, Strand,
London, W.C.
Manning, The Right Rey. H.
tManning, John. Waverley-street, Nottingham.
rtttt+ ++ ++ tH ++ ++
46 LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1864, {Mansel, J. C. Long Thorns, Blandford.
1865. {March, J. F. Fairfield House, Warrington.
1864, {Markham, Clements R., F.R.G.S. 21 Hecleston-square, Pimlico,
London, 5S. W.
1852. ¢Marland, James William. Mountjoy-place, Dublin.
1863. {Marley, John. Mining Office, Darlington.
*Marling, Samuel 8S. Stanley Park, Stroud, Gloucestershire.
Marriott, John. Allerton, Liverpool.
1857. §Marriott, William. Leeds-road, Huddersfield.
1858. {Marriott, William Thomas. Wakefield.
1842. Marsden, Richard. Norfoll-street, Manchester.
1866. §Marsh, Dr. J. C. L. Park-row, Nottingham.
1856. {Marsh, M. H. Wilbury Park, Wilts.
1864. {Marsh, Thomas Edward Miller. 37 Grosvenor-place, Bath.
Marshall, James. Headingly, near Leeds.
1852. {Marshall, James D. Holywood, Belfast.
*Marshall, James Garth, M.A., F.G.S. Headinely, near Leeds.
1858. {Marshall, Reginald Dykes. Adel, near Leeds.
1849, *Marshall, William P. 6 Portland-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
1865. §Marten, E. B. 15 Higch-street, Stourbridge.
Martin, Rey. Francis, M.A. Trinity College, Cambridge.
*Martin, Francis P. Brouncker.
1848. {Martin, Henry D. 4 Imperial Circus, Cheltenham.
Martin, Studley. 107 Bedford-street South, Liverpool.
1867. *Martin, William, Jun. Trades Lanes, Calender, N. B.
*Martindale, Nicholas. Peter-lane, Hanover-street, Liverpool.
*Martineau, Rey. James. 10 Gordon-street, Gordon-square, London.
1865. {Martineau, R. F. Highfield-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
1865. {Martineau, Thomas. 7 Cannon-street, Birmingham.
1847. {Maskelyne, Nevil Story, M.A., F.G.S., Professor of Mineralogy in the
University of Oxford. British Museum, London, W.C
1861, *Mason, Hugh. Ashton-under-Lyne.
*Mason, Thomas. York.
Massey, Hugh, Lord. Hermitage, Castleconnel, Co. Limerick.
*Mather, Daniel. 58 Mount Pleasant, Liverpool.
*Mather, John. 58 Mount Pleasant, Liverpool.
1863. *Mather, Joseph. Beech Grove, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
* * &* Kt+++¢+4+4
. *Mathews, G. 8. Edgbaston House, Hagley-road, Birmingham.
. *Mathews, William,jun.,M.A.,F.G.S. 51 Carpenter-road, Bamingham.
. {Matthew, Alexander C. 3 Canal-terrace, Aberdeen.
. {Matthews, C. E. Waterloo-street, Birmingham.
. {Matthews, F.C. Mandre Works, Driffield, Yorkshire.
*Matthews, Henry, F.C.S. 60 Gower-street, London, W.C.
. {Matthews, Rey. Richard Brown. ‘The Vicarage, Shalford, near
Guildford.
3. *Matthiessen, Augustus, Ph.D., F.R.S., Lecturer on Chemistry, St.
Mary’s Hospital. Paddington, London, W.
Maughan, Rev. J. D.
Maughan, Rev. W. Benwell Parsonage, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Maule, Rev. Thomas, M.A. Partick, near Glasgow.
Maw, George, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.S.A. Benthall Hall, Broseley, Salop.
Mawson, John. 3 Moseley-street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Maxwell, Francis. Gribton, near Dumfries.
Maxwell, James Clerk, M.A., F.R.S., L. & E. Glenlair, Dalbeattie,
N.B
55. *Maxwell, Sir John, Bart., F.R.S. Pollok House, Renfrewshire.
52, {Maxwell, John Waring. Finnebrogue, Downpatrick, Ireland.
*Maxwell, Robert Percival. Finnebrogue, Downpatrick, Ireland.
-_ a ——_——
LIST OF MEMBERS. 47
Year of
Election.
1865.
1857.
1863.
1863.
1861.
1863.
1867.
1866.
1854.
1847.
1863,
1862.
1863.
1847.
1847.
1865.
1865.
1866.
1867.
1855.
1857.
1850.
1859,
1863.
1859.
1865.
1861.
1865.
1842.
185].
1847.
1867.
1854.
1854.
1864.
1865.
1855.
1859.
1863.
1855.
*May, Walter. Berkeley-street, Birmingham.
Mayne, Rey. Charles, M.R.L.A. 22 Upper Merrion-street, Dublin.
{Mayne, William Annesley.
§Mease, George D. Bylton Villa, South Shields.
{Mease, Solomon. Cleveland House, North Shields.
{Meath, Samuel Butcher, D.D., Lord Bishop of. 13 Fitzwilliam-
square West, Dublin; and Ardbraccan, Co. Meath.
{Medecalf, William. 20 Bridgewater-place, Manchester.
§Meier, R. Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
§Meldrum, Charles. Mauritius.
§Mello, Rey. J. M. Brampton, Chesterfield.
t{Melly, Charles Pierre.
TMelville, Professor Alexander Gordon, M.D. Queen’sCollege, Galway.
{Melvin, Alexander. 42 Buccleuch-place, Edinburgh.
§Mennell, Henry. St. Dunstan’s-buildings, Great Tower-street,
London, E.C.
§Messent, P. T. 4 Northumberland-terrace, Tynemouth,
{ Meyer, Charles, D.C.L.
*Michell, Rev. Richard, D.D. Maedalen Hall, Oxford.
{Michie, Alexander. 26 Austin Friars, London, E.C.
§Middlemore, William. Edgbaston, Birmingham.
§Midgley, John. Colne, Lancashire.
§Midgley, Robert. Colne, Lancashire.
{Miles, Rey. Charles P., M.D., Principal of the Malta Protestant Col-
lege, St. Julian’s, Malta. 58 Brompton-crescent, London, S.W.
{Millar, George M. ’
{Millar, James 8.
{Millar, John. Lisburn, Ireland.
§Millar, John, M.D., F.LS., F.G.S, Bethnal House, Cambridge-road,
London, N.E.
Millar, Thomas, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.E. Perth.
Miller, James, jun. Greenock.
Miller, Rey. J. C., D.D. The Vicarage, Greenwich, London, 8.E.
Miller, Patrick, M.D. Exeter.
Miller, Robert. 80 King-street ; and Whalley Range, Manchester.
tMiller, Thomas. Righill Hall, Durham.
*Miller, William Allen, M.D., Treas. and V.P.R.S., F.C.S. , Professor
of Chemistry in King’s College, London.
Miller, William Hallows, M.A., For. Sec. R.S., F.G.S., Professor of
Mineralogy in the University of Cambridge. 7 Scroope-terrace,
Cambridge.
Milligan, Robert. Acacia in Randon, Leeds.
*Mills, John Robert. Bootham, York.
tMills, Rev. Thomas.
{Milman, The Very Rey. H. H., Dean of St. Paul’s, London.
§Milne, James. Murie House, Errol, by Dundee.
Milne, Rear-Admiral Sir Alexander, K.C.B., F.R.S.E. Mussel-
borough, Edinburgh.
*Milne-Home, David, M.A.,F.R.S.E. Paxton House, Berwick, N.B.
*Milner, William. Liverpool.
*Milner, William Ralph. Wakefield, Yorkshire.
{Milton, The Right Hon. Lord, M.P., F.R.G.S. 4 Grosvenor-square,
London, W.; and Wentworth, Yorkshire.
§Minton, Samuel, F.G.S. Oakham House, near Dudley.
tMurlees, James Buchanan. 128 West-street, Tradeston, Glasgow.
{Mitchell, Alexander, M.D. Old Rain, Aberdeen.
{Mitchell, C. Walker, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
tMitchell, George. Glasgow.
*
* REE TH+
48
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1862.
1855.
1854.
1864.
1866.
1855.
1850.
1861.
1852.
1865.
1853.
1860.
1853.
1850.
1846.
1857.
1859.
1857.
*Mitchell, William Stephen, LL.B., F.L.S., F.G.S. Caius College,
Cambridge.
*Moffat, John, C.K. Ardrossan.
§ Moffat, Thomas, M.D., F.G.S., F.R.A.S., F.M.S. Hawarden, Chester.
tMogeg, John Rees. High Littleton House, near Bristol.
§Mogeridge, Matthew, f.G.S. Richmond, Surrey.
§Moir, James. 174 Gallogate, Glasgow.
{Moir, John, M.D.
tMolesworth, Rev. W. N., M.A. Spotland, Rochdale.
Mollan, John, M.D. 8 Fitzwilliam-square North, Dublin.
tMolony, William, LL.D. Carrickfergus.
§Molyneux, William, F.G.S. Branston Cottage, Burton-upon-Trent.
{Monday, William, Hon. Sec. Hull Lit. and Phil. Soc. 6 Jarratt-
street, Hull.
§Monk, Rey. William, M.A., F.R.A.S. Wymington Rectory, Hyham,
Ferrers, Northamptonshire.
t{Monroe, Henry, M.D. 10 North-street, Sculcoates, Hull.
{ Monteith, Alexander E.
Montgomery, Matthew Glasgow.
{tMoody, T. H. C.
§Moore, Arthur. Cradley House, Clifton, Bristol.
§Moore, Charles, F.G.S. 6 Cambridge-terrace, Bath.
t{Moore, Rev. Dr. Clontarf, Dublin.
Moore, John. 2 Mendiam-place, Clifton, Bristol.
*Moore, John Carrick, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. 113 Eaton-place, London,
S.W.; and Corswall, Wigtonshire.
. *Moore, Thomas, F.L.S. Botanic Gardens, Chelsea, London, 8.W.
. t{Moore, Thomas John. Free Public Museum, Liverpool.
Moore, William D. 7 South Anne-street, Dublin.
. *Moore, Rev. William Prior. The College, Cavan, Ireland.
. {Morewood, Edmund. Cheam, Surrey.
Morgan, Captain Evan, R.A.
. Morgan, William. 37 Waterloo-street, Birmingham.
Morley, George. Park-place, Leeds.
3. {Morley, Samuel. Lenton-grove, Nottingham.
35. *Morrieson, Captain Robert. Oriental Club, Hanover-square, London,
NE
. *Morris, David. 1 Market-place, Manchester.
. }Morris, Edward, M.D. Hereford.
*Morris, Rey. Francis Orpen, B.A. Nunburnholme Rectory, Hayton,
York.
Morris, Samuel, M.R.U.S. Fortview, Clontarf, near Dublin,
. tMorris, William. The Grange, Salford.
. §Morrison, William R. Dundee.
3. {Morrow, R. J. Bentick Villas, Newcastle.
5. §Mortimer, J. R. Fimber, Malton.
. §Morton, George H., F.G.8. 9 London-road, Liverpool.
8. *Morton, Henry Joseph. Garforth House, West Garforth, near Leeds.
. {Moseley, Rey. Henry, M.A., F.R.S. Olveston Vicarage, near Bristol.
. {Moses, Marcus. 4 Westmoreland-street, Dublin.
2, {Mosheimer, Joseph.
Mosley, Sir Oswald, Bart., D.C.L., F.L.S., F.G.S. Rolleston Hall,
Burton-upon-Trent, Staffordshire.
Moss, John. Otterspool, near Liverpool.
53. *Moss, W.H. Kingston-terrace, Hull.
. §Mosse, J. R. (Care of Messrs. Smith & Elder, Cornhill, London,
E.C.) General Manager’s Office, Mauritius Railway, Port Louis,
Mauritius.
1856.
1863.
1861.
1850.
1855,
1852.
1857,
1866.
1864.
1864.
1864,
1864.
1855.
1858,
1856.
1852.
1852.
1850.
1857.
1859.
1863.
1861.
1865.
1845,
1859,
1850,
1850.
1842.
1855.
1839,
LIST OF MEMBERS, 49
Year of
‘Election.
1865. {Mott, Charles Grey. The Park, Birkenhead.
1866. §Mott, Frederick. 18 Gallowtree Gate, Leicester.
1862. *Mouat, Frederick John, M.D., Inspector-General of Prisons, Bengal.
45 Arundel-gardens, Notting-hill, London.
tMould, Rev. J. G., B.D. 21 Camden-crescent, Bath.
{tMounsey, Edward. Sunderland.
Mounsey, John. Sunderland.
*Mountcastle, William Robert. 22 Dorking-terrace, Cecil-street,
Greenheys, Manchester.
Mowbray, James. Combus, Clackmannan, Scotland.
t{Mowbray, J.T. 27 Dundas-street, Edinburgh.
tMuir, William. 10 St. John-street, Adelphi, London, W.C.
Muirhead, James. 90 Buchanan-street, Glasgow.
tMullan, Wiliam. Belfast.
{Mullins, M. Bernard, M.A., C.E. 1 Fitzwilliam-sq. South, Dublin.
Munby, Arthur Joseph. 6 Fig-tree-court, Temple, London, E.C,
tMundella, A. J., F.R.G.S. The Park, Nottingham.
*Munro, Colonel William. United Service Club, Pall Mall, London,
S.W.
§Murch, Jerom. Cranwells, Bath.
*Murchison, John Henry, F.G.S. Surbiton-hill, Kingston.
*Murchison, K. R. Manor House, Bathford, Bath.
*Murchison, Sir Roderick Impey, Bart., K.C.B., M.A., D.C.L. Oxon.,
LL.D. Camb., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., Hon. Mem. R.S.Ed, &
R.LA., Director-General of the Geological Survey of the United
Kingdom. 16 Belgrave-square, London, S.W.
t{Murchison, Captain R. M. Caerbaden House, Cleveland-walk, Bath.
tMurdock, James B. 195 Bath-street, Glasgow.
t{Murgatroyd, William. Bank Field, Bingley.
Murley, Rev. C. H. South Petherton, minster.
{Muriey, Stephen.
{Murney, Henry, M.D. 10 Chichester-street, Belfast.
{Murphy, Joseph John. Old Forge, Dunmarry, Co. Antrim.
tMurray, Andrew.
{Murray, B. A.
Murray, John, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. 50 Albemarle-street, London, W. ;
and Newsted, Wimbledon, Surrey.
Murray, John, M.D. Forres, Scotland.
Murray, John, C.E. 11 Great Queen-street, Westminster, London,
BWV;
++
t{Murray, Rev. John. Morton, near Thornhill, Dumfriesshire.
{Murray, William. 34 Clayton-street, Neweastle-on-Tyne.
Murton, James. Silverdale, near Lancaster.
Musgrave, The Venerable Charles, D.D., Archdeacon of Craven,
alifax.
*
tMuserove, John, jun. Bolton.
*Muspratt, James Sheridan, Ph.D., F.C.S. College of Chemistry,
Liverpool.
tMyers, Rev. E. 17 Summerhill-terrace, Birmingham.
{Myers, Rev. Thomas. York.
§Mylne, Robert William, F.R.S.,F.G.S., F.S.A, 21 Whitehall-place,
London, 8. W.
tMyrtle, J. Y., M.D. 113 Princes-street, Edinburgh,
{Nachot, H. W., Ph.D. 59 George-street, Edinburgh.
Nadin, Joseph. Manchester.
tNapier, James R. 22 Blythwood-square, Glasgow.
*Napier, Right Honourable Joseph, 4 Merrion-square, Dublin,
aD)
50
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year ot
Election.
1855,
1866.
1850.
1864.
1860.
1867.
1850.
1845.
1853.
1855.
1865.
1846.
1861.
1849,
1866.
1861.
1857.
1852.
1842.
1867.
1866.
1854.
1842,
1863.
1853.
1866.
1858.
1860.
1865.
1867.
1867.
1848.
1866.
1861.
1867.
1858.
* Napier, Captain Johnstone.
{Napier, Robert. West Chandon, Gareloch, Glasgow.
Napper, James William L. Loughcrew, Oldeastle., Co. Meath.
§Nash, D. W., F.S.A., F.L.S. 13 Bays Hill-terrace, Cheltenham.
*Nasmyth, James, Penge Hurst, Kent. i
Nasmyth, Robert, F.R.S.E. 5 Charlotte-square, Edinburgh.
tNatal, William Colenso, Lord Bishop of.
{Neate, Charles, M.A., M.P. Oriel College, Oxford.
§Neaves, The Right Hon. Lord. Edinburgh.
{ Necker, Theodore. Geneva.
{Neild, Arthur. Ollernshaw, Whaleybridge, by Stockport.
{Neill, William, Governor of Hull Jail. Hull.
Neilson, James B.
Neilson, Robert. Woolton-hill, Liverpool.
tNeilson, Walter. 172 West George-street, Glasgow.
tNeilson, W. Montgomerie. Glasgow.
{Nerson, F. G. P.
*Nelson, William. Scotland Bridge, Manchester.
{Nesbit, C. J. Lower Kennington-lane, London, 8.
Ness, John. Helmsley, near York.
*Neyill, Rev. Samuel Tarratt, B.A., F.L.S. Shelton Rectory, Man-
chester.
tNevill, Thomas Henry. 17 George-street, Manchester.
tNeyille, John, C.E., M.R.LA. Dundalk, Ireland.
tNeville, Parke, C.E. Town Hall, Dublin.
New, Herbert. Evesham, Worcestershire.
Newall, Henry. Hare-hill, Littleborough, Lancashire.
*Newall, Robert Stirling. Gateshead-upon-Tyne.
§Newbegin, James. Norwich.
Newberry, Rey. Thomas, M.A. The Rectory, Hinton, [minster,
Somerset.
Newbigging, P.S. K., M.D. Edinburgh.
*Newdegate, Albert L. 11 Stanhope-place, Hyde Park, London, W.
*Newlands, James. 2 Clare-terrace, Liverpool.
*Newman, Francis William. 1 Dover-place, Clifton, Bristol.
*Newman, William. Darley Hall, near Barnsley, Yorkshire.
*Newmarch, William, F.R.S. Heath View, West Side, Clapham
Common, London, 8.
tNewmarch, William, Secretary to Globe Insurance, Cornhill, London.
*Newmarch, William Thomas. Heath View, West Side, Clapham-
common, London, 8.
tNewsome, Thomas. Park-road, Leeds.
*Newton, Alfred, M.A., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology in the Univer-
sity of Cambridge. Magdalen College, Cambridge.
{Newton, Thomas Henry Goodwin. Clopton House, near Stratford-
on-Ayon.
§Nicholl, Dean of Guild. Dundee.
§Nicholl, Donald. Oakland Hall, Kilburn, London, N.W.
Nicholl, Iltyd; F.L.S. Uske, Monmouthshire.
tNicholl, W. H. Uske, Monmouthshire.
§Nicholson, Sir Charles, Bart., D.C.L., LL.D., M.D.,F.G.S8., F.R.G.S8.
26 Devonshire Place, Portland-place, London, W.
*Nicholson, Cornelius, F.G.S, Welfield, Muswell-hill, London, N.
*Nicholson, Edward. 28 Princess-street, Manchester.
§Nicholson, Henry Alleyne, D.Sc., F.G.S. Penrith.
*Nicholson, John A., A.M., M.B., Lic. Med., M.R.LA. Balrath, Kells,
Co. Meath.
*Nicholson, William Nicholson, Roundhay Park, Leeds.
LIST OF MEMBERS, 51
Year of
Election.
1850.
1851.
1867.
1856.
1864
1854,
1863.
1860.
1859.
1863.
1865.
1866.
1860,
1851,
1861.
1851.
1857.
1858.
1859,
{Nicol, J., Professor of Natural History in Marischal College, Aber-
deen.
{Micolay, Rev. C. G.
§Nimmo, Dr. Matthew, L.R.C.S.E. Nethergate, Dundee.
{Miven, Rev. James.
Niven, Ninian. Clonturk Lodge, Drumcondra, Dublin.
{Noad, Henry M., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.C.S, 72 Hereford-road, Bays-
water, London, W.
tNoble, Matthew. 13 Bruton-street, Bond-street, LondonW.
“Noble, Captain William R. Elswick Works, N ewcastle-on-Tyne.
*Nolloth, Matthew S., Captain R.N., F.R.G.S. United Service Club,
London, 8. W.
{Norfolk, Richard. Messrs. W. Rutherford and Co., 14 Canada Dock,
Liverpool.
§Norman, Rey. Alfred Merle, M.A. Houghton-le-Spring, Co. Durham.
Norreys, Sir Denham Jephson, Bart. Mallow Castle, Co. Cork.
Norris, Charles. St. John’s House, Halifax.
§Norris, Dr. Richard. 2 Walsall-road, Birchfield, Birmingham.
fNorth, Thomas. Cinder Hill, Nottingham.
Northampton, Charles Douglas, The Right Hon. Marquis of. 145
Piccadilly, London, W.; and Castle Ashby, Northamptonshire.
tNortheote, A. Beauchamp, F.C.S. Queen’s College, Oxford.
“Northwick, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., F.G.S. 22 Park-street,
Grosvenor-square, London, W.
{Notcutt, S.A. Westgate-street, Ipswich.
tNoton, Thomas. Priory House, Oldham.
{Nourse, William E. C., F.R.C.S. West Cowes, Isle of Wight.
Nowell, John. Farnley Hall, Huddersfield.
{Nuling, Alfred.
§Nunnerley, Thomas, F.R.C.S.E. Leeds.
tNuttall, James. Wellfield House, Todmorden.
O’Beirne, James, M.D. 11 Lower Gardiner-street, Dublin.
O’Brien, Baron Lucius. Dromoland, N ewmarket-on-Fergus, Ireland.
O’Callaghan, George. Tallas, Co. Clare.
» *O’Callaghan, Patrick, LL.D., D.C.L. 16 Clarendon-square, Lea-
mington.
Odgers, Rey. William James. Sion-hill, Bath.
*Odling, William, M.B., F.R.S., Sec. Chem. Soc., Professor of Che-
mistry in the Medical School of St. Bartholomew’s Hospital.
Sydenham-road, Croydon, Surrey.
tO’Donnavan, William John. 2 Cloisters, Temple, Dublin.
» {Ogden, James. Woodhouse, Loughborough.
tOgilvie, C. W. Norman. Baldovan House, Dundee.
*Ogilvie, George, M.D., Lecturer on the Institutes of Medicine in
Marischal College, Aberdeen.
§Ogilvy,G. R. Inverquharty, N. B.
{Ogilvy, Sir John, Bart. Inverquharity, N. B.
Ogle, Rev. E. C.
*Ogle, William, M.D., M.A. Derby.
{Ogston, Francis, M.D, 18 Adelphi-court, Aberdeen.
{O’Hagan, John. 20 Kildare-street, Dublin.
{O’Kelly, Joseph, M.A. 51 Stephen’s Green, Dublin,
{O’Kelly, Matthias J. Dalkey, Ireland.
3. §Oldham, James, C.E. Austrian Chambers, Hull.
- *Oldham, Thomas, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., E.G.8., MLR.LA., Director
of the Geological Survey of India. Calcutta,
{O’Leary, Professor Purcell, M.A. Sydney-place, Cork.
EZ
52
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1863.
1867.
1847,
1842,
1861.
1858.
1854.
1865.
1865.
1854,
1857,
{Oliver, D. Richmond, Surrey.
*Ommanney, Erasmus, Rear-Admiral, C.B., F-R.AS., F.R.GS. | 6
Talbot-square, Hyde-park, London,W.; and United Service
Club, Pall Mall, London, 8. W.
§Orchar, James G. 9 William-street, Forebank, Dundee.
*Orlebar, A. B., M.A.
Ormerod, George Wareing, M.A., F.G.S.__Chagford, Exeter.
{Ormerod, Henry Mere. Clarence-street, Manchester; and 11 Wood-
land-terrace, Cheetham-hill, Manchester.
tOrmerod, T. T. Brighouse, near Halifax.
Orpen, John H., LL.D., M.R.LA. (Local Treasurer.) 58 Stephen’s
Green, Dublin.
tOrr, Sir Andrew. Blythwood-square, Glasgow.
{Osborne, E. C. Carpenter-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
*Osler, A. Follett, F.R.S. South Bank, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
*Osler, Henry F. Portland-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
* Ossalinski, Count.
§Outram, Thomas. Greetland, near Halifax.
Ovenend, Wilson. Sharrow Head, Sheffield.
Overston, Samuel Jones Lloyd, Lord, F.G.S. 22 Norfolk-street,
Park-lane, London, W.; and Wickham Park, Bromley.
tOwen, James H. Park House, Sandymount, Co. Dublin.
Owen, Richard, M.D., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., Hon.
M.R.S.E., Director of the Natural History Department, British
Museum. Sheen Lodge, Mortlake, Surrey, S.W.
. *Ower, Charles. 11 Craigie-terrace, Dundee.
Oxford, Samuel Wilberforce, D.D., Lord Bishop of, F.R.S., F.S.A.,
F.R.G.S. 26 Pall Mall, London, 8.W.; and Cuddesdon Palace,
Wheatley, Oxon.
. Pagan, John M., M.D. West Regent-street, Glasgow.
. {Pagan, Samuel Alexander, M.D., F.R.S.E. Edinburgh.
. §Pagan, Wiliam. Clayton, by Cupar, Fifeshire.
. tPage, David, LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.G.S. 44 Gilmore-place, Edinburgh,
. §Paget, Charles. Ruddington Grange, near Nottingham.
. tPaget, George H., M.D, Cambridge.
. t{Pakington, J. S., B.A.
. {Palmer, C. M. Whitley Park, near Newcastle-on-Tyne.
. §Palmer, H. Goldsmith-street, Nottingham.
*Palmer, Sir William, Bart. Whitchurch-Canonicorum, Dorset.
. {Palmer, William. Canal-street, Nottingham.
Palmes, Rey. William Lindsay, M.A. The Vicarage, Hornsea, Hull.
. {Pare, William, I°.8.8. Seville Iron Works, Dublin.
. *Parker, Alexander, M.R.I.A.. William-street, Dublin.
*Parker, Charles Stewart. Liverpool.
. {Parker, Henry. Low Elswick, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
. {Parker, Rey. Henry. Idlerton Rectory, Low Elswick, Newcastle-on-
Tyne.
J
Parker, Joseph, F.G.S. Upton Chaney, Bitton, near Bristol,
. {Parker, J. W., jun. Strand, London, W.C.
Parker, Richard. Dunscombe, Cork.
Parker, Rey. William. Saham, Norfolk.
. *Parker, Walter Mantel. Warren-corner House, near Farnham, Surrey,
. tParker, William. Thornton-le-Moor, Lincolnshire.
. {Parkes, Alexander.
. *Parkes, Samuel Hickling. 5 St. Mary’s-row, Birmingham.
. §Parkes, William. 14 Park-street, Westminster, London, 8. W.
, | Parkinson, Robert, Ph.D, Bradford, Yorkshire,
ee
LIST OF MEMBERS. 53
Year of
Election.
1863, {Parland, Captain. Stokes Hall, Jesmond, Newcastle-on-Tyre,
1862,
1854,
1865.
1855.
1861,
1863.
1867.
1863.
1839,
1867.
1863.
1864.
1863.
1863,
1864.
1851.
1866.
1847.
1863.
1854.
1853.
1863.
1852.
1863.
1863.
1858.
1855,
1861.
1861.
1865.
1861.
1856.
1855.
1849,
Parnell, E. A.
§Parnell, John, M.A. Hadham House, Upper Clapton, London,
N.E.
Parnell, Richard, M.D., F.R.S.E. 7 James’s-place, Leith, Edinburgh.
fParr, Alfred, M.D. New Brighton, Cheshire.
Partington, James Edge.
Partridge, Richard, F.R.S., Professor of Anatomy to the Royal
Academy of Arts, and to King’s College, London. 17 New-
street, Spring-gardens, London, S. W.
*Parsons, Charles Thomas. Edgbaston, Birmingham.
{Paterson, William. 100 Brunswick-street, Glasgow.
}Patterson, Andrew. Deaf and Dumb School, Old Trafford, Man-
chester.
{Patterson, H. L. Scott’s House, near Newcastle-on-Tyne.
§Patterson, James. Kinnettles, Dundee.
{Patterson, John. 16 Bloomfield-terrace, Gateshead-on-Tyne.
*Patterson, Robert, F.R.S. (Local Treasurer.) 6 College-square North,
Belfast.
§Patterson, Samuel R. 50 Lombard-street, London, E.C.
{Pattinson, William. Felling, near Newcastle-on-Tyne.
{Pattison, Dr. T. H. Edinburgh.
§Paul, Benjamin H., Ph.D. 8 Gray’s Inn-square, London, W.C.
Paul, Henry.
{Pavy, Frederick William, M.D., F.R.S., Lecturer on Physiology and
Comparative Anatomy and Zoology at Guy’s Hospital. 35
Grosyenor-street, London, W.
tPayne, Edward Turner. 3 Sydney-place, Bath.
{Payne, Joseph. 4 Kildare Gardens, Bayswater, London, W.
{Payne, Joseph Frank. 4 Kildare-gardens, Bayswater, London, W.
§Peach, Charles W. 30 Haddington-place, Leith-walk, Edinburgh.
§Peacock, Richard Atkinson. St. Heliers, Jersey.
*Pearsall, Thomas John, F.C.S. Birkbeck Literary and Scientific Insti-
tution, Southampton-buildings, Chancery-lane, London, E.C,
tPearson, J. A. Woolton, Liverpool.
fPearson, Robert H. 1 Prospect House, Hull.
Pearson, Rev. Thomas, M.A.
§Pease, H. F. Brinkburn, Darlington.
}Pease, Joseph Robinson. Hesslewood.
tPease, Joseph W. Woodlands, Darlington.
}Pease, J. W. Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Pease, Thomas, F.G.S. Cote Bank, Westbury-on-Trym, near Bristol,
Peckitt, Henry. Carlton Husthwaite, Thirsk, Yorkshire.
*Peckover, Alexander, F.R.G.S. Wisheach, Cambridgeshire.
*Peckoyer, Algernon, F.L.S. Wisbeach, Cambridgeshire.
*Peckover, Daniel. Woodhall, Calverley, Leeds.
*Peckover, William, F.S.A. Wisbeach, Cambridgeshire.
*Pedler, Lieutenant-Colonel Philip Warren. Mutley House, near
Plymouth.
*Peel, George. Soho Iron Works, Manchester.
*Peile, George, jun. Shotley Bridge, near Gateshead-on-Tyne,
*Peiser, John. Barnfield House, Oxford-street, Manchester.
{Pemberton, Oliver. 18 Temple-row, Birmingham.
*Pender, John. Mount-street, Manchester.
§Pengelly, William, F.R.S., F.G.S. Lamorna, Torquay.
{Penny, Frederick, Professor of Chemistry in the Andersonian Uni-
versity, Glasgow.
}Pentland, J. B. 5 Ryder-street, St. James’s, London, S W.
54
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1845,
1856.
1861,
1864.
1867.
1861.
1856.
1854.
1861.
1846,
1867.
1857,
1845.
1863,
1855.
1853.
1863.
1856,
1859.
1850.
1862,
1859,
1864.
1861.
1856.
1865.
1864.
1857.
1863.
1861,
1859.
1866,
{Percy, John, M.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., Professor of Metallurgy in the
Government School of Mines. Museum of Practical Geology,
Jermyn-street, 8.W.; and 1 Gloucester-crescent, Hyde-park,
London.
t Perkins, A. M.
{Perkins, Rey. George. St. James’s View, Dickenson-road, Rusholme,
near Manchester.
Perkins, Rey. R. B., D.C.L. Wotton-under-EKdge, Gloucestershire.
*Perkins, V. R. Wotton- -under-Edge.
§Perkins, William. 6 Russell-place, Fitzroy-square, London, W.
{Perring, John Shae. 104 King-street, Manchester.
Perry, The Right Rey. Charles, M.A, Bishop of Melbourne, Aus-
tralia.
*Perry, Rev. 8. G. F., M.A. Tottington Parsonage, near Bury.
*Peters, Edward. Temple-row, Birmingham.
*Petit, Rev. John Louis. 9 New-square, Lincoln’s Inn, London,
W.C
tPetrie, James, M.D. 13 Upper Parliament-street, Liverpool.
*Petrie, John. Rochdale.
tPetrie, William. LEcclesbourne Cottage, Woolwich.
Pett, Samuel, F.G.S. 7 Albert-road, ‘Regent’ s Park, London, N.W.
Peyton, Abel.
§Phayre, Colonel Sir Arthur. United Service Club, Pall Mall,
London, 8. W.
tPhayre, George.
tPhelps, Rey. Robert, D.D. Cambridge.
*Phené, John Samuel, F.R.G.S. 34 Oakley-street, Chelsea, London,
S.W.
*Philips, Rev. Edward. The Bank, near Chendle, Staffordshire.
*Philips, Herbert. 35 Church-street, Manchester,
*Philips, Mark. The Park, near Manchester.
{Philipson, Dr. 1 Saville Row, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Phillipps, Sir Thomas, Bart., M. A., F.R.S. Middle-bill, near Broad-
way, Worcestershire.
*Phillips, Major-General Sir Frowell. United Service Club, Pall Mall,
London.
{ Phillips, George.
{Phillips, Rev. George, D.D., Queen’s College, Cambridge.
*Phillips, John, M. A. Lids Dist: E.R. S., F.G.S., "Professor of
Geology in the Univer sity of Oxford. Museum House, Oxford.
{ Phillips, Major J. Scott.
Philpott, The Right Rey. Henry, D.D., Lord Bishop of Worcester.
§ Pickering, William. 3 Bridge-street, Bath.
{Pickstone, William. Radcliff Bridge, near Manchester.
{Pierson, Charles. 3 Blenheim-parade, Cheltenham,
Pigott, J. H. Smith. Brockley Hall, Bristol.
{Pike, L, Owen, 25 Carlton-villas, Maida Vale, London, W.
*Pike, Kbenezer. Besborough, Cork.
{Pilditch, Thomas. Portway House, Frome.
{Pilkineton, Henry M., M.A., Q.C. '35 Gardiner’s- place, Dublin,
*Pim, Commander Bedford ©. T., R.N., F.R.G.S. Junior United
Service Club, London, S.W
Pim, George, M. R.LA. Brennan’s Town, Cabinteely, Dublin.
Pim, Jonathan. Harold’s Cross, Dublin.
Pim, William H. Monkstown, Dublin.
{Pincoffs, Simon. Crumpsall Lodge, Cheetham-hill, Manchester.
TPirrie, William, M.D. D38 Union-street West, Aberdeen.
§Picairn, David. Dudhope House, Dundee,
LIST OF MEMBERS.
55
Year of
Election.
1864, {Pitt, R. 5 Widcomb-terrace, Bath.
1865, {Plant, Thomas L. Camp-hill, and 33 Union-street, Birmingham.
1863. *Platt, John. Werneth Park, Oldham, Lancashire.
1867. §Playfair, Lieut.-Colonel, H.M. Consul, Algeria,
1842. Playfair, Lyon, C.B., Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S.L. & E., V.P.C.S., Pro-
fessor of Chemistry in the University of Edinburgh. 14 Aber-
cromby-place, Edinburgh.
Plumptre, Charles Frederick, D.D., Master of University College,
xford. University College, Oxford.
1857. {Plunkett, Thomas. Ballybrophy House, Borris-in-Ossory, Ireland.
1861.
1847.
1862.
1854.
1846,
1866.
1863.
1842,
1863.
1857.
1851.
1857,
1867.
1859,
1855,
1846,
1864,
1864.
1846.
1856.
1865.
1864,
1865.
*Pochin, Henry Davis, F.C.S. Oakfield House, Salford.
tPococke, Rey. N., McA. Queen’s College, Oxford.
*Pollexfen, Rey. John Hutton, M.A., Rector of St. Runwald’s, Col-
chester.
Pollock, A. 52 Upper Sackville-street, Dublin.
*Polwhele, Thomas Roxburgh, M.A. Polwhele, Truro, Cornwall.
*Pontey, Alexander. Plymouth.
t Poole, Braithwaite.
*Poppelwell, Matthew. Rosella-place, Tynemouth.
Porter, Rev. Charles, D.D.
*Porter, Henry John Ker. Alston Cottage, Brampton, Huntingdon.
t Porter, John.
§Porter, R. Beeston, Nottingham.
Porter, Rev. T. H., D.D. Desertcreat, Co. Armagh.
{Potter, D. M. Cramlington, near Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Potter, Edmund, F.R.S. 22 Princes Gardens, Hyde Park,London, W.
Potter, Henry Glassford, F.L.S., F.G.8. Reform Club, London,S. W.;
Jesmond High-terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Potter, Richard, M.A., F.C.P.S. Ampthill-square, Hampstead-road,
London, N.W.
Potter, Thomas. George-street, Manchester.
Potter, William. 54 i alkner-street, Liverpool.
tPotts, James. 523 Quayside, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Pounden, Captain Londsdale, F.R.G.S. Junior United Service Club
London, 8.W.; and Brownswood, Co, Wexford.
Powell, Rev. Dr. Madras.
t Power, David.
{Power, Sir James, Bart. Edermine, Enniscorthy, Ireland.
§Powrie, James. Reswallie, Forfar.
{ Poynter, John. Glasgow.
*Poynter, John KH. Clyde Neuck, Uddingstone, Hamilton, Scotland.
{Poyter, Thomas.
fPrangley, Arthur. 2 Burlington-buildings, Redland, Bristol.
Pratt, Archdeacon, M.A., F.C_P.S. Calcutta.
*Prentice, Manning. Stowmarket, Suffolk.
Prest, Edward, Archdeacon. The College, Durham,
Prest, John. Blossom-street, York.
*Prestwich, Joseph, F.R.S., Treas. G.S. 2 Suffolk-lane, London,E.C. ;
and 10 Kent-terrace, Regent’s Park-road, London, N.W.
*Pretious, Thomas. H.M. Dockyard, Devonport.
tPriaulx, Nicholas M. 9 Brunswick-place, Southampton.
*Price, Rev. Bartholomew, M.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Sedleian Professor
of Natural Philosophy in the University of Oxford. 11 St.
Giles’s-street, Oxford.
Price, J.T. Neath Abbey, Glamorganshire.
tPrideaux, J. S. 209 Piccadilly, London, W.
*Prior, R. C. A., M.D. Halse House, Taunton.
*Prichard, Thomas, M.D, Avington Abbey, Northampton.
?
56
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1835.
1846.
1863,
1858.
1863.
1863.
1849,
1865.
1854.
1864.
1859.
1867.
1867.
1854,
1842,
1852.
1860.
1866.
1860,
1861.
1860.
1861.
1854.
1859.
1855.
1864.
1863.
1845,
1863.
1867,
1861.
1867.
1845.
1858.
1865.
1860.
1855.
1847,
860.
*Pritchard, Andrew. 87 St. Paul’s-road, Highbury, London, N.
*Pritchard, Rey. Charles, M.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.G.S. Hursthill,
Freshwater, Isle of Wight.
tProcter, R.S. Summerhill-terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Proctor, Thomas. Elmsdale House, Clifton Down, Bristol.
Proctor, William. Rialto Villa, Redland Park, Clifton, Bristol.
tProctor, William, M.D., F.C.S. 24 Petergate, York.
*Prosser, John. 388 Cumberland-road, Newcastle-on-Tyne. :
Protheroe, Captain W.G.B. Dolewilim, St. Clair’s, Carnarvonshire.
tProud, Joseph. South Hetton, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
tProud, Thomas Aston. Villa-road, Handsworth.
*Prower, Rev. J. M., M.A. Swindon, Wiltshire.
§Prowse, Albert P. Whitchurch Villa, Mannamead, Plymouth.
tPuckle, Hale G.
tPugh, John. Aberdovey, Shrewsbury.
tPugh, William. Coalport, Shropshire.
§Puller, John. 4 Leonard Bank, Perth.
§Puller, Robert. 4 Leonard Bank, Perth.
tPulsford, James.
*Pumphrey, Charles. 34 Frederick-street, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
Punnett, Rey. John, M.A., F.C.P.S. St. Earth, Cornwall.
{Purdon, Thomas Henry, M.D. Belfast.
{Purdy, Frederick, F'.S.8., Principal of the Statistical Department of
the Poor Law Board, Whitehall, London. Victoria-road, Ken-
sington, London, W.
tPurser, John. Queen’s College, Belfast.
*Pusey, S. E. Bouyerie. Pusey, Farringdon.
*Pyne, Joseph John. 63 Piccadilly, Manchester.
{Radcliffe Charles Bland, M.D. 4 Henrietta-street, Cayendish-square,
London, W.
*Radford, William, M.D. Sidmount, Sidmouth.
tRafferty, Thomas. 13 Monmouth-terrace, Rusholme, Manchester.
tRaflles, Thomas Stamford. 21 Canning-street, Liverpool.
{Rainey, George, M.D. 17 Golden-square, Aberdeen.
tRainey, Harry, M.D. 10 Moore-place, Glasgow.
tRainey, James T. 8 Widcomb-crescent, Bath.
Rake, Joseph. Charlotte-street, Bristol.
§Ramsay, Alexander, jun., F.G.S. 45 Norland-square, Notting Hill,
London, W.
tRamsay, Andrew Crombie, F'.R.S., F.G.S., Local Director ofthe
Geological Survey of Great Britain, and Professor of Geology in
the Government School of Mines. Museum of Practical Geology,
Jermyn-street, London, S.W.
tRamsay, D. R. Wallsend, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
§Ramsay, James, Jun. Dundee.
tRamsay, John. Kildalton, Argyleshire.
“Ramsay, W. F., M.D. 15 Somerset-place, Portman-square, Lon-
don, W.
tRamsay, William.
*Ramsbotham, John Hodgson, M.D. 16 Park-place, Leeds.
*Rance, Henry. Cambridge.
Rand, John. Wheatley-hill, Bradford, Yorkshire.
{Randel, J. 50 Vittoria-street, Birmingham.
{Randall, Thomas. Grandepoint House, Oxford.
tRandolph, Charles. Pollockshiels, Glasgow.
{Randolph, Captain C. G. Wrotham, Kent.
*Randolph, Rey. Herbert, M.A, Marcham, near Abingdon.
LIST OF MEMBERS, 57
fYear of
Election.
Randolph, Rey. John Honywood, ¥.G.S. _Sanderstead, Croydon.
Ranelagh, the Right-Hon. Lord. 7 New Burlington-street, Regent-
street, London, W.
1850. §Rankine, William John Macquorn, LL.D., F.R.S. L. & E., Regius
Professor of Civil Engineering and Mechanics in the University
of Glasgow. 59 St. Vincent-street, Glasgow.
1861. §Ransome, Arthur, M.A. Bowdon, Manchester.
1851. {Ransome, Frederick. Lower Brook-street, Ipswich.
1851.
1849.
1863,
1864,
1863.
1848.
1866.
1855.
1865.
1845.
1852.
1865.
1858.
1862.
1864,
1852.
1863.
1863.
1861.
1861.
1854.
1850.
1849,
18653.
1863.
1860,
1867.
{ Ransome, George.
*Ransome, Robert. Iron Foundry, Ipswich.
Ransome, Thomas. 34 Princess-street, Manchester.
§Ransome, Dr. W. H. Low Pavement, Nottingham.
Rashleigh, Jonathan. 3 Cumberland-terrace, Regent's Park,
London, N.W.
*Ratcliff, Charles, F.L.S., F.G.8., F.S.A., F.R.G.S. Wyddrington,
Edgbaston, Birmingham.
§Rate, Rev. John, M.A. Lapley Vicarage, Penkridge, Staffordshire.
Rathbone, Theodore W. Allerton Priory, near Liverpool.
Rathbone, William. 7 Water-street, Liverpool.
tRattray, W. St. Clement’s Chemical Works, Aberdeen.
tRavenshaw, E. C. Athenzeum Club, London, 8.W.
Rawdon, William Frederick M.D. Bootham York.
*Rawlins, John. Llewesog Hall, Denbighshire.
*Rawlinson, George, M.A., Camden Professor of Ancient History in
the University of Oxford. Oxford.
*Rawlinson, Major-General Sir Henry C., K.C.B.,M.P., LL.D., F.RS.,
F.R.G.S. 1 Hill-street, Berkeley-square, London, W.
Rawson, Rawson William, F.R.GS.
*Rawson, Thomas William. Saville Lodge, Halifax.
§Rayner, Henry. Lonsdale Villa, Smethwick, Birmingham.
tRead, Joseph, M.D.
tRead, Thomas, M.D. Donegal-square West, Belfast.
§Read, William. Albion House, Epworth, Bawtry.
tRead, William Henry. Chapel Allerton, near Leeds.
*Read, W. H. Rudstone, M.A., F.L.S. Hayton, near Pocklington,
Yorkshire.
*Reade, Rey. Joseph Bancroft, M.A., F.R.S. Bishopbourne Rectory,
Canterbury.
*Readwin, Thomas Allison, F.G.S. Stretford, near Manchester.
§Reddie, James, Hon. Sec. to the Victoria Institute or Philosophical
Society of Great Britain. Bridge House, Hammersmith, London.
*Redfern, Professor Peter, M.D. 4 Lower-crescent, Belfast.
tRedmayne, Giles. 20 New Bond-street, London, W.
fRedmayne, R. R. 12 Victoria-terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Redwood, Isaac. Cae Wern, near Neath, South Wales.
*Reé, H. P. 27 Faullmer-street, Manchester.
tReed, Edward J., Chief Constructor of the Navy. Admiralty, White-
hall, London, S.W.
tReid, David Boswell, M.D.
tReid, William, M.D. Cuivie, Cupar, Fife.
tReid, Major-General Sir William.
§Renals, KE. ‘Nottingham Express’ Office, Nottingham.
fRendel, G. Benwell, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Rennie, Sir John, Knt., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.S.A., F.R.G.S. 32 Charing
Cross, London, W.C.
tRennison, Rey. Thomas, M.A. Queen’s College, Oxford.
*Renny, Lieutenant H. L., R.E. Montreal.
§Renny, W. W. 8 Douglas-tervace, Broughty Ferry, Dundee.
58
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1858.
1849,
1850.
1858,
1847,
1863.
1861.
1863.
1854.
1863.
1861.
1861.
1863.
1861.
1859.
1861.
1862.
1861.
1865.
1863.
1860.
1867.
1855,
1867.
1853.
1854,
1855.
1859,
1859,
1854.
1853.
1857.
1867.
1859.
1866.
1866.
1865.
1861.
1852.
1864.
1859.
1860.
§Reynolds, Richard, F.C.S. 138 Brigeate, Leeds.
tReynolds, Thomas F., M.D. 14 Lansdowne-terrace, Cheltenham.
Reynolds, William, M.D. Coeddu, near Mold, Flintshire.
tRhind, William, 121 Princes-street, Edinburgh.
*Rhodes, John. Leeds,
{Ricardo, M. Brighton.
§Richardson, Benjamin Ward, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. 12 Hinde-street
Manchester-square, London, W.
§Richardson, Charles. Almondbury, Bristol.
*Richardson, Edward,jun. South Ashfield, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Richardson, James. Glasgow.
{ Richardson, John. Hull.
tRichardson, John W. South Ashfield, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Richardson, Thomas, Glasgow.
Richardson, Thomas. Montpelier-hill, Dublin,
Richardson, William. Micklegate, York.
§Richardson, William. 4 Hdward-street, Werneth, Oldham,
Richardson, Rev. William.
tRichson, Rey. Canon, M.A. Shakespeare-street, Ardwick, Man-
chester.
tRichter, Otto, Ph.D. Bathgate, Linlithgowshire.
*Riddell, General Charles James Buchanan, C.B.,F.RS. Atheneum
Club, Pall Mall, London, S.W.
*Riddell, H. B. The Palace, Maidstone.
tRiddell, Rey. John. Moffat by Beatlock, N. B.
*Rideout, William J. Farnworth, near Manchester.
tRideway, Henry Akroyd, B.A. Bank Field, Halifax.
§Ridley, John. 19 Belsize-park, Hampstead, London, N.W.
tRidley, Samuel. 7 Regent’s-terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Rigby, Samuel. Bruch Hall, Warrington.
*Rinder, Miss. Gledhow Grove, Leeds.
§Ritchie, George Robert. 4 Watkyn-Terrace, Coldharbour-lane,
Camberwell, London.
§Ritchie, John. Fleuchar Oraig, Dundee.
{Ritchie, Robert, C.E. 14 Hill-street, Hdinburgh.
§Ritchie, William. Emslea, Dundee.
tRivay, John V.C. 19 Cowley-street, London, 8.W.
tRobberds, Rev. John, B.A. Liverpool.
tRoberton, James. Gorbals Foundry, Glasgow.
Roberton, John. Oxford-road, Manchester.
tRoberts, George Christopher. Hull.
tRoberts, Henry, F.S.A. Athenzeum Club, London, 8.W.
t Roberts, John.
{Roberts, John Francis. 10 Adam-street, Adelphi, London, W.C.
tRoberts, Michael, M.A. Trinity College, Dublin.
*Roberts, William P. 50 Ardwick Green, Manchester.
§Robertson, David. Union Grove, Dundee.
tRobertson, Dr. Andrew. Indego, Aberdeen.
§Robertson, A. Stuart, M.D., F.R.G.S. Horwick, Bolton, Laneca-
shire.
tRobertson, William Tindal, M.D. Nottingham.
{ Robinson, Dr.
t{Robinson, Enoch. Dukinfield, Cheshire.
{Robinson, Rey. George. Tartaragham Glebe, Loughgall, Ireland.
{Robinson, George Augustus. Widcomb-hill, Bath.
{Robinson, Hardy. 156 Union-street, Aberdeen.
{ Robinson, Professor H. D.
*Robinson, H. Oliver, 16 Park-street, Westminster, London, 8.W.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 59
Year of
Election. :
1866, {Robinson, John. Museum, Oxford.
1861, {Robinson, John. Atlas Works, Manchester,
1863. {Robinson, J. H. Cumberland-row, Neweastle-on-Tyne.
1855.
1860.
1863.
1863.
1855,
1845,
1851,
1866.
1846,
1861.
1860.
1867,
1859,
1866.
1863,
1845,
1845.
1846.
1865,
1861.
1861.
1863.
1857.
1859.
1861.
1842.
1855.
1865.
1846,
1849,
1847.
1861.
1861.
1855.
1865.
1855,
1862.
1861.
1859.
1861,
{Robinson, M. E. 116 St. Vincent-street, Glasgow.
{Robinson, Admiral Robert Spencer. 61 Haton-place, London,
S.W
Robinson, Rev. Thomas Romney, D.D., F.BS., F.R.AS., M.R.LA,,
Director of the Armagh Observatory. Armagh,
fRobinson, T. W. U. Houghton-le-Spring, Durham.
*Robson, James.
*Robson, Rey. John, D.D. Glasgow.
tRobson, Neil, C.E. 1927 St. Vincent-street, Glasgow.
{Rocow, Tattersall Thomas.
tRodwell, William. Woodlands, Holbrook, Ipswich.
Roe, Henry, M.R.LA. 2 Fitzwilliam-square East, Dublin.
tRoe, Thomas. Grove Villas, Sitchurch.
tRoe, William Henry. Portland-terrace, Southampton.
§Rofe, John, F.G.S. Queen-street, Lancaster.
tRogers, James E. Thorold. Beaumont-street, Oxford.
§Rogers, James S. Rosemill, by Dundee.
“Roget, Peter Mark, M.D.,F.R.8S, 18 Upper Bedford-place, Russell-
square, London, W.C.
tRolleston, George, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. , F.L.S., Professor of Anatomy
and Physiology in the University of Oxford. 15 New Inn Hall-
street, Oxford.
{Rolph, George Frederick. War Office, Horse Guards, London, 8.W.
{Romilly, Edward. 14 Hyde Park-terrace, London, W.
tRomily, Rev. Joseph.
tRonalds, Francis, F.R.S. 9 St. Mary’s-villas, Battle, Essex.
{Ronalds, Edmund, Ph.D. Stewartfield, Bonnington, Edinburgh.
{Roper, R. 8. Newport, Monmouthshire.
“Roscoe, Henry Enfield, B.A., Ph.D., FE.R.S., F.C.8., Professor of
Chemistry in Owens College, Manchester.
§Rose, C. B., F.G.8S. 25 King-street, Great Yarmouth, Norfolk.
tRoseby, John. Haverholme House, Brigg, Lincolnshire.
tRoss, David, LL.D. Drumbrain Cottage, Newbliss, Ireland.
“Ross, James Coulman. Trinity College, Cambridge.
“Ross, Thomas. Featherstone-buildings, High Holborn, London, W.C.
Ross, William. Pendleton, Manchester.
Rosson, Jchn. Moore Hall, near Ormskirk, Lancashire.
tRoth, Dr. Matthias, 16a Old Cavendish-street, London, W.
“Rothera, George Bell. 39 Upper Talbot-street, Nottingham.
tRoundall, William B. 146 High-street, Southampton.
*Roundell, Rev. Danson Richardson. Gledstone, Skipton,
§Round, Daniel G. Hange Colliery, near Tipton, Staffordshire.
{Rouse, William, 16 Canterbury Villas, Maida Vale, London, W.
tRouth, Edward J., M.A. St. Peter’s College, Cambridge,
{Rowan, David. St. Vincent Crescent, Glasgow.
{Rowand, Alexander. _Linthouse, near Glasgow,
§Rowe, Rey. John. Beaufort-villas, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
*“Rowney, Thomas H., Ph.D., F.C.S., Professor of Chemistry in
Queen’s College, Galway.
*Rowntree, Joseph. Leeds.
{Rowsell, Rev, Evan Edward, M.A. Hambledon Rectory, Godalming.
*Royle, Peter, M.D., L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S. 27 Lever-street, Man-
chester. 4
tRuland, C. H.
“Rumney, Robert, F.C.S, Ardwick, Manchester,
60
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1856.
1847.
1857.
1855.
1865.
1859,
t{Rumsay, Henry Wildbore. Gloucester Lodge, Cheltenham.
tRuskin, John, M.A., F.G.S. Denmark-hill, Camberwell, London, 8S.
tRussell, Rey. C. W., D.D. Maynooth College.
tRussell, James, jun. Falkirk.
tRussell, James, M.D. 91 Newhall-street, Birmingham.
{Russell, John, the Right Hon. Earl, K.G., F.R.S., F.R.G.S. 37
Chesham-place, Belgrave-square, London, 8.W.
Russell, John. 15 Middle Gardiner’s-street, Dublin.
Russell, John Scott, M.A., F.R.S.L.& E. Sydenham; and 5 West-
minster Chambers, London, S.W.
. *Russell, Norman Scott. 37 Great George-street, London, 8. W.
. [Russell, Robert.
. [Russell, Robert. Gosforth Colliery, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Russell, Rev. T.
. *Russell, William J., Ph.D, 384 Upper Hamilton-terrace, St. John’s
Wood, London.
. §Russell, W. H. L., A.B., F.R.S. Shepperton, Middlesex.
. {Rust, Rev. James, M.A. Manse of Slains, Ellon, N. B.
Rutson, William. Newby Wiske, Northallerton, Yorkshire.
. {Ryan, John, M.D.
*Ryland, Arthur. Birmingham,
. {Ryland, Thomas. The Redlands, Erdington, Birmingham.
. {Rylands, Joseph. 9 Charlotte-street, Hull.
. *Rylands, Thomas Glazebrook. Heath House, Warrington.
*Sabine, Major-General Edward, R.A., LL.D., D.C.L., President of
the Royal Society, F.R.A.S., F.L.8., F.R.G.S, 15 Ashley-place,
Westminster, London.
. {Sabine, Robert. (Care of C. W. Siemens, Esq.), 3 Great George-
street, London, 8.W.
. *St. Albans, His Grace the Duke of. Brestwood Hall, near Nottingham.
Salkeld, Joseph. Penrith, Cumberland.
. {Salmon, Rey. George, D.D., F.R.S., Regius Professor of Divinity in
the University of Dublin. Trinity College, Dublin.
. {Salmon, Henry C., F.GS., FCS.
Salmon, William Wroughton. 9 Regent’s Park-square, London,
N.W.; and Devizes, Wiltshire.
. *Salt, Charles F, 24 Grove-street, Liverpool.
. *Salt, Titus. Crow Nest, Lightcliffe, Halifax.
. {Salter, John William, F.G.S. Geological Survey of Great Britain,
Museum of Practical Geology, Jermyn-street; and 8 Bolton-
road, Boundary-road, St. John’s Wood, London, N.W.
Sambrooke, T. G. 32 Eaton-place, London, 8.W.
. *Samson, Henry. Messrs. Samson and Leppoe, St. Peter’s-square,
Manchester.
. §Samuelson, Edward. Roby, near Liverpool.
. {Sandbach, Henry R. Hafodunos, Denbighshire.
. *Sandeman, A., M.A. Tulloch, Perth.
. {Sanders, Gilbert. The Hill, Monkstown, Co. Dublin.
Sanders, John Naish, F.G.S. 12 Vyvyan-terrace, Clifton, Bristol.
*Sanders, William, F.R.S., F.G.S. (Local Treasurer.) 21 Richmond-
terrace, Clifton, Bristol.
Sandes, Thomas, A.B. Sallow Glin, Tarbert, Co. Kerry.
. {Sandford, William. 9 Springfield-place, Bath.
. {Sandon, Lord. 389 Gloucester-square, London, W.
. {Sanford, William A. Nynehead Court, Wellington, Somersetshire.
. {Sargant, W. L. Edmund-street, Birmingham.
Satterfield, Joshua, Alderley Edge.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 6]
Year of
Election.
1861.
1846,
1864,
1860.
1863.
1857.
1850.
1842.
1842.
1842,
1847,
1854.
1861.
1867.
1847,
1849,
1867.
1865.
1859.
1855,
1857.
1861.
1864,
1858.
1864,
1856.
1854.
1859,
1853.
1861.
1855.
1850.
1858.
1861.
1853.
1867.
1846,
{Saul, Charles J. Smedley-lane, Cheetham-hill, Manchester.
{tSaunders, Trelawney William.
{Saunders, T. W., Recorder of Bath. 1 Priory-place, Bath.
*Saunders, William. Manor House, Iffley, near Oxford.
{Savory, Valentine. Cleckheaton, near Leeds.
{Scallan, James Joseph. 77 Harcourt-street, Dublin.
{Scarth, Pillans. 28 Barnard-street, Leith.
*Schemman, J. C. Hamburg.
* Schlick, Commandeur de.
Schofield, Benjamin.
Schofield, Joseph. Stubley Hall, Littleborough, Lancashire.
Schotield, W. F. Fairlawn, Ripon.
*Scholes, T. Seddon. 16 Dale-street, Leamington.
*Scholey, William Stephenson, M.A. Freemantle Lodge, Castle-hill,
Reading.
*Scholfield, Edward, M.D. Doncaster.
{Scholfield, Henry D., M.D.
Schunck, Edward, F.R.S. Oaklands, Kersall Moor, Manchester.
*Schwabe, Edmund Salis. Rhodes House, near Manchester.
§Schwendler, Louis. 9 Armstrong-terrace, Charlton, London, S.E.
{Sclater, Philip Lutley, M.A, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Sec. Zool. Soc.
11 Hanover-square, London, W.
{Scoffern, John, M.B. Barnard’s Inn, London; and Ilford, Essex.
§Scott, Alexander. Clydesdale Bank, Dundee.
§Scott, Major-General, Royal Bengal Artillery. Tyeledan Hall, Mont-
gomeryshire.
{Scott, Captain Fitzmaurice. Forfar Artillery.
{Scott, Montague D., B.A. Hove, Sussex.
§Scott, Robert H., F.G.S., Director of the Meteorological Office, 9
Parliament-street, London, 8.W.
§Scott, Rey. Robert Selkirk, M.A. 7 Beaufort-terrace, Cecil-street,
Manchester.
tScott, Wentworth Lascelles, F.C.S. Cornwall-villa, 24 Cornwall-
road, Westbourne Park, London, W.
tScott, William. Holbeck, near Leeds.
{Scott, William Robson, Ph.D. St. Leonards, Exeter.
tScougall, James.
{Scrivenor, Harry. Ramsay, Isle of Man.
TSeaton, John Love. Hull.
*Sedgwick, Rev. Adam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Hon. M.R.LA., F.GS.,
F.R.A.S., F.R:G.S., Woodwardian Professor of Geology in the
University of Cambridge, and Canon of Norwich. Trinity Col-
lege, Cambridge.
{Sedgwick, Rey. James. Scalby Vicarage, Scarborough.
*Seeley, Harry, F.G.S. Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge.
Selby, Prideaux John, F.L.S., F.G.S. Twizel House, Belford,
Northumberland.
{Seligman, H. L. 135 Buchanan-street, Glasgow.
{Seller, William, M.D. 23 Nelson-street, Edinburgh.
*Selwyn, Rey. William, M.A., Prebendary of Ely. Foxton, Royston,
*Senior, George, F.S.S. Regent-street, Barnsley.
Seymour, George Hicks. Stonegate, York.
*Seymour, Henry D., M.P. 89 Upper Grosvenor-street, London, W.
Seymour, John. 21 Bootham, York.
tShackles, G. L. 6 Albion-street, Hull.
*Shaen, William. 8 Bedford-row, London, W.C.
§Shanks, James. Den Iron Works, Arbroath, N. B.
{Sharp, James, 22 Oxford-street, Southampton.
62
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1861.
1854,
1858.
1854.
1858.
1865.
1845.
1861.
1858.
1853.
1863.
1851,
1866.
1849.
1846,
1864.
1842.
1866.
1861.
1861.
1861.
1857.
1856.
1859.
1855.
1851.
1865,
1862.
1852.
1847.
1866.
1850.
1867.
1859.
1865.
1857.
Sharp, Rev. John, B.A. Horbury, Wakefield.
§Sharp, Samuel, F.G.S., F.S.A. Dallington Hall, near Northampton.
*Sharp, William, M.D., F.R.S., F.G.8. Horton House, Rugby.
Sharp, Rey. William, B.A. Mareham Rectory, near Boston, Lincoln-
shire.
{Sharpe, Robert, M.D.
Sharpey, William, M.D., LL.D., Sec. R.S., F.R.S.E., Professor of
Anatomy and Physiology in University College, Lawnbank,
Hampstead, London, N.W.
*Shaw, Bentley. Woodfield House, Huddersfield.
*Shaw, Charles Wright. 8 Windsor-terrace, Douglas, Isle of Man.
tShaw, Edward W.
{Shaw, George. Cannon-street, Bumingham.
ame John, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.8. Viatoris Villa, Boston, Lincoln-
shire.
*Shaw, John. City-road, Hulme, Manchester.
{Shaw, John Hope. Headingley, Leeds.
{Shaw, Norton, M.D. St. Croix, West Indies.
Shepard, John. Nelson-square, Bradford, Yorkshire.
tShepherd, A. B. 7 South-square, Gray’s Inn, London, W.C.
Sheppard, Rey. Henry W., B.A. The Parsonage, Emsworth, Hamp-
shire.
*Sherrard, David Henry. 88 Upper Dorset-street, Dublin.
{Shewell, John T. Rushmere, tases
{Shilton, Samuel Richard Parr. Sneinton House, Nottingham.
{Shorthouse, Joseph.
*Shortrede, Colonel Robert, F.R.A.S. The Bowans, Lee-road, Black-
heath, London, 8.E.
tShowers, Lieut.-Colonel Charles L. Cox’s Hotel, Jermyn-street,
London, 8.W.
Shuttleworth, John. Wilton Polygon, Cheetham-hill, Manchester.
{Sibson, Francis, M.D., F.R.S. 40 Brook-street, Grosvenor-square,
London, W
*Sidebotham, Joseph. 19 George-street, Manchester.
*Sidebottom, James. Portland-street, Manchester.
*Sidebottom, James, jun. Spring-bank Mills, Stockport.
{Sidney, Frederick John. 19 Herbert-street, Dublin.
Sidney, M. J. F. Cowpen, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
§Siemens, C. William, F.R.S. 8 Great George-street, London,
S.W
Sigmond, George, M.D., FSA.
*Sillar, eee M.D. Bath House, Laurie Park, Sydenham, Lon-
don, 8.E.
{Sim, John. Hardgate, Aberdeen.
tSim, William. Furnace, near Inverary.
tSim, W. D. Ipswich.
§Simkiss, T. M. 38 Waterloo-road South, Wolverhampton.
{Simms, James. 138 Fleet-street, London, E.C.
{Simms, William. Albion-place, Belfast.
{Simon, John. King’s College, London, W.C.
{Simons, George. The Park, Nottingham.
{Simpson, Professor Sir James Y. Edinburgh.
§Simpson, G. B. Seafield, Broughty Ferry, by Dundee.
{Simpson, John. Marylairk, Kincardineshire.
§Simpson, J. B., F.G.8. Hedgefield House, Blaydon-on-Tyne.
{Simpson, Maxwell, M.D., F.R.S. 33 Wellington-road, Dublin.
*Simpson, Rey. Samuel. Douglas, Isle of Man.
Simpson, Thomas, Blake-street, York.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 63
Year of
Election.
1859,
1850.
1864.
Simpson, William. Bradmore House, Hammersmith, London, W.
{Sinclair, Alexander. 183 George-street, Edinburgh.
tSinclair, Rey. William. Leeds.
*Sircar, Baboo Mohendro Lall, M.D. 1344 San Kany, Tollah-street,
Calcutta, per Messrs. Harrenden & Co., 3 Chaple-place, Poultry,
London, H.C.
*Sir, Rev. Joseph D’Arcy, D.D., M.R.LA. Castle-hill, Winchester.
§Sissons, W. Saw Mills, Hull.
{Skae, David, M.D. Royal Asylum, Edinburgh.
Skane, Wiliam Forbes.
Skinner, James.
*Slater, William. Princess-street, Manchester.
§Sleddon, Francis. 2 Kingston-terrace, Hull.
§Sloper, George Edgar, jun. Devizes.
tSloper, Samuel W. Devizes.
§Sloper, S. Elgar. Winterton, near Southampton.
§Small, David. Gray House, Dundee.
§Small, William. Dundee.
. {Smeeton, G. H. Commercial-street, Leeds.
§Smeiton, John G. Panmure Villa, Broughty Ferry, Dundee.
§Smeiton, Thomas A. 55 Cowgate, Dundee.
{Smith, Aquila, M.D., M.R.LA. 121 Lower Bagot-street, Dublin.
Smith, Archibald, M.A., F.R.S. L. & E. River-bank, Putney ; and
3 Stone-buildings, Lincoln’s Inn, London, W.C.
§Smith, Brooke. 51 Frederick-street, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
Smith, Rev. B., FSA.
*Smith, Charles Edward, F.R.A.S. Fir Vale, near Sheffield.
§Smith, David, F.R.A.S. 4 Cherry-street, Birmingham.
{Smith, Edmund. Ferriby, near Hull.
{Smith, Edward, M.D., LL.B., F.R.S. 16 Queen Anne-street, Lon-
don, W.
{Smith, Frederick. The Priory, Dudley.
*Smith, F.C. Bramcote, Nottingham.
{Smith, George. Port Dundas, Glasgow.
tSmith, George Cruickshank. 19 St. Vincent-place, Glasgow.
*Smith, Rey. George Sidney, D.D., M.R.L.A., Professor of Biblical
Greek in the University of Dublin. Aughalurcher, Fiye-mile-
Town, Co. Tyrone.
{Smith, G. Campbell. Banff.
{Smith, Henry A. 5 Kast Craibstone-street, Aberdeen.
*Smith, Henry John Stephen, M.A., F.R.S., Savilian Professor of
Geometry in the University of Oxford, 64 St. Giles’s, Oxford.
*Smith, Heywood., M.A., M.B. 25 Park-street, Grosyenor-square,
London, W.
§Smith, Isaac. 26 Lancaster-street, Birmingliam.
*Smith, James. Berkeley House, Seaforth, near Liverpool.
{Smith, James.
{Smith, James. St. Vincent-street, Glasgow.
§Smith, James P., C.E. Glasgow.
*Smith, John. Shelbrook House, Ashby-de-la-Zouch.
{Smith, John, M.D. Edmburgh.
t{Smith, John. York City and County Bank, Malton, Yorkshire.
*Smith, John Metcalf. (Local Treasurer.) Bank, Leeds.
Smith, John Peter George. Liverpool.
§Smith, John 8. Sydney Lodge, Wimbledon, Surrey.
*Smith, Rev. Joseph Denham. Kingstown, near Dublin.
{Smith, Professor J.. M.D. University of Sydney, Australia.
{Smith, Rey. J.J. Caius College, Cambridge.
64
Year
Electi
1860,
1837,
1847,
1866.
1867.
1867.
1859.
1852,
1857.
1850.
1857.
1864.
1854.
1855.
1859.
1861.
1865.
1859.
1856.
1863.
1863,
1859,
1854.
1845.
1861.
1861.
1863.
1855.
1864.
1864,
1847,
1864,
1846,
1864,
1854.
1853.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
of
on.
*Smith, Philip, B.A. 7 Cantelowes-road, Camden-square, London,
NW
. *Smith, Protheroe, M.D, 25 Park-street, Grosvenor-square, London,
W
Smith, Richard Bryan. Villa Nova, Shrewsbury.
{Smith, Robert Angus, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.C.S. 20 Devonshire-street,
Manchester.
*Smith, Robert Mackay. Bellevue-crescent, Edinburgh.
§Smith, Samuel. 33 Compton-street, Goswell-road, London, E.C.
§Smith, Sheriff. Dundee.
§Smith, Thomas. Dundee.
{Smith, Thomas James, F.G.S., F.C.S8. Hessle, near Hull.
{Smith, William. Eglinton Engine Works, Glasgow.
§Smith, William, C.E., F.G.S. 19 Salisbury-street, Adelphi, London,
W.C.
*Smyth, Charles Piazzi, F.R.S. L. & E., F.R.A.S., Astronomer Royal
for Scotland, Professor of Practical Astronomy in the University
of Edinburgh. 1 Hillside-crescent, Edinburgh.
*Smyth, John, jun., M.A., C.E. Milltown, Banbridge, Ireland.
{Smyth, Warington W., M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., Lecturer on Mining
at the Government School of Mines, and Inspector of the Mineral
Property of the Crown. 27 Victoria-street, London, 8.W.
tSmythe, Colonel W. J., R.A. Woolwich.
Soden, John. Athenzeum Club, Pall Mall, London, S.W.
tSollitt, J. D., Head Master of the Grammar School, Hull.
*Solly, Edward, F.R.S., F.S.A. Sandecotes, near Poole.
*Sopwith, Thomas, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S. 103 Victoria-
street, Westminster, London, S.W.
Sorbey, Alfred. The Rookery, Ashford, Bakewell.
*Sorby, H. Clifton, F.R.S., F.G.S. Broomfield, Sheffield.
tSorensen, Le Chevalier B. Norway.
*Southall, John Tertius. Leominster.
tSouthall, Norman. 44 Cannon-street West, London, E.C.
tSouthwood, Rey. T. A. Cheltenham College.
tSowerby, John. Shipcote House, Gateshead, Durham.
*Spark, H. King. Greenbank, Darlington.
tSpence, Rey. James, D.D. 6 Clapton-square, London, N.E.
*Spence, Joseph. Pavement, York.
§Spence, Peter. Pendleton Alum Works, Newton Heath; and Smedley
Hall, near Manchester.
Spence, W. B.
§Spencer, John Frederick. St. Nicholas-buildings, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Spencer, Joseph. 27 Brown-street, Manchester.
* Spencer, Thomas.
{Spens, William. 78 St. Vincent-street, Glasgow.
*Spicer, Henry, jun. 22 Highbury-crescent; and 19 New Bridge-
street, Blackfriars, London, E.C.
Spicer, Thomas Trevetham, M.A., LL.D.
§Spicer, William R. 19 New Bridge-street, Blackfriars, London, E.C,
*Spiers, Richard James, F.S.A. 14 St. Giles’s-street, Oxford.
*Spiller, Captain John, F.C.S. Chemical Department, Royal Arsenal,
Woolwich.
*Spottiswoode, William, M.A., V.P.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.R.G.S. (General
Treasurer.) 50 Grosvenor-place, London, 8. W.
*Spottiswoode, W. Hugh. 50 Grosvenor-place, London, S.W.
*Sprague, Thomas Bond. 18 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, London, W.C.
{Spratt, Joseph James. West Parade, Hull.
Square, Joseph Elliot, Plymouth,
LIST OF MEMBERS. 65
Year of
Election.
*Squire, Lovell. Falmouth.
1859. {Stables, William Alexander. Cawdor Castle, Nairn, N.B.
1857. {Stack, Thomas. Dublin. =
1858. *Stainton, Henry T., F.R.S., F.L.S.,F.G.S. Mountsfield, Lewisham,
Kent.
1851, *Stainton, James Joseph, F.L.S., F'.C.8, Horsell, near Ripley,
Surrey.
1858.
1865.
1856,
1866.
1850.
1863.
1848,
1857,
1863.
1861,
1863.
1861,
1861,
1863,
1850,
1863.
1855.
1864,
1856.
1859,
1847,
1867.
1867.
1865.
1849.
1862.
1864.
1854.
1845.
1862.
1859.
1857.
Stamforth, Rev. Thomas.
Stanfeld, Hamer. Burley, near Otley.
{Stanfield, Alfred W. Wakefield.
§Stanford, Edward C. C. 1 Holyrood-crescent, Glasgow.
*Stanley, The Right Hon. Lord, M.P., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.G.S, 23 St.
James’s-square, London ; and Knowsley, Liverpool.
Stanley, The Very Rey. Arthur Penrhyn, D.D., F.R.S., Dean of
Westminster. The Deanery, Westminster, London, 8.W. ~
Stapleton, H. M. 1 Mountjoy-place, Dublin.
§Starey, Thomas R. Daybrook House, Nottingham.
{Stark, James, M.D., F.R.S.E. 21 Rutland-street, Edinburgh.
{Stark, Richard M. Hull.
tStatham, Henry Joseph. 27 Mortimer-street, Cavendish-square,
London, W.
Staveley, T. K. Ripon, Yorkshire.
tSteel, William Edward, M.D. 15 Hatch-street, Dublin.
§Steele, Rey. Dr. 2 Bathwick-terrace, Bath.
{Steinthal, H. M. Hollywood, Fallowfield, near Manchester.
Stenhouse, John, Ph.D. 17 Rodney-street, Pentonville, London, N,
§Sterriker, John. Driffield.
*Stern, S.J. 33 George-street, Manchester.
*Stevens, Henry, F.S.A., F.R.G.S. 4 Trafalgar-square, London,
WwW
C.
{Stevenson, Archibald. South Shields.
{Stevenson, David. 8 Forth-street, Edinburgh.
Stevenson, Rev. Edward, M.A.
*Stevenson, James C. South Shields.
Stewart, Balfour, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Superintendent of the Kew
Observatory of the British Association. Richmond, Surrey.
{Stewart, Charles, F.L.S. 19 Princess Square, Plymouth.
pee Henry Hutchinson, M.D., M.R.LA. 71 Eccles-street,
Dublin.
tStewart, John. Glasgow.
Stewart, Robert. Glasgow.
tStewart, Robert, M.D. The Asylum, Belfast.
*Stirling, Andrew. Lower Mosley-street, Manchester.
§Stirling, Dr. D. Perth.
Stirrup, Mark. 1 St. Andrew’s-terrace, Cornbrook, Manchester.
*Stock, Joseph 8. Cannon-street, Birmingham.
{Stock, T. S. Bourn Brook Hall.
{Stockil, William. 5 Church Meadows, Sydenham, London, 8.E.
Stoddart, George. 11 Russell-square, London, W.C.
§Stoddart, William Walter, F.G.8. 9 North-street, Bristol.
{Stoep, Charles (Consul). 6 Cook-street, Liverpool.
*Stokes, George Gabriel, M.A., D.C.L., Sec. R.S., Lucasian Professor
of Mathematics in the University of Cambridge. Pembroke Col-
lege, Cambridge. :
tStolkes, Rey. William H., M.A., F.G.S. Cambridge.
{Stone, EK. J., M.A. Royal Observatory, Greenwich, London.
{Stone, Dr. William H. 13 Vigo-street, London, W.
{Stoney, Bindon B., M.R.LA. 89 Waterloo-road, Dublin.
F
66
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1861.
1854,
1859.
1867.
*Stoney, George Johnstone, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., M.R.LA., Secretary
to the Queen’s University, Ireland. Dublin Castle, Dublin,
{Store, George. Prospect House, Fairfield, Liverpool.
§Story, James. 17 Bryanston-square, London, W.
§Storrar, John. Hampstead, London, N.W.
Stowe, William. Buckingham.
Stowell, Rey. H. Acton-square, Salford, Manchester.
Strachan, James M. The Grove, Teddington, Middlesex.
. tStrachan, Patrick.
. {Strachan, T. Y. Lovaine-crescent, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
. {Straker, John. Wellington House, Durham,
. LStrange, John, LL.B. Edinburgh.
*Strickland, Arthur. Bridlington Quay, Yorkshire,
*Strickland, Charles. Loughglyn, Ballaghadereen, Ireland.
. {Strickland, Henry Eustatius.
Strickland, J. EK. French-park, Roscommon, Ireland.
Strickland, William. French-park, Roscommon, Ireland.
. {Stronach, William, R.E. Ardmellie, Banff.
. §Stronner, D. 20 Princess-street, Dundee.
. “Strutt, The Hon. Arthur. Kingston Hall, near Derby.
{Struvé, William Price. Picton-place, Swansea,
Stroud, Rev, Joseph, M.A,
Stuart, Robert.
. {Stuart, William. 1 Rumford-place, Liverpool.
. tStuart, W. D. Philadelphia.
. {Stuart, William Henry.
. {Stubbins, Henry. Lincoln’s-Inn, London, W.C.
. {Style, Sir Charles, Bart. 102 New Sydney-place, Bath.
. Sullivan, William K., Ph.D., M.R.LA. Museum of Irish Industry ;
and 53 Upper Leeson-road, Dublin.
{Sutherland, Benjamin John, 10 Oxford-street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
. “Sutherland, George Granville William, Duke of, K.G., F.R.G.S.
Stafford House, London, 8.W
. {Sutton, Edwin. 44 Winchester-street, Pimlico, London, 8.W.
. §Sutton, Francis, F.C.8. Bank Plain, Norwich.
. *Swan, Patrick Don 8. Kirkaldy, N.B.
*Swan, William, Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University of
St. Andrews, N. B.
t{Swan, William. Walker, Durham.
2, *Swann, Rey. 8. K. Gedling, near Nottingham.
Swanwick, J. W. :
Sweetman, Walter, M.A.,.M.R.LA. 4Mountjoy-square North, Dublin.
. §Swindell, J. S. E. Summerhill, Kingswinford, Dudley.
. {Swinhoe, Robert, F.R.G.S. Oriental Club, London, W.
. Sykes, Alfred. Leeds.
. {Sykes, H. P. 47 Albion-street, Hyde Park, London, W.
. tSykes, Thomas. Cleckheaton, near Leeds.
*Sykes, Colonel William Henry, M.P., F.R.S., Hon, M.R.LA., F.G.S.,
E.R.G.S. 47 Albion-street, Hyde Park, London, W. ;
. {Sykes, Captain W. H. F. 47 Albion-street, Hyde Park, London.
Sylvester, James Joseph, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Professor of Mathe-
matics in the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich. Woolwich;
and Athenzeum Club, London, 8. W.
. Syme, James, Professor of Clinical Surgery in the University of Kdin-
burgh. The College, Edinburgh.
. *Symonds, Frederick, F.R.C.S. Beaumont-street, Oxford.
. {Symonds, Captain Thomas Edward, R.N. 10 Adam-street, Adelphi,
London, W.C.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 67
Year of
Election,
1860.
1859,
1855,
1865,
1867,
1867.
1866,
1861.
1856.
1864,
1857.
1863.
1865,
1858.
1864,
1867,
1854,
1861.
1856.
1863.
1863,
1865,
t{Symonds, Rey. W.8., M.A.,F.G.S, Pendock Rectory, Worcestershire,
§Symons, G. J., F.M.S. 186 Camden-road, London, W.N.
*Symons, William, F.C.S. 26 Joy-street, Barnstaple.
Synge, Rey. Alexander. St. Peter’s, Ipswich.
Synge, Francis. Glanmore, Ashford, Co. Wicklow.
Synge, John Hatch. Glanmore, Ashford, Co. Wicklow.
{Tailyour, Colonel Renny, R.E. Newmanswalls, Montrose, N. B.
§Tait, P. M., F.R.G.S. 26 Adelaide Road, N.; and Oriental Club,
Pall Mall, London, S.W.
§Talbot, William Hawkshead. Southport, Lancashire.
Talbot, William Henry Fox, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S, Lacock
Abbey, near Chippenham.
*Tanner, Thomas Hawkes, M.D., F.L.S. 9 Henrietta-street, Caven-
dish-square, London, W.
{Tarbottom, Marrott Ogle, M.IL.C.E. Newstead-grove, Nottingham.
Taprell, William. 7 Westbourne-crescent, Hyde Park, London, W
*Tarratt, Henry W. Bushbury Lodge, Leamington.
tTartt, William Macdonald, F.S.8. Sandford-place, Cheltenham.
{Tasker, Rev. J.C. W. 1 Upper Lansdown-villas, Bath.
*Tate, Alexander. 20 Queen-street, Belfast.
{Tate, John, Alnmouth, near Alnwick, Northumberland.
{Tate, Thomas. Ore, Hastings.
*Tatham, George. Leeds.
*Tawney, Edward. 5 Victoria-square, Clifton, Bristol.
*Tayler, Rev. John James, B.A., Principal and Professor of Ecclesi-
astical History in Manchester New College, London. 22 Wo-
burn-square, London, W.C.
§Taylor, Rev. Andrew. Dundee.
Taylor, Frederick, Messrs. Taylor, Potter & Co., Liverpool.
{Taylor, Dr. H. R. 1 Percy-street, Liverpool.
*Taylor, James. Culverlands, near Reading.
*Taylor, John, F.G.S. 6 Queen-street-place, Upper Thames-street,
London, E.C.
*Taylor, John, jun. 6 Queen-street-place, Upper Thames-street,
London, E.C.
t Taylor, John.
{Taylor, John. Earsden, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
{Taylor, John. Lovaine-place, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Taylor, Joseph. 99 Constitution-hill, Birmingham.
*Taylor, Vice-Admiral J. N., C.B.
Taylor, Captain P. Meadows, in the Service of His Highness the
Nizam. Harold Cross, Dublin.
*Taylor, Richard, F.G.S, 6 Queen-street-place, Upper Thames-street,
London, E.C.
Taylor, Rey. William, F.R.S., F.R.A.S. Thornloe, Worcester.
*Taylor, William Edward. Millfield House, Enfield, near Accrington.
. Teale, Joseph. Leeds.
. {Teale, Thomas Pridgin, jun. 20 Park-row, Leeds.
Teather, John. Alstonley, Cumberland.
. *Templeton, James. Mansion-house School, St. David's, Exetey.
Tennant, Charles. Glasgow.
. {Tennant, Henry. Saltwell, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
*Tennant, James, F.G.S., F.R.G.S., Professor of Mineralogy and Geo-
logy in King’s College, London. 149 Strand, London, W.C.
Tennent, R. J. Belfast.
. {Tennison, Edward King. Kildare-street Club House, Dublin.
. {Teschemacher, E. F, Highbury-park North, London, N.
F2
68
Year
Electi
1866.
1859.
1848.
1856.
1848,
1854.
1854.
1854.
1863.
1858.
1859,
1845,
1861.
1864.
1853.
1863.
1867.
1850.
1855.
1867.
1852.
1850.
1845.
1855.
1850.
1863,
1865,
1850.
1847,
1850.
1850.
1854.
1852.
1866.
1865.
1867.
1845.
1864
LIST OF MEMBERS.
of
on.
tThackeray, J. L. Arno Vale, Nottingham.
{Thain, Rey. Alexander. New Machar, Aberdeen.
{Thirlwall, The Right Rey. Connop, D.D. Abergwili, Carmarthen.
{Thodey, Rey. 8. Rodborough, Gloucestershire.
Thom, Rev. David, D.D., Ph.D.
Thom, John. Messrs. M°Naughton & Co., Moseley-street, Man-
chester.
Thomas, George. Brislington, Bristol.
* Thomas, George John, M.A.
{ Thompson, Benjamin James.
{Zhompson, D. P., M.D.
{Thompson, Edmund. Claughton Park, Birkenhead.
{Thompson, Rey. Francis. St. Giles’s, Durham.
*Thompson, Frederick. South Parade, Wakefield.
§Thompson, George, jun. Pidsmedden, Aberdeen.
Thompson, Harry Stephen. Kirby Hall, Great Ouseburn, Yorkshire,
Thompson, Henry Stafford. Fairfield, near York.
{Thompson, James. Kirk Houses, Brampton, Cumberland.
*Thompson, Joseph. Woodlands, Wilmslow, near Manchester.
§Thompson, Rey. Joseph Hesselgrave, B.A. Cradley, near Brierley-hill.
Thompson, Leonard. Sheriff-Hutton Park, Yorkshire.
t{Thompson, Thomas (Austrian Consul). Hull.
Thompson, Thomas (Town Clerk). Hull.
{Thompson, William. 11 North-terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
§Thoms, William. Magdalen Yard-road, Dundee. :
t{Thomson, Alexander. Banchory House, by Aberdeen.
f{Thomson, Allen, M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the University,
Glasgow.
*Thomson, Corden, M.D. Sheffield.
§Thomson, Francis Hay, M.D. Glasgow.
t{Thomson, Gordon A. Bedeque House, Belfast,
Thomson, Guy. Oxford.
{Thomson, James. Kendal.
t Thomson, Prof. James, LL.D.
{Thomson, James. 82 West Nile-street, Glaszow.
*Thomson, Professor James, M.A., C.K. 2 Donegal-square West,
Belfast.
*Thomson, James Gibson. Edinbureh.
{Thomson, M. 8 Meadow-place, Edinburgh.
§Thomson, R. W., C.E., F.R.S.E. 3 Moray-place, Edinburgh.
tThomson, Thomas, M.D., F.R.S. Hope House, Kew.
*Thomson, Sir William, M.A., LL.D.,D.C.L.,F.R.S. L. & E., Professor
of Natural Philosophy in the University of Glasgow. (Local
Treasurer.) 'The College, Glasgow.
tThomson, William Hamilton.
{Thomson, Wyville T. C., LL.D., F.G.S., Professor of Geology in
Queen’s College, Belfast.
t Thorburn, William, M.D.
{Thorburn, Rey. William Reid, M.A. Starkies, Bury, Lancashire.
§Thornton, James. Edwalton, Nottingham.
*Thornton, Samuel. The Elms, Camp-hill, Birmingham.
*Thornley, 8S. Sparkbrook, Birmingham,
§Thornton, Thomas, Dundee.
tThorp, Dr. Disney. Suffolk Laun, Cheltenham.
TEhore, The Venerable Thomas, B.D., F.G.S., Archdeacon of Bristol.
<emerton, near Tewkesbury.
. §Thorp, William, jun., F.C.S. 401 Kingsland-road, London, N.E.
Thurmnam, John, M.D, Devizes.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 69
Year of
Election.
1856,
1865,
1850,
1859.
1861.
1857.
1856.
1866,
1864,
1863,
1865,
1865.
1865,
1861,
1863.
1863,
1859,
1860.
1857.
1861.
1854,
1859,
1859.
1850.
1865.
1851.
1859.
1860.
1864.
1847,
{Tibbs, Somerset. 58 Regent-street, Cheltenham.
§Timmins, Samuel. Elvetham-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
Tinker, Ebenezer. Mealhill, near Huddersfield.
*Tinné, John A., F.R.G.S. Briarly, Aigburth, Liverpool.
Tite, William, M.P., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.S.A. 42 Lowndes-square,
London, 8. W.
Tobin, Rey. John. Liscard, Cheshire.
$Tod, James, Sec. Soc. of Arts. Edinburgh.
Todd, Rey. James Henthorn, D.D., M.R.LA. Trinity College,
Dublin.
{Todd, Thomas. Mary Culter House, Aberdeen.
*Todhunter, Isaac, M.A., F.R.S. Principal Mathematical Lecturer of
St. John’s College, Cambridge. Bourne House, Cambridge.
Todhunter, J. 3 College Green, Dublin.
{Tombe, Rey. H. J. Ballyfree, Ashford, Co. Wicklow.
tTomes, Robert Fisher. Welford, Stratford-on-Avon.
§Tomlin, J. R. Stoke Field, Newark.
*Tomlinson, Charles, F.R.S., F.C.S. King’s College, London, W.C. ;
and Highgate, London, N.
{Tone, John F. Jesmond Villas, N ewcastle-on-Tyne,
§Tonks, Edmund B, C. L. Packwood Grange, Knowle, Warwickshire.
§Tonks, William. 4 Carpenter-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
§Tonks, William Henry. 4 Carpenter-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
*Topham, John, A.I.C.E, 49 Shrubland Grove East, Dalston, Lon-
don, N.E.
{Torr, F.S. 38 Bedford-row, London, W.C.
Torrens, R. R. 2 Gloucester-place, Hyde Park, London, W.
Torrie, Thomas Jameson. Edinburgh.
f{Torry, Very Rev. John, Dean of St. Andrews. Coupar Angus, N.B.
Towgood, Edward. St. Neots, Huntingdonshire,
Townend, John.
Townend, Thomas.
Townend, T. 8.
tTownsend, John. 11 Burlington-street, Bath.
fTownsend, Rev. Richard, M.A., F.R.S. Trinity College, Dublin.
tTownsend, William. Attleborough Hall, near Nuneaton.
{Towson, John Thomas. 47 Upper Parliament-street, Liverpool; and
Local Marine Board, Liverpool. :
{Trail, Rev. Robert, M.A. Boyndie, Banff.
{Trail, Samuel, LL.D., D.D. The Manse, Hanay, Orkney,
fTraill, Professor, M.D. The University, Edinburgh.
Travers, Robert, M.B.
{Travers, William, F.R.C.S. 1 Bath-place, Kensington, London, W.
tTravis, W. H. Whitton, near Ipswich.
}Trefusis, The Hon. C. Heaton, Devonshire.
Tregelles, Nathaniel. Neath Abbey, Glamorganshire.
Trench, F, A. Newlands House, Clondalkin, Ireland.
*Trevelyan, Arthur. Wallington, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Trevelyan, Sir Walter Calverley, Bart., M.A., F.R.S-E., F.G.S., F.S.A.,
F.R.G.S. Athenzeum Club, London, 8.W.; Wallington, North-
berland; and Nettlecombe, Somerset.
§Tristram, Rey. H. B., M.A.,F.L.S, Greatham Hospital, near Stockton-
on-Tees.
{Truell, Robert. Ballyhenry, Ashford, Co. Wicklow.
Tuckett, Francis. Frenchay, near Bristol.
*Tuckett, Francis Fox. Frenchay, near Bristol.
Tuckett, Frederick. 4 Mortimer-street, Cavendish-square, London, W.
Tuckett, Henry. Frenchay, near Bristol.
70
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1867.
1865.
1854.
1855.
1856.
1861,
1865.
1842,
1859.
1847.
1847.
1846.
1865.
1858.
1861.
1855.
1859.
1859.
1866.
1854.
1863.
1853.
1854,
1865.
1865.
1849.
1866.
1854.
1854.
1864,
1859,
1854,
Tuke, J. H. Bank, Hitchen.
§Tulloch, The Very Rev. Principal. St. Andrews, Fifeshire.
§Turberville, H. Pilton, Barnstaple.
{Turnbull, James, M.D. 86 Rodney-street, Liverpool.
§Turnbull, John. 37 West George-street, Glasgow.
{Turnbull, Rey. J.C. 8 Bays-hill Villas, Cheltenham.
*Turnbull, Rey. Thomas Smith, M.A., F.R.S., F.R.G.S. Blofield,
Norfolk.
*Tumer, James Aspinal. Pendlebury, near Manchester.
Turner, Thomas, M.D. 31 Curzon-street, May Fair, London, W.
§Tumer, William, M.B., F.R.S.E., Professor of Anatomy in the Uni-
versity of Edinbugh. The University, Edinburgh.
Twamley, Charles, F.G.S. 6 Queen’s-road, Gloucester Gate, Regent’s
Park, London, N.W.
tTwinine, H. R. Grove Lodge, Clapham, London, 8.
{Twining, Richard. 13 Bedford-place, Russell-square, London, W.C.
{Twiss, Sir Travers, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.R.G.S., Regius Professor of
Civil Law in the University of Oxford, and Chancellor of the
Diocese of London. 19 Park-lane, London, W.
tTylor, Alfred, F.G.S., F.L.S. _Warwick-lane, London, E.C.
§Tylor, Edward Burnett. Lindon, Wellington, Somerset.
*Tyndall, John, LL.D., Ph.D., F.RS., F.GS, Professor of Natural
Philosophy in the Royal Institution and Royal School of Mines.
Royal Institution, Albemarle-street, London, W.
Tyrrell, John. Exeter.
*Tysoe, John. Sedgley-road, Pendleton, near Manchester,
Upton, Rev. James Samuel, M.A., F.G.LS.
{Ure, John. 114 Montrose-street, Glasgow.
Urquhart, Rey. Alexander. Tarbat, Ross-shire.
tUrquhart, W. Pollard. Craigston Castle, N. B.; and Castlepollard,
Treland.
§Urquhart, William W. Nursery House, Dundee.
*Vallack, Rev. Benjamin W. 8. St. Budeaux, near Plymouth.
tVale, James Theodorick. Hamilton-square, Birkenhead.
*Vance, Rey. Robert. 16 Montpellier-hill, Dublin.
tVandoni, le Commandeur Comte de, Chargé d’Affaires de S. M.
Tunisienne, Geneva.
§Varley, Cornelius. 337 Kentish Town-road, London, N.W.
t Varley, Cromwell F.
*Varley, S. Alfred. 66 Roman-road, Holloway, London, N.
{Vauvert, de Mean A., Vice-Consul for France. Tynemouth.
*Vaux, Frederick. Central Telegraph Office, Adelaide, South Australia.
Vavasour, Sir Henry Mervun, Bart.
Veitch, A. J., M.D.
Verney, Sir Harry, Bart. Lower Claydon, Buckinghamshire.
§Vernon, Rey. E. H. Harcourt. Cotgrave Rectory, near Nottingham.
Vernon, George John, Lord. 32 Curzon-street, London, W.; and
Sudbury Hall, Derbyshire,
*Vernon, George V., F.R.A.S. Piccadilly Mills; and Old Trafford,
Manchester.
*Vernon, John. High Lee, Woolton, Liverpool.
Veysie, Rey. Daniel, B.D. Daventry.
*Vicary, William, F.G.S, The Priory, Colleston, Exeter.
{ Vickers, Thomas.
*Vignoles, Charles, C.E., F.R.S., M.R.LA., F.R.AS. 21 Duke-street,
Westminster, London, 8. W,
LIST OF MEMBERS. 71
Year of
Election.
1856.
1856.
1860.
1859.
1855.
1863.
1849,
1866.
1859.
1855,
1842.
1855,
1866.
1867.
1866.
1863.
1859.
1856.
1857.
1862.
1862.
1857.
1863.
1863.
1857.
1847,
1863.
{Vivian, Edward, B.A. Woodfield, Torquay.
*Vivian, H. Hussey, M.P., F.G.S. 5 Upper Belgrave-street, London,
S.W.; and Singleton House, Swansea.
§Voelcker, J. Ch. Augustus, Ph.D., F.C.S. 39 Argyll-road, Ken-
sington, London, W.
Voelker, Professor Charles. Switzerland.
Vye, Nathaniel. Ilfracombe, Devon.
§Waddingham, John. Guiting Grange, Winchcombe, Gloucester-
shire,
{Waddington, John. New Dock Works, Leeds. ~
*Waldegrave, The Hon. Granville. 26 Portland-place, London, W.
{ Walker, Alfred O.
Ore Charles V., F.R.S., F.R.A.S, Fernside Villa, Redhill, near
eigate.
Walker, Sir Edward 8. Berry Hill, Mansfield.
Walker, Francis, F.L.S., F.G.8. Rectory House, The Grove, High-
gate, London, N.
Walker, Frederick John. Alltyr Odyn, Llandyssil, Carmarthen.
§Walker, H. Westwood, Newport, by Dundee.
tWalker, James. 16 Norfolk-crescent, London, W.
{Walker, John. 1 Exchange-court, Glasgow.
*Walker, John. Thorncliffe, Leamington.
TWalker, John James, M.A, 2 Trinity College, Dublin.
*Walker, Joseph N., F.L.S. Caldeston, near Liverpool.
*Walker, J. F. 16 Gilly Gate, York.
*Walker, Peter G. Dundee.
tWalker, 8S. D. 38 Hampden-street, Nottingham.
*Walker, Thomas. 10 York-street, Manchester.
Walker, William. 47 Northumberland-street, Edinburgh.
Wall, Rev. R. H., M.A. 6 Hume-street, Dublin.
on a oe os R., F.R.G.S. 9 Mark’s-crescent, Regent’s-park,
ondon, N.W.
fWallace, William, Ph.D., F.0.8. Chemical Laboratory, 8 Bath-
street, Glasgow.
TWaller, Augustus V., M.D., F.R.S. Bruges.
tWaller, Edward. Lisenderry, Aughnacloy, Ireland.
ncaa Geom Charles, M.D., F.L.S. 11 Karls-terrace, Kensington,
ondon, W.
Wallinger, Rey. William. Hastings.
Walmesley, Sir Joshua, Knt. Liverpool.
Walmesley, Joshua. Lord-street, Liverpool.
pele, The Right Hon. Spencer Horatio, M.A., D.C.L., M.P.,
.R.S. Ealing, near London.
tWalsh, Albert Jasper. 89 Harcourt-street, Dublin.
Walsh, John (Prussian Consul). 1 Sir John’s Quay, Dublin.
tWalters, Robert. idon-square, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Walton, Thomas Todd. Mortimer House, Clifton, Bristol.
§Wanklyn, James Alfred, F.R.S.E., F.C.S. London Institution,
Finsbury-cireus, London, E.C.
Wansey, William, F.S.A. Reform Club, London, 8. W.
{Ward, John 8. Prospect-hill, Lisburn, Ireland.
EWart, Nethenial Bagshaw, F.R.S., F.L.S. 14 Clapham Rise, Lon-
on, 8.
Ward, Rey. Richard, M.A. 12 Eaton-place, London, 8. W.
{Ward, Robert. Dean-street, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
“Ward, William Sykes, F.C.S. Denison Hall, Leeds.
Wardell, William. Chester.
72
LUST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1867.
1858.
1865.
1864.
1856.
1865.
1856.
1847.
1854.
1854.
1867.
1855.
1867,
1855.
1863.
1859.
1863.
1867.
1858.
1855.
1861.
1846.
1858.
1862.
1859,
1866.
1856.
1859.
1858.
1862.
1864,
1855.
1845.
1854.
1865.
1867,
§Warden, Alexander, J. Dundee.
tWardle, Thomas. Leek Brook, Leek, Staffordshire.
§Waring, Dr. E. J. 28 George-street, Hanover-square, London, W.
*Warner, Edwin. Higham Hall, Woodford, Essex.
{Warner, Thomas H. Lee. Tiberton Court, Hereford.
*Warren, Edward P., L.D.S. 15 Old-square, Birmingham.
Warwick, William Atkinson. Wyddrington House, Cheltenham.
}Washbourne, Buchanan, M.D. Gloucester.
{ Waterhouse, G. R. British Museum, London, W.C.
*Waterhouse, John, F.R.S., F.G.8., F.R.A.S. Wellhead, Halifax,
Yorkshire.
{Waterhouse Nicholas. 5 Rake-lane, Liverpool.
{Watkins, James. Bolton.
§Watson, Rev. Archibald, D.D. The Manse, Dundee.
t{Watson, Ebenezer. 16 Abercromby-place, Glasgow.
§Watson, Frederick Edwin. Thickthorn House, Norwich.
*Watson, Henry Hough, F.C.8. The Folds, Bolton-le-Moors.
Watson, Hewett Cottrell, F.L.S. Thames Ditton, Surrey.
Watson, James. Glasgow.
t{Watson, James, M.D. 152 St. Vincent-street, Glasgow.
{Watson, Joseph. Bensham Grove, near Gateshead-on-Tyne.
{Watson, J. Forbes. India Office, London, S.W.
§Watson, R.S. 101 Pilgrim-street, Neweastle-on-Tyne.
§Watson, Thomas D. 184 Basinghall-street, London, E.C.
Watson, William. Bilton House, Harrogate.
Watson, William H.
tWatt, George. West Regent-street, Glasgow.
{Watts, Sir James. Abney Hall, Cheadle, near Manchester.
{Watts, John King, F.R.G.S. St. Ives, Huntingdonshire.
{Waud, Major E. Manston Hall, near Leeds.
Waud, Rey. S. W., M.A., F.R.A.S., F.C.P.S. Rettenden, near
Wickford, Essex. ‘
§Waueh, Major-General Sir Andrew Scott, R.E., F.R.S., F.R.G.S,, °
late Surveyor-General of India, and Superintendent of the Great
Trigonometrical Survey. 7 Petersham-terrace, Queen’s Gate-
gardens, London, W.
tWaugh, Edwin. Sager-street, Manchester.
*Way, J. Thomas, F.C.S., Professor of Chemistry, Royal Agricultural
Society of England. 72 Victoria-street, London, 8.W.
Webb, Rey. John, M.A., F.S.A. Hardwick Parsonage, Hay, South
Wales.
*Webb, Rev. Thomas William, M.A., F.R.A.S. Hardwick Parsonage,
Hay, South Wales.
*Webb, William Frederick, F.R.G.S. Newstead Abbey, Nottingham.
tWebster, James. Hatherley Court, Cheltenham.
{tWebster, John. 42 Iing-street, Aberdeen.
{Webster, John. Broomhall Park; and St. James’s-row, Sheffield.
Webster, John Henry, M.D. Northampton.
§Webster, John. Belvoir-terrace, Sneinton, Nottingham.
ee Thomas, M.A., F.R.S. 2 Great George-street, London,
3. W
t{ Weddell, Thomas. Scarborough.
{Wedgewood, Hensleigh. 17 Cumberland-terrace, Regent’s Park,
London, N.W.
{Weightinan, William Henry. Litherland, Liverpool.
aa onl ag M.A. University Club, Pall Mall East, London,
SW eldon, Walter. Park-villa, West Hill; Highgate, London, N.
LIST OF MEMBERS. 73
Year of
Election.
1850.
1850.
1864.
1865.
1853.
1858.
1853.
1853.
1851.
1851.
1842,
1842.
1851.
1857.
1863.
1860.
1858.
1864.
1860.
1853.
1866.
1847.
1853.
1859.
1866.
1864,
1859.
1865.
1859.
1861.
1854,
1858.
1861,
1861.
1855.
1866.
1861.
1852.
1865.
1857.
1863.
tWemyss, Alexander Watson, M.D. St. Andrews, N.B.
tWemyss, William. 6 Salisbury-road, Edinburgh.
Wentworth, Frederick W. T. Vernon. Wentworth Castle, near
Barnsley, Yorkshire.
*Were, Anthony Berwick. Whitehaven, Cumberland.
Wesley, William Henry, 31 Clayland-road, Clapham, London, 8,
{West, Alfred. Holderness-road, Hull.
{ West, F. H. Chapel Allerton, near Leeds.
{West, Leonard. Summergangs Cottage, Hull.
{West, Stephen. Hessle Grange, near Hull.
tWestern, Thomas Burch. Tattingstone House, Ipswich.
*Western, Sir T. B., Bart., M.P. Felix Hall, Kelvedon, Essex.
Westhead, Edward. Chorlton-on-Medlock, near Manchester.
Westhead, John. Manchester.
*Westhead, Joshua Proctor. York House, Manchester.
tWesthorpe, Stirling. Tower-street, Ipswich.
*Westley, William. 24 Regent-street, London, S.W.
{Westmacott, Percy. Whickham, Gateshead, Durham.
§Weston, James Woods. Seedley House, Pendleton, Manchester.
{ Weston, Wiliam. Birkenhead.
§Westropp, W.H.S., M.R.I.A. 2 Idrone-terrace, Blackrock, Dublin.
tWestwood, John O., M.A., F.L.S. Henley House, Summertown,
Oxon.
Wharton, W. L., M.A. Dryburn, Durham.
{ Wheatley, E. B. Cote Wall, Merfield, Yorkshire.
Wheatstone, Sir Charles, D.C.L., F.R.S., Hon. M.R.I.A., Professor
of Experimental Philosophy in King’s College, London. 19 Park-
crescent, Regent’s Park, London, N.W.
§Wheatstone, Charles C. 19 Park-crescent, Regent’s Park, London.
tWheeler, Edmund, F.R.A.S. 48 Tollington-road, Holloway,
London, N.
{Whitaker, Charles J. P. Milton Hill, near Hull.
*Whitaker, William, B.A., F.G.S. Geological Survey Office, 28
Jermyn-street, London, 8. W.
§ White, Charles, F.R.G.S. Barnesfield House, near Dartford, Kent.
tWhite, Edmund. New Bond-street, Bath.
White, John. 80 Wilson-street, Glasgow.
{White, John Forbes. 16 Bon Accord-square, Aberdeen.
§White, Joseph. Regent’s-street, Nottingham.
{White, Thomas Henry. Tandragee, Ireland.
{Whitehead, James, M.D. 87 Mosley-street, Manchester.
{Whitehead, James W. 15 Duke-street, Edge-hill, Liverpool.
{Whitehead, J. H. Southsyde, Saddleworth.
*Whitehead, J. B. Oakley-terrace, Rawtenstall, Manchester.
*Whitehead, Peter Ormerod. Belmont, Rawtenstall, Manchester.
* Whitehouse, Wildman.
Whitehouse, William. 10 Queen-street, Rhyl.
*Whiteside, James, M.A., Lord Chief Justice of Ireland. 2 Mountjoy-
square, Dublin.
§ Whitfield, Samuel. Golden Hillock, Small Heath, Birmingham.
{Whitford, J. Grecian-terrace, Harrington, Cumberland.
{Whitla, Valentine. Beneden, Belfast.
Whitley, Rey. Charles Thomas, M.A., F.R.A.S., Reader in Natural
Philosophy in the University of Durham. Bedlington, Morpeth.
{Whittern, James Sibley. Wyken Colliery, Coventry.
*Whitty, John Irwine, C.E., M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., Ricketstown
Hall, Carlow.
*Whitwell, Thomas. Stockton-on-Tees.
74 LIST OF MEMBERS,
Year of
Election.
*Whitworth, Joseph, LL.D., F.R.S. The Firs, Manchester; and
Stancliffe Hall, Derbyshire.
1857. {Widdup, —. Penzance; and Kilburn, Co. Wexford.
1865. [Wiggin, Henry. Metchley Grange, Harbourne, Bumingham.
1863. { Wigham, John. Dublin.
1852. {Wigham, Robert. Norwich.
1854. §Wight, Robert, M.D., F.R.S., F.L,S. Grazeley Lodge, Reading.
1860. { Wilde, Henry. 2 St. Ann’s-place, Manchester.
1852. {Wilde, Sir William Robert, M.D., M.R.I.A. 1 Merrion-square
North, Dublin.
Wilderspin, Samuel. Wakefield.
1855. {Willde, John. 46 George-square, Glasgow.
1861. * Wilkinson, Eason, M.D, Greenheys, Manchester.
1857. { Wilkinson, George. Monkstown, Ireland.
1859. {Wilkinson, Robert. Totteridge Park, Hertfordshire.
Willan, William.
*Willert, Paul Ferdinand. Manchester.
1859. {Willet, John, C.E. 35 Albyn-place, Aberdeen.
*Williams, Caleb, M.D. Micklegate, York.
Williams, Charles James B., M.D., F.R.S., Professor of Medicine in
University College, London. 49 Upper Brook-street, Grosvenor-
square, London, W.
1861. *Williams, Charles Theodore, B.A. 49 Upper Brook-street, London.
1864, *Williams, Frederick M., M.P.,F.G.S. | Goonvrea, Perranarworthal,
Cornwall.
1861, *Williams, Harry Samuel. 49 Upper Brook-street, Grosyenor-square,
London, W.
1857. {Williams, Rey. James. Llanfairinghornwy, Holyhead.
Williams, Richard. 38 Dame-street, Dublin.
Williams, Robert, M.A. Bridehead, Dorset.
1861. {Williams, R. Price. 22 Ardwick Green, Manchester.
Williams, Walter. St. Alban’s House, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
*Williams, William. Hichbury-crescent, London, N.
1865. {Willams, William M. The Celyn, Caergwele, near Wrexham.
1850. *Williamson, Alexander William, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.C.S., Professor
of Chemistry, and of Practical Chemistry, University College,
London. 12 Fellows-road, Hayerstock-hill, London, N.W.
1857. {Williamson, Benjamin. Trinity College, Dublin.
1863, {Willamson, John. South Shields. ‘
*Williamson, Rey, William, B.D. Datchworth, Welwyn, Hert-
fordshire.
Wilkamson, W. C. Manchester.
Willis, Rey. Robert, M.A., F.R.S., Jacksonian Professor of Natural
and Experimental Philosophy in the University of Cambridge.
23 York-terrace, Regent’s Park, London, N.W. ; and Cambridge.
1865. “Willmott, Henry. Mona House, Handsworth, Birmingham.
1857. {Willock, Rey. W. N., D.D. Cleenish, Enniskillen, Ireland. —
1859, *Wills, Alfred. 4 Harcourt-buildings, Inner Temple, London, E.C.
1865, {Wills, Arthur W. Edgbaston, Birmingham.
Wills, W. R. Edgbaston, Birmingham.
___ *Wilson, Alexander, F.R.S. 34 Bryanston-square, London, W.
1859. §Wilson, Alexander Stephen, C.E. North Kinmundy, Summerhill,
by Aberdeen.
1850. {Wilson, Dr. Daniel. Toronto, Upper Canada.
1863. {Wilson, Frederic R. Alnwick, Northumberland.
1847, *Wilson, F. Leamington.
1863. §Wilson, George. Hawick.
1861. {Wilson, George Daniel. 24 Ardwick Green, Manchester.
— a
LIST OF MEMBERS. 75
Year of
Election.
1855. {Wilson, Hugh. 75 Glassford-street, Glasgow.
1847. { Wilson, James Hewetson. The Grange, Worth, Sussex.
1857. {Wilson, James Moncrieff. 9 College Green, Dublin.
1858.
1855.
1865.
1847,
1859.
1863.
1861.
1867.
1847,
1861.
1846.
1866.
1854.
1863.
1848.
1856,
1850.
1863.
1863.
1861.
1860.
1861.
1856.
1864.
1861.
1850.
1858.
1865.
1801.
1863.
1850.
1865.
1866,
1866,
1857.
*Wilson, John. Seacroft, near Leeds.
*Wilson, John. Bootham, York.
*Wilson, John, jun. West Hurlet, near Glasgow.
§ Wilson, J. M., M.A. Rugby.
Wilson, Professor John, F.G.S., F.R.S.E. Geological Museum,
Jermyn-street, London, S.W.
*Wilson, Rey. Sumner. Preston Candover, Micheldever Station.
*Wilson, Thomas, M.A. Crimbles House, Leeds.
t Wilson, Thomas. Tunbridge Wells.
*Wilson, Thomas. Shotley Hall, Gateshead, Durham.
tWilson, Thomas Bright. 24 Ardwick Green, Manchester.
§Wilson, Rey. William. Free St. Paul’s, Dundee.
*Wilson, William Parkinson, M.A., Professor of Pure and Applied
Mathematics in the University of Melbourne.
{Wiltshire, Rey. Thomas, M.A., F.G.S., F.R.A.S. Rectory, Bread-
street-hill, London, E.C.
{Winchester, The Marquis of. Amport House, Andover.
*Windley, W. Mapperley, Nottingham.
*Winsor, F. A. 60 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, London, W.C.
{ Winter, Thomas.
*Winwood, Rey. H. H., M.A., F.G.8. 4 Cavendish-crescent, Bath.
tWise, Rey. Stainton, M.D. Banbury.
{Witts, Rev. E. F. Upper Slaughter, Cheltenham.
*Wollaston, Thomas Vernon, M.A., F.L.S. Barnpark-terrace, Teign-
mouth.
{ Wood, Alexander, _ ;
Wood, C. L. Howlish Hall, Bishop Auckland.
tWood, Edward, F.G.S. Richmond, Yorkshire.
*Wood, Edward T. Brinscall Hall, Chorley, Lancashire.
{ Wood, George, M.A.
*Wood, George B., M.D. Philadelphia, United States.
“Wood, Rev. H. H., M.A., F.G.S. Holwell Rectory, Sherborne,
Dorset.
*Wood, John. St. Saviour Gate, York.
Wood, Peter, M.D.
§Wood, Richard, M.D. Driffield, Yorkshire.
§Wood, Samuel, F.S.A., F.G.S. St, Mary’s Court, Shrewsbury.
tWood, Rev. Walter. Elie, Fife.
Wood, William. 1 Harrington-street, Liverpool.
*Wood, William. Monkhill House, Pontefract.
*Wood, William, M.D. 54 Upper Harley-street, London, W.
{Wood, William Rayner. Singleton Lodge, near Manchester.
*Wood, Rey. William Spicer, M.A. Oakham, Rutlandshire.
*Woodall, Major John Woodall, M.A., F.G.S. St. Nicholas House,
Scarborough.
*Woodd, Charles H. L., F.G.S. Roslyn, Hampstead, London, N.W.
*Woodhead, G. Mottram, near Manchester.
§ Woodhill, J.C. Pakenham House, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
*Woodhouse, John, C.E. 11 Great George-street, London, S.W.
*Woods, Edward. 5 Gloucester-crescent, Hyde Park, London W.
Woods, Samuel. 3 Copthall Buildings, Angel-court, London., E.C.
§ Woodward, Henry, F.G.S. British Museum, London, W.C.
Woolgar, J. W., F.R.A.S. Lewes, Sussex.
Woolley, John. Staleybridge, Manchester.
{Woolley, Rey. J., LL.D. Her Majesty’s Dockyard, Portsmouth.
76
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1856.
1853.
1863.
1849,
1855,
1842,
1856.
"1857.
1861.
1857.
1866.
1858,
1865.
1855.
1865.
1867.
1866,
1863.
1867.
1845.
1862,
1857.
1865.
1865,
1845.
1867.
1855.
1858.
1865.
1854,
§Woolley, Thomas Smith, jun. South Collingham, Newark.
t Worden, John.
*Wormald, Richard. 33 Bolton-road, St. John’s Wood, London, N.W.
*Worsley, P. John. Codrington-place, Clifton, Bristol.
{ Worsley, Samuel. Arnos Villa, Lower Hartley-place, Clifton, Bristol.
*Worthington, Rey. Alfred William, B.A. Mansfield.
Worthington, Archibald. Whitchurch, Salop.
Worthington, James. Sale Hall, Ashton-on-Mersey.
*Worthington, Robert. Ardwick, Manchester.
Worthington, William. Brockhurst Hall, Northwich, Cheshire.
§Worthy, George 8. 130 Vine-street, Liverpool.
Wray, John. 6 Suffolk-place, Pall Mall, London, S.W.
{Wright, Edward. 43 Dame-street, Dublin.
*Wrieht, E. Abbot. Castle Park, Frodsham, Cheshire.
§Wright, E. Perceval, A.M., M.D., F.L.S., M.R.LA., Professor of
Zoology, and Director of the Museum, Dublin University. 10
Clare-street, Dublin.
tWright, G. H. Mapperley, Nottingham.
{Wright, Henry. Statford House, London, 8.W.
Wright, John.
Wright, J. Robinson, C.E. 11 Duke-street, London, 8.W.
tWright, J. S. 168 Brearley-street West, Birmingham.
*Wright, Robert Francis. Hinton Blewett, Somersetshire.
{ Wright, Thomas, F.S.A. 14Sydney-street, Brompton, London, 8.W.
Wright, T.G., M.D. Wakefield.
{Wrightson, Francis, Ph.D. Ivy House, Kingsnorton.
§Wiinsch, Edward Alfred. Geological Society of Glasgow, Glasgow.
§Wyatt, James, F.G.S. Bedford.
Wyld, James, M.P., F.R.G.S. Charing Cross, London, W.C.
*Wyley, Andrew. Drumadarragh, Doagh, Belfast.
§Wylie, Andrew. Prinlaws, Fifeshire.
t Wylie, John, M.D. Madras Army.
tWynne, Arthur Beevor, F.G.S., of the Geological Survey of India.
Geological Museum, Jermyn-street, London, S. W.
*Yarborough, George Cook. Camp’s Mount, Doncaster.
{ Yates, Edward.
} Yates, Edwin.
§ Yates, Henry. Emscote Villa, Aston Manor, Birmingham.
Yates, James. Carr House, Rotherham, Yorkshire.
Yates, James, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.L.S. Lauderdale House, High-
gate, London, N.
tYates, John Aston. 53 Bryanston-square, London, W.
§Yeaman, James. Dundee.
{ Yeats, John, LL.D., F.R.G.S. Clayton-place, Peckham, London, 8.E.
*Yorke, Colonel Philip, F.R.S., ERGS. 89 Eaton-place, Belgraye-
square, London, S.W.
Young, James. South Shields.
Young, James. Limefield, West Calden, Midlothian.
Young, John. Taunton, Somersetshire.
t{Young, John. Hope Villa, Woodhouse-lane, Leeds.
Young, Thomas. North Shields.
Younge, Robert, F.L.S. Greystones, near Sheffield.
*Younge, Robert, M.D. Greystones, near Sheffield.
ee ae Major-General. Ellom House, Charlton-road, Chel-
tenham.
{Zwilchenburt, Emanuel. 3 Romford-street, Liverpool.
LIST OF MEMBERS.
I
“I
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1857. M. Antoine d’Abbadie.
Louis Agassiz, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Natural History. Cambridge,
US.
1852, M. Babinet. Paris.
1857. Dr. Barth.
1866.
1861.
1857.
1852.
1846.
1842.
1864.
1861.
1864.
1855.
1866.
1862,
1845,
Captain I. Belavenetz, R.I.N., F.R.LG.S., M.S.C.M.A., Superin-
tendent of the Compass Observatory, Cronstadt, Russia.
Dr. Bergsma, Director of the Magnetic Survey of the Indian Archi-
pelago. Utrecht, Holland.
Professor Dr. T. Bolzani. Kasan, Russia.
Mr. G. P. Bond. Observatory, Cambridge, U.S.
M. Boutigny (d’Evreux).
Professor Braschman. Moscow.
Dr. H. D. Buys-Ballot, Superintendent of the Royal Meteorological
Institute of the Netherlands. Utrecht, Holland.
Dr. Carus. Leipzig.
M. Des Cloizeaux. Paris.
Dr. Ferdinand Cohn. Breslau, Prussia.
Geheimrath yon Dechen. Bonn.
Ne Delffs, Professor of Chemistry in the University of Heidel-
ere.
Hemerich Dove, Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University of
Berlin.
Professor Dumas. Paris.
Professor Christian Gottfried Ehrenberg, M.D., Secretary of the Royal
Academy, Berlin.
. Dr. Eisenlohr. Carlsruhe, Baden.
. Dr. A. Erman. Berlin.
. Professor Esmark. Christiania.
. Professor A. Fayre. Geneva.
. Professor E. Frémy. Paris.
. M. Frisiani. Milan.
. Dr. Gaudry, Pres. Geol. Soc. of France. Paris.
. Dr. Geinitz, Professor of Mineralogy and Geology. Dresden.
. Professor Asa Gray. Chitibtiee, US
. Professor Edward Grube, Ph.D.
. Dr. D. Bierens de Haan, Member of the Royal Academy of Sciences,
Amsterdam. Leiden, Holland.
Professor Henry. Washington, U.S.
. Professor E. Hébert. The Sorbonne, Paris.
. Dr. Hochstetter. Vienna.
. M. Jacobi. St. Petersburg.
. Janssen, Dr. Paris.
. Charles Jessen, Med. et Phil. Dr., Professor of Botany in the Univer-
sity of Greifswald, and Lecturer of Natural History, and Librarian
at the Royal Agricultural Academy, Eldena, Prussia.
78
LIST OF MEMBERS.
Year of
Election.
1866.
1862.
1861.
1856,
1856,
1845.
1862.
1857.
1850.
1867.
1867.
1847.
1862.
1846.
1848.
1855.
1864.
1856,
1866.
1864,
1848,
1856.
1861,
1857.
1849,
1852,
1866.
1850,
1857.
1857.
1861.
1849,
1862.
1864.
1866.
1845.
1852.
1864.
1864.
1861.
1848.
1842,
1864,
Dr. Henry Kiepert, Professor of Geography. Berlin.
Aug. Kekulé, Professor of Chemistry. Ghent, Belgium.
M. Khanikof. 11 Rue de Condé, Paris.
Professor A. Kélliker. "Wurzburg, Bavaria.
Laurent-Guillaume De Koninck, M.D., Professor of Chemistry and
Paleontology in the University of Liége, Belgium,
Dr. A. Kupffer. St. Petersburg.
Dr. Lamont. Munich.
Baron yon Liebig. Munich.
Professor A. Escher yon der Linth. Zurich, Switzerland.
Professor Loomis. New York.
Professor Gustav Magnus. Berlin.
Professor Mannheim. Paris.
Professor Martins. Montpellier, France.
Professor Matteucci. Pisa, Tuscany.
Professor P. Merian. Bale, Switzerland.
Professor von Middendorff. St. Petersburg.
Professor J. Milne-Edwards. Paris.
M. VAbbé Moigno. Paris.
Dr. Arnold Moritz. Tiflis, Russia.
W. Morren, Professeur de Botanique 41’Université de Liége, Belgium.
Chevalier C. Negri. Florence, Italy.
Herr Neumayer. Munich.
Professor Nilsson. Sweden.
M. E. Peligot, Memb. de l’Institut, Paris.
Professor Benjamin Pierce. Cambridge, U.S.
Gustav Plaar. Strasburg, France.
Professor Pliicker. Bonn, Prussia.
M. Constant Prévost. Paris.
M. Quetelet. Brussels.
M. De la Rive. Geneva.
Dr. F. Romer, Professor of Geology. Berlin.
Professor W. B. Rogers. Boston, U.S.
Herman Schlagintweit. Berlin.
Robert Schlagintweit. Berlin.
M. Werner Siemens. Berlin.
Dr. Siljestrom. Stockholm.
J. A. de Souza, Professor of Physics in the University of Coimbra,
Portugal.
Adolph Steen, Professor of Mathematics, Copenhagen,
Professor Steenstrup. Copenhagen.
Dr. Svanberg. Stockholm.
M. Pierre de Tchihatchef. Care of Messrs. Hattinguer et Comp., 17
Rue Bergére, Paris.
Dr. Otto Torell. University of Lund, Sweden.
Professor A. Vambery. Hungary.
M. de Verneuil, Memb. de l'Institut, Paris.
M. Le Verrier. Paris. ~
Baron Sartorius yon Waltershausen. Géttingen, Hanover.
Professor Wartmann. Geneva.
Dr, Frederick Welwitsch. Lisbon.
by
es
ar
ALBEMARLE STREET,
February, 1868.
MR. MURRAY’S LIST.
$= 65959 ——__—_
LIFE OF JOHN LONSDALE, D.D,,
LATE BISHOP OF LICHFIELD,
With Selections from his Writings, English and Latin.
Epirep By E. B. DENISON, Q.C.
With Portrait and Fac-Simile. Crown 8vo. (Nearly Ready.)
THE VARIATION OF ANIMALS AND PLANTS
UNDER DOMESTICATION,
By CHARLES DARWIN, M.A., F.RS.,
Author of ‘‘ The Origin of Species,”
With Illustrations. 2 Vols. 8vo. 28s.
OLD DECCAN DAYS;
OR, HINDOO FAIRY LEGENDS.
COLLECTED FROM ORAL TRADITION,
By M. FRERE, and Illustrated by C. F. FRERE.
WITH AN INTRODUCTION AND NOTES
By SIR BARTLE FRERE.
Crown 8yo, 12s.
2 MR. MURRAY’S LIST.
LIFE OF WILLIAM WILBERFORCE.
REVISED AND CONDENSED FROM THE ORIGINAL LIFE.
By SAMUEL, LORD BISHOP OF OXFORD.
Portrait. Post 8vo.
RAMBLES OF A NATURALIST
ON THE SHORES AND WATERS OF THE CHINA SEA.
BEING OBSERVATIONS IN NATURAL HISTORY DURING A VOYAGE TO
CHINA, FORMOSA, BORNEO, SINGAPORE.
By CUTHBERT COLLINGWOOD, M.A., F.LS.
With Illustrations, 8vo. (Nearly Ready.)
LIFE IN ABYSSINIA:
DURING A THREE YEARS’ RESIDENCE AND TRAVELS k:
IN THAT COUNTRY.
By MANSFIELD PARKYNS.
New Edition. With an Introduction, Map, and 30 Illustrations. Post 8vo. 7s. 6d.
Forming a New Volume of Murray’s Serres or ‘*CHorcr TRAVELS AND
ADVENTURES.”
SILURIA :
A HISTORY OF THE OLDEST ROCKS IN THE BRITISH ISLES AND
OTHER COUNTRIES ;
With Sketches of the Origin and Distribution of Natrvr Gorn, the general Succession
of Geological Formations and Changes of the Earth’s Surface.
By SIR RODERICK MURCHISON, Bart, K.C.B.
Fourth Edition, revised. With Map and Illustrations. S8vo. 30s.
‘¢Sir Roderick Murchison’s ‘ Silurian Sys- | the same time selecting from the writings of
tem’ marked the beginning of a new epoch in | foreign geologists those points that serve to
the history of the science. Having himself ex- | bring most vividly before the reader the cor-
amined the Silurian rocks throughout a great | relation of the British and Continental forma-
part of Europe, he has been able to grasp the | tions. Few men haye raised to themselves
leading features of their development, and to | a more noble monument than Sir Roderick
express his views in clear sections, while at ' has done.’’—Pall Mall Gazette.
MR. MURRAY’S LIST. , 3
THE IDEAS OF THE DAY ON POLICY.
ANALYSED AND ARRANGED
By CHARLES BUXTON, M.A., M.P.
Third Edition.
8vo. 7s. 6d.
This Edition is greatly enlarged, and contains numerous annotations by some of the
leading Statesmen, Divines, &c., of the Day, including Lord Cranborne, Sir Stafford
Northcote, the Dean of Westminster, Mr. Layard, Earl Fortescue, Mr. Lecky, &. &c.
THE CONTINUITY OF SCRIPTURE,
AS DECLARED BY THE TESTIMONY OF OUR LORD AND OF THE
EVANGELISTS AND APOSTLES.
By Vicre-Cuancettor SIR WILLIAM PAGE WOOD, F.R.S.
Second Edition.
“Tt is with a view to place a chain of proof |
so forcible and unimpeachable before inquiring
minds, that the learned author has compiled
from the words of the Lord Jesus Himself, and
from His Evangelists and Apeeties, the testi-
monies which they, severally and unitedly,
bear to the writings of the Old Testament.
Post 8vo. 6s,
The result is a digest of the New Testament
Scriptures in their bearing upon the ancient
oracles of God, which is not only calculated
to be extremely useful to the student of
Scripture, but which the accomplished theo-
logian may consult with profit.” —Churchman.
HISTORY OF THE UNITED NETHERLANDS.
FROM THE DEATH OF WILLIAM THE SILENT TO THE TWELVE YEARS’
TRUCE OF 1609,
By J, LOTHROP MOTLEY,
Author of “‘ The Rise of the Dutch Republic.”
Vols. III. and IY,
“Mr, Motley has given two large volumes
to little more than ten years of the history of
a small republic, but no reader will feel that
it is too much, or tire of that grand contest
in which the inhabitants of a few marshes
defeated a power which half Europe believed
to be the destined master of the world. |
(Completing the work.) 8vo.
30s.
These volumes are choked with tales that
| read like romances, sketches of character as
vivid as if they came out of novels, political
‘articles’ as vigorous and as condensed as if
they had been intended for Quarterlies, but
supported and justified by the research of
years.’’— Spectator.
4 °
MR. MURRAY’S LIST.
LIFE IN THE LIGHT OF GOD'S WORD.
By WILLIAM THOMSON, D.D.,
Lord Archbishop of York.
Post 8vo.
6s.
HISTORICAL MEMORIALS OF WESTMINSTER
ABBEY,
By ARTHUR PENRYN STANLEY, D.D.,
Dean of Westminster.
With IJllustrations.
“Dr. Stanley signalized his occupation of
the Deanery of Canterbury by a very pleasing
and instructive history of the magnificent
cathedral of that city. As Westminster must
hold far higher rank than Canterbury in his-
torical importance, so will the work before us,
8vo. 16s.
in which the Dean has endeavoured, and very
successfully, to give us ‘ The pet of Eng-
land in Westminster Abbey,’ greatly exceed
in interest and information the Canterbury
volume.—Notes and Queries.
THE LAW OF AUCTIONS OF ESTATES.
By LORD ST. LEONARDS.
Second Edition, with Additions.
8vo. Is.
REMINISCENCES OF A SEPTUAGENARIAN.
FROM 1802 TO 1815.
By EMMA SOPHIA, COUNTESS BROWNLOW.
Third Edition.
“Lady Brownlow concludes her volume by
saying that it is ‘the first and last work of a
septuagenarian.’ Let us hope not the last.
The reminiscences are slight, it is true; but
they are living touches, perfectly invaluable
as tracings of the past. Let us hope that
Lady Brownlow will be encouraged to ey her
reminiscences beyond the year 1815. There
is surely much that she could tell without
Post 8vo.
7s. 6d.
wounding the feelings of persons still alive;
and as to her fear of being set down as ‘a
garrulous old woman,’ she must alter her
style greatly before she can be open to that
charge.’’—London Review.
“Lady Brownlow has given us a pleasant
book; and one of its chief charms is the im~-
pression which it leaves of the writer herself.”’
—Guardian.
MR. MURRAY’S LIST. 5
THE CIVIL AND POLITICAL DESPATCHES OF
THE DUKE OF WELLINGTON.
Epitep py HIS SON.
Vols. I. and II.
“The world is now learning a new fact about
the great Wellington. It was for a long time
assumed that his influence in the state was
due to his military fame, and that he was
permitted to essay the 76/e of statesman only
because he was a successful warrior. This
THE ILIAD
1819 to 1825.
8vo. 20s. each.
assumption is entirely false. The adminis-
trative ability of the duke was of the highest
order, as will be illustrated by the present
series of despatches and correspondence,”
— Standard.
OF HOMER,
RENDERED INTO ENGLISH BLANK VERSE.
By EDWARD, EARL OF DERBY.
Sixth and Cheaper Edition. To which are added Translations from Latin, German,
Italian, &e.
2 Vols.
“We have followed Lord Derby through
some portions of a poem which the judgment
of the ancient and the modern world pro-
nounces the finest epic ever written, and we
do not hesitate to say that his translation is
one which conyeys no unworthy or inadequate
Feap. 8yo.
10s.
idea of the original. Its great merit is that
it can be read with pleasure. Lord Derby
has given to England a version far more
closely allied to the original, and superior to
any that has yet been attempted in the blank
verse of our language.”’— Edinburgh Review.
_QUINTI HORATIL FLACCI OPERA.
Cura H. H. MILMAN, D.D.
A new and beautifully printed Edition, with 100 Woodcuts.
‘This edition of Dean Milman’s Horace
contains the numerous engravings from sta-
tues, busts, paintings, vases, coins, and seals,
which appeared in the more sumptuous edi-
tion, and isin all respects admirably produced.
We may safely say that in this country no
classic has hitherto been so well served as
Horace is in this beautiful and convenient
edition.”’—Daily News,
Small 8vo. 7s. 6d.
“These elegant editions (Lord Derby’s
Homer and Dean Milman’s Horace) are
admirable books for presents, and at the same
time so reasonable in price. The Horace is
quite a beauty, and its illustrations excellent,
and in true taste. The Homer has received
some further revision, and contains a good
many translations not previously published.”
—Interary Churchman,
6 MR. MURRAY’S LIST.
LIFE OF THOMAS TELFORD.
WITH A HISTORY OF ROADS AND TRAVELLING IN ENGLAND.
By SAMUEL SMILES.
New Edition.
“From this volume, read in connection with
the lives of George and Robert Stephenson, in
which the origin and extension of railways is
described, an idea may be formed of the ex-
traordinary progress which has been made in
opening up the internal communications of
this country during the last century. Among
the principal works executed by Telford in
the course of his life were the great highways
constructed by him in North Wales and the
Scotch Highlands, through districts formerly
Woodcuts.
Post 8vo. 6s.
almost inaccessible, but which are now as
easily traversed as any English county. By
means of these roads, and the facilities afforded
by railways, the many are now enabled to visit
with ease and comfort magnificent mountain
scenery, which before was only the costly pri-
vilege of the few ; at the same time that their
construction has exercised a most beneficial
influence on the population of the districts
themselves.’’—Preface.
HISTORY OF THE FRENCH REVOLUTION,
FROM THE SECRET ARCHIVES OF GERMANY.
By PROF. VON SYBEL,
University of Bonn.
Translated from the Third Edition of the original German work, with the Author’s aid,
By WALTER C. PERRY.
Vols, I, and II.
‘¢ A narrative of the highest interest for the
student of history, in which we see the policy
and secret motives of the German Courts as
clearly as they were seen by their kings; the
ideas with which they went to war, the reasons
for their many failures, the justifications for
8yo. 24s.
their few successes, the causes not only of their
action against France, but of the still greater
SyeaneOnou movement, the absorption of Po-
and.
‘Weshall wait with impatience for the trans-
lation of the next two yolumes,’’—Spectator.
HISTORICAL DIFFICULTIES AND CONTESTED
EVENTS:
BEING NOTES ON SOME DOUBTFUL POINTS OF HISTORY.
By OCTAVE DELEPIERRE, LL.D.,
Secretary of the Belgian Legation,
Post 8yo.
- gt
MR. MURRAY’S LIST. 7
MEMOIR OF SIR CHARLES BARRY, RA.
By ALFRED BARRY, D.D.,
Principal of Cheltenham College.
With Portrait, Views, Plans, &c. Medium 8vo. 24s.
“Sir Charles Barry is one of the very few | too short ; and it is pervaded throughout with a
men of whom it may be said that, whatever | tone of frankness and candour unusual in
was his good or his ill fortune during his life- | biographers in general, and especially unusual
time, he has been singularly happy in his | when the writer is a near relation or intimate
biographer. Dr. Barry’s book is well planned | friend of the subject of his memoir.’”’—Pall
and well written ; it is neither too long nor | Mall Gazette.
*,* Also, A REPLY TO MR. E. W. PUGIN, AS TO WHO WAS THE ARCHI-
TECT OF THE NEW PALACE AT WESTMINSTER? 8vo.
THE MASSACRE OF ST. BARTHOLOMEW,
PRECEDED BY A HISTORY OF THE RELIGIOUS WARS OF THE REIGN OF
CHARLES IX.
Based on a Personal Examination of the Metropolitan and Provincial Archives of France.
By HENRY WHITE, M.A.
With Illustrations. 8vo. 16s.
“* Mr. White has collected with much labour | inaccurate accounts of contemporary gossips.
all the available materials for throwing light | All these materials are pieced together with
on what is at once the most renowned and the | much care, and, above all, studious impar-
most obscure tragedy of the modern world. | tiality, into a connected, and at least very
He has searched much contemporary cor- | probable account of the causes which led to
respondence, especially that of the Simancas | the bloody catastrophe. Mr. White’s book
archives, which is important, as Philip of | may be considered as a tolerably exhaustive
Spain was deep in the Guise intrigues, be- | account of the Massacre and the civil wars
sides the accounts of the Venetian Ambas- | which preceded it; and we may conclude that
sadors, and of Sir Francis Walsingham, then | as much light has been thrown on the gloomy
the ambassador of England in Paris. He has | subject asitisever likely to know.” —Literary
examined the registers of the city of Paris, | Churchman.
and of other towns, by which to check the
ON SCIENTIFIC EDUCATION IN SCHOOLS.
A REPORT PRESENTED TO THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION, IN 1867.
8vo. Ils.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ETHNOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON.
New Series. Vol. VI. Svo. 10s. 6d.
ENE ES LT aE et ER a a — =
8 MR. MURRAY’S LIST.
THE FIVE ANCIENT MONARCHIES OF THE
EAST;
OR THE HISTORY OF CHALDAA, ASSYRIA, BABYLON, MEDIA,
AND PERSIA.
By GEORGE RAWLINSON, M.A.,
Camden Professor of Ancient History at Oxford.
With Map and Illustrations.
‘Mr. Rawlinson has now completed his
valuable work. He has placed within the
reach of English readers all that we as yet
know of those great fabrics of eastern power
of which the names are so familiar to us, and
which affected more or less directly the history
4 vols. 8vo. 16s. each.
in which we are most interested. Mr. Raw-
linson has taken the subject in hand fully and
comprehensively, and with the advantage of
discoveries which are new since Niebuhr.’’—
Saturday Review,
THE HUGUENOTS:
THEIR SETTLEMENTS, CHURCHES, AND INDUSTRIES IN GREAT BRITAIN
AND IRELAND.
By SAMUEL SMILES.
Second Edition.
‘“He has chosen the prosaic side of Hu-
guenot history, and has made it as fascina-
ting as a romance. He has not essayed to
depict the religious heroism or the social tra-
gedy of the Huguenot story—he has restricted
himself to the economical influence of its mi-
grations, and he has made the statistics and
8vo. 16s.
genealogies—of which his work is full—as
interesting as Homer’s list of ships and heroes,
or as Milton’s array of the demi-gods of hell.
Mr. Smiles has pursued his investigations
with a laborious minuteness ; and yet it is as
impossible to skip a page as in reading his
Life of Stephenson.” —British Quarterly.
REPUBLICAN GOVERNMENT
IN THE UNITED STATES DURING THE LAST EIGHTY YEARS.
By LOUIS J. JENNINGS.
Second Edition.
“CA more forcible or more lucid account of
the ideas of American Constitutionalists, and
especially of Constitutionalists of the present
day, it would be hard to find, or one expressed
with such an entire freedom from verbal sur-
plusage. There are not five sentences in the
book which could be excised without percep-
Post 8vo.
10s. 6d.
tible loss to the reader. Mr. Jennings de-
scribes a delicate and complicated constitution
in words as finely chosen, in phrases as clearly
definite as its own provisions, and for any
reader familiar with politics but ignorant of
the American Constitution, we could desire
no safer guide,””— Spectator.
0 ee Ee ee eee
MR. MURRAY’S LIST. 9
A PORTRAIT OF THE
By Rev. E. D.
Feap.
“This little work fully justifies its title, and |
may very usefully be distributed at a time |
when, notwithstanding much talk on Church
matters, great ignorance really prevails.””—
John Bull.
Tn Mr. Cree’s little book there is much of
valuable matter. He has written with the
8vo.
PRIMITIVE CHURCH,
CREE, M.A.
1s.
sincere intention of being impartial, and we
regret that we have not room for some ex-
tracts which would show how much interesting
information he has brought together in a
very clear and concise manuer.’’—Church-
man’s Companion.
HISTORY OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
ENGLAND, 3
FROM THE DEATH OF CHARLES I. TO THE EXPULSION OF THE LONG
PARLIAMENT BY CROMWELL.
BEING OMITTED CHAPTERS OF THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND.
By ANDREW BISSET.
From MSS. in the State Paper Office, &e.
2 Vols.
“Mr. Bisset has chosen for his theme the
most heroic age of English history. The vin-
dication of the Council of State from the
charge of cowardice on the invasion of the
Scots is complete ; and the exposure of some of
Mrs. Hutchinson’s mistakes—mistakes made
in the partiality of a wife writing history when
her husband was an actor in it—is quite suc-
cessful. Mr. Bisset has ample knowledge of
8vo.
30s.
the times of which he writes, and complete
sympathy with the motives of the great party,
which during its short lease of power, governed
England so well, though he is not blind to its
mistakes. He has made a valuable addition
to the literature of his subject, and the future
historian will find it needful to consult his
volumes.”’—Daily News.
THE CORRESPONDENCE OF
EARL GREY AND KING WILLIAM IVT.
FROM THE BEGINNING OF HIS ADMINISTRATION TO 1832.
EDITED BY HIS SON.
2 Vols.
“‘The model of what such a correspondence
ought to be. The King’s letters are dignified
without reserve, and temperate without inde-
cision. He unbosoms himself freely to his
Minister, recommends conciliation, disguises
not his alarm at the growing spirit of revolu-
tion. But through it all he maintains the
character of a king anda gentleman, of a man
8vo.
30s.
of honour and aman of spirit. The calm and
lofty tone of these letters, never shrinking
from the assertion of the writer’s own opinions,
yet never condescending to personalities at
the expense of his opponents, will raise higher
than it stood before even the reputation of
Earl Grey.”’—Pali Mall Gazette.
er - -
5 ae ay a ee) See Sa
10 MR. MURRAY’S LIST.
SIR JOHN ELIOT.—A Biography.
1590—1632.
By JOHN FORSTER, LL.D.
With Portraits. 2 Vols. 8vo. 30s.
“ This life of Sir John Eliot increases our {| Forster enables his readers to understand, as
estimate, not only of the importance of the | the matter has never before been understood,
services rendered by the authors of Parlia- | both the magnitude of the danger and the
mentary Government, but also of the diffi- | heroism of those who encountered and oyver-
culties with which they had to contend. Mr. | came it.’’—Saturday Review.
By the Same Author. Uniform with the above.
I.—ARREST OF THE FIVE MEMBERS BY CHARLES THE
FIRST. 12s.
IIl.—THE DEBATES ON THE GRAND REMONSTRANCE, Nov. and
Dec., 1641. 12s.
TI].—BIOGRAPHIES.— Cromwett— De For—SrtrertE— Cuurcuity and
Foots. 12s.
BENEDICITE;
OR, SONG OF THE THREE CHILDREN.
Being Illustrations of the Power, Wisdom, and Goodness of the Creator, as manifested
in his Works.
By G. CHAPLIN CHILD, M.D.
2 Vols. Feap. 8vo. 12s,
may do the cause of truth. It consists, in
fact, of a number of chapters on natural
theology, done by a thoroughly competent
hand, and marked by sound judgment as well
as sincere piety.”’— English Independent.
4
“Dr. Child’s is no common book. Full of
important scientific facts, and pervaded by
deyout religious feeling, the book is an ad-
mirable example of the great service which
eminent learning, when sanctified by godliness,
MEDITATIONS ON CHRISTIANITY,
AND ON THE RELIGIOUS QUESTIONS OF THE DAY.
By M. GUIZOT.
Part I.—Tue Essence. Parr IJ.—THE PRESENT STATE.
2Vols. Post 8vo. 21s.
‘“‘ A remarkable series of religious medita- | which no one can deny, however little he
tions. The book is distinguished from our | may be inclined to agree {with M. Guizot’s
own popular writings on the subject by two | conclusions, it is honest and competent.”—
honourable peculiarities, the existence of | Pali Mall Gazette.
MR. MURRAY’S LIST. 11
NINEVEH AND BABYLON:
A POPULAR NARRATIVE OF A FIRST AND SECOND EXPEDITION TO
ASSYRIA, DURING THE YEARS 1845—1851.
By A. H. LAYARD, M.P., D.C.L.
New and Revised Edition.
‘‘Few men have had such intimate ac-
quaintance with Eastern customs and cha-
racter as Mr. Layard, and he describes his
experiences in a fresh, vigorous style that
inspires the reader with quite as much inte-
rest in the people among whom he lived above
ground as in the winged bulls and lions he
dug up from the bowels of the earth. In this
new aiidvment Mr. Layard incorporates the
With Illustrations.
2 Vols.
information which has been obtained by sub-
sequent discoveries among the ruins, and by
the progress made in the interpretation of the
cuneiform inscriptions. He has also com-
pleted the account of the devil worshippers by
the narrative of subsequent visits to that
strange sect; all his information on the sub-
os is thus brought together.” — Pall Mail
azette,
Post 8vo. lds.
MADAGASCAR REVISITED.
SETTING FORTH THE PERSECUTIONS AND HEROIC SUFFERINGS OF
THE NATIVE CHRISTIANS, AND THE EVENTUAL TOLERATION
OF CHRISTIANITY.
By REV. W. ELLIS.
With Illustrations, 8vo. 16s.
‘We have here a very full account of the |
change in the country which was wrought by
the death of the old Queen, under whose cruel |
rule such bitter persecutions raged against |
the Christians, and the accession of her son
Radama, who was in every respect a most |
complete contrast to his mother. Mr, Ellis’s |
account of this young prince is most interest-
ing. The sudden change in the country pro-
duced by his accession to the throne was such
as can hardly be adequately described; it was
a sudden influx of light and liberty and joy
without stint or drawback.’—John Bull.
TRAVELS IN CENTRAL ASIA.
ACROSS THE TURKOMAN DESERT TO KHIVA, BOKHARA, AND
SAMARCAND, IN THE DISGUISE OF A DERVISH.
By ARMINIUS VAMBERY.
With Map and Illustrations, 8vo, 21s.
‘‘Eyery one is welcome to have his own
ideal of hercism, and his own pet hero, among
ancient instances and personages, and down to
our own days; but we beg to pronounce, on
our own individual account, in favour of
Arminius Vambéry, a Hungarian gentleman
SS Siete anu LE SS Ee
of scientific tastes and fame, who commenced .-
in 1868 one of the most wonderful and perilous
journeys ever undertaken by a trayeller, and
who has recorded his achievements in one of
the simplest and most unpretending books
ever written.’’—Chambers’s Journal.
12 MR. MURRAY’S LIST.
THE TERRA-COTTA
ARCHITECTURE OF
NORTH ITALY,
POURTRAYED AS EXAMPLES FOR IMITATION.
From careful Drawings and Restorations.
With Descriptive Text.
Edited by LEWIS GRUNER,
Author of the ‘‘ Fresco Decorations of Italy,” &e.
With Chromo-Lithographic Illustrations, printed in Colours, and Woodceut Sections,
Mouldings, &c.
Small Folio.
“Mr. Gruner’s work aims at supplying a
series of specimens, commencing with simple
and proceeding to more elaborate forms. The
views are beautifully drawn and coloured, and
form a storehouse of decorative detail. It is
Seay
a work of very great value and beauty, and is.
likely to have a considerable influence on the
movement in favour of the employment of
terra-cotta amongst us in architectural works
now going on.’’— Builder.
MEMOIRS OF THE EARLY ITALIAN PAINTERS.
AND PROGRESS OF PAINTING IN ITALY.
By MRS. JAMESON.
New Edition.
With 60 Portraits, from the best originals.
Crown 8yo. 12s.
OLD LONDON.
PAPERS READ AT THE ARCHZOLOGICAL INSTITUTE, JULY, 1866.
8vo.
12s.
LIST OF AUTHORS :—
A. J. BERESFORD-HOPE, M.P.
DEAN STANLEY.
GEORGE T. CLARK.
GEORGE GILBERT SCOTT, R.A.
RICHARD WESTMACOTT, R.A.
EDWARD FOSS, F.S.A.
JOSEPH BURTT.
REV. J. R. GREEN, M.A.
GEORGE SCHARF, F-.S.A.
“‘There is no city in the world where the
local researches of the antiquary are of more
service than in London. The names which
appear in the list of contributors are no in-
significant guarantee that the work under-
taken has been ably and conscientiously
performed ; but in this department of litera-
ture something more than mere special infor-
mation and technical accuracy is required to
interest the general reader, and we are bound
to add that in this collection of essays the
selection of subject has been judicious, and
that each writer has done his best to present
what he has to say in a form which shall be
acceptable not only to the dilettante but to
the public at large.”’—London Review.
MR. MURRAY’S LIST. 13
THE CORRESPONDENCE OF KING GEORGE IRD.
WITH LORD NORTH.
FROM 1768 TO 1783. Edited, with an Introduction and Notes,
By W. BODHAM DONNE.
2 Vols. 8vo. 32s.
““Mr. Donne has edited these Letters with | tory of the times which have yet been given
great care and great ability, prefacing them | to the world, and will have the effect of eleva-
by an admirable Introduction, and accom- | ting very considerably the public estimate of
panying them by most useful explanatory | the memory and character of George the
notes. Webelieve that these Lettersare among | Third.’’—Wotes and Queries.
. the most important contributions to the his-
THE WARRIORS AND STATESMEN OF INDIA,
AN HISTORICAL NARRATIVE OF THE MOST IMPORTANT EVENTS,
From the Invasion of Mahmoud of Ghizni to that of Nadir Shah.
By SIR EDWARD SULLIVAN, Bart.,
Author of “ Letters on India,” &e.
8vo. 12s.
“A very good and entertaining narrative, | Edward Sullivan’s friendly verdict, ‘has pro-
full enough to satisfy most readers, and sure | duced some of the noblest sovereigns, warriors,
to stimulate and guide the curiosity of allwho | and statesmen that adorn the annals of any
haye leisure for more precise investigation | age, people, or country.’ ”’—Ezaminer.
concerning a country which, according to Sir
BIBLICAL RESEARCHES IN PALESTINE AND
ADJACENT REGIONS,
By Rey. EDWARD ROBINSON, D.D.
Third Edition. With Maps and Plans. 3 Vols. 8vo. 42s.
“Robinson’s ‘Biblical Researches’ hasbeen | once scientific and historical. Together they
our leading text-book on the geography of | rode through the country, noting its aspects,
Palestine for twenty years. Until Eli Smith | fixing its sites, laying down its wadies and
and Edward Robinson began their travels in | watercourses, its deserts and mountains.””—
1838, little had been done towards a survey of | Atheneum.
the Holy Land which could pretend to be at
14 MR. MURRAY’S LIST.
SOME ACCOUNT OF DEER AND DEER PARKS;
AND THE MANAGEMENT OF DEER.
By EVELYN PHILIP SHIRLEY, M.A., F.S.A.
With Illustrations.
‘This very attractive volume not only
challenges at once the attention of sportsmen,
naturalists, and country gentlemen, but can-
not fail to prove interesting and instructive to
every class of reader. Its tendency is to re-
vive among us that devotion to the chase
which distinguished our ancestors, and to
give a new zest to our sport by investing it
-with historical associations, which invariably
command the respect and reverence of English-
men. This charming book is quite calculated
to stop many an act of Vandalism, and to make
the churlish in-coming proprietor pause and
reflect before disparking his fair inheritance,
Feap. 4to. 21s.
and converting his time-honoured demesne,
hitherto sacred to ‘ vert and venison,’ dating,
perhaps, from the Norman Conquest, into a
commonplace nursery of wool and mutton.
Mr. Shirley has undertaken his task of
authorship with an able hand, and his pages
abound with proofs of great diligence and re-
search. His two first chapters comprise a
sketch of the history of deer parks from the
Conquest to the present time, and subse-
quently the main bulk of his work is taken
up by an historical as well as a descriptive
account of nearly every deer park in
England.’”’—Land and Water.
LIFE OF CICERO,
HIS CHARACTER AS A STATESMAN, ORATOR, AND FRIEND.
With a Selection from his Correspondence.
By WILLIAM FORSYTH, Q.C.
New Edition.
“Tt is in a generous but temperate spirit of
commendation that Mr. Forsyth notices the
many glorious services which Cicero performed
for the cause of political freedom and good
government in a declining republic, as well as
the brilliant achievements of his literary and
oratorical genius, and the amiable virtues of
With Illustrations. 8vo. 16s.
his private life. Mr. Forsyth has used, with
skill and judgment, the abundant materials
that Cicero’s letters and speeches afford us to
make up the portrait of the man as he was, in
his social and domestic, as well as in his poli-
tical relations.’’—London Review.
BLIND PEOPLE:
SOME ACCOUNT OF THEIR WORKS AND WAYS, WITH SKETCHES OF
THE LIVES OF SOME FAMOUS BLIND MEN.
By REV. B. G. JOHNS, M.A.,
Chaplain of the Blind School, St. George’s Fields.
With Illustrations.
“Tt is “a strange world to which the
Rev. B. G. Johns introduces us, full of a
most pathetic activity, in which the great ca-
lamity seems almost for a time to be forgotten.
The industries of the blind are well known ;
Post 8vo. 7s. 6d.
their music, reading, basket-work, weaving ;
but the author, by his picturesque style, has
thrown a fresh grace and interest around them
all.’—Guardian.
ee a ee ve
4
:
.
}
MR. MURRAY’S LIST. 15
THE STUDENT'S MANUAL OF MORAL
PHILOSOPHY.
WITH QUOTATIONS AND REFERENCES FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS,
By WILLIAM FLEMING, D.D.,
Late Professor of Moral Philosophy in the University of Glasgow.
Post 8vo. 7s, 6d.
“‘We have looked through the more critical | —those powers by which manis a moral being
portions of this treatise and can notice itas.a | and capable of right and wrong action; (2
sound and very handy book, either for refe- | an exposition of the right and wrong of whic
rence or to be usedas a text-book and general | he is capable—?.e., of the duties which by our
guide to the subject and its literature. It | constitution we are called upon to perform.
consists of two parts: (1) a general outline of | It is well arranged, clearly written, and has
the powers and principles of our moral nature | a good index.” —Literary Churchman.
WARRIORS OF THE 17th CENTURY.
THE THIRTY YEARS’ WAR.—CIVIL WARS OF FRANCE AND ENGLAND.
By GEN. the HON. SIR EDWARD CUST, D.C.L.,
Author of ‘f Annals of the Wars of the 18th and 19th Centuries.”
4 Vols. Post 8vo. 8s. each.
‘This new contribution of Sir Edward Cust , intelligible by Sir Edward Cust’s help; and
towards the formation of a portable soldier’s | that still more obscure subject, the campaigns
library contains the lives, exploits, and cha- | in Germany of Turenne against Montecuculi,
racters of some of the most distinguished | may also be made reasonably clear by industry
soldiers who fought in the civil wars of | and constant reference to the map which the
France and England during the 17th cen- | author hasjudiciously furnished.”—Saturday
tury. That obscure subject, the war of the | Review.
Fronde, may become to a diligent student
BRITISH FOOD FISHES.
A CONTRIBUTION TO THE NATURAL AND ECONOMIC HISTORY OF
THE BRITISH FOOD FISHES.
With Sketches of Fisheries and Fisherfolk.
By JAMES G. BERTRAM.
With Illustrations. 8vo. 21s.
‘Mr. Bertram has collected into a very | adding some curious sketches of life among the
readable and instructive volumeavast amount | fisherfolk of Scotland and France.’? — Pall
of varied information derived from personal | Mall Gazette.
research as well as from the inquiries of others,
16
MR. MURRAY’S LIST.
A MEMOIR OF BISHOP BLOMFIELD, D.D.
With Selections from his Correspondence.
By ALFRED BLOMFIELD, M.A.,
Fellow of All Souls College, Oxford, and Incumbent of St. Philip’s, Stepney.
New and Cheaper Edition.
“We regret that we have been unable
hitherto to notice this very interesting piece
of biography. Our present object prevents us
from tracing the narrative of the Bishop’s
life; but we cordially recommend the book to
With Portrait.
Post 8vo. 12s.
our readers. It has been drawn up by his son
with good taste and ability, and presents a
graphic account of the labours of one of the
most eminent scholars and bishops of the
present century.” —Quarterly Review.
THE LOST TALES OF MILETUS.
By LORD LYTTON.
Second Edition.
Post 8yvo.
7s. 6d. .
MEMORIALS OF THE TOWER OF LONDON.
By LIEUT.-GEN. LORD DE ROS,
Lieut.-Governor of the Tower.
Second Edition, with Additions. With Illustrations.
‘*Lord De Ros has done good service in pub-
lishing this volume, which gives a description
of the actual condition of the Tower at the
present time, and of the various stores, ar-
mouries, prisons, offices, and chapels, which
are contained within its precincts, and sketches
12s.
of the illustrious persons who have been its
inmates. An historical record of a terribly
truthful character, the volume yet possesses
the attractions of a work of fiction. Itis beau-
tifully printed on toned paper, and illustrated
in a very superior manner.’’—City Press.
Crown 8vo.
HANDBOOK FOR SYRIA AND PALESTINE,
INCLUDING AN ACCOUNT OF THE GEOGRAPHY, HISTORY, ANTIQUITIES,
AND INHABITANTS OF THOSE COUNTRIES, THE PENINSULA OF
SINAI, EDOM, AND THE SYRIAN DESERTS.
WITH DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS OF JERUSALEM, PETRA, DAMASCUS,
PALMYRA, &e.
A New and Revised Edition.
@
Maps and Plans.
2 Vols. Post 8vo. 24s,
BRADBURY, EVANS, AND CO., PRINTERS, WHITEFRIARS.
Le
ra
lig ‘ nia
pat ue
4 * . —
Fis Beata Das dit
*)
hj Avaitt aa
peice - Ded me + art
be ect A Meh
i vty ‘ 5
hides?
eA atic ‘
: sy ore .
meee hi ek.
yong RT
nas | “e ehes
‘ : \
det Abinbe ih
16 ea
57 ; ~
) ‘
“battled y Sealy 3 ewe,
~ =o wi
en a
7)
£4) er Gur Mima
togit dun plied
> "4 ond Rr
7 At Oe ee
Mafal owl
v ue abe enil .
at
nt ee i So awe
pe an hee, oe Mf i:
AR
Sr
eS
sont
*
Pewee
Pitre treed